Skip to main content

Full text of "Arcana coelestia : the heavenly arcana contained in the Holy Scriptures or Word of the Lord unfolded, beginning with the book of Genesis : together with wonderful things seen in the world of spirits and the heaven of angels"

See other formats


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

Theological  Seminary, 

PRINCETON,  -  N.  J. 

Case,  Division  

Shelf,  Section  

Book,  No.....  


PRESENTED 


To 


by  The  American  Swedenborg  Printing  and 
Publishing  Society,  of  the  City  of  New  York,  in- 
corporated A.  D.  1850,  for  the  Printing,  Publishing 
and  Circulating  of  the  Theological  Works  of  Emanuel 
Swedenborg,  for  Charitable  and  Missionary  purposes. 


ABCANA  CCELESTIA. 


NOTE. 

In  this  Volume,  the  numbers  referring  to  passages  have  been  revised 
and  corrected  ;  but  where  the  correct  number  could  not  be  discovered 
the  erroneous  one  is  retained,  and  distinguished  by  an  asterisk. 


ARCANA  CCELESTIA. 


THE 


HEAVENLY  AECANA 

CONTAINED  IN 

THE  HOLY  SCRIPTURES  OR  WORD  OF  THE  LORD 

UNFOLDED, 

BEGINNING  WITH  THE  BOOK  OF  GENE8I8  I 

TOGETHER  WITH 

WONDERFUL  THINGS  SEEN  IN  THE  WORLD  OF  SPIRITS 
AND  IN  THE  HEAVEN  OF  ANGELS. 


Translated fropittiie  Latin-  of 

EMANUEL  SWEDEN BO KG, 

Servant  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 


VOL.  IX. 


NEW  YORK : 
AMERICAN  SWEDENBORG  PRINTING  AND  PUBLISHING  SOCIETY. 

1  8  70. 


Published  by  The  American  Swedenborg  Printing  and  Publishing 
Society,  organized  for  the  purpose  of  Stereotyping,  Printing,  and 
Publishing  Uniform  Editions  of  the  Theological  Writings  o/"Emanuei, 
Swedenborg,  and  incorporated  in  the  State  of  New  York  a.  d.  1850. 


9112—9118.] 


EXODUS. 


5 


EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY-SECOND. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY. 

9112.  It  shall  now  be  told  what  conscience  is.  Conscience 
is  formed  with  man  from  the  religious  principle  in  which  he  is, 
according  to  its  reception  inwardly  in  himself. 

9113.  Conscience,  with  the  man  of  the  Church,  is  formed  by 
the  truths  of  faith  from  the  Word,  or  from  doctrine  out  of  the 
Word,  according  to  the  reception  thereof  in  the  heart :  for  when 
man  knows  the  truths  of  faith,  and  apprehends  them  in  his 
measure,  and  then  wills  them,  and  does  them,  in  this  case 
he  has  conscience.  Reception  in  the  heart  denotes  in  the  will, 
for  the  will  of  man  is  what  is  called  the  heart. 

9114.  Hence  it  is  that  they  who  have  conscience  speak  from 
thp  heart  the  things  which  they  speak,  and  do  from  the  heart 
the  things  which  they  do.  They  have  also  a  mind  not  divided  ; 
for  according  to  what  they  believe  to  be  true  and  good,  they 
do,  and  also  according  to  what  they  understand.  Hence  a  more 
perfect  conscience  may  be  given  with  those  who  are  illustrated 
in  the  truths  of  faith  above  others,  and  who  are  in  a  clear  per- 
ception above  others,  than  with  those  who  are  less  illustrated, 
and  who  are  in  obscure  perception. 

9115.  They  have  conscience,  who  have  received  a  new  will 
from  the  Lord,  that  will  itself  being  conscience  ;  wherefore  to 
act  contrary  to  conscience  is  to  act  contrary  to  that  will ;  and 
whereas  the  good  of  charity  makes  the  new  will,  the  good  of 
charity  also  makes  conscience. 

9116.  Inasmuch  as  conscience,  as  was  said  above,  n.  9113, 
is  formed  by  the  truths  of  faith,  as  also  the  new  will  and  charity, 
hence  also  it  is,  that  to  act  contrary  to  the  truths  of  faith,  is  to 
act  contrary  to  conscience. 

9117.  Inasmuch  as  faith  and  charity,  which  are  from  the 
I  ord,  constitute  the  spiritual  life  of  man,  hence  also  it  is,  that 
to  act  contrary  to  conscience,  is  to  act  contrary  to  that  life. 

9118.  Inasmuch  now  as  to  act  contrary  to  conscience  is  to 
act  contrary  to  the  new  will,  contrary  to  charity,  and  contrary 
to  the  truths  of  faith,  consequently  contrary  to  the  life  which 


6 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


man  has  from  the  Lord,  it  is  hence  evident,  that  man  is  in  the 
tranquillity  of  peace,  and  in  internal  blessedness,  when  he  acts 
according  to  conscience ;  and  that  he  i3  in  intranquillity,  and 
also  in  pain,  when  he  acts  contrary  to  it ;  this  pain  is  what  is 


9119.  Man  has  a  conscience  of  what  is  good,  and  a  con- 
science of  what  is  just ;  a  conscience  of  what  is  good  is  the 
conscience  of  the  internal  man,  and  a  conscience  of  what  is 
just  is  the  conscience  of  the  external  man.  A  conscience  ot 
what  is  good  consists  in  acting  according  to  the  precepts  oi 
faith  from  internal  affection ;  but  a  conscience  of  what  is  just 
consists  in  acting  according  to  civil  and  moral  laws  from  ex- 
ternal affection.  They  who  have  a  conscience  of  what  is  good, 
have  also  a  conscience  of  what  is  just ;  but  they  who  have  only 
a  conscience  of  what  is  just,  are  in  a  faculty  of  receiving  a  con- 
science of  what  is  good,  and  also  receive  it  when  instructed. 

9120.  The  nature  and  meaning  of  conscience  may  be  illus- 
trated also  by  examples.  If  a  man  is  in  possession  of  another's 
property,  whilst  the  other  is  ignorant  of  it,  and  thus  can  retain 
it  without  fear  of  the  law,  or  of  the  loss  of  honor  and  reputa- 
tion, and  still  restores  it  to  another,  because  it  is  his,  he  has 
conscience,  for  he  does  what  is  good  for  the  sake  of  what  is 
good,  and  what  is  just  for  the  sake  of  what  is  just.  Again  ;  it 
a  person  has  it  in  his  power  to  attain  a  place  of  dignity,  but 
6ees  that  another,  who  is  a  candidate  for  the  same  place,  has 
talents  to  make  him  more  useful  to  his  country,  and  gives  up 
the  place  to  the  other  for  the  good  of  his  country,  he  has  con- 
science.   So  in  all  other  cases. 

9121.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  concluded  what 
is  the  quality  of  those  who  have  not  conscience  ;  they  are  known 
from  the  opposite.  Such  amongst  them  as  for  the  sake  of  any 
gain  would  make  what  is  unjust  to  appear  as  just,  and  what  is 
evil  to  appear  as  good,  and  vice  versa,  they  have  not  conscience 
Such  amongst  them  as  know  that  they  are  doing  what  is  unjust 
and  evil  when  they  act  so  and  so,  and  yet  do  it,  they  do  not 
know  what  conscience  is,  and  if  they  are  instructed  what  it  is, 
they  are  not  willing  to  know.  Such  are  they  who  in  all  their 
actions  have  respect  only  to  themselves  and  the  world. 

9122.  They  who  have  not  received  conscience  in  the  world, 
cannot  receive  it  in  the  other  life  ;  thus  they  cannot  be  saved, 
because  they  have  not  a  plane  into  which  heaven  may  flow  in, 
and  by  which  it  may  operate,  that  is,  the  Lord  by  [or  through] 
heaven,  and  bring  them  to  Himself ;  for  conscience  is  the  plane 
and  receptacle  of  the  influx  of  heaven  ;  wherefore  such  in  the 
other  lite  are  consociated  with  those  who  love  themselves  and 
the  world  above  all  things ;  who  are  in  hell. 


9119—9122.] 


EXODUS. 


CHAPTEE  XXII 

1.  IF  in  digging  a  thief  be  caught,  and  smitten,  and  he  die, 
bloods  shall  not  be  [shed]  for  him. 

2.  If  the  sun  shall  be  risen  upon  him,  bloods  [shall  be  shed] 
for  him  ;  repaying  he  shall  repay ;  if  he  hath  nothing,  he  shall 
be  sold  for  his  theft. 

3.  If  in  finding  the  theft  be  found  in  his  hand,  from  an  ox 
even  to  an  ass,  even  to  cattle,  living,  he  shall  repay  twofold. 

4.  When  a  man  \yir~]  shall  desolate  a  field  or  a  vineyard, 
and  shall  send  in  his  beast  of  burden,  and  shall  desolate  in  the 
field  of  another,  of  the  best  of  his  own  field,  and  of  the  best 
of  his  own  vineyard,  he  shall  repay. 

5.  When  fire  shall  go  forth,  and  shall  catch  hold  of  thorns, 
and  a  heap  be  consumed,  or  standing  corn,  or  a  field,  he  that 
kindled  the  kindling,  repaying  shall  repay. 

6.  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his  companion  silver  or 
vessels  to  keep,  and  by  theft  it  be  taken  away  out  of  the  house 
of  the  man,  if  the  thief  be  caught,  he  shall  repay  twofold. 

7.  If  the  thief  be  not  caught,  the  lord  of  the  house  shall  be 
brought  to  God,  whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the 
work  of  his  companion. 

8.  Upon  every  word  of  transgression,  upon  an  ox,  upon  an 
ass,  upon  cattle,  upon  a  garment,  upon  every  thing  that  is  de- 
stroyed, which  he  shall  say  that  this  is  it ;  even  to  God  shall 
come  the  word  of  them  both,  [and]  whom  God  shall  condemn, 
he  shall  repay  twofold  to  his  companion. 

9.  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his  companion  an  ass, 
or  an  ox,  or  cattle,  and  every  beast  to  keep,  and  it  die  or  be 
broken,  or  be  led  away  captive,  no  one  seeing, 

10.  An  oath  of  Jehovah  shall  be  between  them  both,  whe- 
ther or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the  work  of  his  companion, 
and  the  lord  thereof  hath  taken,  and  he  shall  not  repay. 

11.  And  if  by  thieving  theft  it  hath  been  taken  away  from 
him,  lie  shall  repay  to  the  lord  thereof. 

12.  If  by  tearing  it  hath  been  torn  in  pieces,  he  shall  bring 
a  witness  for  it,  he  shall  not  repay  what  hath  been  torn  in  pieces. 

13.  And  when  a  man  [vir]  shall  borrow  from  a  companion, 
and  it  be  broken  or  die,  the  lord  thereof  not  being  with  it,  re- 
paying he  shall  repay. 

14.  If  the  lord  thereof  be  with  it,  he  shall  not  repay;  if  he 
be  a  hireling,  he  shall  come  in  his  hire. 

15.  And  when  a  man  [vir]  shall  persuade  a  virgin,  who  was 
not  betrothed  and  shall  lie  with  her,  endowing  he  shall  endow 
her  to  himself  for  a  woman. 

16.  If  her  father  in  refusing  shall  refuse  to  give  her  to  him, 
he  shall  pay  silver  according  to  the  dower  of  virgins. 


8 


EXODUS 


[Chap.  xxii. 


17.  A  witch  thou  shalt  not  vivify. 

18.  Every  one  that  lieth  with  a  beast,  dying  shall  die. 

19.  He  that  sacrificeth  to  gods  shall  be  devoted ;  except  to 
Jehovah  alone. 

20.  And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  afflict,  and  shalt  not  op- 
press, because  ye  were  sojourners  in  the  land  of  Egypt. 

21.  Any  widow  and  orphan  ye  shall  not  afflict. 

22.  If  in  afflicting  thou  shalt  afflict  him,  so  that  crying  he 
cry  to  me,  hearing  I  will  hear  his  cry. 

23.  And  my  anger  shall  burn,  and  I  will  slay  you  with  the 
sword  ;  and  your  women  shall  become  widows,  and  your  sons 
orphans. 

24.  If  thou  shalt  lend  silver  to  my  needy  people  with  thee, 
thou  shalt  not  be  to  him  as  an  usurer  ;  ye  shall  not  put  upon 
him  usury. 

25.  If  in  taking  a  pledge,  thou  shalt  take  to  pledge  the  gar- 
ment of  thy  companion,  even  at  the  entering  in  of  the  sun  thou 
6halt  restore  it  to  him. 

26.  Because  it  is  his  only  covering ;  it  is  his  raiment  for  his 
skin,  in  which  he  may  sleep  ;  and  it  shall  be,  when  he  shall  cry 
to  me,  I  will  hear,  because  I  am  merciful. 

27.  Thou  shalt  not  curse  God,  and  the  prince  in  thy  people 
thou  shalt  not  execrate. 

28.  The  first  fruits  of  thy  corn,  and  the  first  fruits  of  thy  wine, 
thou  shalt  not  delay  ;  the  first-begotten  of  thy  sons  thou  shalt 
give  to  me. 

29.  So  shalt  thou  do  to  thine  ox,  to  thy  flock,  seven  days  it 
shall  be  with  its  mother ;  on  the  eighth  day  thou  shalt  give  it 
to  me. 

30.  And  ye  6hall  be  men  [viri]  of  holiness  to  me  ;  ami  flesh 
torn  to  pieces  in  a  field  ye  shall  not  eat,  ye  shall  cast  it  to  a  dog. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9123.  THE  subject  treated  of,  in  the  internal  sense,  in  this 
chapter,  is  concerning  injuries  by  various  methods  occasioned 
to  the  truth  of  faith  and  to  the  good  of  charity,  and  concerning 
their  amendment  and  restitution  ;  also  concerning  the  bringing 
of  aid,  if  they  are  extinguished.  The  subject  afterward  treated 
of  is  concerning  instruction  in  the  truths  of  faith  ;  and  lastly 
concerning  the  state  of  the  life  of  man  when  he  is  in  the  good 
of  charity. 


9123— 9125.J 


EXODUS. 


9 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9124.  Yerses  1,  2,  3.  If  in  digging  a  thief  be  caught,  and 
smitten,  and  he  die,  Woods  shall  not  be  [shed]  for  him,.  If  the 
sun  shall  be  risen  upon  him,  bloods  [shall  be  shed]  for  him  1  re- 
paying he  shall  repay  f  if  he  hath  nothing,  he  shall  be  sold  for 
his  theft.  If  in  finding  the  theft  be  found  in  his  hand,  from 
an  ox  even  to  an  ass,  even  to  cattle,  living,  he  shall  repay  two- 
fold. If  in  digging  a  thief  be  caught,  signifies  if  it  does  not 
appear  that  good  or  truth  is  taken  away.  And  smitten,  and  he 
die,  signifies  if  in  such  case  it  be  affected  with  injury  even  so 
as  to  be  extinguished.  Bloods  shall  not  be  [shed]  for  him,  sig- 
nifies that  he  is  not  guilty  of  thcviolence  offered.  If  the  sun 
shall  be  risen  upon  him,  signifies  if  he  sees  it  cleai'ly  from  an 
interior  [principle].  Bloods  [shall  be  shed]  for  him,  signifies 
that  he  is  guilty.  Repaying  he  shall  repay,  signifies  the  amend- 
ment and  restitution  of  the  truth  and  good  taken  away.  If  he 
hath  nothing,  signifies  if  no  overplus  remains.  He  shall  be  sold 
for  his  theft,  signifies  alienation.  If  in  finding  the  theft  be  found 
in  his  hand,  signifies  if  there  be  an  overplus  of  truth  and  good 
by  which  it  can  be  restored.  From  an  ox  even  to  an  ass,  sig- 
nifies if  of  exterior  good  or  truth.  Even  to  cattle,  signifies  if 
of  interior  truth  and  good.  Living,  signifies  in  which  there  is 
spiritual  life.  He  shall  repay  twofold,  signifies  restitution  to 
the  full. 

9125.  "  If  in  digging  a  thief  be  caught  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified if  it  does  not  appear  that  good  or  truth  is  taken  away,  is 
manifest  from  the  signification  of  digging,  as  denoting  the  per- 
petration of  evil  in  what  is  hidden  ;  and  when  it  is  said  of  a 
thief,  as  denoting  the  taking  away  of  good  or  truth  by  the  false 
derived  from  evil  so  that  it  does  not  appear,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  thief,  as  denot- 
ing one  who  takes  away  good  and  truth,  see  n.  5135,  8906,  9018, 
9020 ;  and  in  the  abstract  sense  the  truth  or  good  taken  away. 
It  is  said  in  the  abstract  sense,  because  the  angels,  who  are 
in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  think  abstractedly  from  per- 
sons, see  n.  5225,  5287,  5434,  8343,  8985,  9007  ;  the  Word  also 
in  that  sense  has  things  for  objects,  without  determination  to 
persons  and  to  places.  That  digging  denotes  the  perpetration 
of  evil  in  what  is  hidden,  and  when  it  is  said  of  a  thief,  that  it 
denotes  the  taking  away  of  good  or  truth  by  the  false  derived 
from  evil  so  that  it  does  not  appear,  is  evident  from  this  con- 
sideration, that  a  distinction  is  here  made  between  theft,  which 
is  perpetrated  by  digging,  and  theft  which  is  perpetrated  when 
the  sun  is  risen,  which  is  treated  of  in  the  following  verse. 
That  digging  has  this  signification,  is  also  manifest  from  the 
passages  in  the  Word  where  it  is  mentioned  ;  as  in  Jeremiah, 


10 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxh. 


"  Also  .  n  thy  wings  was  found  the  blood  of  the  sonls  of  poor 
innocents;  I  have  not  found  those  things  in  digging,  but  they 
were  upon  all,"  ii.  34  ;  speaking  of  denied  loves  and  the  evila 
thence  derived.  I  have  not  found  those  things  in  digging,  de- 
notes not  by  investigation  in  what  is  hidden,  wherefore  it  is 
said  they  are  upon  all,  that  is,  that  they  everywhere  appear. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "  He  introduced  me  to  the  door  of  the  court, 
where  I  saw,  and  behold  one  hole  in  the  wall.  He  said  to  me, 
come,  dig  through  the  wall  f  wherefore  I  dug  through  the  wall, 
when  behold  one  door,"  viii.  7,  8  ;  speaking  of  the  abomina- 
tions of  the  house  of  Israel  which  they  did  in  secret ;  to  dig 
through  the  wall  is  to  enter-in  in  secret,  and  to  see  what  they 
do.    And  in  Amos,  "  If  they  should  dig  through  into  hell, 
thence  shall  my  hand  receive  them  ;  or  they  shall  ascend  into 
heaven,  thence  will  I  cast  them  down,"  ix.  2.    To  dig  through 
into  hell  denotes  to  hide  themselves  there,  thus  in  falses  derived 
from  evil,  for  hell  is  the  false  derived  from  evil,  because  it 
reigns  there;  the  falses  there  are  called  darkness,  within  which 
they  hide  themselves  from  the  light  of  heaven,  for  they  shun 
the  light  of  heaven,  which  is  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord. 
And  in  Job,  "The  eye  of  the  adulterer  observes  the  twilight, 
saying,  no  eye  shall  see  me,  and  he  puts  a  vail  on  the  face,  he 
digs  through  houses  in  darkness,  in  the  day  time  they  mark  for 
themselves,  they  do  not  acknowledge  the  light ;  in  like  manner 
the  morning  to  them  is  the  shadow  of  death,  because  they  ac- 
knowledge the  terrors  of  the  shadow  of  death,"  xxiv.  15, 16, 17  ; 
where  to  dig  through  houses  manifestly  denotes  to  plunder  the 
goods  of  another  in  secret ;  for  it  is  said,  he  digs  through  houses 
in  darkness,  he  observes  the  twilight,  lest  the  eye  should  see 
him,  he  puts  a  vail  over  the  face, lie  does  not  acknowledge  the 
light,  also  the  morning  is  to  them  the  shadow  of  death.  That 
digging  through  a  house  denotes  to  take  away  the  good  of  ano- 
ther in  secret,  derives  its  origin  trom  representatives  in  another 
life.    In  that  life,  when  the  angels  are  discoursing  concerning 
the  false  destroying  good  in  secret,  it  is  represented  below, 
where  angelic  discourse  is  exhibited  to  the  sight,  by  the  dig- 
ging through  a  wall ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  when  the  angels 
discourse  concerning  truth  acceding  to  good  and  conjoining  it- 
self to  it,  it  is  represented  by  an  open  door,  through  which 
there  is  entrance.    Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord,  who  spake  ac- 
cording to  representatives  in  heaven,  and  according  to  corres- 
pondences, because  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  says 
in  John,  "  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  lie  that  eniereth  not  in 
by  the  door  into  the  6heepfold,  but  climbeth  up  some  other  way, 
the  same  is  a  thief  and  a  robber;  but  he  toho  eniereth  in  by  the 
door,  is  the  shepherd  of  the  sheep,"  x.  1,  2.    And  in  Luke, 
"  This  know  ye,  that  if  the  father  of  the  family  had  known  in 
what  /tour  the  thief  would  have  come%  he  would  have  watched 


9126,  9127.] 


EXOD'JS. 


11 


and  would  not  have  suffered  his  house  to  be  dug  through"  xii. 
39  ;  in  this  passage  also  a  thief  denotes  one  who  by  falses  de- 
stroys the  goods  ot  faith.  To  dig  through  a  house  denotes  do- 
ing it  in  secret,  because  it  is  done  when  the  father  of  the  family 
does  not  watch.  Hence  also  it  is  that  to  come  as  a  thief  denotes 
to  come  incognito,  because  not  through  the  door  but  some 
other  way  ;  as  in  the  Apocalypse.  ''  Unless  thou  watchest,  / 
will  come  upon  thee  as  a  thief,  and  thou  shalt  not  know  in  what 
hour  I  frill  come  upon  thee,  iii.  3.  And  again,  "  Behold  I 
come  as  a  thief,  blessed  is  he  who  watcheth,  xvi.  15  :  where 
to  come  as  a  thief  is  to  come  incognito  and  unexpectedly. 
The  reason  why  it  is  so  said  concerning  the  Lord  is,  because 
thereby  is  meant  that  the  door  is  closed  with  man  by  the  false 
of  evil. 

9126.  "  And  he  be  smitten  and  die  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied if  in  such  case  it  be  affected  with  injury  even  so  as  to  be 
extinguished,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  smitten, 
when  said  concerning  truth  and  good,  as  denoting  to  be  hurt 
or  affected  with  injury,  see  n.  9034,  9058  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  dying,  as  denoting  to  be  extinguished.  The  reason 
why  truth  and  good  are  here  meant  is,  because  by  a  thief  or 
theft  is  signified  that  which  is  taken  away,  thus  good  and  truth, 
as  also  in  what  follows,  4i  If  finding  the  theft  be  found  in  his 
hand,  from  an  ox  even  to  an  ass,  even  to  cattle  living,"  verse  3  ; 
where  an  ox,  an  ass,  and  cattle,  signify  goods  and  truths  ex- 
terior and  interior,  and  are  called  theft,  because  they  are  in  the 
hand  of  a  thief;  in  like  manner  "  silver  and  vessels,"  verse  6, 
which  also  denote  truths  interior  and  exterior.  The  like  is  sig- 
nified by  a  thief  as  by  theft,  because  a  thief  in  the  sense  ab- 
stracted from  person  is  theft,  that  is,  truth  and  good  taken 
away,  see  just  above,  n.  9125. 

9127.  "'Blood  shall  not  be  [shed]  for  him"— that  hereby 
is  signified  not  guilty  of  violence  offered,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  blood,  as  denoting,  in  the  supreme  sense,  the  Di- 
vine Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  and 
in  the  internal  sense  thence  derived,  the  truth  of  good,  see 
n.  4735,  4978,  6378,  7317,  7326,  7846,  7850,  7877;  wherefore 
by  shedding  blood  is  signified  to  offer  violence  to  Truth  Di- 
vine, or  to  the  truth  of  good,  and  also  to  good  itself ;  for  he 
who  offers  violence  to  truth,  offers  violence  likewise  to  good, 
inasmuch  as  truth  is  so  conjoined  with  good  that  one  is  of  the 
other,  wherefore  if  violence  be  offered  to  one,  it  is  offered  also 
to  the  other.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by 
bloods  not  being  shed  for  him,  is  signified  that  he  is  not  guilty 
of  violence  offered  to  truth  and  good.  He  who  is  altogether 
unacquainted  with  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  knows  no 
other  than  that  by  bloods  in  the  "Word  are  signified  bloods,  and 
that  by  shedding  blood  is  only  signified  to  kill  a  man  ;  but  in 


12 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxil. 


the  internal  sense,  the  subject  treated  of  is  not  concerning  the 
life  of  the  body,  but  concerning  the  life  of  the  soul  of  man, 
that  is,  concerning  his  spiritual  life,  which  he  is  to  live  to  eter- 
nity ;  this  life  is  described  in  the  Word,  in  the  sense  of  the 
letter,  by  such  things  as  are  of  the  life  of  the  body,  viz.  by  flesh 
and  blood ;  and  whereas  the  spiritual  life  of  man  exists  and 
subsists  by  the  good  which  is  of  charity,  and  by  the  truth  which 
is  of  faith,  therefore  the  good  which  is  of  charity  is  meant  by 
flesh,  and  the  truth  which  is  of  faith  by  blood,  in  the  internal 
sense  of  the  Word  ;  and  in  a  still  interior  sense,  the  good  which 
is  of  love  to  the  Lord  is  meant  by  flesh,  and  the  good  of  love 
to  the  neighbor  by  blood  ;  but  in  the  supreme  sense,  in  which 
the  Lord  alone  is  treated  of,  Flesh  is  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Lord,  thus  the  Lord  Himself  as  to  Divine  Good,  and  Blood  is 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  the  Lord  as 
to  Divine  Truth.  These  things  are  meant  by  flesh  and  blood  in 
heaven,  when  man  reads  the  Word ;  in  like  manner  when  man 
attends  the  holy  supper,  but  in  the  holy  supper  the  bread  is 
flesh,  and  the  wine  is  blood,  inasmuch  as  by  bread  is  altogeth- 
er signified  the  like  as  by  flesh,  and  by  wine  altogether  the 
like  as  by  blood.  But  they  who  are  sensual,  as  the  generality 
of  men  in  the  world  at  this  day  are,  do  not  comprehend  this ; 
let  them  therefore  remain  in  their  own  faith,  only  let  them  be- 
lieve, that  in  the  holy  supper  and  in  the  Word  there  is  a  holy 
[principle],  because  from  the  Divine.  We  will  take  it  for 
granted  that  they  do  not  know  where  that  [holy  principle] 
resides,  still  let  those,  who  are  endowed  with  any  interior  per- 
ception, that  is,  who  are  able  to  think  above  sensual  things, 
consider  whether  blood  is  meant  by  blood,  and  flesh  by  flesh, 
in  the  following  passages  in  Ezekiel,  "  Son  of  man,  thus  saith 
the  Lord  Jehovih,  say  to  every  bird  of  heaven,  to  every  wild 
beast  of  the  field,  be  gathered  together  and  come,  gather  your- 
selves together  from  the  circuit  round  upon  My  sacrifice  which 
I  sacrifice  for  you,  a  great  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel, 
that  ye  may  eat  fasti  and  drink  blood,  ye  shall  eat  the  flesh  of 
the  mighty,  and  drink  the  blood  of  the  princes  of  the  earth,  and 
ye  shall  drink  blood  even  to  drunkenness,  of  my  sacrifice  which 
I  will  sacrifice  for  you  ;  ye  shall  be  satisfied  on  My  table  with 
horse  and  chariot,  and  with  the  mighty,  and  with  every  man 
of  war :  thus  will  I  give  My  glory  amongst  the  nations,"  xxxix. 
17  to  21.  Also  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  I  saw  an  angel  standing 
in  the  sun,  who  cried  with  a  great  voice,  saying  to  all  the 
birds  flying  in  the  midst  of  heaven,  be  gathered  together  to  the 
supper  of  the  great  God,  that  ye  may  eat  the  flesh  of  kings,  and 
thefl<sh(fthe  captains  of 'thousands,  and  the  flesh  of  the  mighty, 
and  the  flesh  of  horses,  and  of  them  who  sit  on  them,  and  the 
flesh  of  all  freemen  ami  servants,  small  a/id  great,'"  xix.  17, 18. 
That  in  these  passages,  by  flesh  is  not  meant  flesh,  and  by  blood 


9127.] 


EXODUS. 


13 


is  not  meant  blood,  is  very  manifest.  The  like  now  is  true  of 
the  flesh  and  blood  of  the  Lord,  in  John,  "  The  bread  which  1 
shall  give  is  my  flesh  :  verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  except  ye 
shall  eat  the  flesh  of  the  Son  of  Man,  and  shall  drink  His  blood, 
ye  shall  not  have  lifein  you.  Whoso  eateth  My  flesh,  and  drink- 
eth  My  blood,  hath  eternal  life,  and  I  will  raise  him  up  at  the 
last  day  J  for  My  flesh  is  truly  meat,  and  My  blood  is  truly 
drink  :  whoso  eateth  My  flesh,  and  drinketh  My  ocood,  abideth 
in  Me,  and  I  in  him.  This  is  the  bread  which  corneth  down 
from  heaven,"  vi.  50  to  58.  That  the  flesh  of  the  Lord  is  the 
Divine  Good  of  His  Divine  Love,  and  the  blood  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  His  Divine  Good,  may  be  manifest  from 
this  consideration,  that  those  things  are  what  nourish  the  spirit- 
ual life  of  man.  Hence  also  it  is  said,  My  flesh  is  truly  meat, 
and  My  blood  is  truly  drink,  and  also,  this  is  the  bread  which 
cometh  down  from  heaven  ;  and  whereas  man  by  love  and  faith 
is  conjoined  to  the  Lord,  therefore  also  it  is  said,  whoso  eatetli 
My  flesh,  and  drinketh  My  blood,  abideth  in  Me,  and  I  in  Him. 
But,  as  was  said  above,  they  alone  comprehend  this  Word, 
who  can  think  above  the  sensual  things  of  the  body  ;  especially 
they  who  are  in  faith  and  in  love  to  the  Lord,  for  these  are  ele- 
vated by  the  Lord  from  the  life  of  the  sensual  things  of  the 
body,  towards  the  life  of  His  spirit,  thus  from  the  light  of  the 
world  into  the  light  of  heaven,  in  which  light  the  material  things, 
which  are  in  the  thought  from  the  body,  disappear.  He  there- 
fore, who  knows  that  blood  is  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord, 
may  also  know,  that  by  shedding  blood  in  the  Word  is  not  sig- 
nified to  kill  or  deprive  a  man  of  the  life  of  the  body,  but  to 
kill  or  deprive  him  of  the  life  of  the  soul,  that  is,  to  destroy  his 
spiritual  life,  which  is  derived  from  faith  and  love  to  the  Lord. 
That  blood,  when  it  is  unlawfully  shed,  denotes  Divine  Truth 
destroyed  by  falses  grounded  in  evil,  is  evident  from  the  follow- 
ing passages.  "  When  the  Lord  shall  wash  the  excrement  of 
the  daughters  of  Zion,  and  shall  wash  away  the  bloods  of  Jeru- 
salem from  the  midst  of  her,  by  the  spirit  of  judgment,  and  by 
the  spirit  of  expurgation,"  iv.  4.  Again,  "  Your  hands  are  pol- 
luted in  blood,  and  your  fingers  with  iniquity ;  their  feet  run  to 
evil,  and  they  hasten  to  shed  innocent  blood,  their  thoughts  are 
thoughts  of  iniquity,"  lix.  3,  7.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Also  in 
their  wings  were  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  poor  innocents" 
ii.  34.  Again,  "  For  the  sins  of  the  prophets,  the  iniquities  of 
the  priests,  that  have  shed  in  the  midst  of  Jerusalem  the  blood 
of  the  just,  they  have  wandered  blind  in  the  streets,  they  are 
polluted  with  blood,"  Lam.  iv.  13, 14.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  I  passed 
by  beside  thee,  and  saw  thee  trodden  under  foot  in  thy  bloods  ; 
and  I  said,  in  thy  bloods  live  ;  I  washed  ihee  with  waters,  and 
I  washed  away  thy  bloods  from  upon  thee,  and  I  anointed  thee 
with  oil,"  xvi.  6,  9.    Again,  "  Thou  son  of  man,  wilt  thou  dis- 


14 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxu. 


pxite  with  the  city  of  bloods  :  make  known  to  it  all  its  abomi- 
nations,  by  the  blood  which  thou  hast  shed,  thou  art  made  guilty, 
and  by  the  idols  which  thou  hast  made,  thou  art  polluted  ;  be- 
hold the  princes  of  Israel,  every  one  according  to  his  arm,  have 
been  in  thee,  and  have  shed  blood  /  men  of  calumny  have  been 
in  thee,  to  shed  blood,  and  to  the  mountains  they  have  devoured 
in  thee,"  xxii.  2,  3,  4,  6,  9.  And  in  Joel,  "  I  will  give  prodi- 
gies in  the  heaven  and  in  the  earth,  blood,  and  tire,  and  a  pillar 
of  smoke  ;  the  sun  shall  be  turned  into  thick  darkness,  and  the 
moon  into  blood,  before  the  great  and  terrible  day  cometh,"  ii. 
30,  31.  And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  sun  became  black  as 
sackcloth  of  hair,  and  the  whole  moan  became  as  blood"  vi.  12. 
Again,  "  The  second  angel  sounded,  and  as  it  were  a  great 
mountain  burning  with  tire  was  cast  into  the  sea,  and  the  third 
part  of  the  sea  became  blood,"  viii.  8.  And  again,  "  The  second 
angel  poured  out  his  vial  into  the  sea,  and  it  became  blood  as 
of  one  that  is  dead,  whence  every  living  soul  died  in  the  sea. 
The  third  angel  poured  out  his  vial  into  the  rivers  and  into  the 
fountains  of  waters,  and  they  became  blood,"  xvi.  3,  4.  In  these 
passages,  by  blood  is  not  meant  the  blood  of  the  bodily  life  of 
man  which  is  shed,  but  the  blood  of  spiritual  life,  which  is  Di- 
vine Truth,  to  which  violence  is  offered  by  the  false  derived 
from  evil.  The  like  is  meant  by  blood  in  Matthew,  "  Upon 
you  shall  come  the  jtcst  blood  shed  upon  the  earth,  from  the 
blood  of  just  Abel,  even  to  the  blood  of  Zechariah,  whom  ye 
have  slain  between  the  temple  and  the  altar,"  xxiii.  35 ;  by 
which  is  signified,  that  the  truths  of  the  "Word  have  been  vio- 
lated by  the  Jews  from  the  first  time  even  to  the  present,  inso- 
much that  they  were  not  willing  to  acknowledge  anything  of 
internal  and  celestial  truth,  therefore  neither  did  they  acknow- 
ledge the  Lord.  Their  shedding  of  His  blood  signified  the 
plenary  rejection  of  Divine  Truth,  for  the  Lord  was  Divine 
Truth  Itself,  which  is  the  Word  made  flesh,  John  i.  1,  14.  The 
plenary  rejection  of  Divine  Truth,  which  was  from  the  Lord, 
and  which  was  the  Lord,  is  meant  by  these  words  in  John, 
*'  Pilate  washed  his  hands  before  the  people,  6aying,  1  am  in- 
nocent of  the  blood  of  this  rust  one,  ye  have  6een  ;  and  the  whole 
people  answered,  Jots  blood  be  on  us  and  on  our  children"  xxvii. 
24,  25  ;  on  which  account  this  is  thus  described  in  the  6ame 
Evangelist,  "  One  of  the  6oldiers  with  a  spear  pierced  His  6ide, 
and  immediately  there  came  out  blood  and  water  ;  he  who  6aw 
beareth  witness,  and  the  witness  is  true,  and  he  knoweth  that 
he  saith  truth,  that  ye  may  believe,"  xix.  34,  35;  the  reason 
why  water  also  came  out  is,  because  by  water  is  signified  ex- 
ternal Divine  Truth,  6uch  as  is  the  "Word  in  the  letter ;  that 
water  denotes  truth,  see  n.  2702,  305S,  3424,  4976,  5668,  8568. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  also  evident,  what  is  signified 
by  being  purified  by  the  blood  of  the  Zoi-d,  that  it  denotes  by 


9128.] 


EXODUS. 


15 


the  reception  of  the  truth  of  faith  from  Him,  n.  7918,  9089 ;  so 
also  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  these  words  in  the  Apo- 
calypse, "  They  overcame  the  dragon  by  the  blood  of  the  Lamb, 
and  by  the  Word  of  His  testimony,"  xii.  11 ;  by  the  blood  of 
the  Lamb,  is  by  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
which  also  is  the  Word  of  testimony  ;  the  blood  of  the  Lamb  is 
innocent  blood,  for  a  lamb  is  innocence,  n.  3994,  3519,  784-0. 
Truth  Divine  proceeding  from  the  Lord  in  heaven  has  inno- 
cence inmostly  in  it,  for  it  atfects  no  others  than  those  who  are 
in  innocence,  n.  2526,  2780,  3111,  3183,  3495,  3994,  4797,  6013, 
6107,  6765,  7836,  7840,  7902,  7877. 

9128.  "  If  the  sun  be  risen  upon  him" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified if  he  shall  see  it  clearly  from  an  interior  principle,  namely, 
the  theft  which  is  perpetrated,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
the  sun  being  risen,  as  denoting  to  be  seen  in  light,  or  clearly, 
in  this  case  that  good  and  truth  is  taken  away  which  is  signi- 
fied by  the  theft,  n.  9125.  The  reason  why  the  sun's  being  risen 
has  this  signification  is,  because  by  the  thief  caught  in  digging, 
treated  of  in  the  foregoing  verse,  is  signified  the  taking  away 
of  good  and  truth  in  secret,  thus  when  it  is  not  seen,  n.  9125  ; 
the  reason  why  it  is  said  to  be  seen from  an  interior  principle  is, 
because  such  a  thing  is  seen  by  the  internal  man.  The  subject 
being  of  importance,  it  may  be  expedient  to  explain  how  the 
case  is  with  sight  from  an  interior  principle.  Man  sees  with 
himself  whether  a  thing  be  good  or  evil,  consequently  whether 
it  be  true  or  false,  which  he  thinks  and  wills,  and  which  he 
thence  speaks  and  does ;  this  cannot  in  anywise  be  effected, 
unless  man  sees  from  an  interior  principle.  To  see  from  an  in- 
terior principle,  is  from  the  sight  of  the  internal  man  in  the 
external ;  the  case  herein  is  as  with  the  sight  of  the  eye,  for  the 
eye  cannot  seethe  things  which  are  in  itself  but  which  are  out 
of  itself;  hence  now  it  is,  that  man  sees  good  and  evil  which 
are  in  himself.  Nevertheless,  one  man  sees  this  better  than 
another,  and  some  do  not  see  this  at  all ;  they  who  see  it,  are 
those  who  have  received  the  life  of  faith  and  charity  from  the 
Lord,  for  this  life  is  internal  life  or  the  life  of  the  internal  man. 
Persons  of  this  character,  inasmuch  as  they  are  in  truth  by 
virtue  of  faith,  and  in  good  by  virtue  of  charity,  can  see  the 
evils  and  falses  attendant  upon  themselves  ;  for  from  good  may 
be  seen  evil,  and  from  truth  the  false,  but  not  vice  versa  /  the 
reason  is,  because  good  and  truth  is  in  heaven,  and  in  the  light 
thereof,  whereas  evil  and  the  false  is  in  hell,  and  in  the  dark- 
ness thereof.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  they  who  are  in  evil  and 
thence  in  the  false,  cannot  see  good  and  truth,  and  not  even 
the  evil  and  false  which  appertain  to  themselves  ;  consequently, 
neither  can  these  see  from  an  interior  principle.  But  it  is  to  be 
noted,  that  to  see  from  an  interior  principle  is  to  see  from  the 
Lord ;  for  the  case  in  respect  to  sight  is  as  in  respect  to  every 


16 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


thing  existing,  that  nothing  exists  from  itself,  but  from  what 
is  prior  or  superior  to  itself,  thus  at  length  from  the  first  and 
supreme.  The  first  and  supreme  is  the  Lord.  He  who  compre- 
hends this,  may  also  comprehend  that  the  all  of  life  appertain- 
ing to  man  is  from  the  Lord ;  and  inasmuch  as  charity  and 
faith  constitute  the  veriest  life  of  man,  that  the  all  of  charity 
and  the  all  of  faith  is  from  the  Lord.  He  who  excels  in  the  fa- 
culty of  thinking  and  perceiving,  may  also  from  hence  compre- 
hend that  the  Lord  sees  all  and  singular  things,  even  to  the 
most  singular,  which  appertain  to  man.  But  evii  and  the  false 
do  not  exist,  from  what  is  superior  to  themselves,  but  from  what 
is  inferior ;  consequently,  they  do  not  exist  from  the  Lord,  but 
from  the  world,  for  the  Lord  is  above,  and  the  world  is  beneath  ; 
wherefore  the  internal  man,  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in 
evil  and  thence  in  the  false,  is  closed  above  and  open  beneath. 
Hence  it  is,  that  they  see  all  thiugs  inverted,  the  world  as 
everything,  and  heaven  as  nothing ;  on  this  account  they  ap- 
pear also  inverted  before  the  angels,  with  the  feet  upwards  and 
the  head  downwards  ;  such  are  all  in  hell. 

9129.  "  Bloods  [shall  be  shed]  for  him;' — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified that  he  is  guilty,  appears  from  the  signification  of  blood, 
as  denoting  violence  offered  to  good  and  truth,  thus  to  be  guilty 
of  that  violence,  see  above,  n.  9126. 

9130.  "  Repaying  he  shall  repay" — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  amendment  and  restitution  of  the  truth  and  good  taken 
away,  appears  from  the  signification  of  repaying  as  denoting 
amendment  and  restitution,  see  n.  9087,  9097. 

9131.  "  If  he  hath  nothing" — that  hereby  is  signified  if  no 
overplus  remains,  viz.  of  the  good  and  truth  taken  away,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  him,  namely,  the  thief,  having  no- 
thing, as  denoting  that  there  is  no  overplus  remaining  of  the 
truth  and  good  taken  away.  That  theft  denotes  a  good  and 
truth  taken  away,  see  n.  9125  ;  and  that  the  like  is  signified 
by  a  thief  as  by  theft,  see  n.  9125,  9126. 

9132.  "  He  shall  be  sold  for  his  theft" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified alienation,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  sold, 
as  denoting  alienation,  see  n.  4752,  4758,  5886,  in  this  case,  of 
the  good  and  truth  taken  away,  of  which  there  is  no  overplus  re- 
maining, n.  9130;  and  from  the  signification  of  for  the  theft, 
as  denoting  amendment  and  restitution  by  another  good  or 
truth  in  the  place  of  what  was  taken  away,  which  is  signified 
by  repaying,  n.  9129  ;  for  the  thief  was  sold  that  the  theft  might 
be  repaid.  With  what  is  contained  in  this  verse  the  case  is 
this;  he  who  sees  that  a  good  or  truth  which  appertains  to  him- 
self, is  taken  away  by  the  false  derived  from  evil,  is  guilty  of  the 
violence  offered  to  them,  for  it  is  done  whilst  he  is  conscious  of 
it;  for  what  is  done  from  consciousness  proceeds  from  the  will 
and  at  the  same  time  from  the  understanding,  thus  from  the 


9129—9135.]  EXODUS. 


17 


whole  man,  for  man  is  man  from  both  ;  and  what  is  done  from 
both  is  done  from  the  false  which  is  derived  from  evil ;  from  the 
false  because  from  the  understanding,  and  from  evil  because 
from  the  will ;  hence  man  has  guilt.  That  that  is  appropriated 
to  man,  which  comes  from  his  understanding,  and  at  the  same 
time  from  his  will,  see  n.  9009,  9069,  9071 ;  and  that  man  be- 
comes guilty,  if  he  does  not  repress  evil  of  the  will  principle  by 
the  intellectual,  when  he  sees  it,  n.  9075. 

9133.  "  If  finding  the  theft  shall  be  found  in  his  hand"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  if  there  be  any  overplus  of  truth  and 
good  by  which  it  can  be  restored,  appeal's  from  the  signification 
of  being  found  by  finding,  when  relating  to  good  or  truth  taken 
away,  which  is  signified  by  theft,  as  denoting  the  overplus  re- 
maining ;  and  from  the  signification  of  in  his  hand,  as  denot- 
ing in  his  power ;  that  hand  denotes  power,  see  n.  878,  3387, 
4931  to  4937,  5327,  5328,  5544,  6947,  7011,  7188,  7189, 
7518,  7673,  8050,  8153,  8281  ;  that  in  his  hand  also  denotes 
what  appertains  to  him,  will  be  seen  below  :  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  theft,  as  denoting  the  good  or  truth  taken 
away,  see  n.  9125.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  expression, 
'•  If  finding  the  theft  be  found  in  his  hand,"  is  signified  if  there 
be  any  overplus  of  good  and  truth ;  the  reason  why  it  also  de- 
notes by  which  it  can  be  restored  is,  because  the  subject  treated 
of  in  this  verse  is  concerning  the  restitution  of  good  and  truth 
taken  away ;  the  case  herein  is  this ;  when  the  common  affec- 
tion of  good  remains,  then  there  is  always  an  overplus  by  which 
any  particular  good  taken  away  may  be  restored,  for  particular 
goods  and  truths  depend  on  common  good,  see  n.  920,  1040, 
1316,  4269,  4325,  4329,  4345,  4383,  5208,  6115,  7131. 
The  reason  why  in  his  hand  denotes  whatsoever  appertains  to 
him  is,  because  by  hand  is  signified  power,  and  whatsoever  is  of 
any  one's  power  appertains  to  him  ;  hence  also  by  hand,  espe- 
cially by  the  right  hand,  is  signified  himself.  From  which  con- 
siderations it  may  be  manifest  what  is  signified  by  sitting  at 
t lie  right  hand  of  the  Father,  where  it  is  said  concerning  the 
Lord,  that  it  denotes  to  be  everything  appertaining  to  the  Fa- 
ther, thus  to  be  Himself;  which  is  the  same  thing  with  being 
in  the  Father  and  the  Father  in  Him,  and  with  all  His  being 
the  Father's,  and  all  the  Father's  His,  which  the  -  Lord  teaches 
in  John,  chap.  xiv.  8  to  11 ;  chap.  xvii.  10,  11. 

9134.  "  From  an  ox  even  to  an  ass" — that  hereby  is  signified 
from  good  or  truth  exterior,  appears  from  t  e  signification  of  an 
ox,  as  denoting  the  good  of  the  natural  principle,  see  n.  2180, 
2566,  2781,  2830,  8912,  8937  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  an 
ass,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  the  natural  principle,  see  n.  2781, 
5492,  5741.  The  good  of  the  natural  principle  is  exterior  good, 
and  the  truth  of  the  natural  principle  is  exterior  truth. 

913.3.  "Even  to  a  cattle" — t.h a:,  hereby  i=>  signified  if  from 

VOL.  IX.  2 


IS 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


truth  and  good  interior,  appears  from,  the  signification  of  cattle, 
as  denoting  spiritual  truth  and  good,  thus  truth  and  good  inte- 
rior, see  n.  6016,  6045,  6049.  In  the  "Word  sometimes  flocks 
are  spoken  of,  sometimes  cattle,  and  in  the  internal  sense  by 
flocks  are  signified  interior  goods  and  the  truths  thence  de- 
rived ;  but  by  cattle  are  signified  interior  truths  and  the  goods 
thence  derived.  But  the  difference  between  them  cannot  be 
known,  unless  it  be  known  how  the  case  is  with  the  two  states 
of  man,  the  prior  and  posterior,  during  regeneration.  The  prior 
state  is,  when  he  is  leading  by  the  truths  of  faith  to  the  good 
of  charity  ;  the  posterior  state  is  when  he  is  in  the  good  of  cha- 
rity, and  thence  in  the  truths  of  faith ;  by  the  prior  state  man 
is  introduced  into  the  church,  that  he  may  be  made  a  church, 
and  when  he  is  made  a  church,  then  he  is  in  the  posterior  state. 
The  goods  and  truths  appertaining  to  him  in  the  posterior  state 
are  signified  by  flocks,  but  the  truths  and  goods  appertaining 
to  him  in  the  prior  state  are  signified  by  cattle ;  hence  it  is,  that 
in  the  latter  case  truths  are  mentioned  in  the  first  place,  and 
good  in  the  second.  Concerning  those  two  states  appertaining 
to  the  man  who  is  regenerating,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  who 
is  made  a  church,  see  n.  7623,  7992,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8512, 
8516,  8643,  8648,  865S,  8685,  8690,  8701,  8772,  8994,  90S8, 
9089.  Goods  and  truths  are  called  exterior,  which  are  in  the 
external  or  natural  man,  and  those  are  called  interior,  which 
are  in  the  internal  or  spiritual  man.  The  reason  why  the  latter 
are  interior,  and  the  former  exterior  is,  because  the  internal 
man  savors  of  heaven  and  the  external  of  the  world  ;  for  hea- 
ven is  within  man  and  the  world  without.  It  is  said  from  an 
ox  even  to  an  ass,  even  to  a  cattle,  that  every  exterior  good  and 
truth  may  be  signified,  and  every  interior  truth  and  good  ;  good 
also  proceeds  to  truth  in  the  external  man,  and  from  truth  to 
good  in  the  internal,  according  to  Divine  order  in  heaven. 

9136.  "  Living" — that  hereby  is  signified  in  which  there  is 
spiritual  life,  appears  from  the  signification  of  living,  as  denot- 
ing spiritual  life,  which  is  the  life  of  faith  and  charity,  sec  n. 
5407,  5S90  ;  hence  the  living  are  those  in  whom  there  is  spirit- 
ual life. 

9137.  "  He  shall  repay  twofold" — that  hereby  is  signified 
restitution  to  the  full,  appears  from  the  signification  of  twofold, 
as  denoting  to  the  full,  see  n.  9103 ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  repaying,  as  denoting  restitution,  see  n.  9087. 

913^  Verses  4,  5.  When  a  man  [vir]  sJiall  desolate  a  field 
or  a  vineyard,  aud  shall  send  in  his  beast  of  burden,  and  shall 
desolate  iti  the  field  of  anotlter,  of  t/ie  best  of  his  own  field,  and 
of  the  best  of  his  own  vineyard,  he  shall  repay.  When  fire  shall 
go  forth,  and  shall  catch  hold  of  thorns,  and  a,  heap  be  consumed, 
or  standing  corn,  or  afield,  he  that  kindled  the  kindling  repay- 
ing  shall  repay.    "When  a  man  shall  desolate  a  field  or  vinevard, 


9136—9139.] 


EXODUS. 


19 


signifies  the  good  and  the  truth  of  the  church  by  lusts.  And 
sluvll  send  in  his  beast  of  burden,  signifies  if  he  does  it  from 
little  consciousness.  And  shall  desolate  in  the  field  of  another, 
signifies  the  consumption  of  goods  cohering.  Of  the  best  of  his 
own  field  and  of  the  best  of  his  own  vineyard  he  shall  repay, 
signifies  restitution  from  goods  and  truths  yet  entire.  When 
fire  shall  go  forth,  signifies  anger  from  the  affection  of  evil. 
And  shall  catch  hold  of  thorns,  signifies  which  inserts  itself  in 
what  is  false.  And  a  heap  be  consumed,  signifies  damage  to 
the  received  goods  and  truths  of  faith.  Or  standing  corn  or  a 
field,  signifies  also  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  in  concep- 
tion. He  that  kindled  the  kindling  repaying  shall  repay,  sig- 
nifies restitution  of  what  was  taken  away  by  anger  grounded  in 
the  affection  of  evil. 

9139.  "When  a  man  [vir]  shall  desolate  a  field  or  a  vine- 
yard " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  deprivation  of  the  good  and 
truth  of  the  church  by  lusts,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
desolating,  as  denoting  to  deprive  by  lusts,  see  below,  n.  9141  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  a  field,  as  denoting  the  church  as 
to  good,  see  n.  2971,  3766,  4982,  7502,  thus  the  good  of  the 
church  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  vineyard,  as  denoting 
the  church  as  to  truth,  thus  the  truth  of  the  church.  The  rea- 
son why  a  field  denotes  the  church  as  to  good  is,  because  those 
things  which  are  of  a  field,  as  wheat  and  barley,  signify  the  in- 
ternal and  external  goods  of  the  church,  n.  3941,  7602,  7605  ; 
and  the  reason  why  a  vineyard  denotes  the  church  as  to  truth 
is,  because  wine,  which  is  of  a  vineyard,  signifies  the  truth  of 
good,  n.  1071,  6377.  That  a  field  and  a  vineyard  have  such 
signification,  originates  in  representatives  in  the  spiritual  world 
for  before  spirits  the  fields  appear  full  of  wheat  and  barley 
when  the  angels,  who  are  in  the  superior  heaven,  are  discours- 
ing concerning  a  company  who  are  in  good  ;  and  vineyards  ap- 
pear full  of  grapes,  with  wine  presses  therein,  when  the  angels 
discourse  concerning  a  company  who  are  in  the  truth  of  good. 
Those  representatives  are  not  grounded  in  this,  that  such  things 
are  in  the  earths,  but  they  are  grounded  in  correspondences, 
that  wheat  and  barley,  or  the  bread  thence  made,  nourish  the 
body,  as  the  good  of  love  and  charity  nourishes  the  soul,  and 
that  wine  in  like  manner  as  drink.  Hence  it  is,  that  the  goods 
of  love  and  the  truths  of  faith  in  the  Word  are  called  meats 
and  drinks,  they  are  also  in  that  sense  heavenlv  meats  and 
drinks  ;  see  n.  56  to  58,  680,  681,  1973,  4459,  4792,  5147,  5293, 
5576,  5579,  5915,  8562.  That  a  vineyard  denotes  the  church 
as  to  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  which  is  called  the  Spiritual 
Church,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  it  is 
named,  as  in  Jeremiah,  "  Many  pastors  have  destroyed  My 
vineyard,  they  have  trampled  upon  My  field,  they  have  re- 
duced the  field  of  desire  into  a  desert  wilderness;  they  have 


20 


EXODUS. 


[CnAP.  xxii. 


made  it  [the  vineyard]  into  a  desert,"  xii.  10,  11,  where  vine- 
yard and  field  manifestly  denote  the  church  :  and  whereas  the 
church  is  the  church  by  virtue  of  the  truth  and  good  of  faith 
and  charity,  it  is  evident  that  vineyard  in  this  passage  denotes 
the  church  as  to  truth,  and  field  as  to  good.  And  in  Isaiah, 
"  Jehovah  cometh  into  judgment  with  the  elders  of  His  people 
and  their  princes,  ye  have  set  on  fire  the  vineyard"  iii.  11, 
where  also  vineyard  manifestly  denotes  the  church  as  to  the 
good  and  truth  of  faith,  for  the  elders,  with  whom  Jehovah  will 
come  into  judgment,  denote  the  goods  of  the  church,  n.  6521, 
6525,  and  princes  denote  the  truths  thereof,  n.  5011.  Again, 
"  I  will  sing  to  My  beloved  a  song  of  My  friend  concerning  Ms 
vineyard ;  My  beloved  hath  a  vineyard  in  the  horn  of  a  son  of 
oil,  which  He  encompassed  about,  and  planted  with  a  noble 
vine"  v.  1  and  the  following  verses,  speaking  of  the  Lord,  who 
is  the  beloved  and  the  friend,  where  vineyard  denotes  His  Spi- 
ritual Church ;  a  noble  vine  denotes  the  good  of  the  faith  of 
that  church  ;  the  horn  of  a  son  of  oil  denotes  the  good  of  faith 
of  that  church  derived  from  the  good  of  love.  He  who  knows 
nothing  concerning  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  cannot  in 
anywise  know  what  is  signified  by  a  vineyard  in  the  horn  of  a 
son  of  oil ;  in  those  words  there  still  lies  concealed  such  an  ar- 
canum, as  cannot  be  expressed  by  expressions  of  speech ;  by 
them  is  fully  described  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord's  spiritual 
kingdom  with  His  celestial  kingdom  ;  that  is,  the  conjunction 
of  the  second  heaven  with  the  third,  consequently  the  conjunc- 
tion of  the  good  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  which  is  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom,  with  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  which  is  of  the  ce- 
lestial kingdom;  a  vineyard  denotes  the  spiritual  kingdom,  in  a 
horn  denotes  in  power,  thus  a  son  of  oil  therein  denotes  the  ex- 
ternal good  of  love  of  the  celestial  kingdom  ;  the  celestial  king- 
dom, which  is  in  the  inmost  heaven  of  the  Lord,  is  called  oil,  or 
olive  yard,  because  oil  denotes  the  good  of  celestial  love,  n.  SS6, 
4582,  1635.  Note,  that  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord  in  the  earths 
is  the  church.  That  there  are  two  kingdoms,  the  celestial  king- 
dom and  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  that  the  spiritual  kingdom 
constitutes  the  second  heaven,  and  the  celestial  kingdom  the 
third,  see  n.  38S7,  1138,  4279,  4286  :  concerning  their  conjunc- 
tion, see  n.  6135.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "  In  that  day 
a  vineyard  of  new  winet  answer  }re  to  it ;  I,  Jehovah  keep  it, 
I  will  water  it  every  moment,"  xxvii.  2,  3,  where  a  vineyard 
of  new  wine  denotes  the  Spiritual  Church.  So  in  Amos,  "Tn 
all  the  vineyards  is  mourning,  I  will  pass  by  [or  through]  thee, 
woe  to  them  that  desire  the  day  of  Jehovah ;  what  is  the  day 
of  Jehovah  to  you  ;  it  is  [a  day]  of  darkness  and  not  of  light," 
v.  17,  IS,  speaking  of  the  last  time  of  the  church,  when  there 
is  no  longer  any  good  and  truth  of  faith,  which  time  is  the  day 
of  Jehovah,  which  is  of  darkness  and  not  of  light;  hence  it  ia 


9140,  9141.] 


EXODUS. 


21 


said,  in  all  the  vineyards  is  mourning.  And  in  the  Apocalypse, 
"The  angel  sent  his  sickle  into  the  earth,  and  vintagcd  the  vine 
of  the  earth,  and  cast  it  into  the  wine-press  of  the  great  anger 
of  God,"  xiv.  18,  19  ;  to  vintage  the  vine  of  the  earth  denotes 
to  consume  the  truth  and  good  of  the  church,  earth  in  this  pas- 
sage denoting  the  church.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
be  manifest  from  what  ground  it  is  that  the  Lord  so  often  liken- 
ed the  kingdom  of  the  heavens  to  a  vineyard,  as  in  Matthew, 
chap.  xx.  1  and  the  following  verses,  chap.  xxi.  28,  29,  33  to  41  ; 
Mark  xii.  1  to  13.  And  from  what  ground  it  is  that  the  Lord 
called  himself  a  vine  in  John,  "  As  the  branch  cannot  bear  fruit 
of  itself,  except  it  abide  in  the  vine,  so  neither  ye,  except  ye  abide 
in  Me.  I  am  the  vine,  ye  are  the  branches,  without  Me  ye  can 
do  nothing,"  xv.  1  and  following  verses,where  a  vine  denotes  faith 
in  the  Lord,  consequently  denotes  the  Lord  as  to  faith,  for  the 
Lord  is  faith,  because  faith  is  from  Him,  for  faith  is  not  faith 
except  it  be  from  Him,  hence  also  it  is  that  a  vine  denotes  the 
faith  which  is  in  Him. 

9140.  "  And  shall  send  in  his  beast  of  burden" — that  hereby 
is  signified  if  he  does  it  from  little  consciousness,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  a  beast  of  burden,  as  denoting  the  pleasure 
or  appetite  of  the  body  ;  the  reason  why  it  denotes  little  con- 
sciousness is,  because  man,  when  he  is  in  bodily  pleasure  and 
appetite,  little  consults  reason,  and  thus  is  little  conscious  to 
himself.  All  the  beasts,  of  whatsoever  genus  and  species,  sig- 
nify affections,  the  tame  and  useful  beasts  good  affections,  and 
the  wild  and  useless  beasts  the  evil  affections,  n.  45,  46,  142, 
143,  714  to  719,  1823,  2180,  2781, 3218,  3519,  5198,  7523, 7872, 
9090.  When  a  beast  is  called  a  beast  of  burden,  it  signifies  af- 
fections merely  corporeal,  which  have  in  them  little  of  reason, 
for  man,  the  more  he  acts  from  the  body,  the  less  he  acts  from 
reason,  for  the  body  is  in  the  world,  thus  remote  from  heaven, 
where  genuine  reason  is.  A  beast  of  burden  also  in  the  original 
tongue  is  an  expression  derived  from  what  is  brutish  and  fool- 
ish, thus  from  what  is  little  conscious,  as  in  Isaiah,  chap.  xix. 
11.  And  in  David,  Psalm  xlix.  10 ;  Psalm  lxxiii.  22.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  chap.  ii.  17,  and  in  other  places. 

9141.  "  And  shall  desolate  in  the  field  of  another " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  consumption  of  cohering  goods,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  desolating,  as  denoting  to  deprive  by 
lusts,  thus  to  consume,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  in  the  field  of  another,  as  denoting 
goods  cohering,  for  field  denotes  the  church,  and  the  things  in 
the  field  denote  goods,  n.  9139,  thus  the  things  which  are  in  the 
field  of  another  denote  the  near  things  [or  goods]  which  cohere  ; 
for  the  goods  appertaining  to  man  are  as  generations  on  earth, 
and  hence  there  are  those  which  are  in  various  nearness  and 
coherence,  n.  9079  ;  those  which  are  not  in  the  same  house,  or 


22 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


which  are  not  together  in  the  same  family,  hut  are  still  related, 
are  what  are  meant  by  being  in  the  held  of  another.    The  rea- 
son why  to  desolate  denotes  to  deprive  by  lusts,  and  thereby  to 
consume,  is,  because  by  the  term,  which  in  the  original  tongue 
is  expressed  to  desolate,  is  properly  signified  to  set  on  fire  and 
burn,  hence  also  to  devour  and  consume  ;  and  this  being  the 
derivation  of  that  expression,  by  desolating  is  there  signified 
the  consumption  which  is  effected  by  lusts;  for  the  lusts  ap- 
pertaining to  man  are  fires  which  consume.    There  appertains 
to  man  the  fire  of  life,  and  the  light  of  life  ;  the  fire  of  life  is 
his  love,  and  the  light  of  life  is  his  faith  ;  the  love  of  good,  that 
is,  love  to  the  Lord,  and  love  towards  the  neighbor,  constitute 
the  fire  of  life  appertaining  to  a  good  man  and  to  an  angel  of 
heaven,  and  the  love  of  truth  and  the  faith  of  truth  constitute 
the  light  of  life  appertaining  to  them  ;  but  the  love  of  evil,  that 
is,  the  love  of  self  and  the  love  of  the  world,  constitute  the  fire 
of  life  appertaining  to  an  evil  man  and  to  a  spirit  of  hell,  and 
the  love  of  the  false  and  the  faith  of  the  false,  constitute  the 
lumen  of  life  appertaining  to  them.    The  love  of  evil  is  called 
in  the  Word  the  burning  of  fire,  because  it  burns  and  consumes 
those  things  which  are  of  the  love  of  good  and  truth.    That  the 
burning  of  fire  has  this  signification,  see  n.  1297,  1861,  5215, 
9055.    That  consumption  by  lusts  is  signified  by  that  expres- 
sion in  the  original  tongue,  is  evident  from  the  following  pas- 
sages, "  Jehovah  will  come  into  judgment  with  the  elders  of 
his  people,  and  the  princes  thereof,  ye  have  consumed  (set  fire 
to)  the  vineyard"  Isaiah  iii.  14.    Again,  "The  breath  of  Jeho- 
vah, as  a  river  of  sulphur,  consumeth  (kindleth)  it,"  xxx.  33, 
where  a  river  of  sulphur  denotes  falses  derived  from  the  evils 
of  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world,  n.  2446.    And  in  Ezekiel, 
"The  inhabitants  of  the  cities  of  Israel  shall  go  forth,  and  shall 
set  on  fire  and  burn  the  arms,  and  the  shield  and  the  buckler, 
with  the  bow  and  with  the  weapons,  and  with  the  staff"  of  bread, 
and  with  the  spear;  they  shall  kindle  afire  for  them  seven 
years,  that  they  shall  bring  no  wood  out  of  the  field,  nor  cut 
down  any  out  of  the  forest,"  xxxix.  9,  10  ;  thus  is  described  the 
consumption  and  desolation  of  good  and  truth  by  lusts ;  but 
who  can  see  this  unless  he  knows  what  is  signified  by  the  in- 
habitants of  the  cities  of  Israel,  also  what  by  arms,  a  shield,  a 
buckler,  a  bow,  with  weapons,  by  the  staff"  of  bread  and  a  spear, 
by  seven  years,  and  by  wood  from  a  field  and  from  forests; 
that  inhabitants  denote  goods,  see  n.  2268,  2451,  2712 ;  that 
cities  denote  truths,  and  hence  doctrinals  derived  from  the 
Word,  see  n.  226S,  2450,  2943,  3216,  4492 ;  that  Israel  denotes 
the  church,  see  n.  4286,  6426,  6637,  hence  the  inhabitants  of 
the  cities  of  Israel  denote  the  goods  of  the  doctrinals  of  the 
church,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  those  [goods]  turned  into  evils 
and  falses;  that  a  shield,  a  buckler,  the  weapons  which  belong 


9142,  9143.] 


EXODUS. 


23 


to  a  bow,  denote  the  truths  of  doctrine  derived  from  the  "Word 
by  which  there  is  protection  from  the  falses  of  evil,  see  n.  2686, 
2709,  6i22  ;  that  a  staff  of  bread  denotes  the  power  of  truth 
from  good,  see  n.  4876,  7026  in  like  manner  a  spear,  but  in- 
terior power ;  that  seven  years  denote  a  full  state,  thus  to  the 
full,  see  n.  6508,  8976,  thus  to  kindle  a  tire  seven  years  denotes 
to  consume  to  the  full  by  lusts  ;  wood  from  the  field  denotes 
the  interior  goods  of  the  church,  n.  3720,  8354,  and  that  field 
denotes  the  church,  n.  2971,  3766,  7502,  7571  ;  and  wood  from 
the  forest  denotes  exterior  goods,  n.  3720,  9011.  When  these 
things  are  known,  it  may  be  known  further  that  by  the  above 
proplietics  is  described  the  consumption  of  all  things  of  the 
church  by  lusts,  until  nothing  of  the  good  and  truth  of  the  in- 
ternal and  external  church  survives,  which  is  signified  by  kind- 
ling a  tire  seven  years,  that  they  shall  not  bring  wood  from  the 
field,  nor  cut  it  from  the  forests.  By  the  same  expression  is 
also  described  the  consumption  of  the  good  and  truth  of  the 
church  in  Malachi,  "Behold  the  day  cometh,  burning  as  an 
oven,  in  which  all  that  sin  insolently,  and  every  worker  of  ma- 
lice shall  be  stubble  ;  and  the  day  that  cometh  shall  consume 
{shall  kindle)  them,  saith  Jehovah  Zebaoth,  which  shall  not 
leave  them  root  nor  branch,"  iv.  1  ;  the  day  that  cometh  is  the 
last  time  of  the  church,  when  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world 
are  about  to  reign,  and  to  consume  all  the  truths  and  goods  of 
the  church,  until  nothing  survives  in  the  internal  of  man  and  in 
his  external,  which  is  signified  by  not  leaving  them  root  nor 
branch ;  the  root  of  good  and  truth  is  in  the  internal  man,  and 
the  branch  is  in  the  external ;  hence  now  it  is  evident  that  by 
desolating  is  signified  consumption  by  lusts.  The  signification 
is  the  same  in  other  parts  of  the  Word. 

9142.  "  Of  the  best  of  his  own  field  and  of  the  best  of  his  own 
vineyard  he  shall  repay  " — that  hereby  is  signified  restitution 
from  goods  and  truths  yet  entire,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  field,  as  denoting  the  good  of  the  church  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  vineyard,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  the  church,  see 
above,  n.  9138;  it  is  called  the  best,  which  after  consumption 
is  yet  entire  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  repaying,  as  denot- 
ing restitution,  see  n.  9087. 

9143.  "  When  fire  shall  go  forth  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
anger  from  the  affection  of  evil,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  fire,  as  denoting  love,  in  this  case  the  love  of  evil  and  its  af- 
fection, see  just  above  n.  9141 ;  it  is  said  the  affection  of  evil, 
because  by  affection  is  meant  what  is  continuous  of  love.  The 
reason  why  anger  grounded  in  the  affection  of  evil  is  fire,  is, 
because  anger  is  from  that  source  ;  for  when  what  a  man  loves 
is  assaulted,  the  fiery  principle  bursts  forth,  and  as  it  were 
burns.  Hence  it  is  that  anger  is  described  in  the  Word  by  fire, 
and  is  said  to  burn  ;  as  in  David,  '*  There  came  up  a  smoke  out 


24 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


of  his  nose,  and  fire  out  of  his  mouth,  coals  were  kindled  from 
it"  Psalm  xviii.  8.  Again,  "  Kiss  the  son,  lest  he  be  angry, 
because  his  anger  shall  burn  for  a  short  time"  Psalm  ii.  12. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Who  shall  dwell  for  us  with  devouring  fire  / 
who  shall  dwell  for  us  with  fire-hearths  of  eternity ,"  xxxiii.  14. 
Again,  "  He  hath  poured  upon  him  the  wrath  of  his  anger,  Ha 
hath  inflamed  him  round  about,  yet  he  hath  not  acknowledged 
it,  He  hath  set  him  on  fire,  yet  he  hath  not  laid  it  to  heart," 
xlii.  25.  Again,  "Behold  Jehovah  will  come  injure,  and  Hia 
chariot  as  a  storm,  to  recompense  in  the  wrath  of  His  anger 
and  His  chiding  is  inflames  of  fire,"  lxvi.  15.  And  in  Moses, 
"  I  looked  back  and  came  down  from  the  mountains,  when  the 
mountain  burned  with  fire.  I  was  afraid  by  reason  of  the  an- 
ger and  wrath,  with  which  Jehovah  was  angry  against  you," 
Deut.  ix.  15,  19.  In  these  and  in  several  other  passages  anger 
is  described  by  fire.  Anger  is  attributed  to  Jehovah,  that  is, 
to  the  Lord,  but  it  appertains  to  man,  see  n.  5798,  6997,  8283, 
8483.  That  the  Lord  appeared  on  Mount  Sinai  to  the  Israelit 
ish  people  according  to  their  quality,  therefore  in  fire,  smoke, 
and  thick  darkness,  see  n.  6832.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  an- 
ger is  a  fire  bursting  forth  from  the  affection  of  evil,  but  zeal 
is  a  fire  bursting  forth  from  the  affection  of  good,  see  n. 
4164,  4444,  8598  ;  therefore  also  zeal  is  described  by  fire  in 
Moses,  "  Jehovah  thy  God  is  a  devouring  fire,  a  zealous  God," 
Deut.  iv.  24.  And  in  Zephaniah,  "  I  will  pour  forth  upon 
them  all  the  wrath  of  Mine  anger,  6ince  in  the  fire  of  My  seal 
the  wbole  earth  shall  be  devoured,"  iii.  8.  That  the  zeal  of 
Jehovah  is  love  and  mercy,  and  that  it  is  called  anger,  because 
it  appears  as  anger  to  the  evil,  when  they  incur  the  punishment 
of  their  evil,  see  n.  8875. 

9144.  "  And  shall  catch  hold  of  thorns  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  which  inserts  itself  into  falses,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  catching  hold  of,  when  it  is  said  of  anger  which  is 
from  the  affection  of  evil,  as  denoting  to  insert  itself,  and  there- 
by to  enkindle  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  thorns,  as  denot- 
ing falses,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently.  It  may  be  expe- 
dient first  to  say  something  how  the  case  herein  is.  The  loves 
appertaining  to  man  are  the  fires  of  his  life,  n.  9055  ;  the  evil 
loves  which  are  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  are  consuming 
fires,  for  they  consume  the  goods  and  truths  which  are  of  life 
itself;  those  fires  constitute  the  life  of  the  will  of  man,  and  the 
light  from  those  fires  constitutes  the  light  of  his  understanding. 
So  long  as  the  fires  of  evil  are  kept  inclosed  in  the  will,  in  this 
case  the  understanding  is  in  light,  and  hence  in  the  percep- 
tion of  good  and  truth  ;  but  when  those  fires  pour  forth  their 
light  into  the  understanding,  then  the  former  light  is  dissipated, 
and  man  is  obscured  as  to  the  perception  of  good  and  truth  ; 
and  the  more  60,  in  proportion  as  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the 


9144.] 


EXODUS. 


25 


world,  which  are  those  fires,  receive  increase,  and  at  length  to 
such  a  degree,  that  they  snlt'ocate  and  extinguish  all  truth,  and 
with  truth  good.    When  those  loves  are  assaulted,  then  lire 
from  the  will  bursts  forth  into  the  intellectual  principle,  and 
conceives  flame  there  ;  this  flame  is  what  is  called  anger  ;  hence 
it  is  that  man  is  said  to  be  heated,  to  burn,  and  to  be  inflamed, 
when  he  is  angry.    This  flame  assaults  truths  and  goods  which 
are  in  the  intellectual  principle,  and  not  only  hides  them,  but 
also  consumes;  and  what  is  an  arcanum,  when  that  evil  fire 
bursts  forth  from  the  will  into  the  intellectual  principle,  in  this 
case  the  intellectual  principle  is  closed  above  and  opened  below, 
that  is,  is  closed  as  to  the  view  towards  heaven,  and  is  opened 
as  to  the  view  towards  hell  ;  hence  it  is  that  on  such  occasion 
evils  and  falses  flow  in,  which  conceive  the  flame,  when  an  evil 
man  burns  into  anger.    The  case  herein  is  similar  to  that  of  a 
fibre  in  the  body,  which,  if  it  be  touched  with  the  point  of  a 
needle,  instantly  contracts  itself  and  closes,  and  thereby  pre- 
vents the  hurt  penetrating  further,  and  infesting  the  life  in  its 
principles  ;  the  false  also,  when  it  is  presented  to  view,  appears 
as  somewhat  pointed.    The  state  of  an  evil  man,  when  he  is 
angry,  is  similar  to  that  of  smoke,  which  when  fire  is  applied 
to  it,  conceives  flame,  for  the  false  of  evil  in  the  intellectual 
principle  is  as  smoke,  and  anger  is  as  the  flame  of  kindled 
smoke  ;  there  is  also  a  correspondence  between  them.  Hence 
it  is  that  in  the  "Word  smoke  denotes  what  is  false,  and  the 
flame  thereof  denotes  anger ;  as  in  David,  "  There  went  up  a 
smoke  out  of  His  nose,  and  fire  out  of  His  mouth,  coals  were 
kindled  at  it,"  Psalm  xviii.  8.    And  in  Isaiah,  "  Wickedness 
burns  as  a  fire,  it  devours  the  thorns  and  briars,  and  kindles 
in  the  intertwisting  of  the  forest,  and  they  elevate  themselves 
with  the  elevation  of  smoke,  in  the  wrath  of  Jehovah  Zebaoth," 
ix.  18,  19 ;  where  smoke  denotes  the  false,  from  the  kindling 
of  which  comes  anger  ;  that  smoke  denotes  what  is  false,  see  n. 
1861.    From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident,  what  is 
signified  in  the  internal  sense  by  the  words,  when  fire  shall  go 
forth,  and  shall  catch  hold  of  thorns,  that  a  heap  be  consumed, 
or  standing  corn,  namely,  if  the  affection  of  evil  bursts  forth 
into  auger,  and  inserts  itself  into  the  falses  of  concupiscences, 
and  consumes  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith.    Every  considerate 
person  may  see,  that  there  is  some  cause  of  this  law  which  lies 
interiorly  concealed,  and  does  not  appear,  for  a  law  concerning 
fire  catching  hold  of  thorns,  and  thereby  consuming  a  heap,  or 
standing  corn,  was  never  in  any  other  code  enacted,  because 
such  a  thing  must  very  rarely  happen  ;  but  that  the  fire  of 
malice  and  anger  should  seize  upon  and  kindle  the  falses  of 
concupiscences,  and  thereby  consume  the  truths  and  goods  of 
the  church,  is  what  happens  every  day.    That  thorns  denote 
the  falses  of  concupiscences,  is  manifest  from  the  following 


26 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


passages.  "  Upon  the  land  of  My  people  comefch  up  the  thorn 
and  the  briar"  Isaiah  xxxii.  13  ;  where  land  [or  earthjdenotes 
the  church,  the  thorn  and  the  briar  denote  falses  and  evils  thence 
derived.  Again,  "  Your  spirit  the  fire  shall  consume  you,  thus 
the  people  shall  be  burned  into  a  calx,  thorns  cut  off  which  ar6 
burned  in  the  fire"  xxxiii.  11, 12  ;  where  the  thorns  burned  in 
the  lire  denote  the  falses  which  catch  flame,  and  consume  truths 
and  goods.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  There  shall  be  no  longer  to  the 
house  of  Israel  a  pricking  briar,  and  a  thorn  affecting  with 
pain"  xxviii.  24,  where  the  pricking  briar  denotes  the  false  of 
the  concupiscences  of  self-love,  the  thorn  denotes  the  false  of  the 
concupiscences  of  the  love  of  the  world.  And  in  Hosea,  "  Your 
mother  hath  committed  whoredom,  therefore  I  will  hedge  up 
thy  way  by  thorns,  and  she  shall  not  And  her  paths,"  ii.  5,  6 ;  where 
ways  and  paths  denote  truths,  and  thorns  denote  falses  in  place 
of  truths.  Again,  "  The  heights  of  Avon  shall  be  destroyed, 
the  sin  of  Israel,  the  thistle  and  the  thorn  shall  come  up  upon 
their  altars"  x.  8  :  the  thistle  and  the  thorn  denote  evil  aud  the 
false  vastating  the  goods  and  truths  of  worship.  And  in  David, 
u  They  encompassed  me  as  bees,  they  extinguished  as  the  fire  of 
thorns"  Psalm  cxviii.  12,  where  the  fire  of  thorns  denotes  the 
concupiscence  of  evil.  And  in  Matthew,  "  From  their  fruits  ye 
shall  know  them,  do  [me?i]  gather  grapes  of  thorns,  or  figs  of 
thistles,"  vii.  16  ;  to  gather  grapes  of  thorns  denotes  the  goods  of 
faith  and  charity  from  the  falses  of  concupiscences  ;  that  grapes 
denote  those  goods,  see  n.  1071,  5117,  6378.  And  in  Mark, 
"  Other  seed  fell  among  thorns,  but  the  thorns  came  up,  and 
choked  it,  that  it  did  not  yield  fruit.  They  wlw  are  sown 
among  thorns,  are  they  who  hear  discourse,  but  the  cares  of  this 
world,  and  the  fraud  of  riches,  and  concupiscences  about  other 
things  entering  in,  choke  the  discourse,  that  it  becomes  un- 
fruitful," iv.  7,  18,  19  ;  in  this  passage  is  explained  what  it  is 
to  be  sown  among  thorns,  thus  what  thorns  are.  The  same  things 
are  signified  by  sowing  among  thorns,  and  reaping  thorns,  in 
Jeremiah,  "Thus  saith  Jehovah  to  the  man  [_vir]  of  Judah  and 
of  Jerusalem,  break  up  your  fallow  ground,  and  sow  not  among 
thorns,"  iv.  3.  "  They  nave  sown  wheat  and  have  reaped  thorns, 
xii.  13.  The  falses  of  concupiscences,  which  are  signified 
by  thorns,  are  the  falses  confirming  those  things  which  are  of 
the  world  and  its  pleasures  ;  for  these  falses,  above  others,  catch 
lire  and  burn,  because  they  are  from  concupiscences  in  the  body, 
which  are  felt,  therefore  also  they  close  the  internal  man,  so  that 
nothing  is  relished  which  relates  to  the  salvation  of  the  soul  and 
eternal  Life.  The  platted  crown  of  thorns  put  on  the  Lord's  head 
when  He  was  crucified,  and  His  being  saluted  king  of  the  Jews 
on  this  occasion,  and  saying,  Behold  the  Man,  John  xix.  2,  3,  5, 
represented  what  was  the  quality  of  the  Divine  Word  at  that 
tii<\«  in  the  Jewish  Church,  namely,  that  it  was  sufibcated  by 


9145,  9146  .J 


EXODUS. 


27 


the  falses  of  concupiscences ;  the  king  of  the  Jews,  as  on  this 
occasion  He  was  saluted  by  them,  signified  Divine  Truth  ;  that 
by  king  in  the  "Word  is  signified  truth  from  the  Divine  [being 
principle],  see  n.  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  3070,  4575,  4581, 
4966,  5044,  614S ;  and  that  the  like  is  signified  by  anointed, 
which  in  the  Hebrew  idiom  is  Messiah,  and  in  the  Greek  Christ, 
n.  3004,  3008,  3009,  3732.  That  by  Judah  in  the  supreme 
sense  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  and  in  the  internal 
sense  as  to  the  Word,  and  thus  as  to  doctrine  from  the  Word, 
n.  3881  ;  and  that  the  Lord,  when  such  a  crown  was  upon  His 
head,  said,  Behold  the  Man,  signified  behold  Divine  Truth, 
such  as  it  is  at  this  day  in  the  church  ;  for  the  Divine  Truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord  in  heaven  is  a  man  \Jiomo],  hence  heaven 
is  the  Grand  Man,  and  this  from  influx  and  from  correspond- 
ence, which  has  been  shown  at  the  close  of  several  chapters, 
see  n.  1871,  1276,  2996,  2998,  3624  to  3649,  3741  to  3750, 
7396,  8547,  89S8.  Hence  also  the  Celestial  Church  of  the  Lord 
was  called  man  [homo],  n.  478,  479  ;  this  church  was  what  the 
Jews  represented,  n.  6363,  6364,  8770.  Hence  it  is  evident, 
what  was  signified  by  the  thorny  crown,  also  by  the  salutation, 
king  of  the  Jews  ;  and  likewise,  what  by  Behold  the  Man  ;  and 
further,  what  by  the  inscription  on  the  cross,  Jesus  of  Nazareth, 
the  king  of  the  Jews,  John  xix.  19,  20 ;  namely,  that  Divine 
Truth,  or  the  Word,  was  so  looked  at  and  so  treated  by  the 
Jews,  amongst  whom  was  the  church,  that  all  things  which 
were  done  to  the  Lord  by  the  Jews,  when  He  was  crucified, 
signified  states  of  their  church  as  to  Divine  Truth  or  the  Word, 
see  n.  9093.  That  the  Lord  was  the  Word,  is  manifest  in  John, 
"  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was  with 
God,  and  God  was  the  Word ;  and  the  Word  was  made  flesh, 
and  dwelt  in  us,  and  we  saw  His  glory,"  i.  1,  14.  The  Word  is 
Divine  Truth. 

9145.  "  And  a  heap  be  consumed" — that  hereby  ia  signified 
damage  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  received,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  a  heap,  as  denoting  the  truth  and  good  of 
faith  received.  The  reason  why  a  heap  has  this  signification 
!*.  because  it  is  a  crop  of  corn  already  gathered,  and  by  stand- 
ing corn  is  signified  the  truth  and  good  of  faith  in  conception, 
which  is  treated  of  in  the  article  which  now  follows. 

9146.  "  Or  standing  corn  or  a  field" — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  truth  and  good  of  faith  in  conception,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  corn,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  faith,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  field,  as 
denoting  the  church  as  to  good,  thus  the  good  of  the  church, 
see  above,  n.  9139.  The  reason  why  corn  denotes  the  truth  of 
faith  is,  because  the  different  kinds  of  corn,  as  wheat  and  bar- 
ley, and  the  bread  thence  made,  signify  the  goods  of  the  church, 
see  n.  3941,  7602.     The  goods  of  the  church  are  those  things 


28 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxii 


which  are  of  chanty  towards  the  neighbor,  and  of  love  to  the 
Lord ;  these  goods  are  the  esse  and  soul  of  faith,  for  by  virtue 
of  them  faith  is  faith,  and  lives.  The  reason  why  standing  corn 
denotes  the  truth  of  faith  in  conception  is,  because  it  has  not 
yet  been  gathered  into  heaps,  nor  brought  into  barns  ;  where- 
fore corn  when  it  stands,  or  is  yet  in  growth,  denotes  the  truth 
of  faith  in  conception.  The  like  is  signified  by  standing  corn 
in  Hosea,  "  Israel  have  made  a  king,  and  not  from  Me,  they 
have  made  princes,  and  I  knew  not ;  their  silver  and  their  gold 
they  have  made  idols.  Because  they  sow  the  wind,  they  shall 
reap  a  storm  ;  he  hath  no  standing  corn,  the  bud  shall  not  yield 
meal  [or  flour]  ;  if  peradventure  it  yield,  strangers  shall  devour 
it,"  viii.  4,  7.  The  subject  here  treated  of,  is  concerning  the 
truths  and  goods  of  the  faith  of  the  church  dissipated  by  tilings 
vain  and  false ;  that  those  things  are  treated  of  is  evident  from 
the  series  of  the  things,  but  what  is  said  concerning  them,  is 
evident  from  the  internal  sense ;  for  in  this  sense,  by  a  king  is 
meant  the  truth  of  the  faith  of  the  church  in  the  complex,  see 
n.  1672,  2015,  2609,  3009,  3670,  4575,  45S1,  4966,  5044,  6148; 
by  princes,  primary  truths,  n.  11S2,  2089,  5044.  Hence  ir  is 
evident  what  is  meant  by  Israel  making  a  king  and  not  from 
Me,  they  have  made  princes  and  I  knew  not,  for  Israel  denotes 
the  church,  n.  4286,  6126,  6637 ;  by  silver  is  there  signified 
the  truth  of  good,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  the  false  of  evil,  n. 
1551,  2954,  565S,  6112,  6914,  6917,  8932;  by  gold  good,  and 
in  the  opposite  sense  evil,  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914,  6917, 
8932 ;  by  idols,  worship  grounded  in  falses  and  evils,  n.  8941. 
Hence  it  is  evident,  what  is  signified  by  making  their  silver 
and  their  gold  idols ;  by  the  wind  which  they  sow  are  signified 
things  empty ;  by  the  storm  which  they  shall  reap,  is  signified 
disturbance  thence  in  the  church;  by  the  standing  corn  which 
they  have  not,  is  signified  the  truth  of  faith  in  conception  ;  by 
the  bud  wjiich  shall  not  yield  meal  [or  flour],  is  signified  bar- 
renness; by  the  strangers  who  shall  devour  it,  are  signified  the 
falses  which  shall  consume. 

9147.  "He  that  kindled  the  kindling,  repaying  shall  repay" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  restitution  of  the  things  taken 
away  by  auger  derived  from  the  affection  of  evil,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  repaying,  as  denoting  restitution,  see  n. 
9087  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  fire  which  goeth  forth, 
as  denoting  anger  derived  from  the  affection  of  evil,  see  n.  9143  ; 
hence  to  kindle  denotes  the  taking  away  or  consumption  there- 
by, and  what  is  kindled  denotes  what  is  taken  away  or  con- 
sumed. 

9148.  Verses  6  to  14.  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his 
companion  silver  or  vessels  to  keep,  and  by  theft  it  be  taken  away 
out  of  the  house  of  the  man,  if  the  thief  be  caught,  he  shall  re- 
pay twofold.    If  the  thief  be  not  caught,  the  lord  of  the  house 


9147,  9148.] 


EXODUS. 


29 


shall  be  brought  to  God,  whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  band 
into  the  work  of  his  companion.    Upon  every  word  of  trans- 
gression, upon  an  ox,  upon  an  ass,  upon  cattle,  upon  a  ga^nenf, 
upon  every  thing  that  is  destroyed,  which  he  shall  say  that  thu 
is  it,  even  to  God-  shall  come  the  word  of  them  both,  [and]  whom 
God  shall  condemn,  he  shall  repay  twofold  to  his  companion. 
When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his  companion  an  ass,  or  an  ox, 
or  cattle,  and  every  beast  to  keep,  and  it  die  or  be  iroken,  or  be 
led  avmy  captive,  no  one  seeing  /  an  oath  of  Jehovah  shall  be 
between  them  both,  whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the 
work  of  his  companion,  and  the  lord  thereof  hath  taken,  and  he 
shall  not  repay.    And  if  by  thieving  theft  it  hath  been  taken 
away  from  him,  he  shall  repay  to  the  lord  thereof.    If  by  tear- 
ing it  hath  been  torn  in  pieces,  he  shall  bring  a  witness  for  it, 
he  shall  not  repay  what  hath  been  torn  in  pieces.    And  when  a 
man  [vir]  shall  borrow  from  his  companion,  and  it  be  broken  or 
die,  the  lord  thereof  not  being  with  it,  repaying  he  shall  repay. 
If  the  lord  thereof  be  with  it,  he  shall  not  repay  ;  if  he  be  a 
hireling,  he  shall  come  in  his  hire.    When  a  man  [vir]  shall 
give  to  his  companion  silver  or  vessels  to  keep,  signifies  truths 
derived  from  good  and  corresponding  scientifics  in  the  memory. 
And  by  theft  it  be  taken  away  out  of  the  house  of  the  man, 
signifies  the  loss  of  them  thence.    If  the  thief  be  caught,  signi- 
fies remembrance.    He  shall  repay  twofold,  signifies  restitu- 
tion to  the  full.    If  the  thief  be  not  caught,  signifies  if  there  be 
no  remembrance  of  what  is  taken  away.    The  lord  of  the  house 
shall  be  brought  to  God,  signifies  inquisition  from  good.  Whe- 
ther or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the  work  of  his  companion, 
signifies  whether  they  have  entered  into  it.    Upon  every  word 
of  transgression,  signifies  whatsoever  damage  and  whatsoever 
loss.    Upon  an  ox,  upon  an  ass,  upon  cattle,  signifies  of  good 
and  truth  exterior  and  interior.    Upon  a  garment,  signifies  of 
sensual  truth.    Upon  every  thing  that  is  destroyed,  which  he 
shall  say  that  this  is  it,  signifies  every  thing  ambiguous.  Even 
to  God  shall  come  the  word  of  them  both,  [and]  whom  God 
shall  condemn,  signifies  inquisition  and  dijudication  by  truth. 
He  shall  repay  twofold,  signifies  amendment  to  the  full.  When 
a  man  shall  give  to  his  companion  an  ass,  or  an  ox,  or  cattle, 
and  every  beast  to  keep,  signifies  truth  and  good  exterior  and 
interior,  and  every  thing  which  is  of  their  affection,  in  the 
memory.    And  it  die  or  be  broken,  signifies  loss  or  damage. 
Or  be  led  away  captive,  signifies  removal.    No  one  seeing, 
signifies  of  which  the  mind  is  not  conscious.    An  oath  of  Je- 
hovah shall  be  between  them  both,  signifies  inquisition  by 
truths  from  the  Word,  concerning  all  and  singular  those  things. 
Whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the  work  of  his  com- 
panion, and  the  lord  thereof  hath  taken,  signifies  conjunctioi; 
with  good.    And  he  shall  not  repay,  signifies  that  there  is  nc 


30 


rxoDus. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


damage.  And  if  by  thieving  theft  it  has  been  taken  away 
from  him,  signifies  if  there  be  loss.  He  shall  repay  to  the  lord 
thereof,  signifies  restitution  for  it.  If  by  tearing  it  hath  been 
torn  in  pieces,  signifies  if  there  be  damage  not  from  fault.  He 
shall  bring  a  witness  for  it,  signifies  that  it  is  confirmed.  He 
shall  not  repay  what  has  been  torn  in  pieces,  signifies  non-pun- 
ishment. And  when  a  man  shall  borrow  from  his  companion, 
signifies  truth  and  good  from  another  stock.  And  it  be  broken 
or  die,  signifies  damage  to  it  or  extinction.  The  lord  thereof 
not  being  with  it,  signifies  if  the  good  of  that  truth  be  not  to- 
gether. Repaying  he  shall  repay,  signifies  restitution.  If  the 
lord  be  with  it  he  shall  not  repay,  signifies  if  the  good  of  truth 
be  together,  tliat  there  shall  be  no  restitution.  If  he  be  a  hire- 
ling, signifies  if  for  the  sake  of  the  good  of  gain.  He  shall 
come  in  his  hire,  signifies  submission  and  service. 

9149.  "  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his  companion  silver 
or  vessels  to  keep" — that  hereby  are  signified  truths  derived 
from  good  and  corresponding  scientifics  in  the  memory,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth  derived 

-  from  good,  see  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,6914,  6917, 7999,  8932  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  vessels,  as  denoting  scientifics,  see  n. 
3068.  The  reason  why  corresponding  scientifics  are  denoted  is, 
because  all  spiritual  truths  are  stored  up  in  scientifics,  as  in 
their  vessels,  n.  3079  ;  and  all  scientifics  correspond  to  the 
truths  which  are  contained  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  to 
keep,  as  denoting  in  the  memory  ;  for  to  be  kept  in  the  spiritual 
6ense  in  which  truths  and  scientifics  are  treated  of,  is  to  be 
held  in  the  memory,  inasmuch  as  such  things  are  kept  therein ; 
a  man  giving  to  his  companion  to  keep,  denotes  to  store  up 
near  himself  in  the  memory,  for  what  in  the  sense  of  the  letter 
is  said  of  one  and  of  another,  as  in  this  case  of  a  man  and  a 
companion,  in  the  internal  sense  is  meant  of  one,  for  two  truths, 
as  both  truth  and  the  corresponding  scientific,  are  man  [vir] 
and  companion  in  man  [homo]. 

9150.  "And  by  theft  it  be  taken  away  out  of  the  house  ot 
the  man  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  loss  of  them  thence,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  theft,  as  denoting  the  taking 
away  of  such  things  as  constitute  man's  spiritual  life,  conse- 
quently of  truths  and  scientifics,  which  are  signified  b}'  silver 
and  vessels,  n.  9149 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  house,  as 
denoting  where  anything  is  stored  up.  Hence  it  is,  that  house 
signifies  various  things,  as  the  church,  good  there,  also  a  man, 
and  likewise  his  mind  both  natural  and  rational,  but  in  this 
case  the  memory,  because  in  it,  as  in  their  house,  are  truths 
and  scientifics;  that  house  signifies  various  things,  see  n.  3128, 
3142,  3538,  3652,  3720,  3900,  4973,  4982,  5023,  5640,  6690, 
7353,  7848,  7929. 

9151.  u  And  the  thief  be  caught" — that  hereby  is  signified 


9149—9154.]  EXODUS. 


31 


remembrance,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  caught, 
when  it  is  said  of  truths  and  scientifics  taken  away  in  the  me- 
mory, as  denoting  remembrance ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
the  thief,  as  denoting  what  was  taken  away ;  for  by  thief  is 
signified  the  like  as  by  theft,  see  n.  9125,  9126. 

9152.  "  He  shall  repay  twofold  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
restitution  to  the  full,  appears  from  the  signification  of  repay- 
ing, as  denoting  restitution,  see  n.  9087  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  twofold,  as  denoting  to  the  full,  see  n.  9103.  The 
subject  treated  of  in  this  verse  and  in  the  following,  even  to 
verse  14,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  concerning  the  loss  of  the 
truth  of  faith  with  man,  thus  concerning  the  loss  of  spiritual 
life,  and  concerning  its  restitution  ;  for  man  by  the  truths  ot 
faith  is  introduced  to  the  good  of  charity,  and  becomes  spiritual. 
But  these  things,  which  are  treated  of  in  what  now  follows,  in 
the  internal  sense,  are  for  the  most  part  unknown  to  man  ;  the 
reason  is,  because  it  is  not  known  what  spiritual  life  is,  thus 
neither  that  spiritual  life  is  interior  life,  and  distinct  from  na- 
tural life,  which  is  exterior;  nor  is  it  known  that  that  life  is 
given  to  man  from  the  Lord  by  the  reception  of  the  truth  ot 
t'aith  in  the  good  of  charity.  Hence  it  is,  that  the  things  said 
concerning  the  loss  of  that  life,  and  concerning  its  restitution, 
fall  into  thick  darkness  with  man,  because  amongst  those  things 
which  are  not  known  ;  nevertheless  such  things  constitute  an- 
gelic wisdom,  for  they  are  adequate  to  the  light  in  which  the 
angels  are  ;  wherefore  when  a  man  of  the  church,  who  is  in  the 
good  of  faith,  reads  the  Word,  the  angels  adjoin  themselves  to 
him,  and  are  delighted  with  the  man,  because  the  wisdom 
which  is  by  [or  through]  the  Word  flows  in  to  them  on  such 
occasions  from  the  Lord.  Hence  there  is  conjunction  of  hea- 
ven with  man,  which  would  not  at  all  be  without  the  Word  ; 
for  the  Word  is  such,  that  there  is  not  even  a  title  or  iota  in  its 
original  tongue,  which  does  not  affect  the  angels  and  conjoin 
them  to  man.  That  this  is  the  case  I  can  assert,  because  it  has 
been  shown  me  from  heaven. 

9153.  "  If  the  thief  be  not  caught " — that  hereby  is  signified 
if  there  be  no  remembrance  of  what  was  taken  away,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  thief  being  caught,  as  denoting  a 
remembrance  of  what  was  taken  away,  see  just  above,  n.  9151, 
in  this  case  no  remembrance,  because  it  is  said  if  he  be  not 
caught. 

9154.  "  The  lord  of  the  house  shall  be  brought  to  God  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  inquisition  from  good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  being  brought  to  God,  as  denoting  that  inquisi- 
tion may  be  made,  see  below,  n.  9160;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  the  lord  of  the  house,  as  denoting  the  g-  tod  from  which 
[it  is  to  be  made].  The  reason  why  the  lord  of  the  house  de- 
notes good  is,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning 


32 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxi! 


truths  and  scientifics  taken  away  from  the  memory,  which  are 
signified  by  the  silver  and  vessels  given  to  be  kept,  and  taken 
away  by  theft,  see  n.  9149,  9150 ;  inasmuch  as  those  things  are 
of  good,  and  in  good,  therefore  the  lord  of  the  house  is  the 
good,  whose  they  are,  and  with  whom  they  are.  Good  is  called 
lord,  because  truths  and  scientifics  are  [the  property]  of 
good  as  their  lord,  and  good  also  is  called  house,  because  truths 
and  scientifics  are  in  good  as  in  their  own  house,  see  n.  3652, 
where  the  words  of  the  Lord  in  Matthew  are  explained,  "  He 
tliut  is  on  the  house  top,  let  him  not  go  down  to  take  any  thing 
out  of  the  house"  xxiv.  17.  In  respect  to  this  [point],  that  en- 
quiry is  to  be  made  from  good  concerning  truths  and  scientifics 
taken  away  from  the  memory,  the  case  is  this  ;  the  good  apper- 
taining to  man  is  what  receives  all  truths  in  itself,  for  good  has 
its  quality  from  truths,  and  so  far  as  truths  have  good  in  them, 
and  also  around  them,  so  far  they  live.  The  case  herein  is  as 
with  a  fibre  or  a  vessel  in  a  living  animal ;  so  far  as  a  fibre  has 
spirit  in  it,  and  so  far  as  the  vessel  has  blood  in  it,  so  far  they 
live  ;  in  like  manner  so  far  as  a  blood-vessel  has  around  it 
fibres  in  which  is  spirit.  The  case  is  similar  with  truth  ami 
good  ;  truth  without  good  being  as  a  fibre  without  spirit,  and 
as  a  vein  or  artery  witTiout  blood,  the  quality  of  which  every 
one  can  comprehend,  namely,  that  it  would  be  without  life, 
thus  without  use  in  a  living  animal.  The  case  is  similar  in  re- 
spect to  faith  without  charity  ;  inasmuch  as  good  has  its  qual- 
ity, as  was  said,  from  truths,  it  has  also  its  form  from  them,  for 
where  form  is,  there  is  quality,  and  where  form  is  not,  there 
neither  is  quality.  The  case  herein  is  also  similar  to  that  ot 
spirit  and  blood  in  a  living  animal ;  spirit  by  fibres  receiving 
its  determinations,  thus  its  form,  in  like  manner  the  blood  by 
vessels.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  truth  without  good  has  not 
life,  and  that  good  without  truth  has  not  quality,  consequently 
that  faith  without,  charity  is  not  living  faith.  By  faith  is  here 
meant  the  faith  of  truth,  and  by  charity  the  life  of  good.  From 
these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  how  it  is  to  be  under- 
stood, that  enquiry  is  to  be  made  from  good  concerning  truths 
and  scientifics  taken  away,  namely,  that  when  man  is  in  good, 
that  is,  in  the  affection  of  doing  good,  he  then  comes  into  the 
remembrance  of  all  the  truths  which  had  entered  good  ;  but 
that  when  he  turns  aside  from  good,  then  truths  disappear,  for 
the  false  of  evil  is  what  takes  them  away  as  by  theft ;  but  the 
truths  which  disappeared  come  again  into  remembrance,  when 
man  returns  into  the  affection  of  good  orof  truth  by  life.  That 
this  is  the  case  every  reflecting  person  may  know  by  expe- 
rience in  himself  and  with  others.  Hence  it  is  evident  what 
it  is  to  make  inquisition  from  good  respecting  truths  and  scien- 
tifics taken  away  from  the  memory  or  mind  of  man. 

9155.  "  Whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the  work 


9155,  9156.] 


EXODUS. 


33 


of  his  companion  " — that  hereby  is  signified  whether  he  has  en- 
tered into  it,  appears  from  the  signification  of  whether  or  no  he 
has  put  his  hand  as  denoting  whether  he  lias  made  the  good  of 
his  own  right  and  power ;  and  from  the  signification  of  into  the 
work  of  a  companion,  as  denoting  the  truth  and  scientific  which 
were  taken  away  ;  for  the  silver  and  vessels  given  to  be  kept, 
and  taken  away  by  theft,  are  what  are  called  the  work  of  a 
companion  ;  that  silver  and  vessels  denote  truths  and  scientifics, 
6ee  above,  n.  9149.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  words, 
"  "Whether  or  no  the  lord  of  the  house  hath  put  his  hand  into 
the  work  of  a  companion,"  is  signified  whether  good  has  made 
of  its  own  right  and  power  the  truths  and  scientifics  which  were 
taken  away  ;  thus  whether  these  things  entered  before  into 
good,  according  to  what  was  shown  just  now  above,  n.  9154. 
That  hand  denotes  power,  see  n.  878,  3387,  4931  to  4937,  5296, 
6292,  7188,  7189,  7518,  7673,  8153  :  that  in  the  hand  denotes 
what  is  with  any  one  and  in  any  one,  see  n.  9133. 

9156.  "  Upon  every  word  of  transgression  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  whatsoever  damage  and  whatsoever  loss,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  transgression,  as  denoting  every  thing  that  is 
contrary  to  the  truth  of  faith,  thus  which  hurts  or  extinguishes 
it,  consequently  all  damage  and  loss  thereof  whatsoever.  In 
the  Word,  evils  are  sometimes  called  sins,  sometimes  iniquities, 
and  sometimes  transgressions,  but  what  is  meant  specifically 
by  the  latter  and  by  the  former  is  only  made  evident  from  the 
internal  sense.  Those  evils  are  called  transgressions,  which  are 
done  contrary  to  the  truths  of  faith,  those  are  called  iniquities, 
which  are  done  contrary  to  the  goods  of  faith,  and  those,  sins, 
which  are  done  contrary  to  the  goods  of  charity  and  love  ;  the 
two  former  proceed  from  a  perverted  understanding,  but  the 
latter  from  a  depraved  will.  Thus  in  David,  "  Wash  me  from 
mine  iniquity,  and  cleanse  me  from  my  sin :  for  I acknowledge 
my  transgressions  and  my  sin  continually  before  Thee,"  Psalm 
li.  2,  3  ;  iniquity  denotes  evil  against  the  goods  of  faith,  sin  d«- 
notes  evil  against  the  goods  of  charity  and  love,  and  transgres 
sion  denotes  evil  against  the  truths  of  faith ;  inasmuch  as  this 
latter  is  evil  proceeding  from  a  perverse  understanding,  and  is 
thus  known  from  the  truths  of  faith  ;  it  is  therefore  said,  I  ac- 
knowledge my  transgressions.  Again,  "  Remember  Thy  mer- 
cies Jehovah,  and  Thy  compassions,  remember  not  the  sins  of 
■my  childhood  and  my  transgressions,"  Psalm  xxv.  6,  7,  where 
sins  denote  evils  derived  from  a  depraved  will,  and  transgres- 
sions denote  evils  derived  from  a  perverse  understanding.  And 
in  Isaiah,  "  Behold,  for  iniquities  ye  are  sold,  and  for  trans- 
gressions your  mother  is  put  away,"  1.  1 ;  iniquities  denote 
ovils  against  goods,  and  transgressions  evils  against  the  truths 
of  the  faith  of  the  church  ;  mother  is  the  church,  who  is  said  to 
be  put  away  when  she  departs  from  faith.  And  in  Micah, 
VOL.  ix.  3 


34 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxu. 


"  On  account  of  the  transgression  of  Jacob  is  all  this,  and  on 
account  of  the  sin  of  the  house  of  Israel.  What  is  the  trans- 
gression of  Jacob  ?  Is  it  not  Samaria  ?  This  is  the  beginning 
of  sin  to  the  daughter  of  Zion,  because  in  thee  were  found  the 
transgressions  of  Israel"  i.  5,  13:  where  in  like  manner  tin 
denotes  what  is  contrary  to  the  good  of  charity  and  love,  and 
transgression  what  is  contrary  to  the  truth  of  faith  ;  for  Samaria 
denotes  the  church  of  perverse  faith,  in  like  manner  Israel  in 
this  passage.  Inasmuch  as  transgressions  are  what  are  con- 
trary to  the  truths  of  faith,  they  are  also  deviations  and  defec- 
tions, which  likewise  in  the  original  tongue  are  signified  by  the 
same  expression ;  as  is  evident  in  David,  "  By  reason  of  the 
multitude  of  their  transgressions  impel  Thou  those  who  rebel 
against  Thee,"  Psalm  v.  10 ;  the  expression  to  rebel  is  used 
when  there  is  defection  and  deviation ;  and  in  Isaiah,  "  Are 
not  ye  the  sons  of  transgression,  the  seed  of  a  lie  ;  who  have 
heated  yourselves  in  gods  under  every  green  tree,  who  slay 
those  that  are  born  in  the  rivers,"  lvii.  4,  5.  That  transgres- 
sion denotes  evil  against  the  truths  of  faith,  manifestly  appears 
from  these  passages.  The  sons  of  transgression  denote  the 
falses  which  destroy  the  truths  of  faith,  therefore  they  are  also 
called  the  seed  of  a  lie,  for  a  lie  is  the  false,  n.  8908 ;  and 
therefore  it  is  said  of  them,  that  they  heat  themselves  in  gods 
under  every  green  tree,  by  which  words  in  the  internal  sense 
is  meaait  w  orship  grounded  in  falses,  for  gods  denote  falses,  n. 
4402,  4544,  7873,  8867  ;  a  green  tree  denotes  the  perceptivity 
of  the  falses  derived  from  a  perverse  understanding,  n.  2722, 
4552  ;  and  therefore  it  i6  ako  said,  ye  slay  those  that  are  born 
in  rivers,  by  which  words  is  meant  the  extinction  of  the  truths 
of  faith  by  falses ;  for  to  slay  is  to  extinguish,  and  those  that 
are  born,  or  sons,  are  the  truths  of  faith,  u.  489,  491,  533, 1147, 
2623,  2813,  3373  ;  and  rivers  denote  falses,  n.  6693. 

9157.  "  Upon  an  ox,  upon  an  ass, upon  cattle" — that  hereby 
is  signified  of  good  and  truth  exterior  and  interior,  namely, 
the  damage  or  the  loss,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an  ox 
and  an  ass,  as  denoting  good  and  truth  exterior ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  cattle,  as  denoting  truth  and  good  interior,  see 
above,  n.  9135. 

9158.  "  Upon  a  garment" — that  hereby  is  signified  of  sen- 
sual truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  garment,  as  de- 
noting truth,  see  n.  4545,  4763,  5319,  5954,  6914,  6918 ;  in  ge- 
neral a  garment  denotes  truth  exterior  or  interior,  which  covers 
things  interior  or  superior,  n.  297,  2576,  5248,  6918 ;  in  this 
case,  therefore,  6ensual  truth,  for  this  is  the  outermost  or  lowest, 
n.  5081,  5125,  5767,  6564,  6614.  The  reason  why  garmenta 
denote  truths,  originates  n>  representatives  in  the  other  life, 
for  spirits  and  angels  appear  all  clothed  in  garmenta  accord- 


157—9100.] 


EXODUS. 


35 


ing  to  the  truths  of  faith  appertaining  to  them,  see  n.  165, 
5248,  5954. 

9159.  "Upon  every  thing  destroyed,  which  he  shall  say  that 
this  is  it  " — that  hereby  is  signified  every  thing  ambiguous,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  what  is  destroyed,  as  denoting 
every  thing  to  which  has  come  damage  or  loss  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  which  he  shall  say  that  this  is  it,  as  denoting 
what  is  ambiguous,  for  the  expression  denotes  doubt  whether  a 
thing  be  so  or  not  so,  and  what  therefore  comes  under  disquisi- 
tion and  dijudication. 

9160.  "The  word  of  them  both  shall  come  even  to  God, 
[and]  whom  God  shall  condemn  " — that  hereby  is  signified  in- 
quisition and  dijudication  by  truth,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  the  word  coming  even  to  God,  as  denoting  disquisition 
by  truth,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  condemning,  as  denoting  dijudication  and  adjudi- 
cation of  punishment  to  him  who  has  prevaricated.  The  rea- 
son why  by  the  word  coming  even  to  God  is  signified  inquisition 
by  truth,  is,  because  to  God  denotes  to  judges,  who  from  truth 
were  to  make  inquiry  concerning  that  thing  ;  therefore  also  it 
is  said,  whom  God  shall  condemn,  in  the  plural  number;  God 
also  in  the  original  tongue  is  expressed  by  the  term  El  in  the 
singular,  but  more  frequently  by  the  term  Elohim  in  the  plural, 
by  reason  that  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  in 
heaven  is  multifariously  divided  amongst  the  angels,  for  ac- 
cording to  the  number  of  the  angels  is  the  number  of  recipients 
of  the  Divine  Truth,  every  one  in  his  own  manner  [or  measure] 
see  n.  3241,  3744,  3745,  3746,  3986,  4149,  5598,  7236,  7833, 
7836  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  angels  are  called  gods,  n.  4295, 4402, 
726S,  7873,  8301 ;  and  also  judges,  because  these  were  not  to 
judge  from  themselves  but  from  the  Lord :  they  judged  also 
from  the  law  of  Moses,  thus  from  the  Word  which  is  from  the 
Lord  ;  even  at  this  day  judgment  is  administered  from  the  Lord 
when  it  is  according  to  truths  grounded  in  conscience.  The 
Lord  is  called  God  in  the  Word  from  the  Divine  Truth  which 
proceeds  from  Him,  and  Jehovah  from  the  Divine  Good,  see 
n.  4402,  6303,  6905,  7268,  8988  ;  hence  it  is  that  where  the 
subject  treated  of  in  the  Word  is  concerning  good,  the  expres- 
sion Jehovah  is  used,  and  the  expression  God  where  it  is  con- 
cerning truth,  n.  25S6,  2769,  2807,  2822,  3921,  4402,  7268, 
8988 ;  and  that  thus  God  denotes  truth,  n.  4287,  7010,  7268. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident  what  is  signified  by 
the  words,  "  If  the  thief  be  not  caught,  the  lord  of  the  house 
shall  be  brought  to  God"  verse  7,  and  here,  " The  word  of 
them  both  shall  come  to  God,  whom  God  shall  condemn,  he 
shall  repay  ;  also  what  by  God  in  the  following  passages. 
"  Aaron  shall  speak  for  thee  to  the  people,  and  it  shall  come 
to  pass,  he  shall  be  to  thee  for  a  mouth,  and  thou  shalt  be  tc 


36 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxu. 


him  for  a  God"  Exod.  iv.  16  ;  that  Moses  denotes  the  Divine 
Truth  or  law,  and  to  the  mouth  denotes  doctrine  thence,  which 
Aaron  represented,  see  n.  7010.  Again,  "Jehovah  said  to 
Moses,  see,  I  have  given  thee  a  God  to  Pharaoh,  and  Aaron 
thy  brother  shall  be  thy  prophet,"  Exod.  vii.  1,  n.  726S ;  and 
in  the  first  book  of  Samuel,  "  Formerly  in  Israel  thus  said  a 
man  \yir~],  when  he  went  to  seek  God,  go  ye,  and  we  will  de- 
part to  him  that  seeth,  for  at  this  day  he  is  called  a  prophet, 
formerly  he  was  called  he  that  seeth  [or  a  seer],"  ix.  9,  where 
he  that  sees  and  a  prophet  denotes  Divine  Truth,  and  hence  the 
doctrine  of  truth  and  good,  n.  2531,  7269. 

9161.  "  He  shall  repay  twofold  to  his  companion  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  amendment  to  the  full,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  repaying,  as  denoting  amendment,  see  n.  9097  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  twofold,  as  denoting  to  the  full, 
see  n.  9103. 

9162.  "  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  give  to  his  companion  an 
ass,  or  an  ox  or  cattle,  or  every  beast  to  keep  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  truth  and  good  exterior  and  interior,  and  every  thing 
which  is  of  the  affection  thereof  in  the  memory,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  an  ass,  of  an  ox,  and  of  cattle,  as  denoting 
truth  exterior  and  interior,  see  above  n.  9135  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  a  beast,  as  denoting  the  affection  of  good  and 
truth,  see  n.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246,  714,  715,  719,  1S23,  2179 
2180,  2781,  321S,  3519,  5198,  7523,  9090  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication  of  being  given  to  keep,  as  denoting  to  be  stored  up  and 
held  in  the  memory,  see  above,  n.  9149  ;  that  a  man  and  com- 
panion is  not  one  and  another,  but  two  in  one,  see  n.  9149. 

9163.  "And  he  die  or  be  broken  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  there  be  loss  or  damage,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
dying,  as  denoting  extinction  and  loss ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  being  broken,  as  denoting  damage  ;  a  breach  and  break- 
ing, in  the  Word,  signifies  dissipation,  and  also  damage.  This 
originates  in  the  spiritual  world,  where  all  and  singular  things 
are  conjoined  according  to  the  reception  of  Divine  Truth  from 
the  Lord,  thus  according  to  the  reception  of  order,  which  is  in- 
duced on  all  and  singular  things  by  the  Divine  Truth  which 
proceeds  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  8700,  8988.  Hence  it  is  that 
the  truths  appertaining  to  man  have  connection  witli  each  other 
according  to  their  reception  in  good.  The  truths,  which  are  so 
connected,  make  one  ;  wherefore  when  they  are  broken  in  com- 
mon, truths  with  good  are  dissipated,  and  when  they  are  broken 
in  particular,  the  truths  which  are  there  are  dissipated ;  for 
when  they  are  in  connection,  one  subsists  from  another,  but 
when  they  are  broken,  one  recedes  from  another.  Hence  it  is 
that  by  being  broken  in  the  Word  is  6ignitied  dissipation,  as 
also  by  being  divided,  n.  9093  ;  and  1  kewise  damage,  namely, 
dissipation  when  the  whole  is  broken,  and  damage  when  a  part ; 


9161—9163.] 


EXODUS. 


37 


as  is  evident  from  the  following  passages  in  the  Word,  "  Many 
shall  stumble  amongst  them,  and  shall  fall,  and  shall  be  broken, 
Isaiah  viii.  15 ;  where  to  stumble  denotes  to  be  scandalized, 
and  hence  from  truths  to  slide  into  falses ;  to  fall  and  to  be 
broken  denotes  to  be  dissipated,  in  this  case  in  common.  And 
in  Ezekiel,  "Behold  lam  against  Pharaoh  .king  of  Egypt,  1 
will  break  his  arms,  the  strong  and  and  that  which  is  broken" 
xxx.  22  ;  Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt,  denotes  the  scientifics  which 
pervert  and  destroy  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  n.  6651,  6679, 
6683,  6692  ;  to  break  the  arms,  denotes  to  dissipate  strength, 
thus  to  dissipate  them,  n.  4933 ;  the  strong  and  that  which  is 
broken  denote  those  things  which  have  not  suffered  damage 
and  resist,  and  those  things  which  have  not  suffered  damage 
and  do  not  resist.   And  in  Luke,  it  is  written,  "  The  stone  which 
the  builders  rejected  is  made  into  the  head  of  the  corner,  who- 
soever shall  fall  upon  that  stone,  shall  be  broken,  and  upon  whom 
it  shall  fall,  it  shall  bruise  in  pieces,"  xx.  17,  18  ;  where  stone 
denotes  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  n.  6426 ;  to  be  broken, 
inasmuch  as  it  relates  to  the  truths  which  are  from  Him,  de- 
notes to  be  dissipated,  thus  to  be  destroyed,  and  with  truths 
those  things  which  are  of  spiritual  life,  as  is  the  case  with  those 
who  deny  the  Lord,  and  reprobate  the  truths  which  are  from 
Him,  who  are  they  that  reject  the  stone.    And  in  Jeremiah, 
"  Bring  upon  them  the  day  of  evil,  break  with  a  double  break- 
ing" xvii.  18  ;  where  to  break  with  a  double  breaking  denotes 
altogether  to  destroy.    And  in  Isaiah,  "  I  have  disposed  my- 
self even  to  the  morning,  as  a  lion  so  He  breaketh  all  my  bones, 
from  day  even  to  night  Thou  wilt  consume  me,"  xxxviii.  13. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "  He  hath  made  my  flesh  old,  and  my  skin, 
and  hath  broken  my  bones,"  Lam.  iii.  4.    And  in  Moses,  "Thou 
shalt  not  carry  out  from  the  house  [any]  of  the  flesh  of  the  Pas- 
chal Lamb,  neither  shall  ye  break  a  bone  in  it,"  Exod.  xii.  46. 
In  these  passages  to  break  bones  denotes  to  destroy  truths  from 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  which  are  the  last  in  order,  on 
which  interior  truths  and  goods  lean,  and  by  which  they  are 
sujmorted,  for  if  they  are  destroyed,  those  things  also  fall  which 
are  built  upon  them ;  truths  the  last  in  order  are  the  truths  of 
the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  in  which  are  the  truths  of  the  in- 
ternal sense,  and  on  which  these  latter  lean  as  pillars  on  their 
bases  ;  that  bones  denote  truths,  see  n.  3812,  6592,  8005.  From 
these  considerations  it  is  evident  what  was  represented  and  sig- 
nified by  what  is  written  concerning  the  Lord  in  John,  "  They 
came  to  Jesus  when  they  saw  Him  dead,  and  brake  not  his 
legs  y  which  was  done  .that  the  Scripture  might  be  fulfilled,  a 
bone  of  Him  shall  not  be  broken,"  xix.  33,  36,  the  reason  was 
because  He  was  Divine  Truth  both  in  the  first  and  in  the  last 
of  order.    And  in  Isaiah,  "  Jehovah  shall  bind  up  the  breach 
of  His  people,  and  si"  all  heal  the  wound  of  their  stroke,"  xxx 


38 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


26.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  The  prophet  even  to  the  priest  every 
one  maketh  a  lie,  and  they  heal  the  breach  of  My  people  by  a 
thing  of  no  weight,"  vi.  13,  14.  Again,  "  Upon  the  breach 
of  My  people  I  am  broken,  I  am  blackened,"  viii.  21.  And  in 
David,  "  Thou  hast  made  the  earth  to  tremble,  thou  hast  bro- 
ken [it],  heal  the  breaches  thereof"  Psalm  lx.  2.  AndinZecha- 
riah,  "  I  will  raise  up  a  Shepherd  in  the  earth,  He  shall  not 
heal  what  is  broken,  He  shall  not  sustain  him  that  standeth," 
xi.  16.  And  in  Nahum,  "  Thsre  is  no  scar  of  thy  breach,  thy 
stroke  is  desperate,"  iii.  19.  In  these  passages  breach  signifies 
damage  occasioned  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  thus  to  the 
church,  to  heal  is  to  amend  and  to  restore.  The  like  was  sig- 
nified by  [the  statute],  that  a  man  who  had  a  broken  foot  or  a 
broken  hand,  should  not  come  near  to  offer  the  bread  of  God, 
Levit.  xxi.  17,  19  ;  and  by  this,  "  that  what  was  broken  should 
not  be  offered  to  Jehovah  upon  the  altar,"  Levit.  xxii.  22 ;  for 
broken  signified  what  was  destroyed.  Damage  also  is  signified 
by  a  breach,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  Ye  have  seen  the  breaches  of  the 
house  of  David,  that  they  are  very  many,"  xxii  9.  And  in 
Amos,  "  In  that  day  I  will  raise  up  the  tent  of  David  that  is 
fallen,  and  I  will  hedge  up  its  breaches,  I  will  restore  its  ruins, 
and  I  will  build  them  according  to  the  days  of  eternity,"  ix. 
11 ;  the  house  of  David  and  the  tent  of  David  denote  the 
church  of  the  Lord,  for  David  in  the  prophetic  Word  is  the 
Lord,  n.  1888. 

9161.  "  Or  be  led  away  captive" — that  hereby  is  signified 
removal,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  led  away  cap- 
tive, when  it  is  predicated  of  good  and  truth  appertaining  to 
man,  as  denoting  removal.  Ihe  case  herein  is  this.  When 
man  is  in  truth  grounded  in  good,  then  the  truth  which  is  of 
greatest  faith  is  in  the  midst,  and  from  thence  succeed  the 
truths  which  are  of  lesser  faith,  and  at  length  those  which  are 
of  doubtful  faith ;  in  the  borders  round  about  them  are  falses, 
which  yet  are  not  in  a  series  with  truths,  nor  do  they  stand  erect 
to  heaven  as  the  truths  of  good,  but  are  bended  downwards, 
and  look  towards  hell  so  far  as  they  come  forth  from  evil.  But 
when  the  false  usurps  the  place  of  truth,  then  the  order  is  in- 
verted, and  truths  go  away  to  the  sides,  and  constitute  the  cir- 
cuits, whilst  falses  occupy  the  middle.  Hence  it  is  evident 
what  is  meant  by  removal,  on  which  subject  see  also  n.  3136, 
6084,  6103  ;  the  reason  why  such  removal  is  signified  by  being 
led  away  captive  is,  because  falses,  when  they  take  truths  cap- 
tive, lead  them  away  in  this  manner.  Such  also  is  the  signi- 
fication of  being  taken  captive  or  led  away  captive  in  Jeremi- 
ah, "  The  wind  shall  feed  all  thy  shepherds,  and  thy  lovers 
shall  be  led  away  into  captivity,"  xxii.  22.  Again,  "  Wo  to 
thee  Moab,  the  people  of  Kemosh  perisheth,  for  thy  sons  an 
led  away  into  captivity,  and  thy  daughters  into  captivity  /  yet 


9164—9166.] 


EXODUS. 


39 


will  1  bring  back  the  captivity  of  Moab  in  the  extremity  of 
days,"  xlviii.  46,  47 ;  the  sons  who  were  led  away  into  captivi- 
ty, denote  truths,  and  the  daughters  goods.  "And  in  Luke, 
"They  shall  fall  by  the  edge  of  the  sword,  and  shall  be  taken 
captive  amongst  all  nations,  and  Jerusalem  shall  be  trodden 
down  of  the  nations,"  xxi.  24  ;  speaking  of  the  consummation 
of  the  age,  which  is  the  last  time  of  the  church  ;  to  fall  by  the 
edge  of  the  sword  is  to  perish  by  falses,  for  the  sword  denotes 
the  false  combating  against  truth,  n.  2799, 4499, 6353, 7102, 8294 ; 
the  nations,  amongst  whom  they  should  be  taken  captive,  and 
by  whom  the  church  would  be  trodden  down,  denote  the  evils 
which  give  birth  to  falses,  see  n.  1259,  1260, 1849, 1868,  6306; 
and  that  Jerusalem,  which  shall  then  be  trodden  down,  denotes 
the  church,  see  n.  2117,  3654. 

9165.  "No  one  seeing" — that  hereby  is  signified  concerning 
which  the  mind  is  not  conscious,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  seeing,  as  denoting  to  understand,  and  also  to  have  faith,  see 
n.  2325,  2807,  3863,  3869,  4403  to  4421,  5114,  5400;  and 
whereas  the  understanding  is  the  sight  of  the  mind,  hence  seeing 
denotes  that  the  mind  is  conscious  ;  in  the  present  case  that  the 
mind  is  not  conscious,  because  it  is  said  no  one  seeing. 

9166.  "  An  oath  of  Jehovah  shall  be  between  them  both" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  inquisition  by  truths  from  the  "Word 
concerning  all  and  singular  those  things,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  an  oath,  as  denoting  confirmation  by  truths,  see  n. 
2842,  3037,  3375,  hence  an  oath  of  Jehovah  denotes  by  truths 
from  the  Word,  for  in  the  Word  are  the  Truths  of  Jehovah  or 
Divine  Truths  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  them  both,  as  de- 
noting in  all  and  singular  things,  for  between  both  in  the  inter- 
nal sense  does  not  signify  between  two,  but  in  all  and  singular 
things,  for  two  denote  conjunction  into  one,  n.  1686,  3519,  5194, 
8423,  thus  it  denotes  whatsoever  is  in  one,  or  all  and  singular 
things  therein.  The  reason  why  those  things  are  perceived  in 
heaven  by  two  is,  because  when  the  angels  hold  discourse  con- 
cerning two  truths  which  disagree  with  each  other,  on  this  occa- 
sion are  presented  two  spirits  beneath  who  dispute,  and  who 
are  the  subjects  of  several  societies,  all  and  singular  the  things 
of  one  truth  appearing  with  one  spirit,  and  all  and  singular  the 
things  of  the  other  truth  appearing  with  the  other,  hence  it  is 
perceived  how  they  maybe  conjoined  ;  that  this  is  the  case  has 
been  given  me  to  know  from  experience.  Hence  it  is  that  by 
two  is  also  signified  what  is  full,  n.  9103.  The  reason  why  it 
was  allowable  for  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish  nation  to  swear  by 
Jehovah  was,  because  they  were  not  internal  but  external  men, 
and  when  they  were  in  Divine  worship,  they  were  in  an  external 
without  an  internal  principle  ;  that  they  Avere  of  such  a  quality, 
see  n.  4281,  4293,  4429,  4433,  4680,  4844,  4847,  4865,  4903, 
6304,  8588.  8788,  8806.    The  confirmation  of  truth,  when  it 


40 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


falls  into  the  external  man  separate  from  the  internal,  is  effected 
by  an  oath  ;  it  is  otherwise  when  it  falls  into  the  external  through 
the  internal ;  for*  in  the  internal  [man]  truth  appears  in  its  light, 
but  in  the  external  without  the  internal,  truth  appears  in  dark- 
ness. Hence  it  is  that  the  celestial  angels,  who  are  in  the  inmost 
or  third  heaven,  because  in  the  highest  light,  do  not  even  con- 
firm truths  by  reasons,  still  less  do  they  dispute  or  reason  about 
them,  but  only  say,  yes  or  no  (ita  aut  non) :  the  reason  is,  be- 
cause they  perceive  and  see  them  from  the  Lord.  Hence  it  is 
that  the  Lord  spoke  thus  concerning  oaths,  "  Ye  have  heard  that 
■it  hath  been  said,  thou  shalt  not  swear,  but  shalt  perform  to  the 
Lord  thine  oaths  :  but  I  say  unto  you,  swear  not  at  all,  neither 
by  heaven,  because  it  is  th-e  throne  of  God ;  nor  by  the  earth,  be- 
cause it  is  Hisfootstool ;  nor  by  Jerusalem,  because  it  is  the  city 
of  the  Great  King  :  neither  shalt  thou  swear  by  thy  head,  because 
thou  canst  not  make  one  hair  white  or  black.  But  let  your  dis- 
course be  yea  yea,  nay  nay,  for  whatsoever  is  beyond  these  is from 
evil,"  Matt.  v.  33  to  37.  These  words  involve,  that  Divine 
Truths  are  to  be  confirmed  from  the  Lord,  and  not  from  man, 
which  is  effected  when  they  are  internal  men  and  uot  external ; 
for  external  men  confirm  them  by  oaths,  but  internal  men  by 
reasons  ;  they  who  are  still  interior  men  do  not  confirm  them, 
but  only  say  that  it  is  so  or  it  is  not  so :  external  men  are  those 
who  are  called  natural  men  ;  internal  those  who  are  called  spi- 
ritual men  ;  and  they  are  still  interior  who  are  called  celestial 
men.  That  these  latter,  namely,  the  celestial,  perceive  from 
the  Lord  whether  a  thing  be  true  or  not  true,  see  n.  2708,  2715, 
2718,  3240,  4448,  7877.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident 
what  is  involved  in  Avhat  the  Lord  said,  swear  not  at  all:  also, 
let  your  discourse  be  yea  yea,  nay  nay.  But  it  may  be  expedient 
to  explain  why  it  is  also  said,  that  they  should  not  swear  by 
heaven,  nor  by  earth,  nor  by  Jerusalem,  neither  by  the  head ; 
and  that  discourse  beyond  yea  yea,  nay  nay  is  from  evil.  To 
swear  by  heaven  is  by  Divine  Truth,  thus  by  the  Lord  there,  for 
heaven  is  not  heaven  by  virtue  of  the  angels  considered  in  them- 
selves, but  by  virtue  of  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Lord,  thus  by  virtue  of  the  Lord  in  them,  for  the  Divine  [being 
or  principle]  in  them  makes  them  to  be,  and  to  be  c,alled,  angels 
of  heaven ;  hence  it  is,  that  they  who  are  in  heaven  are  said  to 
be  in  the  Lord  ;  also  that  the  Lord  is  All  in  all  and  singular  the 
things  of  heaven  ;  likewise  that  the  angels  are  Divine  Truths, 
because  recipient  of  Divine  Truth  from  uie  Lord.  That  heaven 
is,  and  is  called,  heaven  from  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord 
there,  see  n.  552,  3038,  3700  ;  that  the  angels  are  Divine  Truths, 
see  n.  4295,  4402,  7268,  7873,  8701 ;  and  that  something  ot 
the  Lord  is  meaut  by  an  angel  in  the  Word,  n.  1925,  2821, 
3039,  4085.  4295,  62S0 ;  inasmuch  as  heaven  is  the  Lord  as  to 
Divine  Truth,  therefore  it  i&  said,  thou  shalt  not  swear  by  hea- 


9166.] 


EXODUS. 


ven,  because  it  is  the  throne  of  God,  for  the  *hrone  of  God 
is  the  Divine  Truth  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord,  n.  5313, 
6397,  9039.  But  to  swear  by  the  earth  is  by  the  church,  thus 
by  the  Divine  Truth  there,  for  as  heaven  is  the  Lord  by  virtue 
of  the  Divine  Truth  which  proceeds  from  Him,  so  also  is  the 
church,  inasmuch  as  the  church  is  the  heaven  of  the  Lord  or 
His  kingdom  in  the  earths ;  that  earth  in  the  Word  is  the 
church,  see  n.  662,  1066,  1262,  1733,  1850,  2117,  2118, 
2928,  3355,  4535,  5577,  8011,  8732;  and  inasmuch  as  earth 
denotes  the  church,  where  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord 
below  heaven  is,  therefore  it  is  said,  thou  shalt  not  swear  by  the 
earth,  because  it  is  God's  footstool.  Footstool  is  the  Divine 
Truth  beneath  heaven,  such  as  is  the  Word  in  the  literal  sense, 
for  upon  this  the  Divine  Truth  in  heaven,  which  is  the  Word 
in  the  internal  sense,  leans  and  as  it  were  stands ;  the  former 
truth  is  signified  by  footstool  in  David,  Psalm  xcix.  5  ;  Psalm 
cxxxii.  7  ;  Isaiah  lx.  13  ;  and  in  the  Lamentations  of  Jeremiah, 
chap.  ii.  I.  But  to  swear  by  Jerusalem  is  by  the  doctrine  oi 
truth  from  the  Word,  for  Jerusalem  in  the  extended  sense  de 
notes  the  church,  n.  2117,  3654;  but  when  mention  is  made 
of  the  earth,  which  is  the  church,  and  then  of  Jerusalem,  in 
this  case  Jerusalem  denotes  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  conse- 
quently the  doctrine  of  Divine  Truth  derived  from  the  Word; 
hence  it  is  that  it  is  called  the  city  of  the  great  God,  for  by  city 
in  the  Word,  in  its  internal  sense,  is  signified  the  doctrine  of 
truth,  see  n.  402,  2450,  2943,  3216,  4478,  4492,  4493.  But 
to  swear  by  his  own  head  denotes  by  the  truth  which  the  man 
himself  believes  to  be  truth,  and  which  he  makes  the  truth  ot 
his  faith,  for  this  with  man  constitutes  the  head,  and  is  also 
bignified  by  the  head  in  Isaiah,  chap.  xv.  2  ;  chap.  xxxv.  10. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  vii.  18 ;  chap.  xiii.  18  ;  chap.  xvi.  12  ; 
chap.  xxix.  18.  And  in  Matthew,  chap.  vi.  17,  and  elsewhere. 
Wherefore  also  it  is  said,  because  thou  canst  not  make  one  hair 
white  or  black,  for  hair  denotes  the  truth  of  the  external  or 
natural  man,  n.  3301,  such  as  appertains  to  those  who  are  in 
the  faith  of  truth,  not  from  their  perceiving  it  to  be  truth,  but 
because  the  doctrine  of  the  church  so  teaches  ;  atid  whereas 
they  do  not  know  it  from  any  other  source,  it  is  said  that  they 
ought  not  to  swear  by  it,  because  they  cannot  make  a  hair 
white  or  black ;  to  make  a  hair  white  is  to  say  that  truth  is 
truth  from  themselves,  and  to  make  a  hair  black  is  to  say  that 
the  false  is  false  from  themselves ;  for  white  is  predicated  ot 
truth,  n.  3301,  3993,  4007,  5319,  and  hence  black,  of  the  false. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident,  what  is  meant  by 
not  swearing  at  all,  neither  by  heaven,  nor  by  earth,  nor  by  Je- 
rusalem, nor  by  a  man's  own  head,  namely,  that  Divine  Truth 
ought  not  to  be  confirmed  by  man,  but  by  the  Lord  with  man. 
On  this  account  it  is  lastly  said,  let  your  discourse  be  yea  yea, 


±2 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxii 


nay  nay,  for  what  is  beyond  these  is  from  evil  /  for  they  who 
from  the  Lord  perceive  and  see  truth,  do  not  otherwise  confirm 
it,  as  is  the  case  with  the  angels  of  the  inmost  or  third  heaven, 
who  are  called  celestial  angels,  spoken  of  above.  The  reason 
why  discourse  beyond  those  things  is  from  evil  is,  because  what 
is  beyond  is  not  from  the  Lord,  but  from  the  proprium  of  man, 
thus  from  evil,  for  the  proprium  of  man  is  nothing  but  evil,  see 
n.  210,  215,  874,  875,  876,  987,  1023,  1044,  1047,  3812,  4328, 
5660,  8941,  8944.  From  these  considerations  it  is  again  evident, 
in  what  manner  the  Lord  spake,  namely,  that  in  all  and  singular 
things  there  is  an  internal  sense,  inasmuch  as  He  spake  from 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  thus  for  the  angels  at  the  same 
time  as  for  men,  for  the  angels  perceive  the  Word  according  to 
its  internal  sense. 

9167.  "  Whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand  into  the  work 
of  his  companion,  and  the  lord  thereof  hath  taken  " — that  here- 
by is  signified  conjunction  with  good,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  expression,  whether  or  no  he  hath  put  his  hand 
into  the  work  of  his  companion,  when  it  is  said  of  truth  and 
good,  exterior  and  interior,  as  denoting  whether  they  have  en- 
tered into  good,  see  above  n.  9155,  thus  whether  they  are  con- 
joined under  good.  What  conjunction  under  good  is,  see  n. 
9154,  and  from  the  signification  of  lord,  as  denoting  good,  see 
n.  9154  ;  thus  whether  or  no  the  lord  thereof  hath  taken,  denotes 
whether  good  has  made  them  its  own  by  conjunction.  The 
reason  why  lord  denotes  good  is,  because  the  good  appertaining 
to  the  spiritual  man  is  in  the  first  place,  and  truth  in  the  second, 
and  that  which  is  in  the  first  place  is  lord.  According  to  the 
ijuality  of  good  also  all  truths  are  arranged  with  man,  as  a  house 
l>y  a  lord.  Hence  it  is  that  by  Lord  in  the  Word,  is  meant  the 
Lord  as  to  Divine  Good  ;  and  by  God,  King,  and  Master,  the 
Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth  ;  as  in  Moses,  "  Jehovah  your  God, 
He  is  God  of  gods  and  Lord  of  lords,"  Deut.  x.  17.  And  in 
the  Apocalypse,  u  The  Lamb  shall  overcome  them,  because  He 
is  Lord  of  lords  and  King  of  kings"  xvii.  14.  Again,  "  He 
hath  on  His  vesture  and  on  His  thigh  a  name  written,  "  King 
of  kings  and  Lord  of  lords"  xix.  16.  That  the  Lord  is  called 
God,  as  to  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  2586,  2769,  2i>07,  2822,  4402, 
7268,  8988;  and  also  that  he  is  called  King  as  to  Divine 
Truth,  n.  2015,  3009,  3670,  4581,  4966,  5068,  6148.  Hence  it 
is  evident  that  the  Lord  is  called  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  for 
where  mention  is  made  of  truth  in  the  Word,  mention  is  also 
made  of  good,  n.  683,  793,  801,  2516,  2618,  2712,  2803,  3004, 
4137,  5138,  5502,  6343,  8339.  And  in  John,  "Ye  call  Me 
Master  and  Lord,  and  ye  say  right,  for  I  am  ;  I  your  Lord  and 
Master  have  washed  your  feet,  xiii.  13,  14.  The  Lord  also  is 
there  called  Lord  from  Divine  Good,  and  Master  from  Divine 
Truth.    And  in  Malachi,  "  The  Lord  whom  ye  seek  shall  sud- 


9167—9174.] 


EXODUS. 


43 


denly  come  to  His  temple,  and  the  Angel  of  the  Covenant  whom 
ye  desire,"  iii.  1 ;  speaking  of  the  coining  of  the  Lord,  where 
lie  is  called  Lord  from  Divine  Good,  and  Angel  from  Divine 
Truth,  see  n.  1925,  2821,  3039,  4085,  4295,  6280.  Hence  it  is 
that  in  the  Old  Testament  it  is  so  frequently  said,  0  Lord  Je- 
hovih,  and  this  when  supplication  is  made,  by  which  is  signi- 
fied, O  Good  Jehovah,  n.  1793,  2921 ;  and  that  jq  the  New 
Testament  the  Lord  is  mentioned  instead  of  Jehovah,  n.  2921. 
From  these  considerations  also  it  maybe  known  what  is  meant 
by  these  words  in  Matthew,  fc  No  one  can  serve  two  lords;  for 
either  he  will  hate  the  one  and  love  the  other,"  vi.  24.  The 
two  lords  are  good  and  evil,  for  man  must  either  be  in  good  or 
in  evil ;  he  cannot  be  in  both  together.  He  may  be  in  several 
truths,  but  which  are  arranged  in  order  under  one  good ;  for 
good  makes  heaven  with  man,  but  evil,  hell.  He  must  be 
either  in  heaven  or  in  hell ;  not  in  both,  nor  between  both. 
Hence  now  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  in  the  Word  by  Lord. 

9168.  "  And  he  shall  not  repay  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  there  shall  be  no  loss,  appears  from  the  signification  of  re- 
paying, as  denoting  amendment  and  also  restitution,  see  n.  9087, 
9097.  Hence,  not  to  repay,  denotes  non-restitution  and  non- 
amendment,  because  there  is  no  loss. 

9169.  "  And  if  by  thieving  theft  it  hath  been  taken  away" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  if  there  be  loss,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  theft,  as  denoting  the  taking  away  of  good  and  truth, 
see  n.  9125,  thus  loss. 

9170.  "  He  shall  repay  the  lord  thereof" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified restitution  for  it,  appears  from  the  signification  of  repay- 
ing, as  denoting  restitution,  see  n.  9087  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  lord,  as  denoting  good,  see  just  above,  n.  9167  ;  thus  by 
repaying  to  the  lord  thereof  is  signified  the  restitution  of  truth 
to  good  for  that  which  has  been  taken  away. 

9171.  "  If  by  tearing  it  hath  been  torn  in  pieces" — that  here- 
by is  signified  if  damage  has  been  done  not  from  fault,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  what  is  torn  in  pieces,  as  denoting 
damage  occasioned  by  falses  which  are  from  evil  without  the 
agent's  own  fault,  see  n.  4171,  5828. 

9172.  "  He  shall  bring  a  witness  for  it  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified that  thing  confirmed,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a 
witness,  as  denoting  confirmation,  see  n.  4197. 

9173.  "  He  shall  not  repay  what  hath  been  torn  in  pieces" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  non-punishment,  namely,  for  damage 
without  fault,  appears  from  the  signification  of  what  is  torn  in 
pieces,  as  denoting  damage  without  fault,  see  just  above,  n. 
9171 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  repaying,  as  denoting  pun- 
ishment,  see  n.  9102  ;  in  this  case  non-punishment,  because  it  is 
said  he  shall  not  repay. 

9174.  "  And  when  a  man  \yir]  shall  borrow  from  his  com- 


44 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii 


panion  " — that  hereby  is  signified  truth  from  another  stock,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  borrowing,  as  denoting  to  receive 
truth  elsewhere  than  from  himself,  thus  truth  from  another 
stock.  The  reason  why  borrowing  has  this  signification  is,  be- 
cause in  the  spiritual  world  there  are  no  other  goods,  which  are 
sought  from  others,  and  which  are  given,  than  those  of  intelli- 
gence and  wisdom.  There  are,  indeed,  several  others  which  are 
extant  to  the  sight,  yea,  innumerable,  but  they  are  appearances 
from  those  things  which  are  of  intelligence  and  wisdom.  Hence 
it  is  evident  that  to  borrow  denotes  to  be  instructed  by  another, 
and  thus  to  receive  truths  or  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good 
elsewhere  than  from  oneself.  But  how  the  case  herein  is,  shall 
be  further  explained.  Man  is  said  to  receive  truths  from  himself, 
when  he  forms  conclusions  upon  them  from  the  truths  which 
appertain  to  himself ;  in  this  case  he  conjoins  the  latter  to  the 
former.  But  when  he  does  this,  he  admits  no  other  truths  but 
what  are  in  agreement  together  under  the  same  good  ;  for  good 
is  what  arranges  truths  into  series  and  connects  them ;  good 
is  as  the  soul  in  man,  and  truths  are  as  those  things  with  which 
the  soul  clothes  itself,  and  by  which  it  acts.  That  all  and  singu- 
lar things  in  man  live  from  his  soul,  is  a  known  thing ;  so  also 
the  truths  which  are  of  faith  [live]  from  the  good  which  is  of 
love  to  the  Lord  and  of  love  towards  the  neighbor;  if  that  good 
is  not  the  soul  of  man,  but  the  good  of  6elf-love  or  of  the  love 
of  the  world,  in  this  case  man  is  not  man,  but  a  wild  beast ; 
and  also  in  the  other  life  in  the  light  of  heaven  he  appears  as  a 
wild  beast,  although  in  his  own  light,  which  at  the  light  of  hea- 
ven becomes  thick  darkness,  he  appears  as  a  man.  It  is  how- 
ever to  be  understood,  that  the  Lord  arranges  truths  according 
to  the  good  of  the  life  of  man.  But  man  is  said  to  receive  truths 
elsewhere,  when  he  is  instructed  by  another,  which  truths,  if 
they  are  not  in  agreement  together  under  the  good  in  which  lie 
is  principled,  are  indeed  6tored  up  in  his  memory  amongst  6ci- 
entifics,  but  they  do  not  become  his,  that  i6,  ot  his  faith,  be 
cause  from  another  stock ;  these  are  the  truths  which  are  treated 
of  in  this  verse  and  in  the  following.  In  the  Word,  where  men- 
tion is  made  of  borrowing  and  lending,  it  signifies  to  be  in- 
structed and  to  instruct  from  the  affection  of  charity ;  as  in 
Matthew,  "  Give  to  every  one  that  asketh  of  thee,  and  from 
him  that  is  desirous  to  borrow  of  thee,  turn  not  away,"  v.  42  ; 
that  in  this  passage  by  asking  is  not  meant  to  ask,  is  evident, 
for  it  is  said,  give  to  every  one  that  asketh,  thus  neither  by  de- 
Hiring  to  borrow  [is  meant  to  desire  to  borrow]  ;  for  if  a  man 
was  to  give  to  every  one  that  asketh,  and  also  to  every  one  that 
is  desirous  to  borrow,  he  would  be  deprived  of  all  his  gcods; 
but  inasmuch  as  the  Lord  spake  from  the  Divine  [being  or  prin- 
ciple], by  asking  and  desiring  to  borrow,  and  by  giving  and 
receiving  what  is  borrowed,  is  meant  the  communication  of 


1)175,  9176.] 


EXODUS. 


45 


celestial  goods,  which  are  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  ; 
for  in  regard  to  this  communication  the  case  is  this ;  the  more 
an  angel  gives  to  another  from  the  affection  of  charity,  the  more 
flows  in  with  him  from  the  common  [good]  out  of  heaven,  that 
is,  from  the  Lord,  n.  6178  ;  thus  by  giving  to  him  that  asketh, 
an  angol  is  not  deprived  but  enriched  with  goods.  The  case  is 
the  same  also  with  man,  when  he  does  good  to  another  from 
the  affection  of  charity;  but  it  is  charity  to  give  to  the  g°^d, 
and  it  is  not  charity  to  give  to  the  evil  what  they  ask  and  desire, 
n.  8120  ;  according  to  these  words  in  David.  "The  wicked  bor- 
roweth,  but  doth  not  restore  ;  but  the  just  one  is  merciful  and 
gives,"  Psalm  xxxvii.  21.  And  in  Luke,  "  If  ye  lend  to  them 
from  whom  ye  hope  to  receive,  what  favor  have  ye  ;  rather  love 
your  enemies,  and  do  good,  and  lend,  hoping  for  nothing  thence, 
then  your  reward  shall  be  great,  and  ye  shall  be  the  sons  of  the 
Highest,"  vi.  34,  35  ;  in  this  passage  also  by  lending  is  meant 
to  do  good  from  the  affection  of  charity,  thus  to  communicate 
the  goods  of  heaven,  and  also  the  goods  of  the  world,  but  the 
latter  for  the  sake  of  the  former  as  an  end.  The  affection  of  cha- 
rity consists  in  communicating  goods  without  an  end  of  recom- 
pense, but  the  non-affection  of  charity  consists  in  communicat- 
ing goods  for  the  sake  of  recompense  as  an  end,  see  n.  2373, 
2400,  3816,  3956,  4943,  6388,  6389,  6390,  63914,  6393,  6478, 
S002.  To  love  enemies,  and  to  do  good  to  the  evil,  is  the  affec- 
tion of  charity,  but  enemies  are  loved,  and  good  is  done  to  the 
evil  when  they  are  instructed,  and  also  when  by  suitable  means 
they  are  amended,  see  n.  8121.  The  exercise  of  charity  also  is 
signified  by  lending,  in  Moses,  "If  thou  shalt  obey  the  voice 
of  Jehovah,  and  shall  keep  His  precepts  to  do  them,  thou  shalt 
lend  to  many  people,  but  thou  shalt  not  burrov)"  Deut.  xxviii. 
1  and  12  ;  where  to  lend  to  many  people  denotes  to  abound  with 
the  goods  of  intelligence  and  wisdom,  and  from  abundance  to 
communicate,  and  not  to  want  the  goods  of  others,  because  all 
things  are  given  him  by  the  Lord.  So  in  David,  "  The  good 
man,  who  is  merciful  andlendeth,  will  sustain  his  words  in  judg- 
ment, for  he  shall  not  be  moved  for  ever,"  Psalm  cxii.  5,  6  ;  by 
being  merciful  and  lending  is  described  the  state  of  those  who 
are  in  genuine  charity ;  in  like  manner  Psalm  xxxvii.  21 ;  be 
sides  also  in  other  places. 

9175.  "  And  he  be  broken  or  die  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
damage  to  him  or  extinction,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
being  broken,  as  denoting  damage,  see  n.  9163  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  dying,  as  denoting  extinction. 

9176.  "  The  Lord  thereof  not  being  with  it  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  if  the  good  of  that  truth  be  not  together  in  a  common 
[or  general  principle],  appears  from  the  signification  of*  lord,  as 
denoting  good,  see  n.  9167  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  not 
behig  with  it,  as  denoting  not  to  be  together  in  a  common  [or 


46 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


general  principle].  How  the  case  herein  is,  may  he  manifest 
from  what  was  shown  above,  n.  9154,  concerning  truths  in  good, 
namely,  that  all  truths  in  common  are  arranged  under  good  ;  but 
the  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  truths  borrowed,  that 
is,  received  from  others,  see  n.  9174.  These  truths  either  have 
with  them  their  good,  or  they  have  not ;  those  which  have  with 
them  their  good,  are  those  which,  when  they  are  heard,  affect ; 
but  those  which  have  not,  are  those  which  ao  not  affect.  The 
truths  which  have  with  them  their  good,  are  meant  by  those 
which  are  borrowed,  which  are  broken  and  die,  if  the  lord  be 
with  them  ;  but  the  truths  which  have  not  with  them  their  good, 
are  meant  by  the  borrowed,  which  are  broken  or  die,  if  the  lord 
be  not  with  them.  These  latter  truths  may  indeed  be  described, 
but  not  to  the  apprehension,  except  of  those  who  are  in  the 
light  of  heaven  from  the  Lord ;  all  others,  who  see  only  from 
the  light  of  the  world,  that  is,  from  natural  lumen,  inasmuch  as 
they  are  in  thick  darkness  as  to  heavenly  things,  will  not  com- 
prehend them  ;  and  if  they  should  seem  to  themselves  to  com- 
prehend, it  would  still  be  from  fallacies  and  from  things  mate- 
rial, which  rather  obscure  and  involve  in  shades,  than  illustrate ; 
i  is  enough  to  know,  that  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning 
the  truths  of  faith  conjoined  to  their  own  good,  and  not  con- 
joined ;  the  truths  not  conjoined  are  what  are  learned  from 
others,  and  do  not  enter  further  than  into  the  memory,  and 
there  remain  as  scientifics,  and  are  not  perceived  amongst 
truths,  which  are  arranged  in  a  common  [or  general  principle] 
under  good.  From  these  considerations  it  may  in  some  degree 
be  known  in  what  angelic  wisdom  consists,  for  the  angels  not 
only  comprehend  how  the  case  is  with  these  things,  but  also  at 
the  same  time  innumerable  things  concerning  them,  thus  they 
comprehend  things  of  which  man  does  not  know  that  they  are, 
still  less  what  they  are  ;  for  the  angels  are  in  the  light  of  heaven, 
and  the  light  of  heaven  has  in  it  things  infinite ;  for  the  light  of 
heaven  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord. 

9177.  "Repaying  ye  shall  repay" — that  hereby  is  signified 
restitution,  appears  from  the  signification  of  repaying,  as  de- 
noting restitution,  see  n.  9087. 

9178.  "  If  the  lord  thereof  be  with  it,  he  shall  not  repay  "— 
that  hereby  is  signified  if  the  good  of  truth  be  together  with  it, 
there  shall  not  be  restitution,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
the  expression  if  the  lord  be  with  it,  as  denoting  if  the  good  of 
truth  be  together  with  it,  see  above,  n.  9176  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  repaying,  as  denoting  restitution,  as  just  above, 
9177,  thus  not  to  repay  denotes  non-restitution. 

9179.  "  If  he  be  a  hireling"— that  hereby  is  signified  if  for 
the  6ake  of  gain,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  hireling,  as 
denoting  one  who  does  good  for  the  sake  of  the  good  of  gain  or 


9177—9182.] 


EXODUS. 


47 


for  the  sake  of  hire,  see  n.  8002 ;  thus  in  the  ahstract  sense  it 
denotes  the  good  of  gain  or  hire. 

9180.  "  He  shall  come  in  his  hire  "—that  hereby  is  signified 
submission  and  service,  appears  from  the  signification  of  coming 
in  hire,  as  denoting  to  submit  himself  and  to  serve.  The  case 
herein  is  this  ;  they  who  learn  and  imbibe  truths  from  the  Word, 
or  from  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  or  also  from  any  other 
sources  whatsoever,  yea,  from  themselves  by  conclusions,  foi 
the  sake  of  gain,  that  is,  that  they  may  gain  honors  or  wealth, 
or  also  that  they  may  merit  heaven,  these  are  they  who  in  the 
internal  sense  are  meant  by  hirelings,  who  shall  come  in  their 
hire,  that  is,  who  shall  submit  themselves  and  serve ;  for  to  the 
man  of  the  church,  gains  ought  to  be  in  the  last  place,  not  in 
the  first ;  when  they  are  in  the  last  place,  then  they  are  servants  ; 
but  if  in  the  first,  they  are  lords.  He  who  respects  gains  in 
the  first  place,  is  an  inverted  man,  and  also  is  represented  as 
inverted  in  the  other  life,  with  his  head  in  hell ;  but  he  who 
respects  charity  and  faith  in  the  first  place,  thus  the  Lord  and 
his  neighbor,  he  is  an  erect  man,  and  also  is  presented  erect 
in  the  other  life,  with  his  head  in  heaven.  Hence  it  is  evident 
what  is  meant  by  good  which  is  done  for  the  sake  of  gain,  and 
that  it  must  be  submitted  and  must  serve,  which  things  are  sig- 
nified by  the  expression,  if  he  be  a  hireling  he  shall  come  in 
his  hire. 

9181.  Verses  15,  16.    When  a  man  [vir]  shall  persuade  a 
virgin,  who  was  not  betrothed,  and  shall  lie  with,  her,  endow- 
ng  he  shall  endow  her  to  himself for  a  woman.    If  her  father 

in  refusing  shall  refuse  to  give  her  to  him,  he  shall  gay  silver 
according  to  the  dower  of  virgins.  When  a  man  [vir] 
shall  persuade  a  virgin,  who  is  not  betrothed,  signifies  good 
not  conjoined  to  truth.  And  shall  lie  with  her,  signifies  ille- 
gitimate conjunction.  Endowing  he  shall  endow  her  to  him- 
self for  a  woman,  signifies  a  ticket  of  consent  to  legitimate  con- 
junction. If  her  father  in  refusing  shall  refuse  to  give  her  to 
aim,  signifies  if  interior  good  does  not  admit  conjunction.  He 
shall  pay  silver  according  to  the  dower  of  virgins,  signifies 
other  truth  consenting  in  the  place  thereof. 

9182.  "  When  a  man  [vir]  shall  persuade  a  virgin,  who  is 
not  betrothed  " — that  hereby  is  signified  good  not  conjoined 
to  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  persuading,  when  it 
is  said  of  a  man  and  of  a  virgin,  as  denoting  to  entice  to  conjunc- 
tion ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  man  [vir],  as  denoting 
truth,  see  n.  3134,  7716,  9007 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a 
virgin,  as  denoting  the  church  as  to  good,  see  n.  3081,  4638, 
thus  good  which  is  the  church  ;  and  from  the  signification  ot 
being  betrothed,  as  denoting  conjunction.  It  may  be  expe- 
dient here  to  state  briefly  whence  the  law  concerning  illegiti- 
mate conjunction,  which  is  the  subject  now  treated  of,  derives 


48 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxii 


its  cause  and  origin.  All  the  laws  pronmlged  to  the  sons  oi 
Israel,  have  their  cause  in  heaven,  and  derive  their  origin  from 
the  laws  of  order  there.  The  laws  of  order  in  heaven  are  all 
from  the  Divine  Truth  and  Good  which  proceed  from  the  Lord, 
hence  they  are  the  laws  of  the  good  of  love  and  of  the  truth  ot 
faith  ;  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth  in  heaven  is  called 
the  heavenly  marriage  ;  and  this  is  represented  in  marriages 
on  earth,  and  also  is  signified  by  marriages  in  the  Word ;  hence 
it  is  evident,  what  illegitimate  conjunctions  involve,  and  also 
what  whoredoms  and  adulteries  involve.  The  subject  treated 
of  in  these  two  verses  is  concerning  illegitimate  conjunction, 
which  afterwards  either  is  made  legitimate,  or  is  dissolved.  The 
illegitimate  conjunction,  which  afterwards  is  made  legitimate, 
is  treated  of  in  this  verse ;  and  the  illegitimate  conjunction 
which  is  afterwards  dissolved,  is  treated  of  in  the  following 
verse.  Illegitimate  conjunction  is  that  which  is  not  made  from 
conjugial  affection,  but  from  any  other  affection  whatsoever,  as 
from  the  affection  of  beauty,  from  the  affection  of  gain,  from 
the  affection  of  dignity  of  person,  and  also  from  lasciviousness. 
These  conjunctions  are  illegitimate  in  the  beginning,  by  reason 
that  external  things  are  what  conjoin,  and  not  internal  things 
at  the  same  time.  Nevertheless,  legitimate  conjunction  may 
afterwards  be  effected  from  them  as  means  [or  mediums],  and 
it  is  effected  when  dispositions  are  conjoined  ;  and  also  after 
wards  there  may  be  no  conjunction  effected  from  them,  which 
is  the  case  when  dispositions  are  disjoined;  that  it  is  so,  is  a 
fact  generally  known  in  the  world.  Legitimate  conjunction, 
which  is  that  of  dispositions,  is  effected  when  both  are  in  like 
good  and  truth,  for  good  and  truth  constitute  the  life  of  man, 
moral  and  civil  good  and  truth  the  life  of  the  external  man, 
and  spiritual  good  and  truth  the  life  of  the  internal  man.  It  is 
to  be  noted  that  the  life  of  man  is  from  no  other  source  than 
from  good  and  truth,  for  all  that  is  called  good  which  a  man 
loves,  and  all  that  truth  which  a  man  believes ;  or  what  is  the 
same  thing,  all  that  is  called  good  which  a  man  wills,  and  all 
that  truth  which  he  understands.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
legitimate  conjunction  is  effected,  when  one  of  the  conjugial 
partners  is  in  truth,  and  the  other  in  correspondent  good;  foi 
thus  in  them  two  is  represented  the  heavenly  marriage,  which 
is  that  of  good  and  trutli :  hence  it  is  that  conjugial  love  de- 
scends from  that  marriage,  see  n.  2727  to  2759,  2803,  3132. 
4434,  4834.  From  these  as  premises  it  may  be  known  how 
the  case  is  with  the  conjunctions  which  are  treated  of  in  this 
and  the  following  verse.  Betrothings  before  marriages  were 
received  in  use  from  the  most  ancient  times,  and  represented 
the  first  conjunction,  which  is  that  of  the  internal  man  without 
the  external.  The  marriages  themselves  afterwards  represent- 
ed the  second  conjunction,  which  is  that  of  the  internal  man 


9182.] 


EXODUS. 


49 


with  the  external ;  for  during  man's  regeneration  by  the  goods 
and  truths  of  faith,  the  internal  man  is  first  regenerated,  and 
afterwards  the  external,  because  the  latter  is  from  the  former, 
n.  3286,  3321,  3493,  3882,  8746.  From  these  considerations 
it  is  evident,  what  is  signified  in  the  Word  by  betrothing  and 
by  being  betrothed,  and  also  what  by  bridegroom  and  bride, 
namely,  that  by  betrothing  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  truth 
and  good  in  the  internal  man  ;  and  by  bridegroom,  where  the 
Lord  and  the  church  are  treated  of,  is  signified  good,  and  by 
bride  truth  ;  as  in  the  following  passages,  "  I  remembered  to 
thee  the  mercy  of  thy  youth,  the  love  of  thy  betrothings,  when 
thou  wentest  after  Me,  in  the  wilderness,  in  a  land  not  sown," 
Jer.  ii.  2 ;  speaking  of  the  ancient  church,  and  of  its  establish- 
ment by  the  Lord  ;  the  love  of  betrothings  is  the  affection  of 
spiritual  life,  which  is  from  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  good  of 
love  ;  the  state  of  desire,  when  as  yet  they  were  in  ignorance 
and  a  defect  of  those  things,  is  signified  by  going^  after  Me  in 
the  wilderness  and  in  a  land  not  sown.  And  in  Hosea,  "  I  will 
establish  for  them  a  covenant  in  that  day  with  the  wild  beast 
of  the  field,  and  with  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  the  creeping 
tilings  of  the  earth  ;  and  I  will  break  the  bow,  and  the  sword, 
and  the  war,  and  I  will  betroth  thee  to  Myself  in  justice  and 
in  judgment,  and  in  mercy,  and  in  compassions,"  ii.  18,19. 
The  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  establishment  of 
a  new  church.  To  establish  a  covenant  with  the  wild  beast  of 
the  field,  with  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  with  the  creeping 
things  of  the  earth,  denotes  conjunction  of  the  Lord  by  good 
and  truth  internal  and  external  appertaining  to  man ;  covenant 
denotes  conjunction,  n.  665,  666,  1023,  1038,  1864,  1996,  2003, 
2021,  6804,  8767,  8778  ;  the  wild  beast  of  the  field  denotes 
life  derived  from  good,  n.  841,  908  ;  fowl  denotes  the  life 
of  truth,  n.  40,  745,  776,  991,  3219,  5149,  7441 ;  the  creep- 
ing thing  of  the  earth,  denotes  the  goods  and  truths  of  the  ex- 
ternal and  sensual  man,  n.  746,  909  ;  to  break  the  bow,  the 
sword,  and  the  war,  is  to  destroy  the  doctrine  and  strength  of 
the  false ;  bow  denotes  the  doctrine  of  the  false,  n.  2686, 
2709 ;  sword  denotes  the  false  combating  against  the  truth, 
n.  2799,  4499,  6353,  7102  ;  war  is  the  combat  itself,  or  spirit- 
ual combat,  n.  1664,  2686,  8273.  To  break  those  things  is  to 
destroy;  to  betroth  in  justice  and  in  judgment  denotes  to  be 
conjoined  to  the  Lord  in  good  and  truth;  to  betroth  is  to  con- 
join to  Himself;  justice  is  predicated  of  good,  and  judgment 
of  truth,  n.  2235.  To  betroth  in  mercy  and  in  compassions, 
denotes  to  do  so  from  love  towards  those  who  are  in  good,  and 
in  love  towards  those  who  are  in  truths.  The  mercy  of  the 
Lord  is  predicated  towards  those  who  are  in  want,  and  yet  in 
the  desire  of  good,  and  compassion  towards  those  who  are  in 
ignorance,  and  yet  in  the  desire  of  truth.    From  these  consid- 

VOL.  IX.  4 


50 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxii 


erations  it  is  evident,  that  betrothing  denotes  the  conjunction 
of  good  and  truth  with  man  from  the  Lord.  Every  one  may 
see  that  such  things  are  signified  in  the  above  passage,  for  it  is 
evident  to  perception  grounded  in  mere  natural  lumen,  that 
Jehovah  does  not  establish  a  covenant  with  the  wild  beast  of 
the  field,  with  fowl,  and  with  the  creeping  thing  of  the  earth, 
but  with  those  who  are  in  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  thus  with 
the  good  and  truth  appertaining  to  man,  consequently  that 
such  things  lie  concealed  in  the  above  prophetic  passage. 
And  in  Malachi,  "  Judah  hath  acted  perfidiously,  because  he 
hath  profaned  the  holiness  of  Jehovah,  because  he  hath  l-oved 
and  betrothed  to  himself  the  daughter  of  a  strange  god"  ii.  11  ; 
where  to  betroth  the  daughter  of  a  strange  god  denotes  to  be 
conjoined  to  the  evil  of  the  false;  a  strange  god  denotes  the 
false,  n.  4402,  4544,  7873.  That  bridegroom,  where  the  Lord 
and  the  church  are  treated  of,  denotes  good,  and  bride  truth, 
is  manifest  from  Isaiah,  "Jehovah  hath  clothed  me  with  the 
garments  of  salvation,  He  hath  covered  me  with  a  robe  ot 
righteousness,  as  a  bridegroom  putteth  on  a  turban,  and  as  a 
bride  adorneth  herself  with  her  vessels"  lxi.  10.  And  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "I  saw  the  holy  city  Jerusalem  coming  down 
from  God  out  of  heaven,  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her 
husband"  xxi.  2.  Again,  "The  angel  said,  come,  I  will  show 
thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife"  Apoc.  xxi.  9  ;  where  bride 
denotes  the  church.  And  in  Matthew,  "  Jesus  said  to  the  dis- 
ciples of  John,  can  the  sons  of  the  marriage  mourn,  so  long  as 
the  bridegroom  is  with  them  ?  but  the  day  will  come,  when  t/ie 
bridegroom  will  be  taken  away  from  tliem,  and  then  shall  they 
fast,"  ix.  15,  and  Luke  v.  34,  35  ;  where  they  are  called  sous 
of  the  marriage  who  are  in  the  truths  of  the  church  and  receive 
good,  for  the  good  which  is  from  the  Lord  is  the  bridegroom  ; 
the  sons  of  the  marriage  not  mourning  so  long  as  the  bride- 
groom is  with  them,  denotes  that  they  are  in  a  blessed  and 
happy  state,  thus  with  the  Lord,  when  they  are  in  truths  con- 
joined to  their  own  good  ;  their  fasting  when  the  bridegroom  is 
taken  awav  from  them  denotes  that  they  are  in  an  unhappy  state 
when  good  is  no  longer  conjoined  to  truths.;  this  latter  state  is 
the  last  state  of  the  church,  but  the  former  is  the  first  state. 
The  like  is  signified  in  Matthew,  chap.  xxv.  1  to  12,  by  the 
bridegroom,  to  meet  whom  the  ten  virgins  went  forth ;  for  the 
virgins  who  had  oil  in  their  lamps  are  they  who  have  good  in 
cheir  truths;  but  those  who  had  not  oil  iu  their  lamps  are  they 
who  have  not  good  in  truths,  6ee  n.  4638  ;  and  that  oil  is  the 
good  of  love,  n.  886,  3722,  4582.  And  in  John,  "John  said,  I 
am  not  the  Christ,  but  am  sent  before  Him ;  he  who  hath  the 
bride  is  the  bridegroom  /  but  the  friend  of  the  bridegroom,  who 
stands  and  hears  Him,  rejoiceth  with  joy  by  reason  of  the  bride- 
groom's voice,"  iii.  28,  29;  bride  denotes  the  truth  which  is  ot 


9183,  9184.] 


EXODUS. 


51 


the  faith  of  the  church,  and  bridegroom  denotes  the  good  which 
is  of  the  love  of  the  church,  each  from  the  Lord,  thus  for  the 
man  of  the  church,  with  whom  good  is  conjoined  with  truths. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  also  evident,  what  is  meant  in 
the  internal  sense  by  the  joy  and  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and 
the  bride  in  Isaiah,  chap.  lxii.  5  ;  and  in  Jeremiah,  chap.  vii. 
34;  chap.  xvi.  9;  chap.  xxv.  10;  chap,  xxxiii.  11  ;  Apoc.  xviii. 
23  ;  namely,  that  it  denotes  heaven  and  happiness  derived 
from  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth  with  man  and  angel. 

9183.  "  And  shall  lie  with  her" — that  hereby  is  signified 
illegitimate  conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  lying 
with  a  betrothed  virgin,  as  denoting  illegitimate  conjunction  ; 
for  by  being  betrothed  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  the  inter- 
nal man,  but  by  lying  with,  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  the 
external,  see  just  above,  n.  9182. 

9184.  "Endowing  he  shall  endow  her  to  himself  for  a  wo- 
man " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  ticket  of  consent  on  his  part 
for  legitimate  conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
dower  and  endowing,  as  denoting  a  ticket  of  consent,  see  n. 
4456  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  for  a  woman,  as  denoting 
for  legitimate  conjunction  ;  for  to  receive  any  one  for  a  woman, 
is  to  be  legitimately  conjoined.  Illegitimate  conjunction  in  the 
spiritual  sense  is  the  conjunction  of  truth  with  an  affection 
grounded  in  the  delight  of  gain,  or  in  the  delight  of  honor,  in 
which  kind  of  affection  they  are  principled,  who  learn  the  truths 
of  the  church  for  the  sake  of  those  delights  ;  but  this  conjunc- 
tion does  not  hurt  those,  who  are  afterwards  regenerated  by  the 
Lord,  inasmuch  as  with  these  those  affections  remain,  but  sub- 
ordinate under  the  affection  of  truth  for  the  sake  of  the  good  of 
use.  and  of  life,  thus  they  are  subservient,  for  they  are  in  the 
last  place,  although  they  were  seen  before  as  being  in  the  first 
place  ;  for  during  the  regeneration  of  man,  the  order  of  his  life 
is  inverted  ;  in  this  manner  legitimate  conjunction  is  effected 
from  illegitimate  conjunction.  The  ground  and  reason  of  the 
possibility  of  this  being  effected  is,  because  the  truths  which 
are  of  faith  enter  by  hearing,  thus  by  the  external  man,  and  the 
external  man  relishes  only  those  things  which  are  of  the  world 
and  of  self,  and  these  are  delights  arising  from  gain  and  from 
honors;  but  when  the  internal  man  is  opened  by  regeneration, 
then  good  from  the  Lord  flows  in  through  that  man,  and  adopts 
and  conjoins  to  itself  the  truths  of  faith  which  have  entered 
through  the  external  man  ;  and  according  to  conjunction  the 
order  is  inverted,  that  is,  what  had  been  in  the  first  place  is  put 
in  the  last ;  in  this  case  the  Lord  attracts  to  Himself  all  things 
which  are  of  the  life,  appertaining  to  man,  that  they  may  look 
upwards.  On  this  occasion  man  regards  as  ends  those  things 
which  are  of  the  Lord  and  heaven,  and  the  Lord  Himself  as  the 
end  in  which  all  things  centre,  and  the  former  things,  namely, 


52 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


the  delights  of  gain  and  honors,  as  means  conducive  to  that 
end.  It  is  a  known  thing,  that  means  have  no  life  from  any 
other  source  hut  from  the  end,  and  no  life  without  the  end ;  thus 
the  delights  of  gain  and  of  honors,  when  they  are  made  means, 
have  life,  in  this  case  from  the  life  out  of  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or 
through]  heaven  from  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  is  the  end  in  which 
they  centre.  When  man  is  in  such  an  order  of  life,  then  gains 
and  honors  are  blessings  to  him  ;  but  if  he  be  in  inverted  order, 
gains  and  honors  are  curses  to  him.  That  all  things  are  bless- 
ings when  man  is  in  the  order  of  heaven,  the  Lord,  teaches  in 
Matthew,  "  Seek  ye  first  the  kingdom  of  the  heavens  and 
the  justice  thereof,  and  all  thing?  shall  be  added  unto  you," 
vi.  33. 

9185.  "  If  the  father  refusing  shall  refuse  to  give  her  to  him" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  if  interior  good  does  not  admit  con- 
junction, appears  from  the  signification  of  refusing,  as  denoting 
not  to  admit ;  and  from  the  signification  of  giving  her  to  him, 
namely,  for  a  woman  as  denoting  legitimate  conjunction,  see 
just  above,  n.  9184 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  father,  as 
denoting  good,  see  n.  3703,  3704,  5581,  5902,  6050,7499,  8328, 
8897,  and  as  denoting  interior  good,  because  from  interior  good 
as  a  father,  and  from  interior  truth  as  a  mother,  are  conceived 
and  born  exterior  truths  and  goods,  which  therefore  in  the  AV  ord 
are  called  sons  and  daughters. 

9186.  "  He  shall  pay  silver  according  to  the  dower  of  vir- 
gins"— that  hereby  is  signified  other  consenting  truth  in  its 
place,  appears  from  the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth, 
see  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6917;  and  from  the  signi 
fication  of  paying,  as  denoting  substitution  in  the  place  of  the 
former,  for  lie  who  pays  dower  and  does  not  receive  the  virgin, 
gives  something  else  for  her;  and  from  the  signification  of  the 
dower  of  virgins,  as  denoting  a  ticket  of  consent  for  conjunc- 
tion, see  just  above,  n.  9184;  which  ticket  is  truth  consenting 
to  [or  agreeing  with]  interior  good ;  for  the  dower  was  fifty 
[pieces]  of  silver  given  to  the  father  of  the  damsel,  Deut.  xxii. 
29,  thus  truths  initiating  to  full  conjunction  ;  for  silver  is  truth, 
as  was  here  shown  above,  and  fifty  denotes  to  the  full,  n.  2252, 
in  this  case  other  truths  in  the  place  of  the  former  consenting 
to  [or  agreeing  with]  good.  How  the  case  herein  is,  is  evident 
from  what  was  shown  above,  to  which  may  be  added  this  con- 
sideration ;  to  the  intent  that  illegitimate  conjunction  may  be- 
come legitimate,  the  good  which  flows  in  from  the  Lord  through 
the  internal  man,  must  conjoin  to  itself  the  truth,  which  enters 
through  the  external,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  its  hearing.  If 
this  truth  do  not  accord  with  that  good,  then  in  its  place  must 
be  substituted  other  truth,  which  accords,  or  consents  to  con- 
junction. This  might  be  illustrated  by  examples;  but  inas- 
much as  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth  is  in  thick  darkness. 


9185— 918S.J 


EXODUS. 


53 


by  reason  of  the  removal  of  the  good  of  love  from  the  truths  of 
faith,  and  the  rejection  of  that  good  behind  truths,  and  almost 
to  the  back,  therefore  this  subject  will  not  admit  of  further  il 
lustration  from  examples.  In  general,  no  one  can  comprehend 
the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  thus  neither  can  he  comprehend 
the  things  of  angelic  wisdom,  unless  he  know  and  understand 
that  all  and  singular  things  in  heaven  have  reference  to  good 
and  truth,  and  that  nothing  exists  there  but  from  the  one  con- 
joined to  the  other ;  hence  it  is  that  they  are  in  darkness,  who 
separate  the  one  from  the  other,  namely,  the  truth  which  is  of 
faith  from  the  good  which  is  of  charity,  as  they  do  who  say  that 
man  is  saved  by  faith  alone,  or  by  the  confidence  alone  which  is 
of  faith.  Inasmuch  as  such  refer  all  things  to  faith  and  nothing 
to  charity,  it  is  impossible  for  them  to  comprehend  any  thing  con- 
cerning the  heavenly  things  which  are  in  the  internal  sense  of  the 
Word  ;  for  they  are  in  darkness  concerning  good,  thus  also  in 
darkness  concerning  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth,  conse- 
quently concerning  truth  itself,  for  this  in  such  case  is  involved 
iu  the  same  darkness.  Hence  come  so  many  and  so  great  conjec- 
tural fancies  and  heresies  ;  they  who  are  illustrated  concerning 
truths,  are  those  few  who  are  in  the  doctrine  and  at  the  same  time 
in  the  life  of  truth.  Let  those  know,  who  are  in  faith  alone,  that 
all  the  ideas  of  the  thought  of  the  angels,  who  are  in  the  second 
heaven,  and  are  called  spiritual,  are  from  truths  which  have 
been  made  goods  by  life,  and  that  all  the  ideas  of  the  thought 
of  the  angels,  who  are  in  the  third  heaven,  and  are  called  ce- 
lestial, are  from  good ;  and  that  hence  these  latter  are  in  wis- 
dom itself,  concerning  which,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord, 
wonderful  things  will  be  said  elsewhere. 

9187.  Verses  17,  18,  19.  A  witch  thou  shalt  not  vivify. 
Every  one  that  lieth  with  a  beast,  dying  shall  die.  He  that  sa- 
crificeth  to  gods  shall  be  devoted,  except  to  Jehovah  alone.  A 
witch,  signifies  those  with  whom  any  thing  of  the  church  is 
conjoined  to  the  falses  of  the  evil  of  self-love.  Tiiou  shalt  not 
vivify,  signifies  deprivation  of  spiritual  life.  Every  one  that 
lieth  with  a  beast,  signifies  conjunction  with  the  evils  of  the 
lusts  of  self-love.  Dying  shall  die,  signifies  damnation.  He 
that  sacrificeth  to  gods,  signifies  the  worship  of  falses  derived 
from  evil.  Shall  be  devoted,  signifies  ejection.  Except  to  Je- 
hovah alone,  signifies  that  the  Lord,  who  is  the  alone  and  only 
God,  is  to  be  worshipped. 

9188.  "  A  witch  " — that  hereby  is  signified  those  with  whom 
any  thing  of  the  church  is  conjoined  to  the  falses  of  the  evil  ot* 
self-love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  witchcrafts,  as  de- 
noting the  falses  of  the  evil  of  stlf-love  conjoined  with  such 
things  as  are  of  the  church.  Theie  are  two  things  which  make 
heaven,  thus  spiritual  life  with  m:-n,  the  truth  of  faith  in  Vhe 
Lord  and  the  good  of  love  towards  Him ;  and  there  are  two 


5i 


EXODUS. 


[CnAP.  xxii. 


things  which  make  hell,  thus  spiritual  death  with  man,  the  false 
of  faith  and  the  evil  of  self-love;  these  two  are  conjoined  with 
those  who  are  in  hell,  and  constitute  infernal  marriage  ;  but  the 
former  two  arc  conjoined  with  those  who  are  in  heaven,  and 
constitute  heavenly  marriage.  The  Lord,  so  far  as  can  be  ef- 
fected, withholds  man  from  the  conjunction  of  truth  and  good 
with  the  false  and  evil,  because  this  conjunction  is  profanation  ; 
nevertheless  several  of  those  who  are  in  the  church  cannot  be 
withheld ;  the  reason  is,  because  from  their  infancy  they  have 
imbibed  those  things  which  are  of  the  church  from  the  Word, 
and  from  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word,  and  some  of  them 
have  imbued  those  things,  and  made  them  [objects]  of  their 
faith.  When  persons  of  this  description  have  arrived  at  adult 
age,  when  they  have  begun  to  think  from  themselves,  and  not 
from  others,  as  heretofore,  then  they  have  made  light  of  those 
things  which  had  been  made  the  objects  of  their  faith,  and  in 
the  place  thereof  have  seized  upon  falses,  and  have  also  imbued 
them.  These  are  they  who  have  conjoined  with  themselves 
truths  to  falses ;  for  the  truths  which  have  once  been  made 
"truths]  of  faith,  remain,  nor  can  they  be  eradicated;  and  the 
Falses,  which  next  become  [falses]  of  faith,  conjoin  themselves 
with  them.  This  conjunction  is  what  is  signified  in  the  internal 
sense  by  witchcraft.  The  reason  why  those  falses  are  falses 
of  the  evil  of  self-love  is,  because  all  evil  originates  principally 
in  that  love,  and  as  evil  therein  originates, so  does  the  false,  in- 
asmuch as  they  cohere.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  with  persons 
of  such  a  character  there  is  no  spiritual  life,  because  it  is  de- 
stroyed by  the  falses  of  evil ;  and  so  far  as  they  have  conjoined 
those  falses  to  truths,  so  much  of  spiritual  life  they  have  extin- 
guished with  themselves  ;  and  whereas  thus  instead  of  being 
alive  they  have  become  dead,  therefore  it  is  said  thou  shalt  not 
vivify  them.  That  the  above  conjunction  is  signified  by  witch- 
craft in  the  Word,  is  evident  from  Isaiah,  M  Thou  hast  said,  1 
shall  not  sit  a  widow,  neither  shall  I  know  the  loss  of  children  ; 
but  those  two  things  shall  come  upon  thee  in  a  moment  in  one 
day,  the  loss  of  children  and  widowhood,  by  reason  of  tlie  mul- 
titude of  tliy  witchcrafts,  by  reason  of  the  exceeding  magnitude 
"f  thy  magic.  Thou  hast  confided  in  thy  wickedness,  thou  hast 
said,  there  is  none  that  seeth  me ;  thy  wisdom  and  thy  science 
has  seduced  thee,  when  thou  6aidst  in  thine  heart,  I  and 
there  is  none  as  I  besides ;  therefore  there  shall  come  upon 
thee  evil  which  thou  shalt  not  know  how  to  deprecate ;  and 
calamity  shall  fall  upon  thee  which  thou  canst  not  expiate;  de- 
vastation shall  come  upon  thee  suddenly,  which  thou  shalt  not 
know  ;  for  thou  persistest  in  thy  magics,  and  in  the  multitude 
of  thy  witchcrafts,  in  which  thou  hast  labored  from  thy  youth. 
Thou  hast  wearied  thyself  in  the  multitude  of  thy  council ;  let 
now  the  searchers  of  heaven,  that  see  the  *tur<,  and  that  know 


9188.J 


EXODUS. 


55 


the  new  moons,  stand  and  save  thee  from  those  things  which 
shall  come  upon  thee  ;  behold  they  are  become  as  stubble ;  the 
fire  hath  parched  them,  they  shall  not  deliver  their  soul  out  of 
the  hand  of  the  flame,"  xlvii.  8  to  14.  That  witches  are  those 
who  conjoin  the  falses  of  the  evil  of  self-love  to  the  truths  of 
faith,  and  thereby  perish,  is  evident  from  singular  the  things 
in  the  above  passage,  viewed  in  the  internal  sense,  for  they 
are  there  described.  The  extinction  of  their  spiritual  life  is 
described  by  widowhood  and  loss  of  children  :  widowhood  is 
the  privation  of  truth  and  thence  of  good  ;  the  loss  of  children 
is  the  privation  of  truth  and  good.  The  origin  of  the  false,  as 
being  derived  from  the  evil  of  self-love,  is  described  by  these 
words,  "  Thy  wisdom  and  thy  science  hath  seduced  thee,  when 
thou  saidst.  in  thine  heart,  I  and  none  as  I  besides  ;"  and  the 
evil  itself  of  self-love  by  these  words,  "  Behold  they  are  be- 
come as  stubble,  the  fire  hath  parched  them,  they  shall  not 
deliver  their  soul  from  the  hand  of  the  flame."  Fire  and  flame 
denote  self-love.  That  the  all  of  spiritual  life  is  extinct,  is  de- 
scribed by  these  words,  "  There  shall  come  upon  thee  evil 
wnich  thou  canst  not  deprecate,  and  calamity  shall  fall  upon 
thee  which  thou  canst  not  expiate."  They  are  called  searchers 
of  heaven,  that  see  the  stars  and  know  the  new  moons,  from 
the  circumstance  of  being  in  external  tilings  without  an  inter- 
nal principle  ;  for  such  see  from  the  external  man,  and  nothing 
from  the  internal,  thus  from  natural  lumen,  and  nothing  from 
spiritual  light ;  for  heaven,  the  stars,  and  new  moons,  in  the 
internal  sense,  are  knowledges  and  scientifics,  in  this  case  such 
as  are  viewed  from  the  world,  and  not  from  heaven.  That 
witchcrafts  denote  such  falses,  is  also  evident  in  Micah,  "  I 
will  cut  ofl"  the  cities  of  thy  land,  and  will  destroy  all  thy  for- 
tification ;  I  will  cut  off  witchcraft  from  thy  hand,  and  thou 
shalt  have  no  soothsayers,"  v.  11,  12  ;  where  the  cities  of  the 
land  denote  the  false  doctrinals  of  their  church,  which  are  called 
witchcrafts,  because  they  destroy  the  truths  of  faith.  And  in 
Nahum,  "  By  reason  of  the  multitude  of  the  whoredoms  of  the 
whore  well-favored,  the  mistress  of  witchcrafts  that  sell  nations 
in  their  whoredoms,  and  families  in  their  witchcrafts"  iii.  4. 
Whoredoms  are  the  perversions  of  truth,  witchcrafts  are  the 
falses  thence  derived.  In  like  manner  in  the  second  book  of 
Kings,  "  Joram  said  to  Jehu,  is  it  peace,  Jehu,  who  said,  what 
peace  even  to  the  whoredoms  of  thy  mother  Jezebel,  and  her 
many  witchcrafts,''''  ix.  22.  That  they  are  witches  who  are 
learned  from  themselves,  and  confide  in  themselves  alone,  in 
consequence  of  loving  themselves,  and  being  willing  to  be  wor- 
shipped as  deities,  is  also  evident  from  the  passages  which  treat 
openly  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  who  should  teach  them,  and 
cast  out  witches ;  for  he  who  will  be  learned  in  the  truths  and 
goods  of  faith,  must  be  learned  from  the  Lord,  and  in  no  wise 


56 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


from  himself ;  wherefore  it  is  thus  written  in  Malachi,  "Be- 
hold I  send  mine  angel,  who  shall  prepare  the  way  before  me  : 
and  the  Lord  whom  ye  seek  shall  suddenly  come  to  his  temple, 
and  the  angel  of  the  covenant  whom  ye  desire  :  and  I  w  ill  come 
near  to  you  in  judgment,  and  I  will  be  a  swift  witness  against 
the  witches,  and  against  the  adulterers,  and  that  swear  falsely,'' 
iii.  1,  5.  Witches  denote  those  w'lio  are  learned  from  them- 
selves, and  thereby  destroy  the  truths  which  are  from  the  Lord  ; 
adulterers  denote  those  who  destro}'  goods,  and  they  that  swear 
falsely  denote  those  who  confirm  falses.  That  it  is  the  Lord 
who  shall  cast  them  out,  is  evident,  for  it  is  said  that  the  Lord 
shall  come  to  His  temple,  and  the  angel  of  the  covenant.  So 
also  in  Moses,  "  When  thou  comest  to  the  land  which  Jehovah 
God  is  about  to  give  thee,  there  shall  not  be  found  in  thee  that 
maketh  his  son  or  his  daughter  to  pass  through  the  fire,  that  di- 
vineth  divinations,  and  that  asketti  questions  of  the  hells,  and  is 
given  to  augury,  and  is  a  witch,  and.  an  enchanter,  and  that 
askcth  questions  of  a  familiar  spirit,  and  is  a  soothsayer  ;  and 
that  maketh  inquiry  of  the  dead  ;  for  every  one  who  doeth  those 
tilings  is  an  abomination  to  Jehovah  ;  and  by  reason  of  these 
abominations  Jehovah  thy  God  doth  drive  them  out  before  thee. 
Jehovah  thy  God  will  raise  up  to  thee  a  prophet  from  the  midst 
9 f  thee,  of  thy  brethren,  Uke  unto  me,  Him  shall  ye  obey.  Je- 
hovah said  in  Horeb,  a  prophet  will  I  raise  up  to  them,  out  of 
the  midst  of  their  brethren,  like  unto  thee  j  and  I  will  give  My 
words  in  His  mouth,  that  He  may  speak  to  them  every  thing 
which  I  shall  command  Him,  whence  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
the  man  [vir],  wlw  will  not  obey  My  words,  which  he  shall  speak 
in  My  name,  I  will  require  it  of  him,"  Deut.  xviii.  9  to  19. 
By  diviners,  augurers,  witches,  and  the  rest  who  are  there  named, 
in  the  internal  sense  are  meant  those  who  destroy  the  truths  and 
goods  of  the  church  by  scientifics  perversely  applied ;  thus  who 
do  so  from  their  own  proper  intelligence,  and  by  falses  derived 
from  the  evils  of  self-love,  and  the  love  of  the  world,  conse- 
quently who  learn  and  teach  from  the  lust  of  gain  and  of  hon- 
ors, and  not  from  the  affection  of  the  truth  of  faith,  and  of  the 
good  of  life.  And  whereas  all  falses  of  doctrine  and  evils  of  life 
exist  from  that  source,  therefore  mention  is  made  of  the  prophet 
who  shall  come  and  teach.  That  that  prophet  is  the  Lord,  is 
known  in  the  church,  and  it  was  also  known  to  the  Jews  and 
Gentile6  of  that  time,  as  is  evident  from  Matthew,  chap.  xxi.  11 ; 
Luke  i.  76  ;  vii.  16;  xiii.  33;  Mark  vi.  4.  They  are  taught  by 
the  Lord,  when  they  read  the  Word,  not  for  the  sake  of  them- 
selves and  the  world,  but  for  the  sake  of  good  and  truth  itself, 
for  in  such  case  they  are  illustrated ;  but  when  for  the  sake  of 
themselves  and  the  world,  they  are  then  blinded.  A  prophet 
signifies  one  who  teaches,  and  in  the  sense  abstracted  from  per- 
son, doctrine,  see  n.  2534,  7269  ;  thus  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word 
or  Divine  Truth. 


9189—9192.] 


EXODUS. 


57 


9189.  "Thou  shalt  not  vivify" — that  hereby  is  signified  de- 
privation of  spiritual  life,  appears  from  the  signification  of  vivi- 
fying, as  denoting  to  gift  with  spiritual  life,  see  n.  5890,  thus 
not  to  vivify  denotes  to  deprive  of  spiritual  life.  That  they  de- 
prive themselves  of  spiritual  life,  who  conjoin  to  the  truths  of 
faith  the  falses  derived  from  the  evil  of  sel  ^'-love,  and  are  signi- 
fied by  witches,  see  just  above,  n.  9188. 

9190.  "  Every  one  that  lieth  with  a  bea9t  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  conjunction  with  the  evils  of  the  lust  of  self-love  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  lying  with,  as  denoting  to  be 
conjoined  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  beast,  as  denoting  a 
good  affection  with  the  good,  and  an  evil  affection  with  the  evil, 
see  n.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246,  714,  715,  719,  776,  2781,  3518, 
3519,  5198,  7424,  7523,  7872,  90*0  ;  thus  lusts,  in  this  case  the 
lusts  of  self-love;  evil  affections  are  called  lusts. 

9191.  "  Dying  shall  die  " — that  hereby  is  signified  damna- 
tion, appears  from  the  signification  of  dying,  as  denoting  dam- 
nation, see  n.  5407,  6119,  9008. 

9192.  "  He  that  sacrificeth  to  gods  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  worship  of  fa4ses  derived  from  evil,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  sacrificing,  as  denoting  worship.  The  reason 
why  sacrificing  denotes  worship  is,  because  sacrifices  were  the 
primary  things  of  worship  with  the  Israelitish,  and  Jewish 
people,  see  n.  923,  6905,  8680,  8936 ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  gods,  as  denoting  falses,  see  n.  4402,  4544,  7873,  8941. 
It  is  said  the  worship  of  falses  derived  from  evil,  because  it  is 
opposed  to  the  worship  of  truths  derived  from  good ;  for  all 
worship  has  doctrinals  for  rules  [or  directions],  which  doctrinals 
are  truths  so  far  as  they  are  grounded  in  good,  and  falses  so 
far  as  they  are  grounded  in  evil ;  for  truths  have  their  essence 
and  life  from  good,  and  on  the  other  hand  they  have  their  death 
from  evil.  The  case  herein  is  this  ;  there  are  some  who  are  in 
genuine  truths,  some  who  are  in  truths  not  genuine,  and  some 
who  are  in  falses  ;  and  yet  they  who  are  in  genuine  truths  are 
often  damned,  and  they  who  are  in  truths  not  genuine,  and  also 
who  are  in  falses,  are  often  saved.  This  will  appear  as  a  paradox 
to  the  generality,  but  still  it  is  a  truth  ;  experience  itself  has 
confirmed  it ;  for  there  have  been  seen  in  hell  those  who  were 
more  learned  than  others  in  the  truths  derived  from  the  Word 
and  from  the  doctrine  of  their  church,  as  well  dignitaries  as 
others  ;  and  on  the  other  hand  there  have  been  seen  in  heaven 
those  who  were  not  in  truths,  also  who  were  in  falses,  both 
Christians  and  Gentiles.  The  reason  why  the  former  were  in 
hell  was,  because  indeed  they  were  in  truths  as  to  doctrine,  but 
in  evils  as  to  life  ;  and  the  reason  why  the  latter  were  in  heaven 
was,  because  they  were  indeed  in  non-truths  as  to  doctrine,  but 
still  they  were  in  good  as  to  life.  Some  spirits  recently  deceased, 
with  whom  it  was  given  to  speak,  expressed  their  surprise,  that 


58 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


there  were  amongst  the  damned,  those  who  had  been  distin- 
guished for  learning  in  the  Word  and  in  the  doctrine  of  their 
church,  of  whom  it  had  been  believed  that  they  would  become 
luminaries  in  heaven,  according  to  these  words  in  Daniel,  "  The 
intelligent  shall  shine  as  the  splendor  of  the  expanse,  and  they 
that  justify  many  as  the  stars  for  an  age  and  eternity,"  xii.  3  ; 
but  they  were  told,  that  the  intelligent  are  they  who  are  in  truth, 
and  teach  truths  ;  and  that  they  who  justify  are  those  who  are 
in  good,  and  lead  to  good,  and  that  therefore  the  Lord  said, 
"  That  the  just  shall  shine  as  the  sun  in  the  kingdom  of  His 
Father,"  Matt.  xiii.  43  ;  that  justice  is  predicated  of  good,  and 
thus  that  they  are  called  just  who  are  in  good,  see  n.  2235.  It 
has  been  further  said,  that  they  who  are  learned  as  to  doctrine, 
but  evil  as  to  life,  are  those  who  are  meant  by  the  Lord  in 
Matthew,  "  Many  shall  say  to  me  in  that  day,  Lord,  Lord,  have 
we  not  prophesied  by  Thy  name,  and  by  Thy  name  cast  out 
demons,  and  in  Thy  name  done  many  virtues?  but  then  will 
I  confess  to  them,  /  know  you  not,  depart  from  Me,  ye  workers 
of  iniquity"  vii.  22,  23.  And  in  Luke,  "Then  shall  ye  begin 
to  say,  We  have  eaten  and  drunken  in  Thy  presence,  and  Thou 
hast  taught  in  our  streets,  but  He  will  say,  I  say  unto  you,  I 
know  ye  not  whence  ye  are,  depart  from  Jle,  all  ye  workers 
of  iniquity ,"  xiii.  26,  27.  And  that  they  were  also  meant  by 
the  foolish  virgins,  who  had  not  oil  in  their  lamps,  concerning 
whom  it  is  thus  written  in  Matthew,  "At  length  came  the  other 
virgins,  saying,  Lord,  Lord,  open  to  us ;  but  He  answering  said, 
Verily  I  say  unto  you,  I  know  you  not,"  xxv.  11, 12.  To  have 
oil  in  their  lamps  denotes  good  in  the  truths  which  are  of  the 
faith  of  the  church,  n.  4638  ;  that  oil  denotes  the  good  of  love, 
see  n.  886,  4582.  Also  that  they  who  are  in  non-truths,  yea, 
who  are  in  falses  grounded  in  ignorance,  and  yet  in  good  and 
thence  in  the  affection  of  knowing  truth,  were  meant  by  the 
Lord  in  Matthew,  "  I  say  unto  you  that  many  shall  come  from 
the  east  and  west,  and  shall  lie  down  with  Abraham  and  Jacob, 
in  the  kingdom  of  the  heavens;  but  the  sous  of  the  kingdom 
shall  be  cast  out  into  outer  darkness,"  viii.  11,  12.  And  in 
Luke,  u  They  shall  come  from  the  east  and  west,  and  from  the 
north  and  south,  lying  down  in  the  kingdom  of  God  ;  and 
behold  there  are  last  who  shall  be  first,  and  there  are  first  who 
shall  be  last,"  xiii.  29,  30.  That  the  Gentiles  who  are  in  good, 
although  from  ignorance  they  are  in  non-truths,  are  received 
into  heaven,  seen.  2589  to  2604,  2861,  2863,  3263,  4190,4197, 
From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest,  that  by 
those  who  sacrifice  to  gods,  are  signified  those  who  are  in  the 
worship  of  what  is  false  grounded  in  evil,  and  that,  these  are 
they  who  shall  be  devoted,  that  is,  shall  be  cast  out.  For 
falses  grounded  in  evil  are  evils  in  form,  inasmuch  as  evil, 
when  it  shows  itself  in  light,  and  forms  itself,  is  called  false 


9193.] 


EXODUS. 


59 


Hence  it  is,  that  they  who  are  in  evil  as  to  life,  although  they 
are  in  truths  as  to  doctrine,  are  still  in  the  falses  of  their  own 
evil.  That  this  is  the  case,  manifests  itself  clearly  in  the  other 
life  ;  for  such,  when  they  are  left  to  themselves,  think  from  evil 
against  the  truths  whicli  they  have  known  and  professed,  thus 
they  think  falses.  Persons  of  the  same  character  act  in  like 
manner  in  the  world,  when  they  are  left  to  themselves  and 
think;  for  on  such  occasions  they  either  pervert  truths,  or  deny 
truths  to  patronize  the  evils  of  their  life.  But  they  who  are  in 
good,  and  still  in  non-truths,  yea,  who  are  in  falses  from  igno- 
rance, as  are  several  within  the  church,  and  also  several  out  of 
the  church  who  are  called  Gentiles,  these  indeed  regard  their 
own  falses  as  truths,  but  inasmuch  as  those  falses  come  forth 
from  good,  they  bend  them  to  good,  therefore  there  is  nothing 
of  malignity  in  them,  as  there  is  in  falses  which  are  from  evil. 
And  whereas  the  falses  thence  derived  are  mild  and  flexible, 
they  are  in  the  faculty  of  receiving  truths,  and  also  do  receive 
when  instructed  by  the  angels.  These  falses  may  be  compared 
to  meats  which  are  unclean  to  the  sight,  but  still  have  a  relish, 
whereas  falses  derived  from  evil  may  be  compared  to  unclean 
meats  which  inwardly  are  putrid ;  but  truths  grounded  in 
evil  may  be  compared  to  meats  which 'are  clean  to  the  sight, 
but  which  inwardly  are  malignant,  and  if  attended  with  hypo- 
crisy, are  poisonous ;  as  the  Lord  teaches  in  Matthew,  "  Wo 
unto  you  Scribes  and  Pharisees,  hypocrites,  because  ye  are  like 
to  whitened  sepulchres,  which  outwardly  indeed  appear  beauti- 
ful, but  within  are  full  of  the  bones  of  the  dead,  and  of  all  un- 
cleanness,"  xxiii.  27. 

9193.  "  Shall  be  devoted  " — that  hereby  is  signified  ejection, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  being  devoted,  when  it  is  said 
of  those  who  are  in  the  worship  of  falses  derived  from  evil,  as 
denoting  to  be  ejected,  namely,  from  the  church ;  that  ejection 
from  the  church,  and  thereby  the  extirpation  of  such  falses,  is 
signified  by  being  devoted,  is  evident  from  Moses,  "  If  men  of 
Belial  shall  go  forth  from  the  midst  of  thee,  and  shall  impel  the 
inhabitants  of  their  city  saying,  let  us  go  and  serve  other  gods, 
whom  ye  have  not  known  ;  if  it  be  truth  and  the  thing  certain, 
that  abomination  hath  been  done  in  the  midst  of  thee,  smiting 
thou  shalt  smite  the  inhabitants  of  that  city  with  the  edge  of 
the  sword,  by  devoting  it,  and  every  one  who  is  in  it,  and  also 
the  beast  thereof  with  the  edge  of  the  sword;  all  the  spoil 
thereof  thou  shalt  carry  together  into  the  midst  of  the  street, 
and  thou  shalt  burn  the  city  with  fire,  and  all  the  spoil  thereof 
to  Jehovah  thy  God,  that  it  may  be  a  heap  for  ever,  neither  shall 
it  be  built  any  more,  so  that  there  may  not  remain  in  thine  hand 
any  thing  of  that  which  was  devoted,"  Deut.  xiii.  13  to  17.  That 
it  is  the  false  grounded  in  evil,  which  is  signified  by  what  is  de- 
voted, is  evident  fr  >m  singular  the  things  in  the  above  passage 


60 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


in  the  internal  sense  ;  for  the  cities  which  were  to  he  devoted 
denote  doctrines,  in  this  case  false  doctrines,  n.  2712,  2443, 
3216  ;  the  edge  of  the  sword,  with  which  men  and  heasts  were 
to  be  smitten,  denotes  truth  combating  and  destroying  the  false 
which  is  derived  from  evil,  n.  2799,  4499,  7102,  8294 ;  the  street 
into  the  midst  of  which  the  spoil  was  to  be  carried  together,  de- 
notes the  truth  of  doctrine,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  the  false 
of  doctrine,  n.  2236 ;  the  tire,  with  which  the  spoil  was  to  be 
burned  with  the  city,  denotes  the  evil  of  self-love,  n.  1297, 
2446,  5071,  5215,  6314,  6832,  7324.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
the  act  of  devoting  denotes  ejection  from  the  church,  and  extir 
pation.  On  this  account  also  it  was  commanded,  that  the  na- 
tions in  the  land  of  Canaan  should  be  devoted,  Deut.  vii.  2,  24, 
25,  26  ;  for  the  nations  before  constituted  the  church  in  that 
land,  wherefore  also  they  had  altars,  and  likewise  sacrificed,  n. 
36S6,  4447,  4454,  4516,  4517,  5136,  6306,  6516,  8054;  but 
when  they  turned  the  representative  worship,  which  was  that  of 
the  ancient  church,  into  idolatrous  worship,  and  thereby  falsi- 
fied truths  and  adulterated  goods,  n.  8317,  it  was  ordered  that 
not  only  the  men,  but  also  the  cities,  and  what  was  in  the  cities, 
should  be  devoted ;  the  reason  was,  because  all  things  therein 
represented  falses  grounded  in  evil,  the  cities  the  doctrine  of  the 
false  themselves,  the  beasts  evil  affections,  the  gold  and  silver 
their  evils  and  falses,  and  other  things  in  like  manner  ;  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  worship  of  the  ancient  church  was,  to  worship  God 
under  a  human  form,  thus  the  Lord  ;  but  when  they  turned  aside 
from  good  to  evil,  they  began  to  worship  the  representatives 
themselves,  as  the  sun,  the  moon,  the  stars,  also  groves,  statues, 
and  God  under  various  forms  of  an  idol,  thus  external  things 
without  an  internal  principle,  as  is  the  case  when  the  internal 
man  is  closed.  The  internal  man  is  closed  by  a  life  of  evil,  for 
the  Lord  flows-in  by  [or  through]  good,  and  opens  the  internal 
man,  consequently  by  evil  it  is  closed  ;  and  when  it  is  closed, 
'ruths  are  turned  into  falses,  and  where  they  remain,  they  only 
serve  the  evils  which  are  of  self-love,  and  the  love  of  the  world. 
The  principal  of  internal  worship  is,  to  acknowledge  the  Lord, 
the  alone  and  only  God  ;  and  that  all  ir< »< ><1  and  truth  is  from 
Him  ;  they  who  do  not  acknowledge  Hiin  in  the  church,  cannot 
he  in  good,  thus  neither  in  truth  ;  and  they  acknowledge  who 
are  in  faith,  and  at  the  same  time  in  the  good  of  life,  but  not 
who  are  in  evil  of  life,  n.  8878.  That  to  acknowledge  and  wor- 
ship the  Lord  is  to  live  according  to  His  precepts,  that  is,  to 
live  the  life  of  faith  and  charity,  see  n.  8252  to  8257  ;  the lifa  of 
faith  consists  in  doing  the  precepts  from  obedience,  and  the  life 
of  charity  consists  in  doing  the  precepts  from  love. 

9194.  "  Except  to  Jehovah  alone  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  the  Lord,  who  is  the  alone  and  only  God,  is  to  be  wor- 
shipped, appears  from  the  signification  of  ^acriticing,  in  this 


9195,  9196.] 


EXODUS. 


61 


case  to  Jehovah  alone,  as  denoting  worship,  see  above,  n.  9192  ; 
the  reason  why  to  Jehovah  denotes  to  the  Lord  is,  because  by 
Jehovah  in  the  Word  no  other  is  meant  than  the  Lord,  see  n. 
1343,  1736,  2921,  3023,  3035,  4692,  5663,  6303,  6905,  8864 ; 
that  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  which  He  called  the  Father, 
is  the  Divine  Good  in  Himself,  see  n.  2803,  3704,  7499,  8897 ; 
thus  that  the  Lord  is  the  alone  and  only  God,  n.  1607,  2149, 
2156,  2329,  2447,  2751,  3194,  3704,  3712,  3938,  4577,  4687, 
5321,  62S0,  6371,  6849,  6993,  7014,  7182,  7209,  8241,  8724, 
8760,  8864,  8865. 

9195.  Verses  20,  21,  22,  23.  And  a  sojourner  thou  shall  not 
afflict,  and  shalt  not  oppress,  because  ye  were  sojourners  in  the 
land  of  Egypt.  Any  widow  and  orphan  ye  shall  not  afflict.  If 
in  afflicting  thou  shalt  afflict  him,  so  that  crying  he  cry  to  Me, 
hearing  I  will  hear  his  cry.  And  mine  anger  shall  burn,  and  1 
will  slay  you  with  the  sword,  and  your  too  men  shall  become  wid- 
ows and  your  sons  orphans.  And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  af- 
flict, and  shalt  not  oppress,  signifies  that  they  who  are  willing  to 
be  instructed  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  ought  not  to  be  in- 
fested by  falses  of  doctrine  and  evils  of  life.  IJecause  ye  were 
sojourners  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  signifies  that  they  were  protected 
from  falses  and  evils  when  they  were  infested  by  internals.  Any 
widow,  signifies  who  are  in  good  without  truth,  and  still  desire 
truth.  And  orphan,  signifies  who  are  in  truth,  and  not  yet  in 
good,  and  still  desire  good.  Ye  shall  not  afflict,  signifies  that 
they  ought  not  to  be  defrauded.  If  in  afflicting  thou  shalt  af- 
flict him,  signifies  if  they  be  defrauded.  So  that  crying  he  cry 
to  Me,  signities  supplication  to  the  Lord  for  aid.  Hearing  I 
will  hear  their  cry,  signifies  that  they  ought  to  be  aided.  And 
mine  anger  shall  burn,  signifies  the  state  of  those  who  do  it. 
Aid  I  will  slay  you  with  the  sword,  signifies  that  they  deprive 
themselves  of  good  and  truth  by  falses.  And  your  women  shall 
become  widows,  signifies  that  the  goods  appertaining  to  them 
shall  perish.  And  your  sons  orphans,  signifies  that  at  the  same 
time  in  such  case  truth  shall  perish. 

9196.  "  And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  afflict,  and  shalt  not 
oppress  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  they  who  are  willing  to 
be  instructed  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  ought  not  to  be 
infested  by  falses  of  faith,  and  evils  of  life,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  sojourner,  as  denoting  one  who  is  willing  to 
be  instructed  in  those  things  which  are  of  the  church,  thus  in 
the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  and  who  receives  those  things  and 
lives  according  to  them,  see  n.  1463,  8007,  8013  ;  the  reason 
why  a  sojourner  has  this  signification  is,  because  to  sojourn  sig- 
nifies to  be  instructed  and  also  to  live,  see  n.  2025,  3672,  6095  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  afflicting,  when  concerning  those 
who  are  willing  to  be  instructed  in  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith,  as  denoting  not  to  be  infested  by  the  falses  of  faith  ;  and 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


from  the  signification  of  oppressing,  when  concerning  the  same, 
as  denoting  not  to  infest  by  evils  of  life  ;  for  they  who  infest 
persons  of  that  description  by  falses,  afflict  them,  and  they  who 
infest  by  evils,  oppress  them. 

9197.  "  Because  ye  were  sojourners  in  the  land  of  Egypt " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  they  were  protected  from  falses  and 
evils  when  they  were  infested  by  infernals,  appears  from  what 
was  said  concerning  the  affliction  and  oppression  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  in  Egypt,  and  concerning  their  protection  and  their 
being  finally  brought  out  from  thence,  at  chap.  vii.  viii.  ix.  x. 
xi.  xiii.  xiv.  where  it  was  shown  that  the  afflictions  and  op- 
pressions of  the  sons  of  Isi'ael  in  Egypt,  signified  the  infesta- 
tions of  the  faithful,  who  were  of  the  Spiritual  Church  by  in  fer- 
nals  before  the  coming  of  the  Lord ;  and  that  the  protection 
and  bringing  forth  of  the  sons  of  Israel  out  of  the  land  of 
Egypt,  signified  the  protection  and  liberation  of  those  who 
were  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  by  the  Lord  when  He  was  in  the 
world,  and  when  He  rose  again.  But  to  repeat  now  the  ex- 
plication of  singular  the  things  there  shown,  would  be  too  te- 
dious;  see  what  was  shown  at  the  above- mentioned  chapters 
of  Exodus,  especially  what  is  said  at  n.  6854,  7035,  7091,  7474, 
7828,  7932,  8018,  8054,  8099,  8159,  8321. 

9198.  "Any  widow" — that  hereby  are  signified  those  who 
are  in  good  without  truth,  and  still  desire  truth,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  widow,  as  denoting  good  without  truth, 
and  yet  desiring  truth  ;  the  reason  why  a  widow  has  this  signi- 
fication is,  because  by  a  man  [vir]  is  signified  truth,  and  by  his 
woman  good,  wherefore  the  woman  of  a  man,  when  she  be- 
comes a  widow,  signifies  good  without  truth.  But  widow  in 
a  still  interior  6ense  signifies  truth  without  good;  the  reason  is, 
because  husband  in  that  6ense  signifies  good,  and  his  wife  truth, 
see  n.  3236,  4510,  4823.  In  this  sense  the  Lord  from  Divine 
Good  is  called  husband  and  bridegroom,  and  His  kingdom  and 
church,  from  fhe  reception  of  the  Divine  Truth  which  proceeds 
from  the  Lord,  is  called  wife  atid  bride,  n.  9182 ;  but  whereas 
in  this  passage  the  subject  treated  of  is  not  concerning  the 
Lord's  Celestial  Church,  but  concerning  the  Spiritual,  by  wid- 
ow is  signified  one  who  is  in  good  and  not  in  truth,  and  still  de- 
sires truth.  The  case  is  similar  in  regard  to  orphan  ;  he  in  the 
inmost,  or  celestial  sense  signifies  those  who  are  in  good,  and 
desire  truth.  See  what  was  adduced  and  explained  concerning 
the  signification  of  widow  and  orphan  in  the  celestial  sense,  n. 
4^44;  to  which  it  is  allowed  to  add  what  the  Lord  says  in 
Luke  concerning  the  widow  of  Sarepta,  "  Verily  I  say  unto 
von,  that  no  prophet  is  accepted  in  his  own  country  ;  in  truth 
1  say  unto  you,  many  widows  were  in  the  days  of  Elias,  in  Is- 
rael^ when  the  heaven  was  shut  up  for  three  years  and  six  months, 
whilst  there  was  a  great  famine  over  the  whole  land,  yet  to 


9197,  9198.] 


EXODUS. 


63 


none  of  them  was  Elias  sent,  except  to  Sarepta  of  Sidon,  to  a 
woman,  a  widow,"  iv.  25,  26.  Inasmuch  as  all  things  which 
the  Lord  spake,  He  spake  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle], 
therefore  tney  have  an  internal  sense,  and  the  subject  treated 
of  in  that  sense  is  concerning  the  Lord  Himself,  and  concern- 
ing His  kingdom,  and  concerning  the  church.  What  there- 
fore was  meant  by  the  Lord,  in  that  sense,  by  what  He  spake 
concerning  the  widow  in  Sarepta,  of  Sidon,  evidently  appears 
if  the  words  be  unfolded.  That  no  'prophet  is  accepted  in  his 
own  country,  signifies  that  the  Lord,  and  the  Divine  Truth, 
which  is  from  Him,  is  less  received  and  loved  in  heart  within 
the  church  than  out  of  it.  He  spake  to  the  Jews,  amongst 
whom  at  that  time  the  church  was.  That  the  Lord  was  there 
less  received  than  by  the  nations  which  were  out  of  the  church, 
is  a  known  thing.  The  case  is  similar  in  the  church  at  this  day, 
which,  from  Him,  is  called  Christian.  In  this  indeed  the  Lord 
is  received  in  doctrine,  but  still  by  few  with  acknowledgment 
of  heart,  and  by  still  fewer  from  an  affection  of  love.  It  is 
otherwise  with  the  converted  nations  out  of  the  church ;  these 
worship  and  adore  Him  as  their  only  God,  and  say  with  the 
mouth,  and  think  with  the  heart,  that  they  acknowledge  Him 
for  God,  because  He  has  appeared  in  a  Human  Form,n.  5256. 
It  is  the  reverse  within  the  church,  where,  inasmuch  as  He 
was  born  a  man,  He  is  with  difficulty  acknowledged  as  God 
from  the  heart ;  His  Human  [principle]  being  made  like  that 
of  another  man,  although  it  be  known  that  His  Father  was 
Jehovah,  and  not  a  man.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evi- 
dent what  is  meant  in  the  internal  sense  by  no  prophet  being 
accepted  in  his  own  country.  Prophet  in  that  sense  is  the  Lord 
as  to  Divine  Truth,  thus  as  to  the  doctrine  of  the  church.  That 
prophet  denotes  one  who  teaches,  and  in  the  abstract  sense 
doctrine,  and  when  predicated  of  the  Lord,  that  it  denotes  the 
Divine  Truth  or  Word,  see  above,  n.  91 SS.  Many  widows  were 
in  the  days  of  Elias,  in  Israel,  in  the  internal  sense,  signifies  a 
state  on  that  occasion  of  acknowledgment  of  Divine  Truth 
from  the  Word  in  the  church  ;  for  widows  are  those  who  are  in 
good  without  truth,  as  was  said  above.  Elias  is  the  Lord  as 
to  the  Word ;  the  days  of  Elias  denote  the  states  of  reception 
of  Divine  Truth  from  the  Word  at  that  time  ;  and  Israel  is  the 
church.  That  Elias  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  see 
preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Genesis,  and  n.  2762,  5247,  8029. 
That  days  denote  states,  see  n.  893,  2788,  3462,  3785,  4850, 
6110,  8426  ;  and  that  Israel  is  the  church,  n.  4286,  6426,  6637, 
8805.  When  the  heaven  was  shut  up  for  three  years  and  six 
months,  signifies  the  plenary  vastation  of  the  internal  church, 
for  heaven  is  the  internal  of  the  church.  Three  years  and  six 
months  denote  to  the  full.  That  heaven  is  the  internal  of  the 
church,  see  n.  1733,  1850,  3355,  4535.    This  is  said  to  be  shut 


64 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


up,  when  it  is  vastated  or  is  no  more.    That  three  years  and 
six  months  denote  to  the  full,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
1260  days  in  the  Apocalypse,  chap.  xi.  3,  and  chap.  xii.  6, 
which  days  make  three  years  and  six  months,  as  denoting  to 
the  full,  or  even  to  the  end.     Whilst  a  great  famine  was  over 
the  whole  land  [or  earth'],  signifies  the  vastation  also  of  the  ex- 
ternal church,  for  famine  denotes  the  defect  and  desolation  of 
truth  and  good,  n.  3364,  5277,  5279,  5281,  5300,  5360,  5376, 
5415,  5576,  6110,  7102  ;  and  land  [or  earth]  is  the  external 
church,  n.  1262,  1413,  1733,1850,2117,2118,3355,4535,  5577, 
8011,  8732.    Yet  to  none  of  them  was  Elias  sent,  signifies  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Word,  thus  the  Word  of  the  Lord,  not  to  others, 
because  not  elsewhere  received  ;  for  Elias,  as  was  said  above, 
is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word.     Except  to  Sarepta  of  Sidon,  to  a 
woman,  a  widow,  signifies  except  to  those  who  are  in  good  and 
desire  truth.     It  is  said  Sarepta  of  Sidon,  because  Sidon  sig- 
nifies the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  n.  1201.  That  a  woman 
a  widow  denotes  one  who  is  in  good,  and  desires  truth,  is  hence 
evident,  especially  from  what  is  related  of  her  in  the  first  Book 
of  the  Kings,  where  are  these  words,  "  Elias  came  to  Sarepta 
of  Sidon,  to  a  woman,  a  widow,  that  she  might  sustain  him. 
He  said  to  her,  fetch  me  a  little  water,  that  I  may  drink,  and 
afterwards,  bring  me  a  morsel  of  bread  in  thine  hand.  She 
said,  that  she  had  only  a  little  meal  in  a  cask,  and  a  little  oil 
in  a  cruse,  that  it  would  only  be  a  cake  for  herself  and  her  son 
Elias  said,  make  me  a  little  cake  in  the  first  place,  and  bring 
it  to  me,  and  make  for  thyself  and  thy  son  in  the  latter  place. 
She  did  so  J  and  the  cask  of  meal  was  not  consumed,  and  the 
Clause  of  oil  did  not  fail,"  xvii.  9  to  15.    Obedience,  and  the 
desire  of  good  to  truth,  is  described  by  her  compliance  with 
the  command  to  give  water  to  the  prophet,  and  afterwards  by 
her  making  a  cake  for  him  in  the  first  place  out  of  her  own 
little  [store],  and  in  the  latter  place  for  herself  and  her  6on  ; 
and  that  hence  she  was  enriched  with  the  good  of  truth,  signi- 
fied by  the  cask  of  meal  not  being  consumed,  and  the  cruse  of 
oil  not  failing;  for  water,  in  the  internal  6ense,  is  truth,  n.  2702, 
3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  8568.    Meal  [or  farina]  is  truth  derived 
from  good,  n.  2177 ;  oil  is  the  good  of  love,  n.  886,  4582,  4638  ; 
and  a  cake  made  of  them  is  truth  conjoined  to  its  good,  n.  797S. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  clear,  that  a  widow  is  one  who 
is  in  good,  and  desires  truth.    Good  and  its  desire  to  truth  is 
described  by  charity  towards  the  prophet,  greater  than  towards 
herself  and  son.   Prophet  is  the  doctrine  of  truth,  as  was  shown 
above.    From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  what  is  the 
quality  of  the  Word,  namely,  that  inwardly  in  itself  it  has  stored 
up  the  arcana  of  heaven,  which  do  not  appear  in  the  letter,  when 
vet  in  singular  the  things  which  the  Lord  Himself  spake  when 
He  was  in  the  world,  and  which  He  before  spake  by  the  pro- 


9199.] 


EXODUS. 


65 


pliets,  there  are  tilings  celestial,  and  altogether  Divine,  and  ele- 
vated from  the  sense  of  the  letter ;  and  this  not  only  in  singu- 
lar the  expressions,  hut  also  in  singular  the  syllables  of  expres- 
sions, yea  in  singular  the  apexes  of  every  syllable.  But  who  be- 
lieves that  it  is  so  ?  and  yet  the  thing  is  certain,  having  been  alto- 
gether testified  to  me  and  rendered  doubtless  ;  on  which  subject, 
by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  I  shall  speak  elsewhere. 

9199.  "  And  orphan  " — that  hereby  are  signified  those  who 
are  in  truth  and  not  yet  in  good,  and  yet  desire  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  orphan,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in 
truth  and  desire  good.  The  reason  why  these  are  signified  by 
orphans  is,  because  sons  bereaved  of  father  and  mother,'  thus 
they  who  are  deprived  of  interior  good  and  truth,  are  orphans, 
for  by  father  in  the  "Word  is  signified  interior  good,  and  by  mo- 
ther, truth  conjoined  to  that  good,  n.  5581 ;  but  by  sons  are  sig- 
nified the  truths  thence  derived.  That  sons  denote  truths,  see 
n.  489,  491,  533,  1147,  2813,  3373,  6583  ;  and  that  sons  arc 
here  meant  by  orphans,  and  not  daughters,  is  evident  from  verse 
the  23d,  which  follows,  where  it  is  said,  "  And  your  sons  shall 
be  orphans."  The  reason  why  orphan  sons  denote  those  who 
desire  good  is,  because  in  such  case  the  Lord  is  in  the  place  of 
their  father,  "  The  father  of  orphans  and  the  judge  of  widows, 
God  in  the  habitation  of  His  holiness,"  Psalm  lxviii.  5.  That 
orphans  are  those  who  are  instructed  in  the  truths  of  the  faith 
of  the  church  from  the  Word,  and  by  them  are  afterwards  led 
to  good,  is  evident  also  from  the  Lord's  words  in  John,  "I  will 
ask  the  Father,  that  He  may  give  you  another  Paraclete,  that 
He  may  abide  with  you  for  ever,  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  whom  the 
world  cannot  receive,  because  it  seeth  Him  not,  neither  knoweth 
Him  ;  but  ye  know  Him,  because  He  abideth  with  you,  and  is 
amongst  you  ;  I  will  not  leave  you  orphans,  I  will  come  to  you  ; 
these  things  I  have  spoken  to  you,  abiding  with  you,  but  the 
Paraclete  the  Holy  Spirit,  He  shall  teach  you  all  things,"  xiv. 
16  to  IS,  25,  26.  That  those  are  orphans,  who  are  in  truths  and 
desire  good,  may  be  manifest  from  singular  the  things  there 
f-poken;  for  by  Paraclete  is  meant  Divine  Truth,  which  was  the 
Lord  when  in  the  world,  and  which  proceeded  from  the  Lord, 
after  that  He  glorified  His  Human  [principle],  and  departed 
from  the  world,  therefore  He  says  that  He  would  send  the 
Paraclete,  and  that  Himself  would  come.  To  send  the  Paraclete, 
is  to  illustrate  and  instruct  in  the  truths  of  faith  ;  and  to  come 
to  them,  is  to  lead  into  good,  therefore  He  says,  I  will  not  Lave 
you  orphans.  It  was  said,  that  by  the  Paraclete  is  meant  the 
Divine  Truth,  which  was  the  Lord  when  in  the  world,  and 
which  proceeded  from  the  Lord  after  that  He  glorified  His 
Human  [principle],  and  departed  out  of  the  world.  That  this 
is  so,  the  Lord  occasionally  has  manifestly  taught;  but  they 
who  distinguish  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  into  persons,  and 

VOL.  IX.  5 


66 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


not  into  essences  united  into  one,  do  not  comprehend  this  ;  foi 
the  Word  is  explained  and  comprehended  according  to  the  ideas 
conceived  by  man.  So  also  where  the  Lord  says,  that  He  is  in 
the  Father,  and  the  Father  in  Him  ;  that  the  Father  and  He  are 
one  ;  also  that  all  His  [things],  are  the  Father's,  and  all  the 
Father's  His,  John  x.  30 ;  chap.  xiv.  1  to  11,  20  ;  chap,  xvi,  15 ; 
chap.  xvii.  But  to  proceed  with  the  further  explication  of  what 
has  been  said  above.  That  by  Paraclete  is  meant  the  Divine 
Truth,  is  evident  from  the  words  of  the  Lord  themselves,  for 
He  is  called  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  and  it  is  also  said,  the  Para- 
clete, the  Holy  Spirit,  will  teach  you  all  things.  That  the 
Lord  was  Divine  Truth  when  in  the  world,  is  evident  also  from 
the  words  of  the  Lord  in  the  above  passage,  for  He  says,  that 
He  was  about  to  send  another  Paraclete,  (that  is,  instead  of 
Himself)  or  Spirit  of  Truth:  and  concerning  Himself,  that 
they  know  Him,  because  lie  abideth  ivith  you,  and  is  amongst 
you  ;  and  also,  "  /  say  the  truth  to  you,  if  I  shall  not  depart, 
the  Paraclete  will  not  come  to  you,  but  if  I  shall  depart,  1 will 
send  Him  to  you,"  John  xvi.  7  ;  and  in  another  place,  "This  He 
said  of  the  Spirit,  whom  they  should  receive  that  believed  in 
Him  ;  for  the  Holy  Sph'it  was  not  yet,  because  Jesus  was  not 
yet  glorified"  John  vii.  39.  And  also  in  another  place,  "  I  am 
the  way  and  the  truth,"  John  xiv.  6.  It  is  also  written,  that 
He  is  the  Word,  and  that  God  is  the  Word,  and  that  the  "Word 
was  made  fiesh,  John  i.  1,  2,  3,  14  ;  where  the  "Word  is  Divine 
Truth  ;  that  the  Lord  was  Divine  Truth  when  in  the  world,  see 
n.  3195,  4687,  4727,  6716,  6864,  7499,  8127,  8724.  And 
that  the  Divine  Truth  proceeds  from  the  Lord  after  that  He 
glorified  His  Human  [principle],  and  departed  out  of  the  world, 
\%  evident  also  from  the  Lord's  words,  "  When  I  shall  depart, 
I  will  send  the  Spirit  of  Truth  to  you  ;"  to  send  is  to  go  forth  and 
to  proceed,  n.  2397,  4710 ;  and  also,  "  When  He  shall  come, 
He  will  teach  you  in  all  truth  ;  for  He  shall  not  speak  from 
Himself,  but  whatsoever  things  He  shall  hear,  He  shall  speak ; 
He  shall  glorify  Mc,  because  He  shall  receive  of  Mine,  and  shall 
announce  it  to  you,1'  John  xvi.  7,  13,  14,  15.  That  the  Lord, 
when  He  departed  out  of  the  world,  was  made  Divine  Good, 
even  as  to  the  human  [principle],  see  n.  3704,  3712,  3736, 
3969,  4577,  5704,  6864,  7014,  7499,  8241,  8724,  8760,  9167  ; 
and  that  on  this  occasion,  from  the  Divine  Good,  which  is 
Himself,  proceeds  the  Divine  Truth,  as  the  light  of  the  universe 
from  the  sun,  see  n.  3636,  3643,  3969,  5704,  7083,  8127  ;  add 
to  this  what  was  quoted  above,  n.  9194. 

9200.  h  Ye  shall  not  afHict  "—that  hereby  is  signified  that 
they  ought  not  to  be  defrauded,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  afflicting,  when  concerning  those  who  are  willing  to  be  in- 
structed in  truths,  and  to  be  led  to  good,  as  denoting  to  defraud, 
in  this  case  not  to  defraud,  because  it  is  6aid,  Ye  shall  not 


9200—9202.] 


EXODUS. 


C7 


afflict.  In  the  Word  throughout,  mention  is  made  at  the  same 
time  of  sojourner,  orphan,  and  widow  ;  as  in  David,  "Jehovah 
who  keepeth  the  sojourner,  the  orphan,  and  widow"  Psalm 
cxlvi.  7.  8,  9.  \.nd  in  Jeremiah,  "Defraud  not  the  sojourner, 
the  orphan,  and  widow"  xxii.  3.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  With  the 
sojourner,  they  have  dealt  by  oppressions  in  thee,  they  have  de- 
frauded in  thee  the  orphan  and  widow,"  xxii.  6,  7.  And  in 
Moses,  "Turn  not  aside  the  judgment  of  the  sojourner,  the 
orphan,  and  vndow"  Deut.  xxvii.  19.  And  again,  "What  is 
left  in  the  fields,  the  oliveyards,  and  vineyards,  shall  be  for  the 
sojourner,  the  orphan,  and  widow"  Deut.  xxiv.  19,  20,  21,  22. 
And  again,  "  Jehovah  doeth  the  judgment  of  the  orphan  and 
widow,  and  loveth  the  sojourner,"  Deut.  x.  18.  In  like  manner 
in  the  present  passage,  "The  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  afflict, 
and  shalt  not  oppress  ;  any  widow  and  orphan  ye  shall  not 
afflict."  These  three,  when  they  are  thus  named  together,  fall 
into  one  sense  with  the  angels,  namely,  into  this,  that  with 
those  who  are  in  the  church,  good  and  truth  ought  to  be  con- 
joined according  to  order,  thus  reciprocally  truth  with  good,  and 
good  with  truth ;  for  by  a  sojourner  are  meant  those  who  are 
willing  to  be  instructed  in  such  things  as  are  of  the  church-;  by 
widows  the  conjunction  of  good  with  truth;  and  by  orphans  the 
conjunction  of  truth  with  good  ;  which  conjunction  is  reciprocal; 
the  case  is  similar  with  the  rest  of  the  passages  in  the  Word, 
which,  when  explained  as  to  the  internal  sense,  appear  scattered, 
but  with  the  angels  are  conjoined  into  one  sense,  yea,  into  one 
idea. 

9201.  "If  afflicting  thou  shalt  afflict  him"— that  hereby  is 
signified  if  they  shall  be  defrauded,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  afflicting,  as  denoting  to  defraud,  as  just  above,  n.  9200. 

9202.  "  And  if  crying  he  shall  cry  to  Me  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  supplication  to  the  Lord  for  aid,  appears  without  ex- 
plication. The  reason  why  intense  supplication  is  expressed  in 
the  Word  by  cry  is,  because  supplication,  although  tacit  with 
those  who  supplicate  from  the  heart,  is  heard  as  a  cry  in  heaven  ; 
this  is  the  case  when  men  only  think,  and  more  so  when  they 
groan  from  a  sincere  heart.  This  was  represented  by  a  cry  in  the 
representative  church,  and  hence  it  was  made  a  ritual  amongst 
the  Jews.  The  case  is  similar  with  respect  to  those  who  teach, 
they  are  heard  in  heaven  as  crying.  Not  only  the  thoughts,  but 
especially  the  affections,  which  are  of  good  and  truth,  speak  in 
heaven.  That  they  speak,  and  if  they  are  ardent,  that  they 
cry,  has  been  given  me  to  know  from  experience,  concerning 
which,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  we  shall  speak  else- 
where. But  the  affections  of  evil  and  the  false  are  not  at  all 
heard  in  heaven,  although  the  man,  who  supplicates  from  them, 
cry6  aloud,  and  also  at  the  same  time  clasps  his  hands  close 
together,  and  lifts  them  up  with  his  eyes  to  heaven  ;  these  latter 


68 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


are  heard  in  hell,  and  are  also  heard  there  as  cries,  if  they  be 
ardent. 

9203.  "  Hearing  I  will  hear  their  cry  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied that  they  ought  to  be  assisted,  appears  without  explication. 

9204.  "  And  mine  anger  shall  burn  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  state  of  those  who  do  it,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  anger,  when  it  is  attributed  to  Jehovah,  that  is,  to  the  Lord, 
as  denoting  clemency  and  mercy,  see  n.  6997,  8875.  But  the 
reason  why  it  denotes  the  state  of  those  who  do  it,  namely, 
the  state  of  those  who  afflict,  and  oppress  the  sojourner,  the 
widow,  and  orphan,  is,  because  there  is  anger  with  them,  and 
in  this  case  it  appears  as  if  it  were  with  the  Lord.  That  anger  is 
attributed  to  the  Lord,  when  yet  it  is  with  man,  see  n.  6997, 
8284,  8483,  8875  ;  that  in  general  the  evil  which  is  attributed 
to  the  Lord  in  the  Word,  appertains  to  those  who  are  in  evil, 
see  n.  1861,  2447,  6071,  6991,  7533,  763:4,  7643,  7679,  7710, 
7926,  8197,  8227,  8228,  82S2. 

9205.  "  And  I  will  slay  you  with  the  sword  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  that  they  deprive  themselves  of  good  and  truth  by 
falses.  appears  from  the  signification  of  slaying,  when  applied 
to  those  who  deprive  those  who  are  in  good  and  truth,  who  are 
signified  by  widows,  orphans,  and  sojourners,  as  denoting  to 
deprive  them  of  such  things.  That  to  slay  denotes  to  deprive 
of  spiritual  life,  see  n.  3007,  6767,  8902  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  sword,  as  denoting  truth  combating  and  destroying 
the  false,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  the  false  combating  and  de- 
stroying truth,  see  n.  2799,  4499,  6353,  7102,  8294 ;  in  the  pre- 
sent case  therefore  to  slay  with  the  sword  denotes  to  deprive 
of  goods  and  truths  by  falses. 

9206.  "  And  your  women  shall  become  widows" — that  here- 
by is  signified  that  the  goods  appertaining  to  them  will  perish, 
appears  from  the  consideration  of  women,  as  denoting  goods, 
see  n.  6014,  7337 ;  the  reason  why  women  denote  goods  is, 
because  by  the  marriage  of  a  man  [t»r]  and  woman  is  repre- 
sented the  conjunction  of  truth  and  good.  That  by  a  man  [vir] 
is  signified  truth,  and  by  a  woman  good,  see  n.  4510,  4823 ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  widows,  as  denoting  those  who 
are  in  good,  and  not  in  truths,  but  still  desire  truths,  n.  9198, 
but  in  this  case  who  do  not  desire  truths,  because  it  is  applied  to 
the  evil  who  afflict  widows;  hence  it  is,  that  in  this  case  are 
meant  those  with  whom  goods  perish.  The  case  herein  is  this; 
they  who  are  in  good,  and  do  not  desire  truth,  are  not  in 
good;  the  reason  is,  because  good  is  made  good  by  truths, 
for  good  receives  its  quality  from  truths,  see  n.  9154;  good 
conjoined  to  truth  is  what  is  meant  by  spiritual  good,  where- 
fore when  truth  perishes  with  man,  good  also  perishes,  and 
vice  versa,  when  good  perishes  truth  also  perishes,  for  the  con- 
junction is  pulled  asunder  and  dissipated,  see  n.  3S01,  4149, 


9203— 9207.J 


EXODUS. 


69 


4301,  4302,  5835,  6917,  7835,  8349,  8356.  Hence  good  is 
known  from  this  circumstance,  that  it  desires  truth,  and  is 
affected  with  truth,  for  the  sake  of  good  use,  thus  for  the  sake 
of  life:  the  desire  itself,  or  the  affection  itself  of  truth  for  the 
sake  of  life,  viewed  in  itself,  is  the  affection  of  conjunction. 
The  case  herein  is  like  that  of  meat  or  bread,  that  they  desire 
w  ater  or  wine  for  the  sake  of  conjunction,  for  being  conjoined 
I  hey  nourish.  The  case  is  also  like  that  of  light  and  heat,  in- 
asmuch as  light  conjoined  to  heat  produces  all  things  in  the 
earth,  and  causes  them  to  vegetate ;  but  if  the  conjunction  be 
dissipated,  what  was  produced  and  rendered  vegetative  per- 
ishes. As  it  is  with  good,  so  it,  is  with  every  delight,  pleasant- 
ness, sweetness,  consent,  and  harmony,  those  things  are  not 
such  from  themselves,  but  from  the  things  which  are  in  them, 
conjunction  causing  them  to  be  such,  and  they  being  such  ac- 
cording to  conjunction.  But  what  tilings  therein  have  reference 
to  good,  and  what  to  truth,  the  intelligent  may  know  if  they 
consider;  for  all  things  whatsoever  that  are  in  the  world,  and 
whatsoever  are  in  heaven,  thus  whatsoever  are  in  the  universe, 
have  reference  to  good  and  to  truth  ;  and  e<very  production 
from  them  to  both  together,  thus  to  their  conjunction.  Hence 
it  is,  that  the  ancients  likened  all  things  to  marriages,  see  n.  54, 
55,  1432,  5194,  7022,  and  that  in  singular  things  of  the  Word 
there  is  a  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  n.  683,  793,  801,  2516, 
2712,  4137,  5138,  5502,  6343,  7945,  8339. 

9207.  "  And  your  sons  orphans  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  at  the  same  time  in  this  case  truths  will  perish,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  orphans,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in 
truth,  and  not  yet  in  good,  and  still  desire  good,  see  n.  9198, 
in  the  present  case,  who  are  in  truth,  but  do  not  desire  good, 
thus  with  whom  they  perish,  for  it  is  said  of  the  evil,  whose 
sons  will  become  orphans.  That  truths  perish  with  those  who 
do  not  desire  good,  is  evident  from  what  Avas  said  just  above, 
II.  9205,  concerning  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth.  It  may 
he  expedient  to  say  something  further  concerning  the  nature 
of  that  conjunction.  The  truths  which  are  conjoined  to  good, 
have  always  in  them  a  desire  of  doing  good,  and  at  the  same 
time  of  conjoining  themselves  closer  thereby  with  good;  or 
what  is  the  same  thing,  they  who  are  in  truths,  always  desire 
i  o  do  good,  and  thereby  to  conjoin  it  to  their  truths;  where- 
fore they  who  believe  themselves  to  be  in  truths,  and  do  not 
desire  to  do  good,  they  are  not  in  truths,  that  is,  in  the  faith 
thereof,  howsoever  they  suppose  that  they  are.  This  is  described 
ot  the  Lord  by  salt,  where  he  says,  "  Ye  are  the  salt  of  the 
-arth,  but  if  the  salt  hath  lost  its  savor,  wherewith  shall  it  be 
wlted?  It  is  thenceforth  good  for  nothing  but  to  be  cast  out 
and  to  be  trodden  under  foot  of  men,"  Matt.  v.  13.  These  thing8 
the  Lord  says  to  the  disciples,  and  to  the  people.    By  the  salt 


70 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


of  the  earth  is  meant  the  truth  of  the  church,  which  desires 
good  ;  by  salt  which  has  lost  its  savor,  is  meant  truth  with- 
out desire  to  good.  That  such  truth  is  profitable  for  nothing,  is 
described  by  salt  without  savor,  being  thenceforth  good  for 
nothing  but  to  be  cast  out  and  be  trodden  under  foot.  To  desire 
good,  is  to  desire  to  do  good,  and  thereby  to  be  conjoined  to 
good.  So  in  Mark,  "  Every  one  shall  be  salted  with  fire,  and 
every  sacrifice  shall  be  salted  with  salt.  Salt  is  good,  but  if  the 
salt  be  saltless,  wherewith  shall  ye  season  it  ?  Have  salt  in  your- 
selves, and  cherish  peace  one  with  another,"  ix.  i9,  50.  Where 
to  be  salted  with  fire,  denotes  the  desire  of  good  to  truth,  and 
to  be  salted  with  salt,  denotes  the  desire  of  truth  to  good ; 
saltless  salt  denotes  truth  without  desire  to  good  ;  to  have  salt 
in  themselves  is  to  have  that  desire.  So  in  Luke,  "  Every  one 
of  you  who  doth  not  deny  all  his  own  faculties,  cannot  be  My 
disciple  ;  salt  is  good,  but  if  the  salt  hath  lost  its  savor,  whereby 
shall  it  be  seasoned  ;  it  is  neither  fit  for  the  earth,  nor  for  the 
dunghill,  but  they  cast  it  out,"  xiv.  33,  31,  35.  In  which  pas- 
sive in  like  manner  salt  denotes  truth  desiring  good,  and  salt 
without  savor  denotes  truth,  which  is  without  desire  to  good  ; 
not  fit  for  the  earth,  neither  for  the  dunghill,  denotes  that  it  does 
not  conduce  at  all  to  any  use,  neither  good  nor  evil ;  they  who 
are  in  such  truth  are  those  who  are  called  lukewarm,  which  is 
evident  from  what  precedes,  "That  no  one  can  be  a  disciple 
of  the  Lord,  who  does  not  deny  all  his  faculties,"  that  is,  who 
does  not  love  the  Lord  above  all  things  ;  for  they  who  love 
the  Lord,  and  also  themselves  in  an  equal  degree,  are  they  who 
are  called  lukewarm,  and  who  are  neither  fit  for  good  use,  nor 
for  evil  use.  So  Moses,  "  Every  offering  of  thy  cake  shall  be 
salted  with  salt  /  neither  6halt  thou  make  to  cease  the  salt  of 
the  covenant  of  thy  God  upon  thy  meat-otfering  ;  upon  all  thine 
offering  thou  shalt  offer  salt,"  Levit.  ii.  13.  By  salt  being  in 
every  offering,  was  signified  that  the  desire  of  truth,  to  good 
and  of  good  to  truth  should  be  in  all  worship.  Hence  also 
that  salt  is  called  the  salt  of  the  covenant  of  God,  for  covenant 
is  conjunction,  n.  665,  666,  1023,  1038,  1864,  1996,  2003, 
2021,  2037,  6804,  8767,  8778,  and  salt  is  the  desire  of  con- 
junction. When  one  [principle]  desires  to  be  conjoined  re 
ciprocally  with  the  other,  that  is,  good  to  truth,  and  truth  to 
good,  then  they  mutually  respect  each  other;  but  when  truth 
plucks  itself  asunder  from  good,  then  they  avert  themselves 
from  each  other,  and  look  backwards,  or  behind  each  other ; 
this  is  signified  by  the  wife  of  Lot  being  made  a  statue  of  6ah, 
in  Luke,  "  Whosoever  shall  be  on  the  house,  and  his  vessels 
in  the  house,  let  him  not  go  down  to  take  them,  and  whoso- 
ever is  in  the  field  in  like  manner  let  him  not  return  to  the  things 
behind  him:  remember  Lots  wife,"  xvii.  31,  32.  That  this  is 
to  look  behind  each  other,  or  backwards,  see  n.  3652,  5895. 


9208,  9209.] 


EXODUS. 


71 


5897,  7857,  7923,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8516.  The  reason  whj 
salt  signifies  the  desire  of  truth  is,  because  salt  renders  the 
earth  fruitful,  and  renders  food  savory,  and  because  there  is  in 
salt  both  a  fiery  principle,  and  a  principle  of  conjunction  [con- 
junctival], as  there  is  in  truth,  an  ardent  desire  to  good,  and 
at  the  same  time  a  principle  of  conjunction.  A  statue  of  salt 
denotes  disjunction  from  truth,  for  salt  in  the  opposite  sense  sig- 
nifies the  destruction  and  vastation  of  truth,  as  in  Zephaniah, 
chap.  ii.  9;  and  in  Ezekiel,  chap,  xlvii.  11 ;  and  in  Jeremiah, 
chap.  xvii.  6  ;  and  in  David,  Psalm  cvii.  33,  34  ;  and  in  Deut. 
chap.  xxix.  23  ;  and  in  the  book  of  Judges,  chap.  ix.  45  ;  and  in 
the  second  book  of  the  Kings,  chap.  ii.  19  to  22.  These  things 
are  adduced,  to  the  intent  that  it  may  be  known  what  is  meant 
by  the  desire  of  truth  to  good,  and  by  the  desire  of  good  to 
truth,  which  are  signified  by  orphan  and  by  widow. 

9208.  Verses  24,  25,  26.  If  thou  shalt  lend  silver  to  My 
need y  people  with  thee,  thou  shalt  not  be  to  him  as  an  usurer, 
ye  shall  not  put  upon  him  usury.  If  in  taking  a  pledge  thou 
shalt  take  a  pledge  the  garment  of  thy  companion,  even  at  the 
ente ring-in  of  the  sun  thou  slialt  restore  it  to  him.  Because  it 
is  his  only  covering,  it  is  his  raiment  for  his  skin,  in  which  he 
may  sleep  •  and  it  shall  be  when  he  shall  cry  to  Me,  I  vnll  hear, 
because  I  am  merciful.  If  thou  shalt  lend  silver  to  My  needy 
people  with  thee,  signifies  the  instruction  of  those  who  are  in 
ignorance  of  truth,  and  yet  in  the  desire  of  learning.  Thou  shalt 
not  be  to  him  as  an  usurer,  signifies  that  it  shall  be  done  from 
charity.  Ye  shall  not  put  upon  him  usury,  signifies  that  it  shall 
not  be  done  for  the  sake  of  gain  thence  derived.  If  in  taking  a 
pledge,  thou  shalt  take  a  pledge,  the  garment  of  thy  companion, 
signifies  if  scientific  truth  by  fallacies  derived  from  things  sen- 
sual be  parted  asunder.  Even  at  the  entering  in  of  the  sun  thou 
shalt  restore  it  to  him,  signifies  that  it  ought  to  be  restored  be- 
fore a  state  of  shade  arising  from  the -delights  of  external  loves. 
Because  it  is  his  only  covering,  signifies  because  sensual  things 
are  strewed  under  interior  things.  It  is  his  raiment  for  his  skin, 
signifies  that  they  invest  also  exterior  things.  In  which  he  may 
sleep,  signifies  rest  upon  them.  When  he  shall  cry  to  Me,  sig- 
nifies supplication  to  the  Lord.  I  will  hear,  signifies  aid.  Be- 
cause I  am  merciful,  signifies  that  from  Him  is  the  all  of  aid 
out  of  mercy. 

9209.  "  If  thou  shalt  lend  silver  to  my  needy  people  with 
thee  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  instruction  of  those  who  are 
in  ignorance  of  truth,  and  yet  in  the  desire  of  learning,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1551, 
2048,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6917,  7999,  8932  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  lending,  as  denoting  to  communicate  the  goods 
of  heaven  from  the  affection  of  charity,  see  n.  9174,  thus  to 
instruct;  and  from  the  signification  of  people,  as  denoting  those 


72 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


who  an;  in  truths,  in  this  case  in  ignorance  of  truth,  because  it 
is  said  i.eedjr  people.  That  they  are  called  people  who  are  in 
truths,  see  h.  1259,  1260,  2928,  3295,  3581,  72U7  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  needy,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in  igno- 
rance of  truth,  and  yet  in  the  desire  of  learning,  for  these  are 
in  spiritual  need,  who  ought  to  be  instructed.  In  the  Word  it 
is  frequently  said,  that  good  ought  to  be  done  to  the  poor  and 
needy.  They  who  are  in  external  truths,  and  not  yet  initiated 
into  internal  truths,  believe  that  they  ought  to  do  good  to  all, 
whosoever  they  be,  who  want  any  aid,  especially  to  beggars, 
who  call  themselves  poorer  than  others  ;  they  who  do  this  from 
obedience,  because  it  is  so  commanded,  do  well,  for  by  that 
external  they  are  initiated  into  the  internal  of  charity  and 
mercy.  The  internal  of  charity  and  mercy  is  to  discern  who. 
and  of  what  quality  they  are  to  whom  good  ought  to  be  done, 
and  in  what  manner  to  each.  They  who  are  at  length  initiated 
into  the  internal  of  charity  and  mercy,  know  that  the  internal 
itself  consists  in  willing  well  and  doing  well  to  the  internal  man, 
thus  with  such  things  as  conduce  to  spiritual  life  ;  and  that  the 
external  consists  in  doing  well  to  the  external  man,  thus  with 
such  things  as  conduce  to  the  corporeal  life  ;  but  this  at  all 
times  with  this  prudence,  that  whilst  good  is  done  to  the  ex- 
ternal, good  may  be  also  done  at  the  same  time  to  the  internal ; 
for  he  who  does  good  to  the  external,  and  does  evil  to  the 
internal,  does  not.  exercise  charity,  wherefore  when  the  one  is 
done  the  other  ought  to  be  regarded.  The  external  of  charity 
is  what  is  described  in  the  external  or  literal  sense  of  the  Word 
by  doing  good  to  the  poor  and  needy  ;  but  the  internal  ot 
charity  is  what  is  described  in  the  internal  or  spiritual  sense  of 
the  Word  ;  for  in  this  latter  sense  is  meant  the  internal  man  who 
is  in  poverty  and  need,  to  whom  good  ought  to  be  done ;  for 
by  the  poor  and  needy  in  that  sense  are  meant  those  who  are  in 
the  defect  and  ignorance  of  good  and  truth,  and  still  desire  good 
and  truth.  How  these  are  to  be  aided,  the  Word  also  teaches 
in  the  letter,  especially  the  Word  which  the  Lord  Himself  taught 
when  He  was  in  the  world,  for  the  Lord  at  that  time  opened 
such  things  as  relate  to  the  internal  man,  as  is  evident  in  the 
Evangelists  throughout.  Nevertheless  He  so  spake,  that  sin- 
gular the  things  spoken  had  at  the  same  time  an  internal  sense, 
which  was  for  the  angels,  and  together  with  them  for  the  man 
of  the  internal  church  ;  for  the  internal  sense  contains  such 
things  as  the  genuine  doctrine  of  the  church  teaches.  To  ex- 
emplify this  by  the  case  of  what  the  Lord  spake  to  the  disciples 
sent  by  John  the  Baptist  for  the  6ake  of  enquiring  whether  He 
was  the  Lord  who  ought  to  come,  to  whom  reply  was  made, 
"  Go  and  tell  John  again  those  things  which  ye  have  seen  and 
heard,  that  the  blind  see,  the  lame  walk,  the  leprous  are 
cleansed,  the  deaf  hear,  to  the  poor  the  yospel  is  preached" 


9209.] 


EXODUS. 


73 


Lnke  vi!.  20,  21,  22.  These  things  were  said  for  the  external 
man  and  the  internal  at  the  same  time  ;  for  the  external,  that 
such  miracles  were  done  ;  for  the  internal,  that  the  church  was 
to  be  established  amongst  such,  as  in  the  spiritual  sense  are 
blind,  lame,  leprous,  deaf,  and  poor;  thus  amongst,  the  Gen- 
tiles, who  are  in  ignorance  of  good  and  truth,  and  vet  desire 
them  ;  tor  they  are  called  blind  who  are  in  ignorance  of  truth, 
n.  01*90 ;  lame,  who  are  in  good,  but  not  genuine,  by  reason  of 
the  ignorance  of  truth,  n.  4302;  leprous,  who  are  unclean,  and 
yet  desire  to  be  cleansed ;  deaf,  who  are  not  in  the  faith  of 
truth,  because  not  in  its  perception  ;  but  poor,  who  have  not 
the  Word,  and  thus  know  nothing  of  the  Lord,  and  still  desire 
to  be  instructed ;  hence  it  is  said  that  to  these  the  gospel  is 
preached.  That  by  poor  and  needy,  in  the  internal  sense  are 
meant  those  out  of  the  church,  who  are  in  ignorance  of  truth, 
because  they  have  not  the  Word,  and  yet  desire  to  be  instructed, 
and  by  that  which  they  know  are  still  in  small  good  ;  and  those 
within  the  church  who  from  various  causes  are  ignorant  of 
truth,  but  still  from  some  good  desire  it,  is  manifest  from  the 
passages  where  poor  and  needy  are  mentioned  in  the  Word,  as 
in  David,  "  I  am  poor  and  needy  :  O  God  hasten  to  me,  my  help 
and  my  deliverer,  O  Jehovah,"  Psalm  lxx.  5.  These  words 
were  spoken  by  David,  who  was  not  poor  and  needy  [in  a  lit- 
eral sense],  from  which  consideration  it  is  evident  that  spiritual 
poverty  and  need  is  understood.  In  like  manner  in  another 
place,  "  I  am  needy  and  poor,  O  Lord,  remember  me,  my  help 
and  my  deliverer,"  Psalm  xl.  17.  Again,  "  God  will  judge  His 
people  in  justice,  and  His  needy  in  judgment ;  the  mountains 
shall  bring  peace  to  the  people,  and  the  hills  in  justice  ;  He 
will  judge  the  needy  of  the  people,  He  will  preserve  the  sons  of 
the  poor  one,  He  shall  bruise  the  oppressor,"  Psalm  lxxii.  2,  3, 
4.  The  needy  in  this  passage  are  they  who  are  in  spiritual  need, 
and  thereby  in  hunger,  that  is,  in  a  desire  to  be  instructed  in 
truth.  Again,  "  All  my  bones  shall  say,  O  Jehovah,  who  is 
as  Thou,  delivering  the  needy  from  him  that  is  stronger  than 
him,  and  the  needy  one  and  poor  from  them  that  spoil  him," 
Psalm  xxxv.  10  ;  where  bones  denote  scientific  truths,  n.  8005. 
The  needy  in  this  passage  denote  those  who  are  in  little  truth, 
and  the  poor  denote  those  who  are  in  little  of  good,  and  are 
infested  by  evils  and  falses ;  from  those  infestations  also  the 
needy  are  called  afflicted  in  the  original  tongue,  for  to  be  af- 
flicted is  to  be  infested  by  falses,  n.  9196.  Again,  in  like  man- 
ner, "  The  wicked  one  in  the  tent  lieth  in  wait  to  seize  the  needy, 
he  seizeth  the  needy,  and  draweth  him  into  his  net,"  Psalm  x. 
9.  And  in  Isaiah,  "Is  not  this  the  fast,  to  break  bread  to  the 
hungry,  and  to  introduce  to  the  house  those  that  go  needy," 
lviii.  6,  7.  Again,  "  Jehovah  hath  comforted  His  people,  and 
will  have  mercy  on  His  needy  ones"  xlix.  13.    And  in  Zeph- 


74 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


aniah,  "  I  will  leave  in  the  midst  of  thee  a  needy  people  and 
elender,  who  hope  in  the  name  of  Jehovah,"  iii.  12.  In  these 
passages  the  needy  denote  those  who  are  in  ignorance  of  truth 
and  desire  to  be  instructed. 

9210.  "Thou  shalt  not  be  as  an  usurer  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified that  it  shall  be  done  from  charity,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  an  usurer,  as  denoting  one  who  does  good  for  the 
sake  of  gain  ;  for  an  usurer  lends  money  to  another  for  the  sake 
of  usury,  and  brings  aid  to  another  for  the  sake  of  recompence  ; 
and  whereas  genuine  charity  does  not  regard  gain  or  recom- 
pence as  an  end,  but  the  good  of  its  neighbor,  therefore  by  not 
being  as  an  usurer  is  signified,  that  it  shall  be  done  from  char- 
ity. He  who  does  not  Know  what  Christian  charity  is,  may 
believe  that  it  consists  not  only  in  giving  to  the  needy  and  the 
poor,  but  also  in  doing  good  to  a  fellow-citizen,  to  his  country 
and  church,  for  the  sake  of  any  cause  whatsoever,  or  from  auy 
end  whatsoever.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  the  end  is  what 
qualifies  all  the  actions  of  man ;  if  the  end  or  intention  be  to 
do  good  for  the  sake  of  reputation,  to  procure  honors  or  gain, 
in  this  case  the  good  which  a  man  does  is  not  good,  because  it 
is  for  the  sake  of  himself,  thus  also  from  himself.  But  if  the 
end  be  to  do  good,  for  the  sake  of  a  fellow-citizen,  or  of  a  man's 
country,  or  of  the  church,  thus  for  the  sake  of  the  neighbor, 
in  this  case  the  good  which  a  man  does  is  good,  for  it  is  for  the 
sake  of  good  itself,  which  in  general  is  the  real  neighbor,  see 
n.  5025,  6706,  6711,  6818,  8123.  Thus  also  it  is  for  the  sake  of 
the  Lord,  for  such  good  is  not  from  man  but  from  the  Lord, 
and  what  is  from  the  Lord,  this  is  of  the  Lord.  This  good  is 
what  is  meant  by  the  Lord  in  Matthew,  "  So  much  as  ye  have 
done  to  one  of  these  Hy  least  brethren,  ye  have  done  to  Me," 
xxv.  40.  As  the  case  is  with  good,  so  also  it  is  with  truth  ; 
they  who  do  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth,  do  it  also  for  tne  sake 
of  the  Lord,  because  from  the  Lord  ;  to  do  truth  for  the  sake  of 
truth,  is  to  do  good  ;  for  truth  becomes  good,  when  from  the 
intellectual  principle  it  enters  into  the  will,  and  from  the  will 
goes  forth  into  act.  To  do  good  thus  is  Christian  charity.  They 
who  do  good  from  Christain  charity,  sometimes  respect  the  re- 
putation thence  derived  for  the  sake  of  honor,  or  for  the  sake 
of  gain,  but  altogether  otherwise  than  they,  who  respect  those 
things  as  an  end ;  for  they  respect  what  is  good  and  just  as  the 
essential  and  only  [thing  or  principle],  thus  in  the  supreme 
place,  and  in  this  case  they  respect  gain  and  honor,  and  con- 
sequent reputation,  as  things  respectively  not  essential,  thus  in 
the  lowest  place.  They  who  are  of  this  character,  when  they 
are  in  the  view  of  what  is  just  and  good,  are  as  those  who  in 
battle  fight  for  their  country,  and  in  this  case  have  no  concern 
about  lite,  thus  neither  about  their  dignity  nor  their  wealth  in 
the  world,  which  in  such  case  are  respectively  as  nothing;  but 


9210.] 


EXODUS. 


75 


thej  who  respect  themselves  and  the  world  in  the  first  place, 
are  of  such  a  character,  that  they  do  not  even  see  what  is  just 
and  good,  because  they  keep  themselves  and  gain  in  view. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  . what  it  is  to  do  good  for 
the  sake  of  self  or  the  world,  and  what  to  do  good  foi  the  sake 
of  the  Lord  or  the  neighbor,  and  what  the  difference  is  between 
them,  and  that  the  difference  is  as  great  as  between  two  oppo- 
sites,  thus  as  great  as  between  heaven  and  hell.  They  also  are 
in  heaven,  who  do  good  for  the  sake  of  the  neighbor  or  the 
Lord  ;  but  they  are  in  hell,  who  do  good  for  the  sake  of  self  and 
the  world  ;  for  they  who  do  good  for  the  sake  of  the  neighbor 
and  the  Lord,  love  the  Lord  above  all  tilings,  and  their  neigh- 
bor as  themselves,  which  precepts  are  the  chief  of  all  precepts, 
Mark  xii.  28,  29,  30,  31 ;  but  they  who  do  good  for  the  sake  of 
themselves  and  the  world,  love  themselves  above  all  things, 
thus  more  than  God,  and  not  only  despise  their  neighbor,  bat 
also  bear  hatred  towards  him  if  he  does  not  make  one  with 
themselves,  and  be  of  their  party.  This  is  meant  by  what  the 
Lord  teaches  in  Matthew,  "  No  one  can  serve  two  lords,  for 
either  he  will  hate  the  one,  and  love  the  other,  or  he  will  ad- 
here to  the  one  and  despise  the  other  ;  ye  cannot  serve  God 
and  mammon,"  vi.  24.  There  are  who  serve  both,  but  they  are 
they  who  are  called  lukewarm,  neither  cold  nor  hot,  who  are 
spewed  out,  Rev.  iii.  15,  16.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
now  evident  what  was  represented  by  usurers  who  took  usury, 
namely,  they  who  do  good  for  the  sake  of  gain  ;  hence  it  is  clear 
from  what  ground  it  is  said,  "  Thou  shalt  not  be  an  usurer,  and 
ye  shall  not  put  usury  upon  a  brother,"  as  also  in  other  pas- 
sages in  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  not  impose  on  thy  brother  usury 
of  silver,  usury  of  food,  usury  of  that  thing  which  is  imposed. 
On  a  stranger  thou  mayest  impose  usury  y  that  Jehovah  thy  God 
may  bless  thee  in  every  putting  forth  of  thine  hand  upon  the 
earth,  whither  thou  goest  to  possess  it,"  Dent,  xxiii.  19,  20; 
Levit.  xxv.  36,  37,  38.  To  impose  on  a  brother  the  usury  of* 
silver,  is  to  lend  truths  or  to  instruct  for  the  sake  of  g<*»n.  To 
impose  the  usury  of  food,  is  to  lend  the  goods  of  truth  for  the 
sake  of  gain  ;  for  silver  is  truth,  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  6911, 
6917;  and  food  is  the  good  of  truth,  n.  5147,  5293,  5340,  5342, 
5376,  5410,  5426,  5487,  5582,  5588,  5655,  5915,  8464.  The 
reason  why  it  is  said  that  Jehovah  blesses  thoso  who  do  not  do 
it,  in  every  putting  forth  of  their  hand  in  the  earth,  is  because 
they  are  in  the  affection  of  good  and  truth,  thus  in  the  happi- 
ness which  the  angels  in  heaven  have,  for  in  that  affection,  or 
in  the  good  of  that  love,  man  has  heaven,  n.  6478,  9174.  The 
reason  why  it  was  allowed  to  impose  usury  on  strangeis  was, 
because  by  strangers  are  signified  those  who  do  not  acKnow- 
jedge  and  receive  any  thing  of  good  and  truth,  n.  799o,  thus 
who  do  good  only  for  the  sake  of  gain  ;  they  are  to  serve  man, 


76 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


because  fhey  are  respectively  servants,  see  n.  1097.  So  in 
David,  "  He  who  walketh  entire,  and  who  doeth  justice,  and 
6peaketh  the  truth  in  his  heart,  his  silver  he  doth  not  give  to 
usury,  and  doth  not  receive  a  reward  against  the  innocent;  he 
who  hath  done  this,  shall  not  be  removed  to  eternity,"  Psalm 
xv.  2,  5  ;  where  to  give  his  silver  to  usury  is  to  teach  for  the 
sake  of  gain  alone,  thus  to  do  good  for  the  sake  of  recompence. 
In  like  manner  in  Ezekiel,  "The  just  man  [vir]  who  doeth 
judgment  and  justice,  giveth  not  upon  usury  and  recdveth  not 
interest"  xviii.  8.  Again,  "  He  who  doth  not  withhold  his  hand 
from  the  needy,  reeeivcth  not  usury  and  interest,  doeth  My 
judgments,  walketh  in  My  statutes,  living  he  shall  live,"  xviii. 
17.  Again,  "  They  have  received  good  in  thee  to  shed  blood, 
thou  hast  received  usury  and  interest,  and  hast  snatched  again 
from  thy  companions  by  violence,"  xxii.  12 ;  speaking  of  the 
city  of  bloods,  by  which  is  signified  the  false  destroying  truth 
and  good,  n.  9127.  To  receive  usury  and  interest,  denotes  to 
do  good  for  the  sake  of  gain  and  recompence,  thus  not  from 
charity.  That  charity  is  without  any  thing  of  merit,  see  n. 
2373,  4007,  4174,  4913,  G388,  6389,  6390,  6391,  6392,  6478. 

9211.  "  Ye  shall  not  put  upon  him  usury  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  that  it  shall  not  be  done  for  the  sake  of  gain  thence 
derived,  appears  from  the  signification  of  putting  usury  upon 
any  one,  as  denoting  to  do  good  for  the  sake  of  gain,  see  just 
above,  n.  9210,  in  this  case  not  for  the  sake  of  gain,  because  it 
is  said,  ye  shall  not  put  upon  him  usury.  From  this  law  con- 
cerning interest  and  usury,  it  may  be  seen  how  the  case  is  with 
the  laws  which  were  called  judgments  amongst  the  people  of 
Israel,  namely,  that  they  ceased,  together  with  the  sacrifices 
and  the  rest  of  the  rituals,  when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world, 
and  opened  the  interior  things  of  worship,  and  in  general  the 
interior  things  of  the  Word.  The  interior  things  of  that  law  are, 
that  good  ought  to  be  done  to  the  neighbor  from  the  heart,  and 
that  it  ought  to  be  believed  that  there  is  nothing  of  merit  in 
actions  which  are  from  self,  but  only  inactions  which  are  from 
the  Lord  with  self;  for  the  Lord  Himself  alone  has  merit,  and 
alone  is  justice  ;  and  when  man  believes  this,  he  places  nothing 
of  merit  and  reward  in  what  is  done  by  himself,  but  attributes 
all  goods  to  the  Lord  ;  and  whereas  the  Lord  does  it  from  Di- 
vine Mercy,  man  attributes  all  things  to  mercy  alone.  Hence 
also  it  is,  that  he  who  is  led  of  the  Lord,  thinks  nothing  at  all 
concerning  reward,  and  still  from  the  heart  docs  good  to  his 
neighbor.  These  are  tlie  interior  things,  from  which  the  law 
concerning  usury  with  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish  nation  de- 
scended ;  wherefore  when  man  is  in  the  interior  things,  that 
law  ceases,  together  with  other  like  things,  which  were  called 
judgments;  for  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish  nation  was  only  in 
things  external,  which  represented  things  internal  ;  hence  that 


9211,  9212.J 


EXODUS. 


77 


law  was  binding  npon  that  nation  at  that  time,  but  is  not  bind- 
ing on  Christians,  to  whom  interior  things  have  been  revealed 
by  the  Lord.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  known  to  the  man  of  the 
church  at  tin's  day,  wherefore  the  laws  of  usury  at  this  day  are 
altogether  changed  from  what  they  were  among  the  Jews. 
Nevertheless  the  sanctity  of  this  law  does  not  on  that  account 
cease,  or  this  Word  is  not  on  that  account  abrogated,  for  its 
sanctity  remains  by  virtue  of  the  interior  things  which  are  in 
it;  these  holy  interior  things  still  affect  the  angels,  when  this 
Word  is  reading.  Let  every  one  however  take  heed  to  himself 
lest  he  should  suppose  that  the  laws  of  life  are  abrogated,  such 
as  are  in  the  Decalogue,  and  elsewhere  in  the  old  Testament 
throughout,  for  those  laws  are  confirmed  both  in  the  interna, 
and  external  form,  by  reason  that  they  cannot  be  separated. 

9212.  "  If  in  taking  a  pledge  thou  shalt  take  a  pledge  the 
garment  of  thy  companion  " — that  hereby  is  signified  if  scientific 
truths  by  fallacies  derived  from  things  sensual  be  parted  asunder, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  taking  a  pledge,  as  denoting 
to  receive  a  token  for  goods  communicated,  for  a  pledge  is  a 
token  for  goods  which  are  lent.    When  spiritual  things  are  un- 
derstood in  the  place  of  such  goods,  then  to  communicate  goods 
is  to  instruct  in  truths,  and  a  token  or  pledge  in  this  case  is  sen 
sual  truth,  for  by  the  garment  in  this  passage,  which  is  giver 
for  a  pledge,  is  signified  the  ultimate  of  the  natural  principle, 
Avhich  is  the  sensual  principle ;  inasmuch  as  this  abounds  with 
fallacies,  and  fallacies  extinguish  truths,  therefore  by  taking  a 
pledge,  the  garment  of  thy  companion,  is  signified  the  parting 
asunder  of  truths  by  fallacies  derived  from  things  sensual.  That 
these  things  are  signified,  is  manifest  from  the  series  of  things 
following  in  the  internal  sense.    By  garment  in  general  is  sig- 
nified all  that  which  invests  something  else,  thus  whatsoever  is 
respectively  exterior ;  hence  the  external  or  natural  man  is 
called  a  garment  in  respect  to  the  internal  or  spiritual ;  in  like 
manner  truth  is  called  a  garment  in  respect  to  good,  because 
truth  invests  good;  so  likewise  scientific  truth  in  respect  to  the 
truth  of  faith,  which  is  of  the  internal  man;  the  sensual  principle, 
which  is  the  ultimate  of  life  appertaining  to  man,  is  a  garment 
in  respect  to  scientific  truth.    That  garments  denote  inferior 
things  which  cover  superior,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  that  they 
denote  exterior  things  which  cover  interior,  see  n.  2576,  5248. 
In  general  that  they  are  truths,  n.  4545,  4763,  5319,  5954,  6914, 
9093.    That  they  are  scientific  truths,  n.  6918.    And  that  they 
are  sensual  truths,  n.  9158.    That,  the  sensual  principle  is  the 
ultimate  of  life  appertaining  to  man,  n.  4009,  5077,  5125,  5128, 
5767,  5774,  6201,  6313,  7442,  7693.    And  that  the  sensual  prin- 
ciple is  in  fallacies,  n.  5084,  5089,  6201,  694S,  6919,  7412.  That 
garments  denote  truths,  originates  in  representatives  in  the  other 
life,  where  the  angels  and  spirits  appear  clothed  in  garments 


78 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


according  to  the  states  of  faith,  or  truth  in  which  they  are  ;  and 
their  garments  vary  according  to  the  changes  of  that  state.  They 
who  are  in  genuine  truth,  appear  clothed  in  white  garments  ;  and 
they  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good,  in  shining  garments  ; 
but  they  who  are  only  in  good,  as  the  angels  of  the  inmost  hea- 
ven, who  are  called  celestial,  appear  naked.  Hence  now  it  is 
that  garments  denote  truths,  and  that  by  garments  in  the  Word 
are  signified  truths ;  as  may  be  manifest  from  the  passages  be 
fore  pointed  at,  to  which  it  is  allowed  to  add  the  following  from 
the  Evangelists,  "  When  Jesus  was  transformed,  His  face  shone 
as  the  sun,  and  His  raiment  became  as  light"  Matt.  xvii.  2.  By 
face  in  the  Word  are  signified  the  interiors,  especially  the  affec- 
tions, n.  358, 1999,  2434,3527,  3573, 4066, 4796,  4797,  5102,  5695, 
6604,  6S48,  6S49 ;  and  by  the  face  of  God,  good  itself,  n.  222, 
223,  5585 ;  by  the  sun,  the  Divine  Love,  n.  2441,  2495,  3636, 
3643,  4060,  4321,  4696,  70S3,  8644  ;  hence  it  is  evident  what 
is  signified  by  the  Lord's  face  shining  as  the  sun,  viz.  that  His 
interiors  were  the  good  of  Divine  Love.  His  raiment  becoming 
as  the  light,  signifies  the  Divine  Truths  proceeding  from  Him, 
which  also  in  heaven  appears  as  light,  n.  1521,  1619  to  1632, 
3195,  3222,  3485,  3636,  3643,  4415,  5400,  S644.  Again,  "When 
Jesus  approached  to  Jerusalem,  they  brought  an  ass  and  the 
foal  of  an  ass,  and  put  upon  them  their  garments  and  set  Him 
upon  them.  But  a  very  numerous  crowd  spread  their  garments 
in  the  way  :  but  others  cut  oft'  branches  from  the  trees  and 
spread  them  in  the  way,"  Matt.  xxi.  1,  7,8;  to  ride  on  an  ass 
and  the  foal  of  an  ass,  was  a  representative  of  a  highest  judge 
and  king,  see  n.  2781 ;  as  is  also  evident  from  what  precedes  in 
verse  5,  k'  Say  to  the  daughter  of  Zion,  behold  thy  King  coineth 
to  thee,  meek,  sitting  upon  an  ass,  and  upon  a  colt,  the  son  of 
what  is  accustomed  to  the  yoke ;"  also  in  Mark,  chap.  xi.  1  to 
12;  and  in  Luke,  chap.  xix.  28  to  41 ;  and  in  John,  chap.  xii. 
12  to  16  ;  and  in  Zechariah,  chap.  ix.  9;  where  it  is  said  of  the 
Lord  that  He  rode  upon  an  ass  and  upon  a  young  ass,  a  son  of 
she-asses,  and  He  is  there  called  a  King,  and  it  is  added  that 
His  dominion  shall  be  from  sea  even  to  sea,  and  from  the  river 
even  to  the  ends  of  the  earth;  that  the  highest  judge  rode  upon 
a  she-ass,  and  his  sons  upon  young  asses,  see  Judges  v.  9,  10 ; 
chap.  x.  3,  4;  chap.  xii.  14;  and  that  the  king  rode  upon  a  she 
mule,  and  the  sons  of  the  king  upon  mules,  1  Kings  i.  33,  38, 44 ; 
2  Sam.  xiii.  29.  By  the  disciples  putting  their  garments  on  the 
ass  and  her  colt  was  represented,  that  truths  in  all  complex 
should  be  spread  under  the  Lord  as  the  Highest  Judge  and 
King,  for  the  disciples  represented  the  church  of  the  Lord  as  to 
truths  and  goods,  see  n.  2129,  3488,  3858,  6397  ;  and  their  gar- 
ments represented  the  truths  themselves,  n.  4545,  4763,  5319, 
5954,  6914,  9093.  The  like  was  represented  by  the  crowd 
spreading  their  garments  in  the  way,  and  also  branches  of  trees; 


9212.] 


EXODUS. 


79 


the  reason  why  they  spread  them  in  the  way  was,  because  by 
way  is  signified  truth,  whereby  the  man  of  the  church  is  led, 
see  n.  627,  2333,  3477.  The  reason  why  they  spread  branches 
of  trees  was,  because  trees  signified  the  perceptions  and  also 
the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  n.  2682,  2722,  2972,  4552, 
7692,  hence  branches  denote  the  truths  themselves.  It  was 
also  from  a  customary  rite  that  it  was  so  done,  for  according  to 
that  rire  when  the  highest  judges  and  kings  rode  in  their  pomp, 
the  princes  of  the  people  on  this  occasion  put  their  garments 
on  the  a^see  and  mules,  and  the  people  themselves  spread 
their  garments  on  the  way,  or  instead  thereof  branches  of  trees  ; 
for  the  judicial  principle  in  heaven  is  Divine  Truth  derived 
from  good,  and  the  regal  principle  is  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  1728, 
2015,  2069,  3969,  4561,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148.  And  in  Luke, 
"  iTo  one  addeth  a  piece  of  a  new  garment  to  an  old  garment  / 
thereby  he  rendeth  the  new,  and  what  was  taken  out  of  the 
new  agreeth  not  with  the  old,"  v.  36.  The  Lord  used  this  sim- 
ilitude to  describe  the  truth  of  the  New  Church,  and  the  truth 
of  the  Old  Church,  for  garment  denotes  truth.  To  sew  or  tc 
commit  one  to  the  other  is  to  destroy  both  ;  for  the  truth  of  the 
New  Church  is  interior  truth,  thus  truth  for  the  internal  man, 
but  the  truth  of  the  Old  Church  is  exterior  truth,  thus  truth  for 
the  external  man,  in  which  latter  truth  was  the  Jewish  Church, 
for  this  church  by  external  things  represented  internal,  but  the 
church  at  this  day  is  in  the  internal  truths  which  were  repre- 
sented, for  the  Lord  revealed  those  truths.  That  these  latter 
truths  do  not  agree  with  external  truth,  so  as  to  abide  together, 
is  signir'ed  by  the  above  words  of  the  Lord.  Hence  also  it  is 
evident,  that  garment  signifies  the  truth  of  the  church.  And 
in  John,  "  Jesus  said  to  Peter,  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee, 
when  thou  Mast  a  boy  thou  girdest  thyself,  and  walkedst  whi- 
thersoever thou  wouldest ;  but  when  thou  shalt  be  old,  thou  shalfc 
stretch  out  thine  hand,  and  another  shall  gird  thee,  and  lead 
thee  whither  thou  wouldest  not,"  xxi.  18.  He  who  does  not 
know  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  cannot  know  what  this 
passage  involves  ;  that  it  involves  arcana,  is  evident.  In  the 
internal  sense,  by  Peter  is  signified  the  faith  of  the  church,  see 
preface  to  chap,  xviii.  and  xxii.  of  Gen.  and  n.  3750,  6000, 
6073,  6344.  Hence  by  Peter  when  a  boy  is  signified  the  faith 
of  the  church  such  as  it  is  in  its  beginning;  and  by  Peter  when 
.ild,  the  faith  of  the  church  such  as  it  is  in  its  end.  Hence  it  is 
evident  what  is  signified  by  the  words,  "When  thou  wast  a 
boy,  thou  girdest  thyself  and  walkedst  whither  thou  wouldest," 
namely  that  the  faith  of  the  church  in  its  beginning  is  the  faith 
of  truth  derived  from  good,  thus  the  faith  of  charity  towards 
the  neighbor  and  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  that  in  this  case  the 
man  of  the  church  does  good  from  freedom,  because  from  the 
Lord,  for  the  loins  which  were  girded  denote  the  goods  of  love, 


80 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


see  n.  3021,  3294,  4280,  4575,  5050  to  5062,  hence  to  gird  the 
loins,  denotes  to  clothe  good  with  truth.  To  walk  is  to  live,  n. 
519,  8417,  8420,  hence  to  walk  whither  he  would  is  to  live  in 
freedom ;  for  they  live  in  freedom,  or  act  from  freedom,  who  are 
in  faith  derived  from  love  to  the  Lord  and  from  charity  towards 
the  neighbor,  for  they  are  led  of  the  Lord,  n.  892,  905,  2870  to 
2893,  6325,  90  J6.  "  When  thou  shalt  be  old,  thou  shalt  stretch 
out  thy  hands,  and  another  shall  gird  thee,  and  lead  thee  whi- 
ther thou  wouldest  not,"  signifies  that  the  faith  of  the  church  in 
its  end  will  be  none,  and  that  in  this  case  the  falses  of  evil  de- 
rived from  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world  will  succeed,  and  will 
subject  to  slavery.  This  is  the  arcanum  which  lies  concealed  in 
these  words  of  the  Lord,  and  which  can  only  be  seen  from  their 
internal  sense.  Hence  it  is  further  evident  in  what  manner  the 
Lord  spake,  namely,  that  in  singular  things  there  might  be  an 
internal  sense,  to  the  intent  that  heaven  might  be  conjoined 
with  the  world  by  the  Word,  for  without  the  Word  there  is  no 
conjunction,  that  is,  without  Divine  Truth  revealed;  and  if  no 
conjunction,  the  human  race  perishes. 

9213.  "Even  at  the  entering  in  of  the  sun  thou  shalt  restore 
it  to  him  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  it  ought  to  be  restored 
before  a  state  of  shade  arising  from  the  delights  of  external 
loves,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  sun's  entering  or 
setting,  as  denoting  a  state  of  shade  arising  from  the  delights 
of  external  loves.  The  case  herein  is  this  ;  iu  heaven  there  are 
vicissitudes  of  heat  as  to  those  tilings  which  are  of  the  good  ot 
love,  and  of  light  as  to  those  things  which  are  of  the  truth  of 
faith,  thus  there  are  vicissitudes  of  love  and  of  faith.  In  hell 
also  there  are  v  icissitudes,  bnt  opposite  to  the  former,  because 
there  they  are  the  vicissitudes  of  the  love  of  evil  and  of  the 
faith  of  the  false.  The  former  vicissitudes  correspond  to  the 
vicissitudes  of  the  seasons  of  the  year  on  earth,  which  are  Spring, 
Summer,  Autumn,  and  Winter,  and  again  Spring,  and  so  forth. 
But  in  the  spiritual  world  instead  of  times  are  states,  for  they 
are  not  changes  of  heat  and  light,  but  of  love  and  faith.  But 
it  is  to  be  noted,  that  vicissitudes  are  not  alike  to  one  as  to  ano- 
ther, but  differ  with  every  one  according  to  his  state  of  life  ac- 
quired in  the  world.  The  setting  of  the  sun  in  heaven  corres- 
ponds to  a  state  of  shade  as  to  the  truth  of  faith,  and  to  a  state 
of  cold  as  to  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  and  towards  the 
neighbor ;  for  on  such  occasions  they  come  into  the  delight  of 
external  loves,  which  bring  along  with  them  shade  as  to  faith ; 
for  when  an  angel  or  spirit  is  in  things  external,  he  is  also  in 
6hade  ;  but  when  he  is  in  things  internal,  then  he  is  in  the  de- 
lights and  blessednesses  of  celestial  loves,  and  at  the  same  time 
in  such  case  in  the  pleasantnesses  of  faith,  or  in  the  light  of 
truth.  These  are  the  states  to  which  the  spring  and  summer 
seasons  on  the  earth  correspond.    From  these  considerations  it 


9213.] 


EXODUS. 


81 


may  now  be  manifest  from  what  ground  it  is,  that  the  entering 
in,  or  setting  of  the  sun  signifies  a  state  of  shade  arising  from 
the  delights  of  external  loves  ;  concerning  these  vicissitudes  see 
what  has  been  before  shown,  n.  5097,  5672,  5962,  6110,  7083, 
8426,  8615,  8644,  8812.  From  what  has  been  said  above  it 
may  be  seen  what  is  meant  by  scientific  truths,  which  have  been 
parted  asunder  by  fallacies  derived  from  things  sensual,  being 
to  be  restored  before  a  state  of  shade  arising  from  the  delights 
of  external  loves,  which  things  are  signified  by  the  law,  "  If 
thou  shalt  take  a  pledge  the  garment  of  thy  companion,  even 
at  the  entering  in  of  the  sun  thou  shalt  restore  it  to  him :"  for 
thereby  is  meant,  that  truths  taken  away  by  fallacies  ought  to 
be  restored,  when  man  is  yet  in  the  light  of  truth,  for  in  this 
case  he  may  recover  them,  and  also  shake  off  the  falses  induced 
by  fallacies;  but  when  he  is  in  a  state  of  shade  arising  from  the 
delights  of  external  loves,  inasmuch  as  these  delights  reject  those 
truths,  and  shade  does  not  receive  them,  the  fallacies  thus  inhere 
and  are  appropriated.  The  reason  why  external  delights,  or  those 
of  the  external  man,  are  of  such  a  quality,  is  because  they  co- 
here with  the  world,  and  are  also  excited,  and  as  it  were  vivified 
by  its  heat.  It  is  otherwise  with  internal  delights  and  blessed 
n'esses,  or  those  of  the  internal  man  :  these  cohere  with  heaven, 
and  are  also  excited  and  vivified  by  its  heat,  which  is  love  from 
the  Lord.  This  judgment,  or  this  law,  is  thus  delivered  in  an- 
other passage  in  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  not  take  to  pledge  the  mill 
or  mill-stone,  for  he  taketh  the  soul  for  a  pledge,"  Deut.  xxiv.  6. 
By  mill  are  signified  such  things  as  serve  for  procuring  faith  and 
next  charity,  n.  7780,  and  by  soul,  the  life  of  faith  derived  from 
charity,  n.  9050  ;  hence  it  is  evident  what  it  is  not  to  take  a  mill  to 
pledge,  for  he  taketh  the  soul  to  pledge.  Again,  "  Thou  shalt 
not  turn  aside  the  right  of  the  sojourner  and  orphan,  nor  shalt 
thou  take  to  pledge  the  garment  of  a  widow"  Deut.  xxiv.  17, 
where  to  take  to  pledge  the  garment  of  a  widow  denotes  to  take 
away,  by  any  manner  whatsoever,  the  truths  which  desire  good  ; 
for  a  garment  is  truth,  as  above,  n.  9213,  and  a  widow  is  one 
who  is  in  good  and  desires  truths,  or  in  the  abstract  sense, 
good  desiring  truths,  n.  9198  ;  for  if  truth  be  taken  away,  good 
perishes  with  its  desire.  And  again,  "  If  thou  lendest  any  thing 
to  thy  companion,  thou  shalt  not  enter  into  his  house  to  take  a 
pledge,  thou  shalt  stand  without ;  but  the  man  [vir]  to  whom 
thou  hast  lent  shall  bring  a  pledge  without.  If  lie  be  a  needy 
man,  thou  shalt  not  lie  in  his  pledge,  restoring  thou  shalt  restore 
to  him  the  pledge,  near  the  setting  of  the  sun,  that  he  mag  lie 
in  his  garment,  and  he  may  bless  thee,  and  it  shall  be  justice 
before  thy  God,"  Deut.  xxiv.  10, 11,  12,  13.  That  the  creditors 
should  stand  without,  and  the  pledge  should  be  brought  forth 
to  him,  signifies  how  reply  is  to  be  made  to  truths  communi- 
cated, for  by  lending  is  signified  the  communication  of  truth. 
vol.  ix.  6 


82 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxh. 


and  by  taking  a  pledge,  the  reply.  That  these  things  are  signi- 
fied, no  one  can  know  but  from  such  things  as  are  doing  in  the 
other  life,  thus  unless  he  knows  what  it  is  to  enter  into  the 
house,  and  what  it  is  to  stand  abroad,  and  thus  what  it  is  tc 
bring  forth  abroad.  They  in  the  other  life,  who  enter  into  the 
house  of  another,  and  discourse  together  in  one  chamber,  so 
communicate  their  thoughts  with  all  who  are  there,  that  they 
know  no  other  than  that  they  themselves  think  those  things  from 
themselves  ;  but  if  they  stand  abroad,  in  this  case  indeed  the 
thoughts  are  perceived,  but  as  from  another,  and  not  from 
themselves.  This  happens  every  day  in  the  other  life  ;  where- 
fore they  who  are  of  one  opinion,  or  of  one  sentiment,  appear 
together  in  one  house,  and  especially  if  in  one  chamber  of  the 
house  ;  and  when  the  same  dissent,  then  they  are  parted  asunder 
from  the  eyes  of  those  who  dissent.  Such  appearances  are  con 
tinually  and  everywhere  presented  in  the  other  life.  The  reason 
is,  because  parity  of  thoughts  conjoins,  and  causes  presence,  for 
thought  is  internal  sight,  and  distances  of  places  in  the  other 
life  are  not  as  in  the  world.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant 
by  not  entering  into  the  house,  but  standing  abroad  and  taking 
a  pledge,  namely,  that  it  is  not  to  bind  or  inflame  another  to 
confirm  his  own  truths,  but  to  hear  and  apprehend  the  answers 
6uch  as  they  are  in  himself;  for  he  who  binds  and  inflames  an 
other,  to  confirm  his  own  truths,  causes  the  other  not  to  speak 
or  think  for  himself,  but  from  him  ;  and  when  any  one  thinks 
or  speaks  from  another,  the  truths  appertaining  to  him  are  dis- 
turbed, and  yet  he  is  not  amended ;  unless  in  the  case  of  such 
a  one  as  is  yet  ignorant  of  those  truths.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  further  manifest,  that  in  singular  the  things  of  the 
Word,  there  are  things  which  correspond  to  such  as  are  in  the 
spiritual  world. 

9214.  "  Because  it  is  his  only  covering" — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied because  sensual  things  are  spread  out  beneath  interior  things, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  a  covering  or  garment,  as  de- 
noting the  sensual  principle,  6ee  above,  n.  9212.  That  the  sen 
sual  principle  is  spread  out  beneath  interior  principles,  because 
it  is  the  ultimate  of  the  life  of  man,  see  also  the  same  n.  9212. 

9215.  "  It  is  his  garment  for  his  skin  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified that  exterior  things  also  invest,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  garment,  as  denoting  the  sensual  principle  in  general, 
or  things  sensual,  as  above;  and  from  the  signification  of  skin, 
as  denoting  what  is  exterior,  which  also  invests  interior  things, 
but  still  within  the  sensual  principle.  What  the  skin  is,  and 
who  correspond  to  the  skin  in  the  other  life,  see  n.  3510,  5552 
to  5559,  S977,  8980.  Thft  natural  principle  of  man  is  interior,  is 
exterior  or  middle,  and  is  extreme  ;  the  interior  natural  prin- 
ciple communicates  with  heaven  ;  the  middle  or  exterior  natural 
principle  communicates  on  one  part  with  the  interior,  and  by 


0214 — 9216.J 


EXODUS. 


83 


it  with  heaven,  and  on  the  other  part  with  the  extreme,  and  by 
it  with  the  world,  see  n.  4009,  4570,  5118,  5126,  5497,  5649, 
5707.  The  extreme  natural  principle  is  the  sensual  principle, 
which  is  here  signified  by  garment;  this  receives  the  objects  of 
the  world,  and  thus  serves  interior  things.  This  is  called  the 
only  covering,  because  it  is  the  ultimate,  thus  common  to  all. 
The  exterior  or  middle  natural  principle  is  what  is  signified  by 
skin.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  his  garment  being  for  his 
akin,  is  signified  that  the  sensual  principle  also  invests  exterior 
things.  Ihat  the  sensual  principle  is  the  ultimate  of  the  life  of 
man,  thus  a  common  covering,  see  n.  4009,  5077,  5125,  5128, 
5767,  5774,  6201,  6313,  7442,  7693. 

9216.  k<  In  which  he  may  sleep" — that  hereby  is  signified 
rest  upon  them,  appears  from  the  signification  of  sleeping,  as 
denoting  to  rest,  in  this  case  on  the  sensual  external  principle, 
which  is  signified  by  garment,  n.  9212,  for  it  is  said,  the  garment 
in  which  he  may  sleep.  It  may  be  expedient  to  say  in  what 
manner  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  interior  things  have  rest  upon 
the  sensual  principle  ;  the  sensual  principle  is  the  ultimate  of 
the  life  of  man,  as  w*as  shown  above,  and  what  is  the  ultimate, 
this  contains  all  interior  things,  and  is  their  common  [or  general] 
principle,  for  they  close  into  it,  and  thus  rest  upon  it ;  as  in  the 
case  of  the  skin,  which  is  the  ultimate  covering  of  the  body, 
the  interior  things  of  the  body  close  into  it,  because  it  contains 
them,  thus  also  they  rest  upon  it.  The  case  is  similar  in  regard 
to  the  peritoneum  in  the  body,  on  which  the  viscera  of  the  ab- 
domen rest,  and  also  have  a  common  connection  with  it,  because 
it  contains  them.  The  case  is  the  same  likewise  with  the  pleura 
in  respect  to  the  viscera  of  the  thorax.  The  case  is  similar  too 
with  all  things  which  are  of  the  life  itself  of  man,  namely  with 
those  things  which  have  relation  to  his  intellectual  principle, 
and  those  which  have  relation  to  the  will  principle.  These  also 
succeed  in  order  from  interior  things  to  exterior ;  exterior  things 
are  scientifics  with  their  pleasantnesses;  and  extreme  things  are 
things  sensual  which  communicate  with  the  w-orld,  by  the  sight, 
(he  hearing,  the  taste,  the  smell,  and  the  touch  ;  upon  these 
rest  interior  things,  for  they  close  into  them.  These  are  the 
things  which  are  signified  in  the  spiritual  sense  by  a  covering  or 
garment  in  which  he  may  sleep.  That  sensual  things  are  a  gar- 
ment or  covering,  is  grounded  in  correspondences,  for,  as  was 
said  above,  n.  9212,  spirits  and  angels  appear  clothed  in  gar- 
ments according  to  their  truths  of  faith,  shining,  in  the  case  of 
those  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good,  as  was  the  case  with 
the  angels  at  the  Lord's  sepulchre,  Luke  xxiv.  4 ;  Matt,  xxviii. 
3.  And  also  Avith  white  garments  of  fine  linen,  as  was  the  case 
with  those  spoken  of  in  the  Apocalypse,  chap.  xix.  14 ;  and 
with  garments  of  various  other  colors.  Moreover  it  is  to  be 
noted,  that  all  and  singular  things  from  the  first  or  inmost 


84 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  nxix 


["being  or  principle],  proceed  successively  to  their  iiltimates,  and 
there  rest ;  also  prior  or  interior  things  have  connection  with  the 
ultimates  in  successive  order.  Wherefore  if  the  ultimates  be 
parted  asunder,  interior  things  are  also  dissipated.  Hence  like- 
wise there  are  three  heavens,  the  inmost  or  third  heaven  flows-in 
into  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  the  middle  or  second  heaven 
flows-in  into  the  first  or  ultimate  heaven,  this  again  flows-in 
with  man  ;  hence  the  human  race  is  the  last  in  order,  into  which 
heaven  closes,  and  in  which  it  rests.  Wherefore  the  Lord,  from 
His  Divine  [principle],  always  provides  that  with  the  human  race 
there  may  be  a  church,  in  which  there  may  be  revealed  Divine 
Truth,  which  in  our  earth  is  the  Word ;  by  this  is  given  a  con- 
tinent connection  of  the  human  race  with  the  heavens.  Hence  it 
is  that  in  singular  things  of  the  Word  there  is  an  internal  sense, 
which  is  for  heaven,  and  of  such  a  quality,  that  it  conjoins  an- 
gelic minds  with  human  minds  by  a  bona  so  close,  that  they 
act  in  unity.  Hence  it  is  further  evident,  how  the  case  is  with 
the  rest  of  interior  things  upon  ultimate  things. 

9217.  "  When  he  shall  cry  to  Me" — that  hereby  is  signified 
supplication  to  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  cry- 
ing to  Jehovah,  as  denoting  supplication  to  the  Lord,  as  above, 
n.  9202. 

9218.  "  I  will  hear  " — that  hereby  is  signified  aid,  see  above, 
n.  9203. 

9219.  "  Because  I  am  merciful  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  from  Him  is  the  all  of  aid  out  of  mercy,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  being  merciful,  when  concerning  the  Lord,  as 
denoting  that  from  Him  is  the  all  of  aid.  The  reason  why  it  is 
out  of  mercy  is,  because  all  things  which  are  from  the  Lord  are 
of  mercy  ;  for  the  very  esse  of  the  Lord  is  Divine  Love.  And 
love  is  called  mercy,  when  extended  towards  those  who  are  in 
miseries,  thus  in  respect  to  the  whole  human  race,  for  they  are 
constituted  in  miseries ;  for  the proprium  of  the  human  race  is 
nothing  but.  evil,  see  n.  210,  215,  874,  875,  876,  987,  1581, 
5660,  5786,  S481. 

9220.  Verses  27,  28,  29,  30.  Thou  shalt  not  curse  God,  and 
the  prince  in  thy  people  thou  shalt  not  execrate.  Tlie  first-fruits 
of  thy  corn,  and  tlie  first-fruits  of  thy  ivine  thou  shalt  not  delay  f 
the  first-begotten  of  thy  sons  thou  shalt  give  to  Me.  So  shalt 
thou  do  to  thine  ox,  to  thy  flock,  seven,  days  it  shall  be  with  its 
mother,  On  the  eighth  day  thou  shall  give  it  to  me.  And  ye  shall 
be  men  [virij  of  holiness  to  Me  j  and  fish  torn,  to  pieces  in  a  field 
ye  shall  not  eat,  ye  shall  cast  it  to  a  dog.  Thou  shalt  not  curso 
God,  signifies  that  Divine  Truths  ought  not  to  be  blasphemed. 
And  the  prince  in  thy  people  thou  shalt  not  execrate,  signifies 
that  neither  ought  the  doctrines  of  truth  to  be  blasphemed. 
The  first-fruits  of  thy  corn,  and  the  first-fruits  of  thy  wine 
thou  6halt  not  delay,  signifies  that  since  all  the  goods  and 


1)217—9222.] 


EXODUS. 


85 


truths  of  faith  are  from  the  Lord,  they  ought  to  be  ascribed 
to  Ilim,  not  to  seH".  The  first-begotten  of  thy  sons  thou  shalt 
give  to  Me,  signhies  all  the  things  of  faith  which  are  by  them. 
So  shalt  thou  do  to  thine  ox,  to  thy  flock,  signifies  to  exterior 
and  interior  good.  Seven  days  it  shall  be  with  its  mother,  sig- 
nifies their  first  state  with  truths.  On  the  eighth  day  thou  shalt 
give  it  to  me,  signifies  the  beginning'  of  a  following  state  when 
the  life  is  formed  from  good,  that  m  such  case  it  is  with  the 
Lord.  And  ye  shall  be  men  [yiri]  of  holiness  to  Me,  signifies 
the  state  of  life  in  such  case  from  good.  And  flesh  torn  to  pieces 
in  a  field  ye  shall  not  eat,  signifies  that  the  falsified  good  of 
faith  shall  not  be  conjoined.  Ye  shall  cast  it  to  a  dog,  signifies 
that  it  is  unclean. 

9221.  "  Thou  shalt  not  curse  God  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  Divine  Truths  ought  not  to  be  blasphemed,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  cursing,  as  denoting  to  blaspheme,  for  such 
as  blaspheme,  they  curse.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  that  Di- 
vine Truths  ought  not  to  be  blasphemed  is,  because  God  in  the 
internal  sense  is  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  where- 
fore when  the  subject  treated  of  in  the  Word  is  concerning  truth, 
the  Lord  is  called  God,  and  when  concerning  good,  He  is  called 
Jehovah,  see  n.  2769,  2807,  2S22,  3921,  4287,  4402,  7010,  726S, 
8988,  9160.  Hence  angels  denote  truths,  because  they  are  re- 
ceptions of  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord,  Bee  n.  4295,  4402, 
7268,  7873,  8301,  8867,  8192  ;  and  also  judges,  n.  9160. 

9222.  "  And  the  prince  in  thy  people  thou  shalt  not  exe- 
crate " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  neither  ought  the  doctrine 
of  truth  to  be  blasphemed,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
prince,  as  denoting  the  primary  truths  of  the  church,  see  n. 
5044 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  people,  as  denoting  those 
who  are  in  the  truths  of  doctrine,  see  n.  1259,  1260,  2928,  3295, 
3581,  7207 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  execrating,  as  denot- 
ing to  blaspheme.  How  these  things  cohere,  is  evident  from 
the  internal  sense,  for  by  not  cursing  God  is  signified  not  to 
blaspheme  Divine  Truth,  and  by  not  execrating  the  prince  is 
signified  not  to  blaspheme  the  doctrine  of  truth.  DivineTruth 
is  the  Word,  and  the  doctrine  of  the  church  is  truth  thence 
derived.  It  is  allowed  briefly  to  say  how  the  case  is  witli  the 
blasphemation  of  Divine  Truth.  Divine  Truth  is  the  Word  and 
is  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word  ;  they  who  deny  these  things 
in  heart,  blaspheme,  although  with  the  mouth  they  praise  the 
Word  and  preach  it.  In  the  denial  lies  concealed  the  blasphemy, 
which  also  bursts  forth  when  they  are  left  to  themselves  and 
think,  especially  in  the  other  life,  for  there  hearts  speak,  things 
external  being  removed.  They  who  blaspheme  or  deny  the 
Word,  are  incapable  of  receiving  any  thing  of  the  truth  and 
good  of  faith,  for  the  Word  teaches  that  the  Lord  is,  that  hea- 
ven and  hell  are,  that  there  is  a  life  after  death,  that  faith  and 


S6 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


charity  are,  and  several  other  things,  which  without  the  Word 
or  revelation  would  not  be  at  all  known,  n.  8944 ;  wherefore 
they  who  deny  the  Word,  are  incapable  of  receiving  any  thing 
which  the  Word  teaches,  for  when  they  read  it  or  hear  it,  a 
negative  principle  occurs,  which  either  extinguishes  truth,  or 
turns  it  into  what  is  false.  Wherefore  with  the  man  of  the 
church  the  first  of  all  principles  is  to  believe  the  Word,  and 
this  is  the  primary  principle  with  him  who  is  in  the  truth  of 
faith  and  the  good  of  charity ;  but  with  those  who  are  in  the 
evils  of  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world,  the  primary  prin- 
ciple is  not  to  believe  the  Word,  for  they  reject  it  instantly 
when  they  think  about  it,  and  they  also  blaspheme  it.  If  a  man 
saw  how  great  blasphemies  against  the  Word  appertain  to  those 
who  are  in  the  evils  of  the  above  loves,  and  what  is  the  quality 
of  those  blasphemies,  he  would  be  struck  with  horror  ;  the  man 
himself,  during  his  abode  in  the  world,  does  not  know  it,  be- 
cause they  lie  concealed  behind  the  ideas  of  the  active  thought, 
which  passes  off  into  speech  with  men;  nevertheless  they  are 
revealed  in  the  other  life,  and  appear  dreadful.  Blasphemies 
are  of  two  kinds,  those  which  proceed  from  the  intellectual 
principle  and  not  at  the  same  time  from  the  will  principle,  and 
those  which  proceed  from  the  will  principle  through  the  in- 
tellectual ;  these  latter  blasphemies  are  what  are  so  dreadful, 
but  the  former  not  so.  Those  which  come  forth  from  the  will 
principle  through  the  intellectual,  are  from  evil  of  life;  but 
those  which  come  forth  only  from  the  intellectual  principle  and 
not  at  the  same  time  from  the  will  principle,  are  from  the  false 
of  doctrine,  or  from  the  fallacies  of  the  external  senses,  which 
dece  ive  man  constituted  in  ignorance.  These  things  are  said,  to 
the  intent  that  it  may  be  known  how  the  case  is  witli  the  blas- 
phemation  of  Divine  Truth,  that  is,  of  the  Word,  and  of  doctrine 
thence  derived,  which  is  signified  by  cursing  God,  and  execrat- 
ing the  prince  of  the  people. 

9223.  "  The  first-fruits  of  thy  corn,  and  the  first-fruits  of  thy 
wine,  thou  shalt  not  delay  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  since 
all  goods  and  truths  are  from  the  Lord,  they  ought  to  be  as- 
cribed to  Him,  and  not  to  self,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  first-fruits,  as  denoting  those  things  which  should  be  in  the 
first  place,  thus  which  should  be  the  primary  of  all,  concern- 
ing which  signification  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  corn,  as  denoting  the  good  of  the  truth  of  faith, 
Bee  n.  5295,  5410,  5959  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  wine, 
as  denoting  the  truth  of  good,  thus  the  truth  of  the  good  of 
faith,  see  n.  1798,  6377;  and  from  the  signification  of  not  de- 
laying, when  concerning  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  as  de- 
noting to  ascribe  from  affection,  for  what  is  done  not  tardily, 
but  in  haste,  is  done  from  the  affection  of  love,  see  n.  7695, 
7866.    The  reason  why  it  denotes  lo  ascribe  to  the  Lord  is. 


9223  ] 


EXODUS. 


87 


because  the  first-fruits,  as  also  the  first-born,  were  given  to 
Jehovah,  and  from  Jehovah  to  Aaron  and  to  his  seed  ;  and  by 
Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  meant  the  Lord,  see  n.  1736,  2921,  3023, 
3035,  5663,  6303,  6945,  6956,  8274,  8864.  Wherefore  when 
the  first-fruits  of  corn  and  of  wine  are  the  goods  and  truths  of 
faith,  it  is  meant  that  they  ought  to  be  ascribed  to  the  Lord, 
because  they  are  from  Him  ;  that  the  all  of  thought  and  of  will 
appertaining  to  man  flows  in,  and  that  all  good  and  truth  is 
from  the  Lord,  see  n.  2886,  2887,  2888,  3142,  3147,  4151,  4249, 
5119,  5147,  5150,  5259,  5482,  5649,  5779,  5854,  5893,  6027, 
6982,  6985,  6996,  7004,  7055,  7056,  7058,  7270,  7343,  8321, 
8686,  8701,  8717,  8728,  8823,  8864,  9110.  And  the  same  from 
experience,  n.  6053  to  6058,  6189  to  6215,  6307  to  6327,  6466 
to  6495,  6598  to  6626.  The  first-fruits,  which  were  to  be  offered 
to  the  Lord,  were  the  first-fruits  of  harvest,  and  the  first-fruits 
of  the  vintage,  also  the  first-fruits  of  shearing,  likewise  the  first- 
fruits  of  fruit.  The  first-fruits  of  the  harvest  were  the  ears  of 
corn  parched  and  green,  also  the  sheaf  which  was  to  be  shaken, 
and  afterwards  what  was  from  the  corn  floor,  which  were  cakes  ; 
but  the  first-fruits  of  the  vintage  Were  the  first-fruits  of  wine, 
of  must  [the  juice  of  the  grape  before  it  is  fermented],  and  of 
oil.  And  besides  these  there  were  the  first-fruits  of  the  shear- 
ing of  cattle,  and  also  the  first-fruits  of  fruit,  these  latter  were 
offered  in  a  basket.  Moreover  also  all  the  first-born  were  of- 
fered to  the  Lord,  from  which  were  redeemed  the  first-born  of 
men,  also  the  first-born  of  the  beasts  which  were  not  offered  in 
sacrifice,  as  of  asses,  of  mules,  of  horses,  and  the  like.  The  first- 
fruits  of  the  first-born  were  offered  to  Jehovah,  and  from  Jeho- 
vah were  given  to  Aaron  and  to  his  seed,  because  Aaron  and 
his  sons,  who  performed  the  office  of  the  highest  priesthood, 
represented  the  Lord.  By  the  first-fruits  of  corn  and  wine  in 
this  verse  are  meant  all  the  first-fruits  of  the  harvest  and  vin- 
tage just  now  spoken  of  above  ;  for  in  the  original  tongue  it  is 
said  the  fullness  of  corn,  and  the  tear  of  wine,  fullness  denoting 
a  ripe  harvest  and  also  gathered  together,  and  tears  denoting 
things  which  are  dropped.  What  the  first-fruits  specifically 
represented  (for  all  the  statutes  and  rituals  enjoined  by  the 
Lord  to  the  sons  of  Israel,  represented  the  internal  things  of 
the  church)  may  be  manifest  from  singular  the  things,  from 
which  the  first-fruits  were  given,  viewed  in  the  internal  sense  ; 
that  corn  denotes  the  good  of  faith,  and  wine  the  truth  of  faith, 
see  in  the  passages  above  cited.  That  the  first-fruits  were  to 
be  given  to  Jehovah  signified,  that  the  first  principle  of  the 
church  was  to  ascribe  to  the  Lord  all  the  goods  and  truths  of 
faith,  and  not  to  self.  To  ascribe  to  the  Lord  is  to  know,  to 
acknowledge,  and  to  believe  that  they  are  from  the  Lord,  and 
nothing  of  them  from  self,  foa-  as  was  shown  above,  the  all  of  faith 
is  from  the  Lord.    The  reason  why  the  first-fruits  had  this  sig- 


88 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


nification  is,  because  the  first-fruits  were  offerings  and  presents; 
which  were  thanksgivings  for  the  produce  of  the  earth,  and  an 
acknowledgment  of  blessings  from  Jehovah,  that  is,  from  the 
Lord,  consequently  an  acknowledgment  that  all  things  are  from 
Him ;  in  the  internal  sense  an  acknowledgment  of  the  goods 
and  truths  of  faith,  which  are  signified  by  harvest,  corn,  oil, 
must,  wine,  wool,  and  fruits,  from  which  the  first-fruits  were 
given.  Concerning  those  first-fruits,  see  Exod.  xxiii.  19 ;  chap, 
xxxiv.  26  ;  Levit.  xxiii.  10, 11,  20 ;  Numb.  xv.  19,  20,  21 ;  chap, 
xviii.  12,  13  ;  Deut.  xviii.  4  ;  chap.  xxvi.  1  to  11 ;  the  like  is  signi- 
fied by  first-fruits  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  xx.  40  ;  and  in  Micah  vii.  1,  2. 

9224.  "  The  first-born  of  thy  sons  thou  shalt  give  to  me" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  also  all  the  things  of  faith,  which 
are  by  them,  ought  to  be  ascribed  to  the  Lord,  and  not  to  self, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  first-born  of  sons,  as  de- 
noting all  things  of  the  faith  of  the  church,  see  n.  2435,  6344, 
7035,  7039,  7778,  8042  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  giving  to 
me,  as  denoting  to  ascribe  to  the  Lord,  for  by  Jehovah  in  the 
Word  is  meant  the  Lord.  All  the  things  of  faith,  which  are 
signified  by  the  first-born  of  sons,  are  those  which  are  from  the 
good  of  charity,  for  faith  exists  from  this  good.  For  truths, 
whether  they  be  taken  from  the  Word,  or  from  the  doctrine  of 
the  church,  cannot  in  any  wise  become  truths  of  faith,  unless 
there  be  good  in  which  they  may  be  implanted.  The  reason  is, 
because  the  intellectual  principle  is  what  first  receives  truths, 
inasmuch  as  it  sees  them,  and  introduces  them  to  the  will ;  and 
when  they  are  in  the  will,  then  they  are  in  the  man,  for  the 
will  is  the  man  himself.  Wherefore  he  who  supposes  that  faith 
is  faith  with  man,  until  he  wills  those  truths,  and  from  willing 
does  them,  is  exceedingly  deceived  ;  neither  have  the  truths  of 
faith  any  life  until  man  wills  and  does  them.  All  that  which 
is  of  the  will  is  called  good,  because  it  is  loved ;  thus  truth  be- 
comes good,  or  faith  charity,  in  the  will.  There  are  two  dis- 
putes which  have  infested  the  church  from  the  earliest  times, 
one  is,  whether  faith  or  charity,  be  the  first-born  of  the  church  ; 
the  other  is,  whether  faith  separate  from  charity  is  saving.  The 
reason  why  those  disputes  have  existed,  was,  because  the  truths, 
which  should  be  truths  of  faith,  are  perceived  by  man,  but  not 
the  good  which  is  of  charity,  until  man  be  regenerated.  For 
the  truths  of  faith  enter  by  an  external  way,  namely,  by  hear- 
ing, and  store  themselves  up  in  the  memory,  and  thence  ap- 
pear in  the  intellectual  principle.  But  the  good  of  charity, 
which  flows  in  by  an  internal  way,  namely,  by  [or  through]  the 
internal  man,  out  of  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  heaven 
from  the  Lord,  and  on  this  account  does  not  come  to  percep- 
tion, until  the  truths,  which  are  said  to  be  of  faith,  begin  to  be, 
loved  for  the  sake  of  good  use,  and  for  the  sake  of  life,  which 
is  effected  when  they  become  [truths]  of  the  will.    It  is  from 


9224—9226.]  EXODUS.  89 

this  "round  now,  that  faith  was  said  to  be  the  first-born  of  the 
church,  and  also  that  the  right  of  primogeniture,  that  is,  the 
right  of  priority  and  superiority  over  the  good  of  charity,  was 
attributed  to  it ;  when  yet  the  good  of  charity  is  actually  prior 
and  superior,  and  the  truth  of  faith  only  apparently,  see  n.  3325, 
3494,  3539,  3548,  3556,  3563,  3570,  3576,  3603,  3701,  4925, 
4926,  4928,  4930,  4977,  5351,  6256,  6269,  6272,  6273.  The 
reason  why  the  man  of  the  church  has  been  in  obscurity  on 
these  subjects  is,  because  he  has  not  perceived  that  all  things 
in  the  universe  have  reference  to  truth  and  to  good,  and  that 
they  must  have  reference  to  both,  that  they  maybe  any  thing; 
neither  has  he  perceived  that  in  man  there  are  two  faculties, 
understanding  and  will,  and  that  truth  has  reference  to  the  un- 
derstanding, and  good  to  the  will,  and  that  if  reference  is  not 
had  to  both,  nothing  is  appropriated  to  man.  Inasmuch  as 
these  things  have  been  in  obscurity,  and  yet  the  ideas  of  the 
thought  of  man  are  founded  on  such  things,  therefore  error 
could  not  be  manifested  before  the  natural  man  ;  when  yet  if 
it  had  been  once  manifested,  the  man  of  the  church  would  have 
seen,  as  in  clear  light  from  the  Word,  that  the  Lord  Himself 
has  spoken  innumerable  things  concerning  the  good  of  charity, 
and  that  this  is  the  principal  of  the  church  ;  and  that  faith  is  no 
where  else  than  in  that  good.  The  good  of  charity  consists  in 
doing  good  from  willing  good.  lie  would  also  have  seen  the 
errors,  which  the  doctrine  of  faith  separate  from  charity  in- 
duces ;  as  that  man  can  will  evil  and  believe  truth,  conse- 
quently that  truth  agrees  with  evil.  Also  that  faith  can  make 
the  life  of  heaven  with  a  man  whose  life  is  infernal,  consequently 
that  one  life  can  be  transcribed  into  another,  and  thus  that  they 
who  are  in  hell  are  capable  of  being  elevated  into  heaven,  and 
of  living  amongst  the  angels  a  life  contrary  to  their  former  life  ; 
not  considering  that  to  live  a  life  contrary  to  the  life  which 
man  has  imbued  in  the  world,  is  to  be  deprived  of  life ;  and 
that  they  who  attempt*  this  are  those  who  are  in  the  agony 
of  death,  and  by  direful  torments  end  their  life.  Such  errors, 
and  very  many  others,  are  induced  by  the  doctrine  of  faith 
separate  from  charity. 

9225.  "  So  shalt  thou  do  to  thine  ox,  to  thy  tlock  " — that  here- 
by is  signified  to  exterior  and  interior  good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  an  ox,  as  denoting  exterior  good,  and  from  the 
signification  of  flock,  as  denoting  interior  good,  see  n.  5913, 
8937,  9135. 

9226.  "  Seven  days  it  shall  be  with  its  mother" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  first  state  with  truths,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  seven  days,  as  denoting  the  first  state  of  those  who  are  regene- 
rating, for  days  are  states,  n.  23,  487,  488,  493,  893,  2788,  3462, 
3785, 4850,  5672,  5962,  8426,  9213;  and  seven  denotes  from  begin- 
ning to  end,  thus  what  is  full,  see  n.  728, 6508;  and  from  the  signi- 


90  EXODUS.  [Chap.  xxii. 

ficalion  of  mother,  as  denoting  the  church  as  to  truth,  thus  also 
the  truth  of  the  church,  see  n.  289,  2691,  2717,  3703,  4257,  5580, 
8897.  Hence  it  follows,  that  by  seven  days  it  shall  be  with  ita 
mother,  is  signified  the  first  state  to  the  full,  or  an  entire  state 
from  beginning  to  end,  when  in  truths.  How  the  case  herein 
is,  will  be  shown  in  the  following  article. 

9227.  "  On  the  eighth  day  thou  shalt  give  it  to  M*e  "—that 
hereby  is  signified  the  beginning  of  the  following  state,  when 
the  life  is  formed  from  good,  that  in  such  case  it  is  with  the 
Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  eighth  day,  as  de- 
noting the  beginning  of  the  following  state,  see  n.  2041:,  8400  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  giving  to  Jehovah,  as  denoting  to 
the  Lord,  for  by  Jehovah  in  the  AVord  is  meant  the  Lord  ;  n. 
1736,  2921,  3023,  3035,  5683,  6303,  6945,  6956,  8274,  8864. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  that  when  the  life  is  from  good,  that 
then  it  is  with  the  Lord,  is,  because  the  subject  treated  of  in  the 
internal  sense  is  concerning  two  states  of  the  man  who  is  regen- 
erating, and  the  first  state  is,  when  he  is  leading  by  the  truths 
of  faith  to  the  good  of  charity,  and  the  second  state-is,  when  he 
is  in  that  good ;  and  whereas  in  this  case  he  is  with  the  Lord, 
therefore  these  things  are  signified  by  thou  shalt  give  it  to  Me. 
That  there  are  two  states  appertaining  to  man,  when  he  is  re- 
generating, the  first  when  he  is  leading  by  the  truths  of  faith  to 
the  goods  of  charity,  and  the  second,  when  he  is  in  the  good  of 
charity,  see  n.  7923,  7992,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8512,  8516,  8643, 
8648,  8658,  8685,  8690,  8701 ;  and  that  man  is  in  heaven,  thus 
with  the  Lord,  when  he  is  in  the  good  of  charity,  see  n.  8516, 
8539,  8722,  8772,  9139.  It  may  be  expedient  further  to  say 
bi  icfiy,  how  the  case  is  with  that  two-fold  state  appertaining  to 
the  man  who  is  regenerating.  It  was  shown  above,  n.  9223, 
that  the  truths  which  are  called  [truths]  of  faith,  enter  by  an 
external  way  with  man,  and  that  the  good  which  is  of  charity 
and  love,  enters  by  an  internal  way.  The  external  way  is  by 
[or  through]  the  hearing  into  the  memory,  and  from  the  mem- 
ory into  his  understanding,  for  the  understanding  is  man's  in- 
ternal sight ;  by  [or  through]  this  way  the  truths  enter  which 
are  to  be  [truths]  of  faith,  to  the  end  that  they  may  be  intro- 
duced into  the  will,  and  thereby  be  appropriated  to  the  man. 
The  good  which  flows  in  from  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  the 
internal  way,  flows-in  into  the  will,  for  the  will  is  the  inter- 
nal principle  of  man.  The  good  which  is  from  the  Lord  in  the 
confines,  there  meets  the  truths  which  have  entered  by  [or 
through]  the  external  way,  and  by  conjunction  effects  that  the 
truths  become  good;  and  so  far  as  this  is  effected,  so  far  the 
order  is  inverted ;  that  is,  so  far  man  is  not  led  by  truths,  but 
by  good,  consequently  so  far  he  is  led  of  the  Lord.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  how  man  is  elevated  from  tho 
world  into  heaven,  when  he  i6  regenerating  ;  for  all  things  which 


9227,  9228.]  EXODUS.  91 

enter  by  the  hearing,  enter  from  the  wurld  ;  and  those  things 
which  are  stored  up  in  the  memory,  and  in  the  memory  appear 
before  the  understanding,  appear  in  the  light  of  the  world,  which 
is  called  natural  lumen  ;  but  the  things  which  entei  the  will,  or 
which  become  of  the  will,  are  in  the  light  of  heaven,  which 
light  is  the  truth  of  good  from  the  Lord.  When  these  things 
come  forth  into  act,  they  return  into  the  light  of  the  world,  but 
in  this  light  they  then  appear  altogether  under  another  form  ; 
for  heretofore  in  singular  things  the  world  was  within,  but  After- 
wards in  singular  things  heaven  is  within.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  also  evident,  why  man  is  not  in  heaven,  until  he  does 
truths  from  willing  them,  thus  from  the  affection  of  charity. 

9228.  That,  seven  signify  an  entire  period  from  beginning  to 
end,  thus  what  is  full,  is  manifest  from  several  passages  in  the 
"Word,  as  in  Isaiah,  "The  light  of  the  moon  shall  be  as  the  light 
of  the  sun,  and  the  light  of  the  sun  shall  be  seven-fold,  as  the 
light  of  seven  days,  in  the  day  wherein  Jehovah  shall  bind  up 
the  breach  of  His  people,"  xxx.  26 ;  where  the  subject  treated 
of  is  concerning  the  salvation  of  the  faithful,  and  concerning 
their  intelligence  and  wisdom  in  the  Lord's  kingdom.  The 
moon  is  faith  from  the  Lord,  thus  faith  in  the  Lord,  and  the 
sun  is  love  from  the  Lord,  thus  love  to  the  Lord,  n.  30  to  38, 
15-21,  1529,  1530,  1531,  2141,  2195,  3636,  3643,  4060,  4321, 
4696,  5377,  7078,  7083,  7171,  S644.  The  light  of  the  sun 
being  seven-fold,  as  the  light  of  seven  days,  denotes  a  full  state 
of  intelligence  and  wisdom,  derived  from  love  and  faith  in  the 
Lord.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "The  inhabitants  of  the  cities  of  Israel 
shall  go  forth,  and  shall  set  on  fire  and  burn  the  arms,  both  the 
buckler  and  shield,  with  the  bow  and  with  the  weapons,  and 
with  the  staff  of  the  hand,  andw7ith  the  spear,  they  shall  kindle 
fire  upon  them  for  seven  years,  so  that  they  shall  not  bring  wood 
from  the  field,  nor  cut  it  from  the  forest,  and  they  shall  cleanse 
the  land  seven  months"  xxxix.  9,  12.  The  subject  here  treated 
of  is  concerning  the  destruction  of  the  false  ;  the  arms,  which 
are  there  enumerated,  are  the  falses,  by  which  the  evil  fight 
against  the  truths  of  the  church.  To  kindle  fire  upon  them 
seven  years,  signifies  a  plenary  destruction  by  the  lusts  of  the 
loves  of  self*  and  the  world.  That  they  shall  not  bring  wood 
from  the  field,  nor  cut  it  from  the  forest,  signify  until  nothing 
of  good  is  remaining,  neither  in  the  interior  man,  nor  in  the  ex- 
terior. To  cleanse  the  land  seven  months,  signifies  the  plenary 
restitution  of  good  and  truth  in  the  church.  That  arms  are 
truths  combating  against  falses,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  falses 
combating  against  truths.  That  bows  and  weapons  are  doctrinals 
of  truth,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  doctrinals  of  the  false  ;  that 
a  staff  of  the  hand  is  the  power  of  truth,  and,  in  the  opposite 
sense,  the  power  of  the  false  ;  that  to  set  on  fire  and  to  burn  is 
to  vastate  by  lusts  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  ;  that 


92 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


wood  from  the  field  denotes  the  interior  goods  of  the  church, 
and  from  the  forest  the  scientifies  of  good  and  truth  ;  and  that 
land  [or  earth]  is  the  church,  has  been  shown  in  very  many 
passages.  Every  one  may  see,  that  in  the  above  passage  other 
things  are  signilied  than  what  are  extant  in  the  letter,  as  that 
they  should  burn  arms,  and  kindle  afire  seven  years,  that  they 
should  not  bring  wood  from  the  field,  and  cut  it  from  the  forest ; 
that  nevertheless  holy  and  divine  things  are  signified,  is  known, 
because  the  Word  is  holy,  and  from  the  Divine  [being  or  prin- 
ciple]. But.  the  holy  and  divine  things  which  are  contained  in 
the  above  words,  cannot  at  all  be  known  unless  it  be  known 
what  is  signified  by  arms,  what  by  seven  years  and  seven  months, 
what  by  wood  from  a  held  and  wood  from  forests.  Hence  it  is 
evident,  that  those  prophetic  words,  without  some  notices  de- 
rived from  the  internal  sense,  cannot  be  at  all  apprehended 
And  in  David,  "  Seven  times  in  a  day  I  praise  Thee  upon  the 
'udgments  of  Thy  justice,"  Psalm  cxix.  164.  Again,  "  Kecom 
pense  their  neighbors  seven-fold  into  their  bosom,"  Psalm 
jxxix.  12 ;  where  seven-fold  denotes  to  the  full.  In  like  man- 
lier in  Moses,  "That  they  should  be  punished  seven-fold,  if  they 
transgressed  the  precepts  and  statutes,"  Levit.  xxvi.  18,  21,  24, 
28.  He  who  does  not  know  that  seven  signifies  an  entire  period, 
from  beginning  to  end,  and  hence  what  is  full,  will  believe  that 
6even  weeks  signify  seven  times.  And  in  Daniel,  "  Know  thou 
and  perceive,  from  the  going  forth  of  the  Word  even  to  restore 
and  to  build  Jerusalem,  even  to  Messiah  the  Prince,  are  seven 
weeks"  ix.  25;  but  seven  weeks  even  to  Messiah  the  Prince; 
signified  that  which  is  said  of  the  Lord,  that  He  was  to  come 
in  the  fulness  of  times,  thus  signifies  an  entire  period.  Hence  it 
is  evident,  that  the  "  Seven  spirits  before  the  throne  of  God," 
Apoc.  i.  4;  the  "Book  sealed  with  seven  seals"  Apoc.  v.  1  ; 
and  the  "  Seven  angels  having  seven  vials,  which  are  the  seven 
last  plagues"  Apoc.  xv.  1,  6,  7  ;  chap.  xxi.  9  ;  are  not  seven 
spirits,  nor  6even  seals,  nor  seven  angels,  seven  vials,  and  seven 
plagues,  which  are  signified,  but  that  they  denote  all  things  even 
to  the  full.  In  like  manner  by  "  the  barren  bearing  seven"  1  Sara, 
ii.  5,  are  not  meant  seven,  but  much  even  to  the  full.  Inasmuch 
as  seven  had  such  a  signification,  therefore  it  was  ordained, 
"  That  a  priest  should  be  clothed  with  garments  seven  days  when 
he  was  initiated,"  Exod.  xxix.  30.  That  "  His  hands  should  be 
filled  seven  days"  verse  35  of  the  same  chapter.  "  That  the  altar 
should  be  sanctified  seven  days"  verse  37  of  the  same  chapter. 
"  That  they  who  were  initiated  into  the  priesthood  should  not  de- 
part from  the  tent  seven  days"  Levit.  viii.  33,  34.  In  like  man- 
ner, "  When  the  unclean  spirit  went  forth  from  the  man  and 
returned  with  seven  others,  Matt.  xii.  43,  44,  45  ;  Luke  xi.  26. 
Also,  u  If  a  brother  should  sin  seven  limes  in  a  day,  and  should 
turu  seven  times,  it  should  be  remitted  to  him,"  Luke  xvii.  4. 


9229.J 


EXODUS. 


93 


And,  "  That  the  heart  of  Nebuchadnezzar  should  be  changed 
from  a  man,  and  the  heart  of  a  beast  should  be  given  him,  until 
seven  times  hud  passed,"  Dan.  iv.  16,  23,  25.  Hence  also  it  was, 
"That  Job's  friends  sat  on  the  earth  with  him  seven  days  and 
seven  nights,  and  spake  nothing  to  him,"  Job  ii.  13.  That  seventy 
in  like  manner  signifies  what  is  full,  see  n.  6508  ;  also  a  week 
[or  seven  days],  n.  2014:,  3845.  From  these  considerations  if 
may  now  be  manifest,  that  by  the  eighth  day  is  signified  the 
beginning  of  a  following  state. 

9229.  "  And  ye  shall  be  men  of  holiness  to  Me  " — that  here- 
by is  signified  the  state  of  life  in  such  case  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  men  of  holiness,  as  denoting  those  who 
are  led  of  the  Lord,  for  the  Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from 
the  Lord  is  the  holy  [principle]  itself,  n.  6788,  7499,  8127,  8302, 
8806  ;  hence  they  who  receive  it  by  faith,  and  also  by  love,  are 
called  holy.  He  who  believes  that  man  is  holy  from  any  other 
source,  and  that  any  thing  else  appertaining  to  him  is  holy,  than 
what  is  from  the  Lord,  and  is  received,  is  very  greatly  deceived, 
for  that  which  is  of  man,  and  is  called  his  proprium,  is  evil. 
That  the  proprium  of  man  is  nothing  but  evil,  see  n.  210,  215, 
694,  874,  875,  876,  987,  1047,  4328^  5660,  5786,  84S1,  8944. 
And  that  so  far  as  man  can  be  withheld  from  his  proprium, 
so  far  the  Lord  can  be  present,  thus  that  so  far  man  has  a  holy 
principle,  n.  1023,  1044,  1581,  2256,  2406,  2411,  8206,  8393, 
8988,  9014.  That  the  Lord  is  alone  holy,  and  that  that  alone 
is  holy  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord,  thus  that  which  man 
receives  from  the  Lord,  is  evident  from  the  AVord  throughout ; 
as  in  John,  "  I  sanctify  [make  holy]  Myself,  that  they  also 
may  be  sanctified  in  the  truth"  xvii.  19;  where  to  sanctify 
Himself,  is  to  make  Himself  Divine  from  His  own  proper 
power.  Hence  they  are  said  to  be  sanctified  in  the  truth,  who 
receive  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  Him  by  faith  and 
life.  Wherefore  the  Lord  also  after  His  resurrection,  speak- 
ing with  the  disciples,  breathed  upon  them,  and  said,  "  Re- 
ceive ye  the  Holy  Spirit"  xx.  22.  Breathing  was  a  represen- 
tative of  vivitication  by  faith  and  love,  as  also  in  the  second 
chapter  of  Genesis,  "  Jehovah  breathed  into  his  nostrils  the 
breath  of  lives,  and  man  was  made  into  a  living  soul,"  verse  7 ; 
in  like  manner  in  other  passages,  as  Psalm  xxxiii.  6  ;  Psalm 
civ.  29,  30  ;  Job  xxxii.  8  ;  chap,  xxxiii.  4  ;  John  iii.  8.  Hence 
also  the  Word  is  said  to  be  inspired  because  from  the  Lord,  and 
they  are  said  to  be  inspired  who  wrote  the  Word  ;  that  respira- 
tion, thus  inspiration,  corresponds  to  the  life  of  faith,  seen.  97, 
1119,  1120,  3883  to  3896.  Hence  it  is  that  spirit  in  the  Word  ia 
also  called  wind,  and  that  the  holy  [principle]  from  the  Lord.is 
called  the  wind  of  Jehovah,  n.  8286  ;  and  that  the  Holy  Spirit  is 
the  holy  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  n.  8704,  4673, 
5307,  678t>,  6982,  6993,  8127,  ^3o2,  9199.    As  also  in  John. 


94 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


"  That  the  Lord  baptized  with  the  Holy  Spirit"  i.  33.  And  in 
Luke,  "That  He  baptized  with  the  Holy  Spirit  and  with  tire/' 
iii.  16  ;  to  baptize  in  the  internal  sense,  signities  to  regenerate,  n. 
4255,  5120,  9088 ;  to  baptize  with  the  Holy  Spirit  and  with  tire  is 
to  regenerate  by  the  good  of  love;  that  tire  is  the  good  ot'love,see 
n.  934,  4906,  5215,  6314,  6S32,  6834,  6849,  7324.  And  in 
John,  "Who  shall  not  fear  Thee,  O  Lord,  and  glorify  Thy 
name,  because  Thou  only  art  holy"  Rev.  xv.  4.  And  it  is  said 
by  the  angel  concerning  the  Lord  In  Luke,  "  What  is  holy  shall 
be  born  of  Thee"  i.  35.  And  in  Daniel,  "  I  saw  in  the  visions 
of  my  head  upon  my  bed,  and  behold  a  watcher  and  a  Holy 
[one]  came  down  from  heaven,"  iv.  13  ;  where  what  is  holy 
and  the  Holy  One  denote  the  Lord.  Inasmuch  as  the  Lord 
alone  is  holy,  therefore  He  is  called  the  Holy  One  of  Israel, 
the  Redeemer,  Preserver,  Regenerator,  in  the  Old  Testament ; 
as  in  Isaiah  i.  4 ;  chap.  v.  19,  24 ;  chap.  x.  20 ;  chap.  xii.  6 ; 
chap.  xvii.  7;  chap.  xxix.  19  ;  chap.  xxx.  11,  12,  15;  chap, 
xxxi.  1  ;  chap,  xxxvii.  23  ;  chap.  xli.  14,  16,  20 ;  chap,  xliii. 
3,  14;  chap.  xlv.  11;  chap,  xlvii.  4;  chap,  xlviii.  17;  chap, 
xlix.  7 ;  chap.  liv.  5 ;  chap.  lv.  5  ;  chap.  Ix.  9,  14 ;  Jer.  1.  29  ; 
chap.  li.  5  ;  Ezek.  xxxix.  7  ;  Psalm  lxxi.  22  ;  Psalm  lxxviii.  41 ; 
Psalm  lxxxix.  18;  and  therefore  the  Lord  in  heaven,  and 
hence  heaven  itself,  is  called,  "  The  habitation  of  holi/iess," 
Jer.  xxxi.  23  ;  Isaiah  Ixiii.  15.  Also  sanctuary,  Exodus  xxv. ; 
Ezek.  xi.  16;  chap.  xxiv.  21.  And  also,  "  The  mountain  of 
holiness"  Psalm  xlviii.  1.  For  the  same  reason,  the  midst  of 
the  tent,  where  the  ark  was,  containing  the  law,  was  called  the 
Holy  of  Holies,  Exod.  xxvi.  33,  34 ;  for  by  the  law  in  the  ark 
in  the  midst  of  the  tent,  was  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the 
"Word,  for  the  law  is  the  Word,  n.  6752,  7463.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest  from  what  ground  it  is  that 
the  angels  are  called  holy,  Matt.  xxv.  31 ;  Mark  viii.  38  ;  Luke 
ix.  26  ;  Psalm  cxlix.  1  ;  Dan.  viii.  13  ;  and  also  the  prophets, 
Luke  i.  70  ;  and  likewise  the  apostles,  Apoc.  xviii.  20.  Not  that 
they  are  holy  of  themselves,  but  of  the  Lord,  who  alone  is  holy, 
and  from  whom  alone  comes  what  is  holy  ;  for  by  angels  are 
signified  truths,  because  thev  are  receptions  of  truth  from  the 
Lord,  n.  1925,  4085,  4295,  4402,  7268,  7873,  8192,  8301, 
by  prophets  the  doctrine  of  truth  which  is  by  the  Word  from 
the  Lord,  n.  2534,  7269 ;  and  by  apostles  all  truths  and 
goods  of  faith  in  the  complex,  which  are  from  the  Lord,  n.  3488, 
3858,  6397.  The  sanctitications  amongst  the  Israelitish  and 
Jewish  people  were  for  this  purpose,  that  the  Lord  might  be 
represented,  who  alone  is  holy,  and  that  the  Holy  [principle] 
might  be  represented  which  is  from  Him  alone.  Hence  the 
sanctijication  of  Aaron  and  his  sons,  Exod.  xxix.  1,  and  follow- 
ing verses ;  Levit.  viii.  10, 11, 13,  30.  The  sanclijication  of  'their 
garments,  Exod.  xxviii.  verse  41,  and  following  verses.  The 


9229.] 


EXODUS. 


95 


sanctificatum  of  the  altar,  that  it  might  be  the  Holiness  of 
Holinesses,  Exod.  xxix.  36,  and  following  verses.    The  sancti- 
Ocation  of  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  of  the  ark  of  the  tedimony,  of 
the  table,  of  all  the  vessels,  of  the  altar  of  incense,  of  the  altar  of 
burnt-offering,  and  of  its  vessels,  and  of  the  lamer  and  its  base, 
Exod.  xxx.  26,  and  following  verses.   That  the  Lord  is  the  Holy 
[principle]  itself  which  was  represented,  is  also  evident  from 
the  Lord's  words  in  Matthew,  viewed  in  the  internal  sense,  "  Ye 
fools  and  blind,  whether  is  greater,  the  gold,  or  the  temple  which 
sanctifies  the  gold  ;  and  whether  is  greater,  the  gift,  or  the  altar 
which  sanctifies  the  gift,"  xxiii.  17,  19.    By  the  temple  was  re- 
presented the  Lord  Himself,  and  also  by  the  altar ;  and  by  the 
<;old  was  signified  the  good  which  is  from  the  Lord,  and  by  the 
gift  or  sacrifice  were  signified  the  things  which  are  of  faith  and 
charity  from  the  Lord.    That  the  Lord  was  represented  by  the 
temple,  see  n.  2777,  3720  ;  and  that  He  was  represented  by 
the  altar,  see  n.  2777,  2811,  4189,  8935,  S910  ;  that  by  gold  is 
signified  good  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  1551,  1552,  5658  ;  and  by 
sacrifice  worship  grounded  in  faith  and  charitv  which  are  from 
the  Lord,  n.  922,  923,  2805,  2807,  2830,  6905,  8680,  8682,8936. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident  on  what  ground  it 
"is,  that  the  sons  of  Israel  were  called  a  holy  people,  Dent,  xxvi 
16,  19,  and  elsewhere;  and  in  the  present  passage,  men  cf  holi- 
ness, namely,  that  it  was  from  this  ground,  because  in  singular 
the  things  of  their  worship  were  represented  the  Divine  things 
of  the  Lord,  and  the  celestial  and  spiritual  things  of  his  king- 
dom and  church  ;  wherefore  they  were  called  holy  in  a  repre- 
sentative sense.     They  were  not  on  that  account  themselves 
holy,  because  representatives  had  respect  to  the  holy  things 
which  were  represented,  and  not  to  the  person  who  represen- 
ted, see  n.  665,  1097, 1361,  3117,  3881,  4208,  4281,  42S8,  4292, 
4307,  4444,  4500,  6304,  7048,  7439,  8588,  8788,  8806.  Hence 
also  it  is  that  Jerusalem  was  called  holy,  and  Zion  the  mountain 
of  holiness,  Zech.  viii.  3,  and  elsewhere.    Also  in  Matthew, 
"  And  the  monuments  were  opened,  and  many  bodies  of  dead 
saints  arose,  and  going  forth  out  of  their  monuments  after  the 
Lord's  resurrection,  entered  into  the  holy  city,  and  appeared  to 
many,"  xxvii.  52,  53;  Jerusalem  is  here  called  the  holy  city, 
when  yet  it  was  rather  profane,  because  the  Lord  at  that  time 
was  there  crucified  ;  and  on  this  account  it  is  called  Sodom  and 
Egypt  in  the  Apocalypse,  "Their  bodies  shall  lie  upon  the 
street  of  the  great  city,  which  is  spiritually  called  Sodom  and 
Egypt,  where  also  our  Lord  was  crucified,"  xi.  8  ;  but  it  is  called 
holy  from  this  consideration,  that  it  signifies  the  Lord's  king- 
dom and  church,  n.  402,  2117,  3654.    Dead  saints  appearing 
there,  which  was  done  to  some  in  vision,  signify  the  salvation 
of  those  who  were  of  the  spiritual  church,  and  their  elevation 
into  the  holy  Jerusalem,  which  is  heaven,  who  yet  till  that 


96 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


time  were  detained  in  the  lower  earth,  concerning  whom,  see 
n.  6854,  6914,  7090,  7823,  7932i,  8042,  8054,  8159,  8321. 

9230.  "  And  flesh  torn  to  pieces  in  a  field  ye  shall  not  eat " — ■ 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  falsified  good  of  faith  shall  not 
be  conjoined,  appears  f-om  the  signification  of  flesh,  as  denoting 

food,  see  n.  7850,  9127 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  field,  as 
enoting  the  church  as  to  good,  thus  the  good  of  the  church, 
see  n.  2971,  3766,  7502,  7571,  9141  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  what  is  torn  in  pieces,  as  denoting  what  is  destroyed  by 
falses,  thus  also  what  is  falsified,  see  n.  5828  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  eating,  as  denoting  to  appropriate  and  conjoin, 
see  n.  2187,  316S,  3513,  3596,  4745,  5643,  8001.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  by  the  words,  "  Ye  shall  not  eat  flesh  torn  to  pieces 
in  a  field,"  is  signified  that  the  good  of  the  church,  or  the  good 
of  faith  falsified  ought  not  to  be  appropriated,  or  conjoined.  It 
may  be  expedient  here  briefly  to  say  what  the  good  of  faith  is, 
and  what  the  truth  of  faith.  All  that  of  the  church  is  called  the 
good  of  faith,  which  concerns  life  and  use  derived  from  those 
things  which  the  doctrine  of  the  faith  of  the  church  teaches; 
in  a  word,  which  concerns  willing  those  things  and  doing  them 
from  obedience,  for  the  truths  of  the  faith  of  the  church  by 
willing  and  doing  them  become  goods.  But  all  that  is  called 
the  truth  of  faith,  which  as  yet  is  without  end  of  use,  or  for  the 
6ake  of  life,  consequently  which  is  known  and  kept  in  the 
memoiy,  and  is  thence  apprehended  with  the  intellect,  and 
taught  from  the  intellect;  for  the  truths  of  the  church,  so  long 
as  they  do  not  go  further,  are  only  knowledges  and  scientifics, 
and  in  respect  to  goods  are  out  of  the  man  himself;  for  man's 
memory  and  understanding  are  a6  a  court,  and  the  will  is  as  a 
chamber,  for  the  will  is  the  man  himself.  Hence  it  is  evident 
what  the  truth  of  faith  is,  and  what  the  good  of  faith.  But  the 
good  which  man  does  in  the  first  6tate,  during  regeneration, 
is  called  the  good  of  faith;  whereas  the  good  which  lie  does  in 
the  other  state,  namely,  when  he  is  regenerated,  is  called  the 
good  of  charity.  Wherefore  when  man  does  good  from  the  good 
of  faith,  he  does  good  from  obedience;  but  when  he  does  good 
from  the  good  of  charity,  he  does  good  from  affection ;  con- 
cerning those  two  states  appertaining  to  the  man  who  is  regene- 
rating, see  n.  7923,  7992,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8512,  8516,  8643, 
864S,  865S,  8685,  8690,  8701,  9224,  9227. 

9231.  "  He  shall  cast  it  to  the  dog  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied that  it  is  unclean,  appears  from  the  signification  of  dogs,  as 
denoting  those  who  render  the  good  of  faith  unclean  by  falsifi- 
cations ;  for  all  beasts  in  the  Word  signify  affections  and  incli- 
nations such  as  are  those  which  appertain  to  man,  the  tame  and 
useful  beasts  good  affections  and  inclinations,  but  the  wild  and 
useless  beasts  evil  affections  and  inclinations.  The  reason  why 
audi  things  are  signified  by  beasts  is,  because  the  external  or 


9230,  9231.] 


EXODUS. 


97 


natural  man  enjoys  similar  affections  and  inclinations,  and 
similar  appetites  and  similar  senses  to  those  of  the  beasts.  But 
the  difference  is,  that  man  has  an  internal  principle,  which  is 
called  the  internal  man,  which  man  is  so  distinct  from  the  ex- 
ternal, that  it  can  see  the  things  which  exist  in  this  latter,  and 
rule  over  them,  and  restrain  them ;  and  can  also  be  elevated 
into  heaven  even  to  the  Lord,  and  thereby  be  conjoined  to  Him 
in  thought  and  affection,  consequently  in  faith  and  love  ;  which 
also  is  so  distinct  from  the  external,  that  it  may  be  separated 
from  it  after  death,  and  then  live  to  eternity ;  by  these  things 
man  is  distinguished  from  the  beasts.  But  they  who  are  merely 
natural  and  sensual  men,  do  not  see  these  things,  for  their 
internal  man  is  closed  towards  heaven;  wherefore  neither  do 
they  know  how  to  make  any  other  distinction  between  man  and 
beast,  than  that  man  has  the  power  of  speech,  which  yet  mere 
sensual  men  make  of  little  account.  The  reason  why  dogs 
signify  those  who  render  the  good  of  faith  unclean  by  falsifica- 
tions is,  because  dogs  eat  unclean  things,  and  also  bark  at,  and 
bite  men.  Hence  also  it  is,  that  the  nations,  which  out  of  the 
church  were  in  falses  derived  from  evil,  were  by  the  Jews  called 
dogs,  and  were  accounted  most  vile.  That  they  were  called 
dogs,  is  evident  from  the  Lord's  words  to  the  Greek  woman  the 
Syrophenician,  whose  daughter  was  ill  vexed  by  a  demon,  "  It 
is  not  good  to  take  the  bread  of  the  sons,  and  cast  it  to  dogs. 
But  she  said,  certainly  Lord,  nevertheless  the  dogs  eat  of  the 
crumbs  which  fall  from  the  table  of  their  lords"  Matt.  xv.  26, 
27 ;  Mark  vii.  27,  28.  That  in  this  passage  by  dogs  are  signi- 
fied those  who  were  out  of  the  church,  and  by  sons  those  who 
were  within  the  church,  is  evident  in  like  manner  in  Luke, 
"  There  was  a  certain  rich  man,  who  was  clothed  in  purple  and 
fine  linen,  and  fared  sumptuously  every  day.  And  there  was 
a  poor  man  named  Lazarus,  who  was  cast  at  his  door  full  of 
sores,  and  desiring  to  be  filed  with  the  crumbs  that  fell  from  the 
rich  man's  table  y  moreover  the  dogs  coming  licked  his  sores," 
xvi.  19,  20,  21.  Where  by  the  rich  man  clothed  in  purple  and 
fine  linen,  are  signified  those  who  are  within  the  church,  the 
purple  and  fine  linen  with  which  he  was  clothed,  being  the 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth  from  the  Word  ;  by  the  poor  man 
are  signified  those  who,  within  the  church,  are  in  little  good  by 
reason  of  their  ignorance  of  truth,  and  still  desire  to  be  in- 
structed, n.  9209  ;  the  reason  why  he  is  called  Lazarus  was  from 
Lazarus  who  was  raised  up  by  the  Lord,  of  whom  it  is  said, 
that  the  Lord  loved  him,  John  xi.  1,  2,  3,  36  ;  and  that  he  was 
his  friend,  John  xi.  11 ;  and  that  he  lay  with  the  Lord  at  table, 
John  xii.  2 ;  his  desire  to  be  filled  by  the  crumbs  which  fell 
from  the  riih  man's  table,  signified  his  desire  of  learning  a  few 
truths  from  those  who  within  the  church  were  in  abundance ; 
the  dogs  who  licked  his  sores  denote  those  who,  out  of  the 
VOL.  ix.  7 


98 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxii. 


church,  are  in  good,  although  not  the  genuine  good  of  faith ; 
to  lick  sores  denotes  to  heal  them  as  far  as  possible.  And  in 
the  Apocalypse,  "  Without  are  dogs,  enchanters,  and  whore- 
mongers," xxii.  15  ;  where  dogs,  enchanters,  and  whoremongers 
denote  those  who  falsify  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  who  are 
said  to  be  without,  when  out  of  heaven  or  the  church.  That 
good  falsified,  and  thus  made  unclean,  is  signified  by  dogs,  is 
also  evident  in  Matthew,  "  Give  not  that  which  is  holy  to  dogs, 
neither  cast  your  pearls  before  swine,"  vii.  6.  And  in  Moses, 
"Thou  shalt  not  bring  the  hire  of  a  whore,  and  .he  price  of  a 
dog,  into  the  house  of  Jehovah,  as  to  any  vow  whatsoever, 
because  both  are  the  abomination  of  thy  God,"  Dent,  xxiii. 
18.  The  hire  of  a  whore  denotes  the  falsified  truths  of  faith. 
That  whoredom  is  the  falsification  of  the  truth  of  faith,  see  n. 
2466,  2729,  4865,  8904.  And  in  David,  "  Bogs  compassed  me 
about,  the  companies  of  the  malignant  surrounded  me,  piercing 
my  hands  and  feet ;  deliver  my  soul  from  the  sword,  and  mine 
only  one  from  the  hand  of  the  dog,"  Psalm  xxii.  16,  20 ;  where 
dogs  denote  those  who  destroy  the  goods  of  faith,  who  on  that 
account  are  called  the  companies  of  the  malignant.  To  deliver 
the  soul  from  the  sword,  denotes  from  the  false  vastating  the 
truth  of  faith.  That  sword  is  the  false  vastating  the  truth  ot 
faith,  see  n.  2799,  4499,  6353,  7102,  8294 ;  and  that  soul  is 
the  life  of  faith,  n.  9050.  Hence  also  it  is  evident,  that  to 
deliver  the  only  one  from  the  hand  of  the  dog,  denotes  from 
the  false  vastating  the  good  of  faith.  That  they  were  to  be 
delivered  up,  and  to  be  eaten  by  dogs,  1  Kings  xiv.  11 ;  chap, 
xvi.  4 ;  chap.  xxi.  23,  24  ;  2  Kings  ix.  10,  36  ;  Jer.  xv.  3  ;  sig- 
nified that  they  should  perish  by  unclean  things.  That  they 
compared  themselves  to  dead  dogs,  1  Sam.  xxiv.  14 ;  2  Sam.  iii. 
8  ;  cnap.  ix.  8  ;  chap.  xvi.  9,  signified  that  they  were  to  be  ac- 
counted as  most  vile,  who  were  to  be  cast  out.  What  is  further 
signified  by  dogs,  see  n.  7784. 


CONCERNING  THE  SPIRITS  OF  THE  MOON. 

9232.  CERTAIN  spirits  appeared  above  the  head,  and 
thence  were  heard  voices  as  thunders  ;  for  their  voices  thunder- 
ed no  otherwise  than  as  thunders  from  clouds  after  lightning. 
I  conjectured  that  there  was  a  great  multitude  of  spirits,  who 
had  learnt  to  give  an  expression  of  the  voice  with  such  a  sound. 
The  more  simple  spirits  who  were  attendant  on  me,  laughed  at 
them,  which  I  was  much  surprised  at ;  the  reason  of  their  laugh- 
ter was  presently  discovered,  which  was,  that  the  spirits  who 
thundered  were  not  many  but  few,  and  were  also  little  of  stat- 
ure, like  boys;  and  that  they  first  by  such  sounds  excited  terror 
and  yet  could  not  do  the  least  hurt. 


9232—9238.] 


EXODUS. 


99 


9233.  That  I  might  know  what  was  their  quality,  some  were 
let  down  from  on  high  where  they  thundered,and  what  is  wonder- 
ful, one  carried  another  on  the  back,  and  thus  the  two  approach- 
ed me  ;  they  appeared  of  a  countenance  not  unhandsome,  but 
longer  than  the  countenances  of  other  spirits  ;  their  stature 
was  like  the  stature  of  a  boy  of  seven  years  old,  but  their  bodies 
were  more  robust ;  thus  they  were  dwarfs  [homunciones].  1 
was  told  by  the  angels  that  they  were  from  the  Moon. 

9234.  He  who  was  carried  by  the  other,  on  being  let  down, 
came  to  me,  applying  himself  to  the  left  side  beneath  the  el- 
bow, and  thence  discoursed ,  saying,  that  when  they  utter  their 
voice,  they  so  thunder,  and  that  thereby  they  terrify  the  spirits 
v)ho  are  disposed  to  do  them  evil,  and  put  some  to  flight,  and 
that  thus  they  go  safe  whithersoever  they  will.  That  I  might 
know  of  a  certainty,  that  such  was  their  noise,  he  retired  from 
me  to  some  others,  but  not  absolutely  out  of  sight,  and  in  like 
manner  thundered.  And  they  further  showed,  that  their  voice, 
emitted  from  the  abdomen  like  an  eructation,  thus  thundered. 

9235.  It  was  perceivable  that  the  ground  of  this  [phenome- 
non] was  this,  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  moon  did  not  speak 
from  the  lungs,  like  the  inhabitants  of  other  earths,  but  from 
the  abdomen,  and  thus  from  some  air  there  collected,  by  rea- 
son that  the  moon  is  not  encompassed  with  an  atmosphere  similai 
to  that  of  the  other  earths. 

9236.  I  have  been  instructed,  that  the  inhabitants  of  the 
Moon  in  the  Grand  Man  have  reference  to  the  ensiform  or 
xiphoid  cartilage,  to  which  the  ribs  are  annexed  in  front,  and 
from  which  descends  the  fascia  alba,  which  is  a  fulcrum  for  the 
muscles  of  the  abdomen. 

9237.  Tliat  there  are  inhabitants  even  in  the  Moon,  is  known 
to  spirits  and  angels,  for  they  often  discourse  with  them  ;  in 
like  manner  that  there  are  inhabitants  in  the  moons  or  satellites 
which  revolve  about  Jupiter  and  Saturn.  They  who  have  not 
teen  and  discoursed  with  spirits  from  those  moons,  still  enter- 
tain no  doubt  but  that  they  are  inhabited  by  men,  because  they 
are  earths  alike  with  the  planets,  and  wheresoever  an  earth  is, 
there  are  men-inhabitants  ;  for  man  is  the  end  for  which  every 
earth  ivas  created,  and  nothing  was  made  by  the  Great  Creator 
without  an  end.  That  the  end  of  creation  is  the  human  race, 
as  a  supply  for  heaven,  may  be  manifest  to  every  one  who  thinks 
from  reason.  The  angels  also  say,  that  an  earth  without  the 
human  race  cannot  subsist,  because  the  Divine  [being  or  prin- 
ciple] regards  all  things  in  an  earth  for  the  sake  of  man. 

9238.  At  the  close  of  the  following  chapter  will  be  shown, 
why  the  Lord  was  willing  to  be  born  on  our  earth,  and  not  on 
another. 


100 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiiL 


EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY-THIRD. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9239.  MENTION  is  made  of  believing  in  God,  and  of  be- 
lieving those  things  which  are  from  God.  To  believe  in  God  is 
the  faith  which  is  saving ;  but  to  believe  those  things  which 
are  from  God,  is  a  faith  which  without  the  former  is  not  saving ; 
for  to  believe  in  God  is  to  know  and  to  do  ;  but  to  believe  those 
things  which  are  from  God,  is  to  know  and  yet  not  to  do.  They 
who  are  truly  Christians,  both  know  and  do,  thus  believe  in 
God  ;  but  they  who  are  not  truly  Christians,  know  and  do  not ; 
these  latter  however  are  called  by  the  Lord  foolish,  but  the 
former  prudent,  Matt.  vii.  24,  26. 

9240.  The  learned  within  the  church  call  the  above  faith, 
which  is  saving,  trust  and  confidence,  which  is,  that  God  the 
Father  sent  His  Son,  to  reconcile  mankind  to  Himself,  and 
thereby  to  save  those  who  have  that  faith. 

9241.  But  in  regard  to  the  trust  and  confidence,  which  is 
called  faith  itself,  the  case  is  this.  They  who  are  in  the  love  of 
self  and  of  the  world,  that  is,  who  are  in  evils  and  the  falses 
thence  derived,  cannot  have  that  faith,  for  their  heart  is  not  to 
God,  but  to  themselves  and  to  the  world  ;  whereas  they  who 
are  in  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  in  love  to  the  Lord, 
they  can  have  such  faith,  for  their  heart  is  to  the  Lord.  This 
also  the  Lord  teaches  in  John,  "  As  many  as  received  Him,  to 
them  gave  He  power  to  become  the  sons  of  God,  believing  in  His 
name  :  who  are  born  not  of  bloods,  nor  of  the  loill  of  the  flesh, 
nor  of  the  will  of  man,  but  of  God,"  i.  12,  13  ;  they  who  are 
born  of  bloods,  of  the  will  of  the  flesh,  and  of  the  will  of  man, 
are  they  who  are  principled  in  what  is  evil  and  false  derived 
from  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world;  and  they  who-areborn 
of  God,  are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith 
from  the  Lord,  see  n.  5826. 

9242.  Confidence,  which  in  an  eminent  sense  is  called  faith, 
appears  as  .spiritual  confidence  even  with  the  evil,  when  life  is 
endangered,  and  when  they  are  sick;  but  they,  inasmuch  as 
they  then  think  concerning  the  state  of  their  life  after  death, 
either  from  the  fear  of  hell,  or  from  self-love  in  regard  to  hea- 
ven, have  not  the  confidetiee  of  faith  ;  for  what  is  of  tear,  this 
is  not  from  the  heart,  and  what  is  from  self-love,  this  is  from 
an  evil  heart;  wherefore  such  persons,  when  they  return  to 
security  of  life,  or  when  thoy  recover  from  disease,  return 


9239—9245.] 


EXODUS. 


101 


to  their  former  life,  which  was  a  life  of  no  confidence,  or  a  life 
of  no  faith.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  faith, 
which  is  called  confidence,  cannot  have  place  except  with  those 
who  are  in  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  in  love  to  the  Lord. 

9243.  The  faith  which  is  meant  by  believing  those  things 
which  are  from  God,  that  is,  the  truths  which  are  from  the 
Word,  in  like  manner  cannot  have  place  with  those  who  are  in 
evils  derived  from  self-love,  or  the  love  of  the  world  ;  for  the 
love  of  self  and  of  the  world  either  rejects,  or  extinguishes,  or 
perverts,  the  truths  of  faith,  n.  7491,  7492.  Hence  it  is  further 
evident,  that  neither  cau  such  persons  have  the  confidence  of 
faith  ;  for  he  who  does  not  believe  the  truths  which  are  from 
God,  cannot  believe  in  God,  because  to  believe  in  God  is  to  do 
so  by  virtue  of  the  truths  which  are  from  God. 

9244.  All  who  are  in  heavenly  love  have  confidence  that  they 
are  saved  by  the  Lord,  for  they  believe  that  the  Lord  came  into 
the  world,  to  give  eternal  life  to  those  who  believe  and  live  ac- 
cording to  the  precepts  which  He  taught,  and  that  these  He  re- 
generates, and  thereby  renders  them  meet  for  heaven  ;  and  that 
He  does  this  Himself  alone  without  the  aid  of  man,  out  of  pure 
mercy.    This  is  meant  by  believing  in  the  Lord. 

9245.  That  they  alone  are  in  faith,  who  live  accordiug  to  the 
precepts  of  faith,  the  Lord  teaches  in  John,  "  Light  is  come 
into  the  world,  but  men  loved  darkness  rather  than  light,  because 
their  works  were  evil,  every  one  who  doeth  evils,  hateth  the 
tight,  and  cometh  not  to  the  light,  lest  his  works  should  be  re- 
proved: but  he  who  doeth  truth,  cometh  to  the  light,  that  his 
works  may  be  manifested,  that  they  are  wrought  in  God," 
iii.  19,  20,  21 ;  to  come  to  the  light  is  to  faith  in  the  Lord, 
thus  to  faith  from  the  Lord.  In  like  manner  in  Luke,  "  Why 
call  ye  Me  Lord,  Lord,  and  do  not  the  things  which  L  say? 
every  one  that  cometh  to  Me,  and  heareth  My  discourses,  and 
doeth  them,  is  like  unto  a  man  that  built  a  house,  who  set  the 
foundation  on  a  rock :  but  he  who  heareth  and  doeth  not,  is  like 
unto  a  man  building  a  house  upon  ground  without  a  foundation ," 
vi.  46  to  the  end ;  they  who  do  the  Lord's  discourses  or  words, 
are  they  who  love  the  neighbor  and  love  the  Lord,  for  who- 
soever loves,  he  does;  John  xiv.  20,  21,  23,  24;  chap.  xv. 
9  to  17. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

1.  THOU  shalt  not  bring  a  report  of  vanity:  put  not  thine 
hand  with  the  wicked  to  be  a  witness  of  violence. 

2.  Thou  shalt  not  be  after  many  to  evils  ;  and  thou  shalt  not 
answer  upon  a  dispute  to  decline  after  many  to  pervert  [it]. 


102 


EXODUS. 


[Chai\  xxiiu 


3.  And  a  poor  man  thou  shalt  not  revere  in  his  dispute. 

4.  When  thou  uieetest  the  ox  of  thiiie  adversary,  or  his  ass, 
going  astray,  bringing  back  thou  shalt  bring  it  back  to  him. 

5.  When  thou  seest  the  ass  of  him  that  hateth  thee  lying 
under  his  burden,  and  wouldest  cease  from  removing  [it]  for 
him,  removing  thou  shalt  remove  [it]  with  him. 

6.  Thou  shalt  not  turn  aside  the  judgment  of  thy  needy  one 
in  his  dispute. 

7.  From  the  word  of  a  lie  thou  shalt  set  thyself  far  off;  and 
slay  not  the  innocent  and  the  just,  because  I  will  not  justify 
the  wicked. 

8.  And  a  gift  thou  shalt  not  receive,  because  a  gift  blindeth 
those  that  have  their  eyes  open,  and  perverts  the  words  of  the 
just. 

9.  And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  oppress  ;  and  ye  know  the 
soul  of  a  sojourner,  because  ye  have  been  sojourners  in  the  land 
of  Egypt. 

10.  And  six  years  thou  shalt  sow  thy  land,  and  shalt  gather 
together  the  produce  thereof. 

11.  And  in  the  seventh  thou  shalt  let  it  rest  and  be  still,  and 
the  needy  of  thy  people  shall  eat  together,  and  the  residue 
thereof  the  wild  beast  of  the  held  shall  eat  ;  so  shalt  thou  do 
to  thy  vineyard,  to  thine  olive-yard. 

12.  Six  days  shalt  thou  do  thy  works,  and  on  the  seventh 
day  thou  shalt  cease,  to  the  intent  that  thine  ox  may  rest,  and 
thine  ass,  and  the  son  of  thine  handmaid  may  respire,  and  the 
sojourner. 

13.  And  all  that  I  have  said  to  you  ye  shall  keep :  and  the 
name  of  other  gods  ye  shall  not  mention,  and  it  shall  not  be 
heard  upon  thy  mouth. 

14.  Three  times  thou  shalt  keep  a  feast  to  Me  in  the  year. 

15.  The  feast  of  unleavened  bread  thou  shalt  keep;  seven 
days  thou  shalt  eat  unleavened  bread,  as  I  have  commanded 
thee,  to  the  stated  time  of  the  month  Abib,  because  in  it  thou 
earnest  forth  out  of  Egypt:  and  My  faces  shall  not  be  seen 
empty. 

16.  And  the  feast  of  harvest,  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy  works, 
which  thou  hast  sown  in  the  field  ;  and  the  feast  of  gathering 
together  in  the  going  out  of  the  year,  in  thy  fathering  together 
thy  works  out  of  the  field. 

17.  Three  times  in  the  year  shall  every  male  of  thine  be  seen 
to  the  face6  of  the  Lokd  J ehovah. 

18.  Thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  upon  what  is  leavened  the  blood 
of  My  sacrifice :  and  the  fat  of  My  feast  shall  not  pass  the 
night  even  to  the  morning. 

19.  The  first  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy  ground  thou  shalt  brine 
into  the  house  of  Jkhovah  thy  God  :  thou  shalt  not  boil  a  kid 
in  the  milk  of  its  mother. 


9246.] 


EXODUS. 


103 


20.  Behold  I  send  an  angel  before  thee,  to  keep  thee  in  the 
way,  and  to  bring  thee  to  the  place,  which  I  have  prepared. 

21.  Take  heed  of  his  face,  and  hear  his  voice,  lest  thou  em- 
bitter him,  because  he  will  not  bear  your  prevarication,  because 
My  name  is  in  the  midst  of  him. 

22.  Because  if  hearing  thou  shalt  hear  his  voice,  and  shalt 
do  all  that  I  speak,  I  will  act  as  an  adversary  to  thine  adver- 
saries, and  will  act  as  an  enemy  to  thine  enemies. 

23.  When  mine  angel  shall  go  before  thee,  and  shall  have 
brought  thee  to  the  Amorite,  and  the  Hittite,  and  Perrizzite, 
and  the  Canaanite,  the  Hivite,  and  the  Jebusite,  and  I  shall 
cut  him  off ; 

24.  Thou  shalt  not  bow  thyself  to  their  gods,  and  shalt  not 
serve  them,  and  shalt  not  do  according  to  their  works,  because 
destroying  thou  shalt  destroy  them,  and  breaking  in  pieces 
thou  shalt  break  in  pieces  their  statutes. 

25.  And  ye  shall  serve  Jehovah  your  God,  and  he  will 
bless  thy  bread  and  thy  waters,  and  I  will  remove  disease  from 
the  midst  of  thee. 

26.  There  shall  not  be  what  is  abortive  and  barren  in  thy 
land  ;  the  number  of  thy  days  I  will  fill. 

27.  My  terror  I  will  send  before  thee,  and  will  disturb  all 
the  people  to  whom  thou  shalt  come,  and  I  will  give  all  thine 
adversaries  to  thee,  the  neck. 

28.  And  I  will  send  the  hornet  before  thee,  and  he  will 
drive  out  the  Hivite,  the  Canaanite,  and  the  Hittite  from  be- 
fore thee. 

29.  I  will  not  drive  him  out  from  before  thee  in  one  year, 
lest  peradventure  the  land  be  desolate,  and  the  wild  beast  of 
the  field  be  multiplied  upon  thee. 

30.  [By]  little  [and]  little  I  will  drive  him  out  from  before 
thee,  until  thou  be  fruitful,  and  inherit  the  land. 

31.  And  I  will  set  thy  border  from  the  sea  Snlph,  and  even 
to  the  sea  of  the  Philistines,  and  from  the  wilderness  even  to 
the  river ;  because  I  will  give  into  thine  hand  the  inhabitants 
of  the  land,  and  I  will  drive  them  out  from  before  thee. 

32.  Thou  shalt  not  strike  a  covenant  with  them  and  their 
gods. 

33.  They  shall  not  dwell  in  thy  land,  lest  peradventure  they 
cause  thee  to  sin  to  Me,  when  thou  shalt  serve  their  gods,  be- 
cause it  will  be  to  thee  for  a  snare. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9246.  THE  subject  treated  of  in  this  chapter,  in  the  internal 
sense,  is  concerning  the  avoiding  falses  of  doctrine  and  evils  ol 


104 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


life  ;  and  that  in  such  case  truths  of  doctrine  and  goods  of  life 
are  implanted,  and  by  them  the  man  of  the  church  is  regene- 
rated by  the  Lord. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9247.  VERSES  1,  2,  3.  Thou  slialt  not  bring  a  report  of 
vanity.  Set  not  thine  hand  with  the  wicked  to  be  a  wit?iess  of 
violence.  Thou  shalt  not  be  after  many  to  evils.  And  thou  shalt 
not  answer  upon  a  dispute  to  decline  after  many  to  pervert  [it]. 
And  a  poor  man  thou  shalt  not  revere  in  his  dispute.  Thou  shalt 
not  bring  a  report  of  vanity,  signifies  not  hearkening  to  falsities. 
Set  not  thine  hand  with  the  wicked,  signifies  non-obedience  to 
malignities.  To  be  a  witness  of  violence,  signifies  non-atfirma- 
tion  of  such  things  as  are  contrary  to  the  good  of  charity.  Thou 
shalt  not  be  after  many  to  evils,  signifies  non-consociation  with 
such.  xVnd  thou  shalt  not  answer  upon  a  dispute  to  decline 
after  many  to  pervert  it,  signifies  non-consociation  with  those 
who  turn  goods  and  truths  into  falses  and  evils,  and  vice  versa. 
And  a  poor  man  thou  shalt  not  revere  in  his  dispute,  signifies 
that  the  falses,  in  which  they  are  who  are  in  ignorance  of  truth, 
ought  not  to  be  favored. 

9248.  "Thou  shalt  not  bring  a  report  of  vanity" — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  not  hearkening  to  falsities,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  bringing  a  report,  as  denoting  to  hear  and 
to  do,  thus  to  hearken  ;  for  report  in  the  original  tongue  is  ex- 
pressed by  a  term  which  signifies  hearing ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  vanity,  as  denoting  falsity,  and  indeed  the  falsity  of 
doctrine  and  religion,  as  may  be  manifest  from  the  following 
passages,  "  There  shall  not  be  any  more  any  vision  of  vanity, 
and  flattering  divination  in  the  midst  of  the  house  of  Israel," 
Ezek.  xii.  24;  where  vision  of  vanity  denotes  false  revelation. 
Again,  "  They  have  seen  vanity  and  the  divination  of  a  lie,  be- 
cause ye  speak  vanity,  and  see  a  lie ;  therefore  behold  I  am 
against  you,  that  Mine  hand  may  be  against  the  prophets  that 
see  vanity,  and  that  divine  a  lie,  xiii.  6,  7,  8,  9.  The  prophets, 
of  whom  it  is  here  said  that  they  see  vanity,  and  divine  a  lie, 
signify  those  who  teach,  and  in  the  abstract  sense,  doctrine, 
n.  2534,  7269  ;  and  of  prophets  is  predicated  to  see,  wherefore 
also  in  ancient  times  they  were  called  seers,  1  Sam.  ix.  9 ;  and 
also  is  predicated  to  divine.  By  seeing  or  by  vision,  when 
spoken  of  prophets,  in  the  internal  sense  is  signified  revelation 
which  respects  doctrine,  and  by  divining,  or  by  divination  is  sig- 
nified revelation  which  respects  life.  And  whereas  vanity  signi- 
fies the  false  of  doctrine,  and  a  lie  the  false  of  life,  therefore  it 
is  uaid,  they  have  seen  vanity  and  the  divination  of  a  lie.  Again, 


9247—9252.] 


EXODUS. 


105 


"  In  thy  seeing  there  is  vanity,  in  thy  divining  there  is  a  lie* 
xxi.  29.  And  in  Zechariah,  "  the  seraphim  speak  iniquity,  and 
the  diviners  see  a  lie,  and  speak  dreams  of  vanity  "  x.  2.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  " The  prophets  home  seen  vanity"  Lam.  ii.  14. 
That  vanity  denotes  the  false  of  doctrine,  and  of  religion,  is  also 
evident  from  Hosea,  "  They  are  become  vanity,  they  sacrifice 
oxen  in  Gilgal,"  xii.  11.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "My  people  have 
forgotten  Me,  they  have  offered  incense  unto  vanity"  xviii.  15. 
In  like  manner  in  other  passages,  as  Isaiah  v.  18 ;  chap  xxx. 
28  ;  chap.  lix.  4 ;  Psalm  xii.  2;  Psalm  cxix.  37  ;  Psalm  cxliv.  7,  8. 

9249.  "Set  not  thine  hand  with  the  wicked"— that  hereby 
is  signified  non-obedience  to  malignities,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  setting  the  hand,  as  denoting  obedience,  for  by 
the  hand  is  signified  power,  n.  878,  3387,  4931  to  4937,  5327, 
5328,  G292,  7188,  7189,  7518,  7673,  8153,  8281,  and  as  denoting 
what  appertains  to  him,  thus  himself,  so  far  as  he  is  able,  n. 
9133.  Hence  to  set  the  hand  with  any  one,  is  to  make  one 
with  him,  which  when  it  is  done  from  malignity,  which  is  sig- 
nified by  the  wicked,  denotes  to  obey,  for  malignity  persuades 
and  leads  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  wicked,  and  in  the 
abstract  sense  malignity.  It  is  said  in  the  abstract  sense,  be- 
cause the  angels  who  are  in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word, 
that  is,  who  perceive  the  Word  spiritually,  think  and  speak  ab- 
stractedly from  person,  n.  4380,  8343,  8985,  9007 ;  that  the 
'dea  of  person  with  them  is  turned  into  the  idea  of  thing,  see 
U.  5225,  5287,  5434. 

9250.  "  To  be  a  witness  of  violence  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied non-affirmation  of  such  things  as  are  contrary  to  the  good 
of  charity,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  witness,  as  de- 
noting confirmation,  see  n.  4197,  8908  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  violence,  as  denoting  the  destruction  of  the  good  of 
charity,  see  n.  6353,  thus  a  witness  of  violence  is  affirmation 
contrary  to  the  good  of  charity. 

9251.  "Thou  shaltnot  be  after  many  to  evils  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  non-consociation  with  such  things,  namely,  those 
above  mentioned,  which  are  hearkening  to  falsities,  obedience 
to  malignities,  and  affirmation  of  such  things  as  are  contrary  to 
the  good  of  charity;  these  things  are  the  evils  which  are  meant. 
By  being  after  many  is  signified  to  be  with  many,  thus  to  con- 
sociate,  for  in  the  original  tongue  it  is  said  to  be  after,  to  go 
after,  and  to  walk  after,  and  thereby  is  meant  to  be  with,  and 
to  follow,  thus  also  to  consociate,  as  Jer.  vii.  9  ;  chap.  10 ; 
1  Sam.  xvii.  13 ;  1  Kings  xiv.  8 ;  Deut.  iv.  3 ;  chap.  viii.  19, 
and  elsewhere. 

9252.  "  Thou  shalt  not  answer  upon  a  dispute  to  decline  after 
many  to  pervert  [it]" — that  hereby  is  signified  non-consociation 
with  those  who  turn  goods  and  truths  into  evils  and  falses,  and 
vice  versa,  appears  from  the  signification  of  answering  upon  a 


106 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


dispute,  as  relating  to  what  is  just  and  equitable,  and  to  what 
is  good  and  true,  about  which  there  is  contention,  see  n.  9024, 
for  to  answer  is  to  declare  an  opinion  and  to  judge  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  declining  after  many,  as  denoting  conforma- 
tion and  thereby  consociation  with  many  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  perverting,  as  denoting  to  turn  truth  into  the  false, 
and  good  into  evil,  and  vice  versa. 

9253.  "And  a  poor  man  thou  shalt  not  revere  in  his  dis- 
pute " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  falses,  in  which  they 
are  who  are  in  ignorance  of  truth,  ought  not  to  be  favored, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  a  poor  man,  as  denoting  those 
who  are  in  few  truths,  and  also  in  falses,  by  reason  of  ignorance  ; 
but  such  of  them  as  are  principled  in  good,  are  willing  to  be 
instructed  in  truths,  whereas  such  as  are  principled  in  evil  are 
not  willing  to  be  instructed  ;  for  the  falses  appertaining  to  those 
who  are  in  good,  can  be  bended  to  truths,  and  at  length  be 
dissipated  ;  whereas  the  falses  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in 
evil,  cannot  be  bended  to  truths,  thus  neither  be  dissipated.  It 
is  said  of  these  poor  ones,  that  thou  shalt  not  revere  them  in 
their  dispute,  that  is,  thou  shalt  not  favor  their  falses  ;  for  by  re- 
vering is  signified  to  favor,  and  by  dispute  is  signified  the 
contention  of  truth  against  the  false,  and  of  the  false  against 
truth.  That  the  poor  are  those  who  are  in  few  truths,  and  in 
falses  grounded  in  ignorance,  see  n.  9209 ;  and  that  falses  ap- 
pertaining to  those  who  are  in  good,  are  mild  and  flexible,  but 
appertaining  to  those  who  are  in  evil,  are  unmild  and  inflexible, 
see  n.  4736,  6359,  8051,  8149,  8298,  8311,  8318. 

9254.  Verses  4  to  9.  When  thou  meetest  the  ox  of  thine  ad- 
versary, or  his  ass,  going  astray,  hringing  back  thou  shalt  bring 
it  back  to  him.  When  thou  seest  the  ass  of  him  that  haieth  thee 
lying  under  his  burden,  and  wouldest  cease  from  removing  it 
for  him,  removing  thou  shalt  remove  [it]  with  him.  Thou  shalt 
not  turn  aside  the  judgment  of  thy  needy  one  in  his  dispute. 
From  the  word  of  a  lie  thou  shalt  set  thyself  far  off,  and  slay 
■not  the  innocent  and  the  hist,  because  I  wiU  not  justify  the 
wicked.  And  a  gift  thou  shalt  not  receive,  because  a  gift  blinds 
those  wlw  luive  tneir  eyes  open,  and  perverts  the  words  of  the 
just.  And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  oppress  /  and  ye  know 
the  soul  of  a  sojourner,  became  ye  have  been  sojourners  in  the 
land  of  ]£gypt.  When  thou  meetest  the  ox  of  thine  adversary, 
or  his  ass,  going  astray,  signifies  good  not  genuine,  and  truth 
not  genuine,  appertaining  to  those  who  are  out  of  the  church. 
Bringing  back  thou  shalt  bring  it  back  to  him,  signifies  instruc- 
tion and  amendment.  When  thou  seest  the  ass  of  him  that 
hateth  thee  lying  under  his  burden,  signifies  the  false  not 
agreeing  with  the  good  of  the  church,  by  reason  of  which 
they  are  about  to  perish.  And  wouldest  cease  from  removing 
[it]  for  him,  signifies  non-reception  of  truth.    Removing  thou 


9253—9255. 


EXODUS. 


107 


shalt  remove  [it]  with  him,  signifies  encouragement  still  and 
endeavor  of  amendment.  Thou  shalt  not  turn  aside  the  judg- 
ment of  thy  needy  one  in  his  dispute,  signifies  non-destruction 
of  the  scanty  truth  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in  ignorance. 
From  the  word  of  a  lie  thou  shalt  set  thyself  far  off,  signifies 
aversion  from  the  false  derived  from  evil.  And  slay  not  the  in- 
nocent and  the  just,  signifies  aversion  from  interior  and  exterior 
good.  Because  I  will  not  justify  the  wicked,  signifies  that  such 
malignity  is  against  the  Divine  Justice.  And  a  gift  thou  shalt 
not  receive,  signifies  aversion  from  any  gain  whatsoever.  Be- 
cause a  gift  blinds  those  who  have  their  eyes  open,  signifies  that 
gains  make  truths  not  to  appear.  And  perverts  the  words  of  the 
just,  signifies  that  they  appear  as  truths  of  good.  And  a  so- 
journer thou  shalt  not  oppress,  signifies  that  they  who  desire  to 
be  instructed  in  the  truths  of  the  church  ought  not  to  be  in- 
fested hy  evils  of  life.  And  ye  know  the  soul  of  a  sojourner, 
signifies  their  desire  and  life.  Because  ye  have  been  sojourners 
in  the  land  of  Egypt,  signifies  that  they  were  protected  from 
falses  and  evils  when  they  were  infested  by  internals. 

9255.  "  When  thou  meetest  the  ox  of  thine  adversary,  or  his 
ass,  going  astray  " — that  hereby  is  signified  good  not  genuine, 
and  truth  not  genuine,  appertaining  to  those  who  are  out  of  the 
church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an  adversary,  as  denot- 
ing those  who  are  out  of  the  church,  of  whom  we  shall  speak 
presently ;  and  from  the  signification  of  an  ox,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  the  external  man ;  and  from  the  signification  of  an  ass, 
as  denoting  the  truth  of  the  external  man,  see  n.  2781,  9135  ; 
but  good  and  truth  not  genuine,  such  as  appertain  to  those  who 
are  out  of  the  church,  who  are  signified  by  adversaries.  The 
reason  why  they  who  are  out  of  the  church  are  meant  by  adver- 
sary is,  because  they  disagree  as  to  the  good  and  truth  of  faith, 
for  they  have  not  the  Word,  and  therefore  do  not  know  any 
thing  concerning  the  Lord,  nor  concerning  Christian  faith  and 
charity,  which  are  from  the  Lord  alone  ;  hence  it  is,  that  their 
truth  of  faith  is  not  genuine,  nor  the  good  of  charity.  Therefore 
also  in  the  other  life  they  do  not  live  together  with,  but  separate 
from,  those  who  are  of  the  church;  for  all  in  the  other  life 
consociate  according  to  good,  and  the  truth  thence  derived,  for 
these  constitute  spiritual  life  and  conjunction.  Nevertheless 
they  who  are  in  heaven  do  not  account  those  as  adversaries  who 
are  out  of  the  church,  but  instruct  them,  and  lead  to  Christian 
good  ;  which  also  is  received  by  those  who  have  lived  in  subor- 
dination, in  obedience,  and  in  any  species  of  mutual  charity 
one  amongst  another  grounded  in  their  religious  principle 
whilst  in  the  world.  But  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  they  are  called 
adversaries  by  reason  of  spiritual  disagreement,  which,  as  was 
said,  is  a  disagreement  as  to  the  truth  of  faith  and  the  good  of 
charity  ;  see  what  was  shown  from  experience  concerning  the 


10S 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


state  of  the  nations  out  of  the  church  and  their  lot  in  the  other 
life,  n.  2589  to  2604,  2861,  2S63,  4190,  4197.  That  the  same 
ought  to  be  accounted  as  friends,  aud  to  be  instructed  and 
amended,  is  meant  in  the  internal  sense  by  bringing  back  thou 
shalt  bring  it  bach,  which  is  next  treated  of.  It  is  only  to  be 
added,  that  by  beasts  of  various  kinds  in  the  Word  are  signified 
affections  and  inclinations,  such  as  man  has  in  common  with 
beasts,  and  in  the  spiritual  sense  the  affections  of  good  and  truth 
internal  and  external,  see  n.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246,  714,  715, 
776,  2179,  2180,  2781,  321S,  3519,  5198,  9090 ;  and  that 
beasts  therefore  were  applied  in  sacrifices  according  to  their 
signification,  n.  1823,  2180,  2805,  2807,  2830,  3519.  Hence 
it  is,  that  by  this  moral  law  concerning  the  bringing  back  the 
oxen  and  asses  of  an  adversary  that  go  astray,  in  the  spiritual 
sense,  are  signified  such  things  as  are  of  the  church,  thus  which 
are  of  mutual  love,  or  charity  towards  those  who  disagree  as  to 
the  truths  of  the  church. 

9256.  "Bringing  back  thou  shalt  bring  it  back  to  him" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  instruction  and  amendment,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  bringing  back,  when  applied  to  those 
out  of  the  church  who  are  in  good  and  truth  not  genuine,  as 
denoting  to  instruct  and  amend,  for  thereby  they  are  brought 
back.  That  good  is  to  be  done  to  those  who  are  out  of  the 
church,  is  also  meant  by  the  Lord's  words  in  Matthew,  "Ye 
have  heard  that  it  hath  been  said,  thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbor  j 
but  I  say  unto  you,  love  your  adversaries,  bless  them  that  curse 
you,  do  good  to  them  that  hate  you ;  for  if  ye  love  them  that 
love  you,  what  reward  have  you  ;  and  if  ye  salute  your  brethren 
only,  what  do  ye  more  abundantly  ?"  vi.  43  to  47.  In  this 
passage  also  by  adversaries  and  by  them  that  hate,  in  the  spiritual 
sense  are  meant  those  who  disagree  as  to  the  goods  and  truths 
of  faith ;  in  general  those  who  are  out  of  the  church,  inasmuch 
as  the  Jewish  nation  considered  them  as  enemies,  whom  it  was 
allowed  to  put  to  death  and  murder  with  impunity.  That  those 
are  meant  by  adversaries  in  the  spiritual  sense  is  evident,  be- 
cause it  is  said,  if  ye  salute  your  brethren  only,  what  do  ye  more 
abundantly  ?  for  all  were  called  brethren  who  were  born  of 
Jacob,  thus  who  were  within  the  church.  As  to  what  further 
concerns  those  who  are  out  of  the  church,  and  are  called 
Gentiles,  they  are  indeed  in  falses  of  doctrine,  but  from  igno- 
rance, because  they  have  not  the  Word,  nevertheless  when  in- 
structed, they  are  in  a  clearer  perception,  and  thence  in  a  more 
inward  perception  concerning  the  heavenly  life  appertaining  to 
man,  than  Christians  are  ;  the  reason  is,  because  they  have  not 
confirmed  themselves  against  the  truths  of  faith,  like  very  many 
Christians  ;  wherefore  their  internal  man  is  not  closed,  but  is, 
a6  with  infants,  capable  of  being  opened  and  receptible  of  truth. 
For  they  who  have  confirmed  themselves  against  the  truths  and 


0256.] 


EXODUS. 


109 


goods  of  faith,  as  all  do  who  live  wickedly,  they  close  with  them- 
selves the  internal  man  above,  and  open  it  beneath,  whence  their 
internal  man  looks  only  at  those  things  which  are  beneath, 
that  is,  into  the  external,  or  natural  man,  and  by  [or  through] 
that  man  into  those  things  which  are  in  the  world,  and  into 
those  things  which  encompass  its  body,  and  which  are  upon 
the  earth  ;  and  when  this  is  the  case,  they  look  downwards, 
which  is  towards  hell.  With  such  the  internal  man  cannot  be 
opened  towards  heaven,  unless  the  things  negative  of  truth,  or 
affirmative  of  the  false,  which  have  caused  it  to  be  closed,  are 
first  shaken  off,  and  they  must  be  shaken  off  during  abode  in 
the  world,  which  cannot  be  effected  but  by  a  total  inversion  of 
the  life,  thus  by  a  process  of  several  years  continuance ;  for 
falses  arrange  themselves  by  series,  and  make  continual  con- 
nection with  each  other,  and  form  the  natural  mind  itself,  and 
its  view  as  to  those  things  which  are  of  the  church  and  heaven . 
Hence  it  is,  that  all  things  which  are  of  faith  and  charity,  that 
is,  which  are  of  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  or  which  are  of  the 
Word,  in  general  all  celestial  aud  divine  things,  are  to  them 
thick  darkness,  and  on  the  other  hand,  worldly  and  terrestrial 
things  are  light  to  them.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  to  destroy 
the  falses  appertaining  to  such,  is  to  destroy  the  life  itself,  and 
if  they  are  to  have  a  new  principle  of  life,  that  falses  must  be 
successively  extirpated,  and  in  their  place  truths  and  goods  im 
planted,  which  in  like  manner  shall  form  continual  connection 
with  each  other,  and  be  arranged  into  series  ;  this  is  meant 
by  the  total  inversion  of  the  life,  which  cannot  have  place  but 
by  a  process  of  several  years'  continuance ;  wherefore  he  who 
believes  that  man  can  be  made  new  in  a  moment,  is  exceedingly 
deceived.  But  they  who  have  not  confirmed  themselves  against 
the  goods  and  truths  of  faith,  as  is  the  case  with  those  who  are 
out  of  the  church,  and  yet  have  lived  in  a  certain  species  of 
faith  and  charity  according  to  their  religious  principles,  have  not 
been  able  to  close  the  internal  man  with  themselves  by  things 
negative  of  truth,  and  by  things  confirmative  of  the  falses 
against  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from  the  Word,  wherefore 
also,  if  not  in  the  world,  still  in  the  other  life,  their  internal 
principle  is  opened  above,  which  is  into  heaven  and  to  the  Lord, 
and  in  this  case  all  terrestrial  and  worldly  things,  which  they 
have  derived  to  themselves  from  life  in  the  world,  are  at  the 
same  time  elevated,  so  as  together  to  look  upwards  ;  by  which 
things  they  are  in  a  state  to  receive  the  truths  of  faith  and  the 
goods  of  charity  from  the  Lord,  and  to  be  imbued  with  intel- 
ligence and  wisdom,  and  thereby  to  be  gifted  with  eternal  hap- 
piness. Such  is  the  lot  of  all,  who,  according  to  their  religious 
principle,  have  lived  in  good.  Wherefore  the  church  of  the  Lord 
is  dispersed  throughout  the  universal  globe.  But  the  church  of 
the  Lord  itself  in  the  earths  is  as  the  Grand  Man  in  the  heavens, 


110 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


whose  heart  and  lungs  are  where  the  Word  is,  and  the  rest  of 
the  members  and  viscera,  which  live  from  the  heart  and  lungs, 
are  where  the  Word  is  not.  From  these  considerations  also  it 
may  be  manifest,  why  it  is  that  a  New  Church  is  always  esta- 
blished amongst  the  nations  which  are  out  of  the  church,  see 
n.  2986,  4747  ;  which  is  the  case  when  the  Old  Church  has 
closed  heaven  to  itself,  as  was  said  above.  Hence  it  is,  that 
the  church  was  translated  from  the  Jewish  people  to  the  Gen- 
tiles, and  also  that  the  church  at  this  day  is  also  now  trans- 
ferring to  the  Gentiles.  That  the  church  is  transferred  to  the 
Gentiles  [or  nations],  who  acknowledge  the  Lord,  is  manifest 
from  several  passages  in  the  Word,  as  from  the  following,  "  The 
people  who  walked  in  darkness,  have  seen  a  great  light,  they  that 
dwelt  in  the  land  of  the  shadow  of  death,  on  them  has  the  light 
sinned.  Thou  hast  multiplied  the  nation,  Thou  has  rendered  to 
it  great  joy,"  Isaiah  ix.  1,  2.  Again,  "  It  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  da}',  from  the  root  of  Jesse,  which  stands  for  a  sign  qf 
the  people,  the  nations  shall  seek,  and  His  rest  shall  be  glory," 
xi.  10.  Again,  "  I  Jehovah,  have  called  thee  in  justice,  and 
will  take  hold  of  Thine  hand,  because  I  will  guard  Thee,  ana 
will  give  Thee  for  a  covenant  to  the  people,  for  a  light  of  the 
nations,  to  open  the  blind  eyes,  to  bring  forth  from  the  prison 
him  that  is  bound,  from  the  house  of  bars  them  that  sit  in  dark- 
ness,^ xlii.  6,  7.  Again,  "Behold  I have  given  Him  a  witness 
to  the  people,  a  Prince  and  Legislator  to  the  nations  /  behold  a 
nation  [which]  thou  hast  not  known,  thou  shalt  call,  and  a 
nation  [which]  hath  not  known  Thee,  shall  run  to  Thee,  because 
of  Jehovah  thy  God,  and  for  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,"  lv.  4,  5. 
Again,  "  The  nations  shall  xcalk  to  Thy  light,  and  kings  to  the 
brightness  of  Thy  rising ;  lift  up  thine  eyes  round  about,  they 
are  all  gathered  together,  they  come  to  Thee ;  Thy  sons  come 
from  far,  and  Thy  daughters  are  carried  at  the  side  by  nurses  ; 
then  Thou  shalt  see  and  flow  together,  and  Thine  heart  shall 
be  amazed  and  shall  dilate  itself,  because  the  multitude  of  the 
sea  is  converted  to  Thee,  the  armies  qf  the  nations  shall  come" 
lx.  3  4,  5.  And  in  the  prophecy  of  Simeon  concerning  the 
Lord  who  was  born,  "Mine  eyes  have  seen  the  salvation  of 
God,  which  Thou  hast  prepared  before  the  face  of  all  people, 
a  light  for  the  revelation  of  the  tuitions,"  Luke  ii.  30,  31,  32. 
In  all  these  passages  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the 
Lord,  that  the  nations  [or  Gentiles]  were  to  come  to  Him  ;  and 
they  come  to  Him,  when  they  acknowledge  Him  for  their  God ; 
ana  what  is  wonderful,  the  Gentiles  adore  one  only  God  under 
a  human  form  ;  wherefore  when  they  hear  of  the  Lord,  they 
receive  and  acknowledge  Him;  neither  can  a  New  Church  be 
established  amongst  others.  That  the  church  is  established 
iiniongs.-.  such,  is  further  evident  from  the  Lord's  words  in  Mat- 
thew, 4  Have  ye  not  read  in  the  Scriptures,  the  stone  which  tlu 


9256—9258.] 


EXODUfe. 


Ill 


builders  rejected  is  made  into  the  head  of  the  corner,  therefore 
I  say  unto  you,  the  kingdom  of  God  shall  be  taken  away  from 
you,  and  shall  be  given  to  a  nation  yielding  fruits ,"  xxi.  42,  43. 
The  stone  is  the  Lord,  n.  6426  ;  the  builders  are  they  who  are 
of  the  church.  That  these  would  be  last,  and  the  Gentiles  first, 
is  thus  taught  in  Luke,  "  They  shall  come  from  the  east  and  thi 
west,  and  from  the  north  and  the  south,  and  shall  lie  down  in 
the  kingdom  of  God:  and  behold,  there  are  last  which  shall  be 
first,  and  there  are  first  who  shall  be  last,"  xiii.  29,  30. 

9257.  "  When  thou  6eest  the  ass  of  him  that  hateth  thee 
lying  under  his  burden" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  false  not 
agreeing  with  the  good  of  the  church,  by  reason  of  which  they 
are  about  to  perish,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an  ass,  as 
denoting  scientific  truth,  thus  in  the  opposite  sense  scientific 
false,  see  n.  2781,  5492,  5741,  8078 ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  him  that  hateth  thee,  when  said  of  what  is  false,  as 
denoting  what  is  contrary  to  the  good  of  the  church,  thus  what 
does  not  agree  with  it ;  for  hatred  in  the  spiritual  sense  is  the 
aversion  and  disagreement  which  subsists  betwixt  truths  and 
falses,  also  betwixt  goods  and  evils,  n.  3605,  4681,  4684 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  lying  under  a  burden,  as  denoting  tc 
perish.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  ass  of  him  that  hateth 
thee,  is  signified  the  false  not  agreeing  with  the  good  of  the 
church,  by  reason  of  which  they  were  about  to  perish. 

9258.  "  And  wouldest  cease  from  removing  [it]  for  him" — 
tii at  hereby  is  signified  the  non-reception  of  truth,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  ceasing  from  removing,  as  denoting  not  to 
instruct  and  amend,  in  this  case  not  to  be  able  to  be  instruct- 
ed, thus  not  to  receive  truth,  because  it  is  said  of  the  false 
which  does  not  agree  with  the  good  of  the  church,  this  false 
being  of  such  a  quality.  That  to  remove  in  the  spiritual  sense 
has  this  meaning,  is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  ex- 
pressions apply  themselves  to  things,  thus  to  remove  in  the  sense 
of  the  letter  applies  to  the  burden  under  which  the  ass  lies,  and 
in  the  internal  sense  to  the  false  which  does  not  agree  with  the 
good  of  the  church,  wherefore  in  this  sense  is  signified  non- 
removal  from  the  false  by  amendment,  thus  also  non-reception 
of  truth,  by  which  amendment,  or  removal,  is  effected.  There 
are  falses  which  agree  with  the  good  of  the  church,  and  there 
are  falses  which  do  not  agree  with  it ;  the  falses  which  agree, 
are  those  in  which  good  lies  concealed,  and  which  thus  by 
good  can  be  bended  to  truths  ;  but  the  falses  which  do  not  agree 
with  the  good  of  the  church,  are  those  in  which  evil  lies  con- 
cealed, and  which  thus  cannot  be  bended  to  truths.  With  the 
good  which  lies  inwardly  concealed  in  genuine  truths,  or  in 
truths  not  genuine,  which  just  above  are  called  falses,  and  with 
the  evil  which  lies  concealed  in  falses,  and  also  in  truths,  the 
case  is  as  with  the  prolific  principle  in  the  seed  of  fruit ;  whet* 


112 


EXODUS. 


'[Chap,  xxiii. 


the  fruit  is  born,  then  all  its  fibres  look  toward  the  prolific 
principle  of  the  seed,  and  by  the  transfluent  juice  nourish  it, 
and  form  it,  but  when  it  is  formed,  then  the  fibres  recede,  and 
convey  the  juice  from  the  seed  ;  hence  the  pulp  of  the  fruit  de- 
cays and  rots,  and  next  serves  the  prolific  principle  for  ground  ; 
the  case  is  the  same  with  the  seed  itself,  when  its  prolific  principle 
begins  to  produce  itself  anew  in  the  earth.  The  prolific  principle 
in  plants  corresponds  to  the  good  in  man,  the  seed  itself  cor- 
responds to  internal  things,  and  the  pulp  of  the  fruit  encom- 
passing the  seed  corresponds  to  external  things  ;  when  the  in- 
ternal of  man  is  forming  anew,  or  regenerating,  in  this  case  the 
scientifics  and  truths,  which  are  of  the  external  man,  are  as  the 
fibres  of  fruit,  through  which  juice  is  transferred  to  the  internal 
principle,  which  also  afterwards,  when  man  is  regenerated,  are 
separated  and  serve  for  ground.  The  case  is  the  same  with  the 
internal  of  man,  to  which  the  seed  corresponds ;  in  this  case 
the  good,  which  was  so  formed,  produces  a  new  man,  as  the 
prolific  principle  in  the  seed  produces  a  new  tree,  or  a  new  plant; 
all  things  thus  become  new,  and  afterwards  multiply  and  fruc- 
tify to  eternity.  Hence  the  new  man  becomes  as  a  garden  and 
Paradise,  with  which  also  he  is  compared  in  the  Word.  This 
is  meant,  by  the  Lord's  words  in  Matthew,  "  The  kingdom  qf 
the  heavens  is  like  to  a  grain  of  mustard  seed,  vjhich  a  man 
[homo]  taking  sowed  in  his  field,  which  is  less  than  all  seeds  : 
out  when  it  groweth  up,  it  is  greater  than  he?'bs  and  becomes  a 
tree,  so  that  the  fowls  of  heaven  come  and  build  their  nests  in 
its  branches"  xiii.  31,  32.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
manifest  how  the  case  is  with  truths  both  genuine  and  not 
genuine,  in  which  within  there  is  good,  namely,  that  when  good 
is  formed,  it  then  produces  such  truths  as  agree  with  good ; 
which,  although  they  be  not  genuine  truths,  are  yet  accepted 
as  genuine,  because  they  savor  of  good,  for  hence  they  derive 
their  essence  and  life  ;  for  good  is  prolific  and  produces  itselt 
by  truths,  and  in  the  production  it  is  in  the  continual  endeavor 
to  beget  new  good,  in  which  there  may  be  the  like  prolific  prin- 
ciple ;  in  like  manner  as  the  prolific  principle  of  a  seed  in  a 
plant  or  tree  operates  whilst  it  brings  itself  forth  from  the  earth 
for  the  sake  of  new  fruits  and  new  seeds.  But  the  varieties  are 
perpetual,  which  are  according  to  the  goods  formed  by  a  life  of 
charity  agreeable  to  the  precepts  of  faith.  From  the  opposite 
may  be  seen  how  the  case  is  with  falses,  in  which  there  is  evil, 
namely,  that  they  are  as  trees  which  bear  evil  fruits,  which  trees 
ought  to  be  extirpated,  and  to  he  cast  into  the  fire,  according 
to  the  Lord's  words  in  Matthew,  "Every  good  tree  bringeth 
forth  good  fruits,  but  a  corrupt  tree  bringeth  forth  evil  fruits  ; 
a  good  tree  cannot  bring  forth  evil  fruits,  neither  can  a  corrupt 
tree  bring  forth  good  fruits.  Every  tree  which  bringeth  not  forth 
good  fruit,  is  cut  down  and  cast  into  the  fire  /  wherefore  from 


9258— 9260.J 


EXODUS. 


113 


their  fruiti  ye  shall  know  them"  vii.  17,  18,  19,  20 ;  chap, 
xii.  33.  And  in  John,  "Jesus  said,  as  the  branch  cannot  bear 
fruit  of  itself  except  it  abide  in  the  vine,  so  neither  ye  except  ye 
abide  in  Me.  I  am  the  vine,  ye  the  branches:  he  who  abideth 
in  Me  and  I  in  him,  the  same  beareth  much  fruit,  because 
without  me  ye  cannot  do  any  thing.  Whosoever  abideth  not  in 
Me,  shall  be  cast  forth  as  a  branch  and  shall  wither,  and  they 
gather  it,  and  cast  into  the  fire,  and  it  is  burned,"  xv.  4,  5,  6  ; 
hence  it  is  evident  that  all  good,  which  will  hear  any  fruit,  is 
from  the  Lord,  and  unless  it  he  from  Him,  it  is  not  good. 

9259.  "  Removing  thou  shalt  remove  [it]  with  him  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  exhortation  and  endeavor  of  amendment, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  removing,  when  concerning 
the  false  which  does  not  agree  with  the  good  of  the  church, 
as  denoting  amendment,  as  above,  n.  9258 ;  in  this  case  the 
endeavor  of  amendment  and  exhortation,  because  sucli  false 
is  with  difficulty  amended.  The  falses  which  do  not  agree  with 
the  good  of  the  church,  are  all  those  which  are  against  the 
Lord,  and  which  are  against  the  good  of  love  to  Him,  and 
against  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor.  That  such 
things  as  have  been  now  explained,  lie  inwardly  stored  up  in 
these  two  laws  or  judgments,  is  evident  also  from  this  con- 
sideration, that  those  things  which  they  contain  in  the  letter 
seldom  happen,  namely,  the  meeting  the  ox  or  the  ass  of  an  ad- 
versary going  astray,  and  the  seeing  the  ass  of  him  that  hates 
us  lying  under  a  burden,  and  hence  they  may  appear  not  of  im- 
portance enough  to  have  been  promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai 
amongst  laws  and  judgments ;  but  those  things  which  they 
contain  within  them,  cause  them  to  rank  amongst  the  prin- 
cipal judgments;  for  they  contain  within,  that  the  Gentiles 
also  ought  to  be  loved,  and  to  be  instructed  in  the  truths  of 
faith,  and  to  be  amended  as  to  life.  But  these  internals  of  these 
laws  could  not  be  expounded  before  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish 
people,  because  they  were  in  external  things  without  internal ; 
and  because  they  had  derived  from  their  fathers,  that  they 
should  hate,  and  hence  account  as  adversaries  and  enemies,  all 
who  were  not  of  their  brethren,  that  is,  who  were  not  born  ot 
Jacob.  Concerning  the  Jews  and  what  their  quality  was,  see  n. 
4307,  4314,  4310,  4317,  4429,  4433,  4444,  4825,  4903,  6304, 
8588,  8788,  8806,  8871. 

9260.  "  Thou  shalt  not  turn  aside  the  judgment  of  thy  needy 
one  in  his  dispute" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  non-destruc- 
tion of  the  scanty  truth  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in  igno- 
rance, appears  from  the  signification  of  turning  aside,  as  de- 
noting to  pervert,  and  there  by  to  destroy;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  judgment,  as  denoting  what  is  right  and  true,  see 
n.  2235,  2335,  5068,  6397,  7206,  8685,  8695,  8972;  and 
from  the  signification  of  a  needy  one,  as  denoting  one  who  is 

VOL.  ix. 


114 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


in  scanty  truth  by  reason  of  ignorance,  and  still  desires  to  be 
instructed,  see  n.  9209;  and  from  the  signification  of  dispute, 
as  denoting  contention,  see  n.  5963,  9024 ;  in  the  present  case, 
in  dispute  denotes  in  his  cause  concerning  scanty  truth,  for 
which  he  contends. 

9261.  "  From  the  word  of  a  lie  thou  shalt  set  thyself  far 
off" — that  hereby  is  signified  aversion  from  the  false  derived 
from  evil,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  lie,  as  denoting 
the  false  derived  from  evil,  see  n.  8908,  9248 ;  the  reason  why 
it  denotes  the  false  derived  from  evil  is,  because  that  false  is  to 
be  set  afar  off,  for  it  derives  its  essence  from  evil,  and  evil  and 
good  are  opposites,  for  evil  is  from  hell,  and  good  is  from 
heaven,  and  is  there  from  the  Lord ;  but  the  false  not  derived 
from  evil,  which  is  the  false  of  ignorance,  is  not  of  such  a 
quality,  see  n.  1679,  2863,  4551,  4552,  4729,  4736,  6359, 
7272,  7574,  8149,  8311,  8318,  9258  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  setting  himself  afar  off,  as  denoting  to  be  averse  from. 
That  elongation  [setting  afar  off]  denotes  aversion,  is  grounded 
in  the  elongations  which  appear  in  the  spiritual  world,  as  being 
according  to  dissimilitudes,  disagreements,  and  aversions,  as  to 
those  things  which  are  of  spiritual  life  ;  for  they  who  appear 
there  in  one  place,  are  in  a  like  state  of  affections  and  thence  of 
thoughts,  who,  as  soon  as  they  disagree,  are  separated  and  set 
afar  off  from  each  other,  and  this  according  to  the  degree  of 
disagreement.  The  ground  and  reason  of  this  is  because 
spaces,  as  also  times,  in  the  spiritual  world  are  states,  and 
hence  distances  are  diversities  of  states ;  nevertheless  before 
the  external  sight,  states  appear  there  as  spaces,  and  their 
diversities  as  distances.  That  spaces  and  distances,  and  also 
times,  are  states,  see  n.  1273  to  1277,  1376  to  1381,  2625, 
3387,  3404,  3638  to  3641,  4321,  4SS2,  9104  ;  but  that  still  there 
are  appearances  of  spaces  and  distances,  yet  arising  from  changes 
of  state  in  the  interior,  n.  5605.  Hence  now  it  is  evident  that 
elongation  [setting  far  off]  in  the  internal  sense  is  aversion. 

9262.  "And  slay  not  the  innocent  and  the  just" — that 
hereby  is  signified  aversion  from  destroying  good  interior  and 
exterior,  appears  from  the  signification  of  innocent,  as  denoting 
one  who  is  in  interior  good,  thus,  in  the  abstract  sense,  interior 
good,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  just,  as  denoting  one  who  is  in  exterior  good,  and 
in  the  abstract  sense  exterior  good,  for  just  is  predicated  of  the 
good  of  love  towards  the  neighbor,  but  innocent  of  the  good 
of  love  to  the  Lord  ;  the  good  of  love  towards  the  neighbor  is 
exterior  good,  and  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  is  interior  good ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  slaying,  as  denoting  to  destroy. 
That  just  denotes  the  good  of  love  towards  the  neighbor,  will 
be  6een  also  below.  But  the  reason  why  innocent  denotes  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord  is,  because  they  are  in  innocence  who 


9261,  9262.] 


EXODUS. 


115 


love  the  Lord.  For  innocence  is  to  acknowledge  in  heart,  that, 
[a  man]  of  himself  wills  nothing  but  evil,  and  perceives  nothing 
but  the  false ;  and  that  all  the  good  which  is  of  love,  and  all  the 
truth  which  is  of  faith,  is  from  the  Lord  alone.  No  others  can 
acknowledge  these  things  in  heart,  but  they  who  are  conjoined 
to  the  Lord  by  love;  such  are  they  who  are  in  the  inmost 
heaven,  which  is  hence  called  the  heaven  of  innocence  ;  where- 
fore the  good  appertaining  to  them  is  interior  good ;  for  it  is 
the  Divine  Good  of  love  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  which  they 
receive  who  are  in  the  heaven  of  innocence.  Hence  also  they 
appear  naked,  and  likewise  as  infants  ;  from  which  circumstance 
it  is,  that  innocence  is  represented  by  nakedness,  and  also  by 
infancy ;  that  it  is  represented  by  nakedness,  see  n.  165, 
213,  214,  8375  ;  and  that  it  is  represented  by  infancy,  see  n. 
430,  1616,  2280,  2305,  2306,  31S3,  3495,  4563,  4797,  5608. 
From  what  has  been  now  said  concerning  innocence,  it  may 
be  manifest  that  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord  cannot  be 
received  except  in  innocence ;  whence  it  is,  that  good  is  not 
good,  unless  innocence  be  in  it,  n.  2526,  2780,  3994,  6765, 
7840,  7887 ;  that  is,  the  acknowledgment  that  from  the  pro- 
prium  proceeds  nothing  but  evil  and  the  false,  and  that  from  the 
Lord  is  all  good  and  truth  ;  to  believe  the  former,  and  to  believe 
and  also  to  will  the  latter,  is  innocence.  Therefore  the  good  of 
innocence  is  Divine  Good  itself  from  the  Lord  appertaining  to 
man.  Hence  it  is,  that  an  innocent  one  signifies  him  who  is  in 
interior  good,  and  in  the  abstract  sense  interior  good.  Inas- 
much as  by  innocent  or  innocence  is  signified  the  Divine  Good 
which  is  from  the  Lord,  therefore  it  was  a  crime  most  heinous 
to  shed  innocent  blood  ;  and  when  this  crime  was  committed, 
the  whole  land  was  damned  until  it  was  expiated,  as  may  be 
manifest  from  the  process  of  inquisition  and  expurgation,  if  any 
one  was  found  thrust  through  in  the  land ;  on  which  subject  it 
is  thus  written  in  Moses,  "  When  there  is  found  one  thrust 
through  in  the  land  lying  in  a  field,  and  it  is  not  known  who 
smote  him,  then  shall  go  forth  the  elders  of  the  city  which  is 
about  him  that  is  thrust  through  ;  but  it  shall  come  to  pass,  in 
respect  to  the  city  next  to  him  that  is  thrust  through,  the  elders 
of  this  city  shall  take  a  young  heifer,  by  which  labor  has  not 
been  done,  which  has  not  drawn  in  a  yoke,  and  the  elders  of 
this  city  shall  lead  away  the  heifer  to  a  barren  valley,  which 
is  not  cultivated,  nor  sown,  and  shall  there  neck  the  heifer  in 
tlie  valley.  Then  shall  come  the  priests,  the  sons  of  Levi,  and 
all  the  elders  of  this  city,  standing  near  him  that  is  thrust 
through,  and  shall  wash  their  hands  over  the  heifer  that  is 
necked  in  the  valley,  and  shall  answer  and  say,  our  hands  have 
not  shed  this  blood,  and  our  eyes  have  not  seen  ;  expiate  Thy 
people  Israel  whom  Thou  hast  redeemed,  O  Jehovah,  nor  give 
innocent  blood  in  the  midst  of  Thy  people  Israel.    Thus  shall 


116 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


blood  be  expiated  to  them.  But  thou  shalt  remove  innocent 
blood  from  the  midst  of  thee,  if  thou  shalt  do  what  is  right  in 
the  eyes  of  Jehovah,"  Deut.  xxi.  1  to  10.  Every  one  may  see 
that  this  process  of  inquisition  and  expurgation  of  innocent 
hlood  shed  in  the  land  involves  the  arcana  of  heaven,  which 
cannot  in  any  wise  be  known,  unless  it  be  known  what  is  sig- 
nified by  one  thrust  through  in  a  field,  by  a  young  heifer  which 
hath  not  done  labor,  and  hath  not  drawn  in  a  yoke ;  what  by 
a  barren  valley  which  is  not  cultivated  nor  sown,  what  by 
necking  the  heifer  in  that  valley,  by  washing  the  hands  over 
the  heifer,  and  by  the  rest  of  the  circumstances.  That  these 
things  should  have  been  commanded  without  their  signifying 
arcana,  would  in  no  wise  be  agreeable  to  the  Word,  which  is 
dictated  by  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  and  inspired  as  to 
every  expression  and  iota ;  for  without  a  deeper  signification 
such  a  ritual  as  above  would  have  been  of  no  sanctity,  yea, 
6carce  of  any  meaning.  Nevertheless  it  is  evident  what  arcana 
lie  concealed  in  it  from  the  internal  sense,  thus  if  it  be  known, 
that  by  one  that  is  thrust  through  in  the  land  lying  in  a  field,  is 
signified  truth  and  good  extinguished  in  the  church  where  there 
is  good  ;  that  by  the  city  next  to  him  that  is  thrust  through,  is 
signified  the  truth  of  doctrine  of  the  church  whose  good  is  ex- 
tinguished ;  that  by  an  heifer  which  hath  not  done  labor,  and 
which  hath  not  drawn  in  a  yoke,  is  signified  the  good  of  the 
external  or  natural  man,  who  lias  not  yet  attracted  to  himselt 
the  falses  of  faith,  and  the  evils  of  love  by  the  service  of  lusts; 
that  by  a  barren  valley,  which  is  not  cultivated  nor  sown,  is 
signified  the  natural  mind  not  cultivated  with  the  truths  and 
goods  of  faith,  by  reason  of  ignorance  ;  that  by  necking  in  that 
valley,  is  signified  expiation  by  reason  of  non-blame  because 
from  ignorance ;  that  by  washing  the  hands  is  signified  purifi- 
cation from  that  heinous  crime.  From  these  things  being  known, 
it  is  evident,  that  by  shedding  innocent  blood  is  signified  to  ex- 
tinguish the  Divine  Truth  and  Good  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
thus  the  Lord  Himself  with  the  man  of  the  church.  It  is  to  be 
noted,  that  by  this  whole  process  was  represented  in  heaven 
such  a  crime  done  without  fault,  because  from  ignorance  in 
which  is  innocence,  and  hence  as  not  evil ;  singular  the  things 
even  to  the  most  minute  in  that  process  represented  some 
essential  of  that  thing;  but  what  they  represented  is  manifest 
from  the  internal  sense.  That  one  that  is  thrust  through  denotes 
truth  and  good  extinguished,  see  n.  4503.  That  land  [or  earth] 
denotes  the  church,  see  n.  662,  1066,  1067,  1262,  1413,  1607, 
1733,  1850.2117,2928,  3355,  4147,  4535,  5577,  8011,8732. 
That  field  denotes  the  church  as  to  good,  thus  the  good  of  the 
church,  see  n.  2971,  3310,  3766,  49»2,  7502,  7571,  9139. 
That  city  denotes  the  doctrine  of  truth,  thus  the  truth  of  the 
doctrine  of  flie  church,  n.  402,  2268,  2450,  2712,  2943,  3216, 


•263."! 


EXODUS. 


117 


4492,  4493.  That  an  ox  denotes  the  good  of  the  external  or 
natural  man,  n.  2180,  2566,  2781,  9135.  Hence  an  heifer  de 
notes  infant  good,  n.  1824,  1825.  That  labor  not  done,  and 
not  drawing  in  a  yoke,  denotes  that  it  had  not  yet  served  falses 
and  evils  by  reason  of  ignorance,  is  evident,  for  to  labor  and 
to  draw  in  a  yoke  denotes  to  serve.  That  a  valley  denotes  the 
inferior  mind,  which  is  called  the  natural  mind,  n.  3417,  4715. 
That  barren  denotes  which  is  without  truths  and  goods,  n.  3905. 
Thus  a  valley  which  is  not  cultivated  and  sown,  denotes  the 
natural  mind  not  as  yet  cultivated  with  truths  and  goods,  thus 
which  as  yet  is  in  ignorance.  That  the  seed  with  which  it  is 
sown  is  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  1025,  1447,  1610,  1940,  2S48, 
3038,  3373,  3671,  6158.  The  reason  why  necking  denotes  ex- 
piation is,  because  by  the  slaying  of  various  beasts,  as  by 
sacrifices,  were  signified  expiations.  That  washing  of  the  hands 
denotes  purification  from  falses  and  evils,  n.  3147  ;  in  this  case 
therefore  purification  from  that  heinous  crime.  For  to  shed 
blood  in  general  signifies  to  offer  violence  to  good  and  truth, 
n.  9127 ;  thus  to  shed  innocent  blood  signifies  to  extinguish 
the  Divine  [principle]  from  the  Lord  with  man,  thus  the  Lord 
Himself  with  man ;  for  truth  and  good  with  man  is  the  Lord 
Himself,  because  they  are  from  Him.  The  like  is  signified  by 
shedding  innocent  blood  in  Deut.  xix.  10  ;  chap,  xxvii.  25 ; 
Isaiah  hx.  3,  7 ;  Jer.  xi.  34;  chap.  vii.  6  ;  chap.  xix.  4 ;  chap, 
xxii.  3,  17 ;  Joel  iii.  19 ;  Psalm  xciv.  21.  Innocent  in  the 
proximate  sense,  signifies  one  who  is  without  blame,  and 
without  evil,  which  they  also  testified  formerly  by  washing  of 
the  hands,  Psalm  xxvi.  6  ;  Psalm  lxxiii.  13;  Matt,  xxvii.  24; 
John  xviii.  38  ;  chap.  xix.  4  ;  the  ground  whereof  was  this,  be- 
cause the  good  which  is  from  the  Lord  with  man  is  without 
blame  and  without  evil.  This  good  is  the  good  of  innocence  in 
the  internal  sense,  as  was  shown.  But  the  good  which  is  with- 
out blame  and  evil  in  the  external  man,  that  is,  exterior  good, 
is  called  j  ust ;  as  also  in  David,  "  There  shall  not  be  associated 
to  thee  the  throne  of  perditions,  which  heap  themselves  toge- 
ther against  the  soul  of  the  just,  and  condemn  innocent  blood ," 
Psalm  xciv.  21. 

9263.  Mention  is  frequently  made  in  the  Word  of  a  just  one, 
of  justice,  and  of  justifying,  but  what  is  specially  signified 
by  those  expressions,  is  not  yet  known  ;  the  reason  why  it  is 
not  known  is,  because  hitherto  it  has  been  unknown,  that  sin- 
gular the  expressions  in  the  Word  signify  such  things  as  are  of 
the  internal  church  and  of  heaven,  thus  which  are  of  the  inter- 
nal man,  for  in  the  internal  man  is  the  internal  of  the  church 
and  heaven.  Also  that  those  interior  things  in  the  Word  differ 
from  its  exterior  things,  which  are  of  the  letter,  as  spiritual 
things  differ  from  natural,  or  celestial  things  from  earthly,  the 
difference  of  which  is  so  great,  that  before  the  natural  man 


118 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


there  scarce  appears  a  likeness,  although  there  is  a  full  con- 
cordance. Inasmuch  as  this  has  been  unknown,  it  could  not 
be  known  what  is  signified  by  just,  by  justice,  and  by  being 
justified,  in  the  spiritual  and  celestial  sense  in  the  Word  ;  it  is 
believed  by  those  who  are  considered  as  oracles  in  the  church, 
that  he  is  just  and  justified,  who  is  acquainted  with  the  truths 
of  faith  derived  from  the  doctrine  of  the  church,  and  from  the 
Word,  and  hence  is  in  trust  or  confidence,  that  he  is  saved  by 
the  justice  of  the  Lord,  and  that  the  Lord  had  justice  in  conse- 
quence of  fulfilling  all  things  of  the  law ;  and  that  He  had 
merit,  because  He  endured  the  cross,  and  thereby  expiated  and 
redeemed  man  ;  by  this  faith  alone  man  is  believed  to  be  justi- 
fied ;  and  it  is  believed  further,  that  these  are  they  who  in  the 
Word  are  called  just.  But  there  are  no  others  who  are  called 
just  in  the  Word,  but  those  who  from  the  Lord  are  in  the  good 
of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  for  the  Lord  alone  is  just, 
because  alone  justice ;  therefore  man,  so  much  as  he  receives 
of  good  from  the  Lord,  that  is,  so  much  of  the  Lord  as  he  has 
appertaining  to  him  and  according  to  its  quality,  so  much  he  is 
just  and  justified;  the  Lord  being  made  Justice  consisted  in 
His  making  His  human  [principle]  Divine  by  His  own  proper 
power;  this  Divine  [principle]  appertaining  to  man,  who  re- 
ceives it,  is  the  justice  of  the  Lord  appertaining  to  him,  and  is 
the  essential  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor;  for  the 
Lord  is  in  the  good  of  love,  and  by  it  in  the  truth  of  faith,  be 
cause  the  Lord  is  in  Divine  Love  Itself.  The  good  of  charity 
towards  the  neighbor  is  exterior  good,  which  is  signified  by 
just ;  and  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  is  interior  good,  which  is 
signified  by  innocent,  and  which  was  treated  of  in  the  foregoing 
article.  That  the  good  of  love  towards  the  neighbor  from  the 
Lord  is  wrhat  is  just  in  a  proper  sense,  may  be  manifest  from 
the  passages  in  the  Word  where  mention  is  made  of  just,  of 
justice,  and  of  being  justified;  as  in  Matthew,  '■'■Then  shall 
the  just  answer,  saying,  when  saw  we  Thee  hungry  and  fed 
Tliee,  or  thirsty  and  gave  Thee  drink  ;  when  saw  we  Thee  a 
sojourner  and  gathered  Thee ;  and  naked  and  clothed  Thee ; 
when  saw  we  Thee  sick  or  in  prison,  and  came  to  Thee?  But  the 
king  answering  shall  say  to  them,  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  inso- 
much as  ye  have  done  [it]  to  one  of  these  the  least  of  My  brethren, 
yc  have  done  [it]  to  Me.  And  the  just  shall  go  into  eternal  life," 
xxv.  37,  38,  39,  40,  46.  In  this  passage  they  are  called  just, 
who  have  performed  the  goods  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor, which  are  there  recounted;  and  that  the  goods  of  charity 
are  the  Lord  appertaining  to  them,  is  said  manifestly,  "  inso- 
much as  ye  have  done  [it]  to  one  of  the  least  of  these  My 
brethren,  ye  have  done  it  to  Me,"  see  n,  4807  to  4810,  4954  to 
4959,  5003  to  5071  ;  these  are  also  called  sheep,  for  by  sheep 
are  signified  those  who  from  the  Lord  are  in  the  good  of  charity. 


9263.] 


EXODUS. 


119 


n.  4169 ;  but  by  tbe  goats  who  are  on  the  left  hand,  and  are 
damned,  are  signified  those  who  are  in  faith  separate  from 
charity,  n.  4169,  4769.  The  samje  are  signified  by  the  just  in 
another  passage  in  Matthew,  "  The  angels  shall  go  forth,  and 
shall  separate  the  evil  from,  the  midst  of  the  just"  xiii.  49. 
And  in  Luke,  "  Thou  shalt  be  recompensed  in  the  resurrection 
of  the  just"  xiv.  14.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by 
"  the  just  shining  as  the  sun  in  heaven"  Matt.  xiii.  43,  namely, 
that  they  are  in  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  is 
the  sun  in  the  other  life,  and  what  is  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun  in 
that  life  is  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  1053,  1521,  1529,  1530, 
1531,  2441,  2495,  3636,  3643,  4060,  4321,  4696,  5097,  7078, 
7083,  7171,  7173,  7270,  8487,  8812 ;  hence  the  Lord  is  called 
"  the  Sun  of  Justice"  Mai.  iv.  2.  And  in  Daniel,  "The  intel- 
ligent shall  shine  as  the  brightness  of  the  expanse,  and  they 
that  justify  many  as  the  stars  to  an  age  of  ages,"  xii.  3.  Where 
the  intelligent  denote  those  who  are  in  the  truth  and  good  of 
faith,  and  they  that  justify  denote  those,  who  by  the  truth  and 
good  of  faith  lead  to  the  good  of  charity.  To  shine  as  the 
stars,  is  to  be  in  the  intelligence  of  truth,  and  in  the  wisdom  of 
good,  and  thence  in  eternal  happiness  ;  for  stars  are  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good,  from  which  comes  intelligence  and 
wisdom,  n.  2495,  2849,  4697.  The  just  one  is  thus  described 
in  David,  "  Jehovah  supporteth  the  just  /  the  just  one  is  mer- 
ciful and  gives.  The  just  one  is  merciful  and  lendeth  every  day  ; 
the  just  shall  possess  the  earth.  The  mouth  of  the  just  meditates 
wisdom,  and  his  tongue  speaks  judgment.  The  law  of  his  God 
is  in  his  heart,"  Psalm  xxxvii.  16  to  34.  These  things  are  the 
goods  of  charity,  which  are  the  just ;  that  those  goods  of  cha- 
rity are  from  the  Lord,  so  that  they  are  of  the  Lord  with  man, 
is  known  to  the  church.  The  just  one  is  also  described  in 
Ezekiel,  chap,  xviii.  5  to  9,  21 ;  also  chap,  xxxiii.  15,  and 
the  following  verses.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  ma- 
nifest what  is  signified  by  just  and  by  justice  in  the  following 
passages.  "  Blessed  are  they  who  hunger  and  thirst  afcer Justice, 
for  these  shall  be  saturated,"  Matt.  v.  6.  Again,  "  He  who 
receives  a  prophet  in  the  name  of  a  prophet  shall  receive  the  re- 
ward of  a  prophet ;  and  whosoever  receives  a  just  one  in  the  name 
of  a  just  one  shall  receive  the  reward  of  a  just  one"  x.  41. 
Again,  "  Many  prophets  and^'w^  ones  have  desired  to  see  the 
things  which  ye  see,  but  have  not  seen,"  xiii.  17.  Again, 
"  Wo  unto  you,  scribes  and  pharisees,  hypocrites,  because  ye 
build  the  sepulchres  of  the  prophets,  and  adorn  the  monuments 
of  the  just ;  upon  you  shall  come  all  the  just  blood  shed  upon 
the  earth  from  the  blood  of  Abel  the  just"  xxiii.  29,  35. 
Where  prophets  denote  those  who  teach  the  truths  and  gooda 
of  faith,  and  in  the  abstract  sense  the  doctrines  of  faith,  n. 
2534,  7269.    And  the  just  denote  those  who  live  the  life  of 


120 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


chanty,  and  in  the  abstract  sense  the  good  of  charity ;  that 
Abel,  who  is  called  just,  represented  the  good  of  charity,  see 
n.  342,  374.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  The  just  one  perisheth,  nor  is 
there  a  man  [vir]  that  layeth  [it]  upon  the  heart ;  and  men  of 
holiness  are  gathered  together,  and  there  is  none  that  is  intelli- 
gent;  for  by  reason  of  evil  the  just  one  is  gathered,"  lvii.  1. 
Again,  "Thy  people  are  all  just,  they  shall  possess  the  earth 
to  eternity,"  lx.  21.  Again,  "Drop  ye  heavens  from  above, 
and  let  the  clouds  flow  down  with  justice  /  let  the  earth  open 
itself,  that  it  may  make  fruitful  salvation,  and  let  justice  bud 
together.  I  Jehovah  speak  justice,  declare  rectitudes,"  xlv.  8, 
19.  Where  justice  denotes  what  is  from  the  good  of  love, 
and  rectitudes  what  is  from  the  truths  of  faith.  Again,  "  Thus 
saith  Jehovah,  keep  ye  judgment  and  do  justice  /  because  My 
salvation  is  near,  and  My  justice  that  it  may  be  revealed,"  lvi.  1. 
Where  by  judgment  is  signified  the  truth  which  is  of  faith, 
and  by  justice  the  good  which  is  of  charity,  wherefore  it  is 
said  to  do  justice  ;  that  justice  is  the  good  of  charity  from  the 
Lord  is  meant  by  My  justice  is  near  that  it  may  be  revealed. 
In  several  other  passages  also  mention  is  made  of  judgment  and 
justice,  and  by  judgment  is  signified  truth,  and  by  justice  good. 
As  in  Jeremiah,  "Thus  saith  Jehovah,  do  ye  justice  and  judg- 
ment;  and  deliver  him  that  is  spoiled  from  the  hand  of  the  op- 
pressor. Wo  to  him  that  buildeth  his  house  in  non-justice,  and 
his  chambers  in  non-judgment.  Did  not  thy  father  eat  and 
drink,  and  did  judgment  and  justice,  then  he  had  good,"  xxii. 
3,  13.  Where  judgmentdenotes  those  things  which  are  of  truth, 
and  justice  those  which  are  of  good.  So  in  Ezekiel,  "If  the 
wicked  one  shall  return  from  his  sin,  and  shall  do  judgment  and 
justice,  all  his  sins  which  he  hath  sinned  shall  not  be  mentioned 
to  him  ;  he  hath  done  judgment  and  justice,  by  living  he  shall 
live,  in  the  wicked  one  returning  from  his  wickedness,  and 
doing  judgment  and  justice,  because  of  those  things  he  shall 
live,  xxxiii.  14,  16,  19.  Besides  in  other  places,  as  Isaiah 
lvi.  1  ;  chap.  ix.  7  ;  chap.  xvi.  5  ;  chap.  xxvi.  7,  9  ;  chap,  xxxiii. 
5,  15;  chap,  lviii.  2;  Jer.  ix.  24;  chap,  xxiii.  5;  chap.  iii.  15  ; 
Ilosea  ii.  19,  20;  Amos  v.  24;  chap.  vi.  12;  Psalm  xxxvi.  5, 
6  ;  Psalm  cxix.  164,  172.  It  is  said  judgment  and  justice, 
because  in  the  Word  where  truth  is  treated  of,  good  -is  also 
treated  of,  by  reason  of  the  heavenly  marriage  in  singular  the 
things  therein,  which  is  the  marriage  of  good  and  truth,  see  n. 
683,  793,  801,  2173,  2516,  2712,  2945  *  5138,  5502,  6343, 
7945,  8339.  Inasmuch  as  justice  is  of  good,  and  judgment  is 
of  truth,  it  is  also  expressed  ift  other  places  by  justice  and  truth, 
as  Zech.  viii.  8;  Psalm  xv.  2;  Psalm  xxxvi.  5,6;  Psalm 
lxxxv.  11,  12. 

9264.  "Because  I  will  not  justify  the  wicked  " — that  hereby 
:s  signified  that  such  malignity  is  against  Divine  Justice,  ap- 


9264,  9265.] 


EXODUS. 


121 


pears  from  the  signification  of  justifying,  as  denoting  to  declare 
guiltless  and  to  absolve,  but  in  this  case  not  to  absolve,  because 
it  is  said  I  will  not  justify.  That  to  justify  also  denotes  to 
declare  guiltless  and  to  absolve,  is  evident  from  the  forensic 
signification  of  that  expression,  as  also  in  Matthew,  "  From 
thy  words  thou  shall  be  justified,  and  from  thy  words  thou 
shalt  be  condemned,"  xii.  37;  and  in  Luke,  "  Ye  are  they  that 
justify  yourselves  before  men,  but  God  knoweth  your  hearts,' 
xvi.  15 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  wicked,  as  denoting 
malignity,  see  n.  9249  The  malignity,  of  which  it  is  here 
said  that  it  is  against  Divine  Justice,  consists  in  destroying 
interior  and  exterior  good,  which  is  signified  by  slaying  the 
innocent  and  the  just,  see  just  above,  n.  9262,  9263,  and  that 
good  is  destroyed,  when  the  Divine  Truth  and  Good  which  is 
trom  the  Lord  is  denied,  in  which  case  it  is  extinguished  in  man, 
thus  the  Lord  Himself  [is  extinguished],  from  whom  proceeds 
every  good  which  is  good,  and  every  truth  which  is  true,  which 
being  extinguished,  man  has  no  longer  spiritual  life,  thus  no 
salvation.  That  truth  and  good  is  extinguished,  when  the 
Lord's  Divine  [principle]  is  denied,  and  also  when  the  Word 
is  denied,  for  this  is  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  and  concern- 
ing the  Lord ;  to  deny  this,  when  it  has  been  before  acknow- 
.edged  and  received  by  faith,  and  thereby  to  extinguish  it,  is 
the  sin  against  the  Holy  Spirit,  which  is  not  remitted,  Matt, 
xii.  31 ;  for  the  Holy  Spirit  is  the  Divine  Truth  and  Good,  in- 
asmuch as  it  is  the  Holy  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
n.  9222.  This  same  thing  is  also  signified  by  shedding  innocent 
blood  spoken  of  just  above  ;  that  this  malignity  is  not  remitted, 
because  it  is  contrary  to  the  Divine  Justice,  is  signified  by  the 
words,  "I  will  not  justify  the  wicked." 

9265.  "  And  a  gift  thou  shalt  not  receive" — that  hereby  is 
signified  aversion  from  all  gain  whatsoever,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  gift,  as  denoting  every  worldly  thing  which 
is  loved,  whether  it  be  opulence,  or  dignity,  or  reputation,  or 
any  thing  else  which  flatters,  [or  soothes]  ;  these  things  are 
called  in  general  gains,  and  in  the  internal  sense  are  meant  by 
a  gift  which  blinds  and  perverts  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
not  receiving,  as  denoting  to  hold  in  aversion,  for  unless  they 
be  held  in  aversion,  they  are  still  looked  at  and  received ;  but 
they  are  then  held  in  aversion,  when  what  is  celestial  and 
Divine  is  loved  in  preference  to  what  is  worldly  and  terrestrial, 
for  so  much  as  the  one  is  loved,  so  much  the  other  is  hated, 
according  to  the  Lord's  words  in  Luke,  "  No  servant  can  serve 
two  lords,  for  either  he  will  hate  the  one  and  love  the  other ; 
ye  cannot  serve  God  and  mammon,"  xvi.  13 ;  to  hate  is  to 
hold  in  aversion,  for  aversion  is  of  hatred,  and  hatred  is  oppo- 
site to  love,  wherefore  it  is  said,  or  will  love  the  other.  From 


122 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by  not  receiving  a  gift, 
is  signified  aversion  from  all  gain  whatsoever. 

9266.  "  Because  a  gift  blinds  those  w  ho  have  their  eyea 
open  "  — that  hereby  is  signified  that  gains  cause  truths  not  to 
appear,  is  manifest  from  the  signification  of  a  gift,  as  denoting 
gain  of  every  kind,  see  just  above,  n.  9265;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  blinding,  when  concerning  truths,  as  denoting  to 
cause  them  not  to  appear ;  and  from  the  signification  of  those 
who  have  their  eyes  open,  or  who  see,  as  denoting  those  who 
know  truths,  and  discern  what  is  true,  for  by  seeing  is  signified 
to  know,  to  understand  and  acknowledge  truths,  and  also  to 
have  faith,  n.  897,  2150,  2325,  2807,  3764,  3863,  3869,  4103  to 
4.421,  5114,  5286,  5400,  6805,  8688,  9128  ;  wherefore  they  who 
have  their  eyes  open  are  called  the  wise  in  another  passage, 
"JL  gift  blindeth  the  eyes  of  the  wise"  Deut.  xvi.  19. 

9267.  "  And  perverts  the  words  of  the  just " — that  hereby  is 
signified  that  they  appear  as  truths  of  good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  perverting  the  words  of  the  just,  as  denoting 
that  they  appear  like  to  the  truths  of  good,  for  words  are  the 
tilings  themselves,  thus  truths,  and  the  just  are  those  who  are 
in  good,  u.  9263 ;  the  reason  why  words  denote  truths,  is,  be- 
cause word  in  the  original  tongue  signifies  that  which  is  some- 
thing, and  which  really  exists,  hence  also  it  signifies  truth,  for 
every  thing  which  really  exists  from  an  esse  has  reference  to 
truth.  From  this  consideration  also  it  is  that  Divine  Truth  is 
called  the  Word. 

9268.  "And  a  sojourner  thou  shalt  not  oppress"  —  that 
hereby  is  signified  that  they  who  desire  to  be  instructed  in  the 
truths  of  the  church,  ought  not  to  be  infested  with  evils  of 
life,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  sojourner,  as  denoting 
one  who  desires  to  be  instructed  in  the  truths  of  the  church, 
see  n.  8007,  8013,  9196;  and  from  the  signification  of  oppress- 
ing, us  denoting  to  infest  with  evils  of  life,  see  n.  9196. 

9269.  '*  And  ye  know  the  soul  of  a  sojourner  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  their  desire  of  life,  appears  from  the  signification  ot 
soul,  when  concerning  those  who  desire  to  be  instructed  in  the 
truths  of  faith,  who  are  signified  by  sojourners,  as  denoting  de- 
sire and  life,  for  the  soul  is  life  grounded  in  faith,  n.  9U50 ; 
and  desire  is  the  active  principle  itself  of  life,  for  it  is  derived 
from  the  affection  of  good,  and  from  the  affection  of  good  the 
truth  of  faith  lives. 

9270.  "  Because  ye  were  sojourners  in  the  land  of  Egypt " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  they  were  protected  from  falses 
and  evils,  when  they  were  infested  by  internals,  appears  from 
what  was  shown,  n.  9197,  where  the  same  words  occur. 

9271.  Verses  10, 11.  12,  13.  And  six  years  thou  shalt  sow 
thy  land,  and  shalt  gather  together  the  produce  thereof  And  in 


9266— 9272.J 


EXODUS. 


123 


the  seventh  thou  shalt  let  it  rest  and  lie  still,  and  the  needy  of 
thy  people  shall  eat  together,  and  the  residue  thereof  the  wild 
beast  of  the  Ji '-eld  sliall  eat  /  so  shalt  thou  do  to  thy  vineyard,  to 
thine  oliveyard.  Six  days  thou  shalt  do  thy  work,  and  on  the 
seventh  day  thou  shalt  cease,  to  the  intent  that  thine  ox  may  rest, 
and  thine  ass,  and  the  son  of  thine  hand-maid  may  respire,  and 
the  sojourner.  And  all  that  I  have  said  to  you  ye  shall  keep. 
And  the  name  of  other  gods  ye  shall  not  mention,  it  shall  not 
be  heard  upon  thy  mouth.  And  six  years  thou  shalt  sow  thy 
land,  signifies  the  first  state  when  the  man  of  the  church  is 
instructing  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith.  And  shalt  gather 
together  the  produce  thereof,  signifies  the  goods  of  truth  thence 
derived.  And  in  the  seventh  thou  shalt  let  it  rest  and  lie  still, 
signifies  another  state  when  the  man  of  the  church  is  in  good, 
and  thereby  in  the  tranquillity  of  peace.  And  the  needy  of  thy 
people  sliall  eat  together,  signifies  conjunction  by  the  good  of 
charity  with  those  who  are  in  few  truths,  and  still  desire  to  be 
instructed.  And  the  residue  thereof  the  wild  beast  of  the  field 
shall  eat,  signifies  by  those  with  them  who  are  in  the  delights 
of  external  truths.  So  shalt  thou  do  to  thy  vineyard,  to  thine 
oliveyard,  signifies  that  so  it  is  with  spiritual  good  and  with 
celestial  good.  Six  days  shalt  thou  do  thy  works,  signifies  a 
state  of  labor  and  combat  when  in  external  things  which  are  to 
be  conjoined  to  internal.  In  the  seventh  day  thou  shalt  cease, 
signifies  a  state  of  good  when  in  internal  things,  and  its  tran- 
quillity of  peace  on  the  occasion.  To  the  intent  that  thine  ox 
may  rest,  and  thine  ass,  signifies  tranquillity  to  external  goods, 
and  truths  at  the  same  time.  And  the  son  of  thine  hand-maid 
may  respire,  and  the  sojourner,  signifies  the  state  of  life  of  those 
who  are  in  truths  and  goods  out  of  the  church.  And  all  that  I 
have  said  to  you  ye  shall  keep,  signifies  that  the  precepts, 
judgments,  and  statutes,  ought  to  be  done.  And  the  name  of 
other  gods  ye  shall  not  mention,  signifies  that  they  ought  not 
to  think  from  the  doctrine  of  the  false.  It  shall  not  be  heard 
upon  thy  mouth,  signifies  that  it  ought  not  to  be  obeyed  by  any 
affirmation. 

9272.  "  Six  years  thoxi  shalt  sow  thy  land  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  first  state  when  man  is  instructing  in  the  truths 
and  goods  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  six  years, 
as  denoting  the  first  state  of  the  man  who  is  regenerating,  see 
below,  n.  9274  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  sowing  land,  as 
denoting  when  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  are  inseminating. 
The  reason  why  this  is  signified  by  sowing  land  is,  because  all 
things  which  are  of  a  field,  of  seed-time,  and  of  its  produce, 
signify  such  things  as  are  of  the  church  in  general,  and  as  are 
of  a  man  of  the  church  in  particular,  who  is  a  man  regenerated, 
by  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  good  of  charity  from  the  Lord ; 
hence  it  is  that  a  field  or  ground  in  the  Word  signify  those  in 


124 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


the  church,  who  receive  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  as  a  field 
receives  seed.  Wherefore  also  in  the  Word  mention  is  fre- 
quently made  of  a  field,  of  seed,  of  seed-time,  of  harvest,  of 
produce,  of  corn  and  wheat,  and  hence  of  bread,  besides  other 
things  which  are  of  a  field.  He  who  does  not  know  how  the 
case  is  with  the  state  of  heaven,  believes  no  other  than  that 
those  things  in  the  Word  are  mere  metaphorical  sayings  and 
comparisons,  when  yet  they  are  real  correspondences  ;  for  when 
the  angels  hold  discourse  concerning  man's  regeneration  from 
the  Lord  by  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  charity,  on  such 
occasions  in  the  world  of  spirits  beneath  appear  fields  sown, 
fallow,  and  also  harvests  ;  and  this  by  reason  that  they  cor- 
respond. He  who  knows  this,  may  also  know  that  such  things 
in  the  world  are  created  according  to  correspondences ;  for 
universal  nature,  that  is,  heaven,  with  the  sun,  the  moon,  the 
stars,  and  earth  with  the  subjects  of  her  three  kingdoms,  cor- 
respond to  such  things  as  are  in  the  spiritual  world,  n.  2993. 
5116,  5377;  and  that  thus  nature  is  a  theatre  representative  of 
the  Lord's  kingdom,  n.  34S3 ;  and  that  hence  all  things  subsist, 
which  are  in  the  natural  world,  n.  2987,  2989,  2990,  3002, 
8211.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  whence  it  is  that 
those  things  which  are  of  a  field,  that  is  which  are  sown  in  a 
field,  and  reaped  from  a  field,  signify  such  things  which  are  of 
the  church  in  general  and  in  particular.  That  comparisons 
also  in  the  Word  are  from  those  things  which  correspond,  see 
n.  3579,  8989.  That  to  sow  land  or  a  field,  is  to  teacli  and  to 
learn  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  which  are  of  the  church, 
and  that  produce  denotes  the  goods  of  truth  thence  derived, 
may  be  manifest  from  several  passages  in  the  Word,  as  in 
Isaiah,  "  Because  thou  hast  forgotten  the  God  of  thy  salvation, 
therefore  thou  shalt  plant  plants  of  delight ;  but  with  the  shoot 
of  what  is  extraneous  thou  shalt  sow  it  /  in  the  d&y'thou  shalt 
make  thy  plant  to  grow,  and  in  the  morning  thy  seed  to  flourish, 
a  heap  of  harvest  in  the  day  of  possession  ;  but  desperate  grief," 
xvii.  10,  11.  In  this  passage  such  things  are  mentioned  as  grow 
on  the  earth  ;  that  nevertheless  the  holy  things  of  the  church  are 
meant  by  them  is  evident,  namely,  by  planting  plants  ot* delights, 
such  tilings  as  favor  the  affections  ;  and  by  sowing  the  land 
with  a  shoot  of  what  is  extraneous,  the  teaching  truths  not 
genuine.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah  to  the  man 
[wr]  of  Judah  and  of  Jerusalem,  break  up  your  fallow  ground, 
nor  sow  ye  amongst  thorns,  circumcise  yourselves  to  Jehovah, 
and  remove  the  foreskins  of  your  heart,"  iv.  3,  4.  That  to  sow 
amongst  thorns  denotes  to  teach  and  learn  truths,  but  which 
the  cares  of  the  world,  the  deceitt'ulness  of  riches,  and  concu- 
piscences, suffocate  and  render  unfruitful,  the  Lord  teaches 
in  Mark,  chap.  iv.  7,  18,  19  ;  wherefore  it  is  said  that  they 
should  circumcise  themselves  to  Jehovah,  and  remove  the  fore- 


9272.] 


EXODUS. 


125 


skins  of  the  heart,  that  is,  that  they  should  purify  themselves 
from  such  things  as  suffocate  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  and 
render  them  unfruitful.    That  to  circumcise  has  this  significa- 
tion, see  n.  2039,  2056,  2632,  3412,  3113,  4462,  7045.  The 
like  is  signified  hy  sowing  wheat  and  reaping  thorns  in  Jere- 
miah, chap.  xii.  13.    And  in  Micah,  "  I  am  weary  with  smiting 
thee,  with  devastating  hy  reason  of  thy  sins ;  thou  shalt  sow 
but  not  reap  ;  thou  shalt  tread  the  olive,  but  shalt  not  anoint 
thee  with  oil  ;  and  new  wine,  hut  thou  shalt  not  drink  wine," 
vi.  13,  15.     Where  to  sow  and  not  to  reap,  denotes  to  be  in- 
structed in  the  truths  of  faith  but  without  advancement.  To 
tread  the  olive  but  not  to  anoint  himself,  denotes  to  be  in- 
structed concerning  the  good  of  life,  but  still  not  to  live  in  it. 
To  tread  new  wine  but  not  to  drink  wine,  denotes  to  be  in- 
structed concerning  truths  which  are  from  good,  but  still  not 
to  appropriate  them  to  himself.  That  such  things  of  the  church 
or  of  heaven,  are  signified  by  the  above  words,  is  evident  from 
what  precedes,  namely,  that  they  should  be  so  devastated  on 
account  of  their  sins,  for  the  wicked  man  and  the  sinner  re- 
ceives instruction,  but  [only]  stores  it  up  amongst  scientifics, 
which  he  presses  forth  from  the  memory  to  hunt  after  reputa- 
tion, honors,  and  wealth,  thus  to  serve  an  evil  use  and  end. 
Hence  the  truths  and  goods  with  which  he  has  been  instructed 
lose  their  life  of  heaven,  and  become  dead,  and  at  length  deadly. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Blessed  are  ye  that  sow  near  all  waters,  that 
send  forth  the  foot  of  the  ox  and  of  the  ass,"  xxxii.  20.  Where 
to  sow  near  all  waters,  denotes  to  be  instructed  in  all  kinds  of 
truths  which  are  from  use.  To  send  forth  the  foot  of  the  ox  and 
of  the  ass  is  to  be  instructed  in  external  goods  and  truths. 
Again,  "  Jacob  shall  cause  those  that  come  to  take  root,  Israel 
shall  blossom  and  flourish,  so  that  the  faces  of  the  globe  shall  be 
filled  with  produce.  Thy  teachers  shall  not  be  forced  any  longer 
to  fly  away,  and  thine  eyes  shall  have  respect  to  thy  teachers, 
and  thine  ears  shall  hear  a  word  from  behind  thee,  saying,  this 
is  the  way,  go  ye  in  it.  Then  shall  Jehovah  give  the  rain  of  thy 
seed  with,  which  thou  shalt  sow  the  land,  and  bread  of  the  pro- 
duce of  the  earth,  and  it  shall  be  fat  and  wealthy.    Thy  cattle 
shall  feed  in  that  day  in  a  broad  meadow ;  and  the  oxen  and 
asses  that  till  the  earth  shall  eat  a  mere  mixture  of  grain.  The 
light  of  the  moon  shall  be  as  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  the  light 
of  the  sun  shall  be  seven-fold  as  the  light  of  seven  days,  in  the 
day  wherein  Jehovah  shall  bind  up  the  breach  of  His  people, 
and  shall  heal  the  wound  of  their  plague,"  xxvii.  6  ;  chap, 
xxx.  20  to  26.  That  Jehovah  giving  the  rain  of  seed  with  which 
they  should  sow  the  land,  and  bread  of  the  produce  of  the  earth, 
that  feeding  cattle  in  a  broad  meadow,  that  the  oxen  and  the 
asses  that  till  the  earth  should  eat  a  mere  mixture  of  grain,  that 
the  light  of  the  moon  being  as  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  this 


126 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


6even-fold,  signify  snch  things  as  are  of  the  church,  is  clearly 
evident  to  every  one  who  weighs  the  expressions.  Also  that  they 
signify  instruction  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  ;  for  it  in 
said,  thine  eyes  shall  have  respect  to  thy  teachers,  and  thine 
ears  shall  hear  a  "word,  saying,  this  is  the  way,  go  ye  in  it.  For 
teachers  are  those  who  instruct,  and  the  way  in  which  they 
should  go  is  .truth  of  doctrine  and  good  of  life.  But  what  sin- 
gular the  things  specifically  signify,  is  evident  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  rain,  of  seed,  of  produce  of  land,  of  cattle,  of  a  broad 
meadow,  of  oxen  and  asses  tilling  the  earth,  of  the  mixture  of 

f;rain  which  they  should  eat.  Also  from  the  signification  of  the 
ight  of  the  moon  and  of  the  sun,  likewise  of  seven-fold  and 
seven  days.    And  whereas  such  things  as  relate  to  the  church, 
that  is,  which  relate  to  doctrine  and  life,  are  signified  by  the 
above  expressions,  it  follows,  that  this  should  be  done  in  the 
day  in  which  Jehovah  shall  bind  up  the  breach  of  His  people, 
and  shall  heal  the  wound  of  their  plague,  for  the  breach  of  the 
people  denotes  the  false  of  doctrine  gradually  insinuating  itself 
from  the  improbity  of  teachers,  from  concupiscences,  and 
from  other  causes ;  the  wound  of  a  plague  denotes  the  evil  of 
life  thence  derived.  Inasmuch  as  with  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish 
people  all  things  were  representative  of  things  celestial  and  Di- 
vine, so  also  were  fields  and  their  produce,  likewise  vineyards, 
olive-yards,  and  all  plantations,  as  also  herds  and  oxen,  besides 
mountains,  hills,  valleys,  rivers,  and  other  things  which  were 
obvious  to  their  senses.    Hence  it  was  that  they  were  also  en- 
riched with  such  things,  when  they  kept  and  did  the  statutes 
and  judgments,  according  to  the  promises  in  the  Word  through- 
out, as  in  Moses,  "  If  ye  shall  walk  in  My  statutes  and  keep 
My  precepts  and  do  them,  /  will  give  you  rain  in  its  time, 
and  the  earth  shall  give  its  produce,  and  the  tree  of  the  field 
shall  give  its  frwt,    Levit.  xxvi.  3,  4.    And  in  Zechariah, 
"The  vine  shall  give  its  fruit,  andthe  earth  shall  give  its  pro- 
duce, and  the  heavens  shall  give  their  dew:  whence  it  shall 
come  to  pass,  as  ye  have  been  a  curse  amongst  the  nations  ye 
shall  be  a  blessing,  viii.  12,  13.    The  contrary  betel  them, 
when  they  worshipped  other  gods,  for  in  this  case  they  no  longer 
represented  heavenly  and  Divine  things,  but  infernal  and 
diabolical ;  wherefore  in  this  case  there  was  no  longer  fruitt ill- 
ness nor  produce,  but  consumption  and  vastation,  according  to 
these  words  in  Moses,  "  If  ye  serve  other  gods,  the  anger  of 
Jehovah  shall  burn  against  you;  He  shall  shut  up  the  heaven 
that  there  shall  be  no  rain,  and  the  earth  shall  not  give  its 
produce,"  Dent.  xi.  17.    Again,  "  "When  Jeshurun  waxed  fat, 
Tie  kicked,  and  forsook  God  ;  they  sacrifice  to  demons,  to  gods 
whom  they  have  not  known  ;  wherefore  a  fire  was  kindled  in 
Mine  anger,  and  6hall  burn  even  to  the  lowest  hell,  and  shall 
consume  the  earth  and  its  produce,"  Deut.  xxxii.  15,  17,  22 


9273,  9274.J 


EXODUS. 


127 


From  these  considerations  now  it  is  evident  what  is  signified 
by  sowing  the  land,  and  by  its  produce,  also  whence  it  is  that 
such  things  are  significative  ;  it  is  also  evident  what  is  signified 
by  those  things  in  the  following  passages,  "Jehovah  setteth 
the  wilderness  for  a  lake  of  waters,  and  a  land  of  drought  for 
the  going  forth  of  waters ;  He  causeth  the  hungry  to  dwell 
there,  that  they  may  sow  the  fields,  and  plant  vineyards,  and 
make  fruit  of  produce"  Psalm  cvii.  33  to  3S.  Again,  "All 
people  shall  confess  Thee,  the  land  shall  give  its  produce,  God 
shall  bless  us,"  Psalm  lxvii.  5,  6,  7.  And  in  Moses,  "Jehovah 
maketh  His  people  to  ride  upon  the  high  places  of  the  earth, 
and  feedeth  them  with  the  produce  of  the  fields  /  He  maketh 
them  suck  honey  out  of  the  rock  of  flint,  and  oil  out  of  the 
6tone  of  flint,"  Dent,  xxxii.  13. 

9273.  "  And  shall  gather  its  produce  " — that  hereby  are 
signified  the  goods  of  truth  thence  derived,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  gathering,  as  denoting  after  instruction  to  ap- 
propriate to  himself,  for  when  to  sow  denotes  to  instruct  and  to 
be  instructed  in  the  truths  of  faith,  as  has  been  just  now  shown 
above,  then  to  gather  denotes  to  appropriate  those  things  to 
himself.  Appropriation  is  effected  when  the  truths  which  were 
of  doctrine,  become  of  life;  when  they  become  of  life,  they 
are  ©ailed  the  goods  of  truth  ;  these  are  what  are  here  signified 
by  produce. 

9274.  "  And  in  the  seventh  thou  shalt  let  it  rest  and  lie 
still " — that  hereby  is  signified  another  state,  when  the  man  of 
the  church  is  in  good,  and  thereby  in  the  tranquillity  of  peace, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  seventh  year  or  the  sab- 
bath, as  denoting  when  man  is  in  good,  and  by  good  is  led  of 
the  Lord,  see  n.  8505,  8510,  8890,  8893  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  letting  the  land  alone,  or  not  sowing  it,  as  denoting 
not  to  be  led  by  truths,  as  before  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
letting  it  lie  still,  as  denoting  to  be  in  the  tranquillity  of  peace. 
That  the  sabbath  also  was  representative  of  a  state  of  peace,  in 
which  there  is  conjunction,  see  n.  849-1,  for  by  the  letting  alone 
and  lying  still  as  the  rest  of  the  land,  was  represented  the  rest, 
tranquillity  and  peace,  which  appertain  to  those  who  are  in  good 
from  the  Lord.  That  there  are  two  states  appertaining  to  the 
man  who  is  regenerating  and  becomes  a  church,  namely  the  first 
when  he  is  led  by  the  truths  of  faith  to  the  good  of  charity,  and 
the  other  when  he  is  in  the  good  of  charitv,  see  n.  7923,  7992, 
8505,  8506,  8512,  8513,  8516,  8539,  8643"  8648,  8658,  8685, 
S690,  8701,  8772,  9139,  9224,  9227,  9230.  That  those  two 
states  appertain  to  man  who  is  regenerating  and  becomes  a 
church,  has  been  heretofore  unknown,  by  reason  especially 
that  the  man  of  the  church  has  not  distinguished  between  truth 
and  good,  thus  neither  between  faith  and  charity  ;  also  because 
he  has  not  distinctly  perceived  the  two  faculties  of  man,  which 


128 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


are  understanding  and  will ;  and  that  the  understanding  seea 
truths  and  goods,  and  that  the  will  is  affected  by  them  and  loves 
them.    Hence  neither  could  he  know,  that  the  first  state  of  the 
man  who  is  regenerating  is  to  learn  truths  and  to  see  them,  and 
that  the  other  state  is  to  will  and  to  love  them,  and  that  they 
are  not  appropriated  to  man  until  he  wills  and  loves  what  he 
has  learnt  and  seen  ;  for  the  will  is  the  man  himself,  and  the 
understanding  is  his, minister.    If  these  things  had  been  known, 
it  might  have  been  known  and  perceived,  that  the  man  who 
is  regenerating  is  gifted  both  with  a  new  understanding  and  a 
new  will  from  the  Lord,  and  unless  he  be  gifted  with  both,  that 
he  is  not  a  new  man,  for  the  understanding  is  only  the  sight  of 
the  things  which  the  man  wills  and  loves,  and  thus,  as  was  said, 
is  only  a  minister.    Consequently  that  the  first  state  of  the  man 
who  is  regenerating  is  to  be  led  by  truths  to  good,  and  that  the 
other  state  is  to  be  led  by  good,  and  that  when  he  is  in  this 
latter  state,  the  order  is  inverted,  and  he  is  then  led  of  the 
Lord,  consequentl}'  he  is  then  in  heaven,  and  thereby  in  the 
tranquillity  of  peace.  This  state  is  what  is  meant  by  the  seventh 
day,  and  by  rhe  seventh  year,  also  by  the  jubilee,  that  is,  by 
the  sabbath  and  by  the  sabbath  of  sabbaths,  and  by  the  land 
resting  at  that  time,  according  to  these  words  in  Moses.  "  Six 
years  thou  shalt  sow  thy  field,  and  six  years  thou  shalt  prunk 
thy  vineyard,  and  gatlier  its  produce  /  but  in  the  seventh  yeat 
shall  be  a  sabbath  of  sabbaths  to  the  land  ;  a  sabbath  to  Jehovah  ; 
thou  shalt  not  sow  thy  field,  and  thou  shalt  not  prune  thy  vine- 
yard, that  which  springeth  up  of  its  own  accord  of  thy  harvest 
thou  shalt  not  reap,"  Levit.  xxv.  3,  4,  5.    And  concerning  the 
jubilee,  "  In  the  year  qf  jubilee  ye  shall  not  sow,  neither  shall 
ye  reap  that  which  groweth  of  its  own  accoi'd  of  it,  neither  shall 
ye  vintage  what  is  separated  of  it,"  Levit.  xxv.  11.    lie  whc 
does  not  know  any  thing  concerning  the  above  two  states 
must  needs  be  ignorant  of  several  things  which  are  contained 
in  the  Word.    lor  in  the  prophetic  Word  especially  both  one 
state  and  the  other  are  distinctly  described ;  yea,  neither  can 
lie  comprehend  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  not  even 
several  tilings  which  are  in  its  literal  sense,  as  these  which  the 
Lord  predicted  concerning  the  last  time  of  the  church  at  thie 
day  existing,  which  is  there  called  the  consummation  of  the 
age,  as  in  Matthew,  "  Then  they  who  are  in  Judea,  let  them 
fee  to  the  mountains  ;  he  who  is  on  the  house,  let  him  not  come 
down  to  take  any  thing  out  of  his  house.    And  he  who  is  in  the 
field,  let  him  not  return  back  to  take  his  clothes"  xxiv.  16,  17, 
18.    And  in  Luke,  "  In  that  day,  whosoever  shall  be  on  th« 
house,  and  his  vessels  in  the  house,  let  him  not  go  down  to  take 
them  I  and  whosoever  is  in  the  field,  in  like  manner  let  him  not 
return,  to  the  things  which  are  behind  him;  remember  lots  wife," 
xvii.  31.  32.    That  the  other  state  is  here  described,  and  that 


9275,  9276. 


EXODUS 


129 


none  ought  to  return  from  it  to  the  first,  see  n.  3650  to  3655, 
5895,  5897,  S505,  8506,  8510,  8512,  8516.  That  those  states 
are  distinct,  is  involved  also  in  these  words  in  Moses,  "  When 
thou  shalt  make  a  new  house,  thou  shalt  make  a  battlement  to  thy 
roof.  Thou  shalt  not  sow  thy  vineyard  and  thy  field  mixedly. 
Thou  shalt  notjplmgh  with  an  ox  and  an  ass  together.  Thou 
shalt  not  wear  a  mixed  garment  of  wool  and  linen  together" 
Deut.  xxii.  8  to  12  ;  Levit.  xix.  19.  By  those  words  is  signi- 
fied, that  he  who  is  in  a  state  of  truth,  that  is,  in  the  first 
state,  cannot  be  in  a  state  of  good,  that  is,  in  the  other  state, 
thus  neither  vice  versa.  The  reason  is,  because  one  etate  is 
the  inverse  of  the  other ;  for  in  the  first  state  man  looks  out  of 
the  world  into  heaven,  but  in  the  other  he  looks  out  of  heaven 
into  the  world.  For  in  the  first  state  truths  enter  out  of  the 
world  through  the  intellectual  principle  into  the  will,  and  there 
become  goods,  because  of  the  love.  But  in  the  other  state, 
the  goods  so  made  go  forth  out  of  heaven  through  the  will  into 
the  intellectual  principle,  and  there  appear  in  the  form  of  faith 
This  faith  is  what  is  saving,  because  it  is  from  the  good  of  love, 
that  is,  by  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord ;  for  it  is  the  faith  ol 
charity  in  form. 

9275.  "  And  the  needy  of  thy  people  shall  eat  together  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  by  the  good  of  charity  with 
those  who  are  in  few  truths,  and  still  desire  to  be  instructed, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  eating  together,  as  denoting 
communication  and  conjunction,  see  n.  2187,  3596,  5643,  8001 ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  needy,  as  denoting  those  who 
are  in  few  truths  by  reason  of  ignorance,  and  still  desire  to  be 
instructed,  see  n.  9253.  And  from  the  signification  of  people, 
in  this  case  the  people  of  Israel,  as  denoting  those  who  are  of 
the  church,  see  n.  4286,  6862,  6637,  8805.  From  which  con- 
siderations it  is  evident,  that  by  the  needy  of  thy  people  eating, 
is  signified  the  conjunction  of  the  church  with  those  who  are 
in  tew  truths,  and  still  desire  to  be  instructed.  The  reason  why 
it  is  called  conjunction  by  the  good  of  charity  is,  because  that 
good  conjoins,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  article  which  now  follows. 

9276.  "  And  the  residue  thereof  the  wild  beast  of  the  field 
shall  eat" — that  hereby  is  signified  by  those  with  them  who  are 
in  the  delights  of  external  truth,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  the  residue  thereof,  namely,  of  the  needy  of  the  people,  as  de- 
noting what  is  left  by  them,  thus  what  is  after  them,  but  in  the 
present  case  by  them,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  con- 
cerning the  conjunction  of  the  church  with  those  who  are  in 
few  truths,  and  in  this  case  with  those  who  are  in  the  delights 
of  external  truth.  That  the  conjunction  of  the  church  with 
the  latter  is  effected  by  the  former,  will  be  seen  below.  And 
from  the  signification  of  eating,  as  denoting  communication 
and  conjunction,  as  just  above,  n.  9275.    And  from  the  6ignifi- 

VOL.  ix.  9 


130 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiin 


cation  of  the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  as  denoting  those  who  are 
in  the  delights  of  external  truth.  For  beasts  in  the  Word  signify 
the  affections  of  truth  and  good  ;  the  beasts  which  are  of  the 
flock,  the  affections  of  internal  truth  and  good,  and  the  beasts 
which  are  of  the  herd,  the  affections  of  external  truth  and  good, 
but  wild  beasts  such  affections  as  are  of  truth  most  external ; 
for  these  affections  in  respect  to  internal  affections  are  wild 
beasts,  for  they  are  affections  of  things  sensual,  which  are  called 
pleasures  and  delights.  The  reason  why  they  are  delights  of 
truth  and  not  so  of  good  is,  because  the  sensual  things  which 
by  the  body  immediately  communicate  with  the  world,  derive 
scarce  any  thing  from  spiritual  good,  for  corporeal  and  worldly 
loves  principally  reside  therein.  That  beasts  in  the  Word  sig- 
nify affections  of  truth  and  good,  see  n.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246, 
714,  715,  776,  1823,  2180,  2781,  3218,  3519,  5198,  9090. 
That  beasts  which  are  of  the  flock,  signify  the  affections  of  in- 
ternal truth  and  good,  and  that  those  which  are  of  the  herd 
signify  the  affections  of  external  truth  and  good,  see  n.  5913, 
8937,  9135.  That  sensual  things  communicate  with  the  world, 
and  are  extreme  things,  see  n.  4009,  5077,  5089,  5094,  5125, 
5128,  5767,  6183,  6201,  6310,  6311,  6313,  6315,  631S,  6564, 
6598,  6612,  6614,  6622,  6624,  6844,  6845,  694S,  6949,  7442, 
7693,  9212,  9216.  From  those  things  which  have  been  shown 
in  the  above  passages,  may  be  known  what  is  the  quality  of  the 
sensual  principle  of  man  in  respect  to  interior  principles,  namely 
that  it  is  as  a  wild  beast.  The  subject  treated  of  in  this  verse, 
in  the  internal  sense,  is  concerning  those  who  are  in  the  good 
of  charity,  also  concerning  those  who  are  in  few  truths  and 
still  desire  to  be  instructed,  next  concerning  those  who  are  in 
the  delights  of  external  truth.  These  three  kinds  of  men  con- 
stitute the  church  ;  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  charity  con- 
stitute the  internal  of  the  church  ;  but  they  who  are  in  few 
truths,  and  still  desire  to  be  instructed,  thus  who  are  in  the 
affection  of  truth  from  good,  constitute  the  external  of  the 
church ;  but  they  who  are  in  the  delights  of  external  truth  are 
the  extremes,  and  make  as  it  were  the  circumference,  and  close 
the  church.  The  conjunction  of  heaven  with  the  human  race, 
that  is,  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  heaven  • 
with  man,  is  effected  by  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  charity, 
thus  by  the  good  of  charity,  for  in  that  good  the  Lord  is  pre- 
sent, for  the  Lord  is  that  good  itself.  By  [or  through]  that  good 
the  Lord  conjoins  Himself  with  those  who  are  in  the  affection 
of  truth,  for  die  affection  of  truth  is  from  good,  and  good,  as 
was  said,  is  from  the  Lord.  By  [or  through]  these  again  the 
Lord  is  with  those  who  are  in  the  delights  of  external  truth,  for 
the  delights  appertaining  to  them  are  for  the  most  part  derived 
from  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world,  and  very  little  from  spiritual 
good     Such  is  the  communication  of  heaven  with  man,  that 


9276.] 


EXODUS. 


131 


is,  such  the  communication  of  the  Lord  by  [or  through] 
heaven  with  him,  consequently  such  the  conjunction.  That  the 
communication  and  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the  human 
race  is  of  such  a  sort,  may  be  manifest  from  the  consideration 
that  such  is  the  influx  with  every  man  of  the  church,  (by  the 
man  of  the  church  is  meant  one  who  is  in  the  good  of  charity, 
and  hence  in  the  truths  of  faith  from  the  Lord,  for  charity  in 
which  faith  is  grounded  is  the  church  itself  appertaining  to 
man,  because  those  principles  are  from  the  Lord),  for  the  Lord 
flows-in  into  that  good,  which  is  its  internal,  and  by  [or  through] 
that  into  the  affection  of  truth,  which  is  its  external,  and  b}r  [or 
through]  that  affection  into  the  delights  of  external  truth,  which 
are  in  the  extremes.  As  the  case  is  with  the  man  of  the  church 
in  particular,  so  also  it  is  with  the  church  in  general,  that  is, 
with  all  who  constitute  the  church  of  the  Lord.  The  reason  is, 
because  the  universal  church  before  the  Lord  is  as  a  man,  for 
the  heaven  of  the  Lord,  with  which  the  church  acts  in  unity, 
is  before  Him  as  one  man,  as  may  be  manifest  from  what  has 
been  shown  concerning  heaven  as  the  Gkand  Man,  at  the  close 
of  several  chapters  in  Genesis.  In  consequence  of  this,  the  case 
is  similar  with  the  man  of  the  church  in  particular,  for  the  man 
of  the  church  in  particular  is  a  heaven,  a  church,  and  kingdom 
of  the  Lord  in  the  least  effigy.  Moreover  the  case  with  the 
church  is  as  with  man  himself,  in  that  there  are  two  fountains 
of  life  appertaining  to  him,  namely,  the  Hkart  and  the  Lungs. 
It  is  a  known  thing,  that  the  first  principle  of  his  life  is  the  heart, 
and  the  second  principle  of  his  life  is  the  lungs,  and  from  these 
two  fountains  all  and  singular  things  which  are  in  man  live. 
The  heart  of  the  Grand  Man,  that  is,  of  heaven  and  the  church, 
is  constituted  by  those  who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord,  and  in  love 
towards  the  neighbor,  thus  abstractedly  from  persons,  is  con- 
stituted by  the  love  of  the  Lord  and  the  love  of  the  neighbor; 
but  the  lungs  in  the  Grand  Man,  or  in  heaven  and  the  church, 
are  constituted  by  those  who  from  the  Lord  are  in  charity  to- 
wards the  neighbor,  and  thence  in  faith,  thus  abstractedly  from 
persons,  are  constituted  by  charity  and  faith  from  the  Lord; 
but  the  rest  of  the  viscera  and  members  in  that  Grand  Man  are 
constituted  by  those  who  are  in  external  goods  and  truths,  thus 
abstractedly  from  persons,  by  external  goods  and  truths,  whereby 
internal  truths  and  goods  may  be  introduced.  As  now  the  heart 
first  flows-in  into  the  lungs,  and  into  the  viscera  and  members 
of  the  body,  so  likewise  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  the  good  ot 
love  into  internal  truths,  and  by  [or  through]  these  into  external 
truths  and  goods.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  seen, 
that  there  altogether  ought  to  be  a  church  in  the  earth,  and 
that  without  it  the  human  race  would  perish,  for  it  would  be  as 
man  when  he  dies,  when  the  heart  and  lungs  cease  to  be  moved  ; 
for  which  reason  it  is  also  provided  of  the  Lord,  that  there  should 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


always  be  a  church  in  the  earths,  where  the  Lord  is  revealed  by 
the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Him,  which  Divine  Truth  in 
our  earth  is  the  Word.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  believed  scarcely 
by  any  one  at  this  day,  because  it  is  not  believed  that  the  all  of 
man's  Life  is  through  heaven  from  the  Lord ;  for  he  supposes 
that  life  is  in  himself,  and  that  it  can  subsist  without  connec- 
tion with  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  heaven  from  the  Lord, 
when  yet  this  opinion  is  most  false.  Irom  these  considerations 
it  is  now  evident,  how  it  is  to  be  understood  that  conjunction 
is  effected  by  the  good  of  charity  with  those  who  are  in  few 
truths,  and  still  desire  to  be  instructed,  and  by  [or  through] 
these  with  those  who  are  in  the  delights  of  external  truth,  which 
things  are  signified  by  letting  the  land  alone,  and  its  lying  still 
in  the  seventh  year,  and  that  in  such  case  the  needy  of  thy 
people  should  eat  together,  and  the  residue  thereof  the  wild 
beast  of  the  held  should  eat.  But  concerning  the  things  above 
mentioned,  see  what  has  been  already  shown,  namely,  that  hea- 
ven before  the  Lord  is  as  one  man,  and  that  on  this  account  hea- 
ven is  called  the  Grand  Man,  n.  1276,  2996,  2998,  3624  to  3619, 
374L  to  3751,  1218  to  4228.  That  the  case  is  similar  with  re- 
spect to  the  church  of  the  Lord,  because  the  kingdom  of  the 
Lord  in  the  earths  is  the  church,  which  acts  in  unity  with  the 
Lord's  kingdom  in  the  heavens,  n.  4060,  7396,  9216.  That 
the  man  of  the  church  is  a  heaven  and  a  church  in  particular, 
n.  1900,  1982  *  3624  to  3631,  3634,  3S84,  4292,  4523*  4524, 
4625,  6013,  6057.  That  they  who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord,  and 
in  love  towards  the  neighbor,  constitute  the  province  of  the 
heart  in  the  Grand  Man,  and  they  who  are  in  charity  and  thence 
in  faith  from  the  Lord,  constitute  the  province  of  the  lungs, 
n.  3635,  3883  to  3896.  That  the  all  of  the  life  of  man  flows  in 
through  heaven  from  the  Lord,  n.  2536,  2706,  2886  to  2889, 
2893,  3001,  3318,  3484,  3742,  3743,  4151,  5846,  5850,  5986, 
6053  to  6058,  6189  to  6215,  63U7  to  6327,  6466  to  6495, 
6598  to  6626,  69S2,  69S5  to  6996,  7004,  7055,  7056,  7058, 
7147,  7270,  7343  *  8321,  8685,  8701,  8717,  8728,  9110,  9111, 
9216.  That  there  is  a  connection  of  heaven  with  man,  n.  9216  ; 
and  that  without  a  church  in  the  earths  the  human  race  must 
perish,  n.  468,  637,  2853,  4545. 

9277.  "  So  shalt  thou  do  to  thy  vineyard,  to  thine  olive 
yard" — that  hereby  is  signified  that  so  it  is  with  spiritual  good 
and  with  celestial  good,  appears  from  thesignification  of  a  vine- 
yard, as  denoting  the  Spiritual  Church,  see  n.  1069,  9139, 
thus  spiritual  good,  which  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the 
neighbor,  for  this  goodmakes  the  Spiritual  Church.  And  from 
the  signification  of  olive-yard,  as  denoting  the  Celestial  Church, 
thus  celestial  good,  which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  for 
this  good  makes  the  Celestial  Church.  What  the  Spiritual 
Church  is  and  its  good,  and  what  the  Cek.-.ial  Church  is  and 


9277.] 


EXODUS. 


133 


its  good,  and  also  what  is  the  difference,  see  n.  2046,  2227, 
2669,  2708,  2715,  271S,  2935,  2937,  2951,  3166,  3235,  3236, 
3240,  3246,  3374,  3833  *  3887,  3969,  4138,  4286,  4493,  4585, 
4938,5113,5150,  5922,  6296,  6366.  6427,  6435,  6500,  6647, 
6648,7091,7233,7470  *  7978,  7992,  S042,  8152,  8231,  8521. 
That,  olive-yard  signifies  the  Celestial  Church,  and  thus  celes- 
tial good,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where 
mention  is  made  of  the  olive,  as  in  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  plant 
vineyards  and  cultivate,  but  thou  shalt  not  drink  wine,  neither 
shalt  thou  gather  together,  because  the  worm  shall  devour  it. 
Thou  shalt  have  olives  in  all  thy  border,  but  thou  shalt  not 
anoint  thyself  with  oil,  because  thine  olive  shall  be  shaken" 
Deut.  xxviii.  39,  40;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning 
the  curse,  if  other  gods  were  worshipped,  and  if  the  statutes 
and  judgments  were  not  kept;  olives  in  all  thy  border  denote 
the  goods  of  celestial  love  which  are  from  the  Lord  by  [or  through] 
the  Word  in  the  whole  church ;  not  to  be  anointed  with  oil 
denotes  not  still  to  be  in  that  good  ;  thy  olives  shall  be  shaken 
denotes  that  that  good  should  perish.  In  like  maimer  in  Micah, 
"  Thou  shalt  tread  the  olive,  but  shalt  not  anoint  thyself  with 
oil,  and  new  wine  [mustum]  but  shalt  not  drink  wine,"  vi.  15. 
A.nd  in  Amos,  "  I  have  smitten  you  with  Wasting  and  mildew, 
the  most  of  your  gardens,  and  your  vineyards,  and  your  fig- 
trees,  and  your  olives,  the  palmer- worm  shall  devour  /  nor  yet 
have  ye  returned  to  Me,"  iv.  9  ;  where  vineyards  denote  the 
goods  of  faith,  olives  the  goods  of  love,  the  punishment  for  the 
non-reception  of  those  goods  is  signified  by  the  palmer-worm 
devouring  the  olives.  And  in  Habbakuk,  The  fig-tree  shall 
not  flourish,  nor  shall  there  be  produce  in  the  vines,  the  work 
of  the  olive-yard  shall  lie,  and  the  field  shall  not  yield  food," 
iii.  17  ;  where  fig-tree  denotes  natural  good,  vine  denotes  spir- 
itual good,  olive-yard  denotes  celestial  good,  and  field  denotes 
the  church.  And  in  Zechariah,  "  Two  olives  were  near  the 
candlestick,  one  on  the  right  hand  of  the  bowl,  and  one  near 
its  left  hand;  these  two  sons  of  pure  oil  were  standing  near 
the  Lord  of  the  whole  earth,"  iv.  3,  11,  14  ;  where  the  two 
olives  near  the  candlestick  denote  good  celestial  and  spiritual, 
which  are  to  the  right  hand  and  to  the  left  of  the  Lord  ;  candle- 
stick denotes  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth.  And  in  the  book 
of  Judges,  "  Jot hain  said  to  the  citizens  of  Shechem,  who 
made  Abimilech  king,  The  trees  went  to  anoint  a  king  over 
them,  and  said  to  the  olive,  reign  thou  over  us  ;  but  the  olive 
said  to  them,  shall  I  make  my  fat  to  cease,  which  God  and 
men  honor  in  me,  and  go  to  move  myself  above  the  trees. 
And  the  trees  said  to  the  Jig-tree,  go  thou,  reign  over  us,  but 
the  fig-tree  said  to  them,  shall  I  make  my  sweetness  to  cease, 
and  my  good  produce,  and  go  to  move  myself  above  the  trees. 
Then  the  trees  said  <o  the  vine,  go  thou,  reign  over  us,  but  the 


134 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


vine  said  to  them,  shall  I  make  my  new  wine  to  cease,  which 
gladdens  God  and  men,  and  go  to  move  myself  over  the  trees. 
And  all  the  trees  said  to  the  bramble,  go  thou,  reign  over  us, 
and  the  bramble  said  to  the  trees,  if  in  truth  ye  urge  me  to  be 
a  king  over  you,  come  and  contide  in  my  shade  ;  but  if  not, 
let  lire  go  forth  from  the  bramble,  and  devour  the  cedars  of 
Libanus,"  ix.  7  to  16.  What  these  words  specilically  involve, 
cannot  be  known,  unless  it  be  known  what  is  signified  by  the 
olive,  the  tig-tree,  the  vine,  and  the  bramble.  The  olive  sig- 
nifies the  internal  good  of  the  Celestial  Church,  the  fig-tree  the 
external  good  of  that  church,  n.  4231,  5113,  the  vine  the 
good  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  but  the  bramble  spurious  good  ; 
the  words  therefore  involve,  that  the  people,  who  in  this  case 
are  the  trees,  were  not  willing  that  celestial  good,  or  spiritual 
good,  should  reign  over  them,  but  spurious  good,  and  that  the 
people  chose  this  latter  in  preference  to  the  former  goods  ;  the 
tire  out  of  it  is  the  evil  of  concupiscence  ;  the  cedars  of  Libanus 
which  it  would  consume  are  truths  of  good.  Inasmuch  as  the 
olive  signified  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord  and  to  the  Lord, 
therefore  the  cherubs  in  the  midst  of  the  Jwuse  or  temple  were 
made  of  olive-wood,  in  like  manner  the  doors  to  the  oracle, 
/addytum],  1  Kings  vi.  23  to  33  ;  for  the  cherubs  and  also  the 
doors  of  the  oracle  signified  the  guard  and  providence  of  the 
Lord  to  prevent  any  passage  to  Himself  except  by  the  good  of 
celestial  love,  therefore  they  were  of  olive-wood.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  whence  it  is  that  the  taber- 
nacle and  altar  io<  /  <  anomti  d  with  oil,  also  the  priests,  and  after- 
words the  kings  ;  and  whence  it  is  that  the  oil  of  the  olive  was 
for  the  lamps ;  for  oil  signified  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord, 
see  n.  8S6,  372S,  4582,  4638,  and  anointing  signified  that  hereby 
they  might  represent  the  Lord. 

927S.  "  Six  days  thou  shalt  do  thy  works  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  a  state  of  labor  and  of  combat,  when  in  external  de- 
lights which  were  to  be  conjoined  to  internal,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  six  days  which  precede  the  seventh,  as  de- 
noting a  state  of  labor  and  of  combat,  see  n.  737,  900,  8510, 
S88S,  8975  ;  the  labor  and  combat  on  the  occasion  aro  sig- 
nified by  the  works  which  were  to  be  done  in  those  days.  By 
the  works  of  six  days,  and  by  rest  on  the  seventh  day,  are  sig- 
nified those  things  which  exist  with  man  in  his  first  and  second 
state  during  regeneration,  and  also  which  exist  with  him  when  he 
is  regenerated  ;  concerning  the  first  and  second  state  of  man 
during  regeneration,  see  above,  n.  9274,  and  concerning  those 
things  which  exist  with  him  when  he  is  regenerated,  see 
n.  9213  These  things  are  done  to  the  intent  that  external 
things  may  be  conjoined  to  internal  ;  for  there  is  an  exteraal 
man,  who  13  also  called  natural,  and  there  is  an  internal  man, 
who  is  called  spiritual ;  the  external  man  communicates  with 


9278.J 


EXODUS. 


135 


the  world,  and  the  internal  with  heaven.  Divine  Order  is,  that 
heaven  should  rule  the  world  with  man,  and  not  the  world  hea- 
ven with  him,  for  when  heaven  rules  the  man,  then  the  Lord 
rules  him.  Man  is  born  into  this  [principle],  that  he  loves  the 
world  and  himself  in  preference  to  the  Lord  ;  inasmuch  as  this 
is  opposite  to  the  Divine  Order,  it  must  be  inverted  by  regene- 
ration, which  is  effected  when  the  things  which  are  of  heaven 
and  of  the  Lord  are  more  loved  than  the  things  which  are  of 
the  world  and  of  self.  This  is  the  reason  why  the  man  who  is 
regenerated,  and  also  who  is  in  heaven,  is  alternately  in  ex- 
ternals and  in  internals  ;  for  hereby  external  things  are  disposed 
to  agreement  with  internal  things,  and  at  length  to  be  subject  to 
them.  When  man  is  in  externals,  he  is  then  in  labor  and 
combat,  for  he  is  in  the  life  which  savors  of  the  world,  into 
which  the  hells  flow  in  from  all  sides,  which  hells  continually 
attempt  to  infest,  yea,  to  subjugate  those  things  which  are  of 
heaven  with  man,  but  the  Lord  continually  protects  and  libe- 
rates. Hence  then  the  labor  and  combat,  which  are  signified 
by  the  six  days  of  the  week  in  which  works  are  to  be  done.  But 
when  man  is  in  internals,  in  this  case,  inasmuch  as  he  is  in 
heaven  with  the  Lord,  labor  and  combat  cease,  and  he  is  in  the 
tranquillity  of  peace,  in  which  tranquillity  also  is  effected  con- 
junction ;  these  are  the  things  which  are  signified  by  the 
seventh  day.  That  the  interiors  of  man  are  created  according  to 
the  image  of  heaven,  and  his  exteriors  according  to  the  image 
rf  the  world,  and  thus  that  man  in  a  little  form  is  a  heaven,  and 
IS  a  world,  thus  according  to  the  form  of  speaking  amongst 
the  ancients,  a  microcosm,  see  n.  6057,  consequently  that  it  is 
according  to  Divine  Order,  that  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  hea- 
ven should  rule  the  world  with  man,  and  in  no  case  vice  versa. 
What  is  the  quality  of  labor  and  combat  when  man  is  in  ex- 
ternals, may  be  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  he  is 
then  in  such  a  state  as  to  be  heated  from  the  world,  and  to  be 
cold  towards  heaven,  unless  heaven  be  as  the  world,  and  that 
hence  he  is  in  such  a  shade,  that  he  cannot  conceive  otherwise, 
but  that  external  things  flow-in  into  internal  ;  consequently  that 
the  eye  sees  and  the  ear  hears  of  themselves,  and  that  their  ob- 
jects produce  thoughts,  and  form  the  intellectual  principle,  and 
hence  that  he  can  of  himself  believe  and  of  himself  love  God, 
consequently  from  the  world  see  heaven ;  from  which  fallacy  he 
can  scarce  be  withdrawn,  until  he  be  elevated  from  things  ex- 
ternal into  things  internal,  and  thereby  into  the  light  of  heaven. 
He  then  first  perceives,  that  the  things  winch  are  of  the  world 
with  him,  thus  which  are  of  the  body  and  its  senses,  see  and 
act  by  influx  from  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  heaven  from 
the  Lord,  and  not  at  all  from  themselves.  Hence  it  is  evident, 
whence  it  is  that  the  sensual  man  believes  that  the  all  of  his 
life  is  from  the  world  and  from  nature,  that  there  is  no  hell, 


136 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


neither  heaven,  and  at  length  that  there  is  no  God  ;  consequently 
whence  it  is  that  he  laughs  at  every  thing  of  the  church  so  far 
as  concerns  himself,  but  affirms  so  far  as  concerns  the  simple, 
that  they  may  be  in  other  bonds  than  what  are  derived  from 
the  laws.  Hence  it  maybe  known  what  it  is  to  be  in  externals 
and  not  at  the  same  time  in  internals,  and  that  man,  when  ho 
is  in  externals,  is  in  cold  and  in  shade  as  to  those  things  which 
are  of  heaven  and  which  are  of  the  Lord ;  and  also  hence  it 
may  be  known  who  in  the  world  are  intelligent  and  wise,  namely, 
they  who  are  in  the  truth  and  good  of  the  church,  because 
these  savor  of  heaven  ;  also  who  are  foolish  and  delirious,  namely 
they  who  are  not  in  the  good  and  truth  of  the  church,  because 
they  are  in  science  only  from  the  world ;  and  that  such  of 
them,  as  by  sciences  of  the  world  have  confirmed  themselves 
against  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  '  church,  are  more  de- 
lirious and  foolish  than  the  rest,  howsoever  they  believe 
themselves  more  intelligent  and  wiser  than  others,  and  call 
them  simple  who  are  in  the  good  of  life  from  the  truths  of 
doctrine,  when  yet  the  simplicity  of  these  latter  is  wisdom  be- 
fore the  angels,  and  these  latter  also  after  death  are  elevated 
into  angelic  wisdom  by  the  Lord.  That  this  is  the  case,  the 
Lord  also  teaches  in  Matthew,  "  Therefore  I  speak  by  parables, 
because  seeing  they  do  not  see,  and  hearing  they  do  not  hear, 
neither  understand,"  xiii.  13,11.  And  in  John,  "I  will  send 
the  Spirit  of  Truth,  whom  the  world  cannot  receive,  since  it  does 
not  see  Him,  neither  acknowledge  Him  ;  yet  a  little  while  the 
world  shall  see  Me  no  more,"  xiv.  17,  19.  That  the  world 
cannot  receive  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  since  it  does  not  see  Him, 
neither  knoweth  Him,  signifies  that  it  will  not  acknowledge 
the  Lord  by  faith  of  the  heart,  because  the  external  things 
which  are  of  the  world  will  obscure ;  hence  who  at  this  day 
adores  Him  as  the  Lord  of  the  whole  heaven  and  earth,  Matt, 
xxv  iii.  18  ;  when  yet  all  who  are  in  the  heavens,  thus  who  are 
in  things  internal,  see  the  Lord  as  their  only  God. 

9279.  "And  on  the  seventh  day  thou  shalt  cease" — that 
hereby  is  signified  a  state  of  good  when  in  things  internal,  and 
tranquillity  of  peace  on  the  occasion,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  seventh  day  or  sabbath,  as  denoting  when  man 
is  in  good,  and  by  good  is  led  of  the  Lord,  concerning  which 
see  n.  8195,  8510,  8891,  8893  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
ceasing  or  resting  from  works,  as  denoting  the  tranquillity  of 
peace  on  the  occasion ;  concerning  this  state,  see  what  was 
said  and  shown  above,  n.  9274,  9271.  But  it  may  be  expe- 
dient briefly  to  say  whence  it  is  that  man,  when  he  is  in  good, 
i6  then  in  things  internal.     The  externals  of  man  ark 

FORMED  TO  THE  IMAGE  OF  THE  WORLD,  BUT  THE  IN- 
TERNALS   TO    THE   IMAGE    OF    HEAVEN,     See     II.    6057  ,  wllCre- 

fore  also  the  externals  receive  those  things  which  are  of  the 


9279,  9280.] 


EXODUS. 


137 


world,  but  the  internals  those  things  which  are  of  hoaven ; 
the  externals  which  are  of  the  world,  are  opened  with  man 
from  infancy  even  to  manhood  successively,  in  like  maimer  the 
internals  ;  but  the  externals  are  opened  by  those  things  which 
are  of  the  world,  whereas  the  internals  by  those  things  which 
are  of  heaven.  There  are  two  [things  or  principles]  which 
are  thus  opened,  namely,  intellectual  [things  or  principles]  and 
those  of  the  will ;  intellectual  [things  or  principles]  are  opened  by 
those  things  which  have  reference  to  truth,  and  those  of  the  will 
by  the  things  which  have  reference  to  good  ;  for  all  things  which 
are  in  the  universe,  as  well  those  which  are  in  the  world,  as 
those  that  are  in  heaven,  have  reference  to  truth  and  to  good  ; 
those  things  which  have  reference  to  truth  are  called  scientifics 
and  knowledges,  but  those  things  which  have  reference  to  good 
are  called  loves  and  affections.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  and  of 
what  quality  those  things  are,  which  open  the  life  of  man.  As 
to  what  concerns  the  internal  man,  which,  as  was  said,  is  formed 
to  the  image  of  heaven,  the  knowledges  of  the  truth  and  good  of 
faith  from  the  Lord,  and  hence  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  are  what 
open  his  intellectual  [things  or  principles]  ;  and  the  affections 
of  truth  and  good,  which  are  of  love  from  the  Lord,  and  hence 
of  love  to  the  Lord,  are  what  open  those  of  his  will,  consequently 
form  heaven,  thus  in  an  image  the  Lord  with  him,  for  heaven 
is  an  image  of  the  Lord  ;  hence  it  is  that  heaven  is  called  the 
Grand  Man,  see  n.  1276,  2996,  2999,  3624  to  3649,  3741  to 
3751,  4218  to  4^28 ;  and  that  man  is  formed  to  the  image  of 
heaven  and  to  the  image  of  the  world,  n.  3628,  4523,  4524, 
6314  ;  and  that  a  regenerate  man  and  an  angel  is  a  heaven  and 
church  in  the  least  form,  n.  1900,  3624,  3634,  3884,  4040, 
4041,  4292,  4625,  6013,  6057,  6605,  6626,  8989.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest  whence  it  is,  that  when  man 
is  in  good,  he  is  then  in  things  internal.  But  concerning  the 
opening  of  man's  internals  and  externals,  more  will  be  said  by 
the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  in  what  follows. 

9280.  "  To  the  intent  that  thine  ox  and  thine  ass  may 
rest " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  tranquillity  of  peace  to  ex- 
ternal goods  and  truths  at  the  same  time,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  resting,  when  concerning  the  seventh  day  or  the 
sabbath,  asdenoting  the  tranquillity  of  peace,  as  just  above,  n. 
9279  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  an  ox,  as  denoting  external 
good,  and  of  an  ass,  as  denoting  external  truth,  see  n.  2781, 
9135,  9255.  That  beasts  signified  affections  and  inclinations, 
such  as  man  lias  in  common  with  them,  see  n.  45,  46,  142, 
143,  246,  714,  715,  776,  2179,  2180,  2781,  3218,  3519,  5198, 
5913,  5939,  9090,  9135  ;  and  that  in  the  sacrifices  they  were  ap- 
plied according  to  signification,  n.  1823,  2180,  2805,  2807,  2830, 
2860*,  3519  ;  and-that  all  tilings  which  are  in  the  world,  in  its 
three  kingdoms,  were  re_pi esentative  of  the  spiritual  and  celestial 


138 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


things  of  the  Lord's  kingdom,  n.  1632,  1881,  2758,  2987  to 
3003,  3213  to  3227,  3483,  3624  to  3649,  4939,  5116,  5427, 
5428,5477,8211.  And  that  they  are  correspondences  of  all, 
n.  2987  to  3003,  3213  to  3226,  3337  to  3352,  3472  to  3485 
3624  to  3649,  3745  to  3750,  3883  to  3896,  4039  to  4055,  4218 
to  4228,  4318  to  4331,  4403  to  4420,  4523  to  4533,  4622  to 
4634,  4652  to  4660,  4791  to  4806,  4931  to  4952,  5050  to  5062, 
5171  to  5189,  5377  to  5396,  5552  to  5573,  5711  to  5727,  8615. 
These  things  are  collated  into  one,  that  hence  it  may  be  seen, 
that  not  only  all  beasts,  but  also  all  things  which  are  in  the 
world,  correspond,  and  according  to  correspondences  represent 
and  signify  spiritual  and  celestial  things,  and  in  the  supreme 
sense  the  Divine  things  which  are  of  the  Lord.  And  hence  of 
what  quality  the  ancient  churches  were,  which  were  called  re- 
presentative churches,  namely,  that  in  singular  their  sacred 
rites  were  represented  the  things  which  are  of  the  Lord  and  of 
His  kingdom,  thus  which  were  of  love  and  faith  in  Him.  And 
that  on  such  occasions  heaven  was  conjoined  to  the  man  of 
the  church  by  such  things  ;  for  internal  things  were  presented 
to  view  in  heaven.  The  Word  of  the  Lord  was  also  given  for 
that  end,  for  in  it  all  and  singular  things,  even  to  the  smallest 
ota,  correspond  and  signify ;  hence  by  the  Word  alone  there  is 
connection  of  heaven  with  man.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  known 
to  no  one  at  this  day  ;  wherefore  the  natural  man,  when  lie  reads 
the  Word,  and  enquires  where  the  Divine  [being  or  principle] 
lies  concealed  therein,  and  when  he  does  not  tind  it  in  the  letter, 
by  reason  of  the  vulgar  style,  begins  first  to  hold  it  in  low 
estimation,  and  next  to  deny  that  it  was  dictated  by  the  Divine 
[being]  Itself,  and  let  down  through  heaven  to  man ;  for  he  is 
ignorant  that  the  Word  is  Divine  from  the  spiritual  sense, 
which  does  not  appear  in  the  letter,  but  still  is  in  the  letter, 
and  that  that  sense  is  presented  to  view  in  heaven  when  man 
reads  it  holily,  and  that  the  subject  treated  of  in  that  sense  is 
concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  His  kingdom.  These 
Divine  things  are  what  render  the  Word  Divine,  and  by  [oi 
through]  which  sanctity  flows  in  through  heaven  from  the  Lord 
even  into  the  literal  sense,  and  into  the  very  letter  itself  .But 
so  long  as  man  does  not  know  what  a  spiritual  principle  is, 
neither  can  he  know  what  the  spiritual  sense  is,  thus  neither 
what  correspondence  is.  And  so  long  as  man  loves  the  world  in 
preference  to  heaven,  and  himself  in  preference  to  the  Lord,  he 
is  not  willing  to  know  those  things  nor  to  apprehend  them  ; 
when  yet  all  ancient  intelligence  was  hence  derived,  and  also 
hence *is  angelic  wisdom.  The  mystic  arcana,  which  several 
diviners  in  the  Word  have  vainly  busied  themselves  in  explor- 
ing, only  lie  concealed  therein. 

9281.  "And  the  son  of  thine  handmaid  may  respire  and  the 
sojourner" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  state  of  life  of  those 


9281.] 


EXODUS. 


139 


who  are  in  truths  and  goods  out  of  the  church,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  son  of  a  handmaid,  as  denoting  those 
who  are  in  the  affection  of  external  truth,  for  by  son  is  signified 
truth,  n.  489,  491,  533,  1147,  2623,  2813,  3373,  3704,  4257. 
And  by  a  handmaid  external  affection,  n.  1895,  2567,  3835, 
3849,  7780,  8993.  And  from  the  signification  of  a  sojourner,  as 
denoting  those  who  are  willing  to  be  instructed  in  the  truths 
and  goods  of  the  church,  see  n.  1463,  8007,  8013,  9196.  The 
reason  why  by  the  son  of  a  handmaid  and  a  sojourner  are  here 
signified  those  who  are  out  of  the  church  is,  because  in  what 
precedes  in  this  verse  the  subject  treated  of  was  concerning 
those  who  are  within  the  church,  therefore  they  who  are  out 
of  the  church,  are  meant  by  the  sons  of  a  handmaid,  and  they 
who  are  not  born  within  the  church  by  sojourners,  inasmuch 
as  the  former  are  from  an  inferior  bed  [two],  and  the  latter 
from  another  stock.  And  from  the  signification  of  respiring, 
as  denoting  a  state  of  life  as  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith. 
The  reason  why  respiring  signifies  that  state  of  life  is,  because 
the  lungs,  whose  [property]  it  is  to  respire,  correspond  to  the 
life  of  faith  grounded  in  charity,  which  is  spiritual  life,  n.  97, 
1119,  3351,  3635,  3883  to  3896,  9229.  Man  has  external 
respiration  and  internal  respiration  ;  the  external  is  from  the 
world,  but  the  internal  is  from  heaven.  When  man  dies,  then 
external  respiration  ceases,  but  internal  respiration,  which  is 
tacit  and  imperceptible  during  his  life  in  the  world,  is  contin- 
ued to  him  ;  this  latter  respiration  is  altogether  according  to  the 
affection  of  truth,  thus  according  to  the  life  of  his  faith.  But 
they  who  are  in  no  faith,  as  is  the  case  with  those  in  hell, 
derive  respiration  not  from  what  is  interior,  but  from  what  is 
exterior,  thus  contrariwise,  wherefore  also  they,  when  they  ap- 
proach to  an  angelic  society,  where  there  is  respiration  from  an 
interior  principle,  begin  to  be  suffocated,  and  to  become  as 
images  of  death,  n.  3893  ;  therefore  they  cast  themselves  head- 
long down  into  their  hell,  where  again  they  receive  their  former 
respiration  contrary  to  the  respiration  of  heaven.  Inasmuch  as 
respiration  corresponds  to  the  life  of  faith,  therefore  the  life  of 
faith  is  also  signified  by  soul  n.  9050 ;  from  animation, 

which  is  respiration.  And  therefore  also  it  is  called  spirit  [or 
breath],  as  drawing  the  spirit  [or  breath]  and  emitting  the  spirit 
[or  breath],  and  hence  also  spirit  [or  breath]  in  the  original 
tongue  is  called  from  wind,  and  in  the  Word  is  compared  to 
wind,  as  in  John,  "  The  wind  bloweth  where  it  willeth,  and  thou 
hearest  its  voice,  but  knowest  not  whence  it  cometh,  or  whither 
it  goeth  ;  so  is  every  one  that  is  generated  of  the  spirit,"  iii.  8. 
Hence  also  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  what  is  written 
of  the  Lord  after  the  resurrection,  when  speaking  with  His  dis- 
ciples, "  He  hreathed  upon  them,  and  said  to  them,  receive  ye 
the  Holy  Sjnrit,"  xx.  22. 


140 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


9282.  "  And  all  that  I  have  said  to  you  ye  shall  keep  "— 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  precepts,  the  judgments,  and 
the  statutes  ought  to  be  done,  appeal's  from  the  signification  of 
all  that  Jehovah  said  to  them,  as  denoting  all  things  which  are 
of  life,  which  are  of  worship,  and  which  are  of  the  civil  state. 
The  things  which  are  of  life,  were  called  precepts,  the  things 
which  are  of  worship,  statutes,  and  the  things  which  are  of  a 
civil  state,  judgments,  n.  8972 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
keeping  or  observing,  as  denoting  to  do,  for  by  doing  they  are 
observed.  Inasmuch  as  those  things  which  are  of  life,  which 
are  of  worship,  and  which  are  of  the  civil  state,  are  not  any 
thing  with  man,  so  long  as  they  are  in  his  intellect  alone,  but 
then  appertain  to  him,  when  they  are  in  the  will,  therefore  it  is 
said  in  the  Word  throughout  that  they  ought  to  he  done,  for  to 
do  is  of  the  will,  but  to  know,  to  understand,  to  acknowledge 
and  believe,  are  of  the  understanding.  These  latter,  however, 
are  not  appertaining  to  man  until  they  become  of  the  will,  nor 
do  they  exist  with  him  until  they  become  of  the  understanding 
from  the  will,  for  the  esse  [being]  of  man  is  to  will,  and  the 
existere  is  thence  to  acknowledge  and  believe.  The  things  which 
are  and  exist  not  so  with  man,  are  not  appropriated  to  him,  they 
stand  without,  not  yet  received  into  the  house.  Thus  neither 
do  they  contribute  any  thing  to  the  eternal  life  of  man,  for  such 
things,  if  they  are  not  made  of  the  life,  are  dissipated  in  the 
other  life  ;  those  things  only  remaining  which  are  of  the  heart, 
that  is,  which  are  of  the  will  and  thence  of  the  understanding. 
This  being  the  case,  it  is  said  in  the  Word  throughout,  that  the 
precepts  and  statutes  ought  to  be  done,  as  in  Moses,  "  Ye  shall 
do  My  judgments,  and  snail  keep  My  statutes  to  go  in  them. 
AVherefore  ye  shall  keep  My  statutes,  and  My  judgments,  which 

Sa  man  do  he  shall  live  by  them"  Levit.  xviii.  4,  5  ;  also 
att.  v.  20  ;  chap.  vii.  24,  25,  26,  27  ;  chap.  xvi.  27  ;  Johniii. 
21,  and  in  several  other  passages. 

9283.  "  And  the  name  of  other  gods  ye  6hall  not  mention" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  they  ought  not  to  think  from  the 
doctrine  of  the  false,  appears  from  the  signification  of  name,  as 
denoting  the  all  of  faith  and  the  all  of  worship  in  the  complex, 
see  n.  2724,  3237,  6S87,  8274,  8882,  in  this  case  fhe  all  of  the 
doctrine  of  the  false,  inasmuch  as  by  other  gods  are  signified 
falses,  n.  4544,  7873,  8867 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
mentioning,  as  denoting  to  think.  The  reason  why  mentioning 
denotes  to  think  is,  because  to  mention  is  of  the  mouth,  and  by 
'hose  things  which  are  of  the  mouth  are  signified  those  which 
Are  of  the  thought.  The  reason  is,  because  the  speech  of  u.an 
flows  from  thought ;  for  man  has  speaking  thought,  and  thought 
not  speaking.  Speaking  thought,  is  that  with  which  speech 
makes  one,  but  thought  not  speaking  is  that  with  which  speak- 
ing thought  and  the  speech  thence  derived  makes  one  with  the 


9283— 9285.J 


EXODUS. 


141 


sincere  and  the  just,  hut  not  one  with  the  insincere  and  unjust ; 
for  thought  not  speaking  is  the  superior  or  interior  intellectual 
principle  of  man  proceeding  from  his  will  itself;  but  speaking 
thought  is  the  inferior  or  exterior  intellectual  principle  formed 
from  the  superior  or  interior  to  present  to  view,  or  to  simulate 
before  the  world,  those  things  which  are  of  justice  and  equity, 
and  which  are  of  good  and  truth.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is 
the  quality  of  a  sincere  and  just  man,  and  what  the  quality  of 
an  insincere  and  unjust  man,  namely,  that  with  the  sincere  and 
just  man  the  internal  man  is  formed  to  the  image  of  heaven,  and 
the  external  to  the  image  of  the  world  subordinate  to  heaven, 
n.  9279.  And  that  with  the  insincere  and  unjust  man  the  in- 
ternal man  is  formed  to  the  image  of  hell,  and  the  external  to 
the  image  of  heaven  subordinate  to  hell ;  for  by  the  external  he 
simulates  [pretends]  those  things  which  are  of  heaven,  and  the 
rational  things  which  are  from  heaven,  he  applies  to  favor  con- 
cupiscences, and  also  to  deceive.  From  these  considerations  if 
is  manifest,  that  the  states  of  life  appertaining  to  the  just  and 
unjust  are  inverted  in  respect  to  each  other. 

9284.  "  It  shall  not  be  heard  upon  thy  mouth  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  that  it  ought  not  to  be  obeyed  by  any  affirmation, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  hearing,  as  denoting  to  obey, 
see  n.  2542,  3S69,  4652  to  4660,  5017,  7216,  8361;  and  from 
the  signification  of  not  being  upon  the  mouth,  when  concerning 
the  doctrine  of  the  false,  which  is  signified  by  the  name  of  other 
gods,  as  denoting  not  to  affirm.  The  reason  why  the  name  of 
other  gods  was  not  to  be  mentioned,  nor  heard  upon  the  mouth 
was,  that  the  celestial  and  Divine  things  of  the  Lord  might  be 
represented  by  all  the  statutes,  judgments  and  precepts  which 
were  commanded.  They  were  also  represented  so  long  as  Jeho- 
vah was  named  and  worshipped,  for  in  this  case  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle]  of  the  Lord  was  present  and  heaven  with 
Him  ;  but  when  other  gods  were  named  and  worshipped,  in  this 
case  infernal  things  were  represented,  for  spirits  from  the  hells 
were  present,  who  were  willing  to  be  worshipped  as  gods ;  for 
they  who  are  in  the  hells  are  continually  eagor  about  this,  inas- 
much as  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  are  there  the  ruling 
loves,  see  n.  7375,  8318. 

9285.  Yerses  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  19.  Three  times  thou  shall 
keep  a  feast  to  2£e  in  the  year.  The  feast  of  unleavened  bread 
thou  shalt  keep  /  seven  days  thou  shalt  eat  unleavened  bread,  as 
I  have  commanded  thee,  to  the  stated  time  of  the  month  Abib, 
because  in  it  thou  earnest  forth  out  of  Egypt ;  and  My  faces 
shall  not  be  seen  empty.  And  the  feast  of  harvest  of  the  first- 
fruits  of  thy  works,  which  thou  hast  sown  in  the  field.  And  the 
feast  of  gathering  together  in  the  going  out  of  the  year,  in  thy 
gathering  together  thy  works  out  of  the  field.  Three  times  in 
the  year  shall  every  male  of  thine  be  seen  to  the  faces  of  the 


142 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


Lord  Jehovah.  Thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  upon  what  is  leavenea 
the  Hood  of  My  sacrifice  ;  and  the  fiat  of  My  feast  shall  not  pass 
the  night  even  to  the  morning.  The  first  of  the  first-fruits  of 
thy  ground  thou  shalt  bring  into  the  house  of  Jehovah  thy  God. 
Thou  shalt  not  boil  a  kid  in  the  milk  of  its  mother.  Three 
times  thou  shalt  keep  a  feast  to  Me  in  the  year,  signifies  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving  permanent  on  account 
of  liberation  from  damnation.  Ihe  feast  of  unleavened  bread 
thou  shalt  keep,  signifies  purification  from  falses.  Seven  days, 
signifies  a  holy  state  on  the  occasion.  Thou  shalt  eat  unleavened 
bread,  signifies  the  appropriation  of  good  purified  from  falses. 
As  I  have  commanded  thee,  signifies  according  to  the  laws  of 
order.  To  the  stated  time  of*  the  month  Abib,  signifies  from  the 
beginning  of  a  new  state.  Because  in  it  thou  earnest  forth  out 
of  Egypt,  signifies  liberation  from  infestation  by  falses.  And 
My  faces  shall  not  be  seen  emptj',  signifies  reception  of  truth 
from  mercy,  and  thanksgiving.  And  tiie  feast  of  harvest  of  the 
first-fruits  of  thy  works,  which  thou  hast  sown  in  the  field, 
signifies  the  worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving  on  account 
of  the  implantation  of  truth  in  good.  And  the  feast  of  gathering 
together  in  the  going  forth  of  the  .year,  in  thy  gathering  together 
thy  works  out  of  the  field,  signifies  worship  from  a  grateful 
mind  [animus']  on  account  of  the  implantation  of  good  thence 
derived,  thus  on  account  of  regeneration  and  plenary  liberation 
from  damnation.  Three  times  in  the  year  shall  every  male  of 
thine  be  seen  to  the  faces  of  Jehovah,  signifies  the  continual 
appearance  and  presence  of  the  Lord  thereby,  also  in  the  truths 
which  are  of  faith.  Thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  upon  what  is  leavened 
the  blood  of  My  sacrifice,  signifies  that  the  worship  of  the  Lord 
from  the  truths  of  the  church  ought  not  to  be  commixed  with 
falses  derived  from  evil.  And  the  fat  of  My  feast  shall  not  pass 
the  night  even  to  the  morning,  signifies  the  good  of  worship 
not  grounded  in  the  proprium  but  from  the  Lord  always  new. 
The  first  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy  ground  thou  shalt  bring  into 
the  house  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  signifies  that  all  the  truths  of 
good  and  goods  of  truth  are  holy,  because  from  the  Lord  Alone. 
Thou  shalt  not  boil  a  kid  in  the  »iilk  of  its  mother,  signifies 
that  the  good  of  innocence  of  a  latter  state  ought  not  to  be 
conji lined  with  the  truth  of  innocence  of  a  former  state. 

9286.  "Three  times  thou  shalt  keep  a  feast  to  Me  in  the 
year  " — that  hereby  is  signified  worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanks- 
giving permanent  by  reason  of  liberation  from  damnation,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  keeping  a  feast,  as  denoting  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  from  a  glad  mind  by  reason  of  liberatiou 
from  damnation,  see  n.  7093  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
three  times  in  the  year,  as  denoting  a  full  state  even  to  the  end  ; 
lor  three  signifies  what  is  full  from  beginning  to  end,  n.  2788, 
4495,  7715,  9198  ;  and  year  signifies  an  entire  period,  n.  2906, 


9286—9289. 


EXODUS. 


143 


7839,  8070 ;  in  this  case  therefore  plenary  and  entire  libera- 
tion ;  for  by  the  feast  of  unleavened  bread  is  signified  purifica- 
tion from  false9  ;  by  the  feast  of  harvest  the  implantation  of 
truth  in  good  ;  and  by  the  feast  of  gathering  together  the  im- 
plantation of  good  thence  derived,  thus  plenary  liberation  from 
damnation  ;  for  when  man  is  puritied  from  falses,  and  then 
introduced  by  truths  into  good,  and  at  length  when  he  is  in 
good,  he  is  then  in  heaven  with  the  Lord,  consequently  he  is 
then  fully  liberated.  The  successive  steps  [or  degrees]  of  libe- 
ration from  damnation  are  as  the  successive  steps  [or  degrees] 
of  regeneration,  for  regeneration  is  liberation  from  hell,  and 
introduction  into  heaven  by  the  Lord;  for  the  man  who  is  re- 
generating, is  first  purified  from  falses,  then  the  truths  of  faith 
appertaining  to  him  are  implanted  in  the  good  of  cliarity,  and 
lastly  tins  good  itself  is  implanted,  and  when  this  is  done,  the 
man  is  regenerated,  and  is  then  in  heaven  with  the  Lord ; 
*  wherefore  by  the  three  feasts  in  the  year  was  also  signified  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving  on  account  of  regenera- 
tion. Inasmuch  as  those  feasts  were  instituted  for  the  continual 
remembrance  of  those  things,  therefore  it  is  said  worship  and 
thanksgiving  permanent,  for  those  things  of  worship,  which  are 
the  chief  or  principal,  ought  continually  to  remain  ;  those  things 
which  remain  continually  are  those  which  are  not  only  inscribed 
on  the  memory,  but  also  on  the  life  itself,  and  in  such  case  are 
said  to  reign  universally  with  man,  see  n.  5949,  6159,  6571 
3853  to  8858,  8865. 

9287.  "  The  feast  of  unleavened  bread  thou  shalt  keep  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  worship  and  thanksgiving  by  reason  of 
purification  from  falses,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
preceding  words,  as  denoting  the  worship  of  the  Lord  and 
thanksgiving  on  account  of  liberation  from  damnation,  see 
just  above,  n.  9286  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  unleavened 
bread,  as  denoting  purification  from  falses,  for  by  leaven  is 
signified  the  false,  and  thus  by  unleavened  or  unleavened  bread, 
good  purified  from  falses,  n.  2342,  8058.  Concerning  this 
feast,  which  is  also  called  the  passover,  see  below,  n.  9292, 
9294. 

9288.  "  Seven  days  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  holy  state, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  seven,  as  denoting  what  is  holy, 
see  n.  395,  433,  716,  881,  5265,  5268  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  days,  as  denoting  states,  see  n.  23,  487,  488,  493, 
2788,  3462,  3785,  4850,  5672,  5962,  7680,  8426,  9213. 

9289.  "  Thou  shalt  eat  unleavened  bread  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  appropriation  of  good  purified  from  falses,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  eating,  as  denoting  appropriation,  see 
n.  3168,  35y6,  4745  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  unleavened 
bread,  as  denoting  good  purified  from  falses,  see  just  above,  n 
9287. 


144 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


9290.  "  As  I  liave  commanded  thee  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied according  to  the  laws  of  order,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  commanding,  when  from  the  Lord,  as  denoting  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  Him,  for  this  contains  and 
teaches  the  precepts  [or  commands]  of  life  and  of  worship. 
This  Divine  Truth  is  order  itself  in  the  heavens,  and  truths  are 
the  laws  of  that  order,  n.  1728,  1919,  2258,  2447,  5703,  7995, 
8700,  8988  ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  words,  "As  I  have 
commanded  thee,"  is  signified  according  to  the  laws  of  order. 

9291.  "  To  the  stated  time  of  the  month  Abib  "—that  here- 
by is  signified  from  the  beginning  of  a  new  state,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  month  Abib,  as  denoting  the  beginning 
of  a  new  state,  see  n.  8053. 

9292.  "  Because  in  it  thou  earnest  forth  out  of  Egypt " — that 
hereby  is  signified  liberation  from  infestation  by  faises,  appears 
from  what  has  been  said  and  shown  concerning  the  going  forth 
of  the  sons  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  see  n.  7107,  7110, 7126,  7142, 
7220,  7228,  7240,  7278,  7317,  8866,  9197.  In  which  passages 
it  may  be  seen,  that  by  the  abiding  of  the  sons  of  Israel  in 
Egypt,  was  signified  the  infestation  of  the  spiritual,  that  is,  of 
those  who  were  of  the  Lord's  Spiritual  Church,  by  internals, 
and  their  protection  by  the  Lord,  and  that  by  their  going  forth 
out  of  Egypt  was  signified  liberation  thence.  And  that  by 
reason  of  that  thing,  the  passover  was  instituted,  which  is  the 
feast  of  unleavenea  bread,  see  n.  7093,  7867,  7995. 

9293.  "And  My  faces  shall  not  be  seen  empty" — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  reception  of  good  from  mercy,  and 
thanksgiving,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  faces  of 
Jehovah,  as  denoting  good,  mercy,  peace,  see  n.  222,  223, 
5585,  7599.  And  from  the  signification  of  not  seeing  empty, 
or  without  a  present  [gift  or  ottering],  as  denoting  testification 
on  account  of  the  reception  of  good,  and  thanksgiving,  for  the 
presents  which  were  ottered  to  Jehovah,  signified  such  things  as 
are  ottered  to  the  Lord  by  man  from  the  heart,  and  are  accepted 
by  the  Lord.  The  case  with  presents  is  as  with  all  the  other 
actions  of  man ;  the  actions  of  man  are  only  gestures,  and 
viewed  abstractedly  from  the  will  are  only  motions  variously 
formed,  and  as  it  were  articulated,  not  unlike  the  motions  of  a 
machine,  thus  inanimate  ;  but  actions  viewed  together  with  the 
will  are  not  such  motions,  but  are  forms  of  the  will  shown  be- 
fore the  eyes,  for  actions  are  nothing  else  but  testifications  of 
such  things  as  are  of  the  will  ;  and  they  also  have  their  soul  or 
their  life  from  the  will ;  wherefore  of  actions  the  like  maybe 
said  as  of  motions,  namely,  that  nothing  lives  in  actions  except 
the  will,  as  nothing  in  motions  except  theconatus  [tendency  or 
effort].  That  this  is  the  case  is  also  known  unto  man,  for  he 
who  is  intelligent  does  not  attend  to  the  actions  of  a  man.  but 
oniy  f>  the  will,  from  which,  by  which,  and  for  the  sake  of  whir  ■ 


9293.] 


EXODUS. 


145 


the  actions  exist;  yea,  he  who  is  wise  scarce  sees  the  actions, 
but  the  quality  and  quantity  of  will  which  is  in  the  actions. 
The  case  is  similar  in  respect  to  presents,  that  in  them  the  will 
is  viewed  by  the  Lord  ;  hence  it  is  that  by  presents  to  Jehovah, 
that  is,  things  offered  to  the  Lord,  are  signified  such  things  as 
are  of  the  will,  or  of  the  heart ;  the  will  of  man  is  what  is  called 
the  heart  in  the  Word.    From  these  considerations  it  is  also 
evident  how  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  every  one  is  to  receive 
judgment  in  the  other  life  according  to  his  actions  or  his  works, 
Matt.  xvi.  27,  namely,  that  it  is  to  be  according  to  those  things 
which  are  of  the  heart  and  thence  of  the  life.  That  such  things 
are  signified  by  presents  offered  to  Jehovah,  is  evident  from  the 
Word,  as  in  David,  "  Sacrifice  and  present  Thou  hast  not  willed, 
burnt-offering  and  sacrifice  of  sin  Thou  hast  not  asked,  to  do 
Thy  will,  my  God,  I  have  desired,"  Psalm  xl.  6,  8.    And  in 
Moses,  "  Jehovah  your  God,  He  is  God  of  gods  and  Lord  of 
lords,  who  doth  not  accept  faces,  and  doth  not  ?'eceive  a  present," 
Deut.  x.  17.    And  in  Matthew,  "  If  thou  offerestthy  present 
[or  gift]  upon  the  altar,  and  with  this  rememberest  that  thy 
brother  hath  aught  against  thee,  leave  there  the  present  before 
the  altar,  and  go  away,  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  ana 
then  coming  offer  thy  present"  v.  23,  24.    Hence  it  is  evident, 
that  presents  offered  to  the  Lord  were  testifications  of  such 
things  as  are  offered  by  the  heart,  which  are  the  things  of  faith 
and  charity ;  to  be  reconciled  to  a  brother  denotes  charity  to- 
wards the  neighbor.    Again,  "  There  came  wise  men  from  the 
east,  and  brought  presents  to  the  Lord  who  was  born,  namely, 
gold,  frankincense,  and  myrrh,"  ii.  11.  Where  by  gold,  frank 
incense,  and  myrrh,  are  signified  all  things  which  are  of  the 
good  of  love  and  faith  to  the  Lord,  gold  the  things  which  are  of 
the  good  of  love,  frankincense  the  things  which  are  of  the  good 
of  faith,  and  myrrh  the  things  which  are  of  each  in  externals. 
The  reason  why  the  wise  men  from  the  east  offered  those  things 
was,  because  with  some  of  the  orientals  from  ancient  times  there 
remained  the  science  and  wisdom  of  the  ancients,  which  con- 
sisted in  understanding  and  seeing  celestial  and  Divine  things 
in  those  which  are  in  the  world  and  upon  the  earth ;  for  it  was 
known  to  the  ancients,  that  all  things  corresponded  and  repre- 
sented, and  hence  were  significative,  as  is  also  evident  from 
the  most  ancient  books  and  monuments  of  the  Gentiles  ;  hence 
it  was  that  they  knew  that  gold,  frankincense,  and  myrrh, 
signified  the  goods  which  were  to  be  offered  to  God.  They 
knew  also  from  their  prophecies  which  were  of  the  ancient 
church,  concerning  which  see  n.  2686,  that  the  Lord  was  to 
come  into  the  world,  and  that  at  that  time  a  star  was  to  appear 
to  them,  concerning  which  star  also  Balaam  prophesied,  who 
was  likewise  from  the  sons  of  the  east,  Num.  xxiv.  17,  see  n. 
3762.  A  star  also  signifies  the  knowledges  of  internal  good  and 

VOL.  IX.  10 


146 


EXODUS 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


truth  which  are  from  the  Lord,  n.  2495,  2849,  4697.    And  in 
David,  "The  kings  of  Tarshish  and  of  the  isles  shall  bring  a. 
■present,  the  kings  of  Sheba  and  of  Seba  shall  bring  a  gift,  and 
all  kings  shall  bow  themselves,  and  all  nations  shall  serve  Him," 
Psalm  lxxii.  10,  11 ;  which  things  were  said  of  the  Lord.  By 
bringing  a  present  and  a  gift  is  signified  the  good  of  love  and 
of  faith  ;  for  Tarshish  signifies  the  doctrinals  of  love  and  of 
faith,  n.  1156 ;  Sheba  and  Seba,  the  knowledges  of  good  and  of 
truth,  n.  1171,  3240 ;  kings,  the  truths  of  the  church,  n.  1672, 
2015,  2069,  3009,  4581,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148  ;  and  nations 
the  goods  of  the  church,  n.  1159,  1258, 1259,  1260, 1416,  1849, 
4574,  6005,  8771.     Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  all 
kings  bowing  themselves,  and  all  nations  serving  Him.  And  in 
Isaiah,  "  They  shall  announce  My  glory  in  the  nations,  then 
they  shall  bring  all  your  brethren  out  of  all  nations  a  present  to 
Jehovah  upon  horses ;  upon  a  chariot,  and  upon  chambered 
coaches,  and  upon  mules,  and  upon  post-boys,  to  the  mountain 
of  My  holiness  Jerusalem,  as  the  sons  of  Israel  bring  a  present 
in  a  clean  vessel  to  the  house  of  Jehovah"  lxvi.  19,  20.  He  who 
is  unacquainted  with  the  internal  sense  of  the  "Word,  may  be- 
lieve that  these  things  were  said  of  the  Jews,  and  that  they 
were  thus  to  be  brought  to  Jerusalem  by  the  nations.  But  they 
are  the  good  things  of  love  and  faith  in  the  Lord,  which  are 
thus  prophetically  described,  and  which  are  meant  by  a  pre- 
sent. The  horses,  the  chariot,  the  chambered  coaches,  the  mules 
and  post-boys,  on  which  they  were  to  be  brought,  denote  the 
intellectuals,  doctrinals,  and  scientifics  of  truth  and  of  good,  as 
is  evident  from  their  signification,  as  of  horses,  n.  2760,  2761, 
2762,  3217,  5321,  6125,  6401,  6534,  S029,  8146,  8148;  and 
from  the  signification  of  chariots,  n.  5321,  5945,  8146,  8148, 
8215  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  mules,  n.  2781.    And  in 
Malachi,  "He  shall  sit  melting  and  purging  silver,  and  lie 
shall  purify  the  sons  of  Levi,  and  shall  defecate  as  gold  and 
silver,  that  t/iey  may  bring  to  Jehovah  an  offering  in  justice  : 
tlien  shall  the  offering  of  Judah  and  of  Jerusalem  be  sweet  to 
Je/iovah,  according  to  the  dags  of  an  age,  and  according  to  former 
years,"  iii.  3,  4.  Inasmuch  as  by  an  ottering  [or  present]  ottered 
to  Jehovah,  is  signified  the  good  of  love  and  of  faith,  therefore 
it  is  said,  that  they  bring  to  Jehovah  an  ottering  [or  present]  in 
justice,  and  that  in  such  case  it  will  be  sweet  to  Jehovah.  To 
purify  the  sons  of  Levi,  and  to  defecate  thein  as  gold  and 
silver,  signifies  the  purification  of  good  and  truth  from  evils  and 
falses.  The  sons  of  Levi  are  those  who  are  in  faith  and  charity, 
thus  who  are  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  n.  3875,  4497,  4502, 
4503.    Judah  is  the  good  of  celestial  love,  thus  denotes  those 
who  are  in  that  good,  n.  3654,  3S81. 

9294.  "And  the  feast  of  harvest  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy 
works  which  thou  hast  sown  in  the  field  " — that  hereby  issigni- 


9294.] 


EXODUS. 


fied  the  worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving  by  reason  of  (lie 
implantation  of  truth  in  good,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  a  feast,  as  denoting  the  worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanks- 
giving, see  above,  n.  9286,  9287  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  harvest,  as  denoting  the  fructification  of  truth,  thus  its 
implantation  in  good;  and  from  the  signification  of  first-fruits 
or  beginnings  of  works,  as  denoting  those  things  which  are  the 
ultimate  of  instruction  and  the  first  of  life,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently;  and  from  the  signification  of  of  sowing,  as  denot- 
ing to  instruct,  see  n.  9272  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  field, 
as  denoting  the  church  as  to  good,  thus  the  good  of  the  church, 
see  n.  2971,  3500,  3766,  7502,  9139,  9141.  From  which  con- 
siderations it  is  evident,  that  by  the  feast  of  harvest,  of  the  first- 
fruits  of  thy  works  which  thou  hast  sown  in  thy  field,  is  sig- 
nified the  worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving  by  reason  of 
the  implantation  of  truth  in  good.  That  these  things  are  sig- 
nified by  this  feast,  is  manifest  from  what  was  said  above,  n. 
92S6,  namely,  that  three  feasts  were  instituted  on  account  of 
the  liberation  of  man  from  damnation,  thus  on  account  of  rege- 
neration, for  by  regeneration  man  is  liberated  from  hell,  and  is 
introduced  into  heaven ;  wherefore  the  first  feast,  which  was 
called  the  feast  of  unleavened  bread,  signifies  purification  from 
falses  ;  this  [second]  feast  therefore  signifies  the  implantation 
of  truth  in  good,  and  the  third  feast  the  implantation  of  good. 
For  during  man's  regeneration,  he  is  first  purified  from  the  falses 
which  are  derived  from  the  evil  of  self-love  and  the  love  of  the 
world,  which  is  effected  by  being  instructed  concerning  evil, 
concerning  hell,  and  concerning  damnation,  also  concerning 
good,  concerning  heaven,  and  concerning  eternal  happiness  ; 
and  by  thus  suffering  himself  to  be  withheld  from  doing,  willing, 
and  thinking  evils.  When  the  ground  is  thus  prepared,  then 
the  truths  of  faith  are  inseminated,  for  they  are  not  before 
received  ;  but  the  truths  which  are  inseminated  must  be  im- 
planted in  good,  since  they  have  no  ground  in  any  other  prin- 
ciple, neither  can  they  fix  root  in  any  other  principle  ;  they  are 
implanted  in  good,  when  man  wills  truth,  loves  it,  and  does  it. 
Tin's  state  of  regeneration  or  of  liberation  from  damnation  is 
signified  by  this  feast,  which  is  called  the  feast  of  harvest  of 
first-fruits  of  works  ;  for  harvest  signifies  truths  producing  good. 
When  truths  are  implanted  in  good,  then  man  is  no  longer  led 
of  the  Lord  by  truths,  but  by  good,  which  is  effected  when  he 
wills  good  and  does  good  from  the  affection  of  love,  that  is, 
from  charity.  This  state  of  the  regeneration  or  of  liberation 
from  damnation  is  signified  by  the  third  feast,  which  is  called 
the  feast  of  gathering  together.  These  three  feasts  were  also 
called  the  feast  of  the  passover,  the  feast  of  weeks,  and  the  feast 
of  tabernacles,  concerning  which,  see  Exod.  xxxiv.  18  to  23 ; 
Levit.  xxiii.  1  to  the  end  ;  Deut.  xvi.  1  to  the  end.  Similar 


148 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


things  to  those  represented  by  these  three  feasts  were  repre- 
sented by  the  bringing  forth  of  the  sons  of  Israel  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt,  by  their  introduction  into  the  land  of  Canaan, 
and  by  habitation  there.  For  by  the  bringing  forth  of  the 
sons  of  Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  the  like  was  repre- 
sented as  by  the  first  feast,  which  was  named  the  passover. 
That  this  is  the  case,  may  be  seen  from  what  has  been  shown 
concerning  the  passover,  n.  7093,  7S67,  7995 ;  for  the  bringing 
forth  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  on  account  of  which  that  feast  was 
instituted,  signified  the  liberation  of  those  who  were  of  the 
Spiritual  Church  from  the  falses  whereby  they  were  infested, 
n.  7240,  7317,  9197.  But  by  the  introduction  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  into  the  land  of  Canaan,  a  like  thing  was  represented  as 
by  this  second  feast,  which  was  called  the  feast  of  the  first-fruits 
of  works,  and  also  the  feast  of  weeks,  namely,  the  implantation 
of  truth  in  good  ;  for  the  land  of  Canaan  denotes  the  church  as 
to  good,  thus  the  good  of  the  church,  n.  1607,  3038,  3481, 
3686,  3705,  4240,  4447,  4517,  5136,  6516  ;  and  the  sons  of 
Israel,  abstractedly  from  persons,  are  spiritual  truths,  n.  5414, 
5879,  5951.  The  like  also  was  represented  by  the  habitation 
of  the  sons  of  Israel  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  as  by  the  third  feast, 
which  was  called  the  feast  of  the  gathering  together  of  the  fruits 
of  the  earth,  and  of  the  gathering  together  out  of  the  threshing- 
floor  and  the  wine-press,  also  the  feast  of  tabernacles,  namely, 
the  implantation  of  good  and  thereby  life  in  heaven.  From  these 
considerations  it  is  now  evident  why  three  feasts  were  instituted, 
namely,  that  it  was  on  account  of  the  bringing  forth  of  the 
human  race,  who  are  willing  to  receive  new  life  from  the  Lord, 
out  of  hell,  and  their  introduction  into  heaven  ;  and  this  of  the 
Lord  by  His  coming  into  the  world. 

9295.  That  this  second  feast,  which  was  called  the  feast  of 
harvest  of  the  first-fruits  of  works,  also  of  the  first-fruits  of 
wheat,  likewise  the  feast  of  weeks,  signifies  the  implantation 
of  truth  in  good,  is  manifest  from  its  institution,  concerning 
which  it  is  tli us  written  in  Moses,  "  Say  to  the  sons  of  Israel, 
when  ye  Bhall  come  into  the  land  which  I  give  you,  and  shall 
reap  its  harvest,  }'e  shall  bring  the  first  sheaf  of  the  first-fruits 
of  your  harvest  to  the  priest,  who  shall  shake  the  sheaf  before 
Jehovah,  to  the  well-pleasing  of  you;  on  the  morrow  of  the 
sabbath  the  priest,  shall  shake  it ;  and  ye  shall  offer  in  that  day 
the  son  of  a  lamb  for  a  burnt  offering,  also  a  ineat-o fieri ng  and 
libation  ;  but  bread  or  the  ear  [of  corn]  parched  or  green  ye 
shall  not  eat  even  to  the  self-same  day.  Then  ye  shall  reckon 
to  yourselves  from  the  morrow  of  the  Babbath,  from  the  day  in 
which  ye  brought  the  sheaf  of  shaking,  there  shall  be  seven 
entire  sabbaths,  even  to  the  morrow  of  the  seventh  sabbath 
ye  shall  reckon  fifty  days,  and  ye  shall  offer  a  new  present  to 
Jehovah,  from  your  habitations  ye  shall  otter  the  bread  of  shak 


9295.] 


EXODUS. 


149 


ing,  it  shall  be  baked  leavened,  the  first-fruits,  to  Jehovah  •, 
ye  shall  offer  besides  the  bread  seven  lambs,  one  heifer,  and 
two  rams,  for  a  burnt-offering,  with  their  meat-offering  and 
libation,"' Levit.  xxiii.  10  to  21;  Dent.  xvi.  9  to  12.  That 
each  of  these  words  are  significative,  cannot  be  known  but  from 
their  internal  sense  ;  in  that  sense  the  seeds  which  are  sown  in 
the  field  are  the  truths  of  faith  which  are  implanted  in  good  ; 
by  the  harvest  is  signified  their  coming  to  maturity  when  goods 
are  thence  derived,  for  wheat  and  barley  denote  goods,  and  the 
spike  or  ear  in  which  they  are  denote  truths  thus  adjoined  to 
goods;  the  sheaf  is  a  series  and  collection  of  such  things,  for 
truths  are  arranged  as  it  were  into  sheaves  ;  shaking  denotes  vivi- 
fication,  for  truths  are  not  living  in  man  until  they  are  in  good  ; 
the  priest,  who  was  to  shake  the  sheaf,  that  is  who  vivified 
the  goods  of  truth,  represented  the  Lord,  for  from  Him  is  the 
All  of  life ;  this  being  done  on  the  morrow  of  the  sabbath  sig- 
nified the  holy  [state]  of  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth; 
its  not  being  before  allowed  to  eat  bread,  the  parched  ear,  or 
the  green  ear,  signified  the  life  of  good  and  its  appropriation 
not  sooner ;  bread  is  the  good  of  love,  the  parched  ear  is  the 
good  of  charity,  the  green  ear  is  the  good  of  truth,  and  to  eat 
is  to  appropriate ;  by  reckoning  thence  seven  sabbaths  even  to 
the  feast,  which  was  held  on  the  fiftieth  day  from  thence,  was 
signified  the  plenary  implantation  of  truth  in  good  even  to  the 
first  of  a  new  state  ;  the  leavened  bread,  which  was  offered  on 
the  occasion,  signified  good  not  yet  fully  purified  ;  the  shaking 
of  it  signified  vivifi cation  ;  the  burnt-offering  of  lambs,  a  heifer, 
and  rams,  with  the  meat-offering  and  libations,  signified  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  quality  of  that  good.  These  are 
the  things  which  are  signified  by  this  feast,  and  by  those  things 
which  were  performed  ;  from  which  considerations  it  is  evident 
that  the  second  state  of  liberation  from  damnation,  which 
was  a  state  of  the  implantation  of  truth  in  good,  was  signified. 
Inasmuch  as  this  feast  was  called  the  feast  of  the  first-fruits  of 
harvest,  it  is  to  be  noted  what  harvest  signifies  in  the  Word. 
The  field,  in  which  is  harvest,  in  an  extended  sense  signifies  the 
whole  human  race,  or  the  whole  world  ;  in  a  less  extended 
sense  the  church  ;  in  a  sense  still  less  extended  the  man  of  the 
church;  and  in  a  less  extended  sense  still,  the  good  which  is 
in  the  man  of  the  church,  for  this  receives  the  truths  of  faith, 
as  a  field  seeds.  From  the  signification  of  field  it  is  evident 
what  is  signified  by  harvest,  namely,  that  in  the  most  extended 
sense  it  signifies  the  state  of  the  whole  human  race  as  to  the  re- 
ception of  good  by  truth,  in  a  less  extended  sense  the  state  of 
the  church  as  to  the  reception  of  the  truths  of  faith  in  good  ;  in 
a  stricter  sense  the  state  of  the  man  of  the  church  as  to  that  re- 
ception ;  and  in  a  still  stricter  sense  the  state  of  good  as  to  the 
veception  of  truth,  thus  the  implantation  of  truth  in  good. 


150 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  signified 
by  harvest  in  the  following  passages,  as  in  Matthew,  "  He  who 
soweth  the  good  seed  is  the  Son  of  Man  ;  the^VZ^is  the  world  ; 
the  seed  are  the  sons  of  the  kingdom  ;  the  tares  are,  the  sons  of 
the  wicked  one  ;  the  enemy  who  soweth  them  is  the  devil ;  the 
harvest  is  the  consummation  of  the  age  ;  but  the  reapers  are 
the  angels,"  xiii.  37,  38,  39 ;  good  seed  denotes  the  truths  of 
faith  from  the  Lord  ;  the  Son  of  Man  is  the  Lord  as  to  the 
truths  of  the  church ;  the  world,  which  is  the  field,  is  the 
whole  human  race  ;  the  sons  of  the  kingdom,  who  are  the  seed, 
are  the  truths  of  faith  of  the  church  ;  the  sons  of  the  evil  king- 
dom, who  are  tares,  are  the  falses  of  faith  of  the  church  ;  the 
devil,  who  is  the  enemy  and  soweth  them,  is  hell ;  the  consum- 
mation of  the  age,  which  is  the  harvest,  is  the  last  state  of  the 
church  as  to  the  reception  of  the  truths  of  faith  in  good  ; 
the  angels,  who  are  the  reapers,  are  truths  from  the  Lord.  That 
such  tilings  are  signified  by  the  above  words  of  the  Lord,  may 
be  manifest  from  their  internal  sense,  treated  of  in  the  explica- 
tions throughout.  From  the  above  words  it  is  also  evident 
how  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  spake,  namely,  that 
it  was  by  significatives,  to  the  intent  that  the  Word  might  not 
only  be  for  the  world,  but  also  for  heaven.  And  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse, "  An  angel  went  forth  from  the  temple,  crying  with  a 
great  voice  to  him  who  sat  on  the  cloud,  send  thy  sickle  and 
reap,  because  the  hour  of  reaping  is  come  to  thee,  because  the 
harvest  of  the  earth  is  dried:  therefore  lie  that  sat  on  the  cloud 
sent  His  sickle  into  the  earth,  and  the  earth  was  reaped,"  xiv. 
15,  16  ;  where  harvest  also  denotes  the  last  state  of  the  church 
as  to  the  reception  of  the  truths  of  faith  in  good.  And  in  Joel, 
"The  priests,  the  ministers  of  Jehovah,  mourned,  the  field  is 
devastated,  the  earth  hath  mourned  because  the  corn  is  devas- 
tated, the  new  wine  is  dried  up,  the  oil  languisheth,  the  hus- 
bandmen are  ashamed,  the  vintagers  have  howled  over  the 
wheat  and  over  the  barley,  and  because  the  harvest  of  the  field 
is  perished,"  i.  9,  10,  11  ;  where  the  vastation  of  the  church 
is  described,  as  to  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  charity, 
by  such  things  as  are  of  the  field,  the  vineyard,  and  olive-yard  ; 
the  church  itself  is  the  field,  and  its  last  state,  which  was 
called  by  the  Lord  the  consummation  of  the  age,  is  the  harvest. 
Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "  Send  in  the  sickle,  because  the 
harvest  is  ripe  ;  come  ye,  descend,  because  the  wine-press  is 
full,  the  lakes  overflow  because  their  wickedness  is  great," 
iii.  13  ;  where  bv  harvest  is  signified  the  consummation  of  the 
age,  or  the  last  state  ot  the  devastated  church.  And  in  Jere- 
miah, 4i  Cut  off  him  that  soweth  from  Babel,  and  him  that  la y- 
eth  hold  on  the  sickle  in  time  of  harvest"  1.  16.  Again,  "  The 
daughter  of  Babel  is  as  a  corn-floor,  it  is  the  time  to  thresh  her, 
yet  a  little  and  the  time  of  harvest  cometh,"  li.  33 ;  where  the 


0295,  9296.J 


EXODUS. 


151 


time  of  harvest  denotes  the  last  state  of  the  church.  And  in 
Jsaiah,  "  Howl  ye  ships  of  Tarshish,  because  Tyre  is  devas- 
tated, that  there  is  no  house,  neither  any  that  entereth,  the  in- 
habitants of  the  island  are  silent,  the  merchant  of  Zidon,  that 
passeth  the  sea,  they  have  tilled  thee,  and  by  many  waters  the 
seed  of  Sihor,  the  harvest  of  the  Nile  is  her  produce,  that 
she  should  be  the  mart  of  nations,"  xxiii.  1,  2,  3.  The  holy 
things  of  the  church,  which  are  here  described,  cannot  be 
known  to  any  one  except  from  the  internal  sense;  every  one 
knows  that  the  holy  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church  are  in 
the  Word  throughout,  and  that  hence  the  Word  is  holy.  The 
subject  treated  of'in  the  sense  of  the  letter  in  the  above  passage 
is  concerning  the  merchandise  of  Tyre  and  Zidon,  which  are 
not  holy  things  without  an  interior  holy  sense  ;  but  what  they 
signify  in  this  latter  sense,  i's  evident  if  they  be  unfolded ; 
the  ships  of  Tarshish  are  the  doctrinals  of  truth  and  good; 
Tyre  and  Zidon  are  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  ;  there 
being  no  house  that  any  might  enter,  denotes  that  there  was  no 
longer  any  good  in  which  truth  could  be  implanted;  the  in- 
habitants of  the  island  who  were  silent  denote  more  remote 
goods  ;  the  seed  of  Sihor  is  scientific  truth  ;  the  harvest  of  the 
Nile,  its  produce,  denotes  the  good  thence  derived  out  of  the 
church. 

9296.  "  And  the  feast  of  gathering  together  in  the  going 
forth  of  the  year,  in  thy  gathering  together  thy  works  out  of 
the  field " — that  hereby  is  signified  worship  from  a  grateful 
mind  on  account  of  the  implantation  of  good  thence,  thus  oii4 
account  of  regeneration  and  plenary  liberation  from  damnation, 
is  manifest  from  the  signification  of  a  feast,  as  denoting  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  and  thanksgiving,  see  above,  n.  9286, 
92ST,  9294,  thus  worship  from  a  grateful  mind  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  gathering  together,  when  it  is  said  of  the  im- 
plantation of  truth  in  good,  as  denoting  the  implantation  itself 
of  good;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  going  forth  of  the 
year,  as  denoting  an  end  of  works  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  expression,  in  thy  gathering  together  thy  works  out  ot 
the  field,  as  denoting  the  enjoyment  and  use  of  all  things  which 
are  implanted  in  good ;  for  by  works  are  signified  not  only  those 
things  which  are  of  the  held,  but  also  those  which  are  of  the 
vineyard  and  olive-yard,  thus  which  are  of  the  fruit  of  the  earth, 
as  is  evident  from  the  description  of  this  feast  in  Moses,  "  The 
feast  of  tabernacles  thoushalt  make  to  thyself  seven  days,  when 
thou  hast  gathered  together  from  thy  corn-floor  and  from  thy 
wine-press :  and  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  bless  thee  in  all  thy 
produce,  and  in  every  toork  of  thine  hands,"  Deut.  xvi.  13,  15  ; 
and  in  another  place,  "  In  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  seventh 
month,  when  ye  shall  have  gathered  together  the  fruit  of  the 
earth,  ye  shaL  keep  a  feast  to  Jehovah  seven  days,"Levit.  xxiii. 


152 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


39.  Inasmuch  as  by  this  feast  is  signified  the  worship  of  the 
Lord  from  a  grateful  mind  by  reason  of  the  implantation  of 
good,  aud  thus  by  reason  of  a  plenary  liberation  from  damna- 
tion, it  may  be  expedient  here  first  to  explaiu  what  the  implan- 
tation of  good  is.  It  has  been  above  shown  throughout,  that 
man  has  two  faculties  of  life,  namely,  understanding  and  will, 
and  that  the  understanding  is  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  troth, 
and  the  will  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  good ;  for  there  are 
two  [things  or  principles],  to  which  all  things  in  the  universe, 
both  in  heaven  and  the  world,  have  reference,  namely,  truth  and 
good  ;  hence  also  it  is  evident,  that  those  two  [things  or  prin- 
ciples] constitute  the  life  of  man,  and  that  the  truth  of  faith 
and  the  good  of  charity  constitute  his  new  life,  and  that  unless 
each  be  implanted  in  man,  he  has  not  new  life.  In  what  man- 
ner the  truth  which  is  of  faith  is  inseminated  and  implanted  in 
man,  is  a  thing  known  in  the  church  ;  but  it  is  not  as  yet  so 
well  known  in  what  manner  the  good  which  is  of  charity  is  im- 
planted. Man,  when  he  is  an  ir  fant,  receives  at  that  time  good 
from  the  Lord,  which  good  is  the  good  of  innocence  such  as 
infants  have  ;  this  good  constitutes  the  initiameut  of  the  new 
will  with  man,  and  increases  in  succeeding  age  according  to 
the  life  of  innocence  with  his  companions,  and  according  to  the 
life  of  probity  aud  obedience  towards  parents  and  masters,  but 
more  with  those  who  afterwards  suffer  themselves  to  be  regen- 
erated ;  this  the  Lord  foresees,  and  according  to  the  state  of 
subsecpient  life  provides,  for  the  Lord  in  every  present  [state] 
foresees  evil  and  provides  good,  and  this  from  the  first  statement 
of  life  even  to  eternity.  Afterwards  when  man  grows  up,  and 
begins  to  think  from  himself,  so  far  as  in  such  case  he  is  carried 
away  by  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  so  far 
that  new  will  principle  or  initiameut  of  a  new  will  is  closed  ; 
and  so  far  as  he  is  not  carried  away  by  those  delights,  so  far  it 
is  opened  and  is  also  perfected.  But  in  what  manner  it  is  per- 
fected by  the  implantation  of  truth,  shall  now  be  said.  The 
above  new  will  principle,  which  is  from  the  good  of  innocence, 
is  the  habitation  by  which  the  Lord  enters  in  with  man,  and  ex- 
cites man  to  will  good,  and  from  willing,  to  do  good.  This  in- 
flux is  so  far  operative  with  man,  as  he  desists  from  evils  ;  hence 
he  has  the  faculty  of  knowing,  of  perceiving,  of  reflecting, 
and  of  understanding  truths  and  goods,  moral  and  civil,  accord- 
ing to  the  delight  of  use  ;  afterwards  the  Lord  flows  in  through 
that  good  into  the  truths  of  the  doctrine  of  the  church  apper- 
taining to  man,  and  from  the  memory  calls  forth  such  things 
as  serve  for  the  use  of  life,  and  implants  these  in  good,  and 
perfects  it ;  hence  it  is  that  the  good  appertaining  to  man  is 
altogether  according  to  use  of  life.  If  the  use  of  life  be  for  the 
neighbor,  that  is,  for  the  good  of  a  fellow-citizen,  of  a  man's 
pouutry,  of  the  church,  of  heaven,  and   for  the  Lord,  then 


9296.] 


EXODUS. 


153 


that  good  is  the  good  of  charity ;  but  if  the  use  of  life  be  only 
for  self  and  for  the  world,  in  this  case  the  above  initiainent  of 
the  new  will  is  closed,  and  beneath  it  is  formed  a  will  principle 
from  the  evils  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  and  hence 
the  intellectual  principle  is  formed  from  falses.    This  latter  will 

Erinciple  is  closed  above  and  open  beneath,  that  is,  closed  to 
eaven  and  open  to  the  world.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
evident  in  what  manner  truths  are  implanted  in  good,  and  form 
it ;  also  that  man,  when  he  is  in  good,  is  in  heaven  with  the 
Lord ;  for,  as  was  said  above,  the  new  will,  where  the  good 
of  charity  is,  is  the  habitation  of  the  Lord,  consequently  is  hea- 
ven with  man  ;  and  the  new  intellectual  principle  thence  de- 
rived is  as  the  tabernacle  through  which  there  is  entrance  and 
exit.  Such  things  in  general  and  in  particular  were  represent- 
ed by  this  feast,  which  was  called  the  feast  of  the  gathering  to- 
gether of  the  fruits  of  the  earth,  and  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 
That  this  is  the  case  is  evident  from  the  institution  of  this  feast, 
concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Moses,  "  In  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  seventh  month,  when  ye  have  gathered  together  the 
fruit  of  the  earth,  ye  shall  keep  a  feast  to  Jehovah  seven  days. 
On  the  first  day  shall  be  the  sabbath,  and  on  the  eighth  day  the 
sabbath.  And  ye  shall  take  to  yourselves  on  the  first  day  the 
fruit  of  a  tree  of  honor,  branches  (spathas)  of  palms,  and  the 
branch  (ramum)  of  a  thick  tree,  and  willows  of  the  torrent,  and 
ye  shall  be  glad  before  Jehovah  your  God  seven  days.  Every  one 
that  is  indigenous  of  (born  amongst)  Israel  shall  dwell  in  taber- 
nacles ;  that  your  generations  may  know,  that  I  made  the  sons 
of  Israel  to  dwell  in  tabernacles,  when  I  brought  them  out  of 
the  land  of  Egypt,"  Levit.  xxiii.  39  to  44.  And  in  another 
place,  "  Thou  shalt  make  the  feast  of  tabernacles  to  thyself 
seven  days,  when  thou  shalt  have  gathered  together  from  thy  . 
corn-floor  and  from  thy  wine-press ;  thou  shalt  be  glad  in  that 
feast,  thou,  thy  son,  and  thy  daughter,  and  thy  man-servant, 
and  thy  maid-servant,  and  the  Levite,  and  the  sojourner,  and 
the  orphan  and  widow,  who  are  in  thy  gates.  Thou  shalt  be  al- 
together glad,"  Deut.  xvi.  13  to  16.  That  a  state  of  good  im- 
planted by  truth  from  the  Lord,  thus  a  state  of  heaven  with 
man,  was  represented  by  this  feast,  is  evident  from  the  internal 
sense  of  all  the  things  which  are  there  mentioned  ;  for  in  that 
sense,  by  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  seventh  month  is  signified  the 
end  of  a  former  state,  and  the  beginning  of  a  new  state  ;  that 
this  is  the  signification  of  fifteenth,  see  n.  8100,  and  also  of 
seventh,  n.  728,  6508,  8976,  9228.  By  the  fruit  of  the  earth, 
which  on  this  occasion  was  gathered,  is  signified  the  good  of 
charity,  n.  43,  55,  913,  983,  2846,  2817,  3146,  7690,  7692  ;  the 
like  by  gathering  together  from  the  corn-floor  and  the  wine-press, 
for  corn  is  the  good  of  truth,  n.  5295,  5410.  Wine,  which  is  of 
the  wine-press,  is  truth  from  good,  n.  6377,  and  oil,  which  is  also 


154 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


of  the  press,  is  good  from  which  truth  is  derived,  n.  886,  3728, 
4582,  4638.  By  the  sabbath  on  the  first  day,  and  by  the  sab- 
bath on  the  eighth  day,  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  truth  with 
good,  and  reciprocally  of  good  with  truth ;  that  sabbath  is  the 
conjunction  of  truth  and  good,  see  n.  8495,  8510,  8890,  8893, 
9274.  The  reason  why  the  eighth  day  was  also  called  sabbath, 
is,  because  by  the  eighth  is  signified  the  beginning  of  a  new 
state,  n.  2044,  8400.  By  the  fruit  of  a  tree  of  honor,  which 
they  were  to  take  on  tlie  first  day,  was  signified  festivity  and  joy 
on  account  of  good  implanted,  wherefore  it  follows,  that  ye  iiay 
be  glad  before  Jehovah.  By  the  branches  of  palms,  are  signified 
the  internal  truths  of  that  good,  u.  8369.  By  abranch of  a  thick 
or  entwisted  tree,  the  external  truths  of  good  or  scientifics,  n. 
2831,  8133  ;  and  by  the  willows  of  a  toi^rent,  truths  still  exterior, 
which  are  of  the  sensual  things  of  the  body.  By  the  tabernacles 
in  which  they  were  to  dwell  seven  days,  is  signified  the  holy 
principle  of  love  from  the  Lord,  and  reciprocally  to  the  Lord, 
n.  414,  1102,  2145,  2152,  3312,  3391,  4391,  4599;  and  that 
it  k  the  holy  principle  of  union,  n.  8666.  By  one  indigenous 
of  Israel,  is  signified  who  is  in  the  good  of  charitv,  thus  also 
abstractedly  that  good,  n.  3654,  4598,  5801,  5803,"  5806,  5812, 
5817,  5819,  5826,  5833,  6426,  7957.  By  gladness  of  all  on  the 
occasion,  was  signified  joy  such  as  appertains  to  those  who  are 
in  good  from  the  Lord,  thus  such  as  appertains  to  those  who  are 
in  heaven,  for  he  who  is  in  the  good  of  charity  from  the  Lord, 
is  in  heaven  with  the  Lord.  These  are  the  things  on  account 
of  which  that  feast  was  instituted. 

9297.  "  Three  times  in  the  year  shall  every  male  be  seen  to 
the  faces  of  the  Lord  Jehovah  " — that  hereby  16  signified  the 
continual  appearance  and  presence  of  the  Lord,  thereby  also  in 
the  truths  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  three  times 
in  the  year,  as  denoting  what  is  complete  and  continual,  seen. 
4495,  9198  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  being  seen,  as  de- 
noting appearance  and  presence,  see  n.  4198,  5975,  6893;  and 
from  the  signification  of  a  male,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  faith, 
see  n.  2046,  7838  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  faces,  when 
concerning  Jehovah,  that  is  the  Lord,  as  denoting  the  Divine 
Good  of  the  Divine  Love,  or  mercy,  see  n.  222,  223,  5585, 
7599  ;  and  inasmuch  as  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love  is 
Jehovah  Himself,  or  the  Lord,  therefore  by  being  seen  to  the 
faces  of  Jehovah,  the  like  is  signified  as  by  being  seen  of  the 
Lord  ;  it  is  the  Lord  also  who  sees  man,  and  presents  Himself 
with  him,  and  gives  him  to  see  Him  [the  Lord],  thus  man 
does  not  see  the  Lord  from  himself,  but  from  the  Lord  with 
himself.  In  what  manner  it  is  understood  that  there  is  a  con- 
tinual appearance  and  presence  of  the  Lord  also  in  the  truths  of 
faith,  may  be  expedient  briefly  to  explain ;  the  presence  of  the 
Lord  with  man  is  in  the  good  appertaining  to  him,  because 


9297.J 


EXODUS. 


155 


good  constitutes  bis  life,  but  not  truth,  only  so  far  as  it  is  from 

food,  as  was  said  above,  n.  9296  ;  that  the  habitation  of  the 
iord  is  in  the  good  of  innocence  appertaining  to  man  ;  when 
therefore  man  is  regenerated,  then  the  Lord  is  not  only  present 
in  the  good  appertaining  to  him,  but  also  in  the  truths  which 
are  from  good,  for  truths  in  such  case  have  life  from  good, 
and  are  good  in  form,  by  which  form  the  quality  of  good  may 
be  perceived  ;  these  truths  are  what  constitute  the  new  un- 
derstanding of  man,  which  makes  one  with  his  new  will  ;  for,  as 
was  said  before,  all  things  have  reference  to  truth  and  to  good, 
and  the  understanding  of  man  is  dedicated  to  truths,  but  the 
Avill  to  good  from  which  truths  are  derived  ;  hence  it  is  evident 
in  what  manner  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  in  such  case  the  ap- 
pearance and  presence  of  the  Lord  is  also  in  the  truths  of  faith. 
These  are  the  things  which  are  signified  by  every  male  being 
seen  three  times  in  the  year  to  the  faces  of  the  Lord  Jehovah; 
hence  it  is  said,  that  a  male  shall  be  seen,  because  by  a  male  is 
signified  the  truth  of  faith ;  and  on  this  account  it  is  said  to  the 
faces  of  the  LwdJehovah,  because  by  Jehovah  is  signified  the 
Divine  Esse,  and  by  Lord  the  Divine  Existere  from  the  Esse  ; 
hence  the  esse  with  man  is  good,  and  the  existere  thence  is 
truth.  It  is  said  in  the  church,  that  faith  is  from  the  Lord, 
but  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  faith  which  is  from  charity  is  from 
the  Lord,  but  not  faith  separate  from  charity,  for  this  faith  is 
from  the proprium,  and  is  called  persuasive  faith,  which  will  be 
treated  of  in  the  doctrine  of  charity  and  faith  before  the  follow- 
ing chapter.  Man  may  know  whether  the  faith  appertaining  to 
himself  be  from  the  Lord  or  from  himself;  he  who  is  affected 
with  truths  merely  for  the  sake  of  the  reputation  of  learning, 
that  he  may  gain  honor  and  wealth,  and  not  for  the  sake  of 
good  use  of  life,  is  in  persuasive  faith,  which  is  from  himself, 
and  not  from  the  Lord.  There  are  also  theoretical  truths  of 
faith,  and  there  are  practical  truths  ;  he  who  respects  the 
theoretical  for  the  sake  of  the  practical,  and  sees  the  former  in 
the  latter,  and  thus  from  both  conjoined  regards  good  use  of 
life,  and  is  affected  both  with  the  former  and  with  the  latter  for 
the  sake  of  this  end,  he  is  in  faith  from  the  Lord ;  the  reason 
is,  because  the  use  of  life,  which  is  the  end,  is  good  appertaining 
to  him,  and  according  to  use  of  life  all  things  are  formed ; 
the  truths  of  faith  are  those  by  which  formation  is  effected. 
That  this  is  the  case,  is  very  manifest  from  those  who  are  in  the 
other  life  ;  all,  as  many  as  are  there,  are  reduced  to  the  state  of 
their  good,  or  to  the  state  of  their  evil,  thus  to  the  use  of  their 
life,  which  was  their  end,  that  is,  which  they  had  loved  above 
all  things,  and  which  hence  had  been  the  very  delight  of  their 
life ;  to  this  all  are  reduced;  the  truths  or  falses,  which  had 
made  one  with  that  use,  remain,  and  also  more  are  learnt, 
which  conjoin  themselvei>  with  the  former,  and  complete  the 


156 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


use,  and  cause  the  use  to  appear  in  its  own  essential  form. 
Hence  it  is  that  spirits  and  angels  are  forms  of  their  use,  evil 
spirits  the  forms  of  an  evil  use,  these  are  in  hell ;  good  spirits 
or  angels  the  forms  of  good  use,  these  are  in  heaven  ;  hence  also 
it  is,  that  spirits  are  instantly  known  as  to  their  quality  by  their 
presence,  the  truths  of  faith  being  seen  from  the  face  and  its 
i  eauty  as  to  form,  and  the  good  itself,  which  is  the  use,  from 
the  fire  of  love  therein  which  vivifies  the  beauty,  and  also  from 
the  sphere  which  flows  from  them.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  further  be  manifest  what  the  presence  of  the  Lord  is  in 
the  truths  of  faith. 

9298.  "  Thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  upon  what  is  leavened  the 
blood  of  My  sacrifice  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  wor- 
ship of  the  Lord  grounded  in  the  truths  of  the  church  might 
not  be  commixed  with  falses  derived  from  evil,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  sacrificing  and  of  sacrifice,  as  denoting  the  wor- 
ship of  the  Lord,  see  n.  922,  923,  2180,  2805,  2807,  2S30, 
3519,  6905,  8680,  8936  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  what  is 
leavened,  as  denoting  what  is  falsified  and  what  is  false  from 
evil,  see  n.  2342,  7906,  8051,  8058  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  blood,  as  denoting  truth  derived  from  good,  thus  the  truth 
of  the  church,  see  n.  4735,  4978,  7317,  7326,  7846,  7850, 
7877,  9127.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  not  sacrificing  upon 
what  is  leavened,  the  blood  of  My  sacrifice,  is  signified  that  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  grounded  in  the  truths  of  the  church 
ought  not  to  be  commixed  with  falses  derived  from  evil.  What 
the  false  derived  from  evil  is,  and  the  false  not  from  evil,  see  n. 
1679,  2408,  4729,  6359,  7272,  8298,  9258.  The  reason  why 
truths  derived  from  good,  which  are  the  truths  of  the  church, 
ought  not  to  be  commixed  with  the  falses  derived  from  evil,  is, 
because  they  do  not  at  all  agree  together,  for  they  are  contraries, 
whence  comes  conflict,  in  consequence  of  which  either  the 
good  will  perish,  or  the  evil  will  be  dissipated,  for  good  is  from 
heaven,  that  is,  through  heaven  from  the  Lord,  and  evil  is  from 
hell.  There  are  indeed  truths  appertaining  to  the  evil,  and  also 
falses  appertaining  to  the  good,  but  the  truths  appertaining  to 
the  evil  are  not  commixed  with  the  falses  derived  from  evil  ap- 
pertaining to  them,  so  long  as  they  are  only  in  the  memory, 
and  serve  as  means  for  evil,  for  so  long  they  are  without  life ; 
but  if  truths  are  falsified  to  favor  evil,  which  is  also  effected  by 
sinister  interpretation,  in  this  case  they  are  commixed,  whence 
comes  profanation  of  truth ;  what  the  quality  of  such  profana- 
tion is,  see  n.  1008,  1010,  1059,  1327,  1328,  2051,  2426,  3398, 
3399,  3402,  4289,  4601,  6348,  6959,  6960*,  6963,  6971,  8394, 
8943,  9188.  That  it  was  forbidden  to  sacrifice  upon  what  was 
leavened,  is  evident  from  this  law  concerning  the  meat-offering, 
which  was  ofl'ered  upon  the  altar  together  with  the  sacrifice, 
concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Moses,  "  Every  meat- 


0298- -9300.] 


EXODUS. 


157 


offering,  which  ye  shall  bring  Jehovah,  shall  owe  he  made 
leavened,  and  there  shall  not  he  any  leaven  and  any  honey,  of 
which  ye  shall  offer  an  offering  of  fire  to  Jehovah,"  Levit.  ii.  11 
From  these  considerations  it  is  manifest,  that  the  profanation  of 
truth  is  signified  by  this  law  ;  on  which  account  also  it  is  called 
the  hlood  of  a  sacrifice,  not  a  sacrifice,  because  blood  denotes 
truth  derived  from  good. 

9299.  "  And  the  fat  of  My  feast  shall  not  pass  the  night 
even  to  the  morning" — that,  hereby  is  signified  the  good  of 
worship  not  from  the proprium,  but  from  the  Lord  always  new, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  passing  the  night,  as  denoting 
that  which  is  from  the  proprium,  for  by  night  in  the  Word 
is  signified  what  is  evil  and  false,  n.  221,  709,  6000,  7776, 
7851,  7870,7947,  thus  also  the  proprium,  because  the  projprium 
of  man  is  nothing  but  evil  and  the  false,  n.  210,  215,  694,  874, 
875,  876,  987,  1023,  1044,  4328,  5660,  5786,  8480;  and 
from  the  signification  of  fat,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see 
n.  353,  5943  ;  in  this  case  the  good  of  love  in  worship,  because 
it  is  said  the  fat  of  a  feast,  for  a  feast  denotes  worship,  n.  9286, 
9287,  9294 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  morning,  as  denot- 
ing the  Lord  and  His  coming,  as  may  be  manifest  from  what 
was  shown  concerning  morning,  n.  2405,  2780,  5962,  8426, 
8427,  8812 ;  hence  in  this  passage  by  morning,  where  the  sub- 
ject treated  of  is  concerning  the  good  of  worship  not  from  the 
proprium,  is  signified  that  good  from  the  Lord  always  new. 

9300.  "The  first  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy  ground  thou  shalt 
bring-in  into  the  house  of  thy  God  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  all  truths  of  good  and  goods  of  truth  are  holy,  because  from 
the  Lord  alone,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  first-fruits 
of  the  ground,  as  denoting  that  the  goods  and  truths  of  the 
church  ought  to  be  ascribed  to  the  Lord  alone  ;  that  the  first 
fruits  are  those  goods  and  truths,  see  n.  9293  ;  and  that  ground 
is  the  church,  n.  566,  1068.  It  is  said  the  first  of  the  first-fruits, 
because  this  must  be  the  primary  ;  for  goods  and  truths  have 
their  life  from  the  Lord,  and  they  then  have  life  from  the  Lord, 
when  they  are  ascribed  to  Him  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
bringing  into  the  house  of  God,  as  denoting  to  the  Lord,  that 
they  may  be  holy.  That  the  house  of  God  is  the  Lord  see  n. 
3720 ;  and  that  every  thing  that  is  holy  is  from  the  Lord,  n. 
9229.  From  which  considerations  it  is  evident  that  by  these 
words,  "  The  first  of  the  first-fruits  of  thy  ground  thou  shalt 
bring-in  into  the  house  of  God,"  is  signified  that  all  the  truths 
of  good  and  goods  of  truth  are  holy,  because  from  the  Lord 
aloue.  They  are  called  truths  of  good  and  goods  of  truth, 
because  with  the  man  who  is  regenerating,  and  more  so  with 
him  when  he  is  regenerated,  truths  are  of  good,  and  goods  are 
of  truth,  for  truths  constitute  the  life  of  the  understanding,  and 
good  the  life  of  the  will ;  and  with  the  regenerate  man  tiio 


158 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


understanding  and  will  make  one  mind,  and  communicate  re- 
ciprocally, the  truths  which  are  of  the  understanding  with  the 
good  which  is  of  the  will,  and  the  good  which  is  of  the  will 
with  the  truths  which  are  of  the  understanding;  they  flow  in 
by  turns,  scarce  otherwise  than  as  the  blood  from  the  heart  into 
the  lungs,  and  thence  again  into  the  heart,  and  next  from  the 
left  ventricle  of  the  heart  into  the  arteries,  and  from  these 
through  the  veins  again  into  the  heart ;  such  an  idea  may  be 
had  concerning  the  reciprocation  of  good  and  truth  with  man 
from  lii's  understanding  into  the  will,  and  from  his  will  into  the 
understanding.  The  reason  why  an  idea  concerning  the  recip- 
rocation of  the  truth  of  faith  and  the  good  of  charity  in  the  un- 
derstanding and  will  may  be  especially  conceived  from  the  lungs 
and  heart  is,  because  the  lungs  correspond  to  the  truths  which 
are  of  faith,  and  the  heart  to  the  good  which  is  of  love,  n. 
3635,  3883  to  3896  ;  hence  also  it  is  that  by  heart  in  the  Word 
is  signified  the  life  of  the  will,  and  by  soul  the  life  of  faith,  n. 
9050.  Another  reason  why  an  idea  concerning  the  truths  which 
are  of  the  understanding,  and  concerning  good  which  is  of  the 
will  may  be  formed  from  the  lungs  and  heart  is,  because  all 
things  which  are  of  faith  and  love  bring  with  them  an  idea 
grounded  in  such  things  as  man  is  acquainted  with,  for  man 
cannot  think  without  an  idea  derived  from  such  things  apper- 
taining to  himself  as  are  knowable  and  sensible  ;  and  man  then 
thinks  justly,  even  concerning  those  things  which  are  of  faith 
and  love,  when  he  thinks  from  correspondences,  for  correspon 
dences  are  natural  truths,  in  which  as  in  speculums  spiritual 
truths  are  represented  ;  wherefore  so  far  as  the  ideas  of  thought 
concerning  things  spiritual  are  conceived  without  respect  to 
correspondences,  so  far  they  are  either  conceived  from  the  fal- 
lacies of  the  senses  or  from  things  incongruous.  What  the 
quality  of  man's  ideas  is  concerning  those  things  which  regard 
faith  and  love,  is  very  manifest  in  the  other  life,  for  ideas  are 
there  perceived  clearly.  When  it  is  said  that  the  truths  of  faith 
have  reference  to  man's  understanding,  and  the  good  of  charity 
to  his  will,  it  may  appear  as  an  incongruous  assertion  to  those, 
who  say,  and  confirm  themselves  in  saying,  that  those  things 
which  are  of  faith  ought  simply  to  be  believed,  because  the 
natural  man  and  his  intellectual  principle  does  not  apprehend 
any  thing  of  the  kind,  and  because  faith  is  not  from  man,  but 
from  the  Lord.  .Nevertheless  the  same  persons  still  acknow- 
ledge and  believe,  that  man  is  illustrated  in  truths,  and  inflamed 
with  good,  when  he  is  reading  the  Word,  and  that  when  he 
is  illustrated  he  then  perceives  what  is  true  and  what  is  not 
true;  they  also  call  those  illustrated,  who  are  distinguished 
above  others  by  discovering  truths  from  the  AVord.  Hence  it  is 
evident,  that  they  who  are  illustrated,  see  and  perceive  inwardly 
in  themselves  whether  a  thing  be  true  or  not  true.    On  such 


9300.J 


EXODUS. 


159 


occasion,  what  is  inwardly  illustrated  is  their  intellectual  prin- 
ciple, and  what  is  inwardly  inflamed  is  their  will  principle;  but 
if  it  be  the  genuine  truth  of  faith  in  which  they  are  illustrated, 
and  tlie  genuine  good  of  charity  in  which  they  are  inflamed, 
then  it  is  the  intellectual  principle  of  the  internal  man  which  is 
illustrated,  and  the  will  principle  of  the  internal  man  which  is 
inflamed  ;  the  case  is  otherwise  if  it  be  not  the  genuine  truth  of 
faith,  and  the  genuine  good  of  charity.    They  who  arc  in  truth 
and  good  not  genuine,  also  they  who  are  in  falses  and  evils, 
may  indeed  confirm  the  truths  of  the  church,  but  they  cannot 
see  and  perceive  from  an  interior  principle  whether  they  be 
truths.  Hence  it  is,  that  most  people  continue  to  remain  in  the 
doctrinals  of  their  own  church  in  which  they  were  born,  and 
only  confirm  those  doctrinals  ;  and  these  would  also  have  con- 
firmed themselves  in  persuasions  the  most  heretical,  as  in  So- 
cinianism  and  in  Judaism,  if  they  had  been  born  from  such 
parents.    From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  the  in- 
tellectual principle  is  illustrated  with  those  who  are  in  the 
affection  of  truth  from  good,  but  not  with  those  who  are  in 
the  affection  of  truth  from  evil.    With  those,  who  are  in  the 
affection  of  truth  from  good,  the  intellectual  principle  of  the 
internal  man  is  illustrated,  and  the  will  principle  of  the  internal 
man  is  inflamed  ;  but  with  those  who  are  in  the  affection  of 
truth  from  evil,  the  intellectual  principle  of  the  internal  man 
is  not  illustrated,  neither  is  the  will  principle  of  the  internal 
man  inflamed ;  the  reason  is,  because  these  latter  are  natural 
men.  Hence  it  is  that  they  insist,  that  the  natural  man  cannot 
comprehend  those  things  which  are  of  faith.    That  it  is  the 
understanding  which  is  illustrated  in  the  truths  of  faith,  and  the 
will  which  is  inflamed  with  the  good  of  charity,  with  those  who 
are  in  the  ati'ection  of  truth  from  good,  and  hence  are  interior 
and  spiritual  men,  is  very  manifest  from  the  same  [persons]  in 
the  other  life  ;  in  that  life  they  are  in  the  understanding  of  all 
things  which  are  of  faith,  and  in  the  will  of  all  things  which 
are  of  charity,  which  also  they  clearly  perceive.    Hence  they 
have  intelligence  and  wisdom  which  is  ineffable,  for  after  the 
putting-otf  of  the  body  they  are  in  the  interior  understanding 
which  w  as  illustrated  in  the  world,  and  in  the  interior  will  which 
was  inflamed  in  the  world  ;  but  in  what  manner  they  were  then 
illustrated  and  inflamed,  they  could  not  perceive,  because  they 
then  thought  in  the  body  and  from  such  things  as  are  in  the 
world,    irom  these  considerations  it  is  now  manifest,  that  the 
truths  of  faith  constitute  the  life  of  the  understanding,  and  that 
the  good  of  charity  constitutes  the  life  of  the  will,  thus  that  the 
understanding  ought  to  be  present  in  those  things  which  are  of 
faith,  and  the  will  in  those  things  which  are  of  charity,  or  what 
is  the  same  thing,  that  those  two  faculties  are  what  faith  and 
chui  ity  from  the  Lord  flow  into,  and  that  they  are  received  ac- 


160 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


cording  to  their  state,  thus  that  the  habitation  of  the  Lord  with 
man  is  no  where  else  but  in  those  two  faculties.  How  the  case 
herein  is,  may  be  conceived  from  what  lias  been  said  concern- 
ing the  internal  and  external  man,  n.  6057,  9279,  namely,  that 
the  internal  man  is  formed  to  the  image  of  heaven,  and  the 
external  to  the  image  of  the  world,  and  that  they  with  whom 
the  internal  man  is  not  open,  see  nothing  from  heaven,  and  that 
those  things  which  they  see  from  the  world  concerning  heaven, 
are  thick  darkness,  and  that  therefore  they  can  have  no  spiritual 
idea  concerning  such  things  as  are  of  faith  and  charity.  Hence 
also  it  is  that  they  cannot  even  comprehend  what  Christian 
good  or  charity  is,  insomuch  that  they  altogether  think  that  the 
life  of  heaven  consists  in  truths  alone,  which  they  call  truths  of 
faith,  and  also  that  the  life  of  heaven  can  be  given  to  all  of  every 
description,  who  have  the  confidence  of  faith,  although  they 
have  not  the  life  of  faith.  To  what  a  degree  these  are  blind 
concerning  the  life  of  faith,  which  is  charity,  appears  evident 
from  this  consideration,  that  they  attend  nothing  at  all  to  the 
thousand  things  concerning  the  good  of  life,  which  the  Lord 
Himself  taught,  .and  when  they  read  the  Word,  that  they  in- 
stantly reject  those  things  behind  faith  backward,  and  thus  hide 
them  from  themselves  and  from  others.  Hence  also  it  is,  that 
they  eject  those  things  which  are  of  good,  that  is,  of  charity  and 
its  works,  from  the  doctriue  of  the  church  to  inferior  doctrine, 
which  they  call  moral  theology,  which  they  make  natural,  not 
spiritual ;  when  yet  after  death,  the  life  of  charity  remains,  and 
only  so  much  of  faith  as  is  in  agreement  with  that  life,  that  is, 
so  much  of  thought  concerning  the  truths  of  faith,  as  there  is 
of  the  will  of  good  according  to  them.  That  they  who  are  in 
faith  grounded  in  good,  can  confirm  themselves  from  all  scien- 
tilics  whatsoever,  and  thereby  corroborate  faith,  see  n.  2454, 
2568,  2558,  4156,  4293,  4760,  5201,  6047,  8629. 

93U1.  "  Thou  shalt  not  boil  a  kid  in  the  milk  of  its  mother  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  good  of  innocence  of  a  latter 
state  ought  not  to  be  conjoined  with  the  truth  of  innocence  of  a 
former  state,  appears  from  the  signification  of  boiling,  as  de- 
noting to  conjoin,  seen.  8496;  and  from  the  signification  of  a 
kid,  a»  denoting  the  good  of  innocence,  see  n.  3519,  4871 :  and 
from  the  signihcaiion  of  milk,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  innocence, 
see  n.  2lS±,  6Lb3  :  hence  the  milk  of  a  mother  denotes  the  truth 
of  first  innocence.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that 
by  the  words,  "  Thou  shalt  not  boil  a  kid  in  the  milk  of  its 
mother,''  is  signified  that  the  good  of  innocence  of  a  latter  state 
ought  not  to  be  conjoined  with  the  truth  of  innocence  of  a  former 
state.  This  is  the  heavenly  arcanum,  from  which  the  above  law 
liows.  For  all  the  laws,  and  all  the  judgments  and  statutes, 
which  were  given  to  the  sons  of  Israel,  contain  arcana  of  heaven, 
to  which  also  tlicy  correspond.    13 ut  how  this  arcanum  is  to  be 


0301,  9302.] 


EXODUS. 


161 


understood,  namely,  that  the  good  of  innocence  of  a  latter  state 
ought  not  to  he  conjoined  with  the  truth  of  innocence  of  a 
former  state,  it  may  be  expedient  briefly  to  say.  The  innocence 
of  a  former  s'ate  is  the  innocence  appertaining  to  infants  and 
boys ;  and  the  innocence  of  a  latter  state  is  the  innocence  ap- 
pertaining to  adults  and  old  men,  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  to 
the  Lord.  The  innocence  of  infants  and  of  boys  is  external, 
and  dwells  in  dense  ignorance,  but  the  innocence  of  old  men  is 
internal,  and  dwells  in  wisdom  ;  the  difference  between  which 
may  be  seen,  n.  2305,  2306,  3183,  3495,  4797.  The  innocence, 
which  dwells  in  wisdom,  consists  in  knowing,  acknowledging, 
and  believing,  that  no  one  can  understand  any  thing,  and  will 
any  thing  from  himself,  and  hence  in  being  willing  to  under- 
stand and  will  nothing  from  himself,  but  only  from  the  Lord; 
also  that  whatsoever  he  thinks  that  he  understands  from  himself 
is  false,  and  whatsoever  he  thinks  that  he  wills  from  himself  is 
evil.  This  state  of  life  is  the  state  of  innocence  of  a  latter  state, 
in  which  all  are  who  are  in  the  third  heaven,  which  is  called  the 
heaven  of  innocence ;  hence  it  is  that  they  are  in  wisdom,  be- 
cause what  they  understand  and  what  they  will  is  from  the 
Lord.  But  the  innocence  which  dwells  in  ignorance,  such  as 
appertains  to  infants  and  boys,  consists  in  believing  that  all 
things  which  they  know  and  think,  and  also  which  they  will, 
are  in  themselves,  and  that  all  things  which  they  hence  speak 
and  do  are  from  themselves ;  that  these  are  fallacies  they  do 
not  apprehend.  The  truths  which  are  of  that  innocence,  are 
founded  for  the  most  part  on  the  fallacies  of  the  external  senses, 
which  yet  are  to  be  shaken  off  as  man  advances  to  wisdom. 
From  these  few  considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  that  the 
good  of  innocence  of  a  latter  state  ought  not  to  be  conjoined 
with  the  truth  of  innocence  of  a  former  state. 

9302.  Verses  20  to  30.  Behold,  I  send  an  angel  before  ihee, 
to  keep  thee  in  the  way,  and  to  bring  thee  to  the  place  which  I 
have  prepared.  Take  heed  of  his  face,  and  hear  his  voice,  lest 
tltou  embitter  him  ;  because  he  will  not  bear  your  prevarication, 
because  My  name  is  in  the  midst  of  him.  Because, d- 'hearing  thou 
shalt  hear  his  voice,  and  shall  do  all  that  I  speak,  I  will  act  as 
an  adversary  to  thine  adversaries,  a,nd  will  act  as  an  enemy  to 
thine  enemies.  When  My  angel  shall  go  before  thee  and  shall 
bring  thee  to  the  Amorite,  and  the  Hittite,  and,  the  Perizzite,  and 
the  Canaanite,  the  Hivite  and  the  Jebusite,  and  I  shall  cut  him 
off.  Thou  shaltnot  bow  thyself  to  their  gods,  and  shalt  not  serve 
them,  and  shalt  not  do  according  to  their  works,  because  destroy- 
ing thou  shalt  destroy  them,  and  breaking  in  pieces  thou  shalt 
break  in  pieces  their  statues.  And  ye  shall  serve  Jehovah  your 
God,  and  He  will  bless  thy  bread  and  thy  waters,  and  I  will  re- 
move disease  from  the  midst  of  thee.  There  shall  notbe  what  is 
abortive  and  barren  in  thy  land ;  the  number  of  thy  days  I  will 

vol,   ix.  11 


162 


EXODLS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


JM.  My  terror  I  will  send  before  thee,  and  I  will  disturb  all  thi 
people  to  whom  thou  shalt  come,  and  Twill  give  all  thine  adver- 
saries to  thee,  the  neck.  And  Twill  send  a  hornet  before  thee, 
and  he  will  drive  out  the  Hivite,  the  Canaanite,  and  the  TTittite 
from  before  thee  ;  Twill  not  drive  him  out  from  before  thee  in 
one  year,  lest peradventure  the  land  be  desolate,  and  the  wild  beast 
of  the  field  be  multiplied  upon  thee.  [By]  little  [and]  little  Twill 
drive  him  out  from  before  thee,  until  thou  be  fruitful  and  inherit 
the  land.  Behold,  I  send  mine  angel  before  thee,  signifies  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle].  To  keep  thee  in  the 
way,  signifies  his  providence  and  guard  from  the  falses  of  evil. 
To  bring  thee  to  the  place  which  I  have  prepared,  signifies  in- 
troduction by  Him  into  heaven  according  to  the  good  of  lifo  and 
of  faith.  Take  heed  of  his  face,  signifies  a  holy  fear.  And  hear 
his  voice,  signifies  obedience  to  the  precepts  which  are  from 
Him.  Lest  thou  embitter  him,  signifies  aversion  from  Him  by 
falses  derived  from  evil.  Because  he  will  not  bear  your  pre- 
varication, signifies  because  those  falses  are  repugnant  to  truths 
derived  from  good.  Because  My  name  is  in  the  midst  of  him, 
signifies  that  from  Him  is  all  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth  of 
faith.  Because  if  hearing  thou  shalt  hear  his  voice,  signifies 
instruction  concerning  the  precepts  of  faith,  and  reception. 
And  shalt  do  all  that  I  speak,  signifies  compliance  groun  ded  in 
faith  and  love.  I  will  act  as  an  adversary  to  thine  adversaries, 
signifies  that  the  Lord  averts  all  falses  derived  from  evil.  And 
will  act  as  an  enemy  to  thine  enemies,  signifies  that  he  averts 
all  evils  from  which  falses  are  derived.  When  mine  angel  shall 
go  before  thee,  signifies  life  according  to  the  precepts  of  the  Lord. 
And  shall  bring  thee  to  the  Amorite,  and  the  Hittite,  and  the 
Perizzite,  and  the  Canaanite,  the  Hivite  and  Jebusite;  and  I 
shall  cut  him  off,  signifies,  when  the  Lord  has  protected  against 
evils  and  falses  which  infest  the  church,  and  has  removed 
them.  Thou  shalt  not  bow  thyself  to  their  gods,  signifies  that 
the  falses  of  evil  ought  not  to  be  worshipped.  And  shalt  not 
serve  them,  signifies  that  neither  ought  they  to  be  obeyed.  And 
shalt  not  do  according  to  their  works,  signifies  that  evils  of  life 
ought  not  to  be  pursued.  Because  destroying  thou  shalt  destroy 
them,  signifies  that  evils  ought  altogether  to  be  removed.  Au J 
breaking  in  pieces,  thou  shalt  break  in  pieces  their  statues,  sig- 
nifies that  in  like  manner  the  falses  of  worship.  And  ye  shall 
serve  Jehovah  your  God,  signifies  the  worship  of  the  Lord  alone. 
And  he  will  bless  thy  bread  and  thy  water,  signifies  increase  of 
the  good  of  love  and  of  the  truth  of  faith.  And  I  will  remove 
disease  from  the  midst  of  thee,  signifies  protection  from  the 
falsificatiuns  of  truth  and  from  the  adulterations  of  good.  There 
shall  not  be  what  is  abortive  and  barren  in  thy  land,  signifies 
that  goods  and  truths  proceed  in  their  order  in  a  continual 
progression.    The  number  of  thy  days  I  will  till,  signifies  even 


9302,  9303.] 


EXODUS. 


103 


to  a  full  state.  My  terror  I  will  send  before  thee,  signifies  the 
Terror  of  those  who  are  in  evils  of  the  false  on  account  of  the 
truths  of  good.  And  I  will  disturb  all  the  people,  signifies  the 
consternation  of  all  falses.  To  whom  thou  shalt  come,  signifies 
by  the  presence  of  the  Lord.  And  I  will  give  all  thine  ad- 
versaries to  thee  the  neck,  signifies  the  flight  and  damnation  of 
falses.  And  I  will  send  the  hornet  before  thee,  signifies  the 
dread  of  those  who  are  in  falses  derived  from  evil.  And  he  shall 
drive  out  the  Hivite,  the  Canaanite,  and  the  Hittite  from  before 
tliee,  signifies  the  flight  of  falses  derived  from  evils.  I  will  not 
drive  him  out  from  before  thee  in  one  year,  signifies  their  flight 
or  removal  not  hasty.  Lest  peradventure  the  land  be  desolate, 
signifies  deficiency  in  such  case  and  little  of  spiritual  life.  And 
the  wild  beast  of  the  field  be  multiplied  upon  thee,  signifies  the 
afflux  of  falses  derived  from  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self  and 
of  the  world.  [By]  little  [and]  little  I  will  drive  him  out  from 
before  thee,  signifies  removal  by  degrees  according  to  order. 
Until  thou  be  fruitful,  signifies  according  to  increase  of  good. 
And  inherit  the  land,  signifies  when  in  good,  thus  regenerated. 

9303.  "Behold  I  send  an  angel  before  thee" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  appears 
from  the  signification  of  sending,  when  concerning  the  Lord, 
as  denoting  to  proceed,  see  n.  6831,  in  this  case  to  cause  to 
proceed  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  angel,  as  denoting  Him 
who  proceeds,  for  angel  in  the  original  tongue  signifies  sent. 

If  •        1         "I      •         •  OS  ,  , 

Hence  is  the  derivation  of  that  expression ;  and  by  sent  is  sig- 
nified proceeding,  as  may  be  manifest  from  the  passages  quoted 
from  the  Word,  n.  6831.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  angel 
of  Jehovah  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple], for  this  proceeds  from  Jehovah  as  a  Father.  Jehovah  as 
a  Father  is  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love,  which  is  the 
very  Esse,  n.  3704 ;  and  the  proceeding  [principle]  from  the 
Father  is  the  Divine  Truth  from  that  Divine  Good,  thus  the 
Divine  Existere  from  the  Divine  Esse  ;  this  is  here  signified  by 
angel.  In  like  manner  in  Isaiah,  "  The  angel  of  His  faces  shall 
liberate  them  by  reason  of  His  love,  and  His  indulgence;  He 
redeemed  them,  and  took  them,  and  carried  them  all  the  days 
of  eternity,"  lxiii.  9.  And  in  Malachi,  "Behold  the  Lord, 
whom  ye  seek,  shall  suddenly  come  to  His  temple,  and  the 
angel  of  the  covenant  whom  ye  desire,"  iii.  1,  2  ;  to  the  temple 
of  the  Lord  is  to  His  Human  [principle];  that  this  is  His 
temple,  the  Lord  Himself  teaches  in  Matthew,  chap.  xxvi.  61 ; 
and  in  John,  chap.  ii.  19,  21,  22.  In  the  church  it  is  said, 
that  out  of  three,  who  are  named  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit, 
there  exists  one  Divine  [being  or  principle],  which  is  also  called 
one  God ;  and  that  from  the  Father  proceeds  the  Son,  and 
from  the  Father  by  the  Son  proceeds  the  Holy  Spirit ;  but  what 
it  is  to  proceed  or  to  go  forth  is  as  yet  unknown.    The  ideas  of 


161 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxim. 


the  angels  on  this  subject  differ  altogether  from  the  ideas  oi 
the  men  of  the  church  who  have  thought  about  it ;  the  reason 
is,  because  the  ideas  of  the  men  of  the  church  are  founded  upon 
three,  but  of  the  angels  upon  one.  The  reason  why  the  ideas 
of  the  men  of  the  church  are  founded  upon  three  is,  because 
they  distinguish  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  into  three  per- 
sons, and  attribute  to  each  special  and  particular  offices.  Hence 
it  is  that  they  can  indeed  say,  that  God  is  One,  but  in  no  case 
think  otherwise  than  that  there  are  Three,  who  by  union,  which 
they  call  mystical,  are  One;  but  thus  indeed  they  maybe  able 
to  think,  that  there  is  one  Divine  [being  or  principle],  but  not 
that  there  is  one  God  ;  for  in  thought  the  Father  is  God,  the 
Son  God,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  God  ;  one  Divine  [being  or  prin- 
ciple] is  one  by  consent  and  is  thus  unanimous,  but  one  God 
is  altogether  one.  What  is  the  quality  of  the  idea,  or  what  is 
the  quality  of  the  thought,  which  the  man  of  the  church  has 
concerning  one  God,  appears  manifestly  in  the  other  life,  for 
every  one  brings  along  witli  him  the  ideas  of  his  thought ;  their 
idea  or  thought  is,  that  there  are  three  gods,  but  that  they  dare 
not  say  gods  but  God  ;  a  few  also  make  one  of  three  by  union, 
for  they  think  in  one  way  of  the  Father,  in  another  way  of  the 
Son,  and  in  another  of  the  Holy  Spirit ;  hence  it  has  been 
made  evident,  what  is  the  quality  of  the  faith  which  the  church 
has  concerning  the  most  essential  of  all  things,  which  is  the 
Divine  [being  or  principle]  Itself;  and  whereas  the  thoughts 
which  are  of  faith,  and  the  affections  which  are  of  love,  conjoin 
and  separate  all  in  the  other  life,  therefore  they  who  have  been 
horn  out  of  the  church,  and  have  believed  in  one  God,  fly 
away  from  those  who  are  within  the  church,  saying  that  they 
do  not  believe  in  one  God,  but  in  three  gods,  and  that  they 
who  do  not  believe  in  one  God  under  a  human  form,  believe  in 
no  God,  inasmuch  as  their  thought  pours  itself  forth  without 
determination  into  the  universe,  and  thus  sinks  into  nature, 
which  they  thereby  acknowledge  in  the  place  of  God.  When  it 
is  asked  what  they  mean  by  proceeding,  when  they  say  that  the 
Son  proceeds  from  the  Father,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  from  the 
Father  by  the  Son,  they  reply  that  proceeding  is  an  expression 
of  union,  and  that  it  involves  that  mystery  ;  but  the  idea  of 
thought  on  the  subject,  when  it  was  explored,  was  no  other 
than  of  a  mere  expression,  and  not  of  any  thing.  But  the 
ideas  of  the  angels  concerning  the  Divine  [being  or  principle], 
concerning  the  trine  [trimwi],  and  concerning  proceeding, 
differ  altogether  from  t lie  ideas  of  the  men  of  the  church,  by 
reason,  as  was  said  above,  that  the  ideas  of  thought  of  the 
angels  are  founded  upon  one,  whereas  the  ideas  of  the  thought 
of  the  men  of  the  church  are  founded  upon  three  ;  the  angels 
think,  and  what  they  think  believe,  that  there  is  one  God,  and 
lie  the  Lord,  and  that  His  Human  [principle]  is  the  Divine 


9304,  9305.J 


EXODUS. 


165 


Itself  in  form,  and  that  the  Holy  [principle]  proceeding  from 
Him  is  the  Holy  Spirit  ;  thus  that  there  is  a  trine  \trinum~], 
out  still  one.  This  is  presented  to  the  apprehension  by  the  idea 
concerning  the  angels  in  heaven  ;  an  angel  appears  there  in  a 
human  form,  but  still  there  are  three  things  appertaining  to 
him,  which  make  one;  there  is  his  internal,  which  does  not 
appear  before  the  eyes,  there  is  the  external  which  appears,  and 
there  is  the  sphere  of  the  life  of  his  affections  and  thoughts, 
which  diffuses  itself  from  him  to  a  distance,  see  n.  1048,  1053, 
1316,  1504  to  1519,  1695,  2489,  4464,  5179,  6206,  7454,  8063, 
8630  ;  these  three  [things  or  principles]  make  one  angel.  But 
angels  are  finite  and  created,  whereas  the  Lord  is  infinite  and 
increate;  and  inasmuch  as  no  idea  can  be  had  concerning  the 
infinite  by  any  man,  nor  even  by  any  angel,  except  from  things 
finite,  therefore  it  is  allowed  to  present  such  an  example,  in 
order  to  illustrate  that  there  is  a  trine  in  one,  and  that  there  is 
( )ne  God,  and  that  He  is  the  Lord,  and  no  other.  See  what 
was  shown  above  on  this  subject  in  the  passages  cited,  n.  9194, 
and  9199. 

9304.  "To  keep  thee  in  the  way  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
His  providence  and  guard  from  the  falses  of  evil,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  keeping,  when  concerning  the  Lord,  as 
denoting  providence,  for  providence  consists  in  providing  and 
foreseeing,  thus  in  leading  to  good  and  guarding  from  evil, 
inasmuch  as  good  is  provided  by  the  Lord,  and  evil  is  foreseen, 
n.  6489.  And  whereas  evil  is  foreseen,  man  is  also  guarded 
from  it,  otherwise  good  cannot  be  provided  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  way,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  627,  2333,  3477. 
In  this  case  also  the  false,  because  it  is  said  toJceej),  for  he  who 
leads  in  truth,  likewise  keeps  from  what  is  false,  inasmuch  as 
what  is  false  infests  and  opposes  what  is  true.  The  reason  why 
it  denotes  the  false  of  evil  is,  because  this  false  infests  and  op- 
poses, but  not  the  false  which  is  not  of  evil,  such  as  appertains 
to  those  who  are  in  good,  concerning  which  false,  and  also  con- 
cerning the  false  of  evil,  see  n.  2243,  2408,  2863,  4736,  4822, 
6359,  7272,  7437,  7574,  7577,  8051,  8137,  8149,  8298,  8311. 
8318,  9258,  9298. 

9305.  "  To  bring  thee  to  the  place  which  I  have  prepared  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  introduction  by  Him  into  heaven  accord- 
ing to  the  good  of  life  and  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  bringing  to  the  place,  that  is,  into  the  land  of  Canaan, 
as  denoting  to  introduce  into  heaven,  for  by  the  land  of  Canaan 
is  signitied  the  church,  and  also  heaven,  n.  1607,  3038,  3481, 
3705,  4447,  5136,  6516  ;  for  by  the  introduction  of  the  sons 
of  Israel  into  that  land  was  represented  the  introduction  of 
the  faithful  into  heaven.    And  from  the  signification  of  pre- 

f tared,  when  said  concerning  heaven,  which  is  signified  by  the 
and  of  Canaan,  as  denoting  to  give  it  out  of  mercy  to  those 


.66 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxlii. 


who  are  in  the  good  of  life  and  of  faith,  for  heaven  is  said  to 
be  prepared  for  those,  as  in  Matt.  "Then  shall  the  King  say 
to  those  who  are  on  the  right  hand,  Come  ye  blessed  of  My 
Father,  possess  as  an  inheritance  the  kingdom  prepared  for  you 
from,  the  foundation  of  the  world,"  xxv.  34.  And  in  Mark,  "  To 
sit  on  My  right  hand,  and  on  My  left  is  not  mine  to  give,  but 
to  those  for  whom  it  is  prepared"  x.  40.  And  in  John,  "  I  go 
away  to  prepare  a  place  for  you  /  and  if  I  shall  go  away  and 
prepare  a  place  for  you,  I  will  come  again,  and  will  take  you  to 
Myself,  that  where  I  am,  ye  may  be,  xiv.  2,  3.  For  to  pre- 
pare heaven  is  to  prepare  those  who  are  to  be  introduced  into 
heaven,  for  heaven  is  given  according  to  preparation,  that  is, 
according  to  the  reception  of  good  ;  for  heaven  is  in  man,  and 
he  has  a  place  in  heaven  according  to  the  state  of  life  and  of 
faith  in  which  he  is,  for  place  there  corresponds  to  state  of  life. 
Wherefore  place  also  appears  in  the  other  life  according  to  the 
state  of  life,  and  in  itself  is  state,  see  n.  2625,  2837,  3356. 
3387,  4321,  4882,  5605,  7381. 

9306.  "  Take  heed  of  his  face  " — that  hereby  is  signified  holy 
fear,  appears  from  the  signification  of  taking  heed  to  a  face, 
when  it  is  said  concerning  the  Lord,  who  is  here  meant  by  the 
angel,  as  denoting  to  fear,  lest  Ke  be  angry  on  account  of  evils, 
or  lest  He  be  embittered  on  account  of  prevarications,  as  it  fol- 
lows. To  fear  those  things  is  holy  fear,  concerning  which  fear, 
see  n.  2S26,  371S,  3719,  5459,  5534,  7280,  7788,  8816,  8925. 
It  is  said  take  heed  of  his  face,  because  by  the  face  are  signified 
the  interior  things  which  are  of  the  life,  thus  which  are  of  the 
thought  and  affection,  and  especially  which  are  of  the  faith  and 
love.  The  reason  is,  because  the  face  is  formed  to  the  image  of 
the  interior  things  of  man,  to  the  intent  that  those  things  which 
are  of  the  internal  man  may  appear  in  the  external;  thus,  that 
those  things  which  are  of  the  spiritual  world  may  appear  before 
the  sight  in  the  natural  world,  and  may  thereby  affect  every  one 
who  is  near.  That  the  face  presents  to  view  those  things  which 
man  thinks  and  loves,  in  a  visible  form,  or  as  in  a  glass,  is  a 
known  thing;  that  such  faces  appertain  to  the  sincere,  especially 
to  the  angels,  see  n.  1999.  2434,  3527,  3573,  4066,  4320, 
47!*6,  4797,  4798,  4799,  5102,  5695,  6604,  8248,  8249,  8250. 
Wherefore  face  in  the  original  tongue  is  a  common  expression, 
which  is  applied  to  describe  the  atlections  which  appertain  to 
man.  and  appear  as  grace,  favor,  benevolence,  aid,  kindness, 
and  also  unmerciful ness,  angei\  revenge.  Hence  it  is,  that  in 
that  tongue,  with  adjunctives,  it  signities  nigh  to,  appertaining 
to,  present  with,  for  the  sake  of,  and  also  the  contrary,  thus 
whatsoever  18  in  him.  from  him,  for  him,  and  against  bun,  for 
the  face,  as  was  said,  is  the  man  himself,  or  that  which  is  in 
the  man,  and  appears.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
known  what  is  signified  by  the  face  of  Jehovah,  or  by  the  faea 


9306.] 


EXODUS. 


167 


of  the  angel,  who  in  this  case  is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine 
Human  [principle],  namely,  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine 
Love,  and  the  Divine  Truth  from  that  Divine  Good;  for  these 
things  are  in  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  and  from  Him,  yea,  they  are 
Him,  see  n.  222,  223,  5585.  Hence  it  is  evident,  what  is  signi- 
fied by  the  faces  of  Jehovah,  in  the  benediction,  "  May  Jehovah 
cause  His  faces  to  shine  to  thee,  and  be  merciful  to  thee  ;  may 
Jehovah  elevate  Ilis  faces  to  thee,  and  set  peace  for  thee," 
Numb.  xxvi.  25,  26.  And  in  David,  "  God  be  merciful  to  us, 
and  bless  us,  may  He  cause  His  faces  to  shine  upon  us,"  Psalm 
lxvii.  1.  In  like  manner,  Psalm  lxxx.  3,  7,  9;  Psalm  cxix. 
135  ;  Dan.  xi.  17,  and  elsewhere.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  as 
to  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  is  called  the  angel  of  the  faces 
of  Jehovah  in  Isaiah,  "  I  will  make  mention  of  the  mercies  of 
Jehovah,  He  will  recompense  them  according  to  His  mercies, 
and  according  to  the  multitude  of  His  mercies  ;  and  He  was 
made  salvation  for  them,  and  the  angel  of  His  faces  saved  them, 
by  reason  of  His  love,  and  by  reason  of  His  clemency,"  lxiii. 
7,  8,  9.  The  reason  why  the  Lord,  as  to  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle],  is  called  the  angel  of  the  faces  of  Jehovah  is,  be- 
cause the  Divine  Human  [principle]  is  the  Divine  Itself  in  a 
face,  that  is,  in  a  form,  which  also  the  Lord  teaches  in  John, 
"If  ye  have  known  Me,  ye  have  known  also  My  Father,  and 
henceforth  ye  have  known  Him,  and  have  seen  Him.  Philip 
6aid,  Show  us  the  Father :  Jesus  said  to  Him,  Am  I  so  long 
witli  you,  and  hast  thou  not  known  Me,  Philip  ?  He  who 
hath  seen  Me  hath  seen  the  Father.  Believest  thou  not  that  1 
am  in  the  Father,  and  the  Father  in  Me  ?  Believe  me,  that  1 
am  in  the  Father,  and  the  Father  in  Me"  xiv.  7  to  11.  By 
the  face  of  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  is  also  signified  anger,  revenge, 
punishment,  evil,  by  reason  that  the  simple,  in  consequence 
of  the  common  idea  that  all  things  are  from  God,  believe  that 
evil  also  is  from  God,  especially  the  evil  of  punishment.  Where- 
fore according  to  that  common  idea,  and  also  according  to 
appearance,  to  Jehovah  or  the  Lord  is  attributed  anger,  revenge, 
punishment,  and  evil,  when  yet  those  things  are  not  from  tlie 
Lord,  but  from  man  ;  on  which  subject  see  n.  1861,  2447, 
5798,  6073*  6992*  6997,  7533,  7632,  7877,  7926,  8197. 
8227,  8228,  8282,  8483,  8632,  8875,  9128*.  Such  is  the 
signification  of  what  is  here  said,  "  Take  heed  of  his  face,  lest 
thou  embitter  Him,  because  He  will  not  bear  your  prevarica- 
tion." And  also  in  Leviticus,  "Whatsoever  shall  eat,  any 
blood,  /  will  give  My  faces  against  the  soul  that  eateth  blood, 
and  I  will  cut  it  oft'  from  the  midst  of  his  people,"  xvii.  10. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "  I  have  set  My  faces  against  the  city  for  evil, 
and  not  for  good,"  xxi.  10.  And  in  David,  "  The  face  of  Je- 
hovah is  against  them  that  do  evil,  to  cut  oft'  from  tlie  earth 
iheir  memory,"  Psalm  xxxiv. 


168 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


9307.  "And  hear  His  voice" — that  hereby  is  signified 
obedience  to  the  precepts  which  are  from  Hiin,  namely,  the 
Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  hearing,  as  denoting 
obedience,  see  n.  2542,  3869,  4652  to  4660,  7216,  8361 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  voice,  when  concerning  the  Lord,  as 
denoting  Divine  Truth,  seen.  7573,  8813;  thus  the  precepts 
which  are  from  the  Lord.  The  Divine  Truths  and  the  precepts 
which  are  from  the  Lord,  are  those  which  are  in  the  Word, 
Hence  also  the  Word,  and  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word,  is 
the  voice  of  Jehovah,  see  n.  219,  220,  6971. 

9308.  "  Lest  thou  embitter  Him  " — that,  hereby  is  signified 
aversion  from  Him  by  falses  derived  from  evil,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  embittering,  or  exciting  anger,  when  concerning 
the  Lord,  who  in  this  case  is  the  angel,  as  denoting  to  avert  by 
falses  derived  from  evil,  for  falses  derived  from  evil  are  aversions 
from  the  Lord,  see  n.  4997,  5746,  5841. 

9309.  "  Because  He  will  not  bear  your  prevarication  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  because  those  things  are  repugnant  to  truths 
derived  from  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  prevarica- 
tion, as  denoting  the  things  which  are  contrary  to  the  truths  of 
faith,  see  n.  9156 ;  thus  which  are  repugnant  to  truths  derived 
from  good,  which  are  the  truths  of  faith.  The  reason  why  truths 
derived  from  good  are  the  truths  of  faith  is,  because  faith  is  of 
good,  insomuch  that  it  cannot  be  given  except  where  good  is. 
Hence,  by  not  bearing  your  prevarication,  is  signified  not  to 
endure  falses  derived  from  evil,  because  they  are  repugnant  to 
truths  derived  from  good ;  concerning  that  repugnance,  see 
above,  n.  9298.  The  like  is  also  meant  in  David,  "  Kiss  the 
Son,  lest  He  be  angry,  and  ye  perish  in  the  way,  because  His 
anger  will  burn  quickly,  blessed  are  all  they  that  confide  in 
Him"  Psalm  ii.  12.  The  Lord  is  here  called  a  Son  from  the 
truth  of  faith,  which  is  from  Him.  That  this  is  a  Son,  see  n. 
1729,  1733,  2159,  2803,  2813,  3704. 

9310.  "  Because  My  name  is  in  the  midst  of  Him" — that 
hereby  is  signified  that  from  Him  is  all  the  good  of  love  and 
truth  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  name  of 
Jehovah,  as  denoting  every  thing  in  one  complex,  by  which  God 
is  worshipped,  see  n.  2724,  3006  ;  thus  all  the  good  of  love  and 
the  truth  of  faith,  n.  6674 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  in  the 
midst  of  Him,  as  denoting  what  is  in  Him,  thus  also  what  i* 
from  him,  for  the  good  of  love  is  such,  that  what  is  in  it  is 
also  in  others  from  it,  6ince  it  is  communicative  of  itself;  for 
it  is  a  property  of  love,  that  it  wills  every  thing  of  its  own  to 
be  from  itself  in  others ;  inasmuch  as  this  is  effected  from  the 
Divine  [principle]  Itself  by  its  Divine  Human,  and  from  it, 
therefore  also  the  Lord,  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  is 
called  the  name  of  Jehovah,  see  n.  6887,  8274.  He  who  does 
not  know  what  a  name  signifies  in  the  internal  sense,  may  Ik  • 


9307—9311.] 


EXODUS. 


169 


lieve  that  in  the  ~W"or<L,  where  the  name  of  Jehovah  and  the 
name  of  the  Lord  is  mentioned,  the  name  alone  is  meant,  when 
yet  it  means  all  the  good  of  love  and  all  the  truth  of  faith  which 
is  from  the  Lord,  as  in  Matthew,  "  If  two  of  you  shall  agree  in 
My  name  upon  earth,  concerning  any  thing  whatsoever  they 
shall  ask,  it  shall  be  done  for  them  :  where  there  are  two  or  three 
gathered  together  in  My  name,  there  am  I  in  the  midst  oi 
them,"  xviii.  19,  20.  Again,  "  Every  one  who  hath  left  houses, 
or  brethren,  or  sisters,  or  father,  or  mother,  or  children,  or 
tields,/'or  the  sake  of  My  name,  shall  receive  a  hundred-fold, 
and  shall  gain  the  inheritance  of  eternal  life,"  xix.  29.  And  in 
John,  "  As  many  as  received,  to  them  gave  He  power  to  be  the 
Sons  of  God,  believing  in  His  name"  i.  12.  Again,  "  He  who 
doth  not  believe  is  judged  already,  because  he  hath  not  believed 
in  the  name  of  the  only  begotten  Son  of  God"  iii.  18.  Again, 
"  These  things  are  written  that  ye  may  believe  that  Jesus  is  the 
Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  and  that  believing  ye  may  have  life  in 
His  name"  xx.  31.  In  these  passages,  and  in  very  many  others, 
by  the  name  of  the  Lord  is  signified  every  good  of  love  and  truth 
of  faith,  by  which  He  is  worshipped.  And  in  John,  "  If  ye 
abide  in  Me,  and  My  words  abide  in  you,  ye  shall  ask  whatso- 
ever ye  will,  it  shall  also  be  done  for  you.  Whatsoever  ye  shall 
ask  the  Father  in  My  name,  He  will  give  you"  xv.  7,  and 
16 ;  to  ask  the  Father  in  My  name  is  to  ask  the  Lord,  as 
He  Himself  teaches  in  the  same  Evangelist,  "  Whatsoever  ye 
shall  ask  in  My  name,  that  will  I  do.  If  ye  shall  ask  any  thing 
in  My  name,  1  will  do  [it],"  xiv.  13,  14 ;  the  reason  why  to 
ask  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  is  to  ask  the  Lord  is,  because  no 
one  can  come  to  the  Father  but  by  the  lard,  verse  6  of  the  same 
chapter,  and  because  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple] is  Jehovah  or  the  Father  in  a  visible  form,  as  was  shown 
above,  n.  9303,  9306.  Again,  in  the  same  Evangelist,  "  The 
sheep  hear  His  voice,  and  He  calleth  His  own  sheep  by  name, 
and  leadeth  them  forth,"  x.  3  ;  where  sheep  denote  those  who 
are  in  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith ;  to  hear  His  voice  de- 
notes to  obey  His  precepts  ;  to  call  by  name  and  to  lead  forth, 
denotes  to  give  heaven  according  to  the  good  of  love  and  of 
faith,  for  name,  when  spoken  of  men,  denotes  their  quality  as 
to  love  and  faith,  n.  144,  145,  1754,  1896,  3421. 

9311.  "  Because  if  hearing  thou  shalt  hear  His  voice  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  instruction  concerning  the  precepts  of  faith, 
and  reception,  appears  from  the  signification  of  hearing,  as  de- 
noting to  be  instructed  and  to  receive,  of  which  we  shall  speak 
presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  voice,  as  denoting  the 
precepts  of  faith,  as  above,  n.  9307.  To  hear  in  the  Word, 
signifies  not  only  simply  to  hear,  but  also  to  receive  in  the 
memory  and  to  be  instructed,  likewise  to  receive  in  the  under- 
handing  and  to  believe,  also  to  receive  in  obedience  and  to  do. 


170 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxul 


The  reason  why  those  things  are  signified  by  hearing  is,  because 
the  speech  which  is  heard  presents  itself  before  the  internal 
sight,  or  the  understanding,  and  is  thereby  inwardly  received, 
and  there  according  to  the  efficacy  of  reasons,  or  according  to 
the  powers  of  persuasion  from  another  source,  is  either  retained 
or  believed,  or  obeyed;  hence  it  is,  that  there  is  a  correspon- 
dence of  the  ear  and  hearing  with  such  things  in  the  spiritual 
world,  see  n.  4652  to  4660,  5017,  7216,  8361,  8990.  That  to 
hear,  denotes  to  receive  in  the  memory  and  to  be  instructed, 
also  to  receive  in  the  understanding  and  to  believe,  likewise  to 
receive  in  obedience  and  to  do,  is  evident  also  from  the  follow- 
ing passages  ;  as  in  Matthew,  "  I  speak  by  parables,  because 
seeing  they  do  not  see,  and  hearing  they  do  not  hear,  neither 
understand.  That  in  them  may  be  fulfilled  the  prophecy  of 
Isaiah,  which  saith.  Hearing  ye  shall  hear,  and  shall  not  un- 
derstand, and  seeing  ye  shall  see,  and  shall  not  discern.  The 
heart  of  the  people  is  hardened,  and  with  ears  they  have  heard 
heavily,  and  their  eyes  have  they  closed,  lest  peradventnre  they 
should  see  with  the  eyes,  and  hear  with  the  ears,  and  under- 
stand with  the  heart.  Blessed  are  your  eyes,  because  they  see, 
and  your  ears,  because  they  hear.  Many  piophets  and  just  ones 
have  desired  to  see  the  things  which  ye  see,  but  have  not  seen, 
and  to  hear  the  things  which  ye  hear,  but  have  not  heard," 
xiii.  13  to  17;  whereto  hear  is  said  in  every  sense,  both  de- 
noting to  be  instructed,  and  to  believe,  and  to  obey ;  hearing 
they  do  not  hear,  denotes  to  be  taught  and  yet  not  to  believe, 
also  to  be  instructed  and  not  to  obey  ;  to  hear  heavily  with  the 
ears,  denotes  to  refuse  instruction,  faith,  and  obedience  ;  the  ears 
blessed  because  they  hear,  denote  blessedness  from  the  reception 
of  the  doctrine  of  faith  concerning  the  Lord,  and  by  the  Word 
from  the  Lord.  And  in  John,  "  He  who  entereth  in  by  the 
door  is  the  Shepherd  of  the  sheep,  the  sheep  hear  His  voice. 
They  who  have  been  before  Me  were  thieves  and  robbers,  but 
the  sheep  did  not  hear  them.  Other  sheep  I  have,  which  are 
not  of  this  sheep-fold,  them  also  I  must  bring,  and  they  shall 
hear  My  voice,  and  there  shall  be  one  flock  and  one  Shepherd. 
My  s/uej>  hear  My  voice,  and  I  know  them,  and  they  follow 
Me,"  x.  2,  3,  8, 16,  27  ;  to  hear  a  voice,  denotes  to  be  instructed 
concerning  the  precepts  of  faith,  and  to  receive  them  with  faith 
and  obedience.  Like  things  are  signified  by  what  the  Lord  so 
often  said,  "  He  that  hath  an  ear  to  hear,  let  him  hear"  Matt, 
xi.  15  ;  chap.  xiii.  9,  43  ;  Mark  iv.  9,  23  ;  chap.  vii.  16  ;  Luke 
v.  iii.  8  ;  chap.  xiv.  35.  Like  things  are  also  signified  in  the  fol- 
lowing passages,  "  Lo  a  voice  out  of  the  cloud,  saying,  This  is 
My  beloved  Son,  hear  ye  Him"  Matt.  xvii.  5.  And  in  John, 
"  He  that  hath  the  bride  is  the  bridegroom,  but  the  friend  of 
the  bridegroom,  who  stands  and  hears  him,  rejoices  witii  joy 
because  of  the  bridegroom's  voice"  iii.  29.    Again,  "  Verily  J 


9311—9313.] 


EXODUS. 


171 


say  unto  you,  that  the  hour  shall  come,  when  the  dead  shall 
hear  the  voice  of  the  Son  of  God,  and  they  who  hea?  shall  live" 
v.  25 ;  where  the  dead  denotes  those,  who  as  yet  have  not  spi- 
ritual life,  hy  reason  of  ignorance  of  the  truth  of  faith  ;  to  heai 
the  voice  of  the  Son  of  God,  denotes  to  be  instructed  in  the  truths 
of  faith  and  to  obey  them  ;  to  live,  denotes  to  be  gifted  with 
spiritual  life  by  those  truths.  Again,  "He  who  is  of  God, 
hears  God's  words,  therefore  ye  do  not  hear,  because  ye  are  not 
of  God,"  viii.  47.  Again,  Jesus  said,  "  Every  one  who  is  of 
the  truth  hears  My  voice"  xviii.  37.  And  in  Luke,  "  Abraham 
said  to  the  rich  man,  They  have  Moses  and  the  prophets,  Id 
tin  in  hear  them"  xvi.  29.  And  in  Mark,  "  They  said  of  Jesus, 
He  hath  done  all  things  well,  for  lie  maketh  the  deaf  to  hear, 
and  the  dumb  to  speak,"  vii.  37;  where  the  deaf  denote  those 
who  do  not  know  the  truths  of  faith,  and  therefore  cannot 
live  according  to  them,  see  n.  6989  ;  to  hear  denotes  to  be  in- 
structed, to  receive,  and  to  obey.  And  in  John,  "  When  the 
Holy  Spirit  shall  come,  He  will  lead  you  into  all  truth,  He  shall 
not  speak  from  Himself,  but  whatsoever  He  shall  hear,  He  shall 
ajjeak  y  He  shall  receive  of  mine,"  xvi.  13, 14  ;  whatsoever  He 
shall  hear,  denotes  whatsoever  He  shall  receive  from  the  Lord. 
And  in  Matthew,  "  Every  one  who  heareth  My  words,  and 
doeth  them,  I  will  compare  to  a  prudent  man;  but  every  one 
that  heareth  My  words,  and  doetli  them  not,  shall  be  compared 
to  a  foolish  man,"  vii.  24,  26.  And  in  Luke,  "  Every  one  who 
cometh  to  Me,  and  heareth  My  discourses,  and  doeth  them, 
1  will  show  to  whom  he  is  like,"  vi.  47  ;  to  hear  words  or 
discourses,  denotes  to  learn  and  know  the  precepts  of  faith 
which  are  from  the  Lord ;  to  do,  denotes  to  live  according  to 
them. 

9312.  "And  shalt  do  all  that  I  speak" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified compliance  from  faith  and  love,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  doing  what  I  speak,  as  denoting  to  live  according  to 
those  things  which  the  Lord  in  the  Word  has  taught,  for 
what  Jehovah  speaks  are  the  things  which  the  Word  teaches, 
thus  which  the  Lord  teaches,  who  is  the  Word,  John  i.  \  l. 

to  live  according  to  those  things,  is  to  comply  with  them  from 
faith  and  love;  compliance  from  faith  and  love  is  living  com- 
pliance, inasmuch  as  it  has  life  in  it  from  faith  and  love. 
The  case  with  compliance  is  as  with  every  action  of  man  ;  in  the 
action  of  man  nothing  lives  except  love  and  faith  ;  the  rest  of 
the  things  which  are  of  life,  have  life  from  those  principles  and 
according  to  them,  for  the  life  of  love  and  faith  is  life  from 
the  Lord,  who  is  life  itself ;  this  life  is  the  life  of  heaven, 
and  of  all  who  shall  become  angels  ;  the  case  is  similar  with 
compliance. 

9313.  "  I  will  act  as  an  adversary  to  thine  adversaries  " — thai 
hereby  is  signified  that  the  Lord  averts  all  falses  derived  from 


172 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


evil,  appears  from  the  signification  of  acting  as  an  adversary, 
when  concerning  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  as  deuoting  to  avert,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  presently ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
thine  adversaries,  as  denoting  falses  derived  from  evil,  for  these 
tilings  are  adversaries  in  the  spiritual  sense,  because  they  con- 
tinually infest,  assault,  and  endeavor  to  destroy  truths  derived 
from  good,  for  they  are  opposites.  The  reason  why  to  act  as 
an  adversary,  when  concerning  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  denotes 
to  avert,  namely,  falses  derived  from  evil,  is,  because  the  Lord  in 
no  case  acts  as  an  adversary,  for  He  is  Mercy  Itself  and  Good 
Itself,  and  into  Mercy  Itself  and  into  Good  Itself  what  is  adverse 
cannot  fall,  not  even  against  what  is  false  and  evil  ;  but  what  is 
false  and  evil  acts  as  an  adversary  against  good  and  truth,  that 
is,  they  who  are  in  the  false  and  in  evil  are  against  those  who 
are  in  truth  and  good  ;  and  because  the  former  destroy  them- 
selves when  they  attempt  to  destroy  the  latter,  hence  it  is  that 
it  appears  as  if  the  Lord  acted  as  an  adversary,  when  jet  He 
only  places  His  own  in  security.  From  these  considerations  it 
is  evident  in  what  manner  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  by  acting 
as  an  adversary,  when  concerning  the  Lord,  is  signified  to  avert 
falses  derived  from  evil.  How  the  case  is  with  this  arcanum, 
see  what  was  shown  above,  n.  4299,  7643,  7679,  7710,  7926, 
7989,  8265,  8266*  8946. 

9314.  "  And  will  act  as  an  enemy  to  thine  enemies  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  that  He  averts  all  evils  from  which  falses  arc 
derived,  appears  from  the  signification  of  acting  as  an  enemy, 
when  concerning  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  as  denoting  to  avert,  see 
jii6t  above,  n.  9313 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  enemies,  as 
denoting  evils  from  which  falses  are  derived,  inasmuch  as  those 
evils  in  the  spiritual  sense  are  enemies  against  goods  from  which 
truths  are  derived.  The  reason  why  by  enemies  are  signified 
the  evils  from  which  falses  are  derived  is,  because  by  adversaries 
are  signified  falses  derived  from  evil ;  for  where  the  subject 
treated  of  in  the  Word  is  concerning  the  false,  it  is  also  con- 
cerning evil,  as  when  it  is  concerning  truth  it  is  also  concern- 
ing good,  see  n.  683,  793,  801,  2173.  2516,  2712,  3132,  4138, 
5138,  5502,  6343,  7945,  8339.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  one 
thing  is  signified  by  acting  as  an  adversary  to  adversaries,  and 
another  by  acting  as  an  enemy  to  enemies;  and  that  this  is  not. 
a  repetition  only  for  the  sake  of  exalting  the  subject. 

9315.  "  When  My  angel  shall  go  before  thee  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  life  according  to  the  precepts  of  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  going  before  thee,  when  concerning 
the  Lord,  who  in  this  case  is  the  angel  of  Jehovah,  as  denoting 
to  teach  the  precepts  of  faith  and  of  lite,  thus  also  denoting  a 
life  according  to  those  precepts  :  that  to  g<>  and  to  journey,  de- 
notes to  live,  see  n.  1293,  4882,  5493,  5605.  8417,  8420,  S557, 
8559  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  angel  of  Jehovah,  as 


9314,  9315.] 


EXODUS. 


173 


denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  see 
above,  n.  9303,  9306.  The  reason  why  the  Lord  as  to  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  is  meant  by  an  angel  is,  because  the 
several  angels  who  appeared  before  the  Lord's  coming  into  the 
world,  were  Jehovah  Himself  in  a  human  form,  or  in  the  form 
of  an  angel ;  which  is  very  manifest  from  this  consideration, 
that  the  angels,  who  appeared  were  called  Jehovah,  as  they 
who  appeared  to  Abraham,  who  are  treated  of  in  chap,  xviii. 
of  Genesis;  that  they  were  named  Jehovah,  see  verses  1,  13, 
14,  17,  20,  26,  33 ;  and  He  who  appeared  to  Gideon,  who  * 
is  treated  of  in  chap.  vi.  in  Judges  ;  that  He  also  was  named 
Jehovah,  see  verses  12,  14,  16,  22,  23,  24,  of  that  chapter, 
besides  also  in  other  places.  Jehovah  Himself  in  the  human 
form,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  in  the  form  of  an  angel, 
was  the  Lord.  His  Divine  Human  [principle]  appeared  at  that 
time  as  an  angel,  of  whom  the  Lord  Himself  speaks  in  John, 
"  Jesus  said,  Abraham  exulted  to  see  My  day,  and  he  saw,  and 
rejoiced.  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee,  before  Abraham  was, 
/  am,"  viii.  56,  58.  And  again,  "  Glorify  thou  Me,  0  Father, 
with  Thyself,  with  the  glory  which  I  had  with  Thee  before  the 
world  was,"  xvii.  5.  That  Jehovah  otherwise  could  not  ap- 
pear, is  also  manifest  from  the  Lord's  words  in  John,  "  Ye 
have  not  heard  at  any  time  the  voice  of  the  Father,  nor  seen  His 
appearance"  v.  37.  And  again,  " Not  that  any  one  has  seen 
the  Father,  except  He  who  is  with  the  Father,  He  hath  seen  the 
Father"  vi.  46.  From  these  passages  it  may  be  known  what 
the  Lord  was  from  eternity.  The  reason  why  it  pleased  the 
Lord  to  be  born  a  man  was,  that  He  might  actually  put  on  the 
Human  [principle],  and  might  make  this  Divine,  to  save  the 
human  race.  Know  therefore,  that  the  Lord  is  Jehovah  Him- 
self, or  the  Father,  in  a  human  form  ;  which  also  the  Lord  Him- 
self teaches  in  John,  "  I  and  the  Father  are  one"  x.  30.  Again, 
"  Jesus  said,  henceforth  ye  have  known  and  seen  the  Father. 
He  who  hath  seen  Me  hath  seen  the  Father.  Believe  Me  that 
I  am  in  the  Father  and  the  Father  in  Me,"  xiv.  7,  9,  11. 
And  again,  "  All  Mine  are  Thine,  and  all  Thine  Mine,"  xvii.  10. 
This  great  Mystery  is  described  in  John  in  these  words,  4>  In 
the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was  with  God,  and 
God  was  the  Word;  the  same  was  in  the  beginning  with  God. 
All  things  were  made  by  Him,  and  without  Him  was  not  any 
tiling  made  which  was  made.  And  the  Word  was  made  flesh, 
and  dwelt  amongst  us,  and  we  have  seen  His  glory,  the  glory 
as  of  the  only-begotten  of  the  Father.  No  one  hath  seen  God  at 
any  time,  the  only-begotten  iSon,  who  is  in  the  bosom  of  the 
Father,  He  hath  brought  Him  forth  to  view,"  i.  1,  2,  3,  14,  18  ; 
the  Word  is  the  Divine  Truth,  which  has  been  revealed  to  men, 
and  since  this  could  not  be  revealed  except  from  Jehovah  as  a 
man,  that  is,  except  from  Jehovah  in  the  human  form,  thus 


171 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


from  the  Lord,  therefore  it  is  said.  "In  the  beginning  was  the 
Word,  and  the  Word  was  with  God,  and  God  was  the  Word." 
It  is  a  known  tiling  in  the  church,  that  by  the  Word  is  meant 
the  Lord,  wherefore  this  is  openly  said,  "The  Word  was  made 
flesh,  and  dwelt  amongst  us,  and  we  have  seen  His  glory,  the 
glory  as  of  the  only-begotten  of  the  Father."  That  the  Divine 
Truth  could  not  be  revealed  to  men,  except  from  Jehovah  in  the 
human  form,  is  also  clearly  said,  "No  one  hath  seen  God  at 
any  time,  the  only-begotten  Son,  who  is  in  the  bosom  of  the 
•Father,  He  hath  brought  Him  forth  to  view."  From  these 
considerations  it  is  evident,  that  the  Lord  from  eternity  M  as 
Jehovah  or  the  Father  in  a  human  form,  but  not  yet  in  the 
flesh,  for  an  angel  has  not  flesh.  And  whereas  Jehovah  or  the 
Father  willed  to  put  on  all  the  human  [principle],  for  the  sake 
of  the  salvation  of  the  human  race,  therefore  also  He  assumed 
flesh,  wherefore  it  is  said,  "  God  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word 
was  made  Jlesh."  And  in  Luke,  "  See  ye  My  hands  and  My 
feet,  that  it  is  I  myself,  handle  Me  and  see,  for  a  spirit  hath  not 
flesh  and  bones  as  ye  see  Me  have,"  xxiv.  39.  The  Lord  by  these 
words  taught,  that  He  was  no  longer  Jehovah  under  the  form 
of  an  angel,  but  that  He  was  Jehovah-Man  ;  which  also  is 
meant  by  these  words  of  the  Lord,  "  /  came  forth  from  the 
Father,  and  am  come  into  the  world,  again  I  leave  the  xcorld, 
and  go  to  the  FatJier,"  John  xvi.  28.  That  the  Lord,  when  He 
was  in  the  world,  made  His  Human  [principle]  Divine,  see  n. 
1616,  1725,  1813,  1921,  2025,  2026,  2033,  2034,  2083,  2523, 
2751*  2798,  3038,  3013,  3212,  32-11,  3318,  3637,  3737,  4065, 
41S0,  4211,  4237,  4286,  4585,  4687,  4692,  4724,  473S,  4766, 
5005,  5045,  5078,  5110,  5156*,  6373,  6700,  6716,  6849,  6S64. 
6872,7014,7211,7499,  8547*  8864,  8865*,  8878  ;  and  that 
He  expelled  all  the  Human  [principle]  which  was  from  the 
mother,  until  at  length  He  was  not  the  son  of  Mary,  n.  2159, 
2649,  2776,  4963,  5157;  especially  n.  3704,  4727,  9303,  9306  ; 
and  what  has  been  shown  on  the  subject  in  the  passages  cited, 
n.  9194,  9199. 

9316.  "  And  hath  brought  thee  to  the  Amorite,  and  Hittite, 
and  the  Perizzite,  and  the  Canaanite,  the  Hivite,  and  Jebusite, 
and  I  shall  cut  him  oft'" — that  hereby  is  signified  when  the 
Lord  hath  protected  against  evils  and  falses  infesting  the 
church,  and  has  removed  them,  appeal's  from  the  signification 
of  the  angel  who  was  about  to  bring  to  the  nations  named, 
as  denoting  the  Lord,  see  n.  9303,  9315 ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  Amorite,  the  Hittite,  the  Perizzite,  the  Canaanite, 
the  Hivite,  and  Jebusite,  as  denoting  evils  and  falses  infesting 
the  church,  but  what  evils  and  what  falses  are  specifically  sig- 
nified by  each,  see  n.  8054;  for  when  the  sons  of  Israel  were 
introduced  into  the  laud  of  Canaan,  then  a  representative  of  the 
church  and  of  heaven  was  instituted  amongst  them,  and 


9316—9320.] 


EXODUS. 


175 


amongst  the  nations  a  representative  of  evils  and  falses  infesting 
the  church,  on  which  subject  see  n.  3686,  4447,  6306,  6516, 
S054,  8317  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  cutting  off,  as  de- 
noting to  protect,  and  thereby  to  remove  ;  that  hell  is  removed 
by  the  protection  alone  of  heaven  by  the  Lord,  that  is,  that  by 
the  protection  alone  of  those  who  are  in  good  and  truth,  they 
are  removed  who  are  in  evil  and  the  false,  see  just  above, 
n.  9313. 

9317.  " Thou  shalt  not  bow  down  thyself  to  their  gods" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  falses  of  evil  ought  not  to  he 
worshipped,  appears  from  the  signification  of  bowing  down  one 
self,  as  denoting  adoration  and  worship,  see  n.  4689  ;  and  fiorn 
the  signification  of  the  gods  of  the  nations,  as  denoting  the 
falses  of  evil,  see  n.  4544,  7873,  8S67,  9317.  The  falses  of  evil 
are  worshipped,  when  worship  is  performed  according  to  doc- 
trine, which  is  forged  from  falsified  truths  and  adulterated 
goods.  This  is  the  case  when  dominions  and  gains  are  regard- 
ed as  ends,  and  truths  from  the  Word  as  means. 

9318.  "  And  shall  not  serve  them  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  neither  ought  they  to  be  obeyed,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  serving,  as  denoting  obedience,  see  n.  8987,  8990 
and  also  worship,  n.  7934,  8057. 

9319.  "And  shalt  not  do  according  to  their  works" — that 
hereby  is  signified  that  evils  of  life  ought  not  to  be  pursued, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  works  in  this  passage,  as  de- 
noting evils  of  life  ;  that  not  to  do  according  to  them  denotes 
not  to  follow  or  pursue  them,  is  evident. 

9320.  "  Because  destroying  thou  shalt  destroy  them  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  that  evils  ought  altogether  to  be  removed, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  destroying,  when  concerning 
the  evils  and  falses,  which  are  signified  by  the  nations  of  the 
land  of  Canaan  and  by  their  gods,  denoting  to  remove;  the 
reason  why  to  destroy  denotes  to  remove  is,  because  they  who 
are  in  good  and  truth,  in  no  case  destroy  those  who  are  in  evil 
and  the  false,  but  only  remove  them,  inasmuch  as  they  act  from 
good  and  not  from  evil,  and  good  is  from  the  Lord,  who  never 
destroys  any  one  ;  but  they  who  are  in  evil  and  thence  in  the 
false,  attempt  to  destroy,  and  when  they  are  able  do  destroy 
those  who  are  in  good,  by  reason  that  they  act  from  evil  ;  but 
inasmuch  as  in  this  case  they  rush  against  the  good  which  is 
from  the  Lord,  thus  against  the  Divine  [being  or  principle], 
they  destroy  themselves,  that  is,  precipitate  themselves  into 
damnation  and  into  hell  ;  such  is  the  law  of  order;  that  it  is 
bo  st-o  n.  4299,  7643,  7679,  7710,  7926,  7989,  8137,  8146* 
fS26(!,  8945,  8946.  The  reason  why  the  Israelites  and  Jews 
destroyed  the  nations  of  the  land  of  Canaan  was,  because  the 
former  represented  spiritual  and  celestial  things,  and  the  nation? 
represented  infernal  and  diabolical  things,  which  latter  things 


176 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxm. 


can  in  no  case  be  together  with  the  former,  for  they  are  op- 
posites.  The  reason  why  it  was  permitted  them  to  destroy  the 
nations  was,  because  with  them  [the  Israelites  and  Jews]  there 
was  not  a  church,  but  only  the  representative  of  a  church,  thus 
neither  was  the  Lord  present  with  them  except  only  representa 
tively,  n.  4307  ;  for  they  were  in  externals  without  an  internal 
principle,  that  is,  in  worship  representative  of  good  and  truth, 
but  not  in  good  and  truth.  To  persons  of  such  a  character  it  is 
permitted  to  destroy,  to  kill,  to  give  to  slaughter  and  to  the 
curse  ;  but  it  is  not  permitted  to  those  who  are  in  externals 
and  at  the  same  time  in  internals,  inasmuch  as  these  must  act 
from  good,  and  good  is  from  the  Lord.  That  the  Jews  and 
Israelites,  were  of  such  a  character,  Moses  declares  openly, 
"  Say  not  in  thine  heart,  when  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  have 
driven  t/ie  nations  before  thee,  saying,  on  acco-unt  of  my  justice 
Jehovah  hath  brought  me  to  possess  this  land  l  not  on  account 
of  thy  justice  and  the  rectitude  of  thy  heart,  because  thou  art  a 
people  stiff-necked"  Deut.  ix  4,  5,  6.  And  in  another  place. 
"  2  hey  are  a  nation  destroyed  in  counsels,  neither  is  there  in 
teUigence  in  them.  Tlieir  vine  is  the  vine  of  Sodom  and  of  th< 
field  of  Gomorrah  y  its  grapes  are  grapes  of  gall,  they  have  el  us 
ters  of  bitterness,  their  wine  is  the  poison  of  dragons,  and  tin 
cruel  gall  of  asps ;  is  not  this  hidden  with  Me,  sealed  up  in  Mi, 
treasures,"  Deut.  xxxii.  28,  32,  33,  34 ;  vine  in  the  interna', 
sense  signifies  the  church,  n.  1069,  5113,  6375,  6376,  9277  ; 
grapes  and  clusters  signify  the  internal  and  external  goods  of 
that  church,  n.  1071,  5117,  6378;  and  wine  signifies  the 
internal  truth  of  that  church,  n.  1071,  1798,  6377  ;  hence  it  is 
evident  what  is  signified  by  their  vine  being  of  the  vine  of 
Sodom  and  of  the  fields  of  Gomorrah  ;  what  by  tlieir  grapes 
being  grapes  of  gall  and  clusters  of  bitterness;  and  what  b}' 
their  wine  being  the  poison  of  dragons,  and  the  cruel  gall  of 
asps.  That  those  things  were  known  to  Jehovah,  that  is  the 
Lord,  is  signified  by  its  being  hid  with  him,  and  sealed  up  in 
His  treasure.  And  in  John,  "Jesus  said  to  the  Jews,  ye  are 
of '[your]  father  the  devil,  and  the  desire  of  your  father  ye  are 
willing  to  do  f  he  was  a  murderer  from  the  beginning,  viii.  44  ; 
hence  they  are  called  a  depraved  and  adulterous  generation, 
Matt.  xii.  39  ;  also  an  offspring  of  vipers,  Matt.  iii.  7  ;  chap, 
xii.  34;  chap,  xxiii.  33;  Luke  iii.  7.  That  they  were  of  such 
a  character,  is  also  described  by  the  Lord  in  parables,  Matt.  xxi. 
33  to  45  ;  Mark  xii.  1  to  9 ;  Luke  xiv.  16  to  24 ;  chap.  xx.  9 
to  19.  That  this  nation  was  the  very  worst  nation  ;  that  when 
in  worship,  they  were  in  externals  without  an  internal  principle ; 
that  there  was  no  church  amongst  them,  but  only  the  repre- 
sentative of  a  church  ;  and  that  still  thev  could  represent  the 
internal  of  the  church,  see  n.  3398,  3479,  34S0,  3732,  3881, 
4208.4281,4288,  4289,  4290,  4293,  43<>7.  4314,  4316.  4317 


9321—9323.] 


EXODUS. 


177 


4429,  4433.  4444,  4500,  4503,  4680,  4815,  4818,  4820,  4S25, 
4832,4837,4814,  4847,  4865,  4868,  4874,4899,  4903,  4911, 
4912,  4913,  5057,  5998,  6304,  6832,  6877,  7048,  7051,  7248, 
7401,7439,8301,  8588,  8788,  8806,  8814,8819,  8871,  8882,- 
9284. 

9321.  "  And  breaking  in  pieces  thou  shalt  break  in  pieces 
their  statues  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  in  like  manner  the 
falses  of  worship  ought  to  be  removed,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  breaking  in  pieces,  when  concerning  the  falses  of 
worship,  which  are  signified  by  statues,  as  denoting  to  remove, 
as  above,  n.  9320  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  statues,  as  de- 
noting the  falses  of  worship,  see  n.  3727,  4580. 

9322.  "  And  ye  shall  serve  Jehovah  your  God  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  worship  of  the  Lord  alone,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  serving,  as  denoting  worship,  as  above,  n.  931S  ; 
the  reason  why  it  denotes  the  worship  of  the  Lord  is,  because 
Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  the  Lord,  n.  1343,  2921,  3035,  5663, 
6280,  6281,  6303,  6945,  6956,  8864. 

9323.  "  And  He  will  bless  thy  bread  and  thy  waters  "—that 
hereby  is  signified  the  increase  of  the  good  of  love  and  of  the 
truth  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  blessed  by 
Jehovah,  as  denoting  to  be  made  fruitful  in  goods  and  to  be 
multiplied  in  truths,  see  n.  2846,  3406,  4981,  6091,  6099, 
8939  ;  thus  increase  in  such  things,  as  are  of  love  and  faith  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  bread,  as  denoting  the  good  of 
love,  see  n.  276,  680,  2165,  2177,  3478,  3735,  3813,  4211, 
4217,  4735,  4976,  6118,  8410  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
water,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  faith,  see  n.  680,  739,  2702, 
3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  6346,  7307,  8568.  Inasmuch  as 
bread  signified  all  the  good  of  love,  and  water  all  the  truth  of 
faith  in  the  complex  ;  and  inasmuch  as  to  be  blessed  of  Jehovah, 
signifies  all  increase  in  those  things,  therefore  it  was  a  usual 
form  of  supplication  in  the  infant  churches,  that  Jehovah  would 
biess  the  bread  and  the  waters  ;  and  also  it  was  a  common  form 
of  speech  to  say  bread  and  water,  when  they  meant  to  express 
all  natural  meat  and  all  natural  drink,  and  to  understand  thereby 
all  spiritual  good  and  truth,  for  these  latter  are  the  things  which 
nourish  spiritual  life,  as  the  former  nourish  natural  life,  see  n. 
4976.  These  things  are  signified  by  bread  and  water  in  the 
following  passages,  "Behold  Jehovah-Zebaoth  removeth  from 
Jerusalem  and  Jndah  all  the  staff  of  bread,  and  all  the  staff  of 
water,'1''  Isaiah  iii.  1  ;  where  the  staff  of  bread  denotes  power 
and  life  derived  from  good  ;  and  the  staff  of  water  denotes  power 
and  life  derived  from  truth.  And  iu  Ezekiel,  Behold  I  break 
the  staff  of  bread  in  Jerusalem,  that  they  may  eat  bread  in 
weight  and  solicitude,  and  drink  water  in  measure  and  with 
astonishment:  That  they  may  want  br< ad  and  water  and  be 
desolate  ;i  man  and  his  brother,  and  consume  away  by  reason 

VOL.  ix  12 


178 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


of  their  iniquity,"  iv.  16,  17.  That  to  want  bread  and  water 
denotes  to  be  deprived  of  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth  of  faith, 
is  very  manifest,  for  it  is  said,  that  they  may  be  desolate  a  man 
.and  his  brother,  and  may  consume  away  by  reason  of  iniquity. 
In  like  manner  in  the  same  prophet,  "  They  shall  eat  thcit 
bread  in  solicitude,  and  drink  their  water  with  astonishment, 
that  the  land  may  be  devastated  of  its  fulness,  by  reason  of  the 
violence  of  all  that  dwell  in  it,"  xii.  19.  And  in  Amos,  "  Be- 
hold the  days  come,  in  which  I  will  send  a  famine  into  the 
earth,  not  a  famine  for  bread,  nor  a  thirst  for  waters,  but  to  Iiear 
the  words  of  Jehovah,"  viii.  11.  And  in  the  First  Book  of  Kings, 
"  The  Man  of  God  said  to  Jeroboam,  If  thou  wouldst  give  me 
half  thine  house,  I  will  not  go  in  with  thee,  neither  will  eat 
bread  nor  drink  water  in  this  place  ;  for  thus  Jehovah  com- 
manded, saying,  Thou  shalt  not  eat  bread  nor  drink  water, 
neither  shalt  thou  return  by  the  way  which  thou  wentest.  But 
the  prophet  from  Bethel  said  to  him,  that  it  was  said  by  Je- 
hovah, that  he  should  eat  bread  with  him  and  drink  water, 
telling  a  lie  ;  and  he  returned  with  him,  and  did  eat  bread  in 
his  house  and  drink  water  /  wherefore  he  was  torn  in  pieces  by 
a  lion,"  xiii.  8,  9,  16,  17,  18,  19,  24.  That  he  should  not  eat 
bread  and  drink  water  with  Jeroboam,  signified  that  he  should 
abhor  good  there  and  also  truth,  because  they  were  profaned ; 
for  Jeroboam  profaned  the  altar  and  all  the  holy  things  of 
worship,  as  is  evident  from  the  historicals  of  the  Word  in  the 
above  chapter.  The  defect  of  spiritual  good  and  truth  was  sig- 
nified by  rain  not  being  given  for  three  years  and  a  half  during 
the  reign  of  Ahab,  insomuch  that  bread  and  water  failed  ;  and 
by  Elias  going  on  this  occasion  to  a  widow  inSarepta,  and  asking 
from  her  a  little  water  to  drink,  and  a  piece  of  bread  to  eat, 
1  Kings  xvii.  and  xviii.,  far  by  bread  was  signified  all  the  good 
of  the  church,  and  by  water  all  the  truth  of  the  church,  as 
w  as  said  above ;  inasmuch  as  at  that  time  such  things  wore 
represented,  by  reason  that  the  representative  of  a  church  was 
amongst  them,  and  because  thus  the  Word,  even  the  historical, 
was  written  by  representatives,  hence  it  was  that  the  devasta- 
tion of  good  and  truth  was  represented  by  a  defect  of  bread  and 
water.  Since  bread  signified  all  the  good  of  love  in  the  complex, 
therefore  also  the  sacrifices  Mere  called  bread,  n.  2165  ;  and 
therefore  the  Lord  calls  Himself  the  bread  which  came  down 
from  heaven,  John  vi.  48,  51,  57  ;  for  the  Lord  is  the  good 
itself  of  love. 

9324.  "  And  I  will  remove  disease  from  the  midst  of  thee  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  protection  from  the  falsifications  of 
truth  and  the  adulterations  of  good,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  removing  from  the  midst  of  thee,  when  said  of  falsi- 
fied truths  and  adulterated  goods,  which  are  signified  by  disease, 
as  denoting  to  protect,  for  the  Lord,  when  He  protects  from 


9324,  9325.J 


EXODOfc. 


179 


those  lliings,  removes  them,  see  n.  9313;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  disease,  as  denoting  falsified  truth  and  adulterated 
good;  these  things  are  the  diseases  of  spiritual  life,  for  spiritual 
life  exists  and  subsists  by  the  truths  which  are  of  faith  and  the 
goods  which  are  of  love  ;  when  these  are  falsified  and  perverted, 
man  sickens,  but  when  they  are  denied  in  heart,  then  man 
spiritually  dies.  That  diseases  are  such  things,  and  correspond 
to  sncli  things,  see  n.  4958,  5711  to  5727,  8364,  9031. 

9325.  "  There  shall  not  be  what  is  abortive  and  barren  in  the 
land  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  goods  and  truths  proceed 
in  their  order  in  a  continual  progression,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  not  being  abortive  and  barren,  as  denoting  the 
progressive  principle  of  regeneration  in  its  order,  consequently 
that  goods  and  truths  proceed  in  their  order  in  continual  pro- 
gression, of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  in  the  land  [or  earth],  as  denoting  in  the  church. 
That  land  [or  earth]  in  the  Word  is  the  church,  see  n.  560, 
662,  1066,  1067,  1262,  1413,  1607,  1733,  1850,  2117,  211S. 
2571,  2928,  3355,  3368,  3379,  4447,  4535,  5577,  8011,  8732. 
The  reason  why  land  [or  earth]  signifies  the  church,  is,  because 
the  land  [or  earth]  of  Canaan  is  meant,  where  the  church  was, 
and  from  the  most  ancient  times  had  been,  n.  3686,  4447,  44.">4, 
4516,  4517,  5364*   6516,  8317;  and  in  the  spiritual  world, 
when  mention  is  made  of  land  [or  earth],  land  [or  earth],  is  not 
perceived,  but  the  quality  of  the  nation  inhabiting  it,  as  to  their 
religious  principle  ;  hence  when  land  [or  earth]  is  mentioned  in 
the  Word,  and  by  it  is  meant  the  land  [or  earth]  of  Canaan, 
the  church  is  perceived.    From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
manifest  what  is  meant  in  the  prophecies  of  the  Word  by  a 
new  fuaven  and  a  new  earth,  viz.  that  it  means  the  church,  in- 
ternal and  external,  see  n.  1850,  3355,  4535 ;  for  there  are 
internal  men  and  external  men.    The  reason  why  by  there  not 
being  any  thing  abortive  and  barren  in  the  land,  is  signified 
that  goods  and  truths  proceed  in  their  order  in  continual  pro- 
gression, is,  because  by  all  things  which  relate  to  birth,  in  the  in- 
ternal sense  of  the  Word,  are  meant  such  things  as  relate  to 
spiritual  birth,  thus  which  relate  to  regeneration,  n.  2584,  3860, 
3905,  3915.    The  things  which  relate  to  spiritual  birth  or  rege 
Deration  are  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  charity,  for  by 
these  man  is  conceived  and  born  anew.    That  such  things  are 
signified  by  births,  is  evident  from  several  passages  in  the  Word, 
and  manifestly  from  the  Lord's  words  to  Nicodemus,  l<  Jesus 
said  to  him,  Verily,  verily  I  say  unto  thee,  unless  any  one  he  ge- 
nerated again,  he  cannot  see  the  kingdom  of  God:  Nicodemus 
said,  How  can  a  man  be  regenerated  when  he  is  old,  can  he 
enter  a  second  time  into  the  womb  of  his  mother,  and  be  gene- 
rated ?    Jesus  answered,  Verily,  verily  I  say  unto  thee,  except 
any  one  be  generated  of  water  and  of  the  spirit,  he  cannot  enter 


180 


EXODUfe. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


into  the  kingdom  of  God.    That  which  is  born  of  the  flesh,  is 
flesh,  hut  that  which  is  gencratad  from  the  spirit,  is  spirit.  Ni- 
codemus  said,  How  can  these  tilings  be  ?    Jesus  answered,  Art 
tliou  a  master  in  Israel,  and  knowest  not  these  things?"  John 
iii.  3,  4,  5,  6,  9,  10.    To  be  generated  by  water  and  the  spirit, 
denotes  by  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  good  of  love,  see  the 
passages  cited,  n.  9274.    The  reason  why  such  things  are  sig- 
nified by  births  in  the  Word,  is  grounded  in  the  correspondence 
of  marriages  in  the  earth  with  the  heavenly  marriage,  which  is 
the  marriage  of  good  and  of  truth,  concerning  which  corres- 
pondence, see  n.  2727  to  2759.    But  that  love  truly  conjugial 
thence  descends,  scarcely  any  one  at  this  day  knows,  and  per- 
haps scarce  any  one  is  willing  to  acknowledge,  inasmuch  as 
earthly  and  corporeal  things  are  before  the  eyes,  which  extin- 
guish and  suffocate  [the  thoughts],  when  employed  about  such 
correspondence.    Since  love  truly  conjugial  is  from  this  source, 
therefore  also  by  births  and  generations,  in  the  internal  sense  of 
the  Word,  are  signified  those  things  which  relate  to  the  new 
birth  and  generation  from  the  Lord  ;  hence  also  it  is  that  father, 
mother,  sons,  daughters,  sons-in-law,  daughters-in-law,  grand- 
sons, and  other  relations  besides,  which  are  derived  from  mar- 
riages, signify  goods  and  truths  and  their  derivations,  which  have 
been  frequently  treated  of  in  the  above  explications.  From  these 
considerations  now  it  may  be  manifest,  that  by  the  words, 
"  There  shall  not  be  what  is  abortive  and  barren  in  the  hind,"  is 
signified  that  goods  and  truths  proceed  in  their  order  in  continual 
progression.    That  what  is  abortive  and  barren  signify  those 
things  which  relate  to  abortion  and  barrenness  in  the  spiritual 
sense,  which  are  perversions  of  good  and  truth,  also  the  vasta- 
tions  and  denials  thereof,  is  evident  from  the  following  passages, 
"  Ephraim,  when  I  saw  even  to  Tyre,  is  planted  in  a  beautiful 
[place]  ;  and  Ephraim  shall  bring  forth  his  sons  to  the  murderer. 
uive  them,  0  Jehovah,  an  abortive  womb  and  dry  paps:  by  reason 
of  the  wickedness  of  their  works  I  will  drive  them  out  from  my 
house,"  Hosea  ix.  13,  14,  15.  Unless  it  be  known  what  is  signi- 
fied by  Ephraim,  by  Tyre,  by  a  murderer,  by  sons,  by  an  abortive 
womb,  by  dry  paps,  in  t lie  internal  sense,  it  cannot  be  known  at 
all  what  those  prophecies  involve.    That  Ephraim  is  the  intel- 
lectual principle  of  the  church,  which  is  an  intellectual  principle 
illustrated  concerning  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  derived  from 
the  Word,  see  n.  3969,  5354,  0222,  623S,  6267.    That  Tyre 
denotes  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  see  n.  1201  ;  hence 
it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  Ephraim,  when  I  saw  even  to 
Tyre,  planted  in  a  beautiful  [place].    That  a  murderer  is  one 
who  deprives  of  spiritual  life,  or  the  life  derived  from  truth  and 
good,  see  n.  3607,  6767,  S902;  and  that  sons  are  the  truths 
of  faith,  n.  4S9,  491,  533,  1147,  2623,  2S13,  3373,  3704, 
4257.    Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  Ephraim  bring- 


9325.] 


EXODUS. 


181 


ing  out  liis  sons  to  the  murderer.  That  paps  denote  the  affect  ions 
of  good  and  truth,  n.  0432;  hence  dry  paps  denote  no  affec- 
tions, but  in  the  place  thereof  the  lusts  of  perverting  ;  hence  it 
is  evident  what  is  meant  by  an  abortive  womb,  namely,  the  per 
version  of  good  and  truth.    That  those  things  which  relate  to 
spiritual  life  are  what  are  signified  by  all  the  above  expressions, 
is  manifest,  for  it  is  said,  by  reason  of  the  wickedness  of  their 
works  I  will  drive  them  out  from  My  house  ;  from  the  house  of 
Jehovah  denotes  from  the  church  and  from  heaven,  n.  2233, 
2234,  3720,  5640.    And  in  Malachi,  "  I  will  rebuke  for  you 
him  that  taketh  away,  that  he  may  not  corrupt  for  you  the  fruit 
of  the  earth,  neither  may  the  vine  in  the  field  he  abortive  for 
you  •  all  nations  shall  proclaim  you  blessed,  and  ye  shall  be 
aland  of  what  is  well  pleasing"  iii.  11,  12;  by  the  vine  in 
the  field  not  being  abortive,  is  signified  that  the  truths  and 
goods  of  faith,  with  those  who  are  in  the  church,  proceed  in 
their  order,  for  a  vine  is  the  truth  and  good  of  the  Spiritual 
Church,  see  n.  1069,  6375,  6376,  9277  ;  and  field  denotes  the 
church,  n.  2971,  3766,  7502,  9139,  9295;  the  land  of  what 
is  well  pleasing  denotes  the  church  grateful  to  the  Lord,  for 
every  one  within  the  church,  who  is  regenerated  by  truth  and 
good,  is  a  church,  whence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  the 
expression,  ye  shall  be  a  land  of  what  is  well  pleasing  /  that 
land  [or  earth]  denotes  the  church,  see  above.    And  in  Moses, 
"  If  ye  will  hear  My  judgments,  that  ye  may  keep  and  do 
them,  thou  shalt  be  blessed  above  all  people,  there  shall  not 
be  in  thee  what  is  unfruitful  nor  barren,  and  in  beast.  Je- 
hovah will  remove  from  thee  every  disease,  and  all  the  evil 
faintings  of  Egypt,"  Deut.  vi.  12,  14,  15 ;  there  shall  not  be 
what  is  unfruitful  and  barren,  denotes  nothing  without  life  from 
truth  and  good,  thus  that  they  shall  be  spiritually  alive  ;  inas- 
much as  barren  had  this  signification,  therefore  women  in  an- 
cient times  considered  themselves  as  not  alive,  when  they  were 
barren,  as  Rachel,  who  thus  said  of  herself  to  Jacob,  "  Rachel 
saw  that  she  did  not  bring  forth  to  Jacob  ;  and  she  said  to  Jacob, 
give  me  sons,  and  if  not,  I  die,"  Gen.  xxx.  1 ;  n.  3908.  By 
barren  also  are  signified  those  who  are  not  in  good  because  not 
in  truths,  and  still  desire  truths  that  they  may  be  in  good,  as 
the  upright  nations  who  are  out  of  the  church ;  as  in  Isaiah, 
"  Sing  thou  barren  that  didst  not  bear,  break  forth  into  singing 
and  into  jubilee  she  who  hath  not  brought  forth,  because 
the  sons  of  the  desolate  are  many  in  comparison  with  the  sons 
of  her  who  is  married,"  liv.  1.    And  in  David,  "Jehovah 
raiseth  out  of  the  dust  him  that  is  bruised,  He  exalteth  from 
the  dunghill  him  that  is  needy,  to  place  him  with  the  princes 
of  his  people,  who  maketh  the  barren  to  keep  house,  a  joy  fid 
mother  of  sons,"  Psalm  cxiii.  7,  8,  9.    And  in  the  prophecy  of 
Hannah  after  that  she  had  borne  Samuel,  "  They  that  were  full 


182 


EX0DT7S. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


have  hired  themselves,  and  the  hungry  have  ceased,  until  the 
barren  hath  borne  seven,  but  she  that  hath  many  children  hath 
failed,"  1  Sam.  ii.  5.  In  the  above  passages  by  barren  are 
meant  the  nations  who  are  called  to  the  church,  and  to  whom 
the  church  is  transferred,  when  the  old  chnrch  ceases,  that 
is,  when  they,  who  were  before  of  the  church,  are  no  longer 
in  faith,  because  in  no  charity;  this  latter  church  is  what  is 
meant  by  her  who  had  many  children  who  failed,  and  by  her 
that  was  married ;  but  the  former,  namely,  the  new  church  of 
the  nations,  is  meant  by  the  barren  and  the  desolate  who  should 
have  many  sons,  and  by  the  barren  of  the  house  being  a  glad 
mother  of  sons  ;  to  bear  seven  denotes  to  be  regenerated  to  the 
full,  for  seven  in  that  passage  does  not  signify  seven,  but  to  the 
full,  n.  9228.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  w  hat  is 
meant  by  these  words  of  the  Lord,  *'  The  day  shall  come,  in 
which  they  shall  say,  blessed  are  the  barren,  and  the  wombs  that 
never  bare,  and  the  paps  which  have  not  given  suck"  Luke  xxiii. 
29  ;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  consummation 
of  the  age,  which  is  the  last  time  of  the  church.  And  in  the 
second  book  of  the  Kings,  "  The  men  of  Jericho  said  to  El isha, 
Behold,  the  situation  of  the  city  is  good,  but  the  waters  are  evil, 
and  the  earth  barren.  Then  Elisha  said,  that  they  should  put 
salt  in  a  new  cruse,  and  should  cast  forth  the  salt  thence  at  the 
going  forth  of  the  waters,  and  the  waters  were  healed,  neither 
came  there  any  more  death  or  barrenness,"  ii.  19,  20,  21. 
What  these  words  involve,  no  one  can  know  but  from  the  in- 
ternal sense  ;  for  all  the  miracles  which  are  related  in  the  Word, 
involve  such  things  as  are  in  the  Lord's  kingdom  or  in  the 
church,  n.  7337,  7465,  8364,  90S6  ;  wherefore  it  is  expedient 
it  should  be  known  what  was  represented  by  Elisha,  what  was 
signified  by  the  city  of  Jericho,  what  by  the  evil  waters  and  the 
barren  earth,  what  by  a  new  cruse  and  salt  in  it,  also  what  by 
the  going  forth  of  the  waters  into  which  they  were  to  cast  the 
salt.  That  Elisha  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  see 
n.  2762  ;  that  waters  signify  the  truths  of  faith,  see  n.  88, 
2702,  3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  6346,  7307,  S137,  8138,  8568  ; 
hence  evil  waters  signify  truths  without  good,  and  barren  earth 
signifies  the  good  of  the  ehurch  in  consequence  thereof  not 
alive;  a  new  cruse  or  new  vessel  signifies  the  scientifics  and 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  n.  3068,  3079,  3316,  331S ; 
salt  signifies  the  desire  of  truth  to  good,  n.  9207  ;  the  going 
forth  of  waters  signifies  the  natural  principle  of  man  which  re- 
ceives the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  and  which  is  Amended 
by  the  desire  of  truth  to  good.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
evident  what  that  miracle  involved,  namely,  the  amendment  of 
the  church  and  of  life  by  the  Word  from  the  Lord,  and  by  the 
•  ler-ire  of  truth  to  good  thence  derived  ;  and  that  amendment  is 
<  fleeted  when  the  natural  principle  of  man,  from  such  desire, 


9326,  9327.J 


EXODUS. 


183 


receives  truths  from  the  Word.  The  reason  why  this  was  done 
at  the  city  of  Jericho  was,  because  that  city  was  situated  not  far 
from  Jordan,  and  by  Jordan  is  signified  that  principle  apper- 
taining to  the  man  of  the  church,  which  first  receives  truths, 
thus  the  natural  principle,  n.  1585,  4255.  That  the  natural 
principle  of  man  is  the  first  which  receives  truths  out  of  the 
Word  from  the  Lord,  and  that  it  is  ultimately  regenerated,  and 
that  when  it  is  regenerated,  the  whole  man  is  regenerated,  was 
signified  by  the  Lord's  words  to  Peter,  when  He  washed  the 
feet  of  the  disciples,  "  Jesus  said,  he  that  is  washed,  hath  no 
need  bat  to  be  washed  as  to  the  feet,  and  is  wholly  clean," 
John  xiii.  10 ;  that  feet  denote  those  things  which  are  of  the 
natural  principle  of  man,  in  general  the  natural  principle  itself, 
seen.  2162,  3147,  3761,  39S6,  43S0,  4938  to  4952,  5327, 
532S.  That  the  natural  or  external  man  ought  to  be  in  corres- 
pondence with  the  spiritual  or  internal,  that  man  may  be  re- 
generated, thus  that  he  is  not  regenerated  until  the  natural  prin- 
ciple be  regenerated,  see  n.  2850,  3167,  3286,  3321,  3470, 
3493,  3508,  3509,  3518,  3573,  3576,  3579,  3620*,  3623*,  3671, 
38S2,  3969,  4353,  4587,  4612,  4618,  5168,  5326,  5373,  5651, 
6299,  6454,  7442,  7443,  8742  to  8747,  9043,  9046,  9061. 

9326.  "The  number  of  thy  days  I  will  fill" — that  hereby  is 
signified  even  to  a  full  state,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
davs,  as  denoting  states  of  life,  see  n.  23,  487,  48S,  493,  893, 
27*8,  3462,  3785,  4850,  5672,  5962,  6110,  7680,  8426;  in 
this  case  states  of  new  life  or  of  spiritual  life,  which  is  that  of 
a  regenerate  person ;  and  from  the  signification  of  filling  a 
number,  as  denoting  to  the  full.  Even  to  a  full  state  denotes 
even  until  the  man  is  regenerated.  That  truths  and  goods  pro- 
ceed thitherto  in  their  order  in  continual  progression  is  signified 
by  the  words,  "There  shall  not  be  what  is  abortive  and  barren 
in  the  land,"  on  which  words  see  just  above,  n.  9325. 

9327.  "  My  terror  I  will  send  before  thee  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  terror  of  those  who  are  in  the  evils  of  the  false  on 
account  of  the  truths  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification  ot 
terror,  as  denoting  the  terror  of  those  who  are  in  the  evils  of 
the  false  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  before 
whom  the  terror  was  to  be  sent,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in 
spiritual  good  or  the  good  of  truth,  see  n.  5803,  5805,  5812, 
5817,  5819,  5S20,  5833,  7956,  8234,  S805.  That  the  nations 
of  the  land  of  Canaan,  who  had  terror  on  account  of  the  sons 
of  Israel,  signify  the  evils  of  the  false  and  the  falses  of  evil,  see 
n.  1413,  1437,  1407,  1573,  1574,  1868,  4517,  6306,  8054,  8317 ; 
hence  it  is  that  by  the  words,  "I  will  send  My  terror  before 
thee,"  is  signified  the  terror  of  those  who  are  in  the  evils  of  the 
false  on  account  of  the  truths  of  good.  The  case  herein  is  this  ; 
all  power  in  the  spiritual  world  is  from  truths  which  are  from 


184 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


good,  thus  from  truths  which  proceed  from  the  Lord ;  which 
may  appear  very  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  the  Lord 
arranges  all  things  in  heaven,  and  all  things  in  hell,  also  all 
things  in  the  world,  by  truths  which  are  from  Himself,  for  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  that  very  principle 
itself,  by  which  all  things  have  existed,  and  by  which  they 
subsist.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  not  comprehended  by  those 
who  think  only  from  what  is  material,  as  they  think  who  ascribe 
the  origin  and  support  of  all  things  to  nature  ;  these  cannot  form 
any  other  ideas  concerning  truths,  than  that  they  are  of  no 
power,  because  of  mere  thought,  concerning  which  they  per- 
ceive nothing  essential,  still  less  substantial,  although  they 
know  that  thought  rules  the  whole  body,  and  excites  singular 
the  parts  thereof  into  motion,  altogether  according  to  its  quality  ; 
likewise  that  there  is  nothing  in  the  universe  but  what  has 
relation  to  truth  which  is  from  good.  That  it  is  truth  which  has 
ail  power  and  is  the  veriest  essential  [principle]  itself,  see  n. 
8200.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  the  angels 
have  power  from  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord,  and 
that  hence  they  are  called  powers.  What  is  the  power  which 
truths  from  good  have,  that  is,  truths  from  the  Lord,  see  what 
is  said  from  experience  concerning  the  arm,  which  corresponds 
to  such  -truth,  n.  4932,  4933,  4934,  4935.  Inasmuch  as  all 
power  is  of  truth,  it  hence  follows,  that  the  false  derived  from 
evil  has  no  power  at  all,  for  this  principle  is  the  privation,  of 
truth  from  good,  thus  the  privation  of  power;  wherefore  also 
they  who  are  in  hell,  inasmuch  as  all  there  are  in  falses  from 
evii,  have  nothing  at  all  of  power  ;  wherefore  thousands  of  them 
may  be  driven  away,  cast  down,  and  dissipated  by  one  angel  of 
heaven,  nearly  in  the  same  manner  as  a  mote  in  the  atmosphere 
by  the  breath  of  the  mouth.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
be  seen  whence  it  is  that  they  who  are  in  evils  of  the  false  have 
terror  on  account  of  the  truths  of  good.  This  terror  is  called  the 
terror  of  God,  Gen.  xxxv.  5  ;  Job  xiii.  21 ;  and  in  Ezekiel,  "  1 
will  give  My  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living  ;  until  he  be  made 
to  lie  down  in  the  midst  of  the  uncircumcised  with  those  who 
are  thrust  through  with  the  sword,  Pharaoh  and  all  his  multi- 
tude," xxxii.  32.  And  in  Moses,  "If  ye  shall  reject  My  statutes, 
and  if  your  soul  shall  abhor  My  judgments,  so  that  ye  will 
not  do  all  My  precepts,  I  will  inject  comternation  into  their 
hearts,  that  the  souticl  of  a  driven  leaf  shall  pursue  tliern,  and 
they  shall  fly  the  flight  of  a  sword,  and  fall  when  none  pur- 
sueth,"  Levit.  xxvi.  15,  36;  in  which  passage  is  described  the 
terror  of  those  who  are  in  the  evils  of  the  false  and  in  the  falses 
of  evil ;  it  i6  said,  that  the  sound  of  a  leaf  shall  pursue  them, 
and  they  shall  fly  the  flight  of  the  sword;  the  reason  why  it  is 
60  said  is,  because  a  leaf  signifies  truth,  n.  885,  and  a  sword 


9323—9330.] 


•EXODUS. 


185 


truth  combating  against  the  false  of  evil,  n.  2799,  6353,  8294 : 
that  they  have  nothing  at  all  of  power  against  truth,  is  signified 
by  they  shall  fall  when  none  pursues. 

9328.  "  And  I  will  disturb  all  the  people" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  consternation  of  all  falses,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  disturbing,  as  denoting  consternation,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  people,  as 
denoting  those  who  are  in  truths,  thus  abstractedly  truths,  and 
in  the  opposite  sense,  falses,  see  n.  1259,  1260,  2928,  3295, 
3581,  6232.  The  reason  why  to  disturb  signifies  consternation 
is,  because  they  who  are  in  consternation,  are  disturbed  in  mind 
and  heart,  insomuch  that  they  become  insane,  and  rush  of 
themselves  into  destruction.  That  such  consternation  is  signi- 
fied by  disturbing,  is  evident  from  Zechariah,  "  In  that  day 
there  shall  be  a  great  disturbance  of  Jehovah  amongst  those  who 
fight  against  Jerusalem,  and  they  shall  seize  a  man  the  hand  of 
his  companion,  and  his  hand  shall  come  up  over  the  hand  of 
his  companion,"  xiv.  13.  To  fight  against  Jerusalem  is  against 
the  church,  thus  also  against  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith, 
which  constitute  the  church.  That  disturbance  denotes  con- 
sternation even  to  insanity,  is  evident.  And  in  Moses,  "Jehovah 
thy  God  will  give  the  nations  before  thee,  and  will  disturb  them 
with  a  great  disturbance,  until  they  be  destroyed,  Deut.  vii.  23  ; 
where  disturbance  denotes  consternation. 

9329.  "  To  whom  thou  shalt  come  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied from  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  coming  to  any  one,  as  denoting  presence,  as  n.  5934, 
6063,  6089,  7498,  7631.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  the  pre- 
sence of  the  Lord  is,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concern- 
ing the  power  of  truth  against  evils  and  falses,  and  all  truth 
and  its  power  is  from  the  Lord.  The  sons  of  Israel,  wTho  are 
here  spoken  of,  also  signify  the  truths  which  are  from  the  Lord, 
but  spiritual  truths,  see  n.  5414,  5879,  5951,  7956,  8234,  8805. 

9330.  "  And  I  will  give  all  thine  adversaries  to  thee  the 
neck  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  flight  and  damnation  of 
falses,  appeara  from  the  signification  of  adversaries,  as  denoting 
falses  derived  from  evil,  see  n.  9313,  9314 ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  giving  the  neck,  as  denoting  flight.  The  reason 
why  it  denotes  damnation  also  is,  because  when  they  who  are 
in  falses  derived  from  evil  fly  on  account  of  truths  derived  from 
good,  they  cast  themselves  into  hell  or  into  damnation.  The 
case  herein  is  this :  they  who  are  in  falses  derived  from  evil, 
in  the  other  life  first  fight  against  those  who  are  in  truths  de- 
rived from  good.  The  reason  why  it  is  permitted  them  to  fight 
is,  that  good  may  thence  come  forth ;  the  good  which  thence 
come6  forth  is,  that  they  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good, 
are  thereby  confirmed  in  truths  against  falses,  and  that  they 
who  are  in  falses  derived  from  ovil,  are  confirmed  in  falses,  and 


186 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


thus  devastate  themselves ;  for  in  the  other  life  falses  are  re- 
moved from  those  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good,  and 
truths  are  removed  from  those  who  are  in  falses  derived  from 
evil.  Thus  they  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good  are  elevated 
into  heaven,  and  they  who  are  in  falses  derived  from  evil,  sink 
down  into  hell ;  and  when  they  are  in  hell,  they  are  in  terror 
and  consternation  at  truths  derived  from  good,  in  which  the 
angels  are  principled  from  the  Lord.  That  such  a  state  awaits 
those  who  are  in  falses  derived  from  evil,  and  those  who  are  in 
truths  derived  from  good,  the  Lord  teaches  in  Matthew,  "  Who- 
soever hath,  to  him  shall  be  given  y  that  he  may  have  more  abun- 
dantly ;  but  ivhosoever  hath  not,  from  him  shall  be  taken  away" 
xiii.  12.  And  in  Luke,  "  Take  from  him  the  pound,  and  give  to 
him  who  hath  ten  pounds.  They  said,  Lord,  he  hath  ten  pounds,' 
I  say  to  you,  that  to  every  one  who  hath  it  shall  be  given  ;  but 
from  him  who  hath  not, even  what  he  hath  shall  be  taken  away 
from  him,"  xix.  24,  25,  26. 

9331.  "And  I  will  send  the  hornet  before  thee" — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  dread  of  those  who  are  in  the  falses  of 
evil,  appears  from  the  signification  of  hornets,  as  denoting 
falses  pungent  and  deadly,  and  hence  exciting  dread.  Terror  is 
predicated  of  those  who  are  in  evils,  and  dread  of  those  who  are 
in  falses  :  concerning  the  terror  of  the  former,  see  above,  n. 
9327.  The  reason  why  hornets  signify  the  dread  of  those  who 
are  in  falses  is,  because  they  are  winged  and  furnished  with 
stings,  whereby  they  occasion  poisoned  pnnctures.  For  both 
the  greater  and  lesser  animals  signify  such  things  as  are  of  the 
affections,  that  is,  which  have  relation  to  the  will,  or  signify 
such  things  as  are  of  the  thought,  that  is,  which  have  relation 
to  the  understanding,  for  all  things  whatsoever  in  man  have  re- 
lation either  to  his  will,  or  his  understanding,  and  the  things 
which  have  not  relation  to  one  or  the  other,  are  not  in  man,  thus 
are  not  of  man.  The  animals  which  walk,  and  also  those  which 
creep,  signify  affections  in  each  sense,  thus  goods  or  evils,  for 
these  are  of  the  affections ;  but  the  animals  which  fly,  and  also 
the  winged  insects,  signify  such  things  as  are  of  the  thoughts  in 
each  sense,  thus  truths  or  falses,  for  these  are  of  the  thoughts. 
That  animals  signify  goods  or  evils,  6ee  n.  9280 ;  that  creeping 
animals  signify  such  things  in  the  external  sensual  principle,  see 
n.  746,  909,  994  ;  that  winged  animals  signify,  truths  or  falses, 
n.  40,  745,  776,  778,  866,  988,  3219,  5149,  7441 ;  hence  winged 
insects  signify  like  things,  but  in  the  extremes  of  man.  But 
the  falses,  which  are  now  treated  of,  are  of  several  kinds  ;  there 
are  falses  which  do  not  hurt,  there  are  falses  which  hurtslightly 
and  which  hurt  grievously,  and  there  are  also  those  which  kill. 
They  are  known  of  what  kind  they  are  from  the  evils  in  w,h'u-h 
they  originate ;  for  every  false  which  hurts,  and  which  kills, 
derives  its  existere  from  evil  ;  for  the  false  derived  frrtm  evil 


9331.] 


EXODUS. 


187 


evil  appearing  in  a  form.  Such  falses  also  in  the  other  life, 
■when  they  are  represented  in  a  visible  form,  are  exhibited  as  a 
filthy  swarm  of  insects  and  winged  things  unclean,  and  of 
terrible  aspect,  according  to  the  species  of  the  evil  in  which 
they  originate.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  whence 
it  is  that  hornets  signify  the  dread  of  those  who  are  in  the  falses 
of  evil.  In  like  manner  in  Deuteronomy,  '•'•Jehovah  thy  God 
will  send  the  hornet  into  them,  until  the  residue  and  they  thai 
are  hidden  perish  before  thee,"  vii.  20.  In  the  Word  throughout, 
mention  is  made  of  insects  of  various  kinds,  and  they  every 
■where  signify  falses  or  evils  in  the  extremes  or  in  the  external 
sensual  principle  of  man,  which  are  evils  and  falses  arising  from 
the  fallacies  of  the  senses,  and  from  various  pleasures  and  ap- 
petites in  the  body,  which  seduce  by  their  allurements  and  by 
appearances,  and  cause  the  rational  principle  to  assent,  and 
thereby  to  immerse  itself  in  falses  derived  from  evil.  That  falses 
of  the  above  kind  are  signified  by  the  noxious  flying  animals 
of  Egypt,  see  n.  7441;  in  like  manner  by  the  locusts  there, 
n.  7643  ;  that  by  the  frogs  of  Egypt  are  signified  reasonings 
grounded  in  falses,  see  n.  7351,  7352,  7384;  and  by  lice,  evils 
of  the  same  kind,  n.  7419  ;  and  that  by  worms  are  signified 
falses  which  consume  and  torment,  n.  S4-81.  Such  evils  and 
falses  also  are  signified  by  the  various  kinds  of  insects  in  the 
following  passages,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  It  shall  come  to  pass  in  that 
day,  that  Jehovah  shall  hissfar  the  fly  which  is  inthe  extremities 
of  the  rivers  of  Egypt,  and  for  the  bee  which  is  in  the  land  of 
Assyria  ;  which  shall  all  come  and  rest  in  the  rivers  of  desola- 
tions, and  in  the  clefts  of  the  rocks,  and  in  all  shrubs,"  vii.  18, 
19.  Where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  Lord's 
coming,  and  concerning  the  state  of  the  church  at  that  time. 
The  fly  in  the  extremities  of  the  rivers  of  Egypt  is  the  false  in 
the  extremes,  that  is,  in  the  external  sensual  principle  of  man, 
n.  7441  ;  the  bee  in  the  land  of  Assyria  is  the  false  perverting 
the  reasonings  of  the  mind,  for  Assyria  denotes  reasoning,  n. 
1186  ;  the  river  of  desolations  is  the  falsity  every  where  reign- 
ing ;  the  clefts  of  the  rock  are  the  truths  of  faith  in  obscurity, 
because  removed  from  the  light  of  heaven,  n.  8581 ;  shrubs  de- 
note nascent  truths  of  a  like  kind,  n.  2682.  And  in  Amos, 
"I  have  smitten  you  with  blasting  and  mildew,  most  of  your 
gardens,  and  your  vineyards,  and  your  fig-trees,  and  your  olive- 
trees,  the  moth  hath  devoured"  iv.  9.  And  in  Joel,  "  That 
which  the  moth  hathleft,  shall  the  locust  eat,  and  that  which  the 
locust  hath  left,  shall  the  canker-worm  eat,  and  that  which  the 
canker-worm,  hath  left,  shall  the  caterpillar  eat;  awake,  ye 
drunken,  and  howl  all  ye  that  drink  wine,  because  of  the  new 
wine  which  is  cut  off  from  your  mouth,"  i.  4,  5.  Again,  in 
the  same  prophet,  "  The  corn-floors  are  full  of  pure  corn,  the 
presses  overflow  with  new  wine  and  oil  ;  and  I  will  recompense 


188 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


o  you  the  years  which  the  locust  hath  consumed,  the  canker- 
worm,  and  the  caterpillar,  and  the  moth,  My  great  army  which 
[  have  sent  amongst  you,"  ii.  24,  25.  That  evils  and  falses  in 
the  extremes,  or  in  the  external  sensual  principle  of  the  man  of 
the  church,  are  here  signified  by  the  kinds  of  the  above  insects, 
is  evident  from  singular  the  things  in  the  above  passage,  for  the 
subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  perversion  of  the  truth  and 
good  of  the  church  ;  what  the  locust  and  what  the  caterpillar 
signify,  see  n.  7643.  That  by  gardens,  vineyards,  fig-trees, 
olive-trees,  wine  and  new  wine,  which  are  destroyed  by  such 
things,  are  signified  the  goods  and  the  truths  of  the  church  in 
common,  has  been  often  shown  in  the  above  explications.  And 
in  David,  "  He  mafe  frogs  creep  forth  into  their  land,  into  the 
chambers  of  their  kings  ;  He  said  that  a  filthy  swarm  should 
come,  lice  in  all  their  border,"  cv.  30,  31 ;  speaking  of  Egypt. 
What  is  meant  by  frogs,  see  n.  7351,  7352,  73S4 ;  and  what  by 
lice,  n.  7419.  Aiid  in  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  plant  vineyards  and 
cultivate  them,  but  shalt  not  drink  wine,  neither  shalt  thou 
gather  together,  because  the  worm  shall  devour  it,"  Deut.  xxviii. 
39  ;  where  the  worm  denotes  every  such  false  and  evil  in  general. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Fear  ye  not  the  reproach  of  man,  and  be  not 
in  consternation  at  their  calumnies,  because  as  a  garment  the 
moth  shall  devour  them,  and  as  wool  the  grub  shall  devour  them" 
li.  7,  8.  The  moth  denotes  falses  in  the  extremes  of  man,  and 
the  grub  denotes  evils  there,  for  the  garment  which  the  moth 
shall  devour,  signifies  inferior  or  exterior  truths  which  are  of 
the  sensual  principle  of  man,  see  n.  2576,  5248,  6377,  6918, 
9158,  9212  ;  and  the  wool,  which  the  grub  shall  devour,  signi- 
fies inferior  or  exterior  goods,  which  are  of  the  sensual  principle 
of  man,  as  is  evident  from  several  passages,  also  from  the  signi- 
fication of  a  sheep,  from  which  wool  comes,  as  denoting  the  good 
of  charity,  n.  4169.  What  and  of  what  quality  the  extremes 
of  the  natural  man  are,  which  are  called  sensual,  see  n.  4009, 
5077,  5081,  5089,  5091,  5125,  5128,  55S0,  5767,  5774,  6183, 
6201,  6310  to  6318,  6564,  6598,  6612,  6614,  6622,  6624,  6814, 
6845,  6948,  6949,  7442,  7645,  7693,  9212,  9216. 

9332.  "  And  shall  drive  out  the  Hivite,  the  Canaanite,  and 
the  Hittite  from  before  thee  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  flight, 
of  falses  derived  from  evils,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
driving  out,  as  denoting  to  put  to  flight,  thus  denoting  flight; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  Hivite,  the  Canaanite,  and 
Hittite,  as  denoting  falses  derived  from  evils;  the  Hivite  the 
false  derived  from  a  slighter  evil,  n.  6860;  the  Canaanite  the 
false  derived  from  a  more  grievous  evil,  n.  4818,  S054 ;  and 
the  Hittite  the  false  derived  from  most  grievous  evil,  n.  2913, 
6858  ;  that  by  the  nations  in  the  land  of  Canaan  are  signified  all 
falses  and  evils  in  the  complex,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9327. 

9333.  "  I  will  not  drive  him  out  from  before  thee  in  ona 


9332,  9333. 


EXODUS. 


189 


rear" — that  hereby  is  signified  their  fliglit  or  removal  not  hasty, 
namely,  the  flight  "or  removal  of  falses  and  evils,  which  are  sig- 
nified by  the  nations  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  driving  out,  as  denoting  flight,  for  they  who  are 
in  evils  and  falses  in  the  other  life,  are  not  driven  out,  but  fly  ot 
themselves  ;  that  it  denotes  also  removal,  will  be  seen  beneath  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  in  one  year,  as  denoting  what  is 
hasty,  for  it  follows,  "  [by]  little  [and]  little  I  will  drive  him 
out  from  before  thee"  by  which  is  signified  removal  by  degrees 
according  to  order.    The  reason  why  driving  out,  when  it  is 
predicated  of  evils  and  falses,  denotes  removal  is,  because  falses 
and  evils  are  not  driven  out  from  man,  but  are  removed.  He 
who  does  not  know  how  the  case  is  with  man's  liberation  from 
evils  and  falses,  or  with  the  remission  of  sin,  may  believe  thd 
sins  are  wiped  away,  when  they  are  said  to  be  remitted  ;  tu.h 
belief  is  grounded  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  where  it  is 
occasionally  so  expressed,  in  consequence  whereof  this  error 
lias  gained  possession  of  the  minds  of  very  great  numbers,  that 
they  are  just  and  pure  after  that  they  have  received  absolution. 
But  such  do  not  at  all  know  how  the  case  is  with  the  remission 
of  sins,  namely,  that  man  is  not  purified  from  them,  but  is  with- 
held from  them  by  the  Lord,  when  he  is  of  such  a  character, 
that  he  can  be  held  in  good  and  truth  ;  and  that  he  can  then  be 
held  in  good  and  truth,  when  he  is  regenerated,  for  then  he  has 
gained  the  life  of  the  good  of  charity  and  of  the  truth  of  faith. 
J?  or  whatsoever  a  man,  from  earliest  infancy  thinks,  wills, 
speaks,  and  acts,  adds  itself  to  his  life,  and  constitutes  it ;  those 
things  cannot  be  exterminated,  but  only  be  removed,  and  when 
they  are  removed,  man  then  appears  as  without  sins,  because 
they  are  removed,  see  n.  8393,  9018,  8988.    According  to  the 
appearance  that  man  thinks  and  acts  from  himself  what  is  good 
and  true,  when  yet  it  is  not  from  himself,  but  from  the  Lord ; 
it  is  said  in  the  Word,  that  he  is  clean  from  sins,  and  also  just, 
as  in  Isaiah,  "  If  your  sins  have  been  as  scarlet,  they  shall  be 
white  as  snow ;  if  they  have  been  red  as  purple,  they  shall  be 
as  wool,"  i.  IS,  and  in  several  other  places.    That  this  is  the 
case,  it  has  been  given  to  know  from  the  state  of  souls  in  the 
other  life  ;  every  one  brings  along  with  him  thither  from  the 
world  all  things  of  his  life,  that  is,  whatsoever  he  had  thought, 
had  willed,  had  spoken,  and  had  done,  yea  also  whatsoever  he 
had  seen  and  heard,  from  infancy  even  to  the  last  of  his  life  in 
the  world,  insomuch  that  there  is  not  even  the  smallest  thing 
wonting,  n.  2±7i.    They  who  had  lived  in  the  world  the  life  of 
faith  and  charity,  can  then  be  withheld  from  evils,  and  be  held 
in  good,  and  thereby  be  elevated  into  heaven  ;  but  they  who 
hi  the  world  have  not  led  a  life  of  faith  and  charity,  but  a  life 
of  self-love  and  of  the  love  of  the  world,  inasmuch  as  they 
cannot  be  withheld  from  evils  and  held  inyood,  sink  down  into 


190 


EXODUS. 


[On At',  xxiii. 


hell.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  whence  it  is  that 
to  drive  out  denotes  removal,  when  it  is  said  of  falses  and  evils. 
The  subject  treated  of  in  this  verse  and  in  the  following,  in  the 
internal  sense^  is  concerning  that  removal,  and  its  arcana  arc 
there  discovered. 

.9334.  "  Lest  peradventure  the  land  be  desolate" — that  hereby 
is  signified  deficiency  in  such  case,  and  little  of  spiritual  life, 
namely,  if  the  removal  was  to  be  hasty,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  land  [or  earth],  as  denoting  the  church  in  general, 
and  also  in  particular  ;  the  church  in  particular  is  the  man  who 
becomes  a  church,  for  the  churoh  is  in  man,  and  is  the  re- 
generate man.  That  land  [or  earth]  denotes  the  church  in 
general,  see  n.  9325;  and  that  it  denotes  the  church  in  par- 
ticular, or  the  regenerate  man,  see  n.  82,  G20,  636,  913,  1411, 
1733,  2117,  211S,  2571,  336s,  3379.  The  regenerate  man  is 
also  called  land  [or  earth]  in  Malachi,  "  All  nations  shall  pro- 
nounce you  blessed,  and  ye  shall  be  a  land  [or  earth]  of  what 
is  well-pleasing"  iii.  12  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  deso- 
late, as  denoting  deficiency  and  little  of  spiritual  life  ;  for  by 
desolate,  when  it  is  said  of  the  church  in  man,  is  signified  a 
defect  of  truth  and  good,  thna  also  a  defect  of  spiritual  life,  for 
spiritual  life  is  thence  derived.  In  regard  to  there  being  a  de- 
ficiency and  little  of  spiritual  life,  if  falses  and  evils  be  hastily 
removed,  the  case  is  this. — Man,  when  he  is  regenerating, 
which  i6  effected  by  the  implantation  of  spiritual  truth  and 
good,  and  in  such  case  by  the  removal  of  what  is  false  and  evil, 
is  not  hastily  regenerated,  but  slowly  ;  the  reason  is  because  all 
things  which  the  man  had  thought,  had  intended,  and  done 
from  infancy,  have  added  themselves  to  his  life  and  have  made 
it,  and  also  have  formed  such  a  connection  amongst  each  other, 
that  one  cannot  be  moved  away,  unless  all  are  moved  away  to- 
gether with  it;  for  an  evil  man  is  an  image  of  hell,  and  a  good 
man  is  an  image  of  heaven  ;  and  evils  and  falses  with  an  evil 
man  have  also  such  a  connection  amongst  each  other  as  exists 
amongst  the  infernal  societies,  of  which  he  is  part ;  and  goods 
and  truths  with  a  good  man  have  such  a  connection  amongst 
each  other,  as  exists  amongst  the  heavenly  societies,  of  which 
he  is  a  part.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  evils  and  falses  with  an 
evil  man  cannot  be  removed  suddenly,  but  solar  as  goods  and 
truths  are  implanted  in  their  order  and  interiorly,  for  heaven 
removes  hell  from  man.  If  this  was  to  be  suddenly,  the  man 
would  be  defective,  for  ail  and  singular  things,  which  are  in 
connection  and  form,  would  be  disturbed  and  would  do  vio- 
lence to  his  life.  That  regeneration  or  the  implantation  of 
the  life  of  heaven  with  man  commences  from  his  infancy,  and 
continues  even  to  the  last  period  of  his  life  in  the  world,  and 
that  after  hie  life  in  the  world  it  is  perfected  to  eternity,  see 
U  2679,  3203,  3584,  3665,  3696,  3701,  4377,  4551,  4552,  5126, 


9334,  9335.] 


EXODUS. 


191 


6751,  9103,  9296,  9297  ;  especially  n.  5122,  5398,  5912,  9258; 
and  what  is  an  arcanum,  the  regeneration  of  man  in  the 
world  is  only  a  plane  to  perfect  his  life  to  eternity ;  that 
man,  who  has  lived  in  good,  is  perfected  in  the  other  life,  see 
what  has  been  shown  concerning  infants,  n.  2289  to  2309, 
and  what  concerning  the  state  and  lot  of  the  Gentiles  in  that 
life,  n.  2589  to  2604. 

9335.  "And  the  wild  beast  of  the  field  be  multiplied  upon 
thee  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  afflux  of  falses  from  the  de- 
lights of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  being  multiplied,  when  concerning  the  hasty 
removal  of  evils  and  falses  ;  as  denoting  afflux  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  as  denoting  falses 
derived  from  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  ; 
for  by  beasts  of  various  kinds  in  the  Word  are  signified  good 
and  evil  affections,  n.  9280  ;  hence  by  wild  beasts  are  signified 
the  affections  of  the  false  arising  from  the  delights  of  the  loves 
of  self  and  of  the  world ;  these  affections  are  also  represented 
by  wild  beasts,  as  by  panthers,  tigers,  wild  boars,  wolves,  bears, 
in  the  other  life;  they  are  also  as  wild  beasts,  for  they  who  are 
in  those  loves  are  in  evils  and  thence  in  falses  of  every  kind, 
and,  as  wild  beasts,  look  at  and  treat  their  companions.  That  all 
evils  and  falses  are  from  those  loves,  see  n.  2041,  2045,  2057 
2363,  2364*  2444,  4750,  4776,  6667,  7178,  7364,  7366  to 
7377,  7488,  7490,  7491  to  7494,  7643,  8318,  8487,  8678. 
That  the  falses  have  an  afflux  from  those  loves  b}r  the  hasty  re- 
movals of  evils  and  falses,  is  from  this  ground,  because  goods 
and  truths  should  remove  them  by  successive  implantations; 
for  falses  are  not  removable  except  by  truths,  nor  evils  except 
by  goods ;  if  this  is  not  done  successively  and  according  to 
order,  the  falses  which  favor  those  loves  flow  in,  for  these 
loves  have  rule  with  every  man  before  he  is  regenerated ;  and 
when  falses  flow  in,  then  truths  are  no  longer  acknowledged. 
The  man  also,  who  is  regenerating,  is  kept  in  the  affection  of 
truth,  and  when  he  is  in  this  affection,  he  enquires  after  truths' 
wheresoever  they  are  amongst  scientitics  in  the  natural  prin- 
ciple, and  on  this  occasion  the  fallacies  of  the  external  senses 
present  themselves  in  that  principle,  in  great  abundance,  and 
from  them,  when"  attended  with  the  delight  of  the  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  he  concludes  nothing  but  falses,  which  suc- 
ceed and  fill  the  mind,  if  the  falses  of  evil  are  suddenly  re- 
moved. These  are  the  things  which  in  the  internal  sense,  are 
meant  by  these  words,  "  I  will  not  drive  him  out  from  before 
thee  in  one  year,  lest  pcradventv/re  the  land  be  desolate,  and 
the  wild  beasts  of  the  field  be  multiplied  upon  thee  :  [by]  little 
[and]  little  I  will  drive  him  out  from  before  thee,  until  thou 
be  fruitful  and  inherit  the  land."  That  a  wild  beast  denotes 
the  false  and  the  evil  derived  from  the  loves  of  self  and  of  rfie 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


world,  is  evident  from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  they 
are  named  ;  as  in  Isaiah,  "A  path  and  a  way  shall  be  there, 
which  shall  be  called  the  way  of  holiness,  he  that  is  unclean 
shall  not  pass  through  it,  no  ravenous  wild  beast  shall  com.<\ 
upon  it,"  xxxv.  8,  9.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "I  will  send  upon 
thee  famine,  and  an  evil  beast,  that  they  may  make  thee  child- 
less," v.  17.  Again,  "  When  I  shall  cause  an  evil  beast  to  pas* 
through  the  land,  and  it  shall  bereave  it,  and  it  shall  become 
a  desolation,  so  that  none  shall  pass  through  by  reason  of  the. 
wild  beast,"  xiv.  15.  Again,  "Thou  shalt  fall  upon  the 
faces  of  the  field,  I  will  give  thee  for  food  to  the  wild  beast  of 
the  earth  and  to  the  fowl  of  heaven"  xxix.  5.  Again,  "Then 
will  I  establish  with  them  a  covenant  of  peace,  and  will  caw* 
the  evilwildbeast  to  cease  out  of  the  land,  that  they  may  dwell 
confidently  in  the  wilderness,  they  shall  no  longer  be  a  spoil  t  > 
l lie  nations,  and  the  wild  beast  of  the  field  shall  no  longer  <l  ■ 
tour  them,"  xxxiv.  25,  28.  And  in  Hosea,  "  I  will  lay  waste 
her  vine  and  her  fig-tree,  and  I  will  set  them  for  a  forest,  awl 
1  he  wild  beast  of  the  field  shall  devour  them,"  ii.  12.  Again, 
"  The  earth  shall  mourn,  and  every  one  that  dwelleth  in  it  shall 
languish,  on  account  of  the  wild,  beast  of  t/ie  field,  and  on  ac- 
count of  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,"  iv.  3.  And  in  David,  "  T/u 
ioild  boar  out  of  the  forest  trampleth  it  under  fool,  and  the  vail  I 
beast  of  the  fields  devoureth  it  /  return,  O  God  of  Sabaoth,  and 
visit  thy  vine,"  Psalm  lxxx.  13,  14.  Again,  "Thou  arranges! 
I  lie  darkness,  that  it  becometh  night,  wherein  every  wild  hea-ti 
of  the  forest  cometh  forth,"  Psalm  civ.  20.  And  in  Moses,  "  It' 
ye  will  walk  in  My  statutes,  and  will  keep  My  precepts  and  do 
rhem,  I  will  cause  the  evil  wild  beast  to  cease  out  of  the  land : 
but  if  ye  shall  resist  My  statutes,  I  will  send  into  you  the  wild 
beast  of  the  field,  which  shall  lay  you  waste,"  Levit.  xxvi.  3,  6, 
15,  22.  Again,  "Jehovah  thy  God  will  shake  off  the  nations 
before  thee  by  degrees,  lest  peradventure  the  wild  beast  of  the 
field  multiply  against  thee,"  Deut.  vii.  22.  In  the  above  pas- 
sages, the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  the  wild  beast  of  the  land, 
and  the  wild  beast  of  the  forest,  denotes  the  falses  and  evils 
which  are  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world.  Inasmuch  as 
by  wild  beast  is  signified  the  faise,  and  the  false  is  from  a  two- 
fold origin,  namely,  from  evil  and  from  probity,  n.  9258  ;  there- 
fore by  wild  beast  in  the  "Word  are  also  signified  the  well 
disposed  nations,  which,  although  they  are  in  the  false,  are  yet 
in  probity  of  life.  In  this  sense  the  term  wild  beast  is  used  in 
David,  "  Every  wild  beast  the  of  forest  is  Mine,  and  the  beasts 
in  the  mountains  of  thousands  ;  /know  every  bird  of  the  moun- 
tains, and  the  wild  beast  of  My  fields  is  with  Me,"  Psalm  1. 
10,  11.  Again,  "  Praise  ye  Jehovah  wild  beast  and  everybeast," 
Psalm  cxlviii.  7,  10.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  Every  wild  beast  of  My 
fields  come  ye  to  eat  together,  every  wild  beast  in  the  forest"  lvi.  9. 


9336.] 


EXODUS. 


193 


And  in  Ezekiel,  "  In  the  branches  of  the  cedar,  which  is  the 
Assyrian,  all  the  birds  of  the  heavens  huilt  their  nests,  and  under 
its  branches  every  wild  beast  of  the  field  brought  forth  ;  and  in 
its  shade  dwelt  all  great  nations"  xxxi.  6. 

9336.  "  [By]  little  [and]  little  I  will  drive  him  out  from 
before  thee  " — that  hereby  is  signified  removal  by  degrees  ac- 
cording to  order,  appears  from  the  signification  of  little  little, 
as  denoting  by  degrees,  thus  slowly;  and  from  the  signification 
of  driving  out,  when  concerning  falses  and  evils,  which  are 
signified  by  the  nations  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  as  denoting  re- 
moval, see  just  above,  n.  9333.  It  is  said  by  degrees  accord- 
ing to  order,  because  all  things  appertaining  to  the  man  who  is 
regenerating  are  arranged  according  to  the  order  of  heaven  ;  for 
the  regenerate  man  is  heaven  in  the  least  form  ;  wherefore  also 
in  him  there  is  a  similar  order  to  that  which  is  in  heaven.  Man, 
when  he  is  born,  as  to  hereditary  evils  is  a  hell  in  the  least  form, 
and  also  becomes  a  hell,  so  far  as  he  takes  from  hereditary  evils, 
and  superadds  to  them  his  own  ;  hence  it  is,  that  the  order  of 
his  life  from  nativity  and  from  actual  life  is  opposite  to  the  or- 
der of  heaven  ;  for  man,  from  the  prqprium,  loves  himself  more 
than  the  Lord,  and  the  world  more  than  heaven ;  when  yet 
the  life  of  heaven  consists  in  loving  the  Lord  above  all  things 
and  the  neighbor  as  himself.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  the 
former  life,  which  is  of  hell,  must  be  altogether  destroyed,  that 
is,  evils  and  falses  must  be  removed,  to  the  intent  that  new  life, 
which  is  the  life  of  heaven,  may  be  implanted,  see  n.  4551, 
4552,  4839,  6068.  This  cannot  in  any  wise  be  done  hastily  ; 
for  every  evil,  being  inrooted  with  its  falses,  has  connexion 
with  all  evils  and  their  falses  ;  and  such  evils  and  falses  are  in- 
numerable, and  their  connexion  is  so  manifold  that  it  cannot 
be  comprehended,  not  even  by  the  angels,  but  only  by  the 
Lord ;  hence  it  is  evident,  that  the  life  of  hell  with  man  can- 
not be  destroyed  suddenly,  for  if  suddenly,  he  would  altogether 
expire  ;  and  that  neither  can  the  life  of  heaven  be  implanted 
suddenly,  for  if  suddenly,  he  would  also  expire.  There  are 
thousands  and  thousands  of  arcana,  of  which  scarce  a  single 
one  is  known  to  man,  whereby  man  is  led  of  the  Lord,  when 
from  the  life  of  hell  into  the  life  of  heaven.  That  this  is  the 
case,  lias  been  given  to  know  from  heaven,  and  it  has  been 
likewise  confirmed  by  several  things  which  came  to  the  percep- 
tion. Inasmuch  as  man  knows  scarcely  any  tiling  concerning 
these  arcana,  therefore  many  have  fallen  into  errors  concerning 
man's  liberation  from  evils  and  falses,  or  concerning  the  re- 
mission of  sins,  by  believing  that  the  life  of  hell  with  man  can 
in  a  moment  be  transcribed  into  the  life  of  heaven  with  him 
through  mercy  ;  when  yet  the  whole  act  of  regeneration  is 
mercy,  and  no  others  are  regenerated,  but  those  who  receive 
the  mercy  of  the  Lord  by  faith  and  life  during  their  abode  in 
VOL.  ix.  13 


194 


El  JDCTS. 


[Chap,  xxib. 


the  world,  according  to  the  Lord's  words  in  John,  "  As  many 
as  received,  to  them  gave  Re  power  to  become  the  sons  of  God, 
believing  in  His  name,  who  were  born  not  of  bloods,  nor  of  the 
will  of  the  flesh,  nor  of  the  will  of  man,  but  of  God,"  i.  12,  13. 
What  is  meant  by  bloods,  by  the  will  of  the  flesh,  and  the  will 
of  man,  also  by  being  born  of  God,  see  n.  5826.  It  may  be 
expedient  briefly  to  say,  what  is  properly  meant  by  removal 
from  evils  and  falses  by  degrees  according^ to  order.  The  Divine 
Truth  which  proceeds  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  ar- 
ranges all  things  into  order  in  heaven,  wherefore  that  Divine 
Truth  in  which  there  is  good  from  the  Lord,  is  order  itself, 
see  n.  1728,  1919,  2258,  2447,  5703,  6338,  8700,  8988.  Ac- 
cording to  that  order  all  things  in  heaven  exist,  and  according 
to  the  same  subsist,  for  to  subsist  is  perpetually  to  exist.  To  the 
intent  therefore  that  heaven  may  exist  in  man,  it  is  necessary 
that  he  receive  Divine  Truth  in  good  from  the  Lord.  This  can- 
not be  done  but  by  degrees  according  to  an  order  similar  to  that 
by  which  the  Lord  arranges  heaven,  for  a  thing,  which  is  of  the 
same  nature,  is  similarly  circumstanced  in  what  is  small  as  in 
what  is  great.  This  successive  arrangement  is  what  is  here  meant 
by  order  according  to  degrees.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
also  evident,  that  the  new  creation  of  man,  which  is  his  regene- 
ration, is  as  the  new  creation  of  heaven  and  earth  ;  wherefore 
also  in  the  Word  by  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth  is  meant  a  new 
church,  n.  1733,  1850,  2117,  2118,  3355,  4535  ;  and  also  by  the 
creation  of  heaven  and  earth  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis  is 
meant  a  new  creation  of  a  Celestial  Church,  which  is  called  man, 
on  which  subject  see  the  explications  of  that  chapter. 

9337.  "  Until  thou  be  fruitful  " — that  hereby  is  signified  ac- 
cording to  the  increase  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  beinfi:  fruitful,  as  denoting  an  increase  of  good,  see  n.  43,55, 
913,  983,  2846,  2847.  That  removal  from  evils  and  falses  is 
effected  according  to  the  increase  of  good,  is  evident  from  what 
has  been  frequently  shown  above  ;  for  the  Lord  by  good  flows 
in  with  man,  and  thereby  arranges  truth  into  order,  but  not 
vice  -tersa  :  and  so  far  as  truths  are  arranged  into  order  by  good, 
so  far  evils  and  falses  are  removed.  In  the  Word  throughout 
man  is  likened  to  a  tree,  and  in  this  case  the  truths  of  his  faith 
are  signified  by  leaves,  n.  885  ;  and  the  goods  of  love  by  fruits, 
n.  3146,  7690 ;  hence  it  is  evident,  not  only  that  to  be  fruitful 
denotes  an  increase  of  good,  but  also  that  good  is  the  chief 
[thing  or  principle]  of  man,  as  fruit  is  the  chief  [thing]  of  a 
tree.  The  leaves  indeed  are  first  born,  but  for  the  sake  of  the 
fruit  as  the  end  ;  what  is  the  end,  this  is  not  only  the  last,  but 
also  the  first,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the  one  single  thing  which  is 
regarded  in  the  means,  thus  it  is  all.  The  case  is  similar  with 
the  good  of  love,  with  respect  to  the  truths  of  faith.  Something 
of  this  sort  is  signified  by  the  fig-tree,  of  which  it  is  written 


^337,  9333.] 


Exoin/s. 


195 


in  Matthew,  "Jesus  returning  into  the  citv,  hungered,  and 
seeing  one  jig-tree  in  the  way,  He  came  to  it,  out  found  nothing 
thereon  but  leaves  only,  therefore  He  said  to  it,  let  no  fruit 
grow  on  thee  hereof ter  for  ever,  whence  the  fig-tree  was  pre- 
sently dried  up,"  xxi.  18  ;  and  in  Luke,  "A  certain  one  liad 
a  fig-tree  planted  in  his  vineyard,  he  came  therefore  seeking 
fruit  on  it,  but  did  not  find  ;  therefore  he  said  to  the  dresser  ot 
the  vineyard,  behold  three  years  I  come  seeking  fruit  on  this 
fig-tree,  but  do  not  find  ;  cut  it  down,  why  rendereth  it  the 
earth  unfruitful?"  xiii.  6,  7.  Again,  in  the  same  Evangelist, 
"  Every  tree  is  known  by  its  own  fruit :  they  do  not  gather  figs 
from  thorns,  neither  do  they  vintage  the  grape  from  the  bram- 
ble. A  good  man  out  of  the  good  treasure  of  his  heart  brings 
forth  what  is  good,  and  a  depraved  man  out  of  the  depraved 
treasure  of  his  heart  brings  forth  what  is  depraved.  Why  call 
ye  Me  Lord,  Lord,  and  do  not  the  things  which  I  say  V  vi.  44, 
45,46.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  the  fruit 
of  faith,  as  it  is  called,  is  the  primary  thing  of  faith,  and  that 
faith  without  fruit,  that  is  without  good  of  life,  is  only  a  leaf, 
and  thus  that  the  man,  who  is  the  tree,  luxuriant  in  leaves, 
without  fruit,  is  the  fig-tree  which  withers  and  is  cut  down. 

9338.  "  And  inherit  the  land  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
when  in  good,  thus  regenerated,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  inheriting,  as  denoting  to  receive  as  an  heir,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  land, 
in  this  case  the  land  of  Canaan,  as  denoting  the  Lord's  king- 
dom, thus  heaven,  see  n.  1413,  1437,  1607,  1868,  3038,  3481, 
3705,  4240,  4447  ;  hence  by  inheriting  the  land  is  signified  to 
receive  heaven  as  an  heir.  By  an  heir,  when  it  respects  heaven, 
is  properly  meant  a  man  who  has  the  Lord's  life,  n.  6558. 
2851,3672,  6211;  thus  who  is  in  good  from  the  Lord,  conse- 
quently regenerated.  That  man,  when  he  is  in  good  from  the 
Lord,  is  then  in  heaven,  thus  regenerated,  see  n.  9274,  and 
the  passages  there  cited.  That  this  is  signified  by  inheriting, 
when  it  is  said  concerning  heaven,  is  evident  from  Matthew, 
"  Then  shall  the  King  say  to  those  who  are  on  the  right  hand, 
come  ye  blessed  of  My  Father,  possess  as  an  inheritance  the 
kingdom  prepared  for  you  from  the  foundation  of  the  world: 
because  I  was  an  hungered,  and  ye  gave  Me  to  eat,  I  was  thirsty, 
and  ye  gave  Me  to  drink  ;  inasmuchas  ye  have  done  it  to  one  of 
the  least  of  these  My  brethren,  ye  have  done  it  to  Me"  xxv. 
34,  35,  40.  In  this  passage,  to  possess  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord, 
or  heaven,  as  an  inheritance,  is  said  of  those  who  are  in  good. 
The  goods  of  charity  themselves  are  also  recounted  in  their 
order  ;  and  at  length  it  is  said,  so  much  as  ye  have  done  to  one 
of  the  least  of  these  My  brethren,  ye  have  done  it  to  Me.  They 
are  called  the  Lord's  brethren  who  are  in  good,  n.  6756,  thus 
also  who  do  good,  because  good  is  the  Lord  with  man  ;  there- 


196 


EXODUP 


[Chap.  xxui. 


fore  it  is  said,  so  much  as  ye  have  done  to  one  of  these  brethren, 
but  not  to  one  of  the  brethren.  And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  He 
who  overcometh  shall  hereditarily  receive  all  things,  and  I  will 
be  to  him  a  God,  and  he  shall  be  to  Me  a  son,"  xxi.  7 ;  speak 
ing  of  those  who  overcome,  it  is  said  that  they  shall  hereditarily 
receive  all  things,  and  they  are  called  sons  because  heirs  ;  to 
overcome  is  to  tight  from  good  and  truth,  for  by  good  evil  is 
conq  lered,  and  by  truth  the  false.  And  in  David,  "  God  shall 
save  Zion,  and  shall  build  the  cities  of  Judah,  and  they  shall 
dwell  there,  and  shall  hereditarily  possess  it,  and  the  seed  of 
His  servants  they  shall  inhe7*it  it,  and  they  that  love  His  name 
shall  dwell  in  it,"  Psalm  Ixix.  36,  37  ;  where  to  possess  here- 
ditarily is  predicated  of  those  who  are  in  celestial  good,  and  to 
inherit  of  those  who  are  in  spiritual  good  ;  celestial  good  is  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  spiritual  good  is  the  good  of 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  n.  9277.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  He 
that  confideth  in  Me  shall  inherit  the  earth,  and  shall  possess 
hereditarily  the  mountain  of  My  holiness,"  lvii.  13.  From 
these  considerations  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  the  land 
of  Canaan  being  distributed  into  twelve  inheritances  for  the 
twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  Joshua  xiv.  xv.  xvi.  xvii.  xviii.xix;  and 
in  Ezekiel,  chap,  xlvii.  13,  to  the  end ;  also  chap,  xlviii.  ;  for 
by  the  land  of  Canaan  was  signified  the  Lord's  kingdom  or 
heaven,  n.  1413,  1437,  1607,  1S68,  3038,  3481,  3705,  4240, 
4447  ;  by  the  twelve  tribes  were  signified  all  goods  and  truths 
in  general  and  in  particular,  n.  385S,  3862,  3926,  3939,  4060, 
6335,  6337,  6397,  6640;  thus  by  twelve  inheritances  was  sig- 
nified heaven  with  all  the  heavens  and  societies  therein  distin- 
guished as  to  the  goods  of  love,  and  the  truths  of  faith  thence 
derived,  n.  7836,  7891,  7996  ;  thus  in  the  abstract  sense  the 
goods  themselves  which  are  from  the  Lord,  consequently  which 
are  the  Lord  in  heaven.  For  heaven  is  nothing  but  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  ;  the  angels 
of  heaven  are  recipients  of  truth  in  good,  and  so  far  as  they  re- 
ceive this,  so  far  they  make  heaven  ;  and  what  is  an  arcanum, 
the  Lord  does  not  dwell  with  an  angel,  except  in  His  Own  ap- 
pertaining to  him  ;  in  like  manner  with  man,  for  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle]  must  be  in  what  is  Divine,  not  in  the  pro- 
prium  of  any  one.  This  is  meant  by  the  Lord's  words  concern- 
ing the  union  of  Himself  with  those  who  are  in  the  good  of 
love,  in  John,  uJh  thai  day  ye  shall  know,  that  I  am  in  the 
Father,  and  ye  in  Me,  and  I  in  you.  -He  that  loveth  Me, 
kcepeth  My  II  ord,  and  We  will  come  to  him,  and  make  Our  abode 
with  him,"  xiv.  20,  23.  And  again  in  the  same  Evangelist, 
"  The  glory  which  thou  hast  given  Me,  I  have  given  them, 
tii, if  they  i a, i y  be  one  as  We  are  one,  that  the  love  wherewith 
thou  had  loved  Me  may  be  in  them,  and  I  in  them,"  xvii.  22,  26. 
9339.  Verses  31,  32,  33.    And  I  will  s^  thy  border  from 


9339,  9340.] 


EXODL'S. 


197 


thee  sea  Suph  and  even  to  the  sea  of  the  Philistines,  and  from, 
the  wilderness  even  to  the  river  ;  because  I  will  give  into  your 
hand  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  and  will  drive  them  out  from 
before  thee.  Thou  shalt  not  strike  a  covenant  xoith  them  and 
their  gods.  They  shall  not  dwell  in  thy  land,  lest peradvent it ro 
they  cause  thee  to  sin  to  Me,  when  thou  shalt  serve  their  gods, 
because  it  will  be  to  thee  for  a  snare.  And  I  will  set  thy  border 
from  the  sea  Saph  and  even  to  the  sea  of  the  Philistines,  sig- 
nifies extension  from  scientific  truths  to  the  interior  truths  of 
faith.  And  from  the  wilderness  even  to  the  river,  signifies  from 
the  delight  of  the  sensual  principle  even  to  the  good  and  truth 
of  the  rational.  Because  I  will  give  into  your  hand  the  inha- 
bitants of  the  land,  signifies  empire  over  evils.  And  I  will  drive 
them  out  from  before  thee,  signifies  their  removal.  Thou  shalt 
not  strike  a  covenant  with  them  and  their  gods,  signifies  non- 
communication with  evils  and  falses.  They  shall  not  dwell  in 
thy  land,  signifies  that  evils  shall  not  be  together  with  the 
goods  of  the  church.  Lest  peradventure  they  cause  thee  to  sin 
to  Me,  signifies  lest  evils  turn  away  goods  from  the  Lord. 
When  thou  shalt  serve  their  gods,  signifies  if  worship  be  ground- 
ed in  falses.  Because  it  shall  be  '  thee  for  a  snare,  signifies 
from  the  enticement  and  deception  of  evils. 

9340.  "  And  I  will  set  thy  border  from  the  sea  Suph  even 
to  the  sea  of  the  Philistines" — that  hereby  is  signified  extension 
from  scientific  truths  to  the  interior  truths  of  faith,  appeal's 
from  the  signification  of  setting  a  border  from  place  to  place, 
when  respecting  spiritual  truths,  as  denoting  extension;  and 
from  the  signification  of  the  sea  Suph,  as  denoting  sensual  and 
scientific  truths,  which  are  the  last  with  man,  for  the  sea  Soph 
was  the  last  border  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  by  Egypt  is  sig- 
nified the  scientific  principle  in  each  sense,  both  true  and  false, 
n.  1164,  1165,  1186,  1462,  2588,  4749,  4964,  4966,  5700. 
6004,  6015,  6125,  6151,  6679,  6683,  6692,  6750,  7779,  7926. 
8146,  8148  ;  in  this  case  scientific  truth,  because  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  the  extension  of  the  spiritual  things  of 
faith  with  the  sons  of  Israel,  by  whom  was  represented  the  Spir- 
itual Church,  n.  4286,  4598,  6426,  6637,  6862,  6S68,  7035 
7062,  7198,  7201,  7215,  7223,  8805  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  sea  of  the  Philistines,  as  denoting  the  interio\ 
truths  of  faith.  The  reason  why  these  truths  are  signified  by 
the  sea  of  the  Philistines  is,  because  the  sea  where  lyre  and 
Zidon  were,  was  the  border  of  the  land  of  Philistia,  and  by 
Tyre  and  Zidon  are  signified  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  gooa. 
n.  1201  ;  and  by  the  land  of  Philistia  the  science  of  the  interior 
things  of  faith,  n.  1197,  2504,  2726,  3463.  Inasmuch  as  the 
land  of  Canaan  represented  the  Lord's  kingdom,  thus  heaven 
and  the  church,  therefore  all  the  places  there  signified  such 
things  as  are  of  the  Lord's  kingdom,  or  of  heaven  and  the 


198 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii 


church,  which  are  called  celestial  and  spiritual  things,  and 
have  reference  to  the  good  of  love,  and  to  the  truths  of  faith 
in  the  Lord  ;  hence  the  seas  and  rivers,  which  were  borders, 
signified  the  ultimate  things  there,  consequently  from  sea  to 
sea,  and  from  river  to  river,  signified  their  extension.  That  this 
is  the  case,  see  n.  1585,  1866,  4116,  4240,  6516.  Hence  it  may 
be  manifest,  that  by  the  border  from  the  sea  Suph  and  even  to 
the  sea  of  the  Philistines,  is  signified  the  extension  of  spiritual 
things  which  are  of  truth,  from  externals  to  internals,  thus  from 
scientific  truths  to  the  interior  truths  of  faith.  But  the  extension 
of  celestial  things,  which  are  of  the  good  of  love,  is  described 
presently  by  from  the  wilderness  even  to  the  river.  That  the 
places  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  both  seas  and  rivers,  signify  such 
things  in  the  Word,  has  been  shown  throughout  in  the  expli- 
cations. It  may  be  expedient  briefly  to  say  what  is  meant  by 
extension  from  scientific  truths  to  the  interior  truths  of  faith. 
The  truths  which  are  in  the  external  man,  are  called  scientific 
truths  ;  but  the  truths  which  are  in  the  internal  man,  are  called 
the  interior  truths  of  faith.  Scientific  truths  are  in  the  memory 
of  man,  from  which,  when  they  are  pressed  forth,  they  come  to 
perception  ;  but  the  interior  truths  of  faith  are  truths  of  the 
life  itself,  inscribed  on  the  internal  man,  of  which  little  appears 
in  the  memory  ;  but  on  this  subject,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of 
the  Lord,  we  shall  speak  more  fully  elsewhere.  Scientific  truths 
and  the  interior  truths  of  faith  were  signified  by  the  waters  be- 
neath the  expanse  and  the  waters  above  the  expanse,  Genesis, 
chap.  i.  verses  6,  7;  n.  24.  For  the  subject  treated  of  in  the 
first  chapter  of  Genesis,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  concerning  the 
new  creation  or  regenerat  ion  of  the  man  of  the  Celestial  Church. 
The  reason  why  Pliilistia,  which  also  was  a  continent  of  the 
land  of  Canaan  even  to  Tyre  and  Zidon,  signified  the  interior 
truths  of  faith  was,  because  the  ancient  representative  church 
had  been  there  also,  as  is  evident  from  the  remains  ot  Divine 
Worship  amongst  them,  which  are  treated  of  in  the  historicals 
and  in  the  prophecies  of  the  Word,  where  the  Philistines  and 
the  land  of  Pliilistia  are  treated  of,  as  in  the  prophecies  of 
Jeremiah,  chap.  xxv.  20 ;  chap,  xlvii.  1  to  the  end;  and  in 
Ezekiel,  chap.  xvi.  27,  57 ;  chap.  xxv.  15,  16;  and  in  Amos, 
chap.  i.  8  ;  and  in  Zephaniah,  chap.  ii.  5 ;  and  in  Zechariah, 
chap.  i.\.  6  ;  and  in  David,  Psalm  lx.  8 ;  Psalm  lxxx.  7  ;  Psalm 
cviii.  9.  The  case  with  the  Philistines  was  as  with  all  the  na- 
tions in  the  land  of  Canaan,  that  they  represented  the  goods 
and  truths  of  the  church,  and  also  evils  and  falses  ;  for  when 
the  ancient  representative  church  was  amongst  them,  they  rep- 
resented the  celestial  things  which  are  of  good  and  the  spiritual 
things  which  are  of  truth  ;  but  when  they  turned  aside  from 
genuine  representative  worship,  they  then  began  to  represent 
ihe  diabolical  things  which  are  of  evil  and  the  infernal  things 


9340.] 


EXODUS. 


199 


which  are  of  the  false  ;  hence  it  is  that  by  Philistia,  as  by  the 
rest  of  the  nations  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  in  the  Word,  are  sig- 
nified as  well  goods  and  truths,  as  evils  and  falses.  That  by 
the  Philistines  are  signified  the  interior  truths  of  faith,  is  mani- 
fest from  David,  "Glorious  things  are  to  be  preached  in  thee 
thou  city  of  God :  I  will  mention  Eahab  and  Babel  among 
them  that  know  Me,  also  Philistia  and  Tyre  with  Ethiopia; 
this  [man]  was  born  there,"  Psalm  lxxxvii.  3,  4 ;  where  the 
city  of  God  is  the  doctrine  of  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from 
the  Word,  n.  402,  2268,  2450,  2712,  2943,  3216,  4492,  4493, 
5297  ;  Tyre  denotes  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  n.  1201 ; 
in  like  manner  Ethiopia,  n.  116,  117 ;  hence  it  is  evident  that 
Philistia  denotes  the  science  of  the  truths  of  faith.  And  in 
Amos,  "Are  ye  not  as  sons  of  the  Ethiopian  unto  Me,  O  sons 
of  Israel,  have  not  I  made  Israel  to  come  up  from  the  land  of 
Egypt,  and  the  Philistines  from  Caphtor,  and  the  Syrians  from 
Ear,"  ix.  7.  The  subject  there  treated  of  i3  concerning  the  per- 
version and  destruction  of  the  church  after  it  was  established ; 
the  sons  of  the  Ethiopian  here  denote  those  who  are  in  the 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  which  they  apply  to  confirm 
evils  and  falses,  n.  1163,  1164 ;  the  sons  of  Israel  from  the 
land  of  Egypt,  denote  those  who  have  been  initiated  into  spi- 
ritual truths  and  goods  by  scientific  truths.  That  the  sons  of 
Israel  denote  those  who  are  in  spiritual  truths  and  goods,  thus 
in  the  abstract  sense  spiritual  truths  and  goods,  see  n.  5414, 
5801,  5803,  5806.  5812,  5817,  5819,  5826,  5833,  5879,  5951, 
7957,  8234 ;  and  that  the  land  of  Egypt  is  scientific  truth,  was 
shown  above  ;  the  like  is  signified  by  the  Philistines  from 
Caphtor,  and  by  the  Syrians  from  Kir,  to  whom  therefore  they  are 
likened.  The  Philistines  from  Caphtor  denote  those  who  have 
been  initiated  into  interior  truths  by  exterior,  but  who  have  per- 
verted them,  and  applied  them  to  confirm  falses  and  evils,  n.  1197, 
1198,  3412,  3413,  3762,  8093,  8096,  8099,  8313;  but  the 
Syrians  from  Kir  denote  those  who  are  in  the  knowledges  of 
good  and  truth,  which  also  they  have  perverted,  n.  1232,  1234, 
3051,  3249,  3664,  3680,  4112.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Because 
of  the  day  that  cometh  to  vastate  all  the  Philistines,  to  cut  off 
from  Tyre  and  Zidon  all  the  residue  that  helpeth,  because  Je- 
hovah vastateth  the  Philistines,  the  remains  of  the  Island  of 
Caphtor"  xlvii.  4.  The  subject  treated  of  in  that  chapter  is 
concerning  the  vastation  of  the  church  as  to  the  truths  of  faith  ; 
the  interior  truths  of  faith  are  the  Philistines,  and  the  exterior 
truths  are  the  remains  of  the  island  of  Caphtor.  And  in  Joel, 
"  What  have  ye  to  do  with  me,  Tyre  and  Zidon,  and  all  the 
borders  of  Philistia,  I  will  quickly  bring  back  your  recompense 
upon  your  own  head,  because  tiiat  ye  have  taken  My  silver  and 
Mv  gold,  and  have  brought  ail  My  desirable  goods  into  youi 
temples,"  iii.  4,  5.    All  the  borders  of  Philistia  denote  all  the 


200 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


interior  and  exterior  truths  of  faith  ;  to  bring  silver  and  gold 
and  desirable  goods  into  their  temples,  denotes  to  pervert  truths 
and  goods,  and  to  profane  them  by  application  to  evils  and 
falses  ;  that  silver  and  gold  are  truths  and  goods,  see  n.  1551, 
2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6937,  8932.  And  in  Obadiah,  "Then 
they  of  the  south  shall  be  heirs  of  Mount  Esau,  and  of  the  plain 
of  the  Philistines,  and  they  shall  become  heirs  of  the  field  of 
Ephraim,  but  Benjamin  of  Gilead,"  19;  where  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  the  establishment  of  the  church,  but 
things  are  involved  in  names.  They  of  the  south  denote  those 
who  are  in  the  light  of  truth,  n.  1458,  3195,  3708,  5672,  5962; 
the  mountain  of  Esau  is  the  good  of  love,  n.  3300,  3322,  3494, 
3504,  3576*  ;  the  plain  of  the  Philistines  is  the  truth  of  faith, 
plain  also  denotes  what  relates  to  the  doctrine  of  faith,  n.  2418. 
Ephraim  is  the  intellectual  principle  of  the  church,  n.  3969, 
5.154,  6222,  6234.  6238,  6267  ;  Benjamin  is  the  spiritual  celes- 
tial truth  of  the  church,  n.  3969,  4592,  5686,  5689,  6440 ;  and 
Gxlead  is  corresponding  exterior  good,  n.  4117,  4124,  4747. 
Add  in  Isaiah,  "  He  shall  assemble  the  expelled  of  Israel,  and 
shall  gather  together  the  dispersed  things  of  Judah  from  the 
four  wings  of  the  earth,  tliey  shall  fly  upon  the  shoulders  of  the 
Philistines  towards  the  sea,  they  shall  together  spoil  the  sons  of 
tht  east,"  xi.  12,  14 ;  where  by  Israel  and  Judah  are  not  meant 
Istd.el  and  Judah,  but  by  Israel  those  who  are  in  the  good  of 
faiwa,  and  by  Judah  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love ;  to  fly 
upui  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines  denotes  to  receive  and  take 
intiy  possession  the  interior  truths  of  faith  ;  to  spoil  the  sons  of 
the  oast  denotes  to  receive  and  take  into  possession  the  interior 
goo  Is  of  faith ;  for  the  sons  of  the  east  are  those  \\  ho  are  in 
the  goods  of  faith,  and  in  the  knowledges  of  good,  n.  3249, 
376.!.  That  to  spoil  denotes  to  receive  and  take  into  possession, 
see  what  was  shown  concerning  the  spoiling  of  the  Egyptians 
by  the  sons  of  Israel,  n.  6914,  6917.  Inasmuch  as  by  the  land 
of  Philistia  was  signified  the  science  of  the  interior  truths  of 
faith,  and  by  Abraham  and  Isaac  was  represented  the  Lord, 
and  by  their  sojourning  the  instruction  of  the  Lord  in  the  truths 
ami  goods  of  faith  and  love,  which  are  of  Divine  AVisdom, 
therefore  for  the  sake  of  that  figuration,  Abraham  was  ordered 
to  sojourn  in  Philistia,  see  Gen.  xx.  1  to  the  end  ;  and  also 
Isaac,  Gen.  xxvi.  1  to  24.  And  therefore  Abimclech  khig  of 
t/ie  Philistines  established  a  covenant  with  Abraham,  Gen.  xxi. 
22  to  the  end  ;  and  also  with  Isaac,  Gen.  chap.  xxvi.  26  to  the 
end  ;  on  which  subject  see  the  explication  at  those  chapters. 

9341.  "  And  from  the  wilderness  even  to  the  river  ' — that 
hereby  is  signified  from  the  delight  of  the  sensual  principle  even 
to  the  good  and  truth  of  the  rational,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  setting  a  border,  as  denoting  ex.ension,  as  just  above, 
u.  9340  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  wilderness,  as  denoting 


9341.J 


EXODUS. 


201 


where  there  is  nothing  inhabited  and  nothing  cultivated,  thus 
in  application  to  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  faith  and 
to  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  love.  A  wilderness  denotes 
where  there  is  no  good  and  no  truth,  as  is  the  case  with  the 
sensual  principle ;  that  the  sensual  principle  of  man  is  such, 
see  n.  9331.    Inasmuch  as  the  sensual  principle  has  not  celes- 
tial good,  nor  spiritual  truth,  but  has  what  is  delightful  and 
pleasurable  from  the  body  and  the  world,  therefore  by  wilder- 
ness is  signified  this  extreme  principle  in  the  man  of  the  church  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  Euphrates,  which  is  here  the  river, 
as  denoting  the  good  and  truth  of  the  rational  principle.  The 
reason  why  Euphrates  has  this  signification  is,  because  Assyria 
was  there,  and  by  Assyria  or  Ashur  is  signified  the  rational 
principle,  n.  119,  1186.    This  is  meant  by  Euphrates,  where  it 
is  said  from  the  wilderness  to  Euphrates,  also  from  the  river  of 
Egypt  to  Euphrates,  as  in  Joshua,  "  From  the  wilderness  and 
Lebanon,  even  to  the  great  river,  the  river  Euphrates,  the 
whole  land  of  the  Hittites,  and  even  to  the  great  sea,  to  the 
setting  of  the  sun,  shall  be  your  border,"  i.  4.    And  in  Moses, 
"  To  thy  seed  will  I  give  this  land,  from  the  river  of  Egypt  even 
to  the  great  river,  the  rwer  Euphrates,"  Gen.  xv.  18.    In  like 
manner  in  David,  "  Thou  hast  made  a  vine  to  come  forth  out 
of  Egypt ;  thou  hast  sent  forth  shoots  even  to  the  sea,  and  its 
little  branches  to  the  river,"  Psalm  lxxx.  8,  11 ;  where  a  vine 
out  of  Egypt  denotes  the  Spiritual  Church  represented  by  the 
sons  of  Israel ;  to  the  sea  and  to  the  river  denotes  to  interior 
truths  and  goods.  In  like  manner  in  Micah,  "  They  shall  come 
to  thee  from  Ashur,  and  the  cities  of  Egypt,  and  thence  from 
Egypt  even  to  the  river,  and  sea  from  sea,  from  mountain  to 
mountain,"  vii.  12.    But  something  else  is  signified  by  Eu- 
phrates, when  it  is  viewed  from  the  midst  of  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan, as  the  extreme  thereof  on  one  side,  or  as  what  closes  it 
on  one  part,  in  which  case  by  that  river  is  signified  that  which 
is  last  of  the  Lord's  kingdom,  that  is,  which  is  last  of  heaven 
and  the  church  as  to  rational  good  and  truth.  That  the  borders 
of  the  land  of  Canaan,  which  were  rivers  and  seas,  signified 
nltimate  things  in  the  Lord's  kingdom,  see  n.  1585,1866,4116, 
4240,  6516,  5196.    Euphrates  therefore  signified  such  truths 
and  such  goods  as  are  of  the  sensual  principle  corresponding  to 
truths  and  goods  of  the  rational  principle  ;  but  whereas  the  sen- 
sual principle  of  man  stands  proximate  to  the  world  and  to  the 
earth,  and  hence  receives  its  objects,  n.  9331,  therefore  it  ac- 
knowledges nothing  else  for  a  good  but  what  delights  the  body, 
and  nothing  else  for  truth  but  what  favors  that  delight,  on 
which  account  by  the  river  Euphrates,  in  this  sense,  is  signified 
pleasure  arising  from  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  and  the 
falsity  confirming  it  by  reasonings  grounded  in  the  fallacies  ot 
the  senses.    These  things  are  meant  by  the  river  Euphrates  in 


202 


EXODUS. 


[Chat.  xaim. 


the  Apocalypse  :  "A  voice  said  to  the  sixth  angel,  loose  thefoai 
angels  that  are  bound  at  the  great  river  Euphrates  :  they  were 
1 .  osed,  and  slew  a  third  part  of  men,"  chap.  ix.  14,  15  ;  where 
the  angels  bound  at  Euphrates  denote  the  falses  arising  by  rea- 
sonings from  the  fallacies  of  the  senses,  which  favor  the  de- 
lights of  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world.  Again,  "  The  sixth 
angel  poured  out  a  vial  upon  the  great  river  Euphrates,  the 
water  of  which  was  dried  up,  that  the  way  of  the  kings  might, 
be  prepared,  who  are  from  the  rising  of  the  sun,"  Apoc.  xvi.  12 ; 
where  Euphrates  denotes  falses  from  a  similar  origin ;  the  water 
dried  up  denotes  those  falses  removed  by  the  Lord  ;  the  way  of 
the  kings  from  the  rising  of  the  sun.  denotes  that  in  such  case 
the  truths  of  faith  are  seen  and  revealed  to  those  who  are  in  love 
to  the  Lord.  That  waters  denote  truths,  and  in  the  opposite 
sense  falses,  see  n.  705,  739,  756,  790,  839,  2702,  3058,  3424, 
4976,  7307,  8137,  8138,  8568,  9323  ;  that  way  denotes  truth 
seen  and  revealed,  n.  627,  2333,  3477;  that  kings  denote  those 
who  are.  in  truths,  n.  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  4575,  4581, 
4966,  5044.  5068,  6148  ;  that  the  east  denotes  the  Lord,  also 
love  from  Him  and  to  Him,  n.  101, 1250,  3708  ;  in  like  manner 
the  sun.  n.  1529,  1530,  2441,  2495,  3636,  3643,  4060,  4696, 
5377,  7078,  7083,  7171,  7173,  8644,  8812.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
'Thou  hast  forsaken  Jehovah  thy  God,  in  the  time  in  which 
He  led  thee  into  the  way  ;  wherefore  what  hast  thou  to  do  with 
the  way  of  Egypt,  that  thou  mayest  drink  the  waters  of  Sihor ; 
or  what  with  the  way  ofAshur,  that  thou  mayest  drink  the  waters 
of  the  river?"  ii.  17,  18  ;  where  to  lead  into  the  way  denotes 
to  teach  truth.  What  hast  thou  to  do  with  the  way  of  Egypt 
that  thou  mayest  drink  the  waters  of  Sihor,  denotes  what  with 
falses  induced  by  scientifics  perversely  applied.  What  hast  thou 
to  do  witli  the  way  of  Ashur,  that  thou  mayest  drink  the  waters 
of  the  river,  denotes  what  with  falses  by  reasonings  grounded 
in  the  fallacies  of  the  senses  to  favor  the  delights  of  the  love 
of  self  and  of  the  world.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "Je- 
hovah said  to  the  prophet,  take  the  girdle  which  thou  hast 
bought,  which  is  upon  thy  loins,  and  arise,  go  to  Euphrates, 
and  hide  it  in  a  hole  in  the  rock  ;  fie  went  and  hid,  it  at  Eu- 
phrates :  afterwards  it  came  to  pass  at  the  end  of  many  days, 
Jehovah  said,  arise,  go  to  Euphrates,  take  again  thence  the 
girdle;  wherefore  he  went  to  Euphrates  and  dug,  and  took 
again  the  girdle  from  the  place  where  he  had  hid  it,  but  h>  the 
girdle  was  spoiled,  it  was  not  profitable  for  any  tiling,"  xiii. 
3  to  7.  The  girdle  of  the  loins  is  the  external  bond  containing 
all  the  things  of  love  and  thence  of  faith  ;  to  be  hid  in  a  hole 
of  the  rock  near  Euphrates  denotes  where  faith  is  in  obscurity, 
and  is  become  none  by  falses  grounded  in  reasonings  ;  the  girdle 
spoiled  so  as  not  to  be  profitable  for  any  thing,  denotes  thai  in 
this  case  all  the  things  of  love  and  of  faith  were  dissolved  and 


9342—9346.] 


EXODUS. 


203 


dispersed.  That  Jeremiah  was  to  tie  a  stone  to  the  book  written 
by  him,  and  cast  it  into  the  m  idst  of  the  Euphrates,  chap.  li.  03, 
signified  that  the  prophetic  Word  perished  by  similar  tilings. 
Again  in  the  same  prophet,  "The  swift  one  shall  not  escape, 
neither  shall  the  strong  one  deliver  himself,  towards  the  north 
near  the  shore  of  the  river  Euphrates  they  have  stumbled  and 
fallen  ;  but  Jehovah  Sabaoth  taketh  vengeance  on  his  enemies  ; 
the  Lord  Jehovah  Sabaoth  hath  a  sacrifice  in  the  land  of  the 
north  near  the  river  Euphrates"  xlvi.  0,  10 ;  where  also  the 
river  Euphrates  denotes  truths  falsified  and  goods  adulterated 
by  reasonings  grounded  in  fallacies  and  scientifics  thence  de- 
rived, which  favor  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world. 

9342.  "Because  I  will  give  into  your  hand  the  inhabitants 
of  the  land:' — that  hereby  is  signified  empire  over  evils  appears 
from  the  signification  of  giving  into  the  hand,  as  denoting  to 
conquer  and  command ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  in- 
habitants of  the  land,  as  denoting  the  evils  of  the  church  ;  for 
by  inhabitants  are  signified  goods,  n.  2268,  2451 ;  2712,  3613, 
hence  in  the  opposite  sense  evils,  for  by  the  nations  of  the  land 
of  Canaan  were  signified  evils  and  falses  infesting  and  destroy- 
ing the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church,  n.  9327. 

9343.  "  And  I  will  drive  them  out  from  before  thee  "—that 
hereby  is  signified  their  removal,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  driving  out,  when  concerning  evils,  as  denoting  removal, 
see  n.  9338. 

9344.  "  Thou  shalt  not  strike  a  covenant  with  them  and 
their  gods  " — that  hereby  is  signified  non-communication  with 
evils  and  falses,  appears  from  the  signification  of  striking  a 
covenant,  as  denoting  to  be  conjoined,  see  n.  665,  666,  1023, 
1038,  1864, 1996,  2003,  2021,  6804,  8767,  8778  ;  thus  also  to 
communicate,  for  they  who  communicate  together,  are  conjoined; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  who 
in  this  case  are  those  with  whom  they  were  not  to  strike  a  cove- 
nant, as  denoting  evils,  see  just  above,  n.  9342  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  gods,  as  denoting  falses,  see  n.  4402,  4544, 
7873,  8867,  8941. 

9345.  "  They  shall  not  dwell  in  thy  land  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  that  evils  shall  not  be  together  with  goods  of  the 
church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  dwellers,  of  whom 
it  is  said  that  they  shall  not  dwell  in  thy  land,  as  denoting  evils, 
see  above,  n.  9342 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  dwelling,  as 
denoting  to  live,  see  n.  1293,  3384,  3613 ;  and  that  to  dwell 
with  any  one  is  to  live  or  be  together,  see  n.  414  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  land  [or  earth],  as  denoting  the  church  as  to 
good,  thus  also  the  good  of  the  church,  see  n.  9325. 

9346.  "  Lest  peradventure  they  make  thee  to  sin  to  Me"- 
that  hereby  is  signified  lest  evils  avert  goods  from  the  Lord,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  of 


204 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiri. 


whom  it  is  said  lest  perad venture  they  make  thee  to  sin,  as  de- 
noting evils,  as  above ;  and  from  the  signification  of  sinning, 
as  denoting  to  avert,  see  u.  5474,  5841,  7589 ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  thee  to  Me,  as  denoting  goods  from  the  Lord; 
for  by  sons  of  Israel,  who  in  this  case  are  thee,  are  signi 
tied  they  who  are  in  good,  thus  goods,  n.  5S01,  5803,  5806. 
5812,  5817,  5819,  5826,  5833,  9340;  and  by  Jehovah,  who 
in  this  case  is  to  Me,  is  meant  the  Lord,  n.  9199,  9315,  and 
what  is  there  cited.  The  ground  and  reason  why  evils  avert 
goods  from  the  Lord  is,  because  evils  and  goods  are  opposite  or 
contrary  to  each  other,  and  two  opposites  or  contraries  cannot 
be  together,  for  they  have  a  mutual  aversion  from  and  conflict 
with  each  other ;  which  may  appear  evident  from  this  con- 
sideration, that  evils  are  from  hell,  and  goods  from  heaven, 
and  hell  is  most  remote  from  heaven ;  not  as  to  distance,  inas- 
much as  there  is  no  distance  in  the  other  life,  but  as  to  state ; 
wherefore  they  who  are  in  the  state  of  hell  cannot  be  translated 
into  the  state  of  heaven,  for  the  evils  appertaining  to  the  former 
reject  the  goods  appertaining  to  the  latter.  This  is  meant  by  the 
words  of  Abraham  to  the  rich  man,  "  Between  us  and  you  is  a 
great  gulf  fixed,  so  that  they  who  would  cross  over  from  hence 
to  you  cannot,  neither  can  they  who  are  there  pass  to  us," 
Luke  xvi.  26  ;  the  great  gulf  is  opposition  and  contrariety  of 
the  states  of  life.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  in 
what  manner  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  evils  avert  goods  from 
the  Lord,  namely,  that  they  who  are  in  evils,  do  not  only  not 
receive  the  goods  which  continually  flow-in  from  the  Lord  with 
every  one,  but  they  likewise  altogether  avert ;  wherefore  man 
cannot  in  any  wise  receive  the  good  of  heaven,  until  he  abstain 
from  evils. 

9347.  "  "When  thou  shalt  serve  their  gods  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  if  worship  be  grounded  in  falses,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  serving,  as  denoting  worship,  see  n.  7934,  8057; 
and  from  the  signification  of  gods,  as  denoting  falses,  see  n. 
4544,  7873,  8S67,  8941. 

9348.  "  Because  it  shall  be  to  thee  for  a  snare  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  from  the  enticement  and  deception  of  evils,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  a  snare,  when  concerning  evils,  as  de- 
noting enticement  and  deception.  The  ground  and  reason  why 
evils  entice  and  deceive  is,  because  all  evils  originate  in  the 
loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  n.  9335,  and  the  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world  are  connate  with  man,  and  thence  man  is  sen- 
sible of  the  delight  of  his  life  from  first  nativity,  yea,  thence 
he  has  life.  Wherefore  those  loves,  like  latent  veins  of  a  river, 
draw  the  thought  and  will  of  man  from  the  Lord  to  self,  and 
from  heaven  to  the  world,  thus  from  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith  to  falses  and  evils  continually  ;  reasonings  grounded  in  the 
fallacies  of  the  senses  in  this  case  principally  prevail,  and  also  the 


9347,  9348.  J 


EXODUS. 


205 


literal  sense  of  the  "Word  perversely  explained  and  applied.  The 
latter  and  the  former  are  the  things  which  are  meant  by  snares, 
fetters,  pits,  nets,  ropes,  gins,  also  by  frauds  and  deceits  in  the 
spiritual  sense  of  the  Word,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  Dread  and  apitaua 
a  snare  are  upon  thee,  thou  inhabitant  of  the  earth,  whence  it 
shall  come  to  pass,  he  that  flieth  from  the  voice  of  dread  shall 
fall  into  the  pit,  and  he  that  cometh  up  out  of  the  pit  shall  he 
taken  in  a  snare  ;  for  the  cataracts  from  on  high  are  open,  and 
the  foundations  of  the  earth  are  moved,"  xxiv.  17, 18.  And  in 
Jeremiah,  "  Fear,  the  pit  and  the  snare  are  upon  thee,  O  in- 
habitant of  Moab  ;  he  that  fleeth  from  the  fear  falleth  into  the 
pit,  and  he  who  cometh  up  out  of  the  pit  shall  be  taken  in  the 
snare"  xlviii.  43,  44;  where  dread  and  fear  denote  disturbance 
and  commotion  of  the  mind,  whence  it  sticks  between  evils 
and  goods,  and  thence  between  falses  and  truths ;  the  pit  de- 
notes the  false  induced  by  reasonings  grounded  in  the  fallacies 
of  the  senses  to  favor  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of 
the  world ;  the  snare  denotes  the  enticement  and  deception  of 
evil  thence  derived.  Again,  in  Isaiah,  "They  shall  go  and 
stumble  backwards,  and  shall  be  broken,  andshallbe  ensnared, 
and  shall  be  taken,"  xxviii.  13  ;  where  to  stumble  backwards 
denotes  to  avert  themselves  from  good  and  truth;  to  be  broken 
denotes  to  dissipate  truths  and  goods;  to  be  ensnared  denotes 
to  be  enticed  by  the  evils  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  ■ 
to  be  taken  denotes  to  be  carried  away  by  those  evils.  And  in 
Ezekiel,  "  The  mother  of  the  princes  of  Israel  is  a  lioness  ;  one 
of  her  whelps  learned  to  catch  prey,  he  devoured  men  ;  the 
nations  heard  of  him,  in  whose  pit  he  was  taken,  and  they  led 
him  away  with  hooks  into  the  land  of  Egypt.  Afterwards  he 
ravished  the  widows,  and  vastated  the  cities,  the  land  and  the 
fullness  thereof  was  made  desolate  by  the  voice  of  his  roaring ; 
therefore  the  nations  round  about  from  the  provinces  laid  a 
trap  for  him,  and  spread  their  net  over  him  :  he  was  taken 
in  their  pit.  They  put  him  in  a  cage  with  hooks,  and  led  him 
away  to  the  king  of  Babel  in  nets,  that  his  voice  might  be  no 
more  heard  in  the  mountains  of  Israel,"  xix.  4,  7,  8,  9  ;  in  this 
passage  the  successive  profanation  of  truth  is  described  by  the 
enticements  of  falses  derived  from  evils ;  the  mother  of  the 
princes  of  Israel  is  the  church  where  primary  truths  are  ;  that 
mother  denotes  the  church,  see  n.  289,  2691,  2717,  4257, 
5581,  8S97 ;  and  that  the  princes  of  Israel  denote  primary  truths, 
see  n.  1482,  2089,  5044 ;  a  lioness  is  the  false  derived  from 
evil  perverting  the  truths  of  the  church,  a  lion's  whelp  is  evil 
in  its  power,  n.  6367  ;  to  seize  the  prey  and  to  devour  men,  is 
to  destroy  truths  and  goods,  for  man  denotes  the  good  of  the 
church,  n.  4287,  7424,  7523;  nations  are  evils,  n.  1259, 
1260,  1849,  2588,  4444,  6306  ;  the  pit  in  which  he  was  taken 
by  the  nations  is  the  false  of  evil,  n.  4728,  4744,  5038,  9086; 


206 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


the  land  of  Egypt  into  which  he  was  led  away  with  hooks  is 
the  scientific  principle  which  gives  birth  to  the  false,  n.  9340 ; 
to  ravish  widows,  denotes  to  pervert  the  goods  which  desire 
truth ;  that  to  ravish  denotes  to  pervert,  see  n.  2466,  2729, 
4865,  8904 ;  and  that  widows  denote  goods  which  desire  truth, 
n.  9198,  9200  ;  to  vastate  cities  is  to  destroy  the  doctrinals  of 
the  truth  of  the  church,  n.  402,  2268,  2450,  2943,  3216, 
4478,  4492,  4493  ;  to  desolate  the  earth  and  the  fulness  thereof 
is  to  destroy  all  things  of  the  church,  n.  9325 ;  the  voice  the 
roaring  of  the  lion  is  the  false ;  to  spread  over  him  a  net  de- 
notes to  entice  by  the  delights  of  terrestrial  loves  and  by  rea- 
sonings thence ;  to  lead  away  to  the  king  of  Babel  is  profana- 
tion of  truth,  n.  1182,  1283,  1295,  1304,  1307, 1308,1321,1322, 
1326.  That  such  things  do  not  come  to  pass  when  man  does 
not  love  the  world  and  himself  above  all  things,  is  thus  described 
in  Amos,  "  Will  a  lion  roar  in  the  forest,  if  he  hath  no  prey? 
Will  a  bird  fall  upon  a  snare  of  the  earth*  if  there  are  no  gins 
for  him  ?  Will  a  snare  come  up  from  tlie  earth,  if  taking  it 
hath  not  taken?"  iii.  4,  5.  That  a  snare  in  the  spiritual  sense  is 
enticement  and  deception  by  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  thus  the  enticement  and  deception  of  evils,  and 
this  by  reasonings  grounded  in  the  fallacies  of  the  senses,  which 
favor  those  delights,  is  evident  to  every  one,  for  ensnarings 
and  entrappings  are  from  no  other  source.  Neither  do  the 
diabolical  crew  assault  any  thing  else  with  man  except  those 
his  loves,  which  they  render  delightful  by  every  method,  until 
he  is  taken,  and  when  he  is  taken,  the  man  reasons  from  falses 
against  truths,  and  from  evils  against  goods;  and  in  such  ca6e 
he  is  not  content  herewith,  but  also  takes  delight  in  ensnaring 
and  enticing  others  to  falses  and  evils  ;  the  reason  why  he  also 
takes  this  delight  is,  because  in  such  case  he  is  one  of  the  dia- 
bolical crew.  Inasmuch  as  a  snare,  a  gin,  a  net,  signifies  such 
things,  they  also  signify  the  destruction  of  spiritual  life,  and 
thereby  perdition,  for  the  delights  of  those  loves  are  what  destroy 
and  lead  into  perdition,  since  in  those  loves,  as  was  said  above, 
all  evils  originate  ;  for  in  the  love  of  self  originate  contempt  of 
others  in  comparison  of  self,  and  presently  a  scornful  look  and 
abusive  speech,  afterwards  enmity  if  they  do  not  favor,  at 
length  the  delight  of  hatred,  the  delight  of  revenge,  thus  the 
delight  of  tyrannical  behavior,  yea  of  cruelty.  This  love  in  the 
other  life  rises  to  such  an  excess,  that  unless  the  Lord  favors 
it,  and  gives  to  those  who  are  influenced  by  it  dominion  over 
others,  they  not  only  despise  Him,  but.  also  treat  with  scorn 
the  Word  which  speaks  of  Him,  and  at  length  from  hatred  and 
revenge  they  act  against  Him,  and  so  far  as  they  cannot  effect 
their  purposes  against  Him,  they  practise  them  with  fierceness 
and  cruelly  against  all  who  profess  Him ;  hence  it  is  evident 
what  is  the  origin  of  such  qualities  in  the  diabolical  crew,  namely, 


9348.] 


EXODUS. 


207 


that  it  is  from  self-love.  Wherefore  a  snare,  as  it  signifies  the 
delight  oi*  the  love  of  self  and  the  world,  signiiies  also  the  de- 
struction of  spiritual  life  and  perdition  ;  for  the  all  of  faith  and 
love  to  the  Lord,  and  the  all  of  love  towards  the  neighbor  is 
destroyed  by  the  delight  of  the  love  of  self  and  the  world,  where 
it  has  dominion  :  see  what  was  cited,  n.  9335.  That  those 
loves  are  the  origin  of  all  evils,  and  that  hell  is  from  them  and 
in  them,  and  that  those  loves  are  fires  there,  is  at  this  day  un- 
known in  the  world ;  when  yet  it  might  be  known  from  this 
consideration,  that  those  loves  are  opposite  to  love  towards  the 
neighbor  and  to  love  to  God,  and  that  they  are  opposite  to  hu- 
miliation of  heart,  and  that  from  them  alone  exists  all  contempt, 
all  hatred,  all  revenge,  and  all  fierceness  and  cruelty,  as  every 
considerate  person  may  know.  That  therefore  a  snare  signifies 
the  destruction  of  spiritual  life  and  perdition,  is  evident  from 
the  following  passages,  "  Jehovah  shall  rain  upon  the  wicked 
snares,  fire,  and  sulphur,"  Psalm  xi.  6  ;  where  fire  and  sulphur 
are  the  evils  of  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world  ;  that  fire  has 
this  signification,  see  n.  1297,  1861,  5071,  5215,  6314,  6832, 
7324,  7575,  9141 ;  and  that  this  is  the  signification  of  sulphur, 
6ee  n.  2446  ;  hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  snares.  And 
in  Luke,  "  Lest  that  day  come  upon  you  suddenly, /br  as  a 
snare  shall  it  come  upon  all  who  sit  upon  the  face  of  the  whole 
earth,"  xxi.  34,  35  ;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning 
the  last  time  of  the  church,  when  there  is  no  faith,  because  no 
charity,  inasmuch  as  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  are  about 
to  reign,  whence  comes  perdition,  which  is  the  snare.  And  in 
Jeremiah,  "  There  are  found  in  My  people  the  wicked,  they 
speculate  as  fowlers  stretch  nets,  they  set  a  trap,  that  they 
may  catch  men,"  v.  26.  And  in  David,  "  They  stretch  snares 
seeking  My  soul,  and  seeking  My  evil,  they  speak  perditions 
and  meditate  deceits  the  whole  day,"  Psalm  xxxviii.  12.  Again, 
"  Guard  me  from  the  hands  of  a  gin  which  they  have  set  for 
me,  and  the  snares  of  them  that  work  iniquity,  let  them  fall 
into  the  nets,  the  wicked  together,  until  I  pass,"  Psalm  cxli. 
9,  10.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  He  shall  be  for  a  sanctuary,  although 
for  a  stone  of  stumbling,  and  for  a  rock  of  offence  to  the  two 
houses  of  Israel  ;  for  a  snare  and  for  a  gin  to  the  inhabitant  of 
Jerusalem;  many  shall  stumble  amongst  them  and  shall  fall, 
and  shall  be  broken  in  pieces  and  shall  be  ensnared  and  taken," 
viii.  14,  15;  when  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the 
Lord  ;  a  stone  of  stumbling  and  rock  of  offence  denotes  scan- 
dalization  ;  a  snare  and  a  gin  denote  perdition,  namely,  of  those 
who  oppose  and  attempt  to  destroy  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith  in  the  Lord,  by  falses  which  favor  the  loves  of  self  and 
of  the  world  ;  for  all  the  proud  not  only  scandalize,  but  are  also 
ensnared  by  this,  that  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  has  ap- 
peared in  a  human  form,  and  on  this  occasion  not  in  royal 


208 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiii. 


majesty,  but  in  a  despised  aspect.  From  these  considerations 
it  is  now  evident,  that  by  the  expression,  "  shall  be  for  a  snare" 
is  signified  the  enticement  and  deception  of  evils,  and  the  per- 
dition thence  derived ;  as  also  in  another  passage  in  Moses, 
"  make  not  a  covenant  with  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  upon 
which  thou  art  about  to  come,  lest  it  be  for  a  snare  in  the  mids* 
of  thee,"  Exod.  xxxiv.  12.  Again,  "  Thou  shalt  not  serve  theii 
gods,  for  this  will  he  a  snare  to  thee,"  Deut.  vii.  16.  Again, 
"  Take  heed  to  thyself  lest  thou  he  ensnared  after  the  nations, 
and  lest  peradventure  thou  seekest  their  gods,"  Deut.  xii.  30  ; 
where  the  nations  denote  evils  and  the  falses  thence  derived. 

9349.  The  subject  treated  of  in  chapters  xx.  xxi.  xxii.  xxiii. 
is  concerning  the  laws,  the  judgments  and  statutes,  which  were 
promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai,  and  it  has  been  shown  what 
they  contain  in  the  internal  sense,  thus  how  they  are  perceived 
in  heaven,  namely,  that  it  is  not  according  to  the  literal  sense, 
but  according  to  the  spiritual  sense,  which  does  not  appear  in 
the  letter,  but  still  is  in  it ;  but  he  who  does  not  know  how  the 
case  is,  may  conjecture,  that  the  Word  as  to  the  literal  sense  is 
thus  annihilated,  by  reason  that  that  sense  is  not  attended  to  in 
heaven.  It  is  however  to  be  noted,  that  the  literal  sense  of  the 
Word  is  in  no  ways  annihilated  thereby,  but  is  rather  confirmed, 
and  that  singular  the  words  derive  weight,  and  are  holy,  from 
the  spiritual  sense  which  is  in  them,  inasmuch  as  the  literal 
sense  is  the  basis  and  fulcrum  on  which  the  spiritual  sense 
leans,  and  to  which  it  coheres  in  the  closest  conjunction,  in- 
somuch that  there  is  not  even  an  iota  or  apex,  or  little  twirl 
in  the  letter  of  the  Word,  which  does  not  contain  in  it  a  holy 
Divine  principle,  according  to  the  words  of  the  Lord  in  Mat- 
thew, " •Verily  I  say  unto  you,  until  heaven  and  earth  pass, 
one  iota,  or  one  little  twirl,  shall  not  pass  from  the  law,  until 
all  things  he  done,"  v.  18;  and  in  Luke,  "It  is  easier  for  hea- 
ven and  earth  to  pass,  than  for  one  apex  of  the  law  to  fall'' 
xvi.  17.  That  the  law  is  the  Word,  see  n.  6752,  7463  ;  there- 
fore also  by  the  Divine  Providence  of  the  Lord  it  has  been 
effected,  that  the  Word  has  been  preserved,  especially  the 
Word  of  the  Old  Testament,  as  to  every  iota  and  apex  from  the 
time  in  which  it  was  written.  It  lias  been  shown  also  from 
heaven,  that  in  the  Word,  not  only  every  expression,  but  also 
every  syllable,  and  what  is  incredible,  every  little  twirl  of 
a  syllable,  in  the  original  tongue,  involves  what  is  holy,  which 
becomes  perceptible  to  the  angels  of  the  inmost  heaven  ;  that 
this  is  the  case  I  c"an  positively  assert,  but  I  know  that  it  tran- 
scends belief.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  indeed  the  external 
rituals  of  the  church,  which  represented  the  Lord  and  the  eternal 
things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
which  are  treated  of  in  the  Word  of  the  Old  Testament,  are  for 
the  most  part  abrogated,  but  that  still  the  Word  remains  in  its 


9349.] 


EXODUS. 


209 


Divine  sanctity,  since,  as  was  said,  all  and  singular  things 
therein  still  involve  holy  Divine  things,  which  are  perceived  in 
heaven  whilst  that  "Word  is  reading  ;  for  in  singular  things  there 
is  an  internal  holy  principle,  which  is  its  internal  sense,  or 
celestial  and  Divine  sense  ;  this  sense  is  the  soul  of  the  Word, 
and  is  Divine  Truth  itself  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  the 
Lord  Himself.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest 
how  the  case  is  with  the  laws,  the  judgments,  and  the  statutes, 
which  were  promulgated  by  the  Lord  from  Mount  Sinai,  and 
which  are  contained  in  chapters  xxi.  xxii.  xxiii.  above  treated 
of,  namely,  that  all  and  singular  things  therein  are  holy,  because 
they  are  holy  in  the  internal  form;  but  still  that  some  of  them 
are  abrogated  as  to  use  at  this  day,  where  the  church  is. 
which  is  an  internal  church ;  but  some  of  them  are  of  such 
a  quality  that  they  may  serve  for  use,  if  people  are  so  dis 
posed;  and  some  of  them  ought  altogether  to  be  observed  and 
done.  Nevertheless  those  which  are  abrogated  as  to  use  where 
the  church  is,  and  which  may  serve  for  use  if  people  are  so 
disposed,  and  also  those  which  ought  altogether  to  be  ob- 
served and  done,  are  alike  holy  in  internal  holiness,  for  the 
whole  Word,  so  far  as  respects  its  own  bosom,  is  Divine.  The 
internal  holiness  [or  holy  principle]  is  what  the  internal  sense 
teaches,  and  is  the  same  thing  with  the  internals  of  the  Chris- 
tian Church,  which  the  doctrine  of  charity  and  faith  teaches. 
That  these  things  may  be  presented  to  the  apprehension,  let  us 
take  for  illustration  the  laws,  the  judgments,  and  the  statutes, 
recorded  in  the  aforesaid  chapters.  Those  which  ought  altogether 
to  be  observed  and  done,  are  what  are  contained  in  chapter  xx. 
verses  3,  4,  5,  7,  8,  12,  13,  14,  20 ;  chap.  xxi.  verses  12, 
14,  15,  20 ;  chap.  xxii.  verses  17,  18,  19,  27 ;  chap,  xxiii. 
verses  1,  2,  3,  6,  7,  8,  24,  25,  32.  Those  which  may  serve 
for  use  if  people  are  so  disposed,  are  such  as  are  contained  in 
chapter  xx.  verse  10  ;  chap.  xxi.  18,  19,  22,  23,  24,  25,  33, 
34,  35,  36,  37 ;  chap.  xxii.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10, 
11,  12,  13,  16,  20,  21,  22,  24,  25,  26,  30;  chap,  xxiii.  4, 
5,  9,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  33.  But  those  which  are  abrogated 
as  to  use  at  this  day  where  the  church  is,  chap.  xx.  verses  21, 
22,  23;  chap.  xxi.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  16,  21, 
26,  27,  28,  29,  31,  32  ;  chap.  xxii.  14,  28,  29  ;  chap,  xxiii. 
10,  11,  17,  18,  19.  But,  as  was  above  said,  both  the  latter 
and  the  former,  are  alike  holy,  or  alike  the  Divine  Word. 


VOL  IX 


210 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxhi. 


THE  REASONS  WHY  THE  LORD  WAS  WILLING  TO  BE  BORN  ON 
OUR  EARTH,  AND  NOT  ON  ANOTHER. 

9350.  There  are  several  reasons  why  it  pleased  the  Lord  to 
be  born,  and  to  assume  the  human  [principle],  on  our  earth 
and  not  on  another,  concerning  which  reasons  I  have  been  in- 
formed from  heaven. 

9351.  The  principal  reason  was  for  the  sake  of  the  Word, 
that  this  might  he  written  on  our  earth,  and  when  written  be  pub- 
lished through  the  Universal  Earth  ;  and  once  published  be  pre- 
served to  all  posterity  :  and  that  thus  it  might  be  made  manifest 
that  God  was  made  Man,  even  to  all  in  the  other  life. 

93554.  That  the  principal  reason  was  for  the  sake  of  the  Word, 
is  because  the  Word  is  Divine  Truth  itself,  which  teaches  man 
that  there  is  a  God,  that  there  is  a  heaven,  and  that  there  is  a 
hell,  that  there  is  a  life  after  death;  and  moreover  teaches  how 
he  ought  to  live  and  to  believe,  that  he  may  come  into  heaven, 
and  thereby  be  happy  to  eternity  ;  all  these  things  without  reve- 
lation, thus  in  this  earth,  without  the  Word,  would  have  been 
Altogether  unknown,  and  yet  man  is  so  created,  that  as  to  his 
internal  man  he  cannot  die. 

9353.  That  the  Word Unightbe  written  on  our  earth,  is  because 
the  art  of  writing  has  prevailed  here  from  the  most  ancient  time, 
first  on  the  rind  or  bark  of  tree6,  next  on  skins  or  parchment, 
afterwards  on  paper,  and  lastly  by  types  as  iiiprinting.  This 
was  provided  of  the  Lord  for  the  sake  of  the  Word. 

935L  That  the  Word might  afterwards  be  published through 
the  whole  of  this  earth,  is  because  a  communication  of  all  nations 
here  exists,  both  by  land  and  water,  to  all  parts  of  the  globe  ; 
hence  the  Word  once  written  could  be  transferred  from  one 
nation  to  another,  and  be  every  where  taught.  Such  com- 
munication was  also  provided  bv  the  Lord  for  the  sake  of  the 
Word. 

9355.  That  the  Word  once  written  migh  t  be presewed  to  all 
posterity,  consequently  to  thousands  and  thousands  of  years, 
and  that  it  has  been  so  preserved,  is  a  known  thing. 

9356.  That  thus  it  might  become  manifest  that  God  hasbeeti 
made  Man:  for  this  is  the  first  and  most  essential  thing,  on  ac- 
count of  which  the  Word  was  given,  for  no  one  can  believe  in  a 
God,  and  love  a  God,  whom  he  cannot  comprehend  under  some 
appearance;  wherefore  they  who  acknowledge  what  is  incompre- 
hensible, sink  in  thought  into  nature,  and  thereby  believe  in  no 
God,  see  n.  7211,  9303,  9315  ;  wherefore  it-pleased  the  Lord  to 
be  born  here,  and  to  make  this  manifest  by  the  Word,  that  it 
might  not  only  be  made  known  in  this  globe,  but  that  also  it 
might  be  made  manifest  thereby,  to  all  in  the  universe,  xoho  conu 
into  hea/oen  from  any  other  earth  whatsoever.  For  in  heaven 
there  is  a  communication  of  all. 


9350—9360.] 


EXODUS. 


2il 


9357.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Word  in  our  earth,  given 
through  heaven  from  the  Lord,  is  the  union  of  heaven  and  the 
world,  n.  9212  ;  for  which  end  there  is  a  correspondence  of  all 
things  in  the  lette/  ')(  the  Word,  with  Divine  things  in  heaven  ; 
and  that  the  Word,  ir  its  supreme  and  inmost  sense,  treats  of 
the  Lord,  of  His  kingdom  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  earths,  and 
<if  love  and  faith  from  Him  and  in  Him,  consequently  of  life 
fiiom  Him  and  in  Him.  Such  things  are  presented  to  the  angels 
in  heaven,  from  whatsoever  earth  they  are,  when  the  Word  of 
our  earth  is  read  and  preached. 

9358.  In  every  other  earth  Divine  Truth  is  manifested  by 
word  of  mouth  by  spirits  and  angels,  as  was  6aid  in  the  preced- 
ing treatises  concerning  the  inhabitants  of  the  earths  in  this 
solar  system,  but  this  is  done  within  families;  for  the  human  race 
in  most  of  the  earths  live  distinct  according  to  families  ;  where 
fore  Divine  Truth  thus  revealed  by  spirits  and  angels  is  not  con 
veyed  far  beyond  families,  and  unless  a  new  revelation  con- 
stantly succeeds,  it  is  either  perverted  or  perishes.  It  is  other- 
wise on  our  earth,  where  Divine  Truth,  which  is  the  Word,  re- 
mains in  its  integrity  for  ever. 

9359.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Lord  acknowledges  and 
receives  all  from  whatsoever  earth  they  be,  who  acknowledge 
and  worship  God  under  a  human  form,  since  God  under  a  hu 
man  form  is  the  Lord.  And  whereas  the  Lord  appears  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earths  in  an  angelic  form,  which  is  the  human 
form,  therefore  when  spirits  and  angels  from  those  earths  hear 
from  the  spirits  and  angels  of  our  earth,  that  God  actually  is  a 
man,  they  receive  that  Word,  acknowledge,  and  rejoice  that 
it  is  so,  see  n.  7173. 

9300.  To  the  reasons  which  have  been  above  adduced,  may 
be  added,  that  the  inhabitants,  spirits,  and  angels,  of  our  earth, 
in  the  Grand  Man,  have  reference  to  external  and  corporeal 
sense,  n.  9107;  and  the  external  and  corporeal  sense  is  the  ul- 
timate, in  which  the  interiors  of  life  close,  and  in  which  they 
rest  as  in  their  common  [basis],  n.  5077,  9212,  9216.  The  ca&u 
is  similar  in  regard  to  Divine  Truth  in  the  letter,  which  is  called 
the  Word,  and  which  on  this  account  also  was  given  in  this 
earth  and  not  in  another.  And  whereas  the  Lord  is  the  Word, 
and  its  first  and  last,  that  all  things  might  exist  according  to 
order,  He  was  willing  also  on  this  account  to  be  born  in  this 
earth,  and  be  made  the  Word,  according  to  what  is  written  in 
John,  "  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was 
with  God,  and  God  was  the  Word.  This  was  in  the  beginning 
with  God.  All  things  were  made  by  Him,  and  without  Him 
was  not  any  thing  made  which  was  made.  And  the  Word  was 
made  flesh  and  dwelt  among  us,  and  we  saw  His  glory,  the 
glory  as  of  the  only  begotten  of  the  Father.  No  one  hath  seen 
God  at  any  time ;  the  only  begotten  Son,  who  is  in  the  bosom 


212 


EXODUS. 


of  the  Father,  He  hath  brought  him  forth  to  view,"  1,  2,  3,  4, 
14,  18  ;  the  Word  is  Divine  Truth.  But  this  is  an  arcanum, 
which  will  be  intelligible  only  to  few. 

9361.  That  the  inhabitants  of  other  earths  rejoice  when  they 
hear  that  God  has  assumed  the  human  [principle],  and  made 
this  Divine,  and  that  thus  God  is  actually  a  man,  will  be  seen 
at  the  end  of  the  last  chapters  of  Exodus. 

9362.  In  what  now  follows,  even  to  the  end  of  the  book  of 
Exodus,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  an  account  will  he 
given  of  the  inhabitants,  spirits,  and  angels,  Qf  the  earths  in 
the  starry  heaven. 


EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY-FOURTH. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9363.  TO  believe  those  things  which  the  Word  teaches,  or 
which  the  doctrine  of  the  church  teaches,  and  not  to  live  ac- 
cordingly, appears  as  if  it  were  faith  ;  and  some  also  conjecture 
that  they  are  saved  by  it,  but  no  one  is  saved  by  it  alone,  for  it 
is  persuasive  faith,  the  quality  of  which  shall  now  be  declared. 

9364.  Persuasive  faith  is,  when  the  "Word  and  the  doctrine 
of  the  church  is  believed  and  loved,  not  with  a  view  to  the  end 
of  serving  the  neighbor,  that  is,  a  man's  fellow  citizen,  his 
country,  the  church,  heaven,  and  the  Lord  Himself,  consequently 
not  with  a  view  to  life,  for  to  serve  them  is  life,  but  with  a  view 
to  gain,  honors,  and  the  fame  of  erudition,  as  ends  :  wherefore 
they  who  are  in  that  faith,  do  not  look  to  the  Lord  and  to  hea- 
ven, but  to  themselves  and  the  world. 

9365.  They  who  aspire  after  great  things  in  the  world,  and 
are  covetous  of  many  things,  are  in  a  stronger  persuasive  prin- 
ciple that  what  the  doctrine  of  the  church  teaches  is  true,  than 
they  who  do  not  aspire  after  great  things,  and  who  are  not  cov- 
etous of  many  tilings.  The  reason  is,  because  the  doctrine  of 
the  church  is,  to  the  former,  only  a  medium  [or  means]  to  at- 
tain their  own  ends  ;  and  so  far  as  the  ends  are  desired,  so  far 
the  means  are  loved,  and  are  also  believed. 

9366.  But  the  case  in  itself  is  this  ;  so  far  as  they  are  in  the 
fire  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  and  from  that  tire  speak, 
preach,  and  act,  so  far  they  are  in  the  above  persuasive  princi- 
ple, and  in  such  case  they  know*  no  other  than  that  it  is  so.  But 


9361—9369.]  EXODUS.  213 

when  they  are  not  in  the  lire  of  those  loves,  they  then  believe 
nothing,  and  several  of  them  deny.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
persuasive  faith  is  the  faith  of  the  mouth  and  not  of  the  heart: 
thus  that  in  itself  it  is  not  faith. 

9367.  They  who  are  in  persuasive  faith,  do  not  know  from 
an}T  internal  illustration,  whether  what  they  teach  be  true  or 
false ;  yea,  neither  do  they  care  about  it,  if  so  be  they  are  only 
believed  by  the  vulgar,  for  they  are  in  no  affection  of  truth  for 
the  sake  of  truth.  They  also  detend  faith  alone  more  than  others, 
and  make  account  of  the  good  of  faith,  which  is  charity,  in  pro- 
portion as  they  can  gain  by  it. 

9368.  They  who  are  in  persuasive  faith,  recede  from  faith, 
if  they  be  deprived  of  honors  and  gains,  provided  their  reputa- 
tion is  not  endangered  ;  for  persuasive  faith  is  not  inwardly  with 
man,  but  stands  without,  in  the  memory  only,  from  which  it  is 
pressed  forth  when  it  is  taught.  Wherefore  that  faith  with  its 
truths  vanishes  away  after  death  ;  for  then  there  remains  only 
that  principle  of  faith  which  is  inwardly  in  man,  that  is,  which 
is  rooted  in  good,  thus  which  has  been  made  of  the  life. 

9369.  They  who  are  in  persuasive  faith,  are  meant  by  those 
described  in  Matthew,  "  Many  will  say  to  Me  in  that  day, 
Lord,  Lord,  have  we  not  prophesied  by  Thy  name,  and  by  Thy 
name  cast  out  demons,  and  in  Thy  name  done  many  virtues  ?  but 
then  will  I  confess  to  them,  I  know  you  not,  ye  workers  of  ini- 
quity," vii.  22,  23.  Also  in  Luke,  "  Then  will  ye  begin  to  say, 
we  have  eaten  before  Thee,  and  have  drunk,  and  Thou  hasttaught 
in  our  streets  :  but  He  will  say,  I  say  to  you,  I  know  you  not, 
whence  ye  are,  depart  from  Me  all  ye  workers  of  iniquity,"  xiii. 
26,  27.  They  are  also  meant  by  the  live  foolish  virgins,  who 
had  no  oil  in  their  lamps,  thus  described  in  Matthew,  "  At 
length  came  the  other  virgins,  saying,  Lord,  Lord,  open  to  us  : 
but  He  answering  will  say,  verily  L  say  unto  you,  I  know  you 
not"  xxv.  11,  12.    Oil  in  lamps  is  good  in  faith,  n.  886,  4638. 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 

1.  AND  He  said  to  Moses,  come  up  to  Jehovah,  thou  and 
Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  and  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel, 
and  bow  yourselves  from  afar. 

2.  And  Moses  he  only  shall  approach  to  Jehovah,  and  they 
shall  not  approach,  and  the  people  shall  not  come  up  with  him. 

3.  And  Moses  came,  and  related  to  the  people  all  the  words 
of  Jehovah,  and  all  the  judgments;  and  all  the  people  an- 
swered with  one  voice,  and  said,  all  the  words  which  Jehovah 
hath  spoken,  we  will  do. 


214  EXODUS.  [Chap.  xxiv. 

4.  And  Moses  wrote  all  the  words  of  Jehovah,  and  rose 
in  the  morning  early,  and  built  an  altar  under  the  mountain, 
and  twelve  statues  for  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel. 

5.  And  he  sent  the  children  [boys]  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and 
they  offered  burnt-offerings  and  sacrificed  peace-making  sacri- 
fices [of]  heifers  to  Jehovah. 

6.  And  Moses  took  half  of  the  blood,  and  put  it  in  basins, 
and  sprinkled  half  of  the  blood  upon  the  altar. 

7.  And  he  took  the  book  of  the  covenant,  and  read  in  the 
ears  of  the  people,  and  they  said,  all  things  which  Jehovah 
hath  spoken  we  will  do  and  hear. 

8.  And  Moses  took  the  blood,  and  sprinkled  upon  the  peo- 
ple, and  said,  behold  the  blood  of  the  covenant,  which  Jeho- 
vah hath  established  with  you  upon  all  these  words. 

9.  And  Moses  went  up  and  Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  and 
seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel. 

10.  And  they  saw  the  God  of  Israel,  and  under  His  feet  as 
the  work  of  sapphire  stone,  and  as  the  substance  of  heaven  as 
to  cleanliness. 

11.  And  to  the  sons  of  Israel  apart  He  sent  not  His  hand,  and 
they  saw  God,  and  did  eat  and  drink. 

12.  And  Jehovah  said  to  Moses,  come  up  to  Me  into  the 
mountain,  and  be  thou  there,  and  I  will  give  to  thee  tables  of 
Btone,  and  a  law,  and  a  precept,  which  I  will  write  to  teach 
them. 

13.  And  Moses  arose  and  Joshua  his  minister,  and  Moses 
went  up  into  the  mountain  of  God. 

14.  And  he  said  to  the  elders,  sit  for  us  in  this  [place],  until 
we  return  to  you ;  and  behold  Aaron  and  Hur  are  with  you  ; 
every  one  who  hath  words,  let  him  come  to  them. 

15.  And  Moses  went  up  to  the  mountain,  and  the  cloud  co- 
vered the  mountain. 

16.  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  tarried  upon  Mount  Sinai, 
and  the  cloud  covered  it  six  days,  and  He  called  to  Moses  on 
the  seventh  day  out  of  the  midst  of  the  cloud. 

17.  And  the  aspect  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah  was  as  devour- 
ing fire  on  the  head  of  the  mountain,  to  the  eyes  of  the  sons  ot 
Israel. 

18.  And  Moses  entered  into  the  midst  of  the  cloud,  and  went 
up  to  the  mountain,  and  Moses  was  in  the  mountain  forty  days 
and  fortv  nights. 


9370—9372.] 


EXODUS. 


215 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9370.  TH  E  subject  treated  of,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  con- 
cerning the  Word  given  from  the  Lord  through  heaven,  what 
its  quality  is,  that  it  is  Divine  in  each  sense,  the  internal  and 
external ;  and  that  by  it  is  effected  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord 
with  man. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9371.  VERSES  1,  2.  And  He  said  to  Moses,  come  up  to 
Jehovah,  thou,  and  Aaron,  Nadab,  and  Abihu,  and  seventy 
of  the  elders  of  Israel,  and  bow  yourselves  from  afar  off.  And 
Moses,  he  only  shall  approach  to  Jehovah,  and  they  shall  not 
approach,  and  the  people  shall  not  come  up  with  him.  And  He 
said  to  Moses,  signifies  what  concerns  the  Word  in  general. 
Come  up  to  Jehovah,  signifies  conjunction  with  the  Lord. 
Thou,  and  Aaron,  signifies  the  Word  in  the  internal  and  ex- 
ternal sense.  Nadab  and  Abihu,  signifies  doctrine  derived 
from  each  [sense].  And  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel,  sig- 
nifies the  chief  truths  of  the  church,  which  are  of  the  Word,  or 
doctrine  agreeing  with  good.  And  bow  yourselves  from  afar  off, 
signifies  humiliation  and  adoration  from  the  heart,  and  in  such 
case  influx  of  the  Lord.  And  Moses,  he  only  shall  approach 
to  Jehovah,  signifies  the  conjunction  and  presence  of  the  Lord 
by  the  Word  in  general.  And  they  shall  not  approach,  signifies 
non-conjunction  and  presence  separate.  And  the  people  shall 
not  come  up  with  him,  signifies  absolutely  non-conjunction 
with  the  external  without  the  internal. 

9372.  "  And  He  said  to  Moses  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
what  concerns  the  Word  in  general,  appears  from  the  represen- 
tation of  Moses,  as  being  the  Word,  of  which  we  shall  speak 
presently ;  and  from  the  signification  of  saying,  as  involving 
those  things  which  follow  in  this  chapter,  thus  which  concern 
the  Word,  n.  9370.  That  Moses  represents  the  Word,  may  be 
manifest  from  those  things  which  have  been  often  before  shown 
concerning  Moses,  as  from  the  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Ge- 
nesis, and  n.  4859,  5922,  6723,  6752,  6771,  6827,  7010,  7014, 
7089,  7382,  8601,  8760,  8787,  8805,  which  may  be  seen ;  in 
this  case  Moses  represents  the  Word  in  general,  because  it  is 
6aid  of  him  in  what  follows,  that  he  approached  alone  to  Jeho 
vah,  verse  2,  and  also  that  he  being  called  out  of  the  midst  of  the 
cloud,  entered  in  and  ascended  the  mountain,  verses  16, 18.  In 
the  Word  there  are  several  who  represent  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Truth,  or  as  to  the  Word.  But  the  principal  among  them  are 
Moses,  Elias,  Eli&La,  and  John  the  Baptist ;  that  Moses  thus 


216 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


represents  the  Word,  may  be  seen  in  the  explications  just  now 
above  cited  ;  that  Elias  and  Elisha  are  thus  representative,  may 
be  seen  in  the  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Genesis,  and  n.  2762, 
5247  ;  that  John  the  Baptist  represents  the  Word,  is  manifest 
from  this  consideration,  that  he  is  Elias  who  was  to  come;  he 
who  does  not  know  that  John  the  Baptist  represented  the  Lord 
as  to  the  Word,  cannot  know  what  all  those  things  involve  and 
signify,  which  are  said  concerning  him  in  the  New  Testament. 
Wherefore  that  this  arcanum  may  evidently  appear,  and  at  the 
same  time  that  Elias  and  also  Moses,  who  were  seen  when  the 
Lord  was  transformed,  signified  the  Word,  it  is  allowed  here  to 
quote  some  passages  which  are  written  concerning  John  the 
Baptist,  as  in  Matthew,  "  After  that  the  messengers  of  John 
departed,  Jesus  began  to  speak  concerning  John,  saying,  what 
went  ye  out  into  the  wilderness  to  see,  a  reed  shaken  by  the  wind  f 
but  what  wen  t  ye  out  to  see,  a  man  clothed  in  soft  raiment  ?  behold 
they  who  wear  soft  things,  are  in  kings'  houses :  but  what  went  ye 
out  to  see,  a  prophet  ?  yea,  I  say  unto  you,  and  more  than  a  pro- 
phet ;  this  is  he  of  whom  it  is  written,  behold  I  send  My  messen- 
ger before  Thy  face,  who  shall  prepare  Thy  way  before  Thee  : 
verily,  I  say  unto  you,  tliere  hath  not  arisen,  among  them  that 
are  bom  of  women  ,  a  greater  than  John  the  Baptist  ;  but  he  who 
is  least  in  the  kingdom  of  the  heavens  is  greater  than  he.  All  the 
prophets  and  the  lav)  prophesied  until  John,  and  if  ye  are  willing 
to  receive  [it],  this  is  Elias  which  was  for  to  come  :  he  that  hath 
ears  to  hear  let  him  hear,"  xi.  7  to  15,  and  Luke  vii.  24  to  2S. 
How  these  things  are  to  be  understood,  no  one  can  know,  unless 
he  know  that  John  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  and 
unless  he  know  on  this  occasion  from  the  internal  sense,  what 
is  signified  by  the  wilderness  in  which  he  was  ;  also  what  by  a 
reed  shaken  with  the  wind,  and  likewise  by  soft  clothing  in  the 
houses  of  kings ;  and  next  what  is  signified  by  his  being  more 
than  a  prophet,  and  bv  none  amongst  those  that  are  born  of 
women  being  greater  than  he,  and  yet  the  least  in  the  kingdom 
of  the  heavens  is  greater  than  he  ;  and  lastly  by  his  being  Elias. 
For  all  these  things  without  a  deeper  sense,  are  mere  sounds 
grounded  in  some  kind  of  comparison,  and  not  grounded  in  any 
thing  of  any  weight.  But  it  is  altogether  otherwise  when  by 
John  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  or  the  Word  represen- 
tatively. In  this  case  by  the  wilderness  of  Judea,  in  which  Jolm 
wa6,  i6  signified  the  state  in  which  the  Word  was  at  that  time, 
when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world,  namely,  that  it  was  in  the 
wilderness,  that  is,  in  such  obscurity,  that  the  Lord  was  not  at 
all  acknowledged,  neither  was  any  thing  known  concerning  His 
heavenly  kingdom  ,  when  yet  all  the  prophets  prophesied  con- 
cerning Him,  and  concerning  His  kingdom,  that  it  was  to  endure 
for  ever  That  a  wilderness  denotes  such  obscurity,  see  n.  2708, 
473G,  7313  ;  the  Word  therefore  is  compared  to  a  reed  shaken  by 


9372.] 


EXODUS. 


217 


the  wind,  when  it  is  explained  of  pleasure,  for  a  reed  in  the  in- 
ternal sense  is  truth  in  the  ultimate,  such  as  the  Word  is  in  the 
letter.  That  the  word  in  the  ultimate,  or  in  the  letter,  before 
the  view  of  men,  is  as  somewhat  rude  and  obscure,  but  in  the 
internal  sense  is  soft  and  shining, is  signified  by  their  notseeing 
a  man  clothed  in  soft  raiment,  behold  they  who  wear  soft  things 
are  in  kings'  houses.  That  sucli  things  are  signified  by  these 
words,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  raiment  or  garments, 
as  denoting  truths,  see  n.  2132,  2576,  4545,  4763,  5248,  6914, 
6918,  9093  ;  and  that  on  this  account  the  angels  appear  clothed 
in  garments  soft  and  shining  according  to  the  truths  derived  from 
good  appertaining  to  them,  n.  5248,  5319,  5954,  9212,  9216  ; 
also  from  the  signification  of  the  houses  of  kings,  as  denoting 
the  abodes  where  the  angels  are,  and  in  the  universal  sense  the 
heavens,  for  they  are  called  houses  from  good,  n.  2233,  2234, 
3128,  3652,  3720,  4622,  4982,  7836,  7891,  7996,  7997,  and 
kings  from  truth,  n.  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  4575,  4581,  4966, 
5044,  6148  ;  therefore  the  angels  are  called  the  sons  of  the 
kingdom,  the  sons  of  a  king,  and  also  kings,  from  the  recep- 
tion of  truth  from  the  Lord.  That  the  Word  is  more  than  any 
doctrine  in  the  world,  and  more  than  any  truth  in  the  world, 
is  signified  by  what  went  ye  out  to  see,  a  prophet  ?  yea,  I  say 
to  you,  and  more  than  a  prophet,  and  that  there  has  not  risen 
amongst  those  that  are  born  of  women  a  greater  than  John  the 
Baptist,  for  a  prophet  in  the  internal  sense  is  doctrine,  n.  2534, 
7269,  and  they  that  are  born,  or  the  sons  of  women,  are 
truths,  n.  489,  491,  533,  1147,  2623,  2803,  2813,  3704,  4257. 
That  the  Word  in  the  internal  sense,  or  such  as  it  is  in  heaven, 
is  in  a  degree  above  the  Word  in  the  external  sense,  or  such 
as  it  is  in  the  world,  and  such  as  John  the  Baptist  taught,  is 
signified  by  the  least  in  the  kingdom  of  the  heavens  being 
greater  than  he  ;  for  the  Word  perceived  in  heaven  is  of  such 
wisdom,  that  it  transcends  all  human  apprehension.  That  the 
prophesies  concerning  the  Lord  and  concerning  His  kingdom, 
and  the  representatives  of  the  Lord  and  of  His  kingdom,  ceased 
when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world,  is  signified  by  all  the  pro- 
phets and  the  law,  prophesying  until  John.  That  the  Word 
was  represented  by  John  as  by  Elias,  is  signified  by  his  being 
Elias  who  was  to  come  ;  also  by  these  words  in  Matthew,  "  The 
disciples  asked  Jesus,  why  do  the  scribes  say,  that  Elias  must  first 
come  ?  He  answering  said,  Elias  indeed  shall  first  come,  and 
restoi'e  all  things  /  I  say  unto  you  that  Elias  hath  already  come, 
and  they  did  not  acknowledge  him, but  did  in  him  whatsoever  they 
willed.  So  likewise  shall  the  Son  of  Man  safer  of  them :  and 
they  understood  that  He  spake  to  them  of  John  the  Baptist"  xvii. 
10,  13.  That  Elias  came,  and  they  did  not  acknowledge  him, 
but  did  in  him  whatsoever  they  willed,  signifies  that  the  Word 
indeed  taught  them  that  the  Lord  was  to  come,  but  that  still 


218 


EXODUS. 


[Chaf.  xxiv. 


they  were  not  willing  to  comprehend,  interpreting  it  in  favor 
of  self-dominion,  and  thereby  extinguishing  the  Divine  prin- 
ciple which  was  in  it.  That  they  were  about  to  do  the  like 
with  Divine  Truth  itself,  is  signitied  by  likewise  so  shall  the 
Son  of  Man  suffer  of  them.  That  the  Son  of  Man  is  the  Lord 
as  to  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  2S03,  2813,  3704.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  is  now  evident  what  is  meant  by  the  prophesy 
concerning  John  in  Malachi,  "  Behold  I  send  unto  you  Elias 
the  prophet,  he/ore  the  great  and  terrible  day  of  Jehovah  cometh" 
iv.  5.  The  Word  is  also  described  in  the  ultimate,  or  such  as 
it  is  in  the  external  form  which  appears  before  man  in  the  world, 
by  the  clothing  and  by  the  food  of  John  the  Baptist,  as  in 
Matthew,  "  John  the  Baptist  preaching  in  the  wilderness  of 
Judea  had  clothing  of  camel's  hair,  and  aleathern  girdle  about 
his  loins,  and  his  food  was  locusts  and  wild  honey"  iii.  1,  3,  4 
In  like  manner,  as  Elias  in  the  JJ.  Book  of  Kings,  where  it  is 
written,  "  that  he  was  a  hairy  man,  and  girded  about  the  loins 
with  a  girdle  of  leather"  1,  8.  By  clothing  or  a  garment, 
when  concerning  the  Word,  is  signified  Divine  Truth  therein 
in  the  ultimate  form ;  by  the  hairs  of  a  camel  are  signified 
scientific  truths,  such  as  there  are  before  man  in  the  world ;  by 
a  leathern  girdle  is  signified  the  external  bond  connecting  and 
keeping  in  order  all  interior  things  ;  by  food  is  signified  spiritual 
nourishment  derived  from  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good 
from  the  Word  ;  by  locusts  are  signitied  ultimate  or  most 
common  truths ;  and  by  wild  honey  their  pleasantness.  The 
reason  why  such  things  are  signitied  by  clothing  and  food,  is 
grounded  in  representatives  in  the  other  life;  where  all  appear 
clothed  according  to  truths  derived  from  good,  and  where  food 
also  is  represented  according  to  the  desire  of  knowing  and 
growing  wise  ;  from  this  ground  it  is  that  clothing  or  a  garment 
denotes  truth,  see  the  quotations  above ;  and  that  food  or  meat 
denotes  spiritual  nourishment,  n.  3114,  4459,  4792,  5147,  5293, 
5340,  5342,  5576,  5579,  5915,  8562,  9003.  That  a  girdle  de- 
notes a  bond  gathering  together  and  containing  interior  things, 
6ee  n.  9341 ;  that  leather  denotes  what  is  external,  see  n.  3540, 
thus  a  leathern  girdle  denotes  an  external  bond ;  that  hairs  de- 
note ultimate  or  most  common  truths,  n.  3301,  5569  to  5573 ; 
that  a  camel  denotes  the  scientific  principle  in  general,  n.  3048, 
3071,  3143,  3145,  4156  ;  that  a  locust  denotes  nourishing  truth 
in  the  extremes,  n.  3301*  ;  and  that  honey  denotes  its  pleasant- 
ness, n.  5620,  6857,  8056 ;  it  is  called  wild  honey  [mel  agreste, 
or  honey  of  the  tield],  because  by  a  tield  is  signified  the  church, 
n.  2971,  3317,  3766,  7502,  7571,  9139,  9295.  He  who  does 
not  know  that  such  things  are  signified,  cannot  in  any  wise 
know  why  Elias  and  John  were  so  clothed  ;  that  those  things 
signified  something  peculiar  to  those  prophets,  every  one  may 
think,  who  thinks  well  of  the  Word.    Inasmuch  as  John  the 


9373.] 


EXODUS. 


219 


Baptist  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  therefore  also  when 
he  spake  concerning  the  Lord,  who  was  the  Word  itself,  he  said 
of  himself  that  he  was  not  El  ias,  nor  a  prophet,  and  that  he 
was  not  worthy  to  loose  the  latchet  of  the  Lord's  shoe,  as  in 
John,  "  In  the  beginning  was  *he  Word,  and  the  Word  was  with 
God,  and  God  was  the  Word :  and  the  Word  was  made  flesh,  Mid 
dwelt  amongst  us,  and  we  saw  His  glory.  The  Jews  from  Jeru 
ealem,  thepnests  and  Levites  asked  John  who  he  was/  he  confessed 
and  denied  not,  I  am  not  the  Christ  ;  they  therefore  asked  him, 
what  then,  art  thou  Eliast  but  he  said,  I  am  not  ;  art  thou  a 
prophet  ?  he  answered  no :  wherefore  thoy  said,  who  art  thou  ?  he 
said,  I  am  the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness,  make  righ  t 
the  way  of  the  Lord,  as  said  the  prophet  Isaiah.  They  said 
therefore,  why  baptizest  thou  then,  if  thou  art  not  the  Christ, 
nor  Elias,  nor  apr<yphetf  He  answered,  I  baptise  with  water, 
there  standeth  one  in  the  midst  among  you,  whom  ye  know  not : 
He  it  is  who  cometh  after  me,  who  was  before  me,  the  latchet 
of  whose  shoe  I  am  not  worthy  to  unloose.  When  he  saw  Jesus, 
he  said,  behold  the  Iamb  of  God,  who  taketh  away  the  sins  of 
the  world.  This  is  He  of  whom  I  said,  after  me  cometh  a  man, 
who  was  before  me,  because  He  was  prior  to  me,"  i.  1,  14,  19  to 
30.  From  these  words  it  is  evident  that  John,  when  he  spake 
concerning  the  Lord  Himself,  who  was  Divine  Truth  Itself  or 
the  Word,  said  that  he  was  not  any  thing,  inasmuch  as  the 
shade  disappears  when  the  light  itself  appears  or  the  represen- 
tative disappears  when  the  effigy  itself  appears.  That  represen- 
tatives had  respect  to  holy  things  and  to  the  Lord  Himself, 
and  not  at  all  to  the  person  that  represented,  see  n.  665, 1097, 
1361,  3147,  3831,  4208,  4281,  4288,  4292,  4307,  4444,  4500, 
6304,  7048,  7439,  8588,  8788,  8S06.  He  who  does  not  know- 
that  representatives  vanish  away  like  shadows  at  the  presence  of 
light,  cannot  know  why  John  denied  that  he  was  Elias  and  a 
prophet.  From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest, 
what  is  signified  by  Moses  and  Elias  whowere  seen  in  glory,  and 
discoursed  with  the  lord,  when  he  was  transformed,  concerning 
the  Exit  [Exitus]  which  he  was  about  to  accomplish  in  Jerusalem, " 
Luke  ix.  29,  30, 31,  namely,  that  the  Word  is  signified  ;  by  Moses 
the  historical  Word,  and  by  Elias  the  prophetic  Word,  which  in 
the  internal  sense  throughout  treats  of  the  Lord,  of  His  coming 
into  the  world,  and  of  His  exit  out  of  the  world  ;  wherefore  it 
is  said  that  Moses  and  Elias  were  seen  in  glory,  for  glory  is  the 
internal  sense  of  the  Word  ;  and  a  cloud  is  its  external  sense, 
see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Gen.  and  n.  5922,  8427. 

9373.  "  Come  up  to  Jehovah  " — that  hereby  is  signified  con- 
cerning conjunction  with  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  coming  up,  as  denoting  to  be  elevated  towards  interior 
things,  see  n.  3084,  4539,  4969,  5406,  5817,  6007,  and  hence 
also  to  be  conjoined,  n.  8760.    The  reason  why  it  denotes  with 


220 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxir. 


the  Lord  is,  because  by  Jehovah  in  the  "Word  is  meant  the  Lord, 
see  n.  1343,  1736,  1793,  2001,  2005,  2018,  2025,  2921,  3023, 
3035,  5663,  62S0,  6303,  6905,  8271,  8861,  9315.  The  arcanum 
which  also  lies  concealed  in  the  internal  sense  of  these  words  is, 
that  the  sons  of  Jacob,  over  whom  Moses  presided  as  a  head, 
were  not  called  and  chosen,  but  that  they  themselves  insisted 
that  Divine  worship  should  be  instituted  amongst  them,  accord- 
ing to  what  was  said,  n.  1290,  1293  ;  wherefore  it  is  said,  and 
lie  said  to  Moses,  come  up  to  Jehovah,  as  if  not  Jehovah  but 
another  said  that  he  should  come  up.  For  the  same  reason  in 
what  follows  it  is  said  that  the  people  should  not  come  up, 
verse  2,  and  that  Jehovah  did  not  send  His  hand  to  the  sous 
of  Israel  apart,  verse  11 ;  also  that  the  aspect  of  the  glory  of 
Jehovah  was  as  devouring  fire  in  the  head  of  the  mountain  to 
the  eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  verse  17,  aud  lastly  that  Moses 
being  called  on  the  seventh  day  entered  into  the  midst  of  the 
cloud ;  for  by  the  cloud  is  meant  the  Word  in  the  letter,  n.  5922, 
6313,  6832,  8106,  8143,  8781,  and  with  the  sons  of  Jacob  the 
"Word  was  separated  from  its  internal  sense,  for  they  were  in 
external  worship  without  internal ;  which  maybe  manifest  from 
the  consideration,  that  they  now  said  as  before,  all  the  Words 
which  Jehovah  hath  spoken  we  will  do,  verse  3  ;  and  yet  scarcely 
had  forty  days  elapsed  after  this  time,  when  they  worshipped  a 
golden  calf  instead  of  Jehovah,  whence  it  is  evident,  that  this 
lay  concealed  in  their  heart,  at  the  time  they  said  with  their 
mouth,  that  they  would  serve  Jehovah  alone  :  when  yet  they 
who  are  meant  by  the  called  and  the  chosen,  are  those  who  are 
in  internal  worship,  and  from  internal  in  external,  that  is,  who 
are  in  love  and  in  faith  to  the  Lord,  and  hence  in  love  towards 
their  neighbor. 

9374.  "  Thou  and  Aaron  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  "Word 
in  the  internal  and  external  sense,  appears  from  the  representa- 
tion of  Moses,  as  denoting  the  "Word,  see  above,  n.  9373  ;  but 
when  Aaron,  who  was  his  brother,  is  adjoined  to  him,  then 
Moses  represents  the  Word  in  the  internal  sense,  and  Aaron  in 
the  external,  as  also  above,  n.  70S9,  7382. 

9375.  "  Nadab  and  Abihu" — that  hereby  is  signified  doctrine 
derived  from  each,  is  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  they 
were  the  sous  of  Aaron  ;  wherefore  when  by  Aaron  is  signified 
the  Word,  by  his  sons  is  signified  doctrine,  by  the  elder,  doc- 
trine derived  from  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  by  the 
younger,  doctrine  derived  from  its  external  sense ;  doctrine 
derived  from  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  doctrine  from 
the  external  sense  of  the  Word,  is  one  doctrine,  for  they  who 
are  in  the  internal,  are  also  in  the  external ;  for  the  church  of 
the  Lord  every  where  is  internal  and  external,  the  internal  is  of 
the  heart,  and  the  external  is  of  the  mouth,  or  the  internal  is 
of  the  will,  and  the  external  is  of  the  action.  When  the  internal 


9374—9377.] 


EXODUS. 


221 


makes  one  with  the  external  with  man,  then  what  is  of  the 
heart  is  also  of  the  mouth,  or  what  is  of  the  will  is  also  of  the 
action,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  then  in  the  mouth  the  heart 
is  speaking,  and  in  the  action  the  will  is  acting,  without  any 
disagreement ;  thus  also  faith  is  speaking,  and  love  or  charity 
is  acting,  that  is,  the  Lord  from  whom  is  faith  and  charity. 
Inasmuch  as  Nadab  and  Abihu,  the  sons  of  Aaron,  represented 
doctrine  derived  from  the  Word,  they  were  slain,  when  they 
instituted  worship  grounded  in  other  doctrine  than  what  is  from 
the  Word  :  which  was  represented  by  what  is  written  of  them 
in  Moses,  "  the  sons  of  Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  took  every 
man  his  censer,  and  gave  fire  in  it,  upon  which  they  put  incense, 
and  thus  brought  to  Jehovah  strange  fire,  concerning  which 
he  had  not  commanded  them,  therefore  there  went  out  fire 
from  before  Jehovah,  and  devoured  them,  that  they  died  before 
Jehovah.  And  Moses  said  to  Aaron,  this  is  what  Jehovah 
spake,  saying,  I  will  be  sanctified  in  those  who  are  nigh  to 
Me,"  Levit.  x.  1  to  3.  By  strange  fire  in  the  censer,  is  signified 
doctrine  from  another  source  than  from  the  Word ;  for  fire 
is  the  good  of  love,  and  incense  is  the  truth  of  faith  thence 
derived ;  and  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth  of  faith  are  what 
enter  doctrine  which  is  from  the  Word,  and  constitute  it ; 
hence  it  is  evident  why  they  were  consumed  by  fire  from  before 
Jehovah.  To  be  sanctified  in  those  who  are  nigh  denotes  with 
those,  who  are  conjoined  to  the  Lord  by  the  good  of  love  and 
the  truth  of  faith  derived  from  the  Word :  that  fire  is  the 
good  of  celestial  love,  see  n.  934,  4906,  5071,  5215,  6314,  6832, 
6834,  6849,  7324,7852,  9055  ;  and  that  incense  is  faith  grounded 
in  the  good  of  love,  will  be  shown  elsewhere. 

9376.  "  And  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel" — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  chief  truths  of  the  church,  or  of  doctrine  agree- 
ing with  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  seventy,  as  de- 
noting what  is  full,  thus  all,  see  n.  6508  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  elders  of  Israel,  as  denoting  the  chief  truths  of 
the  church  agreeing  with  good,  thus  which  are  of  the  Word, 
or  of  doctrine  derived  from  the  Word,  because  all  those  agree 
with  good.  That  the  elders  of  Israel  denote  those  truths,  see 
n.  6524,  8578,  8585.  The  reason  why  those  truths  which  are 
from  the  Word  agree  with  good  is,  because  they  are  from  the 
Lord,  and  hence  have  heaven  in  them ;  and  if  you  are  willing 
to  believe  in  singular  the  things  of  the  Word,  there  is  heaven, 
in  which  is  the  Lord. 

_  9377.  "And  bow  yourselves  from  afar  off" — that  hereby  is 
signified  humiliation  and  adoration  from  the  heart,  and  in  such 
case  influx  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  bow- 
ing themselves,  as  denoting  humiliation,  see  n.  2153,  5682, 
6266,  7068.  The  reason  why  it  also  denotes  adoration  is,  be- 
cause humiliation  is  the  essential  o*'  all  adoration  and  of  all  wor- 


222 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


ship,  for  without  humiliation  the  Lord  cannot  be  worshipped 
and  adored,  by  reason  that  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord 
cannot  flow-in  into  a  proud  heart,  that  is  into  a  heart  full  of 
self-love,  for  such  a  heart  is  hard,  and  is  called  in  the  Word 
stony,  but  into  a  humble  heart,  because  this  is  soft,  and  is  called 
in  the  Word  fleshy,  thus  is  receptible  of  the  influx  of  good 
from  the  Lord,  that  is,  of  the  Lord  ;  hence  it  is  that  by  bowing 
themselves  from  afar  off,  is  not  only  signified  humiliation  and 
adoration  from  the  heart,  but  also  the  influx  of  the  Lord  in 
such  case.    It  is  said  the  influx  of  the  Lord,  because  the 

food  of  love  and  of  faith,  which  flows  in  from  the  Lord,  is  the 
,ord.    The  reason  why  from  afar  off  denotes  from  the  heart,  is 
because  they  who  are  in  humiliation  remove  themselves  from  the 
Lord,  inasmuch  as  they  regard  themselves  as  unworthy  to  ap- 
proach to  the  most  holy  Divine  [being  or  principle],  for  when 
they  are  in  humiliation,  they  are  in  self-acknowledgment  that 
the}'  are  nothing  but  evil,  yea  what  is  profane,  of  themselves. 
When  they  acknowledge  this  from  the  heart,  they  are  then  in 
true  humiliation ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  expression 
"bow  yourselves  from  afar  off,"  is  signified  humiliation  and  ado- 
ration from  the  heart,  and  in  such  case  the  influx  from  the 
Lord.    But  the  people  of  Israel  were  not  in  such  humiliation 
and  adoration,  but  only  represented  it  by  external  gestures,  for 
they  were  in  externals  without  internals ;  nevertheless  when 
they  humbled  themselves,  they  prostrated  themselves  to  the 
earth,  and  also  rolled  in  the  dust,  and  shouted  with  a  loud  voice, 
and  this  for  whole  days.   He  who  does  not  know  what  true  hu- 
miliation is,  may  be  led  to  believe  that  this  was  humiliation  of 
the  heart ;  but  it  was  not  the  humiliation  of  a  heart  looking  at 
good  from  God,  but  looking  at  God  from  self;  and  a  heart 
looking  from  itself  looks  from  evil,  for  whatsoever  proceeds 
from  man  as  from  himself,  that  is  evil ;  for  they  were  in  the 
love  of  self  and  of  the  world  above  all  people  in  the  universe, 
and  believed  themselves  holy,  if  they  only  offered  sacrifice,  or 
washed  themselves  with  water;  not  acknowledging  that  such 
things  represented  internal  holiness,  which  i6  that  of  charity 
and  faith  from  the  Lord  ;  for  whatsoever  is  holy  is  not  of  man, 
but  is  of  the  Lord  in  man,  n.  9229.    They  who  humble  them- 
selves from  a  belief  of  holiness  derived  from  themselves,  and 
adore  from  a  love  of  God  derived  from  themselves,  humble 
themselves  and  adore  from  6elf-love,  thus  from  a  hard  and  stony 
heart,  and  not  from  a  soft  and  fleshy  heart,  and  are  in  externals, 
and  not  at  the  same  time  in  internals,  for  self-love  dwells  in  the 
external  man,  nor  can  it  enter  into  the  internal,  since  the  inter- 
nal man  is  only  opened  by  love  and  faith  in  the  Lord,  thus 
from  the  Lord,  who  therein  forms  the  heaven  of  man  in  which 
he  dwells. 

9378.  "  And  Moses,  he  alone  shall  approach  to  Jehovah" — 


9378.] 


EXODUS. 


223 


that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  and  the  presence  of  the 
Lord  by  the  Word  in  general,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
approaching,  as  denoting  conjunction  and  the  presence  of  the 
Lord,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  repre- 
sentation of  Moses,  as  denoting  the  Word  in  general,  see  above, 
n.  9372.    The  reason  why  by  Moses  approaching  is  signified 
conjunction  and  the  presence  of  the  Lord  by  the  Word,  is  be- 
cause to  approach,  in  the  spiritual  sense,  signifies  to  be  joined 
together  by  love,  for  they  who  mutually  love  each  other  are 
joined  together,  for  love  is  spiritual  conjunction.    It  is  a  uni- 
versal [principle]  in  the  other  life,  that  all  are  joined  together 
according  to  the  love  of  good  and  truth  from  the  Lord,  hence 
the  whole  heaven  is  such  conjunction.    The  case  is  similar  with 
approach  or  conjunction  with  the  Lord.  They  who  love  Him  are 
conjoined  to  Him,  insomuch  that  they  may  be  said  to  be  in 
Him,  when  in  heaven ;  and  all  those  love  the  Lord,  conse- 
quently are  conjoined  to  Him  by  love,  who  are  in  the  good  ol 
life  derived  from  the  truths  of  faith,  since  good  derived  from 
ihose  truths  is  from  the  Lord,  yea,  is  the  Lord,  John  xiv.  20,  21. 
It  is  however  to  be  noted,  that  man  of  himself  cannot  approach 
to  the  Lord,  and  be  conjoined  to  Him,  but  the  Lord  must  ap- 
proach to  man  and  be  conjoined  to  him;  and  because  the  Lord 
draws  man  to  Himself,  John  vi.  44  ;  chap.  xii.  32  ;  it  appears  as 
if  man  of  himself  approaches  and  conjoins  himself.    This  is  ef- 
fected when  man  desists  from  evil,  for  to  desist  from  evils  is  left 
to  man's  determination  or  freedom  :  in  this  case  there  flows  in 
good  from  the  Lord,  which  is  never  .wanting,  for  it  is  in  the 
very  life  itself  which  man  has  from  the  Lord  ;  but  with  the  life 
good  is  received,  only  in  proportion  as  evils  are  removed.  The 
reason  why  the  conjunction  and  presence  of  the  Lord  is  by  the 
Word  is,  because  the  Word  is  the  union  of  man  with  heaven, 
and  by  heaven  with  the  Lord;  for  the  Word  is  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  wherefore  they  who  are  in 
that  truth  as  to  doctrine  and  life,  or  as  to  faith  and  love,  are  in 
the  Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  are  con- 
joined to  Him.    1  rom  these  considerations  it  is  evident  that  by 
the  words,  "  Moses,  he  alone  shall  approach  to  Jehovah,"  is 
signified  the  conjunction  and  presence  of  the  Lord  by  the  W ord. 
The  reason  why  to  approach  denotes  conjunction  and  presence 
is,  because  in  the  other  life  the  distances  of  one  from  another 
are  altogether  according  to  the  dissimilitudes  and  diversities  of 
the  interiors,  which  are  of  thoughts  and  affection,  see  n.  1273 
to  1277,  1376  to  1381,  9104;  removals  also  from  the  Lord  and 
approaches  to  Him  are  altogether  according  to  the  good  of  love 
and  thence  of  faith  from  Him  and  to  Him  ;  hence  it  is,  that 
the  heavens  are  near  to  the  Lord  according  to  goods,  and  on 
the  other  hand  the  hells  are  remote  from  the  Lord  according  to 
evils.    Hence  it  is  evident  from  what  ground  it  is  that  to  be 


224 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiv 


near  and  to  approach,  in  the  spiritual  sense,  denote  to  be  con- 
joined, as  also  in  the  following  passages,  "  Jehovah  is  near  to 
all  that  call  upon  Him,,  who  call  upon  Him  in  Truth"  Psalm 
cxlv.  18  ;  where  to  be  near  denotes  to  be  present  and  conjoined. 
Again,  "  Blessed  is  he  whom  thou  choosest,  and  makest  to 
approach  ■  he  shall  dwell  in  thy  courts,"  Psalm  lxv.  4 ;  where 
to  make  to  approach  denotes  to  be  conjoined.  Again,  "  Ap- 
proach, 0  Jehovah,  to  my  soul,  deliver  me,"  Psalm  lxix.  18. 
Again,  "  Jehovah  is  near  to  the  broken  in  heart,"  Psalm  xxxiv. 
18.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Let  them  cause  My  people  to  hear 
My  words,  and  I  will  bring  them  back  from  their  evil  away, 
from  the  wickedness  of  their  works,  for  I  am  a  God  nigh  at 
hand,  and  not  a  God  afar  off"  xxiii.  22,  23.  That  God  is  6aid 
to  be  nigh  at  hand  to  those  who  desist  from  evils,  and  afar  off 
from  those  who  are  in  evils,  is  evident.  And  in  Moses,  "  Moses 
said  to  Aaron,  this  is  what  Jehovah  hath  spoken,  I  will  be 
sanctified  in  my  near  ones"  Levit,  x.  3.  To  be  sanctified  in  those 
who  are  near  denotes  amongst  those  who  are  conjoined  to  the 
Lord  by  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth  of  faith  from  the  Word. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Then  shall  his  magnificent  one  be  from  him, 
and  his  ruler  shall  go  forth  from  the  midst  of  him,  and  I  will 
cause  Him  to  approach,  and  he  shall  approach  to  Me  :  for  who 
is  He,  He  hath  betrothed  hi6  heart  to  approach  to  Me"  xxx.  21, 
6peaking  of  the  Lord,  who  is  the  magnificent  one  and  the 
ruler.  To  approach  to  Jehovah  denotes  to  be  united,  for  the 
approach  of  what  is  Divine  to  what  is  Divine  is  nothing  else 
but  union. 

9379.  "  And  they  shall  not  approach  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified non-conjunction  and  presence  separate,  appears  from  the 
representation  of  Aaron,  of  his  sons  Nadab  and  Abihu,  and  of 
the  seventy  elders,  who  in  this  case  are  those  who  were  not  to 
approach,  as  denoting  the  Word  in  the  external  sense,  doctrine, 
and  the  chief  truths  of  the  church,  see  above,  n.  9374,  9375, 
9376  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  approaching,  as  denoting 
conjunction  and  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  see  just  above,  n. 
9378,  in  this  case  non-conjunction  and  presence,  because  it  is 
said  Moses  shall  approach  and  not  they.  The  reason  why  it 
denotes  non-conjunction  and  presence  separate  is,  because  by 
Moses  is  here  represented  the  Word  in  general,  or  the  AVord  in 
every  complex,  n.  9372  ;  and  also  the  Word  in  the  internal 
sense,  n.  7382 ;  but  by  Aaron  and  his  sons,  and  by  the  seventy 
elders,  is  represented  the  Word  in  the  external  sense,  and  the 
things  which  are  thence  derived :  and  whereas  these  things  se- 
parately cannot  be  conjoined  to  the  Lord,  inasmuch  as  the  Lord 
is  the  Word  in  every  complex,  therefore  it  is  said  non-conjunc- 
tion and  presence  separate. 

9380.  M  And  the  people  6hall  not  come  up  with  him  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  absolutely  non-conjunction  with  the  external 


9376—9381.] 


EXODUS. 


225 


without  the  internal,  appears  from  the  signification  of  coining 
up,  as  denoting  conjunction,  as  above,  n.  9373,  in  this  case 
non-conjunction,  because  it  is  said  they  shall  not  come  up. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  with  the  external  sense  of  the 
Word  without  the  internal  is,  because  the  sons  of  Jacob,  who 
in. this  case  are  the  people,  were  in  the  external  without  the 
internal,  see  n.  3479,  4281,  4293,  4307,  4429,  4433,  4680, 
4844,  4847,  4865,  4868,  4S74,  4893,  4903,  4911,  4913,  6304, 
8588,  8788,  8S06,  8871.  That  they  were  in  the  external 
without  the  internal,  is  very  manifest  from  the  worship  of  the 
golden  calf  after  forty  days  from  that  time  ;  they  would  have 
done  otherwise  if  they  had  been  at  the  same  time  in  the 
internal,  that  is,  in  the  good  of  love  and  faith  to  Jehovah,  for 
this  is  the  internal ;  they  who  are  conjoined  by  this,  cannot 
depart  to  the  worship  of  an  idol,  for  the  heart  is  far  from  it ; 
and  whereas  that  people  was  no  otherwise  conjoined  to  the  Lord 
than  by  external  things,  by  which  they  represented  internal 
things,  therefore  it  is  said  that  the  people  shall  not  go  up,  by 
which  is  signified  absolutely  non-conjunction  with  the  external 
without  the  internal ;  representations,  which  are  without  know- 
ledge, faith,  and  affection  of  the  interior  things  which  are  re- 
presented, conjoin  the  thing,  but  not  the  person.  The  case 
is  similar  with  those,  who  remain  in  the  mere  literal  sense  of 
the  Word,  and  thence  collect  nothing  doctrinal ;  for  they  are 
separated  from  the  internal  sense,  inasmuch  as  the  internal  sense 
is  doctrinal  itself.  The  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the  exter- 
nals of  the  Word  is  by  its  interiors  ;  wherefore  if  the  interiors 
be  separated,  no  other  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  externals 
is  given,  than  as  with  the  gesture  of  the  body  without  a  concor- 
dant heart.  The  case  is  also  similar  with  those  who  are  per- 
fectly well  skilled  in  the  doctrine  of  their  own  church  as  to  sin- 
gular the  things  thereof,  but  still  do  not  apply  those  things  to 
life ;  they  also  are  in  externals  without  an  internal ;  for  the  truths 
of  doctrine  appertaining  to  them  are  without,  when  they  are  not 
inscribed  on  their  life.  The  reason  why  there  is  no  conjunction 
of  the  Lord  with  the  truths  of  such  persons  is,  because  the  Lord 
enters  by  [or  through]  the  life  of  man  into  the  truths  of  his 
faith,  thus  by  [or  through]  his  soul  which  is  in  the  truths. 

9381.  Verses  3,  4,  5.  And  Moses  came,  and  related  to  the 
people  all  the  words  of  Jehovah,  and  all  the  judgments,  and  the 
people  answered  with  one  voice,  and  said,  all  the  words  which 
Jehovah  hath  spoken,  we  will  do.  And  Hoses  wrote  all  the 
words  of  Jehovah,  and  rose  in  the  morning  early,  and  built  an 
altar  under  the  mountain,  and  twelve  statues  for  the  twelve  tribes 
of  Israel.  And  he  sent  the  boys  of  the  sons' of  Israel,  and  they 
offered  burnt-offerings,  and  sacrificed  peace-making  sacrifices  [of] 
lieifers  to  Jehovah.  And  Moses  came,  and  related  to  the  people, 
signifies  the  illustration  and  information  of  the  Lord  by  the 
vol.  ix.  15 


226 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxir. 


Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Himself.  All  the  words  of  Jehovah 
and  all  the  judgments,  signifies  the  things  in  the  Word  which 
are  of  life  in  a  spiritual  and  natural  state.  And  all  the  people 
answered  with  one  voice,  signifies  reception  in  the  understanding 
by  those  wh<r  are  truly  of  the  church.  And  they  said,  all  the 
words  which  Jehovah  hath  spoken  we  will  do,  signifies  reception 
in  the  heart  on  the  occasion.  And  Moses  wrote  all  the  words  of 
Jehovah,  signifies  impression  in  such  case  on  the  life.  And 
arose  in  the  morning  early,  signifies  joy  from  the  Lord.  And 
built  an  altar  under  the  mountain,  signifies  a  representative 
of  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle]  as  to  Divine  Good  from 
Himself.  And  twelve  statues  for  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel, 
signifies  of  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle]  as  to  Divine 
Truth  which  is  from  Him  in  every  complex.  And  he  sent  the 
boys  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  those  things  which  are  of 
innocence  and  charity.  And  the}7  offered  burnt-offerings  and 
fiacriticed  peace-making  sacrifices  [of]  heifers  to  Jehovah,  signi- 
fies a  representative  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  good,  and 
from  truth  which  is  derived  from  good. 

9382.  "  And  Moses  came  and  related  to  the  people" — that 
hereby  is  signified  illustration  and  information  of  the  Lord  by 
.the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Himself,  appears  from  the  repre- 
sentation of  Moses,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  thus 
a6  to  Divine  Truth,  for  this  is  the  Word,  see  above,  n.  9372: 
and  from  the  signification  of  coming,  when  concerning  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Word  or  Divine  Truth,  which  is  represented  by 
Moses,  as  denoting  illustration,  for  when  the  Lord  comes,  or  is 
present  in  the  AVord,  .there  is  illustration  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
•cation  of  relating  as  denoting  information  :  hence  it  is  evident, 
that  by  Moses  coming  and  relating  to  the  people  is  signified 
-illustration  and  information  of  the  Lord  by  Divine  Truth.  It 
•may  be  expedient  here  briefly  to  say  how  the  case  is  with 
illustration  and  information  from  the  Word  ;  every  one  is  illus- 
trated and  informed  from  the  Word  according  to  the  affection 
.of  truth  and  the  degree  of  tlie  desire  thereof,  and  according  to 
the  faculty  of  receiving  ;  they  who  are  in  illustration,  as  to  their 
internal  man  are  in  the  light  of  heaven  ;  for  the  light  of  heaven 
is  what  illustrates  man  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  n.  8707, 
They  who  are  thus  illuminated,  apprehend  the  Word  as 
to  its  interiors ;  wherefore  they  from  the  Word  make  to  them- 
selves doctrine,  to  which  they  apply  the  sense  of  the  letter : 
but  they  who  are  not  in  the  affection  of  truth  from  good,  and 
thence  in  the  desire  of  growing  wise,  .are  more  blinded  than 
illustrated  when  they  read  the  Word,  for  they  are  not  in  the 
light  of  heaven-;  and  from  the  light  of  the  world,  which  is 
.called  the  lumen  of  nature,  they  see  only  such  things  as  are  in 
.agreement  with  worldly  things,  and  thus  from  the  fallacies,  in 
.which  the  external  senses  are,  t'xey  lay  hold  of  falscs,  which 


D3S2,  93S3.] 


EXODUS. 


227 


appear  to  them  as  truths.  Hence  the  generality  of  them  make 
to  themselves  no  doctrine,  but  abide  in  the  sense  of  the  letter, 
which  they  apply  to  favor  falses,  especially  such  as  are  in 
agreement  with  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  ;  but  they  who 
are  not  of  this  character,  merely  confirm  the  doctrinals  of  their 
own  church,  and  are  not  concerned,  neither  do  they  know, 
whether  they  be  true  or  false,  see  n.  4741,  5033,  6865,  7012. 
76S0,  7950,  8521,  8780.  Hence  it  is  evident  who  they  are  that 
are  illustrated  from  the  Word,  and  who  they  are  that  are  blinded, 
namely,  that  they  are  illustrated  who  are  in  heavenly  loves,  for 
heavenly  loves  receive,  and  like  sponges  imbibe  the  truths  of 
heaven,  they  are  also  conjoined  together  of  themsel  ves  like  soul 
and  body  ;  but  on  the  other  hand  they  are  blinded  who  are  in 
worldly  loves,  inasmuch  as  these  loves  receive  and  like  sponges 
imbibe  falses,  and  they  are  also  conjoined  together  of  them 
selves  :  for  good  and  truth  agree  together,  and  vice  versa  evil  and 
the  false  ;  wherefore  the  conjunction  of  the  evil  and  the  falses 
is  called  the  infernal  marriage,  which  is  hell  itself ;  and  the  con- 
junction of  good  and  truth  is  called  the  heavenly  marriage,  which 
is  heaven  itself.  The  reason  why  it  is  the  Word  from  which 
illustration  and  information  comes  is,  because  the  Word  in  its 
first  origin  is  Divine  Truth  Itself,  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
and  in  its  descent  into  the  world  is  accommodated  to  all  the 
heavens  ;  hence  it  is  that  when  man,  who  has  heavenly  love, 
reads  the  Word,  he  is  by  it  conjoined  to  heaven,  and  by  heaven 
to  the  Lord,  hence  he  has  illustration  and  information  ;  it  is 
otherwise  when  man,  who  has  worldly  love,  reads  the  Word, 
with  him  there  is  no  conjunction  of  heaven,  therefore  he  has  no 
illustration  and  information.  That  the  union  of  heaven  and  the 
world,  thus  of  the  Lord  with  the  human  race,  is  by  the  Word, 
see  n.  9212,  9216,  9357. 

9383.  "  All  the  words  of  Jehovah  and  all  the  judgments  " — 
that  hereby  are  signified  those  things  in  the  Word  which  are 
of  life  in  a  spiritual  and  natural  state,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  words  of  Jehovah,  as  denoting  those  things  in  the 
Word  which  are  of  life  in  a  spiritual  state,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  judgments,  as 
denoting  those  things  in  the  Word  which  are  of  life  in  a  natural 
state.  It  is  said  in  a  spiritual  state  and  in  a  natural  state,  be- 
cause with  every  man  in  general  there  are  two  states,  one  which 
is  peculiar  and  proper  to  the  internal  man,  which  is  called  the 
spiritual  state,  the  other  which  is  peculiar  and  proper  to  the 
external  man,  which  is  called  the  natural  state.  The  reason  why 
the  state  of  the  internal  man  is  called  spiritual  is,  because  that 
man  is  affected  with  the  truths  which  are  of  the  light  of  heaven, 
and  with  the  good  which  is  of  the  heat  of  that  light,  which  is 
love  ;  that  light  is  called  spiritual  light,  because  it  illuminates 
the  intell  ectual  principle,  and  that  heat  is  called  spiritual  heat, 


228 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxit. 


which  is  love,  and  enkindles  the  will  principle  ;  hence  it  is  that 
the  state  of  the  internal  man  is  called  the  spiritual  state  :  hut  the 
reason  why  the  state  of  the  external  man  is  called  the  natural 
state  is,  because  that  man  is  affected  with  the  truths  which  are 
of  the  light  of  the  world,  and  with  the  good  which  is  of  the  heat 
of  that  light,  which  also  is  love,  but  the  love  of  such  things  as 
are  in  the  world  ;  for  all  the  heat  of  life  is  love ;  hence  it  is  that 
the  state  of  the  external  man  is  called  natural ;  those  things 
which  are  of  life  in  the  natural  state  are  meant  by  judgments, 
but  those  things  which  are  of  life  in  the  spiritual  state  are  meant 
by  the  words  of  Jehovah.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  those 
things  which  are  of  the  Word  is,  because  in  the  "Word  are  all 
things  that  are  of  life,  for  in  themselves  they  have  life  itself, 
since  in  the  Word  is  the  Divine  Truth  which  has  proceeded, 
and  does  proceed  from  the  Lord,  Who  is  life  itself.  Hence  it 
is  that  all  things  which  are  in  the  Word  are  of  life,  because  also 
all  things  therein  have  reference  to  life,  as  may  be  manifest  from 
the  two  precepts,  on  which  all  things  of  the  Word  are  founded, 
concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Matthew,  "Jesus  said, 
thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  from  thy  whole  heart,  and  in 
thy  whole  soul,  and  in  thy  whole  mind  ;  this  is  the  primary  and 
great  precept :  the  second  is  like  uuto  it,  thou  shalt  love  thy 
neighbor  as  thyself;  on  these  two  precepts  hang  the  law  and 
the  prophets,"  xxii.  35  to  40 ;  Mark  xii.  29,  30,  31.  To  love 
God  and  the  neighbor  is  of  life,  because  the  all  of  life  is  of 
love,  insomuch  that  without  love  there  is  no  life,  and  such  as 
the  love  is  such  is  the  life.  The  law  and  the  prophets  are  the 
whole  Word. 

9354.  u  And  all  the  people  answered  with  one  voice  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  reception  in  the  understanding  by  those  who 
are  truly  of  the  church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  answer- 
ing with  one  voice,  as  denoting  reception  in  the  understanding, 
for  to  answer  denotes  reception,  n.  2941,  2957  ;  and  voice 
denotes  confession  which  comes  forth  from  the  understanding, 
for  the  things  which  are  of  the  mouth,  and  thence  of  the  speech 
and  voice,  correspond  to  the  intellectual  part ;  from  that  part 
also  the  voice  or  speech  proceeds,  but  the  affection  itself  of 
speech,  which  is  grounded  in  the  end  intended,  or  in  the  love 
which  vivifies,  proceeds  from  the  will- part;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  sons  of  Israel,  who  in  this  case  are  the  people,  as 
denoting  the  church,  see  n.  9340;  thus  denoting  those  who 
arc  truly  of  the  church.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  people 
answering  with  one  voice,  is  signified  reception  in  the  under- 
standing by  those  who  are  truly  of  the  church. 

9355.  "  And  they  said,  all  the  words  which  Jehovah  hath 
spoken  we  will  do'' — that  hereby  is  signified  in  this  case,  re- 
ception in  the  heart,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  words 
which  Jehovah  hath  spoken,  as  denoting  truths  from  the  Word 


9384r-9387.] 


EXODUS 


229 


which  are  of  life,  as  above,  n.  9383 :  and  from  the  signification 
of  doing,  as  denoting  reception  on  the  will  part,  see  n.  9282; 
thus  reception  in  the  heart,  for  the  heart  in  the  "Word  is  the 
will,  n  .7512,  8910,  9050,  9113,  9300;  the  reason  why  by 
these  words  is  signified  reception  in  the  will,  and  by  those 
which  immediately  precede,  reception  in  the  understanding,  is, 
because  in  all  and  singular  the  things  of  the  Word  there  is  a  mar- 
riage of  truth  and  good,  n.  9263  ;  thus  the  heavenly  marriage, 
which  is  heaven,  and  in  the  supreme  sense  the  Lord  Himself; 
and  truth  has  relation  to  the  understanding,  and  good  to 
the  will. 

9386.  "  And  Moses  wrote  all  the  words  of  Jehovah  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  impression  in  such  case  on  the  life,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  writing,  as  denoting  to  impress  on  the 
life,  of  which  we  6hall  6peak  presently;  and  from  the  repre 
sentation  of  Moses,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  as 
above,  n.  9372,  9382;  and  from  the  signification  of  all  the 
words  of  Jehovah,  as  denoting  truths  from  the  Word,  see  also 
above,  n.  9383  ;  hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  Moses  writing  all 
the  words  of  Jehovah  are  signified  Divine  Truths  impressed  on 
the  life  by  the  Lord.  Truths  are  said  to  be  impressed  on  the 
life,  when  they  become  of  the  will,  and  thence  of  the  act ;  so 
ongas  they  remain  merely  in  the  memory,  and  so  long  as  they 
are  viewed  only  intellectually,  so  long  they  are  not  impressed 
on  the  life,  but  as  soon  as  they  are  received  in  the  will,  they 
then  become  of  the  life,  inasmuch  as  the  very  esse  of  the  life  of 
man  is  to  will  and  thence  to  act;  neither  are  they  appropriated 
to  man  until  this  is  the  case.  The  reason  why  to  write  de- 
notes to  impress  on  the  life  is,  because  writings  are  for  the  sake 
of  remembrance  to  all  posterity  :  in  like  manner  those  things 
which  are  impressed  on  the  life  of  man.  Man  has  as  it  were 
two  books,  on  which  are  written  all  his  thoughts  and  actions  ; 
those  books  are  his  two  memories,  the  exterior  and  interior ; 
those  things  which  are  written  on  his  interior  memory,  remain 
to  all  eternity,  nor  are  they  in  any  case  blotted  out ;  those 
things  are  principally  what  have  been  made  of  the  will,  that  is, 
of  the  love,  for  the  things  which  are  of  the  love,  are  of  the 
will.  This  memory  is  what  is  meant  by  the  book  of  every  one's 
life,  see  n.  2174. 

9387.  "And  he  arose  in  the  morning  early  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  joy  from  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
rising,  as  involving  elevation  towards  things  superior,  see 
n.  2101,  2785,  2912,  2927,  3171,  4103 ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  morning  and  early,  as  denoting  the  Lord,  and  the 
things  which  are  from  Him,  as  peace,  innocence,  love,  joy, 
see  u.  2405,  2780,  7681,  8426,  8812.  The  reason  why  morn- 
ing and  early  have  this  signification  is,  because  the  seasons  ol 
the  year,  which  are  spring,  summer,  autumn,  and  winter,  and 


230 


EXODUS. 


Chap,  xxi* 


also  the  times  of  the  day,  which  are  morning,  noon,  evening 
and  night,  correspond  to  so  many  states  in  heaven  ;  hence 
morning  corresponds  to  the  coming  and  presence  of  the  Lord, 
which  is,  when  an  angel  is  in  a  state  of  peace,  of  innocence, 
and  of  celestial  love,  and  thence  in  joy.  Concerning  these  cor- 
respondences, see  n.  5672,  5962,  6110,  8426,  9213. 

9388.  "And  built  an  altar  under  the  mountain" — that 
hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple] of  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good  from  Him,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  an  altar,  as  being  a  representative  of  the  Lord's 
Divine  Human  [principle],  see  n.  921,  2777,  2811,  4489 ;  and 
hence  the  principal  representative  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord, 
n.  4541,  8935,  8940  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  mountain,  as 
denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  4210,  6435,  8327,  8658,  8758 ; 
in  this  case  the  Divine  Good  of  love  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
because  it  was  Mount  Sinai,  where  the  Lord  was  at  that  time. 
That  Mount  Sinai  denotes  Divine  Good  united  to  Divine  Truth 
from  the  Lord,  see  n.  8805. 

9389.  "And  twelve  statues  for  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord's  Divine 
Human  [principle]  as  to  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Himself  in 
even-  complex,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  statue,  as 
being  a  representative  of  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle] 
as  to  truth.  The  reason  why  this  is  signified  by  a  statue  is,  he- 
cause  by  an  altar  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord's  Di- 
vine Human  [principle]  as  to  Good,  and  a  statue  in  the  repre- 
sentative sense  is  the  holy  principle  of  truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord  n.  4580,  4582  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  twelve  and 
twelve  tribes,  as  denoting  all  goods  and  truths  in  the  complex, 
see  n.  577,  2089,  3858,  3913,  3926,  3939,  4060,  6335,  6337, 
6397,  6640,  7973 ;  thus  the  things  which  are  from  the  Lord. 
The  reason  why  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle]  is  sig- 
nified by  an  altar  and  by  statues  is,  because  all  the  representa- 
tives in  the  church,  which  are  treated  of  in  the  Word,  in  the 
supreme  sense,  have  respect  to  the  Lord  Himself,  wherefore  also 
the  Word  in  its  inmost  and  supreme  sense  treats  of  the  Lord 
alone,  and  especially  of  the  glorification  of  His  Human  [prin- 
ciple] ;  hence  the  Word  derives  all  its  holiness  ;  but  this  sense 
is  presented  principally  in  the  inmost  or  third  heaven,  where 
they  are  who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord,  and  thence  in  wisdom 
ahove  the  rest. 

9390.  "And  sent  the  boys  of  the  sons  of  Israel" — that 
hereby  are  signified  those  things  which  are  of  innocence  and 
charily,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  boys  of  the  sons  of 
Israel,  as  denoting  those  things  which  are  of  innocence  and 
charity  appertaining  to  those  who  are  of  the  church;  for  by 
sucklings,  infants,  and  boys,  are  signified  those  who  are  in  inno- 
cence and  charity,  or,  abstractedly  from  persons,  those  things 


9388—9391.] 


EXODUS. 


2$. 


which  are  of  innocence  and  charity,  n.  430,  5236  ;  and  by  the 
sons  of  Israel  are  signified  those  who  are  of  the  church,  or,  ab- 
stractedly from  persons,  churches,  n.  9340. 

9391.  "  And  they  offered  burnt-offerings  and  sacrificed  peace- 
making sacrifices  [of]  heifers  to  Jehovah  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified a  representative  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  good 
and  from  truth  which  is  grounded  in  good,  appears  from  the  re- 
presentation of  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices,  as  denoting  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  in  general,  see  n.  922,  6905,  8936,  and 
specifically  denoting  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of 
love  represented  by  burnt-offerings,  and  from  the  truth  of  faith 
which  is  grounded  in  good,  represented  by  sacrifices,  see  n. 
86S0  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  heifers,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  innocence  and  charity  in  the  external  or  natural  man, 
of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  the  beasts  which  were  sacri- 
ficed signified  the  quality  of  good  and  truth  from  which  wor- 
ship was  performed,  n.  922,  1823,  2180,  3519.   That  the  tame 
and  useful  beasts  signified  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  the 
good  of  love,  and  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  the  truth  of 
faith,  and  that  on  this  account  they  were  applied  in  sacrifices, 
see  n.  9280.    The  reason  why  an  heifer  signifies  the  good  of 
innocence  aud  charity  in  the  external  or  natural  man  is,  because 
those  things  which  were  from  the  herd  signified  the  affections 
of  good  and  truth  in  the  external  or  natural  man,  and  things 
which  were  from  the  flock,  the  affections  of  good  and  truth  in 
the  internal  or  spiritual   man,  n.  2566,  5913,  6048,  8937, 
9135  ;  the  things  from  the  flock  were  lambs,  she-goats,  sheep, 
rams,  he-goats,  and  the  things  from  the  herd  were  oxen,  heifers, 
calves.    Lambs  and  sheep  signified  the  good  of  innocence 
and  charity  in  the  internal  or  spiritual  man,  hence  calves  and 
heifers,  because  they  were  of  a  tenderer  age  than  oxen,  signified 
the  like  in  the  external  or  natural  man.  That  heifers  and 
calves  signified  that  good,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the 
Word  where  they  are  named  ;  as  in  Ezekiel,  "  The  feet  of  the 
four  animals,  the  right  foot,  and  the  sole  of  their  feet  was  as  the 
sole  of  the  foot  of  a  calf,  and  they  sparkled  as  a  species  of  fine 
wrought  brass,"  i.  7  ;  speaking  of  the  cherubs,  who  are  de- 
scribed by  four  animals  ;  that  cherubs  denote  the  guard  or  pro- 
vidence of  the  Lord  to  prevent  any  passage  to  Himself  except  by 
good.  see.  n.  9277  ;  external  or  natural  good  was  represented 
by  the  right  foot,  and  by  the  sole  of  the  feet  being  as  the  sole  of 
ihe  foot  of  a  calf.  For  feet  signify  those  things  which  are  of  the 
natural  man,  the  right  foot  those  things  which  are  of  good,  and 
the  sole  of  the  feet  those  things  which  are  ultimate,  in  the  na- 
tural man.  That  feet  have  this  signification,  see  n.  2162,  3147, 
3761,  3986,  4280,  4938  to  4952,  5327*,  5328 ;  and  that  heels, 
soles,  and  hoofs,  denote  ultimate  things  in  the  natural  man,  see 
u.  4J38,  7729.    The  reason  why  the  soles  of  the  feet  sparkled 


232 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxtr. 


as  a  species  of  fine  wrought  brass  was,  because  brass  signifies 
natural  good,  n.  425,  1551  ;  and  sparkling  brass  as  fine  wrought 
signifies  good  shining  from  the  light  of  heaven,  which  is  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord.  From  these  considerations  it 
is  evident,  that  by  a  calf  is  signified  the  good  of  the  external  or 
natural  man.  In  like  manner  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  Around  the 
throne  were  four  animals  full  of  eyes  before  and  behind  ;  and  the 
first  animal  was  like  unto  a  lion,  but  the  second  animal  was  like 
unto  a  calf /  but  the  third  animal  had  a  face  as  a  man  ;  lastly, 
the  fourth  animal  was  like  a  flying  eagle,"  iv.  6,  7;  in  this 
passage  also  by  the  four  animals,  which  are  cherubs,  is  sig- 
nified the  Lord  s  guard  and  providence,  to  prevent  His  being  ap- 
proached except  by  the  good  of  love  ;  the  guard  itself  is  effected 
by  truths  and  the  goods  thence  derived,  and  by  good  and  the 
truth  thence  derived.  Truth  and  the  good  thence  derived,  in 
the  external  form,  are  signified  by  a  lion  and  a  calf,  and  good 
and  the  truth  thence  derived,  in  the  internal  form,  by  the  face 
of  a  man  and  a  flying  eagle.  That  a  lion  denotes  truth  derived 
from  good  in  its  power,  see  n.  6367,  hence  a  calf  denotes  the 
good  itself  thence  derived.  And  in  Hosea,  "  Return  ye  to  Je- 
hovah, say  to  Him,  take  away  all  iniquity,  and  receive  good, 
and  we  will  repay  the  heifers  of  our  lips,'''  xiv.  2  ;  no  one  can 
know  what  is  meant  by  repaying  the  heifers  of  the  lips,  unless 
he  know  what  is  signified  by  heifers  and  what  by  lips.  That  it 
denotes  confession  and  giving  of  thanks  out  of  a  good  heart  is 
evident,  for  it  is  said,  "  Return  ye  to  Jehovah,  and  say  to  Him, 
receive  good,  and  in  this  case,  we  will  repay  the  heifers  of  the 
lips,"  denoting  to  confess  to  Jehovah,  and  to  give  Him  thanks, 
from  the  goods  of  doctrine,  for  lips  denote  those  things  which 
are  of  doctrine,  see  n.  1286,  1288.  And  in  Amos,  "  Ye  at- 
tract the  habitation  of  violence,  they,  lie  upon  beds  of  ivory,  and 
eat  lambs  of  the  flock,  and  calces  out  of  the  midst  of  t/ie  stall" 
vi.  3,  4.  In  this  passage  are  described  those  who  are  in  an 
abundance  of  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  and  still  live 
wickedly.  To  eat  lambs  of  the  flock  is  to  learn  and  appropriate  to 
themselves  the  goods  of  innocence  which  are  of  the  internal,  or 
spiritual  man  ;  to  eat  calves  from  the  midst  of  the  stall  denotes 
to  learn  and  appropriate  to  themselves  the  goods  of  innocence 
which  are  of  the  external,  or  natural  man.  That  to  eat  is  to  ap- 
propriate, see  n.  3168,  3513,  3596,  3832,  4745.  That  lambs 
denote  the  goods  of  innocence,  see  n.  3994,  7840.  Inasmuch 
as  lambs  denote  the  interior  goods  of  innocence,  it  follows,  that 
calves  from  the  midst  of  the  stall  denote  the  exterior  goods 
of  innocence;  for  in  the  Word,  especially  the  prophetic,  it  is 
customary  to  treat  of  truth  where  good  is  treated  of,  on  account 
of  the  heavenly  marriage,  n,  9263,  9314  ;  and  also  to  speak  of 
external  things  where  internal  things  are  spoken  of;  stall  and 
fat  also  signify  the  good  of  interior  love,  n.  5943.    In  like 


9391.] 


EXODUS. 


manner  in  Malachi,  "To  you  that  fear  my  name  shall  the  Sun 
of  Justice  arise,  and  healing  in  liis  wings,  that  ye  may  go  forth 
and  grow  as  calves  of  the  stall  "  iv.  2.    And  in  Luke,  "  The 
father  said  concerning  the  prodigal  son,  who  retuvnin'g  wrought 
repentance  of  heart,  bring  forth  the  chief  robe,  and  put  it  on 
him,  and  give  a  ring  into  his  hand,  and  shoes  for  his  feet; 
moreover,  bring  the  fatted  calf,  and  slay,  that  eating  together 
we  may  be  glad,"  xv.  22,  23.    He  who  apprehends  nothing 
but  the  sense  of  the  letter,  will  believe  that  no  deeper  things  are 
here  concealed,  when  yet  singular  the  expressions  involve  celes- 
tial things,  as  that  they  should  clothe  him  with  the  chief  robe, 
that  they  should  give  a  ring  into  his  hand,  and  shoes  on  his 
feet,  and  should  bring  the  fatted  calf,  and  slay,  that  eating  to 
gether  they  might  be  glad.  By  the  prodigal  son  are  meant  those 
who  have  been  prodigal  of  heavenly  riches,  which  are  the 
knowledges  of  good  and  truth  ;  by  his  return  to  his  father  and 
confession  that  he  was  not  worthy  to  be  called  his  son,  is  sig- 
nified repentance  of  heart  and  humiliation  ;  by  the  chief  robe 
with  which  he  was  to  be  clad,  are  signified  common  truths,  u. 
4545,  5248,  5319,  5954,  6914,  6918,  9093,  9212,  9216  ;  and 
by  the  fatted  calf,  common  goods  corresponding  to  those  truths. 
The  like  is  signified  by  calves  and  heifers  in  other  places,  as 
Isaiah  xi.  6 ;  Ezek.  xxxix.  18  ;  Psalm  xxix.  6 ;  Psalm  lxix. 
31  ;  also  in  the  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices,  Exod.  xxix.  11, 
12,  and  following  verses ;  Levit.  iv.  3,  and  following  verses, 
also  13  and  following  verses  ;  chap.  viii.  15  and  following  verses  ; 
chap.  rx.  2  ;  chap.  xvi.  3 ;  chap,  xxiii.  18  ;  Num.  viii.  8  and 
following  verses ;  chap.  xv.  24  and  following  verses ;  chap, 
xxiii.  29,  30  ;  Judges  vi.  25  to  29  ;  1  Sam.  i.  25  ;  chap.  xvi. 
2  ;  1  Kings  xviii.  23  to  26,  33.     The  reason  why  the  sous  of 
Israel  made  to  themselves  a  golden  calf,  and  worshipped  it  in- 
stead of  Jehovah,  Exod.  xxxii.  1  to  the  end,  was,  because  in 
their  heart  remained  Egyptian  idolatry,  although  with  the  mouth 
they  confessed  Jehovah.  Amongst  ttie  idols  in  Egypt  the  prin- 
cipal were  she-calves  and  he-calves  of  gold,  by  reason  that  a 
she-calf  signified  scientific  truth,  which  is  the  truth  of  the  natu 
ral  man,  and  a  he-calf  its  good,  which  is  the  good  of  the  na- 
tural man,  also  because  gold  signified  good.     This  good  and 
that  truth  they  presented  in  effigy  by  he-calves  and  she-calves  of 
gold  ;  but  when  the  representatives  of  celestial  things  were  there 
turned  into  things  idolatrous,  and  at  length  into  things  magical, 
then  in  Egypt,  as  in  other  places,  the  effigies  themselves,  which 
represented,  were  made  idols,  and  began  to  be  worshipped ; 
hence  the  idolatries  of  the  ancients,  and  the  magical  arts  of 
Egypt.     For  the  ancient  church,  which  succeeded  the  most 
ancient,  was  a  representative  church,  all  the  worship  of  which 
consisted  in  ceremonies,  statutes,  judgments,  and  precepts, 
which  represented  divine  and  celestial  things,  which  are  the  in- 


234 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  x* 


terior  things  of  the  church.  This  church  after  the  flood  wafc 
extended  through  a  large  part  of  the  Asiatic  orb,  and  was  also 
in  Egypt ;  but  in  Egypt  were  cultivated  the  scientifics  of  that 
church,  whence  the  Egyptians  more  than  others  were  skilled  in 
the  science  of  correspondences  and  representations,  as  may  be 
manifest  from  the  hieroglyphics,  and  from  the  magical  arts, 
and  idols  of  that  country,  also  from  the  various  things  which 
are  related  in  the  Word  concerning  Egypt.  Hence  it  is,  that 
by  Egypt  in  the  "Word  is  signified  the  scientific  principle  in  gene- 
ral, both  as  to  truth  and  as  to.  good,  also  the  natural  principle, 
for  the  scientific  principle  is  of  the  natural  man;  this  latter  prin- 
ciple was  also  signified  by  a  she-calf  and  a  he-calf.  That  the 
ancient  church,  which  was  representative,  was  extended  through 
several  kingdoms,  and  that  it  was  also  in  Egypt,  see  n.  123S, 
2385,  7097.  That  the  scientifics  of  the  church  were  cultivated 
principally  in  Egypt,  and  that  therefore  by  Egypt  in  the  "Word  is 
signified  the  scientific  principle  in  each  sense,  see  n.  1164, 1165, 
1186,  1462,  4749,  4964,  4966,  5700,  5702,  6004,  6015,  6125, 
6651,  6679,  66S3,  6692,  6693,  6750,  7779,  7926.  And  whereas 
ecientific  truth  and  its  good  is  the  good  and  truth  of  the  natural 
man,  that  therefore  also  by  Egvpt  in  the  Word  is  signified  the 
natural  principle,  n.  4967,  5079,  5030,  5095,  5160,  5276, 
5273,  5280,  5288,  5301,  6004,  6015,  6147,  6252.  From  these 
considerations  it  is  now  evident,  that  she-calves  and  he-calves 
were  amongst  the  primary  idols  of  Egypt,  by  reason  that  she- 
calves  and  he-calves  signified  scientific  truth  and  its  good,  which 
are  of  the  natural  man,  the  like  with  Egypt  itself,  so  that  Egypt 
and  a  calf  were  of  the  same  signification  ;  wherefore  concerning 
Egypt  it  is  thus  said  in  Jeremiah,  ''''Egypt  is  a  very  beautiful 
she-calf,  destruction  cometh  from  the  north ;  and  her  hirelings 
in  the  midst  of  her  are  as  fatted  he-calves"  xlvi.  20,  21 ;  where 
a  she-calf  denotes  scientific  truth  which  is  of  the  natural  man  ; 
the  hirelings,  who  are  he-calves,  denote  those  who  do  good  for 
the  sake  of  gain,  n.  8002  ;  thus  he-calves  denote  such  good, 
which  in  itself  is  not  good,  but  is  the  delight  of  the  natural  man 
separate  from  the  spiritual.  This  is  the  delight  in  which  the  sons 
of  Jacoh  were,  which  in  itself  is  idolatrous;  wherefore  it  was 
permitted  them  to  make  it  known  and  to  testify  it  by  the  ado- 
ration of  a  calf,  Exod.  xxxii.  1,  to  the  end.  This  is  also  thus 
described  in  David,  "  They  made  a  calf  in  Horeb,  and  bowed 
themselves  to  what  was  graven,  and  changed  glory  into  the 
etfigy  of  an  ox  that  eateth  herb,"  Psalm  cvi.  19,  20.  By  mak- 
ing a  calf  in  lloreb  and  bowing  themselves  to  what  was  graven, 
is  signified  idolatrous  worship,  which  is  that  of  ceremonies,  of 
statutes,  of  judgments,  and  of  precepts,  in  the  external  form 
only,  and  not  at  the  same  time  iu  the  internal.  That  that  na- 
tion was  in  externals  without  an  internal  principle,  see  n.  9320, 
9373,  9377,  9380,  9381* ;  and  that  thus  in  their  heart  they 


9391.] 


EXODUS. 


235 


were  idolaters,  see  n.  3732,  4208,  42S1,  4825,  599S,  7401, 
8301,  8871,  8882.  By  their  changing  glory  into  the  effigy  of 
an  ox  that  eateth  herb,  is  signified  that  they  alienated  them- 
selves from  the  internal  things  of  the  Word  and  of  the  church, 
and  worshipped  what  is  external,  which  is  merely  a  scientific 
principle  without  life  ;  for  glory  is  the  internal  of  the  Word 
and  of  the  church,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen.  n.  592-2, 
8267,  8427.  The  effigy  of  an  ox  is  the  resemblance  of  good  in 
an  external  form,  for  an  effigy  is  a  resemblance,  thus  what  is 
without  life,  and  an  ox  denotes  good  in  the  natural  principle, 
thus  in  an  external  form,  n.  2566,  2781,  9135.  To  eat  herb 
denotes  to  appropriate  it  to  itself  only  scientifically,  for  to  eat 
is  to  appropriate,  n.  3168,  3513,  3596,  4745;  and  herb 
denotes  the  scientific  principle,  n.  7571.  Inasmuch  as  such 
tilings  were  signified  by  the  golden  calf,  which  instead  of  Je- 
hovah was  worshipped  by  the  sons  of  Israel,  therefore  Moses 
proceeded  with  it  in  the  following  manner;  "  Your  sin,  the  calf 
which  ye  made,  I  took,  and  burned  it  with  fire,  and  bruised  it 
by  grinding  it  well,  until  it  was  made  small  as  powder,  and  I 
cast  the  powder  thereof  into  the  brook  that  came  down  from  the 
mountain,"  Dent.  ix.  21.  Why  the  golden  calf  was  so  dealt 
with,  no  one  knows,  unless  he  know  what  is  signified  by  being 
burned  with  fire,  being  bruised,  being  ground,  and  made  small 
as  powder,  and  what  by  a  brook  descending  from  the  mountain, 
into  which  the  powder  was  cast.  The  state  is  described  of  those 
who  worship  external  things  without  an  internal  principle, 
namely,  that  they  are  in  the  evils  of  self-love  and  the  love  of  the 
world,  and  in  the  falses  thence  derived  as  to  those  things  which 
are  from  the  Divine  ^being  or  principle],  thus  as  to  the  Word ; 
for  the  fire  in  which  it  was  burned  is  the  evil  of  the  love  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  n.  1297,  1861,  2446,  5071,  5215,  6314, 
6832,  7324,  7575.  The  powder  [or  dust]  into  which  it  was 
rmiised,  is  the  false  principle  thence  confirmed  from  the  sense  of 
the  letter  of  the  Word  ;  and  the  brook  from  Mount  Sinai  is  Di- 
vine Truth,  thus  the  Word  in  the  letter,  for  this  descends  thence; 
for  they  who  are  in  external  things,  without  an  internal  prin- 
ciple, explain  the  Word  in  favor  of  their  own  loves,  and  see 
therein  terrestrial  things,  and  nothingat  all  of  heavenly  things, 
as  the  Israelites  and  Jews  of  old,  and  also  at  this  day.  Like 
things  were  also  represented  by  the  calves  of  Jeroboam  in  Bethel 
and  in  Dan,  1  Kings  xii.  26  to  the  end  ;  and  2  Kings  xvii.  16 ; 
concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Hosea,  "  They  made  a 
king,  and  not  from  Me,  they  made  princes  and  I  did  not  know  ; 
their  silver  and  their  gold  they  made  idols,  that  they  may  be 
cut  off :  thy  calf,  O  Samaria,  hath  forsaken,  for  from  Israel 
was  it  also  ;  the  workmen  made  it,  and  it  was  not  a  god,  because 
the  calf  of  Samaria  shall  be  [broken]  into  pieces"  viii.  4,  5,  6. 
The  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  a  jjerverse  understand- 


236 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxii 


ing  and  a  corrupt  explication  of  the  "Word  by  those  who  are  in 
externals,  without  an  internal  principle,  for  they  remain  in  the 
sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  which  they  draw  to  favor  their 
own  loves  and  the  principles  thence  conceived.  To  make  a  king 
and  not  from  Me,  and  to  make  princes  and  I  know  not,  is  to 
hatch  truth  and  primary  truths  from  their  own  proper  lumen, 
and  not  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  for  king  in  the 
internal  sense  is  truth,  n.  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  4581,  4966, 
5044,  5068,  6148 ;  and  princes  are  primary  truths,  n.  1482, 
2089,  5044.  To  make  their  silver  and  their  gold  idols,  is  to 
pervert  the  scientifics  of  truth  and  good  derived  from  the  sense 
of  the  letter  of  the  Word  in  favor  of  their  own  lusts,  and  still 
to  worship  them  as  holy,  although  they  are  without  life,  being 
derived  from  man's  own  intelligence  ;  for  silver  is  truth,  and 
gold  is  good,  which  are  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle], 
thus  which  are  of  the  Word,  1551,  2954,  5658,  6914,  6917, 
8932  ;  and  idols  are  doctrinals  grounded  in  man's  own  intelli- 
gence, which  are  worshipped  as  holy,  and  jet  have  no  life  in 
them,  n.  8941  ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  by  king  and  princes, 
also  by  silver  and  gold,  are  signified  falses  grounded  in  evil,  for 
those  things  which  are  derived  from  the propriu/u,  are  derived 
from  evil,  and  hence  they  are  falses,  although  outwardly  they 
appear  as  truths,  because  taken  from  the  sense  of  the  letter  of 
the  Word  ;  hence  it  is  evident  what  the  calf  of  Samaria,  which 
the  workman  made,  signifies,  namely,  good  in  the  natural  man, 
and  not  at  the  same  time  in  the  spiritual,  thus  non-good,  be- 
cause applied  to  evil.  The  workman  made,  and  not  God,  denotes 
that  it  Mas  from  the propriumi  and  not  from  the  Divine  [being 
or  principle]  ;  to  be  [broken]  into  pieces  denotes  to  be  dissi- 
pated. Like  things  are  signified  by  calves  in  Hosea :  "  They 
add  to  sin,  and  make  to  themselves  a  graven  thing  from  their 
silver  idols  in  theirown  intelligence,  the  whole  work  of  artificers, 
saying  to  them,'sacrificing  a  man,  kissing  calves"  xiii.  2.  From 
these  considerations  it  is  now  evident  what  is  signified  by  calf 
and  heifer  in  the  following  passages,  "The  unicorn  shall  come 
down  with  them,  and  the  heifer*  with  the  strong,  and  their 
land  shall  be  drunken  with  blood,  and  their  dust  shall  be  made 
fat  with  fatness,"  Isaiah  xxxiv.  7.  Again,  in  the  same  pro- 
phet, "The  fortified  cit}r  is  solitary,  the  habitation  is  forsalkeu 
and  left  as  a  wilderness,  there  the  calf  shall  feed,  and  there 
he  shall  lie  down,  and  shall  consume  the  branches  thereof, 
the  harvest  thereof  shall  wither,"  xxvii.  10.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
"From  the  shout  of  llishbon  even  to  Eleahleh,  even  to  Jahaz, 
have  they  uttered  their  voice,  from  Zoar  even  even  toHoronaim. 
a  calf  of  three  years  old,  because  all  the  waters  of  Nimri  shall 
be  for  desolations,"  xlviii.  34.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  My  heart 
shonteth  over  Moab,  his  fugitives  are  oven  to  Zoar,  a  calf  of 
three  years  old,  for  in  the  going  up  of  Luhith  he  shall  go  up 


9391.]  EXODUS.  V 

with  weeping,"  xv.  5.  And  in  Ilosea,  "  Ephraim  is  a  taught 
calf,  loving  to  thresh  [corn],"  x.  11.  And  in  David,  "  Rebuke 
the  wild  beasts  of  the  reed,  the  congregation  of  the  strong, 
amongst  the  calves  of  the  people,  treading  down  the  fragments 
of  silver,  he  hath  dispersed  the  people,  they  desire  Avars," 
Psalm  lxviii.  30.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the 
arrogance  of  those,  who  from  scientifics  are  willing  to  enter 
into  the  mysteries  of  faith,  and  not  to  acknowledge  any  tiling 
but  what  themselves  hatch  thence.  Inasmuch  as  these  see  no- 
thing from  the  light  of  heaven,  which  is  from  the  Lord,  but 
from  the  lumen  of  nature  which  is  from  the  proprium,  they 
seize  upon  shadows  instead  of  light,  upon  fallacies  instead  of 
realities,  and  in  general  upon  the  false  instead  of  truth.  These, 
inasmuch  as  they  think  insanely  because  from  lowest  principles, 
are  called  the  wild  beasts  of  the  reed,  and  because  they  reason 
sharply,  they  are  called  the  congregation  of  the  strong,  and  be- 
cause they  dissipate  the  truths  as  yet  remaining  as  scattered 
amongst  the  goods  of  those  who  are  in  the  truths  of  the  church, 
it  is  said  of  them  that  they  tread  under  foot  the  fragments  of 
silver  amongst  the  calves  of  the  people",  and  further,  that  they 
disperse  the  people,  that  is,  the  church  itself  with  its  truths , 
the  lust  of  assaulting  and  destroying  those  truths  is  meant  by 
desiring  Avars.  From  these  considerations  it  is  again  evident 
that  calATes  denote  goods;  in  Zecliariah,  chap.  xii.  4,  it  is  said, 
"Every  horse  of  the  people  I  Avill  smite  with  blindness,"  and 
by  horse  of  the  people  are  signified  the  intellectual  things  of 
truth  appertaining  to  those  Avho  are  of  the  church,  because 
horse  denotes  the  intellectual  principle  of  truth,  n.  2761  ;  but 
it  is  here  said,  treading  under  foot  the  fragments  of  silver  and 
dispersing  the  people  amongst  the  calves  of  the  people,  and  by 
treading  under  foot  and  dispersing  is  signified  to  cast  doAvnand 
to  dissipate,  n.  258  ;  by  silver  is  signilied  truth,  n.  1551,  2954, 
565S,  6112,  6914,  6917,  7999,  8932;  and  by  people  those  who 
are  of  the  church  in  truths,  n.  2928,  7207  ;  thus  also  the  truths 
of  the  church,  n.  1259,  1260,  3295,  35S1  ;  thus  by  calves  of 
the  people  are  signilied  the  goods  which  are  of  the  Avill  principle 
appertaining  to  those  Avho  are  of  the  church.  Moreover, 
that  calves  signify  goods,  is  manifest  in  Jeremiah,  "  1  will  give 
the  men  that  have  transgressed  My  covenant,  Avho  have  not 
established  the  words  of  the  covenant,  which  they  have  made 
before  Me,  of  a  calf,  Avhich  they  have  cut  into  two,  that  they 
might  pass  between  the  parts  thereof  the  princes  of  Judah  and 
the  princes  of  Jerusalem,  the  royal  ministers  and  priests,  and 
all  the  people  of  the  land,  passing  between  the  parts  of  the  calf, 
and  I  will  give  them  into  the  hand  of  their  enemies,  that  their 
carcase  may  be  for  food  to  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  to  the 
beasts  of  the  earth,"  xxxiv.  18,  19,  20.  What  is  meant  by  the 
covenant  of  a  calf,  and  what  by  passing  between  its  parts,  no 


238 


EXODUS. 


TChap.  xxiv. 


one  can  know  unless  he  knows  what  is  signified  by  a  covenant, 
what  by  a  calf,  what  by  its  section  into  two  parts,  also  what  bv 
the  princes  of  Jndah  and  Jerusalem,  by  the  royal  ministers, 
priests,  and  people  of  the  land  ;  it  is  evident  that  a  heavenly 
arcanum  is  involved.  Nevertheless  this  arcanum  may  be  mani- 
fested to  the  understanding,  when  it  is  known  that  a  covenant 
denotes  conjunction,  a  calf  good,  a  calf  cut  into  two  parts,  good 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  on  one  part,  and  good  received  by 
man  on  the  other,  and  that  the  princes  of  J  udah  and  Jerusalem, 
with  the  royal  ministers  and  priests,  and  people  of  the  land, 
denote  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church  from  the  Word, 
and  that  to  pass  between  the  parts  is  to  conjoin.  From  these 
things  thus  known,  it  is  evident,  that  the  internal  sense  of 
these  words  is,  that  there  was  no  conjunction  of  the  good  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord  with  the  good  received  by  man  through 
the  Word,  and  hence  through  the  truths  and  goods  of  the 
church  with  that  nation,  but  that  there  was  disjunction,  by 
reasDn  that  they  were  in  externals  without  an  internal  prin- 
ciple. The  like  was  involved  in  the  covenant  of  a  calf  with 
Abram,  concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  the  book  of 
Genesis,  "  Jehovah  said  to  Abram,  take  to  thee  a  she-calf  of 
three  years  old,  and  a  she-goat  of  three  years  old,  and  a  ram  of 
three  years  old,  and  a  turtle  dove,  and  a  young  pigeon;  and  he 
took  unto  him  all  these,  and  divided  them  in  the  midst,  and 
laid  each  part  over  against  the  other;  and  the  birds  he  did  not 
divide ;  and  the  Dying  thing  [volatile]  came  down  upon  the 
bodies,  and  Abram  drove  them  away  ;  and  the  sun  was  about 
to  go  down,  and  a  deep  sleep  fell  upon  Abram,  aiid  lo !  a  ter- 
ror of  great  darkness  fell  upon  him ;  and  in  that  day  Jehovah 
made  a  covenant  with  Abram,"  xv.  9,  10,  11,  12,  18.  The 
terror  of  great  darkness  which  fell  upon  Abram  signified  the 
state  of  the  Jewish  nation,  that  they  were  in  the  greatest  dark- 
ness as  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church  derived  from  the 
AVord,  because  they  were  in  externals  without  an  internal  prin- 
ciple, and  hence  in  idolatrous  worship,  for  he  who  is  in  exter- 
nals without  an  internal  principle  is  in  idolatrous  worship,  in- 
asmuch as  his  heart  and  his  soul,  when  in  worship,  is  not  in 
heaven,  but  in  the  world,  and  does  not  worship  the  holy  things 
of  the  Word  from  heavenly  love,  but  from  earthly  love.  This 
state  of  that  nation  is  what  is  described  in  the  prophet  by  the 
covenant  of  a  calf,  which  they  cut  into  two  parts  between 
which  they  passed. 

9392.  Verses  6,  7,  8.  And  Moses  took  half  of  the  blood, 
and  put  it  in  basins,  and  half  of  the  blood  he  sprinkled  upon 
the  altar.  And  he  took  the  book  of  the  covenant,  and  read  in 
the  ears  of  the  people,  and  they  said,  all  things  wh  ich  Jehovah 
hath  spoken,  we  will  do  and  hear.  And  Moses  took  the  bloody 
and  sprinkled  upon  the  people,  and  said,  behold  the  blood  of  the 


9392,  9393.] 


EXODUS. 


239 


covenant,  which  Jehovah  hath  established  with  you  upon  all 
these  words.  And  Moses  took  halt'  of  the  blood,  signifies  Divine 
Truth  which  was  made  of  life  and  of  worship.  And  put  in  ba- 
sins, signifies  appertaining  to  man  in  the  things  of  his  me- 
mory. And  half  of  the  blood  he  sprinkled  upon  the  altar,  sig- 
nifies Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle]. 
And  he  took  the  book  of  the  covenant,  signifies  the  Word  in 
the  letter  with  which  the  "Word  in  heaven  is  conjoined.  And 
read  in  the  ears  of  the  people,  signifies  for  hearkening  and 
obedience.  And  they  said,  all  things  which  Jehovah  has  spo- 
ken we  will  do  and  hear,  signifies  reception  of  truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle]  and  obe- 
dience from  the  heart  and  soul.  And  Moses  took  the  blood, 
and  sprinkled  upon  the  people,  signifies  adaptation  to  be  re- 
ceived by  man.  And  said,  behold  the  blood  of  the  covenant, 
signifies  by  it  conjunction  of  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle]  with  heaven  and  with  earth.  Which  Jehovah  has 
established  with  you,  upon  all  these  words,  signifies  that  con- 
junction with  the  Lord  is  effected  by  all  and  singular  the  things 
of  the  Word. 

9393.  «  And  Moses  took  half  of  the  blood  "—that  hereby  is 
signified  Divine  Truth  which  was  made  of  life  and  of  worship, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  blood,  as  denoting  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  see  n.4735,  4978*  7317,  7326, 
7850,  9127 ;  that  it  denotes  Divine  Truth  which  was  made  of 
life  and  worship,  is  because  it  was  the  blood  which  Moses 
sprinkled  upon  the  people,  verse  8,  by  which  blood  is  signified 
Divine  Truth  received  by  man,  thus  which  is  made  of  life  and 
of  worship;  for  that  truth  is  said  to  be  received  by  man,  which 
is  made  of  life  and  thereby  of  worship  ;  and  it  is  then  made  of 
life  and  of  worship,  when  man  is  affected  by  it,  or  loves  it,  or, 
what  is  the  same  thing,  wills  it,  and  from  willing,  thus  from 
love  and  affection  does  it ;  until  this  be  the  case  truth  is  in- 
deed with  man  in  his  memory,  and  is  thence  called  forth  occa- 
sionally to  the  internal  sight  or  understanding,  from  which  it 
again  relapses  into  the  memory  ;  but  so  long  as  Divine  Truth 
has  not  entered  more  interiorly,  it  is  indeed  with  man,  but 
still  it  is  not  implanted  in  the  life  and  will,  for  the  life  of  man 
is  his  will;  wherefore  when  truth  is  called  forth  from  the  memory 
into  the  understanding,  and  from  the  understanding  enters  the 
will,  and  from  the  will  goes  forth  into  act,  in  this  case  it  is  made 
truth  of  man's  life,  and  is  called  good.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  Divine  Truth  being  made 
of  the  life.  The  case  is  similar  in  regard  to  truth  which  is  made  of 
worship ;  the  worship  grounded  in  truth  which  appertains  merely 
to  the  memory,  and  thence  appears  in  the  understanding, 
is  not  worship  ;  but  the  worship  grounded  in  truth  which 
comes  forth  from  the  will,  thus  from  the  affection  and  love,  is 


240 


EXODUS. 


[Cfiap.  xxiv 


worship  ;  tills  latter  worship  in  the  "Word  is  called  worship  from 
the  heart,  hut  the  former  is  worship  of  the  mouth  alone.  It 
has  indeed  been  before  shown  in  the  passages  cited,  that  blood 
^  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  but  whereas 
several  of  the  church  at  this  day  have  no  other  conception  of 
the  blood  in  the  Holy  Supper,  than  of  the  Lord's  blood  shed  upon 
the  cross,  and  in  a  more  general  sense,  of  the  passion  itself  of 
the  cross,  therefore  it  is  allowed  briefly  to  show  farther,  that  it 
is  not  blood  which  is  there  meant,  but  the  Divine  Truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord.  The  reason  why  this  is  unknown  within 
the  church  is,  because  nothing  at  all  is  known  at  this  day  con- 
cerning correspondences,  consequently  neither  concerning  the 
internal  6ense  of  the  Word,  which  is  the  sense  in  which  the  an- 
gels are  when  the  Word  is  read  by  man.  That  blood  is  not  blood 
but  Divine  Truth,  may  be  manifest  from  several  passages  in 
the  Word,  and  evidently  from  this  in  Ezekiel,  "Say  to  the 
bird  of  every  wing,  and  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  held,  be 
gathered  together  and  come,  gather  yourselves  together  from 
around  My  sacrifice,  which  I  sacrifice  for  you,  that  ye  may  eai 
upon  flesh,  and  drink  blood,  ye  shall  eat  the  flesh  of  the  mighty, 
and  drink  the  blood  of  the  princes  of  the  earth  ;  ye  shall  eat  fat 
to  satiety,  and  drink  blood  even  to  drunkenness,  of  My  sacrifice 
which  I  will  sacrifice  for  you.    Ye  shall  be  satisfied  at  my  table 
with  horse  and  chariot,  and  with  every  man  of  war  ;  thus  will 
I  give  My  glory  amongst  the  nations,"  xxxix.  17,  18,  19,  20. 
That  by  blood  is  not  here  meant  blood,  is  very  manifest,  for  it 
is  said  that  they  should  drink  the  blood  of  the  princes  of  the 
earth,  and  the  blood  of  the  sacrifice,  even  to  drunkenness,  when 
yet  to  drink  blood,  and  especially  the  blood  of  princes,  is  an 
abominable  thing,  and  was  forbidden  to  the  sons  of  Israel  under 
punishment  of  death,  Levit.  iii.  17;  chap.  vii.  26;  chap.  xvii.  1 
to  the  end ;  Dent.  xii.  17  to  26  ;  chap.  xv.  23  ;  it  is  said  also 
that  they  should  be  satiated  with  horse,  chariot,  and  every  man 
of  war.    He  therefore  who  does  not  know  that  blood  signifies 
Divine  Truth,  princes  primary  truths,  a  sacrifice  those  things 
which  are  of  worship,  a  horse  the  intellectual  principle  of  truth, 
a  chariot  doctrine,  aud  a  man  of  war  truth  combating  against 
the  false,  must  be  amazed  at  singular  the  words  of  the  above 
passage.    In  like  manner  at  the  Lord's  words  in  John,  "Jesus 
said,  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  unless  ye  eat  the  iesh  of  the 
Son  of  Man,  and  driiik  His  blood,  ye  have  no  life  in  vou.  He 
that  eateth  My  flesh,  and  drinketh  My  blood,  hath  eternal  life, 
and  I  will  raise  him  up  at  the  lastday.    My  flesh  is  truly  meat, 
and  My  blood  is  truly  drink,  he  that  eateth  My  flesh  and  drinketh 
My  blood,  abideth  in  Me,  and  1  in  him,"  vi.  53,  54,  55,  56. 
But  see  what  has  been  before  shown  concerning  these  words, 
n.  4735,  497S*,  7317,  7326,  7850,  9127.    That  flesh  corresponds 
to  good,  in  like  manner,  bread,  and  that  blood  corresponds  to 


9394.] 


EXODUS. 


241 


truth,  in  like  manner,  wine,  has  been  very  frequently  told 
me  from  heaven  ;  in  like  manner,  that  the  angels  perceive  the 
Word  no  otherwise  than  according  to  correspondences,  and  that 
thus  by  the  Word  man  has  conjunction  with  heaven,  and  by 
heaven  with  the  Lord  ;  in  like  manner  it  has  been  told  me, 
that  the  Holy  Supper  was  instituted  by  the  Lord,  to  the  intent 
that  by  it  there  might  be  a  conjunction  of  all  things  of  heaven, 
that  is,  of  all  things  of  the  Lord  with  the  man  of  the  church, 
inasmuch  as  in  it  flesh  and  bread  is  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Di- 
vine Love  of  the  Lord  towards  the  universal  human  race,  and  the 
reciprocal  [good  of  love]  of  man  to  the  Lord.  And  blood  and 
wine  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of 
the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord,  and  received  in  turn  by  man  ;  also 
to  eat  and  drink  those  things  in  heaven  is  to  appropriate  and 
conjoin  ;  but  see  what  has  been  before  shown  on  this  subject, 
n.  2165,  2177,  3464,  4211,  4217,  4581,  4735,  5915,  6789,  7850, 
9323. 

9394.  "  And  put  [it]  in  basins  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
with  man  in  the  things  of  his  memory,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  basins,  as  denoting  the  things  of  the  memory. 
The  reason  why  basins  denote  things  of  the  memory  is,  because 
vessels  in  general  signify  scientifics,  n.  1469,  1496,  3068,  3079; 
and  scientifics  are  nothing  else  but  things  of  the  memory ; 
hence  basins  here  are  such  things  of  the  memory,  in  which  are 
Divine  Truths,  which  in  general  are  signified  by  blood.  It  may 
be  expedient  briefly  to  say  what  scientifics  are,  in  respect  to 
truths  and  goods  of  life  appertaining  to  man.  All  things  which 
are  learnt  and  stored  up  in  the  memory,  and  which  can  then 
be  called  forth  to  the  intellectual  sight,  are  called  scientifics, 
and  in  themselves  are  the  things  which  constitute  the  intellectual 
principle  of  the  natural  or  external  man.  Scientifics,  inasmuch 
as  they  are  knowledges,  are  serviceable  to  the  sight  of  the  in- 
ternal or  rational  man  in  the  way  of  a  sort  of  mirror,  for  seeing 
such  things  as  are  serviceable  to  itself;  for  they  fall  under  the 
aspect  of  the  internal  man,  as  plains  full  of  herbs,  flowers,  and 
every  kind  of  shrub  and  tree  ;  or  as  gardens  adorned  with  various 
things  for  uses  and  for  delights,  presented  to  the  view  of  the  ex- 
ternal man  in  the  material  world;  but  the  internal  sight,  which 
is  the  understanding,  sees  nothing  else  in  the  plains  or  gardens 
of  the  things  of  its  memory,  but  what  are  agreeable  to  the 
loves  in  which  the  man  is,  and  also  what  favor  the  principles 
which  he  loves.  Wherefore  they  who  are  in  the  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  see  nothing  but  such  things  as  favor  those 
loves,  and  call  them  truths,  and  also  by  things  fallacious  and 
apparent  make  them  like  truths  ;  and  next  they  see  such  things 
which  are  in  agreement  with  received  principles,  which  the 
man  loves  because  from  himself.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
scientifics  and  knowledges,  which  are  things  of  the  memory, 
vol.  ix.  16 


242 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


serve  those  who  are  in  the  above  loves  for  means  of  confirming 
falses  against  truths,  and  evils  against  goods,  and  thereby  of 
destroying  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  church.  Hence  it  is 
that  the  learned  who  are  of  such  a  character,  are  more  insane 
than  the  simple,  and  with  themselves  deny  the  Divine  [being  or 
principle],  providence,  heaven,  hell,  a  life  after  death,  and  the 
truths  of  faith  ;  which  is  clearly  evident  from  the  learned  of  the 
European  world  at  this  day  in  the  other  life,  where  a  great  num- 
ber of  them  at  the  very  heart  are  atheists,  for  in  the  other  life 
hearts  speak  and  not  mouths.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
now  manifest,  of  what  use  knowledges  and  scientifics  are  to 
those  who  think  from  the  delights  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of 
the  world.  But  it  is  altogether  otherwise  with  those  who  think 
from  the  delights  of  heavenly  loves,  which  are  loves  to  the 
Lord  and  towards  the  neighbor;  these,  inasmuch  as  their 
thought  is  led  by  heaven,  from  the  Lord,  see  and  choose  no- 
thing else  in  the  plains  and  gardens  of  the  things  of  their  me- 
mory, but  what  are  in  agreement  with  the  delights  of  their 
loves,  and  in  concord  witli  the  doctrines  of  their  church,  which 
they  love ;  the  things  of  the  memory  are  to  these  as  celestial 
paradises,  and  are  also  represented  and  signified  in  the  Word 
by  paradises,  see  n.  3220.  It  is  further  to  be  noted,  that  scien- 
tifics or  things  of  the  memory,  when  they  become  things  of 
man's  life,  vanish  out  of  the  exterior  memory,  as  is  usually  the 
case  with  gestures,  actions,  discourses,  reflections,  intentions, 
in  general  with  the  thoughts  and  affections  of  man,  when  by 
continual  use  or  habit  they  become  as  it  were  spontaneous  and 
natural,  but  no  other  things  become  of  man's  life,  than  what 
enter  into  the  delights  of  his  loves,  and  form  them,  thus  which 
.enter  into  his  will.  On  this  subject  see  what  was  said  and  shown, 
n.  8853  to  8858 ;  and  concerning  the  exterior  memory  which 
is  of  the  body,  and  the  interior  memory  which  is  of  its  spirit, 
see  n.  2469  to  2494.  The  reason  why  scientifics  denote  vessels, 
and  in  the  Word  are  signified  by  vessels  of  every  kind,  as  by 
goblets,  cups,  buckets,  and  the  like,  is,  because  every  scien- 
tific is  somewhat  common  [or  general]  which  contains  in  it 
particulars  and  singulars  agreeing  with  the  common  [or  general] 
things ;  and  6uch  common  or  general  things  are  arranged 
into  series,  and  as  it  were  into  bundles,  and  those  bundles 
and  series  are  so  arranged  together,  as  to  resemble  a  celestial 
form,  and  this  in  order  in  things  the  mo6t  singular  to  things 
the  most  common  [or  general].  And  idea  of  such  series  may 
be  formed  from  the  muscular  series  and  bundles  in  the  human 
body.  Every  bundle  therein  consists  of  several  moving  fibres, 
and  every  moving  fibre  of  blood  vessels  and  nervous  fibres ; 
every  muscular  bundle  also,  which  by  a  geueral  term  i6 
called  a  muscle,  is  encompassed  with  its  coat,  by  which  it  is 
distinguished  from  others,  in  like  manner  the  interior  fascicles, 


9395.J 


EXODUS. 


243 


which  are  called  moving  fibres ;  nevertheless  all  the  muscles 
and  moving  fibres  in  them,  which  are  in  the  body  throughout, 
are  so  arranged,  as  to  concur  in  every  action  according  to 
the  pleasure  of  the  will,  and  this  in  a  manner  incompre- 
hensible. The  case  is  similar  with  the  scientifics  of  the  me- 
mory, which  also  in  like  manner  are  excited  by  the  delight  of 
man's  love,  which  is  of  his  will,  but  by  means  of  the  intel- 
lectual part.  The  excitation  is  occasioned  by  that  which  is  made 
the  life  of  man,  which  is  that  which  is  made  of  his  will  or  love  ; 
for  the  interior  man  has  his  view  continually  in  those  things, 
and  is  delighted  with  them,  so  far  as  they  agree  with  his  loves  ; 
and  those  which  absolutely  enter  into  the  loves,  and  become 
spontaneous,  and  as  it  were  natural,  vanish  out  of  the  external 
memory,  but  remain  inscribed  on  the  internal  memory,  whence 
they  are  never  blotted  out ;  thus  scientifics  become  living. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  also  evident,  that  scientifics  are 
as  the  vessels  of  the  interior  life  of  man  ;  and  that  hence  it  is 
that  scientifics  are  signified  by  vessels  of  various  kinds,  and  in 
this  passage  by  basins.  Like  things  are  signified  by  vessels  and 
basins  in  Isaiah,  "  1  will  fix  him  a  nail  in  a  faithful  place,  that 
he  may  be  for  a  throne  of  glory  to  the  house  of  his  father, 
upon  whom  they  may  hang  all  the  glory  of  the  house  of  his  fa- 
ther, sons,  and  grandsons,  all  the  vessels  of  a  little  one,  f  rom  the 
vessels  of  basins  even  to  all  the  vessels  of  psalteries  "  xxii.  23, 
24.  Where  the  subject  treated  of  in  the  internal  and  represen- 
tative sense  is  concerning  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle], 
and  that  by  It  and  from  It  are  all  truths  and  goods  from  first  to 
last.  Scientific  truths  from  a  celestial  stock  are  vessels  of 
basins,  and  scientific  truths  from  a  spiritual  stock  are  vessels  of 
psalteries.  And  in  Zechariah,  "  In  that  day  there  shall  be  on 
the  bells  of  the  horses  holiness  to  Jehovah;  an&thejyots  in  the 
house  of  Jehovah  shall  be  as  basins  before  the  altar"  xiv.  20. 
Where  the  bells  of  the  horses  denote  scientific  truths  which  are 
from  an  illustrated  intellectual  principle,  n.  2761,  2762,  5321, 
and  basins  before  the  altar  denote  scientific  goods.  Like  things 
are  signified  by  the  basins  of  the  altar,  Exod.  xxvii.  3  ;  chap, 
xxxviii.  3. 

9395.  "  And  half  of  the  blood  he  sprinkled  upon  the  altar  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord's 
Divine  Human  [principle],  appears  from  the  signification  of 
blood,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth,  see  just  above,  n.  9393  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  altar,  as  being  representative  of 
the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle],  see  n.  921,  2777,  2811, 
4489  ;  hence  a  priuciple  representative  of  the  worship  of  the 
Lord,  n.  4541,  8y35,  8940.  The  reason  why  by  this  half  of  the 
blood,  which  was  sprinkled  upon  the  altar,  is  signified  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple], and  by  the  other  half  of  the  blood  which  was  sprinkled 


244 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


upon  the  people,  verse  8,  which  follows,  is  signified  that  Di- 
vine Truth  received  by  the  man  of  the  church,  is,  because  a 
covenant  was  entered  into,  and  by  a  covenant  is  signified  con- 
junction, n.  665,  666,  1023,  1038,  1864,  1996,  2003,  2021, 
6804,8767,  8778;  and  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the 
man  of  the  church  is  effected,  when  the  Divine  Truth,  which 
proceeds  from  the  Lord,  is  received  by  man.  Hence  it  is  evi- 
dent why  blood  was  applied,  and  when  sprinkled  upon  the 
altar  and  upon  the  people,  was  called  the  blood  of  the  covenant, 
verse  8. 

9396.  "  And  he  took  the  book  of  the  covenant" — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  Word  in  the  letter,  with  which  is  conjoined  the 
Word  in  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  book,  as 
denoting  the  Word  in  every  complex,  of  which  we  shall  speak 
presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  covenant,  as  denot- 
ing conjunction,  see  n.  665,  666,  1023,  1038,  1864,  1996, 
20U3,  2021,  6S04,  8767,  8778.  By  the  book  of  the  covenant 
is  here  meant  every  thing  which  the  Lord  spake  from  Mount 
Sinai,  for  it  is  said  immediately  above  verse  4,  "  And  Moses 
wrote  all  the  words  of  Jehovah  f  consequently  by  the  book 
of  the  covenant,  in  a  strict  sense,  is  meant  the  Word  revealed 
to  Moses  on  Mount  Sinai,  and  in  an  extended  sense,  the  Word 
in  every  complex,  since  it  is  the  Divine  Truth  revealed  from 
the  Lord.  And  inasmuch  as  by  it  the  Lord  conjoins  Himself 
with  the  man  of  the  church,  therefore  also  it  is  the  book  of 
a  covenant,  because  a  covenant  denotes  conjunction.  But 
what  is  the  quality  of  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the 
man  of  the  church  by  the  Word,  is  at  this  day  unknown,  by 
reason  that  at  this  day  heaven  is  closed  ;  for  scarcely  any  one 
at  this  day  discourses  with  angels  and  spirits,  and  hence 
knows  how  they  perceive  the  AVord,  when  yet  this  was  known 
to  the  ancients,  especially  to  the  most  ancient,  for  to  discourse 
with  spirits  and  angels  was  a  tiling  common  to  them.  The 
reason  was,  because  the  men  in  the  ancient  times,  especially 
in  the  most  ancient,  were  interior  men,  for  they  thought  in 
the  spirit  almost  abstractedly  from  the  body,  whereas  modern 
men  are  exterior,  and  think  in  the  body  almost  abstractedly 
from  the  spirit.  Hence  it  is,  that  heaven  has  as  it  were  receded 
from  man,  for  the  communication  of  heaven  is  with  the  in- 
ternal man,  when  it  can  be  abstracted  from  the  body,  but  not 
with  the  external  immediately  ;  hence  it  is  unknown  at  this 
day  what  is  the  quality  of  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with 
man  by  the  AVord.  They  who  think  from  the  sensual  principle 
of  the  body,  and  not  from  the  sensual  principle  of  the  spirit, 
cannot  in  any  wise  conceive  otherwise,  than  that  the  sense  of 
the  Word  is  such  in  heaven  as  it  is  in  the  world,  that  is  as  it  ia 
in  the  letter.  If  it  was  to  be  said,  that  the  sense  of  the  AVord 
in  heaven  is  such  as  is  the  thought  of  the  internal  man,  which 


mm.] 


EXODUS. 


245 


is  without  material  ideas,  that  is,  without  wordly,  corpa-eal, 
and  earthly  ideas,  this  would  be  at  this  day  a  paradox,  and 
especially  if  it  should  be  said  that  the  sense  of  the  "Word  in 
heaven  differs  as  much  from  its  sense  in  the  world,  or  in  the 
letter,  as  a  heavenly  paradise  differs  from  an  earthly  paradise, 
and  as  heavenly  meat  and  drink  from  earthly  meat  and  drink. 
How  great  the  difference  is,  appears  from  this  consideration 
that  a  heavenly  paradise  is  intelligence  and  wisdom,  heavenly 
meat  is  all  the  good  of  love  and  charity,  and  heavenly  drink  is 
all  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from  that  good.  "Who  would  not. 
wonder  at  this  day,  if  he  should  hear,  that  when  mention  is 
made  in  the  Word  of  a  paradise,  a  garden,  a  vineyard,  in  heaven 
are  not  perceived  a  paradise,  a  garden,  a  vineyard,  but  instead 
thereof  such  things  as  are  of  intelligence  and  wisdom  from  the 
Lord;  and  when  mention  is  made  of  meat  and  drink,  as  of 
bread,  flesh,  wine,  water,  that  instead  thereof  in  heaven  are 
perceived  such  things  as  are  of  the  good  of  love  and  of  the 
truth  of  faith  from  the  Lord,  and  this  not  by  explication  nor 
comparatively,  but  from  correspondences  actually,  since  the 
celestial  things  which  are  of  wisdom,  of  intelligence,  of  the  good 
of  love  and  of  the  truth  of  faith,  actually  correspond  to  the 
above  things.  And  into  this  correspondence  the  internal  man 
was  created  in  respect  to  the  external,  thus  heaven  which  is  in 
the  internal  man,  in  respect  to  the  world  which  is  in  the  exter- 
nal, in  like  manner  in  common  [or  general].  That  the  "Word  is 
understood  and  perceived  in  heaven  according  to  corresponden- 
ces, and  that  that  sense  is  the  internal  sense,  has  been  shown 
throughout  in  the  foregoing  pages.  He  who  apprehends  the 
things  which  have  been  now  said,  may  know,  and  in  some 
measure  perceive,  that  by  the  Word  man  has  conjunction  with 
heaven,  and  by  heaven  with  the  Lord,  and  that  without  the 
Word  there  would  be  no  conjunction,  see  what  has  been  else- 
where frequently  shown  on  this  subject,  n.  2143,  7153,  7381, 
8920,  9094,  9212,  9216,  9357.  Hence  now  it  is  manifest  why 
Moses  took  the  book  of  the  covenant,  and  read  before  the 
people,  and  then  sprinkled  blood  on  the  people,  and  said,  behold 
the  blood  of  the  covenant.  This  was  done  on  this  account, 
because  the  blood  of  the  sacrifice  denotes  in  heaven  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  on  our  earth  it  denotes 
the  Word,  see  n.  9393.  Inasmuch  as  by  covenant  is  signified 
conjunction,  and  since  by  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord,  that  is,  the  Word,  is  effected  conjunction,  therefore 
all  things  which  are  of  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord,  or 
winch  are  of  the  Word,  are  called  a  covenant,  as  the  tables 
on  which  the  ten  commandments  were  written,  also  the  judg 
ments,  the  statutes  and  other  things  contained  in  the  books  of 
Moses,  and  in  general  the  things  contained  in  the  Word,  I  >th 
of  the  Old  and  New  Testament.    That  the  tables  on  which  th( 


246 


EXODUS. 


[Cha.i\  xxlv. 


ten  commandments  were  written  [are  called  a  covenant]  is  plain 
from  Moses,  "  Jehovah  wrote  upon  the  tables  the  words  of  the 
covenant,  ten  words"  Exod.  xxxiv.  28.  Again,  "  I  went  up 
into  the  mountain  to  take  the  tables  qf  stones,  the  tables  of  ihi 
covenant,  which  Jehovah  established  with  you.  Jehovah  gave 
me  two  tables  of  stones,  the  tables  of  the  covenant  j  I  went  down 
from  the  mountain,  when  the  mountain  burned  with  fire,  but 
the  two  tables  of  the  covenant  were  on  my  two  hands,"  Deut.  ix. 
9,  11,  15.  And  again,  '•'■Jehovah  declared  to  you  His  covenant, 
which  He  commanded  you  to  do,  the  ten  words  which  He 
wrote  upon  tables  of  stones ;  take  heed  to  yourselves  lest  ye 
forget  the  covenant  of  Jehovah  your  God,  which  he  established 
with  you,"  Deut.  iv.  13,  23.  Inasmuch  as  the  two  tables 
were  deposited  in  the  ark,  which  was  in  the  midst  or  inmost 
of  the  tabernacle,  therefore  the  ark  was  called  the  ark  of  the 
covenant,  J^umb.  x.  33  ;  chap.  xiv.  44  ;  Deut.  x.  8 ;  chap.  xxxi. 
9,  25,  26 ;  Josh.  iii.  3,  6,  8,  11,  14,  17  ;  chap.  iv.  7,  9,  18 ; 
chap.  vi.  6,  8 ;  chap.  viii.  33  ;  Judges  xx.  27 ;  1  Samuel  iv. 
3,  4,  5  ;  2  Samuel  xv.  24;  1  Kings  iii.  15  ;  chap.  vi.  19  ;  chap, 
viii.  1,  6  ;  Jeremiah  iii.  16.  That  the  books  of  Moses  were 
called  the  books  of  the  covenant,  is  manifest  from  the  finding 
of  them  by  Hilkiah  the  priest  in  the  temple,  concerning  which 
it  is  thus  written  in  the  second  book  of  the  Kings,  "  Hilkiah  the 
great  priest  found  the  book  of  the  law  in  the  house  of  Jehovah  ; 
and  they  read  in  their  ears  all  the  words  of  the  book  of  the 
covenant  found  in  the  house  of  Jehovah,"  xxii.  8  ;  chap,  xxiii.  2. 
That  the  Word,  of  the  Old  Testament  was  called  a  covenant,  is 
manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  To  them  that  take  hold  of  My  covenant, 
I  will  give  in  My  house  and  within  My  walls  a  place  and  a 
mime  better  than  sons  and  daughters,  lvi.  4,  5.  And  in  Jere- 
miah, "  Hear  ye  the  woi'ds  of  this  covenant,  which  I  commanded 
your  fathers,  obey  ye  My  voice,  and  do  them,  according  to  all 
that  I  command  you"  xi.  2,  3,  5,  6,  7,  8.  And  in  David, 
"  All  the  ways  of  Jehovah  are  mercy  and  truth  to  them  that  keep 
His  covenant,  and  His  testimonies"  Psalm  xxv.  10.  Again, 
"  The  mercy  of  Jehovah  is  from  eternity  even  to  eternity  upon 
them  that  fear  Him,  and  His  justice  upon  sons'  sons,  to  them 
that  keep  His  covenant,  and  that  remember  His  precepts,"  Psalm 
ciii.  17,  18.  And  again,  tk  They  kept  not  the  covenant  of  God, 
and  ref  used  to  ivatk  in  His  law,  Psalm  lxxviii.  10;  where 
the  covenant  of  God  is  called  the  law  of  God.  That  by  the  law 
is  meant  in  an  extended  sense,  the  whole  Word  ;  in  a  sense 
less  extended,  the  historical  Word  ;  in  a  confined  sense,  the  Word 
written  by  Moses  ;  and  in  the  most  confined  sense,  the  ten 
precepts  of  the  decalogue,  see  n.  6752.  That  the  Word  qf  the 
.V<  id  Testament  is  also  a  covenant,  is  plain  from  Jeremiah, 
••  Heboid  the  days  come,  in  which  I  will  make  a  new  covenant 
with  the  house  of  Israel  ami  with  the  house  of  Judah ;  this  it 


9396.] 


EXODUS. 


247 


the  covenant,  which  I  will  make  with  the  house  of  Israel  after 
these  days,  I  will  give  my  law  in  the  midst  of  them,  and  will 
write  it  upon  their  heart,"  xxxi.  31,  32,  where  the  house  of 
Israel  denotes  the  Spiritual  Church,  and  the  house  of  Judah 
the  Celestial  Church.  And  from  David,  "  Also  I  will  give  him 
the  first-born,  higher  than  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  My  cove- 
nant shall  he  stable  to  him,  I  will  not  make  vile  My  covenant,  and 
I  will  not  change  what  My  lips  have  uttered,"  Psalm  lxxxix. 
28,  33,  34  ;  speaking  of  the  Lord.  My  covenant  shall  be  stable 
to  him,  denotes  the  union  of  the  Divine  [principle]  Itself  and 
the  Divine  Human  ;  thus  also  it  denotes  the  Word,  for  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  was  the  Word  which  was  made 
flesh,  that  is,  man,  John  i.  1,  2,  3,  14.  The  reason  why  the 
Divine  Truth  or  the  Word,  is  a  covenant  or  conjunction  is, 
because  it  is  the  Divine  from  the  Lord,  thus  the  Lord  Himself ; 
wherefore  when  the  Word  is  received  by  man,  the  Lord  Himself 
is  received ;  hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  Word  is  effected 
the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  man;  and  whereas  the  Word 
is  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  man,  it  is  also  the  conjunc- 
tion of  heaven  with  man,  for  heaven  is  called  heaven  from  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  consequently  from  the 
Divine  [being  or  principle] ;  whence  they  who  are  in  heaven 
are  said  to  be  in  the  Lord.  That  the  Divine  [being  or  principle] 
conjoins  Himself  with  those  who  love  the  Lord,  and  keep  His 
Word,  see  John  xiv.  23.  From  all  these  considerations  it 
may  be  manifest,  that  by  the  blood  of  the  covenant  is  meant 
the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  heaven  by  the 
Word,  as  also  in  Zechariah,  "  I  will  cut  off  the  chariot  from 
Ephraim,  and  the  horse  from  Jerusalem,  and  the  bow  of  war 
shall  be  cut  off ;  on  the  other  hand  He  shall  speak  peace  to  the 
nations  ;  His  dominions  shall  be  from  sea  to  sea,  and  from  the 
river  even  to  the  ends  of  the  earth  :  as  for  thee  also,  by  the  blood 
of  thy  covenant,  I  will  send  forth  thy  prisoners  out  of  the  pit 
wherein  is  no  water,"  ix.  10,  11.  He  who  knows  nothing  of  the 
internal  sense,  cannot  conceive  in  this  passage  anything  else  but 
what  the  sense  of  the  letter  involves,  namely,  that  the  chariot 
should  be  cut  off  from  Ephraim.  the  horse  from  Jerusalem,  and 
the  bow  of  war,  and  finally  that  the  blood  of  the  covenant  is  the 
blood  of  the  Lord,  by  which  they  were  to  be  delivered  who 
are  in  sins,  explaining  variously  who  are  meant  by  prisoners  in 
the  pit  wherein  is  no  water :  but  he  who  is  acquainted  with 
the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  comprehends  that  the  subject 
here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  Divine  Truth,  and  that 
this,  after  that  it  was  vastated,  that  is,  no  longer  received  in 
faith  and  heart  by  man,  will  be  restored  by  Divine  Truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  and 
thus  they,  who  believe  and  do  it,  will  be  conjoined  to  the  Lord 
Himself;  which  may  be  more  fully  manifest  from  the  internal 


243 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


eense  of  singular  the  expressions  in  the  above  passage  ;  as  from 
the  signification  of  chariot,  as  denoting  the  doctrine  of  the 
church,  n.  2762,  5321,  5945,  8215  ;  of  Ephraim,  as  denoting 
the  illustrated  intellectual  principle  of  the  clmrch,  n.  5354, 
6222,  6238  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  horses,  as  denoting 
the  understanding  of  the  Word,  n.  2760,  2761,  2762,  3217, 
5321,  6125,  6534,  8029,  8146,  8148;  and  of  Jerusalem,  as 
denoting  the  Spiritual  Church,  n.  2117,  3654,  9166;  and  from 
the  signification  of  bow,  as  denoting  the  doctriue  of  truth,  n. 
2686,  2709  ;  and  of  war,  as  denoting  combat  concerning  truths, 
n.  1664,  2686,  8295.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  cutting  ofl" 
the  chariot  from  Ephraim,  and  the  horse  from  Jerusalem,  and 
the  bow  of  war,  is  signified  the  vastatioii  of  Divine  Truth  in 
the  church,  as  to  all  understanding  of  it ;  and  that  by  the 
prisoners  in  the  pit,  in  which  was  no  water,  being  sent  forth 
by  the  blood  of  the  covenant,  is  signified  restitution  by  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord.  That  blood  is  the  Divine  Truth,  and  that  covenant 
is  conjunction,  has  been  shown  above,  and  that  the  prisoners 
in  the  pit  are  they  of  the  Spiritual  Church  who  were  saved 
by  the  Lord's  coming  into  the  world,  6ee  u.  6854.  The  pit 
is  said  to  have  no  water,  because  by  water  is  signified  truth, 
see  n.  2702,  3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  7307,  8137,  8138,  8568, 
9323. 

9397.  "  And  read  in  the  eare  of  the  people" — that  hereby  is 
signified  to  hearkening  and  obedience,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  reading,  as  denoting  to  hearkening,  for  when  any 
thing  is  read,  it  is  that  it  may  be  heard,  and  perceived,  and 
obeyed,  that  is,  that  it  may  be  hearkened  to  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  in  the  ears,  as  denoting  to  obedience,  for  ears 
and  to  hear  signify  to  obey,  n.  2542,  3869,  4551,  4652  to  4660, 
5471,  5475,  7216,  8361,  8990,  9311.  Inasmuch  as  ears  signify 
not  only  hearing  and  perception,  but  also  obedience,  therefore 
in  the  Word  frequent  mention  is  made  of  speaking  in  the  ears 
and  reading  in  the  ears,  and  not  of  speaking  and  reading  before 
the  persons  themselves ;  as  in  Jeremiah,  M  Hear  these  words, 
which  I  speak  in  thine  ears,  and  in  the  ears  of  the  whole  people" 
xxviii.  7.  And  in  the  first  book  of  Samuel,  4>  They  spake  those 
words  in  the  ears  of  the  people"  xi.  4  ;  and  again,  "  Let  thine 
handmaid  speak  in  thine  ears,"  xxv.  24.  And  in  the  book  of 
Judges,  "  Proclaim  in  the  ears  of  the  people,  saying,"  vii.  3. 
And  in  Moses,  "  Say  in  the  ears  of  the  people,"  Exod.  xi.  2  ; 
again,  "  Hear  O  Israel  the  statutes  and  judgments  which  1 
speak  in  your  ears  to-day,"  Deut.  v.  1.  Again,  speak  in 
their  ears  these  words,"  Deut.  xxxi.  28.  Again,  Moses  spake 
all  the  words  of  the  song  in  the  ears  of the people," 'Deut.  xxxii.  44. 
And  in  the  second  book  of  the  Kings,  "  Reread  in  their  ear* 
all  the  words  of  the  book  of  the  covenant,"  xxiii.  2.    And  in 


9397,  9398.] 


EXODUS. 


219 


Jeremiah,  "  They  said  to  him,  sit  and  read  it  in  our  ears,  and 
Baruch  read  in  their  ears,"  xxxvi.  15.  And  in  Luke,  "  When 
Jesns  finished  all  words  in  the  ears  of  the  people,"  vii.  1.  Inas- 
much as  ear  and  hearing  signify  the  reception,  perception, 
and  obedience  of  truth,  thus  the  first  and  the  last  of  faith, 
therefore  it  was  so  often  said  by  the  Lord,  "  he  that  hath  an  -jar 
to  hear,  let  him  hear,"  as  Matt.  xi.  15  ;  chap.  xiii.  9,  43 ;  Hark 
iv.  9,  23  ;  chap.  vii.  16  ;  Luke  xiv.  35.  And  whereas  by  the 
deaf,  or  those  who  do  not  hear,  in  the  spiritual  sense  are  signi- 
fied those  who  are  not  in  the  faith  of  truth,  because  not  in  the 
knowledge  and  thence  the  perception  thereof,  n.  6989,  9209 ; 
therefore  the  Lord,  when  he  healed  a  deaf  man,  " put  His  finger 
into  his  ears,  and  said,  Epliatha,  that  is,  he  opened,  and  imme- 
diately his  ears  were  opened,"  Mark  vii.  32,  33,  34,  35.  That  all 
the  miracles  of  the  Lord  involved  and  signified  states  of  the 
church,  see  n.  8364,  9086. 

9398.  "  And  they  said,  all  things  which  Jehovah  hath  spoken 
we  will  do  and  hear" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  reception 
of  truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the 
Lord,  and  obedience  from  the  heart  and  soul,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  all  things  which  J ehovah  has  spoken,  as  denoting 
truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the 
Lord,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  doing,  as  denoting  obedience  in  the  will,  thus  in  the 
heart,  see  n.  9285,  9311  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  hearing, 
as  denoting  obedience  in  the  understanding,  thus  in  the  soul ; 
see  n.  7216,  8361,  9311  ;  obedience  from  the  heart  is  obedience 
from  the  will,  thus  from  the  affection  of  love  ;  and  obedience 
from  the  soul  is  obedience  from  the  understanding,  thus  from 
faith ;  for  the  heart  signifies  the  will  and  love,  n.  38S3  to  3896, 
7542.  8910,  9050,  9300  ;  and  the  soul  signifies  understanding 
and  faith,  n.  2930,  9050,  9281 ;  hence  it  "is  that  it  is  said  we 
will  do  and  hear.  The  reason  why  all  things  which  Jehovah 
hath  spoken  denotes  truth  proceeding  from  tfie  Divine  Human 
[principle]  of  the  Lord,  is,  because  all  truth  thence  proceeds. 
That  Divine  Truth  does  not  proceed  from  the  Divine  [principle] 
Itself,  but  from  the  Divine  Human,  is  very  manifest  from  John, 
"  ~No  one  hath  seen  God  at  any  time,  the  only  begotten  Son, 
who  is  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father,  he  hath  brought  him 
forth  to  view,"  i.  18:  wherefore  the  Lord  is  called  the  Word, 
verses  1,  2,  3,  of  the  same  chapter,  which  is  the  Divine 
Truth,  and  it  is  said  that  the  Word  was  made  flesh,  that  is, 
a  man,  verse  14  of  the  same  chapter,  to  the  intent,  that  the 
Divine  [principle]  Itself,  under  a  human  form,  might  actually 
teach  Divine  Truth.  That  the  Lord  is  the  Divine  [principle] 
Itself  under  a  human  form,  see  n.  9315  :  hence  it  is  evident, 
that  by  all  things  which  Jehovah  hath  spoken  is  signified  truth 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord. 


250 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxir 


9399.  "  And  Moses  took  the  blood  and  sprinkled  [it]  upon 
the  people  " — that  hereby  is  signified  adaptation  to  be  received 
by  man,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  blood  of  the  sacri- 
fice, as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
see  above,  n.  9393;  and  from  the  signification  of  sprinkling 
upon  the  people,  as  denoting  adaptation  to  be  received  by  man, 
for  by  sprinkling  is  signified  to  flow  in,  thus  to  adapt ;  for  the 
Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord,  is  continually  flowing  in 
with  man,  and  makes  his  intellectual  principle  ;  and  if  you  are 
willing  to  believe,  man,  without  the  continual  influx  of  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  is  not  able  to  perceive  and 
understand  any  thing  at  all ;  for  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Lord  is  the  light  which  illuminates  the  mind  of  man, 
and  constitutes  internal  sight,  which  is  of  the  understanding ; 
and  whereas  that  light  continually  flows  in,  therefore  it  adapts 
every  one  to  receive ;  but  they  who  receive  are  they  who 
are  in  the  good  of  life,  and  they  who  do  not  receive  are  they 
who  are  in  the  evil  of  life  ;  nevertheless,  the  latter,  as  the  former, 
are  in  the  faculty  of  perceiving  and  understanding,  and  also 
in  the  faculty  of  receiving  so  far  as  they  desist  from  evils:  these 
things  were  signified  by  half  of  the  blood  which  Moses  sprinkled 
upon  the  people.    That  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Lord  is  the  light  which  illuminates  the  mind  of  man,  and  con- 
stitutes liis  internal  sight,  which  is  that  of  the  understanding, 
see  n.  2776,  3167,  3195,  3636,  3643,  3993,  4405,  5400,  8644, 
8707 ;  this  also  is  meant  in  John,  "  This  was  the  true  light, 
which  enlightens  every  man  that  cometh  into  the  world:  He 
was  in  the  world,  and  the  world  was  made  by  Him ;  but  the 
world  knew  Him  not,"  i.  9,  10.    The  subject  treated  of  in  this 
passage  is  concerning  the  AVord,  which  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord.    That  every  man  in  the  world,  who 
is  of  sound  reason,  is  in  the  faculty  of  understanding  Divine 
Truth,  and  thence  in  the  faculty  of  receiving  so  far  as  he 
desfsts  from  evils,  has  been  given  me  to  know  by  abundant 
experience  ;  for  all,  as  many  as  are  in  the  other  life,  both  the 
evil  and  the  good,  can  understand  what  is  true  and  what  is  false, 
also  what  is  good  and  what  is  evil  ;  but  the  evil,  although  they 
understand  what  is  true  and  good  ;  are  still  not  willing  to  under- 
stand ;  for  the  will  and  the  evil  therein  is  repugnant,  wherefore 
when  they  are  left  to  themselves,  they  6ink  back  even  into  the 
falses  of  their  own  evils,  and  hold  in  aversion  the  truth  and 
good  which  they  understood  ;  the  case  was  similar  with  persons 
of  this  description  in  the  world,  where  they  repelled  from  them- 
selves the  truths,  which  yet  they  were  able  to  understand.  , 
Hence  it  has  evidently  appeared,  that  the  Divine  Truth  proceed- 
ing from  the  Lord  is  continually  flowing-in  into  human  minds, 
and  adapts  them  to  receive,  and  that  it  is  so  far  received,  as  evils 
are  desisted  from,  which  are  of  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world 


9399—9401.] 


EXODUS. 


251 


9400.  "  And  he  said,  behold  the  blood  of  the  covenant"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  by  it  conjunction  of  the  Lord  as  to  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  with  heaven  and  with  earth,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  blood,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord, 
see  above,  n.  9393,  9399 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  cove- 
nant, as  denoting  conjunction,  see  also  above,  n.  9396 ;  the 
reason  why  it  denotes  conjunction  with  heaven  and  with  earth 
is,  because  the  Divine  Truth,  which  proceeds  from  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  passes  through  the  heavens 
even  to  man,  and  in  the  way  is  accommodated  to  every  heaven, 
and  lastly  to  man  himself;  the  Divine  Truth  on  our  earth  is 
the  Word,  n.  9350  to  9362  ;  which  is  of  such  a  quality, 
that  as  to  all  and  singular  things  it  has  an  internal  sense, 
which  is  for  the  heavens,  and  finally  an  external  sense,  which 
is  the  sense  of  the  letter,  which  is  for  man  ;  hence  it  is  evident, 
that  by  the  Word  is  effected  a  conjunc.ion  of  the  Lord  with 
the  heavens  and  with  the  world,  n.  2143,  7153,  7331,  8920, 
9094,  9212,  9216,  9357,  9396 ;  hence  it  may  be  concluded 
for  certain,  that  without  the  Word  on  this  earth  there  would 
be  no  conjunction  of  heaven,  thus  no  conjunction  of  the  Lord 
with  man  ;  and  if  no  conjunction,  the  human  race  on  this 
earth  must  altogether  perish;  for  what  makes*  the  interior 
life  of  man,  is  the  influx  of  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord,  for 
Divine  Truth  is  the  very  light  which  illuminates  the  sight  of 
the  internal  man,  that  is,  his  understanding,  and  it  is  the 
heavenly  heat,  which  is  in  that  light,  and  is  love,  which  en- 
kindles and  vivifies  the  will  principle  of  the  internal  man  ; 
wherefore  without  that  light  and  that  heat  the  internal  of  man 
would  become  blind  and  grow  cold,  and  die,  no  otherwise  than 
the  external  of  man,  if  left  without  heat  and  without  light  of 
the  sun  of  the  world  :  but  this  must  appear  as  a  paradox  to 
those  who  do  not  believe  that  the  Word  is  of  such  a  quality, 
and  also  to  those  who  believe  that  life  is  in  man  as  properly  his 
own,  and  not  continually  flowing  in  through  heaven  from  the 
Lord.  That  the  life  of  man  is  not  in  himself,  but  that  it  flows 
in  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  4249, 4782*,  5147,  5150,  5986,  6053  to 
6058,  6189  to  6215,  6307  to  6327,  6466  to  6495,  6598  to  6612, 
6613  to  6626,  6982,  6985  to  6996,  7055,  7056,  7058,  7147, 
7270,7343*  8685,  8701,8717,  8728,  9110,  9111,  9223,  9276; 
and  that  the  church  of  the  Lord  scattered  through  the  whole 
globe  is  before  the  Lord  as  one  man,  n.  9276,  in  like  manner  as 
heaven,  which  is  thence  called  the  Grand  Man  ;  and  that  the 
church,  where  the  Word  is,  is  as  the  heart  and  lungs  in  that 
man,  and  that  all  out  of  the  church  thence  live,  as  the  members, 
the  viscera,  and  the  rest  of  the  organs  of  the  body  from  the  heart 
and  lungs,  n.  2054,  2853,  7396. 

9401.  "Which  Jehovah  established  upon  all  these  words" 


252 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


— that  hereby  is  signified  that  conjunction  from  the  Lord  is  by 
all  and  singular  things  of  the  Word,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  covenant  which  Jehovah  established,  as  denoting 
conjunction  from  the  Lord,  for  to  establish  a  covenant  is  to 
conjoin  to  himself,  n.  9396  ;  and  Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  the 
Lord,  n.  9373  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  all  these  words, 
as  denoting  all  and  singular  things  of  the  Word,  for  by  the 
laws  promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai  in  the  universal  sense  is 
signified  all  Divine  Truth,  thus  the  Word  as  to  all  and  singular 
things,  n.  6752.  That  the  Word  is  inspired  as  to  everv  iota, 
see  n.  7933,  9094,  9198,  9349;  consequently  that  by  the*' Word 
there  is  conjunction  with  heaven,  and  through  heaven  with  the 
Lord,  by  all  and  singular  the  things  thereof.  It  is  said  con- 
junction from  the  Lord,  since  the  Lord  conjoins  man  to  Him- 
self, but  not  vice  versa,  for  all  the  good  of  love  and  the  truth 
of  faith  flows  in  from  the  Lord,  and  is  received  by  man  so  far 
as  he  desists  from  evils,  n.  9399 ;  for  reciprocal  influx,  namely, 
from  man  to  the  Lord,  which  by  the  learned  is  called  physical 
influx,  is  not  given,  n.  6322,  9110,  9111,  9216;  and  moreover 
whatsoever  comes  from  man,  as  from  himself,  is  nothing  but 
evil  and  the  false  thence  derived,  n.  210,  215,  987,  5660,  5786. 
Hence  it  is  manifest,  that  the  conjunction  of  man  with  the  Lord 
is  from  the  Lord,  and  not  from  man ;  that  it  appears  otherwise, 
is  a  fallacy. 

9402.  verses  9,  10,11.  And  Moses  and  Aaron  went  vp, 
Nadab  and  Abihu,  and  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel,  and  they 
saw  the  God  of  Israel,  and  under  His  fed  as  the  work  of  a 
sapphire  stone,  and  as  the  substance  of  heaven  as  to  cleanness 
And  to  the  sons  of  Israel  apart  He  sent  not  His  hand :  and  they 
saw  God,  and  did  eat  and  drink.  And  Moses  and  Aaron  went 
up,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  signifies  the  Word  in  the  internal  and 
external  sense,  and  doctrine  derived  from  each.  And  seventy  of 
the  elders  of  Israel,  signifies  all  who  are  in  good  from  truths. 
And  they  saw  the  God  of  Israel,  signifies  the  coming  and  pre* 
sence  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word.  And  under  His  feet,  signifies 
the  ultimate  sense,  which  is  the  sense  of  the  letter  itself.  As 
the  work  of  a  sapphire  stone,  signifies  what  is  translucid  there 
from  internal  truths,  and  all  tilings  from  the  Lord.  And  as  the 
substance  of  heaven  as  to  cleanness,  signifies  the  translucence 
of  the  angelic  heaven.  And  to  the  sons  of  Israel  apart,  signifies 
those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  alone  separate  from  the 
internal.  He  sent  not  His  hand,  signifies  that  in  that  sense 
truth  is  not  in  its  power.  And  they  saw  God,  signifies  faith 
And  they  did  eat  and  drink,  signifies  information  concerning  the 
good  and  truth  of  worship. 

9403.  "  And  Moses  and  Aaron  went  up,  Nadab  and  Abihu  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  Word  in  the  internal  and  external 
sense,  and  doctrine  from  each,  appeal's  from  the.  representation 


9402—9404.] 


EXODUS. 


253 


of  Moses  and  Aaron,  ns  denoting  the  Word  in  the  internal  and 
external  sense  ;  and  from  the  representation  of  Nadab  and 
Abihu,  the  sons  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  doctrine  derived  from 
each,  see  above,  9374,  9375. 

9404.  "  And  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel  " — that  hereby 
are  signified  all  who  are  in  good  from  truths,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  seventy,  as  denoting  what  is  full,  thus  all  things 
and  all  [persons],  see  n.  6508 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
the  elders  of  Israel,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in  good  from 
truths,  and  in  truths  from  good ;  for  by  the  old  in  the  Word 
are  signified  those  who  are  in  wisdom,  n.  0524,  thus  who  are 
in  the  life  of  good  from  the  doctrine  of  truth,  and  bv  Israel  those 
who  are  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  n.  6426,  6637^  6862,  6868, 
7035,  7062,  7198,  7201,  7215,  7223,  S805,  9340  ;  thus  who 
are  in  truths  productive  of  good,  and  in  good  productive  of 
truths,  n.  7957,  8234 ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  seventy 
elders  of  Israel  are  signified  those  who  are  in  good  grounded 
in  truths,  and  abstractedly  good  grounded  in  truths.  Like 
things  are  signified  in  the  internal  sense  by  the  Lord's  seventy 
disciples,  Luke  x.  1,  17.    The  sons  of  Israel  were  divided  into 
twelve  tribes,  and  over  them  were  set  twelve  princes,  and  also 
seventy  elders:  by  the  twelve  tribes  are  signified  all  the  truths 
and  goods  of  the  church  in  the  complex,  n.  3858,  3926,  3929, 
4060,  6335,  6337,  6397,  6640,  7836,  7891,  7995,  7997;  but 
by  twelve  princes  all  primary  truths,  n.  5044,  and  by  seventy 
elders  all  the  goods  which  are  from  truths.    When  mention  is 
made  of  good  which  is  from  truths,  the  Spiritual  Church  is 
meant,  for  that  church  is  in  good  derived  from  truths.  He 
who  is  not  acquainted  with  the  arcana  of  the  church  and  of 
heaven,  may  believe  that  every  good  of  the  church  is  from 
truths,  inasmuch  as  good  cannot  be  implanted  but  by  truths  ; 
yea,  that  man  cannot  know  what  good  is  except  by  truths  ; 
nevertheless  the  good  which  is  by  truths,  is  the  good  of  the 
Spiritual  Church,  and  viewed  in  itself  is  truth,  which  is  called 
good  when  it  becomes  of  the  will  and  of  the  act,  and  thence  of 
the  life  ;  but  the  good,  which  does  not  exist  by  truths  but  by 
the  goods  of  mutual  love,  is  the  good  of  the  Celestial  Church, 
and  viewed  in  itself  is  not  truth  but  good,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord.  Tin's  latter  good  was  represented  by  the 
Judaic  Church,  but  the  former  good  by  the  Israelitish  Church, 
wherefore  they  were  divided  into  two  kingdoms.    What  and  of 
what  quality  the  difference  is  between  each  church,  conse- 
quently between  each  good,  see  what  has  been  before  shown,  n. 
2046,  2227,  2669,  2708,  2715,  271S,  2935,  2937,  2954,  3166, 
3235,  3236,  3240,  3246,  3374,  3833,  3887,  3969,  4138,  4286, 
4493,  4585,  4938,  5113,  5150,  5922,  6296,  62SU,  6366,  6427, 
6435,  6500  6647,  6648,  7091,  7233,  7470*,  7978,  7992,  8042 
8152,  8234,  8521.    From  the  thing*  adduced  in  these  passage! 


254 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


it  may  be  manifest,  that  the  heaven  of  the  Lord  is  divided  into 
the  spiritual  heaven  and  the  celestial  heaven,  and  that  the  ce- 
lestial heaveu  is  the  inmost  or  third  heaven,  and  the  spiritual 
heaven  the  middle  or  second. 

9405.  "  And  they  saw  the  God  of  Israel " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  coming  and  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  seeing,  when  concerning  the 
Lord,  as  denoting  His  coining  and  presence,  see  n.  4198,  6893. 
That  the  God  of  Israel  is  the  Lord,  is  manifest  from  all  those 
passages  in  the  Word  where  He  is  called  the  Holy  One  of  Is 
rael  and  the  God  of  Israel,  see  n.  7091.    The  God  of  Israel  is 
the  God  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  because  by  Israel  is  signified 
that  church,  see  just  above,  n.  9404.    The  reason  why  it  is 
the  coming  and  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word,  which  is 
signified  by  their  seeing  the  God  of  Israel  is,  because  by  the 
laws  which  were  promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai,  in  an  ex- 
tended sense  is  signified  all  Divine  Truth  as  to  all  and  singular 
the  things  thereof,  n.  6752,  9401.    The  reason  why  the  coming 
and  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  signified  is,  because  the 
Word  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  what 
proceeds  from  the  Lord  is  the  Lord  Himself;  wherefore  they 
who  read  the  Word,  and  on  such  occasion  look  to  the  Lord,  by 
acknowledging  that  all  truth  and  all  good  is  from  Him,  and 
nothing  from  themselves,  they  are  illustrated,  and  see  truth  and 
perceive  good  from  the  Word  ;  this  illustration  is  from  the  light 
of  heaven,  which  light  is  the  Divine  Truth  itself  proceeding 
from  the  Lord,  for  this  appears  as  light  before  the  angels  in 
heaven,  see       2776,  3195,  3339,  3636,  3643,  3862,  3993, 
4302,  4413,  4415,  5400,  6032,  6313,  6608.    The  coming  and 
presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  also  meant  in  Matthew  by 
seeing  the  Son  of  Man,  "Then  shall  appear  the  sign  of  the 
Son  of  Man,  and  they  shall  see  the  Son  of  Man  coming  in  the 
clouds  of  heaven  with  virtue  and  glory,"  xxiv.  30,  see  n.  4060; 
for  a  cloud  is  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  and  virtue  and 
glory  its  internal  sense.  The  literal  sense  of  the  Word  is  called 
a  cloud,  because  it  is  in  the  light  of  the  world,  and  the  internal 
sense  is  called  glory,  because  it  is  in  the  light  of  heaven,  see 
preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Gen.  and  n.  5922,  6313,  6752,  8106, 
8267,  8427,  8443,  8781.    And  moreover  the  subject  treated  of 
in  the  internal  sense  is  concerning  the  Lord  alone,  and  con 
earning  His  kingdom  and  church,  hence  it  is  the  sanctity  of  the 
Word,  and  hence  the  coining  and  presence  of  the  Lord  with 
those,  who,  whilst  they  read  the  Word,  look  at  him  and  their 
neighbor,  which  is  the  good  of  their  fellow-citizens,  of  their 
country,  of  the  church,  of  heaven,  n.  6818  to  6824,  S123,  and 
do  not  look  at  themselves  as  was  said  above  ;  the  reason  is,  be- 
cause the  former  suffer  themselves  to  be  elevated  of  the  Lord  into 
the  light  of  heaven,  but  the  latter  do  not  suffer  themselves  to  be 


9405,  9406.] 


EXODUS. 


255 


elevated,  for  they  keep  their  view  fixed  on  themselves  and  the 
world.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  what  is 
meant  by  seeing  the  Lord  in  the  Word. 

9406.  "  And  under  His  feet  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the 
ultimate  sense,  which  is  the  sense  of  the  letter  itself,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  feet,  as  denoting  things  natural,  see 
n.  2162,  3147,  3761,  3986,  4280,  4938  to  4952  ;  thus  the  soles 
of  the  feet,  which  are  under  the  feet,  denote  the  ultimate  things 
of  nature.  The  reason  why  under  the  feet  here  denotes  the 
ultimate  sense  of  the  Word,  which  is  the  sense  of  the  letter,  is, 
because  it  is  said  of  the  Divine  Truth  or  Word,  which  is  from 
the  Lord,  and  which  is  the  Lord,  as  maybe  manifest  from  what 
goes  before  ;  and  the  ultimate  of  Divine  Truth,  or  the  Word,  is 
such  as  the  sense  of  the  letter  is,  which  is  natural,  because  for 
the  natural  man.  That  the  sense  of  the  letter  contains  in  it 
an  internal  sense,  which  is  respectively  spiritual  and  celestial, 
is  manifest  from  all  those  things  which  have  been  hitherto  shown 
concerning  the  Word.  But  man,  the  more  worldly  and  corpo- 
real he  is,  the  less  he  comprehends  this,  inasmuch  as  he  does 
not  suffer  himself  to  be  elevated  into  spiritual  light,  and  hence 
to  see  what  the  quality  of  the  Word  is,  namely,  that  in  the 
letter  it  is  natural,  and  in  the  internal  sense  spiritual,  for  from 
the  spiritual  world  or  from  the  light  of  heaven  may  be  seen 
inferior  things  even  to  ultimates,  of  what  quality  they  are,  but 
not  vice  versa>  n.  9401,  thus  that  the  Word  is  of  such  a  quality 
in  the  letter.  Inasmuch  as  the  Word  in  the  letter  is  natural, 
and  by  feet  are  signified  natural  things,  therefore  the  ultimate 
of  the  Word,  as  the  ultimate  of  the  church,  is  called  the  place 
of  the  feet  of  Jehovah,  and  also  the  footstool  of  His  feet,  and 
likewise  a  cloud  and  darkness  respectively,  as  in  Isaiah,  "They 
shall  open  thy  gates  continually  to  bring  to  thee  the  army  of 
the  nations,  and  their  kings  shall  be  brought  away  ;  the  glory  of 
Lebanon  shall  come  to  thee,  the  fir-tree,  the  pine-tree,  and  the 
box-tree  together,  to  decorate  the  places  of  My  sanctuary,  and 
I  will  render  the  place  of  my  feet  honorable  "  \x.  11,  13.  The 
subject  treated  of  in  this  passage  is  concerning  the  Lord  and 
His  kingdom  and  church  ;  by  army  of  the  nations  are  meant 
those  who  are  in  the  goods  of  faith,  and  by  kings  those  who  are 
in  the  truths  of  faith.  That  nations  denote  those  who  are  in 
the  goods  of  faith,  see  n.  1259,  1328,  1416,  1849,  4574,  6005; 
and  that  kings  denote  those  who  are  in  truths,  see  n.  1672,  2015, 
2069,  3009,  4575,  4581,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148.  The  glory  of 
Lebanon  or  the  cedar  is  spiritual  good  and  truth  ;  the  fir-tree, 
the  pine-tree,  and  the  box-tree,  denote  natural  goods  and  truths 
corresponding;  the  place  of  the  sanctuary  is  heaven  and  the 
church,  and  also  the  Word  ;  the  place  of  the  feet  is  heaven,  the 
church,  and  also  the  Word  in  ultimates.  The  reason  why  it 
also  is  the  Word  is,  because  heaven  is  heaven  by  virtue  of  the 


256 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiv 


Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  in  like  manner  the 
church ;  and  the  Divine  Truth  which  makes  the  church  and 
heaven  is  the  Word  ;  hence  also  the  inmost  of  the  tent,  where 
the  ark  was  containing  the  law,  is  called  the  sanctuary,  for  the 
law  is  the  Word,  n.  6752.  Again  in  the  same  prophet,  "  The 
heavens  are  My  throne,  and  the  earth  is  the  stool  of  My  feet" 
lxvi.  1.  And  in  David,  "Exalt  ye  Jehovah  our  God,  and 
adore  towards  the  stool  of  His  feet ;  He  is  holy.  Moses  and 
Aaron  amongst  His  priests  ;  in  the  pillar  of  a  cloud  He  spake  to 
them,"  Psalm  xcix.  5,  6,  7  ;  where  the  stool  of  the  feet  of  Je- 
hovah, towards  which  they  should  adore,  is  the  Divine  Truth 
in  ultimates,  thus  the  Word.  That  Moses  and  Aaron,  in  the 
representative  sense,  are  the  Word,  see  n.  7089,  7382,  9373, 
9374;  and  that  cloud  denotes  the  Word  in  the  letter,  or  the 
Divine  Truth  in  ultimates,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  of  Gen, 
n.  4060,  4391,  5922,  6343,  6752,  8106,  8781  ;  hence  it  is 
evident  what  is  meant  by  speaking  in  the  pillar  of  a  cloud. 
Again,  "We  heard  of  Him  in  Eplirata,  we  have  found  in  the 
fields  of  the  forest ;  we  will  enter  into  His  habitations,  and  will 
bow  ourselves  to  the  stool  of  His  feet"  Psalm  cxxxii.  6,  7.  The 
subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  Lord,  and  concerning 
the  revelation  of  Himself  in  the  Word  ;  to  find  Him  in  Ephrata 
is  in  the  spiritual  celestial  sense  of  the  Word,  n.  4585,  4594  ;  in 
the  fields  of  the  forest  denotes  in  the  natural  or  literal  sense  of 
the  Word,  n.  3220,  9011 ;  the  stool  of  the  feet  denotes  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  in  ultimates.  Again, 
"Jehovah  inclined  the  heaven,  and  thick  darkness  was  under 
His  feet  i  He  set  darkness  for  His  hiding  place,  darkness  of 
waters,  clouds  of  the  heavens  /  from  the  splendor  before  Htm 
His  clouds  passed  away"  Psalm  xviii.  9, 11,  12.  The  subject 
here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  coming  and  presence  of  the  Lord 
in  the  Word  ;  thick  darkness  under  His  feet  denotes  the  sense  of 
the  letter  of  the  Word,  in  like  manner  the  darkness  of  waters 
and  the  clouds  of  the  heavens ;  that  nevertheless  the  Divine 
Truth,  such  as  it  is  in  the  heavens,  is  in  that  sense,  is  signified 
by  setting  darkness  for  His  hiding  place  ;  and  that  at  the 
resence  of  the  Lord  the  internal  sense  appears  such  as  it  is  in 
eaven,  in  its  glory,  is  signified  by  His  clouds  passing  away 
from  the  splendor  before  Him.  And  in  Nahum,  "  The  way  of 
Jehovah  is  in  the  storm  and  tempest,  and  the  clouds  are  the  dust 
of  His  feet"  i.  3 ;  where  also  clouds  denote  the  Word  in  the 
sense  of  the  letter,  which  likewise  is  the  storm  and  tempest 
wherein  is  the  way  of  Jehovah.  When  Divine  Truth,  6uch  as  it 
is  in  heaven,  is  translucent  in  man  from  the  sense  of  the  letter, 
then  this  sense  is  described  by  feet  and  by  their  splendor  as  of 
polished  brass.  As  also  in  Daniel,  "  I  lifted  up  mine  eyes  and 
saw,  behold  one  man  clothed  with  linen,  whose  loins  were  girded 
with  gold  of  Uphaz  and  His  body  as  Tarshish,  and  His  j'ace  a» 


9407.] 


EXODUS. 


257 


the  face  of  lightning,  and  His  eyes  as  torches  of  fire,  His  arms 
and  Hhfeet  as  the  splendor  of  polished  brass,  and  the  voice  of 
His  words  as  the  voice  of  a  crowd,"  x.  5,  6.  In  this  passage  by 
u  man  clothed  in  linen  in  the  supreme  sense  is  meant  the  Lord, 
and  inasmuch  as  the  Lord  is  meant,  the  Divine  Truth  which  is 
from  Him  is  also  meant,  for  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord  is  the  Lord  Himself  in  heaven  and  in  the  church.  Di- 
vine Truth  or  the  Lord  in  ultimates  is  meant  by  arms  and  feet  as 
the  splendor  of  polished  brass,  also  by  the  voice  of  His  words 
as  the  voice  of  a  crowd.  In  like  manner  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  i. 
verse  7.  The  successive  state  of  the  church  on  this  earth,  as  to 
the  reception  of  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  is  also 
meant  by  the  statue  seen  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  of  which  it  is 
thus  written  in  Daniel,  "  The  head  of  the  statue  was  gold,  its 
breast  and  its  arms  were  silver,  its  belly  and  thighs  brass,  its 
legs  iron,  its  feet  were  partly  iron  and  partly  clay,  which  did 
not  cohere  ;  and  a  stone  out  of  the  rock  bruised  the  iron,  the 
clay,  the  brass,  the  silver  and  gold,  ii.  32,  33,  34.  The  first 
stateof  the  church,  as  to  the  reception  of  truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord  is  gold,  inasmuch  as  by  gold  is  signified  celestial  good, 
which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658, 
8932  ;  the  second  by  silver,  which  is  spiritual  good,  which  is 
the  good  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  and  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor, n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  7999;  the  third  by  brass,  which  is 
natural  good,  n.  425,  1551  ;  and  the  fourth  by  iron,  which  is 
natural  truth,  425,  426 ;  clay  is  the  false,  which  does  not  cohere 
with  truth  and  good.  That  a  stone  out  of  the  rock  bruised  the 
iron,  the  clay,  the  brass,  the  silver  and  gold,  signifies  that  the 
church,  as  to  the  reception  of  truth  from  the  Word,  perishes, 
when  the  false  and  the  evil  are  confirmed  by  the  sense  of  the 
letter  of  the  Word,  as  is  the  case  when  the  church  is  in  its 
last  state,  when  it  is  no  longer  in  any  heavenly  love,  but  only  in 
worldly  and  corporeal.  Such  was  the  Word  as  to  its  reception 
with  the  Jewish  nation  when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world, 
and  such  is  the  Word  with  several  at  this  day,  insomuch  that 
it  is  not  even  known  that  there  is  anything  internal  in  the 
Word.  If  it  was  to  be  said  that  there  is  something  internal  and 
what  is  its  quality,  it  would  not  be  received  ;  when  yet  in  the 
most  ancient  times,  which  were  signified  by  gold,  in  the  sense 
of  the  letter  of  the  Word  nothing  else  was  seen  but  what  is 
celestial  almost  abstractedly  from  the  letter.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  may  now  be  manifest,  that  by  the  God  of  Israel 
teen  under  the  feet,  is  signified  the  Word  in  the  ultimate  sense, 
which  is  the  sense  of  the  letter. 

9407.  "  As  the  work  of  a  sapphire" — that  hereby  is  signified 
what  is  translucent  there  from  internal  truths,  and  all  from  the 
Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  work  of  a  sapphire, 
as  denoting  the  quality  of  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  when 

VOL.  TX.  17 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxit. 


the  internal  sense  is  perceived  in  it,  thus  when  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  such  as  it  is  in  heaven,  is 
translucent ;  for  the  Word  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord,  which  in  its  origin  is  Divine,  and  in  its  progress 
through  the  heavens,  in  the  inmost  heaven  is  celestial,  in  the 
second  or  middle  is  spiritual,  in  the  first  or  ultimate  is  spiritual 
natural,  and  in  the  world  is  natural  and  worldly,  such  as  it  is 
in  the  sense  of  the  letter  which  is  for  man.  Hence  it  is  evident 
that  this  latter  sense,  which  is  the  last  in  order,  contains  in  it 
the  spiritual  and  celestial  senses,  and  inmostly  the  Divine  Itself ; 
and  so  far  as  these  senses  are  contained  in  the  last  or  literal, 
and  appear  to  those  who  apprehend  the  Word  spiritually,  it 
is  therefore  represented  by  the  work  of  the  sapphire,  which 
transmits  the  rays  of  heavenly  light,  or  is  translucent.  That 
some  idea  may  be  presented  concerning  this  transl licence,  let 
human  speech  be  taken  for  an  example  ;  this,  in  its  first  origin, 
is  the  end. which  a  man  is  willing  to  manifest  by  speech;  this 
end  is  his  love,  for  what  a  man  loves,  this  he  regards  as  an 
end :  from  it  flows  the  thought  of  man,  and  at  length  the 
speech.  That  this  is  the  case,  every  one  who  reflects  well  may 
know  and  perceive;  that  the  end  regarded  is  the  first  [prin- 
ciple] of  6peech,  is  manifest  from  a  common  rule,  that  in  all 
intelligence  there  is  an  end  regarded,  and  without  an  end  there 
i6  no  intelligence  :  and  that  thought  is  the  second  [principle] 
of  speech  flowing  from  the  first,  is  also  manifest,  for  no  one 
can  6peak  without  thought,  and  think  without  an  end  ;  that 
hence  follows  the  speech  of  expressions,  and  that  this  is  the 
ultimate,  which  is  properly  called  speech,  is  a  known  thing. 
This  being  the  case,  the  man  who  attends  to  the  speech  of 
another,  does  not  attend  to  the  expressions,  or  the  words  of  the 
speech,  but  to  the  sense  resulting  from  those  things  which  are 
of  the  thought  of  him  who  speaks;  and  he  who  is  wise  attends 
to  the  end,  for  the  sake  of  which  the  person  so  speaks  from 
thought,  that  is,  what  he  intends  and  what  he  loves:  these 
three  things  are  presented  in  the  speech  of  man,  to  which 
things  the  speech  of  expressions  is  suhservient  as  a  last  plane. 
From  this  comparison  an  idea  may  be  formed  concerning  the 
Word  in  the  letter,  for  this  is  no  otherwise  attended  to  and 
perceived  in  heaven,  than  the  thought  of  man  usually  is  which 
is  presented  by  the  speech  of  expressions,  and  in  the  inmost 
heaven,  than  the  intention  or  end  usually  is;  but  the  difference 
is,  that  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  when  it  is  read  by 
man,  is  not  heard  nor  perceived  in  heaven,  but  only  the 
internal  sense,  inasmuch  as  in  heaven  is  perceived  only  the 
spiritual  and  celestial  of  the  Word,  but  not  its  natural ;  thus  one 
flense  passes  into  another,  because  the}'  correspond,  and  the  Word 
is  written  by  mere  correspondences  ;  hence  it  IB  evident  what  is 
meant,  when  the  Word  is  treated  of,  by  the  translucency  which 


9407.] 


EXODUS. 


259 


is  signified  hy  the  work  of  a  sapphire.  But  lie  who  cannot 
think  intellectually,  that  is,  abstractedly  from  things  material, 
cannot,  comprehend  these  things,  nor  indeed  that  any  other  sense* 
can  be  given  in  the  Word  than  what  is  extant  in  the  letter; 
if  he  be  told  that  there  is  in  that  sense  a  spiritual  sense,  which 
is  of  truth,  and  in  this  a  celestial  sense  which  is  of  good,  and 
that  these  senses  are  translucent  from  the  literal  sense,  he  will 
at  first  be  amazed,  and  afterwards  he  will  reject  the  idea  as  of 
no  account,  and  at  length  will  make  a  mock  at  it.  That  there 
are  persons  of  this  character  at  this  day  in  the  Christian  world, 
especially  amongst  the  learned,  has  been  shown  by  living 
experience  ;  also  that  they  who  reason  against  that  truth  boast 
themselves  to  be  wiser  than  others  who  affirm  it;  when  yet 
erudition  in  the  early  ages,  which  were  called  golden  and  silver, 
consisted  in  so  speaking  and  so  writing,  that  the  sense  of  the 
letter  was  not  attended  to,  only  so  far  as  a  hidden  wisdom  was 
translucent  from  it,  as  may  be  clearly  manifest  from  the  most 
ancient  books,  even  amongst  the  Gentiles,  and  likewise  from 
the  remains  in  their  languages ;  for  their  chief  science  was  the 
science  of  correspondences,  and  the  science  of  representations, 
which  sciences  at  this  day  are  amongst  things  that  have  been 
lost.  The  reason  why  under  the  Lord's  feet  there  appeared  as 
the  work  of  a  sapphire,  and  this  signifies  the  translueence  of 
the  Word  in  the  sense  of  the  letter,  is,  because  a  stone  in  general 
signifies  truth,  and  a  precious  stone  truth  translucent  from  the 
Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord.  That  a  stone  in  general  signifies 
truth,  see  n.  643,  1298,  3720,  3769,  3771,  3773,  3789,  3798, 
6126,  8609,  8910,  8911,  8912  ;  and  that  a  precious  stone  sig- 
nifies truth  translucent  from  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord  ; 
this  was  signified  by  the  twelve  precious  stones  in  the  breast- 
plate of  Aaron,  which  was  called  Urim  andThummim,  n.  3862, 
6335,  6610.  In  like  manner  in  Ezekiel,  "  Full  of  wisdom 
and  perfect  in  beauty,  thou  hast  been  in  Eden  the  garden  of 
God  ;  every  precious  stone  was  thy  covering,  the  ruby,  the 
topaz,  the  diamond,  the  beryl,  the  onyx,  and  the  jasper,  the 
sapphire,  the  chrysoprase,  the  carbuncle,  and  gold  ;  the  work 
of  thy  drums  and  thy  pipes  was  prepared  in  thee  in  the  day 
in  which  thou  wast  created;  thou  wast  perfect  in  thy  ways 
in  the  day  in  which  thou  wast  created,"  xxviii.  12,  13,  15  ; 
speaking  of  Tyre,  by  which  is  signified  the  church  as  to  the 
interior  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  n.  1201  ;  her  intelli- 
gence and  wisdom,  such  as  it  had  been  in  her  infancy  or  first 
age,  is  described  by  those  precious  stones ;  the  day  in  which 
she  was  created,  signifies  the  first  state  when  they  were  regene 
rated,  for  creation  in  the  Word  is  regeneration,  or  the  new 
creation  of  man,  n.  16,  88.  Like  things  are  signified  by  pre- 
cious stones  in  the  Apocalypse,  "The  foundations  of  the  wall  ot 
the  city  were  adorned  with  every  precious  stone,  the  first  founda 


260 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxiv 


tion  was  a  jasper,  the  second  sapphire,  the  third  chalcedony, 
the  fourth  an  emerald,  the  fifth  sardonyx,  the  sixth  sard i us, 
the  seventh  chrysolite,  the  eighth  beryl,  the  ninth  topaz,  the 
tenth  chrysoprase,  the  eleventh  jacinth,  the  twelfth  amethyst," 
xxi.  19,  20  ;  speaking  of  the  holjr  Jerusalem  coming  down  out 
of  heaven,  by  which  is  meant  a  new  church  amongst  the  nations, 
after  that  the  church  at  this  day  which  is  in  our  European 
world,  is  vastated  ;  the  precious  stones  which  are  foundations  are 
Divine  Truths  translucent  in  the  ultimate  of  order.  Divine 
Truth  translucent  in  the  ultimate  of  order,  which  is  the  Word 
in  the  letter,  is  principally  signified  by  sapphire,  as  in  Isaiah, 
"  Oh  !  thou  afflicted  and  tossed  with  storms,  and  not  com- 
forted, behold  I  arrange  thy  stones  with  stibium,  and  I  will 
set  thy  foundations  with  sapphires ,"  liv.  11  ;  speaking  also  of  a 
church  which  was  to  succeed  the  former,  which  is  meant  by 
the  desolate  having  more  sons  than  the  married  [women], 
verse  1  ;  where  to  arrange  stones  denotes  the  truths  of  the 
church ;  foundations  in  sapphires  denote  truths  translucent 
in  ultimates.  The  like  is  signified  by  sapphire  in  Jeremiah, 
"  Her  Nazarites  were  whiter  than  snow,  they  were  fairer  than 
milk,  their  bones  were  redder  than  pearls,  a  sapphire  was 
their  polish^  Lam.  iv.  7 ;  where  Nazarites  in  the  representative 
sense  signified  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Natural  [principle], 
n.  3301,  6437.  •  Hence  also  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  Him  in  ultimates,  which  is  the  Word  in  the  sense  of  the 
letter ;  for  the  hairs,  which  are  here  meant  by  Nazarites,  and 
are  said  to  be  whiter  than  snow  and  fairer  than  milk,  signify 
truth  in  ultimates,  n.  3301,  5217,  5569  ;  whiteness  and  fair- 
ness being  predicated  of  truth,  n.  3301,  5319  ;  the  bones  which 
were  red  are  scientific  truths,  which  are  the  last,  and  which 
serve  the  rest  as  servants,  n.  6592,  8005;  redness  is  predicated 
of  the  good  of  love  which  is  in  truths,  n.  3300 ;  hence  it  is 
evident  that  a  sapphire  denotes  truth  in  ultimates  translucent 
from  internal  truths.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Above  the  expanse, 
which  was  over  the  head  of  the  cherubs,  was  as  the  aspect 
of  a  sapphire  stone,  the  likeness  of  a  throne,  and  above  the 
likeness  of  a  throne-was  as  the  aspect  of  a  man  sitting  upon 
it,"  i.  26 ;  chap.  x.  1;  where  cherubs  denote  the  Lord's  guard 
and  providence,  lest  there  should  be  access  to  Him  except  by 
good,  n.  9277 ;  the  throne  upon  which  was  the  aspect  of  a 
man,  is  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord, 
n.  5313,  6397,  9039.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  a  sapphire  stone 
is  truth  translucent  from  internal  truths,  namely,  that  a  stone 
denotes  truth,  and  sapphire  translucence.  The  reason  why  all 
things  of  the  Word  are  translucent  from  the  Lord  is,  because 
the  Divine  Truth,  which  is  from  the  Lord,  is  the  only  one  prin- 
ciple from  which  all  things  are  derived  ;  for  that  which  is  Hrst 
it  the  one  only  principle  in  the  things  which  follow  and  are  de- 


9107.] 


EXODUS. 


261 


rived  from  it,  inasmuch  as  from  it  they  are  and  exist ;  and  the 
Divine  Truth  is  the  Lord.  Wherefore  also  in  the  supreme  sense 
of  the  Word  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  Lord  alone, 
concerning  His  love,  providence,  kingdom  in  the  heavens  and 
in  the  earth,  especially  concerning  the  glorification  of  His  hu- 
man [principle].  That  the  Divine  Truth  is  the  Lord  Himself, 
is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  whatsoever  proceeds 
from  any  one  is  himself,  as  what  proceeds  from  man,  whilst 
he  speaks  or  acts,  is  from  his  will  principle  and  intellectual ; 
and  the  will  principle  and  intellectual  constitute  the  life  of 
man.  thus  the  man  himself;  for  man  is  not  a  man  from  the 
form  of  the  face  and  body,  but  from  the  understanding  of  truth 
and  the  will  of  good.  Hence  it  maybe  manifest,  that  wha' 
proceeds  from  the  Lord,  is  the  Lord  ;  that  this  is  the  Divine 
Truth,  has  been  frequently  shown  in  what  goes  before.  But  he 
w  ho  does  not  know  the  arcana  of  heaven  may  believe,  that  witli 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  the  case  is  no  other- 
wise than  as  with  speech  which  proceeds  from  man  ;  but  it  is 
not  speech,  but  the  Divine  [principle]  filling  the  heavens,  as 
light  and  heat  from  the  sun  fill  the  world  ;  this  may  be  illustrat- 
ed bv  the  spheres  which  proceed  from  the  angels  in  heaven,  see 
n.  1048,  1053,  1316,  1501  to  1520,  1695,  2101,  4161,  5179, 
6206,  7451,  659S  to  6613,  8063,  8630,  8791,  8797  ;  which, 
as  may  be  seen  in  the  passages  cited,  are  spheres  of  the  truth 
of  faith  and  of  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord.  But  the  Divine 
sphere,  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord,  is  universal,  and,  as 
was  said,  fills  the  universal  heaven,  and  constitutes  the  All  of 
life  there  ;  it  appears  there  before  the  eyes  as  light,  which  not 
only  illuminates  the  sight,  but  also  minds.  The  same  also  is 
what  constitutes  the  understanding  with  man;  this  is  meant  in 
John,  "  In  Him  was  life,  and  the  life  was  the  light  of  men  ;  it 
was  the  true  light,  which  illuminates  every  man  that  cometh 
into  the  world,  and  the  world  was  made  by  Him,"  i.  4,  9,  10; 
where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  Divine  Truth, 
which  is  called  the  Word,  and  that  the  Divine  Truth  or  Word 
is  the  Lord  Himself.  This  light,  which  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord,  was  described  by  the  ancients  by 
radiant  circles  of  a  golden  color  around  the  head  and  body  of 
God  represented  as  a  man,  for  the  angels  had  no  other  percep 
tion  of  God  than  under  a  human  form.  When  man  is  in 
good,  and  from  good  in  truths,  he  is  then  elevated  into  that 
Divine  light,  and  into  interior  [light]  according  to  the  quantity 
and  quality  of  good.  Hence  he  has  common  illustration,  in 
which  frorj  the  Lord  he  sees  innumerable  truths  which  he  per- 
ceives from  good;  and  in  this  case  he  is  led  of  the  Lord  to 
perceive  and  imbue  those  things  that  are  suitable  to  him,  and 
this  as  to  the  most  singular  things  in  order,  as  is  conducive  to 
his  eternal  life.    It  is  said  as  to  most  singular  things,  inasmuch 


262 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


as  the  universal  providence  of  the  Lord  is  universal  because  in 
things  most  singular,  for  singulars  together  are  called  an  uni- 
versal, n.  1919,^6159,  6338,  6182,  6483,  8864,  8S65. 

9408.  "  And  as  the  substance  of  heaven  as  to  cleanness  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  translucency  of  the  angelic  heaven, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  heaven,  as  denoting  the  angelic 
heaven,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  cleanliness  or  purity  of  substance,  when  it  is  said 
of  heaven,  as  denoting  translucency.  It  may  be  expedient  to 
say  briefly  what  the  translucency  of  the  angelic  heaven  is,  when 
concerning  the  Word.  The  angelic  heaven  is  said  to  be  trans- 
lucent,  when  Divine  Truth  is  translucent;  for  the  universal 
heaven  is  nothing  but  the  receptacle  of  Divine  Truth,  for  every 
angel  is  a  reception  thereof  in  particular,  thus  all  or  the  whole 
heaven  in  general,  whence  heaven  is  called  the  habitation  of 
God  and  also  the  throne  of  God,  because  by  habitation  is  sig- 
nified Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  received  in  the 
inmost  heaven,  which  respectively  is  good,  n.  S268,  8309  ; 
and  by  throne  is  signified  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  received 
in  the  middle  heaven,  n.  5313,  6397,  8625,  9309.  Inasmuch 
as  it  is  Divine  Truth,  such  as  is  in  the  heavens,  which  is  trans- 
ucent  from  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  therefore  it  is 
the  angelic  heaven  which  is  translucent ;  for  the  Word  is  the 
Divine  Truth  accommodated  to  all  the  heavens,  and  hence  it 
conjoins  the  heavens  with  the  world,  that  is,  angels  with  men, 
n.  2143,  7153,  7381,  S920,  9094,  9212,  9216,  9357,  9396. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  the 
translucence  of  the  angelic  heaven.  That  heaven  in  the  inter- 
nal sense  denotes  the  angelic  heaven,  is  from  correspondence, 
and  also  from  appearance.  Hence  it  is,  that  when  mention  is 
made  in  the  Word  of  heavens,  also  of  the  heavens  of  heavens, 
in  the  internal  sense  are  meant  the  angelic  heavens ;  for  the 
ancients  had  no  other  idea  of  the  visible  heaven  than  that 
heavenly  inhabitants  dwelt  there,  and  that  the  stare  were  their 
habitations  ;  a  similar  idea  also  at  this  day  prevails  amongst  the 
simple,  and  especially  amongst  infants;  hence  likewise  it  is 
customary  to  look  upwards  to  heaven,  when  God  is  adored. 
This  also  is  from  correspondence,  for  in  the  other  life  heaven 
appears  with  stars,  yet  not  the  heaven  which  appears  to  men 
in  the  world,  but  it  is  heaven  appearing  according  to  the  state 
of  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  of  spirits  and  angels;  the  stars 
there  denote  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  and  the  clouds 

.  .  ....  J  • 

which  are  sometimes  seen  are  of  various  bonifications  according 
to  colors,  translucency,  and  progressions;  the  blueness  of 
heaven  is  truth  transparent  from  good.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  may  be  manifest  that  by  heavens  are  signified  the  angelic 
heavens;  but  by  the  angelic  heavens  are  rignified  Divine 
Truths,  inasmuch  as  the  angels  are  receptions  of  Divine  Truths 


9408.] 


EXODUS. 


263 


proceeding  from  the  Lord.  Like  things  are  signified  by  heavens 
in  David,  "  Praise  Jehovah  ye  heavens  of  heavens,  and  ye  waters 
which  are  above  the  heavens"  Psalm  cxlviii.  4.  Again,  "  Play 
an  instrument  to  the  Lord  who  ridcth  upon  the  heaven  of  heaven 
of  old"  Psalm  lxviii.  33.  Again,  "  By  the  Word  of  Jehovah 
the  heavens  were  made,  and  all  the  host  of  them,"  Psalm 
xxxiii.  6.  Again,  "  The  heavens  declare  His  glory,  and  the 
firmament  announces  the  works  of  his  hands,"  Psalm  xix.  1. 
And  in  the  book  of  Judges,  "Jehovah,  when  thou  wentest 
forth  from  Seir,  the  earth  trembled,  also  the  heavens  dropped, 
the  clouds  also  dropped  waters,"  v.  4.  And  in  Daniel,  "  The 
horn  of  the  he-goat  grew  even  to  the  host  of  the  heavens,  and 
cast  down  to  the  earth  of  the  host  and  of  the  stars,  and  trampled 
them  under  foot,"  viii.  10.  And  in  Amos,  "  The  Lord  Jehovah 
buildeth  in  the  heavens  His  steps  [or  degrees],"  ix.  6.  And 
in  Malachi,  "  If  there  be  food  in  My  house,  I  will  open  the 
windows  of  heaven  and  pour  out  for  you  a  blessing,"  iii.  10. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Look  forth  from  the  heavens,  and  see  from 
the  habitation  of  Thy  holiness  and  Thy  honorableness,"  lxiii. 
15.  And  in  Moses,  "  Blessed  of  Jehovah  is  the  land  of  Joseph, 
of  the  precious  things  of  heaven,  of  the  dew,"  Dent,  xxxiii.  13, 
And  in  Matthew,  "  Jesus  said,  thou  shalt  not  swear  by  heaven, 
because  it  is  the  throne  of  God:  he  who  shall  swear  by  heaven, 
sweareth  by  the  throne  of  God,  and  by  Him  who  sitteth  ttpon 
it,"  v.  34 ;  chap,  xxxiii.  22.  In  these  passages,  and  in  several 
ttthers,  by  heavens  are  signified  the  angelic  heavens ;  and 
whereas  the  heaven  of  the  Lord  in  the  earths  is  the  church, 
by  heaven  is  also  signified  the  church,  as  in  the  following 
passages.  "  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth,  for  the  far- 
mer heaven  and  theformer  earth  hadpassed  away,"  Apoc.  xxi.  1. 
And  in  Isaiah,  11  Behold  I  create  new  heavens,  and  anew  earth, 
therefore  neither  shall  the  former  be  mentioned,  nor  come  up 
upon  the  heart,"  Ixv.  17.  Again,  "  The  heavens  shall  vanish 
as  smoke,  and  the  earth  shall  grow  old  as  a  garment,"  li.  6. 
Again,  "  /  clothe  the  heaven  with  blackness,  and  I  make  sack- 
cloth a  covering,"  1.  3.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  /  will  cover  the 
heavens,  and  will  blacken  the  stars  thereof,  I  will  cover  the  sun 
with  a  cloud,  and  the  moon  shall  not  cause  her  light  to  shine, 
and  I  will  blacken  all  the  luminaries  of  light  in  heaven,  and  I 
will  give  darkness  upon  the  earth,"  xxxii.  7,  8.  And  in  Mat- 
thew, "  After  the  affliction  of  those  days  the  sun  shall  be  ob- 
scured, and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light,  and  the  stars 
shall  fall  from  heaven,  and  the  virtues  of  the  heavens  shall  be 
moved,"  xxiv.  29.  What  is  signified  by  the  sun,  the  moon,  the 
stars,_  and  the  virtues  of  the  heavens!  see  n.  4056  to  4060. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Jehovah,  God  of  Israel,  thou  art  the  only 
God,  over  rdl  the  kingdoms  of  the  earth,  thou  hast  made  heaven 
and  earth"  xxxvii.  16.    Again,  "Jehovah  who  maketh  all 


264 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


things,  sjyreading  out  the  heavens  alone,  stretching  out  the  earth 
from  Myself,"  xliv.  24.  Again,  "Jehovah  who  createth  the 
heavens,  forming  the  earth,  and  making  it,  and  preparing  it, 
He  did  not  create  it  an  emptiness,"  xlv.  18.  That  by  heaven 
and  earth  in  the  above  passages,  and  in  others,  in  the  internal 
sense,  is  meant  the  church,  by  heaven  the  internal  church,  and 
by  earth  the  external  church,  Bee  n.  1733.  1850,  2117,  2118, 
3355,  4535.  From  which  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by 
creation  in  the  first  chapters  of  Genesis,  where  it  is  said,  "  In. 
the  beginning  God  created  the  heaven  and  the  earth"  Gen.  i.  1, 
"  And  the  heavens  and  the  earth  were  finished,  and  all  the  host 
of  them"  chap.  ii.  1,  is  meant  a  new  church,  for  the  creation 
there  spoken  of  is  a  new  regeneration,  which  is  also  called  a 
new  creation,  as  may  be  seen  shown  in  the  explications  of  those 
chapters. 

9409.  "  And  to  the  sons  of  Israel  apart  " — that  hereby  arc 
signified  those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  alone  separate  from 
the  internal,  appears  from  the  representation  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
who  were  apart  or  separate  from  Moses,  Aaron,  Nadab,  and 
Abiliu,  and  from  the  seventy  elders,  of  whom  it  is  said  above, 
verse  2,  that  they  should  not  ascend,  as  denoting  those  who  are 
in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  separate  from  the  internal,  see 
above,  n.  93S0.  It  may  be  expedient  here  briefly  to  say,  who 
and  of  what  quality  they  are  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the 
Word  separate  from  the  internal.  They  are  such  as  extract  from 
the  Word  no  doctrine  of  charity  and  faith,  but  abide  solely  in 
the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word.  The  doctrine  of  charity  and 
faith  is  in  the  internal  of  the  Word,  and  the  sense  of  the  letter  is 
its  external.  They  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the  AVord 
without  the  internal,  are  also  in  external  worship  without  in- 
ternal, worshipping  external  things  as  holy  and  Divine,  and  also 
believing  that  in  themselves  they  are  holy  and  Divine,  when 
yet  they  are  holy  and  Divine  from  things  internal.  That  the 
sons  of  Jacob  were  of  this  character,  see  n.  3479,  42S1,  4293, 
43d7,  4429,  4433,  4680,  4S44,  4847,  4865,  4868,  4874,  4S99, 
4903,  4911,  4913,  6304,  8588,  8788,  8806,  8S71.  But  let  ex- 
amples illustrate  this  case.  They  believed  that  they  were  pure 
from  all  sin  and  from  all  guilt,  when  they  offered  sacrifices,  and 
did  eat  of  the  sacritices,  conceiving  that  sacrifices  in  the  ex- 
ternal form  without  the  internal  were  the  most  holy  things  of 
worship,  and  in  such  case,  that  the  oxen,  the  heifers,  the  lambs, 
the  she-goats,  the  sheep,  the  ranis,  the  he-goats,  were  holy,  and 
that  the  altar  was  the  most  holy  of  all  ;  in  like  manner  they 
conceived  of  the  bread,  of  the  meat-offerings,  and  of  the  wine  of 
the  libations.  They  believed  also  that  when  they  washed  their 
garments,  and  their  bodies,  they  were  altogether  clean  ;  in  like 
manner  that  the  perpetual  fire  of  the  altar,  and  the  fires  of  the 
lamp,  were  holy  of  themselves,  likewise  the  breads  of  propo- 


9409.] 


EXODUS. 


265 


sition  [the  shew-bread],  and  also  the  oil  of  anointing,  besides 
other  tilings.    The  reason  why  they  so  believed  was,  because 
they  rejected  every  thing  internal,  insomuch  that  they  were  not 
even  willing  to  hear  of  internal  things,  .as  that  they  should  love 
Jehovah  for  the  sake  of  Himself,  and  not  for  the  sake  of  them- 
selves ;  that  they  might  be  exalted  to  dignities  and  to  opulence 
above  all  nations  and  people  in  the  universe  ;  therefore  neither 
were  they  willing  to  hear  of  the  Messiah,  that  He  was  to  come 
for  the  sake  of  their  salvation  and  eternal  happiness,  but  for  the 
sake  of  themselves,  that  they  might  have  pre-eminence  over  all 
in  the  world  ;  neither  were  they  willing  to  hear  of  mutual  love 
and  charity  towards  the  neighbor  for  the  sake  of  the  neighbor 
and  his  good,  but  for  the  sake  of  themselves,  so  far  as  he  fa- 
vored them  ;  they  made  light  of  unfriendly  dispositions,  of 
bearing  hatred,  of  exercising  revenge  and  cruelty,  if  they  had 
any  cause  to  plead  for  such  enormities.    They  would  have  be- 
lieved and  acted  altogether  otherwise,  if  they  had  been  will- 
ing to  receive  the  doctrine  of  love  and  of  faith  to  the  Lord,  and 
of  charity  towards  the  neighbor;  in  this  case  they  would  have 
known  and  believed,  that  burnt-offerings,  sacrifices,  meat-offer 
ings,  libations,  and  eating  of  the  sacrifices,  did  not  purify  them 
from  any  guilt  and  sin.  but  that  they  were  purified  by  the  wor 
ship  of  God,  and  repentance  from  the  heart,  Dent,  xxxiii.  19 ; 
Jer.  vii.  21,  22,  23  ;  Micah  vi.  6,  7,  8 ;  Hosea  vi.  6  ;  Psalm  xl. 
6,  8 ;  Psalm  li.  IT,  18,  19  ;  1  Samuel  xv.  22.    In  like  manner 
that  the  washings  of  the  garments  and  of  the  body,  did  not 
make  any  one  clean,  but  purifications  of  the  heart ;  in  like 
manner  also  that  the  fire  of  the  altar,  and  the  tires  of  the  lamp, 
also  the  shew-bread,  and  likewise  the  oil  of  anointing,  were  not 
holy  of  themselves,  but  by  virtue  of  the  internal  things  which 
they  signified  ;  and  that  when  they  were  in  holy  internal  things 
they  were  then  holy,  not  from  themselves,  but  from  the  Lord, 
from  whom  is  every  thing  holy.  The  sons  of  Israel  would  have 
known  these  internal  things,  if  they  had  received  the  doctrine 
of  love  and  charity,  since  this  teaches  what  external  things  in- 
volve.   From  that  doctrine  also  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word 
is  known,  inasmuch  as  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  is  the 
doctrine  itself  of  love  to  the  Lord  and  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor, which  also  the  Lord  teaches,  saying,  that  on  those  two 
commandments  hang  all  the  law  and  the  prophets,  Matt.  xxii. 
34,  38.    The  case  is  nearly  the  same  at  this  day  in  the  Chris- 
tian world,  in  which,  inasmuch  as  there  is  no  doctrine  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  it  is  scarcely 
known  what  celestial  love  is,  and  what  spiritual  love,  which  is 
charity,  therefore  they  are  in  externals  without  an  internal ;  for 
the  good  of  celestial  and  spiritual  love,  and  the  truth  of  faith 
thence  derived,  makes  the  internal  of  man ;  hence  it  is  that  at 
this  day  also  the  external  sense  of  the  Word,  without  doctrine 


266 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


as  a  rule  and  guide,  is  bent  in  every  direction  at  pleasure.  For 
the  doctrine  of  faith  without  the  doctrine  of  love  and  charity  ie 
as  the  shade  of  night,  but  the  doctrine  of  faith  grounded  in  the 
doctrine  of  love  and  charity,  is  as  the  light  of  day  ;  for  the  good 
which  is  of  love  and  charity  is  as  flame,  and  the  truth  of  faith 
is  as  the  light  thence  derived.  Inasmuch  as  in  the  Christian  world 
the  inhabitants  at  this  day  are  of  such  a  quality,  namely,  in  ex 
ternals  without  an  internal,  therefore  scarcely  any  are  affected 
with  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth  ;  hence  also  it  is,  that  they  do 
not  even  know  what  good  is,  what  charity,  and  what  the  neigh 
bor,  also  what  the  internal  of  man,  neither  what  heaven,  nor 
what  hell,  nor  that  every  one  has  life  immediately  after  death. 
Such  of  them  as  remain  in  the  doctrines  of  their  own  church, 
do  not  care  whether  they  be  false  or  true  ;  they  learn  them  and 
confirm  them  not  for  the  sake  of  the  end  of  exercising  the  good 
of  charity  from  the  heart,  nor  for  the  sake  of  the  salvation  of 
their  own  souls  and  eternal  happiness,  but  for  the  sake  of  pros- 
perity in  the  world,  that  is,  that  they  may  gain  reputation, 
honors  and  wealth ;  hence  it  is  that  they  have  no  illumination 
when  they  read  the  Word,  and  that  they  altogether  deny  that 
there  is  any  thing  internal  in  the  AVord,  except  what  is  extant 
in  the  letter.  But  on  this  subject,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the 
Lord,  more  will  be  said  elsewhere  from  experience. 

9410.  "  He  sent  not  His  hand  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  there  was  no  truth  there  in  its  power,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  hand,  as  denoting  the  power  which  is  by  truth. 
That  hand  denotes  power,  see  n.  878,  3091,  3387,  4931  to  4937, 
5327,  5328,  5544,  6947,  7011,  7188,  71S9,  751S,  7673,  8050, 
8153,  8281,  9025,  9133  ;  that  it  denotes  by  truth,  see  n.  3091, 
3502,  6344,  6413,  8304 ;  and  that  all  the  power  of  truth  is 
from  good,  thus  by  good  from  the  Lord,  n.  6948,  8200,  9327. 
Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  not  sending  Ilis  hand  to  the  sons 
of  Israel  apart,  is  signified  that  truth  is  not  in  its  power  with 
those  who  are  in  the  external  sen6e  of  the  AVord,  separate  from 
the  internal.  The  reason  why  truth  is  not  in  its  power  with 
those  is,  because  they  are  separated  from  heaven,  and  thereby 
from  the  Lord,  for  the  Word  conjoins  man  to  heaven,  and  by 
heaven  to  the  Lord,  since  all  things  which  are  of  the  sense  of 
the  letter  of  the  AVord  correspond  to  spiritual  and  celestial 
things,  in  which  the  angels  are;  with  which  things  there  is  no 
communication,  if  the  Word  be  taken  merely  according  to  the 
letter,  and  not  at  the  same  time  according  to  any  doctrinal  ot 
the  church,  which  is  the  internal  of  the  Word.  Let  us  take 
for  an  example  the  words  of  the  Lord  to  Peter,  "T/wu  art 
Peter,  and  upon  this  rock  [petrd]  I  will  build  My  church,  and 
the  gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail  against  it  ;  and  1  will  give  to 
thee  the  kegs  of  the  kingdom  of  the  heavms,  and  wJuitsuevet 
'Jiou  shalt  bind  in  earth,  shall  be  bound  in  the  heavens /  and 


9410.] 


EXODUS. 


207 


whatsoever  thoi^  slialt  loose  in  earth,  shall  he  locsed  in  the 
heavens,'  Matt.  xvi.  18,  19.  In  like  manner  to  the  disciples, 
"  Verily,  I  say  unto  you,  whatsoever  ye  shall  hind  on  earth, 
shall  he  hound  in  heaven,  xnd  whatsoever  ye  shall  loose  on  earth, 
shall  he  loosened  in  heaven,"  Matt,  xviii.  J  8.  They  who  are 
'.n  the  external  sense  of  the  Woul,  separate  from  the  internal, 
inis  who  are  separated  from  the  true  doctrip.e  of  the  church, 
persuade  themselves  that  such  power  from  the  Lord  was  given 
to  Peter,  and  also  to  the  rest  of  the  disciples  of  the  Lord ; 
hence  that  infernal  heresy,  that  it  is  in  human  power  to  let  into 
heaven  and  to  shut  out  from  heaven  whomsoever  it  pleases. 
When  yet  according  to  the  true  doctrine  of  the  church,  which 
also  is  the  internal  of  the  Word,  the  Lord  alone  has  that  power  ; 
wherefore  they  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word, 
and  at  the  same  time  in  the  internal,  conceive  that  the  ahove 
things  were  said  concerning  faith  and  its  truths,  winch  are  from 
the  Lord,  and  that  faith  from  the  Lord,  thus  the  Lord  Himself, 
has  that  power,  and  in  no  wise  any  man.  That  this  is  the  case, 
may  he  manifest  from  the  representation  of  Peter  and  of  the 
twelve  disciples  ;  also  from  the  signification  of  a  rock,  and 
likewise  from  the  signification  of  keys.  That  Peter  represented 
faith,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  and  xxii.  of  Genesis;  also  n. 
3750,  4738,  6000,  6073.  And  that  the  twelve  disciples  of  the 
Lord,  like  the  twelve  trihes  of  Israel,  represented  all  the  things 
of  faith  and  love,  see  n.  3488,  3858,  6397.  That  a  rock  signi- 
fies the  Lord  as  to  faith,  and  thus  the  faith  which  is  from  the 
Lord,  n.  85S1 ;  and  that  keys  signify  power,  is  manifest  from 
the  passages  in  the  Word  where  keys  are  named,  as  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "I  am  the  first  and  the  last,  who  liveth  and  was 
dead  ;  but  behold  I  live  for  ages  of  ages,  and  have  the  keys  of 
hell  and  of  death"  i.  18.  Again,  "These  things  saith  the  Holy 
One,  the  True,  who  hath  the  hey  of  David,  who  openeth  that 
no  one  shutteth,  and  shutteth  that  no  one  openeth"  Apoc.  iii.  7. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  I  will  give  the  key  of  the  house  of  David  upon 
his  shoulder,  that  he  may  open,  and  there  is  none  to  shut,  and 
he  may  shut  and  there  is  none  to  open,"  xxii.  22.  That  in  these 
passages  a  key  denotes  power,  is  evident ;  and  that  it  appertains 
to  the  Lord  alone.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  maui 
test  of  what  quality  they  are,  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of 
the  Word,  separate  from  the  internal,  namely,  that  they  have  no 
conjunction  with  heaven,  thus  none  with  the  Lord.  As  they 
who  explain  the  above  words  of  the  Lord  to  Peter,  and  to  the 
di&eiples  according  to  the  letter,  arrogate  to  themselves  the  power 
of  saving  mankind,  and  make  themselves  gods  of  heaven  and 
earth,  and  this  from  a  wild  love  of  themselves  and  the  world; 
every  one  who  thinks  from  sound  reason,  may  see  and  conceive, 
that  man  cannot  loose  one  sin,  inasmuch  as  sin  is  not  loosed 
except  by  the  formation  of  new  life,  that  is,  by  regeneration  from 


268 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxir 


the  Lord.  That  regeneration  continues  even  to  the  end  of  man's 
lite  in  the  world,  and  afterwards  to  eternity,  see  n.  8548  to 
8553,  8635  to  8640,  8742  to  8747,  $853  to  8858,  8958  to  8968. 
It  may  be  expedient  also  briefly  to  say  what  truth  in  its  power 
is.  That  the  angels  are  called  powers  in  the  Word,  and  also  that 
they  are  powers,  is  a  thing  known  in  the  church ;  but  they  are 
not  powers  from  themselves,  but  from  the  Lord,  inasmuch  as 
they  are  recipient  of  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord  ;  they 
have  such  power  from  the  Lord,  that  one  of  them  can  drive 
away,  shut  up  in  the  hells,  and  restrain  a  thousand  of  the  dia- 
bolical crew  ;  for  Divine  Truth,  which  is  from  the  Lord,  fills 
the  heavens,  and  constitutes  the  heavens  ;  and  if  you  are  wil- 
ling to  believe,  all  things  were  made  and  created  by  it.  The 
Word  which  was  in  the  beginning  with  God,  and  which  was 
(  rod,  by  which  all  things  were  created,  and  by  which  the  world 
was  made,  see  John  i.  1  to  14,  is  the  Divine  Truth.  That  this 
is  the  one  only  substantial  [thing  or  principle],  from  which  are 
all  things,  few  are  able  to  apprehend,  inasmuch  as  no  other  idea 
is  at  this  day  held  concerning  Divine  Truth,  than  as  of  the 
speech  of  the  mouth  from  a  person  in  authority,  according  to 
which  commands  are  affected  ;  but  what  idea  ought  to  be  held 
concerning  it,  see  n.  9407.  The  omnipotence  of  the  Divine 
Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord,  is  described  in  many  passages 
in  the  Word,  and  also  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  War  was  made  in 
heaven,  Michael  and  his  angels  fought  against  the  dragon  ;  and 
the  dragon  fought  and  his  angels,  but  did  not  prevail,  neither 
was  their  place  found  anymore  in  heaven  :  they  overcame  him 
by  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  by  the  Word  of  /lis  testimony" 
xii.  7,  8,  11.  That  the  blood  of  the  Lamb  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle],  see  n. 
4735,  4978*  7317,  7326,  7850,  9127,  9393,  9395;  and  that 
the  Word  of  His  testimony  is  Divine  Truth  received,  is  evident. 
They  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  separate  from 
the  internal,  thus  who  are  separated  from  the  true  doctrine 
of  the  church,  conceive  no  otherwise  of  the  above  prophetic 
[saying]  than  according  to  the  letter,  namely,  that  by  blood  is 
meant  blood,  thus  the  passion  of  the  Lord,  when  yet  it  is  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  which  is  there  signified 
by  blood.  They  who  are  in  the  true  doctrine  of  the  church  are 
able  to  know,  that  they  are  not  saved  by  blood,  but  by  hearing 
Divine  Truth  and  doing  it,  thus  [they  are  saved]  who  suffer 
themselves  to  be  regenerated  by  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  : 
this  all  are  able  to  know,  to  conceive,  to  see  and  to  perceive, 
who  are  in  illustration  from  the  Lord,  thus  all  who  are  in  the 
good  of  charity  and  faith,  for  these  are  they  who  are  illustrated. 
This  I  can  confess,  that  when  I  read  of  the  blood  of  the  Lamb, 
and  think  of  the  blood  of  the  Lord,  the  attendant  angels  know 
no  other  than  that  I  read  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  tlu 


9411,  9412.J 


EXODUS. 


269 


Lord,  and  that  1  think  about  it.  But  let  the  simple  remain  in 
their  own  doctrine,  that  they  are  saved  by  the  blood  of  the  Lord, 
only  let  them  live  according  to  His  Divine  Truth  ;  for  they  who 
live  according-  to  it,  are  illustrated  in  the  other  life. 

9411.  "  And  saw  God  " — that  hereby  is  signified  faith,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  seeing  God,  as  denoting  to  be 
gifted  with  intelligence  and  faith ;  for  to  see  in  the  internal  sense 
is  to  see  spiritually,  and  to  see  spiritually  is  to  see  from  faith; 
hence  it  is  that  to  see  in  the  Word  signifies  to  have  faith, 
n.  2325,  3S63,  3869,  4403  to  4421,  5400,  6S05,  9128.  The 
reason  why  they  saw  the  God  of  Israel,  that  is,  the  Lord,  is 
because  the  laws  promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai,  in  a  broad 
sense,  signify  the  Word  in  its  whole  complex,  and  the  Word 
is  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord,  which  in  the  supreme  sense 
treats  of  the  Lord  alone  ;  wherefore  they  who  are  in  illustra- 
tion, when  they  read  the  Word,  see  the  Lord,  which  is  effected 
from  faith  and  from  love  ;  this  effect  is  wrought  in  the  Word 
alone,  and  not  in  any  other  writing  whatsoever;  hence  it  is 
evident  why  Moses,  Aaron,  Nadab,  and  Abihu,  and  the  seventy 
elders  saw  Him.  That  these  saw  Him,  and  not  the  sons  of 
Israel  apart,  is  evident  from  verses  9  and  10  preceding,  for  it 
is  there  said,  that  Muses  went  up,  and  Aaron,  Nadab  and 
Abihu,  and  seventy  of  the  elders  of  Israel,  and  saw  the  God  of 
Israel ;  and  in  this  verse  it  is  said,  "  And  to  the  sons  of  Israel 
apart  He  sent  not  the  hand."  The  reason  why  the  former  saw 
God,  and  not  the  latter,  was,  because  Moses  and  Aaron  repre- 
sented the  Word  as  to  the  internal  and  external  sense,  n.  9374  ; 
and  Nadab  and  Abihu  the  doctrine  derived  from  each,  n.  9375  ; 
and  the  seventy  elders  all  who  are  in  good  grounded  in  truths 
thence  derived,  n.  9376,  9404  ;  but  the  sons  of  Israel  apart  re- 
presented those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  sep- 
arate from  the  internal. 

9412.  "  And  did  eat  and  drink  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
information  concerning  the  good  and  truth  of  worship,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  eating,  as  denoting  the  conjunction 
and  appropriation  of  good,  see  n.  2187,  2343,  3168,  3513,  3596, 
3S52,  4745,  5643;  and  from  the  signification  of  drinking,  as 
denoting  the  conjunction  and  appropriation  of  truth,  see  n. 
3089,  316S,  4017,  4018,  5709,  8562.  The  reason  why  it  also 
denotes  information,  namely,  eating,  information  concerning 
good,  and  drinking,  information  concerning  truth,  is,  because 
spiritual  meat  is  all  the  good  of  faith  from  which  comes  wis- 
dom, and  spiritual  drink  is  all  the  truth  of  faith  from  which 
comes  intelligence,  see  n.  56  to  5S,  681,  1480,  3069,  3114, 
3168,  3772,  4792,  5147,  5293,  5340,  5342,  5576,  5579,  5582, 
55S8,  5655,  5915,  8562,  9003.  Hence  amongst  the  ancients 
were  instituted  banquets,  feasts,  dinners  and  suppers,  that  they 
might  be  consociated  by  such  things  as  are  of  wisdom  and 


270 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


intelligence,  n.  3596,  3832,  5161,  7836,  7996,  7997.  Hence 
also  feasts,  dinners  and  suppers  in  the  Word  signify  consocia- 
tions as  to  faith  and  love  ;  as  in  Matthew,  "  Many  shall  come 
from  the  east  and  west,  and  shall  lie  down  with  Abraham.,  Isaac 
and  Jacob  in  the  kingdom  of  the  heavens"  viii.  11.  And  iti 
Luke,  "  Jesus  said  to  the  disciples,  ye  shall  eat  and  drink  on 
My  table  in  My  kingdom  "  xxii.  30.  Again,  "  Blessed  are  the 
servants,  whom  the  Lord  at  His  coming  shall  find  watching  ; 
verily  I  say  unto  you,  that  He  will  gird  Himself,  and  will 
make  them  to  lie  doion,  and  Himself  will  come  forth  and  min- 
ister to  them,"  xii.  37.  And  in  John,  "The  disciples  asked 
Jesus,  saying,  Master,  eat ;  but  he  said  to  them,"/  have  meat 
to  eat  which  ye  know  not  of"  iv.  31,  32.  Again,  "Jesus 
said,  I  am  the  living  bread,  which  came  down  from  heaven, 
if  any  one  eat  of  this  bread,  he  shall  live  for  ever,"  vi.  51  ; 
that  heavenly  bread  is  here  meant,  is  evident ;  heavenly  bread 
is  every  good  of  love  and  of  faith  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  2165 
2177,  3461,  3178,  3735,  3S13,  4211,  4217,  4735,  4976,  5915 
6118,  9323.  That  to  eat  and  to  drink  signifies  to  be  informed 
concerning  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  is  manifest  from  the 
following  passages,  "Then  shall  ye  begin  to  say,  we  have 
eaten  before  Thee,  and  have  drv.nk,  and  Thou  hast  taught  in 
our  streets  ;  but  He  will  say,  I  say  unto  you,  I  know  you  not, 
whence  ye  are,  depart  from  Me,  all  ye  workers  of  iniquity," 
Luke  xiii.  26,  27  ;  where  to  eat  and  drink  before  the  Lord  de- 
notes to  instruct  from  the  Word  concerning  the  goods  and 
truths  of  faith  ;  to  teach  in  streets  denotes  to  preach  truths  from 
the  Word  of  the  Lord,  for  preaching  was  formerly  in  streets, 
inasmuch  as  streets  signify  the  truths  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
church,  n.  2336.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  Eocry  one  that  thirsteth, 
go  ye  to  the  waters,  and  he  that  has  no  silver,  go  ye,  buy  and 
eat,  go  ye  buy  without  silver,  and  without  price,  wine  and 
milk.  Wherefore  do  ye  weigh  out  silver  for  that  which  is 
not  bread,  and  your  labor/b/'  that  which  is  not  to  satiety.  At- 
tending attend  to  Me,  and  eat  good,  that  your  soul  may  be  de- 
lighted in  fatness.  Incline  ye  your  ear,  and  go  to  Me,  hear  ye, 
that  your  soul  may  live.  Lo  I  have  given  Him  a  witness  to  the 
people,  a  prince  and  law-giver  to  the  nations,"  lv.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  ; 
in  which  passage  that  to  eat  and  drink  denotes  to  be  informed 
from  the  Lord,' and  that  waters,  wine,  milk,  bread  and  fatness, 
denote  those  things  which  are  of  the  truth  and  good  of  faith 
from  Eim,  is  evident,  for  it  is  said,  "Incline  your  ear,  go  to 
Me,  hear  ye,  that  your  soul  may  live  ;  lo  I  have  given  Him  a 
witness  to  the  people,  a  prince  and  law-giver  to  the  nations." 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Behold  I  break  the  staff  of  bread  in  Jerusa- 
lem, that  they  may  eat  bread  in  weight  and  solicitude;  and 
drink  waters  in  measure  and  amazement ;  and  may  want  bread 
and  water,  and  may  consume  by  reason  of  their  iuiquity,r 


9413.J 


EXODUS. 


271 


iv.  16,  17;  where  to  eat  bread  and  drink  waters  denotes  to  bo 
instructed  in  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith,  n.  9323;  in  like 
manner  in  Amos,  "  Behold  the  days  are  coming,  in  winch 
I  will  send  famine  into  the  earth,  not  a  famine  for  bread,  nor 
a  thirst  for  waters,  but  to  hear  the  words  of  Jehovah"  viii.  11. 
That  a  famine  for  bread  and  a  thirst  for  waters,  denote  scarcity 
and  detect  of  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  see  n.  3364, 
4958,  5277,  5279,  5281,  5300,  5360,  5376,  5415,  5563,  5576, 
5579,  5893,  6110.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  mani- 
fest what  is  signified  by"  The  eyes  of  the  disciples  being  opened 
and  by  their  acknowledging  the  Lord,  when  the  Lord  brake  bread 
and  gave  to  them"  Luke  xxiv.  29,  30,  31  ;  since  to  break  bread 
and  give  to  them  in  the  spiritual  world  signifies  to  instruct  in  the 
good  and  truth  of  faith,  by  which  the  Lord  appears;  also  what 
is  signified  by  the  bread  and  wine,  and  what  by  eating  and 
drinking  in  the  Holy  Supper  ;  and  what  is  signified  by  what  the 
Lord  said  to  the  disciples  after  its  institution,  that  he  would 
not  drink  of  that  product  of  the  vine,  until  that  day,  when  He 
should  drink  it  new  with  them  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Father," 
Matt.  xxvi.  26,  27,  28,  29.  The  reason  why  eating  and  drink 
ing  denotes  information  concerning  the  good  and  truth  of  wor- 
ship was,  because  it  was  done  after  the  sacrifices,  and  likewise 
from  the  sacrifices,  and  the  sacrifices  represented  in  general 
all  worship,  see  n.  9391. 

9413.  Verses  12, 13,  14.  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  come 
up  to  Me  into  the  mountain,  and  be  thou  there  /  and  I  will  give 
thee  tables  of  stone,  and  a  law,  and  a  precept,  which  I  will  write 
to  teach  them.  And  Moses  arose  and  Joshua  his  minister,  and 
Moses  went  up  into  the  mountain  of  God.  And  he  said  to  the 
elders,  sit  for  us  in  this  [place],  until  we  7-eturn  to  you;  andbehold 
Aaron  and  Hur  are  with  you :  every  one  who  hath  words,  let 
him  come  to  them;  and  Moses-  went  up  to  the  mountain,  and 
the  cloud  covered  the  mountain.  And  Jehovah  said  to  Moses, 
signifies  instruction  from  the  Lord  for  those  who  are  in  the  ex- 
ternal sense.  Come  up  to  Me  into  the  mountain,  and  be  thou 
there,  signifies  the  presence  of  the  Lord  with  them  by  an  inter- 
mediate. And  I  will  give  thee  tables  of  stone,  signifies  the  book 
of  the  law,  or  the  Word  in  every  complex.  And  a  law  and  a 
precept,  signifies  truth  in  general,  and  in  particular ;  which  I 
will  write  to  teach  them,  signifies  for  remembrance  and  for  in- 
formation ;  And  Moses  arose  and  Joshua  his  minister,  signifies 
the  Word,  and  what  is  representative.  And  Moses  went  up  to 
the  mountain  of  God,  signifies  towards  heaven.  And  said  to 
the  elders,  signifies  those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  alone. 
Sit  for  us  in  this  [place],  signifies  that  they  should  abide  in  it. 
Until  we  return,  signifies  even  to  a  reply.  And  behold  Aaron 
and  Hur  are  with  you,  signifies  the  doctrine  of  Truth  from  such 
Word.    Every  one  who  has  words  let  him  come  to  them,  sig- 


272 


EXODUS. 


[CiiAr.  xxiv 


nifits  that  thence  falses  were  to  be  removed.  And  Moses  went 
up  to  the  mountain,  signifies  to  heaven.  And  a  cloud  covered 
the  mountain,  signifies  the  externals  of  the  Word. 

9414.  ''And  Jehovah  said  to  Moses" — that  hereby  is  signi 
fied  instruction  from  the  Lord  for  those  who  are  in  the  exter- 
nal sense,  appears  from  the  signification  of  saying,  as  denoting 
instruction,  when  it  involves  subsequent  things  which  are  of  in- 
struction ;  see  also  n.  7186,  7241,  72G7,  7304,  73S0,  7517,  7769, 
7793,  7S25,  8041.  The  reason  why  it  is  from  the  Lord  is,  be- 
cause by  Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  meant  the  Lord,  see  n.  1343, 
1730,  1793,  2004,  2005,  2018,  2025,  2921,  3023.  3035,  5663, 
6280,  6281,  6303,  6905,  8274,  S864,  9315  ;  and  from  the  re- 
presentation of  Moses,  a3  denoting  what  mediates  between  the 
Lord  and  the  people,  thus  the  Word  as  to  its  holy  external, 
for  this  is  what  mediates.  That  Moses  now  begins  to  represent 
this,  is  manifest  from  the  series  of  what  follows  ;  for  that  peo- 
ple was  in  the  external  of  the  Word,  and  thence  in  the  exter 
nal  of  worship  separate  from  the  internal,  see  n.  9380.  They 
who  are  of  such  a  character  cannot  in  any  wise  have  holy  com- 
munication with  the  Lord,  still  less  conjunction,  except  by  an 
intermediate.  How  the  case  herein  is,  will  be  more  fully  ex- 
plained below,  n.  9419.  That  that  people  was  in  the  external 
sense  of  the  Word  separated  from  the  internal,  consequently  in 
similar  worship,  is  very  manifest  from  what  follows  :  for  after 
forty  days  they  altogether  receded,  and  worshipped  a  golden 
calf  instead  of  Jehovah  ;  wherefore  also  Moses  on  the  occasion 
cast  the  tables  out  of  his  hand,  and  broke  them ;  and  after- 
wards was  ordered  to  hew  out  other  tables,  upon  which  the  same 
words  were  to  be  written ;  by  which  was  signified,  that  that 
people  was  not  willing  in  any  wise  to  acknowledge  any  doc- 
trinal from  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  such  as  it  is  in  hea- 
ven, but  only  from  its  external  sense  separate  from  the  inter- 
nal, such  also  as  at  this  day  is  amongst  them.  Wherefore  also 
that  people  was  no  longer  called  the  people  of  Jehovah  but  the 
people  of  Moses,  as  in  the  following  chapter  xxxii.  "  Jehovah 
spake  t  o  Moses,  go,  descend,  because  thy  people  which  thou 
modest  to  come  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  have  corrupted 
themselves,"  verse  7;  also  chap,  xxxiii.  "  Jehovah  spake  to 
Moses,  go,  ascend  hence  thou  and  the  people  whom  thou  modest 
to  come  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,"  verse  1 :  on  that  ac- 
count also  they  were  afterwards  removed  from  the  mountain, 
chap  xxxiv.  "  A  man  shall  not  ascend  with  thee,  and  also  a 
■man.  shall  not  be  seen  in  the  whole  mountain  /  also  the  cattle 
and  herd  shall  not  feed  opposite  to  this  mountain"  verse  3  ; 
for  by  Mount  Sinai  is  signitied  the  law  or  Divine  Truth  and  the 
Word  such  as  it  is  in  heaven,  thus  also  heaven,  n.  8399,  8753, 
8793,  8805 ;  the  reason  why  Moses  before  represented  the 
Word  in  general,  that  is,  both  as  to  its  internal  sense,  and  an 


9414—9416.] 


EXODDS. 


273 


to  the  external,  was,  because  the  subject  there  treated  of  was 
concerning  the  promulgation  of  the  law,  which  signified  a  re- 
velation of  Divine  Truth  in  general ;  for  it  was  the  beginning 
of  a  revelation,  inasmuch  as  the  rest  of  the  things  which  are 
in  the  Word  were  afterwards  written. 

9415.  "  Come  up  to  me  into  the  mountain,  and  be  thou 
there  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  presence  of  the  Lord  with 
them  by  an  intermediate,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
coming  up,  as  denoting  elevation  towards  things  superior,  that 
is,  interior,  see  n.  3084,  4539,  4969,  5406,  5817,  6007.  And 
hence  conjunction  with  them,  n.  S760,  9373.  The  reason  why 
it  denotes  the  presence  of  the  Lord  is,  because  it  is  said,  come 
up  to  Me  into  the  mountain,  and  be  thou  there,  for  by  Jeho- 
vah, to  whom  he  was  to  ascend,  is  meant  the  Lord,  see  above 
n.  9414.  And  by  Mount  Sinai  is  signified  the  Word  which  is 
from  the  Lord,  thus  in  which  the  Lord  is,  n.  8399,  8753,  8793, 
8805  ;  consequently  also  heaven,  for  the  Word  is  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  heaven  is  the  receptacle 
of  Divine  Truth,  thus  of  the  Lord  Himself,  as  has  been  fre- 
quently before  shown.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  coming  up 
to  Jehovah  into  the  mountain,  is  signified  the  presence  of  the 
Lord.  The  reason  why  it  is  with  the  people  by  an  intermediate 
is,  because  Moses  now  represents  the  people  as  a  head,  and  thus 
as  mediating,  as  was  said  just  above,  n.  9414.  It  is  said  the 
presence  of  the  Lord  with  them  by  an  intermediate,  because 
the  Lord  makes  Himself  present  with  man,  but  not  man  with 
the  Lord ;  for  every  good  which  is  of  love,  and  every  truth 
which  is  of  faith,  comes  from  the  Lord,  and  nothing  at  all  of 

food  and  of  truth  from  man.  Wherefore  the  presence  of  the 
lord  is  with  those  who  admit  Him  ;  that  is,  with  those  who  by 
faith  and  love  receive  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Him.  That 
the  Lord  conies  to  those,  and  not  they  to  Him,  the  Lord  Him- 
self teaches  in  John,  "  He  that  loveth  Me,  keepeth  My  Word, 
and  We  will  come  to  him,  and  make  our  abode  with  him,"  xiv 
23.  Again,  "  He  that  abideth  in  Me,  and  I  in  him,  the  same 
beareth  much  fruit,  because  without  Me  ye  cannot  do  any  thing," 
xv.  5.  And  again,  "  A  man  cannot  receive  any  thing,  unless  it 
be  given  him  from  heaven"  iii.  27. 

9416.  "And  I  will  give  thee  tables  of  stone" — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  book  of  the  law  or  the  Word  in  every  complex, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  tables,  as  denoting  [the  things] 
on  which  are  written  those  things  which  are  of  doctrine  and  of 
life,  in  this  case  which  are  of  heavenly  doctrine  and  of  a  life 
according  to  it.  The  reason  why  those  tables  signify  the  book 
of  the  law,  or  the  Ward  in  every  complex,  is,  because  the  things 
which  were  inscribed  on  them,  in  general  contained  all  things 
which  are  of  heavenly  life  and  doctrine.  Wherefore  also  those 
things  which  were  inscribed  on  them  are  called  ten  words,  Exod. 

VOL.  ix.  18 


274 


EXODCS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


xxxiv.  28;  Deut.  x.  4;  for  by  ten  in  the  internal  sense  is  sig- 
nified all,  and  by  words  are  signified  the  truths  which  are  of 
doctrine  and  the  goods  which  are  of  life.  That  ten  denotes  all, 
see  n.  3107,  4638,  8468,  8540  ;  and  that  words  denote  truths 
and  goods  which  are  of  life  and  doctrine,  n.  1288,  4692,  5272. 
Hence  it  is  that  those  tables  signify  the  Word  in  every  complex. 
In  like  manner  as  the  law,  which  in  a  confined  sense  signifies 
those  things  which  were  inscribed  on  those  tables  ;  in  a  sense 
less  confined,  the  "Word  written  by  Moses  ;  in  a  broad  sense,  the 
historical  "Word ;  and  in  the  broadest  [sense],  the  "Word  in  the 
whole  complex,  as  may  be  seen  shown,  n.  6752.  Moreover,  the 
things  which  were  inscribed  on  those  tables,  were  the  first  of  the 
revelation  of  Divine  Truth,  and  were  uttered  before  all  the  peo- 
ple of  Israel  with  a  living  voice  from  the  Lord.  The  things 
which  are  first,  signify  all  the  rest  in  order ;  and  their  being 
uttered  with  a  living  voice  from  the  Lord,  signifies  immediate 
Divine  inspiration  also  in  the  rest.  The  reason  why  those  tables 
were  of  stone  was,  because  stone  signifies  truth,  see  n.  643, 
1298,  3720,  6426 ;  properly  truth  in  ultimates,  n.  8609.  Truth 
Divine  in  ultimates  is  the  Word  in  the  letter,  such  as  it  is  in 
this  earth,  n.  9360.  The  reason  why  the  tables  were  not  one, 
but  two,  was,  that  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  by  the  Word 
with  the  church,  and  by  the  church  with  the  human  race, 
might  be  represented  ;  therefore  also  they  are  called  the  tables  of 
the  covenant,  Dent.  ix.  9, 11,  15  ;  and  the  words  inscribed  are 
called  the  words  of  the  covenant,  Exod.  xxxiv.  27,  28.  And 
also  the  covenant,  Deut.  iv.  13,  23  ;  and  the  ark  itself,  in  which 
the  tables  were  deposited,  was  called  the  ark  of  the  covenant, 
Numb.  x.  33;  chap.  xiv.  44;  Deut.  x.  8;  chap.  xxxi.  9,  25, 
26;  Josh.  iii.  3,  6,  8,  11,  14,  17;  chap.  iv.  7,  9,  18;  chap, 
vi.  6,  8 ;  chap.  viii.  33  ;  Judges  xx.  27 ;  1  Samuel  iv.  3,  4,  5  ; 
2  Samuel  xv.  24 ;  1  Kings  iii.  15;  chap.  vi.  19;  chap.  viii. 
1,  6 ;  Jer.  iii.  16 ;  for  a  covenant  is  conjunction,  n.  665,  666, 
1023,  103S,  1864,  1996,  2003,  2021,  6804,  8767,  8778,  9396. 
Wherefore  those  tables  were  divided  from  each  other,  but  by 
application  were  conjoined,  and  the  writing  on  one  table  was 
continued  into  the  other,  as  upon  one ;  but  not  according  tc 
the  vulgar  opinion,  some  precepts  upon  one  table,  and  some 
upon  the  other.  For  by  one  divided  into  two,  and  by  these 
two  so  conjoined,  or  given  to  the  one  and  to  the  other,  is  sig- 
nified the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  man,  on  which  account 
covenants  were  entered  into  in  a  like  manner,  as  with  Abraham 
by  a  cow-calf,  a  she-goat,  and  a  ram,  divided  in  the  midst,  and 
by  one  part  being  set  over  against  the  other,  Gen.  xv.  9,  10,  11, 
12.  In  this  chapter  also  by  the  blood  put  in  basins,  and  half 
thereof  being  sprinkled  on  the  altar,  and  half  upon  the  people, 
verses  6  and  8.  And  in  general,  by  all  the  sacrifices,  part 
wliereof  was  burnt  upon  the  altav,  and  part  was  given  to  the 


9417—9419.] 


EXODUS. 


275 


people  to  eat.  The  like  was  also  represented  by  breaking  of 
bread  to  the  Lord,  Matt.  xiv.  19;  chap.  xv.  36;  chap.  xxvi. 
26  ;  Mark  vi.  41  ;  chap.  viii.  6 ;  chap.  xiv.  22 ;  Luke  ix.  16 ; 
chap.  xxii.  19  ;  chap.  xxiv.  30,  35.  Hence  also  it  is,  that  two 
in  the  Word  signifies  conjunction,  n.  3519,  8423.  In  this  case 
the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  and  of  heaven,  or  of  the  Lord  and 
the  church,  thus  also  of  good  and  of  truth,  which  conjunction 
is  called  the  heavenly  marriage.  From  these  considerations  it 
may  be  manifest  whence  it  is  that  there  were  two  tables,  and 
that  they  were  written  on  the  two  sides,  on  the  one  side,  and  on 
the  other,  Exod.  xxxii.  15,  16.  Moreover,  the  writing  and  en- 
graving on  the  tables  in  the  Word,  signifies  those  things  which 
are  impressed  on  the  memory  and  the  life,  and  thus  are  about 
to  remain,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  Write  it  on  the  table  before  them, 
and  express  it  on  a  hook,  that,  it  may  be  for  the  latter  day  for 
ever,  even  to  eternity,"  xxx.  8.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "The  sin 
of  Judah  is  written  with  a  pen  of  iron,  with  the  point  of  a  dia- 
mond, it  is  engraven  on  the  table  of  their  heart,  and  at  the 
horns  of  your  altars,"  xvii.  1.  And  in  Habakkuk,  "  Jehovah 
said,  write  the  vision,  and  explain  on  tables,  that  he  may  run 
that  readeth  it ;  because  the  vision  is  yet  for  an  appointed  time  : 
if  it  tarry  wait  for  it,  because  coming  it  will  come,"  ii.  2,  3. 

9417.  "  And  a  law  and  a  precept  — that  hereby  is  signified 
truth  in  general  and  in  particular,  appeal's  from  the  signification 
of  a  law,  as  denoting  truth  in  general ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  a  precept,  as  denoting  truth  in  particular.  In  the  Word 
a  distinction  is  made  between  precepts,  judgments,  and  sta- 
tutes ;  and  by  precepts  are  meant  those  things  which  are  of  life, 
by  judgments  those  things  which  are  of  the  civil  state,  and  by 
statutes  those  things  which  are  of  worship,  n.  8972.  But  all 
those  things  are  by  a  general  expression  called  law,  and  the 
singular  things  which  are  of  the  law  are  called  precepts,  as  is 
manifest  from  several  passages  in  the  Word.  Hence  it  is,  that 
when  mention  is  made  of  law  and  precept,  thereby  is  meant 
truth  in  general  and  in  particular. 

9418.  "  Which  I  will  write  to  teach  them  " — that  hereby  is 
cigniried  for  remembrance  and  for  information,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  writing,  as  denoting  for  remembrance,  see 
n.  8620 ;  and  that  writing  to  teach  denotes  for  information,  is 
evident. 

9419.  "  And  Moses  arose  and  Joshua  his  minister  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  Word  and  the  representative,  appears 
from  the  representation  of  Moses,  as  denoting  what  mediates 
between  the  Lord  and  the  people  who  are  in  the  external  sense 
of  the  Word  separate  from  the  internal,  thus  also  denoting 
the  Word,  according  to  what  was  shown  just  above,  n.  9414; 
and  from  the  representation  of  Joshua  his  minister,  as  denoting 
what  is  representative.    The  reason  why  Joshua  in  this  cas« 


276 


EXODUS. 


[Crap.  xxiv. 


denotes  what  is  representative  is,  because  what  is  representative 
serves  and  ministers,  that  the  externals  of  the  Word  and  of 
worship  may  be  presented  to  the  Lord  by  the  intermediate,  who 
was  Moses  ;  but  these  things  are  of  such  a  nature,  that  they  can 
hardly  fall  into  ideas,  except  with  those,  who  know  in  what 
manner  the  external  or  literal  sense  of  the  Word  is  presented 
representatively  in  heaven,  namely,  that  it  is  in  one  manner  with 
those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  and  at  the  same  time  in  the 
internal,  or  those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word 
and  at  the  same  time  in  the  true  doctrine  of  the  church,  and 
in  another  manner  with  those  who  are  in  the  external  sense 
separate  from  the  internal,  as  was  the  case  with  this  people. 
In  what  manner  it  was  effected  with  this  people,  see  n.  4311. 
Hence  some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  intermediate  which 
Moses  represents,  and  of  the  ministering  representative  which 
Joshua  represents,  namely,  that  the  holy  internal,  which  is  of 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  of  the  Word 
and  thence  of  worship,  flows-in  into  heaven,  and  is  there  receiv- 
ed by  the  angels ;  also  that  mediately  through  that  holy  principle, 
and  also  immediately  from  the  Lord  flows  in  a  holy  principle 
to  the  good  spirits  attendant  on  man,  during  his  reading  the 
Word,  or  during  his  worship  thence  derived.  This  holy  prin 
ciple  is  called  a  holy  external,  and  when  it  flows  in  with  man 
it  presents  representatives  according  to  the  correspondences 
appertaining  to  the  man.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
seen,  how  the  case  is  with  the  intermediation  which  Moses  now 
represents,  and  with  the  ministry  which  Joshua  represents, 
namely,  that  the  holy  external  is  intermediate,  and  that  the 
lepresentative,  which  is  the  ultimate  of  order,  is  the  ministry 
But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  it  does  not  fall  into  a  human  idea, 
unless  illustrated  by  the  Lord,  that  such  is  the  influx  of  Divine 
Truth  ;  for  man  perceives  no  otherwise,  than  that  the  holy 
principle  of  the  Word  and  the  holy  principle  of  worship  flows 
in  from  man  to  the  Lord,  but  this  order  is  inverted  order,  and 
is  called  physical  influx,  which,  that  it  is  apparent,  and  in  no 
wise  real,  see  what  has  been  shown  in  the  passages  cited,  n, 
9223,  9227. 

.9420.  "  And  Moses  went  up  to  the  mountain  of  God  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  towards  heaven,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  Mount  Sinai,  which  is  here  the  mountain  of 
God,  as  denoting  the  law  or  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord,  thus  the  Word  such  as  it  is  in  heaven,  consequently  also 
heaven,  see  n.  8399,  8753,  8793,  8805.  The  reason  why  reve- 
lation was  made  on  a  mountain,  and  this  mountain  is  called 
the  mountain  of  God,  is,  because  a  mountain  signifies  the 
celestial  principle  of  love,  which  is  good,  and  hence  it  signifies 
heaven,  and  in  a  supreme  sense  the  Lord,  n.  795,  796,  2722, 
4210,  6435,  8327  ;  and  the  mountain  of  God  signifies  Divine 


9420—9422.] 


EXODUS. 


277 


Truth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord, 
n.  8758;  for  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  called  God  from  Divine 
Truth,  and  Jehovah  from  Divine  Good,  n.  2769,  2807,  2822 
3921,  4295,  4402,  7010,  7268,  8192,  8301,  8988,  9167 ;  hence 
it  is  that  it  is  said  the  mountain  of  God.  That  Mount  Sinai 
denotes  the  law  or  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine 
Good  of  the  Lord,  thus  the  Word,  and  in  the  supreme  sense 
the  Lord,  is  manifest  from  David,  "  The  earth  tremhled,  the 
heavens  also  dropped  before  God,  this  Sinai  before  God,  the  God 
of  Israel.  The  chariots  of  God  are  two  myriads,  thousands  ot 
those  who  make  peace,  the  Lord  is  in  them,  Sinai  in  the  sane 
tuary"  Psalm  lxviii.  8,  17.  That  earth  and  the  heavens  denote 
the  external  and  internal  of  the  church,  see  n.  1733,  2117, 
2118,  3355,  4535  ;  and  that  chariot  denotes  doctrine,  n.  2762, 
5321,  8146,  8148,  8215;  hence  the  chariots  of  God  denote 
doctrinals  or  Divine  Truths  such  as  in  the  heavens.  Hence 
it  is  evident  that  by  this  Sinai  before  God,  the  God  of  Israel, 
and  by  Sinai  in  the  sanctuary,  is  signified  the  law  or  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  and  in 
the  supreme  sense  the  Lord  in  heaven.  And  in  the  book  of 
Judges,  "  Jehovah  when  Thou  wentest  forth  from  Seir,  when 
Thou  departedst  out  of  the  field  of  Edom,  the  earth  trembled, 
the  heavens  also  dropped,  the  clouds  als-o  dropped  waters,  the 
mountains  flowed  down  before  Jehovah,  this  Sinai  before  Jeho 
vah,"  v.  4,  5  ;  where  also  this  Sinai  denotes  the  Divine  Truth 
oroceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord.  In  like  manner 
in  Moses,  "  Jehovah  came  from  Sinai,  and  arose  to  them  from 
Seir  ;  He  shone  forth  from  Mount  Paran  ;  and  He  came  from 
myriads  of  holiness,  from  His  right  hand  they  have  the  fire  of 
the  law,"  Deut.  xxxiii.  2. 

9421.  "  And  said  to  the  elders  " — that  hereby  are  signified 
those  who  are  in  the  external  sense  alone,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  elders,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in  the  external 
sense  alone.  The  reason  why  the  elders  of  the  Israelitish  people 
here  represent  those  is,  because  they  were  the  heads  of  the 
people,  and  thereby  represented  all  the  people  ;  who,  that  they 
were  in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  without  the  internal, 
has  been  often  before  shown  :  for  when  Moses  went  up  to  the 
mountain  he  represented  the  external  holy  [principle]  of  the 
Word,  which  is  intermediate  or  middle  between  its  internal 
holy  [principle]  and  between  the  representative  which  is  of  the 
external  sense,  n.  9414,  9419 ;  hence  it  follows  that  the  elders 
who  sat  beneath  the  mountain,  thus  separate  from  Moses,  re- 
presented the  external  sense  alone,  for  Moses  said  to  them,  sit 
for  us  in  this  [place],  until  we  return  to  you. 

9422.  "  Sit  for  us  in  this  [place]" — that  hereby  is  signified 
that  they  should  abide  in  it,  appears  from  the  signification  of 


278 


EXODUS 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


sitting  in  this,  namely,  place,  or  under  the  mountain  as  denoting 
to  abide  in  the  external  sense.    To  sit  in  a  place  denotes  to 
remain  in  their  state,  and  beneath  a  mountain  denotes  in  the 
external  sense  of  the  Word  ;  for  by  sitting  is  signified  to  abide 
[or  remain],  as  will  he  manifest  from  what  follows  :  by  place  is 
signified  state  ;  and  by  Mount  Sinai  is  signified  the  law  or 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  the  Word,  n.  9420 ; 
by  its  top,  where  Jehovah  or  the  Lord  was,  Exod.  xix.  20,  is 
signified  the  supreme  or  inmost  of  the  law  or  Word,  such  as 
it  is  in  heaven  ;  and  by  those  things  which  were  beneath  the 
mountain,  where  the  elders  and  the  people  were,  is  signified 
the  external  of  the  law  or  Word,  which  is  its  external  sense. 
Thus  in  the  Word  are  represented  things  inmost,  things  interior, 
and  the  exteriors  of  the  things,  which  are  signified  by  moun- 
tain, in  this  case  the  inmost,  interior  and  exterior  things  of  the 
law  or  Word,  inasmuch  as  Mount  Sinai  signifies  the  law  or  the 
Word,  n.  9420 ;  hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  sit  ye  for  us  in 
this  [place],  is  signified  that  they  should  abide  in  the  external 
sense.    The  reason  why  mention  is  made  of  sitting  is,  because 
to  sit  signifies  to  be  permanent  in  state  ;  for  progressions  from 
place  to  place  signify  changes  of  the  state  of  the  interiors,  as 
may  be  manifest  from  what  was  shown,  n.  2S37,  3356,  3387, 
4321,  4882,  5605,  7381  ;  hence  sittings  signify  permanent 
abidings  in  the  state  of  the  interiors.     Inasmuch  as  sittings 
bad  such  a  signification,  therefore  to  sit  was  a  ritual  received 
amongst  the  sons  of  Israel,  when  they  represented  a  permanent 
state  of  the  interiors;  as  in  the  book  of  Judges,  "The  sons  of 
Israel  came  to  Bethel,  and  wept,  and  sat  there  before  Jehovah, 
and  fasted  in  that  day  even  to  the  evening,"  xx.  26 ;  and  in 
another  place,  "The  people  came  to  Bethel,  and  sat  there  even 
to  the  evening  before  God,  and  they  lifted  up  their  voice,  and 
wept  with  a  great  weeping,"  xxi.  2 ;  in  which  passages  by 
sitting  is  signified  permanence  in  a  state  of  grief.  Hence  it  may 
be  manifest  why  mention  is  made  of  sitting,  and  what  it  involves 
in  the  following  passages,  as  in  David,  "  Jehovah  thou  hast 
known  my  sitting  and  my  riving  ;  Thou  hast  understood  my 
thought  from  afar,"  Psalm  exxxix.  2.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Thou 
bhalt  not  enter  the  house  of  feasting,  to  sit  with  them"  xvi.  8. 
And  in  Micah,  "  Then  he  shall  stand  and  feed  in  the  strength 
of  Jehovah  his  God  ;  and  they  shall  sit"  v.  4.    And  in  Isaiah, 
"Descend  and  sit  on  the  dust,  O  virgin  daughter  of  Babel,  sit  on 
the  earth,  sit  in  silence  :  and  enter  into  darkness,  O  daughter  of 
the  Chaldeans:  she  6aith  in  her  heart,  /  shall  not  sit  a  widow," 
xlvii.  1,  5,  8.    In  like  manner  in  another  place,  as  to  u  sit  in 
darkness,  Isaiah  xlii.  7  ;  to  sit  in  council  f  and  to  sit  solitary ," 
Jer.  xv.  17  ;  "  to  nit  at  the  right  hand,  and  at  the  left,"  Matt.  xx. 
HI ;  denoting  to  abide  in  a  state  of  power  over  others  :  aud  "  to 


9423.  9424.] 


EXODUS. 


279 


sit  at  the  right  hand  of  the  power  of  God,"''  Mutt.  xxvi.  63,  64; 
Mark  xiv.  62  ;  speaking  of  the  Lord  ;  denoting  Divine  Omni- 
potence which  was  to  endure  for  ever. 

9423.  k'  Until  we  return  " — that  hereby  is  signified  even  to 
a  reply,  appears  from  the  signification  of  returning,  as  denoting 
a  reply,  for  when  by  sitting  in  this  [place]  is  signified  to  abide 
in  that  state,  n.  9422,  by  returning  is  signified  that  they  were 
to  be  instructed  what  in  such  case  was  to  be  done,  thus  a  reply. 

9424.  "  And  behold  Aaron  and  Hur  are  with  you  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  doctrine  of  truth  from  such  Word  appears 
from  the  representation  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Word  in  the 
external  sense,  and  also  the  doctrine  of  good  and  truth,  see  n. 
6998,  7009,  7089 ;  in  this  case  the  doctrine  of  truth  from  that 
sense  alone ;  inasmuch  as  by  the  elders,  »ver  whom  Aaron  below 
the  mountain  presided  as  a  head,  are  signified  those  who  are 
in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word,  n.  9421  ;  and  from  the  rep- 
resentation of  Hur,  when  adjoined  to  Aaron,  as  denoting  the 
truth  of  that  doctrine,  as  Hur  also  denotes,  when  together  with 
Aaron  he  supported  the  hands  of  Moses,  Exod.  xvii.  10  to  13, 
n.  8603,  8611 ;  for  truths  derived  from  the  Word,  wherein 
doctrine  is  grounded,  support  the  Word,  which  in  such  case 
is  represented  by  Moses.  Inasmuch  as  occasion  is  here  again 
given,  it  may  be  expedient  briefly  to  say  how  the  case  is  with 
the  support  of  the  Word  from  doctrine  which  is  from  the  Word  ; 
he  who  does  not  know  the  arcana  of  heaven,  cannot  believe 
otherwise  than  that  the  Word  is  supported  without  doctrine 
thence  derived,  for  he  supposes  that  the  Word  in  the  letter,  or 
the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  is  doctrine  itself;  but  it  is  to  be 
noted,  that  all  the  doctrine  of  the  church  must  be  from  the 
Word,  and  that  doctrine  from  any  other  source  than  from  the 
Word  is  not  doctrine  in  which  there  is  any  thing  of  the  church, 
and  still  less  any  thing  of  heaven  ;  but  doctrine  is  to  be* collected 
from  the  Word,  and  when  it  is  collecting,  man  must  be  in  illus- 
tration from  the  Lord,  and  he  is  in  illustration  when  in  the  love 
of  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth,  and  not  for  the  sake  of  self  and 
the  world.  These  are  they  who  are  illustrated  in  the  Word 
when  they  read  it,  and  see  truth,  and  make  thence  to  them- 
selves doctrine.  The  reason  of  this  is,  because  such  commu- 
nicate with  henven,  thus  witli  the  Lord,  and  being  thereby  il- 
lustrated from  *he  Lord,  they  are  led  to  see  the  truths  of  the 
Word  such  as  aey  are  in  heaven,  for  the  Lord  flows  in  through 
heaven  ir*  ^»;r  understandings,  for  the  interior  understanding 
of  nuu.  -«<  ^hat  is  illustrated  ;  and  the  Lord  at  the  same  time  in 
such  case  flows  in  with  faith,  by  means  of  the  co-operation  of 
the  new  will,  a  property  of  which  is  to  be  affected  with  truth 
lor  the  sake  of  truth.  From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be 
manifest  in  what  manner  the  doctrine  of  truth  and  good  is  given 
*o  man  from  the  Lord.    That  this  d  >c  !'i:u  supports  the  Word 


280 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


as  to  its  literal  or  external  sense,  is  evident  to  every  considerate 
person,  for  every  one  in  the  church,  who  thinks  from  doctrine, 
sees  truths  in  the  Word  from  his  doctrine  and  according  to  it, 
and  explains  those  which  do  not  coincide  with  it,  and  those 
which  appear  opposite  to  it  he  passes  over  as  if  he  did  not  see  or 
did  not  understand.  That  all  act  in  like  manner,  even  heretics, 
is  a  known  thing.  Bat  they  who  are  in  the  genuine  doctrine  of 
truth  derived  from  the  Word,  and  in  illustration  when  they  read 
the  Word,  these  see  every  where  concordant  truths,  and  nothing 
at  all  repugnant ;  for  they  do  not  stick  in  such  things  of  th« 
Word  as  are  said  according  to  appearances,  and  according  to 
the  vulgar  apprehension  of  man,  because  they  know  that  if  ap- 
pearances be  unfolded,  and  as  it  were  unswaddled,  the  truth  is 
there  manifested  in  nakedness  ;  neither  do  falses  grounded  in  the 
fallacies  of  the  external  senses  seduce  these,  like  the  heretical 
and  fanatic,  especially  the  Jews  and  Socinians,  nor  falses  ground- 
ed in  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world,  like  those  who  are  meant 
by  Babel.  Both  the  former  and  the  latter,  inasmuch  as  they 
cannot  be  illustrated,  hatch  doctrine  from  the  external  sense 
alone  in  favor  of  their  own  loves,  and  superadd  several  things 
from  their  own  proprium  ;  hence  the  Word  is  in  no  wise  sup- 
ported, but  falls  to  the  ground.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  the  inter- 
nal sense  of  the  Word  contains  the  genuine  doctrine  of  the  church. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident,  what  is  the  quality 
ol  the  doctrine  which  is  here  represented  by  Aaron  and  Hur ; 
which,  inasmuch  as  it  was  derived  from  the  external  sense  of 
the  Word  only  without  the  internal,  was  merely  idolatrous  ; 
wherefore  it  is  said  of  Aaron,  by  whom  such  doctrine  was  re- 
presented, that  he  made  an  idol,  or  golden  calf,  Exod.  xxxii. 
2,  3,  4,  5,  21,  35  ;  Deut.  ix.  16.  In  the  Word  also  such  doc- 
trines are  described  by  idols,  as  in  the  prophets  throughout ; 
thus  in  Ezekiel,  "I  entered  and  saw  all  the  idols  of  the  lwuse 
of  Israel  •  it  was  painted  on  the  wall  round  about ;  and  seivnlij 
men  of  the  elders  of  the  house  of  Israel  were  standing  before 
them,  and  each  had  a  censer  in  his  hand,  and  abundance  of  a 
cloud  of  incense  went  up,"  viii.  10,  11.  Where  the  idols  of 
the  house  of  Israel  are  doctrines  derived  from  the  external  sense 
of  the  Word  alone,  not  by  illustration  from  the  Lord,  but  by 
man's  own  intelligence,  thus  they  are  falses  ;  worship  accord- 
ing to  them  is  signified  by  a  censer  in  the  hand  of  every  one, 
and  by  abundance  of  a  cloud  of  incense.  So  in  Hosea,  "  They 
add  to  6in,  they  make  to  themselves  a  graven  thing  out  of  their 
silver,  the  whole  work  of  artificers  in  their  own  intelligence  ; 
they  say  to  themselves  ;  sacrificing  a  man,  they  kiss  calves,' 
xiii.  2.  Where  a  graven  thing  from  silver,  and  the  work  of  ar- 
tificers, denotes  doctrine  derived  from  their  own  proper  intelli- 
gence, and  not  from  the  Lord,  thus  from  the  external  sense  of 
the  Word  separate  from  the  internal,  which  is  the  case  with 


9424.] 


EXODUS. 


281 


those  who  are  only  in  externals  and  not  at  the  same  time  in  in- 
ternals, that  is,  with  those  who  are  in  the  loves  of  self  and  the 
world,  and  not  in  love  to  the  Lord  and  in  love  towards  their 
neighbor.    And  in  Isaiah,  "  In  that  day  a  man  shall  cast  the 
idols  of  his  silver  and  the  idols  of  his  gold,  which  they  made  to 
themselves,  to  bow  themselves  down  to  moles  and  bats,  to 
enter  into  the  clefts  of  rocks,  and  into  the  clefts  of  craggy  rocks," 
ii.  20,  21 ;  chap.  xxxi.  7.    Where  idols  of  silver  denote  falses  of 
doctrine,  and  idols  of  gold  denote  evils  of  doctrine ;  to  bow 
themselves  down  to  moles  and  bats,  and  to  enter  into  the  clefts 
of  rocks  and  ragged  rocks,  denotes  worship  grounded  in  the 
falses  and  evils  of  faith.    Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "  Ye 
shall  judge  unclean  the  covering  of  the  graven  thing  of  thy  sil- 
ver, and  the  clothing  of  thy  molten  gold  /  thou  shalt  disperse 
them  as  a  menstruous  cloth,  thou  shalt  call  it  dung,"  xxx.  22. 
Where  the  covering  of  the  graven  things  of  silver  and  the  cloth- 
ing of  molten  gold,  denote  scientifics  of  the  false  and  evil,  which 
are  acknowledged  and  worshipped  for  truths  and  goods.  Again, 
"  I  told  thee  from  that  time,  lest  thou  shouldest  say,  my  idol  hath 
done  these  things,  and  my  graven  thing,  and  my  molten  thing 
hath  commanded  them"  xlviii.  5.  In  which  passages  also  an  idol, 
a  graven  thing,  and  a  molten  thing,  denote  doctrinals  derived 
from  man's  own  intelligence.    And  in  Jeremiah,  "Every  man 
is  made  fooMsh  by  science,  every  founder  is  ashamed  of  a  graven 
thing,  because  his  molten  thing  is  a  lie  /  neither  is  there  any 
spirit  in  them,  they  are  vanity,  the  work  of  errors,"  x.  14,  15. 
Where  also  a  graven  thing  and  a  molten  thing  denote  doctrines 
derived  from  man's  own  intelligence,  which  in  the  external  form, 
because  from  the  external  sense  of  the  Word,  appear  as  truths, 
but  in  the  internal  form  are  falses  ;  hence  he  is  called  a  foolish 
man  from  science,  and  a  graven  thing  is  said  to  be  a  lie,  and  there 
is  no  spirit  in  them  ;  also  they  are  called  vanity  and  the  work 
of  error.  In  like  manner  in  Habakkuk,  "  What profiteth  a  graven 
thing,  because  the  fabricator  thereof  hath  graven  it,  a  molten 
thing  and  the  teacher  of  a  lie,  because  the  fabricator  of  his  device 
confideth  in  it,"  ii.  18.    And  in  Isaiah,  "  The  artificer  fuseth 
a  graven  thing,  and  the  founder  covereth  it  over  with  gold,  and 
castetli  chains  of  silver  ;  he  seeketh  to  himself  a  wise  artificer 
to  prepare  a  graven  thing,''''  xl.  19,  20.    Where  in  like  manner 
a  graven  thing  denotes  a  doctrinal  derived  from  man's  own  in- 
telligence ;  the  resemblance  of  truth,  which  is  induced  on  it  by 
the  Word  from  its  mere  external  sense,  and  at  the  same  time 
from  fallacies  and  external  appearances,  is  signified  by  the 
founder  covering  it  over  with  gold,  and  casting  chains  of  silver, 
and  by  seeking  a  wise  artificer  to  prepare  it.    Again,  in  the 
same  prophet,  "  The  formers  of  a  graven  thing  are  all  vanity, 
and  their  most  desirable  things  do  not  profit ;  he  fabricateth 
iron  with  the  forceps  [pincers],  and  worketh  with  coal,  and 


282 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxir 


with  sharp  hammers  he  formeth  it ;  thus  he  worketh  it  by  thi 
arm  of  his  strength  ;  he  fabricateth  wood,  he  stretcheth  out  a 
thread,  and  describeth  it  with  a  rule,  he  maketh  it  into  angles, 
and  detineth  it  with  a  circle,  that  he  may  make  it  in  the  form 
of  a  man  [vir],  according  to  the  beauty  of  a  man  [homo],  to 
dwell  in  the  house,"  xliv.  9  to  13.  In  this  passage  is  described 
in  what  manner  doctrine  grounded  in  man  s  own  intelligence, 
and  not  in  any  illustration  from  the  Lord,  is  formed,  and  how 
the  resemblance  of  truth  is  induced  on  falses  by  applications 
of  the  Word  from  its  external  sense  alone,  and  by  reasonings 
grounded  in  the  fallacies  of  the  senses  ;  wherefore  it  is  said  that 
he  may  make  it  in  the  form  of  a  man  [vir],  according  to  the 
beauty  of  a  man  [homo],  to  dwell  in  the  house,  hence  there  is 
a  resemblance  of  truth  in  the  external  form,  but  falsity  in  the 
internal.  Falsity  is  in  the  internal  form  when  the  thought  is 
not  right  concerning  truths ;  for  one  and  the  same  truth  is 
differently  thought  of  by  different  persons,  but  falsely  by  all 
those  who  are  in  evil ;  for  one  truth  consists  of  infinite  other 
truths,  but  with  those  who  are  in  evil,  of  infinite  falsities. 
Hence  with  the  latter  there  is  no  life  •in  that  truth,  which  is 
meant  by  there  being  no  spirit  in  them,  and  by  their  not  hear- 
ing, nor  seeing,  nor  understanding,  Jer.  li.  17  ;  Psalm  cxv.  4, 
5,  6.  The  case  herein  is  as  with  a  picture  after  the  resemblance 
of  a  man,  in  which  inwardly  there  is  nothing  but  clay,  in  respect 
to  the  form  of  the  mau  himself,  in  which  inwardly  there  is  life, 
and  heavenly  beauty,  if  truths  derived  from  good  be  therein. 

9425.  "  Every  one  who  hath  words,  let  him  come  to  them  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  hence  falses  are  to  be  removed,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  having  words,  as  denoting  to 
dispute  concerning  truths,  for  words  are  truths,  n.  1288,  4692, 
5272  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  coming  to  them,  as  denot- 
ing that  they  may  be  judged  from  that  doctrine,  for  by  Aaron 
and  Hur,  to  whom  they  were  to  coine,  is  signified  doctrine  de- 
rived from  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  ;  thus  also  denoting 
that  falses  should  be  removed,  for  he  who  judges  from  doctrine 
in  a  dispute  concerning  truths,  removes  falses.  But  that  he  did 
not  remove  falses,  but  removed  truths,  is  manifest  from  the 
worship  of  a  calf  instead  of  Jehovah,  which  is  treated  of  in  what 
follows  ;  for,  as  was  said  just  above,  they  who  teacli  the  ex- 
ternal of  the  Word  without  its  internal,  thus  without  the  genuine 
doctrine  of  good  and  truth,  do  not  discern  between  the  truth 
and  the  false,  neither  between  good  and  evil,  but  call  that 
truth  which  favors  the  fallacies  of  the  senses,  and  that  good 
which  favors  concupiscences,  thus  the  false  they  call  truth, 
and  evil  they  call  good. 

9426.  "  And  Moses  went  up  to  the  mountain  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  to  heaven,  appears  from  what  was  explained  above, 
u.  9420,  where  the  same  words  occur. 


9425—9429.] 


EXODUS. 


283 


9427.  "  And  a  cloud  covered  the  mountain  " — that  herebj 
are  signified  the  externals  of  the  Word,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  cloud,  as  denoting  the  external  of  the  Word,  or 
its  literal  sense,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen.,  and  n.  4060, 
4391,  5922,  6343,  6752,  8106,  8443,  8781,  8814,  8819  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  this  mountain  which  the  cloud  covered, 
as  denoting  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  thus  the 
Word  ;  and  whereas  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord 
makes  heaven,  by  that  mountain  is  also  signified  heaven,  ti. 
9420.  Hence  it  is  that  by  a  cloud  covering  the  mountain,  is 
signified  the  external  sense  of  the  Word  covering  the  internal, 
and  also  heaven. 

!I12S.  Verses  16,  17,  18.  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  tarried 
on  Mount  Sinai,  and  the  cloud  covered  it  six  days  ;  and  He 
called  to  Moses  on  the  seventh  day  out  of  the  midst  of  the  cloud. 
And  the  aspect  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah  was  as  devouring  fire 
on  the  head  of  the  mountain  to  the  eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel. 
And  Moses  entered  into  the  midst  of  the  cloud,  and  went  up  to 
the  mountain  ;  and  Moses  was  in  the  mountain  forty  days  and 
forty  nights.  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  tarried  on  Mount 
Sinai,  signifies  the  interiors  of  the  Word  of  the  Lord  in  heaven. 
And  the  cloud  covered  it,  signifies  the  ultimate  of  the  Word, 
which  is  thus  respectively  obscure.  Six  days,  signifies  when  in 
a  state  of  truth.  And  He  called  to  Moses  on  the  seventh  day, 
signifies  the  coming  of  the  Lord  when  truth  is  conjoined  to 
good.  Out  of  the  midst  of  the  cloud,  signifies  out  of  the  obscu- 
rity which  before  existed.  And  the  aspect  of  the  glory  of  Jeho- 
vah was  as  devouring  fire  on  the  head  of  the  mountain  to  the 
eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  Divine  Truth  in  heaven  it- 
self resplendent  from  the  good  of  love,  but  hurting  and  vasta- 
ting  with  those  who  are  in  its  external  separate  from  the  inter- 
nal. And  Moses  entered  into  the  midst  of  the  cloud,  signifies 
the  Word  in  the  external  sense.  And  went  up  to  the  mountain, 
signifies  elevation  to  heaven.  And  Moses  was  in  the  mountain 
forty  days  and  forty  nights,  signifies  what  is  plenary  as  to  infor- 
mation and  influx. 

9429.  "  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  tarried  on  Mount  Sinai " — 
that  hereby  are  signified  the  interiors  of  the  Word  of  the  Lord 
in  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  glory  of  Jeho- 
vah, when  concerning  the  Word,  as  denoting  its  internal  sense, 
thus  the  interiors  of  the  Word,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen. 
and  n.  5922 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  Mount  Sinai,  as 
denoting  the  DivineTruth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  hence 
heaven,  see  above,  n.  9120,9427.  The  reason  why  the  interiors 
of  the  Word  are  called  glory  is,  because  the  Divine  Truth  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord,  as  a  sun,  is  the  light  in  heaven,  which 
gives  sight  to  the  angels  there,  and  at  the  same  time  intelligence 
and  wisdom,  see  n.  1531,  1619  to  1632,  2776,  3138,  3167, 


284 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv 


3190,  3195,  3339,  3341,  3636,  3643,  3862,  3993,  4302,  4415, 
4527,  5400,  6313,  6608,  6907,  8644,  8707,  8861.    From  that 
Divine  light  is  all  glory  in  heaven,  which  is  such  as  to  exceed 
all  human  apprehension.  Hence  it  is  evident,  from  what  ground 
it  is  that  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  is  glory ;  for  the  in- 
ternal sense  of  the  Word  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord  in  heaven,  thus  the  light  from  which  all  glory  there 
exists.    This  is  meant  by  glory  in  several  passages  in  the  Word, 
as  that  they  should  usee  the  Son  of  Man  in  a  cloud  with  glory" 
Matt.  xxiv.  30  ;  Luke  xxi.  27.    And  that  the  Lord,  when  he 
had  suffered,  was  to  enter  into  His  glory,  Luke  xxiv.  26.  That 
when  He  was  to  come  in  His  glory,  He  was  to  sit  upon  the 
throne  of  His  glory,  Matt.  xxv.  31.  Where  to  sit  upon  a  throne 
of  glory,  is  to  judge  from  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from 
Himself.    Also  that  Moses  andElias  were  seen  in  glory,  Luke 
ix.  30,  31  ;  that  Moses  and  Elias  in  this  passage  denote  the 
Word,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen.  and  n.  2762,  5247,  9372. 
It  is  also  meant  by  the  glorification  of  the  Lord  in  John,  "  Now 
is  the  Son  of  Man  glorified,  and  God  is  glorified  in  Him ; 
God  shall  also  glorify  Him  in  Himself;  and  shall  immediately 
glorify  Him"  xiii.  31,  32.    To  be  glorified  in  God,  is  to  be 
made  Divine  Good,  from  which  comes  Divine  Truth.    In  like 
manner,  in  the  same  Evangelist,  chap.  xii.  verse  28,  by  glory 
is  signified  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  such 
as  it  is  in  heaven.    Also  in  the  following  passages,  "  The 
voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness,  prepare  ye  the  way 
of  Jehovah  ;  and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  shall  be  revealed,  and 
all  flesh  shall  see  it  together,"   Isaiah  xl.  3,  5  ;  speaking  of 
the  Lord's  coming,  where  the  glory  of  Jehovah,  which  shall 
be  revealed,  is  Divine  Truth.    That  the  Lord  is  that  truth, 
because  it  is  from  Him,  is  manifest  from  John,  "  In  the  begin- 
ning was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was  with  God,'  and  God 
was  the  Word;  in  Him  was  life,  and  the  life  was  the  light 
of  men;  He  was  the  true  light ;  and  the  Word  was  made  flesh, 
and  we  saw  His  glory,  the  glory  as  of  the  only  begotten  of  the 
Father"  i.  1,  4,  9,  14.    The  Word  in  this  passage  is  Divine 
Truth,  in  like  manner  light,  whence  it  is  evident  what  it  is  to 
see  His  Glory.    That  the  Lord  did  not  appear  in  other  glory 
in  the  world,  except  when  He  was  transformed,  is  a  known 
thing.    Besides  in  another  passage  in  John,  "These  things  said 
Esaias,  when  he  saw  His  glory,  and  spake  of  Him.    But  they 
loved  the  glory  of  men  more  than  the  glory  of  God  ;  I  am  come 
a  light  into  the  world,  that  every  one  who  believeth  in  Me, 
may  not  abide  in  darkness,"  xii.  41,  43,  46.    In  this  passage 
also  the  glory  of  the  Lord,  and  the  glory  of  God  denote  Di- 
vine Truth,  anG  the  glory  of  men  denotes  what  is  false.    So  in 
Isaiah,  "  Be  enlightened,  because  thy  light  is  come,  and  the 
glory  of  Jehovah  is  risen  uj?on  thee  ;  Jehovah  shall  arise  upon 


9429.] 


EXODUS. 


285 


thee,  and  His  glory  shall  be  seen  upon  thee.  The  glory  of  Le- 
banon shall  come  to  thee  to  decorate  the  place  of  My  sanc- 
tuary. Thy  sun  shall  no  more  set,  and  thy  moon  shall  not 
be  gathered,  because  Jehovah  shall  be  to  thee  for  a  light  of 
eternity"  lx.  to  the  end.  "Where  the  subject  treated  of  is 
manifestly  concerning  the  Lord's  coming,  concerning  His 
kingdom,  concerning  heaven,  and  concerning  the  church;  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  His  Divine  Human  [principle], 
is  described  in  that  chapter  throughout,  and  is  called  light, 
honor,  and  glory.  Again,  "They  shall  fear  the  name  of  Je- 
hovah from  the  setting  of  the  sun,  and  His  glory  from  the 
rising  of  the  sun  ;  the  .Redeemer  shall  come  to  Zion,"  lix.  19, 
20  ;  speaking  also  of  the  Lord.  The  name  of  Jehovah  denotes 
every  truth  of  faith  and  good  of  love  in  which  worship  is  ground- 
ed, n.  2724,  3006,  6671,  9310.  Again,  "I  have  called  Thee 
in  justice,  and  1  will  give  Thee  for  a  covenant  to  the  people,/br 
a  light  of  the  nations :  I  am  Jehovah,  this  is  My  name,  and  My 
glory  will  I  not  give  to  another ',"  xlii.  6,  8;  speaking  also  of 
the  Lord,  where  a  light  of  the  nations  is  the  Divine  Truth 
which  is  from  Him  ;  not  to  give  glory  to  another  denotes  that 
that  Divine  Truth  proceeds  from  no  other  than  from  the  Lord, 
who  is  one  with  Jehovah  ;  as  also  in  the  same  prophet,  "  For 
the  sake  of  Myself,  for  the  sake  of  Myself  I  will  do  [it],  and 
My  glory  will  I  not  give  to  another"  xlviii.  11.  In  like  man- 
ner in  another  passage  in  Isaiah,  "  Thy  light  shall  break  forth 
as  the  day-dawn  ;  My  justice  shall  walk  before  Thee,  the  glory 
of  Jehovah  shall  gather  Thee"  lviii.  8.  Again,  "  He  shall  come 
to  gather  together  all  nations  and  tongues  that  they  may  come 
and  see  My  glory"  lxvi.  18.  Again,  "  Jehovah  Zebaoth  shal. 
reign  in  Mount  Zion,  and  in  Jerusalem,  and  His  glory  befon 
the  elders"  xxiv.  23.  Aud  in  Moses,  "Jehovah  said,  I  am 
alive,  and  the  vjhole  earth  shall  be  filed  with  the  glory  of 
Jehovah,"  Xumb.  xiv.  21 ;  in  these  passages  the  Lord  is  treated 
of,  and  glory  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Him.  So 
in  Isaiah,  "  I  saw  the  Lord  sitting  upon  a  throne  high  and 
elate,  and  the  seraphim  standing  above  Him ;  and  this  [one] 
cried  to  Him,  Holy,  Holy,  Holy,  Jehovah  Zebaoth,  the  fullness 
of  all  the  earth  is  His  glory"  vi.  1,  2,  3.  And  in  David,  "  The 
heavens  enumerate  the  glory  of  God"  Psalm  xix.  1.  And  again, 
"  That  the  nations  may  fear  the  name  of  Jehovah,  and  the  kings 
of  the  earth  Thy  glory,  because  Jehovah  hath  built  Zion,  and 
hath  appeared  in  His  glory"  Psalm  cii.  15,  16.  And  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "  The  glory  of  God  shall  enlighten  the  holy  Jeru- 
salem, and  the  Lamb  is  the  lamp  thereof;  and  the  nations 
which  are  saved  shall  walk  in  His  light  ;  and  the  kings  of  the 
earth  shall  bring  their  glory  and  honor  into  it,"  xxi.  23,  21 
The  holy  Jerusalem  denotes  the  New  Church,  the  glory  of  God 
denotes  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  therein,  in  like  manner 


286 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


His  light  in  which  they  shall  walk ;  the  kings  of  the  earth 
which  shall  bring  glory  denote  those  who  are  in  truths  grounded 
in  good,  n.  2015,  2069,  4581,  4966,  5044,  6148.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest  what  is  signified  by 
the  glory  of  Jehovah  which  tarried  on  Mount  Sinai ;  see  also 
n.  8427. 

9430.  "  And  a  cloud  covered  it " — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  ultimate  of  the  Word  which  is  thus  respectively  obscure, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  a  cloud,  as  denoting  the  ulti- 
mate of  the  Word,  or  its  literal  sense,  see  preface  to  chap, 
xviii.  Gen.  and  n.  4060,  4391,  5922,  6343,  6752,  8106,  8443, 
8781.  The  reason  why  this  sense  is  called  a  cloud  is,  because  it 
is  in  obscurity  in  respect  to  the  internal  sense,  for  this  latter  is 
in  the  light  of  heaven  ;  the  reason  why  it  is  in  obscurity  and 
like  a  cloud  is,  because  it  is  for  man  during  his  abode  in  the 
world,  whereas  the  internal  sense  is  for  man  when  he  comes 
into  heaven :  but  it  is  to  be  noted  that  man,  during  his  abode 
in  the  world,  is  at  the  same  time  in  the  internal  sense  of  the 
Word,  when  he  is  in  the  genuine  doctrine  of  the  church  as  to 
faith  and  as  to  life,  for  by  that  doctrine  the  internal  sense  of 
the  Word  is  then  inscribed  both  on  his  understanding  and  his 
will,  on  his  understanding  by  faith,  and  on  his  will  bylife. 
Such  a  man,  when  he  comes  into  heaven,  apprehends  the  Word 
no  otherwise  than  entirely  according  to  its  internal  sense,  and 
knows  nothing  of  its  external  6ense,  this  latter  appearing  to 
him  at  that  time  as  a  cloud  that  absorbs  the  rays  of  his  light. 
It  is  said  that  man  then  apprehends  the  Word  according  to  its 
internal  sense,  and  not  according  to  its  external  sense;  the 
reason  of  this  is,  because  all,  who  are  in  heaven,  are  instructed 
by  the  Lord  from  Divine  Truth  which  appertains  to  man,  thus 
from  the  Word  ;  the  reason  is,  because  man  is  in  the  ultimate 
of  order,  and  all  interior  things  close  in  the  ultimate,  the  ulti- 
mate being  as  it  were  a  prop  [or  support]  to  things  interior, 
on  which  the  latter  subsist  and  rest.  The  Word  in  the  letter  is 
Divine  Truth  in  the  ultimate  of  order,  in  like  manner  the  man 
of  the  church,  to  whom  Divine  Truth  appertains,  as  to  his 
natural  and  sensual  principle  ;  in  this  latter,  as  in  the  former, 
interior  things  terminate  and  rest.  They  are  as  a  house  and  its 
foundation  ;  the  house  itself  is  heaven,  and  Divine  Truth  there 
such  as  the  Word  is  as  to  the  internal  sense,  and  the  founda- 
tion is  the  world,  and  Divine  Truth  there  such  as  the  Word  is 
in  the  external  6ense.  As  a  house  rests  on  its  foundation,  60 
also  heaven  on  the  church,  consequently  the  Divine  Truth  in 
heaven  upon  the  Divine  Truth  in  earth  ;  for  there  is  a  continual 
connexion  from  the  Lord  through  heaven  even  to  man  by  the 
Word.  This  is  the  reason  why  it  is  always  provided  by  the 
Lord,  that  there  may  be  a  church  on  earth,  where  Divine  Truth 
may  be  in  its  ultimate.    This  is  an  arcanum  which  no  one  a» 


9430—9433.] 


EXODUS. 


287 


yet  knows,  and  which  is  meant  by  what  was  adduced,  n.  9357, 
9360.  Let  all  therefore  take  heed  to  themselves,  lest  they  injure 
the  Word  by  any  means,  for  they  who  injure  the  Word  injure 
the  Divine  [principle]  Itself. 

9431.  "  Six  days  " — that  hereby  is  signified  when  in  a  state 
of  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  six  days,  as  denoting 
a  state  of  labor  and  of  combat,  see  n.  737,  8510,  8888,  8975. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  a  state  of  truth  is,  because  there  are 
two  states  appertaining  to  man  who  is  regenerating  by  the 
Lord ;  the  first  state  is  called  a  state  of  truth,  and  the  other 
state  is  called  a  state  of  good.  The  reason  why  the  first  state  is 
called  a  state  of  truth,  is,  because  man  at  that  time  is  introduc- 
ing by  truth  to  good  ;  and  the  reason  why  the  other  state  is 
called  a  state  of  good  is,  because  man,  when  he  is  in  good,  he 
is  introduced  ;  and  also  when  man  is  in  state  of  truth,  he  is 
out  of  heaven,  but  when  he  is  in  good,  he  is  in  heaven,  thus 
introduced  to  the  Lord  ;  moreover  when  man  is  in  the  first  state, 
or  a  state  of  truth,  he  is  then  in  labor  and  combat,  for  he  then  un- 
dergoes temptations  ;  but  when  he  is  in  the  other  state,  or  a  state 
of  good,  he  is  then  in  rest  and  in  the  tranquillity  of  peace.  The 
former  state  is  what  was  represented  in  the  Word  by  the  six 
days  which  precede  the  seventh,  but.  the  latter  state  is  what  was 
represented  by  the  seventh  day  or  the  Sabbath,  see  n.  8890, 
8893,  9274.  Concerning  those  two  states,  which  are  called 
states  of  truth  and  states  of  good,  appertaining  to  the  man  who 
is  regenerating,  see  what  has  been  before  amply  shown,  n. 
7923,  7992,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8513,  8516,  8539,  8643,  8648, 
8658,  8685,  8690,  8701,  8722,  8772,  9139,  9224,  9227,  9230, 
9274. 

9432.  "And  He  called  to  Moses  on  the  seventh  day  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  when  truth  was  conjoined  to  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  seventh  day,  as  denoting  the  other 
state  when  truth  is  conjoined  to  good,  or  when  man  is  in  good, 
see  what  was  shown  just  above,  n.  9431. 

9433.  "Out  of  the'  midst  of  the  cloud  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified out  of  the  obscurity  which  before  existed,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  cloud,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  of  the  Word 
which  is  so  respectively  obscure,  see  above,  n.  9430.  The 
reason  why  that  ultimate  is  a  cloud  is,  because  the  Divine 
Truth,  which  is  from  the  Lord,  cannot  in  any  wise  appear  in 
the  beam  of  brightness  itself  in  which  it  is,  since  man  would 
thereby  perish,  inasmuch  as  his  intellectual  principle  would 
be  absolutely  blinded  by  the  light  of  truth,  and  his  will  prin- 
ciple would  be  absolutely  extinguished  by  the  fire  of  good,  thus 
the  all  of  his  life  would  be  annihilated ;  hence  it  is  that  the 
Divine  Truth  is  accommodated  to  the  apprehension  of  every  one, 
and  as  it  were  veiled  with  a  cloud,  even  with  the  angels,  n. 
6849.   This  veiling  amongst  spirits  appears  as  a  cloud,  of  a 


283 


EXODUS. 


[Chai  xxit 


density  and  lightness  according  to  every  one's  reception.  This 
is  meant  by  these  words  in  Isaiah,  "Jehovah  createth  upon 
every  habitation  of  Mount  Zion,  and  upon  her  assemblies,  a 
cloud  by  day  and  smoke  and  the  brightness  of  a  flame  of  fire  by 
night  ,'for  upon  all  the  glory  shall  be  a  covering,  and  a,  shedfo'. 
a  shade  by  day  from  the  heat,  and  for  a  refuge  and  for  a  covert 
against  an  inundation  and  against  rain,"  iv.  5,  6.    The  habita- 
tion of  Mount  Zion  denotes  heaven  and  the   church ;  her 
assemblies  denote  goods  and  truths  ;  a  cloud  by  da}r,  a  smoke 
by  night,  and  a  covering,  denote  the  veiling  of  Divine  Truth, 
thus  accommodation  according  to  the  apprehension  ;  that  the 
glory  upon  which  the  covering  was  to  be,  denotes  the  Di- 
vine Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord,  see  above,  n.  9429  ;  a 
shed  [or  cottage]  denotes  the  ultimate  of  Divine  Truth  which 
hides  the  interiors  ;  its  being  for  a  shade  by  day  from  the  heat 
and  for  a  refuge  against  inundation  and  rain,  denotes  that  man 
may  be  safe  and  not  hurt.    The  veiling  of  Divine  Truth  is 
also  described  in  David,  "  Jehovah,  my  God,  Thou  art  exceed- 
ingly great,  Thou  hast  put  on  glory  and  honor,  who  covereth 
Himself  with  light  as  with  a  garment  /  He  layeth  the  beams 
of  His  chambers  in  the  waters  ;  He  setteth  the  clouds  His 
chariot,  He  foundeth  the  earth  upon  its  basis,  that  it  may  not 
be  moved  to  eternity  for  ever  /  Thou  hast  covered  it  with  the 
abyss  as  with  a  garment  j  Thou  hast  set  a  limit  that  they  may 
not  pass,"  Psalm  civ.  1  to  9.    The  glory  and  honor  with 
which  Jehovah  clothed  Himself,  that  is,  the  Lord,  is  Divine 
Truth,  n.  9429.    The  light  with  which  He  is  covered  as  with  a 
garment,  is  the  Divine  Truth,  such  as  it  is  in  heaven  and  in 
the  church  ;  that  this  truth  in  the  Word  is  light,  see  what  is 
cited  above,  n.  9429.    The  chambers,  of  which  He  layeth  the 
beams  in  the  waters,  are  the  heavenly  societies,  and  the  waters 
are  truths,  n.  2702,  3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  8568,  9323. 
The  clouds,  which  he  setteth  for  a  chariot,  are  truths  from 
which  doctrine  is  derived  ;  that  a  chariot  denotes  doctrine,  see 
n.  5321,  S215.    The  earth,  concerning  which  it  is  said  that  it 
is  founded  upon  its  bases,  that  it  may  not  be  moved  to  eternity, 
is  the  church;  that  earth  in  the  Word  denotes  the  church, 
see  what  is  cited,  n.  9325.    The  bases  on  which  it  is  founded 
are  truths  in  ultimates,  such  as  are  those  of  the  Word  in  its 
literal  sense,  hence  it  is  said  that  it  may  not  be  moved  to  eter- 
nity.   The  abyss  with  which  it  is  covered  as  with  a  garment,  is 
scientific  truth  for  the  natural  man,  n.  6431,  8278.    Hence  it 
is  evident,  what  i6  meant  by  the  limit  set  that  they  may  not 
pass,  namely,  that  it  is  the  ultimate  of  Divine  Truth,  into  which 
the  interior  things  close,  and  on  which,  as  on  a  prop  and  foun- 
dation, they  subsist  and  rest,  as  was  said  above. 

9434.  "  And  the  aspect  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah  was  as 
devouring  fire  on  the  head  of  the  mountain  to  the  eyes  of  the 


9434.] 


EXODUS. 


239 


eons  of  Israel" — that  hereby  is  signified  Divine  Truth  in 
heaven  itself  resplendent  from  the  good  of  love,  but  hurting 
and  vastating  with  those  who  are  in  its  external  separate  from 
the  internal,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  aspect  of  the 
glory  of  Jehovah,  as  denoting  the  appearance  of  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  that  aspect  denotes  appearance 
before  the  eyes,  is  evident ;  and  that  the  glory  of  Jehovah  is 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  9429 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  fire,  as  denoting  love  in  both  senses, 
see  n.  4906,  5215,  6314,  6832,  7324,  in  this  case  Divine  Love 
Itself;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  head  of  the  mountain, 
as  denoting  the  inmost  [principle]  of  heaven,  for  by  Mount 
Sinai  is  signified  heaven,  n.  9420,  9427 ;  and  by  its  supreme 
[part],  which  is  called  the  head  and  top,  is  signified  its  inmost 
[principle],  n.  9422 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  devouring, 
as  denoting  to  consume,  thus  to  hurt  and  vastate ;  and  from 
the  representation  of  the  sous  of  Israel,  as  denoting  those  who 
are  in  externals  without  internals,  see  frequently  above.  From 
these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  that  by  the  aspect  of 
the  glory  of  Jehovah  as  of  fire  on  the  head  of  the  mountain,  is 
signified  Divine  Truth  in  heaven  itself  resplendent  from  the 
good  of  love ;  and  that  by  its  being  as  devouring  fire  to  the 
eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  is  signified  that  it  was  hurtful  and 
vastating  to  those  who  were  in  its  external  without  the  internal 
The  case  herein  is  this  ;  there  are  two  loves  altogether  opposite 
to  each  other,  heavenly  love  and  infernal  love  ;  heavenly  love  is 
love  to  the  Lord,  and  love  towards  the  neighbor ;  and  infernal 
love  is  the  love  of  self  and  the  love  of  the  world  ;  they  with 
whom  infernal  loves  reign,  are  in  hell ;  but  they  with  whom 
heavenly  loves  reign  are  in  heaven;  for  love  is  the  very  vital 
[principle]  itself  of  man,  since  without  love  there  is  no  life  at  all ; 
for  from  love  every  one  has  the  heat  and  fire  of  his  life.  That 
without  vital  heat  and  fire  there  is  no  life,  is  very  evident ;  hence 
it  follows,  that  such  as  the  love  is,  such  is  the  life,  consequently, 
such  as  the  love  is,  such  is  the  man,  wherefore  every  one  may 
know  from  his  own  loves  themselves,  whether  heaven  be  in  him, 
or  hell.  Love  is  as  a  fire  or  flame  with  man,  and  is  also  vital 
fire  or  flame,  as  was  said,  and  faith  is  as  light  from  that  fire,  or 
from  that  flame,  and  also  is  the  light  which  illuminates  the 
interior  things  of  his  understanding.  Hence  also  it  is  evident 
what  is  the  quality  of  the  light,  from  which  they  have  faith  who 
are  in  infernal  love  ;  that  from  this  light  comes  persuasive  faith, 
wh  ch  in  itself  is  not  faith,  but  a  persuasion  that  a  thing  is  so 
for  the  sake  of  self  and  the  world,  see  u.  9363  to  9369.  In  the 
church  at  this  day  spiritual  life,  which  is  life  eternal,  is  made  to 
consist  of  faith  alone,  thus  in  faith  without  the  goods  of  heavenly 
love,  but  what  the  quality  of  that  life  is,  every  one,  if  he  con- 
eider  it,  may  6ee  from  what  was  just  now  said.  It  is  now 
VOL.  ix.  19 


290 


EXODUS. 


[CiiAr.  xxiv 


expedient  to  show  how  the  case  is  with  Divine  fire  which  is 
Divine  Love,  with  those  who  arc  in  heavenly  love,  and  how 
with  those  who  are  in  infernal  love  ;  with  those  who  are  in 
heavenly  love,  the  Divine  fire  or  love  is  continually  creating 
and  renovating  the  interiors  of  the  will,  and  illuminating  the 
interiors  of  the  understanding ;  but  with  those  who  are  in 
infernal  love,  the  Divine  fire  or  love  is  continually  hurting  and 
vastating ;  the  reason  is,  because  with  the  latter  the  Divine 
Love  falls  into  opposites,  by  which  it  is  destroyed  ;  for  it  is 
turned  into  the  fire  or  love  of  self  and  of  the  world,  thus  into 
contempt  of  others  in  comparison  with  itself,  into  enmities 
against  all  who  do  not  favor  itself,  and  thus  into  hatreds,  into 
revenges,  and  at  length  into  cruelties.  Hence  now  it  is  that  the 
fire  of  Jehovah,  before  the  eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  appeared 
as  devouring  or  consuming  ;  for  they  were  in  the  love  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  inasmuch  as  they  were  in  externals  and  not  in 
internals.  That  that  fire  was  to  them  devouring  and  consum- 
ing, is  evident  also  from  another  passage  in  Moses,  "It  came 
to  pass,  when  ye  heard  the  voice  out  of  the  midst  of  the  dark- 
ness, and  the  mountain  was  burning  with  fire,  ye  came  near  to 
me,  all  the  heads  of  your  tribes,  and  your  elders,  and  ye  said, 
behold  Jehovah  our  God  hath  made  us  to  see  His  glory  and 
His  greatness,  and  we  have  heard  his  voice  out  of  the  midst  of 
the  fire :  nevertheless  wherefore  should  we  die,  because  this  great 
Jure  will  devour  us  f  if  we  add  any  longer  to  hear  the  voice 
of  Jehovah  our  God,  we  shall  surely  die,  Deut.  v.  23,  24,  25, 
see  aho  what  was  shown,  n.  6832,  8814,  8819  ;  and  that  that 
people  was  of  such  a  quality,  6ee  what  is  cited,  n.  9380.  By 
devouring  fire  also  in  other  passages  in  the  Word  is  signified 
vastation,  and  it  is  said  of  the  wicked,  as  in  Joel,  "The  day 
of  Jehovah  cotneth,  a  day  of  darkness  and  of  thick  darkness* 
a  day  of  cloud  and  obscurity  ;  before  it  a  fire  devoureth,  after 
it  a  name  enflameth  ;  the  earth  is  as  the  garden  of  Eden  before 
it,  but  after  it  a  desert  of  wasteness,"  ii.  1,  2,  3.  And  in  Isaiah, 
**  ■JehovaJi  will  make  the  glory  of  His  voice  to  be  heard  in  a 
Jlasne  of  devouring  fire,"  xxx.  30.  Again,  "  Who  shall  abide 
torus  with  devouring  fire;  who  shall  abide  for  us  with  fire- 
places of  eternity,"  xxxiii.  14.  Again,  "Thou  shalt  be  visited 
by  Jehovah  with  a  flame  of  devouring  fire"  xxix.  6.  And  in 
EeekieL,  "Thy  posterity  shall  be  devoured  by  fire,"  xxiii.  25. 
la  these  passages  a  devouring  fire  is  the  fire  of  lusts  which 
are  from  the  loves  of  self  and  the  world,  inasmuch  as  this 
is  the  fire  which  consumes  man,  and  which  vastates  the 
church.  This  also  was  represented  by  the  tiro  from  before 
Jehovah,  whick  devoured  the  sons  of  Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu, 
because  they  put  strange  fire  into  their  censers,  Levit.  x.  1,  2. 
To  put  strange  tire  into  their  censers  is  to  institute  worship  from 
other  love  than  from  heavenly :  that  such  fire  is  the  love  of  self 


9435—0437.] 


EXODUS. 


2!>1 


and  of  tlie  world,  and  every  Inst  thence  derived,  see  n.  1297, 
1861,  5071,  5215,  6314,  68*32,  7324,  7575,  9141. 

9435.  "  And  Moses  entered  into  the  midst  of  the  cloud  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  "Word  in  the  external  sense,  appears 
from  the  representation  of  Moses,  as  denoting  the  Word,  in 
this  case  the  Word  in  the  external  8ense.  because  it  is  said 
that  he  entered  into  the  midst  of  the  cloud,  and  by  the  cloud 
is  signified  the  external  sense  of  the  Word.  That  Moses  is  the 
Word,  see  above,  n.  9414 ;  and  that  a  cloud  is  its  external 
sense,  n.  9430.  That  Moses  remained  in  the  extreme  of  the 
mountain  six  days,  and  that  being  called  on  the  seventh  day 
he  entered  into  the  cloud,  and  ascended  to  the  mountain,  was 
done  for  this  reason,  that  he  might  represent  an  intermediate, 
or  a  mediate  between  the  people  and  the  Lord,  according  to 
what  was  said  above,  n.  9414.  The  degrees  of  ascent  from  the 
people  to  the  Lord  are  thus  described  :  when  he  came  at  length 
into  the  mountain,  then  first  he  represented  the  holy  external 
of  the  Word,  which  is  mediating ;  for  that  mountain  signifies 
heaven  the  abode  of  what  is  holy  :  nevertheless  he  was  not 
admitted  further  than  to  the  first  threshold  of  heaven,  where 
the  holy  external  of  the  Word  closes :  how  far  he  was  admitted, 
was  6hown  to  me  representatively  by  a  spirit,  who,  as  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  face  even  to  the  chin,  was  seen  in  the  light  of 
heaven,  but  as  to  the  lower  part  from  the  chin,  and  as  to  the 
whole  bod}r  with  it,  was  in  a  cloud  ;  hence  it  was  made  evident 
how  much  he  represented  of  the  holy  external,  which  is  me- 
diating. That  the  six  days,  in  which  Moses  remained  in  the 
extreme  of  the  mountain,  signified  a  state  of  truth,  and  that  the 
seventh,  in  which  he  went  up  to  the  mountain,  signified  a  state 
of  good,  is  plain  from  what  was  explained  above,  n.  9431,  9432  ; 
the  reason  is,  because  they  who  are  regenerating  by  the  Lord 
have  similar  degrees  of  ascent  from  the  world  to  heaven  ;  foi 
man  is  elevated  from  external  things  to  internal,  because  from 
the  natural  man  who  is  in  external  things,  to  the  spiritual  who 
is  in  internal  things.  Such  elevation  or  ascent  was  also  repre- 
sented by  Moses  when  he  put  on  the  representation  of  a  holy 
external,  which  mediates  ;  for  the  holy  external  of  the  Word  b 
an  entrance  to  a  state  of  good,  thus  to  heaven. 

9436.  "  And  went  up  to  the  mountain " — that  hereby  in 
signified  elevation  to  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  ot 
going  up,  as  denoting  elevation  towards  things  interior,  see  n. 
3084,  4539,  4969,  5406,  5817,  6007  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  Mount  Sinai,  as  denoting  heaven  where  Divine  Truth  is  in 
the  light,  see  above,  n  9420,  9427. 

9437.  "  And  Moses  was  in  the  mountain  forty  days  and 
forty  nights  " — that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  plenary  as  to 
information  and  influx,  appears  from  the  signification  of  forty, 
as  denoting  what  is  plenary.  The  reason  why  forty  denotes  what 


292 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


is  plenary  is,  because  four  denotes  what  is  full,  n.  9103,  in 
like  manner  ten,  n.  3107,  4638 ;  and  the  number  forty  arises 
from  four  multiplied  into  ten  ;  for  numbers  multiplied  signify 
a  like  thing  with  the  simple  ones  from  which  they  are  multi- 
plied, n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973 ;  that  all  the  numbers  in  the 
Word  signify  things,  see  n.  575,  3252,  4264,  4495,  4670, 
5265,  6175;  hence  now  it  is  that  Moses  was  in  the  mountain 
forty  days  and  forty  nights.  That  forty  here  signifies  what  is 
plenary  for  information  and  for  influx,  is  evident  from  what  fol- 
lows from  chap.  xxv.  to  xxxii.,  where  the  things  are  mentioned 
concerning  which  he  was  informed,  which  were  concerning 
the  ark,  concerning  Aaron,  concerning  urim  and  thummim,  and 
concerning  sacrifices.  Th©  reason  why  forty  also  signifies  what 
is  plenary  for  influx  is,  because  from  that  time  Moses  began 
to  represent  the  external  holy  [principle]  of  the  "Word,  which 
mediates  between  the  Lord  and  the  people,  and  mediation  is 
effected  by  an  influx  through  that  holy  [principle]  into  the 
representative  in  which  the  people  was,  n.  9419.  Inasmuch 
as  forty  signified  what  is  plenary,  therefore  Moses  remained  on 
Mount  Sinai,  not  only  on  this  occasion  but  also  on  another, 
forty  days  and  forty  nights,  Exod.  xxxiv.  28  ;  Deut.  ix.  18, 
25 ;  chap.  x.  10.  And  on  this  account  the  sons  of  Israel  wan- 
dered in  the  wilderness  forty  years,  and  as  it  is  said,  until 
all  that  generation  was  consumed,  Numb.  xiv.  33,  34 ;  chap, 
xxxii.  13.  And  on  this  account  it  was  said  by  Jonah  to  the 
Ninevites,  that  the  city  should  be  overturned  after  forty  days, 
Jonah  iii.  4.  And  therefore  the  prophet  was  commanded  to 
lie  on  the  right  side,  and  to  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  houso  of 
Judah  forty  days,  Ezek.  iv.  6.  Therefore  also  it  is  said  of 
Egypt,  that  it  should  be  given  to  plenary  desertion  forty  years, 
and  after  those  years  the  people  should  be  gathered  together, 
Ezek.  xxix.  11,  12,  13.  And  therefore  it  rained  upon  the 
earth,  that  it  might  be  overflowed  with  a  flood  forty  days  and 
forty  nights,  Gen.  vii.  4,  12,  17.  Hence  it  is  evident  why 
it  was  ordained  that  a  wicked  man  was  to  be  smitten  witl> 
forty  stripes,  Deut.  xxv.  3  ;  for  forty  stripes  signified  punfc' 
nient  to  the  full.  Hence  also  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  in  t 
prophetic  song  of  Deborah  and  Barak,  by  a  shield  not  beiu^ 
teen,  nor  spear,  in  the  forty  thousands  of  Israel,  Judg.  v.  8 ; 
in  the  forty  thousands  of  Israel  denotes  in  all.  It  is  also  hence 
evident,  why  the  temple  built  by  Solomon  was  forty  cubits  long, 
1  Kings  vi.  17.  In  like  manner,  the  new  temple  described  in 
Ezekiel,  chap.  xli.  2  ;  for  by  the  temple  is  signified,  in  the 
supreme  sense,  the  Lord  ;  in  the  internal  sense,  heaven  and 
the  church  ;  and  thus  by  forty  what  is  plenary  as  to  repre- 
l^tntion.    In  'ike  manner  in  other  passages. 


9438,  9439.] 


EXODUS. 


293 


OF  THE  EARTHS  IN  THE  STARRY  HEAVEN  ;  WIVH  AN  ACCOtTNT 
OF  THEIR  INHABITANTS,  SPIRITS,  AND  ANGELS. 

9438.  THOSE  who  are  in  heaven  can  discourse  and  converse 
with  angels  and  spirits,  who  are  not  only  from  the  earths  in  this 
solar  system,  but  also  with  those  who  are  from  earths  in  the  uni- 
verse out  of  this  system  ;  and  not  only  with  spirits  and  angels 
thence,  but  also  with  the  inhabitants  themselves  whose  interiors 
have  been  opened,  so  as  to  be  able  to  hear  those  who  speak  from 
heaven.  A  similar  privilege  is  granted  to  man,  during  his  life  in 
the  world,  to  whom  it  has  been  given  by  the  Lord  to  discourse 
with  spirits  and,  angels,  for  man  is  a  spirit  and  angel  as  to  his  in- 
teriors, the  body  which  he  carries  about  with  him  in  the  world 
serving  him  only  for  functions  in  this  natural  or  terrestria 
sphere,  which  is  the  ultimate.  But  it  is  given  to  no  one  as  a  spirt 
and  angel  to  speak  with  angels  and  spirits,  unless  he  be  of  sue 
a  quality  that  lie  can  consociate  with  them  as  to  faith  and  love 
nor  can  he  consociate  unless  the  faith  be  directed  to  the  Lor 
and  the  love  to  the  Lord,  inasmuch  as  man  by  faith  in  Hit  ., 
thus  by  truths  of  doctrine,  and  by  love  to  Him,  is  conjoined,  a? 
when  he  is  conjoined  to  Him,  he  is  secure  from  the  insult  of  ex 
spirits  who  are  from  hell.    With  others  the  interiors  cannot 
opened  at  all,  for  they  are  not  in  the  Lord.    This  is  the  reas 
why  there  are  few  at  this  day,  to  whom  it  is  given  to  discou 
and  converse  with  angels  ;  a  manifest  proof  of  which  circu  • 
stance  is,  that  it  is  scarcely  believed  at  this  day  that  spirits  a 
angels  are,  still  less  that  they  are  attendant  upon  every  man,  a 
that  by  them  man  hath  connexion  with  heaven,  and  through  he 
ven  with  the  Lord  ;  and  that  it  is  still  less  believed  that  m 
when  he  dies  as  to  the  body,  lives  a  spirit,  also  in  a  human  for 
as  before. 

9439.  Inasmuch  as  at  this  day  in  the  church  amongst  the  ge- 
nerality there  is  no  faith  concerning  a  life  after  death,  and 
scarcely  any  concerning  heaven  nor  concerning  the  Lord  as  be- 
ing the  God  of  heaven  and  earth,  therefore  the  interiors  which 
are  of  my  spirit,  have  been  opened  by  the  Lord,  that  I  might  be 
enabled,  ichilst  I  am  in  the  body,  to  be  together  with  the  angels 
in  heaven,  and  not  only  to  discourse  with  them,  but  also  to  see 
there  stupendous  things,  and  to  describe  the  same,  lest  possibly 
hereafter  it  should  also  be  said,  who  has  come  from  heaven  to 
us,  to  assure  us  of  its  existence,  and  of  what  is  contained 
therein  ?  But  I  know  that  they  who  have  heretofore  in  heart  de-, 
nied  a  heaven  and  a  hell,  and  a  life  after  death,  will  also  still  be 
obstinate  in  opposing  the  existence  of  those  things,  and  in  the 
denial  of  them  ;for  it  is  easier  to  make  a  raven  white,  than  to 
effect  belief  in  those  who  have  once  in  heart  rejected  it.  But  let 
these  things  which  have  been  here' of  ore  shown  concerning  hea- 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  x&f. 


ven  and  hell,  and  concerning/  a  life  after  death,  be  for  the  use 
of  those  few  who  are  in  the  faith.  But  that  the  rest  may  be 
brought  to  something  of  acknowledgment,  it  is  granted  to  relate 
such  things  as  delight  and  allure  the  man  who  is  desirous  of 
knowledge  ;  such  are  the  things  now  about  to  be  related  of  the 
earths  in  the  universe. 

9440.  He  who  does  not  know  the  arcana  of  heaven,  may  be- 
lieve that  it  is  impossible  for  a  man  to  see  earths  so  remote, 
and  from  sensible  experience  to  give  any  account  concerning 
them.  But  let  him  know  that  spaces  and  distances,  and  hence 
the  progressions,  which  appear  in  the  natural  world,  in  their 
first  cause  and  origin  are  changes  of  the  state  of  the  interiors, 
and  that  uith  angels  and  spirits  they  appear  according  to 
those  changes  f  and  that  thus  they  [angels  and  spirits]  can  be 
translated  by  them  from  one  place  to  another,  and  from  one 
earth  to  another,  even  to  earths  which  are  at  the  end  of  the  uni- 
verse I  the  same  is  true  also  of  man  as  to  his  spirit,  whilst  his 
body  still  remains  in  its  own  place  ;  as  has  been  the  case  also 
with  myself,  since,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  it  has 
been  given  me  to  converse  with  spirits  as  a  spirit,  and  at  the 
same  time  with  men  as  a  man.  That  spaces  and  distances, 
and  hence  progressions  in  heaven  are  appearances  grounded  in 
changes  of  state  of  the  interiors,  see  n.  5605.  That  man  as  to  the 
spirit  can  be  so  translated,  is  inconceivable  to  the  sensual  man, 
inasm  uch  as  he  is  in  space  and  time,  and  measures  his  progres- 
sions accordingly. 

9441.  That  there  are  several  worlds,  may  be  manifest  to  every 
one  from  this  consideration,  that  so  many  stars  appearin  the  uni- 
verse, and  it  is  a  known  thing  in  the  learned  world,  that  every 
star  is  like  a  sun  in  its  own  place,  for  it  remains  fixed  as  the  sun 
of  our  earth  in  its  place;  and  that  distance  makes  it  to  appear  in 
a  snail  form  like  a  star,  consequently  that  it  has  planets  revolv- 
ing round  it,  which  are  earths,  in  like  manner  as  the  sun  of  our 
world  has.  To  what  other  purpose  could  so  great  a  heaven  be 
intended,  with  so  many  constellations  t  For  the  end  of  the  crea- 
tion of  the  universe  is  man,  that  from  man  there  may  be  an  an- 
gelic heaven  ;  but  what  would  mankind  and  an  angelic  heaven 
from  one  single  earth  avail  to  answer  the  purposes  (fan  infinite 
Creator,  for  which  a  thousand,  yea,  ten  thousand  earths  would  not 
suffice?  By  calculation  it  has  been  discovered,  that  supposing  there 
were  in  the  universe  one  million  earths,  and  on  every  earth  three 
hundred  million  men,  or  three  hundred  millions,  and  two  hun- 
dred generations  within  six  thousand  years,  and  t/uit  to  every 
man  was  allotted  a  space  of  three  cubic  ells,  in  this  case  the  sum 
of  vun  collectively  would  not  occupy  a  space  equal  to  a  thou- 
sandth part  of  this  earth,  consequently  not  so  much  as  tlie  spa<x 
possessed  by  one  of  tlie  satellites  of  Jupiter  or  Saturn,  which 


9440—9446.] 


EXODUS. 


299 


would  be  a  space  so  diminutive  in  respect  to  the  universe  as  to 
be  scarcely  discernible,  for  a  satellite  of  Jupiter  or  Saturn,  is 
scarcely  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  And  what  would  this  be  in 
regard  to  the  purposes  of  the  Creator  of  the  universe,  to  answer 
which,  the  whole  universe,  though filled  with  earths,  would  be  in 
adequate,  for  He  is  infinite.  In  discoursing  on  this  subject  with 
the  angels,  they  have  told  me,  that  they  have  a  like  idea  concern 
ing  the  fewness  of  the  human  race  in  respect  to  the  infinity  of  the 
Creator,  but  that  they  do  not  think  from  spaces,  but  from  states, 
and  that  according  to  their  idea,  supposing  the  number  of  earths 
to  be  as  many  myriads  as  could  be  conceived  in  thought,  they 
would  be  still  as  nothing  to  theLord.  Moreover,  that  the  angelic 
heaven,  of  which  the  human  race  is  the  seminary,  corresponds  to 
all  things  appertaining  to  man,  and  that  such  a  heaven  cannot  be 
constructed  by  the  angels  from  one  earth,  but  from  innumerable. 

9442.  What  is  said  of  the  earths  in  the  starry  heaven  in 
what  now  follows,  is  from  experience  itself,  whereby  it  will  also 
be  manifest,  how  translations  thither  were  effected  as  to  my 
fpirit,  whilst  the  body  remained  in  its  own  place. 


EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY-FIFTH. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9443.  THE  subject  now  to  be  spoken  of  is  concerning  the 
remission  of  sins. 

9444.  The  sins  which  man  commits  are  in-rooted  in  his  very 
life,  and  constitute  it ;  wherefore  no  one  is  liberated  from  them 
unless  he  receive  new  life  from  the  Lord,  which  is  effected  by 
regeneration. 

9445.  That  man  cannot  do  good,  nor  think  truth  from  him- 
self, but  from  the  Lord,  is  manifest  from  John,  UA  man  cannot 
do  any  thing  unless  it  be  given  him  from  heaven"  iii.  27.  "  He 
that  abideth  in  Me  and  I  in  him,  the  same  beareth  much  fruit, 
because  without  Me  ye  cannot  do  any  thing,"  xv.  5.  Hence  it  ib 
evident,  that  no  one  can  lead  away  any  one  from  sins,  thus 
remi*:  them,  but  the  Lord  alone. 

9446.  The  Lord  continually  flows  in  to  man  with  the  good 
of  love,  and  with  the  truths  of  faith,  but  they  are  differently 
received,  in  one  way  by  one,  and  in  another  way  by  another; 


296 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


by  those  whc  are  regenerated,  well ;  but  by  those  who  do  not 
6uffer  themselves  to  be  regenerated,  ill. 

9447.  They  who  are  regenerated,  are  continually  held  by  the 
Lord  in  the  good  of  faith  and  of  love,  and  in  such  case  are 
withheld  from  evils  and  falses ;  but  they  who  do  not  suffer 
themselves  to  be  regenerated  by  the  Lord,  are  withheld  also 
from  evil,  and  held  in  good ;  for  from  the  Lord  continually 
flows  in  good  and  truth  with  every  man,  but  infernal  loves, 
which  are  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  in  which  they  are 
principled,  oppose  and  turn  the  influx  of  good  into  evil,  and  of 
truth  into  the  false. 

9448.  From  these  considerations  it  is  manifest  what  rem  is- 
sion  of  sins  is.  To  be  able  from  the  Lord  to  be  held  in  the 
good  of  love  and  the  truth  of  faith,  and  to  be  withheld  from 
evils  and  falses,  is  remission  of  sins.  And  in  this  case  to  shun 
what  is  evil  and  false,  and  to  hold  them  in  aversion,  is  repent- 
ance. But  these  things  are  not  given,  except  with  those  who 
have  received  from  the  Lord  new  life  by  regeneration  ;  for  those 
things  are  of  new  life. 

9449.  The  signs  that  sins  are  remitted,  are  those  which  fol- 
low. There  is  a  delight  perceived  in  worshipping  God  for  the 
sake  of  God,  in  serving  the  neighbor  for  the  sake  of  the 
neighbor,  thus  in  doing  good  for  the  sake  of  good,  and  in 
believing  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth  ;  there  is  an  unwillingness 
to  merit  by  any  thing  of  charity  and  faith  ;  evils  are  shunned 
and  held  in  aversion,  as  enmities,  hatreds,  revenges,  unmerci- 
fulnesses,  adulteries,  in  a  word,  all  things  which  are  against 
God  and  against  the  neighbor. 

9450.  But  the  6igns  that  sins  are  not  remitted,  are  those 
which  follow.  God  is  worshipped  not  for  the  sake  of  God,  and 
the  neighbor  is  served  not  for  the  sake  of  the  neighbor,  thus 
good  is  not  done  and  truth  not  spoken  for  the  cake  of  good 
and  truth,  but  for  the  sake  of  self  and  the  world  ;  there  is  a 
willingness  to  merit  by  actions ;  others  are  despised  in  com- 
parison with  self;  delight  is  perceived  in  evils,  as  in  enmity,  in 
hatred,  in  revenge,  in  cruelty,  in  adulteries  ;  moreover  the  holy 
things  of  the  church  are  despised,  and  in  heart  are  denied. 

9451.  Sins  are  believed  to  be  wiped  away,  and  washed  away, 
when  they  are  remitted,  as  tilth  is  washed  away  by  water; 
nevertheless  they  remain  with  man,  and  when  they  are  said  to 
be  wiped  away,  it  is  from  the  appearance,  when  man  is  with- 
held from  them. 

9452.  The  Lord  out  of  Divine  Mercy  regenerates  man, 
which  effect  is  wrought  from  his  infancy  even  to  the  last  [mo- 
ment] of  life  in  the  world,  and  afterwards  to  eternity ;  thus  out 
of  Divine  Mercy,  he  leads  man  away  from  evils  and  false*,  and 
leads  to  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  love,  and  then 
keeps  him  in  those  principles ;  and  afterwards  out  of  Divine 


J447— 9454.] 


EXODUS. 


29 


VTercy  elevates  him  to  Himself  into  heaven,  and  renders  him 
happy ;  these  are  the  things  which  are  meant  by  the  remission 
of  sins  out  of  mercy.  They  who  believe  that  sins  are  otherwise 
remitted,  are  altogether  deceived  ;  for  it  would  be  of  unmerci- 
"ulness  to  see  a  multitude  of  men  in  the  hells,  and  not  to  save 
them,  if  it  could  have  been  done  otherwise  ;  when  yet  the  Lord 
is  mercy  itself,  and  wills  not  the  death  of  any  one,  but  that 
he  may  live. 

9453.  They  therefore  who  do  not  suffer  themselves  to  be 
regenerated,  thus  not  to  be  withheld  from  evils  and  falses, 
remove  from  themselves  and  reject  the  above  mercies  of  the 
Lord.  Hence  it  is,  that  the  impossibility  of  being  saved  is 
chargeable  upon  themselves. 

9454.  These  are  the  things  that  are  meant  in  John,  "As 
many  as  received,  to  them  gave  He  power  to  be  the  sons  of  God, 
believing  in  His  name,  who  were  born  not  of  bloods,  nor  of  the 
will  of  the  flesh,  nor  of  the  will  of  man,  but  of  God,"  i.  12, 
13.  Of  bloods  denotes  those  who  are  against  the  goods  of  faith 
and  charity  ;  of  the  will  of  the  flesh,  denotes  those  who  are  in 
evils  derived  from  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world  ;  of  the 
will  of  man,  denotes  those  who  are  in  the  falses  thence  derived  ; 
to  be  born  of  God,  is  to  be  regenerated.  That  no  one  can  come 
into  heaven  unless  he  be  regenerated,  is  thus  taught  in  the  same 
evangelist,  "  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee,  unless  a  man  be 
lorn  again,  he  cannot  see  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily,  verily, 
J  say  unto  thee,  unless  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit, 
he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God,"  iii.  3,  5.  To  be  born 
of  water  denotes  by  the  truth  of  faith  ;  and  to  be  born  of  the 
Spirit  denotes  by  the  good  of  love.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  now  be  manifest,  who  they  are  to  whom  sins  are  re- 
mitted, and  to  whom  they  are  not  remitted. 


CHAPTER  XXY. 

1.  AND  Jehovah  spake  to  Moses,  saying, 

2.  Speak  to  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  let  them  receive  for  Me 
a  gathering,  from  with  every  man  whom  his  heart  hath  spon- 
taneously moved  ye  shall  receive  My  gathering. 

3.  And  this  is  the  gathering  which  ye  shall  receive  from  with 
them,  gold,  and  silver,  and  brass. 

4.  And  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  tine 
linen  thread,  and  wool  of  the  she-goats. 

5.  And  skins  of  red  rams,  and  skins  of  badgers,  and  shit 
tim-wood. 


298 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxt. 


6.  Oil  for  the  luminary,  spices  for  the  oil  of  anointing,  and 
for  incense  of  spices. 

7.  Onyx-stones,  and  stones  of  fillings  for  the  ephod  and  the 
breast-plate. 

8.  And  let  them  make  for  Me  a  sanctuary,  and  I  will  dwell 
in  the  midst  of  them. 

9.  According  to  all  that  I  show,  the  form  of  the  habitation, 
and  the  form  of  all  the  vessels  thereof,  and  so  shall  ye  make  [it]. 

10.  And  let  them  make  an  ark  of  shittim-wood,  two  cubits 
and  a  half  the  length  thereof,  and  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  breadth 
thereof,  and  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height  thereof. 

11.  Thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  from  within 
and  from  without  thou  shalt  cover  it  over,  and  thou  shalt  make 
above  it  a  border  of  gold  round  about. 

12.  And  thou  shalt  cast  for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  and 
shalt  give  [them]  upon  the  four  corners  thereof ;  and  two  rings 
shall  be  upon  the  one  side  of  it,  and  two  rings  upon  the  other 
side  of  it. 

13.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood,  and  shalt 
cover  them  over  with  gold. 

14.  And  thou  shalt  bring  the  staves  into  the  rings  on  the 
sides  of  the  ark,  to  carry  the  ark  in  them. 

15.  In  the  rings  of  the  ark  shall  be  staves,  they  shall  not  be 
removed  from  it. 

16.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  ark  the  testimony,  which  I 
will  give  to  thee. 

17.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  propitiatory,  with  pure  gold, 
two  cubits  and  a  half  the  length  thereof,  and  a  cubit  aud  a  half 
the  breadth  thereof. 

18.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  cherubs,  of  solid  gold  thou 
shalt  make  them,  from  the  two  extremities  of  the  propitiatory. 

19.  And  make  one  cherub  from  the  extremity  on  this  side, 
and  one  cherub  from  the  extremity  on  that  side  ;  from  the  pro- 
pitiatory ye  shall  make  cherubs  upon  the  two  extremities 
thereof. 

20.  And  the  cherubs  shall  be  spreading  their  wings  up- 
wards, covering  with  their  wings  over  the  propitiatory,  and 
their  faces  of  a  man  to  his  brother,  to  the  propitiatory  shall  be 
the  faces  of  the  cherubs. 

21.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitiatory  over  the  ark  from 
above,  and  to  the  ark  thou  shalt  give  the  testimony,  which  I 
will  give  to  thee. 

22.  Aud  I  will  meet  thee  there,  and  will  speak  with  thee 
from  above  the  propitiatory,  from  between  the  two  cherubs 
which  are  over  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  all  that  I  command 
thee  for  the  sons  of  Israel. 

23.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  table  of  shittim-wood,  two  cubits 


Chap,  xxt.] 


EXODUS. 


the  length  thereof,  and  a  cubit  the  breadth  thereof,  and  a  cu- 
bit and  a  half  the  height  thereof. 

24.  And  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  thou  shalt 
make  for  it  a  border  of  gold  round  about. 

25.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  closure  of  a  span  round 
about ;  and  thou  shalt  make  a  border  of  gold  for  the  closure 
thereof  round  about. 

26.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  and  thou 
shalt  give  the  rings  upon  the  four  corners  which  are  on  the 
four  feet  thereof. 

27.  Over  against  the  closure  shall  be  rings  for  houses  to  the 
staves  to  carry  the  table. 

28.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood,  and 
cover  them  over  with  gold,  and  the  table  shall  be  carried  with 
them. 

29.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  dishes  thereof,  and  the  plates 
thereof,  and  the  little  dishes  thereof,  and  the  bowls  thereof, 
with  which  it  shall  be  covered,  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make 
them. 

30.  And  thou  shalt  give  upon  the  table  bread  of  faces  to  My 
faces  continually. 

31.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  candlestick  of  pure  gold,  the 
candlestick  shall  be  made  solid,  its  shaft  and  its  pipe,  its  bowls, 
its  pomegranates,  and  its  flowers,  shall  be  from  it. 

32.  And  six  pipes  going  forth  from  its  sides,  three  pipes  of 
the  candlestick  from  one  side  of  it,  and  three  pipes  of  the  <  fin- 
dlestick  from  the  other  side  of  it. 

33.  Three  bows  made  like  unto  almonds  in  one  pipe,  lie 
pomegranate  and  the  flower,  and  three  bowls  made  like  v  ito 
almonds  in  one  pipe,  the  pomegranate  and  the  flower,  so  for  ho 
six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick. 

34.  And  in  the  candlestick  four  bowls  like  unto  almr.  \ 
its  pomegranates  and  its  flowers. 

35.  And  a  pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from  it,  ant  * 
pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from  it,  and  a  pomegrao  'na 

mder  the  two  pipes  from  it,  for  the  six  pipes  going  forth  £  m 
ie  candlestick. 

36.  Their  pomegranates  and  their  pipes,  shall  be  from  i;  %ll 
'  it,  one  solid  of  pure  gold. 

37.  And  thou  shalt  make  seven  lamps  thereof,  and  It  ii 
vtiuse  its  lamps  to  ascend,  and  let  it  illuminate  over  against  1*3 
tnces. 

38.  And  its  tongs,  and  its  snuff-dishes,  shall  be  of  pure 
A  talent  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make  it  with  all  those 

f  vuoclS. 

40.  And  see  and  make  in  the  form  of  those  things,  which 
thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain. 


300 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxr 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9455.  LN  this  chapter  is  described  the  gathering  for  the 
tent,  for  the  tables  there,  also  for  the  garments' of  Aaron,  and 
likewise  the  construction  of  the  ark,  of  the  table  for  the  bread, 
and  of  the  candlestick,  by  which  were  represented  the  heavens 
where  the  Lord  is,  and  all  the  celestial  and  spiritual  things 
which  are  from  the  Lord  there.  By  the  habitation  [was  re- 
presented] heaven  itself,  by  the  ark  there  the  inmost  hea-.en, 
by  the  testimony  or  law  in  the  ark,  the  Lord.  By  the  bread  of 
faces  upon  the  table,  and  by  the  candlestick  celestial  things, 
and  by  the  garments  of  Aaron  the  spiritual  things,  which  are 
from  the  Lord,  in  the  heavens. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9456.  VERSES  1,  2.  And  Jehovah  spake  to  Moses,  saying, 
Speak  to  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  let  them  receive  for  Me  a  gather- 
•ng,  from  with  every  man,whom  his  heart  spontaneously  moves, 
ye  shall  receive  My  gathering.  And  Jehovah  spake  to  Moses, 
saying,  signifies  information  concerning  the  holy  things  of 
heaven  which  were  to  be  represented.  Speak  to  the  sons  of 
Israel,  signifies  the  representative  church.  Let  them  receive 
for  Me  a  gathering,  signifies  the  interior  things  of  worship  which 
were  to  be  represented,  which  are  required.  From  with  every 
man  whom  his  heart  spontaneously  moves,  signifies  that  all 
things  should  be  from  love,  thus  from  freedom.  Ye  shall  receive 
My  gathering,  signifies  the  things  required  for  worship. 

9457.  <k  And  Jehovah  spake  to  Moses,  saying  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  information  concerning  the  holy  things  of  heaven 
which  were  to  be  represented,  appears  from  things  which  follow, 
for  those  things  which  Jehovah  spake  to  Moses  are  the  holy 
things  of  heaven,  which  were  to  be  represented.  For  a  church 
was  instituted  amongst  the  Israelitish  people,  in  which,  in  an 
external  form,  might  be  presented  representatively  the  celestial 
things  which  are  of  the  good  of  love,  and  the  spiritual  things 
which  are  of  the  good  and  truth  of  faith,  such  as  are  in  heaven, 
and  such  as  ought  to  be  in  the  church;  from  which  it  is  man- 
ifest, that  by  Jehovah  speaking,  is  signified  information  con- 
cerning the  holy  things  of  heaven  which  were  to  be  represented. 
Inasmuch  as  those  things  which  follow  are  representative  of  the 
celestial  and  spiritual  things,  which  are  from  the  Lord  in  the 
heavens,  therefore  it  may  be  expedient  to  say  what  a  repre- 
sentative church  is,  and  why  it  is.  Tliere  are  three  heavens, 
the  inmost  or  third,  the  middle  or  second,  and  the  nltimate 


9455—9457.] 


EXODUS. 


301 


or  first.  In  the  inmost  heaven  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord 
has  rule,  in  the  middle  heaven  the  good  of  charity  towards 
the  neighbor  has  rule,  in  the  ultimate  are  represented  those 
things  which  are  thought,  are  said,  and  exist  in  the  middle  and 
inmost  heavens.  The  representatives  which  are  in  that  heaven 
are  innumerable,  as  paradises,  gardens,  forests,  fields,  plains  ; 
also  cities,  palaces,  houses  ;  and  likewise  flocks  and  herds, 
also  animals,  and  birds  of  several  kinds,  besides  numberless 
other  things.  These  things  appear  before  the  eyes  of  angelic 
spirits  there,  more  clearly  than  similar  things  in  the  light  of 
mid-day  on  earth,  and  what  is  wonderful,  it  is  perceived 
also  what  they  signify.  Such  things  likewise  appeared  to  the 
prophets,  when  their  interior  sight,  which  is  the  sight  of  the 
spirit,  was  opened;  as  horses  to  Zechariah,  chap.  vi.  1  to  8 ; 
animals  which  were  cherubs,  and  afterwards  the  New  Temple, 
wirh  all  things  appertaining  to  it,  to  Ezekiel,  chap.  i.  ix.  x.  xl. 
to  xlviii. ;  a  candlestick,  thrones,  animals  which  were  also 
cherubs,  horses,  the  New  Jerusalem,  and  several  other  things, 
to  John,  which  are  treated  of  in  the  Apocalypse  ;  in  like  manner 
horses  and  chariots  of  fire  to  the  boy  of  Elisha,  2  Kings  vi.  17. 
Similar  things  appear  continually  in  heaven  before  the  eyes  of 
spirits  and  angels,  and  are  natural  forms,  into  which  the  in- 
ternal things  of  heaven  close,  and  in  which  they  are  figured, 
which  are  thus  rendered  visible  before  the  very  eyes.  These 
things  are  representations.  The  church  therefore  is  represen- 
tative, when  the  internal  holy  things,  which  are  of  love  and  of 
faith  from  the  Lord  and  to  the  Lord,  are  presented  by  forms 
visible  in  the  world  ;  as  in  this  chapter  and  in  the  following,  by 
the  ark,  the  propitiatory,  the  cherubs,  by  the  tables  there,  by 
the  candlestick,  and  by  the  other  things  of  the  tabernacle,  for 
lhat  tabernacle  was  so  constructed  that  it  might  represent  the 
three  heavens,  and  all  the  things  which  are  therein  :  and  the  ark, 
in  which  was  the  testimony,  was  so  constructed  that  it  might  re- 
present the  inmost  heaven,  and  the  Lord  Himself  there;  wherefore 
the  form  thereof  was  shown  to  Moses  in  the  mountain,  Jehovah 
saying  on  the  occasion,  '■'■That  they  should  make  for  Him  a  sanc- 
tuary, and  He  would  dwell  in  the  midst  of  them  "  verse  8. 
Every  one  who  is  gifted  with  any  faculty  of  interior  thought, 
may  perceive  that  Jehovah  could  not  dwell  in  a  tent,  but  that 
He  dwells  in  heaven  ;  and  that  that  tent  could  not  be  called  a 
sanctuary,  unless  it  had  reference  to  heaven,  and  to  the  celes- 
tial and  spiritual  things  which  are  there;  let  every  one  think 
with  himself,  what  would  it  be  for  Jehovah,  the  Creator  of 
heaven  and  earth,  to  dwell  in  a  small  habitation  made  of  wood, 
covered  over  with  gold,  and  encompassed  around  with  curtains, 
unless  heaven  and  the  things  of  heaven  had  been  there  repre- 
sented in  form.  For  the  things  which  are  represented  in  form, 
appear  indeed  in  a  like  form  in  the  ultimate  or  first  heaven,  be- 


302 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


fore  the  spirits  who  are  there,  but  in  the  superior  heavens  are 
perceived  the  internal  things  which  are  represeuted,which  things, 
as  was  said,  are  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  love  to  the 
Lord,  and  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  faith  in  the  Lord. 
Such  were  the  things  which  filled  heaven,  when  Moses  with  the 
people  were  in  an  external  holy  [principle],  and  adored  it  as  the 
habitation  of  Jehovah  Himself;  hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant 
by  a  representative,  also  that  by  it  heaven  was  present  with  man, 
thus  the  Lord.  Therefore  a  representative  church,  when  the 
ancient  ceased,  was  instituted  amongst  the  Israelitish  people, 
that  by  6uch  things  there  might  be  conjunction  of  heaven,  thus 
of  the  Lord  with  the  human  race,  for  without  conjunction  of  the 
Lord  through  heaven,  man  would  perish ;  for  man  has  his  life 
from  that  conjunction.  But  those  representatives  were  only 
external  mediums  of  conjunction,  with  which  the  Lord  mira- 
culously conjoined  heaven,  see  n.  4311.  But  when  conjunc- 
tion by  those  things  also  perished,  then  the  Lord  came  into  the 
world,  and  opened  the  internal  things  themselves  which  were 
represented,  which  are  the  things  of  love  and  of  faith  in  Him  ■ 
these  things  now  conjoin  ;  nevertheless  the  only  medium  of  con 
junction  at  this  day  is  the  Word,  inasmuch  as  it  is  so  written, 
that  all  and  singular  the  things  therein  correspond,  and  hence 
represent  and  signify  the  Divine  Things  which  are  in  the  hea- 
vens. 

9458.  <:  Speak  to  the  sons  of  Israel  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  representative  church,  appears  from  the  representation 
of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  the  church,  specifically  the 
Spiritual  Church,  6ee  n.  8805,  9340,  but  in  this  case  the  re- 
presentative church,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concern- 
ing such  things  a6  represented  the  holy  things  of  the  church 
and  of  heaven,  as  concerning  the  ark,  the  propitiatory,  the 
cherubs,  the  table  upon  which  was  the  bread  of  faces,  the 
candlestick.  And  in  what  follows  concerning  the  tabernacle, 
the  garments  of  Aaron,  concerning  the  altar  and  the  sacrifices, 
which  were  all  representative.  The  reason  why  the  Spiritual 
Church  is  signified  by  the  sons  of  Israel  is,  because  it  was  re- 
presented by  them.  But  that  with  that  people  a  representative 
church  could  not  be  instituted,  but  only  the  representative  of 
a  church,  see  n.  4281,  4288,  4311,  4444,  4500,  (5304,  7048, 
9320. 

9459.  "Let  them  receive  for  Me  a  gathering" — that  hereby 
are  signified  the  interior  things  of  worship,  which  were  to  be 
represented,  which  are  the  things  required,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  gathering,  as  denoting  the  things  required  for 
worship,  in  this  case  the  interior  things  which  were  to  be  re- 
presented ;  for  such  things  are  signified  by  those  things  which 
were  gathered  for  the  tent,  for  the  tables,  and  for  the  candle- 
«t;ck,  also  for  the  garments  of  Aaron,  which  were  gold,  silver, 


9458—9463.] 


EXODUS. 


303 


brass,  blue,  purpie,  scarlet  double-dyed,  fine  linen,  the  wool  of 
she-goats,  and  several  other  things,  as  is  manifest  from  their 
signification  treated  of  in  what  follows. 

9460.  "From  with  every  man  whom  his  heart  hath  spon- 
taneously moved" — that  hereby  is  signified  that  all  things 
should  be  from  love,  thus  from  freedom,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  expression,  whom  his  heart  has  spontaneously 
moved,  as  denoting  from  freedom.  The  reason  why  it  denotes 
from  love  is,  because  all  freedom  is  of  love,  for  what  a  man 
does  from  love,  this  he  does  from  freedom.  That  the  heart 
denotes  what  is  of  the  love  because  of  the  will,  see  n.  7542, 
8910,  9050,  9113,  9300;  and  that  all  freedom  is  of  the 
love  or  of  the  affection,  n.  2870  to  2893,  3158,  9096.  Hence 
that  worship  should  be  from  freedom,  n.  1947,  2880,  2881. 
7349. 

9461.  "  Ye  shall  receive  My  gathering" — that  hereby  are 
signified  the  things  required  for  worship,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  gathering,  as  denoting  the  interior  things  of  wor- 
ship which  were  to  be  represented,  which  are  the  things  re- 
quired, see  above,  n.  9459. 

9462.  Verses  3  to  7.  And  this  is  the  gathering  which  yt 
shall  receive  from  with  them,  gold  and  silver,  and  brass  ;  ana 
blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen 
thread,  and  wool  of  she-goats.  And  skins  of  red  rains,  and 
skins  of  badgers,  and  shittim-wood.  Oil  for  the  luminary 
spices  for  the  oil  of  anointing,  and  for  the  intense  of  spices. 
Onyx-stones,  and  stones  of  fillings  for  the  ephod  and  for  the 
breast-plate.  And  this  is  the  gathering  which  ye  shall  receive 
from  with  them,  signifies  that  those  things  shall  be  altogether 
required.  Gold  and  silver,  signifies  good  and  truth  in  general. 
And  brass,  signifies  external  good.  And  blue,  signifies  the  ce- 
lestial love  of  truth.  And  purple,  signifies  the  celestial  love  of 
good.  And  scarlet  double-dyed,  signifies  mutual  love.  And 
fine  linen  thread,  signifies  the  truth  thence  derived.  And 
wool  of  she-goats,  signifies  the  good  thence  derived.  And 
skins  of  red  rams,  and  skins  of  badgers,  signifies  external 
truths  and  goods,  by  which  they  are  kept  together.  And  shit- 
tim-wood, signifies  the  goods  of  merit  which  are  from  the 
Lord,  thus  of  the  Lord  alone.  Oil  for  the  luminary,  signifies 
internal  good  which  is  in  mutual  love  and  charity.  Spices  for 
the  oil  of  anointing,  signify  internal  truths  which  are  of  inaugu- 
rating good.  And  for  the  incense  of  spices,  signifies  for  grateful 
perception.  Onyx-6tones  and  stones  of  fillings,  signify  spiritual 
goods  and  truths  in  general.  For  the  ephod  and  for  the  breast- 
plate, signify  which  should  be  for  a  covering  to  celestial  things, 
external  and  internal. 

9463.  "  And  this  is  the  gathering  which  ye  shall  receive 
from  with  them  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  those  things 


304  EXODUS.  [Cii*p.  xxv. 

shall  be  altogether  required,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
a  gathering,  as  denoting  tilings  required,  as  above,  n.  9459, 
9461.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  that  they  should  be  alto- 
gether required  is,  because  it  is  here  said  a  third  time,  and  re 
petition  involves  necessity. 

9464.  "  Gold  and  silver  " — that  hereby  is  signified  internal 
good  and  truth  in  general,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
gold,  as  denoting  good,  and  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n. 
113,  1551,  1552,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6917,  8932.  The  rea- 
son why  they  denote  internal  good  and  truth  is,  because  by 
brass,  which  follows,  is  signified  external  good. 

9465.  "  And  brass  " — that  hereby  is  signified  external  good, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting  natural 
good,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  external  good,  see  n.  425, 1551. 
External  good  is  the  good  of  the  external  or  natural  man,  but 
internal  good  is  the  good  of  the  internal  or  spiritual  man. 

9466.  "  And  blue  — that  hereby  is  signified  celestial  love 
of  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  blue,  as  denoting 
celestial  love  of  truth.  The  reason  why  blue  has  this  significa- 
tion is,  because  it  is  of  a  celestial  color,  and  by  that  color  is 
signified  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  which  is  truth  derived 
from  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord.  This  good  reigns  in  the  in- 
most heaven,  and  presents  in  the  middle  or  second  heaven  a 
purple  and  blue  color;  the  good  itself  a  purple  color,  and 
the  truth  thence  derived  a  blue  color.  For  colors  in  the  other 
life,  and  in  heaven  itself,  appear  most  beautiful,  and  all  take 
their  origin  from  good  and  truth.  For  the  sphere  of  the  affec- 
tions of  good  and  truth  is  presented  sensibly  before  the  eyes  of 
angels  and  of  spirits  even  by  colors,  and  specific  things  by 
objects  variously  colored ;  and  also  before  the  nostrils  by 
odors.  For  every  celestial  thing  which  is  of  good,  and  every 
spiritual  thing  which  is  of  truth,  is  represented  in  the  inferior 
heavens  by  such  things  as  appear  in  nature,  thus  before  the  ex- 
ternal senses  themselves  of  the  spirits  and  angels  dwelling  there. 
The  reason  why  the  spheres  of  the  affection  of  good  auu  truth 
are  presented  visible  by  colors  is,  because  colors  are  modifica- 
tions of  heavenly  light,  thus  of  intelligence  and  wisdom,  see 
n.  4530,  4677,  4742,  4922.  Hence  now  it  is  that  amongst 
things  which  were  gathered  for  the  tabernacle  and  for  the  gar- 
ments of  Aaron,  were  blue,  purpje,  scarlet  double-dyed,  the 
skins  of  red  rams  ;  for  by  the  tabernacle  was  represented  the 
heaven  of  the  Lord,  and  by  the  things  of  which  it  was  con 
structed  and  tied  together,  were  represented  celestial  and  spir 
itual  things,  which  are  of  good  and  truth,  in  like  manner  by 
the  garments  of  Aaron,  n.  915S.  Hence  it  is  that  the  vail, 
within  which  was  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  was  woven  of  blue, 
purple,  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen,  Exod.  xxvi.  31.  In 
like  manner  the  covering  for  the  door  of  the  tent,  verse  36  of  the 


9464—9466.] 


EXODUS. 


305 


same  chapter ;  and  likewise  the  covering  of  the  gate  of  the 
court,  Exod.  xxvii.  16 ;  also  that  the  loops  upon  the  edge  of 
the  curtain  were  of  blue,  Exod.  xxvi.  4  ;  hence  likewise  it  was, 
that  the  ephod  was  of  gold,  blue,  purple,  scarlet  double-dyed, 
and  fine  linen  interwoven  ;  and  likewise  the  breast-plate  of 
judgment,  Exod.  xxviii.  6,  15.  By  blue  is  signified  the  celes- 
tial love  of  truth,  and  by  garments  of  blue  the  knowledges  of 
truth  derived  from  that  love,  in  Ezekiel,  "  Fine  linen  of  needle- 
work from  Egypt  was  thy  spreading  forth,  that  it  might  be  to 
thee  for  a  sign  :  blue  and  purple  from  the  islands  of  Elisha  was 
thy  covering  :  thy  traders  with  perfections,  folds  of  blue  of 
needle-work,  and  with  treasures  of  precious  garments,"  xxvii. 
7,  24,  speaking  of  Tyre,  by  which  are  signified  the  knowledges 
of  truth  and  good,  n.  1201.  Science  and  intelligence  thence  is 
described  by  needle-work  from  Egypt,  and  by  blue  and  purple 
from  the  islands  of  Elisha  ;  needle-work  from  Egypt  is  the 
scientific  of  truth  ;  blue  and  purple  from  the  islands  of  Elisha  is 
the  intelligence  of  truth  and  good.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet, 
u  Two  women,  the  daughters  of  one  mother,  in  their  youth 
committed  whoredom  in  Egypt,  Ohola  and  Oholiba.  Ohola 
committed  whoredom  under  me,  and  loved  the  Assyrians  neigh- 
bors, clothed  with  blue,  captains  and  leaders,  horsemen  riding 
on  horses,"  xxiii.  1  to  7.  Ohola  denotes  Samaria,  and  Olioliba 
denotes  Jerusalem  ;  Samaria  in  this  case  is  the  Spiritual  Church 
perverted  ;  to  commit  whoredom  in  Egypt  is  to  falsify  truths 
by  scientifics  ;  to  love  the  Assyrians  neighbors  denotes  to  love 
reasonings  thence  ;  clothed  with  blue  denotes  appearances  of 
truth  derived  from  good,  because  derived  from  the  literal  sense 
i/f  the  Word  perversely  explained.  In  like  manner  in  Jeremiah, 
"  Silver  extended  is  brought  from  Tarshish,  and  gold  from 
Uphaz,  the  work  of  the  workman,  and  of  the  hands  of  the 
founder,  blue  and  purple  is  their  garment,  the  whole  work  of 
the  wise,"  x.  9.  Speaking  of  the  idols  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
by  which  are  signified  false  doctrinals  confirmed  from  the  exter- 
nal sense  of  the  Word  badly  explained,  n.  9430.  The  work  of 
the  workman,  and  of  the  hands  of  the  founder,  also  the  whole 
work  of  the  wi*e,  denotes  that  it  was  from  man's  own  intelli- 
gence ;  silver  from  Tarshish,  and  gold  from  Uphaz,  is  truth 
and  good  apparent  in  the  external  form,  because  from  the  Word ; 
in  like  rj.«uner  blue  and  purple,  which  was  their  garment 
And  in  ->  Apocalypse,  "  I  saw  horses  in  vision,  and  tiiern  that 
sat  on  them,  naving  coats  of  mail  fiery  and  blue,  and  sulphu- 
rous, by  which  were  slain  a  third  part  of  men,"  ix.  17,  18. 
Where  horses  ard  they  that  sat  on  them,  denote  inverted  and 
perverted  unuerbianding  of  tr-*h  :  coats  of  mail  fiery,  blue  and 
sulphurous,  denote  the  defeu^v.  "nlses,  which  are  derived 
from  the  ^vils  of  diabolical  loves  ,  rn  *his  case,  therefore,  fire 
denotes  the  infernal  love  of  evil,  ai>J  3  the  infernal  love  of 
vol.  ix.  20 


306 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


the  false,  thus  in  an  opposite  sense  ;  for  most  of  the  expressions 
in  the  Word  have  also  an  opposite  sense. 

9467.  "  And  purple" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  celestial 
love  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  purple,  as  de- 
noting the  celestial  love  of  good.  The  reason  why  this  is  signi- 
fied by  purple  is,  because  by  a  red  color  is  signified  the  good 
of  celestial  love ;  for  there  are  two  fundamental  colors,  from 
which  the  rest  are  derived,  red  color  and  white  color ;  red 
color  signifies  the  good  which  is  of  love,  and  white  color  the 
truth  which  is  of  faith.  The  reason  why  red  color  signifies 
the  good  which  is  of  love  is,  because  it  descends  from  fire,  and 
fire  is  the  good  of  love.  And  the  reason  why  white  color 
signifies  the  truth  which  is  of  faith  is,  because  it  descends  from 
light,  and  light  is  the  truth  of  faith  ;  that  fire  is  the  good  of 
love,  see  n.  5215,  6314,  6832,  6834,  6849,  7324,  9434.  And 
that  light  is  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  2776,  3195,  3636,  3643, 
3993,  4302,  4413,  4415,  5400,  8644,  8707,  8861,  9399,  9407. 
That  red  denotes  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  3300  ;  and  that  white 
denotes  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  3993,  4007,  5319.  Hence  it  is 
evident  what  the  rest  of  the  colors  signify ;  for  so  much  as 
they  draw  from  red,  60  much  they  signify  the  good  which  is  of 
love ;  and  so  much  as  they  draw  from  white,  60  much  they  sig- 
nify the  truth  which  is  of  faith  ;  for  all  the  colors,  which 
appear  in  heaven,  are  modifications  of  heavenly  light  and  flame, 
upon  those  two  planes.  For  heavenly  light  is  real,  and  in  itself 
is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Lord  ;  wherefore  the  modifications  of  that  light  and  flame  are 
variegations  of  truth  and  good,  thus  of  intelligence  and  wisdom. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  from  what  ground 
it  is,  that  the  vails  and  curtains  of  the  tent,  also  the  garments 
of  Aaron,  were  to  be  woven  at  Dlue,  purpie,  meaner  uuuOie- 
dyed,  and  fine  linen,  Exod.  xxv.  4 ;  chap.  xxvi.  31,  36  ;  chap, 
xxvii.  16  ;  chap,  xxviii.  6,  15  ;  namely,  that  by  those  things 
might  be  represented  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  good, 
and  the  spiritual  tilings  which  are  of  truth,  treated  of  in  what 
follows.  Good,  from  a  celestial  origin,  is  also  signified  by 
purple  in  Ezekiel,  "  Fine  linen  of  needle-work  from  Egypt  was 
thy  spreading  forth,  blue  and  purple  from  the  islands  of  Elisha 
was  thy  covering,"  xxvii.  7.  Speaking  of  Tyre,  by  which  are 
signified  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good  ;  blue  and  purple 
for  a  covering  denote  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good  from  a 
celestial  origin.  Like  things  are  signified  by  purple  and  fine 
linen  in  Luke,  "  There  was  a  certain  rich  man,  who  was  clothed 
in  purple  and  fine  linen,  and  fared  sumptuously  every  day,"  xvi. 
19.  By  the  rich  man,  in  the  internal  sense,  was  meant  the 
Jewish  nation,  and  the  church  there,  which  was  called  rich 
from  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  derived  from  the  Word 
which  they  possessed  ;  garments  of  purple  and  of  fine  linen  are 


9467,  946S.J 


EXODUS. 


307 


those  knowledges,  of  purple  the  knowledges  of  good,  of  fine 
linen  the  knowledges  of  truth,  both  from  a  celestial  origin, 
because  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle].  The  like  is  also 
signified  by  purple  in  the  Apocalypse,  "The  woman  sat  on  a 
scarlet  beast,  clothed  in  purple  and  scarlet"  xvii.  3, 4.  Speak- 
ing of  Babylon,  by  which  is  signified  the  church  where  the 
holy  things  of  the  "Word  are  applied  to  profane  uses,  that  is 
to  obtaining  dominion  in  heaven  and  in  earth  ;  thus  grounded 
in  the  infernal  love  of  self  and  the  world. 

9468.  "  And  scarlet  double-dyed  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
mutual  love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  scarlet  and  of 
double-dyed,  as  denoting  celestial  truth,  which  is  the  same 
thing  with  the  good  of  mutual  love.  There  are  two  kingdoms, 
into  which  the  angelic  heaven  is  distinguished,  the  celestial 
kingdom  and  the  spiritual  kingdom ;  in  each  there  is  an  inter- 
nal and  an  external.  The  internal  in  the  celestial  kingdom  is 
the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  the  external  is  the  good  of 
mutual  love ;  this  latter  good  is  what  is  signified  by  scarlet 
double-dyed  ;  by  scarlet  the  good  itself,  and  by  double-dyed  its 
truth.  But  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  the  internal  is  the  good  of 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  the  external  is  the  good  of 
obedience,  grounded  in  faith.  The  reason  why  scarlet  double- 
dyed  denotes  the  good  of  mutual  love  and  its  truth,  is  from  its 
appearance  in  the  other  life  ;  for  when  the  sphere  of  that  good 
and  truth  is  presented  visible  in  the  lower  heaven,  it  then  ap- 
pears of  a  scarlet  color  ;  for  what  flows  down  from  the  celestial 
heaven,  and  appears  beneath,  this  derives  a  color  from  what 
is  flaming,  and  beneath  becomes  scarlet  from  the  brightness 
of  the  light  of  the  middle  heaven,  which  it  passes.  Hence  it 
is  that  double-dyed  scarlet,  amongst  other  colors,  was  applied 
on  the  curtains  of  the  habitation,  Exod.  xxvi.  1 ;  and  on  the 
vail  before  the  ark,  Exod.  xxvi.  31 ;  and  on  the  covering  for  the 
door  of  the  tent,  Exod.  xxvi.  36 ;  and  on  the  covering  at  the 
gate  of  the  court,  Exod.  xxvii.  16 ;  and  on  the  ephod,  Exod. 
xxviii.  6  ;  and  on  the  belt,  Exod.  xxviii.  8 ;  and  on  the  breast- 
plate of  judgment,  Exod.  xxviii.  15;  and  on  the  borders  of 
the  cloak  of  the  ephod,  Exod.  xxviii.  33.  That  scarlet  double- 
dyed  signifies  the  good  of  mutual  love,  which  is  the  external 
good  of  the  celestial  kingdom  or  church,  is  evident  from  this 
consideration,  that  cloth  of  scarlet  double-dyed  was  to  be 
spread  over  the  table,  where  the  bread  of  faces  was,  and  wat* 
next  to  be  covered  with  a  covering  of  badgers'  skins,  Numb, 
iv.  8.  For  the  inmost  things,  which  are  of  the  celestial  king- 
dom or  church,  were  signified  by  the  things  which  were  on  the 
table,  especially  by  the  bread  ;  but  the  exterior  things  by  those 
things  which  covered.  Hence  also  it  is,  that  the  things  which 
were  to  be  collected,  are  recounted  in  such  an  order,  namely, 
the  inmost  things  first,  which  were  blue  and  purple,  the  exterior 


808 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


filings  in  the  second  place,  which  were  scarlet  double-dyed, 
fine  linen  thread,  and  the  wool  of  she-goats;  and,  lastly,  the 
things  altogether  external,  which  were  skins  of  red  rams,  and 
skins  of  badgers;  in  like  manner  in  what  follows  throughout. 
Inasmuch  as  external  celestial  good  and  its  truth  is  signified  by 
scarlet  double-dyed,  therefore  the  Atord,  as  to  the  external 
6ense,  and  what  is  doctrinal  thence  derived,  is  expressed  by  it. 
The  reason  is,  because  the  Word  is  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord ;  and  it  appears  as  naming 
light  in  the  inmost  heaven,  and  as  bright  light  in  the  middle 
[heaven]  ;  thus  the  Word,  and  what  is  doctrinal  derived  from 
the  Word,  is  expressed  in  the  second  book  of  Samuel,  "  David 
lamented  lamentation  over  Saul  and  over  Jonathan,  and  wrote 
to  teach  the  sons  of  Judah  the  bow.    Ye  daughters  of  Israel 
weep  over  Saul,  who  clothed  you  with  double-dyed,  with  things 
delightful,  who  set  an  ornament  of  gold  upon  your  raiment," 
chap.  i.  17,  18,  24.    Where  to  clothe  with  double-dyed  denote 
to  instruct  concerning  truths,  which  are  of  the  good  of  mu- 
tual love,  thus  concerning  truth  from  a  celestial  origin.  The 
subject  treated  of  in  that  prophetic  passage  is  concerning  the 
doctrine  of  faith  separate  from  the  doctrine  of  love  and  charity, 
namely,  that  truths  are  extinguished  by  that  separate  faith,  but 
that  they  are  restored  by  the  latter,  or  by  the  doctrine  of  love 
and  charity  ;  for  by  the  Philistines,  by  whom  Saul  and  Jona- 
than were  slain,  are  signified  those  who  are  in  the  doctrine  of 
faith,  separate  from  the  doctrine  of  love  and  charity,  see  n. 
3412,  3413,  8093,  8096,  8099,  S313  :  and  by  teaching  the  sons 
of  Judah  the  bow,  is  signified  to  instruct  those  who  are  in  the 
good  of  love  and  charity,  concerning  the  truths  of  doctrine. 
That  the  6ons  of  Judah  denote  those  who  are  in  the  good  of 
love,  see  n.  3654,  38S1,  5583,  5603,  5782,  5794,  5833,6363  ; 
and  that  a  bow  denotes  the  doctrine  of  truth,  n.  2686,  2709. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "Thou,  therefore,  being  vastated,  what  wilt 
thou  do  ?  if  thou  clothest  thyself  with  what  is  double-dyed,  if 
thou  adornest  thyself  with  ornament  of  gold,  in  vain  wilt 
thou  render  thyself  beautiful,"  iv.  30;  where  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  the  church  vastated.  To  clothe  herself 
with  what  is  double-dyed,  and  to  adorn  herself  with  ornament 
of^gold,  denotes  to  teach  truths  of  doctrine  from  a  celestial 
"!lgin,  and  goods  of  life,  consequently  truths  and  goods  from 
.lie  Word.    In  like  manner,  in  the  same  prophet,  M  They  who 
did  eat  delicacies,  are  devastated  in  the  streets ;  they  that  were 
educated  upon  scarlet,  have  embraced  a  dunghill,"  Lam.  iv.  5  ; 
where  to  be  educated  upon  scarlet,  denotes  to  be  instructed 
from  infancy  in  the  good  of  mutual  love,  derived  from  the 
Word.    Inasmuch  as  those  things  which  are  of  t he  Word, 
in  the  external  sense,  appear  in  heaven  in  a  scarlet  color, 
for  the  reason  spoken  of  above,  therefore  they  who  apply  the 


9468.] 


EXODUS. 


309 


external  sense  of  the  "Word  to  confirm  falses,  derived  from  the 
evils  of  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world,  thus  which  are  con- 
trary to  the  truths  and  goods  of  love  to  the  Lord  and  of  mutual 
love,  are  said  to  be  clothed  in  purple  and  scarlet ;  for  the  ex- 
ternals, inasmuch  as  they  are  from  the  Word,  so  appear,  but 
the  internals  are  profane.  Such  things  are  signified  by  scarlet 
in  the  Apocalypse,  "  I  saw  a  woman  sitting  on  a  scarlet  beast. 
full  of  names  of  blasphemy,  she  was  clothed  in  purple  and 
scarlet"  xvii.  3,  4  ;  speaking  of  Babylon,  by  which  is  meant 
a  religion,  whereby  the  holy  things  of  the  Word  are  profaned 
by  application  to  falses  favoring  diabolical  loves,  which  are 
the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  thus  to  gain  rule  in  the 
heavens  and  in  the  earth.  Again,  "The  great  city  which  was 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  and  purple  and  scarlet,  gilded  with  gold, 
and  precious  stones  and  pearls,"  Apoc.  xviii.  16.  Therefore  also 
among  the  wares  of  Babylon  are  recounted  fine  linen,  purple, 
and  scarlet"  Apoc.  xviii.  12.  Inasmuch  as  the  external  of  the 
Word  appears  of  a  scarlet  color  in  heaven,  and  inasmuch  as 
out  of  heaven  there  is  an  influx  into  the  memory  of  man,  in 
which  those  things  that  are  from  the  Word  appear  of  such  a 
color,  therefore  scarlet  was  applied  about  the  remembrances  of 
a  thing,  as  in  Moses,  "The  sons  of  Israel  shall  make  to  them- 
selves a  fringe  upon  the  borders  of  their  garments,  and  shall  put 
upon  the  fringe  of  the  border  a  scarlet  thread,  that  by  it  they  may 
remember  all  the  precepts  of  Jehovah,  and  do  them,"  Numb.  xv. 
38,  39.  For  the  same  reason  it  was  also  usual  in  ancient  time, 
when  signiticatives  were  in  use,  to  tie  a  scarlet  thread  for  the 
memory  or  recollection  of  a  thing,  as  is  written  of  Perez  the  sou 
ot'Thamar,  upon  whose  hand  the  mid-wife  tied  what  was  double- 
dyed,"  Gen.  xxxviii.  28,  30.  And  concerning  the  harlot  Rahab, 
who  "  tied  a  scarlet  thread  in  the  window,  that  the  spies  might 
remember  their  promise,"  Josh.  ii.  18,  21.  Inasmuch  as  man 
cannot  be  led  away  from  evils  and  falses  except  by  truths  and 
goods,  which  he  has  from  the  Word,  therefore  in  the  cleansing 
of  leprosy,  the  wood  of  cedar,  scarlet  and  hyssop  were  applied, 
Levit.  xiv.  4  to  7 ;  49  to  52;  for  the  leprosy  is  truth  profaned, 
thus  falsified,  n.  6963 ;  to  be  cleansed  from  such  profanation 
and  falsification  is  to  be  led  by  truths  and  goods,  which  are 
from  the  Word.  In  like  manner  scarlet  was  applied  for  the 
waters  of  separation  and  expiation  [made]  from  a  red  heifer, 
Numb.  xix.  6 ;  the  waters  of  separation  and  of  expiation  also 
signified  purification  and  a  withdrawing  from  evils  and  falses  by 
truths  and  goods  derived  from  the  Word.  As  most  expressions 
have  an  opposite  sense,  so  also  have  double-dyed  and  scarlet, 
and  in  this  case  they  signify  falses  and  evils,  contrary  to  those 
truths  and  goods,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  If  your  sins  be  as  thi?igs  double- 
dyed,  they  shall  be  white  as  snow,  if  they  be  red  as  scarlet,  they 
shall  be  as  wool,"  i.  18 ;  the  case  herein  is  as  with  the  color  of 


810 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


red,  with  blood,  with  flame,  with  fire,  which  in  the  genuine  sense 
signify  the  goods  of  love  and  of  faith,  but  in  the  opposite  sense 
the  evils  contrary  thereto. 

9469.  "  And  fine  linen  thread" — that  hereby  is  signified  truth 
thence  derived,  namely,  from  good  which  is  from  a  celestial  ori- 
gin, appears  from  the  signification  of  linen,  as  denoting  truth, 
see  n.  7601  ;  and  of  fine  linen,  as  denoting  truth  from  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle],  n.  5319,  each  truth  in  the  natural  man  ; 
the  reason  why  fine  linen  thread  denotes  truth  from  a  celestial 
origin,  is  because  of  its  whiteness  and  softness. 

9470.  "  And  wool  of  she-goats" — that  hereby  is  signified  the 
good  thence  derived,  namely,  from  the  good  of  mutual  love,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  a  she-goat,  as  denoting  the  good 
of  innocence  in  the  external  or  natural  man,  see  n.  3519,  7840, 
and  from  the  signification  of  wool,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  that 
good  ;  but  whereas  good  is  signified  and  not  truth,  therefore  in 
the  original  tongue,  it  is  not  said  the  wool  of  she-goats,  but  only 
6he-goats  ;  as  also  in  other  passages,  as  in  the  following  in  Exo- 
dus, '•  All  the  wise  women  brought  spinning,  blue,  purple,  scar- 
let double-dyed,  fine  linen  ;  and  they,  whose  heart  impelled  them, 
spun  she-goats"  xxxv.  25,  26  ;  where  to  spin  she-goats,  denotes 
what  was  woven  from  the  wool  of  she-goats.  But  that  wool  de- 
notes truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  which  in  itself  is  good,  is 
manifest  in  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  it  is  named,  as  in 
Hosea,  "She  said,  I  will  go  after  my  lovers,  that  give  my  bread 
and  my  waters,  my  wool  and  my  linen  f  therefore  I  will  return, 
and  will  take  my  corn  in  its  time,  and  will  snatch  away  my  wool 
and  my  linen"  ii.  5,  9.  The  subject  treated  of  in  this  passage  is 
concerning  the  perverted  church,  who  is  there  called  mother; 
the  lovers,  with  whom  she  is  said  to  have  .committed  whoredom, 
are  they  v.ho  pervert  goods  and  truths;  bread  and  waters  are 
the  internal  goods  of  love  and  truths  of  faith  ;  wool  and  linen 
are  the  same,  but  external.  And  in  Daniel,  "il  saw  until  the 
thrones  were  cast  down,  and  the  Ancient  of  Days  sat,  His  gar- 
ment was  as  white  snow,  and  the  hair  of  his  head  was  as  clean- 
woo/"  vii.  9  ;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  vas 
tation  of  the  church  as  to  every  truth  of  faith,  and  concerning 
its  restoration  by  the  Lord;  a  plenary  vastation  is  signified  by 
the  thrones  being  cast  down  ;  the  Ancient  of  Days  is  the  Lord 

to  celestial  good,  6uch  as  was  in  the  most  ancient  church, 
which  was  a  celestial  church,  and  in  the  Word  is  called  ancient 
Its  external  truth  is  signified  by  a  garment  which  was  as  white 
6iiow,  and  its  external  good  is  signified  by  the  hair  of  the  head, 
which  was  as  clean  wool.  In  like  manner  in  the  Apocalypse, 
''In  the  midst  of  theseven  candlesticks  was  one  like  the  Son  ot 
Man,  his  /lead  ami  Itairs  were  white  as  white  wool,  as  snow,"  i. 
13,  14.  Such  truth,  which  being  a  form  of  celestial  good,  isin 
itself  good,  is  also  signified  by  wool  in  Ezekiel,  "Damascus 


9469—9472.] 


EXODUS. 


311 


was  thy  merchant  in  wine  of  Heshbon  and  wool  of  Zachar? 
xxvii.  18.  And  in  Isaiah,  "If  your  sins  be  as  things  double- 
dyed,  they  shall  be  white  as  snow;  if  they  be  red  as  scarlet, 
they  shall  be  as  wool"  i.  18.  Inasmuch  as  by  the  garments  of 
Aaron  were  represented  such  things  as  are  of  the  Lord's  spiritual 
kingdom,  thus  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  truth,  therefore 
his  garments  of  holiness  were  of  linen  and  not  of  wool ;  for  linen 
is  spiritual  truth,  but  wool  is  celestial  truth,  which  respectively 
is  good.  On  this  account  it  is  said  in  Ezekiel,  "The  priests, 
the  Levites,  the  sons  of  Zadoc,  when  they  shall  enter  into  the 
gates  of  the  interior  court,  shall  put  on  garments  of  linen,  neither 
shall  wool  come  upon  them  •  caps  of  linen  shall  be  upon  their 
heads  ;  breeches  of  linen  shall  be  upon  their  loins,"  xliv.  15,17, 
18.  That  the  garments  of  Aaron  also  were  not  of  wool  but  of 
linen,  is  manifest  from  Levit.  chap.  xvi.  4,  32.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  may  be  manifest,  that  linen  signifies  spiritual  truth, 
which  is  truth  of  the  good  of  faith,  but  wool  celestial  truth, 
which  is  truth  of  the  good  of  love  ;  and  since  they  who  are  in 
the  latter  truth,  cannot  be  in  the  former,  for  they  differ  as  light 
from  the  sun,  and  light  from  the  stars,  therefore  it  was  ordained 
that  no  one  should  put  on  a  garment  mixed  of  wool  and  linen, 
Deut.  xxii.  11.  That  such  distinction  exists  between  what  is 
spiritual  and  what  is  celestial,  and  that  both  are  not  together  in 
one  subject,  see  what  was  cited  above,  see  n.  9277. 

9471.  "  And  skins  of  red  rams,  and  skins  of  badgers  " — that 
hereby  are  signified  the  truths  and  goods  by  which  they  are 
kept  together,  appears  from  the  signification  of  skins  as  denot- 
ing things  external,  see  n.  3540 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
rams  as  denoting  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  truth,  see  n. 
2830,  4170  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  red,  as  denoting  good, 
see  n.  3300  ;  thus  the  skins  of  red  rams  denote  external  truths 
which  are  from  good  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  badgers,  as 
denoting  goods.  That  badgers  have  this  signification,  is  mani- 
fest from  this  consideration,  that  in  the  Word,  where  truth  is 
treated  of,  good  is  treated  of  also,  by  reason  of  the  heavenly 
marriage  oftruth  and  good,  see  n.  9263,  9314.  Hence  inas- 
much as  the  skins  of  red  rams  signify  external  truths  which  are 
from  good,  the  skins  of  badgers  signify  the  goods  themselves. 
The  reason  why  they  denote  truths  and  goods  by  which  they 
are  kept  together  is,  because  all  external  things  keep  together 
[contain]  internal  tilings,  whi'di  is  also  here  evident  from  the 
use  of  those  skins,  in  that  they  served  for  coverings,  the  skins 
of  badgers  for  coverings  over  things  more  holy  than  the  skins 
of  rams,  Exod.  xxvi.  14;  Numb.  iv.  6,  8,  10,  11,  12,  14. 

9472.  "  And  shittim-wood  " — that  hereby  are  signified  the 
goods  of  merit  which  are  from  the  Lord,  thus  of  'he  Lord  alone, 
appears  from  the  significati  m  of  wood,  as  der  ^ngthe  good  of 
merit,  see  n.  1110,  2784,  2812,  494?  *740.    The  j^ood  of  merit 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


is  the  good  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of 
the  Lord,  which  is  Christian  good,  or  the  spiritual  good  appei 
taining  to  man  ;  this  good  is  that  by  which  man  is  saved  ;  foi 
the  good  which  proceeds  from  any  other  source  is  not,  good,  in- 
asmuch as  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  is  not  in  it,  thus  nei 
ther  is  heaven  in  it,  consequently  salvation  is  not  in  it.  Shittim- 
wood  was  wood  of  the  most  excellent  cedar,  and  by  cedar  is 
signified  the  spiritual  principle  of  the  church  ;  that  shittim-wood 
was  a  species  of  cedar,  is  manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  Itnill  give  in 
the  wilderness  the  cedar  qfShitta/i,  and  the  myrtle,  and  the  wood 
of  the  olive-tree,"  xli.  19  ;  where  the  cedar  of  Shittah  denotes 
spiritual  good,  and  the  wood  of  the  olive-tree  celestial  good.  In- 
asmuch as  the  good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  is  the 
only  good  which  reigns  in  heaven,  and  which  constitutes  hea- 
ven, therefore  that  wood  was  the  only  wood  which  was  applied 
to  the  construction  of  the  tabernacle,  by  which  heaven  was  re 
presented ;  as  to  the  ark  itself,  in  which  was  the  testimony ;  to 
its  staves  f  to  the  table  on  which  was  the  bread  of  faces,  and  to 
its  staves  ;  to  the  poles  for  its  habitation  ;  to  the  staves  and  to 
the  pillars  of  the  covering ;  also  to  the  altar  and  its  staves  ;  as 
is  manifest  from  verses  10,  IS,  23,  28  of  this  chapter  ;  and  from 
verses  15,  26,  37  of  the  following  chapter  xxvi. ;  and  from  1,  6, 
of  chapter  xxvii. 

9473.  "Oil  for  the  luminary" — that  hereby  is  signified  the 
internal  good  which  is  in  mutual  love  and  in  charity,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  oil,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n. 
886,  4582,  463S  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  luminary,  as  de- 
noting mutual  love  and  charity  ;  the  reason  why  luminary  de- 
notes mutual  love,  is  from  flame,  by  which  that  love  is  signified  ; 
and  the  reason  why  it  denotes  charity,  is  from  the  heat  and 
light  thence  derived  ;  for  spiritual  heat  is  the  good  of  charity, 
and  spiritual  light  is  the  truth  of  faith.  It  may  be  expedient 
here  briefly  to  say,  what  is  meant  by  the  internal  good  which  is 
in  mutual  love,  awl  in  charity.  Nothing  exists  from  itself,  but 
from  what  is  prior  to  itself,  this  is  the  case  also  with  truth  and 
good ;  that  from  which  any  thing  exists  is  internal,  and  what 
exists  is  its  external ;  all  and  singular  the  things  that  exist,  are 
circumstanced  like  cause  and  effect ;  no  effect  can  exist  without 
the  efficient  cause  ;  the  efficient  cause  is  the  internal  of  the  ef- 
fect, and  the  effect  is  the  external  thereof;  and  they  are  circum- 
stanced like  endeavor  [eonatus]  and  motion  ;  no  motion  can 
exist  without  endeavor,  insomuch  that,  when  the  endeavor 
ceases,  the  motion  ceases,  wherefore  the  internal  of  motion  is 
endeavor,  or  the  moving  force.  The  case  is  similar  with  living 
endeavor  which  is  will,  and  with  living  motion  which  is  action  ; 
no  action  can  exist  without  will,  insomuch  that  on  the  cessation 
of  will,  the  action  ceases,  wherefore  the  internal  of  action  ia 
will.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  in  all  and  sin- 


9473,  9474.] 


EXODUS 


313 


gular  tilings  there  must  be  an  internal,  fliat  they  may  exist,  and 
next  that  they  may  subsist,  and  that  without  an  internal  they 
are  not  anything.  So  also  it  is  with  the  good  which  is  of  love  ; 
unless  internal  good  be  in  it,  it  is  not  good  ;  internal  good  in 
the  good  of  faith  is  the  good  of  charity,  which  is  spiritual  good  ; 
but  internal  good  in  the  good  of  charity  is  the  good  of  mutual 
love,  which  is  celestial  external  good  ;  but  internal  good  in  the 
good  of  mutual  love  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  which  also 
is  the  good  of  innocence,  this  good  is  celestial  internal  good  ; 
but  the  internal  good  in  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  or  in  the 
good  of  innocence,  is  Divine  Good  Itself  proceeding  from  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  consequently  is  the  Lord 
Himself;  this  latter  good  must  be  in  every  good,  that  it  may 
be  good  ;  wherefore  there  is  not  any  good  given,  unless  its  in- 
ternal be  from  that  source;  for  unless  its  internal  be  from  that 
source,  it  is  not  good  but  evil,  inasmuch  as  it  is  from  the  man 
himself,  and  what  proceeds  from  man  is  evil ;  for  man  respects 
himself  in  every  good  which  he  does,  and  also  the  world,  thus 
not  the  Lord,  neither  heaven ;  if  the  Lord  and  heaven  are 
thought  of  by  him,  they  are  to  him  as  means  [or  mediums] 
subservient  to  his  own  honor  and  his  own  gain  ;  consequently 
those  goods  are  as  whitened  sepulchres,  which  outwardly  ap- 
pear beautiful,  but  within  are  full  of  the  bones  of  the  dead  and 
of  all  uncleanness,  Matt,  xxiii.  27,  29. 

9474.  "  Spices  for  the  oil  of  anointing  " — that  hereby  are 
signified  internal  truths  which  are  of  inaugurating  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  spices,  as  denoting  interior  truths, 
which  are  truths  of  internal  good,  of  which  we  shall  speak  pre- 
sently; and  from  the  signification  of  oil,  as  denoting  the  good 
of  love,  as  above,  n.  9473  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  anoint- 
ing, as  denoting  inauguration  to  represent;  for  those  things 
which  represented  holy  things,  were  anointed  with  aromatic  oil, 
and  were  thereby  inaugurated,  as  is  manifest  from  the  following 
words  in  Exodus,  "  Take  unto  thee  spices,  from  things  principal 
[or  chief],  noble  myrrh,  aromatic  cinnamon,  sweet-smelling 
calamus,  cassia,  oil  of  olive.  Afterwards  thou  shalt  make  it  oil 
of  the  anointing  of  holiness,  ointment  of  ointment,  it  shall  be  oil 
of  the  anointing  of  holi?iess,  with  which  thou  shalt  anoint  the 
tent  and  all  its  vessels,  the  candlestick  and  its  vessels,  the  altar 
of  incense,  the  altar  of  burnt-offering,  and  all  its  vessels,  and  the 
laver  and  its  basis ;  thus  thou  shalt  sanctify  those  things,  that 
they  may  be  the  holy  of  holies.  And  thou  shalt  anoint  Aaron 
and  his  sons,"  xxx.  23  to  30.  The  reason  they  were  holy  when 
anointed  was,  because  they  then  represented  holy  things  ; 
whence  it  is  evident  that  anointing  was  inauguration  to  represent. 
The  reason  why  anointing  was  made!  y  oil  was  because  oil  sig- 
nified celestial  good,  and  celestial  go.'  *  is  the  good  of  lo  'efrom 
Lord,  -ad  hence  the  gcod  ;*         o  the  Lord;  tL'j   ..v  I  ia 


314: 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


the  very  essential  in  all  and  singular  the  things  of  heaven  and 
eternal  life.  The  reason  why  this  oil  was  rendered  odoriferous 
by  spices  was,  that  what  is  grateful  might  be  represented  ;  for 
odors  signify  perception,  and  a  delightful  and  sweet  odor 
grateful  perception,  see  n.  925,  1514,  1517,  1518,  1519,  3577, 
4624  to  4634,  4748.  And  whereas  all  perception  of  good  is  by 
truth,  therefore  spices  were  applied,  by  which  are  signified 
interior  truths,  n.  4748,  5621.  It  may  be  expedient  briefly  to 
say  further,  why  the  oil  of  anointing,  and  also  the  incense, 
were  rendered  sweet-smelling  ;  oil,  as  was  said  above,  signifies 
the  good  of  love,  and  spice  internal  truth.  The  good  which  is 
of  love  does  not  come  to  perception  except  by  truths,  for  truth 
is  the  testation  of  good,  and  also  the  revelation  of  good,  and 
may  be  called  the  form  of  good.  The  case  herein  is  as  with 
the  will  and  understanding  appertaining  to  man,  the  will  cannot 
manifest  itself  except  by  the  understanding,  for  the  understand- 
ing receives  the  good  of  the  will,  and  declares  it ;  the  understand- 
ing also  is  the  form  of  the  will ;  truth  likewise  appertains  to  the 
understanding,  and  good  to  the  will.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  be  manifest,  why  the  oil  of  anointing  was  made  aromatic 
[spicy],  and  also  the  incense ;  but  the  difference  is,  that  the 
aromatic  of  the  oil  of  anointing  signifies  the  gratefulness  of 
internal  perception,  whereas  the  aromatic  of  incense  signifies 
the  gratefulness  of  external  perception  ;  for  the  aromatic  of  the 
oil  of  anointing  presented  a  sweet  odor  without  6inoke,  thus 
without  external  appearance,  whereas  the  aromatic  of  incense 
was  with  6moke. 

9475.  "  And  for  the  incense  of  spices  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified for  grateful  perception,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
incense,  as  denoting  the  tilings  of  worship  which  are  gratefully 
perceived,  as  confessions,  adorations,  prayers,  and  the  like  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  spices,  as  denoting  the  truths  of  faith 
which  are  grateful  because  derived  from  good;  for  sweet  odors, 
so  far  as  they  are  aromatic,  signify  what  is  grateful,  and  what- 
soever is  grateful  is  grateful  from  good  by  truths.  Hence  it  is, 
that  by  the  incense  of  spices  is  signified  the  grateful  perception 
which  is  of  truth  derived  from  good.  The  spices  of  which  that 
incense  was  composed,  are  recounted,  and  its  preparation  is 
described  in  these  words,  "  Take  unto  thee  spices,  stacte  and 
onyc/m,  and  galbanum,  slices,  and  j/ure  frankincense,  thou 
shalt  moke  them  an  incense,  salted,  pure,  holy :  t/iou  shall  beat 
of' it  very  small,  and  shalt  give  of  it  before  the  testimony  in 
the  tent  of  the  assembly,  it  shall  be  the  holy  qf  holies  unto 
you,  the  incense  shall  be  holy  to  thee  for  Jehovah,"  Exod.  xxx. 
34  to  37.  The  altar  of  burning  of  incense,  and  the  burning  the 
incense  itself  is  thus  described  :  "  Thou  shalt  make  an  altar  of 
the  burning  of  incense,  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold  ; 
thou  shalt  set  it  before  the  vail  which  is  over  the  ark  of  the  testimony 


9475.] 


EXODUS. 


315 


before  the  propitiatory,  that  Aaron  may  burn  incense  of  spices 
upon  it  every  morning,  when  he  shall  adorn  the  lamps  he  shall 
bum  incense  upon  it,  and  between  the  evenings"  Exod.  xxx. 
1  to  10 ;  chap,  xxxvii.  25  to  the  end  ;  chap.  xl.  26,  27 ;  and  in 
another  place,  u  Whe?i  Aaron  shall  enter  into  the  holy,  he  sh-all 
take  a  censer  full  of  burning  coals  of  fire  from  off  the  altar,  and 
his  hands  full  of  small  incense  of  spices  ;  then  he  shall  bring  it 
within  the  vail,  so  that  he  may  give  the  incense  upon  the  fire  before 
Jehovah,  and  the  cloud  of  incense  may  cover  the  propitiatory 
which  is  over  the  testimony,"  Levit.  xvi.  12,  13.    Inasmuch  aa 
by  incense  was  signified  such  things  of  worship  as  are  from 
good  by  truths,  such  as  are  all  things  which  are  of  faith 
grounded  in  the  good  of  love,  therefore  the  fire  from  the  altar 
smoked  ;  for  by  the  fire  of  the  altar  was  signified  the  good  of 
Divine  Love,  n.  934,  4906,  5071,  5215,  6314,  6832,  6834,  68±9, 
7324,  7852 ;  wherefore  when  fire  was  taken  elsewhere,  they 
were  affected  with  a  plague  and  died,  Levit.  x.  1,  2 :  Numb, 
iii.  4;  for  by  fire  elsewhere,  or  strange  fire,  was  signified  love 
not  divine.    That  such  things  as  are  of  faith  grounded  in  the 
good  of  love  and  charity,  such  as  are  confessions,  adorations, 
and  prayers,  are  signified  by  incense,  is  manifest  from  David, 
"  My  prayers  are  accepted,  incense  before  Thee,"  Psalm  cxli.  2. 
And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  four  animals  and  the  twenty-four 
elders  fell  down  before  the  Lamb,  having  each  of  them  harps, 
and  golden  vials  full  of  incense,  which  are  the  prayers  of  the 
saints,"  v.  8.    Again,  "  The  angel  having  a  golden  censer,  and 
there  was  given  to  him  much  incense,  that  he  should  give  it  to 
the  prayers  of  all  saints  upon  the  golden  altar  which  was  before 
the  throne  ;  the  smoke  of  incense  ascended  from  the  prayers  of  the 
saints,"  Apoc.  viii.  3,  4.    The  reason  why  such  things  are  sig- 
nified by  incense  is,  because  they  are  of  the  thought  and  thence 
of  the  mouth,  but  the  things  that  are  of  the  affections  and 
thence  of  the  heart  are  signified  by  meat-offering  in  Malachi, 
"  From  the  rising  of  the  sun  even  to  the  setting,  the  name  of 
Jehovah  shall  be  great  amongst  the  nations,  and  in  every  place 
shall  incense  be  brought  to  My  name  and  clean  meat-offering," 
i.  11;  and  by  a  burnt-offering  in  Moses,  "The  sons  of  Levi 
6hall  teach  Jacob  Thy  judgments,  and  Israel  Thy  law;  they 
shall  put  incense  into  Thy  nose,  and  a  burnt-offering  upon  Thine 
altar,   Deut.  xxxiii.  10  ;  where  incense  denotes  such  things  as 
are  of  the  thought  and  mouth,  and  have  respect  to  the  truth  of 
faith ;  and  meat-offering  and  burnt-offering  denote  such  things 
as  are  of  the  affection  and  heart,  and  have  respect  to  the  good 
things  of  love.  Hence,  in  the  opposite  sense  worship  grounded 
in  the  falses  of  faith  is  meant  by  burning  incense  to  other  gods, 
Jer.  i.  16;  chap.  xliv.  3,  5  ;  and  by  burning  incense  to  idols, 
Ezek.  viii.  11 ;  chap.  xvi.  18  ;  and  by  burning  incense  to  Baalim, 
Hosea  ii.  13. 


316 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


9476.  "Onyx-stones  and  stones  of  fillings" — that  hereby 
are  signified  spiritual  truths  and  goods  in  general,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  onyx-stones,  as  denoting  the  truths  of  faith 
which  are  from  love,  or  spiritual  truths  ;  for  the  truths  or 
faith  which  are  from  love  are  spiritual  truths  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  stones  of  fillings,  as  denoting  the  goods  of  faith 
or  spiritual  goods.  The  reason  why  stones  of  fillings  denote 
the  goods  of  faith,  and  onyx-stones  the  truths  of  faith,  is, 
because  stones  of  fillings  were  for  the  breast-plate,  and  by  the 
breast-plate  upon  the  ephod  was  signified  the  good  of  faith  or 
spiritual  good;  but  the  onyx-stones  were  upon  the  slibnlders  of 
the  ephod,  and  by  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod  are  signified  the 
truths  of  faith  or  spiritual  truths.  That  by  precious  stones 
in  the  Word  are  signified  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  or 
spiritual  truths  and  goods,  see  n.  114,  643,  3S58,  6335,  6640. 
And  whereas  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  are  signified  by 
precious  stones,  by  the  same  stones  are  also  signified  intelli- 
gence and  wisdom,  for  intelligence  is  from  the  truths  of  faith, 
and  wisdom  from  the  goods  of  faith.  So  in  Ezekiel,  "  Full  of 
wisdom,  and  perfect  in  beauty,  thou  hast  been  in  Eden,  the  gar 
den  of  God,  every  precious  stone  was  thy  covering,  the  ruby, 
the  topaz,  the  diamond,  the  tarshish,  the  onyx-stone"  xxviii. 
12, 13,  15  ;  speaking  of  the  king  of  Tyre,  by  whom  is  signified 
'ntelligence  derived  from  the  knowledges  of  the  truth  of  faith, 
n.  1201. 

9477.  "  For  the  ephod  and  for  the  breast-plate" — that  hereby 
is  signified  which  might  be  for  a  covering  to  things  celestial 
both  external  and  internal,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an 
ephod,  as  denoting  that  which  covers  celestial  good  ;  for  by 
Aaron,  as  chief-priest,  was  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  good 
of  love ;  by  his  garments,  and  especially  by  the  ephod,  was 
represented  the  truth  of  faith,  which  is  from  the  good  of  love. 
The  good  of  love  is  celestial,  and  the  truth  of  faith  is  its  cover- 
ing, for  truths  cover  goods  ;  wherefore  truths  are  signified  in 
the  Word  by  garments,  n.  4545,  5248,  5319,  5954,  9093,  9212 ; 
for  the  celestial  things,  which  are  of  the  good  of  love,  in  heaven 
are  represented  naked,  wherefore  they  who  are  of  the  Lord's 
celestial  kingdom  appear  naked ;  but  they  who  are  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom,  which  are  they  who  by  the  truths  of  faith 
are  introduced  of  the  Lord  into  the  good  of  charity,  appear 
clothed  with  garments.  This  latter  kingdom  is  beneath  the 
celestial  kingdom,  and  what  is  beneath  is  a  covering  to  what 
is  above  ;  for  what  is  inferior  is  exterior,  and  what  is  superior 
is  interior,  n.  2148,  3084,  4599,  5146,  S325.  Hence  it  is  evi 
dent,  what  is  signified  by  the  ephod,  when  by  Aaron  the  Lord 
i6  represented  as  to  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle].  That  priests 
represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  and  kings  as  to  Divine 
Truth,  see  n.  6148.    But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  by  the  epkod 


9476—9479.] 


EXODUS. 


317 


was  signified  a  covering  for  external  celestial  things,  and  by 
the  breast  plate  a  covering  for  internal  celestial  things  ;  but 
more  will  be  said  on  these  subjects  in  what  follows,  where  tho 
ephod,  and  the  breast-  plate,  in  which  was  the  urim  and  thura- 
mim,  are  treated  of. 

9478.  Verses  8,  9.  And  let  them  make  for  Me  a  sanctuary, 
that  I  may  dwell  in  the  midst  of  them.  According  to  all  that 
I  show  thee,  the  form  of  the  habitation,  and  the  form  of  all 
the  vessels  thereof,  and  so  shall  ye  m.ake  [it].  And  let  them 
make  for  Me  a  sanctuary,  signifies  a  representative  of  the  Lord, 
thus  of  heaven.  That  I  may  dwell  in  the  midst  of  them, 
signifies  thence  the  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  representative 
church.  According  to  all  that  I  show  thee,  the  form  of  the 
habitation,  signifies  a  representative  of  heaven  where  the  Lord 
is.  And  the  form  of  the  vessels  thereof,  signifies  a  represen 
tative  of  all  celestial  and  spiritual  things  which  are  from  Him. 
And  so  shall  ye  make  [it],  signifies  a  certain  and  genuine  rep- 
resentative. 

9479.  "And  let  them  make  for  Me  a  sanctuary" — that 
hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord,  thus  of  heaven, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  a  sanctuary,  as  denoting  the 
Lord,  and  as  denoting  heaven,  but  in  this  case  denoting  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  Lord  and  of  heaven,  inasmuch  as  the  tabernacle 
was  made  of  wood,  and  covered  about  with  curtains,  which 
"^•ld  not  be  a  sanctuary  except  by  representation  :  for  a  sanc- 
tuary is  the  Holy  [principle]  Itself,  and  nothing  is  Holy  but 
the  Divine  [principle]  alone,  thus  the  Lord  alone,  n.  9229. 
The  reason  why  heaven  is  a  sanctuary  is,  because  heaven  is 
heaven  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  there,  for  the 
angels  who  are  there,  so  much  as  they  lwe  from  the  Divine 
[principle]  of  the  Lord,  so  much  they  cOEbt/tute  heaven,  but 
so  much  as  they  have  from  themselves,  so  .v  ch  they  do  not 
constitute  heaven  ;  hence  it  is  evident  how  it  is  understood, 
that  the  Lord  is  all  in  all  of  heaven.  That  the  Lord  dwells  in 
His  own,  thus  in  the  Divine  [principle]  with  the  angels,  thus 
in  heaven,  see  n.  9338.  That  a  sanctuary  in  the  supreme  sense 
is  the  Lord,  because  He  alone  is  holy,  and  that  alone  is  holy 
which  proceeds  from  Him  ;  also  that  a  sanctuary  is  heaven,  and 
likewise  the  church ;  and  that  sanctuaries  are  those  things 
which  are  in  heaven  and  in  the  church  from  the  Lord,  is  mani- 
fest from  the  passages  in  the  Word,  where  a  sanctuary  and 
Sanctuaries  are  spoken  of,  as  in  Ezekiel,  "  The  Lord  Jehovah 
said,  I  will  disperse  them  into  the  lands,  and  will  be  to  them 
for  a  little  sanctuary  in  the  lands  whither  they  shall  come/' 
xi.  16  ;  where  sanctuary  denotes  the  Lord  Himself,  for  the 
Lord  Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  the  Lord,  n.  9373.  And  in 
Isaiah,  "  Look  forth  from  the  heavens,  and  see  from  the  habi- 
tation of  Thy  holiness,"  lxiii.  15.    And  in  Jeremiah,  "As  a 


tuary  denote  heaven.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  It  is  not  far  off,  but 
Thon  wilt  possess  the  people  of  Thy  holiness,  our  enemies  have 
trodden  down  Thy  sanctuary"  lxiii.  18.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
"The  nations  have  come  into  His  sanctuary"  Lam.  i.  10. 
Again,  "The  Lord  hath  forsaken  His  altar,  lie  hath  abominated 
His  sanctuary,1"  Lam.  ii.  7.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  The  Lord  Je- 
hovah hath  said,  behold  I  am  about  to  profane  My  sanctuary. 
the  magnificence  of  your  strength,  the  lesire  of  your  eyes,'- 
xxiv.  21.  And  in  Moses,  u  I  will  give  your  cities  for  a  waste, 
and  will  desolate  your  sanctuaries,"  Levit.  xxvi.  31.  In  these 
passages  a  sanctuary  denotes  the  church,  and  sanctuaries  de- 
note the  things  which  arc  of  the  church.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  manifest,  from  what  ground  it  is  that  the  tabernacle 
is  called  a  sanctuary,  namely,  from  this,  that  by  it  was  repre- 
sented heaven  and  the  church,  and  that  by  the  holy  things 
therein,  were  represented  the  Divine  things  which  are  from  the 
Lord  in  heaven  and  in  the  church. 

94S0.  "That  I  may  dwell  in  the  midst  of  them "— tha* 
hereby  is  signified  hence  the  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  churcl 
representative,  appears  from  the  signification  of  dwelling  in 
the  midst,  when  said  of  the  Lord,  as  denoting  His  presence,  for 
by  dwelling  is  signified  to  be  and  to  live,  n.  1293,  3613,  4451 ; 
hence  to  dwell  in  the  midst,  denotes  to  be  and  to  live  present. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  in  the  church  representative  is, 
because  the  presence  of  the  Lord  with  that  people  was  not  in 
the  internal  things,  which  are  of  love  and  faith,  but  only  in  the 
external  things  which  represented  those  internal  things.  What 
the  quality  of  that  presence  was,  6ce  n.  4311,  and  what  is  cited, 
n.  9320,  93S0. 

9481.  "  According  to  all  that  I  show  to  thee  the  form  of 
the  habitation  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of 
heaven  wliere  the  Lord  is,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
form  of  a  habitation,  as  denoting  a  representative  of  heaven, 
for  a  form  denotes  what  is  representative,  and  a  habitation 
denotes  heaven.  The  reason  why  a  form  denotes  what  is  repre- 
sentative is,  because  Divine  things  in  the  heavens  are  also  pre- 
bented  visible  in  form  ;  those  visible  things  are  representative  : 
and  that  a  habitation  denotes  heaven,  where  the  Lord  is,  6eo 
n.  8269,  6309.  What  sort  of  representatives  appear  in  heaven, 
is  manifest  from  the  prophets,  as  from  John,  in  the  Apocalypse, 
where  mention  is  made  of  candlesticks,  chap.  i.  12,  and,  of  a 
throne,  vrith  twenty-four  thrones  around  it,  and  of  four  animals 
before  the  throne,  chap.  iv.  2,  and  following  verses;  and  of 
a  book  with  seven  seals  sealed,  chap.  v.  ;and  of  horses  going  forth 


clothed,  with  vials,  chap.  ix.  x.  xv. ;  and  of  a  white  horse,  chap. 


when  the  seals 


9480,  9481.] 


EXODUS. 


319 


xix. ;  and  lastly  of  the  New  Jerusalem,  whose  walls,  gates, 
foundation,  height,  breadth,  and  length,  are  described,  chap, 
xxi.  xxii.  Similar  things  are  also  mentioned  by  the  other 
prophets.  All  these  things  are  representatives,  such  as  con- 
tinually appear  before  the  angels  in  the  heavens,  and  present  in 
a  visible  form  the  Divine  celestial  things  which  are  of  the  good 
of  love,  and  the  Divine  spiritual  things  which  are  of  the  go^d 
of  faith.  Such  things  in  the  sum  were  represented  by  the  taber- 
nacle, and  by  those  things  which  were  in  the  tabernacle,  as 
by  the  ark  itself,  by  the  table  on  which  was  bread,  by  the  altar 
of  incense,  by  the  candlestick,  and  by  the  rest  of  the  things, 
which,  inasmuch  as  they  were  the  forms  of  Divine  celestial  and 
spiritual  things,  therefore  when  they  were  seen  by  the  people, 
at  the  time  they  were  engaged  in  holy  worship,  on  such  occa- 
sions were  presented  in  heaven  such  things  as  were  represented, 
which,  as  was  said  above,  were  the  Divine  celestial  things 
which  are  of  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  the  Divine  spir- 
itual things  which  are  of  the  good  of  faith  to  the  Lord.  Such  an 
effect  in  heaven  had  all  the  representatives  of  that  church.  It  is 
to  be  noted,  that  spirits  and  angels  are  always  attendant  on  man, 
and  that  man  cannot  live  without  them;  in  like  manner  that  by 
them  man  has  connexion  with  the  Lord,  and  that  thereby  the  hu- 
man race  subsists,  and  also  heaven.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  for 
what  end  the  representatives,  and  also  the  rituals  of  the  church 
with  the  Israeli tish  nation  were  instituted ;  also  for  what  end 
the  Word  is  given,  wherein  all  things,  which  are  in  the  sense 
of  the  letter,  correspond  to  the  Divine  things  which  are  in 
heaven,  thus  wherein  all  things  represent,  and  all  expressions 
signify.  Hence  man  has  connexion  with  heaven,  and  by 
heaven  with  the  Lord  ;  without  which  connexion  he  would 
have  no  life  at  all,  for  without  connexion  with  the  very  esse  of 
life,  from  whom  is  all  the  existere  of  life,  no  one  has  life.  But 
these  things  are  not  apprehended  by  those  who  believe  that  life 
is  in  the  man  himself,  and  that  man  lives  without  spirits  and 
angels,  thus  without  influx  through  heaven  from  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle]  ;  when  yet  every  thing  unconnected  with 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  perishes  and  becomes  none,  and 
nothing  can  in  any  case  exist,  without  what  is  prior  to  itself, 
thus  without  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  which  is  the  first, 
and  the  veiy  esse  from  Itself  or  Jehovah,  consequently  neither 
can  it  subsist,  for  to  subsist  is  perpetually  to  exist.  Inasmuch 
as  habitation  signifies  heaven,  where  the  Lord  is,  it  also  signi- 
fies the  good  of  love  and  of  faith,  for  these  constitute  heaven. 
And  whereas  all  good  is  from  the  Lord,  and  heaven  is  called 
heaven  from  love  and  faith  in  the  Lord,  hence  also  habitation, 
in  the  supreme  sense,  signifies  the  Lord,  as  is  evident  from 
Isaiah,  chap,  lxiii.  15 ;  Jcr.  xxv.  30 ;  Ezek.  chap,  xxxvii.  26, 
27 ;  Psalm  xxvi.  8 ;  Psalm  xliii.  3  ;  Psalm  xc.  1 ;  Psalm  xci.  9 ; 


320 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


Exod.  xv.  13  ;  Bent.  xii.  5  ;  and  in  other  places.  Hence  it  is 
manifest,  that  the  tabernacle  was  called  the  sanctuary  and 
habitation  of  Jehovah  from  this  ground,  that  the  things  above- 
mentioned  were  representative. 

91S2.  "  And  the  form  of  all  the  vessels  thereof" — that  hereby 
is  signified  a  representative  of  all  celestial  and  spiritual  things 
which  are  from  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a 
form,  as  denoting  a  representative,  as  just  above,  n.  91S1 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  vessels,  as  denoting  truths,  see  n. 
3068,  3079,  3316,  3318,  in  this  case  celestial  things  and  spirit- 
ual things  which  are  from  the  Lord,  for  by  vessels  are  meant 
ail  things  which  were  in  the  tabernacle,  and  constituted  it ;  by 
which  are  signified  celestial  and  spiritual  things,  when  by  the 
tabernacle  itself  is  signified  heaven,  where  the  Lord  is,  n.  9479, 
and  by  the  testimony  which  was  in  the  ark,  the  Lord  Himself. 

9183.  "  And  so  shall  ye  make  [it]  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
a  certain  and  genuine  representative,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  so  making,  when  it  is  again  said,  and  becomes  a  closing 
period,  as  denoting  what  is  certain  and  genuine. 

9181.  Verses  10  to  16.  And  let  them  make  an  ark  of  shittim- 
wood,  two  cubits  and  a  half  the  length  thereof,  and  a  cubit  and 
a  half  the  breadth  thereof,  and  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height 
thereof.  And  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  from 
within  arid  from  without  shalt  thou  cover  it  over  :  andthou  shalt 
make  above  it  a  border  of  gold  round  about.  And  thou  shalt 
cast  for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  and  shall  give  them  upon  the four 
corners  thereof  /  and  two  rings  upon  its  one  side,  and  two  rings 
upon  its  other  side.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood, 
and  shalt  cover  them  over  with  gold.  And  thou  shalt  bring  the 
staves  into  the  rings  upon  the  sides  of  the  ark,  to  carry  the  ark 
in  them.  In  the  rings  of  the  ark  shall  be  staves,  neither  shall 
they  be  removed  from  it.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  ark  the 
testimony  wh  ich  I  will  give  to  thee.  And  let  them  make  an  ark, 
signifies  the  inmost  heaven.  Of  shittim-wood,  signifies  justice. 
Two  cubits  and  a  half  the  length  thereof,  signifies  every  thing 
as  to  good.  And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  breadth  thereof,  sig- 
nifies what  is  full  as  to  truth.  And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the 
height  thereof,  signifies  what  is  full  as  to  degrees.  And  thou 
shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  signifies  all  those  things  to  bo 
founded  on  good.  From  within  and  from  without  thou  shalt 
cover  it  over,  signifies  everywhere.  And  thou  shalt  make  over 
it  a  border  of  gold  round  about,  signifies  termination  derived 
from  good,  lest  they  should  be  approached  and  hurt  by  evils. 
And  thou  shalt  cast  for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  signifies  Divine 
Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good,  which  is  everywhere  round 
about.  And  thou  shalt  give  them  upon  its  four  corners,  signi- 
fies firmness.  And  two  rings  on  the  one  6ide  of  it,  and  twe 
Ollgb  ou  the  other  side  of  it,  signifies  the  marriage  of  truth  with 


9482—9485.] 


EXODUS. 


321 


good,  and  of  good  with  truth.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of 
shittim-wood,  signifies  power  thence  derived.  And  shalt 
cover  them  over  with  gold,  signifies  good  everywhere.  And 
thou  shalt  bring  the  staves  into  the  rings,  signifies  the  power 
of  the  Divine  Sphere.  Above  the  sides  of  the  ark,  signifies  in 
ultiraates.  To  carry  the  ark  in  them,  signifies  thus  the  existence 
and  subsistence  of  heaven.  In  the  rings  of  the  ark  shall  be 
staves,  signifies  that  power  consists  of  the  Divine  sphere  of  good 
and  truth.  They  shall  not  be  removed  from  it,  signifies  for  ever 
without  change.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  ark  the  testimony, 
signifies  Divine  Truth,  which  is  the  Lord  in  heaven.  Which  I 
will  give  to  thee,  signifies  its  representative. 

9485.  "And  let  them  make  an  ark" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified the  inmost  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an 
ark,  as  denoting  the  inmost  heaven,  for  by  the  testimony  or 
the  law  in  the  ark,  is  signified  the  Lord,  by  reason  that  the 
testimony  is  Divine  Truth,  and  Divine  Truth  is  the  Lord  in 
heaven,  see  below,  n.  9503  ;  hence  now  the  ark  signifies  the 
inmost  heaven  ;  wherefore  it  was  most  holy,  and  by  the  people 
was  worshiped  for  Jehovah,  for  they  believed  that  Jehovah  dwelt 
there  and  amongst  the  cherubs,  as  is  manifest  from  David,  "We 
have  heard  in  Ephrata  ;  we  will  enter  into  his  habitation  ;  we 
will  bow  down  ourselves  to  the  stool  of  His  feet ;  arise  Jehovah 
to  rest,  Thou  and  the  ark  of  Thy  fortitude"  Ps.  exxxii.  6,7,  8, 
treating  of  the  Lord,  where  Ephrata  is  Bethlehem,  where  the 
Lord  was  born,  Micah  v.  2  ;  Matthew  ii.  6.  Habitation  denotes 
heaven,  where  the  Lord  is  ;  Thou  and  the  ark  of  Thy  fortitude, 
denotes  the  Lord  and  His  representative.  That  the  ark  is  a 
representative  of  the  Lord  is  evident  from  Jeremiah,  "I  will 
bring  you  back  to  Zion  ;  in  those  days  they  shall  say  no  longer 
the  ark  of  the  covenant,  neither  shall  it  come  up  upon  the  heart, 
neither  shall  they  make  mention  of  it,  neither  shall  they  desire 
it,  neither  shall  it  be  any  more  repaired  ;  in  that  time  they  shall 
call  Jerusalem  the  throne  of  Jehovah,  and  all  nations  shall  be 
gathered  together  to  it,  on  account  of  the  name  of  Jehovah  [toj 
Jerusalem,"  iii.  14,  16,  17  ;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  con- 
cerning a  New  Church,  the  representative  of  the  former  church, 
which  representative  was  then  to  be  abolished,  is  meant  by  the 
ark,  which  was  not  to  be  spoken  of  any  more,  neither  to  come 
up  upon  the  heart,  neither  to  be  repaired.  Jerusalem,  to  which 
the  nations  were  to  be  gathered  together,  is  that  New  Church 
hence  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  ark  is  signified  a  representative 
of  the  Lord,  and  of  the  worship  of  Him  in  the  church  ;  the  samo 
as  by  what  was  perpetual,  and  by  the  habitation  of  the  sanc- 
tuary in  Daniel,  chap.  viii.  11.  That  the  ark  was  worshiped 
instead  of  Jehovah  by  the  Israelitish  and  Jewish  people,  and 
that  it  was  believed  that  He  dwelt  there,  and  between  the 
cherubs,  is  evident  from  the  second  book  of  Samuel,  "  David 

VOL.  IX.  21 


322 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xx>. 


made  the  ark  of  God  to  comeup,  the  name  of  which  is  called  the 
name  of  Jehovah  Sabaoth,  sitting  on  the  cherubs  above  it"  vi.  2. 
And  in  Moses,  "  When  the  ark  journeyed,  Moses  said,  arise 
Jehovah,  let  thy  foes  be  dispersed  ;  when  it  rested,  he  said, 
return  Jehovah,  the  myriads  of  the  thousands  of  Israel,"  Numb, 
x.  33  to  36.  The  reason  why  the  inmost  heaven  was  signified 
by  the  ark  was,  because  by  the  whole  tabernacle  or  tent  was 
represented  the  universal  angelic  heaven,  its  ultimate  by  the 
court,  its  middle  by  the  habitation  where  the  priests  ministered, 
and  the  inmost  by  the  habitation  within  the  vail,  where  the  ark 
was,  in  which  was  the  testimony. 

9486.  "  Of  shittim-wood" — that  hereby  is  signified  justice, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  shittim-wood,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  see  above,  n.  (j4l2  ; 
thus  also  justice,  which  is  the  good  of  merit.  For  the  Lord  from 
His  own  proper  power  reduced  the  universal  heaven  into  order, 
and  subjugated  the  hells,  and  at  the  same  time,  and  on  the  same 
occasion  made  the  Human  [principle]  in  Himself  Divine,  hence 
He  has  merit,  and  justice;  wherefore  the  only  good  which 
reigns  in  heaven,  and  which  constitutes  heaven,  is  the  good  of 
merit  and  the  justice  of  the  Lord,  thus  His  Divine  Human 
[principle],  for  this  was  made  merit  and  justice.  That  those 
things  were  done  by  the  Lord  from  His  own  proper  power,  is 
manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  Who  is  this  who  cometh from  Edom  ? 
1  wiw  speak  injustice,  great  to  save  f  I  have  trodden  the  wine- 
press alone,  and  of  the  people  there  was  not  a  man  with  Me  : 
I looked  around, but  there  was  none  to  help  :  and  I  teas  amazed, 
but  there  was  none  to  support;  therefore  My  ocvn  arm  brought 
salvation  to  Me,"  lxiii.  1  to  5.  Again,  '*  He  saw  that  there 
was  not  a  man,  and  he  was  amazed  that  there  was  none  to  inter- 
cede :  therefore  His  own  arm  brought  salvation  to  Him,  and  His 

ustice  stirred  Him  up  l  He  put  071  justice  as  a  coat  of  mail"  lix. 

16,  IT.  And  in  Jeremiah,  '■'This  is  His  name,  which  they  shall 
call  Him,  Jehovah  our  justice"  xxiii.  6;  chap,  xxxiii.  15,  16. 
And  in  John,  "  I  lay  down  My  soul,  and  I  will  take  it  again, 
no  o?ie  taketh  it  away  from  Me,  I  lay  it  down  of  Myself  ;  /have 
power  to  lay  it  down,  and  I  have  power  to  take  It  again,"  x. 

17,  IS  From  these  passages  it  is  evident  that,  the  Lord,  as  to 
the  Divine  Human  [principle],  has  merit  and  justice  from  Him- 
self; inasmuch  as  by  the  ark  is  signified  heaven  where  the  Lord 
is,  therefore  for  its  construction  shittim-wood  was  applied,  by 
which  that  g*>od  is  signified;  for  by  wood  in  general  is  signified 
good,  n.  643,  3720,  8354 ;  wherefore  they  who  place  merit  in 
works,  appear  in  the  other  life  to  cut  wood,  beneath  which  there 
is  something  of  the  Lord,  n.  1110,  4943,  8740  ;  hence  by  cutting 
the  wood  of  the  burnt-ofterings,  is  signified  the  good  of  merit, 
or  the  good  which  is  of  works,  n.  2784,  2812. 

9487.  "Two  cubits  and  a  half  the  length  thereof  "—thai 


use,  9m.] 


EXODUS 


323 


hereby  is  signified  every  thing  as  to  good,  appears  irom  the  sig- 
nification of  two  and  a  naif,  as  denoting  what  is  much  and  full, 
and  when  concerning  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  denoting 
all.  The  reason  why  two  and  a  half  denote  what  is  much  and 
what  is  full  is,  because  that  number  signifies  the  like  with 
five,  with  ten,  with  a  hundred,  and  with  a  thousand,  for  the 
double  of  two  and  a  half  is  five,  and  the  double  of  five  is  ten, 
and  ten  times  ten  is  a  hundred  ;  for  the  numbers  doubled  and 
multiplied,  signify  the  same  with  the  simple  numbers  of  which 
thev  are  compounded,  n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973.  That  the 
number  five  denotes  what  is  much,  and  what  is  full,  see  n. 
57PP-,  5956,  9102  ;  that  ten  in  like  manner,  n.  3107,  4638  ;  that 
also  a  hundred,  n.  2636,  4400  ;  and  a  thousand,  n.  2575,  8715  ; 
r.ence  it  i?  that  those  numbers,  when  they  have  reference  to 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  denote  all ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  1613,  8898. 
That  length  in  the  Word  signifies  good,  and  breadth  truth, 
may  seem  a  paradox,  but  still  it  is  so ;  the  cause  originates  in 
this,  that  all  and  singular  things  in  the  Word,  signify  such 
things  as  are  of  heaven  and  the  church,  thus  such  things  as 
have  reference  to  the  good  of  love,  and  to  the  truth  of  faith ; 
concerning  these  things  it  is  impossible  that  any  thing  of  space, 
such  as  length  an<i  breaduh  A.volve,  can  be  predicated,  but 
instead  of  space  the  state  of  the  esse,  which  is  the  state  of 
good,  and  hence  the  state  of  the  existere,  which  is  the  state  of 
truth  ;  in  heaven  also  spaces  are  appearances  derived  from 
those  states,  n.  4882,  9440;  from  which  considerations  it  may 
be  manifest,  that  things  are  signified  by  measure  and  dimen- 
sions in  Ezekiel,  chap.  xl.  to  xlvii.  ;  where  the  subject  treated 
of  is  concerning  the  new  temple,  and  concerning  the  new 
earth  ;  consequently  in  this  case,  where  the  subject  treated  of 
is  concerning  the  ark,  concerning  the  habitation,  and  con- 
cerning the  court,  concerning  the  tables  there,  and  concerning 
the  altars ;  in  like  manner  where  the  temple  of  Jerusalem  is 
treated  of.  And  by  the  holy  Jerusalem  descending  from  heaven 
being  four  square,  its  length  as  great  as  its  breadth,  Apoc.  xxi. 
16,  and  Zech.  ii.  1,  2 ;  for  by  Jerusalem  is  signified  the  New 
Church,  and  by  its  mensuration  as  to  length  the  quality  of  good,  ■ 
and  as  to  breadth  the  quality  of  truth.  That  by  breadth  is  sig- 
nified truth,  is  very  manifest  in  David,  "  In  straitness  I  have 
invoked  Jah,  lie  answers  me  in  breadth"  Ps.  cxviii.  5.  Again, 
"  Thou  hast  made  my  feet  to  stand  in  the  breadth  "  Psalm  xxxi. 
8.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  The  extensions  of  the  wings  of  Ashur 
shall  be  the  fullness  of  the  breadth  of  the  land"  vii.  8.  And  in 
Habakkuk,  "I  stir  up  the  Chaldeans,  a  nation  bitter  and  swift, 
walking  into  the  breadths  of  the  land"  i.  6  ;  where  to  walk  in- 
to the  breadths  of  the  land,  when  it  is  said  of  the  Chaldeans, 
denotes  to  destroy  the  truths  of  faith. 


324 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxt. 


9488.  "  And  a  cubit  and.  a  half  the  breadth  thereof"-  -that 
hereby  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  truth,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  one  and  a  half,  as  denoting  what  is  full.  The 
reason  why  this  number  signifies  what  is  full  is,  because  three 
signify  what  is  full,  for  the  half  of  a  number  signifies  the  same 
with  its  whole,  inasmuch  as  a  number  multiplied  retains  the 
same  signification  with  the  simple  number  from  which  it  arises 
by  multiplication,  see  n.  5291,  5335.  That  three  denotes  what 
is  full,  see  n.  2788,  7718,  9198 ;  and  that  all  numbers  in  the 
"Word  signify  things,  see  n.  482,  487,  575,  647,  648,  755,  S13. 
1963,  1988,  2075,  2252,  3252,  4264,  4495,  4670,  5265,  5291,' 
5335,  5708,  7973,  9175  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  breadth, 
as  denoting  truth,  see  just  above,  n.  9487. 

9489.  "  And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height  thereof  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  degrees,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  height,  as  denoting  degrees  as  to  good  and  as 
to  truth.  The  reason  why  height  has  this  signification  is,  be- 
cause all  good  and  truth  thence  derived  proceeds  from  the  Lord, 
and  the  Lord  is  in  the  Highest,  and  is  therefore  called  the 
Highest,  n.  S153,  for  He  is  the  Sun  of  Heaven,  n.  5097,  8S12, 
and  the  Sun  is  above  the  heavens,  and  is  the  centre  from  which 
the  universal  heaven,  which  is  beneath,  exists  and  subsists.  All 
heights  in  heaven,  from  its  Sun  as  the  centre,  are  the  differ- 
ences of  good  and  the  truth  thence  derived  ;  hence  they  who 
are  :n  the  inmost  heaven,  are  nearer  to  the  Lord,  because  in  the 
good  of  love  to  Him,  thus  in  a  good  superior  to  the  rest ;  they 
who  are  in  the  middle  heaven  are  more  distant  thence,  because 
they  are  in  inferior  good,  and  still  more  so  they  who  are  in  the 
ultimate  heaven  ;  but  they  who  are  in  hell  are  altogether  remote 
from  the  Lord,  because  in  evil  and  the  false  thence  derived  ; 
these  latter  do  not  even  look  at  the  Sun,  but  backwards  from 
the  Sun ;  wherefore  they  appear,  when  they  are  inspected  by 
the  angels,  in  an  inverted  situation,  with  the  feet  Howards  and 
the  head  downwards.  Inasmuch  now  as  distances  and  spaces 
in  the  other  life  are  appearances  according  to  states  of  good  and 
of  truth  thence  derived,  n.  9440,  therefore  height  in  the  spi- 
ritual sense  signifies  degrees  as  to  good  and  as  to  truth,  or  de- 
grees from  the  Highest,  who  is  the  Lord,  thus  Divine  Good 
Itself.  Hence  it  is  manifest  what  is  signified  by  height  in  the 
following  passages,  as  in  Jeremiah,  "  They  shall  come  and  sing 
in  the  height  of  Zion,  and  6hall  flow  together  to  the  good  of 
Jehovah,  and  their  soul  shall  be  as  a  watered  garden,1'  xxxi.  12; 
where  the  height  of  Zion  denotes  celestial  good,  which  is  a 
good  above  spiritual  good  ;  inasmuch  as  height  denotes  good, 
therefore  it  is  said  that  they  shall  flow  together  to  the  good  of 
Jehovah.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Ashur  is  a  cedar  in  Libanus,  his 
height  was  made  high,  and  his  branches  were  made  long  by 
many  waters;  he  was  beautiful  in  his  greatness,  by  tht  LngthoJ 


9488— 9491.J  EXODUS.  325 

his  branches"  xxxi.  3,  5  ;  where  Ashur  denotes  the  rational 
principle  illustrated,  a  cedar  in  Libanus  denotes  the  Spiritual 
Church,  its  height  denotes  the  degree  of  good.  Again,  in  the 
same  prophet,  "  In  the  mount  of  the  height  of  Israel  will  1  plant 
Him,"  xvii.  23.  Again,  "  In  the  mountain  of  My  holiness,  and 
in  the  mountain  of  the  height  of  Israel,  all  the  house  of  Israel 
shall  serve  Me,"  xx.  40  ;  where  the  mountain  of  the  height  of 
Israel  denotes  the  highest  degree  of  good  and  of  truth  thence 
derived,  appertaining  to  those,  who  are  of  the  Spiritual  Church. 
Inasmuch  as  most  of  the  expressions  in  the  Word  have  an  oppo 
site  sense,  so  also  has  height,  and  in  that  sense  signifies  the 
evil  of  self-love,  thus  elation  of  mind,  as  Isaiah  xiv.  14  ;  Ezek. 
xxxi.  10,  14  ;  chap,  xxxii.  5  ;  Amos  ii.  9 ;  and  in  several  other 
passages.  A  further  reason  why  height  denotes  degrees  as  to 
good  and  the  truth  thence  derived  is,  because  what  is  high  sig- 
nifies what  is  internal,  and  good  is  perfect  according  to  degrees 
towards  things  interior.  That  what  is  high  denotes  what  is  in- 
ternal, see  n.  1735,  2148,  4210,  4599. 

9490.  "  And  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold  " — -that 
hereby  is  signified  that  all  those  things  were  to  be  founded  upon 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  covering  over,  when 
concerning  heaven,  which  is  signified  by  the  ark,  as  denoting  to 
found,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  gold,  as  denoting  good,  seen.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658, 
6914,  6917.  The  reason  why  to  cover  over  denotes  to  found  is, 
because  the  good  proceeding  from  the  Lord  as  a  Sun  (for  heat 
from  the  Sun  is  the  good  of  love)  encompasses  not  only  heaven 
in  general,  but  also  the  heavenly  societies  which  are  in  heaven 
in  particular,  and  likewise  every  angel  in  singular,  and  thereby 
defends  from  the  irruption  of  evil  out  of  hell ;  what  in  heaven 
encompasses,  the  same  founds,  for  it  leans  or  rests  upon  it  as  a 
house  on  its  foundation,  and  as  the  extremes  of  body  on  the 
air  and  ether  pressing  about  them ;  for  it  is  what  terminates,  in- 
cludes, and  contains,  consequently  what  supports  and  sustains. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by  covering  over 
is  signified  to  found,  and  by  covering  over  with  gold  to  found 
upon  good. 

9491.  "  From  within  and  from  without  thou  shalt  cover  it 
over" — that  hereby  is  signified  everywhere,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  from  within  and  from  without,  as  denoting 
everywhere,  namely,  round  about,  for  it  is  said  thou  shalt  cover 
it  over  ;  for  within  was  shittim-wood,  which  was  covered  over 
with  gold,  and  by  shittim-wood  is  signified  the  essential  good 
proceeding  from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle],  n.  9472, 
9486;  but  from  without  and  from  within  was  gold,  by  which 
ako  is  signified  good,  but  such  as  appears  before  the  sense,  thus 
respectively  external.  By  everywhere  round  about  from  within 
and  from  without,  when  concerning  heaven,  which  is  signified 


326  EXODUS.  [Chap,  xx* 

by  the  ark,  is  meant  heaven  in  general,  and  every  heavenly  so- 
ciety in  particular  ;  heaven  in  general  is  from  without,  and  the 
heavenly  societies  are  from  within,  because  they  are  within 
heaven. 

9492.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  it  a  border  of  gold  round 
about" — that  hereby  is  signified  termination  derived  from  good 
lest  they  should  be  approached  and  hurt  by  evils,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  a  border,  as  denoting  a  termination,  of  which 
we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as 
denoting  good,  see  just  above,  n.  9490.  The  reason  why  it  de- 
notes lest  they  should  be  approached  and  hurt  by  evils  is,  because 
good  proceeding  from  the  Lord  protects  those  who  are  in  heaven, 
lest  they  should  be  approached  and  hurt  by  evils  which  are  from 
hell  ;  for  the  hells  continually  breathe  evil,  and  attempt  to  de- 
stroy heaven,  n.  8295,  whence  there  appears  there  as  an  effer- 
vescence, and  as  an  ebullition,  n.  8209.  For  in  the  minds  of 
those  who  are  in  the  hells  reside  hatred  against  the  neighbor, 
and  hatred  against  God,  wherefore  they  are  seized  with  madness 
when  they  perceive  the  blessedness  of  the  well-disposed,  n.  1974; 
but  the  good  proceeding  from  the  Lord  which  encompasses 
heaven  in  general,  and  the  heavenly  societies  and  singular  the 
angels  there  in  particular,  protects  and  represses  the  assaults, 
and  this  continually  ;  that  a  sphere  of  endeavors  to  do  ill  and 
to  destroy  is  perpetual  from  the  hells,  and  a  sphere  of  endea- 
vors to  do  good  and  to  protect  is  perpetual  from  the  Lord, 
6ee  n.  8209.  This  terminating  good,  by  which  the  Lord  pro- 
tects heaven,  is  signified  by  the  border  of  gold  round  about  the 
ark. 

9493.  "  And  thou  shalt  cast  for  it  four  rings  of  gold" — that 
hereby  is  signified  Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good, 
which  is  everywhere  round  about,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  rings,  as  denoting  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth,  in  thlfe 
case  of  Divine  Truth  with  Divine  Good,  because  by  the  ark  is 
signified  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  see  beneath,  n.  9496.  Tho 
reason  why  the  rings  were  four  is,  because  by  that  number  is 
signified  conjunction,  n.  168(5,  8877,  and  the  reason  why  they 
were  of  gold  is,  because  by  gold  is  signified  good,  n.  113,  1551, 
1552,  5658,  6914;  and  good  is  that  to  which  truth  is  conjoined, 
for  good  is  as  ground,  and  truth  as  seed. 

9494.  "And  thou  shalt  give  them  upon  the  four  corners" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  firmness,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  corners,  as  denoting  strength  and  firmness.  The  reason  why 
corners  have  this  signification  is,  because  in  them  is  the  greatest 
resistance,  and  also  the  connexion  of  the  whole.  Inasmuch  as 
corner  denotes  strength  and  firmness,  such  as  is  that  of  Divine 
Truth  from  Divine  Good,  therefore  the  Lord  is  called  the  stone 
of  the  corner  in  David,  "77<e  stone,  which  the  builders  rejected, 
VB  made  into  the  head  of  the  earner"  Psalm  cxviii.  22  ;  Matt. 


9492—9496.]  EXODUS.  32 

xxi.  42.  And  in  Zechariah,  "  Out  of  Judah  shall  be  what  is  of 
the  corner,  out  of  Him  the  nail,  and  out  of  Him  the  bow  of 
war,"  x.  4.  Also  in  Isaiah,  "  The  Lord  Jehovah  shall  lay  in 
Zion  a  stone  of  probation,  a  corner,  of  price,  of  a  foundation 
founded,"  xxviii.  16,  where  in  like  manner  corner  denotes  firm- 
ness of  doctrine  grounded  in  truth  which  is  from  good.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  "  Neither  shall  they  take  from  thee  a  stone  for  a 
corner,  and  a  stone  of  foundations,"  li.  26.  Inasmuch  as  by 
corners  is  signified  firmness,  therefore  horns  were  set  over  the 
four  corners  of  the  altar,  concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in 
Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  make  the  horns  of  the  altar  over  the  four 
corners,  out  of  itself  shall  be  its  horns,"  Exod.  xxvii.  2.  That 
horns  denote  the  power  of  truth  from  good,  thus  strength  and 
firmness,  see  n.  2832,  9081.  By  corners  is  also  signified 
strength  and  power  in  Jeremiah,  "  A  fire  hath  come  forth  out 
of  Heshbon,  which  hath  devoured  the  corners  of  Moab,"  xlviii. 
.45.  And  in  Moses,  "A  star  shall  arise  out  of  Jacob,  and  a 
sceptre  shall  arise  out  of  Israel,  vjhich  shall  bruise  the  corners 
of  Mbab"  Numb,  xxi  v.  17.  Moab,  whose  power  was  to  be  de- 
stroyed, denotes  those  who  adulterate  the  goods  of  the  church, 
n.  2468 ;  their  corners  denote  the  power  of  the  false  derived 
from  adulterated  goods.  Inasmuch  as  corners  denote  power 
and  strength,  therefore  they  who  are  not  in  the  power  of  truth 
from  good,  are  called  corners  cut  off,  Jer.  ix.  26  ;  chap.  xxv.  23. 
What  is  signified  by  corners,  when  by  them  are  meant  the 
quarters  of  the  world  or  the  winds,  see  below,  n.  9642. 

9495.  "  And  two  rings  upon  its  one  side,  and  two  rings 
upon  its  other  side  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  marriage  of 
truth  with  good  and  of  good  with  truth,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  rings,  as  denoting  the  conjunction  or  marriage  of 
good  with  truth,  as  above,  n.  9493,  which  marriage  is  reciprocal, 
namely,  of  truth  with  good  and  of  good  with  truth  ;  an  idea  of 
this  marriage  may  be  had  from  the  conjunction  of  the  heart  and 
of  the  lungs  ;  the  heart  conjoins  itself  with  the  lungs,  and 
the  lungs  in  turn  with  the  heart,  for  the  heart  from  its  right 
auricle  sends  forth  blood  into  the  lungs,  and  the  lungs  remit  it 
in  turn  into  the  heart,  but  into  its  left  auricle,  and  so  continu- 
ally. Such  also  is  the  marriage  of  good  with  truth,  and  of 
truth  with  good  in  heaven,  where  also  the  heart  corresponds  to 
the  good  which  is  of  love,  and  the  lungs  to  the  truth  which  is 
of  faith,  n.  3883  to  3896,  9300.  The  reason  why  two  rings 
were  to  be  on  one  side,  and  two  rings  on  the  other  side,  was 
because  two  signify  conjunction,  n.  1686,  5194,  8423,  and  side 
signifies  the  good  which  is  to  be  conjoined  to  truth,  that  hence 
may  be  derived  the  power  treated  of  in  the  article  which  now 
follows. 

9496.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  power  thence  derived,  appears  from  the  sig- 


328 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xx\. 


nification  of  staves,  as  denoting  the  power  which  is  of  truth 
from  good,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  shittitn-wood,  as  denoting  the  good  of  merit 
which  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  see  above,  n.  9172,  94S6.    It  may 
be  expedient  here  to  say  from  what  ground  it  is  that  by  the  ark 
and  the  habitation  could  be  represented  heaven,  and  in  this 
case  by  the  border  of  the  ark,  termination ;  by  the  corners, 
firmness  ;  by  the  rings,  the  conjunction  of  good  with  truth, 
and  by  the  staves,  power.    It  has  been  shown  that  universal 
nature,  thus  all  and  sittgular  the  tilings  therein  which  are  in 
order,  are  representative  of  the  Lord's  kingdom,  that  is,  of 
heaven,  and  of  the  heavenly  things  therein,  n.  9280.    It  has 
been  also  shown,  that  the  universal  heaven  resembles  one  man, 
and  that  on  this  account  heaven  is  called  the  Gkand  Man,  n. 
9276  ;  from  which  considerations  it  now  follows,  that  all  the 
forms,  by  which  heavenly  things  are  represented,  have  refer- 
ence to  the  human  form,  and  have  a  signification  according  to 
their  congruity  with  that  form.    Hence  now  it  is  evident  from 
what  ground  it  is,  that  when  the  ark  signifies  heaven  where  the 
Lord  is ;  the  border  of  the  ark  signifies  termination  ;  the  sides, 
goud  with  which  truth  is  to  be  conjoined ;  the  corners,  firmness  ; 
the  rings,  conjunction  itself;  and  the  staves,  power.    For  the 
staves  have  reference  to  the  arms  appertaining  to  man,  whence 
also  they  signify  the  like  with  arms  ;  the  rings  have  reference  to 
the  ginglynioid  articulations  by  which  the  arms  are  conjoined 
with  the  breast ;   the  angles  to  the  eminences  themselves, 
where  that  conjunction  is  effected  ;   the  sides,  to  the  pec- 
toral or  thoracic  part ;  the  border  to  the  circumference  in  which 
is  termination.    Hence  it  may  be  manifest,  that  by  staves  is 
signified  power,  as  by  arms  ;  that  arms  and  hands  denote  power, 
eee  n.  878,  4931  to  4937,  5327,  6292,  6947,  7188,  7189,  7205, 
7568,  7673,  8050,  8153,  8281,  9025,  9133;  and  that  by  the 
sides  is  signified  the  like  as  by  the  pectoral  or  thoracic  part  of 
che  body,  namely,  good,  for  in  that  part  are  the  heart  and  the 
l  ings:  and  by  the  heart  is  signified  celestial  good,  and  by  the 
lungs  spiritual  good,  n.  3S83  to  3S96,  9300.    Hence  it  is  evi- 
dent that  the  rings  signify  the  same  as  the  ginglymoid  ar- 
ticulations of  the  breast  with  the  shoulders,  and  of  the  shoul- 
ders with  the  arms,  namely,  the  conjunction  of  good  with  truth  ; 
and  that  by  corners  is  signified  firmness,  for  the  strength  of 
the  body  there  puts  itself  forth,  which  strength  and  power  exists 
by  the  arms.    From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest, 
from  what  gruund  it  is,  that  natural  forms  not  alive  represent 
similar  tilings  with  living  forms,  or  with  forms  in  the  human 
body,  namely,  that  it  is  from  this  ground,  because  heaven  re- 
sembles one  man,  and  the  things  which  are  in  heaven  have  re- 
ference to  those  things  which  appertain  to  man,  as  may  be  seen 
from  what  has  been  largely  shown  concerning  the  correspond 


9497,  9498.] 


EXODUS. 


329 


ence  of  man  with  the  Gkand  Man  or  with  heaven,  see  what  is 
cited,  n.  9276.  As  the  staves,  by  which  the  aik  was  carried, 
signified  power,  so  also  the  staves  [or  bars],  by  which  the  gates 
of  cities  were  strengthened,  as  is  manifest  from  the  following 
passages,  "  The  sword  falls  into  his  cities,  and  consumes  his 
staves  [or  bars],"  Hosea  xi.  6.  Where  the  sword  den. res 
truth  combating  against  the  false  ;  cities  denote  doctrinals : 
staves  denote  power.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  For  your  sakes  I  have 
sant  to  Babel,  and  will  cast  doivn  all  the  staves"  xliii.  14.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  "The  mighty  ones  of  Babel  sit  in  the  fortifications, 
their  povier  is  given  toforgetfulness,  Ids  staves  are  broken"  li.  30. 
And  in  Amos,  "  I  will  brcat  'he  staves  of  Damascus"  i.  5.  And 
in  Isaiah,  "I  wi)1  bveal:  in  pieces  the  gates  of  brass,  and  cut  in 
sunder  the  staves  [or  bars']  of  iron"  xlv.  2.  In  like  manner  in 
David,  Psalm  cvii.  16.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  They  have  no  gates, 
they  have  no  staves  [or  bars],  they  dwell  solitary,"  xlix  31. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "They  all  dwell  without  a  wall,  they  have 
neither  staves  nor  gates"  xxxviii.  11.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Her 
gates  are  sunk  into  the  earth,  He  hath  destroyed  and  broken  in 
pieces  her  staves"  Lam.  ii.  9.  And  in  David,  "  Praise  thy  God, 
O  Zion,  for  he  strengthened  the  staves  of  thy  gates"  Psalm 
cxlvii.  12,  13.  In  these  passages  cities  signify  doctrinals,  n, 
2450,  2712,  3216,  4492,  4493  ;  gates  signify  firmness  and  pro- 
tection, and  staves  [or  bars]  the  power  which  is  of  truth  derived 
from  good  ;  that  all  power  is  of  truth,  but  of  truth  which  is 
from  good,  see  n.  6344,  6413,  8200,  8304,  9133,  9327,  9410. 

9497.  "  And  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  gold  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  good  on  all  sides,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  covering  over,  as  denoting  to  encompass,  thus  on  all 
sides;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  good, 
see  above,  n.  9490. 

9498.  "  And  thou  shalt  bring  the  staves  into  the  rings ' 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  the  Divine  Sphere,  al 
pears  from  the  signification  of  staves,  as  denoting  power,  sec 
just  above,  n.  9496 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  rings,  a»- 
denoting  Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good,  which  is  o\ 
every  side  round  about,  see  also  above,  n.  9493,  thus  the  Divim. 
Sphere,  which  encompasses  and  includes  heaven  in  general,  and 
the  heavenly  societies,  and  the  angels  themselves  in  particulai. 
according  to  what  was  before  shown,  n.  9490,  9493.  For  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  is 
not  to  be  conceived  as  speech  and  its  influx  into  the  ear,  but  as 
a  sphere  from  the  sun,  which  by  degrees,  as  it  i6  extended  to  a 
distance  from  the  sun,  deci  eases  in  ardor  and  splendor,  and 
at  length  is  so  tempered,  as  to  be  accommodated  to  the  reception 
of  angels.  Within  the  sphere,  but  far  from  the  sun,  on  account 
of  its  ardor  and  splendor,  is  the  angelic  heaven.  This  sphere 
also  extends  itself  out  of  heaven  even  to  hell,  but  they  who 


330 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


are  there  do  not  receive  it  adequately,  but  turn  it  into  what  is 
contrary.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  meant  by  the 
Divine  Sphere,  which  includes  and  contains  heaven,  namely 
that  it  is  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  conjoined  to  the  Divine 
Good,  which  is  in  every  direction  about  heaven,  and  about  those 
who  are  in  heaven  ;  the  heat  proceeding  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun 
there,  is  the  Divine  Good  of  His  Divine  Love,  accommodated 
to  the  reception  of  the  angels  who  are  in  heaven,  and  the  li°;ht 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun  is  the  Divine  Truth  of  His 
Divine  Good  ;  nevertheless  each  is  called  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord. 

9499.  "  On  the  sides  of  the  ark  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
in  ultimates,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  sides  of  the 
ark,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Sphere  encompassing  heaven  in 
ultimates,  for  sides  are  terminations,  in  this  case  the  termina- 
tions of  heaven.  But  ultimates  and  terminations  in  heaven 
differ  from  ultimates  and  terminations  in  the  world  in  this,  that 
in  the  world  they  have  respect  to  spaces,  but  in  heaven  they 
have  respect  to  goods  conjoined  to  truths.  Divine  Good  con- 
joined to  Divine  Truth,  which  is  the  ultimate,  terminating, 
concluding,  and  containing  principle  of  heaven,  is  compara- 
tively as  the  atmosphere  in  the  world,  which  floats  around  man, 
and  contains  all  the  surface  of  his  body  in  its  connexion,  to 
prevent  its  dissolution  ;  but  in  the  world  it  is  a  natural  principle 
which  produces  this  effect,  and  operates  on  the  human  body 
as  being  material ;  whereas  in  heaven  it  is  the  Divine  celestial 
and  Divine  spiritual  principle  from  the  Lord  which  operates 
around  an  angel,  and  keeps  him  together  in  his  form  and 
power. 

9500.  "  To  carry  the  ark  in  them  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
thus  the  consistence  and  subsistence  of  heaven,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  carrying,  as  denoting  thus  to  exist  and  sub- 
sist in  a  state  of  good  and  truth.  For  by  the  staves  in  the  rings 
is  signified  the  power  of  the  Divine  Sphere,  or  the  power  of 
Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good,  n.  949$,  thus  existence 
and  subsistence,  for  by  that  power  heaven  subsists  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  ark,  as  denoting  heaven,  see  n.  9485. 

9501.  "  In  the  rings  of  the  ark  shaft  be  the  staves" — that 
hereby  is  signified  that  power  consists  of  the  Divine  Sphere  of 
good  and  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  rings  of 
the  ark,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Sphere  of  good  and  truth  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  6taves,  as  denoting  power,  see  above, 
n.  9498. 

9502.  "  They  shall  not  be  removed  from  it  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  for  ever  without  change,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  not  being  removed,  as  clenoting  existence  and  subsist- 
ence for  ever  without  change,  for  by  the  Divine  Sphere  of 
good  and  of  truth  encompassing  and  including  heaven  in  general 


9499—9503.] 


EXODUS. 


and  in  particular,  heaven  existed  and  was  created,  and  by  the 
same  it  subsists  and  is  preserved;  for  subsistence  is  perpetual 
existence,  and  preservation  is  perpetual  creation.  Perpetuity 
without  change  was  represented  by  the  non-removal  of  the 
Btaves  from  the  ark ;  and  the  eternal  protection  of  heaven  by 
the  Divine  Sphere  of  good  and  truth  from  the  Lord  was  repre- 
sented by  the  staves  being  under  the  wings  of  the  cherubs  and 
being  covered,  as  is  manifest  from  the  first  book  of  the  Kings, 
'•'•The  cherubs  spread  their  wings  over  the  place  of  the  ark,  sc 
that  the  cherubs  covered  the  ark,  and  the  staves  thereof,  from 
above  :  the  staves  were  indeed  stretched  forth,  and  the  heads 
of  staves  were  seen  from  the  Holy  [place]  towards  the  faces  ot 
the  sanctuary,  but  were  not  seen  abroad,"  viii.  7,  8. 

9503.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  ark  the  testimony  "— 
that  hereby  is  signified  Divine  Truth,  which  is  the  Lord  in  hea- 
ven, appears  from  the  signification  of  the  ark,  as  denoting  hea- 
ven, concerning  which  see  above  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  testimony,  as  denoting  Divine  Truth,  thus  the  Lord  in 
heaven,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently.  The  reason  why 
Divine  Truth  is  the  Lord  in  heaven  is,  because  the  Lord  is  Good 
Itself  and  Truth  Itself,  for  each  proceeds  from  Him,  and  what 
proceeds  from  Him,  is  Himself.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  is 
heaven,  lor  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  Him,  and  is  received 
by  the  angels,  makes  heaven  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  angels,  the 
more  perfectly  they  receive  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord,  thus  the  Lord,  so  much  the  more  perfect  human  forms 
Jiey  are,  and  at  length  so  perfect,  that  their  beauty  exceeds 
jelief.  He  that  shall  see,  as  I  have  seen,  will  be  amazed ;  for 
they  are  celestial  loves  and  charities  in  form,  which  is  the 
form  truly  human.  The  reason  why  the  angels  are  human  forms 
is,  because  the  Divine  [principle]  in  heaven  is  the  Lord,  and 
they  who  receive  Divine  Truths  in  good  from  Him  \  vi  His 
images.  As  to  what  concerns  the  signification  of  testimony, 
a  distinction  is  made  in  the  Word  between  laws,  statutes, 
judgments,  precepts,  testimonies,  words,  commands,  truths, 
covenants,  as  may  be  manifest  from  very  many  passages,  es- 
\  ecially  from  David,  in  Psalm  cxix.  where  all  those  things  are 
named,  and  testimonies,  verses  2,  14,  31,  46,  59,  88,  91,  111, 
1^:4, 138,  144,  168;  in  like  manner  in  other  places.  "The  law 
of  Jehovah  is  perfect,  refreshing  the  soul;  the  testimony  of 
Jehovah  is  firm,  rendering  wise  the  simple  ;  the  commandments 
of  Jehovah  are  right,  gladdening  the  heart;  the  precept  of  Je- 
hovah is  pure,  illuminati.  g  the  eyes  ;  the  judgments  of  Jehovah 
are  truth,  they  are  jus t  together,"  Psalm  xix.  7,  8,  9  ;  and  also 
in  Mosts,  Deut.  iv.  45;  chap.  vi.  17,  20;  also  in  Jeremiah, 
chap.  xliv.  23,  and  in  several  other  passages.  From  the  above 
passages  it  may  be  manifest,  that  testimony  is  the  Divine  Trutk, 
which  testifies  concerning  the  Lord,  thus  that  it  is  the  Word, 


532 


EXODUS. 


Chap,  xxv 


for  the  Word,  in  the  supreme  sense,  treats  of  the  Lord  alone, 
and  hence,  in  the  internal  sense,  testifies  concerning  Him,  that 
is,  teaches  Hiin,  and  the  truths  which  are  of  faith  and  the  goods 
■which  are  of  love,  which  are  from  Him.  In  this  sense  mention 
is  made  of  testimony  also  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  Who  were  slain 
for  the  Word  of  God,  and  for  the  testimony  which  they  had," 
vi.  9.  And  in  another  place,  "They  overcame  the  dragon  by 
the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  by  the  Word  of  His  testimony" 
sii.  11.  The  blood  of  the  Lamb  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Lord,  n.  7846,  7877,  9127,  9393 :  and  the  Word  ot 
the  testimony  is  the  Divine  Truth  received  by  man.  In  liko 
manner,  chap.  xii.  17  ;  chap.  xix.  10.  That  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  called  a  testimony  from  this  con- 
sideration, because  it  testifies  concerning  the  Lord,  is  manifest 
from  the  words  of  the  Lord  Himself  in  John,  "  He  who  cometh 
from  heaven  is  above  all ;  what  He  hath  seen  and  heard  this  Ha 
testifies  ;  whosoever  receiveth  His  testimony,  hath  sealed  that 
God  is  true,"  iii.  31,  32,  33.  Again,  "  I  am  who  testify  con- 
cerning Myself  and  the  Father  who  sent  Me  testifieth  concern- 
ing Me"  viii.  18.  Again,  "Search  the  Scriptures,  for  they  are 
they  which  testify  of  Me"  v.  39.  And  again,  "The  Paraclete, 
the  Spirit  of  Truth,  He  shall  testify  of  Me"  xv.  26,  27.  From 
these  passages  it  is  manifest,  that  the  Divine  Truth  is  called  a 
testimony  from  its  testifying  concerning  the  Lord  ;  this  Truth 
is  the  Word,  for  the  Word  in  the  supreme  sense,  as  was  said 
above,  treats  of  the  Lord  alone,  hence  the  Word  is  Divine,  and 
hence  its  Holy  [principle].  The  Ten  Words  also,  or  the  Law 
which  was  promulgated  from  Mount  Sinai,  and  inscribed  on  two 
tables,  and  reposited  in  the  ark,  is  what  is  here  called  the  tes- 
timony. That  that  Law  signifies  the  Word  or  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  in  every  complex,  see  n.  9416.  That 
the  Lord  is  tlie  source  of  Divine  Truth,  is  evident  from  His 
words  to  Pilate,  "Pilate  said,  art  thou  a  King?  Jesus  an- 
swered, thou  sayest,  I  am  a  King ;  for  this  was  1  born,  and  for 
this  came  I  into  the  world,  that  I  might  give  testimony  to  the 
truth"  John  xviii.  37.  By  King,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  sig- 
nified Divine  Truth,  see  n.'  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  3670,  4581, 
4966,  5044,  5068,  614S ;  wherefore  He  said,  I  am  a  King,  and 
for  this  was  I  born,  that  I  might  give  testimony  to  the  truth, 
that  is,  that  Himself  is  Divine  Truth.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  now  evident,  that  by  the  testimony  in  the  ark  is  sig- 
nified Divine  Truth,  thus  the  Lord  in  heaven. 

9504.  "  Which  I  will  give  to  thee" — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  representative  thereof,  appears  from  the  representation  of 
Moses,  to  whom  it  was  given,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Truth,  see  n.  9372. 

9505.  Verses  17  to  22.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  propitia- 
tory of  pure  gold,  two  cubits  and  a  half  in  length,  and  a  cubit 


9504— 9506.J 


EXODUS. 


333 


and  a  half  its  breadth.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  cherubs,  of 
solid  gold  thou  shalt  make  them,  from  the  two  extremities  of 
the  propitiatory \  And  make  one  cherub  from  the  (xtnmity  on 
this  side,  and  one  cherub  from  the  extremity  on  the  other  side. 
From  the  propitiatory  ye  shall  make  cherubs  over  the  two  extre- 
mities of  it.  And  the  cherubs  shall  be  stretching  the  wings  up- 
wards :  covering  with  their  wings  over  the  propitiatory,  and 
their  faces  shall  be  of  a  man  to  his  brother  •  to  the  propitiatory 
shall  be  the  faces  of  the  cherubs.  And  thou  shall  give  a  propitia- 
tory over  the  ark  from  above,  and  to  the  ark  thou  shalt  give 
the  testimony  which  1  will  give  to  thee.  And  I  will  meet  thee 
there,  and  will  speak  with  thee  from  above  the  propitiatory, 
from  between  the  two  cherubs,  which  are  over  the  ark  of  the 
testimony,  all  that  I  command  thee  for  the  sons  of  Israel.  And 
thou  shalt  make  a  propitiatory  of  pure  gold,  signifies  the  hearing 
and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  worship  grounded  in  the 
good  of  love.  Two  cuhits  and  a  half  its  length,  signifies  all  as 
to  good.  And  a  cubit  and  a  half  its  breadth,  signifies  what  is 
full  as  to  truth.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  cherubs,  signifies  a 
letting  in  and  passage  to  the  Lord  only  by  the  good  of  love. 
Of  solid  gold  thou  shalt  make  them,  signifies  a  representative  oi 
that  good.  From  the  two  extremities  of  the  propitiatory,  signi- 
fies Celestial  Good  and  Spiritual  Good.  And  make  one  cherub 
from  the  extremity  on  this  side,  and  one  cherub  from  the  ex- 
tremity on  that  side,  signifies  passage  for  Celestial  Good  and 
passage  for  Spiritual  Good.  From  the  propitiatory  ye  shall 
make  cherubs  over  the  two  extremities,  signifies  the  reception 
of  all  things  which  are  of  worship  grounded  in  those  goods. 
And  the  cherubs  shall  be  stretching  their  wings  upwards,  sig- 
nifies the  elevation  of  the  truth  of  faith.  Covering  witli  their 
wings  over  the  propitiatory,  signifies  spiritual  things  covering 
in.  And  their  faces  of  a  man  to  his  brother,  signifies  the  con- 
junction of  truth  and  of  good.  To  the  propitiatory  shall  bo  the 
faces  of  the  cherubs,  signifies  the  interiors  continually  looking 
to  good,  thus  to  the  Lord.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitiatory 
over  the  ark  from  above,  signifies  thus  the  hearing  and  recep- 
tion of  all  things  of  worship  which  are  grounded  in  the  good  ot 
love.  And  to  the  ark  thou  shalt  give  the  testimony,  signifies 
from  the  Lord  in  heaven.  Which  I  will  give  to  thee,  signifies 
what  is  representative.  And  I  will  meet  thee  there,  signifies 
hearing  and  reception.  And  I  will  speak  with  thee  from  above 
the  propitiatory,  signifies  conjunction.  From  between  the  two 
cherubs,  signifies  where  Celestial  Good  and  Spiritual  Good  are 
conjoined.  Which  are  over  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  signifies 
with  the  Lord  in  heaven.  All  that  I  command  thee  for  the  sons 
of  Israel,  signifies  the  worship  of  the  representative  church. 

9506.  ik  And  thou  shalt  make  a  propitiatory  of  pure  gold" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things 


334 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv> 


of  worship  grounded  in  the  good  of  love,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  propitiatory,  as  denoting  a  cleansing  from  evils, 
or  remission  of  sins,  consequently  the  hearing  and  reception  of 
all  things  which  are  of  worship,  of  which  we  shall  speak  pre- 
sently ;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the  good 
of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,6914.  That  a  propitiatory 
denotes  cleansing  from  evils  and  remission  of  sins,  is  manifest 
from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  mention  is  made  of  pro- 
pitiation or  expiation  ;  the  reason  why  it  also  denotes  the 
reception  of  all  things  of  worship  is,  because  they  who  are  pro- 
pitiated or  expiated,  that  is,  cleansed  from  evils,  are  alone 
heard,  and  their  worship  is  received  by  the  Lord,  but  not  the 
worship  of  those  who  are  in  evils,  that  is,  who  are  not  ex- 
piated or  propitiated  :  on  this  account  also  it  was  not  allowed 
to  Aaron  to  come  to  the  propitiatory,  until  he  had  cleansed  and 
expiated  himself  and  the  people.  That  hence  the  propitiatory 
denotes  the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of 
worship,  is  also  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  Jehovah 
spake  with  Moses  over  the  propitiatory  between  the  cherubs. 
The  reason  why  worship  grounded  in  the  good  of  love  is  what  is 
received,  is  because  no  one  is  admitted  into  heaven,  thus  to  the 
Lord,  unless  he  be  in  good,  namely,  in  the  good  of  love  to  the 
Lord,  and  in  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  see 
n.  8516,  8539,  8722,  8772,  9139,  9227,  9230,  9274,  conse 
quently  no  one  else  is  heard,  neither  is  his  worship  received; 
on  this  account  also  over  the  propitiatory  were  cherubs,  for  by 
cherubs  is  signified  guard  and  providence  to  prevent  the  Lord 
being  come  at  except  by  the  good  of  love,  thus  to  prevent  any 
enteriug  into  heaven  except  they  be  in  good,  also  to  prevent 
those  who  are  in  heaven,  from  being  approached  and  hurt  by 
those  who  are  in  hell.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
manifest,  what  was  signified  by  the  propitiatory  being  over 
die  ark,  and  by  the  cherubs  being  over  the  propitiatory,  and 
.•y  the  propitiatory  and  the  cherubs  being  of  pure  gold,  for 
^old  signifies  the  good  of  love,  and  the  ark  heaven,  where  the 
Lord  is.  That  the  propitiatory  signifies  cleansing  from  evils, 
thus  the  remission  of  sins,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in 
the  Word,  where  mention  is  made  of  propitiation  or  expiation  ; 
as  in  David,  "Jehovah,  expiate  our  sins,  for  the  sake  of  Thy 
name,"  Psalin  lxxix.  9.  Again,  "  He  being  merciful  expiated 
iniquity"  Psalm  lxxviii.  3S.  Again,  "  Thou  shalt  expiate  me 
with  hyssop,  and  I  shall  be  clean,  Thou  shalt  wash  me,  and  1 
6hall  be  made  whiter  than  snow,"  Psalm  li.  7.  And  in  Isaiah, 
"Evil  shall  come  upon  thee,  which  thou  shalt  not  know  how 
to  deprecate  ;  calamity  shall  fall  upon  thee,  which  thou  shalt 
not  be  a/)le  to  expiate"  xlvii.  11.  And  in  Moses,  "  Sing  ye 
nations,  His  people  ;  who  will  revenge  the  blood  of  His  ser« 
vants,  and  will  expiate  His  land,  Bis  peo^UV  <x\u.  43- 


9507— 9&09.J 


EXODUS. 


335 


Expiations  were  made  hy  sacrifices,  and  when  tliey  were  made, 
it  is  written,  that  the  priest  shall  expiate  him  from  sins,  and  he 
shall  be  pardoned,  Levit.  iv.  28,  31,  35;  chap.  v.  6,  10,  13, 
16,  IS  ;  chap.  ix.  7  ;  chap.  xv.  15,  30 :  they  were  also  made 
by  silver,  Exod.  xxx.  16;  Psalm  xlix.  8.  Hence  "  the  days 
of  expiations  before  the  feast  of  tabernacles,"  Levit.  xxiii.  27 
tv  u2.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  those  expiations  were  not 
real  cleansings  from  evils,  nor  remissions  of  sins,  but  that  they 
represented  them  ;  for  every  ritual  with  the  Israelitish  and 
Judaic  nation  was  merely  representative  of  tlie  Lord,  of  his 
kingdom  and  church,  and  of  such  things  as  relate  to  heaven 
and  the  church.  In  what  manner  representations  presented 
such  things  before  the  angels  in  heaven,  see  n.  9229.  In- 
asmuch as  cleansing  from  evils,  and  remission  from  sins,  were 
signified  by  the  propitiatory,  therefore  also  was  signified  the 
hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  worship  ;  for  he 
who  is  cleansed  from  evils  is  heard,  and  his  worship  is  received. 
This  was  represented  by  Jehovah  over  the  propitiatory  speaking 
with  Moses,  and  commanding  what  the  sons  of  Israel  should 
do,  as  is  manifest  from  verse  22  of  this  chapter,  where  it  is  said, 
"  I  will  meet  thee  there,  and  will  speak  with  thee  from  above 
the  propitiatory  from  between  the  two  cherubs,  which  are  ovei 
the  ark  of  the  testimony,  all  that  I  command  thee  for  the  sons 
f  Israel."  In  like  manner  in  another  place,  "  Moses,  when  he 
spake  vnth  Jehovah,  heard  a  voice  speaking  from,  above  th? 
'propitiatory,  which  is  over  the  ark  of  the  testimony  from  be- 
tween the  two  cherubs"  Numb.  vii.  89.  That  man  was  then 
hoard,  and  his  worship  received,  when  he  was  cleansed  from 
evils,  was  represented  by  Aaron's  not  entering  into  the  holy 
within  the  vail  before  the  propitiatory  until  he  had  first  ex- 
piated himself  and  the  people,  which  was  done  by  washing,  by 
saciifices,  by  incense,  and  by  blood  ;  and  it  is  said,  that  "  Thus 
he  shall  expiate  what  is  holy  from  the  uncleanness  of  the  sons 
of  Israel,  and  from  their  prevarications  as  to  all  their  sins" 
Levit.  xvi.  2  to  16 ;  and  that  Jehovah  would  appear  there  in  a 
cloud,  verse  2  of  the  same  chapter.  In  a  cloud  denotes  in  Di- 
vine Truth  accommodated  to  the  reception  and  apprehension  of 
men,  such  as  the  Word  is  in  the  sense  of  the  letter,  n.  4060. 
4391,  5922,  6343,  6752,  8106,  8443,  8781. 

9507.  "Two  cubits  and  a  half  the  length  thereof" — that 
hereby  is  signified  every  thing  as  to  good,  appears  from  what 
was  shown  above,  n.  9487. 

9508.  "And  a  cubit  aud  a  half  the  breadth  thereof"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  truth,  see  also  above, 
n.  9488. 

9509.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  two  cherubs " — that  hereby 
is  signified  a  letting  in  and  passage  to  the  Lord  only  by  the 
good  of  love  appears  from  the  signification  of  cherubs,  as  de 


336 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xx» 


noting  guard  and  providence,  lest  the  Lord  should  oe  come  a' 
except  by  the  good  of  love.  Inasmuch  as  this  was  signified  by 
the  cherubs,  therefore  they  were  set  over  the  propitiatory  which 
was  over  the  ark,  and  therefore  they  were  made  of  solid  gold ; 
for  by  the  ark  is  signified  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  n.  9485  ; 
and  by  gold  the  good  of  love,  n.  9490.  The  reason  why  there 
is  no  passage  to  the  Lord,  but  by  the  good  of  love  is,  because 
love  is  spiritual  conjunction,  and  all  good  is  of  love  ;  they, 
therefore,  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  are  intro- 
duced to  Him  in  heaven,  because  they  are  conjoined  to  Him. 
In  like  manner  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  towards  the 
neighbor,  for  the  neighbor  is  the  good  of  a  fellow-citizen, 
the  good  of  a  man's  country,  the  good  of  the  church,  the  good 
of  the  whole  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  and,  in  the  supreme  sense, 
the  Lord  Himself,  because  from  Him  that  good  appertains 
to  man.  There  are  two  states  during  man's  regeneration,  and 
one  succeeds  the  other ;  one,  which  is  the  first,  is  when  he  is 
led  by  the  truths  of  faith  to  the  good  of  love ;  the  other  is, 
when  he  is  in  the  good  of  love,  in  which  good,  when  he  is 
principled,  he  is  in  heaven  with  the  Lord ;  hence  it  is  evident, 
that  this  good  is  heaven  itself  with  man,  because  this  good 
is  the  Lord  with  man,  for  it  is  from  the  Lord.  Concerning 
these  two  successive  states  appertaining  to  the  man  who  is  rege- 
nerating see  n.  7923,  7992,  8505,  8506,  8510,  8512,  8516,8643 
8648,  8658,  8685,  8690,  8701,  9224,  9227,  9230,  9274 ;  and  tha 
man  comes  into  heaven,  when  he  is  in  good,  that  is,  when  by 
good  he  is  led  of  the  Lord,  n.  8516,  8539,  8722,  8772,  9139. 
That  cherubs  signify  guard  and  providence,  to  prevent  the 
Lord,  and  also  heaven  being  come  at  except  by  the  good  of 
love,  that  is,  except  by  those  who  arc  in  the  good  of  love,  also 
to  prevent  the  good  from  being  injured,  which  is  from  the  Lord 
in  heaven  and  with  man,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the 
Word  where  cherubs  are  named,  as  chap.  iii.  Gen.  "  And  He 
cast  out  the  man,  and  made  to  dwell  on  the  east  at  the  garden  of 
Eden  cherubs,  and  the  flame  of  a  sword  turning  itself,  to  guard 
the  way  of  the  tree  of  lives,"  verse  24.  That  cherubs  in  this 
passage  are  guards,  is  evident,  for  it  is  said  to  guard  the  way 
of  the  tree  of  lives  ;  the  tree  of  live6  is  the  good  of  love,  which 
is  from  the  Lord,  thus  is  the  Lord  ;  and  it  is  guarded  by  its  not 
being  come  at  except  by  the  good  of  love.  It  is  believed  that 
the  Lord  may  be  come  at  by  the  truths  of  faith,  but  He  cannot 
be  come  at  by  those  truths  separate  from  the  good  of  love,  nor 
indeed  can  heaven  be  come  at,  but  as  soon  as  truths  separate 
are  willing  to  enter,  heaven  is  shut  up,  thus  the  way  to  the 
Lord  is  closed.  And  whereas  truth  cannot  of  itself  enter,  unless 
good  be  in  it,  and  by  good  it  be  made  of  good,  so  neither  can 
the  intellectual  principle,  and  still  less  scientifics,  separate  from 
the  good  of  the  will.    Inasmuch  as  guard  and  providence  to 


9510,  9511.] 


EXODUS. 


337 


prevent  the  Lord  being  come  at,  as  also  heaven,  except  by  the 

food  of  love,  is  signified  by  cherubs,  therefore  in  the  Word 
ehovah  is  said  to  sit  upon  cherubs,  also  to  ride  and  to  dwell 
upon  cherubs,  as  in  David,  " Shepherd  of  Israel,  give  ear; 
Thou  who  sittest  upon  the  cherubs,  slime  forth,"  Psalm  Ixxx.  1. 
Again,  "  Jehovah  shall  reign,  the  people  shall  be  moved,  He 
sitteth  on  the  cherubs"  Psalm  xci.  1.  Again,  "  Jehovah  rod-e 
upon  a  cherub,  and  did  fly,"  Psalm  xviii.  10.  And  in  Isaiah, 
"Jehovah  Sabaoth  inhabiting  the  cherubs"  xxxvi.  16.  And 
therefore  "  cherubs  were  over  the  curtains  of  the  habitation,  and 
over  the  vail"  Exod.  xxvi.  1,  31 ;  chap,  xxxvi.  35  :  and  also 
upon  the  walls  of  the  temple  round  about,  and  upon  the  doors 
there,"  1st  Kings  vi.  23  to  29,  31  to  35  ;  in  like  manner  in  the 
New  Temple  spoken  of  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  xli.  18,  19,  20.  The 
cherubs  upon  the  curtains  of  the  habitation,  upon  the  vail,  upon 
the  walls  of  the  temple,  and  upon  the  doors  there,  signified  the 
guard  of  the  Lord,  lest  the  Holy  Divine  [principle]  should  be 
come  at  except  by  the  good  of  love;  and  the  cherubs  being  over 
the  ark,  signified  that  the  Lord  Himself  was  not  to  be  come  at 
except  by  that  good  ;  therefore  also  the  cherubs  were  made  ot 
solid  gold,  and  in  the  temple  at  Jerusalem,  of  olive  wood,  for 
by  gold  and  by  olive  is  signified  the  good  of  love.  The  above 
guard  and  providence  of  the  Lord  is  described  by  the  four 
animals,  each  of  which  had  four  faces,  beneath  the  throne  where 
the  Lord  was,  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  i.  1  to  the  end ;  and  chap.  x. 
1  to  the  end ;  and  also  by  the  four  animals  round  about  the 
throne  where  the  Lord  was,  in  the  Apocalypse,  chap  iv.  6  to 
10;  chap.  v.  6,  8,  11,14.  By  the  four  animals  is  signified  good 
under  a  different  appearance  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and 
guarding  and  protecting  lest  any  thing  else  but  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  the  good  of  love  towards  the  neighbor,  should 
be  let  in.  By  the  throne  on  which  the  Lord  was,  is  signified 
heaven. 

9510.  -'Of  solid  gold  thou  shalt  make  them" — that  hereby 
is  signified  a  representative  of  good,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  gold,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551. 
1552,  565S,  6914.  That  gold  is  not  the  good  of  love,  but  \U 
representative,  is  evident ;  iu  like  manner  olive-wood,  of  which 
the  cherubs  in  the  temple  at  Jerusalem  were  made,  1st  Kings 
vi.  23.  That  olive-wood  denotes  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  886; 
also  that  the  olive  [or  oil]  itself,  n.  3728,  4582,  4638. 

9511.  "From  the  two  extremities  of  the  propitiatory" — 
that  hereby  is  signilied  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  the  cherub  from  one  extremity, 
as  denoting  passage  by  celestial  good  ;  and  from  the  signitication 
of  the  cherub  from  the  other  extremity,  as  denoting  passage  b~ 
spiritual  good.  The  like  is  here  signified  by  the  two  extre- 
mities, as  by  the  rght  hand  and  left  hand  of  the  Lord  ;  by  th«, 

vol.  ix.  22 


338 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


right  hand  is  signified  the  good  of  celestial  love,  which  is  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord ;  and  by  the  left  hand  is  signified  the 
good  of  spiritual  love,  which  is  the  good  of  love  towards  the 
neighbor.  Hence  also  all  things,  which  are  on  the  right  part 
of  man,  correspond  to  celestial  good,  and  those  on  the  left,  to 
spiritual  good  ;  for  all  things  appertaining  to  man  correspond  to 
heaven.  They  who  are  in  these  goods,  are  meant  by  sitting  on 
the  right  hand  and  the  left  of  the  Lord,  in  Mark,  "  To  sit  on 
My  right  hand  and  on  My  left,  is  not  Mine  to  give,  but  to 
those  for  whom  it  is  prepared,"  x.  40.  To  give  to  those  for 
whom  it  is  prepared,  signifies  to  give  them  from  mercy,  who 
are  in  the  good  of  life  >.nd  of  faith,  n.  9305 ;  thus  who  are  in 
celestial  good  and  spiritual  good. 

9512.  "  And  make  one  cherub  from  the  extremity  on  this 
side  and  one  cherub  from  the  extremity  on  that  side" — that 
hereby  is  signified  passage  for  celestial  good  and  for  spiritual 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  cherub,  as  denoting 
a  letting  in  and  passage  to  the  Lord  by  the  good  of  love,  see 
above,  n.  9509;  and  from  the  signification  of  from  the  extre- 
mity on  this  side,  and  from  the  extremity  on  that,  as  denoting 
celestial  good  and  spiritual  good,  see  just  above,  n.  9511. 

9513.  "  From  the  propitiatory  ye  shall  make  cherubs  over 
the  two  extremities" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  reception  of 
all  things  which  are  of  worship  derived  from  those  goods,  ap- 

f tears  from  the  signification  of  a  propitiatory,  as  denoting  the 
learingand  reception  ofall  things  which  are  of  worship  grounded 
in  the  good  of  love,  see  p.  9506;  and  from  the  signification  of 
cherubs,  as  denoting  a  letting  in  and  passage  to  the  Lord  by 
that  good,  see  n.  9509 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  two 
extremities,  as  denoting  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good, 
6ec  n.  9511.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  these  words,  "From 
the  propitiatory  ye  shall  make  cherubs  over  its  two  extra 
mities,"  is  signified  the  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of 
worship  derived  from  those  goods.  What  celestial  good  is,  and 
what  spiritual  good,  and  what  is  the  difference,  see  what  is 
cited,  u.  9277. 

9514.  "  And  the  cherubs  shall  be  spreading  their  wings  up- 
wards"— that  hereby  is  signified  the  elevation  of  the  truth  of 
faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  wings,  as  denoting  the 
truths  of  faith,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  spreading  wings  upwards,  as  denoting  to  be 
elevated,  for  in  the  spreading  of  wings  upwards,  there  is  an  en- 
deavor to  elevate  themselves,  the  act  of  which  is  elevation, 
from  which  consideration  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  wings  of  the 
cherubs  expanded  upwards,  is  signified  the  elevation  of  good  to 
the  Lord  by  the  truths  of  faith,  for  by  the  cherubs  is  signified 
passage  to  Him  by  good.  It  may  be  expedient  here  brietly  to 
&ay  how  the  case  is  with  the  elevation  of  good  by  the  truths  of 


U312— 9517.] 


EXODUS. 


339 


faith.  There  are  two  things  to  which  all  things  in  heaven,  and 
also  all  things  in  the  world,  have  reference,  namely,  good  and 
truth.  Good  without  truth  is  not  good,  neither  is  truth  without 
good  truth  ;  for  good  without  truth  has  not  any  quality,  and 
truth  without  good  has  not  any  esse ;  for  truth  is  the  very  form 
of  good,  and  there  must  be  a  form  that  there  may  be  a  quality, 
and  good  is  the  very  esse,  whose  existere  is  truth.  Good  is  to 
truth  altogether  as  the  will  to  the  understanding,  for  the  will  it. 
dedicated  to  the  reception  of  good,  and  the  understanding  to  the 
reception  of  truth  ;  the  will  receives  its  quality  from  the  un- 
derstanding, and  the  understanding  its  esse  from  the  will ;  for 
the  will  is  formed  in  the  understanding  ana  thereby  clothes 
itself  with  quality.  Good  also  is  to  truth,  as  the  body  to  the 
arms  and  feet,  and  in  birds  to  the  wings ;  a  body  without  arms 
and  feet,  or  without  wings,  cannot  move  itself,  but  by  them  it 
does  move  itself;  the  body  also  in  the  Word  corresponds  to 
good,  and  arms  and  wings  to  truth,  also  to  the  powers  of  good 
by  truth.  From  these  comparisons,  which  also  are  correspon- 
dences, it  may  be  known  how  the  case  is  with  the  elevation  of 
good  by  the  truths  of  faith,  which  in  general  are  called  spiritual 
truths.  That  wings  denote  the  truths  of  faith,  see  what  was 
shown,  n.  8764. 

9515.  "  Covering  with  their  wings  over  the  propitiatory" — 
that  hereby  are  signified  spiritual  things  covering-in,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  covering  over  the  propitiatory,  as  de- 
noting to  cover  in  good  by  which  there  is  passage  to  the  Lord; 
and  from  the  signification  of  wings,  as  denoting  the  truths  of 
faith  or  things  spiritual,  see  just  above,  n.  9514,  and  n.  876+. 
Spiritual  things  are  said  to  cover  in,  because  the  celestial  prin- 
ciple, which  is  the  good  of  love,  in  heaven  is  presented  as  naked, 
but  by  spiritual  things,  which  are  the  truths  of  faith,  as  clothed. 

9516.  "And  their  faces  of  a  man  to  his  brother "  —that 
hereby  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  truth  and  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  a  face,  as  denoting  the  interiors,  in 
this  case  looking  at  and  conjunction,  for  when  one  looks  at 
another  mutually,  they  conjoin  themselves  as  to  the  interiors ; 
by  faces  also  are  signified  the  interiors,  n.  1999,  2434,  3527, 
3573,4066,4796  to  4805,5102,5585,9306;  and  from  the 
signification  of  a  man  to  a  brother,  as  denoting  mutually,  see 
n.  4725,  thus  of  truth  with  good,  for  man  [yir]  signifies  truth, 
n.  3134,  3309,  3459,  4725,  7716,  9007;  and  brother  signifies 
good,n.  367,  2360,  3303,  3803,3815,  4121,  4191,  5409,  5686, 
5692,  6756. 

9517.  "To  the  propitiatory  shall  be  the  faces  of  the  che- 
rubs"— that  hereby  are  signified  the  interiors  continually  looking 
to  good,  thus  to  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  oi 
tli  3  propitiatory,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  from  whicb 
is  the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  wor 


340 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


ship,  see  above,  n.  9506,  thus  also  denoting  the  Lord,  since 
all  the  good  of  love  is  from  the  Lord,  and  is  the  Lord  Himself 
with  angel  and  man  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  faces,  as 
denoting  the  interiors,  see  just  above,  n.  9515;  and  from  the 
signification  of  cherubs,  as  denoting  a  guard  derived  from 
Providence  to  prevent  the  Lord  being  come  at  except  by  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  9509.  The  case  herein  is  this  ;  heaven 
and  the  church,  or  the  angels  of  heaven  and  the  men  of  the 
church,  are  guarded  of  the  Lord  by  the  elevation  of  their  in- 
teriors to  Himself,  and  when  they  are  elevated,  they  are  then 
in  the  good  of  love  to  Him,  and  in  the  good  of  love  towards 
the  neighbor  ;  elevation  to  the  Lord  produces  this  effect ;  thus 
the  angels  of  heaven  and  the  men  of  the  church,  as  was  said, 
are  guarded.  They  who  are  elevated  of  the  Lord,  turn  contin 
uallv  the  face  to  the  Lord,  because  the  Lord  keeps  them  con- 
joined to  Himself  by  the  good  of  love  ;  but  they  who  are  not 
elevated,  turn  the  face  from  the  Lord.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  may  be  manifest  what  is  signified  by  the  faces  of  the 
cherubs  being  to  the  propitiatory  ;  out  concerning  this  conver- 
sion to  the  Lord,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  more  will 
be  said  from  experience  elsewhere. 

9518.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitiatory  over  the  ark 
from  above  " — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  the  hearing  and  re- 
ception of  all  things  of  wor.-.iip  which  are  from  the  good  of  love, 
appears  ftom  the  signification  of  a  propitiatory,  as  denoting  the 
hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  of  worship  which  are  from 
the  good  of  love,  see  n.  9506 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the 
ark,  as  denoting  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  see  above  :  hence  it 
is  evident,  that  by  the  conjunction  of  the  propitiatory  with  the 
ark,  is  signified  the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which 
are  of  worship  grounded  in  the  good  of  lo~e  from  the  Lord 
in  heaven. 

;)519.  "  And  to  the  ark  thou  shalt  give  the  testimony  " — thai 
hereby  is  signified  from  the  Lord  in  heaven,  namely,  the  hear- 
ing and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  worship  grounded 
in  the  good  of  love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  ark 
as  denoting  heaven.  And  from  the  signification  of  the  testi 
mony,  as  denoting  the  Lord,  see  n.  9503. 

9520.  "  Which  I  will  give  to  thee" — that  hereby  is  signified 
what  is  representative,  see  above,  n.  95U4. 

9521.  "  And  1  will  meet  thee  there  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
hearing  and  reception,  appears  from  the  signification  of  meeting, 
when  said  by  Jehovah,  as  denoting  hearing  and  reception. 

9522.  "  And  I  will  speak  to  thee  from  above  the  propitia- 
tory " — that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  speaking,  when  from  Jehovah,  as  denoting 
influx,  see  n.  2951,  5481,  5743,  5797,  7270 ;  thus  also  conjunc- 
tion, for  where  influx  is,  there  is  conjunction.  . 


9518—9526.] 


EXODUS. 


341 


9523.  "  From  between  the  two  cherubs  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  where  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good  are  coi&joined, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  two  cherubs,  as  denoting 
celestial  good  and  spiritual  good,  by  which  there  is  passage  to 
the  Lord,  see  above,  n.  9511.  The  reason  why  there  is  such  a 
passage,  where  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good  are  conjoined, 
is,  because  celestial  good  flows-in  into  spiritual  good,  and  is 
thereby  communicated. 

9524.  "  Which  is  over  the  ark  of  the  testimony  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  with  the  Lord  in  heaven,  appears  from  the 
representation  of  the  ark,  as  denoting  heaven  ;  id  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  testimony,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth,  thus 
the  Lord  in  heaven,  see  n.  9503. 

9525.  "  All  that  I  command  thee  for  the  sons  of  Israel  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  worship  of  the  representative 
church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  commanding,  when 
from  Jehovah  to  Moses,  as  denoting  those  things  which  are  of 
worship,  for  all  things  which  Jehovah  commanded  Moses  for 
the  sons  of  Israel,  were  such  things  as  concerned  worship  ;  and 
from  the  representation  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  the 
Spiritual  Church,  see  n.  9340,  in  this  case  the  Spiritual  Church 
represented,  for  all  things  which  were  instituted  amongst  the 
sons  of  Israel,  were  external  things  which  represented  the  in 
ternal  things  of  the  church,  but  not  the  internal  things  them- 
selves in  their  own  essence,  on  which  subject  see  what  is  cited, 
n.  9320. 

9526.  Verses  23  to  30.  And  thou  -\ialt  make  a  table  of 
shittim-wood,  two  cubits  the  length  thereof,  and  a  cubit  the 
breadth  thereof  and  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height  thereof.  And 
thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  and  thou  shalt  make  for 
it  a  border  of  gold  round  about.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a 
closure  of  a  span  round  about  /  and  thou  shalt  make  a  border  of 
gold  for  the  closure  thereof  round  about.  And  thou  shalt  make 
for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  rings  upon  the 
four  corners,  which  are  on  the  four  feet  thereof.  Over  against  the 
closure  shall  be  the  rings  for  houses  to  the  staves,  to  carry  the 
table.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood,  and  shalt 
cover  them  over  with,  gold,  and  the  table  shall  be  canned  by 
than.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  dishes  thereof,  and  the  plates 
thereof,  and  the  little  dishes  thereof,  and  the  bowls  thereof, 
with  which  it  shall  be  covered  /  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt 
make  them.  And  thou  shalt  give  upon  the  table  the  breads  of 
faces  to  My  faces  continually.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  table, 
signifies  a  receptacle  of  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  the 
good  of  love.  Of  shittim-wood,  signifies  from  mercy.  Two 
oubits  the  length  thereof,  signifies  all  as  to  conjunction  with 
good.  And  a  cubit  the  breadth  thereof,  signifies  somewhat  as 
to  conjunction  with  truth.    And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height 


EXODTTS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


thereof,  signifies  what  is  full  as  to  degrees.  And  thou  shalt 
cover  it  over  with  pure  gold,  signifies  a  representative  of  that 
good  derived  from  mercy.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  border 
of  gold  round  about,  signifies  a  sphere  of  good  from  the  Divine 
Good  of  the  Lord.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  closure  of  a 
span  round  about,  signifies  conjunction  there  with  truth  from 
the  Div  ine  [being  or  principle].  And  thou  shau  make  a  border 
of  gold  for  the  closure  thereof  round  about,  s/gnifies  the  ter- 
mination of  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good.  And  thou  shalt 
make  for  it  four  rings  of  gold,  signifies  the  ultimate  receptacle 
of  the  heavenly  marriage,  which  is  of  the  Divine  Good  with 
the  Divine  Truth.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  rings  upon  the  four 
corners  thereof,  signifies  hence  firmness.  Which  are  on  the 
four  feet  thereof,  signifies  in  a  natural  sphere.  Over  against 
the  closure  shall  be  rings  for  houses  to  the  staves,  signifies 
power  thence  derived.  To  carry  the  table,  signifies  for  exist- 
ence and  subsistence.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim- 
wood,  signifies  the  power  of  truth  from  good.  And  thou  shalt 
cover  them  over  witli  gold,  signifies  what  is  representative  of 
good.  And  the  tables  shall  be  carried  by  them,  signifies  hence 
consistence.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  dishes  thereof,  and  the 
plates  thereof,  and  the  little  dishes  thereof,  and  the  bowls 
thereof,  with  which  it  shall  be  covered,  signifies  the  knowledges 
of  celestial  good  and  truth.  Of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make  them, 
signifies  what  is  from  good.  And  thouahalt  give  upon  the  table 
the  bread  of  faces,  signifies  the  Lord  there  as  to  celestial  good. 
To  My  faces  .continually,  signifies  thus  the  presence  of  the 
Lord  with  celestial  peace  and  joy  out  of  mercy. 

9527.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  laole" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified a  receptacle  of  things  celestial,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  table,  as  denoting  heaven  as  to  the  reception  of  such 
things  as  are  from  the  Lord  there,  which  arjj  the  good  of  love 
and  the  good  of  faith,  and  the  blessedness  and  happiness  thence 
derived.  These  things  are  signified  by  a  table,  because  by  foods 
are  signified  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  the  good  of  love 
and  faith,  and  hence  wisdom  and  intelligence,  which  in  common 
discourse  are  also  called  heavenly  foods,  and  arc  also  meant  by 
foods  in  the  Word,  see  n.  56  to  58,  6S0,  681,  14S0,  4459, 
4792,5293,5340,  5342,  5576,  5579,  :>!»1 5,  8562,  9003;  thes< 
things  also  are  occasionally  exhibited  in  heaven  representative!} 
by  a  table,  upon  which  are  foods  of  every  kind.  Hence  it  it 
evident  that  by  a  table  is  signified  a  receptacle  of  things  celes- 
tial, thus  heaven  as  to  the  reception  of  such  things  as  are  from 
the  Lord.  These  things  are  also  signified  by  a  table  in  Luke 
"'Jesus  said,  I  arrange  for  you  a  kingdom,  as  My  Father  hath 
arranged  for  Me,  that  ye  may  eat  and  drink  on  My  table  iy\  My 
kinydom"  xxii.  29,  30.  And  in  Matthew,  ''Many  -hall  come 
from  the  east  and  from  the  west,  and  shall   lie  ax.wn.  with 


9527—9529.] 


EXODUS. 


343 


Abraham,  and  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  in  the  kingdom  of  the  hea- 
vens," viii.  11.  Also  in  David,  "  I  will  not  be  afraid  of  evil, 
thou  wilt  arrange  before  Me  a  table,  in  the  presence  of  My  foes, 
thou  wilt  make  fat  My  head  with  oil,  my  cup  shall  abound; 
good  and  mercy  shall  follow  Me,"  Psalm  xxiii.  4,  5,  6.  But 
table  in  the  opposite  sense  signifies  a  receptacle  of  such  things 
as  are  in  hell,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  They  err  by  strong  drink,  they  err 
amongst  those  that  see,  they  stagger  in  judgment,  all  tables 
are  full  of  vomit,  whom  shall  He  teach  science,  and  whom 
shall  He  make  to  understand  hearing,"  xxviii.  7,  8,  9.  Again, 
"  Ye  who  forsake  Jehovah,  who  prepare  a  table  for  Gad,  and 
a  drink-offering  for  Meni,"  lxv.  11.  And  in  David,  "  They 
gave  Me  gall  for  My  food,  and  in  My  thirst  they  gave  Me 
vinegar  to  drink,  their  table  shall  become  before  them  for  a  snare," 
Psalm  lxix.  21,  22. 

9528.  "  Of  shittim-wood  " — that  hereby  is  signified  from 
mercy,  appears  from  the  signification  of  shittim-wood,  as  de- 
noting the  good  of  merit  which  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  see  n. 

9486,  and  whereas  the  good  of  merit  is  mercy,  therefore 
this  latter  also  is  signified  by  shittim-wood,  for  the  Lord  out  of 
pure  love,  thus  out  of  pure  mercy,  assumed  the  human  [prin- 
ciple] and  sustained  the  most  grievous  temptations,  and  at 
length  the  passion  of  the  cross,  that  He  might  save  the  human 
race  ;  hence  He  has  merit  and  justice  ;  from  which  considera- 
tions it  is  evident  that  the  good  of  merit  is  mercy.  Mercy  is 
the  Divine  Love  towards  those  who  are  constituted  in  miseries. 
That  the  Lord  underwent  the  most  grievous  temptations,  and 
thereby  arranged  heaven  and  hell  into  order,  and  that  he  fought 
from  Divine  Love  to  save  those  who  receive  Him  by  love  and 
faith,  see  n.  1266,  1663,  1668,  1676,  1690,  1691,  1737,  1787, 
1789,  1812,  1813,  1820,  1921,  2083,  2159,  2574,  2649,  2776, 
2795,  2813,  2816,  3318,  4180,  4286,  4295,  5078. 

9529.  "Two  cubits  the  length  thereof" — that  hereby  is 
signified  all  as  to  conjunction  with  good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  two,  as  denoting  conjunction,  and  as  denoting 
all  and  singular  things.  That  it  denotes  conjunction,  see  n. 
16S6,  5194,  8423,  and  hence  all  and  singular  things,  n.  9166  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n. 
9487  ;  hence  by  the  length  of  two  cubits  is  signified  all  as  to 
conjunction  with  good.  By  conjunction  with  good  is  meant 
the  conjunction  of  the  receptacle  which  is  signified  by  the 
table,  with  the  good  of  love,  which  is  signified  by  the  breads 
of  faces  upon  the  table,  concerning  which  see  below.  For  the 
receptacle  /must  be  accommodated  to  the  things  which  are  to  be 
received,  and  the  things  to  be  received  have  reference  to  good  and 
to  truth  ;  accommodation  and  thence  conjunction  is  described 
by  the  numbers,  by  which  is  marked  length  and  breadth.  That 
things  are  marked  in  the  Word  by  numbers,  see  n.  948S. 


344: 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


9530.  "  And  a  cubit  the  breadth  thereof" — that  hereby  is 
signified  eomewhat  as  to  conjunction  with  truth,  appears  from 
the  signification  ofa  cubit,  or  of  one,  as  denoting  somewhat, 
for  it  is  the  half  of  the  former  [number],  and  when  the  double 
signifies  all,  then  its  half  signifies  somewhat,  consequently 
somewhat  for  conjunction  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  breadth, 
as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  9487,  9488. 

9531.  "And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  height  thereof" — that 
hereby  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  degrees,  see  above,  n.  9489. 

9532.  "  And  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  gold  " — that  here- 
by is  signified  a  representative  of  that  good  from  mercy,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  covering  over  with  gold,  as  de- 
noting a  representative  of  good;  for  by  gold  is  signified  the 
good  of  love,  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  wherefore 
that  good  was  represented  by  gold,  where  it  was  used  for  a  co 
vering.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  from  mercy  is,  because  all 
the  good  of  love  is  from  mercy,  which  is  also  signified  by  the 
shittim-wood,  which  was  covered  over  with  gold,  n.  9528. 

9533.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  border  of  gold  round 
about  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  termination  of  the  sphere 
of  good,  derived  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  a  border  of  gold  round  about,  as  de- 
noting the  termination  of  the  sphere  of  good  from  the  Lord 
to  prevent  evils  from  approaching  and  hurting,  see  above,  n. 
9492. 

9534.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  closure  of  a  span 
round  about" — that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  there  with 
truth  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  closure,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  of  tormina 
tion,  because  it  was  out  of  the  border,  thus  denoting  conjunc 
tion  with  truth  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle].  That  this 
is  signified  by  a  closure  cannot  be  known,  unless  it  be  known 
how  the  case  is  with  the  extension  and  termination  of  the 
sphere  of  good  from  the  Lord,  which  encompasses,  and  thereby 
protects  heaven.  That  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good  encompasses 
heaven,  and  all  the  societies  in  heaven,  and  thereby  protects 
from  the  bursting  forth  of  evils  from  hell,  see  above,  n.  9490, 
9492,  9498.  This  Divine  Sphere  extends  itself  even  into  the 
hells,  and  also  guards  them  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  also 
reigns  in  the  hells,  but  with  this  difference,  that  the  Divine 
Sphere,  which  encompasses  and  protects  heaven,  is  a  sphere 
of  Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good,  but  that  which 
guards  hell,  is  a  sphere  of  Divine  Truth  separate  from  Divine 
Good.  The  reason  why  this  sphere  is  in  hell  is,  because  all 
who  are  there  reject  Divine  Good,  thus  the  mercy  of  the  Lord  ; 
such  a  sphere  reigns  in  an  external  form  in  hell,  but  still  the 
sphere  ot  Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good  in  the  in- 
ternal form  ;  by  this  h  tter  the  infernal  inhabitants  are  guarded 


«430— 9139.] 


EXODUS. 


345 


to  prevent  one  doing  evil  to  another  beyond  measure.  Hence 
it  is  evident,  that  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good  in  the  external 
form  ceases  where  heaven  ceases,  and  the  sphere  of  Divine 
Truth  separate  from  Divine  Good,  begins  where  hell  begins, 
and  in  the  insterstice  is  the  conjunction,  which  is  signified  by 
the  closure  of  a  span  round  about. 

9535.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  border  of  gold  for  the  clo- 
sure thereof  round  about " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  ter- 
mination of  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  border  of  gold,  as  denoting  the  termination 
of  Divine  Good,  as  above,  n.  9533;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  closure  thereof,  as  denoting  conjunction  with  truth  from 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  according  to  what  was  shown 
just  above,  n.  9534. 

9536.  "And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  four  rings  of  gold" — 
that  ktreby  is  signified  the  ultimate  receptacle  of  the  heavenly 
marriage,  which  is  of  the  Divine  Good  with  the  Divine  Truth, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  four  rings  of  gold,  as  denoting 
Divine  Truth  conjoined  to  Divine  Good,  which  are  in  every 
direction  round  about,  see  above,  n.  9493 ;  thus  the  ultimate 
receptacle  of  the  heavenly  marriage,  which  is  of  the  Divine 
Good  with  the  Divine  Truth. 

9537.  "  And  thoi.  shalt  give  the  rings  upon  the  four  corners 
thereof" — that  hereby  is  signified  whence  comes  firmness,  ap 
pears  from  the  signification  of  rings,  as  denoting  firmness,  see 
above,  n.  9494,  namely,  from  the  conjunction  of  Divine  Truth 
with  Divine  Good  in  nltimates,  which  is  signified  by  the  four 
rings  of  gold,  n.  9536. 

9538.  "  Which  are  for  the  four  feet  thereof" — that  hereby 
is  signified  in  a  natural  sphere,  appears  from  the  signification  oi 
four,  as  involving  conjunction,  see  n.  1686,  8877;  and  from 
the  signification  of  feet,  as  denoting  the  natural  principle,  see 
n.  2162,  3147,  3761,  3986,  4280,  4938  to  4952,  5327,  5328. 
The  reason  why  firmness  is  in  the  natural  sphere  is,  because 
every  thing  spiritual  closes  in  what  is  called  natural  truth,  and 
every  thing  celestial  in  what  is  called  natural  good,  and  there 
subsists ;  hence  it  is  that  the  natural  principle  is  a  foundation, 
consequently  a  firmament  [or  strengthening]  to  the  former. 
That  this  is  the  case  is  yet  known  to  few,  wherefore  by  the 
Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  this  subject  will  be  elsewhere  treated 
of  from  experience. 

9539.  "Over  against  the  closure  shall  be  rings  for  houses 
to  the  staves  " — that  hereby  is  signified  power  thence  derived, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  closure,  over  against  which 
the  rings  were  to  be,  as  denoting  conjunction  in  ultimates 
with  truth  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  see  n.  9534; 
and  from  the  signification  of  rings,  as  denoting  the  recepta- 
cle thereof,  see  also  above,  n.  9536 ;  and  from  the  6ignifica- 


EXODUS. 


[Ch^p.  xxv 


tion  of  staves,  as  denoting  power,  see  n.  9196.  It  is  said 
for  houses,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  celes- 
tial good  and  the  power  of  its  receptacle,  for  that  good  is  signi- 
fied by  the  bread  of  faces,  and  its  receptacle  by  the  table  on 
which  that  bread  was  set ;  by  houses  also  is  signified  that  good 
in  ultimates ;  that  house  denotes  good,  see  n.  2233,  2231,  2559, 
3652,  3720,  1982,  7818,  7929. 

9510.  "  To  carry  the  table  " — that  hereby  is  signified  ex- 
istence and  subsistence,  appears  from  the  signification  of  carry- 
ing, as  denoting  to  keep  together  in  a  state  of  good,  thus 
to  exist  and  subsist,  as  above,  n.  9500. 

9511.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood  " — that 
I  by  is  signified  the  power  of  truth  from  good,  see  above, 
i    '496,  where  like  words  occur. 

J512.  "  And  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  gold  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  good,  see  above,  n.  9532. 

9513.  '"And  the  table  shall  be  carried  by  them  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  hence  consistence,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  being  carried,  as  denoting  to  exist  and  subsist,  see  above, 
n.  9510,  thus  also  to  consist  [stand  together]  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  table,  as  denoting  the  receptacle  of  things  celes- 
tial, see  n.  9527.  Thus  is  described  the  inmost  or  third  heaves, 
as  to  the  reception  of  good  from  the  Lord;  for  the  breads  oi* 
faces  denotes  celestial  good  which  is  from  the  Lord,  and  the 
table  on  which  those  breads  are,  is  the  receptacle  of  that 
good.  But  it  is  not  allowed  to  expound  singular  the  things 
treated  of  according  to  the  existence  of  each,  inasmuch  as  very 
many  things,  which  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  do 
aot  fall  into  the  idea  of  human  thought;  and  scarcely  into  the 
idea  of  the  thought  of  angelic  spirits  who  are  in  the  ultimate 
heaven  ;  for  all  things  which  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  king, 
dom,  are  founded  on  the  good  which  is  of  love,  and  not  upon 
the  truth  which  is  of  faith  ;  by  the  goods  which  are  of  love  they 
also  discourse  together,  and  not  by  the  truths  which  are  of  faith 
as  they  who  are  in  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  see  what  was 
cited,  n.  9277.  The  Lord's  celestial  kingdom  is  the  inmost  or 
third  heaven,  in  which,  it  is  well  known,  are  things  incompre- 
hensible and  ineffable,  or  such  as  never  entered  into  the  mind 
of  any  one,  and  which  the  eye  has  not  seen,  nor  the  ear  heard  ; 
wherefore  the  things  which  exist  in  that  heaven,  are  exhibited 
before  the  spirits  beneath  by  representatives,  from  which  some 
idea  is  formed  of  the  incomprehensible  and  ineffable  things 
which  are  there.  The  6ame  things  were  represented  in  the 
world  by  the  ark.  the  propitiatory,  the  cherubs,  the  table  on 
which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  and  by  the  candlestick  ;  by 
these  are  exhibited  all  things  which  are  in  that  kingdom  ;  and 
by  the  habitation  and  court  of  the  tent,  and  by  the  curtains 
and  vails  there,  were  represented  those  things  which  are  in 


9540—9517.] 


EXODUS. 


347 


the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  which  is  the  second  or  middle 
heaven. 

9544.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  dishes  thereof,  and  the 
plates  thereof,  and  the  little  dishes  thereof,  with  which  it  shall 
be  covered  " — that  herehy  are  signified  the  knowledges  of  celes- 
tial good  and  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  vessels  in 
general,  as  denoting  scientifics  or  knowledges,  see  n.  3068, 
3079  ;  thus  the  specific  vessels,  which  are  here  enumerated,  de- 
note the  knowledges  of  celestial  good  and  truth;  celestial  good 
is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  celestial  truth  is  the  good 
of  mutual  love;  the  knowledges  of  those  goods  are  signified  by 
the  above  vessels  ;  and  inasmuch  as  knowledges  are  signified, 
and  knowledges  are  of  the  memory  of  the  natural  man,  and  the 
natural  principle  is  external,  therefore  it  is  said  with  which  the 
table  shall  be  covered  ;  for  the  natural  principle,  inasmuch  as  it 
is  without,  or  beneath,  and  covers  and  closes  what  is  within  or 
above,  is  therefore  called  a  covering,  n.  6377.  What  was  the 
use  of  the  above  vessels,  may  be  seen,  Levit.  chap.  xxiv.  6,  7; 
and  Numb.  iv.  7,  8. 

9545.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  upon  the  table  the  bread  of 
faces  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  Lord  there  as  to  celestial 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  table,  as  denoting 
the  receptacle  of  things  celestial ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
bread,  as  denoting  the  Lord  in  the  supreme  sense,  and  in  the 
respective  sense  the  good  of  love  which  is  from  Him,  thus  the 
Lord  as  to  celestial  good,  see  n.  2165,  2177,  3464,  3735,  3813, 
4211,  4217,  4735,  4976,  5915:  and  that  by  bread  is  signified  in 
general  all  celestial  food,  or  food  which  nourishes  the  spiritual 
life  of  man,  see  n.  3478,  6118,  8410,  9323;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  faces  when  concerning  the  Lord,  as  denoting  all 
that  is  from  the  Divine  Love,  as  innocence,  peace,  jo}r,  thus 
heaven  itself  with  man  and  angels,  see  n.  222,  223,  5585,  9306. 

9546.  "To  My  faces  continually  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
thus  the  presence  of  the  Lord  with  celestial  peace  and  joy  from 
mercy,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  faces  of  Jehovah 
or  the  Lord,  as  denoting  all  things  which  are  of  the  Divine 
Love  or  Mercy,  as  innocence,  peace,  joy,  thus  heaven  itself 
with  those  who  receive.  For  by  faces,  when  relating  to  man 
and  angel,  are  signified  the  interiors  which  are  of  the  will  and 
thence  of  the  understanding,  thus  which  are  of  the  love  and 
thence  of  the  faith,  see  n.  1999,  2434,  3527,  3573,  4066,  4796, 
4798,  5102,  5165,  516S,  5585,  5592,  6604,  6848,  6849,  9306. 
Hence  it  may  be  manifest  that  by  faces,  when  relating  to  Je- 
hovah or  the  Lord,  are  signified  those  things  which  are  of  the 
Divine  Love  or  Mercy,  thus  all  celestial  good,  n.  222,  223, 
5585,  9306. 

9547.  Verses  31  to  39.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  ca  ndlestlck 
of  pure  yold,  the  candlestick  shall  be  made  solid,  its  shaft,  and  its 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


pipe,  its  howls,  its  pomegranates,  and  its  flowers,  shall  he  from  it. 
And  six  pipes  going  forth  from  its  sides  /  three  pipes  of  the  can- 
dlestick from  one  side  of  it,  andthree  pipes  of  the  candlestick  from 
the  other  side  of  it.  Three  howls  made  like  unto  almonds  in  one 
pipe,  a  pomegranate  and  afloicer,  and  three  howls  made  like  unto 
almonds  in  one  pipe,  a  pomegranate  and  a  flower  /  so  for  the  six 
pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick.  And  in  the  candlestick 
four  bowls  like  unto  almonds,  its  pomegranates  and  its  flowers. 
And  a  pomegranate  tinder  the  two  pipes  from  it,  and  a  pomegra- 
nate under  the  two  pipesfrom  it,  and  a  pomegranate  under  the  two 
■pipes  from  it,  for  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick. 
Their  pomegranates  and  their  pipes  shall  he  from  it,  all  of  it  one 
solid  of  pure  gold.  And  thou  shall  make  its  seven  lamps  ;  and 
let  it  cause  its  lamps  to  ascend,  and  let  it  illuminate  over  against 
its  faces.  And  its  tongs  and  its  snuff-dishes  shall  he  of  pure  gold. 
A  talent  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make  it  with  all  those  vessels. 
And  thou  shalt  make  a  candlestick,  signifies  the  spiritual  heaven. 
Of  pure  gold,  signifies  from  celestial  good.  The  candlestick 
shall  be  made  solid,  signifies  that  all  is  from  good.  Its  shaft, 
and  its  pipe,  its  bowls,  signifies  things  spiritual  in  the  natural 
principle.  Its  pomegranates,  signifies  the  scientifics  of  good. 
And  its  flowers,  signifies  the  scientifics  of  truth.  Shall  be  from 
it,  signifies  that  they  shall  be  from  the  spiritual  principle  which 
is  derived  from  celestial  good.  And  six  pipes  going  forth  from 
its  sides,  signifies  all  things  of  truth  derived  from  good  in  the 
complex.  Three  pipes  of  the  candlestick  from  one  side  of  it, 
and  three  pipes  of  the  candlestick  from  the  other  side  of  it,  sig- 
nifies what  is  full  as  to  good  and  truth.  Three  shafts  like 
unto  an  almond,  signifies  what  is  full  as  to  scientifics  derived 
from  good.  In  one  pipe,  signifies  the  power  of  truth  from  good. 
A  pomegranate  and  a  flower,  signifies  the  scientific  of  good  and 
the  scientific  of  truth.  And  three  shafts  like  unto  an  almond 
in  one  pipe,  a  pomegranate  and  a  flower,  signifies  like  things. 
So  for  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick)  signifies 
the  power  of  truth  derived  from  good  as  to  all  things  in  the  spi- 
ritual heaven.  And  in  the  candlestick,  signifies  the  middle 
thereof  by  which  is  conjunction,  and  from  which  are  powers. 
Four  shafts  like  unto  an  almond,  signifies  scientifics  of  truths 
derived  from  good.  Its  pomegranates  and  its  flowers,  signifies 
scientifics  of  good  and  of  truth.  And  a  pomegranate  under  the 
two  pipes  from  it,  and  a  pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from 
it,  and  a  pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from  it,  signifies  the 
scientific  of  good  to  singular  truths.  To  the  six  pipes  going 
forth  from  the  candlestick,  signifies  the  power  of  truth  derived 
from  good  as  to  all  things  in  the  spiritual  heaven.  Their  pome- 
granates and  their  pipes  shall  be  from  it  all  of  it,  signifies  that 
the  scientifics  of  good  and  powers  sliall  be  from  the  Divine  Spi- 
ritual [principle]  which  is  from  the  Lord.    One  solid  of  pure 


9543.] 


EXODUS. 


349 


gold,  signifies  entire  and  perfect  because  from  the  same  good. 
And  thou  shalt  make  its  seven  lamps,  signifies  holy  spiritual 
things  thence  derived.  And  let  it  make  its  lamps  to  ascend, 
signifies  the  light  of  the  spiritual  heaven.  And  let  it  illuminate 
over  against  its  faces,  signifies  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord.  And  its  tongs  and  its 
snuff  dishes,  signifies  things  for  purification  and  evacuation  in 
the  natural  principle.  Of  pure  gold,  signifies  also  from  good. 
A  talent  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make  it  with  all  those  vessels, 
signifies  celestial  good  from  which  is  spiritual  good  together 
with  its  scientifics. 

9548.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  candlestick  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  spiritual  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
a  candlestick,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  in 
heaven  and  in  the  church  from  the  Lord.  The  reason  why  by 
candlestick  is  signified  ihe  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  is,  be- 
cause by  the  table  on  which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  is  signified 
the  Divine  Celestial  [principle],  as  was  shown  in  what  goes  be- 
fore. The  Divine  Celestial  [principle]  is  the  good  of  love,  and 
the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  is  the  truth  of  faith  thence  de- 
rived, both  proceeding  from  the  Lord.  That  a  candlestick  de- 
notes the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle],  is  from  illumination,  for 
the  Divine  Truth,  which  proceeds  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Lord,  is  what  gives  light  iu  heaven,  nor  have  the  angels  light 
from  any  other  source.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  in  the  Word 
is  called  light,  and  that  by  light  is  signified  faith,  also  the  in- 
telligence of  truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  which  ate  from  the 
Lord  alone,  see  n.  1053,  1521  to  1533,  1619  to  1632,  2776, 
3094,  3138,  3167,  3190,  3195,  3222,  3223,  3337,  3339,  3341, 
3636,  3643,  3862,  3993,  4060,  4180,  4302,  4408,  4414,  4415, 
4419,  4527,  4598,  5400,  6032,  6313,  6315,  6608,  6907,  7174, 
8644,  8707,  8861,  9399,  9407.  That  a  candlestick  denotes  the 
spiritual  heaven  from  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
thus  also  the  church  ;  and  that  a  lamp  denotes  faith,  and  the 
intelligence  of  truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  which  are  from 
the  Lord  alone,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  Word 
where  mention  is  made  of  a  candlestick  and  of  a  lamp,  as  in 
the  Apocalypse,  "  I  saw  seven  golden  candlesticks,  and  in  the 
midst  of  the  seven  candlesticks  one  like  the  Son  of  Man;  the  seven 
candlesticks  are  seven  churches"  i.  12,  13,  20.  And  again,  "7 
will  remove,  thy  candlestick  out  of  its  place,  if  thou  dost  not  re- 
pent," Apoc.  ii.  5.  The  church  is  here  called  a  candlestick 
from  the  Divine  Truth  which  it  has  from  the  Lord,  for  it  is  said 
the  seven  candlesticks  are  seven  churches  ;  that  it  is  from  the 
Divine  Truth  is  evident  from  its  being  said,  I  will  remove  thy 
candlestick  if  thou  dost  not  repent.  That  it  is  from  the  Lord, 
is  also  evident,  for  it  is  said,  in  the  midst  of  the  candlesticks 
was  one  likt;  the  Son  of  Man.    That  the  Lord  is  called  the  Son 


350 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


of  Man  from  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  2803,  2813,  3704.  Again, 
"  I  will  give  to  My  two  witnesses  to  prophesy  a  thousand  two 
hundred  and  sixty  days ;  these  are  the  two  olives  and  two  can- 
dlesticks standing  before  the  God  of  the  earth,"  Apoc.  xi.  3  to 
10  ;  the  two  witnesses  are  the  Word  of  each  testament,  so  far 
as  it  witnesses  concerning  the  Lord  ;  it  is  called  olive  from  the 
Divine  Good,  and  candlestick  from  the  Divine  Truth,  which  is 
from  the  Lord.  And  in  Zechariah,  "  The  angel  said  to  the  pro- 
phet, what  seest  thou  %  to  whom  I  said,  I  see,  and  behold  a 
candlestick  wholly  of  gold  •  its  cruse  on  its  head,  and  its  seven 
lamps  upon  it,  seven  pipes  to  the  lamps,  two  olives  near  it,  one 
on  the  right  hand  of  the  cruse,  and  one  on  its  left,"  iv.  2,  3. 
The  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  Zerubbabel,  who 
was  about  to  lay  the  foundation  of  the  house  of  God,  and 
to  perfect  it,  by  whom  is  represented  the  Lord,  as  about  to 
come  and  restore  the  spiritual  heaven  and  the  church,  which 
are  the  candlestick,  and  the  holy  truths  therein  are  the  seven 
lamps.  That  a  lamp  denotes  faith,  and  the  intelligence  of 
truth,  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  which  are  from  the  Lord  alone, 
is  manifest  from  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  Holy  Jerusalem  hath 
no  need  of  the  sun,  neither  of  the  moon,  to  give  light  in  it,' 
the  glory  of  God  shall  enlighten  it,  and  the  Lamb  is  the  lamp 
thereof.  The  nations  which  are  saved  shall  walk  in  His  light, ' 
xxi.  23,  21.  And  again,  "  There  shall  be  no  night  there,  nei- 
ther have  they  need  of  a  lamp  and  of  the  light  of  the  sun, 
because  the  Lord  God  enlightens  them,"  kpoc.  xxii.  5.  Lamp  in 
the  former  passage  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord,  and  light  denotes  faith,  thus  also  intelligence  and  wisdom. 
Again,  "The  light  of  a  lamp  shall  not  give  light  in  thee  any 
longer  ;  and  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and  the  bride  shall 
not  be  heard  in  thee  any  longer,"  Apoc.  xviii.  23.  And  in  Je- 
remiah, 'f  I  will  cause  to  perish  the  voice  of  joy  and  the  voice 
of  gladness,  the  voice  of  the  bridegroom  and  the  voice  of  the 
bride,  the  voice  of  millstones,  and  the  light  of  a  lamp,  that  the 
whole  land  shall  be  a  desolation,  a  devastation,"  xxv.  10,  11  : 
speaking  of  the  extinction  of  faith  and  thence  of  intelligence 
in  spiritual  tilings,  which  are  the  lamp,  which  shall  no  longer 
be,  and  the  light  of  the  lamp  which  shall  be  made  to  perish. 
In  like  manner  in  Job,  "How  often  is  the  lamp  of  the  wicked 
extinguished,  and  destruction  comes  upon  them,"  xxi.  17.  And 
in  David," Thoxi  illuminatest  my  lamp,  Jehovah  my  God  causes 
my  darkness  to  shine,"  Psalm  xviii.  28  ;  2nd  Samuel  xxii.  29 
Again,  "  By  thy  commandments  I  am  made  intelligent,  Thy 
Word  is  a  lamp  to  my  feet,  and  a  light  to  my  path"  Psalm 
cxix.  101,  105.  And  in  Job,  "  When  God  maketh  a  lamp  to 
shine  upon  my  head,  by  His  light  I  walked  in  darkness,"  xxix. 
3.  And  in  Matthew,  "  The  lamp  of  the  body  is  the  eye,  if  thine 
»va  K-  -c-f.1,1  ^!e>»-)sed,  thy  whole  body  shall  be  lucid  ;  but  il 


9549,  9550.] 


EXODUS. 


thine  eye  be  evil,  thy  whole  body  shall  be  darkened  ;  if  there 
fore  the  lumen  which  is  in  thee  be  darkness,  how  great  is  the 
darkness,"  vi.  22,  23 ;  Lake  viii.  \C  •  chap,  xi  33,  3(3.  By  eye 
is  here  meant  faith  and  consequent  intelligence  ;  that  these 
things  in  the  internal  sense  are  eyes,  sse  n.  4403  to  4421, 
4523  to  4534,  9051.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by 
the  whole  body  being  lucid,  if  the  eye  be  well  disposed,  and 
by  the  whole  body  being  darkened,  if  the  eye  be  evil.  Inas- 
much as  faith  and  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  thence  derived 
are  signified  by  a  lamp,  therefore  the  kings  of  Judah  are  calle'1 
Lamps  for  David,  1st  Kings  xi.  36  ;  chap.  xv.  4  ;  2nd  Kings  vii' 
19  ;  and  David  is  called  the  lamp  of  Israel,  2nd  Samuel  xxi. 
17  ;  not  that  the  kings  of  Judah  were  lamps,  neither  David,  but 
because  by  a  king  is  signified  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from 
the  Lord,  n.  6148,  and  by  David  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth, 
from  which  comes  faith,  intelligence,  and  wisdom,  n.  188S. 

9549.  "Of  pure  gold" — that  hereby  is  signified  celestial 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love,  or  celestial  good,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658, 
6914,  6917.  It  may  be  expedient  here  briefly  to  show  why  the 
candlestick  was  of  pure  gold.  By  candlestick  is  signified  the 
Divine  Spiritual  [principle],  or  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from 
the  Lord  in  heaven  and  in  the  church,  n.  9548.  Inasmuch 
as  this  exists  from  the  Divine  Good,  therefore  the  candlestick 
was  of  gold,  for,  as  was  said,  gold  signifies  good.  This  is  fur- 
ther evident  from  the  influx  of  the  Lord  into  the  heavens ;  the 
inmost  or  third  heaven  is  celestial,  the  middle  or  second  is  spi- 
ritual ;  the  Lord  flows  in  through  the  celestial  heaven,  which 
is  in  the  good  of  love  to  Him,  into  the  spiritual  heaven  which 
is  in  the  truths  of  faith  in  Him.  Hence  it  is  manifest  why  the 
whole  candlestick  was  of  pure  gold,  as  also  the  ten  candlesticks 
in  the  temple  built  by  Solomon,  1st  Kings  vii.  49  ;  see  also 
below,  n.  9550,  9568. 

9550.  " The  candlestick  shall  be  made  solid" — that  hereby 
is  signified  that  all  shall  be  from  good,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  solid  as  denoting  the  whole  of  quantity,  thus  all 
from  good,  which  is  signified  by  gold  ;  for  all  the  spiritual  prin- 
ciple, which  is  signified  by  candlestick,  so  far  as  it  illuminates 
exists  from  the  celestial,  and  also  continually  subsists  by  it,  as 
all  truth  from  good  ;  for  if  good  be  withdrawn,  truth  is  extin- 
guished in  a  moment,  for  good  is  the  soul  of  truth.  The  cast 
herein  is  like  that  of  the  affection  of  love  in  regard  to  thought , 
if  the  affection  of  love  be  withdrawn,  thought  is  instantly 
extinguished  ;  for  affection  is  the  very  life  or  soul  of  thought. 
All  affection  which  is  of  love  is  of  good,  and  all  thought 
then«e  is  of  truth.  The  truth  which  is  from  good  is  called 
spiritual,  and  the  good  from  which  truth  is  derived  is  called 
celestial. 


352 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


9551.  "  Its  shaft,  and  its  pipe,  its  bowls  " — that  hereby  arc 
signified  spiritual  things  in  what  is  natural,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  shaft,  of  a  pipe,  and  a  bowl,  which  are  pro- 
ductions from  the  candlestick  itself,  as  arms,  hands,  and  palms 
of  the  hands  from  the  body,  as  denoting  spiritual  things  in 
what  is  natural ;  for  what  is  natural  is  produced  and  derived 
from  what  is  spiritual,  as  what  is  spiritual  from  what  is  celestial, 
n.  9549.  Hence  it  is  evident,  since  the  candlestick  signifies 
the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle],  that  the  productions  and  der; 
vations  which  are  called  the  shaft,  the  pipe,  and  the  bowls, 
denote  spiritual  things  in  what  is  natural. 

9552.  "  Its  pomegranates  " — that  hereby  are  signified  the 
scientifics  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pomegra- 
nates, as  denoting  scientifics  of  good.  There  are  scientifics  of 
good  and  scientifics  of  truth,  the  former  are  signified  by  pome- 
granates, and  the  latter  by  flowers  with  which  the  candlestick 
was  encompassed  and  adorned.  That  scientifics  of  good  are 
signified  by  pomegranates,  is  manifest  from  other  passages  where 
they  are  named,  as  in  Moses,  "  A  land  of  wheat  and  of  barley 
and  i if"  .lie  vine,  and  the  fig-tree,  and  the  pomegranate"  Dent, 
viii.  8.  And  in  Haggai,  "There  is  not  yet  6eed  in  the  barn, 
and  even  to  the  vine,  and  the  fig-tree,  and  pomegranate,"  ii.  19. 
Wheat,  barley,  and  seed  in  the  barn,  signify  celestial  things 
internal  and  external.  The  vine,  the  fig-tree  and  pomegranate 
signify  spiritual  and  natural  things  in  their  order,  the  ultimates 
of  which  are  scientifics,  which  are  of  the  natural  and  sensual 
man,  wherefore  pomegranate  is  named  in  the  last  place.  And 
in  Zephaniah,  "  Jehovah  shall  destroy  Ashur,  flocks  shall  rest 
in  the  midst  of  her,  every  wild  beast  of  the  nation,  also  the 
cormorant  and  the  bittern  shall  pass  the  night  in  her  pomegra- 
nates" ii.  13,  14 ;  where  the  cormorant  and  bittern  in  pome- 
granates denote  the  falses  of  evil  in  the  scientifics  of  good.  And 
in  Amos,  "  I  saw  the  Lord  standing  upon  the  altar,  who  said, 
smite  the  pomegranate,  that  the  posts  may  tremble ;  that  is, 
divide  them  all  in  the  head,  the  last  of  them  I  will  slay  with 
the  sword,"  ix.  1.  Here  to  smite  the  pomegranate  denotes  to 
destroy  the  scientifics  of  good  by  the  falses  of  evil ;  the  posts 
are  said  in  this  case  to  tremble,  because  posts  denote  truths  of 
the  natural  principle,  n.  7847 :  to  slay  the  last  with  the  sword, 
denotes  to  destroy  thus  the  ultimates;  for  6Word  denotes  truth 
combating  against  what  is  false  and  destroying  it,  and  vice  versa, 
n.  2799,  4499,  6353,  7102,  8294. 

9553.  "And  its  flowers" — that  hereby  are  signified  the 
scientifics  of  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  flowers, 
as  denoting  the  scientifics  of  truth.  The  reason  why  flowers 
have  this  signification  is,  because  flowers  are  germinations 
which  precede  and  in  their  manner  produce  fruits  and  seeds; 
for  it  is  a  known  thine  that  trees  and  plants  hear  flowers  before 


9551—9553.] 


EXODUS. 


35S 


they  bear  fruit.  The  case  is  the  same  with  man,  as  to  intelli- 
gence and  wisdom ;  the  scientifics  of  truth  precede,  and  in 
their  manner  produce  those  things  which  are  of  wisdom  with 
man  ;  for  they  serve  his  rational  principle  for  objects  and  thus 
for  means  of  growing  wise  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  scientifics  of 
truth  are  as  flowers,  and  the  good  of  life,  which  is  the  good  of 
wisdom,  as  fruit.  Inasmuch  as  all  things  which  are  in  the 
spiritual  world  have  reference  to  such  things  as  appertain  to 
man,  by  reason  that  heaven  resembles  one  man,  and  corres- 
ponds to  all  and  singular  the  things  pertaining  to  man,  there- 
fore also  all  things  which  are  in  the  natural  world,  according 
to  their  agreement  with  such  things  as  pertain  to  man,  corres- 
pond, represent,  and  signify,  n.  9496.  Hence  now  it  may  be 
manifest  from  what  ground  it  is  that  flowers  signify  the  scien- 
tifics of  truth,  and  in  general  truths,  and  that  fruit  and  likewise 
seeds  signify  goods.  That  flowers  denote  the  scientifics  of 
truth  and  in  general  truths,  is  manifest  from  the  following 
passages.  "Their  root  shall  be  as  corruption,  and  their  flowers 
as  dust,  because  they  have  refused  the  law  of  Jehovah  Sabaoth, 
and  have  despised  the  discourse  of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel," 
Isaiah  v.  21.  Again,  "  Jacob  shall  cause  them  that  are  to  come 
to  take  root,  Israel  shall  bear  flowers  and  flourish,  so  that  the 
faces  of  the  world  shall  be  filled  with  produce,"  xxvii.  6.  Again, 
"Woe  to  the  drunkards  of  Ephraim,  and  to  the  flower  of  his 
fading  glory  and  gracefulness,"  xxviii.  1.  Drunkards  denote 
those  who  reason  from  falses,  n.  1072  ;  Ephraim  denotes  the 
intellectual  principle  of  the  church,  in  this  case  perverted,  n. 
5354,  6222,  6234,  6238,  6267;  glory  denotes  Divine  Truth,  n. 
4809,  5922,  8267,  8427,  9429.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  flower 
denotes  the  scientific  by  which  truth  is  produced.  Again,  "The 
grass  withereth,  the  flower  fadeth,  the  people  is  grass,  but  the 
Word  of  our  God  abideth  for  ever,"  xl.  6,  7,  8.  And  in  Nahum, 
"  The  flower  of  Lebanon  languisheth,"  i.  4.  Where  also  flower 
denotes  scientifics  as  means  of  growing  wise.  And  in  Daniel, 
"Nebuchadnezzar  saw  in  a  dream,  behold  a  tree  in  the  midst 
of  the  earth,  its  height  great,  its  leaf  beautiful,  and  its  flower 
much  :  beneath  it  the  beast  of  the  field  had  shade,  and  in  its 
branches  dwelt  the  birds  of  heaven,  and  all  flesh  was  nourished. 
But  the  Holy  One  from  heaven  crying  out,  said,  cut  down  the 
tree,  lop  off  its  branches,  shake  off  its  leaf,  scatter  its  flower  ; 
let  the  beast  of  the  field  beneath  it  fly,  and  the  birds  from  its 
branches,"  iv.  7  to  14.  By  the  tree  and  its  height  is  signified 
the  increase  of  the  religious  principle  which  is  signified  by 
Babel,  which  religious  principle  is  holy  in  externals,  but  profane 
in  internals,  see  n.  1182,  12«3,  1304  to  1308,  1321,  1322,  1326, 
1327.  Leaf  denotes  scientific  truth  in  general,  n.  885;  flower 
denotes  the  scientific  of  truth,  so  far  as  i;  serves  for  a  medium 
vol.  ix.  23 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxiv. 


of  growing  wise  ;  but  in  this  case  so  far  as  it  serves  for  a  medium 
of  growing  insane,  for  it  is  said  that  the  flower  should  be  scat- 
tered. The  beast  of  the  field  denotes  those  who  are  in  the  affec- 
tions of  good,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  who  are  in  the  affec- 
tions of  evil,  n.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246,  714,  715,  719,  776, 
1823,  2179,  2180,  3218,  3519,  5198,  7523,  9090,  9280.  But 
the  birds  of  heaven  denote  those  who  are  in  the  affections  of 
truth,  and,  in  the  opposite  sense,  who  are  in  the  affections  of 
the  false,  n.  3219,  5149,  7441;  therefore  it  is  said,  that  under 
the  shade  of  that  tree  dwelt  the  beast  of  the  field,  and  in  its 
branches  dwelt  the  birds  of  heaven,  and  all  flesh  was  nourished, 
and  next  that  the  beast  of  the  field  beneath  it  fled,  and  the  birds 
from  its  branches. 

9554.  "  Shall  be  from  it  " — that  hereby  is  signified  from  its 
spiritual  principle  which  is  from  celestial  good,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  candlestick,  from  which  the  pomegra- 
nates and  flowers  were  to  be,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Spiritual 
principle  which  is  from  the  Divine  Celestial,  see  above,  n.  9548. 
Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  being  from  it  is  signified  from  the 
spiritual  principle  which  is  from  celestial  good. 

9555.  u  And  six  pipes  going  forth  from  its  sides" — that 
hereby  are  signified  all  things  of  truth  derived  from  good  in 
the  complex,  appears  from  the  signification  of  six,  as  denoting 
all  things  in  the  complex,  see  n.  3960,  7973,  814S  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  pipes  going  forth  from  the  sides,  as  denoting 
truths  derived  from  good.  For  by  the  pipes  from  the  candle- 
stick the  like  is  signified  as  by  the  arms  and  hands  of  a  man, 
inasmuch  as  all  and  singular  the  things  which  are  in  nature 
have  reference  to  the  human  form,  and  are  thence  significative, 
n.  9496,  9553 ;  the  arms  and  hands  in  man  correspond  to 
truths  derived  from  good,  and  hence  to  power,  n.  878,  4931 
to  4937,  5327,  5328,  6292,  6947,  7188,  7189,  7205,  751S, 
7673,  8050,  8153,  8281,  9025,  9133.  From  which  considera- 
tions it  is  evident,  that  by  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the 
sides  are  signified  all  things  of  truth  derived  from  good  in  the 
complex. 

9556.  "  Three  pipes  of  the  candlestick  from  one  6ide  of  it, 
and  three  pipes  of  the  candlestick  from  the  other  side  of  it" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  good  and  truth,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  three,  as  denoting  what  is  full, 
see  n.  2788,  4495,  7715,  9198  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
the  pipes  of  the  candlestick,  as  denoting  truths  derived  from 
good,  and  hence  power,  see  above,  n.  9555 ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  from  one  side  and  from  the  other  side,  as  denoting 
from  good  and  the  truth  thence  derived  ;  for  by  those  things 
which  are  in  the  right  side  of  the  body  are  signified  goods,  and 
by  those  things  which  are  iu  the  left,  the  truths  thence  derived. 


9554—9563.] 


EXODUS. 


355 


as  tlie  right  part  and  loft  of  the  face,  the  right  and  left  eye,  the 
right  and  Left  ear,  the  right  and  left  foot ;  in  like  manner  the 
rest  of  the  things  in  the  body. 

9557.  "Three  bowls  made  like  unto  almonds  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  scientifics  derived  from  good,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  three,  as  denoting  what  is  full, 
as  just  above,  n.  9556  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  bowls  [or 
cups]  as  denoting  scientific  truths  which  are  from  the  good 
of  charity,  see  n.  5120  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  almonds, 
as  denoting  goods  of  life  corresponding  to  truths  of  interior 
natural  good,  see  n.  5622.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  three 
bowls  like  unto  almonds  is  signified  what  is  full  as  to  scientific 
truths  derived  from  good. 

9558.  "  In  one  pipe  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of 
truth  derived  from  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a 
pipe,  as  denoting  truth  derived  from  good,  and  hence  power, 
see  above,  n.  9555. 

9559.  "  A  pomegranate  and  a  flower  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied a  scientific  of  good  and  of  truth,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  pomegranate,  as  denoting  the  scientific  of  good,  see 
n.  9552  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a  flower,  as  denoting  the 
scientific  of  truth,  see  n.  9553. 

9560.  "  And  three  bowls  like  unto  almonds  in  one  pipe,  a 
pomegranate  and  flower" — that  hereby  are  signified  things 
similar  as  those  just  above,  n.  9557,  9558,  9559,  appears  without 
explication. 

9561.  "  So  for  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  truth  derived  from  good 
as  to  all  things  in  the  spiritual  heaven,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  six,  as  denoting  all  things  in  the  complex,  aslibove, 
n.  9555  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  pipes,  as  denoting  truths 
derived  from  good,  and  hence  power,  see  above,  n.  9555,  9558  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  candlestick,  as  denoting  the 
spiritual  heaven,  see  above,  n.  9548.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
by  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick  is  signified 
the  power  of  truth  derived  from  good  as  to  all  things  in  the 
spiritual  heaven. 

9562.  "  And  in  the  candlestick  "—that  hereby  is  signified 
the  middle  by  which  is  conjunction,  and  from  which  are  powers, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  candlestick,  as  denoting 
the  spiritual  heaven,  see  n.  9548,  but  in  this  case,  inasmuch 
as  the  middle  part  is  meant  from  which  the  six  pipes  went 
forth,  by  which  pipes  are  signified  powers,  n.  9558,  therefore 
the  middle  is  signified,  by  which  conjunction  is  effected  and 
from  which  are  powers. 

9563.  "  Four  bowls  like  unto  almonds  " — that  hereby  are 
signified  the  scientifics  of  truth  derived  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting  conjunction,  see  n 


356 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxv 


8877  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  bowls  like  unto  almonds, 
as  denoting  scieiitifics  derived  from  good,  see  above,  n.  9557. 

9564.  "Its  pomegranates  and  its  flowers" — that  hereby  are 
signified  the  scientifics  of  good  and  truth,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  pomegranates,  as  denoting  the  scientifics  of  good, 
see  n.  9552  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  flowers,  as  denoting 

lie  scientiflcs  of  truth,  see  n.  9553. 

9565.  "And  a  pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from  it, 
and  a  pomegranate  under  the  two  pipes  from  it,  and  a  pome- 
granate under  the  two  pipes  from  it  — that  hereby  is  signified 
tlie  scientific  of  good  in  singular  truths,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  a  pomegranate,  as  denoting  the  scientific  of  good,  see 
n.  9552;  and  from  the  signification  of  pipes,  as  denoting  truths 
derived  from  good,  see  n.  9555  ;  its  being  three  times  repeated 
signifies  singulars,  and  in  the  internal  sense  plenary  conjunc- 
tion, ft ir  by  three  is  signified  what  is  plenary,  n.  2788,  4495, 
7715,  !H98 ;  and  by  two,  conjunction,  n.  6S3,  5194,  8423. 

9566.  "  For  the  six  pipes  going  forth  from  the  candlestick  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  truth  derived  from  good 
as  to  all  tilings  in  the  spiritual  heaven,  see  above,  n.  9561. 

9567.  "Tlieir  pomegranates  and  their  pipes  shall  be  from  it 
all  of  it  "-  that  hereby  is  signified  that  the  scientifics  of  good, 
and  powers  shall  be  from  the  Divine  Spiritual  principle,  which 
is  from  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pomegranates, 
as  denoting  the  scientifics  of  good,  see  n.  9552  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  pipes,  as  denoting  truths  derived  from  good, 
and  thence  powers,  see  also  above,  n.  9555,  9558  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  candlestick,  from  which  they  must  be, 
as  denoting  the  Divine  Spiritual  principle,  which  is  in  heaven 
and  in  the  church  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  9548.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  by  the  pomegranates  and  the  pipes  being  from  the 
candlestick,  is  signified  that  the  scientifics  of  good  and  powers 
.-hall  be  from  the  Divine  Spiritual  principle.  How  the  case 
herein  is,  see  what  now  follows. 

9568.  "  One  solid  of  pure  gold" — that  hereby  is  signified 
»vhat  is  entire  and  perfect,  because  from  the  same  good,  ap 
pears  from  the  signification  of  one  solid,  as  denoting  a  whole 
quantity,  thus  all  from  good,  which  is  signified  by  gold,  n. 
9550,  thus  what  is  entire  and  perfect;  for  what  is  wholly  from 
good,  is  entire  and  perfect.  By  what  is  wholly  from  good, 
thus  by  what  is  entire  and  perfect,  is  meant  when  good  is  all 
in  all,  not  only  in  the  truths  which  are  signified  by  the  pipes, 
but  also  in  the  scientifics  which  are  signified  by  the  pomegra- 
nates and  tiowers.  But  it  may  be  expedient  to  say  how  the  case 
herein  is.  It  is  good  which  gives  birth  to  truths,  and  truths 
derived  from  good  are  what  give  birth  to  scientifics,  thus  one 
is  derived  and  produced  from  the  other,  nevertheless  good  is 
'.he  all  in  the  products  a'td  derivatives,  because  they  are  from 


9564—9569.] 


EXODUS. 


357 


good.  The  case  heroin  is  similar  to  that  of  the  end,  the 
cause,  and  the  effect ;  the  end  is  the  all  of  the  cause,  and  the 
cause  is  the  all  of  the  effect,  whence  it  follows  that  the  end 
is  the  all  of  the  effect,  insomuch  that  if  the  end  or  final  cause 
he  removed,  there  is  neither  its  efficient  cause  nor  its  effect. 
In  like  manner  the  celestial  principle,  the  spiritual,  and  the  na- 
tural succeed  each  other  ;  from  the  celestial  is  all  the  spiritual, 
and  from  the  spiritual  is  all  the  natural,  that  is,  from  the  celes- 
tial by  the  spiritual  ;  every  thing  appertaining  to  man  is  called 
celestial  which  is  of  the  good  of  love,  and  every  thing  spiritual 
which  is  of  the  truth  of  faith  thence  derived,  and  ever}'  thing 
natural  which  is  of  the  scientific  principle.  The  reason  why  the 
scientific  principle  is  natural  is,  because  the  scientific  principle 
is  truth  appearing  in  the  light  of  the  world,  whereas  the  truth 
of  faith,  so  far  as  it  is  of  faith  with  man,  is  in  the  light  of  hea- 
ven. From  these  considerations  it  may  now  he  manifest,  how 
one  thing  is  produced  and  derived  from  another,  and  that  the 
first  is  all  in  the  products  and  derivatives,  insomuch  that  if  the 
first  he  removed,  the  things  which  thence  succeed  perish.  That 
the  Divine  [principle]  is  the  first  of  all  things,  every  one  may 
know  who  possesses  any  faculty  of  perception,  wherefore  it  is 
all  in  al»  of  the  order  of  things,  thus  in  all  things  of  good  and 
of  truth,  which  constitute  heaven,  and  which  constitute  the  life 
of  heaven  with  man  ;  consequently  good  from  the  Divine  [pr'.n- 
eiple]  is  in  all  the  truths  of  faith,  and  if  good  be  not  the  all  *n 
them,  and  if  tb'.  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord  be  not  the  all 
in  good,  man  has  not  any  thing  of  heaven,  consequently  not 
any  thing  of  the  church  in  himself.  But  the  Divine  [principle] 
of  the  Lord  is  then  in  all  things  of  good,  and  thenc  in  all 
things  of  truth  appertaining  to  man,  when  man  wills  from  love 
and  believes  from  the  faith  thence  derived,  that  all  good  and 
all  truth,  thus  the  all  of  love  and  the  all  of  faith  is  from  the 
Lord,  and  nothing  at  all  from  himself;  also  that  he  possesses 
ro  much  of  the  truth  of  faith,  as  he  receives  of  good  from  the 
Lord  ;  for,  as  was  said,  good  is  the  all  in  all  of  trum,  and  truth 
without  good  is  truth  without  life.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  be  manifest  what  is  meant  by  what  is  entire  and  perfect, 
because  from  the  same  good,  which  is  signified  by  one  solid  of 
pure  gold. 

9569.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  its  seven  lamps  " — that  hereby 
are  signified  holy  spiritual  tilings  thence  derived,  appeal's  from 
the  signification  of  a  lamp,  as  denoting  faith  aird  the  intelli- 
gence of  truth,  which  is  from  the  Lord  alone,  see  n.  9548  ;  thus 
what  is  spiritual,  for  the  Divine  Truth,  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
and  which  gives  birth  to  faith,  to  intelligence  and  wisdom,  is 
spiritual;  and  from  the  signification  of  seven,  as  denoting  what 
is  holy,  see  n.  395,  433,  716,  881,  5265,  526S.  The  reason 
why  the  lamps  were  seven  in  number  was.  because  the  Div  i 


358 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


Truth,  from  which  comes  faith,  intelligence  and  wisdom,  is 
what  is  called  holy,  by  reason  that  it  proceeds  from  the  Divine 
Good  of  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord,  and  the  Divine  Good  of 
the  Divine  Love  is  what  sanctities.  Hence  it  was  that  sanctifi- 
cations  were  effected  by  oil,  as  the  sanctification  of  the  tent, 
and  of  all  things  therein,  of  the  altar  of  Aaron  and  his  sons, 
and  of  their  garments,  and  afterwards  of  kings,  whence  they 
were  called  the  anointed,  for  oil  signifies  the  good  of  love,  n. 
886,  3728,  4582,  4638. 

9570.  "  And  let  it  make  its  lamps  to  ascend" — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  light  of  the  spiritual  heaven,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  making  the  lamps  to  ascend,  as  denoting  to  kin- 
dle light  there,  that  they  may  illuminate,  and  whereas  by  the 
candlestick  was  represented  the  spiritual  heaven,  n.  954S,  there 
fore  by  making  the  lamps  to  ascend,  is  signitied  the  light  of  the 
spiritual  heaven.  The  light  of  the  spiritual  heaven  is  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  thence  faith  and  the  in- 
telligence of  truth,  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  see  what  was 
cited,  n.  9548.  It  may  be  expedient  to  say  briefly  how  the 
case  is  with  the  light  of  the  spiritual  heaven.  In  the  Lord's 
celestial  kingdom,  which  is  the  inmost  or  third  heaven,  there 
;.s  light  which  immensely  transcends  the  light  that  is  in  the 
Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  which  is  the  middle  or  second  heaven  ; 
rhe  light,  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  or  of  the  inmost  heaven, 
does  not  appear  as  light,  but  as  flame  ;  the  reason  is,  because 
in  that  heaven  the  good  of  love  reigns,  and  the  good  of  love  is 
exhibited  by  flame  in  heaven;  but  in  the  Lord's  spiritual  king- 
dom, which  is  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  there  is  light, 
which  immensely  transcends  the  light  of  the  world,  nevertheless 
it  appears  white,  the  reason  is,  because  in  that  heaven  the  truth 
of  faith,  derived  from  the  good  of  charity,  reigns  ;  and  the  truth 
of  faith,  derived  from  that  good,  is  exhibited  by  white  light  in 
heaven.  Hence  also  by  light  in  the  Word  is  signitied  the  truth 
which  is  from  good,  and  in  the  supreme  sense  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest,  what  is  meant  by  the 
light  of  the  spiritual  heaven,  and  what  by  the  flame  of  rhe 
lamp,  from  which  that  light  proceeds. 

9571.  "  And  let  it  illuminate  over  against  its  faces" — that 
hereby  is  signitied  from  the  Divine  Good  oftheDivino  Human 
[principle]  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  illu- 
minating, as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  for  this  is  what  illuminates  heaven, 
and  the  angels  themselves  there,  also  the  church,  and  the  men 
therein, who  are  in  faith  grounded  in  good  ;  illumination  thence 
derived  is  illumination  of  the  mind,  whence  comes  intelligence 
and  wisdom  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith.  The  mind  is  illu- 
minated by  the  Word,  because  the  Word  is  Divine  Truth  from 


9570-  -9573.] 


EXODUS. 


359 


the  Lord  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  faces,  when  concerning 
the  Lord,  as  denoting  all  that  which  is  from  the  Divine  Good 
of  His  Divine  Love,  see  n.  9545,  9546.  The  reason  why  it  de- 
notes from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord,  is  because  the  Divine  Unman  [principle]  of  the 
Lord  is  the  source  of  light  in  heaven,  for  it  is  the  sun  of  heaven, 
from  which  comes  light,  and  the  light  thence  proceeding  is  Di- 
vine Truth,  see  n.  1053,  1521  to  1533, 1619  to  1632,  2776,  3094, 
3138,  3167,  3190,  3195,  3222,  3223,  3337,  3339,  3341,  3636, 
:;t;4  :,  3S62,  3993,  4060,  41S0,  4302,  440S,  4414,  4415,  4419, 
4.VJ7,  4598,  5400,  6032,  6313,  6315,  6608.  6907,  7174,  8644, 
8707,  SS61,  9399,  9407.  And  that  the  Lord  is  the  sun  of 
heaven,  n.  1053,  1521,  1529,  1530,  1531,  2441,  3636,  3643, 
4321,  5097,  7078,  7171,  7173,  8644,  8812.  The  Divine  Human 
[principle]  of  the  Lord  is  the  source  of  light  in  heaven,  inas- 
much as  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  cannot  be  seen  but 
under  a  human  form,  as  the  Lord  also  has  taught  in  John,  "  No 
one  hath  seen  God  at  any  time,  the  only-begotten  Son,  who  is  in 
the  bosom  of  the  Father,  He  hath  brought  Him  forth  [to  view~\," 
i.  18.  And  again,  "Ye  have  neither  heard  the  voice  of  the 
Father  at  any  time,  nor  seen  His  shape,"  v.  37. 

1».">72.  "  And  its  tongs  and  its  snuff-dishes  " — that  hereby  are 
signified  things  purificatory  and  evacuatory  in  the  natural 
principle,  appears  from  the  signification  of  tongs  and  snuff- 
dishes,  as  denoting  things  to  snuff  with,  thus  things  purifita 
tory  and  evacuatory.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  in  the  natura^ 
principle  is,  because  the  natural  principle  is  the  snuffer,  thue 
the  purificatory  and  evacuatory  principle  ;  for  all  the  things 
which  are  of  the  internal  or  spiritual  man  descend  even  into  the 
natural  principle,  and  are  purified,  for  in  that  principle  things 
filthy  and  superfluous  are  discharged,  and  things  suitable  for 
u>cs  are  arranged.  That  these  effects  are  wrought  in  the  natu- 
ral principle  may  be  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  the 
internal  or  spiritual  man,  whilst  he  is  in  the  body,  thinks  in  the 
natural  principle,  and  brings  forth  or  utters  what  he  thinks  in 
the  corporeal  principle,  and  also  wills  in  the  natural  principle, 
and  what  he  wills  brings  fo>-fh  into  action  in  the  corporeal  prin- 
ciple ;  wherefore  in  those  principles  are  things  evacuatory  and 
for  snuffing.  This  is  signified  by  cashing  of  the  feet,  concern- 
ing which  the  Lord  thus  speaks  in  John,  "  He  that  is  washed, 
hath  no  need  save  to  wash  his  feet,  and  is  wholly  clean"  xiii.  10. 
"V ashing  signified  the  purification  of  the  internal  man,  n.  3147, 
o954,  i)ot>$  ;  and  feet  the  natural  principle,  n.  2162,  3147,  3701, 
3986,  4280,  4938  to  4952. 

9573.  "  Of  pure  gold  " — that  hereby  is  signified  also  from 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love,  see  above,  n.  9549.    Why  things  purificatory  and 


360 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


evacuatory  were  also  to  be  from  good,  is  manifest  from  what 
was  shown  above,  n.  9568. 

9574.  "  A  talent  of  pure  gold  thou  shalt  make  it  with  all 
those  vessels  " — that  hereby  is  signified  celestial  good,  from 
which  is  spiritual  good  with  its  scientitics,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  talent  of  pure  gold,  as  denoting  one  good  from 
which  are  all  things  ;  for  a  talent  is  one,  and  gold  is  good,  n. 
9549  ;  and  the  vessels,  which  were  also  to  be  from  the  same 
good,  are  scientifics,  n.  9557,  9559,  9560,  9563,  9564 ;  that 
vessels  in  general  are  truths  and  scientifics,  see  n.  3068,  3079, 
9394,  9544.  Inasmuch  as  good  must  be  all  in  all  to  products 
and  derivatives,  thus  good  celestial  must  be  in  spiritual  goods, 
and  thence  in  scientifics,  n.  9568  ;  therefore  it  is  said,  that  the 
candlestick  should  be  made  solid  of  pure  gold,  n.  9549,  9550  ; 
and  that  the  shaft,  the  pipe,  the  bowls,  the  pomegranates  and 
flowers,  should  be  from  it,  n.  9551,  9552,  9553,  9554  ;  and  here, 
that  he  should  make  it  of  a  talent  of  pure  gold  witli  all  those 
vessels. 

9575.  Yerse  40.  And  see  and  make  in  the  form  of  those 
things,  which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain.  And  see 
and  make  in  the  form  of  those  things,  signifies  a  representative 
of  all  things.  Which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain, 
signifies  which  with  the  eyes  of  the  spirit  was  seen  in  heaven. 

9576.  "And  see  and  make  in  the  form  of  those  things" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  all  things,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  a  form,  as  being  a  representative,  as 
above,  n.  9181,  9482,  in  this  case  of  heaven  where  the  Lord  is, 
and  of  all  things  of  heaven,  or  of  all  things  of  the  Lord  in 
heaven,  for  the  form  of  the  ark  is  meant  of  the  habitation,  of 
the  table  for  the  breads  of  faces,  of  the  candlestick,  and  of  the 
vessels,  by  which  are  represented  the  heaven  where  the  Lord 
is  and  heavenly  things. 

9577.  "Which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain" — 
that  hereby  is  signified,  which  with  the  eyes  of  the  spirit  were 
seen  in  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  seeing,  when 
concerning  representatives  in  heaven,  as  denoting  to  see  with 
the  eyes  of  the  spirit,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently;  and 
from  the  signification  of  Mount  Sinai,  as  denoting  heaven,  see 
n.  88U5,  94i'U.  In  respect  to  seeing,  when  concerning  the  re- 
presentatives which  appear  in  heaven,  as  denoting  to  see  with 
the  eyes  of  the  spirit,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  angelic  spirits, 
who  are  in  the  ultimate  or  first  heaven,  continually  see  forms 
of  things  like  to  those  which  are  in  the  world,  as  paradises, 
trees  therein  with  fruits,  flowers  and  plants,  also  houses,  pa- 
laces, and  likewise  animals  of  several  kinds,  besides  innumer- 
able other  things  which  are  not  seen  in  the  world.  All  those 
things  are  representatives  of  the  celestial  things  which  are  in 


9574 — U577.J 


EXODUS. 


361 


the  superior  heavens,  and  which  in  the  first  heaven  are  exhi- 
bited in  form,  thus  before  the  eyes  of  spirits  beneath,  that  ap 
angelic  spirit  can  thence  know  and  perceive  singular  the  things 
which  exist  in  the  superior  heavens  ;  for  all  things  as  to  the 
most  singular  represent  and  signify.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest 
what  is  meant  by  the  representative  of  heaven,  and  of  the  hea- 
venly things  which  are  signified  by  the  ark,  the  cherubs,  the 
habitation,  the  tables  therein  and  the  candlestick.  Such  things 
cannot  be  seen  by  the  eyes  of  man,  whilst  he  is  in  the  world, 
for  those  eyes  are  formed  to  apprehend  terrestrial  and  corpo- 
real things,  thus  things  material.  They  are  therefore  so  gross, 
that  they  cannot  even  apprehend  by  vision  the  interior  things 
of  nature,  as  may  be  sufficiently  manifest  from  the  optical 
glasses,  with  which  they  must,  be  armed,  in  order  to  see  those 
things  only  which  are  proximately  of  interior  nature.  In  a 
word,  the}'  are  most  dull,  and  being  of  such  a  quality,  the 
representatives  which  appear  to  spirits  in  the  other  life,  cannot 
be  at  all  seen  by  them,  but  if  those  representatives  must  ap- 
pear, the  lumen  of  the  world  must  be  taken  away  from  the 
eyes,  in  which  case  the  things  which  are  of  the  light  of  heaven 
are  seen ;  for  there  is  a  light  of  heaven,  and  there  is  a  light 
of  the  world ;  the  light  of  heaven  is  for  the  spirit  of  man,  and 
the  light  of  the  world  for  his  body ;  and  the  case  herein  is 
this.  Those  things  which  are  in  the  light  of  heaven  are  in  thick 
darkness,  so  long  as  man  sees  from  the  light  of  the  world  ;  and 
vice  versa,  those  things  which  are  in  the  light  of  the  world  are 
in  thick  darkness,  when  man  sees  from  the  light  of  heaven. 
Hence  it  is,  that  when  the  light  of  the  world  is  taken  away  from 
the  sight  of  the  corporeal  eye,  the  eyes  of  man's  spirit  are  then 
opened,  and  those  things  are  seen  which  are  in  the  light  of 
heaven,  thus  the  representative  forms,  as  was  said  above. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  known  whence  it  is  that 
man  at  this  day  is  in  thick  darkness  concerning  heavenly  things, 
and  some  in  darkness  so  great,  that  they  do  not  even  believe 
that  life  after  death  is  given,  thus  they  do  not  believe  that 
themselves  are  to  live  for  ever.  For  man  at  this  day  is  so  much 
immersed  in  the  body,  thus  in  things  corporeal,  terrestrial  and 
worldly,  and  hence  in  so  gross  a  light  of  the  world,  that  hea- 
venly things  are  altogether  thick  darkness  to  him,  and  therefore 
the  sight  of  his  spirit  cannot  be  enlightened.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  is  now  evident,  that  the  eyes  of  the  spirit  were 
those  with  which  Moses  saw  the  form  of  the  tent  in  Mount 
Sinai. 


362 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxv. 


OF  THE  EARTHS  IN  THE  STARRY  HEAVEN ;  IN  THIS  PLACE  OF 
THE  FIRST  EARTH  WHICH  WAS  THERE  SEEN. 

9578.  /  WAS  led  by  angels  from  the  Lord  to  a  certain  earth 
in  the  universe,  where  it  was  given  to  look  into  the  earth  itself , 
yet  not  to  discourse  with  the  inhabitants  there,  but  viith  the  spirits 
who  come  from  thence.  For  all  the  inhabitants,  or  men  of  every 
earth,  after  finishing  their  life  in  the  world  become  spirits,  and 
remain  about  their  own  earth.  From  them,  however,  informa 
tion  is  given  concerning  the  earth,  and  concerning  the  state  of 
the  inhabitants  there  ;  for  men,  wlio  depart  out  of  the  body, 
carry  along  with  them  all  their  former  life,  and  all  their  me- 
mory. 

9579.  To  be  led  to  the  earths  in  the  universe,  is  not  to  be 
led  and  translated  thither  as  to  the  body,  but  as  to  the  spirit  ; 
and  the  spirit  is  not  led  by  spaces,  but  by  variations  of  the  state 
of  interior  life,  which  appear  to  it  as  progressions  through  spaces, 
see  n.  5605,  7381,  9440  ;  approaches  are  also  made  according 
to  agreements  and  similitudes  of  states,  for  agreement  or  simi- 
litude of  stale  conjoins,  and  disagreement  or  dissimilitude  dis- 
joins. Hence  it  may  be  manifest  in  what  manner  translation  is 
effected  as  to  the  spirit,  and  its  approach  to  things  remote, 
whilst  the  man  still  remains  in  his  own  place. 

9580.  But  to  lead  the  spirit  by  variations  of  the  state  of  its 
interiors  out  of  its  own  orb,  and  to  cause  the  variations  suc- 
cessively to  proceed,  even  to  a  state  agreeing  with  or  like  to 
those  to  wliom  it  is  led,  is  in  the  power  of  the  Lord  alone  ;  for 
there  must  be  continual  direction  and  foresight  from  first  to 
last,  forwards  and  backwards  ;  especially  to  produce  this  effect 
with  a  man,  who  is  yet  as  to  the  body  in  the  world  of  nature, 
and  thereby  in  space. 

95f»l.  That  this  effect  has  been  wrought,  they  who  are  in 
sensual  corporeal  principles,  and  think  from  them,  cannot  be 
induced  to  believe  ;  the  reason  is,  because  sensual  corporeal 
things  cannot  apprehend  progressions  without  spaces.  Never- 
theless they  who  think  from  the  sensual  principle  of  their  spirit 
in  some  degree  removed  or  withdrawn  from  the  sensual  princi- 
ple of  the  body,  thus  interiorly  in  themselves,  may  be  induced  to 
believe  and  may  apprehend,  inasmuch  as  in  the  idea  of  their 
thought,  there  is  neither  space  nor  time,  but  instead  thereof  such 
things  as  give  birth  to  spaces  and  times  ;  for  the  use  of  these 
latter  therefore,  the  things  u>hich  follow  concerning  the  earths 
in  the  starry  heaven  are  written,  and  not  for  the  former,  unless 
they  be  such  as  to  suffer  themselves  to  be  instructed. 

9582.  In  a  leaking  state  I  was  led,  as  to  the  spirit,  by  an 
gels  from  the  Lord  to  a  certain  earth  in  the  universe,  some  spirits 


9578—9586.] 


EXODUS. 


363 


from  this  orl  accompanying  me  ;  progression  was  made  to  the 
right,  which  continued  two  hours.  About  the  end  of  our  solar 
system,  there  appeared  first  a  whitish  cloud,  but  dense,  and 
after  it  a  fiery  smoke,  ascending  from  a  great  gulf ;  it  was  a 
great  whirlpool  separating,  on  that  side  our  solar  world,  from 
certain  worlds  of  the  starry  heaven.  The  fiery  smoke  appeared 
at  a  considerable  distance.  I  was  carried  beyond  that  medium., 
and  then  there  appeared  underneath  in  that  gulf  or  whirlpool 
several  men,  who  were  spirits.  (For  spirits  appear  all  in  a 
human  form,  and  actually  are  men,  n.  322,  1»81).  I  heard 
them  also  discoursing  there  among  one  another,  but  whence 
they  were,  and  of  what  quality,  it  was  not  given  to  know  ;  yet 
one  of  them  told  me,  that  they  were  guards  to  prevent  spirits 
passing  from  this  world  into  any  other  in  the  universe  without 
leave  given. 

9583.  That  this  was  the  case  was  also  confirmed,  for  certain 
spirits,  who  were  in  the  company,  to  whom  it  was  not  permit- 
ted to  pass,  when  they  came  to  that  great  interstice,  began  to 
cry  out  exceedingly  that  they  were  perishing,  for  they  were  like 
those  who  are  struggling  in  the  agonies  of  death  ;  wherefore 
they  stopped  short  on  tlmt  side  of  the  whirlpool,  nor  could  they 
be  translated  further  ;  for  the  fiery  smoke  exhaling  from  the 
wliirlpool  seized  them,  and  thus  tormented  them.  A  fiery 
smoke  is  the  false  derived  from  evils  of  concupiscences;  so 
that  false  appears. 

95 34.  The  subject  concerning  the  first  earth  seen  in  the 
starry  heaven,  will  be  continued  at  the  close  of  tlie  following 
chapter. 


EXODUS. 

CIIAPTEE  THE  TWENTY-SIXTH. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9585.  ALL  that  is  called  Freedom  which  is  of  the  will,  thus 
which  is  of  the  love,  hence  it  is  that  freedom  manifests  itself 
by  the  delight  of  willing  and  of  thinking,  and  thence  of  doing 
and  of  speaking ;  for  all  delight  is  of  love,  and  all  love  is  of 
the  will,  and  the  will  is  the  esse  of  the  life  of  man. 

9586.  To  do  evil  from  the  delight  of  love  appears  like  free 


364 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xsvi. 


dom,  but  it  is  servitude,  because  it  is  from  hell.  To  do  good 
from  the  delight  of  love  appears  like  freedom,  aud  also  is  free- 
dom, because  it  is  from  the  Lord.  Servitude  therefore  consists 
in  being  led  of  hell,  and  fieedom  in  being  led  of  the  Lord. 
This  the  Lord  teaches  in  John,  '•'•Every  one  that  doeth  sin  is 
the  servant  of sin ;  the  servant  abideth  not  in  the  house  for 
ever  ,*  the  Son  abideth  for  ever if  the  Son  shall  make  you  free, 
ye  shall  be  truly  free"  viii.  34,  35,  36. 

9587.  The  Lord  keeps  man  in  the  freedom  of  thinking,  and 
so  far  as  external  restraints,  which  are  the  fear  of  the  law  and 
of  life,  and  the  fear  of  the  loss  of  reputation,  of  honor,  and  of 
gain  do  not  hinder,  he  keeps  him  in  the  freedom  of  doing  ;  but 
by  freedom  he  bends  him  away  from  evil,  and  by  freedom  bends 
to  good,  leading  man  so  gently  and  tacitly,  that  he  knows  no 
other  than  that  all  proceeds  from  himself.  Thus  the  Lord  in 
freedom  inseminates  and  in-roots  good  into  the  very  life  of  man, 
which  good  remains  to  eternity.  This  the  Lord  thus  teaches  in 
Mark,  "  The  kingdom  of  God  is  asa  man  who  casts  seed  into  the 
earth,  which  germinates  and  grows  whilst  he  himself  is  ignorant  / 
the  earth  beareth fruit  of  her  own  accord"  iv.  26,  27,  28.  The 
kingdom  of  God  is  heaven  with  man,  thus  the  good  of  love 
and  the  truth  of  faith. 

958S.  What  is  inseminated  in  freedom,  this  remains,  because 
it  is  in-rooted  in  the  very  will  of  man,  which  is  the  esse  of  his 
life.  But  what  is  inseminated  in  a  state  of  compulsion,  this 
does  not  remain,  because  what  is  of  compulsion  is  not  from  the 
will  of  man,  but  is  of  him  who  compels.  Hence  it  is,  that  wor- 
ship grounded  in  freedom  is  pleasing  to  the  Lord,  but  not  wor- 
ship from  compulsion  ;  for  worship  grounded  in  freedom  is 
worship  from  the  love,  inasmuch  as  all  freedom  is  of  love. 

95S9.  There  is  heavenly  freedom  and  there  is  infernal  free- 
dom ;  heavenly  freedom  consists  in  being  led  of  the  Lord,  and 
this  freedom  is  the  love  of  good  and  of  truth.  But  infernal 
freedom  consists  in  being  led  of  the  devil,  and  this  freedom  is 
the  love  of  evil  and  of  the  false,  properly  it  is  concupiscence. 

9590.  They  who  are  in  infernal  freedom  believe  that  there  is 
servitude  and  compulsion  in  not  being  allowed  to  do  evil  and  to 
tli ink  what  is  false  at  pleasure.  But  they  who  are  in  heavenly 
freedom,  dread  to  do  evil  and  to  think  what  is  false,  and  if 
they  are  compelled  thereto,  they  are  tormented. 

9591.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  what 
Free-will  is,  namely,  that  it  consists  in  doing  ^ood  from  de 
termination  or  from  the  will ;  and  that  they  are  in  that  free- 
dom, who  are  led  of  the  Lord. 


95S7— 9591.] 


EXODUS. 


365 


CHAPTEE  XXTf. 

1.  A1SD  thou  shalt  make  the  habitation,  ten  curtains,  of 
tine  linen  woven  together,  and  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet 
doable-dyed,  with  cherubs,  the  work  of  a  contriver  thou  shalt 
make  them. 

2.  The  length  of  one  curtain  eight  and  twenty  in  a  cubit, 
and  the  breadth  four  in  a  cubit,  one  curtain.  One  measure  for 
all  the  curtains. 

3.  Five  curtains  shall  be  joined  together,  each  to  the  other, 
and  five  curtains  shall  be  joined  together,  each  to  the  otbor 

4.  And  thou  shalt  make  loops  of  blue  upon  the  edge  of  ^nc 
curtain  from  the  extremity  in  the  joint,  and  so  shalt  thou  mak^ 
in  the  edge  of  the  extreme  curtain  in  the  other  coupling 

5.  Fifty  loops  thou  shalt  make  in  one  curtain,  and  fifty 
loops  thou  shalt  make  in  the  extremity  of  the  curtain  which 
is  in  the  other  coupling.  The  loops  shall  be  taken  up,  each  to 
tbe  other. 

6.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  little  handles  of  gold,  and  thou 
shalt  join  together  the  curtains  each  to  the  other  in  the  little 
handles  :  and  it  shall  be  one  habitation. 

7.  And  thou  shalt  make  curtains  of  goats  [hair]  for  the  tents 
over  the  habitation,  eleven  curtains  thou  shalt  make  them. 

8.  The  length  of  one  curtain  thirty  in  a  cubit,  and  the 
breadth  four  in  a  cubit,  one  curtain,  one  measure  for  the  eleven 
curtains. 

9.  And  thou  shalt  join  together  five  curtains  only,  and  six 
curtains  only,  and  thou  shalt  double  the  sixth  curtain  over 
against  the  faces  of  the  tent. 

10.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  loops  upon  the  edge  of  one 
curtain  outmost  in  the  joining,  and  fifty  loops  upon  the  edge 
of  the  curtain  of  the  other  joining. 

11.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  little  handles  of  brass,  and 
thou  shalt  put  the  little  handles  into  the  loops,  and  shalt  join 
together  the  tent,  that  it  may  be  one. 

12.  And  what  is  redundant  superfluous  in  the  curtains  of  the 
tent,  half  of  the  suj^erfluous  curtain  thou  shalt  make  to  redound 
over  the  hinder  parts  of  the  habitation. 

13.  And  a  cubit  on  this  side  and  a  cubit  on  that  side  in  what 
is  superfluous  in  the  lengths  of  the  curtains  of  the  tent  shall  be 
redundant  over  the  sides  of  the  habitation  on  this  side  and  on 
that  side  to  cover  it. 

14.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  tbe  tent  of  the  skins 
of  red  rams,  and  a  covering  of  the  skins  of  badgers  from  above. 

15.  And  thou  shalt  make  planks  for  the  habitation  of  shit- 
tim-wood,  standing. 

16.  Ten  cubits  the  length  of  a  plank,  and  a  cubit  and  half 
"V  cubit  the  breadth  of  one  plank. 


366 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


17.  Two  hands  to  one  plank  combined,  each  to  the  other. 
So  shalt  thou  do  to  .-ill  the  planks  of  the  habitation. 

18.  And  thou  shaU  make  planks  for  the  habitation,  twenty 
lanks  for  the  corner  of  the  south  southward. 

19.  And  thou  shalt  make  forty  bases  of  silver  under  the 
twenty  planks,  two  bases  under  one  plank  for  its  two  hands  ; 
and  two  bases  under  one  plank  for  its  two  hands. 

20.  And  for  the  other  side  of  the  habitation  at  the  corner  of 
the  north  twenty  planks. 

21.  And  their  forty  bases  of  silver,  two  bases  under  one 
plank,  and  two  bases  under  one  plank. 

22.  And  for  the  two  legs  of  the  habitation  towards  the  sea 
*hou  shalt  make  six  planks. 

23.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  planks  for  the  corners  of  the 
habitation  in  the  two  legs. 

24.  And  they  shall  be  twinned  from  beneath,  and  they  shall 
be  twinned  together  at  its  head,  at  one  ring;  so  shall  it  be  for 
them  both,  at  the  two  corners  they  shall  be. 

25.  And  there  shall  be  eight  planks  and  their  bases  of  silver, 
sixteen  bases,  two  bases  under  one  plank,  and  two  bases  under 
one  plank. 

26.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood,  for  the 
fi.ve  planks  of  one  side  of  the  habitation. 

27.  And  five  staves  for  the  planks  of  the  other  side  of  the 
habitation,  and  five  staves  for  the  planks  of  the  side  of  the  ha 
bitation  at  the  two  legs  towards  the  sea. 

28.  And  a  middle  stave  in  the  middle  of  the  planks  passing 
from,  extremity  to  extremity. 

29.  And  thou  shalt  cover  the  planks  over  with  gold,  and 
thou  shalt  make  their  rings  of  gold,  houses  for  the  staves,  and 
thou  shalt  cover  over  the  staves  with  gold. 

30.  And  thou  shalt  set  the  habitation  according  to  the  mode 
which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain. 

31.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  vail  of  blue  and  purple  and 
scarlet  double-dyed  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  with  the 
work  of  a  contriver  he  shall  make  it,  with  cherubs. 

32.  And  thou  shalt  give  it  upon  four  pillars  of  shittira  covered 
over  with  gold,  and  their  hooks  of  gold,  upon  four  bases  of  silver. 

33.  And  thou  shall  give  the  vail  under  the  little  handles, 
and  thou  shalt  bring  in  the  ark  of  the  testimony  thither  from 
within  the  vail ;  and  let  the  vail  distinguish  for  you  between  the 
holy  and  the  holy  of  holies. 

34.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitiatory  over  the  ark  of  the 
testimony  in  the  holy  of  holies. 

35.  And  thou  shalt  set  the  table  from  without  the  vail,  and 
the  candlestick  over  against  the  table  on  the  side  of  the  habi- 
tation towards  the  6outh,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  table  to  the 
side  of  the  north. 


9592— 9594.  J 


EXODUS. 


387 


3G.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  the  door  of  the  tent 
with  bine  and  purple  and  scarlet  double-dyed  and  tine  linen 
woven  together,  the  work  of  one  that  uses  the  needle. 

37.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  the  covering  five  pillars  of  shit- 
tim,  and  shall  cover  them  over  with  gold,  and  their  hooks 
shall  be  of  gold,  and  thou  shalt  cast  for  them  live  bases  of 
brass. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9592.  IN  this  chapter  is  represented  another  or  the  middle 
heaven  by  the  habitation  and  the  tent;  and  the  celestial  and 
spiritual  things  therein  are  represented  by  those  things  of  which 
the  habitation  and  tent  were  constructed.  And  afterwards  is 
represented  the  medium  uniting  this  heaven  and  the  inmost 
heaven,  by  the  vail  between  the  habitation  and  the  ark  of  the 
testimony. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9593.  TERSE  1.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  habitation,  ten 
curtains,  of  fine  linen  woven  together,  and  blue  and  purple,  and 
scarlet  double-dyed,  with  cherubs,  the  work  of  a  contriver  thou 
shalt  make  them.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  habitation,  signities 
another  or  the  middle  heaven.  Ten  curtains,  signities  all  the 
truths  of  which  it  is  formed.  With  fine  linen  woven  together, 
and  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  signifies  the 
spiritual  and  celestial  things  from  which  those  truths  are  deriv- 
ed. With  cherubs,  signifies  the  guard  of  the  Lord  lest  it  should 
be  come  at  and  hurt  by  the  hells.  The  work  of  a  contriver  thou 
shalt  make  them,  signifies  the  intellectual  principle. 

9594.  u  And  thou  6h alt  make  the  habitation" — that  hereby 
is  signified  another  or  the  middle  heaven,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  habitation,  when  relating  to  the  Divine  [being 
or  principle],  as  denoting  heaven,  properly  the  middle  or  second 
heaven.  It  is  a  known  thing  that  there  are  three  heavens,  the 
inmost,  the  middle,  and  the  ultimate,  or  the  third,  the  second, 
and  the  first.  All  those  heavens  were  represented  by  the  taber- 
nacle ;  by  the  ark  where  the  testimony  was,  the  inmost  or  third 
heaven ;  by  the  habitation  where  the  table  for  the  breads  of 
faces  was  and  the  candlestick,  the  middle  or  second  heaven  ; 
and  by  the  court,  the  ultimate  or  first  heaven.  The  reason 
why  there  are  three  heavens  is,  because  there  are  three  degree* 


368 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


of  life  appertaining  to  man  ;  (for  man  who  becomes  an  angel 
after  death,  constitutes  heaven,  nor  have  the  angels  nor  the 
heavens  a.iy  other  origin  ;)  the  inmost  degree  of  his  life  is  for 
the  inmost  Leaven ;  the  middle  degree  of  life  for  the  middle 
heaven  ;  and  the  ultimate  for  the  ultimate  heaven  ;  and  whereas 
man  is  such,  or  so  formed,  and  heaven  is  from  the  human  race, 
therefore  there  are  three  heaveus.    Those  degrees  of  life  apper- 
taining to  man  are  opened  successively  ;  the  first  degree  by  a 
life  according  to  what  is  equitable  and  just ;  the  second  degree 
by  a  life  according  to  the  truths  of  faith  derived  from  the  Word, 
and  according  to  the  goods  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor 
thence  derived  ;  and  the  third  degree  according  to  the  good  of 
mutual  love,  and  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord.    These  are  the 
means  whereby  those  three  degrees  of  life  appertaining  to  man, 
thus  the  three  heavens  appertaining  to  him,  are  successively 
opened.    But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  so  far  as  man  recedes  from 
good  of  life,  and  accedes  to  evil  of  life,  so  far  those  degrees 
are  closed,  that  is,  so  far  the  heavens  appertaining  to  him  are 
closed,  for  as  the  good  of  life  opens  them,  so  evil  of  life  closes 
them  ;  hence  it  is,  that  all  who  are  in  evil  are  out  of  heaven, 
thus  in  hell.    And  whereas  the  heavens  appertaining  to  man 
are  successively  opened  according  to  the  good  of  his  life,  as 
was  said  above,  it  is  to  be  noted  that  on  this  account  with  some 
the  first  heaven  is  opened  and  not  the  second,  and  with  some 
the  second  heaven  is  opened  and  not  the  third;  and  that  the 
third  heaven  is  opened  with  those  only,  who  are  in  the  good  of 
life  from  love  to  the  Lord.    That  man  is  a  heaven  in  the  least 
form  ;  and  that  he  was  created  to  be  an  image  both  of  heaven 
and  of  the  world,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9279.    The  inmost 
heaven  therefore  is  what  is  represented  by  the  ark  of  the  testi- 
mony, treated  of  in  the  foregoing  chapter;  the  middle  heaven 
is  what  is  represented  by  the  liabitation,  treated  of  in  this 
chapter;  and  the  ultimate  heaven  is  what  is  represented  by  the 
court  treated  of  in  the  following  chapter,    lieaveu  is  called 
the  habitation  of  God  from  thih  consideration,  that  the  Divine 
jprinciple]  of  the  Lord  inhabits  there,  for  it  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  which  makes 
..eaven,  inasmuch  as  it  gives  life  to  the  angels  who  are  there  ; 
and  whereas  the  Lord  dwells  in  that  which  is  from  Himself 
with  the  angels,  n.  9338,  therefore  heaven  is  called  the  habi- 
tation of  God,  and  the  Divine  Truths  themselves,  derived  from 
Divine  Good,  the  receptions  of  which  are  angels  or  angelic 
societies,  are  called  habitations ;   as  in  David,  "  Send  Thy 
light  and  Thy  truth,  let  these  lead  me,  let  them  lead  me  to  the 
mountain  of  holiness,  and  to  Thy  habitations,  that  I  may 
enter  in  to  the  altar  of  God  to  God,"  Psahn  xliii.  3,  4.  Again, 
u  A  river,  the  streams  whereof  shall  make  glad  the  city  of 
God,  the  holy  of  the  habitations  of  the  Most  High,"  Psalm 


9594,  9595.] 


EXODUS. 


369 


xlvi.  4.  Again,  "  They  have  profaned  the  habitation  of  Thy 
name  to  the  earth,"  Psalm  lxxiv.  7.  Again,  "  How  lovely  are 
Thy  habitations,  Jehovah"  Psalm  lxxxiv.  1.  That  they  are  the 
Divine  things  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord, '  which  are  properly  called  habitations,  and  that 
hence  heaven  itself  is  called  a  habitation,  is  also  manifest  from 
David,  ';  He  hath  sworn  to  Jehovah,  he  hath  vowed  to  the 
Mighty  One  of  Jacob,  I  will  not  give  sleep  to  mine  eyes  until 
I  have  found  a  place  for  Jehovah,  habitations  for  the  Mighty 
One  of  Jacob  :  lo  !  we  have  heard  of  Him  in  Ephrata,  we  have 
found  Him  in  the  fields  of  the  forest,  vie  will  enter  into  His 
habitations"  Psalm  cxxxii.  2,  4  to  7.  The  Mighty  One  of 
Jacob  is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  n.  G425  ; 
Ephrata,  where  He  was  to  be  found,  is  Bethlehem,  where  He 
was  born,  Gen.  xxxv.  19  ;  chap,  xlviii.  7  ;  Micah  v.  2  ;  Matt, 
ii.  4  and  6  ;  the  fields  of  the  forest  are  the  goods  of  the  church 
amongst  the  gentiles.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  They  shall  dwell 
upon  the  land,  which  I  have  given  to  My  servant  Jacob,  they 
shall  dwell  upon  it  themselves  and  their  sons'  sons  for  ever ; 
and  David  My  servant  shall  be  a  prince  to  them  for  ever :  I  will 
establish  for  them  a  covenant  of  peace,  a  covenant  of  eternity 
shall  be  with  them,  and  I  will  place  My  sanctuary  in  the 
midst  of  them  for  ever ;  thus  shall  My  habitation  be  with  them," 
xxxvii.  25,  26,  27.  David,  who  was  to  be  a  prince  to  them, 
denotes  the  Lord,  n.  1888  ;  a  sanctuary  denotes  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  inasmuch  as  from  Him  is  every 
thing  holy,  n.  3210,  9229  ;  thus  habitation  denotes  heaven  anc 
the  church  where  the  Lord  is.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Thus  saith 
Jehovah,  behold  I  bring  back  the  captivity  of  the  tents  of  Jacob, 
and  I  will  have  mercy  upon  his  habitations,  that  the  city  may 
be  built  upon  its  own  heap,"  xxx.  18.  To  bring  back  the 
captivity  of  the  tents  of  Jacob,  denotes  to  restore  the  goods  and 
truths  of  the  external  church  which  were  destroyed ;  to  have 
mercy  upon  his  habitations,  denotes  to  restore  the  truths  of  the 
internal  church  ;  the  city  which  should  be  built  upon  its  own 
heap,  denotes  the  doctrine  of  truth,  n.  2457,  2943,  3216,  4492, 
4493.  How  the  Lord  ahabits  in  the  heavens,  may  be  manifest 
from  what  has  been  shown  before  concerning  the  Lord,  namely, 
that  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  is  the  Sua 
from  which  there  is  heat  and  light  in  the  heavens  ;  heat  from 
the  Lord  as  a  Sun  is  love,  and  light  is  faith  ;  hence  the  Lord 
dwells  with  those  who  receive  from  Him  the  good  of  love  and 
the  truth  of  faith,  thus  the  heat  and  light  of  life  ;  His  presence 
is  according  to  the  degrees  of  reception. 

9595.  "  Ten  curtains " — that  hereby  are  signified  all  the 
truths  of  which  it  is  formed,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
ten,  as  denoting  all,  see  n.  4638  ;  hence  a  tenth"  part,  which 
is  one  curtain,  denotes  as  much  as  is  sufficient,  n.  8468,  8540 ; 
■"ol.  ix.  24 


370 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


and  from  the  signification  of  curtains,  as  denoting  the  interior 
truths  of  faith,  which  are  of  the  new  intellectual  principle;  for 
by  the  habitation  is  signified  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  which 
is  heaven  from  the  reception  of  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from 
the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  as  was  shown  above,  u.  9594 ; 
hence  the  curtains  of  which  it  was  constructed,  and  with  which 
it  was  covered,  denote  the  truths  of  faith  which  are  of  the  new 
intellectual  principle ;  the  reason  why  interior  truths  are  denoted 
is,  because  exterior  truths  are  signified  by  the  curtains  from 
goats  for  the  tent  which  was  round  about,  treated  of  also  in 
this  chapter.  That  curtains  denote  the  truths  of  faith  apper 
taining  to  those  who  are  in  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  is 
manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  "Word  where  they  are  named, 
as  in  Isaiah,  "  Sing  thou  barren  who  hast  not  borne,  because 
more  are  the  sons  of  the  desolate  than  the  sons  of  her  that  is 
married  ;  enlarge  the  place  of  thy  tent,  and  let  them  extend  the 
curtains  of  thine  habitations.  Make  long  the  ropes,  because 
thou  shalt  burst  forth  to  the  right  hand  and  to  the  left,  and 
thy  seed  shall  inherit  the  nations,"  liv.  1,  2,  3.  The  subject 
treated  of  in  this  passage  is  concerning  the  church  about  to  be 
established  amongst  the  gentiles,  which  is  called  the  barren 
that  has  not  borne,  from  the  consideration  of  its  being  without 
truths  from  the  "Word,  n.  9325  ;  which  is  said  to  have  more 
sons  than  the  sons  of  her  that  is  married,  because  it  has  more 
truths  than  the  truths  of  the  former  church  devastated,  for  sons 
denote  truths,  n.  489,  491,  533, 1147,  3373,  3704 ;  to  enlarge  the 
place  of  a  tent  denotes  the  holy  principle  of  worship  derived 
from  the  good  of  love,  n.  3312,  3391,  4599  ;  to  extend  the 
curtains  of  habitations  denotes  the  holy  principle  of  worship 
derived  from  the  truths  of  faith.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  The  whole 
land  is  devastated,  My  tents  are  suddenly  devastated,  My  cur- 
tains in  a  moment,"  iv.  20.  The  land  which  is  devastated 
denotes  the  church,  n.  9325 ;  devastated  tents  denote  the 
holy  principle  of  worship  derived  from  the  good  of  love ;  devas- 
tated curtains  denote  holy  worship  derived  from  the  truths  of 
faith.  Again,  M  My  tent  is  devastated,  and  all  my  ropes  plucked 
up  ;  My  "sons  are  departed  from  Me  and  they  are  not,  there  is 
none  to  stretch  out  any  more  My  tent,  and  to  set  up  My  curtain,?, 
since  the  pastors  have  become  foolish,"  x.  20,  21 ;  where  the 
6ense  is  the  same.  Again,  "Arise,  and  go  up  against  Arabia, 
and  devastate  the  sons  of  the  east,  lot  them  take  their  tents, 
and  flocks,  their  curtains,  and  all  their  vessels,  and  their  camels, 
let  them  take  away  to  themselves,"  xlix.  28,  29.  Arabia  and 
the  sons  of  the  east  denote  those  who  are  in  the  knowledges  of 
good  and  truth,  n.  3249;  to  take  tents  and  flocks  denotes  the 
interior  goods  of  the  church,  n.  8937  ;  to  take  curtains  denotes 
the  interior  truths  of  the  church  ;  their  vessels  denote  the  ex- 
terior truths  of  the  church,  n.  3068,  3079 ;  camels  denote 


EXODUS. 


371 


common  scientific*,  n.  3018,  3071,  3143,  3115.  And  in  Ha- 
bakknk,  "  Under  Avan  I  saw  the  tents  of  Cuslian,  the  curtains 
of  Midi  an  were  moved"  iii.  7.  The  curtains  of  Midian  denote 
truths  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in  simple  good,  n.  3242, 
4756,  4788,  6773,  6775.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evi- 
dent what  is  meant  in  David,  "  Jehovah  thou  hast  put  on  glory 
and  honor,  Who  covereth  Himself  with  light  as  with  a  gar- 
ment, He  stretcheth  out  the  heavens  as  a  curtain"  Psalm  civ. 
1,  2.  To  cover  Himself  with  light  as  with  a  garment,  denotes 
Divine  Truths  ;  that  light  is  truth,  see  n.  9548.  That  garment 
is  also  truth,  see  n.  4545,  4763,  5319,  5954,  9093,  9212,  9216. 
Hence  to  stretch  out  the  heavens  as  a  curtain,  denotes  to  enlarge 
the  heavens  by  the  influx  of  Divine  Truth,  whence  comes  in- 
telligence and  wisdom.  That  to  stretch  out  and  expand  the 
heavens  is  predicated  of  the  new  or  regenerate  intellectual  prin- 
ciple, see  the  article  which  now  follows,  n.  9596,  at  the  end 

9596.  "  Of  fine  linen  woven  together,  and  blue,  and  purple, 
and  scarlet  double-dyed" — that  hereby  are  signified  the  spir 
itual  and  celestial  tilings  of  which  they  are  formed,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  fine  linen  woven  together,  as  denoting 
truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see  n.  9469;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  blue,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  see  n 
9466 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  purple,  as  denoting  the 
celestial  love  of  good,  see  n.  9467  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  scarlet  double-dyed,  as  denoting  spiritual  good  or  the  good 
of  truth,  see  n.  9468.  Such  is  the  order  in  which  spiritual  and 
celestial  things  follow,  or  the  goods  and  truths  appertaining  to 
man  and  angel  who  is  in  the  middle  or  second  heaven.  For 
truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  which  is  signified  by  fine  linen, 
js  first ;  next  is  the  love  or  affection  of  truth,  which  is  blue, 
afterwards  is  the  love  or  affection  of  good  thence  derived,  which 
is  purple  ;  and  lastly,  is  spiritual  good,  which  is  scarlet  double- 
dyed.  Inasmuch  as  spiritual  and  celestial  things  follow  in  this 
order,  therefore  fine  linen  woven  together  is  here  mentioned  in 
the  first  place.  But  in  the  vail,  which  was  between  the  habita- 
tion and  the  ark,  or  between  the  holy  and  the  holy  of  holies, 
treated  of  in  verse  31  of  this  chapter,  it  is  mentioned  in  the  last 
place.  The  reason  why  in  the  vail  fine  linen  woven  together  is 
mentioned  in  the  last  place  is,  because  the  vail  signifies  the 
medium,  uniting  the  inmost  heaven  with  the  middle,  hence  in 
that  medium  it  must  be  last  that  it  may  be  the  first  in.  what 
follows,  on  account  of  conjunction.  But  by  fine  linen  woven 
together,  is  properly  signified  the  intellectual  principle,  such  as 
appertains  to  the  spiritual  man,  or  to  an  angel,  who  is  in  the 
Lord's  spiritual  kingdom.  The  reason  why  the  intellectual 
principle  is  signified  by  tine  linen  woven  together  is,  because 
with  the  spiritual  man  a  new  will-principle  from  the  Lord  is 
implanted  in  his  intellectual  part,  see  n.  863,  875,  895,  927, 


372 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


1023,  1043,  1044,  1555,  2256,  4328,  4493,  5413.  And  whereas 
the  intellectual  principle  of  the  spiritual  man  is  signified  by  fine 
linen  woven  together,  therefore  also  spiritual  truth  is  signified, 
for  all  truth  appertains  to  the  intellectual  part,  and  all  good  to 
the  will  part,  n.  3623,  9300  ;  for  the  intellectual  principle  is  the 
subject  or  continent,  and  truth  is  of  it,  and  those  two  make  one. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  also  be  manifest,  that  the 
intellectual  principle  itself,  with  those  who  are  of  the  Lord's 
spiritual  kingdom,  is  a  habitation,  in  the  strict  sense,  n.  9296, 
9297,  and  that  it  is  described  by  the  expanse  from  the  curtains. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  known  what  is  signified  by 
expanding  and  stretching  out  the  heavens  in  the  following  pas- 
sages, as  in  Isaiah,  "  Jehovah  that  stretcheth  out  the  heavens, 
that  expandeth  the  earth,  giving  soul  to  the  people  upon  it,  and 
a  spirit  to  them  that  walk  in  it,"  xlii.  5.  Again,  ''I  Jehovah, 
making  all  things,  stretching  out  the  heavens  alone,  expanding 
the  earth  from  Myself"  xliv.  24.  Again,  "  1  have  made  the 
earth,  and  have  created  man  upon  it ;  I,  My  hands  have  stretched 
out  the  heavens,"  xlv.  12.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  He  whomaketh 
the  earth  by  His  virtue,  prepareth  the  orb  by  His  wisdom,  and 
by  His  intelligence  stretcheth  out  the  heavens,"  li.  15.  And 
in  Zechariah,  "  Jehovah  that  stretcheth  out  the  heavens,  and 
foundeth  the  earth,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of  man  in  the  midst 
of  him,''  xii.  1.  That  by  stretching  out  the  heavens,  and  ex- 
panding the  earths  the  like  is  here  signified,  as  by  stretching 
out  and  expanding  the  habitation  by  curtains,  is  evident,  and 
that  this  is  to  regenerate  man,  and  thereby  to  create  or  form  a 
new  intellectual  principle,  in  which  is  anew  will  principle,  which 
is  the  heaven  itself  of  the  spiritual  man,  wherein  the  Lord  dwells 
with  that  man  ;  that  it  is  the  regeneration  or  formation  of  a  new 
intellectual  principle,  and  of  a  new  will  principle  therein,  thus  of 
a  new  man,  which  is  signified  by  stretching  out  the  heavens  and 
expanding  the  earth,  is  evident  from  the  explication  itself  in  the 
above  passage,  for  it  is  said,  giving  soul  to  the  people  upon  it, 
and  spirit  to  those  that  walk  in  it ;  also,  forming  the  spirit  of 
man  in  the  midst  of  Jlim.  That  heaven  and  earth  denote  the 
internal  and  external  church,  see  n. 1733, 1850,  2117,  2118,  3355, 
4535;  and  that  earth  in  general  denotes  the  Lord's  kingdom 
and  church,  n.  9334;  which  also  manifestly  appears  in  the 
above  passages,  for  unless  the  earth  had  this  signification,  what 
could  be  meant  by  expanding  the  earth,  and  founding  theearth, 
and  forming  the  spirit  of  man  in  it.  That  by  stretching  out  the 
heavens  and  expanding  the  earth  the  like  is  here  signilied  as 
by  stretching  out  and  expanding  the  habitation  by  curtains,  is 
manifest  from  other  passages  where  it  is  said  more  expressly,  as 
in  Isaiah,  "  Jehovah  who  stretcheth  out  l/ie  heavens  as  a  curhiin, 
(//til  expand*  th  them  as  a  tent  to  in/uibit,"  xl.  22.  Again,  "  En- 
large the  placeof  thy  tent,  and  let  them  stretch  out  the  curtains  of 


9597—9599.] 


EXODUS. 


373 


thy  habitation s,"  \'\v .  2.  And  in  David,  "  Jehovah  covereth  Him- 
self with  light  as  with  a  garment,  He  stretcheth  out  the  heavens 
as  a  curtain,'1''  Psalm  civ.  2.  From  these  considerations  it  is  also 
evident  what  is  signified  by  the  expanse  in  the  first  chapter  of 
Genesis,  '"God  said,  let  there  be  an  expanse  in  the  midst  of  the 
Waters,  and  let  it  distinguish  between  the  waters  to  the  waters  ; 
wnd  God  that  expanse,  and  it  distinguished  between  the 

waters  which  were  under  the  expanse,  and  between  the  waters 
which  were  above  the  expanse,  and  God  called  the  expanse  heaven,'1'' 
verses  6,  7,  8  ;  in  that  first  chapter  is  described  the  regeneration 
of  the  man  of  the  Celestial  Church,  and  his  new  will  principle 
and  intellectual  principle  by  the  expanse  ;  the  waters  under  the 
expanse  and  above  the  expanse  denote  truths  of  the  external  and 
internal  man.  That  waters  denote  truths,  see  n.  2702,  3058, 
3424,  4976,  8568,  9323. 

9597.  "  Cherubs" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  guard  of  the 
Lord,  lest  heaven  should  be  come  at  and  hurt  by  the  hells, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  cherubs,  as  denoting  guard 
and  providence  to  prevent  the  Lord  being  come  at  except  by 
good,  and  to  prevent  the  good  being  hurt  which  is  from  the  Lord 
in  heaven,  and  with  man,  see  n.  9509,  consequently  to  prevent 
heaven  being  come  at  and  hurt  by  the  hells. 

9598.  "  With  the  work  of  a  contriver  thou  shalt  make 
them  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  intellectual  principle,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  a  contriver,  as  denoting  the 
intellectual  principle,  for  this  principle  thinks  or  contrives,  and 
from  what  is  thought  of  and  contrives  it  acts.  That  it  denotes 
the  intellectual  principle,  which  has  wisdom,  intelligence,  and 
science,  is  manifest  in  what  follows,  where  it  is  said  of  Bezaleel, 
"  I  have  called  by  name  Bezaleel,  and  have  filled  him  with  the 
spirit  of  God  as  to  wisdom,  as  to  intelligence,  and  as  to  science, 
and  as  to  all  work,  to  think  thoughts,  to  work  in  gold,  in  silver, 
and  in  brass,  and  in  engraving  of  stone  for  filling,  and  in  en- 
graving of  wood  to  be  wrought  in  every  work  of  contrioance" 
Exod.  xxxi.  2,  3,  4,  5  ;  chap.  xxxv.  30,  31,  32,  33.  That  the 
intellectual  principle  is  signified,  is  also  manifest  from  what  was 
shown  just  above,  n.  9596. 

9599.  Verses  2  to  6.  The  length  of  one  curtain  eight  and 
twenty  in  acubit,  and  the  breadth  four  in  a  cubit  /  one  curtain  ; 
one  measure  for  all  the  curtains.  Five  curtains  shall  be  joined  to- 
gether, each  to  the  other,  and  five  curtains  joined  together  each  to 
t/te  other.  And  thou  shalt  make  loops  of  blue  upon  the  border  of 
one  curtain  from,  the  extremity  in  the  joining,  and  so  shalt  thou 
make  in  the  edge  of  the  extreme  curtain  in  the  other  coupling. 
Fifty  loops  thou  shalt  make  in  one  curtain,  and  fifty  loops  thou 
shalt  make  ii^  the  extremity  of  the  curtain,  which  is  in  the  other 
coupling.  The  loops  shall  be  taken  up  each  to  the  other.  And 
thou  shalt  make  fifty  handles  of  gold,  and  thou  shalt  join  together 


374 


EXODUS 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


the  curtains,  each  to  the  other  in  the  handles,  and  it  shall  beo?ie 
habitation.  The  length  of  one  curtain  eight  and  twenty  in  a 
cubit,  signifies  the  holy  principle  of  truth  derived  from  good. 
And  the  breadth  four  in  a  cubit,  signifies  the  marriage  of  truth 
with  good.  One  curtain,  signifies  thus  for  singular  the  truths. 
One  measure  for  all  the  curtains,  signifies  the  state  of  the  thing 
alike.  Five  curtains  shall  be  joined  together,  each  to  the  other, 
and  five  curtains  joined  together,  each  to  the  other,  signifies  the 
communication  of  truth  with  good,  and  of  good  with  truth, 
constant.  And  thou  shalt  make  loops  of  blue,  signifies  con- 
junction by  the  celestial  love  of  truth.  Upon  the  edge  of  one 
curtain  from  the  extremity  in  the  joining,  signifies  of  one  sphere 
with  the  other.  And  so  shalt  thou  make  in  the  edge  of  the  ex- 
treme curtain,  in  the  other  coupling,  signifies  thus  reciprocally. 
Fifty  loops  shalt  thou  make  in  one  curtain,  signifies  plenary 
conjunction  in  the  ultimates  of  the  spheres.  And  fifty  loops 
thou  shalt  make  in  the  extremity  of  the  curtain,  which  is  in  the 
other  coupling,  signifies  in  like  manner  reciprocally.  The  loops 
shall  be  taken  up  each  to  the  other,  signifies  conjunction  on 
both  sides,  in  every  manner.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  little 
handles  of  gold,  signifies  the  plenary  faculty  of  conjunction 
derived  from  good.  And  thou  shalt  join  together  the  curtains, 
each  to  the  other,  in  the  handles,  signifies  the  mode  of  conjunc- 
tion everywhere.  And  it  shall  be  one  habitation,  signifies  the 
whole  heaven  thus  altogether  one. 

9600.  "The  length  of  one  curtain  eight  and  twenty  in  a 
cubit" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  holy  principle  of  truth,  de- 
rived from  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  length,  as 
denoting  good,  see  n.  1013,  889S,  9487  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  curtain,  as  denoting  the  interior  truth  of  faith,  which 
is  of  the  new  intellectual  principle,  see  above,  n.  9595  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  eight  and  twenty,  as  denoting  the  holy 
principle  of  conjunction.  Ihe  reason  why  twenty -eight  lias  this 
signification  is,  because  that  number  exists  from  the  multipli- 
cation of  seven  by  four,  and  by  seven  is  signified  what  is  holy, 
a.  433,  716,  881,  5265,5268  ;  and  by  four  conjunction,  n.  1686, 
8877.  For  numbers  multiplied  have  alike  signification  with 
the  simple  ones  from  which  they  are,  n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  length  of 
one  curtain  eight  and  twenty  in  a  cubit,  is  signified  the  holy 
principle  of  truth  derived  from  good. 

9601.  "And  the  breadth  four  in  a  cubit" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  marriage  of  truth  with  good,  appears  from  the  Big 
nitication  of  breadth,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3433,  3434, 
4482,  9487  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting  cou- 
| unction,  thus  marriage,  for  the  conjunction  of  truth  and  of 
good  is  called  the  heavenly  marriage,  a.  2173,  2618,  2728,  2729, 
28U3.  The  reason  why  four  denotes  conjunction  or  marriage  ie, 


3600—9603.] 


EXODUS. 


because  this  number  exists  from  two  multiplied  into  itself,  and 
two  denotes  conjunction,  n.  5194,  8423;  and  the  multiplied 
numbers  have  a  similar  signification  with  the  simple  ones  from 
which  they  are  formed,  as  was  said  just  above,  n.  9600.  That 
all  numbers  in  the  Word  signify  things,  see  the  passages  cited, 
n.  9488. 

9602.  "  One  curtain  " — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  for  sin- 
gular truths,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  curtain,  as  de- 
noting truths,  see  above,  n.  9595,  hence  by  one  curtain  or  each 
arc  signified  singular  truths. 

9603.  "  One  measure  for  all  the  curtains  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  state  of  the  thing  alike,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  measure,  as  denoting  the  state  of  a  tiling  as  to  truth, 
see  n.  3104.  Hence  one  measure  for  all  the  curtains  denotes  a 
similar  state  of  the  thing  for  all  truths.  By  a  similar  state  of  a 
thing,  when  it  is  said  concerning  the  truths  of  faith  in  the  spir- 
itual kingdom,  is  meant,  that  they  all  have  respect  to  good,  and 
by  good  have  respect  to  the  Lord,  who  is  its  source ;  for  the 
truths  which  have  not  this  respect,  are  not  the  truths  of  faith, 
consequently  not  the  truths  of  the  church  or  of  heaven;  the 
truths  which  have  another  respect,  may  indeed  in  their  external 
form  appear  as  truths,  but  they  are  not  truths,  inasmuch  as  they 
are  without  life,  for  the  life  of  truth  is  good,  and  good  is  from 
the  Lf  rd,  who  alone  is  life  :  truths  which  have  another  respect, 
are  as  members  of  a  body  without  a  soul,  which  are  not  mem- 
bers of  any  body,  because  they  are  inanimate,  and  thereby  of 
no  use.  That  measure  signifies  the  state  of  a  thing  as  to  truth, 
and  also  the  state  of  a  thing  as  to  good,  is  evident  from  the 
^a.-sages  in  the  Word  where  the  mensurations  of  the  New 
Terusalem,  and  also  the  New  Temple,  are  treated  of.  By  the 
New  or  Holy  Jerusalem  is  signified  the  New  Church  of  the 
Lord,  in  like  manner  by  the  temple  ;  wherefore  by  their  mea- 
sures are  signified  states  as  to  truth  and  as  to  good  ;  as  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "  The  angel  had  a  golden  reed,  that  he  might 
measure  the  Holy  Jerusalem,  and  its  gates,  and  its  wall,  ana 
he  measured  the  city  with  a  reed  twelve  thousand  furlongs  ;  h( 
measured  the  wall  thereof,  a  hundred  forty-four  cubits,  which 
is  the  measure  of  a  man,  that  is  of  an  angel,  xxi.  15,  16,  17. 
That  measures  in  this  passage  signify  states  as  to  good  and 
truth,  is  very  evident,  for  the  Holy  Jerusalem  is  the  New  Church 
of  the  Lord,  and  gates  and  walls  are  the  protecting  truths  of 
faith  ;  twelve  thousand  denote  all  truths  and  goods  in  the  com- 
plex ;  in  like  manner  a  hundred  forty-four,  n.  7973,  for  this 
number  signifies  the  like  with  the  number  twelve,  because  it 
arises  out  of  twelve  multiplied  into  twelve  ;  that  twelve  denotes 
all  truths  and  goods  in  the  complex,  see  n.  577,  2089,  2129, 
2130,  3272,  3S58,  3913.  The  measure  of  a  man,  that  is  of  an 
*ngel,  signifies  that  such  was  the  state  of  the  church  and  of 


376 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


heaven  as  to  the  g',ods  of  love  and  the  truths  of  faith,  for  man 
denotes  the  church,  and  an  angel  denotes  heaven  ;  unless  it 
was  known  what  is  meant  by  the  Holy  Jerusalem,  what  by  its 
gates  and  wall,  what  by  the  number  twelve  thousand  furlongs, 
and  by  the  measure  of  the  wall  an  hundred  forty-four,  also 
what  by  measure,  what  by  a  man  and  what  by  an  angel,  who 
would  ever  know  what  was  meant  by  the  measure  of  the  citv 
being  twelve  thousand  furlongs,  and  by  the  measure  of  the  wall 
a  hundred  forty-four  cubits  being  the  measure  of  a  man,  thai 
is,  of  an  angel.  The  like  is  signified  by  mensuration  in  Zecha- 
riah,  "  I  lifted  up  mine  eyes  and  saw,  when  behold  a  man, 
in  whose  hand  was  a  measuring  line  /  I  said,  whither  goest  thou  ? 
he  said,  to  measure  Jerusalem,  that  I  may  see  what  is  the  breadth 
thereof,  and  what  is  the  length  thereof,"  ii.  1,  2.  Also  in  Eze- 
idel,  "  Where  a  man,  who  had  a  measuring  reed,  measured  the 
houses  of  the  New  City,  and  also  the  Temple,  as  to  the  walls, 
the  gates,  the  foundations,  the  entrances,  the  windows,  the 
steps,"  concerning  which  see  chap.  xl.  xli.  xlii.  Unless  the 
mensurations  in  those  chapters  signified  the  states  of  a  thing  as 
to  truth  and  good,  such  things  would  never  have  been  men 
tioned.  By  measuring  in  general  is  signified  a  state  of  truth 
and  good,  as  in  Jeremiah,  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  if  the  heavens 
above  shall  be  measured,  and  the  foundations  of  the  earth  beneath 
shall  be  searched  out,  behold  I  will  cast  off  the  seed  of  Israel 
on  account  of  all  that  they  have  done.  Behold  the  days  come, 
in  which  the  city  of  Jehovah  shall  be  built,  and  the  measuring 
line  shall  go  forth  further  upon  the  hill  Gareb,  and  shall  com- 
pass about  to  Goah,"  xxxi.  37,  38,  39.  Also  in  Isaiah,  "  Who 
hath  measured  the  waters  with  His  fist,  and  meted  the  heavens 
with  a  span,  and  weighed  the  mountains  in  scales,  and  the  hills 
in  a  balance"  xl.  12. 

9U04.  "  Five  curtains  shall  be  joined  together  each  to  the 
other,  and  five  curtains  joined  together  each  to  the  other" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  communication  of  truth  with  good, 
and  of  good  with  truth,  constant,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  five,  as  denoting  all  things  of  one  part,  for  by  ten  are 
signified  all  things  of  the  whole,  n.  9595  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  curtains,  as  denoting  the  interior  truths  of  faith  which 
are  of  the  new  intellectual  principle,  see  also  above,  n.  9595. 
Hence,  inasmuch  as  of  ten  curtains  five  and  five  were  joined 
together,  therefore  by  them  is  signified  the  communication  of 
truth  and  good,  and  of  good  and  of  truth,  reciprocal,  for  com- 
munication must  be  reciprocal,  to  effect  the  conjugial  conjum. 
tion  of  truth  and  of  good.  Similar  things  are  signified  by  these 
[curtains],  as  by  those  things  which  are  of  the  left  side  and 
which  are  of  the  right  side  in  man  ;  those  things  which  are  of 
the  right  side  in  man,  have  reference  to  the  good  from  which 
truth  is  derived,  but  those  which  are  on  the  left  side,  have  re- 


9601—9608.] 


EXODUS. 


377 


ference  to  the  truth  which  is  derived  from  good;  and  in  the 
middle  of  them  is  communication  of  good  with  truth,  and  of 
truth  with  good,  whence  comes  perpetual  and  constant  conjunc- 
tion. Such  are  the  things  which  are  signified  by  these  words, 
"  Five  curtains  shall  be  joined  together  each  to  the  other,  and 
five  curtains  joined  together  each  to  the  other." 

9605.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  loops  of  blue" — that  hereby 
is  signified  conjunction,  by  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  loops,  as  denoting  conjunction.  The 
reason  why  loops  denote  conjunction  is,  because  conjunction  is 
effected  by  them ;  and  from  the  signification  of  blue,  as  denot- 
ing the  celestial  love  of  truth,  see  n.  9466. 

9606.  "  On  the  edge  of  one  curtain  from  the  extremity  in  the 
joining" — that  hereby  is  signified  of  one  sphere  with  another, 
namely  conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  edge 
of  a  curtain  from  the  extremity  in  the  joining,  as  denoting 
where  one  ceases  and  the  other  begins,  thus  the  confine  where 
the  two  are  joined  together.  The  reason  why  it  is  the  sphere 
which  is  signified  is,  because  in  heaven  spheres  conjoin  ;  for 
there  are  spheres  which  proceed  from  each  angelic  society  in 
heaven,  and  from  each  angel  in  the  society ;  those  spheres  ex- 
hale from  the  life  of  the  affections  of  truth  and  of  good  of  every 
one,  and  they  diffuse  themselves  to  a  distance  thence.  Hence 
it  is,  that  spirits  and  angels  are  known  at  a  distance  as  to  their 
quality.  Angels  and  angelic  societies  are  conjoined;  and  are 
also  disjoined  according  to  those  spheres;  for  similar  spheres 
conjoin,  that  is,  similar  affection  of  truths  and  of  good,  and 
dissimilar  disjoin.  But  see  what  has  been  before  shown  con- 
cerning those  spheres,  n.  1048,  1053,  1316,  1504  to  1520, 1695, 
2041,  2489,  4464,  5179,  6206,  7454,  6598  to  6613,  8630,  8794, 
8797,  9490,  9491,  9492,  9498,  9534.  Whether  we  speak  of 
angels  and  angelic  societies,  from  which  the  spheres  proceed, 
or  of  truth  and  good,  it  is  the  same  thing,  for  spheres  are  from 
the  affections  of  truth  and  of  good,  by  virtue  whereof  angels 
are  angels  from  the  Lord.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  so  much  as 
those  spheres  derive  from  the  Lord,  so  much  they  conjoin,  but 
60  much  as  they  derive  from  theproprium  of  an  angel,  so  much 
they  disjoin.    Hence  it  is  evident  that  the  Lord  alone  conjoins. 

9607.  ki  And  so  shalt  thou  make  in  the  edge  of  the  extreme 
curtain  in  the  other  coupling" — that  hereby  is  signified  thus 
reciprocally,  namely,  that  the  conjunction  of  one  sphere  with 
the  other  is  by  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  appears  without  fur- 
ther explication. 

9608.  "  Fifty  loops  shalt  thou  make  in  one  curtain  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  plenary  conjunction  in  the  ultimates  of  the 
spheres,  appears  from  the  signification  of  fifty,  as  denoting 
what  is  full,  see  n.  2252  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  loops, 

denoting  conjunction,  as  just  above,  n.  9605;  and  from  the 


378 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


signification  of  the  edge  of  the  curtain  where  the  loops  were, 
as  denoting  the  sphere  of  truth  when  it  ceases,  seo  n.  9606, 
thus  in  ultimate?. 

9609.  "And  fifty  loops  thou  shalt  make  in  the  extremity  of 
the  curtain,  which  is  in  the  other  coupling" — that  hereby  is  sig 
nitied  in  like  manner  reciprocally,  appears  without  explication. 

9610.  "The  loops  shall  be  taken  up  each  to  the  other" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  on  both  sides  in  every  man- 
ner, appears  from  the  signification  of  loops,  as  denoting  con- 
junction, see  above,  n.  9605  ;  and  that  this  should  be  on  both 
sides  in  every  manner,  is  signified  by  the  taking  up  of  one  by 
the  other  mutually  and  in  turns,  for  when  the  taking  up  is  effected 
mutually  and  in  turnSj  conjunction  is  effected  in  every  manner. 

9611.  ""  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  little  handles  of  gold"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  plenary  faculty  of  conjunction 
derived  from  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  fifty,  as 
denoting  what  is  plenary,  as  above,  n.  9608.  And  from  the 
signification  of  little  handles,  as  denoting  the  faculty  of  con- 
junction, for  the  faculty  of  conjunction  is  in  them  from  the 
form,  which  is  that  of  something  reflected  or  bent ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  113,  1551, 
1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  9490,  9510. 

9612.  "  And  thou  shalt  join  the  curtains  together,  each  to 
the  other" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  mode  of  conjunction 
everv  where,  appears  from  the  signification  of  joining  together 
the  curtains  with  little  handles,  as  denoting  the  mode  of  con- 
junction, for  when  by  the  fifty  little  handles  is  signified  the 
plenary  faculty  of  conjunction,  then  by  joining  together  the 
curtains  each  to  the  other  by  the  handles,  is  signified  the  mode 
[or  manner]. 

9613.  "And  it  shall  be  one  habitation" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified the  whole  heaven  thus  altogether  one,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  heaven,  see  n.  9594. 
That  it  is  one  when  so  joined  together,  is  evident ;  for  heaven 
consists  of  myriads  of  angelic  societies,  and  still  the  Lord  leads 
them  as  one  angel,  or  one  man.  The  reason  of  this  is,  because 
there  prevails  amongst  all,  mutual  love  grounded  in  the  loveot 
the  Lord.  When  this  love  prevails  amongst  all  and  in  all, 
then  all  are  capable  of  being  arranged  into  a  celestial  form, 
which  is  such  that  several  are  one,  and  the  more  numerous  they 
are  the  more  strongly  they  are  one.  The  case  herein  is  similar 
to  that  of  the  innumerable  things  in  the  human  body,  which, 
although  they  are  distinct  and  various,  still  make  one.  The 
reason  is  because  they  are  in  a  similar  form  to  that  in  which 
heaven  is,  for  they  correspond,  as  has  been  shown  at  the  close 
of  several  chapters;  and  from  correspondence  they  are  in  mutual 
love,  and  thereby  joined  together.  Hence  it  is  that  man,  who 
is  in  the  good  of  love  and  of  faith,  is  a  heaven  in  the  least  form, 


9o09—9614.] 


EXODUS. 


379 


n.  9279  ;  and  that  the  whole  heaven  before  the  Lord  is  as  one 
man,  n.  9276.  All  the  conjunction  of  such  innumerable  an- 
gelic societies  in  heaven,  with  the  mode  of  their  conjunction, 
was  repreiented  in  the  form  of  the  construction  of  the  habita 
tion  and  the  tent,  which  are  treated  of  in  this  chapter.  But 
the  modes  of  conjunction,  such  as  they  are  in  heaven,  cannot 
come  thence  to  the  idea  of  man,  by  reason  that  man  does  not 
even  know  that  by  the  habitation  was  represented  heaven  ;  and 
if  he  know  this,  still  lie  does  not  know  that  the  heavenly  so- 
cieties are  so  joined  together  by  love  as  to  resemble  one.  But 
all  those  things  flow  in  fully  into  the  idea  of  the  angels,  when 
these  things  relating  to  the  habitation  are  read,  for  all  and  sin- 
gular the  tilings  of  the  description  have  an  internal  sense,  which 
being  manifested  by  the  Lord  before  the  angels,  presents  the 
state  of  the  conjunction  of  all  things  of  the  whole  heaven  one 
with  another  by  the  love  which  is  from  the  Lord.  The  con- 
junction of  the  angelic  societies  into  one  heaven  has  reference 
to  these  laws.  1.  That  every  one  [thing]  in  the  form  of  the 
heavens  exists  according  to  the  heavenly  harmony  of  several 
consociated.  2.  That  love  is  spiritual  conjunction,  whence 
comes  heavenly  harmony.  3.  That  there  must  be  a  universal 
bond,  to  the  intent  that  singular  things  may  be  kept  joined  to- 
gether one  with  another.  4.  That  the  universal  bond  must 
flow  in  into  the  singular  bonds,  and  constitute  them.  5.  That 
the  universal  bond  is  the  Lord,  thus  love  from  Him,  and  hence 
love  to  Him.  6.  That  the  singular  bonds  are  thence  derived, 
and  that  they  are  of  mutual  love  or  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor. These  are  the  laws  from  which  heaven,  consisting  of  in- 
numerable angelic  societies,  is  still  as  one  man. 

9614.  Verses  7  to  14.  And  thou  shalt  make  curtains  of  goats 
for  the  tent  over  the  habitation,  eleven  curtains  thou  shalt  make 
them.  The  length  of  one  curtain  thirty  in  a  cubit,  and  the  breadth 
four  in  a  cubit,  one  curtain  y  one  measure  for  the  eleven  curtains. 
And  thou  shalt  join  together  jive  curtains  alone,  and  six  curtains 
alone,  and  thou  shalt  double  the  sixth  curtain  over  against  the 
faces  of  the  tent.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  loops  upon  the  edge 
of  one  curtain  the  extreme  in  the  joining,  and  fifty  loops  upon  the 
edge  of  the  curtain  of  the  other  joining.  And  thou  shalt  make 
fifty  little  handles  of  brass,  and  thou  shalt  bring  in  the  little  han- 
dies  into  the  loops,  and  shalt  join  together  the  tent,  that  it  may  be 
one.  And  what  is  redundant  superfluous  in  the  curtains  of  the 
tent,  half  of  the  superfluous  curtain  thou  shall  make  to  redound 
over  the  hinder  parts  of  the  tent.  And  a  cubit  on,  this  side  and  a 
cubit  on  that  side,  in  what  is  superfluous  in  the  lengths  of  the  cur- 
tains of  the  tent,  shall  be  redundant  over  the  sides  of  the  habita- 
tion on  this  side  and  on  that  side  to  cover  it.  And  thou  shalt 
make  a  covering  for  the  tent  of  the  skins  of  red  rams,  and  a  co- 
vering of  the  skins  of  badgers  from  above.  And  thou  shalt  mak» 


380 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


curtains  of  goats  for  the  tent  over  the  habitation,  signifies  the 
external  heaven,  which  is  from  external  celestial  good.  Eleven 
curtains  thou  shalt  make  them,  signifies  all  the  truths  from 
which  it  is  derived.  The  length  of  one  curtain  thirty  in  a  cubit 
signifies  the  fulness  of  truth  from  good.  And  the  breadth  four 
in  a  cubit,  signifies  the  marriage  of  truth  with  good.  One  cur- 
tain, signifies  truths  in  singular  truths.  One  measure  for  the 
eleven  curtains,  signifies  the  state  of  the  thing  alike.  And  thou 
shalt  join  together  five  curtains  alone,  and  six  curtains  alone, 
signifies  the  communication  of  truth  with  good,  and  of  good 
With  truth,  constant.  And  thou  shalt  double  the  sixth  curtain 
over  against  the  faces  of  the  tent,  signifies  the  communication 
of  all  things  of  that  heaven  with  the  extremes  there,  and  influx 
thence  into  the  ultimate  heaven.  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty 
loops  upon  the  edge  of  one  curtain  the  extreme  in  the  joining, 
signifies  the  plenary  conjunction  of  one  sphere  with  another. 
And  fifty  loops  upon  the  edgo  of  the  curtain  of  the  other  join- 
ing, signifies  in  like  manner  reciprocally.  And  thou  shalt  make 
fifty  little  handles  of  brass,  signifies  the  plenary  faculty  of  con- 
junction by  external  good.  And  thou  shalt  bring  in  the  little 
handles  into  the  loops,  signifies  the  mode  of  conjunction.  And 
thou  shalt  join  together  the  tent  that  it  may  be  one,  signifies 
the  external  of  heaven  thus  altogether  one.  And  what  is  re- 
dundant superfluous  in  the  curtains  of  the  tent,  signifies  what 
proceeds.  Half  of  the  superfluous  curtain  thou  shalt  make  to 
redound  over  the  hinder  parts  of  the  habitation,  signifies  to  the 
ultimate  of  that  heaven.  And  a  cubit  on  this  side  and  a  cubit 
on  that  side  in  what  is  superfluous  in  the  lengths  of  the  curtains 
of  the  tent,  shall  be  redundant  over  the  sides  of  the  habitation 
on  this  side  and  on  that  side  to  cover  it,  signifies  the  mode  by 
which  that  ultimate  proceeds  from  good  that  heaven  may  be  ren- 
dered safe.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  the  tent,  sig- 
nifies the  compass  of  that  heaven.  Of  the  skins  of  red  rams, 
signifies  external  truths  derived  from  good.  And  a  covering  of 
badgers'  skins,  signifies  out  of  them  from  external  good. 

9615.  "And  thou  shalt  make  curtains  of  goats  for  the  tent 
over  the  habitation  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  external  of 
heaven  which  is  from  truths  which  are  from  external  celestial 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  curtains,  as  denoting 
the  interior  truths  of  faith,  see  n.  9595,  in  this  case  the  exterior 
truths  of  faith,  because  they  were  for  the  tent  which  was  over 
the  habitation  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  wool  of  she- 
goats,  of  which  those  curtains  were  to  be  made,  as  denoting 
external  celestial  good,  see  n.  9170;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  tent  over  the  habitation,  as  denoting  the  external  of  hea- 
ven, for  by  the  habitation  is  signified  heaven,  n.  9594,  and  by 
the  tent  which  over-covered  it,  the  external  thereof.  Hence  it 
is  evident,  that  by  the  curtains  of  wool  of  she-goats  for  the  ten! 


9G15— 9623/j 


EXODUS. 


381 


over  the  habitation,  are  signified  truths  which  are  from  external 
celestial  good,  of  which  the  external  of  heaven  is  composed. 
But  how  the  case  herein  is  cannot  be  known,  unless  the  external 
and  internal  of  each  heaven  be  known,  and  the  influx  of  one 
into  the  other;  for  the  Lord  flows-in  into  all  the  heavens  both 
immediately  and  mediately,  n.  9223.  Mediately  through  the 
inmost  heaven  into  the  middle,  and  through  the  internal  of  this 
latter  into  its  external. 

9616.  "  Eleven  curtains  thou  slialt  make  them" — that  hereby 
are  signified  all  the  truths  of  which  they  consist,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  eleven,  as  denoting  all,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  curtains  of  goats, 
as  denoting  truths  from  external  celestial  good,  see  just  above, 
n.  9615.  The  reason  why  eleven  denotes  all  is,  because  ten  cur- 
tains constituted  the  curtain  itself,  and  the  eleventh  redounded 
as  superfluous  over  the  hinder  parts  of  the  habitation,  as  may 
be  manifest  from  verses  9,  12,  13,  which  follow.  That  ten  de- 
notes all,  see  n.  4638,  9595. 

9617.  uThe  length  of  one  curtain  thirty  in  a  cubit" — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  fulness  of  truth  from  good,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  9487  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  curtain,  as  denoting  truth  derived  from 
external  celestial  good,  see  above,  n,  9615  ;  and  from  the  signi 
fication  of  thirty,  as  denoting  what  is  full,  see  n.  9082. 

961S.  u  And  the  breadth  four  in  a  cubit" — that  hereby  ia 
signified  the  marriage  of  truth  with  good,  see  above,  n.  9601. 

9619.  "  One  curtain" — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  in  siu 
gular  truth,  see  above,  n.  9602,  where  like  words  occur. 

9620.  "  One  measure  for  the  eleven  curtains" — that  hereby 
is  signified  a  like  state  of  a  thing,  appears  from  what  was  shown 
a'xne,  n.  9603. 

9621.  "And  thou  shalt  join  together  five  curtains  only,  and 
six  curtains  only" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  communication 
of  truth  with  good,  and  of  good  with  truth,  constant,  see  above, 
n.  9604. 

1622.  "And  thou  shalt  double  the  sixth  curtain  over  against 
the  faces  of  the  tent" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  communica- 
tion of  all  things  of  that  heaven  with  the  extremes  there,  and 
influx  thence  into  the  ultimate  heaven,  appears  from  this  consi- 
deration, that  the  doubling  of  that  curtain  was  an  extension 
over  the  extreme  of  the  habitation,  for  by  the  curtains  and  their 
extension  was  represented  heaven  as  to  communication  and  in- 
flux. Hence  by  the  doubling  and  extension  of  the  sixth  curtain 
over  the  extreme  of  the  habitation  was  represented  the  commu- 
nication of  all  things  of  thav  ^eaven  with  the  extremes  there, 
and  influx  thence  into  the  ultimate  heaven. 

9623.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  loops  upon  the  edge  oi 
one  curtain  the  extreme  in  ihe  joining" — that  hereby  is  signified 


382 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


the  plenary  conjunction  of  one  sphere  with  another;  and  that 
fifty  loops  upon  the  edge  of  the  curtain  of  the  other  joining,  sig- 
nifies in  like  manner  reciprocally,  appears  from  what  was  shown 
above,  n.  9605  to  9609. 

9624.  «  And  thou  shalt  make  fifty  little  handles  of  brass"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  plenary  faculty  of  conjunction  from 
external  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  fifty  little  han- 
dles, as  denoting  the  plenary  faculty  of  conjunction,  see  above, 
n.  9611 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting  natural 
or  external  good,  see  n.  425,  1551 

9625.  u  And  thou  shalt  bring  in  the  little  handles  into  the 
loops" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  mode  of  conjunction,  ap- 
pears from  this  consideration,  that  when  by  the  little  handles  is 
signified  the  faculty  of  conjunction,  see  just  above,  n.  9624,  by 
bringing  them  in  into  the  loops,  and  thereby  joining  together 
the  curtains,  is  signified  the  mode  of  conjunction,  as  also  by 
joining  together  the  curtains  each  to  the  other  by  little  handles, 
see  above,  n.  9612. 

9626.  "  And  thou  shalt  join  the  tent  together  that  it  may  be 
one" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  external  of  heaven  thus  alto 
gether  one,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  tent,  as  denoting 
the  external  of  heaven,  see  n.  9615.  That  it  denotes  thus  alto- 
gether one,  see  n.  9613,  where  the  habitation  is  treated  of,  by 
which  is  signified  the  internal  of  heaven. 

9627.  "  And  what  is  redundant  superfluous  in  the  curtains  ot 
the  tent" — that  hereby  is  signified  what  proceeds,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  what  is  superfluous  redundant,  as  denoting 
what  proceeds,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  curtains  of  the  tent,  as  denoting  truths 
derived  from  external  celestial  good,  which  constitute  the  ex- 
ternal of  the  heaven,  which  is  signified,  by  the  tent,  n.  9615. 
That  what  is  redundant  superfluous  from  the  curtains  denotes 
what  proceeds,  is  because  it  proceeds  by  continuity  from  the 
expanse  itself. 

962S.  "  Half  of  the  superfluous  curtain  thou  6halt  make  to 
redound  over  the  hinder  parts  of  the  habitation" — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  ultimate,  of  heaven,  namely,  what  proceeds,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  what  is  superfluous  redundant,  as 
denoting  what  proceeds,  see  just  above,  n.  9627;  and  from  the 
signification  of  the  hinder  parts  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting 
the  ultimate  of  heaven,  for  the  habitation  denotes  heaven,  which 
is  here  treated  of. 

9629.  "  And  a  cubit  on  this  side  and  a  cubit  on  that  side  in 
the  length  of  the  curtains  of  the  tent  shall  be  redundant  over 
the  sides  of  the  habitation  on  this  side  and  on  that  side  to  cover 
it" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  mode  by  which  that  ultimate 
proceeds  from  good,  that  heaven  may  be  rendered  safe,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  what  is  redundant  over  the  sides  of  the 


9624—9632.1 


EXODUS. 


383 


habitation,  which  is  a  cubit  on  this  side  and  a  cubic  on  that 
side,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  proceeding,  see  above,  n.  9627 ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  length  of  the  curtains  of  the 
tent,  as  denoting  truths  derived  from  good,  see  above,  n.  9617  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  covering,  as  denoting  to  protect 
for  what  covers,  this  protects  from  assailing  evil  which  wonlc 
cause  hurt ;  from  these  significations  collected  into  one,  this 
sense  results,  that  that  ultimate  proceeding  is  from  good  that 
heaven  may  be  rendered  safe. 

9630.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  covering  of  the  tent " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  a  compass  [ambitus],  appears  without 
explication,  for  the  covering  made  of  skins  of  red  rams  made 
a  compass  above  and  around  the  tent. 

9631.  "Of  the  skins  of  red  rams" — that  hereby  are  signi- 
fied external  truths  derived  from  good,  appears  from  what  was 
said  and  shown  concerning  the  skins  of  red  rams,  n.  9471. 

9632.  "  And  a  covering  of  the  skins  of  badgers  from  above  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  out  of  it,  namely,  out  of  the  compass 
from  truths  which  are  from  external  good,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  covering,  as  denoting  a  compass,  as  just  above,  n. 
9630  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  skins,  as  denoting  externa] 
truths,  see  n.  9471 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  badgers,  as 
denoting  goods,  see  also  n.  9471.  It  is  needless  further  to 
explain  the  things  which  have  been  hitherto  said  concerning 
the  habitation,  its  tent,  and  the  two  coverings  of  tliis  latter, 
since  they  are  such,  as  by  reason  of  ignorance  would  scarcely 
fall  into  an  idea  of  thought,  for  where  ignorance  is,  there  is 
blindness,  thus  non-reception  of  light,  consequently  no  idea  of 
that  thing  ;  for  few,  if  any,  know  that  heaven  is  represented  and 
thus  described  by  the  habitation,  and  that  the  external  of  hea* 
ven  is  represented  and  described  by  the  tent  with  its  two  cover- 
ings. The  reason  why  these  things  are  unknown  is,  because 
scarcely  any  one  knows  that  heavenly  things  are  signified  by 
all  that  is  in  the  Word,  thus  that  an  internal  sense,  which  is 
spiritual,  is  in  singular  the  things  thereof ;  and  that  this  sense 
Joes  not  appear  in  the  letter,  but  only  from  the  letter  to  those 
who  are  instructed  concerning  correspondences,  and,  in  such 
case,  when  they  read  the  Word,  are  in  illustration  from  the 
Lord.  Yet  scarcely  any  one  knows  that  man,  who  is  in  the 
good  of  love  and  of  faith,  is  a  heaven  in  the  least  form,  and 
that  such  a  man,  both  as  to  his  interiors  and  exteriors,  corres- 
ponds to  heaven,  n.  9276.  If  these  things  had  been  known, 
the  learned  in  the  Christian  world,  who  have  procured  to  them- 
selves any  knowledge  concerning  the  form  of  the  human  bodjr, 
might  have  been  in  some  intellectual  light,  consequently  in 
some  idea,  concerning  heaven,  and  in  such  case,  might  have 
apprehended  what  things  in  heaven  are  represented  by  the  ark, 
its  propitiatory,  and  the  che-"b?  over  it;  what  by  the  table 


384 


EXODUS. 


[Ch^p.  xxvi. 


upon  which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  and  by  the  candlestick, 
and  by  the  golden  altar  for  incense  ;  also  what  things  are  re- 
presented by  the  habitation,  its  curtains,  planks  and  bases  ;  and 
next  by  the  tent,  and  by  its  two  coverings,  for  similar  things 
appertaining  to  man  occur  in  his  internals  and  in  his  externals, 
and  are  also  presented  in  a  material  form  in  his  body,  to  which 
these  internals  exactly  correspond;  for  unless  the  externals, 
which  are  corporeal,  exactly  corresponded  to  the  internals,  which 
are  intellectual  and  voluntary,  there  would  not  be  any  life  in 
the  body,  thus  neither  any  correspondent  acts.  It  is  said  that 
similar  things  occur  in  the  tabernacle  as  with  man,  since  the 
representatives  in  nature  have  reference  to  the  human  form, 
and  have  a  signification  according  to  their  relation  to  it,  n. 
c>496  ;  in  the  externals  appertaining  to  man  there  are  four  cover* 
mgs  which  encompass  and  enclose  together  all  the  interiors, 
and  which  are  called  coats  and  skins  ;  to  what  internals  these 
correspond,  see  from  experience,  n.  5552  to  5559,  8980  ;  similar 
things  were  represented  in  the  coverings,  which  constituted  the 
expanse  of  the  tabernacle  ;  hence  the  understanding  may  borrow 
some  light  concerning  the  forms  of  heaven  ;  nevertheless  that 
light  will  be  extinguished  with  all  those,  who  have  not  a  distinct 
knowledge  concerning  the  things  which  are  in  the  human  body, 
and  who  have  not  at  the  same  time  a  distinct  knowledge  con- 
cerning the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  faith  and  concerning 
the  celestial  things  which  are  of  love,  to  which  those  things 
correspond.  Inasmuch  as  both  the  latter  and  the  former  things 
with  the  generality  are  in  a  shade,  yea  in  thick  darkness,  not 
only  from  want  of  knowledge,  but  also  from  want  of  faith, 
therefore  it  is  thought  needless  to  give  any  further  explication  of 
theso  things,  since,  as  was  said  above,  they  would  fall  into  no 
idea,  on  account  of  the  want  of  intellectual  light  in  such  things. 

9633.  Verses  15  to  30.  And  thou  slialt  make  planks  for  tlie 
habitation,  of  shittim-wood,  standing.  Ten  cubits  the  length  of 
a  plank,  and  a  cubit  and  half  a  cubit  the  breadth  of  one  pla?ik. 
Two  hands  shall  be  to  one  plank,  combined  each  to  the  oilier  ;  so 
•"halt  thou  do  to  all  the  planks  of  tlve  habitation.  A  nd  i/iou  shall 
make  planks for  tlic  habitation,  twenty  planks for  the  corner  of  the 
south  towards  the  south.  And  thou  shalt  malce  forty  bases  of 
silver  beneath  the  twenty  planks,  two  bases  beneath  one  plank  for 
the  two  hands  thereof,  and  tioo  bases  beneath  one  plank  for  the  two 
\ands  thereof.  And  for  the  other  side  of  the  habitation  to  tlie 
comer  of  the  north  twenty  planks.  Ana  their  forty  bases  of 
silver,  two  bases  beneath  one  plankt  and  two  bases  beneath  one 
plank.  And  for  the  two  legs  of  the  habitation  towards  the  sea 
thou  shalt  make  six  planks.  And  tliou  shalt  make  two  planks  for 
the  corners  of  the  habitation  in  the  two  legs.  And  they  shall 
be  twinned from  beneath,  and  shall  be  twinned  together  at  its  head, 
at  one  ring  ;  so  shall  it  b~  to  tlio/i  both,  they  shall  be  at  the  two 


9633.] 


EXODUS. 


385 


corners.  And  there  shall  he  eight  planks  and  their  oases  of  silver, 
sixteen  bases,  two  bases  beneath  one  plank,  and  two  bases  beneath 
one  plank.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood,for  the 
Jive  planks  of  one  side  of  the  habitation.  And  five  staves  f or  the 
2)lanks  of  the  other  side  of  the  habitation,  and  five  staves  for  the 
planks  of  the  side  of  the  habitation  at  the  two  legs  towards  the 
sea.    And  the  middle  stave  in  the  middle  of  the  planks  passing 
from  extremity  to  extremity.    And  thou  shalt  cover  the  planks 
over  with  gold,  aud  thou  shalt  make  rings  of  gold  houses  for  the 
staves,  and  thou  shalt  cover  the  slaves  over  with  gold.  And  thou 
shalt  set  the  habitation  according  to  the  mode  which  thou  wast 
made  to  see  in  the  mountain.    And  thou  shalt  make  planks  for 
the  habitation,  signifies  the  good  supporting  that  heaven.  Of 
shittim-wood,  signifies  that  it  is  the  good  of  merit  from  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord.    Ten  cubits  the  length 
of  a  plank,  signifies  that  good  all  in  all.    And  a  cubit  and  half 
a  cubit  the  breadth  of  one  plank,  signifies  truth  thence  con- 
joining as  much  as  is  sufficient.    Two  hands  shall  b"  to*  «ne 
plank,  signifies  power  thence  derived.    Combined  eaui  to  the 
other,  signifies  hence  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  those 
who  are  in  that  heaven.    So  shalt  thou  do  to  all  the  planks  of 
the  habitation,  signifies  thus  every  where.  And  thou  shalt  make 
twenty  planks  for  the  habitation,  signifies  good  supporting  hea- 
""n  in  every  manner  and  altogether.    Twenty  planks  for  the 
corner  of  the  south  towards  the  south,  signifies  even  into  its 
interior  and  inmost  principles  where  truth  is  in  the  light.  Aud 
forty  bases  of  silver,  signifies  plenary  support  by  truth.  Be- 
neath the  twenty  planks,  signifies  which  proceeds  from  the  good 
which  is  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord.  Two 
bases  beneath  one  plank,  signifies  its  conjunction  with  good. 
For  the  two  hands  thereof,  signifies  hence  power.    And  two 
bases  beneath  one  plank  for  the.  two  hands  thereof,  signifies 
thus  in  all  and  singular  things.    And  for  the  other  side  of  the 
habitation  at  the  corner  of  the  north,  signifies  towards  the 
exteriors  of  that  heaven,  where  truth  is  in  obscurity.  Twenty 
planks,  signifies  good  supporting  in  every  manner  and  alto- 
gether.   And  their  forty  bases  of  silver,  signifies  also  plenary 
support  there  by  truth.    Two  bases  beneath  one  plank,  sig 
nines  by  conjunction  with  good.    And  two  bases  beneath  or 
plank,  signifies  every  where.  And  for  the  two  legs  of  the  habi- 
tation towards  the  sea,  signifies  conjunction  with  heaven  where 
<£Ood  is  in  obscurity.  Thou  shalt  make  six  planks,  signifies  good 
here  of  every  mode  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the 
^ord.    And  thou  shalt  make  two  planks  for  the  corners  of  the 
habitation  in  the  two  legs,  signifies  the  quality  of  conjunction 
there  with  good.  And  they  shall  be  twinned  from  beneath,  and 
twinned  together  at  its  head,  signifies  conjunction  from  what  is 
e xterior  and  from  what  is  interior.  At  one  ring,  signifies  r hereby 
VOL.  ix.  25 


386 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


consistence.  So  shall  it  be  for  them  both,  they  shall  be  at  the 
two  corners,  signifies  similar  conjunction  every  where.  And  there 
shall  be  eight  planks  and  their  bases  of  silver,  signifies  support  of 
every  kind  from  good  by  truth  which  is  from  good.  Sixteen  bases, 
signifies  support  altogether.  Two  bases  beneath  one  plank,  and 
two  bases  beneath  one  plank,  signifies  by  conjunction  with  good 
evovy  where.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  with  shittim-wood. 
nigirdios  the  power  of  truth  from  good.  For  the  five  planks  v 
.  ne  side  of  the  habitation,  signifies  by  which  it  looks  towaids 
the  interiors  of  heaven  where  truth  is  in  the  light.  And  five 
staves  for  the  planks  of  the  other  side  of  the  habitation,  signifies 
the  power  of  truth  from  good  by  which  it  looks  towards  the 
exteriors  where  truth  is  in  obscurity.  And  five  staves  for  the 
planks  of  the  side  of  the  habitation  at  the  two  legs  towards  the 
sea,  signifies  the  power  of  truth  from  good  by  which  it  respects 
that  heaven  where  there  is  conjunction  with  good  which  is  in 
obscurity.  And  the  middle  stave  in  the  middle  of  the  planks 
passing  from  extremity  to  extremity,  signifies  the  primary  power 
from  which  the  powers  are  every  where  continued.  And  thou 
shalt  cover  the  planks  over  with  gold,  and  shalt  make  theb 
rings  of  gold,  houses  for  the  staves,  and  shalt  cover  the  stave* 
over  with  gold,  signifies  a  representative  of  good  from  whicl 
and  by  which  are  all  things.  And  thou  shalt  set  the  habitation 
according  to  the  mode  which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mour 
tiin,  signifies  to  the  quarters  according  to  the  states  of  gooo* 
and  of  truth  thence  derived  in  the  heaven  which  is  representee! 

9634.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  planks  for  the  habitation"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  good  supporting  that  heaven,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  a  plank,  as  denoting  good  supporting, 
of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  6ee 
n.  9594.  The  reason  why  planks  denote  good  supporting  is, 
because  they  were  of  wood,  and  supported  the  curtains  both  of 
the  habitation  and  of  the  tent,  and  also  the  two  coverings  over 
(hem,  hence  by  planks  are  signified  supports,  and  because  they 
were  of  wood  they  signified  supports  from  good,  for  every 
tKng  which  is  of  wood  signifies  good,  even  to  the  very  houses 
which  were  of  wood,  n.  3720;  the  quality  "of  the  wood  is  signifi- 
ed by  shittim-wood,  of  which  they  were  made.  Inasmuch  as  all 
the  representatives  which  are  in  nature,  have  reference  to  the 
human  form,  and  have  a  signification  according  to  that  reference, 
n.  9496.  so  also  have  the  planks  of  the  habitation;  these  cor 
respond  to  the  muscular  or  fleshy  part  in  man,  which  supports 
the  encompassing  coats  and  skins  ;  by  flesh  is  also  signified  good 
n  7850,  9127.  llence  it  is  that  the  planks  were  of  shittirr 
arood,  by  which  is  signified  the  good  that  supports  heaven,  ... 
9472,  94S6,  also  that  they  were  covered  over  w'th  gold,  by 
which  is  also  signified  good. 


— 9638.] 


EXODUS. 


387 


9635.  "  Of  shittim-wood  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  good; 
of  merit  from  the  Divine  Tinman  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  shittim-wood,  as  denoting  the  good  of 
merit  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  see  n. 
9472,  9186.  That  this  good  is  the  only  good  which  reigns  in 
heaven,  and  supports  it,  see  n.  9486. 

9636.  "Ten  cubits  the  length  of  a  plank" — that  hereby  is 
signified  that  good  all  in  all,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
ten,  as  denoting  all,  see  n.  4638,  9595  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  length,  denoting  good,  see  n.  1613,  8898,  9487, 
9600,  in  this  case  good  supporting,  which  is  the  good  of  merit, 
for  this  is  signified  by  the  planks  of  the  habitation  made  of  shit- 
tim-wood, n.  9635.  The  reason  why  this  good  is  all  in  all  in 
heaven  is,  because  this  good  is  the  Divine  Good  itself  which 
makes  the  heavens  and  supports  them,  n.  9486  ;  for  the  good 
which  appertains  to  the  angels  is  this  very  good,  inasmuch  as  all 
good  is  from  the  Lord  ;  good  from  any  other  source  is  not  good. 

9637.  "  And  a  cubit  and  a  half  the  breadth  of  one  plank  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  truth  thence  conjoining  so  much  as 
is  sufficient,  appears  from  the  signification  of  one  and  a  half,  as 
denoting  what  is  full,  see  n.  9487,  9488,  9489,  thus  also  as 
much  as  is  sufficient,  for  this  is  what  is  full.  The  reason  why 
that  truth  is  thence  derived,  that  is,  from  good,  which  is  signi- 
fied by  the  planks  of  shittim-wood,  n.  9634,  9635,  is,  because 
every  good  has  its  truth,  and  every  truth  has  its  good,  good 
without  truth  does  not  appear,  and  truth  without  good  does  not 
exist,  for  truth  is  the  form  of  good,  and  good  is  the  esse  of  truth  ; 
it  is  by  virtue  of  a  form  that  good  appears,  and  it  is  by  virtue  of 
an  esse  that  truth  exists.  The  case  herein  is  similar  to  that  of 
flame  and  light,  flame  without  light  does  not  appear,  wherefore 
it  emits  from  itself  alight  that  it  may  appear,  and  light  without 
flame  does  not  exist.  The  case  is  similar  with  the  will  principle 
of  man  and  his  intellectual  principle,  the  will  principle  does  not 
appear  without  the  intellectual,  and  the  intellectual  does  not 
;xist  without  the  will  principle.  As  the  case  is  with  good  and 
ruth,  or  with  flame  and  light,  or  with  the  will  principle  and 
die  intellectual,  so  also  it  is  with  love  and  faith,  for  all  good  is 
of  love,  and  all  truth  is  of  faith  derived  from  love  ;  and  the  will 
principle  of  man  is  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  the  good  which 
is  of  love,  and  the  intellectual  principle  to  the  reception  of  the 
truth  which  is  of  faith ;  flame  also,  or  the  fire  of  life,  is  love, 
and  the  light  of  life  is  faith. 

9638.  "Two  hands  shall  be  to  one  plank" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  power  thence  derived,  namely,  by  truth  from  good, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  hands,  as  denoting  power,  see 
n.  878,  3387,  4931  to  4937,  5327,  5328,  6292,  6947,  7011,  7188, 
7189,  7518,  7673,  8050,  8153,  8281,  9J33;  and  that  all  power 
is  by  truth  from  good,  n.  6344,  6413.  9327,  9410. 


38S 


1X0DJS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


9639.  "Combined  each  to  the  other" — that  hereby  is  sig 
nilied  hence  the  conjunctu  n  of  the  Lord  with  those  who  are  ic 
that  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being  combined, 
when  concerning  the  power  which  is  signified  by  hands,  as 
denoting  conjunction  by  truth  from  good ;  for  all,  who  are  in 
heaven,  are  called  powers,  and  also  are  powers,  in  consequence 
of  their  being  receptions  of  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  from  the 
Lord;  therefore  also  by  angels  in  the  Word  are  signified  Divine 
Truths,  n.  8192.  The  Divine  Good  proceeding  from  the  Lord  is 
what  conjoins  all  in  heaven  ;  for  the  universally  reigning  prin- 
ciple in  Divine  Truths  is  Divine  Good,  and  what  reigns  univer- 
sally, this  conjoins  ;  this  conjunction  is  what  is  signified  by  the 
combination  of  the  hands  of  every  plank,  one  to  the  other. 

9640.  "  So  shalt  thou  do  to  all  the  planks  of  the  habitation  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  thus  every  where,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  all,  when  relating  to  heaven,  as  denoting  every 
where,  for  what  is  done  to  all  there,  this  is  done  every  where  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  planks  of  the  habitation,  as 
denoting  good  supporting  heaven,  see  n.  9634. 

9641.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  planks  for  the  habitation  twen 
ty  * — that  hereby  is  signified  good  supporting  heaven  in  every 
manner  and  altogether,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
planks  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  good  supporting  heaven 
see  n.  9634;  and  from  the  signification  of  twenty,  as  denot- 
ing what  is  full,  thus  in  every  manner  and  altogether.  The 
reason  why  twenty  has  this  signification  is,  because  the  mul- 
tiplied numbers  signify  the  same  as  the  simple  ones  from  which 
they  are  multiplied,  n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973,  thus  the  num- 
ber twenty  signifies  the  same  with  ten  and  with  two,  from  the 
multiplication  of  which  it  arises  ;  that  ten  denotes  what  is  full, 
and  all,  see  n.  3107,  4638  ;  in  like  manner  two,  n.  9103,  9166. 

9642.  "  Planks  for  the  corner  of  the  south  southward" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  even  into  interior  and  inmost  principles 
where  truth  is  in  the  light,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
planks  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  good  supporting  heaven, 
see  n.  9634;  and  from  the  signification  of  corner,  when* it  is 
said  of  the  quarters  of  the  world,  as  denoting  where  that  state 
is  which  is  marked  and  signified  by  the  quarter,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  south 
southward,  as  denoting  interior  and  inmost  principles,  where 
truth  is  in  its  light ;  for  by  the  south  is  signified  a  atate  of  light, 
which  is  a  state  of  intelligence  derived  from  truths,  thus  also 
an  interior  state,  for  light  and  with  light  intelligence  and 
wisdom,  in  the  heavens  increases  towards  things  interior,  at  a 
distance  from  which  things,  truth  is  in  shade,  which  state  of 
truth  is  signified  by  the  north.  Hence  now  it  is,  that  by  tho 
corner  of  the  south  southward,  is  signified  even  to  interior  and 
inmost  principles  where  truth  is  in  the  light.    The  sane  it 


9639—9042.] 


EXODUS. 


339 


signified  by  the  south  in  Isaiah,  "I  will  say  to  the  north  give, 
and  to  the  south  keep  not.  back  ;  bring  My  sons  from  far,  and 
My  daughters  from  the  extremity  of  the  earth,"  xliii.  0;  the 
subject  treated  of  in  this  passage  is  concerning  a  New  Church. 
To  say  to  the  north,  denotes  to  those  who  are  in  darkness  or 
ignorance  concerning  the  truths  of  faith,  who  are  the  nations 
out  of  the  church  ;  to  say  to  the  south,  denotes  to  those  who 
are  in  light  derived  from  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth, 
and  these  are  they  who  are  within  the  church,  wherefore  it  is 
said  to  the  latter  that  they  should  not  keep  back,  but  to  the 
former  that  they  should  gi  e.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Set  thy  faces 
the  way  of  the  south,  and  drop  towards  the  south,  and  prophecy 
against  the  forest  to  the  field  of  the  south,  and  say  to  the  forest 
of  the  south,  behold  I  kindle  a  tire  in  thee  which  shall  devour 
in  thee  every  green  tree,  and  all  faces  shall  be  burned  from  the 
south  to  the  north.  Set  thy  faces  toward  Jerusalem,  and  drop 
against  the  sanctuaries,  and  prophecy  against  the  land  of  Israel," 
xx.  40,  47  ;  xxi.  2.  The  south  in  this  passage  denotes  those 
who  are  in  the  light  of  truth  from  the  Word,  thus  denotes 
those  who  are  of  the  church,  but  who  are  in  falses,  which  they 
confirm  from  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word  improperly 
explained  ;  whence  it  is  called  the  forest  to  the  field  of  the 
south,  and  the  forest  of  the  south.  Forest  denot^a  that  the 
scientific  principle  has  rule,  but  a  garden  denotes  that  truth 
has  rule.  Hence  it  is  evident,  what  is  signified  by  setting  the 
faces  the  way  of  the  south,  and  dropping  towards  the  south, 
and  prophecying  against  the  field  to  the  south;  and  afterwards 
by  setting  the  faces  towards  Jerusalem,  and  dropping  against 
the  sanctuaries,  and  prophecying  against  the  land  of  Israel ; 
for  Jerusalem  and  the  land  of  Israel  is  the  church,  and  the 
sanctuaries  there  denote  the  things  which  are  of  the  church. 
Again,  in  Isaiah,  "  If  thou  press  out  thy  soul  to  the  hungry, 
and  satisfy  the  afflicted  soul,  thy  light  shall  arise  in  darkness, 
and  thy  thick  darkness  shall  be  as  the  south"  lviii.  10.  Where 
darkness  and  thick  darkness  denote  ignorance  of  truth  and 
good,  whilst  light  and  the  south  denote  the  understanding  of 
those  principles.  Again,  "Bring  forth  counsel,  do  judgment, 
set  thy  shade  as  the  uight  in  the  midst  of  the  south,  hide  those 
that  are  expelled,  reveal  not  the  wanderer,"  xvi.  3.  Where  in 
the  midst  of  the  south  denotes  in  the  midst  of  the  light  of 
truth.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "Sanctify  the  battle  against  the 
daughter  of  Zion,  arise  and  let  us  go  up  into  (fie  south,  because 
the  day  goeth  away,  because  the  shadows  of  the  evening  are 
inclined,  '  vi.  4.  To  go  up  into  the  south  denotes  against  the 
church,  where  truth  is  in  the  light  derived  from  the  Word. 
And  in  Amos,  "  /  will  cause  the  sun  to  set  in  the  south,  and  J 
will  darken  the  earth  in  the  day  of  light,'"  viii.  9  ;  denoting  to 
extinguish  all  the  light  of  truth  which  is  from  the  Word.  And 


390 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


in  David,  "  Thou  shalt  not  be  afraid  of  the  terror  of  the  night, 
of  the  weapon  that  liieth  in  the  day,  of  the  pestilence  in  thick 
darkness,  of  the  death  that  vastateth  in  the  south"  Psalm  xci. 
5,  6.  The  terror  of  night  denotes  the  falses  of  evil  -which  are 
from  hell;  the  weapon  which  flies  in  the  day  denotes  the  false 
which  is  openly  taught ;  the  death  which  vastates  in  the  south, 
denotes  the  evil,  which  is  openly  lived  in,  whereby  truth  is 
destroyed  where  it  is  capable  of  being  in  its  light  from  the 
Word.  And  in  Isaiah,  "The  prophetic  [enunciation]  of  the 
wilderness  of  the  sea,  as  whirlwinds  from  the  south,  to  Him 
who  is  about  to  pass,  it  cometh  from  the  wilderness,  from  a 
terrible  land,"  xxi.  1.  And  in  Daniel,  "  The  he-goat  of  the 
she-goats  made  himself  exceedingly  great,  and  his  horn  grew 
towards  the  south,  and  towards  the  east,  and  towards  honora- 
bleness  ;  and  it  grew  even  to  the  host  of  the  heavens,  and  cast 
down  to  the  earth  [some]  of  the  host  and  of  the  stars,  and 
trod  them  under  foot,"  viii.  8,  9,  10.  The  subject  treated  of 
in  this  passage  is  concerning  the  state  of  a  future  church,  and 
it  is  predicted  that  the  church  would  perish  by  doctrine  con- 
cerning faith  separate  from  the  good  of  charity ;  the  he-goat 
of  the  she-goats  is  such  faith,  n.  4169,  4769  ;  its  horn  growing 
towards  the  south,  denotes  the  power  of  the  false  thence  derived 
against  truths  ;  towards  the  east,  denotes  against  goods  ;  to 
wards  honorableness,  denotes  the  church  ;  to  the  host  of  the 
heavens,  denotes  against  all  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven;  to 
cast  down  to  the  earth  [some]  of  the  host  and  of  the  stare, 
denotes  to  destroy  those  goods  and  truths,  and  the  very  know- 
ledges of  good  and  truth,  n.  4697.  In  the  same  prophet  is 
described  the  war  betweeu  the  king  of  the  south,  and  the  king 
of  the  north,  chap.  xi.  1  to  the  end,  and  by  the  king  of  the 
south  is  signified  the  light  of  truth  from  the  Word,  and  by  the 
king  of  the  north  reasoning  concerning  truth  grounded  in  sci- 
entilics;  the  changes  which  the  church  was  to  undergo  until  it 
was  to  perish,  are  described  by  the  various  successes  of  that 
war.  Inasmuch  as  the  south  signified  truth  in  the  light,  there- 
fore it  was  ordained  that  the  tribes  of  Reuben,  of  Simeon,  and 
of  Gad,  should  encamp  towards  the  south,  Numb.  ii.  10  to  15. 
Encampments  represented  the  orderly  arrangements  of  all 
tilings,  which  are  in  the  heavens,  according  to  the  truths  and 
good  of  faith  and  love,  n.  4236,  8103,  8193,  S196.  And  the 
twelve  tribes,  which  encamped,  signilied  all  truths  and  goods 
in  the  complex,  n.  3858,  3S62,  3l  26,  3939,  40vJ0,  6335,  0337, 
6397,  6640,  7836,  7891,  7996,  7997;  by  the  tribe  of  Reuben 
was  signified  the  truth  of  faith  in  doctrine,  n.  3861,  3866, 
5512  ;  by  the  tribe  of  Simeon,  the  truth  of  faith  in  life  thence 
derived,  n.  3869,  3870,  3871,  3S72,  4497,  4502,  4503,  5482  ; 
and  by  the  tribe  of  Gad  were  signified  works  derived  from  those 
truths,  n.  6401,  6105.    Ilence  it  is  evident,  why  those  tribes 


9643.] 


EXODUS. 


391 


encamped  towards  the  south,  for  all  things  which  are  of  truth, 
or  of  faith,  are  of  the  south,  because  of  light.  From  these 
considerations  it  is  now  manifest  what  is  signified  by  the  corner 
of  the  south,  namely,  where  the  state  of  truth  is  in  light.  For 
all  states  of  the  good  of  love  and  of  the  truth  of  faith  are  sig- 
nified by  the  four  corners  of  the  earth  ;  states  of  the  good  of 
love,  by  the  corner  of  the  east  and  by  the  corner  of  the  west,  and 
states  of  the  truth  of  faith  by  the  corner  of  the  south,  and  of 
the  north.  In  like  manner  by  the  four  winds  in  the  Apocalypse, 
"  The  angel  standing  upon  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  holding 
back  the  four  winds  of  the  earth,  that  the  winds  should  not  blow 
upon  the  earth,"  vii.  1.  And  in  another  place,  "  Satan  shall  go 
forth  to  seduce  the  nations  which  are  in  the  four  corners  of  the 
earth"  xx.  7,  8.  And  in  Matthew,  "  He  shall  send  His  angels, 
and  shall  gather  together  the  elect  from  the  four  winds,  from 
the  borders  of  the  heavens  to  the  borders  thereof,"  xxiv.  31. 
And  in  Ezekiel.  "  Come,  0  spirits,  from  the  four  winds,  and 
breathe  into  the  slain  that  they  may  live,"  xxxvii.  9.  Inasmuch 
as  by  those  winds,  or  by  those  quarters,  are  signified  all  things 
of  good  and  of  truth,  thus  all  things  of  heaven  and  of  the 
church,  and  by  the  temple  was  signified  heaven  or  the  church  ; 
therefore  from  ancient  times  it  has  been  customary  to  give 
temples  a  direction  towards  the  east  and  west,  since  the  east 
signified  the  good  of  love  in  its  rising,  and  the  west  the  good 
of  love  in  its  setting.  This  originated  in  the  representatives 
in  which  the  ancients,  who  were  of  the  church,  were  principled. 

9643.  "  Forty  bases  of  silver" — that  hereby  is  signified  ple- 
nary support  by  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  forty, 
as  denoting  what  is  plenary,  see  n.  9437  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  bases,  as  denoting  support,  for  bases  support;  and 
from  the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth,  sec  n.  1551, 
2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6917,  7999.  The  reason  why  the 
bases  were  of  silver,  and  the  planks  were  covered  over  witli 
gold,  was,  because  by  planks  is  signified  good,  and  by  bases 
truth,  and  good  has  power,  and  thereby  support  by  truth ;  that 
good  has  power  by  truth,  see  n.  6344,  6413,  9327,  9410  ;  and 
that  gold  denotes  good,  and  silver  truth,  see  n.  113,  1551, 
1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  8932,  9490,  9510.  The  reason  why 
good  has  power  by  truth  is,  because  truth  is  the  form  of  good, 
and  good  thereby  has  quality,  for  where  quality  is  there  form 
is,  thus  it  has  whereby  it  can  operate  on  something  else  in  this 
or  that  manner.  Hence  it  is  that  good  has  faculty,  but  not 
determinate  except  by  truth.  Determinate  faculty  is  actual 
power,  consequently  supporting  power.  Bases  also  correspond 
to  the  feet  and.  soles  of  the  feet  in  man  ;  in  general  to  the  bones, 
which  support  all  the  fleshy  [substance]  in  the  body.  By  feet 
and  by  bones  in  like  manner  is  signified  truth  supporting,  and 
*>y  what  is  fleshy  in  the  body  the  good  which  supports  itself 


392 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


by  truth.  That  all  tilings  in  nature  have  reference  to  the  human 
form,  and  are  significative  according  to  their  relation  to  it,  seo 
n.  9496;  that  flesh  denotes  good,  n.  3S13,  696S;  7850,  9127; 
that  feet  denote  the  natural  principle,  thus  truth  in  power  from 
good,  n.  5327*,  5328  ;  that  the  body  denotes  good,  n.  6135  ; 
that  bones  denote  truth  supporting,  n.  3842,  8005.  Hence  also 
it  is  that  a  foundation,  which  is  a  common  basis,  denotes  the 
truth  of  faith,  and  faith  itself,  as  may  be  manifest  from  the  pas- 
sages in  the  Word,  where  mention  is  made  of  foundation,  as 
in  Isaiah,  "Do  ye  not  know,  do  ye  not  hear,  do  ye  not  under- 
stand the  foundations  of  the  earth  V  xl.  21.  He  who  does  not 
know  what  is  signified  by  a  foundation,  and  wdiat  by  the  earth, 
conceives  no  otherwise  than  that  the  bottoms  of  the  earth  are 
there  meant  by  the  foundations  of  the  earth,  although  he  may 
perceive,  if  he  attends,  that  something  else  is  meant,  for  what 
would  it  be  to  know,  to  hear  and  understand  the  foundations 
of  the  earth  ?  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  that  by  the  foundations 
of  the  earth  are  signified  such  things  as  are  of  the  church. 
That  earth  in  the  Word  denotes  the  church,  is  very  manifest 
from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  earth  is  named,  see  those 
which  are  cited,  n.  9325  ;  and  that  its  foundations  are  the  truths 
of  faith,  for  these  truths  of  the  church  are  for  foundations, 
as  may  also  be  still  further  manifest  from  the  following  pas- 
sages, "They  do  not  acknowledge,  neither  do  they  understand, 
they  walk  in  darkness,  all  the  foundations  of  the  earth  totter" 
Psalm  lxxxii.  5;  that  the  foundations  of  the  earth  do  not  totter, 
out  the  truths  of  the  church  to  those  who  do  not  acknowledge, 
do  not  understand,  and  walk  in  darkness,  is  evident.  Again, 
"  The  earth  was  moved  and  trembled,  and  the  foundations  of 
the  mountains  shook,  and  moved  themselves,"  Psalm  xviii.  7; 
where  mountains  denote  the  good  things  of  love,  see  n.  795, 
4210,  6435,  8327,  their  foundations  denote  the  truths  of  faith. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "The  cataracts  from  on  high  are  opened,  and 
the,  foundations  of  the  earth  are  moved"  xxiv.  18.  Since  a 
foundation  denotes  the  truth  of  faith,  and  a  city  its  doctrines, 
therefore  also  in  the  Word  mention  is  made  of  a  foundation  of 
a  city,  when  the  truth  of  doctrine  is  meant,  as  in  David,  "The 
channels  of  waters  appeared,  and  the  foundations  of  the  city 
were  discovered,  at  the  chiding  of  Jehovah,"  Psalm  xviii.  15; 
that  a  city  denotes  the  doctrine  of  truth,  see  n.  402,  245  >,  2943, 
3216,  4492,  4493.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  signified 
by  the  foundations  of  the  city  of  the  Holy  Jerusalem  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "The  wall  of  the  city  of  the  Holy  Jerusalem  had 
twelve  foundations,  and  in  them  the  names  of  the  twelve  apos- 
tles of  the  Lamb ;  the  foundations  of  the  wall  were  adorned 
with  every  precious  stone,"  Apoc.  xxi.  14  to  20.  He  who 
does  not  know  what  is  signified  by  the  Holy  Jerusalem,  what 
by  a  city,  what  by  a  wall,  what  by  a  foundation,  and  what 


964d,  9644.] 


EXODUS. 


393 


by  the  twelve  apostle?.  c;ui  see  nothing  of  the  arc&iia  which 
lie  concealed  in  the  above  passage,  when  yet  by  the  Holy  Jeru- 
salem is  meant  the  New  Church  of  the  Lord,  about  to  succeed 
to  this  of  ours.  By  city,  is  meant  doctrine;  by  a  wall,  truth 
protecting  and  defending;  by  foundations,  the  truths  of  faith  ; 
by  the  twelve  apostles,  all  the  goods  of  love  and  truths  of  faith 
m  the  complex.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest,  why  it  is  said  that 
the  foundations  should  be  twelve,  and  adorned  with  every  pre 
cious  stone ;  for  a  precious  stone  denotes  the  truth  of  faith 
grounded  in  the  good  of  love,  n  114,  3858,  6640,  9476  ;  and 
the  twelve  apostles  denote  all  things  of  love  and  of  faith  in 
the  complex,  n.  348S,  3858,  6397.  Hence  it  is  evident,  what 
is  signified  by  foundations  in  the  above  passage,  and  also  by 
foundations  in  Isaiah,  "  Behold  I  arrange  thy  stones  with 
stibium,  and  I  will  set  thy  foundations  in  sapphires"  liv.  11 ; 
where  sapphires  denote  interior  truths,  n.  9407.  Again,  in 
the  same  prophet,  "  Jehovah  shall  smite  Ashur  with  a  staff ; 
then  shall  be  every  passage  of  the  staff  of  the  foundation,  upon 
which  Jehovah  shall  cause  him  to  rest,"  xxx.  31,  32.  The  staff 
of  a  foundation  denotes  the  power  of  truth  ;  that  staff  denotes 
power,  see  n.  4013,  4015,  4876,  4936,  6947,  7011,  7026. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "They  shall  not  take  from  thee  a  stone  for 
a  corner,  or  a  stone  of  foundations"  li.  26  ;  where  a  stone  of 
foundations  denotes  the  truths  of  faith.  And  in  Job,  "  Where 
wast  thou  when  I  founded  the  earth,  declare  if  thou  hast  known 
intelligence  ;  who  set  the  measures  thereof,  if  thou  knowest 
upon  what  are  its  bases,  or  who  set  the  stone  of  its  corner ; 
when  the  morning  stars  sang  together,  and  all  the  sons  of  God 
shouted,"  xxxviii.  4  to  7.  He  who  does  not  know  what  is  sig- 
nified in  the  internal  sense  by  earth,  by  its  measures,  and  by  ita 
bases,  also  what  by  the  stone  of  a  corner,  by  morning  stars, 
and  by  the  sons  of  God,  sees  nothing  of  the  arcana  contained 
therein,  believing  that  it  is  the  earth  which  is  meant ;  also  its 
♦  foundation,  measures,  bases,  the  stone  of  a  corner,  and  is  alto- 
gether ignorant  of  what  is  signified  by  the  rncroing  stars  singing, 
and  by  the  sons  of  God  shouting.  But  he  will  come  out  of 
darkness  into  light,  when  he  knows  that  earth  denotes  the 
church  ;  its  foundations,  the  truth  of  faith  ;  its  measures,  states 
of  good  and  truth  ;  its  bases,  truths  themselves  supporting ;  stone 
of  a  corner,  the  power  of  truth  ;  the  morning  stars,  the  know- 
ledges of  good  and  truth  derived  from  good,  the  sons  of  God, 
Divine  Truths.  The  latter  are  said  to  shout  when  they  exist, 
the  former  to  sing  when  they  arise. 

9644.  "  Under  the  twenty  planks  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
which  proceeds  from  good,  which  is  from  the  Divine  [principle] 
of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  twenty,  as  denoting 
what  is  full,  thus  in  every  manner  and  altogether,  see  above,  n. 
9641 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  planks  of  the  habitation, 


394 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi. 


as  denoting  good  supporting  heaven,  see  n.  9634.  That  this 
good  is  the  good  of  merit,  thus  of  the  Divine  Human  [princi- 
ple] of  the  Lord,  see  n.  7850,  9127  ;  and  that  this  is  the  only 
good  which  reigns  in  heaven,  n.  94S6.  That  the  truth,  which 
is  signified  by  the  bases,  is  what  proceeds  from  that  good,  is 
signified  by  the  bases  being  under  the  planks. 

9645.  "  Two  bases  under  one  plauk  — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied Us  conjunction  with  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
two,  as  denoting  conjunction,  see  n.  5194,  8423  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  truth,  by  which  is  support, 
see  n.  9643  ;  and  roin  the  signification  of  plank,  as  denoting 
good  supporting,  soe  just  above,  n.  9644. 

9646.  "  For  its  *wo  hands  " — that  hereby  is  signified  hence 
power,  appears  from  th«  signification  of  hands,  as  denoting 
power,  see  n.  9638. 

9647.  "  And  two  i  ases  under  one  piank  for  its  two  hands" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  thus  in  all  and  singular  things,  appears 
from  this  consideration,  that  such  bases  and  hands  were  applied 
to  every  plank,  and  that  the  repetition  involves  this,  therefore  it 
signifies  that  so  it  should  be  to  all  and  singular  tilings.  It  is  to 
be  noted,  that  good  with  truths  is  similar  to  itself  in  every  par 
ticular  appertaining  to  man  and  angel,  such  as  it  is  in  general, 
n.  920,  1040,  1316,  4345,  thus  in  all  and  singular  tilings. 

9648.  "  And  for  the  other  side  of  the  habitation  at  the  corner 
of  the  north  " — that  hereby  is  signified  towards  the  exteriors 
of  that  heaven  where  truths  are  in  obscurity,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  heaven,  see  n.  9594  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  north,  as  denoting  exteriors, 
where  truth  is  in  obscurity,  see  n.  370S ;  hence  it  is  evident 
that  by  the  side  of  the  habitation  at  the  corner  of  the  north, 
is  signified  towards  the  exteriors  of  heaven,  where  truth  i6  in 
obscurity.  There  are  four  states,  to  which  the  four  quarters  in 
the  world,  which  are  the  east,  the  west,  the  south,  and  tlu 
north,  correspond ;  the  east  corresponds  to  a  state  of  good  ii 
its  rising,  the  west  to  a  state  of  good  in  its  setting,  the  south 
corresponds  to  a  state  of  truth  in  its  light,  but  the  north  to  ;. 
state  of  truth  in  the  shade,  n.  370S.  The  state  of  good  to 
which  the  east  corresponds,  and  the  state  of  truth  to  which  the 
south  corresponds,  are  interior  states ;  and  the  state  of  good 
to  which  the  west  corresponds,  and  the  state  of  truth  to  which 
the  north,  are  exterior,  for  every  state,  the  more  interior  il  is, 
so  much  the  more  perfect,  and  the  more  exterior  it  is,  so  much 
the  more  imperfect,  thus  more  obscure.  Hence  it  is  that  mac, 
the  higher  he  can  be  elevated  towards  interior  things,  comes  so 
much  the  more  into  the  perception  of  good,  and  into  the  light 
of  truth  ;  wherefore  a  man,  when  he  puts  off  corporeal  things, 
which  are  themselves  external,  as  is  the  case  when  he  departs 
out  of  the  world,  if  he  have  lived  a  ife  of  truth  and  goo'l,  "•>■>..;>; 


9645—9654.] 


EXODUS. 


395 


into  intelligence  and  wisdom,  and  thereby  into  the  perception 
of  all  happinesses,  and  into  a  perception  of  the  greater,  in  pro- 
portion as  by  a  life  of  good  derived  from  the  doctrine  of  trntn, 
he  lias  suffered  himself  to  be  eievated  towards  the  interior  things 
of  heaven. 

9649.  "Twenty  planks" — that  hereby  is  signified  good  sup- 
porting in  every  manner  and  altogether,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  twenty,  as  denoting  in  every  manner  and  altogether 
eoe  aoove,  n.  9641  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  planks 
of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  good  supporting  heaven,  see  n. 
9634. 

9650.  "  And  their  twenty  bases  of  silver  " — signifies  also  ple- 
nary support  by  truth,  as  above,  n.  9643. 

9651.  "  Two  bases  under  one  plank  " — signifies  by  conjunc- 
tion with  good,  as  also  above,  n.  9645. 

9652.  "  And  two  bases  under  one  plank  " — signifies  every 
where  because  appertaining  to  all  and  singular  things,  n.  9647, 
for  what  appertains  to  all  and  singular  things,  this  is  every  where. 

9653.  "  And  for  the  two  legs  of  the  habitation  towards  the 
sea"— that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  with  heaven  where 
good  is  in  obscurity,  appears  from  the  signification  of  two,  as 
denoting  conjunction,  as  above,  n.  9645;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  legs,  as  denoting  the  borders  where  good  verges  to 
obscurity,  see  n.  7859  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  habita- 
tion, as  denoting  heaven,  see  n.  9594  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  west  or  of  the  sea,  as  denoting  a  state  of  good  in  obscurity, 
see  n.  3708,  8615.  The  reason  why  that  state  is  signified  by 
the  west  is,  because  by  the  sun  is  signified  the  Lord  as  to  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  3636,  3643,  4060,  4321.  7078,  70S3,  7171, 
t>644,  8812  ;  hence  by  its  rising  is  signified  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord  in  clear  perception,  and  by  setting,  good  from 
Him  in  obscure  perception.  And  whereas  man  and  angel  has 
clear  perception,  when  he  is  elevated  towards  interior  things  or 
into  the  light  of  heaven,  and  obscure  perception,  when  he  is  in 
exterior  things,  n.  964S,  thus  when  in  the  light  of  the  world, 
therefore  the  west  is  also  called  the  sea.  for  the  sea  signifies  the 
scientific  principle  in  general,  n.  2S,  2850,  and  the  scientific 
principle  is  in  the  external  or  natural  man,  where  good  is  in 
obscurity  ;  all  the  scientific  principle,  inasmuch  as  it  is  of  the 
natural  man,  is  in  the  light  of  the  world. 

9654.  "  Thou  shalt  make  six  planks  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied good  there  of  every  mode  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  six,  as  denoting  all 
things  in  the  complex,  see  n.  7973,  thus  also  of  every  mode ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  the  planks  of  the  habitation,  as 
denoting  good  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord 
supporting  heaven  see  n.  9644. 


306 


EKODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvx 


9655.  "  And  thou  9halt  make  two  plunks  for  the  corners  of 
the  habitation  in  the  two  legs  " — that  hereby  is  signified  quality 
of  conjunction  there  with  good,  appears  from  what  follows, 
where  it  is  said  that  the  planks  there  should  be  twinned  from 
beneath,  and  twinned  together  at  its  head  at  one  corner  ;  which 
words  denote  the  quality  of  conjunction  there  with  good,  for  by 
two  is  signified  conjunction,  n.  9645  ;  by  planks  good  support- 
ing, n.  9634 ;  by  the  corners  of  the  habitation  in  the  two  legs, 
the  borders  where  that  good  is,  n.  9653. 

9656.  "  And  they  shall  be  twinned  from  beneath,  and  twinned 
together  at  its  head  " — that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  from 
what  is  exterior  and  from  what  is  interior  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  being  twinned,  as  denoting  to  act  conjointly ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  from  beneath  as  denoting  from  what  is 
exterior,  for  that,  which  is  without  is  expressed  in  the  Word  by 
beneath,  and  that  which  is  within  by  above,  see  n.  3084,  4599, 
5146,  S325 ;  hence  things  deep  denote  things  exterior,  and 
things  high  denote  things  interior,  n.  2148,  4210,4599;  and 
from  the  signification  of  the  head,  when  it  is  said  from  beneath 
to  the  head,  as  denoting  from  what  is  interior.  The  reason  wh; 
this  is  signified  by  the  head  is,  because  the  head  is  above  the 
body,  and  by  things  superior  are  signified  things  interior,  as  wa& 
just  now  said.  And  moreover  the  interior  things  of  man  are  in 
his  head,  for  in  the  head  are  the  beginnings  of  the  senses  and  of 
motions,  and  the  beginnings  are  inmost  things,  because  from 
them  the  rest  are  derived,  for  the  beginnings  are  as  the  veins  of 
fountains  from  which  rivers  are  derived.  Hence  also  it  is,  that 
interior  things  are  expressed  by  the  head  in  the  Word,  as  in 
Isaiah,  "  Jehovah  will  cut  off  from  Israel  the  head  and  the  tail, 
the  branch  and  the  rush  in  one  day,"  ix.  14.  Again,  "  There 
shall  not  be  work  for  Egypt,  which  the  head  and  the  tail,  the 
branch  and  the  rush  may  do,"  xix.  15.  In  these  passages  the 
church  is  treated  of,  the  interior  things  of  which  are  the  head, 
and  the  exterior  the  tail.  Again,  ,l  In  all  heads  shall  be  baldness, 
every  beard  shaved,"  xv.  2.  Baldness  in  heads  denotes  no 
good  and  truth  in  the  interiors  ;  shaven  beard  denotes  no  good 
and  truth  in  the  exteriors.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Thou  slum  be 
ashamed  of  Egypt  as  thou  wast  ashamed  of  Ashur,  and  thy  hands 
shall  he  i/jjon  thy  head,  because  Jehovah  hath  abominated  thy 
securities, "  ii.  36,  37 ;  thus  is  described  shame  on  account  of 
the  goods  and  truths  of  the  church  destroyed  by  scientifics,  and 
by  reasonings  from  them.  Egypt  is  the  scientific  principle ;  Ashur 
is  reasoning  from  them  ;  hands  upon  the  head  denote  to  cover 
the  interiors  by  reason  of  shame.  In  like  manner  in  another 
passage,  "  They  were  ashamed,  and  affected  with  ignominy, 
and  covered  their  head,"  Jer.  xiv.  3,  4,  and  2  Sam.  xiii.  19. 

9657.  "To  one  ring'' — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  con- 


9655—9659.] 


EXODUS. 


397 


sistence,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  ring,  as  denoting 
conjunction,  see  n.  9193,  9195,  in  this  case  consistence  by  con- 
junction, because  it  is  said  that  the  planks  shall  be  twinned  to 
one  ring. 

9653.  "  So  shall  it  be  to  them  both,  at  the  two  corners  they 
shall  be" — that  hereby  is  signified  like  conjunction  every  where, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  both,  or  two,  as  denoting  con- 
junction, see  above,  n.  9655  ;  inasmuch  as  this  is  on  both  sides,  / 
it  signifies  like  conjunction  every  where,  for  the  planks  twinned 
at  the  two  corners  looked  to  every  quarter  ;  thus  they  construct- 
ed the  two  legs  at  the  two  corners,  and  to  look  to  every  quartei 
is  to  look  every  where ;  and  whereas  it  was  on  both  sides  alike, 
it  denotes  like  conjunction  every  where. 

9659.  "  And  there  shall  be  eig'jt  planks  and  their  bases  of 
silver" — that  hereby  is  signified  every  mode  of  support  from 
good,  and  by  truth  grounded  in  good,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  eight,  as  denoting  every  mode,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  planks,  as  de- 
noting good  supporting,  see  n.  9631 ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  bases  of  silver,  as  denoting  support  by  truth  which  is  from 
good,  see  n.  9613.  The  reason  why  eight  denotes  in  every 
mode  is,  because  by  that  number  is  signified  the  same  as  by 
two  and  by  four,  for  it  arises  out  of  those  numbers  multiplied 
into  each  other,  and  by  two  and  four  is  signified  conjunction 
to  the  full,  see  n.  5191,  8123,  8877,  and  hence  also  what  is 
full,  n.  9103,  consequently  every  mode,  for  what  is  in  full,  is 
also  in  every  mode.  By  eight  also  is  signified  what  is  full  and 
in  every  mode  from  this  consideration,  because  by  a  week  [or 
seven  days]  is  signified  an  entire  period  from  beginning  to  end, 
n.  2011,  3S15,  hence  by  the  eighth  day  is  signified  a  full  state, 
from  which  is  afterwards  made  a  new  beginning.  Hence  it  was 
that  males  of  eight  days  old  were  circumcised,  Gen.  xvii.  12  ; 
chap.  xxi.  1 ;  for  by  circumcision  was  signified  purification 
from  filthy  loves  by  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  2039,  2016,  2799, 
3112,  3113,  1162  ;  the  fore-skin  corresponded  to  the  defilement 
of  good  by  those  loves,  n.  1162,  7015,  7225 ;  and  the  knife  of 
6tone,  with  which  circumcision  was  performed,  signified  the 
truth  of  faith  by  which  purification  is  effected,  n.  2039,  2016, 
2799,  7011.  What  is  full  and  of  every  mode  is  also  signified 
by  eight  after  seven  in  Micah,  "  When  Ashur  shall  come  into 
our  land,  and  shall  tread  down  our  palaces,  then  we  will  set 
over  him  seven  shepherds  and  eight  princes  of  men,  and  they  shall 
feed  the  land  of  Ashur  with  the  sword,  and  it  shall  deliver  from 
Ashur,"  v.  5,  6.  Ashur  denotes  reasoning  concerning  the  goods 
and  truths  of  the  church  from  man's  own  intelligence,  deliver- 
ance total  or  in  every  mode  from  falsity  is  hence  signified  by 
eight  princes  of  men  who  shall  destroy  ;  princes  of  men  denota 
the  primary  truths  >f  good.    That  eight  denotes  what  is  full 


39S 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


and  in  every  mode  is  also  manifest  from  experience  concerning 
the  letting  in  and  reception  of  societies  into  heaven,  see  n.  2130. 
The  societies  first  received  appeared  even  to  twelve,  and  after- 
wards even  to  eight;  for  they  who  are  let  in  and  received  into 
heaven,  are  they  who  are  purified  from  terrestrial  things,  thus 
from  the  loves  of  them,  and  are  next  instructed  ;  by  the  number 
p'ght  on  this  occasion  was  signified  what  is  full.  The  like  is 
signified  by  eight  in  other  parts  of  the  AVord,  as  by  the  porch 
of  the  gate  from  the  house  being  eight  ells,  and  by  there  being 
eight  steps  to  the  house,  Ezek.  chap.  xl.  9,  31,  41  :  the  subject 
there  treated  of  is  concerning  a  new  house,  by  which  is  signified 
a  new  church  of  the  Lord ;  truths  leading  to  good  and  from 
good  to  truth  are  signified  by  the  porch  and  by  the  steps.  He 
that  does  not  know  that  numbers  in  the  Word  involve  things, 
cannot  conceive  any  otherwise  than  that  the  measures  and 
numbers,  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  taber- 
nacle, concerning  the  temple  of  Solomon,  and  next  concerning 
the  new  house  and  the  new  temple  and  the  new  earth  in  Ezekiel, 
signified  nothing  of  reality,  and  thus  nothing  of  sanctity,  when 
yet  in  the  Word  no  expression  howsoever  minute  is  vain.  Let 
him  who  has  intelligence  consider  the  measures  and  numbers 
in  Ezekiel,  from  chap.  xl.  to  chap,  xlviii. ;  also  the  measure? 
and  numbers  in  the  Apocalypse,  chap.  xxi.  ;  where  also  it  is 
said,  '■'•That  the  angel  measured  the  wall  of  the  New  Jerusalem, 
a  hundred  forty  four  cubits,  and  that  it  is  the  measure  of  a  man, 
that  is,  of  an  angel,"  ver6e  17.  Also  in  another  place,  "He  that 
hath  intelligence,  let  him  compute  the  number  of  the  beast,  for  ii 
is  the  number  of  a  man,  namely,  his  number  is  six  hundred  sixty 
six,"  Apoc.  xiii.  IS  ;  besides  in  many  passages  elsewhere.  That 
all  numbers  in  the  Word  signify  things,  see  n.  4S2,  487,  575, 
647,  648,  755,  813,  1963,  1988,  2075,  2252,  3252,  4264,  4495, 
4670,  5205,  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973,  6175;  and  ir.  the  places 
where  it  was  shown  what  some  numbers  specifically  signify. 

9660.  "Sixteen  bases" — that  hereby  is  signified  support 
altogether,  appears  from  the  signification  of  sixteen,  as  denot- 
ing altogether ;  for  sixteen  signifies  the  like  with  eight,  inas- 
much as  numbers  multiplied  have  a  like  signification  with  the 
bimple  ones  from  which  they  are  multiplied,  see  n.  5291,  5335, 
5708,  7973.  That  eight  denotes  what  is  full  and  in  every  mode, 
was  just  now  shown  above,  n.  9659,  thus  it  also  denotes  alto- 
gether ;  and  from  the  signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  support, 
see  n.  9643. 

9661.  "  Two  bases  under  one  plank,  and  two  bases  under 
one  plank" — that  hereby  is  signified  by  conjunction  of  truth 
with  good  every  where,  appears  from  the  signification  of  two. 
as  denoting  conjunction,  see  n.  1686,  3519,  5194,  S423  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  truth  supporting, 
see  D.  9645 ;  and  from  f.he  signification  cf  a  plank,  as  denoting 


90(50— 06  6  6.] 


EXODUS. 


399 


good  supporting,  seo  n.  9634- ;  the  repetition  involves  that  it  is 
60  to  all  and  singular  things,  consequently  every  where,  as  also 
occasionally  before. 

9662.  "And  thou  shalt  make  staves  of  shittim-wood"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  truth  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  staves,  as  denoting  the  power  which 
is  of  truth  derived  from  good,  see  n.  9496  ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  shittim-wood,  as  denoting  the  good  of  merit  which 
is  of  the  Lord  alone,  see  n.  947*2,  9486.  That  this  good  is  the 
only  good  which  reigns  in  heaven,  see  n.  9486,  consequent.lv 
from  which  truths  have  power. 

9663.  "For  the  five  planks  of  one  side  of  the  habitation" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  where  it  looks  towards  the  interiors  of 
heaven,  where  truth  is  in  the  light,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  five,  as  denoting  all  things  of  that  part,  see  n.  9604  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  planks,  as  denoting  goods  sup- 
porting, see  n.  9634  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  side  of  the 
habitation,  as  denoting  the  quarter  of  heaven  which  is  looked 
to,  for  the  habitation  is  heaven,  n.  9596 ;  and  the  side  is  the 
quarter  which  it  looked  to.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  towards 
the  interiors  where  truth  is  in  the  light,  thus  towards  the  south, 
is,  because  the  same  things  are  thrice  said,  and  the  third  or  last 
time  it  is  said  to  the  two  legs  towards  the  sea,  and  three  side3 
are  mentioned,  the  first  to  the  south,  verse  18,  the  second  to 
the  north,  verse  20,  and  the  third  to  the  sea,  verse  22.  That 
to  the  south  denotes  to  interior  things,  where  truth  is  in  the 
light,  see  n.  9642.  That  to  the  north  denotes  towards  exterior 
things,  where  truth  is  in  obscurity,  n.  9648.  And  that  to  the 
sea  denotes  where  good  is  in  obscurity,  n.  9653. 

9664.  "  And  five  staves  for  the  planks  of  the  other  side  of 
the  habitation  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  truth 
from  good,  by  which  it  looks  towards  exteriors,  where  truth  is 
in  obscurity,  appears  from  what  was  just  now  explained  above, 
n.  9662,  9663. 

9665.  "  And  five  staves  for  the  planks  of  the  side  of  the  ha- 
bitation at  the  two  legs  towards  the  sea  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  power  of  truth  from  good,  by  which  t  looks  at  that 
heaven,  where  there  is  conjunction  with  good  Vttjich  is  in  ob- 
scurity, appears  also  from  what  was  explained  above,  n.  9653, 
9662/9663. 

9666.  "  And  a  middle  stave  in  the  middle  of  the  planks, 
passing  from  extremity  to  extremity  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  primary  power  from  which  the  powers  are  every  where  con- 
tinued, appears  from  the  signification  of  a  stave,  as  denoting 
power,  see  n.  9496  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  middle,  as 
denoting  what  is  inmost  and  primary,  see  n.  1074,  2940,  2973, 
5897,  6084,  6103  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  passing  from 
extremity  to  extremity,  when  it  is  said  of  a  stave  by  which  is 


400 


EXODUS. 


[Chaf.  xx  vi. 


signified  power,  as  denoting  the  powers  thence  derived  and 
every  where  continued.  How  the  case  herein  is,  cannot  be 
known,  unless  it  be  known  how  the  case  is  with  things  interior 
and  things  exterior  in  the  spiritual  world.  Those  things  which 
are  best  and  purest,  thus  which  are  more  perfect  than  the  rest, 
are  in  the  inmost ;  the  things  which  thence  proceed  towards 
exteriors,  according  to  the  degrees  of  removal  from  inmost 
things,  are  less  perfect ;  and  at  length  those  things  which  are 
in  the  extremes,  are  least  perfect  of  all,  n.  9648.  Things  are  said 
to  be  less  perfect,  which  can  be  more  easily  warped  from  theii 
form  and  beauty,  thus  from  their  order.  The  case  herein  is  as 
with  fruits  which  contain  in  their  inmost  part  seeds,  on  the 
outside  of  these  seeds  is  pulp  ;  the  seeds  are  in  a  more  perfect 
state  than  the  pulp  which  is  without,  as  may  be  manifest  from 
this  consideration,  that  when  the  pulp  grows  putrid,  the  seeds 
still  remain  entire.  The  case  is  similar  with  the  seeds,  in  them 
the  prolific  principle  is  inmost,  which  is  in  a  more  perfect  state 
than  those  things  in  the  seed  which  are  without,  for  the  prolific 
principle  remains  in  its  integrity,  and  produces  a  new  tree  or 
plant  when  the  exterior  tilings  are  dissolved.  The  case  is  sim- 
ilar in  heaven,  where  inmost  principles,  as  being  nearer  to  the 
Lord,  are  in  a  more  perfect  state  than  exterior  tilings,  whence 
it  is,  that  the  inmost  heaven  excels  the  heavens  which  are  be- 
neath in  wisdom  and  intelligence,  and  thereby  in  happiness. 
The  case  is  similar  in  every  heaven,  the  inmost  principle 
therein  being  more  perfect  than  those  which  are  round  about. 
In  like  manner  witli  man,  who  is  in  the  good  of  love  and  the 
truths  of  faith,  his  internal  is  in  a  more  perfect  state  than  the 
external,  for  the  internal  man  is  in  the  heat  and  light  of  heaven, 
but  the  external  in  the  heat  and  light  of  the  world.  In  like 
manner  in  every  perfect  form,  its  inmost  principle  is  the  best, 
which  inmost  principle  is  meant  by  the  middle.  The  reason 
why  by  passing  from  extremity  to  extremity,  when  it  is  said 
of  a  stave,  is  signified  power  thence  derived  and  every  where 
continued  is,  because  by  from  extremity  to  extremity  is  signi- 
fied the  first  and  last  end,  thus  from  beginning  to  end,  for  the 
first  end  is  a  beginning.  Hence  it  is  that  by  extremities  are 
signified  all  things  and  every  where,  as  in  Jeremiah,  "The 
sword  of  Jehovah  shall  devour  fro?n  the  extremity  of  the  earth, 
to  its  extremity,"  xii.  12.  Sword  denotes  truth  combating 
against  the  false,  and  destroying  it,  and  in  the  opposite  sense 
denotes  the  false  combating  against  truth,  and  destroying  it,  n. 
2799,  4499,  6353,  7102,  82y4.  Devouring  from  the  extremity 
of  the  earth  to  its  extremity,  denotes  all  things  of  the  church  ; 
for  the  earth  is  the  church,  n.  9334.  And  in  David,  "  From 
the  extremity  of  the  heavens  is  his  going  forth,  and  his  circuit 
to  t/ie  extremities  thereof"  Psalm  xix.  6.  Wl  ere  also  from  the 
extremity  of  the  heavens  to  their  extremities  (  enotes  all  thi  * 


9667.J 


EXODUS. 


401 


and  every  where.  And  in  Mark,  "  He  shall  send  His  angels, 
and  shall  gather  together  His  elect  from  the  four  winds,  from 
the  extremity  of  the  earth  even  to  the  extremity  of  the  heaven" 
xiii.  27  ;  where  the  extremity  of  the  earth  and  the  extremity 
of  heaven  denote  all  things  external  and  internal  of  the  church 
That  earth  denotes  the  external  of  the  church,  and  heaven  its 
internal,  see  n.  1733, 1850,  2117,  2118,  3355,  4535,  where  it  is 
explained  what  is  meant  by  a  new  earth  and  a  new  heaven. 
In  like  manner  extremities  in  the  plural,  in  Isaiah,  "  Look  unto 
Me  that  ye  may  be  saved  all  the  extremities  of  the  earth"  xlv. 
22.  And  in  David,  "The  God  of  our  salvation,  of  the  con- 
tide  i ice  of  all  the  extremities  of  the  earth  and  of  the  sea  of  those 
that  are  afar  off,"  Psalm  lxv.  5.  And  also  in  the  singular,  when 
it  is  said  even  to  extremity,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  Let  My  salvation  be 
even  to  the  extremity  of  the  earth"  xlix.  6.  Again,  "  Jehovah 
shall  make  it  to  be  heard  even  to  the  extremity  of  the  earth,  say 
ye  to  the  daughter  of  Zion,  behold  thy  salvation  shall  come," 
lxii.  11.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  A  tumult  come\\\even  to  the  extre- 
mity of  the  earth,"  xxv.  31.  In  which  passages,  even  to  the 
extremity  involves  from  extremity  to  extremity.  But  when  by 
extremity  is  only  meant  what  is  extreme  or  the  last,  then  by  it 
is  signified  that  which  is  the  last  of  heaven  or  of  the  church, 
as  in  Isaiah,  "  Sing  ye  to  Jehovah  a  new  song,  His  praise  the 
extremity  of  the  earth,  ye  that  go  down  to  the  sea,  and  the 
fulness  thereof,  the  isles  and  they  that  dwell  therein,"  xlii.  10. 
Where  the  extremity  of  the  earth  and  they  that  go  down  to  the 
sea  denote  the  ultimate  principle  of  the  church  where  good  and 
truth  is  in  obscurity.  That  the  sea  has  this  signification,  see  n. 
9(553.  Isles  denote  those  who  are  more  remote  from  truths,  and 
thence  from  worship,  n.  1158.  Again,  "  Bring  My  sous  from, 
afar,  and  My  daughters  from  the  extremity  of  the  earth"  xliii. 
6 ;  where  sons  from  afar  denote  those  who  are  in  obscurity  as 
to  truth,  daughters  from  the  extremity  of  the  earth  denote  those 
who  are  in  obscurity  as  to  goods,  such  as  were  the  gentiles. 
That  sons  denote  those  who  are  in  truths,  and  in  the  abstract 
sense  truths,  see  n.  264,  489,491,  1147,  2623,  2803,  2813,  3373, 
3704;  and  that  daughters  denote  those  who  are  in  goods,  and 
in  the  abstract  sense  goods,  see  n.  489,  490,  491,  2362,  3963, 
S994.  Hence  also  it  is  evident  that  extremity  is  predicated  of 
good,  and  afar  off  of  truth,  as  also  Psalm  lxv.  5,  and  Isaiah 
xiii.  5.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  by  the  extremity  of  heaven, 
is  not  meaut  the  extremity  of  space,  but  a  state  of  good  and 
truth,  for  in  heaven  there  is  no  space,  but  only  an  appearance 
of  it  according  to  states  of  good  and  truth. 

9667.  "  And  thou  shalt  cover  the  planks  over  with  gold, 
and  thou  shalt  make  their  rings  of  gold,  houses  for  the  staves, 
and  thou  shalt  cover  over  the  staves  with  gold" — that  hereby 
is  signified  a  representative  of  good  from  which  and  by  which 
vol.  ix.  26 


402 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


are  all  things,  appears  from  the  signification  of  covering  over 
with  gold  and  of  making  of  gold,  as  denoting  what  is  repre 
sentative  of  good,  see  n.  9510  ;  by  the  planks  also  is  signified 
good  supporting,  n.  9634 ;  by  rings  the  conjunction  of  good 
and  truth,  n.  9493,  9495 ;  and  by  staves  the  power  of  truth 
from  good,  n.  9496.  The  reason  w  hy  all  things  are  from  good 
and  by  good,  is,  because  all  things  which  are  ;n  the  universe 
have  reference  to  good  and  to  truth,  and  good  is  the  principle 
from  which  truth  is  derived,  thus  from  which  every  thing  is 
derived.  Good  derives  its  origin  from  the  Divine  [principle] 
Itself;  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord  is  Divine  Good,  for  all  good 
is  of  love ;  the  Divine  Love  itself,  thus  the  Divine  Good,  is 
the  esse  itself  which  is  called  Jehovah,  and  also  the  Lord  ;  the 
existere  thence  is  truth.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  that  all 
things  are  from  good. 

9668.  "  And  thou  shalt  set  the  habitation  according  to  the 
mode  which  thou  wast  made  to  see  in  the  mountain" — that 
hereby  is  signified  to  the  quarters  according  to  the  states  of 
good  and  of  truth  thence  derived  in  the  heaven  which  is  repre- 
sented, appears  from  the  signification  of  the  habitation,  as 
being  a  representative  of  heaven,  see  n.  9594 ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  according  to  the  mode  which  thou  wast  made 
to  see  in  the  mountain,  as  denoting  to  the  quarters  according 
to  the  states  of  good  and  of  the  truth  thence  derived  in  heaven, 
for  this  is  meant  by  the  mode,  according  to  which  the  habi 
tation  was  to  be  set.  That  Mount  Sinai,  where  it  was  seen,  de- 
notes heaven,  see  n.  9420.  From  the  description  it  is  evident, 
that  the  habitation  was  set  as  to  length  from  east  to  west,  and 
that  to  the  east  was  the  entrance,  and  to  the  west  the  ark  ; 
hence  the  sides  were  to  the  south  and  north.  The  eastern 
quarter  of  the  habitation  represented  the  state  of  good  in  its 
rising;  the  western  quarter  the  state  of  good  in  its  setting  ;  the 
southern  quarter  the  state  of  truth  in  its  light ;  and  the  northern 
quarter  the  state  of  truth  in  its  shade.  The  entrance  was  at 
the  eastern  quarter,  by  reason  that  the  Lord  enters  by  the  good 
of  love  into  heaven  ;  which  may  also  be  manifest  from  Ezekiel, 
where  the  new  temple  is  treated  of,  and  where  are  these  words, 
'•'•Haled  me  to  tlie  gate  which  looks  towards  the  east,'  w/ien 
behold,  the  glory  of  the  God  of  Israel  came  from  the  way  of  the 
east ;  and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  entered  into  the  house  by  the  way 
of  the  gate,  whose  face  was  towards  the  east,  and  tlie  glory  of 
Jehovah  filled  tlie  house"  xliii.  1  to  6.  And  afterwards,  l<  Je- 
hovah  said  to  me,  the  gate  looking  to  the  east  shcdl  be  shut,  it 
shall  not  be  opened,  and  a  man  [vir]  shall  not  enter  through  it, 
but  Jehovah  the  God  of  Israel  shall  enter  through  it,"  xliv.  1,  2. 
From  which  considerations  it  is  manifest,  that  the  Lord  alone 
enters  into  heaven  by  the  good  of  love,  and  that  the  good  of 
love  from  the  Lord  fills  heaven  and  makes  it.  The  east  signifies 


yetjs— 9670.] 


EXODUS. 


403 


the  Lord  as  to  the  good  of  love,  by  reason  that  the  Lord  is  the 
sun  of  heaven,  n.  3636,  3643,  7078,  7083,  7271.  But  in  heaver, 
the  case  is  this,  the  east  is  where  the  Lord  appears  as  a  sun, 
which  is  front  over  against  the  right  eye,  n.  4321,  7078,  7171 ; 
towards  the  west  thence,  thus  in  a  right  line  from  east  to  west, 
are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  ;  but  to  the  south  are  they 
who  are  in  the  light  of  fruth,  and  to  the  north  who  are  in  the 
shade  of  truth.  All  who  are  in  heaven  look  to  the  Lord,  for  to 
look  forwards  there  is  to  look  to  Him  ;  no  one  in  heaven  can 
look  back  from  Him,  howsoever  he  turns  himself,  see  n.  4321. 
But  this  is  an  arcanum  which  the  natural  man  cannot  com- 
prehend. Such  are  the  things  which  were  represented  by  the 
mode  seen  of  Moses  in  the  mountain,  according  to  which  the 
habitation  was  to  be  set. 

9669.  Verses  31,  32,  33.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  vail  of 
blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven 
together,  with  the  work  of  a  contriver  he  shall  make  it,  with 
cherubs.  And  thou  shalt  give  it  upon  the  four  pillars  of  shittim 
covered  over  with  gold,  and  their  hooks  shall  be  of  gold  upon 
four  bases  of  silver.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  vail  under  the 
little  handles,  and  thou  shalt  bring  in  thither  from  within  the 
vail  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  and  let  the  vail  distinguish  for  you 
between  the  holy  and  between  the  holy  of  holies.  And  thou  shalt 
make  a  vail,  signifies  the  medium  uniting  this  heaven  and  the 
inmost  heaven,  thus  spiritual  good  with  celestial  good.  Of 
blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  tine  linen  woven 
together,  signifies  the  goods  of  love  and  of  faith  joined  toge- 
ther. With  the  work  of  a  contriver  he  shall  make  it,  signifies 
the  intellectual  principle.  With  cherubs,  signifies  a  guard,  lest 
they  be  commixed.  And  thou  shalt  give  it  upon  the  four  pillars 
of  shittim,  signifies  the  good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the  Lord 
alone,  conjoining  and  supporting.  Covered  over  with  gold, 
signifies  what  is  representative  there.  And  their  hooks  of  gold, 
signifies  the  modes  of  conjunction  by  good.  Upon  four  bases 
of  silver,  signifies  the  power  of  conjunction  by  truth.  And 
thou  shalt  give  the  vail  under  the  little  handles,  signifies  the 
faculty  and  hence  actuality  of  conjunction.  And  thou  shalt 
bring  in  thither  from  within  the  vail  of  the  ark  of  the  testimony, 
signifies  the  existence  of  the  inmost  heaven  within  that  uniting 
medium.  And  let  the  vail  distinguish  for  you  between  the 
holy  and  between  the  holy  of  holies,  signifies  between  spiritual 
good,  which  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor 
and  the  good  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  and  between  celestial  good, 
which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  and  the  good  of  mutual 
love. 

9670.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  vail  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  medium  uniting  this  heaven  and  the  inmost  heaven, 
thus  spiritual  good  with  celestial  good,  appears  from  the  sigui 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


fication  of  the  vail,  which  distinguished  between  the  habitation 
where  the  ark  of  the  testimony  was,  and  where  the  candlestick 
and  table  were,  on  which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  as  denoting 
the  medium  uniting  the  middle  heaven  and  the  inmost  heaven  ; 
for  by  the  ark,  in  which  was  the  testimouy,  was  represented  the 
inmost  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  n.  9457,  9481,  9435.  And 
by  the  habitation  out  of  the  vail  was  represented  the  middle 
heaven,  n.  9594.  And  whereas  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord 
makes  the  inmost  heaven,  and  the  good  of  charity  towards  the 
neighbor  makes  the  middle  heaven,  therefore  by  the  vail  also 
is  signified  the  medium  uniting  spiritual  good  and  celestial 
good.  Spiritual  good  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor, and  celestial  good  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord ;  that 
the  heavens  are  distinguished  according  to  those  goods,  see 
what  is  cited,  n.  9277.  From  these  considerations  it  is  now 
evident,  what  was  signified  by  the  vail,  both  in  the  tabernacle 
and  in  the  temple.  Those  two  heavens,  namely,  the  inmost 
and  middle,  are  so  distinct,  that  entrance  cannot  be  had  from 
one  into  the  other,  nevertheless  they  constitute  one  heaven 
by  mediate  angelic  societies,  which  are  of  such  a  genius, 
that  rhe}"  can  accede  to  the  good  of  both  heavens;  these 
societies  are  what  constitute  the  uniting  medium  which  was  re- 
presented by  the  vail ;  it  has  been  given  also  occasionally  to  dis- 
course with  angels  from  those  societies.  What  is  the  quality 
of  the  angels  of  the  inmost  heaven,  and  what  is  the  respective 
quality  of  the  angels  of  the  middle  heaven,  may  be  manifest 
from  correspondence.  To  the  angels  of  the  inmost  heaven  cor- 
respond those  things  appertaining  to  man,  which  belong  to  the 
provinces  of  the  heart  and  of  the  cerebellum  ;  but  to  the  angela 
of  the  middle  heaven  correspond  those  things  appertaining  to 
man,  which  belong  to  the  provinces  of  the  lungs  and  of  the 
cerebrum.  Those  tilings  which  are  of  the  heart  and  of  the 
cerebellum,  are  called  involuntary  and  spontaneous,  because 
they  so  appear,  but  those  things  which  are  of  the  lungs  and  of 
the  cerebrum,  are  called  voluntary.  What  the  perfection  of  one 
heaven  is  in  comparison  with  the  other,  and  what  the  dilfereuce, 
may  hence  in  some  measure  appear  ;  but  to  the  mediate  angels, 
who  accede  to  each  heaven,  and  conjoin,  correspond  the  cardiac 
and  pulmonary  plexuses,  by  which  conjunction  of  the  heart 
with  the  lungs  is  effected  :  also  the  medulla  oblongata,  where 
the  fibre  of  the  cerebellum  is  conjoined  with  the  fibre  of  the 
cerebrum.  That  the  angels  who  are  of  the  Lord's  celestial 
kingdom,  that  is,  who  are  in  the  inmost  heaven,  constitute  the 
province  of  the  heart  in  the  Gkand  Max,  and  that  the  angels 
who  are  of  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  that  is,  who  are  in 
the  middle  heaven,  constitute  the  province  of  the  lungs  there, 
see  n.  3635,  3886  to  35>9U  ;  and  that  hence  is  the  correspondence 
of  the  heart  and  lungs  appertaining  to  man,  n.  3883  to  3896 


9670.J 


EXODUS. 


405 


The  case  is  similar  with  the  correspondence  of  the  cerebrum  and 
of  the  cerebellum.  What  is  the  quality  of  the  celestial  or  those 
who  are  in  the  inmost  heaven,  and  what  is  the  quality  of  the 
spiritual  or  those  who  are  in  the  middle  heaven,  and  what  ia 
the  difference,  see  n.  2046,  2227,  2669,  2708,  2715,  2718,  2935, 
2937,  2954,  3166,  3235,  3236,  3240,  3246,  3374,  3833,  38S7, 
3969,  4138,  42S6,  4493,  4585,  4938,  5113,  5150,  5922,  6296, 
6289,  6366,  6429,  6435,  6500,  6647,  664S,  7091,  7233,  7470, 
7978,  7992,  S042,  8152,  8234,  8521  ;  hence  it  may  be  evident 
what  is  the  quality  of  the  intermediate  angels,  who  consti- 
tute the  uniting  medium,  which  was  represented  by  the  vail. 
The  vail  of  the  temple  being  rent  into  two  parts,  when  the  Lord 
endured  the  cross,  Matt,  xxvii.  51  ;  Mark  xv.  38  ;  Luke  xxiii. 
45,  signified  the  glorification  of  the  Lord  ;  for  the  Lord,  when 
He  was  in  the  world,  made  His  Human  [principle]  Divine 
Truth,  but  when  He  departed  out  of  the  world,  He  made  His 
Human  [principle]  Divine  Good,  from  which  afterwards  pro- 
ceeded Divine  Truth,  see  what  is  cited,  n.  9199,  9315.  Divine 
Good  is  the  holy  of  holies.  The  glorification  of  the  Lord's 
Human  [principle]  even  to  Divine  Good,  which  is  Jehovah,  is 
described  also  in  the  internal  sense  by  the  process  of  expiation, 
when  Aaron  entered  into  the  holy  of  holies  within  the  vail,  see 
Levit.  chap.  xvi.  1  to  the  end;  and  in  the  respective  sense  by 
the  same  process  is  described  the  regeneration  of  man  even  to 
celestial  good,  which  is  the  good  of  the  inmost  heaven.  The 
process  was  as  follows  :  Aaron  was  to  take  a  young  bullock  for 
sacrifice,  and  a  ram  for  a  burnt-offering,  for  himself  and  his 
house ;  and  he  was  to  put  on  the  garments  of  sanctity,  which 
were  a  coat  of  linen,  breeches  of  linen,  'a  belt  of  linen,  and  a 
turban  of  linen,  and  was  to  wash  his  flesh  in  waters  ;  and  he 
was  to  take  two  he-goats,  upon  which  he  was  to  cast  a  lot,  one 
of  which  was  to  be  oliered  to  Jehovah,  and  the  other  to  be  sent 
out  into  the  wilderness,  this  for  the  assembly  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  ;  when  he  sacrificed  the  young  bullock,  he  was  to  bring 
in  incense  within  the  vail ;  and  to  sprinkle  of  the  blood  of  the 
bullock  and  of  the  he-goat  seven  times  upon  the  propitiatory 
towards  the  east,  and  also  to  give  the  blood  upon  the  horns  of 
the  altar ;  afterwards  he  was  to  confess  the  sins  of  the  sons  of 
Israel,  which  he  was  to  put  upon  the  he-goat,  which  was  to  be 
sent  out  into  the  wilderness  ;  lastly,  he  was  to  put  off  the  gar- 
ments of  linen,  and  to  put  on  his  own,  and  to  make  a  burnt- 
offering  for  himself  and  for  the  people  :  thus  it  was  to  be  done 
every  year,  when  Aaron  went  into  the  holy  of  holies  within  the 
vail.  The  priesthood,  whicli  was  the  office  of  Aaron,  represented 
the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good  ;  as  the  royalty,  which  afterward 
appertained  to  the  kings,  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine 
Truth,  n.  6148.  The  process  of  the  glorification  of  the  Lord's 
Humau  [principle]  even  to  Divine  Good,  is  described  in  the 


406 


EXODCS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


internal  sense  in  the  above  passage  ;  this  process  was  manifested 
to  the  angels,  when  Aaron  performed  those  things,  and  entered 
within  the  vail,  and  it  is  also  now  manifested  to  the  angels, 
when  it  is  read  in  the  Word.  By  the  young  bullock  for  the 
sacrifice  of  sin,  and  by  the  ram  for  a  burnt-offering,  is  signi- 
fied the  purification  of  good  from  evils  in  the  external  and  in 
the  internal  man ;  by  a  coat  of  linen,  breeches  of  linen,  a  belt 
of  linen,  and  a  turban  of  linen,  wluch  he  was  to  put  on  when  he 
entered  in,  and  by  washing  of  the  flesh,  is  signified  that  that 
purification  was  effected  by  truths  derived  from  good ;  by  the 
two  he-goats  of  the  she-goats  for  a  sacrifice  of  sin,  and  by  the 
ram  for  a  burnt- offering,  and  by  the  be-goat  which  was  offered, 
and  by  the  other  which  was  sent  forth,  is  signified  the  purifi- 
cation of  truth  from  falses  in  the  external  man  ;  by  the  incense, 
which  he  was  to  bring  in  within  the  vail  is  signified  adaptation  ; 
by  the  blood  of  the  bullock,  and  by  the  blood  of  the  he-goat, 
which  was  to  be  sprinkled  seven  times  upon  the  propitiatory 
towards  the  east,  and  afterwards  upon  the  horn  of  the  altar,  is 
signified  Divine  Truth  derived  from  Divine  Good  ;  by  confession 
of  sins  upon  the  living  goat,  which  was  to  be  sent  out  into  the 
wilderness,  is  signified  all  manner  of  separation  and  ejection 
of  evil  from  good;  by  putting  off  the  garments  of  linen,  and 
putting  on  his  own  garments,  when  he  was  to  offer  burnt-offer- 
ings, also  by  bringing  forth  the  flesh,  the  skin,  and  the  dung 
of  the  sacrifices  out  of  the  camp,  and  by  burning  them,  is 
signified  the  putting  on  of  celestial  good  with  a  regenerate 
person,  and  the  glorification  of  the  Human  [principle]  even  to 
Divine  Good  in  the  Lord,  all  those  things  being  rejected,  which 
were  of  the  Human  [principle]  derived  from  the  mother,  inso- 
much that  He  was  no  longer  her  son,  see  what  is  cited,  n.  9315. 
These  are  the  things  which  are  signified  by  the  above  process 
of  purification,  when  Aaron  entered  into  the  holy  of  holies 
within  the  vail ;  for  when  those  things  were  performed,  Aaron 
represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  may  be  manifest  that  by  the  vail  between  the  holy  and 
the  holy  of  holies  is  also  signified  the  uniting  medium  of  Divine 
Truth  and  Divine  Good  in  the  Lord. 

9671.  "  Of  blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and 
fine  linen  woven  together" — that  hereby  are  signified  the  goods 
of  love  and  of  faith  thus  conjoined,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  blue,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  see  u.  9466 ; 
and  from  the  siguiiication  of  purple,  as  denoting  the  celestial 
love  of  good,  see  n.  9467  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  scarlet 
double-dyed,  as  denoting  spiritual  good,  see  u.  4922,  9468  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  fine  linen  woven  together,  as  de- 
notiug  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see  n.  9469.  Hence  it  is 
evident,  that  by  those  four  things  are  signified  the  goods  of  love 
and  of  faith  joined  together  in  a  uniting  medium.    Thti  cas« 


9671—9673.] 


EXODUS. 


407 


herein  ie>  this :  they  in  heaven,  who  have  reference  to  the  unit- 
ing medium,  which  is  represented  by  the  vail,  have  conjoined 
in  themselves  the  goods  of  love  and  the  goods  of  faith  ;  for  by 
the  goods  of  love  they  are  conjoined  to  the  celestial  who  are  in 
the  inmost  heaven,  and  by  the  goods  of  faith  to  the  spiritual 
who  are  in  the  middle  heaven  ;  for  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord 
is  called  celestial  good,  and  the  good  of  faith  in  Him  is  called 
spiritual  good.  They  in  heaven,  who  have  reference  to  the 
uniting  medium,  are  called  celestial-spiritual  and  spiritual- 
celestial  ;  the  former  are  represented  in  the  Word  by  Joseph, 
and  the  latter  by  Benjamin.  That  Joseph,  in  the  representative 
sense,  denotes  the  celestial-spiritual  principle,  see  n.  4286,  4592, 
4963,  5249,  5307,  5331,  5332,  5417,  5869,  5877,  6224,  6526 : 
and  that  Benjamin  denotes  the  spiritual-celestial  principle,  n. 
3969,  4592.  And  thus  that  Joseph  denotes  the  internal  uniting 
medium,  and  Benjamin  the  external  uniting  medium,  n.  4585, 
4592,  4594,  5411,  5413,  5443,  5639,  5686,  5688,  5689,  5822. 
What  the  celestial-spiritual  principle  is,  and  what  the  spiritual- 
celestial,  see  n.  1577,  1824,  2184,  4585,  4592,  4594.  From  tha 
opposites  also,  who  are  in  the  hells,  it  is  known  what  the  dis- 
tinction is  between  the  celestial  and  the  spiritual  in  the  heavens. 
They  who  in  the  hells  are  opposite  to  the  celestial,  are  called 
genii,  and  they  who  in  the  hells  are  contrary  to  the  spiritual,  are 
called  spirits.  The  genii,  who  are  opposite  to  the  celestial,  are 
at  the  back,  but  the  spirits,  who  are  opposite  to  the  spiritual, 
are  at  the  face,  and  the  middle  [ones]  at  the  sides ;  the  genii, 
because  opposite  to  the  celestial,  are  in  more  interior  evil  than 
the  spirits.  Concerning  both  the  latter  and  the  former,  see 
what  is  said  from  experience,  n.  5977,  8593,  8622,  8625.  The 
hell  of  the  genii  is  altogether  separate  from  the  hell  of  the  spirits, 
insomuch  that  they  who  are  in  one  cannot  pass  into  the  other ; 
for  there  are  intermediates  there  who  conjoin,  who  are  opposite 
to  the  intermediates  in  the  heavens. 

9672.  "  With  the  work  of  a  contriver  he  shall  make  it  " — 
signifies  the  intellectual  principle,  as  above,  n.  9598. 

9673.  '•  With  cherubs  " — that  hereby  is  signified  guard  lest 
they  should  be  commixed,  namely,  spiritual  good  and  celestial 
good,  thus  the  middle  heaven  and  the  inmost  heaven,  appears 
from  the;  signification  of  cherubs,  as  denoting  guard  and  provi- 
dence lest  the  Lord  should  be  come  at  except  by  good,  and  lest 
the  good  which  is  from  the  Lord  in  heaven  and  witli  man  should 
be  hurt,  see  n.  9509.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  also  lest  spir- 
itual good  and  celestial  good,  thus  those  two  heavens,  should 
be  commixed  is,  because  if  they  wore  commixed,  each  good 
would  be  hurt,  insomuch  that  the  heavens  themselves  would 
perish.  This  may  be  manifest  from  the  difference  of  both  goods, 
thus  of  both  heavens  in  the  places  above  cited,  n.  9670.  On 
this  account  there  are  mediate  angelic  societies,  which  are  in 


408 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


celestial-spiritual  good,  and  in  spiritual-celestial  good,  by  which 
conjunction  is  effected,  n.  9671.  Neither  are  those  goods  con 
joined  with  these  societies,  but  are  distinct  from  each  other. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  those  societies 
are  guards  to  prevent  both  goods  being  commixed  ;  and  thus 
that  guard  and  providence  of  the  Lord  is  also  signified  by 
cherubs. 

9674.  "And  thou  shalt  give  it  upon  the  four  pillars  of  shit- 
tim  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the 
Lord  alone,  conjoining  and  supporting,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  four,  as  denoting  conjunction,  see  n.  16S6,  8877, 
The  reason  why  four  denotes  conjunction  is,  because  that  num- 
ber arises  from  two  multiplied  into  two,  and  by  the  multiplied 
numbers  the  same  thing  is  signified  as  by  the  simple  numbers 
from  which  they  are  multiplied,  see  n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973. 
That  two  denotes  conjunction,  see  n.  5194,  8423;  and  from  the 
signification  of  pillars,  as  denoting  support,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently:  and  from  the  signification  of  shittim-wood, 
as  denoting  the  good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  see 
n.  9472,  94S6.    That  this  good  is  the  only  good  which  reigns 
in  heaven,  see  n.  9486,  thus  also  which  supports  heaven.  The 
reason  why  pillars  signify  support  is,  because  they  supported 
the  vail,  as  the  planks  also  of  shittim-wood  supported  the  cur- 
tains of  the  habitation,  see  n.  9634.    By  pillars,  in  the  spiritual 
sense,  are  signified  those  things  which  support  heaven  and  the 
church,  which  tilings  are  the  goods  of  love  and  the  goods  of 
faith  from  the  Lord.    These  things  are  signified  by  pillars  in 
David,  "  I  will  judge  in  righteousness,  the  earth  and  all  the 
inhabitants  thereof  are  melting,  1  will  make  firm  its  pillars" 
Psalm  lxxv.  2,  3.    And  in  Job,  "  God  who  maketh  the  earth 
to  tremble  out  of  its  place,  so  that  the  pillars  thereof  tremble" 
ix.  6.    The  pillars  of  the  earth  denote  the  goods  and  truths 
which  support  the  church,  for  earth  in  the   Word  is  the 
church,  n.  9325.    That  the  pillars  of  the  earth  are  not  the 
things  which  tremble,  is  evident.    And  in  the  Apocalypse, 
u  lie  that  overcometh,  I  will  make  him  a  pillar  in  the  temple 
°f  niy  (sod,  and  he  shall  go  forth  abroad  no  more ;  and  I 
will  write  upon  Him  the  name  of  my  God,  and  the  name  of 
the  city  of  my  God,  of  the  New  Jerusalem  which  cometh 
down  out  of  heaven  from  my  God,  and  my  new  name,"  Apoc. 
iii.  12.    Where  a  pillar  in  the  temple  denotes  the  goods  and 
truths  of  the  church,  which  also  are  the  name  of  God,  and 
the  name  of  the  city  New  Jerusalem.  That  the  name  of  God  is 
every  good  and  truth  of  the  church,  or  every  thing  in  the  com- 
plex by  which  the  Lord  is  worshipped,  see  n.  2724,  3006,  6674, 
SJ310. 

9675.  "  Covered  over  with  gold  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a 
representative  of  good  there,  namely,  of  the  good  which  issigni- 


9674—9680.] 


EXODUS. 


409 


fied  by  the  pillars  of  shittim,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
covering  over  with  gold,  and  of  making  from  gold,  as  denoting 
a  representative  of  good,  see  n.  9510. 

9676.  "And  their  hooks  vf  gold" — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  modes  of  conjunction  by  good,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  hooks,  as  denoting  modes  of  conjunction  ;  hooks  have 
that  signification  from  their  form  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  gold,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914, 
6917,  9490. 

9677.  "  Upon  four  bases  of  silver  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  power  of  conjunction  by  truth,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  four,  as  denoting  conjunction,  see  just  above,  n.  9674; 
and  from  the  signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  power,  see  n. 
9643  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth, 
see  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914,  6917,  7999. 

9678.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  the  vail  upon  the  little  handles  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  faculty  and  thence  the  actuality  of 
conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  little  handles, 
as  denoting  the  faculty  of  conjunction,  see  n.  9611  ;  actuality 
thence  is  signified  by  giving  the  vail  upon  them. 

9679.  "  And  thou  shalt  bring  in  thither  from  within  the 
vail  the  ark  of  the  testimony  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  ex- 
istence of  the  inmost  heaven  within  that  uniting  medium,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  vail,  as  denoting  the  medium  unit- 
ing the  two  heavens,  see  n.  9670,  9671  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  as  denoting  the  inmost  heaven, 
see  n.  9485 ;  the  existence  of  this  heaven  is  signified  by  bring 
ing  in  the  ark  thither. 

9680.  "  And  let  the  vail  distinguish  for  you  between  the  holy 
and  between  the  holy  of  holies" — that  hereby  is  signified  between 
spiritual  good,  which  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor and  the  good  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  and  between  celestia1 
good,  which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  the  good  ot 
mutual  love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  holy,  as  de 
noting  the  good  reigning  in  the  middle  heaven,  and  from  the 
signification  of  the  holy  of  holies,  as  denoting  the  good  reigning 
in  the  inmost  heaven.  That  the  latter  good  is  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord  and  the  good  of  mutual  love,  and  that  the  former, 
nainely,  the  good  reigning  in  the  middle  heaven,  is  the  good  of 
charity  towards  the  neighbor  and  the  good  of  faith  in  the  Lord, 
is  evident  from  all  those  things  which  have  been  shown  con- 
cerning each  good,  celestial  and  spiritual,  in  the  passages  cited, 
n.  9670.  The  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  in  the  inmost  heaven  is  the 
internal  good  there,  whereas  the  good  of  mutual  love  is  the  ex- 
ternal good  there  ;  but  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor is  the  internal  good  in  the  middle  heaven,  and  the  good  of 
faith  in  the  Lord  is  the  external  good  there.  In  every  heaven 
there  is  an  internal  and  an  external,  as  in  the  church,  which. 


410  EXODUS.  [Chap,  xxvi 

that  it  is  internal  and  external,  see  n.  409,  1083,  1098,  1238, 
1242,  4899,  6380,  _  6587,  7840,  8762,   9375.    All  good  is 
holy,  and  all  truth  in  proportion  as  it  has  good  in  it.    Good  is 
called  holy  from  the  Lord,  because  the  Lord  is  alone  holy,  and 
from  Him  is  all  good  and  all  truth,  see  n.  9229,  9479.  Hence 
it  is  evident  why  the  habitation  is  called  holy,  and  the  ark,  in 
which  was  the  testimony,  the  holy  of  holies  ;  for  the  testimony 
is  the  Lord  Himself  as  to  Divine  Truth,  n.  9503  ;  and  the  ark 
is  the  inmost  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  n.  94S5.    The  Lord 
also  is  in  the  middle  heaven,  but  more  present  in  the  inmost 
heaven ;  for  they  who  are  conjoined  to  the  Lord  by  the  good 
of  love,  are  with  him ;  but  they  who  are  conjoined  to  the 
Lord  by  the  good  of  faith,  are  indeed  with  Him,  but  more  re 
motely.    In  the  middle  heaven  there  is  conjunction  with  the 
Lord  by  faith  implanted  in  the  good  of  charity  towards  the 
neighbor.    From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  why  the 
habitation,  which  was  out  of  the  vail,  is  called  holy,  and  the 
habitation  alone,  which  was  within  the  vail,  is  called  the  holy 
of  holies.    That  the  Lord  is  [the  being]  from  whom  is  every 
thing  holy,  and  that  He  is  the  very  holy  of  holies  itself,  is 
manifest  from  Daniel,  "  Seventy  weeks  are  decided  upon  my 
people  to  anoint  the  holy  of  /wlies,"  ix.  24.  And  in  the  Apoca- 
lypse, "  Who  shall  not  fear  Thee,  O  Lord,  and  glorify  Tby  name, 
because  thou  alone  art  Iwly"  xv.  4 ;  therefore  also  the  Lord  is 
called  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  Isaiah  i.  4;  chap.  v.  19,  24; 
chap.  x.  20 ;  chap.  xii.  6  ;  chap.  xvii.  7  ;  chap.  xxix.  19  ;  chap, 
xxx.  11,  12,  15  ;  chap.  xxxi.  1  ;  chap,  xxxvii.  23  ;  chap.  xli. 
14,  16,  20  ;  chap,  xliii.  3,  14;  chap.  xlv.  11 ;  chap.  lx.  9,  14  ; 
Jer.  1.  29  ;  chap.  li.  5  ;  Ezek.  xxxix.  7  ;  Psalm  lxxi.  22  ;  Psalm 
lxxviii.  41  ;  Psalm  lxxxix.  18;  2  Kings  xix.  22,  and  elsewhere. 
Whatsoever  therefore  amongst  the  sons  of  Israel  represented 
the  Lord,  or  the  good  and  truth  which  proceed  from  Him,  after 
inauguration  was  called  holy,  by  reason  that  the  Lord  alone  is 
holy.  The  Holy  Spirit  in  the  Word  is  also  the  holy  [principle] 
which  proceeds  from  the  Lord. 

9681.  Verses  34  to  37.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitia- 
tory above  the  ark  of  the  testimony  in  the  holy  of  holies.  And 
thou  shalt  set  the  table  from  witlwut  the  vail,  and  the  candlestick 
over  against  the  table,  on  t/te  sid*i  of  the  habitation  towards  the 
south,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  table  to  the  side  of  the  north.  And 
thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  the  door  of  the  tent,  of  blue,  and 
purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together, 
the  work  of  one  that  worketh  with  a  needle.  And  thou  shalt 
make  for  the  covering  Jive  pillars  of  shittim,  and  thou  shall  cover 
them  over  with  gold,  and  t/teir  hooks  gold  ;  and  thou  shalt  cast 
for  them  fioe  bases  of  brass.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  pro- 
pitiatory over  the  ark  of  the  testimony  in  the  holy  of  holies, 
signifies  the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of 


0681,  9682.] 


EXODUS. 


411 


worship  grounded  in  the  good  of  love  in  the  inmost  heaven 
from  the  Lord.  And  thou  shalt  set  the  tahle  from  without  the 
vail,  signifies  influx  by  the  celestial  things  which  are  of  love. 
And  the  candlestick  over  against  the  table  on  the  side  of  the 
habitation  towards  the  south,  signifies  the  illumination  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  by  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord  to  those  who  are  in  good.  And 
thou  shalt  give  the  table  to  the  side  of  the  north,  signifies  good 
in  obscurity.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  the  door  of 
the  tent,  signifies  a  medium  uniting  the  second  or  middle  heaven 
with  the  first  or  ultimate.  Of  blue  and  purple  and  scarlet 
double-dyed  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  signifies  from  the 
good  of  charity  and  of  faith.  The  work  of  him  that  worketh 
with  a  needle,  signifies  which  are  of  the  scientific  principle. 
And  thou  shalt  make  for  the  covering  five  pillars  of  shittim, 
signifies  the  support  of  the  uniting  medium  so  far  as  is  sufficient 
by  the  good  of  merit  which  is  of  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord.  And  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  gold,  sig- 
nifies a  representative  of  good.  And  their  hooks  shall  be  of 
gold,  signifies  the  mode  of  conjunction  by  good.  And  thou 
bhalt  cast  for  them  five  bases  of  brass,  signifies  power  from 
external  good. 

9682.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  the  propitiatory  above  the  ark 
of  the  testimony  in  the  holy  of  holies  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  worship 

f rounded  in  the  good  of  love  in  the  inmost  heaven  from  the 
iord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  propitiatory,  as  de- 
noting the  hearing  and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of 
worship,  grounded  in  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  9506  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  as  denoting  the 
inmost  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  see  n.  9A85  ;  and  that  the 
testimony  there  denotes  the  Lord,  see  n.  9503 ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  the  holy  of  holies,  as  denoting  where  the  good 
of  love  from  the  Lord  is,  see  above,  n.  9680.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  is  evident,  that  by  giving  the  propitiatory  above 
the  ark  of  the  testimony  in  the  holy  of  holies,  is  signified  the  hear- 
ing and  reception  of  all  things  which  are  of  worship  grounded 
in  the  good  of  love  in  the  inmost  heaven  from  the  Lord.  How 
the  case  is  with  the  presence  of  the  Lord  in  the  inmost  heaven, 
and  how  with  His  presence  in  the  middle  heaven,  and  also  in 
the  ultimate,  may  be  manifest  from  what  has  been  shown  in 
many  passages  concerning  the  influx  of  good  and  truth  from 
the  Lord.  The  presence  of  the  Lord  is  effected  by  influx,  and 
the  influx  is  according  to  the  life  of  good  and  of  truth ;  they 
who  are  in  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  are  they  who  proxi- 
mately receive  the  influx ;  but  they  who  are  in  the  good  of 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  receive  it  also,  but  more  re- 
motely, since  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor  is  more 


412 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi 


remote  than  the  essential  good  of  love  to  the  Lord ;  but  thej 
who  are  in  the  good  of  faith  also  indeed  receive  it,  but  only 
in  proportion  to  the  good  which  faith  has  in  it ;  wherefore  they 
who  are  in  the  good  of  life  from  the  truths  of  faith,  receive  it ; 
for  the  Lord  is  in  good,  inasmuch  as  all  good  is  from  Him, 
and  nothing  at  all  from  man,  nor  from  the  angels  in  heaven. 
As  to  whatfurther  concerns  the  presence  of  the  Lord  in  heaven, 
and  through  heaven  with  man,  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  the  Lord 
is  above  the  heavens,  for  he  is  the  sun  of  heaven,  nevertheless 
by  light  and  heat  thence  derived  He  is  present ;  the  light  thence 
derived  is  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  of  faith,  and  the  heat 
thence  derived  is  the  Divine  Good  which  is  of  love  ;  what  pro- 
ceeds from  the  Lord  is  Himself ;  from  which  considerations  it 
is  evident,  that  the  Lord  is  present  where  the  good  which  is 
from  Him  is  received.  But  all  these  things  may  be  better  com- 
prehended from  what  has  been  shown  concerning  influx,  namely, 
that  all  of  life  flows  in  from  the  Lord,  thus  all  good  and  truth, 
since  these  principles  constitute  the  life  of  man,  and  the  things 
which  flow  in  are  according  to  reception  with  every  one,  n.  2535, 
2706,  2886  to  2839,  2S93,  3001,  3318,  3484,  3742,  3743,  4151, 
5S46,  5850,  5986,  6053  to  6058,  6189  to  6215,  6307  to  6327, 
6466  to  6495,  6598  to  6626,  6982,  6985,  6996,  7004,  7055, 
7056,  705S,  7147,  7270,  7343,  8321,  8685,  8701,  8717,  8728, 
9110,  9111,  9216;  and  that  influx  from  the  Lord  is  immediate, 
and  also  mediate  through  the  heavens,  n.  5147,  6058,  6063, 
6466,  6472,  6473,  6982,  6985,  6996.  7004,  7007,  7055,  7056, 
7058,  7270,  S6S5,  8701,  8717,  8728,  9216. 

9683.  "And  thou  shalt  set  the  table  from  without  the  vail  " 
—that  hereby  is  signified  influx  by  the  celestial  things  which 
are  of  love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  table,  on  which 
were  the  breads  of  faces,  as  denoting  a  receptacle  of  things 
celestial,  see  n.  9527,  9545  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  without 
the  vail,  as  denoting  out  of  the  uniting  medium,  by  which  was 
mediate  influx,  for  by  the  vail  is  signified  a  uniting  medium,  n. 
9670 ;  and  whereas  that  table  was  on  the  other  side  the  vail,  there- 
fore by  it  is  signified  influx  by  celestial  things,  which  are  of  the 
inmost  heaven,  which  are  the  goods  of  love.  That  there  is 
mediate  influx  from  the  Lord  through  the  inmost  heaven,  and 
immediate  from  Himself,  may  be  manifest  from  the  passages 
above  cited,  n.  96S2,  at  the  end.  The  case  with  every  good, 
which  constitutes  celestial  life,  thus  eternal  life,  appertaining  to 
man  and  to  angel  is  this:  the  inmost  principle  of  good  is  the 
Lord  Himself,  consequently  the  good  of  love  which  is  imme- 
diately from  Him  ;  the  good  which  next  succeeds  is  the  good  of 
mutual  love  ;  next  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor; 
lastly  the  good  of  faith.  This  is  the  successive  order  of  goods 
from  the  inmost;  hence  it  may  be'vnanifest  how  the  case  is  with 
immediate  and  mediate  influx  ;  in  general,  so  much  as  a  good 


9683,  9684.] 


EXODUS. 


413 


succeeding  in  order,  or  exterior,  has  in  it  interior  good,  so  much 
it  is  a  good,  for  so  much  it  is  nearer  to  the  Lord  Himself,  who, 
as  was  said,  is  the  inmost  good ;  but  the  successive  arrange- 
ment and  ordination  of  interior  goods  in  exterior  varies  in  all 
and  singular  subjects  according  to  reception,  and  reception  is 
according  to  the  spiritual  and  moral  life  of  every  one  in  the 
world,  for  the  life  in  the  world  remains  with  every  one  to 
eternity.  The  influx  of  the  Lord  is  also  immediate  with  every 
one,  for  without  immediate  influx  the  mediate  is  of  no  effect ; 
immediate  influx  is  received  according  to  the  order  in  which  a 
man  or  an  angel  is,  thus  according  to  the  Divine  Truth  which 
is  from  the  Divine  ["being],  for  this  is  order,  see  n.  1728,  1919, 
2417,  4839,  5703,  ^7995,  8512,  8513,  S700,  89S8  ;  the  order 
itself  therefore  appertaining  to  man  is  that  he  should  live  in  the 
good  which  is  from  the  Lord,  that  is,  that  he  should  live  from 
the  Lord.  This  influx  is  continual,  and  adjoined  to  all  and 
singular  tilings  of  the  will  of  man,  directing  them  to  order  as 
far  as  possible;  for  man's  proper  will  is  continually  leadinghim 
away  [from  order].  The  case  herein  is  as  with  the  voluntary 
and  involuntary  [things  or  principles]  appertaining  to  man ; 
his  voluntary  [things  or  principles]  continually  lead  away  from 
order,  but  the  involuntary  continually  bring  back  to  order. 
Hence  it  is  that  the  motion  of  the  heart,  which  is  involuntary, 
is  altogether  exempt  from  man's  will,  in  like  manner  the  action 
of  the  cerebellum ;  and  that  the  motion  of  the  heart  and  the 
powers  of  the  cerebellum  rule  the  voluntary  things  or  principles, 
lest  these  latter  should  transgress  all  limits,  and  extinguish 
the  life  of  the  body  before  its  time ;  on  which  account  the 
principles  acting  from  both,  namely,  both  from  the  involuntary 
and  voluntary  things  in  the  whole  body  proceed  in  conjunction. 
These  observations  are  made  in  order  to  illustrate  in  some  mea- 
sure the  idea  concerning  the  immediate  and  mediate  influx  of 
the  celestial  things  of  love  and  of  the  spiritual  things  of  faith 
from  the  Lord. 

96S4.  "  And  the  candlestick  over  against  the  table  on  the 
side  of  the  habitation  towards  the  south  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  illumination  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  by  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord  to 
those  who  are  in  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  can- 
dlestick, as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  thus  denoting 
theDivineTruth  proceeding  from  His  Divine  Human  [principle], 
and  illumination  thence  to  His  spiritual  kingdom,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  table  on 
which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  over  against  which  the  candlestick 
was,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  celestial  good,  thus  denoting  that 
good  itself,  from  which  and  by  which  the  Lord  flows-in  into  tha 
spiritual  kingdom,  or  into  the  middle  heaven,  concerning  which 
also  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  oi> 


414 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


the  side  of  the  habitation  towards  the  south,  as  denoting  in  hea- 
ven where  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human 
[principle]  of  the  Lord  is  in  the  greatest  light ;  for  the  habitation 
out  of  the  vail,  where  the  candlestick  was,  denotes  the  middle 
heaven,  n.  9594 ;  and  the  south  denotes  where  Divine  Truth  is 
in  its  light,  n.  9642.  That  in  the  habitation  near  the  vail  was 
the  candlestick,  and  also  the  table  on  which  were  the  breads  of 
faces,  and  that  the  candlestick  was  at  the  side  towards  the 
south,  and  the  table  at  the  side  towards  the  north,  are  arcana 
of  heaven,  which  cannot  be  manifested  unless  it  be  known, 
that  the  habitation  represented  heaven,  and  that  the  things 
contained  in  the  habitation  represented  the  celestial  and  spi- 
ritual tilings  which  are  in  heaven  ;  what  the  candlestick  repre- 
sented has  been  shown  above,  n.  9548,  and  what  the  table  on 
which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  n.  9527,  9545 ;  and  what  the 
south  signihes,  n.  9642  ;  and  what  the  north,  n.  3708.  Hence 
it  may  be  manifest,  that  by  the  caudlestick  on  the  side  of  the 
habitation  towards  the  soutii  is  signified  the  illumination  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  by  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine 
Human  [prmciple]  of  the  Lord.  But  that  the  arcana  them- 
selves may  more  evidently  appear,  it  may  be  expedient  to  say 
how  the  case  is  in  the  heavens.  The  Lord  appears  to  those  who 
are  of  the  Celestial  Kingdom  as  a  sun,  but  to  those  who  are  of 
the  Spiritual  Kingdom  as  a  moon.  The  Lord  as  a  sun  appears  at 
a  middle  altitude  over  against  the  right  eye,  and  as  a  moon  also 
at  a  middle  altitude  over  against  the  left  eye.  From  the  Lord 
as  a  sun  light  is  derived  to  those  who  are  in  His  Celestial  King- 
dom, and  from  the  Lord  as  a  moon  light  is  derived  to  those  who 
are  in  the  Spiritual  Kingdom.  Concerning  each  of  those  king- 
doms, see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9277.  The  light  in  the  heavens 
is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple] of  the  Lord,  which  being  received  by  the  angels,  who  are 
of  the  Spiritual  Kingdom,  is  called  the  truth  of  faith  from  the 
good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  of  which  good  and  which 
t ruth  the  middle  heaven  consists,  which  is  called  the  Spiritual 
Heaven.  The  candlestick  in  the  habitation  represented  the  moon, 
from  which  they  who  are  of  the  Spiritual  Kingdom  derive  light, 
chus  it  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Truth  there  ;  for, 
as  was  said,  the  Lord  appears  to  those  who  are  of  that  kingdom 
as  a  moon.  From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest, 
why  the  candlestick  was  set  towards  the  south,  for  the  south 
denotes  where  Divine  Truth  is  in  the  light,  n.  9642 ;  and  why 
the  table,  on  which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  was  towards  the 
north,  for  the  north  denotes  where  Divine  Truth  is  in  obscurity, 
n.  3708,  and  in  like  manner  in  such  case  the  Divine  Good,  which 
is  signined  by  the  breads  upon  that  table  ;  this  good  becomes 
spiritual  good  by  the  reception  of  Divine  Truth,  as  of  light  from 
tlie  moon.    These  are  the  arcana  which  are  signified  by  the  can 


9684.] 


EXODUS. 


415 


dlestick  and  its  situation  towards  the  south,  and  by  the  table 
i>n  which  were  the  breads  of  faces,  and  its  situation  towards  the 
north.  That  the  candlestick  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  proceed- 
ing from  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle],  is  manifest  from 
the  Apocalypse,  u  I  saio  seven  (/olden  candlesticks,  and  in  th« 
midst  of  the  seven  candlesticks  [one  ]  like  to  the  Son  of  Man., 
clad  in  a  garment  down  to  the  feet,  and  girded  about  the  paps 
with  a  golden  girdle,"  i.  12,  13,  14:  the  Son  of  Man  is  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Truth  from  His  Divine  Human  [principle] 
n.  2803,  2813,  3704.  And  in  another  place  in  the  same  book, 
"  The  glory  of  God  shall  enlighten  the  whole  city  Jerusalem, 
and  the  Lamb  is  the  lamp  thereof"  xxi.  23.  The  glory  of  God 
is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  n.  9429;  the 
lamp,  which  is  the  Lamb,  that  is  the  Lord,  denotes  faith,  and 
thence  the  intelligence  of  truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  which 
are  from  the  Lord  alone,  n.  9548  ;  the  new  Jerusalem  is  the 
new  church  of  the  Lord,  n.  2117.  That  the  Lord  is  a  sun  to 
those  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom,  and  appears  as  a  moon 
to  those  who  are  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  n.  1053,  1521, 
1529,  1530,  1531,  3636,  3643,  5097,  7083,  7173,  7270,  8644, 
8812 ;  that  hence  in  the  Word  by  the  sun  is  signified  the  Lord 
as  to  celestial  good,  and  by  the  moon  the  Lord  as  to  spiritual 
good,  see  n.  1529,  1530,  2441,  2495,  4060,  4696,  70S3,  8644; 
and  that  the  Lord,  as  a  sun,  appears  at  a  middle  altitude  over 
against  the  right  eye,  and  as  a  moon  also  at  a  middle  altitude 
over  against  the  left  eye,  n.  1531,  4321,  7078,  7171  ;  hence  it  is 
that  the  east  in  heaven  is  where  the  Lord  appears  as  a  sun,  and 
the  south  where  the  Lord  appears  as  a  moon.  That  light  frorc 
the  Lord  as  a  sun  and  moon  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
His  Divine  Human  [principle],  see  n.  1053, 1521  to  1533,  1619 
to  1632,  2776,.  3094,  3138,  3167,  3190,  3195,  3222,  3223, 
3337,  3339,  3341,  3636,  3643,  3862,  3993,  4060,  4180,  4302, 
4108,  4414,  4415,  4419,  1527,  4598,  5400,  6032,  6313,  6315, 
6608,  6907,  7174,  8644,  8707,  8861,  9399,  9407 ;  and  whereas 
light  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun,  and  as  a  moon,  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  Him,  therefore  heat  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun 
there,  is  the  Divine  Good  of  His  Divine  Love,  n.  3338,  333.), 
3613,  5215,  6032  ;  hence  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  the  differ- 
ence between  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom  and  spiritual  king- 
dom, as  to  the  reception  of  Divine  Truth,  namely  that  it  is  us 
the  difference  between  light  from  the  sun  and  light  from  the 
moon.  That  on  this  account,  they  who  are  in  the  spiritual 
kingdom  are  respectively  in  obscurity  as  to  the  truth  of  faith 
and  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  2708,  2715,  2718,  2831,  2849, 
2935,  2937,  3241,  3833,  6289,  6500,  6945,  7233.  That  they 
principally  were  saved  by  the  coming  of  the  Lord  into  the  world, 
a.  2661,  2716,  3969,  6373,  6854,  6914,  7035,  7091,  7826,  7932, 
8018,  8054,  8159,  8321,  9596 ;  aud  that  they  have  illuinina- 


416 


EXODUS. 


[ClIAP.  XXVI. 


tiou,  in  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  n.  2716, 
2833,  2834.  But  that  they  who  are  of  the  spiritual  church 
are  saved,  who  are  in  the  good  of  life  by  the  truths  of  faith, 
n.  2954,  6435,  6647,  6648,  7977,  7992,  8643,  8648,  8658,  8685, 
8690,  8701. 

9685.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  the  table  to  the  side  of  the 
north" — that  hereby  is  signified  good  in  obscurity,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  table,  on  which  were  the  breads 
of  faces,  as  denoting  a  receptacle  of  things  celestial,  see  n. 
9527,  for  breads  denote  celestial  good  which  is  from  the  Lord, 
n.  9545  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  north,  as  denoting 
obscurity  as  to  the  truths  of  faith,  see  n.  3708,  and  when  truth 
is  in  obscurity,  good  is  also  in  obscurity;  for  in  the  Lord's 
spiritual  kingdom  good  appears  by  truth,  and  truth  is  per- 
ceived as  good  when  it  comes  from  the  understanding  into  the 
will ;  this  good  is  the  good  of  charity,  and  is  called  spiritual 
good.  It  is  otherwise  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  good 
does  not  there  appear  good  by  truth,  but  is  perceived  from  the 
good  itself.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  why  the  table  was  set 
to  the  side  towards  the  north,  and  the  candlestick  to  the  side 
towards  the  south.  But  see  what  has  been  said  and  shown  on 
this  subject  just  above,  n.  9684. 

90S6.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  covering  for  the  door  of  the 
tent"' — that  hereby  is  signified  a  medium  uniting  the  second  or 
middle  heaven  with  the  first  or  ultimate,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  covering,  as  denoting  a  medium  uniting  this 
heaven,  which  is  represented  by  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  with 
the  heaven  which  is  represented  by  the  court,  treated  of  in  the 
following  chapter ;  for  as  the  vail  between  the  holy  and  the  holy 
of  holies'  sigmtied  the  medium  uniting  between  the  inmost  or 
third  heaven  and  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  so  this  covering 
signifies  the  like  between  the  middle  or  second  heaven  and  the 
first  or  ultimate  heaven.  That  there  are  three  heavens,  and 
that  two  were  represented  by  the  habitation  which  was  within 
the  vail,  and  by  the  habitation  which  was  out  of  the  vail,  has 
Veen  shown  above  ;  and  that  the  first  or  ultimate  heaven  is  re- 
presented by  the  court,  will  be  shown  by  the  Divine  Mercy  ot 
the  Lord,  in  the  following  chapter.  The  entrance  from  one  into 
the  other  is  signified  by  the  door  where  the  covering  was.  That 
a  door  denotes  entrance,  see  n.  2145,  2152,  2356,  2385 ;  and 
hence  communication,  n.  8989  ;  consequently  the  covering  there, 
which  was  in  the  place  of  a  door,  denotes  a  medium  commu- 
nicating mid  uniting. 

9687.  "  Of  blue  and  purple  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  tine 
linen  woven  together" — that  hereby  is  signified  from  the  good 
of  charity  and  of  faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  blue,  of 
purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  of  fine  imeu  woven  together, 
where  the  vail  is  treated  of,  by  which  id  signified  a  medium 


9685 — 9688.] 


EXODTTS. 


417 


uniting  between  the  inmost  and  middle  heaven,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love  and  of  faith,  see  n.  9671,  but  in  this  case  the  goods 
of  charity  and  of  faith,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  con- 
cerning the  covering,  by  which  is  signified  the  medium  uniting 
between  the  second  and  last  heaven,  n.  9686  ;  for  in  the  inmost 
heaven  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  reigns,  but  in  the  middle 
heaven  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  in  the 
ultimate  heaven  the  good  of  faith  ;  hence  it  is  that  by  the  blue, 
purple,  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  are 
signified  the  goods  reigning  in  those  heavens. 

96S8.  "  The  work  of  him  that  worketh  with  a  needle  " — that 
hereby  are  signified  the  things  which  are  of  the  scientific  prin- 
ciple, appears  from  the  signification  of  the  work  of  him  that 
worketh  with  a  needle,  or  of  needle-work,  as  denoting  the 
scientific  principle.  In  several  passages  in  the  Word  mention 
is  made  of  what  is  wrought  with  a  needle  and  of  needle-work, 
and  by  it  is  every  where  signified  the  scientific  principle  :  the 
cause  of  this  originates  in  representatives  in  the  other  life,  where 
garments  of  various  kinds  of  needle-work  appear,  and  by  them 
are  signified  scientific  truths.  Scientific  truths  differ  from  intel 
lectual  truths,  as  external  things  from  internal,  or  as  the  natural 
principle  from  the  spiritual  with  man  ;  for  scientific  things  serve 
the  understanding  for  objects  from  which  it  may  hatch  truths  ; 
for  the  intellectual  principle  is  the  principle  of  sight  of  the 
internal  man,  and  scientifics  are  its  objects  in  the  external  or 
natural  man  ;  these  latter  are  signified  by  the  work  of  him  that 
worketh  with  the  needle,  but  the  former  is  signified  by  the 
work  of  a  contriver,  n.  9598 ;  for  to  contrive  is  of  the  under- 
standing, and  to  work  with  a  needle  is  of  one  who  is  knowing 
and  efficient  from  the  understanding.  Hence  it  is  that  those 
things  in  the  habitation  which  signified  internal  things,  were  of 
the  work  of  a  contriver,  as  the  curtains  themselves  there,  verse  1, 
and  the  vail  between  the  holy  and  holy  of  holies,  verse  31 ;  but 
that  those  things,  which  signified  external  things,  were  of  the 
work  of  him  that  worketh  with  a  needle  /  as  the  covering  for  the 
door  of  the  tent,  and  for  the  gate  of  the  court,  Exod.  xxxviii.  13  ; 
also  the  belt,  Exod.  xxxix.  29  ;  for  the  belt  denotes  what  is 
external  conjoining  all  internal  things.  The  court  is  the  ulti- 
mate of  heaven,  and  the  door  of  the  tent  denotes  where  there  is 
an  exit  from  the  middle  heaven  into  the  ultimate.  That  needle- 
work and  what  is  wrought  with  a  needle  denotes  the  scientific 
principle  which  is  of  the  external  or  natural  man,  is  manifest 
from  the  following  passages  in  the  Word,  "Fine  linen  in  needle 
work  from  Egypt  was  thine  expansion  ;  blue  and  purple  from 
the  isles  of  Elisha  was  thy  covering;  Syria  was  thy  trader  by 
the  multitude  of  thy  works,  with  the  chrysoprase,  purple,  and 
needle-work,  and  fine  linen.  The  traders  of  Sheba  with  clues  of 
blue  and  needle-work"  Ezek.  xxvii.  7,  16,  22,  24.  The  subject 
vol.  ix.  t  27 


41$ 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


treated  of  in  this  passage  is  concerning  Tyre,  by  which  are  sig- 
nified those  who  are  in  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  and 
in  the  abstract  sense,  those  knowledges  themselves,  n.  1201. 
By  fine  linen  in  needle-work  is  signified  scientific  truth,  for 
fine  linen  is  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  n.  5319,  9169,  and 
needle-work  is  the  scientific  principle.  Therefore  also  it  is  said 
from  Egypt,  because  by  Egypt  is  signified  the  scientific  prin- 
ciple, n.  1161,  1186,  1162.  2588,  1719,1964,  4966,  5700,  5702, 
6004, 6015,  6125,  6651,  6679,  6683,  6692,  6750,  7779,  9391 ; 
and  also  from  Syria  and  from  Sheba,  because  by  Syria  are  sig- 
nified the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good,  n.  1232,  1231,  3051, 
3249,  3664,  3680,  4112,  in  like  manner  by  Sheba,  n.  1171,  3210. 
The  knowledges  of  truth  and  of  good  are  the  scientifics  of  the 
church  ;  every  one  who  has  the  faculty  of  thinking  intellectually 
and  of  considering  things,  may  see  that  in  the  above  passage  is 
not  meant  needle-work,  nor  fine  linen,  nor  blue,  nor  purple,  but 
that  by  those  things  are  signified  such  things  as  are  worthy  of 
the  Word,  thus  the  spiritual  things  which  are  of  heaven  and  the 
church.    Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "All  the  princes  of  the 
8ea  shall  descend  upon  their  thrones,  and  cast  away  their  robes, 
and  put  off  the  garments  of  their  needle-work  ;  they  shall  be 
clothed  with  terrors,"  xxvi.  16  ;  speaking  also  of  Tyre ;  the 
princes  of  the  sea  denote  primary  scientifics,  which  are  called 
dogmas.   That  princes  denote  things  primary,  see  n.  1482, 20S9, 
5044  ;  and  that  the  sea  denotes  the  scientific  principle  in  general, 
n.  28,  2850.  Robes  denote  external  truths,  needle- work  denotes 
scientific  truths,  which  also  are  external.  That  garments  denote 
truths,  see  n.  2576,  4545,  4763,  5248,  5319,  5951,  6914,  6917, 
6918,  9093,  9158,  9212,  9216.    Again,  in  the  same  prophet, 
clothed  thee  with  needle-work,  and  shod  thee  with  yew,  I 
girded  thee  with  fine  linen,  and  covered  thee  witli  silk;  thus 
thou  wast  adorned  with  gold  and  silver,  and  thy  garments  were 
fine  linen,  silk,  and  needle-work  :  but  thou  hast  taken  the  gar- 
ments of  thy  needle-work,  and  hast  covered  images,  with  which 
thou  hast  committed  whoredom,"  xvi.  10,  13,  16 ;  speaking  of 
Jerusalem,  by  which  is  signified  the  church.    Garments  of 
needle-work  denote  scientific  truths;  to  cover  images,  with 
which  she  committed  whoredom,  denotes  to  confirm  falses,  for 
to  commit  whoredom  is  to  pervert  truths  by  applications  t<» 
falses  or  evils.    Who  does  not  see  that  by  fine  linen,  silk,  and 
needle-work,  are  not  there  meant  fine  linen,  silk,  and  needle- 
work, for  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  Jerusalem  ;  but 
what  is  meant,  the  Christian  world  does  not  enquire,  because  it 
places  the  celestialand  spiritual  thingsof  the  Word  in  its  literal 
sense,  and  calls  its  interior  things  mystical,  which  it  has  no 
concern  about.    Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "  A  great  eagje, 
with  great  wings,  with  long  quills,  full  of  feathers,  which  had 
needle-work"  xvii.  3  ;  speaking  of  the  house  of  Israel,  by  which 


96S9-* 9693.J 


EXODUS. 


419 


is  signified  the  Spiritual  Church,  which  is  called  an  eagle  from 
perception,  n.  3901,  8764 ;  which  has  needle-work  denotes 
which  has  the  scientific  principle.  And  in  David,  "  The  king's 
daughter  is  wholly  glorious  within,  her  garment  is  of  foldings 
of  gold,  she  is  brought  to  the  king  in  needle-work"  Psalm  xlv. 
13,  14;  where  the  king's  daughter  denotes  the  affection  of 
truth  ;  needle-work  denotes  the  scientific  of  truth.  And  in  the 
book  of  Judges,  "  They  shall  divide  the  spoil,  a  spoil  of  colors 
to  Sisera,  a  spoil  of  colors  of  needle-work,  the  colors  of  those  who 
work  with  the  needle  ;  the  neck  of  the  spoil,"  v.  30  ;  the  song  of 
Deborah  and  Barak,  where  needle-work  denotes  the  scientific 
principle  which  is  of  the  natural  man. 

9689.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  for  the  covering  five  pillars 
of  shittim  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  support  of  the  uniting 
medium  so  far  as  is  sufficient  by  the  good  of  merit  which  is  of 
the  Lord's. Divine  Human  [principle],  appears  from  the  signi 
fication  of  the  covering  for  the  door  of  the  tent,  as  denoting  the 
medium  uniting  the  second  or  middle  heaven  with  the  first  or 
ultimate,  see  above,  n.  9686  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  five, 
as  denoting  some  part  or  somewhat,  see  n.  4638,  and  also  so 
much  as  is  sufficient ;  and  from  the  signification  of  pillars,  as 
denoting  support,  see  n.  9674 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
shittim-wood,  as  denoting  the  good  of  merit,  which  is  of  the 
Lord  alone,  see  n.  9472,  9486,  thus  of  His  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple], for  this  has  merit,  n.  9486. 

9690.  "And  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  gold" — that 
hereby  is  signified  a  representative,  namely,  of  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  covering  over  with  gold,  and  making 
from  gold,  as  denoting  a  representative  of  good,  see  n.  9510. 

9691.  "  And  their  hooks  of  gold  " — that  hereby  are  signified 
modes  of  conjunction  by  good,  see  above,  n.  9676. 

9692.  "  And  thou  shalt  cast  for  them  five  bases  of  brass  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  power  from  external  good,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  power  supporting,  see  n. 
9643 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting  natural 
good,  or  external  good,  see  n.  425,  1551. 


CONTINUATION  OF  THE  SUBJECT   OF  THE  FIRST  EARTH  IN  THE 
STARRY  HEAVEN. 

9693.  AFTER  that  I  was  translated  through  that  great  gulf, 
I  at  length  came  to  a  place  where  I  stopped  ;  and  on  this  occasion 
there  appeared  to  me  spirits  above,  with  whom  it  was  given  to 
discourse.  From  their  discourse,  and  from  their  peculiar  man- 
v*>r  of  perceiving  tilings,  and  of  expounding  them,  I  clearly  dis- 


420 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi. 


covered  that  they  were  from,  another  earth,  for  they  differed  alto- 
gether from  the  spirits  of  the  world  of  our  sun  ;  they  also  in 
their  turn  perceived from  my  discourse  that  I  was  from  a  distance. 

9694.  After  we  had  discoursed  a  little  on  various  subjects, 
I  asked  what  God  they  worshipped  ;  they  said,  that  they  wor- 
shipped a  certain  angel,  who  appears  to  them  as  a  Divine  Man, 
being  refulgent  with  light :  and  that  he  instructs  them,  and  gives 
ihem  to  perceive  what  they  ought  to  do.  They  said  further,  that 
the  greatest  God  is  in  the  sun  of  the  angelic  heaven,  and  thai 
He  appears  to  their  angel,  and  not  to  themselves  ;  and  that 
He  is  so  great,  that  they  dare  not  adore  Him. 

9695.  The  angel,  whom  they  worshipped,  was  an  angelic  so 
ciety,  to  which  it  was  granted  by  the  Lord  to  preside  over  them, 
and  to  teach  them  the  way  of  what  is  just  and  right ;  therefore 
they  have  light  from  a  certain  flame,  which  appears  like  a  little 
torch,  considerably  fiery  and  yellow.  The  reason  of  this  is,  be- 
cause they  do  not  adore  the  Lord ;  hence  they  have  not  Ugh 
from  the  sun  of  the  angelic  heaven,  but  from  an  angelic  society  , 
for  an  angelic  society,  when  it  is  granted  by  the  Lord,  can  pre- 
sent  such  liglit  to  spirits,  who  are  in  an  inferior  sphere. 

9696.  In  other  respects  they  were  modest,  somewhat  simple 
but  still  under  tolerably  good  influence  as  to  their  thoughts 
From  the  light  which  was  amongst  them,  might  be  concluded 
what  was  the  quality  of  their  intellectual  principle,  for  the  in 
tellect  is  according  to  the  reception  of  the  light  which  is  in  the 
heavens,  since  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  as 
i  Sun  is  what  shines  there,  and  enables  the  angels  not  only  t* 
see,  but  also  to  understand. 

9697.  They  were  quest  ioned  concerning  the  sun  of  their  world, 
which  illuminates  their  earth,  and  they  said,  that  the  sun  to 
them  appears  flaming  ;  and  when  I  represented  the  size  of  the 
sun  of  our  earth,  they  said  that  theirs  is  less,  for  their  sun  is  to 
our  eyes  a  star,  and  I  was  told  by  the  angels,  that  it  was  one 
of  the  lesser  stars.  They  said  also  that  from  their  earth  the 
heaven  also  appears  full  of  stars. 

9698.  /  was  instructed  that  the  inhabitants  and  spirits  of 
that  earth  have  reference,  in  the  Grand  iMan,  to  somewhat  in 
the  spleen  ;  which  was  also  confirmed  by  an  influx  into  the 
spleen  when  they  discoursed  with  me. 

9699.  Afterwards  my  sight  was  opened,  that  I  could  look 
in  some  degree  into  the  earth  itself;  and  there  appeared 
several  green  fields,  and  forests  with  trees  in  full  foliage,  also 
fleecy  sheep. 

9700.  The  subject  concerning  the  First  Earth  seen  in  the 
starry  heaven  will  be  continued  at  the  close  of  the  following 
chapter. 


9694— 9T06.J  EXODUS.  421 

EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY-SEVENTH. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9701.  IT  may  be  expedient  now  to  speak  concerning  the 
internal  and  external  man. 

9702.  They  who  have  only  a  general  idea  concerning  the 
internal  and  external  man,  believe  that  it  is  the  internal  man 
which  thinks  and  which  wills,  and  the  external  which  speaks 
and  which  acts,  since  to  think  and  to  will  is  somewhat  internal 
and  thence  to  speak  and  to  act  is  external. 

9703.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  not"  only  the  internal  man 
thinks  and  wills,  but  also  the  external ;  nevertheless  in  one 
manner  when  they  are  conjoined,  and  in  another  manner  when 
they  are  separated. 

9704.  When  man  thinks  intelligently  and  wills  wisely,  he 
then  thinks  and  wills  from  the  internal ;  but  when  man  thinks 
not  intelligently  and  wills  not  wisely,  in  such  case  he  does  not 
think  and  will  from  the  internal.  Consequently  when  man 
thinks  well  concerning  the  Lord,  and  concerning  the  things 
which  are  of  the  Lord,  and  when  he  thinks  well  concerning 
the  neighbor,  and  concerning  the  tilings  which  are  of  the 
neighbor,  and  wills  well  to  them,  he  then  thinks  and  wills 
from  the  internal.  But  when  man  thinks  ill  concerning  them 
and  wills  ill  to  them,  in  this  case  he  does  not  think  and  will 
from  the  internal.  To  think  well  is  to  think  from  the  faith  of 
truth,  and  to  will  well  is  to  will  from  the  love  of  good  ;  but 
to  think  ill  is  to  think  from  the  faith  of  what  is  false,  and  to 
will  ill  is  to  will  from  the  love  of  what  is  evil. 

9705.  In  a  word,  so  far  as  man  is  in  love  to  the  Lord,  and 
in  love  towards  the  neighbor,  so  far  he  is  in  the  internal  man, 
and  thinks  and  wills  from  it;  and  also  speaks  from  it,  and  acts 
from  it  ;  but  so  far  as  man  is  in  the  love  of  self,  and  in  the  love 
of  the  world,  so  tar  he  is  in  the  external  man,  and  also,  so  far 
as  he  dares  he  speaks  and  acts  from  it. 

9706.  The  reason  is  because  man  was  created  to  the  image 
of  heaven,  and  to  the  image  of  the  world  ;  the  internal  man  to 
the  image  of  heaven,  and  the  external  to  the  image  of  the  world  ; 
wherefore  to  think  and  to  will  from  the  internal  is  to  think  and 
to  will  from  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  heaven  from  the 
Lord  ;  but  to  think  and  to  will  from  the  external  is  to  think  and 
to  will  from  the  world,  that  is,  by  [or  through]  the  world  from 
self. 


422 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


9707.  It  has  been  so  provided  and  ordained  by  the  Lord, 
that  so  far  as  man  thinks  and  wills  from  heaven,  that  is,  by  [or 
through]  heaven  from  the  Lord,  so  far  his  internal  man  is  opened; 
the  opening  is  to  heaven  even  to  the  Lord  Himself ;  hence  vice 
versa,  so  far  as  man  thinks  and  wills  from  the  world,  that  is,  by 
[or  through]  the  world  from  self,  so  far  the  internal  man  is 
closed,  and  the  external  is  opened.  The  opening  is  to  the  world, 
and  to  self. 

9708.  The  external  man,  to  the  intent  that  it  may  be  re- 
duced to  order,  must  be  made  subordinate  to  the  internal,  and 
it  is  then  made  subordinate  when  it  obeys ;  so  far  as  this  is 
effected,  so  far  the  external  also  is  wise.  This  is  meant  by  the 
old  man  dying  with  his  concupiscences,  that  man  may  become 
a  new  creature. 

9709.  They  with  whom  the  internal  man  is  closed,  do  not 
know  that  there  is  an  internal  man,  neither  do  they  believe 
that  there  is  a  heaven  and  internal  life  ;  and  what  is  wonderful, 
they  nevertheless  suppose  that  themselves  think  more  wisely 
than  others,  for  they  love  themselves  and  what  they  call  their 
own,  and  even  adore  them.  It  is  otherwise  with  those  with 
whom  the  internal  man  is  opened  towards  heaven  to  the  Lord, 
for  these  latter  are  in  the  light  of  heaven,  thus  in  illumination 
from  the  Lord  ;  whereas  the  former  are  not  in  the  light  of  hea- 
ven, but  in  the  light  of  the  world,  thus  in  illumination  from  self. 
They  who  are  illuminated  from  self,  and  not  from  the  Lord,  see 
what  is  false  as  truth,  and  what  is  evil  as  good. 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

1.  AND  thou  shalt  make  an  altar  of  shittim-wood,  five 
cubits  the  length,  and  five  cubits  the  breadth  ;  the  altar  shall 
be  square  ;  and  three  cubits  the  height  of  it. 

'2.  And  thou  shalt  make  its  horns  upon  its  four  cornel's; 
out  of  it  shall  be  its  horns  ;  and  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with 
brass. 

3.  And  thou  shalt  make  its  pans  to  sift  its  ashes,  and  its 
shovels,  and  its  basins,  and  its  little  flesh-hooks,  and  its  tongs; 
for  all  its  vessels  thou  shalt  make  brass. 

4.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  grate,  the  work  of  a  net 
of  brass  ;  and  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  net  four  rings  of  brass 
upon  its  four  extremities. 

5.  And  thou  shalt  give  it  under  the  compass  of  the  altar 
downwards;  and  the  net  shall  be  even  to  the  middle  of  the 
altar. 


9707—9709.]  EXODUS. 


423 


G.  And  thou  slialt  make  staves  for  the  altar,  staves  of  shit- 
tim-wood,  and  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  brass. 

7.  And  its  staves  shall  be  put-in  into  the  rings,  and  the  staves 
shall  be  upon  the  two  sides  of  the  altar  in  carrying  it. 

8.  A  hollow  table  thou  shalt  make  it,  as  was  seen  by  thee  in 
the  mountain,  so  shall  they  make  [it]. 

9.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  court  of  the  habitation  to  the 
corner  of  the  south  southward  ;  the  hangings  [for  the  court]  of 
fine  linen  woven  together,  a  hundred  in  a  cubit  the  length  to 
one  corner. 

10.  And  its  twenty  pillars,  and  their  twenty  bases,  [shall  be] 
of  brass ;  the  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  fillets  [shall  be]  of 
silver. 

11.  And  so  at  the  corner  of  the  north  in  length  ;  the  hang- 
ings, a  hundred  in  length,  and  its  twenty  pillars,  and  their 
twenty  bases,  shall  be  of  brass  ;  the  hooks  of  the  pillars  and 
their  fillets  shall  be  of  silver. 

12.  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the  corner  of  the  sea, 
the  hangings  shall  be  of  fifty  cubits,  their  pillars  ten,  and  their 
bases  ten. 

13.  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the  corner  of  the  east 
eastwards  shall  be  fifty  cubits. 

14.  And  of  fifteen  cubits  the  hangings  of  the  wing,  their  pil- 
lars three,  and  their  bases  three. 

15.  And  for  the  other  wing  fifteen  hangings,  their  pillars 
three,  and  their  bases  three. 

16.  And  for  the  gate  of  the  court  a  covering  of  twenty  cubits, 
of  blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen 
woven  together,  the  work  of  him  that  worketh  with  a  needle, 
their  pillars  four,  and  their  bases  four. 

17.  All  the  pillars  of  the  court  round  about  shall  be  filletted 
with  fillets  of  silver,  and  their  hooks  of  silver,  and  their  bases 
of  brass. 

18.  The  length  of  the  court  shall  be  a  hundred  in  a  cubit 
and  the  breadth  fifty  in  fifty,  and  the  height  five  cubits,  with 
fine  linen  interwoven,  and  their  bases  shall  be  of  brass. 

19.  And  for  all  the  vessels  of  the  habitation  in  all  its  service, 
and  all  its  pegs,  and  all  the  pegs  of  the  court  shall  be  of  brass. 

20.  And  thou  shalt  command  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  let  them 
take  for  the  oil  of  olive  prre,  bruised,  for  the  luminary,  to  cause 
the  lamp  to  ascend  continually. 

21.  In  the  tent  of  the  assembly  without  the  vail,  which  is 
over  the  testimony,  Aaron  shall  order  it,  and  his  sons,  from 
evening  even  to  morning,  before  Jehovah  ;  [it  shall  be]  a  statute 
of  an  age  for  the  generations  from  with  the  sons  of  Israel. 


EXODUS. 


[Chat,  xxvii. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9710.  THE  subject  treated  of  in  this  chapter,  in  the  internal 
sense,  is  concerning  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of 
love.  This  worship  is  signified  by  the  altar,  and  is  described 
in  general  by  all  things  relating  to  the  altar. 

9711.  The  subject  afterwards  treated  of  is  concerning  the 
ultimate  heaven,  which  is  represented  and  described  by  the 
court. 

971-2.  The  subject  lastly  treated  of  is  concerning  the  good 
of  charity,  by  which  the  spiritual  heaven  is  illuminated  in  the 
truths  of  faith  from  the  Lord  ;  these  things  are  signified  by  the 
oil  of  olive,  and  by  the  luminary. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

9713.  VERSES  1  to  8.  And  thou  shalt  make  an  altar  of 
shittim-wood,  five  cubits  the  length  and  five  cubits  the  breadth  : 
the  altar  shall  be  square,  and  three  cubits  its  height.  And  thou 
shalt  make  its  horns  upon  its  four  corners,  out  of  it  shall  be  its 
horns  ;  and  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  brass.  And  thou  shalt 
make  its  pans  to  sift  its  ashes,  and  its  shovels,  and  its  basins,  and 
its  little  flesh-hooks,  and  its  tongs,  for  all  its  vessels  thou  shalt 
make  brass.  And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  grate,  the  work  of  a 
net,  of  brass,  and  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  net  four  rings  of 
brass  upon  its  four  extremities.  And  thou  shalt  give  it  under  the 
compass  of  the  altar  downwards,  and  the  net  shall  be  even  to  the 
middle  of  the  altar.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  for  the  altar, 
staves  of  shittim-wood,  and  thou,  shalt  cover  them  over  with  brass. 
And  its  staves  shall  be  put-in  into  therings,  and  the  staves  shall 
be  on  the  two  sides  of  the  altar  in  carrying  it.  A  hollow  table 
thou  shalt  make  it,  as  was  seen  by  thee  in  the  mountain,  so  shall 
they  make  [it].  And  thou  shalt  make  an  altar,  signities  a  re- 
presentative of  the  Lord  and  of  the  worship  of  Him.  Of  shittim- 
word,  signifies  justice.  Five  cubits  the  length  and  five  cubits 
the  breadth,  signifies  equally  from  good  and  from  truth.  The 
altar  shall  be  square,  signifies  thus  what  is  just.  And  three 
cubits  the  height  of  it,  signities  what  is  full  as  to  degrees.  And 
thou  shalt  make  its  horns,  signifies  power.  Upon  its  four 
corners,  signifies  of  every  mode.  Out  of  it  shall  be  the  horns, 
signifies  that  the  power  shall  be  from  good.  And  thou  shah 
tover  it  over  with  brass,  signifies  a  representative  of  good.  And 
thou  shalt  make  its  pans  to  sift  its  ashes,  signifies  things  iv- 
moviiuj  [what  is  to  be  removed]  after  uses.  And  its  shovels, 
and  its' basins,  and  its  little  flesh-hooks,  and  its  tongs,  signities 


9710-  -9714.J 


EXODUS. 


425 


containing  sciei.tifics  and  subservient  to  every  use.  Foi  all  its 
vessels  thou  shalt  make  brass,  signifies  all  things  from  good. 
And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  grate,  the  work  of  a  net,  signifies 
the  sensual  principle,  which  is  the  ultimate.  Of  brass,  signifies 
which  is  also  from  good.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  net 
four  rings  of  brass,  signifies  the  sphere  of  good  by  which  is 
conjunction.  Upon  its  four  extremities,  signifies  everywhere. 
And  thou  shalt  give  it  under  the  compass  of  the  altar  down- 
wards, signifies  thus  in  ultimates.  And  the  net  shall  be  evf-n 
to  the  middle  of  the  altar,  signifies  the  extension  of  the  sensual 
principle.  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  for  the  altar,  signifies 
the  power  of  keeping  together  in  a  state  of  good.  Staves  of 
shittim-wood,  signifies  the  good  of  justice.  Aud  thou  shalt 
cover  them  over  with  brass,  signifies  a  representative  of  good. 
And  its  staves  shall  be  put-in  into  the  rings,  signilies  the  power 
of  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good.  And  the  staves  shall  be  on  the 
two  sides  of  the  altar,  signifies  the  power  of  good  by  truth  and 
of  truth  from  good.  In  carrying  it,  signifies  existence  and  sub- 
sistence. A  hollow  table  thou  shalt  make  it,  signifies  applica- 
tion. As  was  seen  by  thee  in  the  mountain,  so  shall  they  make 
jLt],  signifies  from  correspondence  of  things  Divine  in  heaven. 

9714.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  an  altar" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified a  representative  of  the  Lord,  and  of  the  worship  of  Him, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  altar  which  was  for  burnt- 
offerings  and  sacrifices,  as  being  a  representative  of  the  Lord, 
and  since  by  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices  were  signified  all 
things  appertaining  to  the  worship  of  the  Lord,  therefore  also 
the  altar  was  representative  of  the  worship  of  Him  ;  nevertheless 
the  Lord  is  not  worshipped  by  burnt-offerings  aud  sacrifices,  but 
by  those  things  which  were  represented,  which  are  the  celestial 
things  of  love  and  the  spiritual  things  of  faith,  see  n.  922,  923, 
1823,  2180,  2805,  2807,  2830,  3519,  6905,  8680,  8936.  There 
were  two  things  by  which  the  Lord,  as  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle],  was  represented,  the  temple  and  the  altar.  That  He 
was  represented  by  the  temple,  He  Himself  teaches  in  John, 
"  Jesus  said,  dissolve  this  temple,  and  in  three  days  I  will  raise 
it  up  again  :  He  spake  of  the  temple  of  His  oody"  ii.  19, 20.  That 
He  was  represented  by  the  altar,  may  also  be  manifest  from 
the  Lord's  words,  where  He  6peaks  of  the  temple  and  at  the 
same  time  of  the  altar,  in  Matthew,  "  Ye  fools  and  blind, 
because  ye  say,  whosoever  shall  swear  by  the  temple,  it  is 
nothing,  but  whosoever  shall  swear  by  the  gold  of  ike  temple, 
he  is  guilty  ;  whether  is  greater,  the  gold-,  or  the  temple  which 
sanctifies  the  gold  ?  Likewise  whosoever  shall  swear  by  the  altar, 
it  is  nothing  ;  but  whosoever  shall  swear  by  the  gift  which  is 
upon  it,  he  is  guilty;  ye  fools  and  blind,  whether  is  greater, 
the  gift,  or  the  altar  which  sanctifies  the  gift :  he  who  sweareth 
by  the  altar,  sweareth  by  it,  and  by  all  that  is  upon  it ;  and  he 


426 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


who  sweareth  by  the  temple,  sweareth  by  it,  and  by  Him  who 
dwelleth  in  it •  aud  he  who  sweareth  by  heaven,  sweareth  by  the 
throne  of  God,  and  by  Him  who  sittetb  upon  it,"  xxiii.  16  to 
22.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  as  the  temple,  so  also  the  altai 
was  representative  of  the  Lord's  Divine  Human  [principle], 
for  the  like  is  said  of  the  altar,  as  of  the  temple,  namely,  that 
it  is  what  sanctities  the  gift  which  is  upon  it,  thus  that  the  altar 
was  the  subject  from  which  came  sanctitication,  consequently 
that  it  was  also  representative  of  the  Divine  Human  [principle] 
of  the  Lord,  from  which  every  thing  holy  proceeds;  but  the 
altar  was  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  His  Divine  Good, 
whereas  the  temple  was  representative  of  Him  as  to  His  Divine 
Truth,  thus  as  to  heaven,  for  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord  makes  heaven  ;  therefore  it  is  said  of  the  temple,  that 
he  who  sweareth  by  the  temple,  sweareth  by  it  and  by  Him 
who  dwelleth  in  it ;  and  it  is  added,  he  who  sweareth  by  heaven 
sweareth  hy  the  throne  of  God,  and  by  Him  who  sitteth  upon 
it.  The  throne  of  God  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Lord,  thus  heaven,  and  He  who  sitteth  upon  it  is  the  Lord, 
n.  5313.  The  like  to  what  was  represented  by  the  temple, 
was  represented  also  by  the  habitation,  the  Lord,  as  to  Divine 
Truth,  being  there  the  testimony  which  was  in  the  ark, n.  9503. 
Inasmuch  as  by  the  altar  was  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Good,  therefore  it  was  the  very  holy  of  holies,  and  sanctified 
every  thing  which  touched  it,  as  may  be  manifest  from  what 
follows  of  this  book,  where  it  is  said,  Seven  days  thou  shalt 
expiate  upon  the  altar,  and  shall  sanctify  it,  that  the  altar  may 
be  the  holy  of  holies,  and  every  thing  which  toucheth  it  shall  be 
sanctified,"  Exod.  xxix.  37  ;  and  therefore  the  tire  upon  the  altar 
was  perpetually  burning,  and  was  in  no  case  extinguished, 
Levit.  vi.  13  ;  and  from  that  tire  was  taken  the  fire  of  incense, 
and  from  no  other  source,  Levit.  x.  1  to  6 ;  for  by  the  tire  of  the 
altar  was  signified  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love  of  the 
Lord,  n.  5215,  6314,  6832,  6834,  6849.  That  the  altar  was  re- 
presentative of  the  Lord,  is  evident  from  the  following  passages 
in  David,  "  Let  Thy  light  and  thy  truth  lead  me  to  the  moun- 
tain of  Thy  holiness,  aud  to  Thy  habitations,  that  I  may  enter 
in  to  the  altar  of  God  to  God,"  Psalm  xliii.  3,  4 :  and  again, 
"  I  wash  mine  hands  in  innocence,  and  encompass  thine  altar, 
0  Jehovah,"  Psalm  xxvi.  6.  But  that  the  altar  was  represen- 
tative of  the  worship  of  the  Lord,  is  manifest  from  Isaiah,  "All 
the  cattle  of  Arabia  shall  be  gathered  together  to  thee  ;  the  ra  ins 
of  Nebaioth  shall  minister  to  thee  ;  mine  altar  ascends  to  what 
is  well  pleasing,"  lx.  7  :  and  in  Jeremiah,  "  The  Lord  hath  for- 
saken 7lis  altar,  and  abominated  His  Banctuary,"  Lain.  ii.  7; 
where  to  forsake  the  altar  denotes  to  abolish  the  representative  of 
the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of  love.  To  abominate  the 
saiu-i  i.i'.ry,  denotes  to  abolish  the  representative  of  the  worship 


97U,  9715.] 


EXODUS. 


427 


of  the  Lord  from  the  truths  of  faith.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "Your 
altars  shall  be  destroyed,  I  will  disperse  your  bones  about 
your  altars  ;  your  altars  shall  be  devastated,  and  desolated,  and 
broken,  and  your  idols  shall  cease,"  vi.  4,  5,  6  ;  where  the  des- 
truction, the  devastation,  and  the  desolation  of  altars  denotes 
of  representative  worship.  And  in  Tsaiah,  "The  iniquity  of 
Jacob  shall  not  be  expiated,  when  he  shall  set  all  the  stones  of  the 
altar  as  dispersed  chalk  stones,"  xxvii.  9  ;  where  the  dispersed 
stones  of  the  altar  denote  all  truths  of  worship.  Again,  "  In 
that  day  a  man  shall  look  to  his  Maker,  and  his  eyes  to  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel,  but  he  shall  not  look  to  the  altars,  the  wort 
of  their  hands,  and  what  their  fingers  have  made,"  xvii.  7,  8  ; 
where  altars,  the  work  of  the  hands,  and  what  the  fingers  have 
made,  denote  worship  grounded  in  man's  own  intelligence.  And 
in  Hosea,  " Ephraim  hath  multiplied  altars  to  commit  sin"  viii. 
11  ;  where  to  multiply  altars  to  commit  sin,  denotes  to  forga 
vain  things  of  worship.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  "  The 
thistle  and  the  thorn  shall  come  up  on  your  altars"  x.  8  ;  de- 
noting that  evils  and  falses  shall  enter  in  and  make  worship. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  In  that  day  there  shall  be  an  altar  to  Jehovah 
in  the  midst  of  Egypt,"  xix.  19  ;  where  an  altar  to  Jehovah 
denotes  the  worship  of  the  Lord.  The  altar  which  is  now 
treated  of,  inasmuch  as  it  was  portable,  was  made  of  shittim- 
wood,  and  covered  over  with  brass  ;  but  the  altar,  which  was 
to  remain  in  its  place,  was  made  either  of  the  ground  or  of 
unhewn  stone.  The  altar  made  of  the  ground  was  the  principal 
representative  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of  love  ; 
but  the  altar  made  of  unhewn  stone  was  representative  of  wor- 
ship from  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith,  n.  8935,  8940  ;  but  the 
portable  altar  which  is  here  treated  of,  was  representative  of  the 
worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of  love  ;  therefore  it  was  of 
shittim-wood,  and  covered  over  with  brass. 

9715.  "  Of  shittim-wood  " — that  hereby  is  signified  justice, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  shittim-wood,  as  denoting 
the  good  of  merit  and  justice,  which  are  of  the  Lord  alone, 
see  n.  9472,  9486.  It  may  be  expedient  here  to  say  what 
the  justice  is,  and  what  the  merit,  which  are  of  the  Lord 
alone.  It  is  believed  that  the  Lord  had  merit  and  justice, 
because  he  fulfilled  all  things  of  the  law,  and  because  by  the 
passion  of  the  cross  He  saved  the  human  race  ;  but  these  things 
are  not  meant  in  the  Word  by  the  Lord's  justice  and  merit; 
but  by  His  merit  and  justice  is  meant  that  He  fought  alone 
with  all  the  hells,  and  subdued  them,  and  thereby  reduced 
into  order  all  things  in  the  hells,  and  on  the  same  occasion  all 
things  in  the  heavens ;  for  there  are  attendant  upon  every 
man  spirits  from  hell,  and  also  angels  from  heaven,  since  man 
without  them  cannot  live  at  all ;  therefore  unless  the  hells 
had  been  subdued  by  the  Lord,  and  the  heavens  reduced  into 


428 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


order,  It  would  have  been  impossible  for  any  man  to  have  been 
saved.  This  effect  could  not  be  wrought  but  by  His  Human 
[principle],  namely,  by  combats  with  them  by  His  Human 
[principle]  ;  and  whereas  the  Lord  did  this  from  His  own  proper 
power,  thus  alone,  therefore  the  Lord  alone  has  merit  and 
justice  ;  and  therefore  it  is  He  alone  who  still  conquers  the  hells 
with  man  ;  for  he  who  once  conquers  them,  conquers  them  to 
eternity  ;  wherefore  man  has  nothing  at  all  of  merit  and  of  jus- 
tice, but  the  merit  and  justice  of  the  Lord  is  imputed  to  him, 
when  he  acknowledges  that  nothing  is  from  himself,  but  all  from 
the  Lord.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  alone  regenerates  man ; 
for  to  regenerate  man,  is  to  drive  away  the  hells  from  him,  con- 
sequently the  evils  and  falses  which  are  from  the  hells,  and  in 
their  place  to  implant  heaven,  that  is,  the  goods  of  love,  and 
the  truths  of  faith,  for  these  constitute  heaven.  The  Lord  also, 
by  continual  combats  with  the  hells,  glorified  His  Human  [prin- 
ciple], that  is,  made  it  Divine ;  for  as  man  is  regenerated  by 
combats,  which  are  temptations,  so  the  Lord  by  combats,  which 
were  temptations,  was  glorified,  hence  the  glorification  of  the 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord  from  His  own  proper  power  is 
also  merit  and  justice,  for  by  it  man  is  saved,  inasmuch  as  by 
it  all  the  hells  are  kept  subdued  to  eternity  by  the  Lord.  That 
this  is  the  case,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  Word 
where  the  merit  and  justice  of  the  Lord  are  treated  of,  as  in 
Isaiah,  "  Who  is  this  that  cometh  from  Edom,  with  sprinkled 
garments  from  Bozrah,  walking  in  the  multitude  of  his  strength? 
/  who  speak  injustice,  great  to  save;  wherefore  art  thou  red  as 
to  thy  garments,  and  thy  garments  as  of  him  that  treadetli  in 
the  wine-press  ?  1  have  trodden  the  wine-press  alone,  and  of  the 
people  not  a  man  [tw]  was  with  Me  ;  therefore  I  have  trodden 
them  in  Mine  anger;  whence  their  victory  is  sprinkled  upon  My 
garments,  and  I  have  polluted  all  My  raiment;  for  the  day  of 
vengeance  is  in  My  heart,  and  the  year  of  My  redeemed  is  come. 
/  looked  around,  but  there  was  none  that  helped,  and  I  was 
amazed,  but  there  was  none  that  supported,  therefore  My  own 
arm  brought  salvation  unto  Me,  and  My  wrath  sustained  Me ; 
and  I  have  trodden  the  people  in  Mine  anger,  and  have  made 
their  victory  to  descend  to  the  earth.  Therefore  he  was  made  a 
Saviour,"  lxiii.  1  to  8.  That  these  things  are  said  of  the  Lord, 
is  known.  His  combats  with  the  hells  are  described  by  His  gar- 
ments being  sprinkled,  by  being  red  as  to  His  garments,  and 
by  His  garments  being  as  of  him  that  treadetli  in  the  wine- 
press, and  by  the  days  of  vengeance.  The  conquests  and  subju- 
yations  of  the  hells  are  described  by  treading  them  in  His  anger, 
whence  their  victory  was  sprinkled  upon  His  garments,  by 
treading  the  people  in  anger,  and  causing  their  victory  to  de- 
scend to  the  earth.  That  the  Lord  did  those  things  from  HU 
own  proper  power,  is  described  by  His  treading  the  wine-press 


0715.J 


EXODUS. 


429 


alone,  and  of  the  people  not  a  man  was  with  Him,  by  looking 
around  hut  there  was  none  who  helped  ;  by  being  amazed,  but 
there  was  none  that  supported,  and  by  His  own  arm  bringing 
salvation  to  Him.  T/tat  hence  comes  salvation,  is  described  by 
walking  in  the  multitude  of  His  strength,  great  to  save,  by  the 
year  of  His  redeemed  being  come,  and  that  therefore  He  was 
made  a  Saviour.  That  all  these  things  are  of  justice,  appears 
still  more  evidently  in  another  passage  in  the  same  prophet, 
"  He  saw  that  there  was  not  a  man  [vir],  and  He  was  amazed 
that  there  was  none  to  intercede,  therefore  His  own  arm  brought 
salvation  to  Him,  and  His  justice  stirred  Him  up  ;  whence  He 
put  on  justice  as  a  coat  of  mail,  and  a  helmet  of  salvation  upon 
His  head  ;  he  put  on  garments  of  vengeance,  and  covered 
Himself  with  zeal  as  with  a  cloak,"  lix.  16,  17.  Again  in  the 
same  prophet,  "  My  justice  is  near,  My  salvation  hath  gone 
forth,  and  Mine  arms  shall  judge  the  people;  in  Me  shall  the 
islands  hope,  and  on  Mine  arm  they  shall  confide,"  li.  5.  The 
arm  which  brought  salvation  to  Him,  and  on  which  they  shall 
confide,  is  His  own  proper  power,  by  which  He  subdued  the 
hells.  That  arm  denotes  power,  see  n.  4932,  7205.  Hence  it 
is  evident  what  the  justice  is,  and  what  the  merit,  which  are  of 
the  Lord  alone.  In  like  manner  in  other  passages  in  the 
same  prophet,  "Who  hath  stirred  up  from  the  east,  whom 
hath  He  called  in  justice,  to  follow  Him,  hath  given  nations 
before  Him,  and  made  Him  to  have  dominion  over  kings," 
xli.  2.  Again,  u  I  have  made  My  justice  to  approach,  it  is 
not  far  off,  My  salvation  shall  not  tarry,"  xlvi.  13.  Again, 
"  Jehovah  will  clothe  Me  with  the  garments  of  salvation,  He 
hath  covered  Me  with  a  robe  of  justice"  lxi.  10.  And  in 
David,  "  My  mouth  shall  tell  Thy  justice,  Thy  salvation  aL 
the  day,  I  know  not  the  numbers ;  /  will  make  mention  of 
Thy  justice,  forsake  Me  not  until  I  have  declared  Thine  arm, 
Thy  virtue,  for  Thy  justice  is  even  to  the  height,  who  hast 
done  great  things,"  Psalm  lxxi.  15,  16,  18,  19,  24.  And  in 
Jeremiah,  "  Behold  the  days  come  when  I  will  raise  up  to 
David  a,  just  Branch,  who  shall  reign  a  King,  and  shall  pros- 
per, and  shall  do  judgment  and  justice  in  the  earth.  In  those 
days  Judah  shall  be  saved,  and  Israel  shall  dwell  securely  ;  and 
this  is  His  Name,  which  they  shall  call  Him,  Jehovah  our 
justice,"  xxiii.  5,  6;  chap,  xxxiii.  15,  16.  And  in  Daniel, 
"  Seventy  weeks  are  decided  to  expiate  iniquity,  and  to  bring 
the  justice  of  ages"  ix.  24.  That  the  subjugation  of  the  hells, 
the  ordination  of  the  heavens  by  the  Lord,  and  the  glorification 
of  His  Human  [principle],  and  the  salvation  thence  derived  to 
man,  who  receives  the  Lord  in  love  and  faith,  are  the  justice 
and  merit  which  belong  to  the  Lord  alone,  may  be  manifest 
from  the  passages  above  quoted.  But  they  who  do  not  know 
that  spirits  from  the  hells  are  attendant  on  man,  whence  he  de- 


430 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii 


rives  evils  and  falses,  and  also  that  angels  from  heaven  are 
attendant  upon  him,  and  that  hence  he  derives  goodness  and 
truths,  and  that  thus  the  life  of  man  on  one  part  is  joined 
to  the  hells,  and  on  the  other  to  the  heavens,  that  is,  by  the 
heavens  to  the  Lord,  and  thus  that  man  could  not  in  any  wise 
be  saved,  unless  the  hells  had  been  subdued,  and  the  heavens 
reduced  into  order,  and  thereby  all  things  subjected  to  the 
Lord,  cannot  apprehend  this  thing.  From  these  considerations 
it  may  be  manifest  from  what  ground  it  is  that  the  good  of  the 
Lord's  merit  is  the  only  good  which  reigns  in  the  heavens,  as 
was  said  above,  n.  9186  ;  for  the  good  of  merit  is  also  now  the 
continual  subjugation  of  the  hells  and  thereby  the  protection 
of  the  faithful.  The  good  is  the  good  of  the  love  of  the  Lord, 
for  from  Divine  Love  in  the  Word  He  fought  and  conquered; 
from  Divine  Power  thence  acquired  in  the  Human  [principle] 
He  afterwards  alone  fights  and  conquers  to  eternity,  for  heaven 
and  for  the  church,  thus  for  the  universal  human  race,  and 
thereby  saves  them.  This  now  is  the  good  of  merit,  which  is 
called  justice,  because  it  is  of  justice  to  restrain  the  hells  which 
endeavor  to  destroy  the  human  race,  and  to  protect  and  save 
'he  good  and  the  faithful.  Concerning  the  Lord's  combats  and 
;emptations,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  see  n.  1663,  1668,  1690, 
1691,  1692,  1737,  1787,  1812,  1813,  1S20,  2776,  2786,  2795, 
2803,  2814,  2816,  4287,  7193,  8273 :  and  that  the  Lord  alone 
fights  for  the  human  race  against  the  hells,  n.  1692,  6571,  8159, 
8172,  8175,  8176,  8179,  8273,  8969. 

9716.  ''Five  cubits  the  length,  and  five  cubits  the  breadth" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  equally  from  good  and  from  truth,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  five,  as  denoting  equally,  for  wheu 
two  things  are  alike,  as  in  this  case,  the  length  and  the  breadth, 
it  denotes  equally.  The  reason  why  the  length  and  breadth  of 
the  altar  were  of  five  cubits  was,  because  five  also  signifies  the 
like  with  ten,  with  a  hundred,  and  with  a  thousand,  and  by 
these  numbers  is  signified  much,  all,  what  is  full,  and  in  the 
supreme  sense,  which  treats  of  the  Lord,  what  is  infinite;  60 
likewise  five,  for  the  compound  numbers  signify  the  like  with 
the  simple  ones  from  which  they  are  compounded,  and  thus 
the  simple  the  like  with  their  compounds,  see  n.  5291,  5335, 
5708,  7973.  That  ten,  a  hundred,  and  a  thousand  denote 
much,  all,  and  what  is  full,  see  n.  3107,  2636,  4100,  1638 
8715.  And  also  five,  n.  5708,  5956,  9102.  And  that  a  thou- 
sand when  it  relates  to  what  is  Divine,  denotes  what  is  infinite, 
n.  2575.  And  from  the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting 
good,  see  n.  1613,  9187  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  breadth, 
as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3133,  3131, 1182,  9187.  Hence 
it  is  evident,  that  by  the  length  of  five  cubits  and  tne  breadth 
of  five  cubits  is  signified  equally  from  good  and  from  truth.  It 
is  said  equally  from  good  and  from  truth,  when  truth  is  of  good 


9710—9721.] 


EXODUS. 


43  J 


and  good  is  of  truth,  thus  when  good  and  truth  act  in  unity 
and  form  a  marriage,  such  as  is  in  heaven  from  the  Lord.  This 
may  be  illustrated  by  the  intellectual  principle,  and  the  will 
principle  appertaining  to  man.  When  the  intellectual  principle 
acts  in  unity  with  the  will  principle,  that  is,  when  man  perceives 
truth  to  be  of  good,  and  good  to  be  of  truth,  then  he  partakes 
equally  of  good  and  of  truth.  The  intellectual  principle  is  also 
dedicated  to  the  perception  of  truth  from  good,  and  the  will 
principle  to  the  perception  of  good  in  truth. 

9717.  "  The  altar  shall  be  square  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
thus  what  is  just,  appears  from  the  signification  of  square,  as 
denoting  what  is  just,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  the  altar,  as  being  a  representative 
of  the  Lora  and  of  the.  worship  of  Him.  Hence  by  the  altar 
being  square  is  signified  what  is  just  in  the  Lord,  and  hence  in 
worship.  Worship  is  said  to  be  just,  when  the  good  and  truth 
which  are  in  it  are  from  the  Lord,  and  not  from  man,  for  what 
is  just  is  from  the  Lord  alone,  n.  9623.  That  a  square  denotes 
what  is  just,  originates  in  representatives  in  the  other  life  ; 
where  goods  are  presented  as  round,  and  the  goods  of  the  ex- 
ternal man,  which  are  called  just,  are  presented  as  square  ;  but 
things  true  and  things  right  are  presented  as  linear  and  trian- 
gular. Hence  now  it  is,  that  by  square  is  signified  what  is  just, 
as  also  by  the  square  in  the  altar  of  incense,  Exod.  xxx.  2  ;  also 
by  the  duplicate  square  of  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  Exod. 
xxviii.  16  ;  and  likewise  by  the  New  Jerusalem  being  four  square, 
Apoc.  xxi.  16.  The  New  Jerusalem  in  that  passage  is  the  New 
Church  of  the  Lord,  about  to  succeed  to  this  of  ours ;  its  ex- 
ternal good,  which  is  just,  is  signified  by  being  four  square. 

971S.  "  And  three  cubits  the  height" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified what  is  full  as  to  degrees,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  three,  as  denoting  what  is  full,  see  n.  4495,  7715,  9488,  9489  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  height,  as  denoting  degrees  as  to 
good,  see  n.  9489. 

9719.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  horns  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied power,  appears  from  the  signification  of  horns,  as  denoting 
the  power  of  truth  from  good,  see  n.  2832,  9081. 

9720.  "  On  its  four  corners  " — that  hereby  is  signified  of 
every  mode,  appears  from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting 
conjunction,  n.  9601,  9674  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  corners, 
as  denoting  firmness  and  strength,  see  n.  9494,  also  all  things 
of  truth  and  good,  n.  9642 ;  hence  by  horns  on  the  four  corners 
is  signified  power  of  every  mode. 

9721.  "  Out  of  it  shall  be  the  horns" — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied that  the  power  shall  be  from  good,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  altar,  out  of  which  the  horns  were  to  be,  as  being 
a  representative  of  the  Lord  and  of  the  worship  of  Him  from  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  9714 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  horns, 


432 


EXODUS. 


TJhap.  xxvii. 


as  denoting  power,  as  above,  n.  9719  ;  hence  it  is  evident  that 
by  the  horns  being  out  of  it,  is  signified  that  the  power  shall  be 
from  good.  That  in  the  spiritual  world  all  power  is  of  good  b) 
truth,  see  n.  6344,  6413,  9643. 

9722.  '*  And  thou  shalt  cover  it  over  with  brass  " — that  here 
by  is  signified  a  representative  of  good,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  brass,  as  denoting  natural  or  external  good,  see  n. 
425,  1551,  that  the  covering  over  and  laying  on  of  brass  is  a 
representative  of  that  good,  is  evident. 

9723.  "And  thou  shalt  make  pans  to  sift  its  ashes" — that 
hereby  are  signified  things  removing  [what  is  to  be  removed] 
after  uses,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pans  to  sift  ashes, 
as  denoting  things  removing  [what  is  to  be  removed]  after 
uses  ;  for  ashes  signify  such  things  in  man's  natural  or  external 
memory,  as  remain  after  uses,  and  which  ought  to  be  removed, 
lest  they  should  oppose  the  entrance  of  other  things  by  which 
uses  may  be  again  promoted  ;  pans  denote  such  things  as  are 
instrumental  in  the  removal,  since  by  them  is  effected  the 
separation  of  the  ashes.  To  the  intent  that  it  may  be  known 
what  is  signified  by  the  ashes  upon  the  altar  remaining  after  the 
burnt-offering  or  sacrifice,  it  may  be  expedient  first  to  say  how 
the  case  is  with  things  remaining  in  man  after  uses  ;  man  from 
infancy,  even  to  the  end  of  his  life  in  the  world,  is  perfecting 
as  to  intelligence  and  wisdom,  and  if  it  shall  be  well  with  him, 
as  to  faith  and  love  ;  scientifics  principally  conduce  to  that 
use ;  scientifics  are  imbibed  by  hearing,  seeing,  and  reading, 
and  are  stored  up  in  the  external  or  natural  memory ;  these 
serve  the  internal  sight  or  understanding  for  a  plane  of  objects, 
that  it  may  choose  and  select  thence  such  things  as  promote 
wisdom  ;  for  the  interior  sight  or  understanding,  by  virtue  of  its 
light,  which  is  from  heaven,  looks  into  that  plane,  or  into  that 
memory,  which  is  beneath  itself,  and  from  the  various  things 
contained  therein  it  chooses  and  selects  such  as  are  agreeable  to 
its  love  ;  those  things  it  then  calls  forth  to  itself  and  stores  up  in 
its  own  memory,  which  is  the  internal  memory,  concerning 
which  see  n.  2469  to  2494,  hence  the  life  of  the  internal  man, 
and  his  intelligence  and  wisdom.  The  case  is  the  same  with 
those  things  which  are  of  spiritual  intelligence  and  wisdom, 
which  are  the  things  of  faith  and  love,  inasmuch  as  scientifics 
are  alike  serviceable  for  implanting  them  in  the  internal  man, 
but  these  scientifics  must  be  derived  from  the  Word  or  from  the 
doctrine  of  the  church,  and  are  called  the  knowledges  of  truth 
and  of  good.  These  knowledges  being  stored  up  in  the  me- 
mory of  the  external  man,  in  like  manner  serve  as  obj  ects  for 
the  sight  of  the  internal  man,  which  sees  from  the  light  of 
heaven,  and  chooses  and  selects  from  them  such  things  as  are 
in  agreement  with  its  love,  for  the  internal  man  sees  no  other 
things  in  the  external  ;  for  the  things  which  a  man  loves,  liu 


9722,  9723.] 


EXODUS. 


433 


sees  in  the  light,  1  ut  the  things  which  he  does  not  love,  lie  sees 
in  the  shade  ;  the  latter  he  rejects,  but  the  former  he  chooses. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  how  the  case  is 
with  the  truths  of  faith  and  with  the  goods  of  love  appertaining 
to  the  man  who  is  regenerating,  namely,  that  the  good  which  is 
of  love  chooses  to  itself  suitable  truths  of  faith,  and  by  them 
perfects  itself,  and  thus  that  the  good  of  love  is  in  the  first  place, 
and  the  truths  of  faith  in  the  second,  as  has  been  abundantly 
shown  above,  n.  3325,  3494,  3539,  3548,  3556,  3563,  3570,  3576, 
3603,  3*701,  4925,  4977,  6256,  6269,  6272,  6273.  The  scientitics 
or  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  in  the  memory  of  the  external 
man,  after  that  they  have  performed  the  above  use,  as  it  were 
vanish  away  from  that  memory.  In  this  respect  they  are  like 
those  principles  of  instruction  which  have  served  man  from 
infancy,  as  means  of  perfecting  his  moral  and  civil  life,  and 
which,  after  they  have  performed  that  use,  and  man  has 
thence  derived  life,  perish  from  the  memory,  and  remain  only 
as  to  exercise  or  use.  Thus  man  learns  to  speak,  learns  to 
think,  learns  to  discern  and  judge,  learns  to  converse  morally, 
and  to  behave  himself  decently  ;  in  a  word,  learns  languages, 
manners,  intelligence  and  wisdom.  The  scientitics,  which 
served  for  those  uses,  are  signified  by  ashes,  which  are  to  be 
removed  ;  and  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  of  good,  by  which 
man  receives  spiritual  life,  after  that  they  have  served  for  use, 
that  is,  have  imbued  life,  are  signified  by  the  ashes  of  the  altar, 
which  are  also  to  be  removed.  But  in  removing  them,  they  are 
first  laid  aside  near  the  altar,  and  afterwards  are  brought  forth 
out  of  the  camp  into  a  clean  place,  the  fire  of  the  altar  always 
burning  for  the  use  of  a  new  burnt-offering  or  sacrifice,  accord- 
ing to  the  process  described  by  Moses  in  Leviticus,  "  The 
priest  shall  cause  the  burnt-offering  to  ascend  upon  the  hearth 
upon  the  altar  the  whole  night  even  to  day-dawn  ;  afterwards 
he  shall  put  on  clothing  of  linen  and  breeches  of  linen,  and 
shall  take  away  the  ashes,  into  which  the  fire  hath  burnt  the 
burnt-offering  on  the  altar.  Then  he  shall  put  off  his  own 
garments,  and  shall  put  on  other  garments,  and  shall  bring 
forth  the  ashes  abroad  out  of  the  camp  into  a  clean  place.  But 
the  fire  shall  burn  upon  the  altar,  neither  shall  it  be  extinguished  ; 
the  priest  shall  kindle  upon  it  wood  at  the  dawn  of  every  day, 
and  shall  lay  upon  it  the  burnt-offering,  and  shall  burn  upon 
it  the  fat  of  the  sacrifices  ;  the  fire  shall  bum  continually  upon 
the  altar,  neither  shall  it  be  extinguished,"  vi.  9  to  14;  all  these 
particulars  involve  arcana  of  heaven,  and  signify  the  Divine 
things  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the  good  of  love.  What 
the  ashes  mean,  has  been  said  above ;  that  something  heavenly 
is  signitied  by  the  ashes  of  the  altar,  may  be  manifest  to  every 
considerate  person  ;  as  where  it  is  said,  that  when  the  priest 
sifted  the  ashes  of  the  altar,  he  should  put  on  clothing  of  linen 
vol.  ix.  2b 


434 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


and  breeches  of  linen,  and  then  in  other  garments  should  bring 
them  forth  out  of  th^  camp,  and  lay  them  aside  in  a  clean 
place;  not  a  single  tiling  in  the  Word  is  without  a  meaning, 
nor  even  a  single  expression,  thus  neither  a  single  smallest 
portion  of  this  process.  From  these  considerations  it  may  in 
some  measure  appear  what  is  signified  by  the  ashes  of  a  red 
burnt  heifer,  by  means  of  which  the  water  of  separation  and  of 
cleansing  was  prepared,  concerning  which,  see  Numb.  xix.  2 
to  1L,  17.  And  what  is  signified  by  ashes  in  the  opposite 
sense,  namely,  that  it  signifies  what  is  damned,  remaining  after 
burning  from  the  fire  of  self  love.  This  is  signified  by  the 
ashes  which  they  carried  on  the  head,  and  in  which  they 
rolled  themselves  in  mourning  on  account  of  sin,  Jer.  vi.  26; 
Jonah  iii.  6. 

9724.  "  And  its  shovels,  and  basins,  and  little  flesh  -hooks, 
and  its  tongs  " — that  hereby  are  signified  containing  scientitics 
and  which  are  serviceable  for  every  use,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  vessels  in  general,  as  denoting  things  of  the  external 
memory  or  scientitics,  see  n.  3068,  3069 ;  and  in  holy  things, 
denoting  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  which  are  means 
of  the  worship  of  the  Lord,  n.  9544.  So  also  the  vessels  of 
ministry  about  the  altar  ;  but  every  vessel  there  signified  scien- 
titics of  singular  use,  thus  all  the  vessels  there  signified  scien- 
titics serviceable  for  every  use. 

9725.  "  For  all  the  vessels  thereof  thou  shalt  make  brass  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  all  shall  be  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  vessels,  as  denoting  scientitics,  see 
just  above,  n.  9724,  in  this  case  all,  because  it  is  said  for  all 
the  vessels ;  and  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting 
external  or  natural  good,  see  n.  425,  1551. 

9726.  "And  thou  shalt  make  for  it  a  grate  the  work  of  a 
net" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  sensual  principle,  which  is 
the  ultimate,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  grate  the  work 
of  a  net,  as  denoting  the  external  sensual  principle,  thus  what 
is  ultimate  of  the  life  appertaining  to  man  ;  and  because  it  is 
ultimate,  therefore  also  it  was  set  round  about  the  altar.  The 
sensual  principle  was  represented  by  a  grate,  because  it,  as  it 
were,  first  sifts  and  secretes  those  things  which  enter  into  man 
and  are  presented  to  the  understanding  and  the  will,  thus 
truths  and  goods.  If  the  sensual  principle  be  derived  from  good, 
then  it  admits  none  but  goods,  and  the  truths  which  are  from 
good,  and  in  this  case  it  rejects  evils  and  the  falses  which  are 
from  evil ;  for  the  sensual  principle  is  the  very  perceptive  and 
sensitive  principle  of  things  intellectual  and  voluntary  in  the 
extremes,  being  altogether  formed  to  the  affections  of  them, 
its  qa  kin v  may  be  illustrated  by  many  things  in  the  body  ;  for 
every  where  in  tb<J  extremes  of  the  body  there  are  reticular 
[net  work]  forms  and  as  it  were  grates,  which  secrete  the  thing* 


1)724—9730.] 


EXODUS. 


435 


that  flock  in  from  the  world,  admitting  those  which  are  agree- 
able from  desire,  and  rejecting  those  which  are  disagreeable 
from  aversion.  Such  most  requisite  form?  are  in  the  stomach 
which,  according  to  desires,  and  for  the  sake  of  usefulness, 
admit  into  the  bTood  the  parts  of  the  chyle  which  are  agreeable, 
and  reject,  those  which  are  disagreeable  according  to  aversion, 
on  account  of  the  mischiefs  arising  from  their  admission.  The 
case  is  similar  with  the  sensual  principle,  which  is  the  ultimate 
of  the  life  of  man  ;  but  this  is  altogether  destroyed  with  man, 
by  reason  that  it  is  proximately  extant  to  the  world,  and  on  that 
account  is  the  last  which  is  regenerated,  and  scarcely  any  one 
at  this  day  can  be  regenerated  even  to  that  principle.  "What 
therefore  the  quality  of  that  sensual  principle  is  with  these 
latter,  see  what  was  above  shown  concerning  it,  n.  4009,  5077, 
5081,  5084,  5094,  5125,  5128,  5580,  5767,  5774,  6183,  6201, 
6310  to  6318,  6564,  6598,  6612,  6614,  6622,  6624,  6844,  6845, 
6948,  6949,  7442,  7645,  7693,  9212,  9216.  On  this  account 
man  is  elevated  from  it  towards  interior  things  by  the.  Lord, 
that  he  may  see  and  comprehend  the  truths  which  are  of  faith 
and  the  goods  which  are  of  love.  But  the  sensual  principle, 
which  is  signified  by  the  grate,  the  work  of  a  net,  about  the 
altar,  is  the  sensual  principle  of  the  Divine  Human  of  the  Lord  ; 
for  the  altar  is  representative  of  the  Lord,  and  of  the  worship  of 
Him  from  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  9714. 

9727.  "  Of  brass  " — that  hereby  is  signified  that  it  also  should 
be  from  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denot- 
ing external  or  natural  good,  see  n.  425,  1551 ;  inasmuch  as  by 
the  grate,  the  work  of  a  net,  about  the  altar  is  signified  the  sen- 
sual principle  of  the  Divine  Human  of  the  Lord,  n.  9726,  there- 
fore the  good  which  is  here  signified,  is  the  Divine  Good  of  His 
Divine  Love.  All  things  of  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of 
the  Lord  are  from  that  good. 

9728.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  net  four  rings  ot 
brass" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  sphere  of  good  by  which 
is  conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  net,  as  de- 
noting the  extreme  principle  of  life  corresponding  to  the  interior 
life,  which  is  of  the  understanding  and  of  the  will,  see  just 
above,  n.  9726;  and  from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting 
conjunction,  see  n.  1686,  8877,  9601,  9674;  and  from  the 
signification  of  rings,  as  denoting  the  sphere  of  the  Divine 
Good  and  Truth,  by  which  is  conjunction,  see  n.  9498,  9501  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting  good,  as  above 
n.  9727. 

9729.  "  On  its  four  extremities " — that  hereby  is  signified 
every  where,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  four  extre- 
mities, as  denoting  every  where,  see  n.  9666. 

9730.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  it  beneath  the  compass  of  the 
altar  dowmvarus  " — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  in  ultimates, 


.436 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvii. 


appears  from  the  sign  ncation  of  the  grate,  the  work  of  a  net, 
which  was  to  be  given  beneath  the  compass  of  the  altar,  as  de- 
noting the  sensual  principle,  see  above,  n.  9726  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  compass,  when  concerning  the  sensual  principle, 
as  denoting  what  is  ultimate.  That  the  external  sensual  prin- 
ciple is  the  ultimate  of  the  life  appertaining  to  man,  see  n.  9726  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  downwards,  as  denoting  outwards, 
for  by  superior  things  are  signified  things  interior,  and  bv  in- 
ferior, things  exterior,  n.  6952,  6954,  7814  to  7821,  3601, 
hence  by  upwards  is  signified  inwards,  and  by  downward  what 
is  outward.  By  the  external  sensual  principle,  is  not  meant 
the  sensual  principle  of  the  body  itself,  as  its  sight,  hearing, 
taste,  smell,  touch,  but  what  is  proximately  derived  from  those 
senses  ;  for  he  is  called  a  sensual  man,  who  thinks  and  desires 
according  to  those  senses  of  the  body  and  the  appetites,  and 
reflects  no  further.  He  who  reflects  further,  and  explores  what 
the  sensual  principle  desires,  and  what  he  himself  thinks  from 
the  sensual  principle,  he  is  said  to  be  elevated  above  the  sensual 
principle,  or  to  be  withdrawn  from  it,  and  to  think  interiorly  : 
this  is  the  case  with  those  at  this  day,  who  are  in  the  good  of 
charity  and  of  faith.  When  this  is  the  case  the  sensual  principle 
is  at  rest,  aud  is  deprived  of  its  active  life,  which  it  has  from 
the  world  and  its  objects.  There  are  two  determinations  of 
things  intellectual  and  of  things  voluntary  appertaining  to  man 
one  determination  is  outwards  towards  the  world,  and  the  other 
is  inwards  towards  heaven.  With  natural  and  sensual  men,  the 
determination  of  things  intellectual  and  of  things  voluntary 
thus  of  the  thoughts  and  of  the  affections,  is  towards  the  world 
but  with  spiritual  and  celestial  men  their  determination  is  to- 
wards heaven  and  also  alternately  towards  the  world.  The 
cardinal  point  of  the  determinations  is  turned  inwards  during 
man's  regeneration,  and  so  far  as  it  can  be  turned  inwards  at 
that  time,  so  far  man  is  capable  of  being  elevated  by  the  Lord 
towards  heaven  to  Himself,  and  thence  of  being  so  far  imbued 
with  wisdom,  faith,  and  love  ;  for  man  then  lives  in  the  internal 
man,  consequently  in  his  spirit,  and  the  external  man  is  subor- 
dinate thereto.  But  if  man  does  not  suffer  himself  to  be  rege- 
nerated, then  all  his  interiors  remain  determined  towards  the 
world,  and  in  this  case  his  life  is  in  the  external  man  and  the 
internal  is  subordinate  thereto,  which  is  effected  when  the  latter 
supplies  reasonings  favorable  to  evil  lusts.  These  are  called 
natural  men,  and  they  who  are  in  things  most  external  are  called 
sensual.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  meant  by  the  sen- 
sual principle. 

9731.  "  And  there  shall  be  a  net  even  to  the  middle  of  the 
altar" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  extension  of  the  sensual 
principle,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  net,  as  denoting 
the  sensual  principle,  see  above,  n.  9726  ;  its  extension  is  6ig- 


9731—9736.] 


EXODUS. 


437 


nified  by  its  being  t'jthe  middle  of  the  altar.  The  arcanum, 
which  this  extension  involves,  cannot  be  described  to  the  ap- 
prehension, unless  it  be  known  that  this  sensual  principle, 
which  is  signified  by  a  grate  the  work  of  a  net,  extends  itself 
with  man  from  the  head  even  to  the  loins,  and  there  erases ; 
this  extension  is  what  was  represented  by  the  extension  of  the 
net  even  to  the  middle  of  the  altar;  for  the  representatives, 
which  are  in  nature,  have  reference  to  the  human  form,  and 
are  significative  according  to  their  reference  to  that  form,  see 
n.  9496.  But  from  the  loins  with  man  is  continued  the  sensual 
principle  proximately  interior,  which  was  represented  by  the 
common  covering  or  laying  on  of  brass  about  the  altar,  see 
above,  n.  9722. 

9732.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  staves  for  the  altar  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  keeping  together  in  a  state  of 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  staves,  as  denoting 
power,  see  n.  9496.  The  reason  why  they  denote  the  power  of 
keeping  together  in  a  state  of  good  is,  because  they  were  the 
staves  of  the  altar,  and  by  the  altar  was  represented  the  Lord 
and  the  worship  of  Him  from  the  good  of  love. 

9733.  "  Staves  of  shittim-wood  — that  hereby  is  signified 
good  of  justice,  and  thence  power,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  staves,  as  denoting  power,  as  above,  n.  9732 ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  shittim-wood,  as  denoting  the  good  of  merit, 
or  the  good  of  justice,  see  n.  9472,  9486  ;  that  this  good  is  the 
good  of  the  love  of  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord, 
6ee  n.  9715. 

9734.  "And  thou  shalt  cover  them  over  with  brass" — sig- 
nifies a  representative  of  good,  as  above,  n.  9722. 

9735.  "  And  the  staves  thereof  shall  be  put-in  into  the  rings" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  the  sphere  of  Divine 
Good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  staves,  as  denoting 
power,  aB  above,  n.  9732  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  rings, 
as  denoting  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good  and  Truth,  by  which 
is  conjunction,  see  also  above,  n.  9728. 

9736.  "  And  the  staves  shall  be  on  the  two  sides  of  the  al- 
tar " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  power  of  good  which  gives 
birth  to  truth,  and  of  truth  derived  from  good,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  staves,  as  denoting  power,  as  just  above. 
And  from  the  signification  of  the  two  sides,  as  denoting  good, 
which  gives  birth  to  truth,  and  truth  derived  from  good,  thus 
the  marriage  of  good  with  truth  and  of  truth  with  good.  The 
reason  of  this  is  because  the  things  which  are  on  the  right  side 
with  man  have  reference  to  good  flora  which  truth  is  derived, 
and  the  things  which  are  on  the  left  side  have  reference  to  truth 
derived  from  good,  see  n.  9604,  and  that  thus  by  conjunction 
is  signified  the  marriage  of  good  and  of  truth,  n.  9495  ;  hence 
now  it  is  that  like  things  are  signified  by  the  sides  of  the  altar. 


438 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii 


where  the  staves  were  ;  for  all  representatives  in  nature  have  re- 
lation to  the  human  form,  and  have  a  signification  according  to 
their  relation  to  that  form,  n.  9496. 

9737.  "  In  carrying  it  " — that  hereby  is  signified  existence, 
and  subsistence,  appears  from  the  signification  of  carrying, 
as  denoting  to  keep  together  in  a  state  of  good  and  of  truth, 
thus  to  exist  and  to  subsist,  see  n.  9500.  Tiie  like  is  signified 
by  carrying  in  Isaiah,  "  Attend  to  me  0  house  of  Jacob,  and 
all  the  remains  of  the  house  of  Israel;  I  have  carried  from 
the  womb  even  to  old  age,  I  am  the  same,  and  even  to  gray 
hairs,  I  will  carry,  I  have  made,  and  I  will  carry,  and  I  will 
bring,"  xlvi.  3,  4 ;  where  to  make  denotes  that  it  may  exist, 
to  cany  denotes  that  it  may  subsist,  to  bring  denotes  that  it 
may  perpetually  exist. 

9738.  "  A  hollow  table  thou  shalt  make  it" — that  hereby  is 
signified  application,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  hollow 
table,  when  concerning  the  altar,  on  which  burnt-offerings  were 
to  be  burned,  and  the  fat  things  of  the  sacrifices  to  be  offered, 
as  denoting  application,  for  the  altar  was  thereby  rendered  ap- 
plicable to  that  use  ;  hence  also  is  signified  application  as  to 
those  things  which  are  of  the  worship  of  the  Lord  from  the 
good  of  love,  which  were  represented  by  the  altar,  and  by  the 
burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices  upon  it,  n.  9714. 

9739.  "  As  was  seen  by  thee  in  the  mountain,  so  shall  they 
make  [it]  " — that  hereby  is  signified  from  the  correspondence 
of  Divine  things  in  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
the  altar  seen  in  the  mountain,  as  being  a  form  corresponding 
to,  Divine  things  in  heaven;  for  Mount  Sinai  denotes  heaven, 
D.  8805,  9420 ;  and  the  forms  which  appear  in  the  heavens, 
correspond  altogether  to  the  Divine  celestial  things  and  Divine 
spiritual  things  themselves,  which  are  of  good  and  of  truth. 
That  these  tilings,  are  thus  rendered  visible  before  the  internal 
sight  of  angels  and  spirits  may  be  manifest  from  all  those 
things  which  have  been  before  said  and  shown  concerning  the 
representation  of  heavenly  things  in  natural  forms,  n.  1019, 
1971,  1980,  1981,  2987  to  3003,  3213  to  3227,  3475,  3485, 
6319,  9457,  9481,9574,  9576,  9577  ;  the  Divine  things  to  which 
the  altar  corresponded,  are  those  which  have  heretofore  been 
described. 

9470.  Verses  9  to  19.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  court  of 
the  habitation  to  the  corner  of  the  south  southward ;  the  hangings 
[f  or  the  court]  of  fn  linen  woven  together  :  a  hundred  in  a  cubit 
the  length  to  one  turner.  And  its  twenty jjillars,  and  their  twenty 
bases,[shall  be]  of  brass  {  the  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  Jillets 
[shall  be]  of  silver.  And  so  to  the  comer  if  the  north  in  length  f 
i in  hangings  a  hundred  in  length,  and  its  twenty  j>i liars  ana 
their  twenty  bases,  shall  be  of  brass  f  the  hooks  of  the  pillars 
and  their  Jillets  [shall  be]  oj silver,  and  the  breadth  of  the  court 


9737— 9740.J 


EXODUS. 


439 


to  the  corner  of  i  ,e  sea  the  hangings  of  fifty  cubits,  their  pillars 
ten,  and  their  bases  ten.  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the 
corner  of  the  east  eastward  [shall  be]  fifty  cubits.  And  fifteen 
cubits  the  hangings  of  the  wing,  their  pillars  three,  and  their 
bases  three.  And  for  the  other  wing  fifteen  hangings,  their  pil- 
lars three,  and  their  bases  three.  And  for  the  gate  of  the  court  a 
covering  of  twenty  cubits  of  blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  do  uble- 
dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  the  work  of  him  that  work- 
eth  with  a  needle  ;  their  pillars  four,  and  their  bases  four.  All 
the  pillars  of  the  court  round  about  shall  be  filleted  with  fillets 
of  silver,  their  hooks  of  silver,  and  their  bases  of  brass.  The  length 
of  the  court  shall  be  a  hundred  in  a  cubit,  and  the  breadth  fifty 
in  fifty,  and  the  height  five  cubits,  of  fine  linen  woven  together^ 
and  their  bases  ofh'ass.  And  for  all  the  vessels  of  the  habitation 
in  all  its  service  and  all  its  pegs,  and  all  the  pegs  of  the  court  shall 
be  of  brass.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  court  of  the  liabitation, 
signifies  the  ultimate  heaven.  To  the  corner  of  the  south  south- 
wards, signifies  which  is  in  the  light  of  truth.  The  hangings  for 
the  court,  signifies  the  truths  of  that  heaven.  Of  fine  linen  wo- 
ven together,  signifies  from  the  intellectual  principle.  A  hundred 
in  a  cubit  the  length,  signifies  full  of  good  from  the  Lord.  To 
one  corner,  signifies  where  truths  are  in  the  light.  And  its 
twenty  pillars,  signifies  the  goods  of  truths  supporting  fully. 
And  their  twenty  bases  of  brass,  signifies  truths  from  good  also 
fully  supporting.  The  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  fillets  ot 
silver,  signifies  the  modes  of  conjunction  by  truth.  And  so  to 
the  corner  of  the  north  in  leng-th,  signifies  where  the  good  of 
truth  is  in  obscurity.  The  hangings  a  hundred  in  length,  sig- 
nifies also  full  of  truths  from  good.  And  its  twenty  pillars, 
signifies  the  goods  of  truth  supporting  fully.  And  their  twenty 
bases  of  brass,  signifies  truths  from  good  also  fully  supporting. 
The  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  fillets  of  silver,  signifies  the 
modes  of  conjunction  by  truth.  And  the  breadth  of  the  court 
to  the  corner  of  the  sea,  signifies  the  state  of  that  heaven  as 
to  scientific  truths.  The  hangings  of  fifty  cubits,  signifies  truths 
30  much  as  was  proper  for  uses.  Their  pillars  and  their  bases 
ten,  signifies  goods  and  thence  truths  supporting  also  so  much 
as  was  proper  for  uses.  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the 
corner  of  the  east  eastward,  signifies  the  state  of  truth  of  that 
heaven,  where  goods  are.  Fifty  cubits,  signifies  as  much  as  is 
proper  for  uses.  And  hangings  of  fifteen  cubits  for  the  wing, 
signifies  truths  in  the  light,  as  much  as  is  sufficient.  Thei/ 
pillars  three,  and  their  bases  three,  signifies  goods  and  thence 
truths  supporting  fully.  And  the  wings  of  fifteen  cubits,  their 
pillars  and  their  bases  three,  signifies  similar  things  where 
truths  are  in  obscurity.  And  for  the  gate  of  the  co-urt  a  cover- 
ing, signifies  introduction  into  that  heaven,  and  a  guard  lest  it 
should  be  entered  by  any  but  the  prepared.    Twenty  cubita, 


440 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


signifies  to  the  full.  Of  blue  and  purple  and  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  signifies  the  goods  of  charity  and  of  faith.  The  work  oi 
hira  that  worketh  with  a  needle,  signifies  which  are  in  the  sci- 
entific principle.  Its  pillars  four,  and  their  bases  four,  signifies 
goods  and  thence  truths  supporting  conjunction.  All  the  pillars 
of  the  court  round  about,  signifies  every  good  supporting  hea- 
ven. Filleted  with  fillets  of  silver,  and  their  hooks  of  silver, 
signifies  all  modes  of  conjunction  by  truth.  And  their  bases  of 
brass,  signifies  support  by  good.  The  length  of  the  court  a 
hundred  in  a  cubit,  signifies  the  good  of  that  heaven  to  the  full. 
And  the  breadth  fifty  in  fifty,  signifies  truths  as  much  as  is  suf- 
ficient. And  the  height  five  cubits,  signifies  the  degrees  of  good 
and  of  truth  also  as  much  as  is  sufficient.  Of  fine  linen  woven 
together,  signifies  from  the  intellectual  principle.  And  their 
bases  of  brass,  signifies  the  support  of  all  things  by  good.  And 
for  all  the  vessels  of  the  habitation  in  all  its  service,  signifies 
scientific  goods  and  truths  which  are  of  the  external  man.  And 
all  its  pegs,  and  all  the  pegs  of  the  court  shall  be  of  brass,  sig- 
nifies all  things  conjoining  and  confirming  of  each  heaven,  the 
middle  and  the  ultimate,  by  good. 

9741.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  court  of  the  habitation"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  the  ultimate  heaven,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  court  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting  the 
external  of  heaven,  thus  the  ultimate  heaven,  for  there  are 
three  heavens,  the  inmost,  the  middle,  and  the  ultimate  ;  the 
inmost  was  represented  by  the  inmost  of  the  habitation  where 
was  the  ark  of  the  testimony  ;  the  middle  by  the  habitation 
out  of  the  vail ;  the  ultimate  by  the  court,  which  is  the  sub- 
ject now  treated  of.  This  heaven  is  called  the  court,  because 
in  it  are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  faith,  and  not  yet  in  the 
good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor;  they  who  are  in  the 
good  of  charity  are  in  the  middle  heaven.  They  who  are  in 
the  ultimate  heaven,  which  is  called  the  court,  are  called  an- 
gelic spirits  ;  they  who  are  in  the  middle  heaven,  are  called 
spiritual  angels  ;  but  they  who  are  in  the  inmost  heaven  celes- 
tial angels.  The  good  itself  of  faith,  which  is  the  good  of  the 
ultimate  heaven,  is  also  a  court,  for  by  it  man  is  introduced 
into  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  which  is  the 
good  of  the  middle  heaven.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  the  good 
appertaining  to  man  makes  his  heaven,  and  that  his  heaven  is 
such  as  his  good  is.  There  are  three  goods  which  follow  iu 
order,  the  good  of  faith,  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor, and  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord.  The  good  of  faith 
makes  the  ultimate  or  first  heaven,  as  was  said  above  ;  the  good 
of  charity  towards  the  neighbor  makes  the  middle  or  second 
heaven  ;  and  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  makes  the  inmost  or 
third  heaven.  That  it  may  be  yet  better  known  how  the  case  is 
with  the  heavens,  it  may  be  expedient  to  say  a  few  words  ou  thu 


9741.] 


EXODUS. 


441 


subject.  The  heavens  are  distingiiishevHnto  tvvokiiigdorns,  into 
the  celestial  kingdom,  and  into  the  spiritual  kingdom  ;  and  in 
each  kingdom  there  is  an  internal  and  external ;  in  the  internal 
of  the  celestial  kingdom  are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  to 
the  Lord,  and  in  its  external  are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of 
mutual  love ;  but  in  the  internal  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  are. 
they  who  are  in  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and 
in  its  external  are  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  faith,  see  n. 
9680.  The  external  of  each  heaven  is  what  is  called  the  ulti- 
mate or  first  heaven,  and  was  represented  by  the  court ;  hence 
it  is  that  the  court  was  two-fold  about  the  temple,  the  exterior 
aud  interior ;  the  exterior  court  denoted  those  who  are  in  the 
external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  the  interior  court  denoted 
those  who  are  in  the  external  of  the  celestial  kingdom.  Con- 
cerning those  two  courts  of  the  temple  at  Jerusalem,  see  1st 
Kings  vi.  3,  36;  2nd  Kings,  chap.  xxi.  4;  concerning  the  outer 
court  of  the  new  temple  in  Ezekiel,  see  chap.  xl.  17,  31,  34; 
chap.  xlii.  1  to  the  end ;  and  concerning  the  inner  court  there, 
see  chap.  xl.  23,  28,  32,  44 ;  chap.  xlii.  3 ;  chap,  xliii.  5. 
Hence  it  is  evident  that  in  the  ultimate  heaven  which  was 
represented  by  the  outer  court  of  the  temple  is  the  good  of  faith, 
which  makes  it;  and  in  the  ultimate  heaven  which  was  repre- 
sented by  the  inner  court,  is  the  good  of  mutual  love.  They 
who  are  in  the  good  of  mutual  love,  are  in  the  affection  of  good 
for  the  sake  of  good,  but  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  faith  are 
in  the  affection  of  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth,  for  good  has  rule 
in  the  celestial  kingdom  but  truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom. 
That  the  ultimate  heaven  is  signified  by  courts,  is  evident  from 
the  passages  in  the  Word  where  they  are  named,  as  in  Ezekiel, 
"  The  glory  of  Jehovah  lifted  up  itself  from  above  the  cherub 
over  the  threshold  of  the  house,  and  the  house  was  filled  with 
a  cloud,  and  the  cloud  filled  the  inner  court,  and  the  court  was 
full  of  the  splendor  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah  ;  and  the  voice  of 
the  wings  of  the  cherubs  was  heard  even  to  the  outer  court" 
x.  3,  4,  5.  Inasmuch  as  the  court  was  representative  of  the 
ultimate  heaven,  therefore  it  was  filled  with  a  cloud  and  the 
splendor  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah,  as  the  house  itself ;  for  a 
cloud  and  glory  is  Divine  Truth.  That  a  cloud  is  so,  see  n. 
5922,  6343,  6752,  8106,  8443  ;  and  also  glory,  n.  8267,  8427, 
9429.  The  voice  of  wings  is  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from 
good,  n.  8764,  9514.  Again,  "  The  Spirit  lifted  me  up,  and 
introduced  me  into  the  inner  court  of 'the  temple  ;  when  behold 
the  glory  of  Jehovah  filled  the  house ;  and  I  heard  one  speaking 
to  me  out  of  the  house,  saying,  Son  of  Man,  the  place  of  My 
throne,  and  the  place  of  the  soles  of  My  feet,  where  I  will  dwell 
in  the  midst  of  the  sons  of  Israel  for  ever,"  xliii.  5  to  7 ;  where 
the  temple  with  the  court  is  called  the  place  of  the  throne  of 
Jehovah,  and  the  place  of  the  soles  of  His  feet,  because  the 


/ 


442  EXODUS.  [Chap.  xxvu. 

temple  with  the  court  represented  heaven.  The  throne  of 
Jehovah  is  the  spiritual  heaven,  n.  5313,  S625  ;  the  place  of  the 
soles  ot  His  feet  is  the  ultimate  heaven.  The  ultimate  heaven 
also  is  signified  by  a  court  and  by  courts  in  the  following  pas- 
sages :  "  Blessed  is  he  whom  thou  choosest,  and  makest  to 
approach,  he  shall  inhabit  thy  courts  ;  we  shall  be  satisfied  with 
the  good  of  Thy  house,  with  the  holiness  of  Thy  temple," 
Psalin  lxv.  4.  That  to  inhabit  courts  is  to  inhabit  heaven,  is 
evident.  Again,  "A  good  day  in  Thy  courts  is  better  than  a 
thousand  /  I  have  chosen  to  stand  at  the  gate  in  the  house  of 
my  God,"  Psalm  lxxxiv.  10.  Again,  "Give  to  Jehovah  the 
glory  of  His  name,  bring  a  present,  and  come  into  His  courts," 
Psalm  xc  vi.  8.  Again,  "Praise  ye  the  name  of  J  eho  vah ;  praise, 
O  ye  servants  of  Jehovah,  who  stand  in  the  house  of  Jehovah, 
in  the  courts  of  the  house  of  our  God"  Psalm  cxxxv.  1,  2.  And 
in  Isaiah,  "  They  shall  gather  together  corn  and  new  wine,  they 
shall  eat  together  and  praise  Jehovah,  and  they  who  are  gathered 
together  shall  drink  it  in  the  courts  of  My  holiness"  lxii.  9.  In 
the  above  passages,  courts  denote  the  ultimate  heavens,  for  the 
interior  heavens  are  called  the  house  of  Jehovah  and  His  temple, 
n.  3720.  And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  angel  said,  "  Rise  and 
measure  the  temple,  and  the  altar,  and  them  that  worship  in  it, 
but  tlie  court  which  is  without  the  temple  cast  forth  abroad,  and 
measure  it  not,  because  it  is  given  to  the  gentiles,  who  shall 
tread  down  the  holy  city  forty-two  months,"  Apoc.  xi.  1,  2. 
The  temple  and  the  altar,  and  they  who  worship  in  it,  are  the 
church  and  the  worship  of  the  church  ;  the  court  without  the 
temple  denotes  the  good  of  mutual  love,  as  was  said  above  ;  the 
gentiles,  to  whom  it  is  given  to  tread  down  the  holy  city,  denote 
the  evils  of  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world  which  destroy  the 
church,  n.  G30G* ;  forty-two  months  signifies  the  same  as  six 
weeks,  and  six  weeks  the  same  as  six  days  of  one  week,  for  six 
multiplied  into  seven  make  forty-two;  a  week  signifies  an  entire 
period,  greater  or  lesser,  n.  2041,  3S45 ;  the  six  days  which 
precede  the  seventh,  which  is  the  Sabbath,  signify  the  former 
church  even  to  the  end,  and  the  establishment  of  a  new  one; 
the  Sabbath  denotes  the  conjunction  of  good  and  truth,  thus  the 
church,  D.  8495,  8510,  8890,  8893,  9274. 

9742.  "To  the  corner  of  the  south  southward" — that  hereby 
is  signified  which  is  in  the  light  of  truth,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  south  southward,  as  denoting  where  truth  is  in 
the  light,  see  n.  9642.  The  reason  why  the  court  was  on  that 
side  was,  because  they  who  are  in  the  court  of  heaven,  that  is, 
who  are  in  the  ultimate  heaven,  are  in  the  good  of  faith,  and 
the  good  of  faith  exists  by  illumination  from  the  light  which  is 
from  the  L<>rd.  The  light  which  is  from  the  Lord  is  the  truth  of 
faith,  which,  when  it  becomeo  of  the  will,  is  called  tlie  good  of 
faith.    With  those  who  are  in  *iie  outer  court,  the  ne.v  will 


9742—9747.] 


EXODUS. 


443 


principle  is  foimed  in  the  intellectual  part,  n.  9596,  for  the 
formation  of  which  it  is  necessary  that  they  be  in  the  light  of 
truth  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  court  was  made  to  the  south  in  re- 
spect to  the  habitation. 

9743.  "  The  hangings  for  the  court  " — that  hereby  are  sig- 
nified the  truths  of  that  heaven,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  curtains,  as  denoting  truths,  see  n.  9595,  9596,  so  also  hang' 
ings  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  court,  as  denoting  the  ulti- 
mate heaven,  see  above,  n.  9741. 

9744.  "  Of  fine  linen  woven  together  " — that  hereby  is  sig 
nified  from  the  intellectual  principle,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  fine  linen,  as  denoting  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see 
n.  5319,  9469  ;  hence  fine  linen  woven  together  denotes  the 
intellectual  principle,  since  this  principle  consists  and  is  as  it 
were  woven  together  of  truths  from  a  celestial  origin.  For 
there  are  two  things,  to  which  all  things  in  the  universe  have 
reference,  truth  and  good,  therefore  man  has  two  faculties,  one 
dedicated  to  the  reception  of  truth,  the  other  to  the  reception  of 
good  ;  the  faculty  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  truth  is  called 
the  understanding,  and  the  faculty  dedicated  to  the  reception  of 
good  is  called  the  will ;  so  far  therefore  as  the  understanding  is 
formed  from  genuine  truths,  so  far  it  excels,  and  so  far  it  is  fine 
linen  woven  together,  for  fine  linen  is  truth  from  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle],  n.  5319.  That  hence  fine  linen  woven  to- 
gether denotes  the  intellectual  principle,  see  also  n.  9596. 

9745.  "  The  length  a  hundred  in  a  cubit  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  what  is  full  of  good  from  the  Lord,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  hundred,  as  denoting  all,  much,  and  full,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  1613,  9487.  The  reason  why 
it  denotes  good  from  the  Lord  is,  because  the  good  of  faith,  in 
which  they  are  principled  who  are  in  the  ultimate  heaven,  which 
is  represented  by  the  court  of  the  habitation,  is  from  the  Lord. 
The  reason  why  a  hundred  denotes  all,  much,  and  full  is,  because 
a  hundred  is  of  the  same  signification  with  ten,  witli  a  thousand, 
and  with  myriads,  by  which  numbers  such  things  are  signified, 
see  n.  2575,  3107,  4638,  8715  ;  and  that  the  like  is  signified  by 
hundred,  see  n.  2636,  4400. 

9746.  "  To  one  corner  " — that  hereby  is  signified  where  truth 
is  in  the  light,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  corner  of 
the  south  southward,  which  is  here  the  one  corner,  as  denoting 
where  truth  is  in  the  light,  see  above,  n.  9742. 

9747.  "  And  its  twenty  pillars  " — that  hereby  are  signified 
the.  goods  of  truth  supporting  fully,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  pillars,  as  denoting  the  goods  of  heaven  and  of  the 
church  supporting,  see  n.  9674;  in  this  case  the  goods  of  truth, 
because  the;  are  predicated  of  the  ultimate  heaven,  which  is 


444 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


supported  by  the  good  of  faith,  which  is  the  same  thing  with  the 
good  of  truth  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  twenty,  as  denoting 
fully,  see  n.  9641. 

9748.  "And  their  twenty  bases  of  brass" — that  hereby  are 
signified  truths  from  good  also  fully  supporting,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  bases,  as  deuoting  the  truths  of  faith  from 
good,  see  n.  9643  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  twenty,  as  de- 
noting fully,  as  just  above,  n.  9747  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  brass,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  425,  1551. 

9749.  "  The  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  fillets  of  silver  " — 
that  hereby  are  signified  modes  of  conjunction  by  truth,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  hooks  and  fillets,  as  denoting  modes  of 
conjunction;  that  hooks  have  this  signification,  see  n.  9676; 
that  fillets  have  it,  is  by  application  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  silver,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914, 
6917,  7999. 

9750.  "  And  so  to  the  corner  of  the  north  in  length  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  where  the  good  of  truth  is  in  obscurity,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  the  corner  of  the  north,  as  de- 
noting where  truth  is  in  obscurity,  and  from  the  signification 
of  length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  1613,  9487. 

9751.  "The  hangings  a  hundred  in  length  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  what  is  also  full  of  truth  from  good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  hangings  of  the  court,  as  denoting  the  truths 
of  the  ultimate  heaven,  see  above,  n.  9743;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  a  hundred,  as  deuoting  what  is  full ;  see  also  above, 
n.  9745  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting  good, 
see  n.  1613,  9487. 

9752.  "  And  its  twenty  pillars" — signifies  the  good  of  truth 
supporting  fully,  as  above,  n.  9747. 

9753.  u  And  their  twenty  bases  of  brass  " — signifies  truths 
from  good  also  fully  supporting,  as  also  above,  n.  9748. 

9754.  "  The  hooks  of  the  pillars  and  their  fillets  of  silver" — 
signifies  modes  of  conjunction  by  truth,  as  also  above,  n.  9749. 

9755.  "  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the  corner  of  the 
sea  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  state  of  that  heaven  as  to 
scientific  truths,  appears  from  the  signification  of  breadth,  as 
denoting  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3433,  3434,  4482,  9487 ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  court,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  heaven, 
see  above,  n.  9741  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  sea,  as 
denoting  where  there  is  a  gathering  together  of  scientitics,  from 
which  comes  reasoning  concerning  truth,  thus  also  denoting 
the  natural  and  sensual  principles,  for  these  are  continents.  In 
the  present  instance  by  the  corner  of  the  sea  is  meant  the  corner 
of  the  west,  and  by  the  west  is  signified  good  in  obscurity  ;  but 
when  it  is  not  called  the  west,  but  the  sea,  then  is  signified  the 
scientific  principle,  which  also  is  respectively  in  obscurity,  be- 


9748-9755.] 


EXODUS. 


445 


cause  the  scientific  principle  is  of  the  natural  or  external  man, 
and  the  natural  or  external  man  is  in  the  light  of  the  world, 
which  light  in  respect  to  the  light  of  heaven,  in  which  the  in- 
ternal man  is,  is  as  the  shade  when  the  sun  sets.  This  also  may 
be  manifest  from  the  things  which  appear  in  the  other  life  ;  the 
6un  of  heaven,  which  is  the  Lord,  appears  towards  the  right 
eye  in  a  middle  altitude,  hence  the  angels  of  the  heavens  have 
all  light,  and  with  light  all  intelligence  and  wisdom  ;  but  the 
sun  of  the  world  does  not  appear,  when  it  is  a  subject  of  thought, 
but  in  its  place  appears  something  dusky,  arising  from  what  is 
opposite  behind ;  in  the  same  quarter  also  the  heavens  have  their 
west,  for  the  Lord,  as  a  sun,  is  there  the  east.  Hence  it  may  be 
manifest  that  by  the  west  is  signified  good  in  obscurity,  and  that 
in  that  good  is  the  external  or  natural  man,  who,  as  was  said,  is 
in  the  light  of  the  world,  which  light  in  respect  to  the  light  of 
heaven  is  as  the  shade  when  the  sun  sets.  But  the  truth  of  the 
natural  man  is  signified  by  the  water  of  the  sea,  which  truth  is 
scientific;  for  truth  in  the  natural  or  external  man  is  truth  in 
science,  whereas  truth  in  the  spiritual  or  internal  man  is  truth 
in  faith  ;  for  by  virtue  of  truth  science  is  made  truth  in  faith, 
when  it  is  elevated  out  of  the  natural  or  external  man  into  the 
spiritual  or  internal.  Hence  it  is  that  truths  appertaining  to  man 
in  childhood  are  truths  in  science,  but  in  adult  age,  if  he  sntfei 
himself  to  be  regenerated,  they  become  truths  in  faith  ;  for  the 
internal  man  is  successively  opened  even  to  that  age.  The 
ground  and  reason  why  sea  denotes  the  gathering  together  of 
scientitics  is,  because  waters,  fountains,  and  rivers,  signify 
truths,  hence  their  gathering  together  denote  seas.  That  this 
is  so,  is  also  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  Word,  where 
mention  is  made  of  the  sea  or  seas,  as  in  David,  "  Jehovah's  is 
the  earth,  and  the  fulness  thereof,  the  orb  and  they  who  dwell 
therein  ;  He  hath,  founded  it  upon  the  seas,  and  upon  the  rivers 
He  hath  established  it,"  Psalm  xxiv.  1,  2;  where  the  earth  and 
the  orb  denote  the  church  ;  the  seas,  upon  which  He  hath 
founded  the  orb,  are  scientific  truths  ;  the  rivers,  upon  which 
He  has  established  it,  are  the  truths  of  faith.  That  the  earth, 
the  orb,  seas,  and  rivers  are  not  there  meant,  is  evident,  for  the 
orb  is  not  founded  upon  the  seas,  nor  established  on  rivers. 
Again,  "  Thou  hast  broken  through  the  sea  with  thy  strength, 
Thou  hast  broken  the  heads  of  the  whales  upon  the  waters, 
Thou  hast  broken  to  pieces  the  heads  of  Leviathan,  Thou  hast 
given  him  food  for  the  people  of  Ziim,  Thou  hast  dried  up  the 
rivers  of  strength,"  Psalm  lxxiv.  13,  14,  15.  The  subject  here 
treated  of  in  the  internal  sense  is  concerning  sciences  destroying 
the  truths  of  faith  ;  the  whales,  whose  heads  shall  be  broken, 
are  scientitics  in  general,  see  n.  42,  7293;  in  like  manner  Le- 
viathan, n.  7293  ;  the  people  Ziim,  to  whom  he  was  to  be  given 
for  food,  are  they  who  are  in  falses  or  falses  themselves  ;  hence 


446 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


it  is  evident  what  the  sea  is.  namely,  that  it  is  the  scientific 
principle  misapplied  to  weaken  and  destroy  truths.  And  in 
Habakkuk,  "  Thou  hast  trodden  the  sea  with  thy  horse*,  thi 
miid  of  many  waters"  \\\.  15  ;  where  to  tread  the  sea  with  horses, 
when  predicated  of  Jehovah,  denotes  to  instruct  the  natural 
man,  who  has  scientifics  ;  and  in  Zechariah,  "  In  that  day  living 
waters  shall  go  forth  from  Jerusalem,  part  of  them  to  the  eastern 
sea,  and  part  of  them  to  the  hinder  sea"  xiv.  8  ;  living  waters 
from  Jerusalem,  are  the  truths  of  faith  made  alive  by  the  good 
of  love  ;  the  eastern  sea  and  the  hinder  sea  denote  the  natural 
and  sensual  principles,  where  scientifics  are,  which  are  col- 
lections of  truths.  And  in  Hosea,  "They  shall  go  after  Je- 
hovah, and  with  honor  shall  come  the  sons  from  the  sea  •  with 
honor  they  shall  come  as  a  bird  from  Egypt,"  xi.  10,  11 ;  sons 
from  the  sea  denote  scientific  truths  which  are  of  the  natural 
man  ;  hence  it  is  said  that  they  shall  come  as  a  bird  from  Egypt, 
for  Egypt  in  the  Word  is  the  scientific  principle,  see  n.  9340, 
9391.  And  in  Ezekiel,  '■''All  the  princes  of  the  sea  shall  come 
down  from  off"  their  thrones,  and  shall  cast  awa}r  their  robes, 
and  put  off  the  garments  of  their  needle-work,  they  shall  be 
clothed  with  terrors,  they  shall  say  how  hast  thou  perished  that 
was  inhabited  in  the  sea,  the  praised  city,  which  was  strong  in  the 
sea,"  xxvi.  16,  17 ;  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning 
the  vastation  of  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  which  are 
Tyre,  see  n.  1201.  The  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  are  the 
scientifics  of  the  church  ;  the  princes  of  the  sea  are  primary 
know  ledges,  n.  1482,  2089,  5044 ;  to  cast  oil*  robes  and  garments 
of  needle-work  denotes  scientific  truths,  n.  9688.  Inasmuch 
as  those  things  are  signified  by  Tyre,  therefore  Tyre  is  said  to 
be  inhabited  in  the  seas,  and  a  city  strong  in  the  sea.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  "  The  sea  came  up  over  Babel,  by  the  multitude, 
of  the  waves  thereof  she  was  covered  /  the  cities  thereof  are 
reduced  into  desolation,"  li.  42,  43.  Babel  denotes  worship, 
which  in  externals  appears  holy,  but  in  internals  is  profane,  n. 
1182,  1326  ;  the  sea  over  Babel  denotes  the  false  grounded  in 
scientifics,  its  waves  are  reasonings  from  them,  and  hence  denials; 
the  cities  which  are  reduced  into  desolation  are  doctrinals.  In 
like  manner  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  Every  pilot  and  every  one 
who  is  employed  upon  the  seas,  and  the  sailors,  and  all  who  trade 
in  the  sea,  stood  afar  off,  seeing  the  smoke  of  the  burning  of 
Babylon,  saying,  Alas,  alas,  the  great  city,  in  which  all  were 
made  rich  who  have  ships  in  the  sea  by  reason  of  her  costliness  : 
Then  one  angel  took  up  a  stone  as  a  great  mill-stone,  and  cast 
it  into  the  sea,  saying,  Thus  with  violence  shall  Babylon  be  cast 
down,"  xviii.  17  to  21.  Ships  denote  doctrinals  derived  from 
the  Word,  n.  6385  ;  hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  a  pilot, 
and  a  sailor,  also  by  the  sea,  and  those  that  trade  in  it ;  a  stone 
:is  a  mill-stone  denotes  the  truths  productive  of  faith  ;  to  be 


9755.] 


EXODUS. 


447 


cast  into  the  sea  denotes  into  the  false  of  scientifics.    In  the 
other  life  there  appear  seas,  and  also  ships  in  them,  the  latter 
and  the  former  it  has  been  often  given  me  to  see ;  seas  there 
signify  in  a  bad  sense  the  falses  of  scientifics,  and  they  who  are 
on  board  the  ships  signify  those  who  publish  such  things,  and 
instruct.    And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Tims  saith  Jehovah,  giving  the 
sun  for  the  light  of  day,  the  statutes  of  the  moon  and  stars  for 
the  light  of  night,  disturbing  the  sea  that  the  waves  thereof  are 
tumultuous"  xxxi.  35.    The  sun  for  the  light  of  day  is  the  good 
of  love  from  which  light  is  derived  to  truths  ;  the  statutes  of  the 
moon  and  stars  for  the  light  of  night  are  the  goods  of  faith  and 
of  knowledges,  from  which  there  is  light  of  truth  m  darkness ; 
to  destroy  the  sea  that  the  waves  thereof  are  tumultuous,  denotes 
to  shake  off  the  falses  of  scientifics  which  give  birth  to  reason- 
ings concerning  truths.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  Is  My  hand  shortened 
by  shortening,  that  there  is  no  redemption  ;  or  is  there  not  virtue 
in  Me  to  deliver?    Behold  by  My  chiding  I  dry  up  the  sea,  1 
make  rivers  a  wilderness,  the  fish  thereof  shall  stink,  because 
there  is  no  water,  and  they  die  for  thirst,"  I.  2.    To  dry  up  the 
sea  denotes  to  destroy  the  good  and  truth  of  scientifics  ;  to  make 
rivers  a  wilderness  denotes  to  vastate  truths  themselves  ;  the  fish 
which  shall  stink  is  the  scientific  principle  which  is  of  the  natural 
man,  see  n.  40,  991 ;  because  there  is  no  water  denotes  that 
there  is  no  truth,  n.  2702,  3058,  3124,  4976,  5668,  8568.  In 
like  manner  in  another  passage  in  the  same  prophet,  "  The 
waters  from  the  sea  shall  fail,  the  river  shall  be  dried  up  and 
decayed,  and  the  streams  shall  recede,  the  rivers  of  Egypt  shall 
be  diminished  and  dried  up,"  xix.  5,  6.    Waters  from  the  sea 
that  fail,  denote  truths  where  their  gathering-together  is  ;  the 
rivers  of  Egypt  which  are  to  be  dried  up  denote  scientifics. 
Again,  "  The  earth  is  full  of  the  science  of  Jehovah,  as  the  waters 
cover  the  sea,"  xi.  9.    Waters  denote  truths ;  the  sea  denotes 
their  gathering-together  or  scientifics,  therefore  it  is  said,  the 
earth  is  full  of  the  science  of  Jehovah.  And  in  the  Apocalypse, 
"The  second  angel  sounded,  and  as  it  were  a  great  mountain 
burning  with  fire,  was  cast  into  the  sea,  and  the  third  part  of  the 
sea  became  blood :  whence  a  third  part  of  the  creatures  died 
which  were  in  the  sea,  that  had  souls,  and  a  third  part  of  the 
ships  was  corrupted,"  viii.  8,  9.  A  great  mountain  burning  with 
fire  is  self-love:  the  sea  into  which  it  was  cast  is  the  scientific 
principle  in  general ;  the  blood  which  was  thence,  is  truth  falsi- 
fied and  profaned,  n.  4735,  4978*   7317,  7326 ;  the  creatures 
which  thence  died  denote  those  who  are  in  the  doctrinals  of 
truth.    Again,  in  like  manner,  "The  second  angel  -poured  out 
his  vial  into  the  sea,  and  it  became  blood  as  of  one  that  is  dead, 
whence  every  living  soul  died  in  the  sea,"  Apoc.  xvi.  3,  4.  The 
scientific  principle  serving  evils  to  destroy  truths,  and  to  con- 
firm falses  is  there  meant  by  the  sea. "  Again.  "  The  beast 


448 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


ascending  out  of  the  sea  spake  blasphemies,"  Apoc.  xiii.  1,  and 
following  verses,  where  the  beast  out  of  the  sea  denotes  the 
scientific  principle  destroying  the  truths  of  faith.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  that  the  sea  is  where  there 
is  a  gathering  together  of  scientifics,  from  which  is  derived 
reasoning  concerning  the  truths  of  faith.  Inasnmch  as  the 
sea  has  this  signification,  therefore  it  is  said  of  Zebulon, 
"  That  he  dwells  at  the  shore  of  seas,  and  at  the  haven  of  ships" 
Gen.  xlix.  13.  And  in  another  place,  "  That  he  shall  suck  the 
affluence  of  the  sea,  and  tilings  covered  of  the  hidden  things  of 
the  sand,"  Deut.  xxxiii.  19.  By  Zebulon  in  the  representative 
sense  are  meant  those,  who  make  conclusions  from  scientifics 
concerning  the  truths  of  faith,  therefore  it  is  said,  that  he  dwelt 
at  the  shore  of  seas.  But  sea  in  the  opposite  sense  is  the  scientific 
principle  whicli  respects  the  world,  in  which  case  its  waves  de- 
note reasonings  from  worldly  things  concerning  divine  ;  hence 
to  be  plunged  in  the  sea  denotes  to  be  plunged  into  scientifics 
derived  from  things  worldly  and  terrestrial  even  to  a  denial  of 
Divine  Truth,  as  in  Matthew,  "  Whosoever  shall  scandalize 
one  of  the  little  ones  that,  believe  in  Me,  it  were  better  for  him 
that  an  ass-mill-stone  be  hanged  about  his  neck,  and  he  be 
plunged  into  the  depths  of  the  sea ,"  xviii.  6.  A  mill-stone  is 
truth  serving  faith,  n.  4335,  7780  ;  an  ass  is  the  natural  prin- 
ciple, because  a  beast  of  service,  n.  2781,  5741,  5958,  63S9, 
8078  ;  hence  an  ass-mill-stone  denotes  the  natural  and  worldly 
scientific  principle  ;  the  neck  denotes  the  conjunction  of  things 
interior  and  exterior,  n.  3542;  to  be  hanged  there  denotes  the 
interclusion  and  interception  of  good  and  truth,  n.  3542,  3603  ; 
to  be  plunged  into  the  depth  of  the  sea  denotes  into  what  is 
merely  worldly  and  corporeal,  thus  into  hell.  These  things, 
like  all  the  rest  which  the  Lord  spake,  are  thus  significative. 
But  the  scientific  principle  is  signified  by  the  sea  according  to 
the  density  and  blackness  of  its  waters,  and  vice  versa  according 
to  their  tenuity  and  transparence.  Hence  it  is  that  the  scientific 
principle  looking  to  heaven,  which  is  the  spiritual  principle  in 
the  natural  man,  is  called  a  glassy  sea,  Apoc.  xv.  1,  2.  That 
there  shall  be  no  reasoning  concerning  the  truths  of  faith,  but 
that  truths  shall  be  impressed  on  hearts,  is  signified  by  There 
shall  be  no  longer  sea,  Apoc.  xxi.  1. 

9750.  "  The  hangings  of  fifty  cubits  " — that  hereby  are  sig- 
nified truths  so  much  as  is  proper  for  uses,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  hangings  of  the  court,  as  denoting  truths 
such  as  are  in  the  ultimate  heaven,  see  above,  n.  9743  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  fifty,  as  denoting  all  things  of  one 
part,  and  likewise  as  much  as  is  sufficient ;  for  fifty  signifies  the 
like  with  five,  and  that  five  has  this  signification,  see  n.  9604, 
9689;  thus  also  as  much  as  is  proper  for  uses,  for  this  is  aft 
much  as  is  sufficient. 


9756—9761.] 


EXODUS. 


44  > 


9757.  "Their  pillars  and  their  bases  ten  " — that  hereby  are 
signified  goods  and  thence  truths  supporting,  also  as  much  as  is 
proper  for  uses,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pillars,  as 
denoting  goods  supporting,  as  above,  n.  9747  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  bases,  as  denoting  truths  from  good  also  sup- 
porting, see  above,  n.  9748  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  ten, 
as  denoting  so  much  as  is  sufficient,  or  so  much  as  is  proper  for 
uses  ;  the  case  is  similar  with  goods  and  truths  supporting,  as 
with  the  truths  themselves  which  are  supported,  n.  9757*;  there- 
fore ten  in  this  passage  involves  the  like  with  fifty,  or  with  five, 
namely,  so  much  as  is  proper  for  uses,  ten  also  arises  out  of 
five  by  multiplication,  for  ten  is  the  double  of  five ;  and  num- 
bers multiplied  have  a  like  signification  with  the  simple  ones 
from  which  they  are  multiplied,  n.  5291,  5335,  5708,  7973. 

9758.  "  And  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the  corner  of  the 
east  eastward  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  state  of  truth  of 
that  heaven,  where  goods  are,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
breadth,  as  denoting  a  state  of  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3433,  3431, 
4482,  9487  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  court,  as  denoting 
the  ultimate  heaven,  see  above,  n.  9741 ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  east,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  1250, 
3249,  3708. 

9759.  "  Fifty  cubits  " — signifies  so  much  as  is  proper  for 
uses,  as  above,  n.  9756. 

9760.  "  And  the  hangings  of  the  wing  of  fifteen  cubits  " — 
that  hereby  are  signified  truths  in  light  as  much  as  is  sufficient, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  fifteen,  as  denoting  so  much 
as  is  sufficient ;  and  from  the  signification  of  hangings,  as  de- 
noting truths,  see  above,  n.  9743 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
wing,  as  denoting  where  truth  is  in  the  light.  The  reason  why 
wing  has  this  signification  is,  because  by  the  wing  is  signified 
one  part  of  the  breadth  of  the  court  to  the  corner  of  the  east ; 
for  the  breadth  was  of  fifty  cubits,  in  the  middle  of  the  breadth 
was  the  gate,  the  covering  of  which  was  of  t  wenty  cubits,  see 
the  following  verse  16  ;  the  two  parts,  one  to  the  right  of  the 
gate  and  the  other  to  the  left,  are  called  the  wings,  the  hangings 
for  each  being  of  fifteen  cubits  ;  hence  the  whole  breadth,  as 
was  said,  was  of  fifty  cubits.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  one 
wing  was  towards  the  south,  but  the  other  towards  the  north. 
Hence  by  the  hangings  of  the  wing  towards  the  south  are  sig- 
nified truths  in  the  light,  for  the  south  denotes  where  truth  is  in 
the  light,  n.  9642  ;  and  by  the  hangings  of  the  wing  towards 
the  north,  which  are  treated  of  in  the  following  verse,  are  sig- 
nified truths  in  obscurity,  for  the  north  denotes  where  truth  is 
in  obscurity,  n.  3708. 

9761.  "Their  pillars  three,  and  their  bases  three" — that 
hereby  are  signified  goods  and  thence  truths  supporting  fully, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  pillars,  as  denoting  goods 

vol.  ix.  29 


450 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


supporting,  as  above,  n.  9747,  9757  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  bases,  as  denoting  (ruths  from  good  also  supporting,  see 
also  above,  n.  9748 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  three,  as 
denoting  what  is  full,  see  n.  2788,  4495,  7715. 

9762.  "  And  the  hangings  of  the  wing  of  fifteen  cubits  their 
pillars  and  their  bases  three  " — that  hereby  are  signified  like 
things  where  truths  are  in  obscurity,  appears  from  what  has 
been  already  said,  for  they  are  the  same  words  with  those  which 
were  explained  just  above.  But  that  by  the  hangings  of  this 
wing  are  signified  truths  in  obscurity,  see  just  above,  n.  9760. 

9763.  "  And  the  covering  for  the  gate  of  the  court  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  introduction  into  that  heaven,  and  a  guard 
to  prevent  its  being  entered  except  by  those  who  are  prepared, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  a  gate,  as  denoting  communi- 
cation and  introduction,  see  n.  8989  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  court,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  heaven,  see  n.  9741 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  a  covering,  as  denoting  a  guard  to 
prevent  its  being  entered ;  for  by  the  covering  the  gate  was 

guarded.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  a  guard  to  prevent  its 
eing  entered  except  by  those  who  are  prepared  is,  because  no 
one  is  introduced  into  heaven  unless  he  be  prepared.  The  case 
herein  is  this,  they  who  come  from  the  world  into  the  other  life, 
which  is  immediately  after  their  decease,  bring  with  them 
worldly  and  terrestrial  things  which  do  not  accord  with  the  spi- 
ritual and  celestial  things  in  which  the  angels  are  ;  wherefore 
they  who  are  about  to  be  elevated  into  heaven,  are  first  pre- 
pared, which  is  effected  by  the  separation  of  the  worldly  and 
terrestrial  things  which  the  man  has  brought  along  with  him; 
for  if  he  were  to  be  elevated  into  heaven  sooner,  he  could  not  in 
any  wise  remain  amongst  the  societies  there,  for  his  wisdom  and 
love  are  grosser  than  is  suited  to  the  purity  in  which  the  angels 
are.  But  when  they  are  prepared,  they  are  then  elevated  and 
introduced  by  the  Lord  into  heaven,  and  are  let  into  those  an- 
gelic societies  with  which  they  agree  as  to  the  truths  and  goods 
of  faith  and  love.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  mani- 
fest what  is  meant  by  a  guard  to  prevent  heaven  being  entered 
except  by  those  who  are  prepared. 

9764.  "  Twenty  cubits  " — that  hereby  is  signified  to  the 
full,  appears  from  the  signification  of  twenty,  as  denoting  what 
is  full,  see  n.  9644. 

9765.  "  Of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and 
fine  linen  woven  together  — that  hereby  are  signified  the  goods 
of  charity  and  faith,  appears  from  what  was  shown,  n.  9637, 
where  like  words  occur. 

9766.  "The  work  of  him  that  worketh  with  a  needle" — 
that  hereby  are  signified  which  are  of  the  scientific  principle, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  work  of  him  that  worketh 
with  a  needle,  as  denoting  the  scientific  principle,  see  n.  9688. 


9762— 9773.". 


EXODUS. 


451 


9707.  "  Its  pillars  four  and  their  bases  four"-— that  hereby 
are  signified  goods  and  thence  truths  supporting  conjunction, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  pillars  and  bases,  as  denoting 
goods  and  thence  truths  supporting,  as  above,  n.  9761 ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting  conjunction,  see 
u.  8877,  9601,  9674. 

9768.  "All  the  pillars  of  the  court  round  about" — that 
hereby  is  signified  every  good  supporting  heaven,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  all  the  pillars  round  about,  as  denoting  every 
good  supporting  ;  that  pillars  denote  goods  supporting,  see  n. 
9747,  9757  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  court,  as  denot- 
ing the  ultimate  heaven,  see  n.  9741. 

9769.  "  Filleted  with  fillets  of  silver,  and  their  hooks  of 
silver" — that  hereby  are  signified  all  modes  of  conjunction  bv 
truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  fillets  and  of  hooks,  as 
denoting  modes  of  conjunction,  see  above,  n.  9749  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  silver,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1551,  2954, 
5658,  6112,  6914,  6917,  7999. 

9770.  "  And  their  bases  of  brass" — that  hereby  are  signified 
supports  by  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  bases,  as 
denoting  supports,  see  n.  9643  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
brass,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  425,  1551. 

9771.  "  The  length  of  the  court  a  hundred  in  a  cubit" — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  good  of  that  heaven  to  the  full,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting  good,  see  n.  1613, 
9487  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  court  as  denoting  the 
ultimate  heaven,  see  n.  9741 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  a 
hundred,  as  denoting  to  the  full,  see  above,  n.  9745. 

9772.  "  And  the  breadth  fifty  in  fifty  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified truth  so  much  as  is  sufficient,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  breadth,  as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3433,  3434, 
4482,  94S7  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  fifty,  as  denoting  so 
much  as  is  sufficient,  see  n.  9756. 

9773.  "  And  the  height  five  cubits" — that  hereby  are  signi- 
fied degrees  of  good  and  truth  likewise  so  far  as  is  sufficient, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  height,  as  denoting  degrees 
as  td  good,  see  n.  9489.  And  whereas  it  is  predicated  of  the 
ultimate  heaven,  it  denotes  also  degrees  as  to  truth,  for  that 
heaven  is  in  the  good  and  truth  of  faith  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  five,  as  denoting  so  much  as  is  sufficient,  see  n.  9689. 
The  reason  why  by  height  is  signified  degrees  as  to  good  and 
truth  is,  because  by  what  is  high  is  signified  what  is  internal, 
n.  1735,  2148, 4599  ;  therefore  the  higher  any  thing  is,  so  much 
the  more  interior  it  is.  What  is  interior  in  heaven  is  nearer  to 
the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  is  in  the  inmost,  and  from  what  is  inmost 
all  things  proceed  ;  distances  from  the  inmost  are  the  degrees 
of  good  and  of  truth  from  Him.  Inasmuch  as  the  Lord  is  the 
inmost,  He  is  also  the  highest,  for  He  is  the  eun  of  heaven, 


152 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


from  which  is  all  height  in  the  heavens.  Hence  it  is,  that  the 
Lord  in  the  Word  is  called  the  Highest. 

9774.  "  Of  fine  linen  woven  together" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified from  the  intellectual  principle,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  fine  linen  woven  together,  as  denoting  the  intellectual 
principle,  see  n.  9596,  9744. 

9775.  "  And  their  bases  of  brass" — signifies  the  support  of 
all  things  by  good,  as  above,  n.  9770.  The  reason  why  it  denotes 
of  all  things  is,  because  all  the  things  of  the  court  are  treated 
of  in  this  verse. 

9776.  "  And  for  all  the  vessels  of  the  habitation  in  all  ser- 
vice"— that  hereby  are  signified  scientific  truths  and  goods 
which  are  of  the  external  man,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  vessels,  as  denoting  scientifics,  see  n.  3068,  3U79,  9394, 
9544  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  habitation,  as  denoting 
heaven,  see  n.  9594,  9596,  9632 ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
service,  as  denoting  the  external  or  natural  principle  of  man, 
see  n.  3019,  3020,  5305,  7998.  The  reason  why  the  external 
or  natural  principle  of  man  denotes  service  is,  because  it  ought 
to  serve  the  internal,  or  spiritual  principle  of  man  ;  for  man  was 
created  to  be  an  image  of  heaven,  and  to  be  an  image  of  the 
world,  the  internal  or  spiritual  man  to  be  an  image  of  heaven, 
and  the  external  or  natural  to  be  an  image  of  the  world,  n. 
9279.  As  the  world  ought  to  serve  heaven,  so  the  external  or 
natural  principle  of  man  [ought  to  serve]  his  internal  or  spi- 
ritual principle  ;  it  is  also  created  for  service,  for  it  does  not 
live  from  itself,  thus  it  has  no  ability  from  itself,  but  from  the 
internal  orspiritual  principle,  that  is,  by  this  principle  from  the 
Lord.  Hence  also  it  is  evident,  that  the  external  or  natural 
principle  of  man  is  not  any  thing  unless  it  serve  the  internal  or 
spiritual,  and  that  it  becomes  something  in  proportion  as  itserves. 
To  serve  is  to  obey,  and  it  then  obeys,  when  from  the  intellec- 
tual principle  it  does  not  select  reasons  favoring  the  evils  of  the 
loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  but  complies  with  the  reason  and 
doctrine  of  the  church  dictating  that  good  and  truth  ought  to 
be  done  not  for  the  sake  of  self  and  the  world  as  ends,  but  foi 
the  sake  of  what  is  good  and  true  itself.  Thus  the  Lord  does 
those  things  by  [or  through]  the  heaven  of  man,  that  is  by 
[or  through]  his  internal  principle  ;  for  all  good  and  truth  i& 
from  the  Lord,  insomuch  that  the  good  and  truth  appertaining 
to  man  is  the  Lord  Himself.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
be  manifest  whence  it  is  that  the  external  man  ought  to  do  ser- 
vice to  the  internal. 

'J777.  'All  the  pegs  thereof,  and  all  the  pegs  of  the  court 
[shall  be]  of  brass" — that  hereby  are  signified  all  things  con- 
joining and  securing  each  heaven,  the  middle  and  the  ultimate 
by  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pegs,  as  denoting 
things  conjoining  and  securing,  of  which  we  shall  speak  pre 


9774—9778.] 


EXODUS. 


453 


Bently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  habitation,  which  is 
here  meant  by  its,  as  denoting  heaven,  specifically  the  middle 
heaven,  see  n.  9594,  9596,  9632  ;  and  from  the  signification  A 
the  court,  as  denoting  the  ultimate  heaven,  see  n.  9741  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  brass,  as  denoting  external  good,  seen. 
425,  1551.  The  reason  why  pegs  or  nailr  denote  things  con- 
joining and  securing  is,  because  they  conjoin  and  secure. 
Similar  things  are  also  signified  by  them  in  the  Word  through- 
out, as  in  Isaiah,  "  Enlarge  the  place  of  thy  tent,  and  let  them 
spread  out  the  curtains  of  thine  habitations  ;  hinder  not ;  make 
thy  ropes  long,  and  secure  thy  nails,"  liv.  2.  The  subject  here 
treated  of  is  concerning  a  new  church  from  the  Lord.  To 
enlarge  the  place  of  a  tent,  and  to  spread  out  the  curtains  of 
habitations,  denotes  the  doctrine  of  good  and  of  truth,  and  wor- 
ship thence  derived,  n.  9596  ;  long  ropes  and  nails  denote  the 
ample  connexion  and  confirmation  of  truths.  That  the  court 
also  had  its  ropes,  see  Exod.  xxxv.  18  ;  Numb.  iii.  37 ;  chap, 
iv.  32.  Again,  in  Isaiah,  "  Look  to  Zion  ;  let  thine  eyes  see 
Jerusalem,  a  tranquil  habitation,  a  tabernacle  which  is  not  dis- 
sipated ;  its  nails  shall  not  be  removed  for  ever,  and  none  of  its 
ropes  shall  be  plucked  away,"  xxxiii.  20  ;  where  nails  and  ropes 
in  like  manner  denote  things  confirming  and  conjoining.  Nail 
also  denotes  confirmation  and  conjunction,  in  Isaiah,  chap.  xli. 
7  ;  and  in  Jeremiah,  x.  4  ;  but  in  those  passages  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  idols,  by  which  are  signified  doctrines 
of  what  is  false,  because  grounded  in  man's  own  intelligence,  n. 
8941,  9429.  But  by  a  nail,  upon  which  anything  is  hanged,  is 
signified  affixion  and  adjunction,  in  Isaiah,  chap.  xxii.  23,  24;. 
and  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  xv.  3. 

9778.  Verses  20,  21.  And  thou  shalt  command  the  sons  of 
Israel,  and  let  them  take  for  thee  oil  of  olive  pure,  bruised  for 
the  luminary,  to  cause  the  lamp  to  ascend  continually.  In  the 
tent  of  the  assembly,  from  without  tlie  vail,  which  is  over  the 
testimony,  Aaron  shall  order  it,  and  his  sons  from  evening  even 
to  morning  before  Jehovah  :  [it  shall  be]  a  statute  of  an  age  for 
their  generations  from  with  the  sons  of  Israel.  And  thou  shalt 
command  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  the  church  by  the  Word 
from  the  Lord.  And  let  them  take  for  thee  oil  of  olive,  signifies 
the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith.  Pure,  bruised,  hence  genuine 
and  perspicuous.  For  the  luminary,  signifies  the  spiritual 
heaven.  To  cause  the  lamp  to  ascend  continually,  signifies 
hence  faith,  and  by  it  from  the  Lord  the  intelligence  of  truth 
and  the  wisdom  of  good.  In  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  signifies 
where  the  presence  of  the  Lord  is.  From  without  the  vail 
which  is  over  the  testimony,  signifies  where  there  is  communica- 
tion, and  by  the  uniting  medium  conjunction  with  the  Lord  in 
the  inmost  heaven.  Aaron  and  his  sons  shall  order  it,  signifies 
perpetual  influx  from  the  Lord.    From  evening  even  to  mo/n- 


454 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


ing  before  Jehovah,  signifies  continually  in  every  state.  The 
statute  of  an  age,  signifies  Divine  order.  For  their  generations 
from  with  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  eternal  for  the  spiritual 
kingdom. 

9779.  "  And  thou  shalt  command  the  sons  of  Israel  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  church  by  the  Word  from  the  Lord, 
appears  from  the  representation  of  Moses,  who  in  this  case  is 
thou,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  or  the  Word  which 
is  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  4859,  5922,  6752,  7014,  7089,  9372  ; 
and  from  the  representation  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  the 
Spiritual  Church,  see  n.  9340  ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  by  Moses 
commanding  the  sons  of  Israel,  is  signified  that  the  church  was 
commanded  by  the  Word  from  the  Lord. 

9780.  "  And  let  them  take  for  thee  oil  of  olive  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  oil  of  olive,  as  denoting  the  good  of  celestial 
love,  see  n.  886,  but  in  this  case  the  good  of  spiritual  love,  which 
is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor  and  the  good  of 
faith.  The  reason  why  this  good  is  here  signified  by  oil  of  olive 
is,  because  it  was  for  the  luminary  or  candlestick,  and  by  can- 
dlestick is  signified  the  spiritual  heaven,  n.  9548.  The  spiritual 
heaven  in  earth  is  the  Spiritual  Church.  Oil  and  the  olive  sig- 
nify, in  the  Word,  both  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good,  celestial 

food,  where  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  celestial 
ingdom  or  church,  and  spiritual  good,  where  the  spiritual 
kingdom  or  church  is  treated  of;  those  kingdoms  or  those 
churches  are  distinguished  by  goods  ;  the  goods  of  the  celestial 
kingdom  or  church  are  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  the 
good  of  mutual  love  ;  and  the  goods  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
or  church  are  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and 
the  good  of  faith,  n.  9741  ;  these  goods  and  the  truths  thence 
derived  are  treated  of  in  the  Word  throughout,  for  the  Word  is 
the  doctrine  of  good,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the  doctrine  of  love  to  the 
Lord,  and  of  love  towards  the  neighbor,  see  Matt.  xxii.  34  to 
39  ;  and  all  good  is  of  love,  even  the  good  of  faith,  for  thisexisls 
from  the  good  of  love,  and  not  without  it.  Inasmuch  as  the 
Word  is  the  doctrine  of  good,  therefore  that  the  Word  may  be 
understood,  it  is  to  be  noted  what  good  is  ;  and  uo  one  know.* 
what  good  is,  unless  he  live  in  good  according  to  the  Word  ; 
for  wheu  he  lives  in  good  according  to  the  Word,  then  the 
Lord  insinuates  good  into  his  life ;  hence  man  perceives  it, 
and  is  sensible  of  it,  consequently  apprehends  it  as  to  its 
quality  ;  otherwise  it  does  not  appear,  because  it  is  not  per- 
ceived, llence  it  may  be  manifest  in  what  state  they  are,  who 
only  know  those  things,  which  are  in  the  Word,  and  persuade 
themselves  that  it  is  so,  and  do  not  do  it ;  they  are  in  no  know- 
ledge concerning  good,  consequently  in  none  concerning  truth 
tor  truth  is  known  from  good,  and  ill  no  case  without  good, 


9779,  9780.] 


EXODUS  455 
i 


unless  as  a  scientific  of  no  life,  which  in  the  other  life  perishes. 
That  oil  and  also  olive  denote  good,  is  manifest  from  the  pas- 
sages in  the  Word  where  they  are  named,  as  in  Zechariah, 
"  I  saw  a  candlestick  of  gold,  two  olives  were  near  it,  one  on  the 
right  hand  of  the  bowl,  and  one  to  its  left  hand,  these  are  the 
two  sons  of  oil  standing  near  the  Lord  of  the  whole  earth,"  iv. 
2,  3,  14  ;  where  the  two  olives  and  two  sons  of  oil  denote  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  which  is  on  His  right  hand,  and  the 

f ood  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  which  is  to  the  left, 
n  like  manner  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  two  witnesses  prophe- 
sied a  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty-six  days  :  these  are  the 
two  olives,  and  two  candlesticks  standing  before  the  God  of  the 
earth,"  xi.  3,  4 ;  where  the  two  olives  and  two  candlesticks 
denote  those  same  goods,  which,  as  being  from  the  Lord,  are 
called  two  witnesses.  Again,  "  I  heard  a  voice  in  the  midst 
of  the  four  animals,  saying,  Hurt  not  the  oil  and  the  wine" 
Apoc.  vi.  6  ;  where  oil  denotes  the  good  of  love  and  charity, 
wine  the  good  and  truth  of  faith.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  I  will  give 
in  the  wilderness  the  cedar  of  Shittah,  and  the  myrtle,  and 
the  wood  of  oil"  xli.  19.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  They  shall  come 
and  sing  in  the  height  of  Zion,  and  shall  flow  together  to  the 
g^od  of  Jehovah,  to  the  wheat,  and  to  the  new  wine,  and  to  the 
oil"  xxxi.  12.  And  in  Joel,  "  The  field  is  devastated,  the 
earth  mourneth  because  the  corn  is  devastated,  the  new  wine 
is  dried  up,  the  oil  languisheth"  i.  10.  Again,  in  the  same 
prophet,  "  The  floors  are  full  of  pure  corn,  and  the  presses 
overflow  with  new  wine  and  oil"  ii.  24.  And  in  Moses,  "  I  will 
give  the  rain  of  your  land  in  its  season,  that  thou  mayest  gather 
thy  corn,  thy  new  wine,  and  thine  oil"  Deut.  xi.  14;  mention 
is  here  made  of  corn,  of  new  wine,  and  of  oil,  but  that  those 
things  are  not  meant,  may  be  manifest  to  every  considerate 
person,  for  the  Word,  as  being  Divine,  is  spiritual,  not  worldly, 
thus  it  does  not  treat  of  corn,  of  new  wine,  and  oil  of  the  earth, 
as  they  serve  the  body  for  foods,  but  as  they  serve  the  soul,  for 
all  foods  in  the  Word  signify  heavenly  food,  as  also  the  bread 
and  wine  in  the  Holy  Supper ;  what  corn  and  new  wine  signify 
in  the  passages  above  quoted,  see  n.  3580,  5295,  5410,  5959  ; 
hence  it  is  evident  what  oil  signifies.  The  case  is  similar  in 
regard  to  all  those  things  which  the  Lord  spake,  when  he  was 
in  the  world,  as  when  He  said  of  the  Samaritan,  that  coming 
to  the  man  who  was  wounded  by  thieves,  he  bound  up  his 
wounds,  and  poured  in  oil  and  wine,  Luke  x.  33,  34  ;  in  this 
passage  is  not  meant  oil  and  wine,  but  the  good  of  love  and 
charity,  by  oil  the  good  of  love,  and  by  wine  the  good  of  charity 
and  of  faith,  for  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  neigh- 
bor, thus  concerning  charity  towards  him.  That  wine  has 
this  signiticatiuii,  see  n.  6377.  In  like  manner  what  the  Lord 
spake  concerning  the  ten  virgins,  of  whom  five  took  lamps,  and 


456  EXODUS.  [Chap,  xxvii. 

not  oil  at  the  same  time,  and  five  took  also  oil,  and  that  the 
latter  were  admitted  into  heaven,  but  the  former  rejected,  Matt, 
xxv.  3,  4,  and  following  verses  :  where  oil  in  the  lamps  denotes 
the  good  of  love  and  charity  in  the  truths  of  faith.  The  virgins 
who  took  lamps  and  not  oil,  denote  those  who  hear  the  Word, 
read  it,  and  say  that  they  believe,  and  yet  do  nothing  of  good 
on  that  account,  and  if  the}'  do  good,  it  is  not  from  the  love  of 
good  nor  truth,  but  from  the  love  of&elf  and  the  world.  Inasmuch 
as  oil  signified  the  good  of  charity,  therefore  also  the  sick  were 
anointed  with  oil,  and  were  healed,  as  is  written  concerning  the 
Lord's  disciples,  who  going  forth  cast  out  demons,  and  anointed 
the  infirm  with  oil,  and  healed  them,  Mark  vi.  13.  And  in 
David,  "  Thou  shalt  make  fat  with  oil  my  head,  my  cup  shall 
abound,"  Psalm  xxiii.  5  ;  where  to  make  the  head  fat  with  oil 
denotes  to  gift  with  celestial  good.  And  in  Moses,  "  Jehovah 
fed  him  with  the  produce  of'the  fields,  he  made  him  suck  honey 
out  of  the  rock,  and<%2  out  of  the  flint  of'the  rock,"  Deut.  xxxi. 
13  ;  speaking  of  the  ancient  church,  where  to  suck  oil  out  of 
the  flint  of  the  rock  denotes  to  be  imbued  with  good  by  the  truths 
of  faith.  And  in  Habakkuk,  "  The  fig-tree  shall  not  flourish, 
neither  shall  there  be  produce  in  the  vines,  the  work  of  the  olive 
shall  lie,  and  the  fields  shall  not  bear  food,"  iii.  17 ;  where 
neither  fig-tree,  nor  vine,  nor  olive,  nor  fields  are  meant,  but 
celestial  things  to  which  they  correspond ;  which  also  every  one 
may  acknowledge  from  himself  who  acknowledges  that  the  Won 
treats  of  such  things  as  relate  to  heaven  and  the  church,  thus 
which  relate  to  the  soul ;  but  they  who  think  only  of  worldly, 
terrestrial,  and  corporeal  things,  do  not  see  the  former  things, 
yea  neither  are  they  willing  to  see,  saying  writhin  themselves, 
What  are  spiritual  things?  What  are  celestial  things?  Thus 
what  are  heavenly  foods  ?  That  they  are  those  things  which 
relate  to  intelligence  and  wisdom,  they  indeed  know  when  it  is 
bo  said,  but  that  they  are  the  things  of  faith  and  of  love,  they 
are  not  willing  to  know.  The  reason  is,  because  they  do  not 
imbue  the  life  with  such  things,  and  hence  they  do  not  attain  to 
the  intelligence  and  wisdom  of  heavenly  truths  and  goodnesses. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "  I  washed  thee  with  waters,  and  I  washed 
away  thy  bloods  from  upon  thee,  and  I  anointed  thee  with  oil,  I 
clothed  thee  with  needle-work ;  thy  garments  were  fine  linen, 
silk,  and  needle-work  ;  thou  didst  eat  fine  flour,  and  honey,  and 
oil :  but  thou  hast  taken  the  garments  of  thy  needle-work,  and 
hast  covered  images,  and  mine  oil  and  mine  incense  thou  hast 
given  before  them,"  xvi.  9,  10,  13,  18.  Who  cannot  see,  that 
in  this  passage  are  not  meant  garments  of  needle-work,  fine 
linen,  and  silk,  neither  oil,  honey,  nor  fine  flour,  but  that  Divine 
Things  are  meant  which  are  of  heaven  and  the  church,  for  the 
subject  treated  of  is  concerning  Jerusalem,  by  which  is  meant 
the  church;  and  therefore  by  those  things  which  are  named, 


9780.] 


EXODUS. 


457 


are  meant  such  tilings  as  are  of  t'...e  church.    That  by  singular 
things  some  special  principle  of  the  church  is  meant,  is  manifest, 
for  in  the  Word  which  is  Divine,  no  expression  is  vain.  That 
Jerusalem  denotes  the  church,  see  n.  3651 ;  what  is  meant  also 
by  needle-work,  n.  9688;  what  by  fine  linen,  n.  5319,  9169  ; 
what  by  fine  flour,  n.  2177;  what  by  honey,  n.  5620,  6857; 
what  by  washing  with  waters,  n.  3147,  5951,  9088  ;  and  what 
by  washing  away  bloods,  n.  1735,  9127.    And  in  Hosea, 
"  Ephraim  feedeth  on  wind,  they  establish  a  covenant  with  the 
Assyrian,  and  oil  is  carried  down  into  Egypt"  xii.  1.  These 
things  are  utterly  unintelligible,  unless  it  be  known  what  is 
meant  by  Ephraim,  what  by  the  Assyrian,  and  what  by  Egypt ; 
yet  in  the  above  passage  is  described  the  intellectual  principle 
of  the  man  of  the  church,  which  is  perverted  by  reasonings 
grounded  in  seientifics,  for  Ephraim  is  that  intellectual  princi- 
ple, n.  3969,  5351,  6222,  6238,  6267 ;  the  Assyrian  is  reason- 
ing, n.  1186 ;  and  Egypt  is  the  scientific  principle,  n.  9391  ; 
hence  to  carry  down  oil  into  Egypt  denotes  so  to  defile  the  good 
of  the  church.    The  reason  why  the  Lord  so  often  went  up  to 
the  Mount  of  Olives,  Luke  xxi.  37;  chap.  xxii.  39,  was,  because 
oil  and  the  olive  signified  the  good  of  love,  as  also  does  a 
mountain,  n.  6135,  8758.  The  cause  and  ground  whereof  was, 
because  in  the  Lord,  when  in  the  world,  all  things  were  repre- 
sentative of  heaven  ;  for  the  universal  heaven,  by  those  things 
was  adjoined  to  Him  ;  wherefore  whatsoever  He  did,  and  what- 
soever He  spake,  was  Divine  and  celestial,  and  ultimates  were 
representative.    The  Mount  of  Olives  represented  heaven  as  to 
the  good  of  love  and  charity ;  as  may  also  be  manifest  from 
Zechariah,  "  Jehovah  shall  go  forth,  and  shall  fight  against  the 
nations  ;  His  feet  shall  stand  in  that  day  upon  the  Mount  of 
Olives,  which  is  before  the  faces  of  Jerusalem',  and  the  Mount  of 
Olives  shall  be  cleft  asunder,  that  a  part  of  it  shall  recede  to 
wards  the  east  and  towards  the  sea  with  a  great  valley,  and  part 
of  the  mountain  shall  recede  towards  the  north,  and  part  thereof 
towards  the  south,"  xiv.  3,  1.    The  subject  here  treated  of  is 
concerning  the  Lord  and  His  coming ;  by  the  Mount  of  Olives 
is  signified  the  good  of  love  and  charity,  thus  the  church,  for 
those  goods  constitute  the  church ;  that  the  church  should 
recede  from  the  Jewish  nation,  and  be  established  among  the 
gentiles,  is  signified  by  that  mountain  being  cleft  asunder  to- 
wards the  east,  towards  the  sea,  and  towards  the  north  and 
south.    In  like  manner  as  by  the  Lord's  words  in  Luke,  "  Ye 
shall  be  cast  out  abroad,  on  the  other  hand  they  shall  come 
from  the  east  and  the  west,  and  from  the  north  and  south,  lying 
down  in  the  kingdom  of  God,"  xiii.  28,  29.    In  the  universal 
sense  by  Jehovah  going  forth  and  fighting  against  the  nations, 
and  His  feet  standing  upon  the  Mount  of  Olives  which  is  before 
the  faces  of  Jerusalem,  is  meant  that  the  Lord  from  Divine  Love 


158 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


was  about  to  fight  against  the  hells,  for  nations  denote  the 
evils  which  are  from  the  hells,  n.  1868,  6306  ;  and  the  Mount 
of  Olives  on  which  His  feet  were,  denotes  Divine  Love. 

9781.  "  Pure,  bruised  " — that  hereby  is  signified  genuine 
and  perspicuous,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pure,  when 
concerning  the  good  which  is  signified  by  oil,  as  denoting 
genuine,  for  good,  the  more  celestial  it  is,  thus  the  more 
genuine  it  is,  so  much  the  purer  it  is ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  bruised,  when  concerning  the  good  which  is  signified 
by  oil,  as  denoting  perspicuous.  Good  is  said  to  be  perspicuous 
when  it  becomes  truth,  for  good  appears  by  truth,  inasmuch 
as  truth  is  the  form  of  good,  and  good  does  not  appear  in 
light  except  in  a  form,  the  better  therefore  the  form  is  in  which 
good  is  presented,  so  much  the  more  perspicuously  it  appears, 
for  the  good  itself  shines  forth  thence,  so  as  to  effect  both  the 
intellectual  principle  and  at  the  same  time  the  will  principle 
of  another ;  for  as  the  case  is  with  good  and  truth,  so  it  is 
with  the  will  and  with  the  understanding  appertaining  to  man, 
for  the  will  is  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  good,  and  the  un- 
derstanding is  dedicated  to  the  reception  of  truth,  neither  does 
the  will  appear  in  light  except  by  the  understanding,  for  it  is 
the  understanding  which  forms  the  will  principle,  and  presents 
it  perspicuous.   What  is  formed,  is  divided  as  it  were  into  parts, 
and  amongst  those  parts  analytically  consociated  are  instituted 
various  respects  or  various  relations,  thus  good  is  presented 
in  tl>-  understanding,  and  is  rendered  perspicuous;  good  in 
the  understanding  rendered  perspicuous  is  the  truth  of  that 
good.    Hence  now  it  is  that  the  oil  was  to  be  bruised,  as  also 
the  fraukincense,  of  which  it  is  said,  that  it  shall  be  pure, 
and  that  it  sh  ill  be  beaten  very  small,  and  thus  burned  as 
incense,  Exod.  xxx.  35,  36.    The  same  thing  which  is  sig- 
nified by  bruised,  is  also  signified  by  what  is  ground,  as  may 
be  manifest  from  the  signification  of  wheat  and  of  fine  flour, 
wheat  signifies  good,  and  fine  flour  its  truth.  As  what  is  bruised 
and  ground,  in  the  genuine  sense,  signifies  good  perspicuous, 
so  bruised  and  ground,  in  the  opposite  sense,  signifies  evil  per- 
spicuous ;  this  is  signified  by  Moses  bruising  tlie  golden  calf, 
by  grinding  it  well,  and  when  it  was  made  small  into  powder, 
casting  it  into  the  river  coming  down  from  the  mountain,  Deut. 
ix.  21,  see  n.  9391. 

9782.  "For  the  luminary" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  spi- 
ritual heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  luminary  or 
candlestick,  as  denoting  the  spiritual  heaven,  see  n.  9548. 

9783.  '-To  cause  the  lamp  to  ascend  continually" — that 
hereby  is  signified  faith  thence  derived,  and  "by  it  from  the  Lord 
the  intelligence  of  truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  lamp,  as  denoting  faith  and  thence  the  in- 
telligence of  truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good,  see  n.  9548.  The 


9781  -9785.] 


EXODUS. 


459 


rea^jn  why  a  lamp  denotes  faitli  is,  because  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  light  in  the  heavens;  this  light 
received  by  the  angels  there,  or  by  man,  is  like  that  of  a  lamp, 
for  it  illuminates  all  things  of  the  mind,  and  gives  intelligence 
and  wisdom  :  light  received  is  faith.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that 
faith  is  not  a  lamp,  or  does  not  illuminate  the  mind,  unless  it 
be  from  charity,  thus  unless  it  be  charity.  Thp  case  with  faith 
and  charity  is  as  w;th  truth  and  good,  truth  is  the  form  of  good, 
or  good  formed  that  it  may  appear  in  the  light,  so  faith  is  the 
form  of  charity,  or  charity  formed  ;  to  faith  also  appertains  what 
is  true,  and  to  charity  what  is  good  ;  for  that  which  is  true  is 
believed  and  is  made  of  faith,  and  what  is  good  is  loved  and  is 
made  of  charity  ;  the  truth  and  good  itself  which  is  loved  is  the 
neighbor,  and  the  love  thereof  is  charity. 

9734.  "  In  the  tent  of  the  assembly  — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified the  presence  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  this  consideration, 
that  \he  tent  was  made  on  this  account,  that  the  Lord  might 
there  meet  Moses  and  Aaron  and  also  the  sons  of  Israel, 
therefore  also  the  sanctity  of  worship  was  there  instituted,  as 
may  be  manifest  from  these  following  passages  in  Exodus, 
"  They  shall  offer  a  burnt-offering  daily  at  the  door  of  the  tent 
of  the  assembly  before  Jehovah,  where  I  will  meet  you,  to  speak 
with  thee  there,  and  there  will  I  meet  the  sons  of  Israel  ;  and 
they  shall  be  sanctified  by  My  glory ;  and  I  will  sanctify  the 
tent  of  the  assembly  and  the  altar,  and  Aaron,  and  his  sons 
will  I  sanctify,  that  they  may  discharge  the  office  of  the  priest- 
hood to  Me,  and  I  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  the  sons  of  Israel," 
xxix.  42  to  46  ;  and  that  the  Lord  there  met  them,  or  was 
present  there,  -may  be  manifest  from  this  passage,  "  When  all 
things  were  finished,  a  cloud  covered  the  tent  of  the  assembly, 
and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  filled  the  habitation,  nor  could  Moses 
enter  into  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  because  the  cloud  dwelt 
upon  it,  and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  filled  the  habitation  ;  the 
cloud  of  Jehovah  was  upon  the  habitation  by  day  and  a  fire 
was  by  night  in  it,  in  the  eyes  of  all  the  house  of  Israel," 
Exod.  xl.  33  to  the  end.  Hence  it  may  be  evident  that  by 
the  tent  of  the  assembly  is  signified  where  the  presence  of  the 
Lord  is.  The  reason  was  because  the  tent  represented  heaven, 
and  heaven  is  heaven  by  virtue  of  the  presence  of  the  Lord 
there,  on  which  account  also  it  was  called  the  habitation  of 
Jehovah. 

9785.  "  From  without  the  vail  which  is  over  the  testimony  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  where  there  is  communication,  and 
by  a  uniting  medium  conjunction  with  the  Lord  in  the  inmost 
heaven,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  vail,  as  denoting 
the  medium  uniting  the  inmost  heaven  and  the  middle,  see  n. 
9670, 9671 ;  thus  where  there  is  communication  and  conjunction; 


460 


EXODUS. 


[Cha_p.  xxvii. 


and  from  the  signification  of  the  testimony,  as  denoting  the 
Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth. 

9786.  "  Aaron  shall  order  it  and  his  sons  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  perpetual  influx  from  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  orderiug,  when  concerning  the  Lord,  who  was 
represented  by  Aaron,  as  denoting  influx,  for  all  communica- 
tion of  Divine  Good  and  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  and 
all  conjunction  with  Him  is  effected  by  influx  ;  angels  and  men 
are  recipient  forms.  The  reason  why  perpetual  influx  is  signi- 
fied is,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  ordering 
of  the  lamp  from  evening  even  to  morning,  by  which  is  sig- 
nified continually  and  perpetually.  The  reason  why  it  denotes 
from  the  Lord  is,  because  by  Aaron  was  represented  the  Lord 
as  to  Divine  Good,  and  by  his  sons  as  to  Divine  Truth,  as  will 
be  seen  in  what  follows. 

9787.  "  From  evening  even  to  morning  from  before  Jeho- 
vah"— that  hereby  is  signified  continually  in  every  state,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  the  evening,  as  denoting  the  end 
of  one  state,  see  n.  8126  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the 
morning,  as  denoting  the  beginning  of  another,  see  n.  8427. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  continually  in  every  state  is,  because 
evening  involves  every  state  of  shade,  which  is  signified  by  the 
following  night,  and  morning  involves  every  state  of  light, 
which  is  signified  by  the  following  day  ;  for  with  the  Lord  things 
following  and  future  are  together  in  what  is  present,  for  every 
tiling  which  the  Lord  ordains,  that  is,  provides,  respecting  man 
and  angel,  is  eternal.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  ma- 
nifest, that  by  ordering  of  the  lamp  from  evening  even  to  morn- 
ing, is  signified  the  perpetual  influx  of  good  and  truth  from  the 
Lord  continually  in  every  state. 

9788.  "  The  statute  of  an  age  " — that  hereby  is  signified  Di- 
vine order,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  statute,  as  denot- 
ing Divine  order,  see  n.  6884,  7995,  8357 ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  an  age,  as  denoting  what  is  eternal ;  what  is  Divine, 
this  also  is  eternal. 

9789.  "  For  their  generations  from  with  the  sons  of  Israel  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  eternal  to  the  spiritual  kingdom, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  generations,  as  denoting  what 
is  eternal,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  *Ue  sig- 
nification of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  the  Spiritual  Church, 
see  n.  9340  ;  thus  also  the  spiritual  kingdom,  for  the  spiritual 
kingdom  of  the  Lord  is  the  spiritual  heaven,  and  in  the  earths  is 
the  Spiritual  Church.  The  reason  why  generations  denote  what 
is  eternal  is,  because  by  them,  in  the  internal  sense,  are  meant 
the  generations  of  faith  and  charity,  n.  613,  2020,  25S4,  6239, 
9042,  9079  ;  thus  which  are  of  heaven  and  the  church,  which 
are  eternal ;  by  the  sous  of  Israel,  of  whom  generations  are  pre- 


9786—9790.] 


EXODUS. 


461 


dicated,  is  also  signified  the  church,  n.  9340.  That  by  gener- 
ations is  signified  what  is  eternal,  is  evident  from  the  following 
passages  in  the  Word,  "  My  justice  shall  be  to  eternity,  and  My 
salvation  to  generations  of  generations;  awake  according  to  the 
days  of  antiquity,  generations  of 'eternities"  Isaiah  li.  8,  9.  Again, 
"  I  will  set  thee  for  the  magnificence  of  eternities,  the  joy  of fen- 
eration and  generation"  lx.  15.  Again,  "  The  smoke  thereof  shall 
go  up  to  eternity,  from  generation  to  generation  it  shall  be  vas- 
tated,  to  perpetuity  of  perpetuities  there  shall  be  none  to  pass 
through  it,"  xxxiv.  10.  And  in  David,  "  The  counsel  of  Je- 
hovah shall  stand  to  eternity,  the  thoughts  of  His  heart  to 
generation  and  generation"  Psalm  xxxiii.  11.  Again,  "I  will 
praise  Thy  name  to  eternity  and  for  ever  ;  generation  to  gene- 
ration shall  praise  Thy  works,"  Psalm  cxlv.  2, 3.  Again,  "  They 
shall  fear  Thee  with  the  sun,  and  before  the  moon,  from  gene- 
rations of  generations ,"  Psalm  lxii.  5.  And  in  Moses,  "  This 
shall  be  My  name  to  eternity,  and  this  My  memorial  to  gene- 
ration  and  generation"  Exod.  iii.  15  ;  not  to  mention  several 
other  passages.  It  is  said  to  eternity,  and  generation  to  gene- 
ir.tion,  and  eternity  is  predicated  of  the  Divine  celestial  prin 
cip.e  or  good,  and  generation  of  the  Divine  spiritual  principle 
or  truth ;  for  in  the  Word,  especially  the  prophetic,  there  are 
generally  two  expressions  concerning  one  and  the  same  thing, 
as  in  the  passages  above  quoted,  to  eternity,  and  to  generation 
and  generation,  and  this  on  account  of  the  celestial  marriage 
in  all  and  singular  the  things  of  the  Word ;  the  celestial  mar- 
riage is  the  marriage  of  good  and  of  truth,  or  the  conjunction 
of  the  Lord  and  of  heaven.    See  the  passages  cited,  n.  9263. 


CONTINUATION  OF  THE  SUBJECT  OF  THE  FIRST  EARTH  SEEN 
IN  THE  STARRY  HEAVEN. 

9790.  IT  was  also  given  to  see  some  of  the  inhabitants, 
who  were  oj  the  tower  sort,  clothed  nearly  like  the  country  peo- 
ple in  Europe  There  was  also  seen  a  man  with  fiis  female  ; 
she  appeared,  of  handsome  stature  and  of  graceful  mien,  so 
likewise  did  the  man.  But  what  surprised  me,  he  had  a  state 
ly  carriage,  and  a  deportment  which  had  a  semblance  of 
haughtiness,  but  the  woman's  deportment  was  humble.  It  was 
mid  by  the  angels,  that  such  is  the  custom  in  that  earth,  and 
that  the  men,  who  are  such,  are  loved,  because  they  are  never- 
theless well  disposed.  It  was  said  further,  that  it  is  not  al- 
lowed them  to  have  m  -re  wives  than  one,  since  it  is  contra  'u 
to  the  laws. 


162 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii. 


9791.  Man,  who  is  in  the  spirit,  when  it  is  granted  bu  the 
Lord,  can  see  what  is  presented  in  the  earth  near  which  he 
is  ;  for  in  the  other  life  there  is  no  space,  thus  no  remoteness 
with  those  who  are  in  a  similar  state,  according  to  what  was 
said  above,  n.  9579,9560,  9581.  This  case  is  similar  with 
that  of  the  spirits  of  certain  earths  in  our  solar  system,  to 
whom  it  was  granted  by  the  Lord  to  see,  through  my  eyes, 
several  things  in  our  earth,  as  has  been  occasionally  shown 
above. 

9792.  The  woman,  whom  I  saw,  had  before  her  bosom  a 
broad  cloak,  by  which  she  could  conceal  herself,  which  was  so 
contrived  that  she  could  put  her  arms  in  it,  and  use  it  as  a 
garment,  and  thus  walk  about  her  business ;  it  might  be  tucked 
up  as  to  the  lower  part,  and  when  tucked  up,  and  applied  to 
the  body,  it  appeared  like  a  stomacher,  such  as  is  worn  by  the 
women  of  our  earth.  But  the  same  also  served  the  man  for 
a  covering,  and  he  was  seen  to  take  it  from  the  woman,  and 
apply  it  to  his  own  backhand  loosen  the  lower  part,  which 
thus  flowed  down  'to  his  feet  like  a  gown,  and  in  this  manner 
clothed  he  was  seen  to  walk. 

9793.  Afterwards  I  discoursed  with  spirits  who  are  from 
that  earth,  to  whom  I  related  several  things  concerning  out 
earth,  as  that  sciences  are  there  ^cultivated,  which  are  not  cul- 
tivated on  other  earths,  as  astronomy,  geometry,  mechanics, 
physics,  chemistry,  medicine,  optics,  and  natural  philosophy ; 
besides  \e  arts,  which  are  not  known  elsewhere,  as  the  art  oj 
ship-building,  of  smelting  metals,  of  writiiig,  and  of  printing, 
and  thus  of  communicating  with  others  throughput  the  whole 
earth,  and  also  of  preserving  what  is  communicated  for  thou- 
sands of  years  ;  and  that  this  art  has  been  practised  in  regard 
to  the  Word,  which  is  from  the  Lord;  and  that  on  this  ac- 
count the  revealed  Word  is  for  ever  permanent  in  this  earth, 
see  n.  9350  to  9360. 

9794.  At  length  there  was  shown  me  the  hell  of  those  who 
are  from  that  earth,  and  very  terrible  was  the  appearance  of 
those  who  were  thence  seenj  insomuch  that  I  dare  not  describe 
their  monstrous  faces.  There  were  seen  also  female  magi- 
cians, who  practice  direful  arts ;  they  appeared  clad  in 
green,  and  struck  me  with  horror. 

9795.  The  second  earth  seen  in  the  starry  heaven  will  be 
treated  of  at  the  close  of  the  following  chapter. 


9791—9803.] 


EXODUS. 


EXODUS. 

CHAPTER  THE  TWENTY -EIGHTH. 


THE  DOCTRINE  OF  CHARITY  AND  FAITH. 

9796.  WHEN  it  is  known  what  the  internal  man  is,  and 
what  the  external,  it  may  be  known  whence  the  understanding 
of  truth  is  and  the  will  of  good. 

9797.  So  far  as  the  internal  man  is  opened  towards  heaven, 
thus  to  the  Lord,  so  far  he  is  in  the  light  of  heaven,  thus  so  far 
in  the  understanding  of  truth.  The  light  of  heaven  is  the  Di- 
vine Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  to  be  enlightened  by  it 
is  to  understand  truth. 

9798.  So  far  as  the  internal  man  is  open  to  the  Lord,  and 
the  external  subordinate  to  him,  so  far  lie  is  in  the  fire  of  hea- 
ven, thus  so  far  in  the  will  of  good.  The  fire  of  heaven  is  the 
Divine  Love  proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  to  be  enkindled  by  it 
is  to  will  good. 

9799.  The  understanding  of  truth  therefore  consists  in  see 
ing,  by  virtue  of  illustrations  from  the  Lord,  truths  from  the 
"Word;  and  the  will  of  good  consists  in  willing  them  from 
affection. 

9800.  Those  who  are  in  love  and  in  faith  to  the  Lord,  and  m 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  are  in  the  understanding  of 
truth  and  in  the  will  of  good  ;  for  with  them  there  is  a  recep- 
tion of  the  good  and  truth  which  are  f'-om  the  Lord. 

9801.  But  so  far  as  the  internal  man  is  closed  towards  hea 
ven,  thus  to  the  Lord,  so  far  he  is  in  cold  and  in  thick  darkness 
as  to"  those  things  which  are  of  heaven  ;  and  in  this  case,  so  far 
as  the  external  man  is  open  towards  the  world,  so  far  he  thinks 
what  is  false  and  wills  what  is  evil,  and  is  thus  insane  ;  for  the 
light  of  the  world  appertaining  to  him  extinguishes  the  light  of 
heaven  ;  and  the  fire  of  the  life  of  the  world  extinguishes  the 
fire  of  the  life  of  heaven. 

9802.  They  who  are  in  the  love  of  self,  and  in  the  persuasion 
of  self-derived  intelligence  and  wisdom,  are  in  such  cold  and 
thick  darkness. 

9803.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  to  be  intelligent  and  wise 
does  not  consist  in  understanding  and  relishing  many  things 
which  are  of  the  world,  but  in  understanding  and  willing  those 
things  which  are  of  heaven.  For  there  are  some  who  under- 
stand and  have  a  taste  for  many  things  which  are  of  the  world, 
and  yet  do  not  believe  nor  will  those  things  which  are  of  hea- 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


ven,  thus  they  are  insane.  These  are  they  of  whom  the  Lord 
6ays  in  Matthew,  "  I  speak  by  parables,  because  seeing  they  do 
not  see,  and  hearing  they  do  not  hear,  neither  do  iliey  under- 
stand" xiii.  13.  And  in  John,  "  The  world  cannot  receive  the 
Spirit  of  tntth,  because  it  seeth  Him  not,  neither  knoweth 
Him,'"  xiv.  17. 


CHAPTER  XXVIIL 

1.  AND  do  thou  cause  to  approach  to  thee  Aaron  thy  bro- 
ther, and  his  sons  with  him  out  of  the  midst  of  the  sons  of 
Israel,  that  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me, 
Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  Eleazar  and  Ithamar,  the  sons  of 
Aaron. 

2.  And  thou  shalt  make  garments  of  holiness  for  Aaron  thy 
brother  for  glory  and  for  comeliness. 

3.  And  thou  shalt  speak  to  all  that  are  wise  in  heart,  whom 
I  have  filled  with  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  and  they  shall  make  the 
garments  of  Aaron,  to  sanctify  him  that  he  may  perform  the 
office  of  priesthood  unto  Me. 

4.  And  these  are  the  garments  which  they  shall  make,  a 
breast-plate  and  an  ephod,  and  a  robe,  and  a  checkered  waist- 
coat, a  mitre,  and  a  belt;  and  they  shall  make  garments  of 
holiness  for  Aaron  thy  brother,  and  for  his  sons,  that  he  may 
perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  unto  Me. 

5.  And  they  shall  take  gold,  and  blue,  and  purple,  and 
scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen. 

6.  And  they  shall  make  the  ephod  of  gold,  of  blue,  and 
purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed  and  tine  linen  woven  together, 
the  work  of  a  contriver. 

7.  The  two  shoulders  shall  be  joined  together  to  it  at  its  two 
extremities,  and  it  shall  be  joined  together. 

8.  And  the  girdle  of  his  ephod,  which  is  upon  it,  according 
to  the  work  thereof  shall  be  from  it,  of  gold,  of  blue  and  pur- 
ple, and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together. 

9.  And  thou  shalt  take  two  onyx  stones,  and  shalt  engrave 
on  them  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel. 

10.  Six  of  their  names  on  the  one  stone,  and  the  remaining 
six  names  on  the  other  stone,  according  to  their  generations. 

11.  With  the  work  of  a  workman  of  stone,  with,  the  engrav- 
ing of  a  seal  thou  6halt  engrave  the  two  stones  on  the  names 
of  the  soii6  of  Israel,  encompassed  with  sockets  of  gold  thou 
shalt  make  them. 

12.  And  thou  shalt  set  the  two  stones  on  the  shoulders  of 
the  ephod,  stones  of  remembrance  for  the  sons  of  Israel,  and 


Chap.  xxviii.J 


EXODUS. 


465 


Aaron  shall  bring-  their  names  before  Jehovah  on  its  two  shoul- 
ders for  a  remembrance. 

13.  And  thou  slialt  make  sockets  of  gold. 

14.  And  two  little  chains  of  pure  gold,  from  the  borders  thou 
shalt  make  them  of  cord-work,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  little 
chains  of  cords  upon  the  sockets. 

15.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  with 
the  work  of  a  contriver,  as  the  work  of  the  ephod  thou  shalt 
make  it,  of  gold,  blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and 
fine  linen  woven  together,  thou  shalt  make  it. 

16.  The  square  shall  be  two-fold,  a  span  the  length  thereof, 
and  a  span  the  breadth  thereof. 

17.  And  thou  shalt  fill  it  with  a  filling  of  stone  ;  four  orders 
of  stone  the  order,  a  ruby,  a  topaz,  a  carbuncle,  one  order. 

18.  And  the  second  order,  a  chrysoprase,  a  sapphire,  and  a 
diamond. 

19.  And  the  third  order,  a  lazure,  an  agate,  and  an  amethyst. 

20.  And  the  fourth  order  a  beryl,  and  an  onyx,  and  a  jasper  ; 
they  shall  be  enclosed  in  gold  in  their  fillings. 

21.  And  the  stones  shall  be  on  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Is- 
rael, the  twelve  on  their  names,  the  engravings  of  a  seal,  to 
every  one  on  its  name  they  shall  be  for  the  twelve  tribes. 

22.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  little  borde? 
chains  of  cord-work,  of  pure  gold. 

23.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  two  rings  of 
gold,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  two  rings  upon  the  two  extremi 
ties  of  the  breast-plate. 

24.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  two  cords  of  gold  upon  the  two 
rings  at  the  extremities  of  the  breast-plate. 

25.  And  the  two  extremities  of  the  two  cords  thou  shalt  give 
upon  the  two  sockets,  and  thou  shalt  give  [them]  upon  the 
shoulders  of  the  ephod  over  against  the  faces  of  it. 

26.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold,  and  shalt  set 
them  upon  the  two  extremities  of  the  breast  plate  upon  its  edge, 
which  is  on  this  side  the  ephod  inwards. 

27.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold,  and  shalt  give 
them  upon  the  two  shoulders  of  the  ephod  beneath  over  against 
the  faces  thereof  opposite  to  the  coupling  thereof  above  the  gir- 
dle of  the  ephod. 

28.  And  they  shall  tie  the  breast-plate  from  the  rings  there- 
of to  the  rings  of  the  ephod  in  a  thread  of  blue,  to  be  upon  the 
girdle  of  the  ephod,  nor  shall  the  breast-plate  recede  from  [be- 
ing] upon  the  ephod. 

29.  And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel 
in  the  breast-plate  of  judgment  upon  his  heart  in  his  entering 
into  the  holy  [place],  for  remembrance  before  Jehovah  con- 
tinually. 

30.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  breast-plate  of  judgment  the 

VOL.  ix.  30 


466 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvni 


Urim  and  Thummim,  and  they  shall  be  upon  the  heart  of  Aaron 
in  his  entering-iu  before  Jehovah.  And  Aaron  shall  cany  the 
judgment  of  the  sons  of  Israel  upon  his  heart  before  Jehovah 
continually. 

31.  Aud  thou  shalt  make  the  robe  of  the  ephod  the  whole 
of  blue. 

32.  And  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  the  head  thereof  shall 
be  in  the  midst  thereof;  a  brim  shall  be  to  the  mouth  [or  aper 
ture]  thereof  round  about,  the  work  of  the  weaver,  as  the  mouth 
[or  aperture]  of  a  coat  of  mail  it  shall  be  to  it,  lest  it  should  be 
rent. 

33.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  borders  thereof  pome- 
granates of  blue  and  of  purple  and  of  scarlet  double-dyed  upon 
the  borders  thereof  round  about ;  and  bells  of  gold  in  the  midst 
of  them  round  about. 

34.  A  bell  of  gold  and  a  pomegranate,  a  bell  of  gold  and  a 
pomegranate,  upon  the  borders  of  the  robe  round  about. 

35.  And  it  shall  be  upon  Aaron  to  minister,  and  his  voice 
shall  be  heard  in  his  entering-in  to  the  holy  before  Jehovah, 
and  in  his  going  out,  lest  he  die. 

36.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  plate  of  pure  gold,  and  shalt  en- 
grave upon  it  with  the  engravings  of  a  seal,  Holiness  to  Je- 
hovah. 

37.  And  thou  shalt  put  it  on  a  thread  of  blue,  and  it  shall  be 
upon  the  mitre,- over  against  the  laces  of  the  mitre  it  shall  be. 

3S.  And  it  shall  be  upon  the  forehead  of  Aaron,  and  Aaron 
shall  carry  the  iniquity  of  the  holy  [things]  which  the  sons  of 
Israel  shall  sanctity  as  to  all  the  gifts  of  their  holy  things,  and 
it  shall  be  upon  his  forehead  continually,  to  make  them  well 
pleasing  before  Jehovah. 

39.  Aud  thou  shalt  checker  the  waistcoat  of  fine  linen  and 
shalt  make  the  mitre  of  fine  linen,  and  thou  shalt  make  the  belt 
with  the  work  of  one  that  works  with  a  needle. 

40.  And  for  the  sons  of  Aaron  thou  shalt  make  waistcoat6, 
and  shalt  make  for  them  belts,  and  shalt  make  for  them  bonnets 
for  glory  and  for  comeliness. 

41.  And  thou  shalt  put  them  on  Aaron  thy  brother,  and  on 
his  sons  with  him,  and  shalt  anoint  them,  and  shalt  fill  their 
hand,  and  shalt  sanctify  them,  and  they  shall  perform  the  office 
of  the  priesthood  to  Me. 

42.  And  make  for  them  breeches  of  linen  to  cover  the  flesh 
of  nakedness,  from  the  loins  and  even  to  the  thighs  they  shall 
be. 

43.  And  they  shall  be  upon  Aaron,  and  upon  his  sons,  in 
their  entering-iu  to  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  or  in  their  coming 
near  to  the  altar  to  minister  in  the  holy,  lest  they  carry  iniquity 
aud  die  ;  a  statute  of  an  age  to  him  and  to  his  seed  after  him 


9804— 9806.] 


EXODUS. 


467 


THE  CONTENTS. 

9804.  THE  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  gar- 
ments of  holiness,  with  which  Aaron  and  his  sons  were  to  be 
clothed,  when  they  ministered  ;  by  the  priesthood,  which  office 
Aaron  with  his  sons  was  to  perform,  was  represented  the  Lord 
as  to  the  Divine-celestial  principle,  which  is  the  Divine  Good 
in  heaven  ;  and  by  his  garments  was  represented  the  Divine-spi. 
ritual  principle,  which  is  the  Divine  Truth  thence  proceeding. 


THE  LNTEENAL  SENSE. 

9805.  VEESES  1,  2.  And  do  thou  cause  to  approach  to 
thee  Aaron  thy  brother,  and  his  sons  with  him,,  out  of  the  midst 
of  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  he  may  per  form  the  office  of  the  priest- 
hood to  Me,  Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  Jileazar  and  Ithamar 
the  sons  of  Aaron.  And  thou  shalt  make  garments  of  holiness 
for  A.aron  thy  brother  for  glory  and  for  comeliness.  And  do 
thou  cause  to  approach  to  thee  Aaron  thy  brother,  signifies  the 
conjunction  of  Divine  Truth  with  Divine  Good  in  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord.  And  his,  sons,  signifies  the 
Divine  Truths  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good.  Out  of  the 
midst  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  in  heaven  and  in  the  church. 
That  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me,  sig- 
nifies a  representative  of  the  Lord.  Aaron,  signifies  as  to  the 
jJivine-celestial  principle.  Nadab  and  Abihu,  signifies  as  to 
the  Divine-spiritual  principle  thence  derived.  Eleazar  and 
Ithamar,  signifies  as  to  the  Divine-natural  principle.  The  sons 
of  Aaron,  signifies  which  proceed  from  the  Divine-celestial 
principle.  And  thou  shalt  make  garments  of  holiness  for  Aaron 
thy  brother,  signifies  a  representative  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom.  For  glory  and  for  comeli- 
ness, signifies  to  present  the  Divine  Truth,  such  as  is  in  the  spi- 
ritual kingdom  adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom,  in  an  internal 
and  external  form. 

9806.  "  And  do  thou  cause  to  approach  to  thee  Aaron  thy 
brother  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  Divine 
Truth  with  Divine  Good  in  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of 
the  Lord,  appears  from  the  representation  of  Moses,  who  was 
here  to  cause  Aaron  to  approach  to  himself,  as  denoting  the 
Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  6752,  6771,  7014,  9372  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  approaching,  as  denoting  conjunction 
and  presence,  see  n.  9378  ;  and  from  the  representation  of  * 
Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  of  which  we 
shall  speak  presently  :  and  from  the  signification  of  brother, 


468 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


as  denoting  good,  see  n.  3303,  3803,  3815,  4121,  4191,  5686, 
5692,  6756.  From  these  considerations,  it  is  evident  that  by 
Moses  causing  Aaron  his  brother  to  approach  to  him,  is  signified 
the  conjunction  of  Divine  Truth  with  Divine  Good  in  the  Lord. 
The  reason  why  it  denotes  in  His  Divine  Human  [principle]  is, 
because  it  was  that  very  principle  in  which  that  conjunction 
was  effected  ;  for  the  Lord  had  first  made  His  Human  [principle] 
Divine  Truth,  afterwards  [He  made  it]  Divine  Good,  see  what 
is  cited,  n.  9199,  9315.  The  reason  why  Aaron  was  chosen  to 
perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  was,  because  he  was  the 
brother  of  Moses,  for  thus  was  at  the  same  time  represented 
the  brotherhood  of  the  Divine  Truth  and  Divine  Good  in  heaven, 
for,  as  was  above  said,  by  Moses  was  represented  the  Divine 
Truth  and  by  Aaron  the  Divine  Good.  All  things  in  the 
universe,  both  in  heaven  and  in  the  world,  have  reference  to 
good  and  to  truth  that  they  may  be  something,  for  good  is  the 
esse  of  truth,  and  truth  is  the  existere  of  good.  Wherefore 
good  without  truth  does  not  exist,  and  truth  without  good  is 
not ;  hence  it  is  evident  that  they  ought  to  be  conjoined  to- 
gether. Their  conjunction  is  represented  in  the  Word  by  two 
conjugial  partners,  and  also  by  two  brothers  ;  by  two  conjugial 
partners,  when  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  the  heavenly 
marriage,  which  is  that  of  good  and  truth,  and  concerning  the 
successive  derivation  thence  ;  by  two  brothers,  when  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  double  ministry,  which  is  that  of  judg 
merit  and  of  worship,  they  who  executed  the  ministry  of  judg- 
ment were  called  judges,  afterwards  kings;  but  they  who 
performed  the  ministry  of  worship  were  called  priests;  and 
whereas  all  judgment  is  effected  by  truth,  and  all  worship  from 
good,  therefore  by  judges  in  the  Word  is  signified,  in  the  sense 
abstracted  from  person,  truth  derived  from  good,  but  by  kings 
truth  from  which  good  is  derived,  and  by  priests  is  signified 
the  good  itself;  hence  it  is  that  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  called 
a  judge,  also  a  prophet,  and  likewise  a  king,  where  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  truth,  but  a  priest,  where  the  subject 
treated  of  is  concerning  good;  in  like  maimer  fie  is  called 
Christ,  Anointed,  or  Messiah,  when  truth  is  treated  of,  but 
Jesus  or  Saviour  when  good  is  treated  of.  On  account  of  that 
brotherhood  which  is  between  truth  which  is  of  judgment,  and 
good  which  is  of  worship,  Aaron  the  brother  of  Moses  was 
chosen  to  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood.  That  by  Aaron 
and  his  house  is  on  this  account  signified  good,  is  manifest 
from  David,  "  0  Israel  confide  in  Jehovah,  He  is  their  hehj 
and  their  shield  O  house  of  Aaron  confide  ye  in  Jehovah,  He 
Is  their  help  and  their  shield,  Jehovah  hath  remembered  us, 
He  will  bless  the  house  of  Israel,  he  will  bless  the  /u>use  of 
Aaron"  Psalm  cxv.  9,  10,  12.  Again,  u  Let.  Israel,  now  say 
that  II is  mercy  is  for  ever  ;  let  the  hous-  i>f  A  iron  now  say  that 


9806.] 


EXODUS. 


469 


His  mercy  is  for  ever,"  Psalm  cxviii.  2,  3.  Again,  "  0  house 
of  Israel  bless  ye  Jehovah  ;  0  house  of  Aaron  bless  ye  Jeho- 
vah," Psalm  cxxxv.  19.  The  house  of  Israel  denotes  those  who 
are  in  truths;  the  house  of  Aaron  denotes  those  who  are' in 
goods;  for  in  the  Word,  where  truth  is  treated  of,  good  is  also 
treated  of,  on  account  of  the  heavenly  marriage,  n.  9263,  9314  ; 
that  the  house  of  Israel  denotes  those  who  are  in  truths,  see  n. 
5414,  5879,  5951,  7957,  8234.  Again,  "  Jehovah  sent  Moses  his 
secant,  Aaron  whom  he  hath  chosen,"  Psalm  cv.  26 ;  where 
Moses  is  called  a  servant,  because  servant  is  predicated  from 
truths,  n.  3409,  and  chosen  from  good,  n.  3755.  Again,  "  Be- 
hold how  good  and  delightful  for  brethren  to  dwell  together,  as 
good  oil  upon  the  head  descending  into  the  beard,  the  beard  of 
Aaron,  which  descends  upon  the  skirt  of  his  garments,"  Psalm 
cxxxiii.  1,  2  ;  he  who  does  not  know  what  is  signitied  by  brother, 
also  what  by  oil,  what  by  head,  what  by  beard,what  by  garments, 
and  likewise  what  Aaron  represents,  cannot  comprehend  why 
such  things  are  compared  with  the  dwelling  together  of  brothers, 
for  what  resemblance  is  there  between  oil  descending  from  the 
head  into  the  beard  of  Aaron,  and  thence  into  his  garments, 
and  the  agreement  of  brethren  ;  but  the  comparative  resem- 
blance is  evident  from  the  internal  sense,  in  which  the  influx 
of  good  into  truths  is  treated  of,  and  thus  their  brotherhood  is 
described ;  for  oil  denotes  good,  the  head  of  Aaron  denotes  the 
inmost  principle  of  good,  the  beard  denotes  the  most  external 
principle  thereof,  garments  denote  truths,  to  descend  denotes 
influx  ;  hence  it  is  clear  that  by  the  above  words  is  signified  the 
influx  of  goods  from  interiors  to  exteriors  into  truths,  and  con- 
junction there  ;  without  the  internal  sense  who  can  see  that 
those  celestial  things  are  in  the  above  words ;  that  oil  denotes 
the  good  of  love,  see  n.  886,  4582,  4638,  9780  ;  that  head  de- 
notes what  is  inmost,  see  n.  5328,  6436,  7S59,  9656  ;  that  beard 
denotes  what  is  most  external,  is  evident  from  Isaiah,  chap.  vii. 
20:  chap.  xv.  2.  And  from  Jeremiah,  chap,  xlviii.  37;  and 
from  Ezekiel,  chap.  v.  1  ;  that  garments  denote  truths,  see  n. 
2576,  4545,  4763,  5319,  5954,  6914,  6917,  9093,  9212,  9216  ; 
that  Aaron  denotes  celestial  good,  see  above.  From  this  cir- 
cumstance that  Aaron  was  chosen  to  perform  the  office  of  the 
priesthood,  thus  to  minister  things  most  holy,  it  may  be  com- 
prehended how  the  case  was  with  representations  in  the  Jewish 
Church,  namely,  that  they  did  not  respect  the  person  who 
represented,  but  the  thing  which  was  represented;  thus  that 
a  holy  thing,  yea  most  holy,  might  be  represented  by  persons 
whose  interiors  were  unclean,  yea  idolatrous,  if  so  be  the  ex- 
ternals, when  they  were  in  worship,  were  disposed  to  holiness  ; 
what  the  quality  of  Aaron  was,  may  be  manifest  from  the  fol- 
lowing words  in  Moses.  "  Aaron  took  from  the  hands  of  the 
sons  of  Israel  the  gold,  and  formed  it  with  a  graving  tool,  and 


470  EXODUS  [Chap,  xxviii. 

made  it  a  molten  calf;  and  Aaron  built  an  altar  before  it,  and 
Aaron  proclaimed,  and  said,  a  festival  to  Jehovah  to-morrow," 
Exod.  xxxii.  4,  5.  And  in  another  place,  "  Against  Aaron 
Jehovah  was  exceedingly  moved  widi  anger,  to  destroy  him  ; 
but  I  prayed  also  for  Aaron  at  that  time,"  Deut.  ix.  20.  That 
the  representatives  of  the  church  with  the  Israelitish  and  Ju- 
daic nation  did  not  respect  persons,  but  things  themselves,  see 
what  is  cited,  n.  9229. 

9S07.  "  And  his  sons  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  sons,  as  denoting  truths,  see  n.  489,  491.  533, 
1147,  2623,  2803,  2813,  3373,  3704,  in  this  case  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  because 
they  were  the  sous  of  Aaron,  and  by  Aaron  as  the  high-priest, 
was  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  as  has  been 
just  now  shown  above.  The  reason  why  sons  denote  truths  is, 
because  all  things  in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  are  spiri- 
tual ;  and  sons  in  the  spiritual  sense  are  they  who  are  born 
anew  of  the  Lord,  thus  who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good, 
consequently  abstractedly  from  persons,  the  truths  themselves 
which  are  derived  from  good.  These  things  therefore  are  what 
are  meant  in  the  Word  by  the  sons  of  God,  the  sons  of  a  king, 
and  the  sons  of  a  kingdom ;  they  are  also  the  sons  of  the  new 
birth  or  generation.  Truths  also  and  goods  appertaining  to  a 
regenerate  man,  or  to  him  who  is  born  anew  of  the  Lord,  are 
altogether  as  families  in  a  large  and  long  series  from  one  father  ; 
there  are  those  which  have  reference  to  sons  and  daughters,  those 
which  have  reference  togrand-6ous  and  grand-daughters,  those 
which  have  reference  to  sons-in-law  and  daughters-in-law,  and 
thereby  to  affinities  of  several  degrees,  and  thus  of  genera. 
Truths  and  goods  thus  arranged  are  what,  in  the  spiritual 
sense,  are  sons,  daughters,  grand-sons,  grand-daughters,  sons- 
in-law,  daughters-in-law,  in  a  word,  relations  of  various  degrees, 
and  hence  of  various  genera.  That  spiritual  generations  are  in 
such  an  order,  lias  been  shown  by  living  experience,  ai'dat  the 
same  time  it  lias  been  said,  that  on  this  account  the  truths  and 
goods  appertaining  to  a  regenerate  mau  are  in  such  an  order, 
because  the  angelic  societies  in  heaven  are  in  such,  and  the 
truths  and  goods  appertaining  to  man  correspond  to  those  so- 
cieties ;  wherefore  also  the  man,  whose  truths  and  good*  arc 
in  such  correspondence,  is  a  heaven  in  the  least  form.  He  who 
knows  that  by  sons  are  signified  truths,  and  by  daughters 
goods,  may  see  several  arcana  in  the  Word,  especially  the  pro- 
phetic, which  otherwise  would  be  concealed;  as  also  what  is 
specifically  meant  by  the  Son  of  Man,  whom  the  Lord  fre- 
quently calls  Himself  in  the  Word.  That  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  His  Divine  Human  [principle]  is  meant,  is 
manifest  from  the  passages,  where  He  is  so  named,  which  it  id 


9807.J 


EXODDS. 


471 


allowed  to  adduce  for  the  purpose  of  confirming  at  the  same 
time  that  sons  denote  truth,  as  in  John,  "  The  crowd  said  to 
Jesus,  how  sayest  thou  the  Son  of  Man  must  be  lifted  up ; 
who  is  this  Son  of  Man  f  Jesus  answered  them,  yet  a  short 
time  the  light  is  with  you,  walk  whilst  ye  have  the  light,  lest 
darkness  seize  upon  you  ;  whilst  ye  have  the  light,  believe  in 
the  light,  that  ye  may  be  the  sons  of  the  light"  xii.  34,  35,  36. 
From  these  words  it  is  evident,  that  by  the  Son  of  Man  the 
like  is  signified  as  by  light,  for  when  they  enquired  who  is  this 
Son  of  Man,  the  Lord  replied,  that  he  was  the  light  on  which 
they  ought  to  believe  ;  that  light  is  the  Divine  Truth,  see  what 
is  cited,  n.  9548,  9684;  thus  also  the  Son  of  Man.  And  in 
Luke,  "  Blessed  are  ye  when  men  shall  hate  you  for  the  sake 
of  the  Son  of  Man,"  vi.  22 ;  where  for  the  sake  of  the  Son  of 
Man  denotes  for  the  sake  of  the  Divine  Truth  which  proceeds 
from  the  Lord ;  the  Divine  Truth  is  the  all  of  faith  and  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  to  be  hated  on  account  of  those  things  is 
blessedness.  Again,  "The  days  shall  come,  when  ye  shall 
desire  to  see  one  of  the  days  of  the  Son  of  Man  but  shall  not 
see  ;  then  they  shall  say  to  you,  lo  here !  or  lo  there  !  go  not 
away,  neither  investigate,"  xvii.  22,  23.  To  desire  to  see  one 
of  the  days  of  the  Son  of  Man  denotes  one  of  the  states  of 
Divine  Truth,  which  is  genuine.  The  subject  there  treated  of 
is  concerning  the  end  of  the  church,  when  there  is  no  longer 
any  faith,  because  no  charity,  at  which  time  all  genuine  Divine 
Truth  is  about  to  perish;  and  because  Divine  Truth  is  signified 
by  the  Son  of  Man,  therefore  it  is  said,  then  they  shall  say,  lo 
herel  or  lo  there!  investigate  not,  which  may  be  said  of  Divine 
Truth  from  the  Lord,  but  not  of  the  Lord  Himself.  Again, 
"  When  the  Son  of  Man  cometh,  shall  He  find  faith  on  the 
earth,"  sviii.  8,  that  is,  when  Divine  Truth  shall  be  revealed 
from  heaven,  it  will  not  be  believed.  The  Son  of  Man  also  in 
this  passage  denotes  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  or  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord ;  the  coming  of  the  Lord  is 
the  revelation  of  Divine  Truth  in  the  end  of  the  church.  And 
in  Matthew,  "  As  the  lightning  goeth  forth  from  the  east,  and 
appears  even  to  the  west,  so  shall  be  the  coming  of  the  Son  of 
Man.  Then  shall  appear  a  sign  ;  and  then  shall  all  the  tribes 
of  the  earth  mourn,  and  they  shall  see  the  Son  of  Man  coming 
in  the  clouds  of  heaven  with  virtue  and  glory,"  xxiv.  27,  30. 
The  coming  of  the  Son  of  Man  denotes  the  revelation  of  Divine 
Truth  in  the  consummation  of  the  age,  that  is,  in  the  end 
of  the  church  ;  all  the  tribes  of  the  earth,  which  shall  then 
mourn,  denote  all  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  and  love  from 
the  Lord,  and  thus  to  the  Lord,  in  the  complex ;  the  clouds 
of  heaven,  in  which  He  is  about  to  come,  denote  the  literal 
sense  of  the  Word  ;  virtue  and  gloiy  denote  the  internal  sense  ; 
in  which  sense  the  Lord  alone  is  inmostly  treated  of;  see  those 


472 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


words  further  explained,  n.  4060.    In  like  manner,  in  another 
passage,  in  the  same  evangelist,  "  I  say  unto  you,  hereafter 
ye  shall  see  the  Son  of  Man  sitting  on  the  right  hand  of  power, 
and  coming  on  the  clouds  of  heaven,"  xxvi.  64.    And  in  Luke, 
"  Henceforth  shall  the  Son  of  Man  sit  on  the  right  hand  of  the 
virtue  of  God,"  xxii.  69.    The  Son  of  Man  denotes  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  ;  to  sit  on  the  right  hand  of 
power  denotes  that  he  has  omnipotence,  for  Divine  Good  has 
omnipotence  by  Divine  Truth ;  it  being  said  that  henceforth 
they  shall  see  it,  signifies  that  Divine  Truth  was  in  its  omnipo- 
tence, when  the  Lord  in  the  world  had  conquered  the  hells, 
and  had  reduced  all  things  there  and  in  the  heavens  into  order, 
and  that  thus  they  might  be  saved  who  received  him  with  faith 
and  love,  see  n.  9715.  That  to  sit  on  the  right  denotes  omnipo- 
tence, see  n.  33S7,  4592,  4933,  7518,  8281,  9133  ;  that  good 
has  all  power  by  truth,  see  n.  6344,  6413,  8304,  9327,  9410, 
9639,  9643  ;  that  Divine  Power  itself  is  Divine  Truth,  n.  6948  ; 
that  the  clouds  in  which  the  Son  of  Man,  that  is,  Divine  Truth, 
is  about  to  come,  denote  the  Word  in  the  letter,  see  preface  to 
chap,  xviii.  Gen.  n.  4060,  4391,  5922,  6343,  6752,  8443,  8781 ; 
and  that  glory  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  itself,  such  as  is  in  the 
internal  sense  of  the  Word,  6ee  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen. 
4S09,  5922,  9429.    From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be 
manifest  what  is  signified  by  these  words  in  the  Apocalypse, 
"  I  saw  and  behold  a  white  cloud,  and  upon  the  cloud  [one] 
sitting  like  to  the  Son  of  Man,  having  on  his  head  a  golden 
crown,"  xiv.  14.    And  in  Daniel,  "I  saw  in  the  visions  of  the 
night,  and  lo,  with  the  clouds  of  heaven,  [one]  came  like  the 
Son  of  Man"  vii.  13.    And  in  John,  "  The  father  hath  given 
to  him  also  authority  to  execute  judgment  because  He  is  the  Son 
of  Man"  v.  27.    Since  all  judgment  is  from  truth,  therefore 
it  is  said,  that  it  is  given  to  the  Lord  to  do  judgment  because 
He  is  the  Son  of  Man  ;  the  Son  of  Man  is,  as  was  said,  the 
Divine  Truth  ;  the  Father,  from  whom  it  proceeds,  is  the  Divine 
(iood,  n.  2S03,  3704,  7499,  8328,  8897.    Inasmuch  as  it  apper- 
tains to  Divine  Truth  to  do  judgment,  therefore  it  is  said, 
"  When  the  Son  of  Man  shall  come,  He  shall  sit  upon  the 
throne  of  His  glory,"  Matt.  six.  28  ;  chap.  xxv.  31 ;  and  "  that 
the  So?i  of  Man  shall  render  to  every  one  according  to  his 
doings,"  xvi.  27.    And  in  Matthew,  "He  who  soweth  the  good 
6eed  is  the  Son  of  Man,  the  field  is  the  world,  the  seed  are  the 
sons  of  tlie  kingdom,  the  tares  are  the  sons  of  the  evil  one,"  xiii. 
37,  38.    The  good  seed  is  Divine  Truth,  therefore  it  is  said, 
that  the  Son  of  Man  soweth  it ;  the  sons  of  the  kingdom  are 
Divine  Truths  in  heaven  and  in  the  church,  for  son  denotes 
truth,  n.  489,  491,  533,  1147,  2623,  and  in  the  opposite  sense 
the  false,  which  also  is  the  son  of  the  evil  one;  the  kingdom  is 
heaven,  and  likewise  the  church     And  in  John,  "No  :im 


9807,  9808.] 


EXODUS. 


473 


ascendefh  into  heaven  but  He  who  cometh  down  from  heaven, 
the  Son  of  Man  who  is  in  the  heavens"  iii.  13.  Hence  it  is 
evident,  that  the  Son  of  Man  is  the  Divine  Truth  in  the  hea- 
vens ;  for  this  descends  and  thereby  ascends,  for  no  one  can  ascend 
into  heaven,  unless  the  Divine  Truth  lias  descended  into  him 
out  of  heaven,  for  influx  is  Divine,  but  not  contrariwise  ;  inas- 
much as  the  Lord  is  that  truth,  therefore  He  calls  Himself  the 
Son  of  Man  who  is  in  the  heavens.  And  in  Matthew,  "  The 
Son  of  Man  hath  not  where  to  lay  His  head,"  viii.  20.  The 
Son  of  Man  denotes  Divine  Truth;  not  having  where  to  lay 
his  head  denotes  that  Divine  Truth  had  no  place  anywhere,  or 
with  any  man  at  that  time.  That  the  Son  of  Man  was  to  suffer, 
and  to  be  slain,  Matt.  xvii.  12,  22  ;  chap.  xx.  18  ;  chap.  xxvi. 
2,  21,  45  ;  Mark  viii.  31  ;  chap.  ix.  12,  31,  and  elsewhere,  in- 
volves that  so  it  was  done  with  the  Divine  Truth,  consequently 
with  the  Lord,  who  was  Divine  Truth  itself,  which  also  He 
Himself  teaches  in  John,  "  I  am  the  way,  and  the  truth,  and 
the  life,"  xiv.  6.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  There  shall  not  a  man 
rvir]  dwell  there,  neither  shall  the  Son  of  Man  abide  in  it," 
xlix.  18,  33.  And  again,  "In  the  cities  shall  not  any  man 
[vir]  dwell,  neither  shall  the  So?i  of  Man  pass  through  them," 
li.  43.  He  who  is  not  acquainted  with  the  spiritual  sense  of 
the  Word,  will  believe  that  by  cities  are  here  meant  cities,  and 
by  man  and  the  Son  of  Man  are  meant  a  man  and  a  son  ;  and 
that  the  cities  would  thus  be  desolated,  so  that  no  one  should 
dwell  there  ;  but  it  is  the  state  of  the  church  as  to  the  doctrine 
of  truth  which  is  described  by  those  words  ;  for  cities  denote 
the  doctrinals  of  the  church,  seen.  402,  2450,  3216,  4492,  4493. 
Man  [vir]  denotes  the  very  truth  thereof  conjoined  to  good,  n. 
3134,  7716,  9007 ;  thus  the  Son  of  Man  denotes  truth.  Inas- 
much as  by  the  Son  of  Man  was  signified  Divine  Truth  proceed- 
ing from  the  Lord,  therefore  also  the  prophets,  by  whom  it  was 
revealed,  were  called  sons  of  man,  as  in  Daniel,  chap.  viii.  17 ; 
and  Ezekiel,  chap.  ii.  1,  3,  6,  8  ;  chap.  iii.  1,  3,  4,  10,  17,  25  ; 
chap.  iv.  1,  16  ;  chap,  viii,  5,  6,  8,  12,  15 ;  chap.  xii.  2,  3,  9, 
18,  22,  27  ;  and  in  several  other  passages.  As  most  expressions 
in  the  Word  have  also  an  opposite  sense,  so  likewise  is  the  sig- 
nification of  the  son  of  man,  which  in  that  sense  denotes  the 
false  opposite  to  truth,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  What  art  thou  that  thou 
art  afraid  of  man,  he  dies  ;  and  of  the  son  of  man  [to  whom] 
grass  is  given,"  li.  12  ;  where  grass  given  to  the  son  of  man 
denotes  the  scientific  principle  productive  of  what  is  false. 
And  in  Da  vid,  "  Confide  not  in  princes,  in  the  son  of  man,  who 
hath  not  salvation,"  Psalm  cxlvi.  3.  Princes  denote  primary 
truths,  n.  2089,  5044:  thus  in  the  opposite  sense  primary  fal- 
628 ;  and  the  son  of  man  is  the  false  itself. 

9808.  "  Out  of  the  midst  of  the  sons  of  Israel  "—that  hereby 
is  signified  in  heaven  and  in  the  church,  appears  from  the 


474: 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxviiL 


signification  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  those  who  are  of 
the  church,  thus  abstractedly  the  church  itself,  &c.  n.  4286, 
6426*  6637,  6862,  6868,  7035,  7062,  7198,  7201,  7215,  7223, 
8805,  9340,  and  because  Israel  denotes  the  church,  it  also 
denotes  heaven,  for  heaven  and  the  church  make  one,  and  the 
church  is  also  the  Lord's  heaven  in  the  earth ;  with  every  man 
likewise  of  the  church  there  is  heaven  inwardly  in  him,  when 
he  is  in  truth  and  at  the  same  time  in  good  from  the  Lord. 

9809.  "  That  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to 
Me  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord,  ap- 
pears from  the  representation  of  the  priesthood,  as  denoting  in 
the  supreme  sense  every  office  which  the  Lord  discharges  as 
the  Saviour ;  and  whatsoever  He  discharges  as  the  Saviour  is 
from  Divine  Love,  thus  from  Divine  Good,  for  all  good  is  of 
love  ;  hence  also  by  the  priesthood  in  the  supreme  sense  is  sig- 
nified the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord.  There 
is  Divine  Good,  and  there  is  Divine  Truth  ;  Divine  Good  is  in 
the  Lord,  thus  is  His  esse,  which  in  the  Word  is  called  Jehovah  ; 
but  Divine  Truth  is  from  the  Lord,  thus  is  the  existere  from 
that  esse,  which  existere  in  the  Word  is  meant  by  God ;  and 
because  tln6  which  exists  from  Him,  is  also  Him,  therefore  also 
the  Lord  is  Divine  Truth,  which  is  His  Divine  [principle]  in 
the  heavens  ;  for  the  heavens  exist  from  Him,  since  the  angels 
there  are  receptions  of  His  Divine  [principle],  the  celestial  an- 
gels receptions  of  the  Divine  Good  which  is  from  Him,  but  the 
spiritual  angels  receptions  of  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  thence 
derived.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  what 
[principle]  of  the  Lord  was  represented  by  the  priesthood,  and 
what  [principle]  of  the  Lord  was  represented  by  the  royalty, 
namely,  by  die  priesthood  the  Divine  Good  of  His  Divine  Love, 
and  by  the  royalty  the  Divine  Truth  thence  derived.  That  by 
the  priesthood  was  represented  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine 
Love  of  the  Lord,  thus  every  office  which  the  Lord  performed  as 
a  Saviour,  is  manifest  from  the  following  passages  in  the  Word, 
"The  saying  of  Jehovah  to  My  Lord,  sit  at  My  right  hand, 
until  I  place  Thine  enemies  a  footstool  for  Thy  feet,  the  sceptre 
of  strength  shall  Jehovah  send  out  of  Zion  ;  have  thou  rule  in 
the  midst  of  thine  enemies.    Thy  people  [are  a  people]  of 

I)romptness  in  the  day  of  Thy  fortitude ;  in  the  honors  of 
loliness.  Out  of  the  womb  from  the  day-dawn  Thou  hast  the 
dew  of  Thy  nativity.  Jehovah  hath  sworn,  and  He  will  not 
repent,  Thou,  art  a  priest  for  eve?',  according  to  My  word  Mel- 
chizedec.  The  Lord  at  Thy  right  hand  hath  smitten  kings  in 
the  day  of  His  anger ;  He  hath  judged  amongst  the  nations; 
He  hath  tilled  with  carcase*  ;  lie  hath  smitten  the  head  over 
much  earth  ;  He  shall  drink  of  the  stream  in  the  way,  therefore 
shall  He  exalt  the  head,"  Psalm  ex.  1  to  7.  From  the  above 
passage  it  is  evident  what  the  Lord  is  as  a  priest,  consequently 


9809.J 


EXODUS. 


475 


what  the  priesthood  in  the  Lord  repiesented,  namely,  all  the 
work  of  the  salvation  of  the  human  race  ;  for  the  subject  treated 
of  in  the  above  passage  is  concerning  the  Lord's  combats  with 
the  hells,  when  he  was  in  the  world,  by  which  He  acquired  to 
Himself  Divine  Omnipotence  over  the  hells,  by  which  omnipo- 
tence He  saved  the  human  race,  and  also  at  this  day  saves  all 
who  receive  Him  ;  this  salvation  itself,  inasmuch  as  it  is  from 
the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love,  is  that  from  which  it  is 
said  of  the  Lord,  Thou  art  a  priest  for  ever,  according  to  My 
word  Mdchizedec  /  Melchizedec  is  the  king  of  justice,  thus  the 
Lord  was  called  from  His  being  made  justice,  and  thereby  sal- 
vation, according  to  what  was  shown,  n.  9715.  But  whereas 
singular  things  in  the  above  passage  contain  arcana  concerning 
the  Lord's  combats,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  which  cannot 
be  revealed  without  the  internal  sense,  therefore  it  is  allowed 
briefly  to  unfold  them.  The  saying  of  Jehovah  to  my  Lord, 
signifies  that  it  was  concerning  the  Lord  when  in  the  world  ; 
that  by  Lord  is  there  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle],  is  manifest  from  Matthew,  chap.  xxii.  41,  42,  43  ; 
Mark  xii.  35,  36  ;  Luke  xx.  41,  42,  43,  44 ;  sit  thou  at  My 
rigid  hand,  signifies  the  omnipotence  of  Divine  Good  by  Di- 
vine Truth,  which  the  Lord  then  was,  and  from  which  He 
fought  and  conquered  ;  that  to  sit  on  the  right  hand  denotes  a 
state  of  power,  and  when  concerning  the  Divine  [being]  that  it 
denotes  omnipotence,  see  n.  3387,  4592,  4933,  7518,  7673, 
8281,  9133 ;  and  that  all  power  is  of  good  by  truth,  see  n. 
6344,  6413,  8304,  9327,  9410,  9639,  9643.  Until  I  place 
Thine  enemies  a  footstool  for  Thy  feet,  signifies  until  the  evils, 
which  are  in  the  hells  and  from  the  hells,  shall  be  subjugated, 
and  made  subject  to  His  Divine  Power.  The  sceptre  of  strength 
shall  Jehovah  send  out  of  Zion,  signifies  power  on  this  occasion 
from  celestial  good ;  that  Zion  denotes  such  good,  see  n.  2362, 
9055.  Have  Thou  rule  in  the  midst  of  Thine  enemies,  signifies 
which  good  has  dominion  over  evils  ;  evils  are  enemies,  be- 
cause they  are  against  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  specifi- 
cally against  the  Lord.  Thy  people  [are  a  people}  of  promptnesses 
in  the  day  of  Thy  fortitude,  signifies  Divine  Truth  combating 
on  this  occasion.  In  the  Iwnors  of  holiness,  signifies  which  are 
from  the  Divine  Good.  Out  of  the  womb  from  the  day-dawn 
Thou  hast  the  dew  of  Thy  nativity,  signifies  conception  from  the 
Divine  good  itself,  from  which  he  had  Divine  Truth.  Jehovah 
hath  sworn,  and  will  not  repent,  signifies  what  is  firm  and 
certain.  Thou  art  a  priest  for  ever,  signifies  the  Divine  Good 
of  the  Divine  Love  in  Him.  According  to  My  word  Melchizedec, 
signifies  His  Divine  Human  [principle]  alike  ;  Melchizedec  is 
king  of  justice,  thus  Jehovah  made  justice  by  combats  and  vic- 
tories, n.  9715.  The  Lord  at  Thy  right  hand,  signifies  the 
Divine  Truth  on  this  occasion  from  Hiiu,  by  which  flj  hath 


476 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


omnipote  ice,  as  aoove.  Hath  smitten  Icings  in  the  day  of  His 
anger,  signifies  the  destruction  of  falses  on  the  occasion  ;  the 
slay  of  anger  was  when  He  fought  against  evils,  and  destroyed 
'hem ;  kings  are  truths,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  falses,  n. 
J015,  2009,  4575,  4581,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148.  He  hath 
judged  amongst  the  nations,  signifies  the  dissipation  of  evils  ; 
for  nations  denote  goods,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  evils,  n. 
1259,  1260,  1849,  6005.  He  hath  filled  with  carcases,  signifies 
bus  spiritual  death,  which  is  the  total  deprivation  of  truth  and 
good.  He  hath  smitten  the  head  over  much  earth,  signifies  the 
casting  down  of  infernal  self-love  into  the  hells,  audits  damna- 
tion. He  shall  drink  of  the  stream  in  the  way,  therefore  shall 
He  lift  up  the  head,  signifies  the  attempt  to  emerge  by  reason- 
ing concerning  truths.  This  is  the  sense  of  the  above  words, 
which  is  perceived  in  heaven  when  that  Psalm  is  read  by  man. 
Inasmuch  as  the  priesthood  was  representative  of  the  Lord  as 
to  all  the  work  of  salvation  derived  from  the  Divine  Love, 
therefore  also  all  divine  worship  was  of  the  office  of  the  priest, 
which  worship  at  that  time  chiefly  consisted  in  offering  burnt- 
offerings,  sacrifices,  and  meat-offerings,  and  in  arranging  the 
oread  upon  the  table  of  faces,  in  kindling  the  lamps  every  day, 
and  in  burning  incense,  consequently  in  expiating  the  people, 
and  in  remitting  sins  ;  moreover  also  in  explaining  the  divine 
law  and  in  teaching,  on  which  occasion,  they  were  at  the 
same  time  prophets.  That  Aaron  with  his  sons  performed  all 
these  things  is  manifest  from  the  institution  of  the  priesthood  in 
Moses,  lliat  all  those  things  were  representative  of  the  works 
of  the  salvation  of  the  Lord  is  evident;  on  which  account  also 
part  of  the  sacrifices  and  meat-offerings  was  given  to  Aaron, 
which  part  was  Jehovah's,  that  is,  the  Lord's.  In  like  manner 
the  first  fruits  of  various  kinds,  also  the  tenths,  see  Exod.  xxix. 
1  to  36  ;  Levit.  vii.  35,  36  ;  chap,  xxiii.  15  to  22;  chap,  xxvii. 
21 ;  Numb.  v.  6  to  10 ;  chap,  xviii.  8  to  19,  and  25  to  the  end  ; 
Dent,  xviii.  1  to  5.  Also  the  first-born  ;  but  instead  of  all  the 
first-born  of  men,  the  Levites,  who,  that  they  were  given  as 
a  gift  to  Aaron,  see  Numb.  i.  47;  chap.  iii.  9  ;  by  reason  thai 
they  were  Jehovah's,  Numb.  iii.  12,  13,  40  to  45.  Inasmuch i 
as  the  Lord  as  to  all  the  work  of  salvation  was  represented  by 
the  high-priest,  and  the  work  itself  of  salvation  by  his  office, 
which  is  called  the  priesthood,  therefore  to  Aaron  and  his  sons 
was  not  given  inheritance  and  portion  with  the  people,  for  it  is 
said  that  Jehovah  God  was  to  them  an  inheritance  and  a  portion, 
Numb,  xviii.  20  ;  nor  to  the  Levites,  because  they  were  of 
Aaron,  Numb.  xxvi.  58  to  63 ;  Deut.  x.  9;  chap,  xviii.  1,  2; 
for  the  people  represented  heaven  and  the  church,  but  Aaron 
with  his  6ons  and  with  Levites  represented  the  good  of  love  and 
of  faith,  which  makes  heaven  and  the  church,  thus  the  L<>rd 
from  whom  that  good  is  derived  ;  therefore  the  land  was  ceded 


9809.] 


EXODUS. 


477 


to  the  people  for  an  inheritance,  but  not  to  the  priests,  for  the 
Lord  is  in  them,  but  not  amongst  them  as  one  and  distinct. 
The  like  is  involved  in  these  words  in  Isaiah,  "  I7*?  shall  he. 
called  the  priests  of  Jehovah,  the  ministers  of  our  God  :  it  shall 
be  said  to  you,  ye  shall  eat  the  wealth  of  the  nations,  and  in 
their  glory  ye  shall  glory,"  lxi.  6;  where  to  eat  the  wealth  of 
the  nations,  denotes  to  appropriate  to  themselves  goods  ;  to  glory 
in  their  glory  denotes  to  enjoy  truths,  thus  to  have  joy  and  feli- 
city from  both.  That  nations  denote  good,  see  n.  1259,  1260, 
4574,  6005;  and  that  glory  denotes  truth  from  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle],  see  n.  9429.  In  the  Word  throughout, 
mention  is  made  in  one  series  of  kings  and  priests,  also  of  kings, 
princes,  priests,  and  prophets  ;  but  in  such  passages  in  the 
internal  sense  by  kings  are  signified  truths  in  the  complex,  by 
princes  primary  truths,  by  priests  goods  in  the  complex,  and  by 
prophets  doctrines  ;  as  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  Jesus  Christ  hath 
made  us  kings  and  priests"  i.  6  ;  chap.  v.  10.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
"  The  house  of  Israel  were  ashamed,  themselves,  their  kings, 
their  princes,  and  their  priests,  and  their  prophets"  ii.  26. 
Again,  "  In  that  day  the  heart  of  the  king  shall  perish,  and 
the  heart  of  the  princes,  and  the  priests  shall  be  amazed,  and 
the  prophets  shall  wonder,"  iv.  9.  Again,  "  In  that  time  they 
shall  draw  forth  the  bones  of  the  kings  of  Judah,  and  the 
bones  of  the  princes  thereof,  and  the  bones  of  the  priests,  and 
the  bones  of  the  prophets"  viii.  1.  That  by  kings  in  the  sense 
abstracted  from  persons,  are  signified  truths  in  the  complex,  see 
a.  1672,  2015,  2069.  4581,  4966,  5044,  6148.  That  by  priuces 
are  signified  primary  truths,  see  n.  1482,  2089,  5044.  That 
priests  denote  goods,  n.  1728,  2015,  3670,  6148.  And  that 
prophets  denote  doctrines  derived  from  them  and  concerning 
them,  n.  2534,  7269.  The  regal  [office  or  character]  of  the  Lord 
is  also  signified  by  His  name  Christ,  Anointed,  Messiah  ;  and 
His  priestly  [uffice  or  character]  by  His  name  Jesus,  for  Jesus 
signifies  Saviour  or  salvation,  concerning  which  it  is  thus 
written  in  Matthew,  "The angel  appearing  in  sleep  to  Joseph, 
said,  Thou  shalt  call  His  name  Jesus,  because  He  shall  save 
His  people  from  their  sins,"  i.  21 ;  inasmuch  as  this  was  of 
the  priesthood,  therefore  the  like  was  represented  by  the  office 
of  the  high  priest  expiating  the  people  from  sins,  Levit.  iv.  26. 
31,  35 ;  chap.  v.  6,  10,  13,  16,  18 ;  chap.  ix.  7 ;  chap,  xv.  15, 
30.  Inasmuch  as  evil  cannot  in  any  wise  be  adjoined  to  good, 
for  they  are  mutually  averse  from  each  other,  therefore  purifi- 
cations of  various  kinds  were  commanded  for  Aaron  and  his 
Bons  when  they  exercised  the  priesthood,  whether  at  the  altar, 
or  in  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  as  also  that  the  high-priest 
should  not  marry  any  but  a  virgin,  not  a  widow,  not  one  di- 
vorced, not  a  harlot,  Levit.  xxi.  13,  14,  15.  That  the  unclean 
of  the  sous  of  Aaron,  if  they  should  eat  of  the  sanctified  things;, 


478 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


should  be  cut  off,  Levit.  xxii.  2  to  9.  That  no  one  of  the  seed 
of  Aaron,  in  whom  was  a  blemish,  should  offer  bread,  Levit. 
xxi.  17  to  21.  That  the  high-priest  should  not  shave  the  head, 
should  not  unsew  his  garments,  should  not  pollute  himself 
with  any  dead  [body],  not  even  a  father  and  mother,  nor  should 
go  forth  from  the  sanctuary,  Levit.  xxi.  10,  11,  12.  These  and 
several  other  laws,  as  was  said,  were  enacted  for  this  reason, 
because  the  high-priest  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good, 
and  such  is  the  quality  of  good,  that  evil  cannot  be  adjoined  to 
it,  for  good  shuns  evil,  and  evil  dreads  good,  as  hell  heaven, 
wherefore  no  conjunction  of  them  is  given.  But  as  to  what 
concerns  truth,  it  is  of  such  a  quality,  that  the  false  may  be 
adjoined  to  it,  yet  not  the  false  in  which  evil  is,  but  in  which 
good  i6,  such  as  appertains  to  infants  and  to  boys  and  girls 
whilst  they  are  yet  in  innocence,  and  to  well-disposed  gentiles 
who  are  in  ignorance  ;  and  such  as  appertains  to  all,  who  are  in 
the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  and  remain  in  the  doctrine 
thence  derived,  and  still  have  the  good  of  life  for  an  end,  for 
this  good,  as  an  end,  drives  away  all  the  malevolence  of  the 
false,  and  by  application  forms  it  into  some  resemblance  of  truth. 

9S10.  "  Aaron  " — that  hereby  is  signified  as  to  the  Divine 
Celestial  [principle],  namely,  a  representative  of  the  Lord,  ap- 
pears from  the  representation  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as 
to  Divine  Good,  see  above,  n.  9806.  The  Divine  Celestial  [prin- 
ciple] is  the  Divine  of  the  Lord  in  the  inmost  heaven,  for  the 
augels  of  that  heaven  are  called  celestial  angels,  and  are  recep- 
tions of  the  Divine  Truth  in  their  will-part;  tlie  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  received  in  that  part  is  called  celestial  , 
good,  but  received  in  the  intellectual  part  is  called  spiritual 
good.  What  is  the  quality  of  the  one  good  and  the  other,  or 
of  celestial  good  and  spiritual  good,  and  what  the  difference, 
see  in  the  passages  cited,  n.  9277,  9513. 

9811.  "JSadab  and  Abihu  " — that  hereby  is  signified  as  to 
the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  thence  derived,  appears  from  the 
representation  of  the  sons  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good,  see  above,  n.  9807. 
The  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle],  thus  the  Divine  of  the 
Lord  received  in  the  middle  or  second  heaven ;  this  is  repre- 
sented by  the  two  sons  of  Aaron  that  were  first-begotten,  in- 
asmuch as  this  proceeds,  and  is  thus  as  it  were  born  from  ce- 
lestial good  which  is  in  the  inmost  heaven,  as  a  son  from  a 
father.  By  the  two  younger  sous  of  Aaron,  who  were  Eleazar 
and  Ithainar,  so  long  as  the  tirst-begotteu  Nadab  and  Abihu 
lived,  is  represented  the  Divine  [principle]  in  the  ultimate  hea- 
ven, which  proximately  succeeds  the  former  or  middle  heaven, 
which  principle  is  the  Divine  Natural,  treated  of  in  the  article 
which  now  follows. 


9810—9814.] 


EXODUS. 


479 


9812.  "  Eleazar  and  Ithamar "— that  hereby  is  signified  as 
to  the  Divine  Natural  [principle],  is  manifest  from  this  conside- 
ration, that  they  were  the  younger  sons  of  Aaron,  and  by  Aaron 
is  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle], 
therefore  by  his  sons  is  represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine 
[principle]  which  succeeds  in  order,  thus  by  the  elder  the  Lord 
a6  to  the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle],  and  by  the  younger  as  to 
the  Divine  Natural ;  for  in  that  order  succeed  Divine  Goods  in 
the  heavens,  yea  the  heavens  themselves  succeed  which  are  in 
those  goods ;  one  good  also  exists  by  the  other,  and  also  sub- 
sists. Divine  Celestial  Good,  which  makes  the  third  or  inmost 
heaven,  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord;  Divine  Spiritual  Good, 
which  makes  the  middle  or  second  heaven,  is  the  good  of  charity 
towards  the  neighbor  ;  and  Divine  Natural  Good,  which  makes 
the  first  or  ultimate  heaven,  is  the  good  of  faith  and  of  obe 
dience.  To  Divine  Natural  Good  appertains  also  civil  good, 
which  is  called  the  principle  of  justice  amongst  citizens,  and 
also  moral  good,  which  is  [the  good]  of  all  the  virtues  derived 
from  and  connected  with  what  is  honest  [or  honorable].  Those 
three  goods  follow  in  order,  as  the  end,  the  cause,  and  the  effect 
and  as  the  end  is  the  soul  of  the  cause,  and  the  cause  is  all  that 
is  efficient  in  the  effect,  so  celestial  good  is  the  soul  of  spiritual 
good,  and  spiritual  good  is  the  all  in  natural  good.  That  which 
is  the  soul,  and  that  which  is  the  all  in  another  [thing  or  princi- 
ple], is  in  it  as  endeavor  is  in  motion,  or  as  will  is  in  action  : 
that  will  is  the  soul,  and  the  all  in  action,  is  evident,  for  when 
will  ceases,  action  ceases.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
manifest  how  the  case  is  with  what  is  celestial,  spiritual,  and 
natural,  namely,  that  in  natural  good  there  must  inmostly  be 
celestial  good,  that  is,  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  which  also 
is  the  good  of  innocence. 

9813.  "The  sons  of  Aaron  " — that  hereby  is  signified  which 
proceed  from  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle],  appears  from  the 
signification  of  sons,  as  denoting  those  things  which  are  born 
from  another  as  a  father,  thus  which  proceed ;  and  from  the 
representation  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine 
Celestial  [principle],  see  just  above,  n.  9810  ;  hence  it  is  evi- 
dent, that  by  the  sons  of  Aaron  are  signified  those  things  which 
proceed  from  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle]. 

9814.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  garments  of  holiness  for 
Aaron  thy  brother" — that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative 
of  the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  garments,  as  in  -general  denot- 
ing truths,  and  indeed  truths  investing  good,  see  n.  5954, 
9212,  9216.  The  reason  why  garments  denote  truths,  origi- 
nates in  heaven,  where  the  angels  appear  clothed  in  garments 
according  to  truths  derived  from  good,  see  n.  165,  5248,  5954, 
9212;  whence  it  may  be  manifest,  that  by  the  garments  of 


480 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


Aaron  wa:  represented  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord  ad 
joined  to  his  celestial  kingdom ;  for  Aaron  represented  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle],  n.  9810;  hence  th« 
garments  adjoined  to  him  represented  the  Divine  Spiritual 
[principle]  adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom  as  a  garment  tv 
*he  body.  The  Divine  Spiritual  [principle]  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Div'ne  Good  of  the  Lord ;  this  in  heaven 
appears  as  light,  an  i  also  is  the  light  which  illuminates  the 
sight  of  angels,  both  that  which  is  external  and  that  which  is 
internal.  The  modification  of  this  light  according  to  the  reci 
pient  subjects,  which  are  angels,  presents  various  phenomena 
to  the  sight,  as  clouds,  rainbows,  colors  and  brightnesses  of 
various  kinds,  as  also  shining  garments  about  the  angels. 
Hence  it  may  be  manifest  that  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the 
Lord  was  represented  by  Aaron's  garments  of  holiness ;  for 
there  are  two  kingdoms  into  which  the  heavens  are  divided, 
the  celestial  kingdom  and  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  n.  9277  ; 
they  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom  appear  naked,  but  they 
who  are  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  appear  clothed.  Hence  it  is 
again  manifest,  that  the  Divine  Truth,  or  Divine  Spiritual 

4 principle],  which  appears  as  light,  is  what  invests  [or  clothes], 
Jut  who  can  at  all  believe,  that  within  the  church,  where  yet 
the  Word  is,  and  thence  illustration  concerning  Divine  and 
celestial  things,  so  great  ignorance  prevails,  that  it  is  not 
known  that  angels  and  spirits  are  in  human  form,  and  appear 
to  themselves  as  men,  and  also  that  they  see  each  other,  hear 
and  converse  together ;  and  that  it  is  still  less  known  that  they 
appear  clothed  in  garments.  That  this  is  the  case,  not  only^ 
falls  into  doubt,  but  also  together  into  denial  with  those  who 
are  so  immersed  in  things  external,  as  to  believe  that  the  body 
alone  lives,  and  that  that  is  nothing  which  they  do  not  see  with 
the  bodily  eyes,  and  touch  with  the  bodily  hands,  see  n.  1881 ; 
when  yet  the  heavens  are  full  of  men,  who  are  angels,  and 
they  are  clothed  in  garments  of  various  degrees  ot  splendor. 
These  however  cannot  be  at  all  seen  by  man  on  earth  through 
the  eyes  of  his  body,  but  through  the  eyes  of  his  spirit  when 
opened  by  the  Lord.  The  angels  who  were  seen  by  the  an- 
cients, as  by  Abraham,  Sarah,  Lot,  Jacob,  Joshua,  Gideon, 
also  by  the  prophets,  were  not  seen  by  the  eyes  of  the  body, 
but  by  the  eyes  of  their  spirit,  which  were  then  opened.  That 
they  al6o  have  appeared  clothed  with  garments,  is  manifest 
from  the  angels  that  sat  at  the  Lord's  sepulchre,  and  were  seen 
by  Mary  Magdalene,  and  Mary  [the  wife]  of  James,  in  white 
shining  garments,  Matt,  xxviii.  3  ;  Mark  xvi.  5;  Luke  xxiv.  4; 
especially  from  the  Lord  when  seen  by  Peter,  James,  and  John, 
in  His  glory,  when  he  had  a  vhite  glittering  garment  as  the 
light,  Matt,  xvii.  2;  Luke  ix  29  ;  by  which  garment  also  was 
represented  the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle],  or  the  Divine 


9815.] 


EXODUS. 


481 


Truth  which  is  from  Him.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  what 
is  signified  by  white  garments  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  Thou  hast 
a  few  names  in  Sardis,  which  have  not  polluted  their  garments, 
and  they  shall  walk  with  Me  in  white,  because  they  are 
worthy.  He  that  overcometh  shall  he  clothed  with  white  gar- 
ments" iii.  4,  5.  Garments  in  this  passage  are  spiritual  truths, 
which  are  truths  derived  from  good,  as  was  shown  above ;  and 
white  is  genuine  truth,  n.  3301,  4007,  5319.  In  like  m  uner 
in  another  place,  "  I  saw  heaven  opened,  when  behold  a  white 
horse,  and  He  that  sat  on  Him  was  called  Faithful  and  True, 
who  in  justice  judgeth  and  combateth  ;  His  armies  in  heaven 
followed  Him  clothed  in  fine  linen  white  and  clean"  xix.  11, 
14.  And  in  another  place,  "  On  the  thrones  I  saw  twenty  and 
four  elders  clothed  in  white  garments"  iv.  4. 

9815.  "  For  glory  and  for  comeliness  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified to  present  [or  exhibit]  the  Divine  Truth,  such  as  is  in 
the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom,  in  in- 
ternal and  external  form,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
glory,  as  denoting  Divine  Truth,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii. 
Gen.  and  n.  5922,  9429  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  come- 
liness, as  also  denoting  Divine  Truth,  but  in  an  external  form, 
for  the  brightness  and  beauty  of  Divine  Truth  appearing  in 
externals  is  meant  by  comeliness  ;  hence  it  is  that  the  Word  in 
the  internal  sense  is  called  glory,  but  in  the  internal  sense,  in 
respect  to  the  brightness  and  beauty  thence  derived,  is  called 
comeliness :  consequently  the  spiritual  heaven,  which  is  here 
meant  by  the  garments  of  holiness,  which  were  for  glory  and 
comeliness,  is  glory  so  far  as  Divine  Truth  is  there  in  an  in- 
ternal form,  and  also  is  comeliness.  The  like  is  signified  by 
comeliness  in  the  following  passages,  "The  Lord  in  his  anger 
covers  with  a  cloud  the  daughter  of  Zion  ;  He  hath  cast  from 
the  heavens  to  the  earth  the  comeliness  of  Israel,  nor  doth  He 
remember  His  footstool,"  Lam.  ii.  1 ;  where  the  daughter  of 
Zion  denotes  the  Celestial  Church ;  the  comeliness  of  Israel 
denotes  the  Spiritual  Church  ;  which  is  called  comeliness  from 
the  brightness  and  beauty  of  truth.  In  like  manner  in  Isaiah, 
"  I  have  made  my  justice  to  approach,  it  is  not  far  off,  and  My 
salvation  shall  not  tarry,  I  will  give  salvation  in  Zion,  to  Israel 
My  comeliness"  xlvi.  13.  Again,  "Look  forth  from  the  hea- 
vens, from  the  habitation  of  Thy  holiness,  and  of  Thy  comeli- 
ness" lxiii.  15.  The  habitation  of  holiness  denotes  the  celestial 
kingdom,  and  the  habitation  of  comeliness  the  spiritual  king- 
dom. And  in  Daniel,  "  One  horn  came  forth  from  a  little  [one] 
and  grew  exceedingly  towards  the  south,  and  towards  the  east, 
and  towards  comeliness"  viii.  9.  And  again,  "The  king  of  the 
north  shall  also  stand  in  the  land  of  comeliness,  and  consumma- 
tion shall  be  by  his  hand ;  and  when  he  shall  come  into  the 
land  of  comeliness,  many  shall  be  overthrown,"  xi.  16,  41; 
VOL.  ix.  31 


*82 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


where  the  land  of  comeliness  de»  otes  the  church  of  the  Lord 
where  Divine  Truth  or  the  Word  is. 

9816.  Verses  3,  4.  And  thou  shalt  apeak  to  all  the  wise  in 
heart,  whom,  1  have  filled  with  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  and  they 
shall  make  the  garments  of  Aaron  to  sanctify  him,  that  he  may 
perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me.  And  these  are  the 
garments  which  they  shall  make,  a  breast-plate,  and  an  ephod, 
and  a  robe,  and  a  checkered  waistcoat,  a  mitre,  and  a  belt ;  and 
they  shall  make  garments  of  holiness  for  Aaron  thy  brother,  and 
for  his  sons,  that  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to 
Me.  And  thou  shalt  speak  to  all  the  wise  in  heart,  signifies 
influx  of  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  the  Word  into  all  who  are 
in  the  good  of  love.  Whom  I  have  filled  with  the  spirit  of 
wisdom,  signifies  on  whom  is  inscribed  Divine  Truth.  And 
they  shall  make  the  garments  of  Aaron,  signifies  by  whom  is 
the  spiritual  kingdom.  To  sanctify  him,  signifies  thereby  a 
representative  of  Divine  Truth  in  that  kingdom.  That  he  ma} 
perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me,  signifies  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  Lord.  And  these  are  the  garments  winch  they 
6hall  make,  signifies  Divine  Truths  in  the  spiritual  kingdom, 
in  what  order.  A  breast-plate,  signifies  Divine  Truth  shining 
forth  from  Divine  Good.  And  an  epliod,  signifies  Divine  Truth 
there  in  the  external  form,  in  which  interior  things  close.  And 
a  robe,  signifies  Divine  Truth  there  in  an  internal  form.  And 
a  checkered  waistcoat,  signifies  Divine  Truth  there  inmostly 
proceeding  immediately  from  the  Divine  Celestial  [principle] 
And  a  mitre,  signifies  intelligence  and  wisdom.  And  a  belt, 
signifies  a  common  bond,  that  all  things  may  look  to  one  end. 
And  they  shall  make  garments  of  holiness,  for  Aaron  thy  bro- 
ther, and  for  his  sons,  signifies  thereby  a  representative  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the  celestial  kingdom.  That  he 
may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me,  signifies  a  re- 
presentative of  the  Lord. 

9817.  "And  thou  shalt  speak  to  all  the  wise  in  heart " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  influx  of  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  the 
Word  into  all  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  speaking,  as  denoting  influx,  see  n.  2951,  5481, 
5743,  5797,  7270 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  wise  in 
heart,  as  denoting  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love,  of  which 
we  shall  speak  presently.  The  reason  why  the  Lord's  influx 
by  [or  through)  the  Word  is  signified  is,  because  the  Lord 
flows  in  with  the  man  ot  the  church  principally  by  [or  through] 
the  Word  ;  the  reason  is,  because  the  Word  is  of  such  a  quality, 
that  all  and  singular  the  tilings  therein  correspond  to  the  Divine 
Spiritual  and  the  Divine  Celestial  things  which  are  in  the  hea- 
vens,whence  come  communication  of  the  affections  and  thoughts 
of  man  with  the  angels,  insomuch  that  they  are  as  it  were  one  ; 
hence  it  is  that,  the  world  is  conjoined  with  heaven  by  or  through 


y816— 9818.J 


EXODUS. 


483 


the  "Word,  but  with  those  who  are  ii.  the  good  of  faith  and  of 
love  ;  from  which  considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  that  the 
influx  of  the  Lord  witli  the  man  of  the  church  is  by  [or  through] 
the  Word,  for  the  Lord  is  the  All  in  the  heavens,  since  the 
Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  and  received  by 
the  angels,  makes  heaven.  The  reason  why  the  wise  in  heart 
denotes  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  is,  because  wisdom 
is  predicated  of  the  life  of  heaven  appertaining  to  man,  also 
because  by  heart  is  signified  the  good  of  love  ;  the  life  of 
heaven  appertaining  to  man  is  expressed  in  the  Word  by  spirit 
and  by  heart ;  by  spirit  is  meant  the  life  of  the  intellectual 
part,  and  by  heart  the  life  of  the  will  part  of  man  ;  to  the  intel- 
lectual part  belongs  truth,  but  to  the  will  part  belongs  good  ; 
the  former  is  of  faith,  but  the  latter  is  of  love,  for  the  intel- 
lect receives  the  truths  which  are  of  faith,  and  the  will  the 
goods  which  are  of  love.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the 
wise  in  heart  are  signified  those  who  are  in  the  good  of  love 
from  the  Lord ;  the  good  of  love  is  celestial  good,  by  which 
is  spiritual  good  ;  and  spiritual  good  is  that  which  covers  celes- 
tial good,  as  garments  the  body.  And  whereas  by  the  garments 
of  Aaron  was  i*epresented  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord 
adjoined  to  His  celestial  kingdom,  and  the  former  exists  by 
the  latter,  therefore  it  is  here  said  that  the  wise  in  heart,  that 
is,  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord,  should 
make  garmeuts  for  Aaron  and  his  sons,  as  it  follows.  That 
the  heart  denotes  the  good  of  love  or  celestial  good,  see  n.  3635, 
3880,  3883  to  3896,  9050.  And  that  on  this  account  it  denotes 
the  will,  n.  2930,  3888,  754-2,  8910,  9113,  9300,  9494. 

9818.  "Whom  I  have  filled  with  the  spirit  of  wisdom  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  on  whom  is  inscribed  Divine  Truth, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  when 
concerning  those  who  are  in  celestial  good,  as  denoting  Divine 
Truth,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  they  are  said  to  be 
filled  with  it  when  being  inscribed  it  remains.  The  case 
herein  is  this  ;  they  who  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom, 
know  truths  not  from  science,  and  thence  from  faith,  but 
from  internal  perception  ;  for  they  are  in  the  good  of  love  from 
the  Lord,  and  in  that  good  all  truths  are  in-sown ;  the  good 
itself  is  implanted  in  their  will  part,  and  the  truth  thence 
derived  in  the  intellectual  part,  and  the  will  part  and  the 
intellectual  with  them  act  altogether  in  unity,  otherwise  than 
with  those  who  are  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  ;  hence  it  is  that 
they  who  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  from  their  in- 
tellectual part  do  not  know,  but  perceive  truths ;  for  the  good 
implanted  in  the  will  is  presented  in  its  quality  and  in  its  form 
in  the  understanding,  and  is  there  in  a  light  as  it  were  flaming ; 
the  form  of  good  and  the  quality  thereof  is  to  them  truth, 
which  is  not  seen  but  is  perceived  from  good.    Hence  it  is 


484 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


that  they  have  not  at  any  time  any  dispute  concerning  truths, 
insomuch  that  when  the  discourse  turns  upon  truth,  they  say 
it  is  so,  or  not  so,  nor  do  they  go  further,  for  if  further  it 
is  not  from  good ;  these  are  they  who  are  meant  in  Matthew, 
"  Let  your  discourse  be  yea  yea,  nay  nay  ;  whatsoever  is  more 
than  these  is  from  evil,"  v.  37.    That  they  who  are  in  the 
Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  are  of  such  a  quality,  see  n.  2715, 
2718,3246,4448,5113,  6367,  7877,  91  66,  9543.     What  the 
difference  is  between  those  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom, 
and  those  who  are  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  the  pas- 
sages cited,  n.  9277.    From  these  considerations  it  may  now 
be  manifest  what  is  meant  by  Divine  Truth  being  inscribed. 
In  many  passages  in  the  Word,  mention  is  made  of  spirit,  and 
when  it  is  applied  to  man,  by  his  spirit  is  signified  the  good 
and  truth  inscribed  on  the  intellectual  part,  consequently  the 
life  of  this  part.    That  spirit,  when  it  is  predicated  of  man,  has 
this  signification,  is  because  man  as  to  his  interiors  is  a  spirit, 
also  as  to  his  interiors  is  together  with  spirits :  on  which  sub- 
ject see  what  has  been  above  copiously  shown,  namely,  that 
spirits  and  angels  are  attendant  on  man,  and  that  man  is  ruled 
by  them  from  the  Lord,  n.  50,  697,  986,  2796,  2886,  2887, 
4047,  4048,  5S46  to  5866,  5976  to  5993  ;  that  man  is  amongst 
spirits  and  angels  of  such  a  quality  as  he  himself  is,  see  n. 
4067,  4073,  4077,  4111  ;  that  every  man  has  a  spirit  by  which 
his  body  has  life,  n.  4672.*     Hence  it  may  be  known  what 
is  meant  by  spirit,  when  applied  to  the  Lord,  namely,  That 
it  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  His  Divine  Good,  and 
that  this  Divine  [principle],  when  it  flows  in  with  man,  and 
is  received  by  him,  is  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  the  Spirit  of  God, 
and  the  Holy  Spirit,  for  it  flows  in  immediately  from  the 
Lord,  and  also  mediately  by  angels  and  spirits,  see  what  is  cited, 
n.  9682  ;  that  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  the  Spirit  of  God,  and  the 
Holy  Spirit  has  this  meaning,  will  be  6een  in  what  follows;  for 
first  it  ought  to  be  shown  that  spirit  in  the  Word,  when  applied 
to  man,  is  the  good  and  truth  inscribed  on  his  intellectual  part, 
consequently  that  it  is  the  life  of  this  [part]  ;  for  there  is  a  life 
of  the  intellectual  part,  and  a  life  of  the  will-part ;  the  life  of 
the  intellectual  part  is  to  know,  to  6ee,  and  to  understand  truth 
to  be  truth,  and  good  to  be  good.    But  the  life  of  tlie  will-part 
is  to  will  and  to  love  truth  for  the  sake  of  truth,  and  good 
for  the  sake  of  good  ;  this  latter  life  in  the  Word  is  called  heart, 
but  the  former  spirit.    That  this  is  the  case,  is  manifest  from 
the  following  passages  in  the  Word,  "  Make  to  yourselves  a 
new  heart  and  a  new  spirit :  why  will  ye  die,  O  house  of  Israel," 
Ezek.  xviii.  31.    And  again,  "  I  will  give  you  a  new  heart, 
and  a  new  spirit  I  will  give  in  the  midst  of  you,"  xxxvi.  26. 
A  new  heart  denotes  a  new  will,  and  a  new  6pirit  denotes 
a  new  understanding.    And  in  Zechariah,  "  Jehovah  stretch- 


9818.] 


EXODUS. 


485 


eth  out  the  heavens,  and  foundeth  tt;e  earth,  and  formeth  tht 
spirit  of man  in  the  midst  of  him"  xii.  1;  to  stretch  out  the 
heavens  and  to  found  the  earth  denotes  a  new  church  ;  that 
this  is  heaven  and  earth,  see  n.  1733,  1850,  2117,  211S, 
3355,  4535  ;  to  form  the  spirit  of  man  in  the  midst  of  him 
denotes  to  regenerate  as  to  the  understanding  of  truth  and 
good.  And  in  David,  "  Create  for  me  a  dean  heart  0  God, 
dud  renew  afirm  spirit  in  the  midst  of  me  ;  cast  me  not  away 
from  before  thee,  and  take  not  away  the  spirit  of  Thy  holiness 
from  me  ;  bring  back  to  me  the  joy  of  thy  salvation  ;  and  let 
an  ingenuous  spirit  support  me ;  the  sacrifices  of  God  are  a 
broken  spirit  j  a  broken  and  contrite  heart  God  doth  not  de- 


will  averse  from  evils,  which  are  things  unclean  ;  a  firm  spirit 
denotes  the  understanding  and  faith  of  truth  ;  a  broken  spirit 
and  a  broken  heart  denote  a  state  of  temptation  and  the  con- 
sequent humiliation  of  each  life.  That  spirit  denotes  life,  is 
evident  from  singular  the  things  in  the  above  passage;  the 
Divine  Truth,  from  which  that  life  is  derived,  is  the  spirit  of 
holiness.  Again,  "  A  generation,  that  doth  not  make  its 
heart  right,  neither  is  its  spirit  constant  with  God,"  Psalm 
lxxviii.  8.  A  heart  not  right  denotes  a  will  not  right ;  the 
spirit  not  constant  with  God  denotes  the  understanding  and 
faith  of  Divine  Truth  not  constant.  And  in  Moses,  "  Jehovah 
God  had  aggravated  the  spirit  of  Sihon  king  of  Heshbon,  and 
had  made  his  heart  obstinate,"  Deut.  ii.  30.  In  this  passage 
also  spirit  and  heart  denote  each  life,  which  is  said  to  be 
obstinate,  when  there  is  no  will  to  understand  what  is  true 
and  good,  nor  to  do  them.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "Every  heart 
shall  melt,  and  all  hands  shall  be  remitted,  and  every  spirit 
shall  be  contracted"  xxi.  7  ;  where  the  sense  is  the  same. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Jehovah  that  giveth  soul  to  the  people  on  the 
earth  and  spirit  to  them  that  walk  therein,"  xlii.  5.  To  give  * 
60ul  to  the  people  denotes  the  life  of  faith  ;  that  soul  denotes 
the  life  of  faith,  see  n.  9050  ;  and  to  give  spirit  denotes  the 
understanding  of  truth.  Again,  "  With  my  soul  I  have  desired 
Thee  in  the  night;  also  with  my  spirit  in  the  midst  of  me  Ih&ve 
waited  for  Thee  in  the  morning,"  xxvi.  9  ;  where  the  sense  is 
the  same  Again,  "  Conceive  ye  chafi',  bring  forth  stubble, 
the  fire  shall  devour  your  spirit"  xxxiii.  11.  The  spirit,  which 
the  fire  shall  devour,  denotes  the  understanding  of  truth,  thus 
intelligence  ;  fire  denotes  concupiscence,  which  being  derived 
from  evil,  destroys.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Woe  to  the  foolish 
prophets,  who  go  away  after  their  own  spirit"  xiii.  3.  Again, 
"That  which  cometh  up  over  your  spirit  shall  not  be  done  at 
any  time,"  xx  32.  And  in  Malachi,  "  One  hath  not  done  [this] 
and  the  rest  who  have  the  spirit^  what  therefore  hath  one 
[done]  seeking  the  seed  of  God.  Wherefore  observe  yourselves 


A  clean  heart  denotes  the 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


by  your  spirit,  that  ye  may  not  act  treacherously  against  the 
wife  of  thy  youth,"  ii.  15.  And  in  David,  "  Blessed  is  the 
man  to  whom  Jehovah  doth  not  impute  iniquity,  and  there  is 
no  deceit  in  his  spirit,"  Psalm  xxxii.  2.  And  in  Matthew, 
"  Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit,  for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of  the 
heavens,"  v.  3.  Again,  Jesus  said  to  the  disciples,  ''Watch  and 
pray,  lest  ye  enter  into  temptations  ;  the  spirit  indeed  is  ready, 
but  the  flesh  weak,"  xxvi.  45.  That  in  these  passages  by  spirit 
is  meant  the  very  life  of  man,  is  manifestly  evident ;  that  it 
denotes  intellectual  life,  or  the  life  of  truth,  may  be  manifest 
from  this  consideration,  that  by  spirit  in  the  natural  sense  is 
meant  the  life  of  the  respiration  of  man  ;  and  the  respiration, 
which  is  of  the  lungs,  corresponds  to  the  life  of  truth,  which 
is  the  life  of  faith  and  thence  of  the  understanding,  whilst  the 
pulse,  which  is  of  the  heart,  corresponds  to  the  life  of  the  will, 
thus  of  the  love ;  that  such  is  the  correspondence  of  the  lungs 
and  of  the  heart,  see  n.  3883  to  3896,  9300,  9495.  Hence 
it  may  be  manifest  what  life,  in  the  spiritual  sense,  is  meant  by 
spirit.  That  spirit,  in  the  general  sense,  denotes  the  life  of 
respiration  of  man,  is  evident  from  David,  "Thou  hidest  Thy 
faces,  they  are  disturbed  ;  Thou  gatherest  their  spirits,  they 
expire  :  Thou  sendest  forth  Thy  spirit,  they  are  created,"  Psalm 
civ.  29,  30.  Again,  "  Answer  me,  Jehovah,  My  spirit  is  con- 
sumed, hide  not  Thj'  faces  from  me,"  Psalm  cxliii.  7.  And  in 
Job,  "My  spirit  is  consumed,  my  days  are  extinct,"  xvii.  1. 
And  in  Luke,  "  Jesus  taking  hold  of  the  hand  of  the  dead 
damsel,  saying,  damsel  arise,  her  spirit  therefore  returned, 
and  she  arose  immediately,"  viii.  54,  55.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
"  Every  man  is  made  foolish  by  science,  a  graven  thing  is  a 
lie,  neither  is  there  spirit  in  it"  x.  14 ;  chap  li.  17.  And  in 
Ezekiel,  "  He  brought  me  forth  in  the  spirit  of  Jehovah,  and 
placed  me  in  the  midst  of  the  valley,  and  there  the  Lord  Jeho- 
vah said  to  the  dry  bones,  behold  1 bring  spirit  into  you  that 
ye  may  live:  thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah,  come  spirit  from 
the  four  winds  and  breathe  into  these  slain,  and  the  spirit  came 
into  them,  and  they  revived,"  xxxvii.  1,  5,  9,  10.  And  in 
the  Apocalypse,  "  The  two  witnesses  were  6lain  by  the  beast 
that  came  up  out  of  the  abyss ;  but  after  three  days  and  a 
hu\\' the  spirit  of  life  from  God  entered  into  them,  that  they 
stood  up  on  their  feet,"  xi.  7,  11.  From  these  passages  it  is 
very  evident,  that  spirit  is  the  life  of  man  :  that  it  is  specifi- 
cally the  life  of  truth,  which  is  the  life  of  the  intellectual  part 
in  man,  and  is  called  intelligence,  is  clear  from  John,  "The 
hour  cometh,  and  now  is,  when  the  true  worshippers  shall 
worship  the  Father  in  spirit  and  truth  ;  God  is  a  spirit,  there- 
fore they  who  worship  Him,  ought  to  worship  in  spirit  and 
tneih"  iv.  23,  24s.  And  in  Daniel,  "Because  in  him  was  an 
excellent  spirit,  both  of  science  and  intelligence"  v.  12,  14. 


9818.J 


EXODUS. 


487 


And  in  Luke,  "  John  grew,  and  was  strengthenened  in  spirit" 
i.  80.  And  concerning  the  Lord,  "The  child  Jesus  grew  and 
was  strengthened  in  spirit,  and  filled  with  wisdom,"  ii.  40.  And 
in  John,  "  He  whom  the  Father  hath  sent  speaketh  the  words  of 
God,  for  God  hath  not  given  the  spirit  by  measure  to  Him," 
iii.  34.  In  these  passages  spirit  denotes  intelligence  and  wis- 
dom, to  speak  the  Words  of  God,  is  to  speak  Divine  Truths. 
From  these  passages  it  is  now  evident  what  is  signified  by  spirit 
in  John,  "  Jesus  said  to  Nicodemus,  except  any  one  he  born 
of  water  and  the  spirit  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
God  :  that  which  is  born  of  the  flesh  is  flesh,  but  that  which  is 
born  of  the  spirit  is  spirit,"  iii.  5,  6.  Where  to  be  born  of 
water  denotes  by  truth,  and  to  be  born  in  the  spirit  denotes 
Jfe  thence  derived  from  the  Lord,  which  is  called  spiritual 
life ;  that  water  denotes  the  truth  by  which  regeneration 
is  effected,  see  n.  2702,  3058,  3424,  4976,  5668,  8568, 
9323;  but  flesh  is  the  proprium  of  man,  in  which  there  is 
nothing  of  spiritual  life,  n.  3813,  8409.  The  like  is  signified 
by  spirit  and  flesh  in  the  same  evangelist,  "  It  is  the  spirit  which 
vivifies,  the  flesh  profiteth  nothing.  The  words  which  I  speak 
to  you  are  spirit  and  are  life,"  vi.  63 ;  the  words  which  the 
Lord  spake  are  Divine  Truths,  the  life  thence  derived  is  spirit. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  Egypt  is  man  not  God,  and  his  horses  flesh 
and  not  spirit,"  xxxi.  3.  Egypt  denotes  science  in  general ;  the 
horses  thereof  denote  what  is  scientific  grounded  in  what 
is  intellectual,  which  is  called  flesh  and  not  spirit,  when  there 
is  nothing  in  it  of  spiritual  life.  That  Egypt  denotes  science, 
see  what  is  cited,  n.  9340,  9391 ;  that  horses  denote  the  intel- 
lectual principle,  n.  2761,  2762,  3217,  5321,  and  that  the 
horses  of  Egypt  denote  scientifics  derived  from  what  is  intel- 
.ectual,  n.  6125,  8146,  8148.  He  who  does  not  know  what  is 
signified  by  Egypt,  what  by  horses,  also  what  by  flesh  and  spirit, 
cannot  possibly  know  what  those  words  involve.  When  it  is 
known  what  is  signified  by  spirit  appertaining  to  man,  it  may 
be  known  what  is  signified  by  spirit  when  it  is  predicated  of 
Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  to  whom  are  attributed  all  things  which 
belong  to  man,  as  a  face,  eyes,  ears,  arms,  hands,  and  also  heart 
and  soul,  thus  also  spirit,  which  in  the  Word  is  called  the 
Spirit  of  God,  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  the  Spirit  of  His  mouth, 
the  Spirit  of  Holiness  or  the  Holy  Spirit.  That  by  it  is  meant 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  is  manifest  from 
6everal  passages  in  the  Word.  The  reason  why  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  signified  by  the  Spirit  of 
God  is,  because  all  the  life  >f  man  is  from  thence,  and  hea- 
venly life  to  those  who  receive  that  Divine  Truth  by  faith  and 
love.  That  this  is  the  spirit  of  God,  the  Lord  Himself  leaches 
in  John,  "  The  words  which  1  speak  unto  you  are  spi?'it  and  are 
life"  vi.  63 ;  the  words  which  the  Lord  spake  are  Divine 


4*8 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviit. 


Tmths.  Again  in  the  same  evangelist,  "  Jesus  cried  with  a 
great  voice,  saying,  if  any  one  thirsteth,  let  him  come  to  Me 
and  drink  ;  whosoever  believeth  in  Me,  as  the  scriptuie  hath 
said,  out  of  his  belly  shall  flow  streams  of  living  water:  this 
He  said  of  the  spirit,  which  they  were  to  receive  who  believed 
on  Him  ;  for  the  Holy  Spirit  was  not  yet,  because  Jesus  was 
not  yet  glorified,"  vi.  37,  38,  39.  That  by  the  spirit,  which 
they  were  to  receive  from  the  Lord  who  believed  in  Him.  is 
meant  the  life  which  is  from  the  Lord,  which  is  the  life  of  faith 
and  of  love,  is  evident  from  singular  the  things  of  that  passage  ; 
for  to  thirst  and  to  drink  signifies  the  desire  of  knowing  and 
perceiving  truth  ;  the  streams  of  living  water,  which  were  to 
flow  from  the  belly,  are  Divine  Truths.  Hence  it  is  manifest, 
that  the  spirit,  which  they  were  to  receive,  which  is  also  called 
the  Holy  Spirit,  is  life  from  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord,  which  life  is  called,  as  was  just  now  said,  the  life 
of  faith  and  of  love,  and  is  the  very  spiritual  and  celestial  life 
appertaining  to  man.  The  reason  why  it  is  said  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  was  not  yet,  because  Jesus  was  not  yet  glorified,  is, 
because  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  Himself  taught 
Divine  Truth,  but  when  He  was  glorified,  which  was  after 
the  resurrection,  He  taught  it  by  angels  and  spirits.  That 
holy  [thing  or  principle]  which  proceeds  from  the  Lord,  and 
flows  in  by  [or  through]  angels  and  spirits  attendant  on  man, 
whether  manifestly  or  not  manifestly,  is  there  the  Holy  Spirit ; 
for  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  what  is  called 
holy  in  the  Word,  n.  9680.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Holy  Spirit  is 
called  the  Spirit  of  Truth  •  and  is  to  lead  into  all  truth  ;  and 
is  not  to  speak  from  himself,  hut  what  he  heard  from  the 
Lord ;  and  was  to  receive  from  the  Lord  what  he  was  to 
announce,  John  xvi.  13,  14.  Also  that  the  Lord,  when  He 
departed  from  the  disciples,  breathed  into  them,  and  said, 
receive  ye  the  Holy  Spirit,  John  xx.  21,  22.  Respiration  sig- 
nifies the  life  of  faith,  see  n.  9229,  9281,  hence  the  breath- 
ing inspiration  of  the  Lord  signifies  the  given  faculty  of 
perceiving  Divine  Truths,  and  thereby  of  receiving  that  life; 
whence  also  the  name  of  spirit  from  a  blast  and  from 
wind,  because  from  respiration,  wherefore  spirit  is  some- 
times called  wind.  That  respiration,  which  is  of  the  lungs, 
corresponds  to  the  life  of  faith,  and  that  the  pulse,  which  is  of 
the  heart,  corresponds  to  the  life  of  love,  see  n.  3883  to  3896, 
9300,  9495.  The  like  is  signified  by  breathing  [inspiration]  in 
the  book  of  Genesis,  And  Jehovah  breathed  into  mail's  nostrils 
the  soul  of  lives,  ii.  7.  Hence  the  Lord  is  called  the  spirit 
[or  breath]  of  our  nostrils,  Lam.  iv.  20;  and  because  Divine 
Truth  consumes  and  vasta^es  the  evil,  hence  it  is  said  in 
David,  "The  foundations  of  the  orb  were  revealed  atthe  breath 
of  the  spirit  of  Thy  nose"  Psalm  xviii.  15.    And  in  Job,  "  At 


9818.J 


EXODUS. 


489 


the  blast  of  God  they  perish,  and  by  the  spirit  of  His  nose 
they  are  consumed,"  iv.  9.  And  in  David,  "  By  the  Word 
of  Jehovah  were  the  heavens  made,  and  by  the  spirit  [or  breath'] 
qf  His  mouth  all  the  host  of  them,"  Psalm  xxxiii.  6.  The 
Word  of  Jehovah  is  the  Divine  Truth,  in  like  manner  the 
spirit  of  His  mouth  ;  that  this  is  the  Lord,  is  manifest  from 
John,  "  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was 
with  God,  and  God  was  the  Word ;  all  things  were  made 
by  Him  ;  and  the  Word  was  made  flesh,  and  dwelt  amongst 
us."  i.  1,  2,  3,  14.  That  the  Divine  Truth,  from  which  th« 
hea/enly  life  of  man  is  derived,  is  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  evident 
also  from  the  following  passages,  "There  shall  go  forth  a  rod 
from  the  trunk  of  Jesse,  the  /Spirit  of  Jehovah  shall  rest  upon 
Him,  the  Spirit  of  wisdom  and  intelligence,  the  Spirit  of  counsel 
and  virtue,  the  Spirit  of  science  and  of  the  fear  of  Jehovah" 
Esaiah  xi.  1,  2.  These  words  are  spoken  of  the  Lord,  in  whom 
the  Divine  Truth,  consequently  the  Divine  Wisdom  and  Intel- 
ligence, is  called  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  and  thus  the  Spirit 
of  wisdom  and  intelligence,  of  counsel,  of  virtue,  and  of 
science.  Again,  "/  have  given  My  Spirit  upon  Him  y  He  shall 
bring  forth  judgment  to  the  nations,"  xlii.  1  ;  speaking  also 
of  the  Lord.  The  Spirit  of  Jehovah  upon  Him  is  the  Divine 
Truth,  consequently  the  Divine  Wisdom  and  intelligence  ;  the 
Divine  Truth  is  also  called  judgment,  n.  2235.  Again,  "  He 
shall  come  as  a  straight  stream,  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  shall 
bring  in  a  sign  unto  him,"  lix.  19.  Again,  "  The  Spirit  of  the 
Lord  Jehovah  is  upon  Me,  therefore  Jehovah  hath  anointed 
Me  to  preach  the  Gospel  to  the  poor,"  lxi.  1,  speaking  also 
of  the  Lord.  The  Divine  Truth  which  was  in  the  Lord  when 
in  the  world,  and  which  He  Himself  at  that  time  was,  is  the 
Spirit  of  Jehovah.  That  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  is  the  Divine 
Truth,  and  that  hence  the  man,  who  receives  it,  has  heavenly 
life,  is  still  further  evident  from  the  following  passages,  "Until 
the  Spirit  bepoured  forth  upon  you  from  on  high  •  then  shall 
the  wilderness  become  a  fruitful  field,  then  shall  judgment 
dwell  in  the  wilderness,"  Isaiah  xxxii.  15,  16.  The  subject 
here  treated  of  is  concerning  regeneration,  the  Spirit  from  on 
high  is  life  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  for  the  wil- 
derness becoming  a  fruitful  field,  and  judgment  dwelling  in  the 
wilderness,  signifies  intelligence  where  there  was  none  before, 
thus  new  life.  In  like  manner  in  Ezekiel,  "  That  ye  may 
know,  that  I  am  about  to  give  My  Spirit  in  you  that  ye  may 
live,"  xxxvii.  13,  14.  Again,  "  Then  I  will  not  any  longer 
hide  My  faces  from  them,  because  I  will  pour  forth  My  Spirit 
upon  the  house  of  Israel,"  xxxix.  29.  And  in  Joel,  "  lwill 
pour forth  My  Spirit  upon  all  flesh,  and  upon  the  men-servants, 
and  upon  the  hand-maids,  in  those  days  I  will  pour  forth  My 
Spirit,"  ii.  28,  29.    And  in  Micah,  "I  am  filled  with  virtue, 


490 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


with  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  and  with  judgment  and  strength  to 
announce  to  Jacob  his  prevarication,  and  to  Israel  his  sin,"  iii.  8. 
And  in  Zechariah,  "  The  horses  that  went  forth  into  the  land 
of  the  north,  have  caused  My  Spirit  to  rest  in  the  land  of  the 
north,"  vi.  8.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  1  will  pour  forth  waters  upon 
him  that  is  thirsty,  and  streams  upon  the  dry  [land]  ;  I  will 
pour  forth  My  Spirit  upon  thy  seed  "  xliv.  3.  That  in  these  pas- 
sages the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  is  the  Divine  Truth,  and  by  it  the 
life  of  faith  and  love,  is  evident ;  that  it  flows  in  imme- 
diately from  the  Lord,  and  mediately  by  spirits  and  angels 
from  Him,  see  n.  9682.  In  like  manner  in  another  passage  in 
Isaiah,  "  In  that  day  shall  Jehovah  Sabaoth  be  for  a  crown  of 
ornament,  and  for  a  mitre  of  comeliness  to  the  rest  of  His 
people,  and  for  the  Spirit  of  judgment  to  Him  that  sitteth  on 
judgment,  and  for  fortitude  to  them,"  xxviii.  5,  6;  where  a 
crown  of  ornament  denotes  the  wisdom  which  is  of  ^ood  ;  a 
mitre  of  comeliness  denotes  the  intelligence  which  is  ot  truth  ; 
the  spirit  of  judgment  denotes  the  Divine  Truth,  for  judgment 
is  predicated  of  truth,  n.  2235,  6397,  7206,  8685,  8695,  9260, 
9383.  Again,  "  The  angel  of  the  faces  of  Jehovah  liberated 
them,  by  reason  of  His  love  and  His  clemency  He  redeemed 
them  ;  yet  they  rebelled,  and  embittered  the  Spirit  of  His 
Holiness,  hence  He  was  turned  to  be  their  enemy.  He  set 
in  the  midst  of  Him  the  Spirit  of  His  holi?iess  ;  the  Spi7,it  of 
Jehovah  led  Him,"  lxiii.  9,  10,  11,  14.  The  Spirit  of  Holiness 
in  this  passage  is  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  thus  the  Divine 
Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord  ;  the  angel  of  the  faces  of  Je- 
hovah is  the  Lord  ae  to  Divine  Good,  for  the  face  of  Jehovah 
is  love,  mercy,  good.  And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  testi 
mony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy"  xix.  10 ;  the  testi- 
mony of  Jesus  is  the  Divine  Iruth  which  is  from  Him  and 
concerning  Him,  see  n.  9503.  And  in  David,  "  Jehovah  God 
maketh  His  angels  spirits,  and  His  ministers  a  flaming  fire," 
Psalm  civ.  4  ;  where  to  make  angels  spirits  denotes  receptions 
of  Divine  Truth  ;  to  make  them  naming  fire  denotes  receptions 
of  Divine  Good  or  Divine  Love.  And  in  Matthew,  u  John 
said,  I  baptize  you  with  water  unto  repentance,  but  He  that 
cometh  after  ine  shall  baptize  you  with  the  Holy  SpiHt  and 
with  fire,"  iii.  11  ;  where  to  baptize  i6  to  regenerate ;  with 
the  Holy  Spirit  denotes  by  Divine  Truth ;  and  with  fire  de 
notes  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love.  That  to  bap 
tize  is  to  regenerate,  see  n.  5120,  9088 ;  and  that  fire  is  the 
Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love,  n.  4906,  5215,  6314,  6832, 
6834,  6849,  7324.  And  in  Luke,  "If  ye  being  depraved 
know  to  give  good  things  to  your  children,  how  much  more 
Bhali  the  Father  who  is  in  heaven  give  the  Holy  Spirit  to  them 
that  ask  Him,"  xi.  13.  To  give  the  Holy  Spirit  is  to  illustrate 
with  Divine  Truths,  and  to  gift  with  the  life  thence  derived, 


9818.] 


EXODUS. 


491 


which  is  the  life  of  intelligence  and  wisdom.    And  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "  The  seven  lamps  of  fire  burning  before  the  throne 
are  the  seven  spirits  of  God,"  iv.  5.    And  again,  "  In  the 
midst  of  the  elders  a  lamb  standing,  having  seven  horns,  and 
seven  eyes,  which  are  the  seven  spirits  of  God,  sent  forth  into 
all  the  earth,"  v.  6.    That  spirits  in  these  passages  are  not  spi- 
rits, is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  lamps  and  the  eyes 
of  the  lamb  are  called  spirits  of  God;  for  lamps  are  Divine 
Truths,  n.  4638,  7072.    Eyes  are  the  understanding  of  truth, 
and  when  applied  to  the  Lord,  are  Divine  intelligence  and 
wisdom,  n.  2701,  4403  to  4421,  4523  to  4534,  9051  ;  hence  it 
is  evident  that  the  spirits  of  God  signify  Divine  Truths.  When 
therefore  it  is  known  that  the  Holy  Spirit  is  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord,  which  is  itself  holy,  the  Divine 
sense  of  the  Word  may  be  known  wheresoever  mention  is 
made  of  the  Spirit  of  God  and  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  as  in  the 
following  passages,  "I  will  ask  the  Father,  that  He  may  give 
you  another  Paraclete,  that  He  may  abide  with  you  for  ever, 
the  Spirit  of  Truth,  whom  the  world  cannot  receive,  because 
it  seeth  Him  not,  neither  knoweth  Him  ;  but  ye  know  Him, 
for  He  abideth  with  you,  and  shall  be  in  you.    I  will  not  leave 
you  orphans.    The  Paraclete,  the  Holy  Spirit,  whom  the  Fa- 
ther will  send  in  My  name,  He  will  teach  you  all  things ; 
and  He  will  admonish  you  of  all  the  things  which  I  have  said 
to  you,"  John  xiv.  16,  17,  18,  26.    And  in  another  place, 
"  When  the  Paraclete  shall  come,  whom  I  will  send  unto  you 
from  the  Father,  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  who  cometh  forth  from 
the  Father,  He  shall  testify  of  Me,  and  ye  shall  testify,"  xv. 
26,  27.    And  in  yet  another  place,  "  I  say  the  truth  to  you, 
it  is  profitable  for  you,  that  I  go  away ;  if  I  go  not  away, 
the  Paraclete  will  not  come  to  you ;  but  if  I  go  away,  I  will 
send  Him  unto  you,"  xvi.  7.    From  these  passages  it  is  again 
evident,  that  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine 
Good,  which  is  the  Father,  is  the  Paraclete  and  Holy  Spirit, 
wherefore  also  it  is  called  the  Spirit  of  Truth  ;  and  it  is  said 
concerning  it,  that  it  should  remain  in  them,  that  it  should 
teach  all  things,  that  it  should  testify  concerning  the  Lord ;  to 
testify  concerning  the  Lord  in  the  spiritual  sense  is  to  teach 
Him.    The  reason  why  it  is  said  that  the  Paraclete,  which  is 
the  Holy  Spirit,  is  sent  from  the  Father  in  the  name  of  the 
Lord,  and  next  that  the  Lord  would  send  Him  from  the  Fa- 
ther, and  afterwards  that  the  Lord  Himself  would  send,  is, 
because  the  Father  signifies  the  Divine  [principle]  Itself  which 
is  in  the  Lord,  and  hence  that  the  Father  and  He  are  one,  as 
the  Lord  manifestly  says  in  John,  chap.  x.  30  ;  chap.  xiv.  9, 
10,  11.    And  in  Matthew,  "  Every  sin  and  blasphemy  shall 
be  remitted  to  men,  but  the  blasphemy  of  Spirit  shall  not  be 
remitted  to  men.    Jf  any  one  shall  say  a  word  against  tha 


492 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


Son  of  Man  it  shall  be  remitted  to  him,  hut  he  who  shall  say  [a 
word]  against  the  Holy  Spirit,  it  shall  not  be  remitted  to  him, 
neither  in  this  age,  nor  in  the  future,"  xii.  31,  32.  To  say  a 
word  against  the  Son  of  Man,  is  against  Divine  Truth  not 
yet  implanted  nor  inscribed  on  the  life  of  man  ;  that  the  Son  of 
Man  is  Divine  Truth,  see  above,  n.  9S07 ;  but  to  say  against 
the  Holy  Spirit  is  against  the  Divine  Truth  implanted  or  in- 
scribed ou  the  life  of  man,  especially  against  the  Divine  Truth 
concerning  the  Lord  Himself;  to  say  against  it  or  deny  it, 
when  it  has  once  been  acknowledged,  is  profanation,  and  pro- 
fanation is  of  such  a  quality  that  it  altogether  destroys  the  in- 
teriors of  man  ;  hence  it  is  said  that  that  sin  cannot  be  remitted  ; 
what  is  meant  by  profanation,  see  n.  3398.  3898,  4289,  4601, 
6348,  6959,  6963,  6971,  8394,  8882,  9298.  'And  again,  "Jesus 
said  to  the  disciples,  go  and  baptize  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Spirit"  xxviii.  19.  The  Father 
in  this  passage  is  the  Divine  [principle]  itself,  the  Son  is  that 
Divine  [principle]  itself  in  human  form,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  is 
the  Divine  proceeding,  thus  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  is 
one  and  still  trine.  That  the  Lord  is  the  Divine  [principle] 
itself  under  a  human  form,  He  Himself  teaches  in  John,  "  Hence- 
forth ye  have  known  the  Father,  and  have  seen  Him  ;  he  that 
seeth  Me  seeth  the  Father  /  I  am  in  the  Father  and  the  Fathei 
in  Me,"  xiv.  7,  9,  10. 

9819.  "  And  they  shall  make  the  garments  of  Aaron  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  by  whom  is  the  spiritual  kingdom, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  garments  of  Aaron,  as 
being  a  representative  of  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined 
to  His  celestial  kingdom,  see  above,  n.  9814.  The  reason  why 
the  wise  in  heart,  filled  witli  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  were  to 
make  them,  is  because  by  the  wise  in  heart,  filled  with  the  spirit 
of  wisdom,  are  meant  those  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom, 
and  the  spiritual  kingdom  is  what  is  thence  derived,  and  thus 
what  covers  the  former,  as  a  garment  the  body,  as  may  also  be 
manifest  from  what  was  said,  n.  9818. 

9820.  "To  sanctify  him  " — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  a 
representative  of  the  Divine  Truth  in  that  kingdom  appears  from 
the  signification  of  being  sanctified,  as  denoting  to  be  imbued 
with  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord;  for  the  Divine  Truth 
proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  what  in  the  Word  is  called  holy,  by 
reason  that  the  Lord  alone  is  holy,  thus  whatsoever  proceeds 
from  Him,  see  n.  9680;  hence  it  is  that  the  holy  [principle] 
proceeding  from  Him  is  called  the  Holy  Spirit,  as  was  shown 
just  above,  n.  9818,  on  which  subject  see  also  what  was  ad- 
duced in  the  passages  cited,  n.  9229.  Hence  it  is  evident 
in  what  manner  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  the  angels, 
prophets,  and  apostles,  are  called  holy.  The  angels.  Matt.  xxv. 
31;  Mark  viii.  3S;  Luke  ix.  26;  the  prophets,  Rev.  xvi.  6: 


9819—9823.] 


EXODUS. 


493 


chap,  xviii.  20  ;  and  apostles,  Apoc.  xviii.  20.  ~Not  that  they 
were  holy  from  themselves,  but  from  the  Lord.  The  angels, 
inasmuch  as  they  are  receptions  of  the  Divine  Truth,  which  is 
from  the  Lord,  aud  therefore  by  them  in  the  Word  are  signified 
Divine  Truths,  and  in  general  something  of  the  Lord,  see  n. 
1925,  2821,  4085,  4295  ;  but  the  prophets,  inasmuch  as  by 
them  is  signified  the  Word,  which  is  Divine  Truth,  and  speci- 
fically doctrines  derived  from  the  Word,  see  n.  2534,  3652, 
9269  ;  and  the  apostles,  berause  by  them  is  signified  every  truth 
which  is  of  faith,  and  good  which  is  of  love,  in  the  complex, 
see  n.  3488,  3858,  6397.  That  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Lord  is  the  holy  [principle]  itself,  thus  the  Lord, 
from  whom  it  is,  is  manifest  from  several  passages  in  the 
Word  ;  it  is  allowed  at  present  only  to  adduce  the  Lord's  words 
in  John,  "  Father,  sanctify  them  in  Thy  Truth,  Thy  Word  is 
Truth  :  for  their  sakes  I  sanctify  Myself  that  they  also  may  be 
sanctified  in  the  Truth,"  xvii.  17, 19.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
it  is  the  Lord  who  sanctities  man,  spirit  and  angel,  because 
He  alone  is  holy,  Apoc.  xv.  4;  and  that  they  are  holy  in  such  a 
degree,  as  they  receive  of  the  Lord,  that  is,  as  they  receive  of 
faith  and  love  to  Him  from  Him. 

9821.  "  That  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to 
Me  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord, 
appears  from  what  was  shown  above,  n.  9809. 

9822.  "  And  these  are  the  garments  which  they  shal. 
make  " — that  hereby  are  signified  Divine  Truths  in  the  spiritual 
kingdom  in  their  order,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
garments  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined 
to  the  celestial  kingdom,  see  above,  n.  9814.  The  reason  why 
they  denote  Divine  Truths  there  is,  because  garments  signify 
truths,  see  ».  5954,  9212,  9216,  and  that  kingdom  is  called  the 
spiritual  kingdom  from  the  Divine  Truths  there ;  for  there  are 
two  kingdoms  into  which  heaven  is  distinguished,  the  celestial 
kingdom  and  the  spiritual  kingdom  ;  in  the  celestial  kingdom 
good  has  rule,  and  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  truth,  both  from 
the  Lord  ;  and  since  the  garments  of  Aaron  represented  the 
latter  kingdom,  and  those  garments  were  an  ephod,  a  robe,  and 
a  waislcoat,  therefore  by  them  are  signified  Divine  Truths  there 
in  their  order. 

9823.  "  A  breast-plate " — that  hereby  is  signified  Divine 
Truth  shining  forth  from  Divine  Good,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  breast-plate,  as  denoting  Divine  Truth  shining 
forth  from  Divine  Good,  in  tiiis  case  in  ultimates  progressively 
from  inmost  things  in  the  heavens  ;  for  the  ephod,  on  which 
was  that  breast-plate,  represented  the  ultimates  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom,  consequently  the  ultimates  of  heaven.  The  reason 
why  the  breast-plate  has  this  signification  is,  because  it  was 
tied  over  the  breast  where  the  heart  is,  and  was  filled  with 


494 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


precious  stones,  and  the  heart  corresponds  to  celestial  good, 
which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord,  and  the 
twelve  precious  stones  correspond  to  Divine  Truths  thence 
derived  ;  hence  by  the  breast-plate  in  the  supreme  sense  is 
61'gnified  Divine  Truth  shining  forth  from  the  Divine  Good  of 
the  Lord.  That  the  heart  corresponds  to  celestial  good,  or  to 
the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord,  see  n.  170, 172, 176, 
3635,  3883  to  3896,  7542,  9050,  9300,  9494  ;  and  that  the  twelve 
precious  stones  correspond  to  Divine  Truths  which  are  from  the 
Divine  Good,  will  be  seen  in  what  follows  of  this  chapter, 
where  this  breast-plate  is  amply  described,  and  is  called  the 
breast-plate  of  judgment,  and  urim  and  thummim,  from  the 
twelve  precious  stones  with  which  it  was  filled.  That  it  was 
tied  upon  the  breast  where  the  heart  is,  is  manifest  from  the 
description  of  it  below,  where  it  is  plainly  said  in  these  words, 
"  Aaron  shall  carry  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel  in  the 
breast-plate  of  judgment  on  his  heart,"  verse  29  :  and  again, 
"  They  shall  be  on  the  heart  of  Aaron  in  his  entering-in  before 
Jehovah,  and  Aaron  shall  carry  the  judgment  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  upon  his  heart  before  Jehovah  continually,"  verse  30. 
That  judgment  denotes  also  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  will  be  seen  in  what  follows. 

9824.  "  And  the  ephod  " — that  hereby  is  ^signified  Divine 
Truth  there  in  the  external  form  into  which  interior  things 
close,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an  ephod,  as  denoting 
Divine  Truth  in  an  external  form ;  the  reason  why  this  is  sig 
nified  by  an  ephod  is,  because  by  the  garments  of  holiness  of 
Aaron  were  represented  Divine  Truths  in  the  spiritual  kingdom 
in  their  order,  see  above,  n.  9822 ;  and  the  ephod  was  the  out- 
ermost of  three  garments,  for  the  garments  of  the  priesthood  of 
Aaron  were  the  ephod,  the  robe,  and  the  broidered  waistcoat. 
That  which  is  outermost  not  only  contains  the  interiors,  but  the 
interiors  also  close  into  it.  This  is  the  case  in  the  human  body, 
consequently  also  in  the  heavens,  to  which  the  things  which  are 
of  the  human  body  correspond.  The  case  is  similar  too  with 
truths  and  goods,  for  the  latter  and  the  former  make  the  hea- 
vens. Inasmuch  as  the  ephod  represented  what  was  most  ex- 
ternal of  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  therefore  it  was  holy 
above  the  rest  of  the  garments,  and  in  it  was  the  breast-plate,  in 
which  was  the  urim  and  thummim,  whereby  answers  were  given 
from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle].  The  reason  why  what  is 
most  external  is  more  holy  than  things  internal  is,  because  what 
is  external  contains  all  interior  things  in  their  order,  and  [keeps 
them  together]  in  form  and  in  connexion,  insomuch  that  if  the 
external  were  removed,  internal  things  would  be  dissipated,  for 
internal  things  not  only  close  therein,  but  also  are  together 
there.  That  this  is  the  case  may  be  known  to  those  who  know 
how  the  case  is  with  things  successive,  and  with  things  simulta 


9824.J 


EXODUS. 


495 


neous,  namely,  that  things  successive,  which  proceed  and  follow 
together  in  their  order,  still  also  present  themselves  together  in 
things  ultimate.  Thus  in  the  example  of  end,  cause,  and  effect ; 
the  end  is  first  in  order,  the  cause  is  second,  and  the  effect  is 
last;  thus  also  they  successively  make  progress,  but  still  in  the 
effect,  which  is  the  last,  the  cause  is  presented  together,  and  the 
end  in  the  cause ;  hence  the  effect  is  the  complement  [or  com- 
pletion], in  which  interior  or  prior  things  are  also  gathered  to- 
gether and  make  their  abode.  The  case  is  the  same  with  will- 
ing, thinking,  and  doing,  as  appertaining  to  man  ;  to  will  is  the 
first,  to  think  is  the  second,  and  to  do  is  the  last ;  which  also  is 
the  effect  wherein  things  prior  or  interior  together  exist,  for  so 
far  as  doing  contains  in  it  what  man  thinks,  and  what  he  wills, 
so  far  interior  things  are  kept  together  in  form  and  in  connexion ; 
hence  it  is  that  it  is  said  in  the  Word  that  man  is  to  be  judged 
according  to  his  doings,  or  according  to  his  works,  which  sig- 
nifies that  he  is  to  be  judged  according  to  his  thinking  and 
willing,  for  these  are  in  his  doings  as  the  soul  in  its  body.  In- 
asmuch now  as  interior  things  present  themselves  together  in 
what  is  ultimate,  therefore,  as  was  said,  the  ultimate,  if  the  order 
be  perfect,  is  accounted  holy  above  the  interior  things,  for  the 
holiness  of  the  interior  things  is  there  complete.  Inasmuch  as 
interior  things  are  together  in  ultimates,  in  like  manner,  accord- 
ing to  what  was  said,  as  man's  thinking  or  willing,  and  in  spi- 
ritual things,  as  his  faith  and  love  are  in  his  doings  or  works, 
therefore  John  was  beloved  of  the  Lord  above  the  rest  of  the 
disciples,  and  lay  at  his  breast.  John  xiii.  23  ;  chap.  xxi.  20,  22  ; 
by  reason  that  that  disciple  represented  works  of  charity,see  pre- 
face to  chap,  xviii.  and  to  chap.  xxii.  of  Gen.  also  n.  3934  :  hunce 
also  it  is  evident  why  what  is  external  or  ultimate,  which  is  in 
perfect  order,  is  holy  above  internal  things  viewed  singly,  for 
the  Lord,  when  in  what  is  ultimate,  is  together  in  all  things,  and 
when  He  is  in  that  [ultimate],  interior  things  are  kept  together 
in  their  order,  connexion,  and  form,  and  under  government 
and  guidance  at  pleasure.  This  is  the  arcanum  which  is  meant, 
n.  9360,  which  see.  This  now  is  the  reason  why  the  ephod, 
inasmuch  as  it  was  representative  of  what  is  ultimate  in  the 
Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  was  accounted  more  holy  than  the 
rest  of  the  garments  of  the  priesthood  ;  wherefore  the  ephod 
was  the  principal  priestly  clothing,  and  was  made  of  threads  of 
gold  in  the  midst  of  blue,  of  purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed, 
and  of  fine  linen  woven  together,  Exod.  xxxix.  3  ;  but  the  rest  of 
the  priests  had  ephods  of  linen,  1st  Sam.  ii.  18  ;  chap.  xxii.  18  ; 
and  on  this  account  the  ephod  was  taken  for  all  the  clothing  of 
a  priest,  and  he  was  said  to  carry  an  ephod,  by  which  was 
signified  that  he  was  a  priest,  1st  Sam.  ii.  28  ;  chap.  xiv.  3  ;  on 
this  account  also  the  breast-plate  was  tied  to  the  ephod,  and 
answers  were  given  by  the  urim  and  thummim  there,  by  reason 


496 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


that  this  clothing  was  a  representative  of  what  is  ultimate  in  the 
Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  and  Divine  answers  are  presented 
in  ultimates,  for  they  pass  successively  through  all  interior 
things,  and  are  there  dictated,  because  they  close  there  ;  t'.iar 
answers  were  given,  when  they  [the  priests]  were  clothed  with 
an  ephod,  is  manifest  from  1st  Samuel  xxiii.  6  to  13  ;  and  chap, 
xxx.  7,  8.  And  also  in  Hosea,  "  Many  days  the  sons  of  Israel 
shall  sit  without  a  king,  and  without  a  prince,  and  without  a 
sacrifice,  and  without  a  statue,  and  without  an  ephod  and  tera- 
phim,  iii.  4;  where  teraphim  signify  Divine  answers,  for  by 
them  they  were  formerly  given,  Zech.  x.  2.  Ephod  also  in  the 
original  tongue  has  its  name  from  concluding  [or  keeping  close 
together]  all  interior  things,  as  is  evident  from  the  signification 
of  that  expression,  Exod.  xxix.  5,  and  Levit.  viii.  7. 

9825.  "  And  a  robe" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  Divine 
Truth  there  in  the  internal  form,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  a  robe,  as  denoting  the  middle  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  thus 
the  truth  itself  which  is  there,  for  by  the  garments  of  Aaron 
was  represented  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9814,  thus  the 
truths  which  are  there  in  their  order,  n.  9821 :  and  whereas 
that  kingdom  is  distinguished  into  three  degrees,  the  inmost,  the 
middle,  and  the  outermost,  therefore  by  a  robe  is  signified  that 
which  is  in  the  middle  of  that  kingdom.    The  reason  why 
that  kingdom  is  distinguished  into  three  degrees  is,  because  the 
inmost  there  communicates  with  what  is  celestial,  and  the 
outermost  with  what  is  natural,  and  the  middle  thus  partake> 
equally  of  both  ;  to  the  intent  also  that  any  thing  may  be  perfect 
it  must  be  distinguished  into  three  degrees ;  this  is  the  case 
with  heaven,  and  with  goods  and  truths  therein  ;  that  there  are 
three  heavens,  is  a  known  thing,  consequently  three  degrees 
of  goods  and  truths  there  ;  every  heaven  also  is  distinguished 
into  three  degrees,  for  its  inmost  must  communicate  imme- 
diately with  what  is  superior,  its  external  with  what  is  in- 
ferior, and  the  middle  thus,  by  means  of  the  inmost  and 
the  external,  with  both,  hence  is  its  perfection.    The  case 
is  similar  with  the  interiors  of  man,  which  in  general  are 
distinguished  into  three  degrees,  namely,  into  what  is  celes- 
tial what  is  spiritual,  and  what  is  natural ;  in  like  manner 
each  of  these  into  its  th.-ee  degrees  ;  for  man  who  is  in 
the  good  of  faith  a  id  love  to  the  Lord,  is  a  heaven  in  the  least 
form  corresponding  to  the  greatest,  see  n.  9279  ;  so  also  it  is 
in  all  things  of  nature.    That  the  natural  principle  of  man  is 
distinguished  into  three  degrees,  seen.  4570;  ana  in  general  all 
his  interiors  and  exteriors,  n.  4154.    The  ground  and  reason  of 
this  is,  because  every  where  there  must  be  end,  cause,  and  effect; 
the  end  must  be  inmost,  the  cause  the  middle,  and  the  effect 
the  ultimate,  that  a  thing  may  be  perfect :  hence  it  is  that  three 
\n  the  Word  signifies  what  is  complete  from  beginning  to  end. 


9825.J 


EXODUS. 


497 


n.  2788,  4495,  7715,  9198,  9488,  9489.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  may  be  known  why  the  garments  of  holiness  of 
Aaron  were  an  ephod,  a  robe,  and  a  waistcoat ;  and  that  the 
ephod  represented  the  external,  the  robe  the  middle,  and  the 
waistcoat  the  inmost  of  the  spiritual  kingdom.  Inasmuch  as  the 
robe  represented  the  middle  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  the 
middle  partakes  of  both,  therefore  it  is  representatively  taken 
for  that  kingdom  itself,  as  in  book  1st  of  Samuel,  "  Samuel 
turned  himself  to  go  away,  but  Saul  laid  hold  of  the  skirt  of  his 
robe,  and  it  rent ;  whence  Samuel  said,  Jehovah  shall  rend  the 
kingdom  of  Israel  from  upon  thee  to-day,  and  will  give  it  to 
thy  companion,  who  is  better  than  thee,"  xv.  27,  28  ;  from 
these  words  it  is  evident,  that  the  rending  of  the  skirt  of 
Samuel's  robe  signified  the  rending  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel 
from  Saul,  for  the  kingdom  of  Israel  signifies  the  Lord's  spi- 
ritual kingdom,  see  n.  4286,  4598,  6426,  6637,  6862,  6868, 
7035,  7062,  7198,  7201,  7215,  7223,  8805  :  in  like  manner  in  the 
same  book,  "  David  cut  off  the  skirl  of  the  robe  of  Saul  privily  ; 
and  when  he  showed  it  to  Saul,  Saul  said,  Now  I  know  that 
reigning  thou  wilt  reign,  and  the  kingdom  of  Israel  shall  stand 
firm  in  thy  hand,"  xxiv.  4,  5,  6,  16,  20.  When  Jonathan  also 
entered  into  a  covenant  with  David,  he  put  off the  robe  from  him- 
self and  gave  it  to  David,  even  to  the  sword,  the  bow,  and  the 

firdle,  1  Sam.  xviii.  3,  4 ;  by  which  was  represented  that 
onathan,  who  was  the  heir,  abdicated  the  kingdom  of  Israel 
and  transferred  it  to  David.  Inasmuch  as  a  robe  represented 
the  spiritual  kingdom,  so  likewise  it  represented  the  truths  of 
that  kingdom  in  general ;  the  truths  of  that  kingdom  are  what 
are  called  spiritual  truths,  which  are  in  the  intellectual  part  of 
man ;  these  are  signified  by  robes  in  Ezekiel,  "  All  the  princes 
of  the  sea  shall  descend  from  off  their  thrones,  and  shall  cast 
away  their  robes,  and  shall  put  off  the  garments  of  their  needle- 
work," xxvi.  16.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  Tyre, 
by  which  are  signified  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth,  n.  1201; 
their  vastation  in  the  church  is  there  described  ;  the  robes  which 
they  shall  cast  away  are  the  truths  of  faith  which  are  in  the  in- 
tellectual part,  but  the  garments  of  needle-work  are  scientific 
truths,  which  are  in  the  natural  principle,  n.  9688.  The  reason 
why  the  former  truths  are  signified  is,  because  in  the  Lord's  spi- 
ritual kingdom  truth  reigns,  which  is  of  the  understanding,  but 
in  the  celestial  kingdom,  good,  which  is  of  the  will.  And  in 
Matthew,  "The  scribes  and  pharisees  do  all  their  work  that 
they  may  be  seen  by  men,  they  enlarge  the  borders  of  their 
robes,"  xxiii.  5  ;  where  to  enlarge  the  borders  of  rubes  denotes 
to  speak  truths  magnificently,  only  to  be  heard  and  seen  by 
men.  That  such  things  are  signified  by  a  robe,  will  still  better 
appear  from  its  description  in  what  follows  of  this  chapter- 
verses  31,  32,  33,  34,  35. 

vol.  ix.  32 


498 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


9826.  "  Aud  a  checkered  waistcoat " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  Divine  Truth  there  inmostly  proceeding  from  the 
Divitie  celestial  [principle],  appeal's  from  the  signification  of  a 
waistcoat,  as  denoting  truth  natural,  but  when  concerning 
Aaron,  whose  garments  represented  the  truths  of  the  Lord's 
spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9814,  9826,  a  waistcoat  denotes  the  in- 
most Divine  Truth  in  that  kingdom,  thus  which  proximately 
proceeds  from  the  Divine  celestial  [principle],  which  is  the 
Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  in  the  inmost  heaven ;  that  such 
things  are  signified  by  waistcoats,  see  n.  4677.  For  there  are 
three  heavens  ;  the  inmost,  which  is  called  celestial ;  the  middle, 
which  is  spiritual ;  and  the  last,  which  accedes  to  what  is  natu- 
ral. In  the  inmost  heaven  reigns  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord, 
in  the  middle  the  good  of  chanty  towards  the  neighbor,  and 
in  the  last  the  good  of  faith.  Those  heavens  are  most  distinct 
one  from  the  other,  insomuch  that  he  who  is  in  one,  cannot  in 
any  wise  pass  into  another;  to  the  intent  that  they  may  be  one 
heaven,  they  are  conjoined  by  intermediate  angelic  societies ; 
thus  one  heaven  proceeds  from  another.  Since,  therefore,  the 
garments  of  Aaron  represent  the  spiritual  heaven,  and  thus 
truths  there  iu  their  order,  it  is  evident  that  by  the  inmost 
garment,  which  is  called  a  checkered  waistcoat,  is  represented 
the  inmost  truth  there  proceeding  immediately  from  the  Divine 
celestial  [principle] ;  it  is  said  to  be  checkered,  because  it  was 
woven,  as  is  manifest  from  what  follows  in  the  book  of  Exodus, 
"  They  made  waistcoats  of  fine  linen,  the  work  of  the  weaver, 
for  Aaron  and  for  his  sons, '  chap,  xxxix.  27.  The  reason  why 
it  was  of  fine  linen  was,  that  truth  from  a  celestial  origin 
might  be  represented ;  that  this  truth  is  signified  by  fine  linen, 
see  n.  9469. 

9827.  "  And  a  mitre  " — that  hereby  is  signified  intelligence 
and  wisdom,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  mitre,  as  de- 
noting intelligence  and  wisdom.  The  reason  why  a  mitre  has 
this  signification  is,  because  it  is  a  covering  of  the  head,  and 
by  the  head  are  signified  the  interiors  of  man,  which  are  of 
intelligence  and  wisdom,  n.  9656.  All  clothing  derives  a  sig- 
nification from  that  part  of  the  body  which  it  covers  ;  as  the 
clothing  which  covers  the  breast  as  a  breast-plate,  which  covers 
the  loins  as  breeches,  which  covers  the  feet  as  stockings,  which 
covers  the  soles  of  the  feet,  so  likewise  which  covers  the  head, 
as  a  mitre,  a  turban,  a  cap.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  manifest 
from  representatives  in  the  other  life,  where,  when  wisdom  and 
intelligence  is  taken  away  from  spirits,  as  is  the  case  when 
angelic  societies  are  removed  from  them,  on  such  occasions 
the  covering  of  the  head  appears  to  be  taken  away  from  them, 
the  consequence  of  which  is  that  they  become  stupid,  and 
without  any  perception  of  truth  and  good,  and  afterwards,  as 
intelligence  and  wisdom  return,  the  head  is  again  covered; 


9826—9828.] 


EXODUS. 


499 


but  tlio  clothings  of  the  head  there  do  not  signify  so  much  the 
wisdom  which  is  of  good,  as  the  intelligence  which  is  of  truth  ; 
but  the  mitre,  which  belonged  to  Aaron,  signifies  also  wisdom, 
inasmuch  as  it  was  of  fine  linen,  and  the  crown  of  holiness 
was  set  upon  it,  which  was  a  plate  of  pure  gold,  on  which  was 
engraven  Holiness  to  Jehovah,  treated  of  in  what  follows  of 
this  chapter,  verses  37,  39;  also  Exod.  xxix.  6;  chap,  xxxix. 
28.  But  the  mitre  of  linen,  and  the  rest  of  the  garments  of 
linen,  which  also  belonged  to  Aaron,  signified  the  intelligence 
which  is  of  truth,  but  not  the  wisdom  which  is  of  good ;  con- 
cerning those  garments,  and  concerning  that  mitre,  see  Levit. 
xvi.  4 ;  Ezek.  xliv.  18 ;  for  linen  signifies  truth  in  the  natural 
principle  of  man,  n.  7601,  thus  a  mitre  of  linen  denotes  natural 
intelligence.  They  who  do  not  know  how  the  case  is  with 
representatives  and  correspondences,  can  hardly  be  led  to 
believe  that  such  things  are  signified  ;  but  let  them  consider 
that  spiritual  things  are  perceived  in  heaven,  in  the  place  of 
natural  things,  thus  in  the  place  of  a  mitre,  and  in  general  in 
the  place  of  garments,  such  things  as  are  of  intelligence  and 
wisdom,  also  of  faith  and  love,  in  general  which  are  of  truth 
and  good,  for  the  former  and  the  latter  are  spiritual  things ; 
for  heaven  is  a  spiritual  world.  Let  them  consider  also,  that 
the  garments  of  Aaron  were  described  and  commanded  by 
Jehovah  on  Mount  Sinai,  and  that  thus  in  singular  things  there 
is  a  Divine  celestial  [principle]  which  is  therein,  and  which 
is  unfolded  only  by  knowledges  concerning  correspondences 
and  representatives. 

9828.  "And  a  belt" — that  hereby  is  signified  a  common 
bond,  that  all  thing  may  look  to  one  end,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  belt,  or  girdle,  as  denoting  a  common  bond, 
for  it  collects,  concludes,  holds  together  in  connexion,  and 
secures  all  interior  things,  which  without  it  would  be  loosened 
and  dispersed.  The  reason  why  it  is  a  common  bond  for  the 
purpose  of  all  things  looking  to  one  end  is,  because  in  the  spi- 
ritual world  the  end  respected  bears  rule,  insomuch  that  all 
things  there  maybe  called  ends;  for  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord, 
which  is  the  spiritual  world,  is  a  kingdom  of  uses,  and  uses 
there  are  ends,  thus  it  is  a  kingdom  of  ends.  But  ends  there 
succeed  each  other,  and  are  also  consociated  in  various  order ; 
the  ends  which  succeed  are  called  middle  ends,  but  the  ends 
which  consociate  are  called  consociate  ends.  All  those  ends 
are  so  mutually  conjoined  and  subordinate,  that  they  respect 
one  end,  which  is  the  universal  of  all ;  this  end  is  the  Lord, 
and  in  heaven,  with  those  who  receive,  is  love  and  faith  in 
Him ;  love  there  is  the  end  of  all  wills  there,  and  faith  is  the 
end  of  all  thoughts,  which  are  of  the  understanding.  When 
all  and  singular  things  respect  one  end,  they  are  then  kept  in 
inseparable  connexion,  and  make  one ;  for  they  are  under  th« 


500 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


aspect,  government,  and  providence  of  the  One,  who  bends  all 
to  Himself  according  to  the  laws  of  subordination  and  of  con- 
sociation, and  thus  conjoins  to  Himself,  and  at  the  same  time 
also  in  such  case  to  their  associates  mutually,  and  thereby  con- 
joins them  one  to  another.  Hence  it  is,  that  the  faces  of  "all  in 
heaven  are  kept  turned  to  the  Lord,  who  is  there  the  sun,  and 
thereby  the  centre  of  all  aspects  ;  and  what  is  wonderful,  how- 
soever the  angels  turn  themselves,  see  n.  3638.  And  whereas 
the  Lord  is  in  the  good  of  mutual  love,  and  in  the  good  of 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  for  He  loves  all,  and  by  love 
conjoins  all,  therefore  also  they  are  turned  to  the  Lord,  by  look- 
ing at  their  associates  from  that  love.  Those  things  therefore, 
which  are  in  ultimates,  and  collect  and  conclude  that  all  and 
singular  things  may  be  kept  together  in  such  connexion,  were 
represented  by  belts  or  by  girdles,  which  are  nothing  else  in 
the  spiritual  world  but  goods  and  truths  in  ultimates  or  ex- 
tremes, which  conclude  interior  things.  By  girdles  of  the  loins 
were  represented  celestial  goods,  and  by  girdles  of  the  thighs, 
also  of  the  breast,  spiritual  goods  and  truths  in  ultimates  or 
extremes.  Such  things  are  signified  by  girdles  of  the  loins,  in 
the  following  passages  :  "  Jehovah  said  to  Jeremiah,  buy  foi 
thyself  a  girdle  of  linen,  and  put  it  on  thy  loins,  but  thou  shalt 
not  lead  it  through  water.  7  bought  therefore  a  girdle,  and  put 
it  on  my  loins.  Then  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying, 
take  the  girdle,  and  go  to  Euphrates,  and  hide  it  in  a  hole  of  the 
rock.  At  the  end  of  many  days  I  went  to  Euphrates,  and  took 
again  the  girdle,  and  behold  it  was  marred,  it  was  not  profitable 
for  any  thing.  Then  said  Jehovah,  this  evil  people  refuse  to 
hear  My  words,  and  have  gone  after  other  gods  ;  therefore  they 
6hall  be  as  this  girdle,  which  is  not  profitable  for  any  thing." 
Jer.  xiii.  1  to  12.  In  this  passage,  by  a  girdle  of  linen,  in  the 
spiritual  sense,  is  meant  the  good  of  the  church,  which  concludes 
and  keeps  together  in  connexion  the  truths  there;  because  the 
good  of  the  church,  at  that  time  was  none,  and  hence  truths 
were  dissipated ;  therefore  it  is  said  that  it  should  not  be  led 
through  the  water,  for  water  is  truth  purifying,  and  thereby  re- 
storing. The  hole  of  the  rock,  in  which  it  was  hid,  is  truth  fal- 
sified ;  Euphrates,  is  the  extension  and  boundary  of  things  ce- 
lestial, which  are  of  good  in  its  ultimate.  He  who  does  no) 
know  what  the  quality  of  the  Word  is,  may  imagine  that  thw 
above  passage  is  only  a  comparison  of  the  people  and  of  their 
corruption  with  the  girdle  and  its  corruption;  but  in  the  Word 
all  comparisons  and  metaphorical  expressions  are  real  correspon- 
dences, see  n.  3579,  8989.  Unless  singular  things  in  the  above 
passage  corresponded,  it  would  not  in  any  wise  have  been  com- 
manded, that  the  girdle  should  not  be  led  through  t he  water 
that  it  should  be  put  upon  the  loins,  that  the  prophet  should  go 
to  Euphrates,  and  should  there  hide  it  in  a  hole  of  the  rock.  It 


9828.J 


EXODUS. 


501 


is  said  that  the  girdle  should  he  put  upon  the  loins,  because  the 
loins  from  correspondence  signify  the  good  of  celestial  love,  n. 
3021,  4280,  5050  to  5062  ;  thus  the  putting  the  girdle  upon  the 
loins  denotes  conjunction  with  the  Lord  by  the  good  of  love 
through  the  medium  of  the  Word.  That  a  girdle  denotes  good 
terminating  and  conjoining,  is  evident  also  from  Isaiah,  "There 
shall  go  forth  a  rod  from  the  trunk  of  Jesse,  justice  shall  be 
the  girdle  of  His  loins,  and  truth  the  girdle  of  His  thighs"  xi.  5  ; 
speaking  of  the  Lord,  where  justice,  which  is  the  girdle  of 
the  loins,  denotes  the  good  of  His  love,  which  protects  heaven 
and  the  church.  It  is  said  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  when  they  did 
eat  the  passover,  that  their  loins  were  girded,  Exod.  xii.  11 ; 
which  signifies  that  thus  all  things  were  in  order,  and  prepared 
to  receive  good  from  the  Lord,  and  to  act,  n.  7863;  hence  it 
is  that  they  are  said  to  be  girded,  who  are  prepared,  as  also 
concerning  the  seven  angels  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  seven 
angels  went  forth,  having  the  seven  plagues  from  the  temple, 
clothed  in  white  and  shining  linen,  and  girded  about  the 
bf(  asts  with  a  golden  girdle,  xv.  6.  It  is  said  concerning 
Elias,  that  he  was  a  hairy  man,  and  girt  with  a  girdle  of 
leather  about  his  loins,  2nd  Kings  i.  8.  In  like  manner  con- 
cerning John,  "  John  had  clothing  of  camel's  hair,  and  a 
leathern  girdle  about  his  loins,"  Matt.  iii.  4.  The  reason  why 
Elias  and  John  were  so  clothed  and  girded  was,  because  each 
represented  the  Word  ;  hence  their  garments  denote  the  Word 
in  the  external  sense,  which  is  natural,  for  hairs  denote  what  is 
natural,  n.  3301,  5247,  5569  to  5573.  Camels  denote  com- 
mon scientifics  in  the  natural  principle,  n.  3048,  3071,  3143, 
3145.  Leather  and  a  skin  signify  what  is  external,  n.  3540,  thus 
a  leathern  girdle  signifies  that  which  collects,  concludes,  and 
keeps  together  in  connexion  things  interior.  That  Elias  repre- 
sented the  Word,  see  preface  to  chap,  xviii.  Gen.  and  n.  2762, 
5247.  In  like  manner  John  the  Baptist,  n.  9372.'  Inasmuch 
as  truths  and  goods  are  loosened  and  dissipated  by  evil  deeds, 
therefore  it  is  said  of  Joab,  when  he  slew  Abner  by  treachery, 
that  he  gave  the  bloods  of  war  in  his  girdle  which  was  on  his 
loins,  1st  Kings  ii.  5  ;  by  which  is  signified  that  he  dissipated 
and  destroyed  them;  wherefore  when  truths  are  dissipated  and 
destroyed,  it  is  said,  that  in  the  place  of  a  girdle  shall  be  a 
rent,  and  in  the  place  of  entwined  work,  baldness,  Isaiah  iii. 
24  ;  speaking  of  the  daughters  of  Zion,  by  whom  are  signified 
the  goods  which  are  of  the  Celestial  Church  ;  a  rent  in  the 
place  of  a  girdle  denotes  the  dissipation  of  celestial  good.  It  is 
said  also  of  Aholiba,  which  is  Jerusalem,  in  Ezekiel,  "  That 
when  she  had  seen  men  painted  upon  a  wall,  the  images  of  the 
Chaldeans  painted  with  vermilion,  girded  with  girdles  on  the 
loins,  she  loved  them,"  xxiii.  14,  15  ;  by  which  are  signified 
truths  profaned;  for  the  Chaldeans  are  those  who  in  exter- 


502 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


rials  profess  truths,  but  in  internals  deny  them,  thus  profane ; 
men  painted  on  the  wall  are  appearances  of  truths  in  externals  ; 
in  like  manner  images  painted  with  vermilion.  The  girdles, 
with  which  they  were  girded  on  the  loins,  denote  the  goods 
which  they  feign,  that  truths  may  thence  be  believed.  From 
these  considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest  what  girdles,  which 
tied  together  the  garments  into  one,  signified  in  the  representa- 
tive church.  But  that  such  things  were  signified,  the  natural 
man  can  hardly  be  brought  to  believe,  by  reason  that  he  can 
hardly  reject  the  natural  idea  concerning  girdles,  and  in  general 
concerning  garments,  and  in  its  place  assume  the  spiritual  idea, 
which  is  that  of  good  keeping  truths  together  in  connexion  ;  for 
the  natural  [thing  or  object],  which  appears  before  the  sight, 
keeps  the  mind  fixed  in  itself,  and  is  not  removed,  unless  the 
intellectual  sight  can  be  elevated  even  into  the  light  of  heaven, 
and  man  thus  think  almost  abstractedly  from  natural  things, 
which,  when  it  is  the  case,  the  spiritual  things,  which  are  of 
the  truth  of  faith  and  of  the  good  of  love,  imperceptible  to  the 
mere  natural  man,  enter. 

9829.  "And  they  shall  make  garments  of  holiness  for  Aaron 
thy  brother  and  his  sons" — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the  celestial  king- 
dom, appears  from  what  was  shown  above,  n.  9814. 

9S30.  "  That  he  may  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to 
Me  " — signifies  the  representative  of  the  Lord,  as  above,  n.  9809, 
9810. 

9831.  Verses  5,  6,  7,  8.  And  they  shall  take  gold,  and 
blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen.  And 
they  shall  make  an  ephod  of  gold,  of  blue  and  purple,  of  saw  h  I 
double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  tlie  work  of  the  con- 
triver. The  two  shoulders  shall  be  joined  together  to  it  at  its  two 
extremities,  and  it  shall  be  joined  together.  And  the  girdle  of  his 
ephod,  which  is  upon  it,  according  to  the  work  thereof,  shall  be 
from  it,  of  gold,  of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dy<  d, 
and  fine  linen  woven  together.  And  they  shall  take  gold,  sig- 
nifies good  universally  reigning.  And  blue,  and  purple,  and 
scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen,  signifies  the  good  of  charity 
and  of  faith,  And  they  shall  make  an  ephod  of  gold,  of  blue 
and  purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  tine  linen  woven  to- 
gether, signifies  the  external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  derived 
from  that  good.  The  work  of  the  contriver,  signifies  from  the 
intellectual  principle.  The  two  shoulders  shall  be  joined  to- 
gether to  it  at  its  two  extremities,  and  it  shall  be  joined  together, 
signifies  the  preservation  of  good  and  truth  on  all  sides  for  ever 
with  all  aid  and  ability  by  unition  of  every  mode.  And  the 
girdle  of  his  ephod  which  is  upon  it,  signifies  external  colliga- 
meut.  According  to  the  work  thereof  it  shall  be  from  it,  sig- 
nifies what  is  similar  and  continuous  from  the  external  of  th« 


9829— 9833.  J 


EXODUS 


503 


spiritual  kingdom.  Of  gold,  of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet 
double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  signifies  thus 
from  the  good  which  is  of  faith  and  which  is  of  charity  in  ex- 
ternals. 

9832.  "  And  they  shall  take  gold  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
good  universally  reigning,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
gold,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552. 
5658,  6914,  6917,  9490,  9510.  That  it  denotes  universally 
reigning,  is  signified  by  the  gold  being  interwoven  every  where 
in  the  ephod,  as  is  manifest  from  what  follows  in  this  book, 
"  They  heat  out  plates  of  gold,  and  he  cut  [them]  into  threads 
to  work  them  in  the  midst  of  the  blue,  and  in  the  midst  of  the 
purple,  and  in  the  midst  of  the  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  in  the 
midst  of  the  fine  linen,"  Exod.  xxxix.  3.  What  universally 
reigns  is  what  has  dominion,  and  thus  what  is  in  all  and  singu- 
lar things,  see  n.  5949,  6159,  7648,  8067,  8853  to  8865.  The 
reason  why  the  gold  was  interwoven  every  where  was,  because 
by  the  garments  of  Aaron  was  represented  the  spiritual  heaven, 
n.  9314,  and  in  that  heaven,  as  also  in  the  rest,  good  reigns  ;  in 
the  inmost  heaven  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  in  the  middle 
the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  in  the  ultimate 
the  good  of  faith.  But  the  truth,  which  is  of  faith,  introduces 
to  good,  and  is  afterwards  produced  from  good.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  man  is  not  in  heaven,  until  he  is  in  good  ;  if  he 
be  only  in  the  truths,  which  are  called  truths  of  faith,  he 
stands  only  before  the  gate,  and  if  from  those  truths  he  respect 
good,  he  enters  into  the  threshold  ;  but  if  from  those  truths  he 
does  not  respect  good,  he  does  not  see  heaven,  not  even  from 
afar.  It  is  said  that  man  is  not  in  heaven  until  he  is  in  good, 
inasmuch  as  man,  whilst  he  is  in  the  world,  ought  to  have 
heaven  in  himself,  that  he  may  enter  after  death,  for  heaven  is 
in  man,  and  is  given  of  mercy  to  those  who  suffer  themselves 
to  be  introduced  by  the  truths  of  faith  into  charity  towards  the 
neighbor,  and  into  love  to  the  Lord,  that  is,  into  good, 
whilst  they  live  in  the  world.  That  man  is  not  in  heaven, 
until  he  is  in  a  state  to  be  led  of  the  Lord  by  good,  see  n. 
8516,  8539,  8722,  8772,  9139.  By  good  is  meant  the  good 
of  life,  and  the  good  of  life  consists  in  doing  good  from  willing 
good,  and  to  will  good  is  from  the  love,  for  what  a  man  loves 
that  he  wills. 

9833.  "  And  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed,  and 
fine  linen  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  good  of  charity  and  of 
faith,  appears  from  the  signification  of  blue,  as  denoting  the 
celestial  love  of  truth,  see  n.  9466  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  purple,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  good,  see  n.  9467  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  scarlet  double-dyed,  as  denoting 
spiritual  good,  see  n.  4922,  94(38  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  fine  linen,  as  denoting  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see  n. 


604 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


5319,  9469  ;  thus  they  together  signify  the  good  of  love  and  of 
aith,  but  in  this  case  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith,  because 
they  are  predicated  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9814.  This 
signification  of  blue,  of  purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed,  and 
fine  linen,  as  denoting  the  things  that  are  of  love  or  charity 
and  which  are  of  faith,  originates  in  those  colors ;  for  the 
colors  which  appear  in  heaven  derive  their  origin  from  the 
light  of  heaven,  which  light  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Lord,  from  which  [truth]  comes  all  intelligence  and 
wisdom,  hence  the  variegations  of  that  light,  which  before 
the  external  sight  appear  there  as  colors,  are  variegations  of 
intelligence  and  wisdom  derived  from  the  truths  and  goods 
which  are  of  faith,  of  charity,  and  of  love;  see  n.  1042,  1053, 
1624,  3993,  4530,  4677,  4741,  4742,  4922,  9466 ;  and  that 
colors  there,  so  far  as  they  partake  of  red,  so  far  signify  good, 
but  so  far  as  they  partake  of  white,  so  far  they  signify  truth, 
n.  9467. 

9834.  "  And  they  shall  make  the  ephod  of  gold,  of  blue  and 
purple,  of  scarlet  double-dyed  and  fine  linen  woven  together" 
. — that  hereby  is  signified  the  external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
derived  from  that  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an 
ephod,  as  denoting  the  external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see 
n.  9824  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  good, 
in  this  case  the  good  universally  reigning,  see  above  n.  9S32  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  blue,  of  purple,  of  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  and  of  tine  linen  woven  together,  as  denoting  the  good  of 
charity  and  of  faith,  see  just  above,  n.  9833  ;  therefore  it  is 
derived  from  that  good. 

9835.  "  Tli e  work  of  a  contriver  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
from  the  intellectual  principle,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  a  contriver,  as  denoting  the  intellectual  principle,  see  n. 
9598,  96S8,  the  work  therefore  of  a  contriver  denotes  what  is 
thence  derived.  The  reason  why  a  contriver  denotes  the  intel- 
lectual principle  is,  because  thought  is  of  the  understanding 
[or  intellect]  as  the  affection  which  is  of  love  is  of  the  will. 
A  contriver  in  the  internal  sense  signifies  the  same  with  thought, 
for  in  the  internal  sense  the  person  is  not  attended  to,  but  the 
thing  itself,  and  a  contriver  involves  person.  That  this  is  the 
case,  see  n.  5225,  5287,  5434,  8343,  8985,  9007.  It  may  be 
expedient  briefly  to  say  what  is  signified  by  its  being  derived 
from  the  intellectual  principle.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is 
concerning  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  and  this  kingdom  as 
to  all  truths  and  goods  which  are  therein,  belongs  to  the  intel- 
lectual part,  but  those  things  which  are  of  the  Lord's  celestial 
kingdom,  belong  to  the  will  part  ;  for  there  are  two  [things  or 
principles]  to  which  all  things  in  the  universe  have  reference, 
good  and  truth,  on  which  account  there  are  in  man  two  facul- 
ties, the  will  and  the  understanding;  the  will  is  for  the  sake  ol 


9834— 9836.J 


EXODUS. 


505 


good,  and  the  understanding  for  the  sake  of  truth,  for  the 
will  receives  good,  and  the  understanding  truth.  The  case  is 
similar  in  the  heavens,  where  there  are  two  kingdoms,  the 
celestial  and  the  spiritual ;  the  celestial  kingdom  is  for  the  sake 
of  the  reception  of  good,  and  the  spiritual  kingdom  for  the  sake 
of  the  reception  of  truth  ;  and  whereas  the  universal  heaven 
corresponds  to  all  things  appertaining  to  man,  and  on  this  ac- 
count heaven  before  the  Lord  is  as  one  man,  who  thus  also  has 
two  faculties,  will  and  understanding  ;  his  will  is  in  the  celestial 
kingdom,  and  his  understanding  in  the  spiritual  kingdom. 
Now  whereas  the  spiritual  kingdom  is  represented  by  the  gar- 
ments of  Aaron,  and  in  that  kingdom  is  the  intellectual  prin- 
ciple of  heaven,  hence  it  is  that  by  the  work  of  a  contriver 
is  signified  the  intellectual  principle.  That  the  universal  heaven, 
by  virtue  of  correspondence  with  all  and  singular  the  things 
appertaining  to  man,  is  as  one  man,  and  is  called  the  Grand 
Man,  6ee  in  the  passages  cited,  n.  9276  towards  the  end. 
That  goods  and  truths  appertaining  to  those  who  are  in  theLord's 
spiritual  kingdom,  are  inscribed  on  their  intellectual  part,  but 
with  those  who  are  in  the  celestial  kingdom  on  the  will  part, 
6ee  also  in  the  passages  cited,  n.  9277,  9596. 

9836.  "The  two  shoulders  shall  be  joined  together  to  it  a< 
the  two  extremities,  and  it  shall  be  joined  together  " — thav 
hereby  is  signified  the  preservation  of  good  and  truth  on  all 
sides  and  for  ever  by  every  aid  and  ability  by  unition  of  every 
mode,  appears  from  the  signification  of  shoulders,  as  denoting 
all  strength  and  ability,  see  n.  10S5,  4931  to  4937 ;  but  to 
put  on  the  shoulders,  and  to  carry  upon  them,  as  is  said  in 
what  follows  concerning  the  two  onyx  stones,  on  which  were 
engraven  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  denotes  the  preserva- 
tion of  good  and  truth  for  ever.  For  by  the  names  of  the  sons 
of  Israel  are  signified  all  goods  and  truths  in  the  complex,  on 
which  subject  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  being  joined  together  and  being  conjoined,  as 
denoting  all  manner  of  unition,  and  from  the  signification  of 
the  two  extremities,  as  denoting  on  all  sides,  see  n.  8613. 
The  case  herein  is  this  ;  by  the  ephod,  as  was  shown  above, 
was  represented  the  external  of  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom, 
thus  by  the  rings  of  its  shoulders,  on  which  were  set  the  two 
onyx  stones  with  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  was  repre- 
sented the  perpetual  preservation  of  good  and  truth  ;  and  by 
the  conjunction  of  the  ephod  on  the  shoulders,  and  also  before 
the  breast  and  behind  the  back,  all  manner  of  unition.  Hence 
it  may  be  manifest,  what  is  signified  by  the  things  which  follow 
concerning  the  shoulders  and  concerning  the  engravings  there, 
namely,  the  preservation  of  good  and  truth  for  ever  by  every  aid 
and  ability,  thus  the  preservation  of  the  heavens.  Those  stones, 
with  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  were  set  on  the  shoulders 


506 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvui. 


of  the  ephod,  by  which  was  represented  the  external  of  the  spi- 
ritual kingdom,  by  reason  that  all  preservation  depends  on  the 
6tate  of  ultimates,  for  all  interior  things  there  close,  and  forma 
plane  there,  in  which  they  may  subsist ;  ultimates  are  as  the  soles 
and  thefeet,on  which  the  whole  body  rests,and  also  as  the  hands 
and  arms,  by  which  the  body  exercises  its  powers ;  the  forces 
of  the  body  are  also  transferred  thither.  Hence  also  it  is,  that 
the  hands  and  arms,  also  the  soles  and  the  feet,  correspond  to 
the  ultimates  of  heaven.  That  power  and  strength  consist  in  ul- 
timates, was  represented  in  the  Ancient  Church  by  the  hair  ap- 
pertaining to  the  Nazarites,  in  which  consisted  their  strength,  as 
is  evident  from  Samson,  Judges  chap.  xiv.  xv.  xvi. ;  also  sanctity, 
n.  3301  ;  that  the  hair,  which  was  the  Nazariteship  appertaining 
to  them,  corresponds  to  the  ultimates  of  good  and  truth,  or  to 
good  and  truth  in  ultimates,  see  n.  3301,  5247,  6437.  That 
in  ultimates  there  is  power,  and  also  the  preservation  of  things 
interior  in  their  state,  may  be  understood  by  those  who  know 
how  the  case  is  with  things  successive  and  thence  simultaneous 
in  nature,  namely,  that  things  successive  at  length  form  in  ulti- 
mates what  is  simultaneous,  in  which  they  are  collaterally  in 
similar  order  ;  wherefore  things  simultaneous,  which  are  ulti- 
mate, serve  tilings  successive,  which  are  prior,  for  correspond- 
ing supports  on  which  they  may  lean,  and  thus  by  which 
they  may  be  preserved  together.  That  shoulders  signify  all 
force  and  power  in  resisting,  breaking  and  acting,  is  manifest 
from  Ezekiel,  "  Ye  push  with  side  and  shoulder,  and  strike  with 
your  horns  all  the  inhrm  sheep,  until  ye  have  dispersed  them 
abroad,"  xxxiv.  21.  Again  in  the  same  prophet,  "  Egypt  is  a 
staff  of  reed  to  the  house  of  Israel ;  when  they  held  thee  in  the 
hand,  thou  wast  broken,  and piercedst  through  every  shoulder," 
xxix.  6,  7  ;  where  to  pierce  through  every  shoulder  denotes  to 
deprive  of  all  power  of  comprehending  truths ;  Egypt  is  the 
perverse  scientific  principle,  which  deprives.  And  in  Zechariah, 
"They  refused  to  hearken  and  have  given  a  refractory  should, er," 
vii.  11  ;  to  give  a  refractory  shoulder  denotes  to  resist.  And 
in  David,  "They  have  thought  an  evil  device,  they  ha/e  not 
prevailed,  since  thoushalt  set  tfie  shoulder  to  them,"  Psanii  xxi. 
11,  12;  where  to  set  the  shoulder  to  them,  denotes  also  to 
resist,  thus  denotes  power.  That  the  shoulder  denotes  power, 
is  evident  from  representatives  in  the  other  life,  where  they  who 
resist  are  seen  to  oppose  the  shoulder.  That  to  set  upon  shoulders 
and  to  can%y  is  to  preserve  in  a  state  of  good  and  truth  for  ever 
by  every  aid  and  ability,  is  manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  The  nations 
shall  bring  thy  sons  in  the  bosom,  and  shall  carry  thy  daughters 
upon  the  shoulders,"  xlix.  22.  The  subject  treated  of  in  this 
passage  is  concerning  a  New  Church  ;  and  by  sons  are  signified 
truths,  and  by  daughters  goods;  to  carry  on  the  shoulder  de- 
notes to  preserve  them.    Ilie  preservation  of  good  in  its  stat6 


9837— 9839.J 


EXODUS. 


507 


was  also  represented  by  the  sons  of  Israel,  when  they  went  forth 
out  of  Egypt,  carrying  dough  on  the  shoulder,  Exod.  xii.  34  ; 
and  by  the  sons  of  Kohath  carrying  the  service  of  the  sanctuary 
upon  the  shoulder,  Numb.  vii.  9.  Hence  it  is  that  the  Lord,  whc 
spoke  by  correspondences,  said  of  the  lost  sheep,  when  it  was 
found,  thai  he  put  it  on  his  shoulder  rejoicing,  Luke  xv.  5  ;  the 
sheep  lost  and  found  is  the  good  appertaining  to  the  man  who 
repents.  Inasmuch  as  this  was  signified  by  carrying  on  the 
shoulder,  therefore  it  is  also  said  of  gold  and  silver,  which  they 
love  and  preserve,  that  they  carry  them  on  their  shoulders,  Isaiah 
xlvi.  7;  that  to  carry  denotes  also  to  keep  together  in  its  state, 
see  n.  9500.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  what  was 
signified  by  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  engraven  on  two 
onyx  stones,  being  set  on  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  and  by 
its  being  said,  that  Aaron  shall  bear  to  carry  them  on  his  two 
shoulders  for  remembrance,  verse  12.  That  to  carry  on  the 
shoulder,  when  subjection  is  treated  of,  signifies  service,  see 
Gen.  xlix.  15  ;  Psalm  lxxxi.  6  ;  Isaiah  ix.  4  ;  chap.  x.  27  ;  Matt, 
xxiii.  4  ;  Zeph.  iii.  9.  But  when  the  subject  treated  of  is  con 
cerning  rule,  that  it  signifies  the  highest  power,  see  Isaiah  ix. 
6  ;  chap.  xxii.  22. 

9837.  "  And  the  girdle  of  his  ephod  which  is  upon  it " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  external  colligameut,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  a  girdle,  as  denoting  a  common  bond,  by  which 
interior  things  are  held  together  in  connexion,  see  above,  n. 
9828,  thus  a  colligament.  The  reason  why  it  is  an  external 
colligament,  is  because  by  the  ephod  is  signified  the  external 
of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9824. 

9838.  "  According  to  the  work  thereof  shall  be  from  it  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  similar  and  continuous  from  the 
external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  according  to  the  work,  as  denoting  what  is  similar, 
for  what  is  according  to  the  work  of  another  is  similar  to  it ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  being  from  it,  as  denoting  what 
is  continuous,  for  that  which  is  from  another  thing,  is  not 
only  similar  to  it,  but  is  also  continuous  from  it.  The  reason 
why  it  signifies  what  is  continuous  from  the  external  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  is,  because  what  is  continuous  from  the 
ephod  is  meant,  and  by  the  ephod  is  signified  the  external  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9824. 

9839.  "  Of  gold,  of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together  — that  hereby  is  signified 
thus  from  the  good  which  is  of  faith  and  which  is  of  charity  in 
externals,  appears  from  the  signification  of  all  those  expressions 
in  sum,  as  denoting  the  good  of  faith  and  of  charity,  see  n.  9687, 
9833  ;  the  reason  why  it  denotes  in  externals  is,  because  by  the 
boni,  which  was  to  be  woven  together  of  gold,  of  blue,  of 
purple,  of  scarlet  and  fine  linen,  is  signified  an  external  bond 
or  colligament,  n.  9837. 


50* 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


9840.  Verses  9  to  14.  And  thou  shalt  take  two  onyx  stones, 
and  shalt  engrave  on  them  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel.  Six 
of  their  names  shall  be  on  one  stone,  and  the  remaining  six 
names  on  the  other  stone,  according  to  their  generations.  With 
the  work  of  a  workman  of  stone,  with  the  engravings  of  a  seal 
thou  shalt  engrave  the  two  stones  on  the  names  of  the  sons  of 
Israel :  encompassed  with  sockets  of  gold  thou  shalt  make  them. 
And  thou  shalt  set  the  two  stones  on  the  shoulders  of  the  ejphod, 
stones  of  remembrance  for  the  sons  of  Israel;  and  Aaron  shall 
bring  their  names  before  Jehovahon  his  two  shoulders  for  a  re- 
membrance. And  thou  shalt  make  sockets  of  gold.  And  two  little 
chains  of  pure  gold,  from  the  borders  thou  shalt  make  them  of 
cord-work,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  little  chains  of  cords  upon  the 
sockets.  And  thou  shalt  take  two  onyx  stones,  signifies  the 
interior  memory  which  is  from  the  truths  of  faith  that  are 
grounded  in  love.  And  thou  shalt  engrave  on  them  the  names 
of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  on  which  [memory]  are  impressed 
the  truths  and  goods  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  as  to  all  their 
quality.  Six  of  their  names  on  one  stone,  signifies  all  the  qua- 
lity of  truths  derived  from  good.  And  the  six  remaining  names 
on  the  other  stone,  signifies  the  quality  of  truths  productive  of 
good.  According  to  their  generations,  signifies  each  in  that 
order  in  which  it  is  begotten  and  proceeds  one  from  the  other. 
With  the  work  of  a  workman  of  stone,  with  the  engravings  of 
a  seal,  thou  shalt  engrave  the  two  stones  on  the  names  of  the 
6ons  of  Israel,  signifies  the  celestial  form  of  all  truths  in  their 
order  in  the  memory  from  the  good  of  love,  thus  things  intellec- 
tual therein  according  to  arrangement  from  the  will  principle 
with  the  regenerate.  Encompassed  with  sockets  of  gold  thou 
shalt  make  them,  signifies  existence  and  subsistence  from  good. 
And  thou  shalt  set  the  two  stones  on  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod, 
signifies  the  preservation  of  good  and  truth  by  all  endeavor 
and  ability.  Stones  of  remembrance  for  the  sons  of  Israel,  sig- 
nifies from  mercy  for  ever  to  the  spiritual  kingdom.  And  Aaron 
6hall  bring  their  names  before  Jehovah  on  his  two  shoulders  for 
remembrance,  signifies  a  representative  of  Divine  preservation 
of  good  and  truth  for  ever  out  of  mercy.  And  thou  shalt  make 
sockets  of  gold,  signifies  continual  existence  and  subsistence 
from  good.  And  two  little  chains  of  pure  gold,  signifies  cohe- 
rence with  the  good  of  the  whole  kingdom.  From  t he  borders 
thou  shalt  make  them,  signifies  from  the  extremes  by  [or  through] 
which  is  influx.  With  cord-work,  signifies  the  mode  of  conjunc- 
tion. And  thou  shalt  give  the  little  chains  of  cords  upon  the 
sockets,  signifies  conjunction  with  good  from  which  truths  are 
derived,  and  thereby  the  preservation  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
by  all  endeavor  and  ability. 

9841.  "  And  thou  shalt  take  two  onyx  stones  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  interior  memory  which  is  from  the  truths  of 


9840,  9841  .J 


EXODUS. 


509 


faith  that  are  grounded  in  love,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
stones,  as  denoting  truths,  see  n.  114,  643,  1298,  3720,  6426, 
8600,  and  of  onyx  stones,  as  denoting  the  truths  of  faith 
grounded  in  love,  n.  9476.  The  reason  why  they  denote 
the  memory  is,  because  on  them  were  engraven  the  names 
of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  by  engraving  in  stones  is  signified 
the  memory  of  things  which  are  to  remain  ;  as  the  engraving 
or  writing  of  the  law  on  tables  of  stone,  which,  that  they 
signify  those  things  which  are  impressed  on  the  memory 
and  life,  and  thus  which  are  to  remain,  see  n.  9416.  The 
reason  why  engraving  or  writing  on  stones  has  such  signi 
fication  is,  because  on  the  memory  of  man  are  impressed 
truths,  and  those  things  which  have  the  appearance  of  truth, 
insomuch  that  it  is  composed  of  such  things,  and  stones  sig- 
nify truths,  and  when  there  is  engraving  on  them,  they  signify 
the  memory  where  truths  are ;  as  engraving  on  the  hands  in 
Isaiah,  "  Although  these  shall  forget,  yet  will  I  not  forget 
thee ;  behold  I  have  engraven  thee  on  the  hands,"  xlix.  15, 
16.  Hence  it  is  that  those  stones  are  called  stones  of  remem- 
brance for  the  sons  of  Israel,  verse  12.  The  reason  why  onyx 
stones,  from  the  engraving  in  them,  signify  the  interior  memory 
is,  because  those  things  which  were  engraven,  which  were  the 
names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signify  spiritual  truths,  which  will 
be  spoken  of  presently,  and  onyx  stones  signify  such  truths, 
of  such  also  the  interior  memory  of  man  consists.  That  man 
has  two  memories,  the  exterior  and  interior,  and  that  the  exte- 
rior memory  is  natural,  thus  composed  of  such  things  as  exist 
in  the  world,  but  that  the  interior  memory  is  spiritual,  thus 
composed  of  such  things  as  are  in  heaven,  see  n.  2469  to  2494, 
5212,  8067.  The  circumstance  of  stones  on  which  is  engraving, 
denoting  the  memory  on  which  truths  are  inscribed,  originates 
in  representatives  in  heaven.  Men,  who  after  decease  come  into 
the  other  life,  and  br'ng  with  them  the  truths  of  faith  only  ir 
the  natural  or  exterior  memory,  and  not  in  the  spiritual  or  inte 
rior  memory,  appear  to  themselves,  when  they  go  forth,  to 
wander  amongst  stony  rocks,  and  in  forests  ;  but  they  who 
bring  with  them  the  truths  of  faith  in  the  spiritual  memory  also, 
appear  to  themselves,  when  they  go  forth,  to  walk  amongst 
hills  which  are  cultivated,  and  also  in  gardens.  The  reason  is, 
because  the  truths  of  the  exterior  or  natural  memory,  which  are 
scieu titles,  are  of  no  life,  unless  they  are  at  the  same  time  in 
the  interior  or  spiritual  memory,  for  the  things  which  are  in 
this  latter  memory  become  things  of  life,  inasmuch  as  the  inte- 
rior or  spiritual  memory  is  the  book  ot  man's  life,  n.  2474,  and 
those  things  which  are  of  life  are  represented  in  heaven  by 
gardens,  olive-yards,  vineyards,  and  by  beds  of  roses  and 
shrubberies;  and  those  things  which  are  of  charity  by  hills 
abounding  with  such  things,  n.  6435  ;  but  those  things  which 


510 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


are  not  of  life  are  represented  by  rocks  and  brakes,  which  are 
naked  and  rugged.  It  may  be  expedient  briefly  to  say  what 
is  meant  by  the  truths  of  faith  grounded  in  love.  The  truths  of 
faith  grounded  in  love  are  those  which  love  dictates,  and  thus 
which  derive  from  love  their  esse  ;  those  truths  are  alive,  be- 
cause those  things  live  which  are  derived  from  love.  Hence  the 
truths  of  faith  grounded  in  love  are  those  which  treat  of  love  to 
the  Lord,  and  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor,  for  those  are  the 
truths  which  love  dictates.  The  whole  Word  is  the  doctrine  of 
such  truths,  for  the  Word  in  its  spiritual  sense  treats  solely  of 
such  things  as  relate  to  the  Lord  and  to  the  neighbor,  thus  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  towards  the  neighbor,  hence  also  the  Word  is 
alive  ;  this  is  meant  by  what  the  Lord  says,  that  on  those  two 
precepts  hang  the  law  and  the  prophets,  Matt.  xxii.  34,  38 ; 
where  the  law  and  the  prophets  denote  the  Word  in  its  whole 
complex.  But  the  truths  of  faith  grounded  in  love  are  not 
naked  knowledges  of  such  things  in  the  memory,  and  thence 
in  the  understanding  appertaining  to  man,  but  they  are  af- 
fections of  life  appertaining  to  him,  for  the  things  which  a 
man  loves,  and  thence  does,  are  of  his  life.  There  are  also 
truths  of  faith  which  do  not  treat  of  love,  but  which  onlv 
confirm  those  things  nearer  or  more  remotely.  These  truths  of 
faith  are  called  secondary  truths ;  for  the  truths  of  faith  are  ae 
families  and  their  generations  in  succession  from  one  father; 
the  father  of  those  truths  is  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord  and 
thence  to  Him,  thus  is  the  Lord  ;  for  whether  we  say  the  Lord, 
or  love  from  Him  and  thence  to  Him,  it  is  the  same  thing ;  for 
love  is  spiritual  conjunction,  and  has  this  effect,  that  He  is 
where  love  is,  since  love  renders  Him  who  is  loved  present  in 
itself. 

9842.  "  And  thou  shalt  engrave  on  them  the  names  of  the 
eons  of  Israel  " — that  hereby  is  signified  on  which  are  impress- 
ed the  goods  and  truths  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  as  to  all  their 
quality,  appears  from  the  signification  of  engraving  ou  stones, 
as  denoting  to  impress  on  the  memory,  see  just  above,  n.  9841  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  names,  as  denoting  quality,  see 
n.  144,  145,  1754,  1896,  2009,  6674.  And  from  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  6ons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  all  the  truths  and 
goods  of  the  spiritual  kingdom.  By  the  son6  of  Israel  are 
here  meant  the  twelve  tribes,  inasmuch  as  these  as  to  their 
names  were  engraven  on  those  stones,  and  by  the  twelve  tribes 
are  signified  all  truths  and  goods  in  the  complex,  n.  3858, 
3926,  3939,  4O60,  6335,  6337.  And  whereas  from  them  is 
the  church  or  heaven,  therefore  by  the  sons  of  Israel  is  signi- 
fied the  church  and  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  u.  4_'^<;, 
6637,  7836,  7891,  7996,  7997,  9340.  From  these  considera- 
tions it  is  evident,  that  by  engraving  on  them  the  names  of 
the  sons  of  Israel  is  signified  impressing  on  the  memory  all  the 


9842— 9S45.] 


EXODUS. 


511 


quality  of  the  truths  and  goods  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  or  the 
truths  and  goods  of  that  kingdom  as  to  all  quality. 

9843.  "  Six  of  their  names  on  one  stone" — that  hereoy  is 
signified  all  the  quality  of  truths  derived  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  number  six,  as  denoting  all,  see 
n.  3960,  7973,  814S,  in  this  case  all  truths  derived  from 
good,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  names,  as  denoting  quality,  as  just  above, 
n.  9442 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  on  a  stone,  as  denoting 
impression  on  the  memory,  see  also  above,  n.  9441.  The 
reason  why  it  denotes  all  truths  derived  from  good  is,  because 
the  two  stones  were  those  on  which  were  engraven  the  names  ot 
the  sons  of  Israel,  and  one  stone  was  on  the  right  shoulder,  and 
the  other  on  the  left  shoulder ;  and  the  things  appertaining  to 
man,  which  are  to  his  right  hand,  correspond  to  good  from 
which  truths  are  derived,  or  to  truths  derived  from  good,  and 
those  which  are  on  the  left  correspond  to  truths  productive  of 
good,  see  n.  9604,  9736  ;  thus  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel 
inscribed  on  stone  which  was  on  the  right  shoulder  signified 
truth  derived  from  good,  and  those  on  the  left  signified  truths 
productive  of  good. 

9844.  "  And  the  six  remaining  names  on  the  other  stone" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  all  the  quality  of  truths  productive  of 
good,  appears  from  what  was  said  just  above,  n.  9843. 

9845.  "  According  to  their  generations  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  each  in  that  order  in  which  it  is  begotten  and  proceeds 
one  from  the  other,  appears  from  the  signification  of  generations, 
as  denoting  the  things  which  are  of  faith  and  charity,  or  which 
are  of  truth  and  good  in  the  spiritual  world,  see  n.  613,  2020, 
2584,  6239.  9042,  9079 ;  thus  according  to  generations  denotes 
according  to  the  order  in  which  one  thing  is  begotten  and 
proceeds  from  another,  namely,  good  from  truth,  and  truth  from 
good.  For  there  are  two  states  appertaining  to  the  man,  who 
is  generated  anew  by  the  Lord,  the  first  state  is  of  truth,  and 
the  other  of  good  ;  when  man  is  in  the  first  state,  he  is  led  by 
truths  to  good,  but  when  he  is  in  the  second  state,  he  is  led  by 
good ;  this  latter  state  is  the  state  of  heaven  appertaining  to 
man,  for  he  is  not  in  heaven  until  he  is  in  good,  see  what  was 
shown  above  on  this  subject,  n.  9832.  From  these  considerations 
it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  "  According  to  the  generations 
of  the  sons  of  Israel."  It  is  said  in  that  order  in  which  one 
thing  is  begotten  and  proceeds  from  another,  for  as  good  is 
begotten  by  truths,  so  afterwards  it  proceeds  ;  in  like  manner, 
as  truths  are  begotten  from  good,  so  afterwards  they  proceed ; 
for  they  are  begotten  successively,  and  proceed  afterwards  in 
that  order  in  which  they  are  successively  born :  but  these  ob- 
servations are  made  for  the  use  of  those,  who  know  how  series 
of  things  are  produced  successively. 


512 


EXODUS. 


r  Chap,  xxnii. 


9846.  "  With  the  work  of  a  workman  of  stone,  with  the 
engravings  of  a  seal,  thou  shalt  engrave  the  two  stones  on  the 
names  of  the  sons  of  Israel" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  ce- 
lestial form  of  all  truths  in  their  order  in  the  memory  from  the 
good  of  love,  thus  things  intellectual  therein  according  to  ar- 
rangement from  the  will  principle  with  the  regenerate,  appeal  s 
from  the  signification  of  a  workman  of  stone,  as  denoting 
the  good  of  love,  thus  the  will-principle  of  a  regenerate  person, 
for  this  is  from  the  good  of  love,  for  the  will  principle  of  a 
regenerate  person  receives  the  good  of  love,  and  his  intellectual 
principle  receives  the  truths  of  faith ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  engravings  of  a  seal,  as  denoting  the  celestial  form  of  all 
truths,  such  as  is  in  the  intellectual  principle  of  a  regenerate 
person,  for  in  that  principle  the  truths  of  faith  are  arranged  into 
a  celestial  form  ;  hence  it  is  that  a  regenerate  man  is  a  heaven 
in  a  small  image,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9279  ;  and  that  the 
intellectual  principle  of  a  regenerate  man  corresponds  to  the 
spiritual  kingdom  in  heaven,  and  the  will  principle  to  the  celes- 
tial kingdom  there,  n.9835.  Heuce  it  is  evident  what  is  the  celes- 
tial form  of  truths  appertaining  to  man  ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  engraving  stones,  as  denoting  to  impress  on  the  mem- 
ory, see  above,  n.  9842,  in  this  case  such  a  form  on  the  truths 
which  are  there  ;  aud  from  the  signification  of  the  names  of  the 
sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  truths  and  goods  as  to  all  qualify 
in  their  order,  see  above,  n.  9842,  9843,  9844,  9845.  The 
reason  why  by  a  workman  of  stone  is  signified  the  good  of 
love,  or  the  will  principle  of  a  regenerate  person,  is,  because 
the  good  of  love  operates,  and  arranges  truths  into  order 
with  man,  during  regeneration,  and  afterwards  keeps  them  in 
their  order  when  he  is  regenerated  ;  for  truths  are  created  to 
every  similitude  of  good,  and  at  its  own  disposal,  thus  at  the 
whole  disposal  of  love,  for  good  is  of  love  :  that  this  is  the  case, 
is  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  man  acknowledges  for 
truths  those  which  he  loves,  and  thus  he  apprehends  and  ac- 
knowledges truths  according  to  his  love,  hence  it  is  that  truths 
constitute  the  form  of  good.  From  this  ground  it  may  be  known 
how  the  Lord  leads  man  by  the  truths  of  faith,  or  by  faith, 
namely,  that  He  leads  him  by  the  good  of  love  appertaining  to 
him  ;  and  also  how  the  Lord  rules  man  likewise  mediately,  by 
[or  through]  heaven ;  for  a  regenerate  man  is  a  heaven  in  a 
6mall  image,  as  was  6aid  above,  wherefore  since  the  Lord  rules 
heaven,  he  also  rules  6uch  a  man  at  the  same  time. 

9»47.  "  Encompassed  with  sockets  of  gold  thou  shalt  make 
them" — that  hereby  is  signified  existence  and  subsistence  from 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  9490; 
hence  to  be  encompassed  with  sockets  of  gold  denotes  to  bo 
continued  from  good,  aud  to  derive  existence,  and  because  it 


9S46— 9849.] 


EXODUS. 


513 


denotes  to  derive  existence,  it  denotes  also  to  derive  subsistence, 
for  from  what  any  thing  exists,  by  the  same  it  must  also  subsist, 
for  subsistence  is  perpetual  existence.  The  case  with  good  and 
truth  is  similar  to  that  of  gold  with  which  a  preciou3  stone  is  en- 
compassed ;  for  good  is  as  ground,  and  truths  are  as  seeds  there- 
in, for  truths  are  not  born  elsewhere  than  in  good,  and  they  also 
flourish  according  to  the  quality  of  good. 

9848.  "  And  thou  shalt  set  the  two  stones  upon  tbe  shoulders 
of  the  ephod  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  preservation  of  good 
and  truth  by  all  endeavor  and  ability,  appears  from  what  was 
shown  above,  n.  9836. 

9849.  "  Stones  of  remembrance  for  the  sons  of  Israel  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  out  of  mercy  for  ever  to  the  spiritual 
kingdom,  appears  from  the  signification  of  stones  of  remem- 
brance on  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  as  denoting  the  preserva- 
tion of  good  and  truth  out  of  mercy  for  ever.  That  stones  on 
the  shoulders  denote  the  preservation  of  good  and  truth,  is 
manifest  from  what  was  shown,  n.  9836,  and  that  remembrance, 
when  concerning  the  Lord,  denotes  mercy,  will  be  manifest  from 
what  follows.  And  from  the  signification  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
as  denoting  the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  see  above,  n.  9842. 
In  the  Word  it  is  said  of  Jehovah,  that  is,  of  the  Lord,  that 
He  remembers,  and  that  He  does  not  remember,  and  by  it  is 
signified,  that  in  such  case  it  is  done  from  mercy,  whether  it  be 
preservation  or  deliverance  ;  in  like  manner  as  that  He  sees, 
hears,  knows,  and  that  He  does  not  see,  does  not  hear,  and 
does  not  know,  by  which  expressions  also  are  signified  com- 
passions and  non-compassions.  The  reason  why  it  is  so  ex- 
pressed is  grounded  in  what  passes  in  a  similar  way  with  man, 
and  in  appearance  ;  for  wheu  man  averts  himself  from  the  Lord, 
as  is  the  case  when  he  does  evil,  then,  because  the  Lord  is  to 
his  back,  it  appears  to  him  as  if  the  Lord  does  not  see  him, 
does  not  hear  and  know  him,  neither  remembers  him,  when  yet 
this  is  what  appertains  to  the  man,  and  hence  from  appearance 
it  is  so  expressed  in  the  Word  ;  but  the  case  is  changed  when 
man  turns  himself  to  the  Lord,  as  he  does  when  he  does  well, 
see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9306.  Every  one  may  know  that  re- 
collection or  remembrance  cannot  be  predicated  of  the  Lord, 
inasmuch  as  things  past  and  future  in  Him  are  eternal,  that  is, 
are  present  from  eternity  to  eternity.  That  to  remember,  when 
concerning  the  Lord,  denotes  to  have  compassion,  and  thus  to 
preserve  or  deliver  from  a  principle  of  mercy,  is  manifest  from 
the  following  passages,  "  Jehovah  hath  made  known  His  salva- 
tion, before  the  eyes  of  the  nations  He  hath  revealed  his  justice, 
He  hath  remembered  His  mercy  and  His  truth  to  the  house  of 
Israel,"  Psalm  xcviii.  2,  3.  Again,  "  Jehovah  hath  remembered 
us  in  our  humility,  because  His  mercy  is  for  ever,"  Psalm  cxxxvi. 
23.    Again  "  Remember  not  the  sins  of  my  childhood  and  my 

vol.  ix.  33 


514 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


prevarications,  according  to  Thy  mercy  remember  Thou  me,  be- 
cause of  Thy  goodness,  0  Jehovah,"  Psalm  xxv.  7.  Again 
"  He  remembered  for  them  His  covenant,  and  He  repented  from  * 
the  multitude  of  His  mercies,"  Psalm  cvi.  45.  Again,  "  He 
hath  made  His  wonders  to  be  remembered,  gracious  and  merciful 
is  Jehovah ;  He  hath  given  meat  to  them  that  fear  Him,  He 
hath  remembered Tor  ever  His  covenant,"  Psalm  cxi.  4,  5.  Again, 
" Remember  not  former iniquities,  let  Thy  compassions  prevent," 
Psalm  lxxix.  8.  And  in  Luke,  "  God  hath  accepted  His  servant 
Israel,  so  that  He  remembered  His  mercy  to  do  mercy  with  our 
fathers,  and  to  remember  His  holy  covenants"  i.  54,  72.  And  in 
David,  "What  is  man  that  Thou  rememberest  him"  Psalm  viii.  4. 
Again,  "Remember  me,  Jehovah,  in  the  good  pleasure  of  Thy 
people,"  Psalm  cvi.  4.  Again,  "Jehovah  hath  remembered  us, 
He  blesseth,"  Psalm  cxv.  12.  And  in  the  first  book  of  Samuel, 
"If  respecting  Thou  wilt  respect  the  misery  of  Thine  handmaid, 
and  wilt  remember  me,  neither  wilt  forget  Thine  handmaid,"  i. 
11 ;  the  vow  of  Hannah  the  mother  of  Samuel,  whom  when 
6he  bare,  it  is  said  that  Jehovah  remembered  her,  verse  19,  that 
is,  had  respect  to  her  misery,  and  showed  mercy.  In  like 
manner  in  several  other  passages,  as  Levit.  xxvi.  42,  45  ;  Numb, 
x.  9  ;  Isaiah  xliii.  25  ;  chap.  xlix.  1 ;  chap.  lxiv.  9  ;  Jer.  xxxi.  34. 

9850.  "  And  Aaron  shall  bring  their  names  before  Jehovah 
on  his  two  shoulders  for  remembrance  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied a  representative  of  the  Divine  preservation  of  good  and 
truth  for  ever  out  of  mercy,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
bringing  or  carrying  upon  the  two  shoulders,  as  denoting  the 
Divine  preservation  of  good  and  truth,  see  n.  9836  ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting 
goods  and  truths  as  to  every  quality,  see  n.  9842 ;  and  from 
the  signification  of  remembrance,  when  concerning  the  Lord, 
as  denoting  mercy,  see  just  above,  n.  9849.  That  it  denotes  a 
representative  of  such  things,  is  evident. 

9851.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  sockets  of  gold  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  continual  existence  and  subsistence  from  good,  ap- 
peal's from  what  was  said  above,  n.  9847.  The  reason  why  it 
denotes  continual  is,  because  mention  is  here  made  of  sockets 
a  second  time. 

9852.  "  And  two  little  chains  of  pure  gold  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  coherence  with  the  good  of  the  whole  kingdom, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  little  chains,  as  denoting  co- 
herence. The  reason  why  little  chains  have  this  signification  is, 
because  by  them  conjunctions  are  made,  and  being  made  to 
cohere,  in  this  case  with  the  spiritual  kingdom,  because  the  little 
chains  were  made  for  the  sake  of  coherence  with  the  ephod, 
by  which  was  represented  the  spiritual  kingdom  in  general,  n. 
9824 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the  good 
of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  9490.  Il 


9850— 985 J  .1 


EXODUS. 


515 


is  called  pure  gold,  because  good  from  the  Divine  [being  or 
principle]  is  signified,  for  this  is  pure,  and  contains  all  things 
in  connexion  and  in  form  in  heaven.  That  chains  denote  co- 
herence, is  evident  also  from  Isaiah,  "  The  artificer  fuseth  a 
graven  [image],  and  the  founder  covereth  it  over  with  gold, 
and  casteth  chains  of  silver  "  xl.  19.  A  graven  [image]  denotes 
the  doctrine  of  the  false,  which  is  from  self-intelligence,  thus 
which  is  without  life  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  n. 
88G9,  8911 ;  the  hatching  of  such  a  doctrine  is  signified  by 
the  artificer  fusing  a  graven  [image]  ;  and  that  it  may  appear 
to  be  from  good,  is  signified  by  the  founder  covering  it  over 
with  gold  ;  and  that  the  falses  may  cohere,  is  signified  by  his 
casting  chains  of  silver ;  that  silver  denotes  truth,  and  in  an 
opposite  sense  the  false,  see  n.  1551,  2954,  5658,  6112,  6914, 
6917,  8932. 

9853.  "From  the  borders  thou  shalt  make  them  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  from  the  extremes  by  [or  through]  which 
is  influx,  appears  from  the  signification  of  borders,  as  denoting 
extremes.  The  reason  why  by  [or  through]  them  is  influx, 
namely,  of  good,  is  because  by  the  little  chains  is  signified  co- 
herence, n.  9852,  and  all  coherence  in  the  spiritual  world  is 
effected  by  influx. 

9854.  "  With  cord-work  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  mode 
of  conjunction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  cord,  as  de- 
noting a  conjoining  [principle].  The  reason  why  a  cord  denotes 
a  conjoining  [principle]  is,  because  by  it  is  effected  conjunc- 
tion, but  here  it  signifies  the  mode  of  conjunction,  because  it 
is  said  that  the  little  chains  of  gold  were  to  be  made  with  cord- 
work.  In  the  original  tongue  is  meant  a  cord  which  is  made 
of  work  twisted  together  and  folded-in,  by  which  in  the  inter- 
nal sense  is  signified  conjunction,  such  as  is  that  of  truths  in 
scientifics  and  between  scientifics,  thus  which  is  in  the  natural 
or  external  memory.  The  reason  why  such  conjunction  is  sig- 
nified is,  because  the  subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the 
conjunction  of  truths  by  good  in  the  ultimates  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom,  for  by  the  ephod  and  breast-plate,  with  which  by  the 
little  chains  made  of  cord-work  there  was  conjunction,  is  sig- 
nified the  spiritual  kingdom  in  ultimates,  n.  9824;  that  what 
is  entwisted  denotes  the  scientific  principle,  see  n.  2831.  In 
the  other  life  also  there  appear  ropes  of  various  twist  and  thick- 
ness, and  by  them  are  represented  various  modes  of  conjunc- 
tion ;  hence  it  is,  that  by  ropes  also  in  the  Word  are  signified 
things  which  conjoin  as  in  the  following  passages,  "  Woe  to 
them  that  draw  iniquity  with  ropes  of  vanity,  and  sin  as  the  rope 
of  a  chariot,"  Isaiah  v.  18;  ropes  of  vanity  denote  conjunc- 
tions of  falsities,  which  are  productive  of  iniquity  or  evil  of 
life.  Again,  "  Look  to  Zion  the  city  of  our  stated  festival,  le-t 
thine  eyes  see  Jerusalem,  a  tranquil  habitation,  a  tent  winch 


516 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


shall  not  be  dissipated,  the  bolts  thereof  shall  not  be  removed 
for  ever,  and  all  the  ropes  thereof  shall  not  he  plucked  away  ; 
thy  ropes  are  letdown,  they  shall  not  confirm  their  mast,"  xxxiii. 
20,  23.  Bolts  and  ropes  denote  things  conjoining  the  truths 
and  goods  of  heaven,  for  the  habitation  and  the  tent,  of  which 
ropes  are  here  predicated,  denote  heaven,  n.  9457,  94S1,  94S5, 
9615,  9784.  Again,  "  Enlarge  the  place  of  thy  tent,  let  them 
-expand  the  curtains  of  thins  habitations,  hinder  not,  make  thy 
ropes  long,  and  strengthen  thy  bars,"  liv.  2.  And  in  Jeremiah, 
"  My  tent  is  devastated,  and  all  my  ropes  are  plucked  away," 
x.  20.  In  these  passages  also  ropes  denote  things  which  con- 
join and  confirm,  tent  denotes  the  church,  which  is  the  heaven 
of  the  Lord  in  the  earths.  And  in  Hosea,  "  With  the  ropes  of 
a  man  I  have  drawn  them,  with  thick  ropes  of  love"  xi.  4 ; 
where  ropes  manifestly  denote  things  which  conjoin,  for  love  is 
spiritual  conjunction.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Ashur  and  Kilmad, 
thy  traders  with  treasures  of  raiment  tied  by  ropes,"  xxvii.  23, 
24.  Speaking  of  Tyre,  by  which  are  signified  the  knowledges 
of  good  and  of  truth,  n.  1201,  their  external  conjunctions  are 
raiment  bound  by  ropes.  Moreover,  ropes  in  the  Word  also 
signify  portions  of  inheritance  and  of  laud,  inasmuch  as  by 
ropes  were  made  measurements,  as  Deut.  xxxii.  9 ;  Amos  vii. 
17  ;  Micah  ii.  4  and  5  ;  Zech.  ii.  1  ;  Psalm  xvi.  6  ;  Psalm  Ixxviii. 
55  ;  Psalm  cv.  11 ;  Psalm  cxl.  5  ;  and  in  several  other  passages. 

9855.  ''And  thou  shalt  give  the  little  chains  of  cords  upon 
the  sockets  " — that  hereby  is  signified  conjunction  with  good 
from  which  truths  are  derived,  and  thus  the  preservation  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom  by  every  endeavor  and  ability,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  little  chaius  which  were  of  cord- 
work,  as  denoting  coherence  and  conjunction  with  good,  see 
above,  n.  9852,  9854 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  sockets 
of  gold,  as  denoting  the  existence  and  subsistence  of  truths 
from  good,  see  also  above,  n.  9847.  The  preservation  of  good 
and  of  truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  or  what  is  the  same  thing, 
the  preservation  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  by  every  endeavor 
and  ability,  is  signified  by  the  two  onyx  stones  set  on  the 
shoulders  of  the  ephod,  on  which  were  engraven  the  names  of 
the  sons  of  Israel,  n.  9836,  9848,  9849. 

9856.  Verses  15  to  30.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  breast- 
plate of  judgment,  with  the  work  of  a  contriver,  as  the  work  of 
the  ephod,  thou  shalt  make  it,  of  gold,  blue  and  purple,  and 
scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together,  thou  shalt 
make  it.  The  square  shall  be  two-fold,  a  span  t/ie  length  thereof, 
and  a  span  the  breadth  thereof.  And  thou  shalt  fill  it  with  a 
filling  of  stone  /  four  orders  of  stone  the  order,  a  ruby,  a  topaz, 
a  carbuncle,  one  order.  And  the  second  order  a  chrysoprase,  a 
sajphire,  and  a  diamond.  And  the  third  order alazure,  an  agate, 
and  an  amethyst.    Am!  the  fourth  order,  a  bey  ii,  and  an  onyx, 


i>856.] 


EXODDS. 


517 


and  a  jasper  ;  they  shall  be  inclosed  in  gold  in  their  fillings.  And 
the  stones  shall  be  on  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  the  twelve  on 
their  names,  with  the  engravings  of a  seal,  to  every  one  on  his 
name  they  shall  be  for  the  twelve  tribes.  And  thou  shalt  make 
upon  the  breast-plate  little  border-chains  of  cord-work  of  pure 
gold.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  two  rings  of 
gold,  and  thou  shalt  give  the  two  rings  upon  the  two  extremities 
of  the  breast-plate.  And  thou  shalt  give  the  two  cords  of  gold 
on  the  two  rings  at  the  extremities  of  the  breast-plate.  And  the 
two  extremities  of  the  two.  cords  thou  shalt  give  upon  the  two 
sockets,  and  thou  shalt  give  [them]  upon  the  shoulders  of  the 
ephod  over  against  the  faces  of  it  And  thou  shalt  make  two 
rings  of  gold,  and  shalt  set  them  on  the  two  extremities  of  the 
breast-plate  upon  its  edge,  which  is  on  this  side  the  ephod  inwards. 
And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold,  and  shalt  give  them  on 
the  two  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  beneath  over  against  the  faces 
thereof  opposite  to  the  coupling  thereof  above  the  girdle  of  the 
ephod.  And  they  shall  tie  the  breast-plate  from  the  rings  thereof 
to  the  rings  of  the  ephod  in  a  thread  of  blue,  to  be  upon  the 
girdle  of  the  ephod,  nor  shall  the  breast-plate  recede  from  [being] 
upon  the  ephod.  And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  names  of  the  sons 
of  Israel  in  the  breast-plate  of  judgment  upon  his  heart,  in  his 
entering  into  the  holy  [place],  for  rememhrance  before  Jehovah 
continually.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  breast-plate  of  judgment 
the  urim  and  thummim,  and  they  shall  be  on  the  heart  of  Aaron 
in  his  entering  in  before  Jehovah,  and  Aaron  shall  carry  the 
judgment  of  the  sons  of  Israel  upon  his  heart  before  Jehovah 
continually.  And  thou  shalt  make  the  hreast-plate  of  judgment, 
signifies  what  looks  to  Divine  Truth  shining  forth  from  Divine 
Good.  With  the  work  of  a  contriver,  signifies  from  the  intel- 
lectual principle.  As  the  work  of  the  ephod  thou  shalt  make 
it,  signifies  what  is  continuous  to  the  external  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom.  Of  gold,  of  blue  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  and  tine  linen  woven  together,  thou  shalt  make  it,  sig- 
nifies the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith.  The  square  shall  be 
two-fold,  signifies  what  is  just  and  perfect.  A  span  the  length 
thereof  and  a  span  the  breadth  thereof,  signifies  equally  as  to 
good  and  as  to  truth.  And  thou  shalt  fill  it  with  a  filling  of 
stone,  signifies  truths  themselves  in  their  order  from  one  good. 
Four  orders  of  stone  the  order,  signifies  the  conjunction  of 
all.  A  ruby,  a  topaz,  a  carbuncle,  signifies  the  celestial  love 
of  good.  One  order,  signifies  a  trine  [threefold  principle]  there 
as  one.  And  the  second  order,  signifies  this  trine  also  as 
one.  A  chrysoprase^j  sapphire,  and  a  diamond,  signifies  the 
celestial  love  of  trurn.  And  the  third,  signifies  a  trine  also 
in  this  case  as  one.  A  lazure,  an  agate,  and  an  amethyst, 
signifies  the  spiritual  love  of  good.  And  the  fourth  order,  sig- 
nifies the  last  trine  as  one.     A  beryl,  and  an  onyx,  and  a 


518 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


jasper,  signifies  the  spiritual  love  of  truth.  They  shall  be  en- 
closed  in  gold  in  their  fillings,  signifies  that  all  and  singular 
things  in  general  and  in  particular  shall  proceed  from  the  good 
which  is  of  love  from  the  Lord  to  the  Lord.  And  the  stones 
shall  be  upon  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  dis- 
tinctly goods  and  truths  as  to  every  quality.  The  twelve  upon 
their  names,  signifies  all  and  singular  things  in  the  complex. 
With  the  engravings  of  a  seal,  signifies  to  a  celestial  form. 
To  every  one  on  its  name,  signifies  to  singulars  in  particular. 
They  shall  be  for  the  twelve  tribes,  signifies  to  all  in  general. 
And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  little  border-chains, 
signifies  the  conjunction  of  the  whole  heaven  in  the  extremes. 
With  cord-work,  signifies  indissolnble;  Of  pure  gold,  signi- 
fies by  celestial  good.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast- 
plate two  rings  of  gold,  signifies  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good 
by  which  there  is  conjunction  from  the  superior  part  of  heaven. 
And  thou  shalt  give  the  two  rings  upon  the  two  extremities  of 
the  breast-plate,  signifies  in  the  extremes.  And  thou  shalt  give 
two  cords  of  gold  upon  the  two  rings,  signifies  the  mode  of 
conjunction  indissoluble.  At  the  extremities  of  the  breast-plate, 
signifies  in  the  extremes.  And  the  two  extremities  of  the  two 
cords  thou  shalt  give  upon  the  two  sockets,  signifies  the  mode 
of  conjunction  with  sustaining  principles  in  the  extremes.  And 
thou  shalt  give  [them]  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  signi- 
fies thereby  the  support  of  heaven  and  the  preservation  of  good 
and  truth  there  by  every  endeavor  and  ability.  Over  against 
the  faces  of  it,  signifies  for  ever.  And  thou  shalt  make  two 
rings  of  gold,  signifies  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good.  And  shalt 
set  them  on  the  two  extremities  of  the  breast-plate,  signifies  in 
the  extremes.  Upon  its  edge  which  is  on  this  side  the  ephod 
inwards,signifies  the  conjunction  and  preservation  of  the  middle 
part.  And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold,  signifies  the 
sphere  of  Divine  Good.  And  shall  give  them  upon  the  two 
shoulders  of  the  ephod  beneath,  signifies  the  preservation  of 
good  and  truth  in  the  lowest  part  of  heaven.  Over  against  the 
faces  of  it,  signifies  for  ever.  Opposite  to  the  coupling  of  it 
above  the  girdle  of  the  ephod,  signifies  where  there  is  conjunc- 
tion of  all  things  proximately  within  the  external  coligainent, 
by  which  all  things  are  kept  together  there  in  connexion  and  in 
form.  And  they  shall  tie  the  breast-plate  from  the  rings  thereof 
to  the  rings  of  the  ephod,  signifies  the  conjunction  and  preser- 
vation of  all  things  of  heaven  by  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good  in 
the  externals  of  the  spiritual  kingdom.  In  a  thread  of  blue, 
signifies  by  the  celestial  love  of  truth.  To.be  upon  the  girdle 
of  the  ephod,  signifies  that  it  may  be  preserved  for  ever  in  its 
connexion  and  in  its  form.  Nor  shall  the  breast-plate  recede 
from  [being]  upon  the  ephod,  signifies  all  things  of  heaven 
inseparable  from  the  externals  of  the  spiritual  kingdom.  Aud 


9857.] 


EXODUS. 


519 


Aaron  shall  carry  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  the 
preservation  of  good  and  truth  as  to  all  quality  from  the  Lord. 
In  the  hreast-plate  of  judgment,  signifies  a  representative  of 
heaven,  as  to  Divine  Truth  shining  forth  from  the  Divine  Good 
of  the  Lord.  On  his  heart,  signifies  from  the  Divine  Love  to 
eternity.  In  his  entering  in  to  the  holy  [place],  signifies  in  all 
worship.  For  remembrance  before  Jehovah  continually,  sig- 
nifies from  mercy  for  ever.  And  thou  shalt  give  to  the  breast- 
plate of  judgment  the  urim  and  thummim,  signifies  the  shining 
forth  of  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  in  ultimates.  And  they 
shall  be  on  the  heart  of  Aaron,  signifies  from  the  Divine  Good 
of  His  Divine  Love.  In  his  entering  in  before  Jehovah,  signi- 
fies in  all  worship.  And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  judgment  of 
the  sons  of  Israel,  signifies  the  Divine  Truth  of  heaven  and  of 
the  church.  On  his  heart  before  Jehovah  continually,  signifies 
perpetually  shining  forth  from  good. 

9857.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  breast-plate  of  judgment" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  what  looks  to  the  Divine  Truth  shin- 
ing forth  from  the  Divine  Good,  appears  from  the  signification 
Df  a  breast-plate,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth  shining  forth 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  in  ultimates,  see  n.  9823. 
It  is  called  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  because  it  gave  re- 
sponses, and  thereby  revealed  Divine  Truth;  by  judgment  also 
in  the  Word  is  signified  Divine  Truth,  consequently  doctrine 
and  life  according  to  it.  Hence  now  it  is  that  this  breast-plate 
is  called  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  and  also  judgment  in 
what  follows  of  this  chapter,  "Aaron  shall  carry  the  judgment 
of  the  sons  of  Israel  upon  his  heart  before  Jehovah  continually," 
verse  30.  And  when  Joshua  was  chosen  for  a  leader  over  the 
people,  it  is  said,  "  That  he  stood  before  Eleazar  the  priest, 
who  asked  him  by  judgment  of  urim  before  Jehovah"  Numb, 
xxvii.  21,  22.  That  judgment  is  Divine  Truth  and  the  intelli- 
gence thence  derived,  consequently  that  it  is  doctrine  and  a  life 
according  to  it,  appears  from  several  passages  in  the  Word,  as 
from  the  following,  "The  vineyard  of  Jehovah  Sabaoth  is  the 
house  of  Israel ;  He  waited  for  judgment,  but  behold  an  im- 
posthume,  for  justice,  but  behold  a  cry,"  Isaiah  v.  7  ;  to  wait 
for  judgment  is  to  wait  for  intelligence  from  Divine  Truth,  and 
a  life  according  to  the  precepts.  Again,  "He  shall  sit  upon  a 
throne  in  truth,  in  the  tabernacle  of  David,  judging  and  seeking 
judgment"  xvi.  5  ;  speaking  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  where 
the  throne  upon  which  He  is  to  sit  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceed- 
ing from  Him,  and  hence  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  n.  5313, 
6397,  8625,  9039.  To  judge  judgment  is  to  teach  Divine  Truth, 
and  to  seek  judgment  is  [to  seek]  its  reception  with  man.  Again, 
"  In  that  day  Jehovah  shall  be  for  a  turban  of  gracefulness  to 
the  remains  of  the  people,  and  for  a  spirit  of  judgment  to  him 
that  sitteth  on  judgment "  xxviii.  5,  6  ;  where  a  turban  of  grace- 


520 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


fulness,  when  concerning  Jehovah,  that  is,  the  Lord,  denotes 
the  Divine  Intelligence,  see  above,  n.  9827 ;  and  the  spirit  of 
judgment  is  wisdom  derived  from  the  Divine  Truth,  n.  9818 ;  to 
him  that  sitteth  on  judgment  denotes  who  instructs  concerning 
the  Divine  Truth,  or  teaches.  Again,  "  Jehovah  filled  Zion 
with  judgment  and  justice"  xxxiii.  5;  where  Zion  denotes  the 
Celestial  Church;  to  be  filled  with  judgment  denotes  intelligence 
from  the  Divine  Truth,  and  to  be  filled  with  justice  denotes 
w  .lom  from  the  Divine  Good.  Again,  "  Who  hath  directed 
the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  with  whom  hath  He  deliberated,  that 
He  might  render  him  intelligent  and  instruct  him  in  the  way 
of  judgment,  and  teach  him  science,  and  show  to  him  the  way  of 
intelligence"  xl.  13, 1-1 ;  Avhere  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  is  Divine 
Truth,  n.  9818  ;  that  to  insti-uct  him  in  the  way  of  judgment 
denotes  to  render  him  knowing,  intelligent  and  wise,  is  evident. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "  The  stork  in  the  heaven  knoweth  its  stated 
times,  but  the  people  of  Jehovah  have  not  known  the  judgment 
of  Jehovah  :  how  say  ye  we  are  wise,  and  the  Lord  Jehovah  is 
with  us,"  viii.  7,  8 ;  where  not  to  know  the  judgment  of  Jeho- 
vah denotes  not  to  know  the  Divine  Truth,  from  which  is 
wisdom ;  therefore  it  is  said,  how  say  ye  we  are  wise.  Again, 
"  Woe  to  him  that  buildeth  his  house  witlwut  justice,  and  his 
upper  chambers  without  judgment"  xxii.  13 ;  where  to  build 
upper  chambers  without  judgment  denotes  to  imbue  things  not 
true.  And  in  Hosea,  "  I  will  betroth  thee  to  Me  for  ever  in 
justice  and  in  judgment;  and  I  will  betroth  thee  to  Me  in  truth," 
ii.  19,  20  ;  where  to  betroth  in  judgment  denotes  to  conjoin  by 
Divine  Truth,  thus  by  faith  and  the  life  of  faith.  And  in  Amos, 
"Let  judgment  flow  as  water,  and  justice  as  a  strong  torrent," 
v.  24.    Again,  "  Ye  turn  judgment  into  gall,  and  the  fruit  of 

i'ustice  into  wormwood,"  vi.  12;  where  judgment  also  denotes 
)ivine  Truth,  and  life  thence  derived.  And  in  Zephaniah, 
"Jehovah  in  themorningsAa^  give  his  judgment  for  light"  in.  5; 
where  to  give  judgment  for  light  denotes  to  reveal  Divine  Truth. 
And  in  Moses,  "All  the  ways  of  Jehovah  are  judgment"  Deut. 
xxxii.  4.  And  in  David,  "  Jehovah,  Thy  truth  is  even  to  the 
ethers,  thy  justice  is  as  the  mountains  of  God,  Thy  judgments 
are  a  great  abyss,"  Psalm  xxxvi.  5,  6.  Again,  "  Jehovah  6hall 
bring  forth  thy  justice  as  the  light,  and  thy  judgment  as  the  mid- 
day. Psalm  xxxvii.  6.  Again,  "Hear  my  voice  according  to 
Thy  mercy,  O  Jehovah,  according  to  Thy  judgments  vivify  me" 
Psalm  cxix.  149  ;  in  these  passages  judgment  and  judgments 
denote  Divine  Truth.  And  in  Luke,  "Woe  unto  you  Pharisees, 
ye  pass  over  judgment  and  the  love  of  God  ;  these  things  ought 
ye  to  do,"  vi.  42  ;  where  to  pass  over  the  judgment  of  God  de- 
notes Divine  Truth,  and  to  pass  over  the  love  of  God  denotes 
Divine  Good,  and  life  derived  from  both  ;  inasmuch  as  life  also 
is  meant,  it  is  said,  "these  things  ought  ye  to  do."    And  in 


9857.J 


EXODUS. 


521 


Isaiah,  "Jehovah  Zebaoth  shall  be  exalted  in  judgment,  and 
God  shall  be  sanctified  in  justice,"  v.  16.  Again,  "  On  the 
throne  of  David  to  establish  the  kingdom  in  judgment  and  in 
justice,  henceforth  and  for  ever,"  ix.  7.  Again,  "  Bring  forth 
counsel,  do  judgment,  set  thy  shadow  as  night  in  the  midst  of 
noon-day,"  xvi.  3;  where  to  do  judgment  denotes  according  to 
Divine  Truth.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  I  will  raise  up  to  David  a 
just  Branch,  who  shall  do  judgment  and  justice  in  the  earth," 
xxiii.  5 ;  chap,  xxxiii.  15.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  If  a  man  shall  be 
just,  who  shall  do  judgment  and  justice,  walks  in  the  statutes, 
and  keeps  My  judgments,  to  do  the  truth,  he  is  just,  living  he 
shall  live,"  xviii.  5,  9.  And  in  Zephaniah,  "  Seek  ye  Jehovah 
all  ye  meok  in  the  earth,  who  have  done  his  judgment"  ii.  3  ; 
where  to  do  the  judgment  of  God  denotes  Divine  Truth  or 
according  to  it.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  I  have  given  My  Spirit  upon 
him,  he  shall  bring  forth  judgment  to  the  nations,  he  shall  not 
extinguish,  neither  shall  he  break  in  pieces, until  he  has  setjudg 
jnent  in  the  earth"  xlii.  1,  4;  speaking  of  the  Lord,  where  to 
bring  forth  judgment  to  the  nations,  and  to  set  judgment  in  the 
earth  denotes  to  teach  Divine  Truth,  and  to  estahlish  it  in  the 
church.  Again,  "  The  law  shall  go  forth  from  Myself,  and  1 
will  stir  up  My  judgment  for  a  light  of  the  people"  li.  4 ;  judg- 
ment denotes  Divine  Truth  ;  for  a  light  of  the  people  denotes 
for  illustration.  And  in  John,  "For  judgment  am  I  come  into 
this  world,  that  they  who  see  not  may  see,  but  that  they  who 
see  may  become  blind,"  ix.  39  ;  where  to  come  into  the  world 
for  judgment  denotes  to  reveal  Divine  Truth,which  makes  those 
Bee  who  are  wise  from  the  Lord,  and  makes  those  blind  who  are 
wise  from  themselves,  thus  who  have  the  reputation  of  being 
/earned.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Swear  by  the  living  Jehovah  in 
truth,  in  judgment,  and  justice,"  iv.  2.  Again,  "There  is  none 
that  judgeth  judgment  for  health,  thou  hast  no  medicines  of  re- 
storation, xxx.  13.  And  in  David,  "Justice  and  judgment  are 
the  support  of  Thy  throne ;  mercy  and  truth  are  before  Thy 
faces,"  Psalm  lxxxix.  14 ;  where  justice  denotes  the  good  which 
is  of  mercy,  and  judgment  denotes  the  truth  which  is  of  faith, 
hence  it  is  said  also  mercy  and  truth.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "Jeru- 
salem hath  changed  My  judgments  into  impiety  before  the  na- 
tions, and  My  statues  before  the  lands  ;  therefore  I  u^ill  do 
judgments  in  thee  in  the  eyes  of  the  nations,  and  will  disperse  all 
thy  remains,"  v.  6,  7,  8,10,  15;  where  to  change  judgments 
denotes  the  truths  which  are  of  the  civil  state.  That  those  are 
signified  by  judgments  when  mention  is  made  also  of  statutes, 
see  n.  8972  ;  but  to  do  judgment,  is  to  judge  either  to  death, 
which  is  damnation,  or  to  life,  which  is  salvation.  Salvation  or 
damnation  is  also  signified  by  judgment,  where  mention  ia 
made  of  the  day  or  hour  of  judgment,  as  Matt.  xi.  22,  24; 
chap.  xii.  36,  41,42;  Luke  x.  14;  chap.  xi.  31,  32;  John  v. 


522 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


29;  Apoc.  xi.  18 ;  chap.  xiv.  7.  The  like  is  also  signified  by 
judgment,  where  the  office  of  a  judge  is  treated  of,  as  Matt.  v. 
21,  22  ;  chap.  vii.  1,  2  ;  chap,  xxiii.  14,  33 ;  John  v.  24,  26,  27 ; 
chap.  vii.  24 ;  chap.  viii.  15,  16  ;  chap.  xii.  31,  47,  48  ;  Luke 
vi.  37;  chap.  xii.  13,  14,  56,  57;  chap.  xix.  21,  22,  27; 
chap.  xx.  47 ;  Mark  xii.  40  ;  Isaiah  xii.  1 ;  chap.  iv.  4 ;  Jer- 
xxv.  31  ;  chap,  xlviii.  21 ;  Joel  iii.  12 ;  Psalm  vii.  8,  9  ;  Psalm 
ix.  4,  7,  8 ;  Levit.  xix.  15  ;  Deut.  i.  16, 17  ;  chap.  xxv.  1 ;  Apoc. 
xvii.  1 ;  chap,  xviii.  10  ;  chap.  xx.  12,  13. 

9858.  "  With  the  work  of  a  contriver" — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified from  the  intellectual  principle,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  a  contriver,  as  denoting  the  intellectual  principle, 
see  n.  9598,  9688.  The  reason  why  it  is  said  from  the  intel- 
lectual principle  is,  because  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord, 
which  is  represented  by  the  garments  of  Aaron,  is  the  intellec- 
tual principle  of  heaven,  as  the  celestial  kingdom  is  its  will 
principle ;  that  the  intellectual  principle  and  the  will  princi- 
ple appertaining  to  man  correspond  to  those  heavens,  see  n. 
9835. 

9859.  "As  the  work  of  the  ephod  thou  shalt  make  it"— 
that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  continuous  to  the  spiritual  king- 
dom, appears  from  the  representation  of  the  ephod,  as  denoting 
Divine  Truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  in  the  external  form,  into 
which  the  interiors  close,  see  n.  9824,  consequently  the  external 
of  that  kingdom  ;  its  continuity  is  signified  by  "as  the  work 
of  the  ephod,"  as  also  n.  9838. 

9860.  "  Of  gold,  of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  and  fine  linen  woven  together  thou  shalt  make  it " — sig- 
nifies the  good  of  charity  and  faith,  as  above,  n.  9687,  9832, 
9833. 

9861.  "  The  square  shall  be  two-fold" — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied what  is  just  and  perfect,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
square,  as  denoting  what  is  just,  see  n.  9717.  The  reason  why 
it  denotes  also  what  is  perfect  is,  because  it  was  two-fold,  and 
two-fold  involves  all  things  of  good  and  all  things  of  truth  : 
that  which  is  on  the  right  part  involves  good  from  which  truth 
is  derived,  and  that  which  is  on  the  left  involves  truth  derived 
from  good,  n.  9604,  9736,  thus  also  the  perfect  c<  njunction 
of  both  ;  hence  also  it  is  that  two  signify  conjunction,  Q.  8423, 
and  also  all  and  singular  things,  n.  9166,  and  likewise  what  is 
full,  n.  9103. 

9862.  "A  span  the  length  thereof,  and  a  span  the  breadth 
thereof" — that  hereby  is  signified  equally  as  to  good  and  as  to 
truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  length,  as  denoting 
good, see  n.  1613,  9487;  and  fi  •om  the  signification  of  breadth, 
as  denoting  truth,  see  n.  1613,  3433,  3434, 4482, 9487  ;  equally 
from  both  is  signified  by  the  length  and  the  breadth  being 
epual. 


9858—9863.] 


EXODUS. 


52S 


9863.  "  And  thou  shalt  fill  it  with  the  filling  of  stone  "—that 
hereby  are  signified  truths  themselves  in  their  order  from  one 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  breast-plate,  which 
is  here  meant  by  it,  as  denoting  the  DivineTruth  shining  forth 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  see  n.  9823  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  a  filling  of  stone,  as  denoting  truths  in  their 
order,  for  the  breast-plate  was  filled  with  stones  according  to 
the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  by  stones  in  a  general 
sense  are  signified  truths  in  the  ultimate  of  order,  n.  114,  643, 
1298,  3720,  6426,  8609,  and  by  precious  stones,  such  as  were 
in  the  breast-plate,  truth  shining  forth  from  good,  n.  9476. 
It  is  said  from  one  good,  because  it  is  one  good  from  which 
are  all  truths ;  this  good  is  the  good  of  love  in  the  Lord,  thus 
the  Lord  Himself;  and  hence  the  good  of  love  from  the  Lord, 
which  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord ;  for  the  good  which 
flows  in  from  the  Lord  with  man,  spirit,  or  angel,  appears  as 
theirs,  hence  love  to  the  Lord  is  love  from  the  Lord.  This 
good  is  the  only  [good]  from  which  are  all  truths,  and  from 
which  there  is  order  amongst  truths,  for  truths  are  the  forms 
of  good.  That  the  precious  stones,  which  were  in  the  breast- 
plate, signified  Divine  Truths  from  Divine  Good,  is  manifest 
from  the  passages  in  the  Word  where  mention  is  made  of  pre- 
cious stones,  as  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  The  foundations  of  the  wall 
of  the  city  New  Jerusalem  were  adorned  with  every  precious 
stone ;  the  first  foundation  was  ajasper,  the  second  a  sapphire,  the 
third  a  chalcedony,  the  fourth  an  emerald,  the  fifth  a  sardonyx, 
the  sixth  a  sardius,  the  seventh  a  chrysolite,  the  eighth  aberyl, 
the  ninth  a  topaz,  the  tenth  a  chrysoprase,  the  eleventh  a  hyar 
cynth,  the  twelfth  an  amethyst"  xxi.  19,  20.  That  those  precious 
stones  signify  the  truths  of  the  church,  which  are  Divine  Truths, 
is  manifest  from  the  signification  of  the  city  New  Jerusalem,  of 
its  wall,  and  of  the  foundations  of  the  wall ;  the  New  Jeru- 
salem signifies  the  New  Church  about  to  succeed  this  of  ours  ; 
for  the  book  of  the  Apocalypse  treats  of  the  state  of  the  church 
which  is  now,  even  to  its  end,  and  then  of  a  New  [Church]  which 
is  the  holy  J  erusalem  descending  out  of  heaven  ;  its  walls  are 
the  truths  of  faith  which  defend,  and  the  foundations  are  truths 
derived  from  good  ;  those  truths  themselves  in  their  order  are 
marked  by  the  precious  stones  there  named.  That  Jerusalem  is 
not  about  to  descend  out  of  heaven,  and  that  the  rest  of  the 
things  which  are  said  of  it  are  not  so  to  come  to  pass,  but  that 
in  singular  the  things  of  the  description  of  it,  such  things  are 
signified  as  relate  to  the  church,  may  be  manifest  to  every  one ; 
that  the  truths  of  faith  are  meant  by  the  foundations  of  its  wall, 
is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  those  are  what  defend 
the  church  from  all  insult,  as  walls  a  city ;  that  Jerusalem 
denotes  the  church,  see  n.  2117,  9166  ;  that  the  walls  denote 
the  truths  of  faith  defending  the  church,  see  n.  6419 ;  and 


524 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


that  the  foundations  denote  truths  derived  from  good,  n.  9643. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "  Son  of  man,  lift  up  a  lamentation  over  the 
king  of  Tyre,  and  say  to  him,  thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah ; 
full  of  wisdom  and  perfect  in  beauty,  thou  hast  been  in  Eden 
the  garden  of  God ;  every  precious  stone  was  thy  covering,  the 
ruby,  the  topaz  and  the  diamond,  the  beryl,  the  onyx,  and  the  jas- 
per, the  sapphire,  the  chrysoprase,  and  the  carbuncle,  and  gold : 
thou  hast  been  in  the  mount  of  the  holiness  of  God,  thou  hast 
walked  in  the  midst  of  stones  of  fire"  xxviii.  12,  13, 14  ;  where 
also  by  precious  stones  are  signified  truths  derived  from  good  ; 
for  Tyre  in  the  internal  representative  sense  denotes  one  who  is 
in  intelligence  and  wisdom  from  the  knowledges  of  good  and  of 
truth,  n.  1201.  Hence  it  is  said  of  the  king  thereof,  that  he 
is  full  of  wisdom  and  perfect  in  beauty  ;  wisdom  is  predicated 
of  good,  and  beauty  of  truth ;  for  all  wisdom  in  the  heavens  is 
from  good,  and  all  beauty  there  is  from  the  truths  thence  de- 
rived ;  Eden  the  garden  signifies  intelligence  from  good,  n.  100, 
the  garden  signifies  intelligence  itself,  n.  100, 108,  2702  ;  hence 
it  is  evident  that  by  the  stones  there  named  are  signified  truths 
derived  from  good.  But  what  truths  derived  from  good  are 
signified  by  each  of  the  stones  which  were  in  the  breast-plate, 
will  be  manifest  from  what  follows ;  that  all  truths  and  goods 
in  the  complex  are  signified,  is  manifest  from  this  consideration, 
that  the  stones  were  twelve,  and  on  them  were  inscribed  the 
names  of  the  sons  of  Israel  or  of  the  tribes  ;  for  by  the  twelve 
tribes  are  signified  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven  and  of  the 
church  in  every  complex,  n.  3858,  3926,  3939,  4060,  6335,  6337, 
6397.  Aud  that  hence  they  signified  heaven  with  all  the  socie- 
ties there,  n.  7836,  7891,  7996,  7997 ;  aud  that  they  signified 
various  things  according  to  the  order  in  which  they  are  named 
in  the  Word,  n.  3862,  3926,  3939,  4603,  6337,  6640 ;  and  that 
twelve  denotes  all,  n.  3272,  3858,7973. 

9864.  "  Four  orders  of  stone  the  order " — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  conjunction  of  all,  namely,  truths  derived  from 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  four,  as  denoting  con- 
junction, 6ee  n.  1686,  9601  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  orders 
of  stone,  as  denoting  truths  derived  from  good  in  their  order. 
The  reason  why  there  were  four  orders,  and  in  every  order 
three  stones,  was,  that  the  conjunction  of  all  truths  derived 
from  one  good,  and  thereby  perfection,  might  be  represented ; 
for  by  four  is  signified  conjunction,  as  was  said,  and  by  three 
perfection,  n.  9825  ;  for  when  good  is  one,  from  which  all 
proceed,  n.  9863,  consequently  which  all  have  respect  to,  then 
that  good  is  the  conjunction  of  all.  That  this  is  the  case,  may 
be  illustrated  by  those  things  which  exist  in  the  heavens  ;  all, 
whosoever  are  in  the  heavens,  turn  the  face  to  the  Lord,  aud 
what  is  wonderful,  this  is  the  case  to  whatsoever  quarter  they 
turn  themselves.    Hence  it  is  that  all  who  are  in  the  heavens, 


9864,  9S65.] 


EXODUS. 


525 


are  joined  together  as  one.  But  they  who  are  out  of  heaven, 
turn  their  faces  backward  from  the  Lord,  and  the  more  so  as 
they  are  more  remote  from  heaven,  hence  with  them  there  is 
disjunction,  because  there  is  no  love  towards  God  and  towards 
the  neighbor,  but  towards  themselves  and  towards  the  world. 
But  this  arcanum  is  not  credible  to  those  who  think  according 
to  the  fallacies  of  the  senses  ;  for  these  cannot  comprehend  how 
the  direction  of  all  faces  in  heaven  can  be  given  constant  to  the 
Lord,  who  is  the  sun  there,  in  every  change  of  position ;  see 
what  was  adduced  above  on  this  subject,  n.  9828. 

9865.  "  A  ruby,  a  topaz,  a  carbuncle  " — that  hereby  is  sig 
nified  the  celestial  love  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  those  stones,  as  denoting  the  good  of  celestial  love  ;  celestial 
love  is  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord.  The  reason  why  those 
stones  signify  that  love,  is  grounded  in  their  red  and  flaming 
color,  and  red  signifies  love,  n.  3300.  In  like  manner,  flaming, 
n.  3222,  6832,  7620,  7622,  9570 ;  in  this  case  celestial  love, 
because  they  are  in  the  first  order,  and  those  things  which  are 
in  the  first  order  correspond  to  those  which  are  in  the  inmost 
heaven,  where  love  celestial,  that  is,  love  to  the  Lord  reigns. 
The  twelve  stones  in  the  breast-plate,  inasmuch  as  they  repre- 
sented all  truths  derived  from  good,  hence  represented  also  the 
whole  heaven,  for  heaven  is  heaven  by  virtue  of  the  Divine 
Trutli  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord :  the  an 
gels  there,  who  constitute  heaven,  are  receptions  of  it.  Hence 
it  is  that  the  three  stones,  which  are  in  the  first  order,  represent 
the  inmost  heaven,  consequently  the  love  which  is  there,  which 
is  called  the  celestial  love  of  good,  and  the  celestial  love  of 
truth  ;  the  stones  which  are  in  the  first  order  the  celestial  love 
of  good,  and  those  which  are  in  the  second,  the  celestial  love  of 
truth.  The  reason  why  those  stones  represent  that  love,  is 
grounded  in  the  color,  as  was  said,  for  the  precious  stones 
represent  according  to  their  colors  ;  for  in  the  heavens  there 
appear  colors  of  ineffable  beauty,  inasmuch  as  they  are  modi- 
fications of  heavenly  light,  and  heavenly  light  is  the  Divine 
Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that 
colors  are  there  presented  according  to  the  variations  of  good 
and  of  truth,  thus  they  are  modifications  of  the  light  proceeding 
from  the  Lord  by  [or  through]  the  angels.  The  light  which 
proceeds  from  the  Lord,  appears  in  the  inmost  heaven  as  flames, 
wherefore  the  colors,  which  are  thence  derived,  are  red  and 
glittering ;  but  the  same  light  appears  in  the  middle  heaven  as 
white  light ;  wherefore  the  colors,  which  are  thence  derived, 
are  whitish,  and  so  far  as  they  have  good  in  them  they  are 
shining.  Hence  it  is  that  there  are  two  fundamental  colors  to 
which  all  the  rest  have  reference,  namely,  the  color  of  red  and 
the  color  of  white  ;  and  that  the  color  of  red  is  a  representa- 
tive of  good,  and  the  color  of  white  a  representative  of  trutli, 


526 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


see  n.  9467.  From  these  considerations  it  is  now  manifest  from 
what  ground  it  is,  that  stones  of  so  many  colors  were  set 
according  to  orders  in  the  breast-plate,  namely,  that  they  might 
represent  all  the  goods  and  truths  which  are  in  the  heavens  in 
their  order,  consequently  the  universal  heaven.  The  reason  why 
the  stones  of  the  first  order,  which  are  a  ruby,  a  topaz,  and  a 
carbuncle,  represent  the  celestial  love  of  good  is,  because  they 
partake  of  red  ;  the  ruby  also,  which  is  in  the  first  place,  in  the 
original  tongue,  is  derived  from  a  term  which  signifies  redness  ; 
and  the  carbuncle,  which  is  in  the  third  place,  in  that  tongue,  is 
derived  from  a  term  which  signifies  glittering,  as  from  fire  ;  but 
the  topaz,  which  is  in  the  middle  place,  is  unknown  as  to  its 
derivation,  it  being  nevertheless  probable  that  it  was  of  a  red 
flaming  color.  Hence  it  is  that  in  Job  the  like  is  said  of  it  as 
of  gold,  "  The  topaz  of  Ethiopia  shall  not  dispute  with  wisdom, 
it  [wisdom]  shall  not  be  estimated  by  pure  gold,"  xxviii.  19. 
Gold  also  denotes  the  good  of  love,  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658, 
6914,  6917,  S932,  9490,  9510. 

9866.  "  One  order  " — that  hereby  is  signified  a  Trine  [or 
threefold  principle]  as  one,  appears  from  the  signification  of  an 
order,  as  denoting  a  Trine  [or  threefold  principle],  for  three 
stones  constituted  it,  and  three  signifies  what  is  complete  from 
beginning  to  end,  n.  2788,  4495,  7715,  9198,  94S8.  It  is  said 
as  one,  because  one  exists  from  three  in  successive  order,  for 
what  is  thence  simultaneous  from  those  three  in  collateral  order 
corresponds  to  the  successive  [things  or  principles]  from  which 
they  existed,  and  from  which  they  subsist,  see  n.  9825.  Hence 
it  is  that  the  three  heavens  are  one  in  ultimates,  in  like  manner 
each  heaven.  This  originates  in  the  Divine  [principle]  Itself, 
in  which  is  a  Trine,  namely,  the  Divine  Itself,  the  Divine 
Human,  and  the  Divine  Proceeding,  and  these  are  One ;  this 
Trine  and  One  Divine  [principle]  Itself  is  the  Lord.  From  these 
considerations  it  may  be  manifest,  why  in  each  order  there  were 
three  stones,  and  that  by  each  order  is  signified  a  Trine  [or 
threefold  principle]  as  One.  The  reason  why  there  were  four 
orders  is,  because  there  are  two  kingdoms  in  the  heavens,  the 
celestial  kingdom  and  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  in  each  an 
internal  and  an  external.  The  internal  and  external  of  the 
celestial  kingdom  was  represented  by  the  two  orders  on  the  right 
hand  of  the  breast-plate  ;  and  the  internal  and  external  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  by  the  two  orders  on  its  left,  for  the  breast- 
plate was  a  twofold  square. 

9867.  "And  the  second  order" — that  hereby  is  signified 
this  Trine  [or  threefold  principle]  also  as  One,  appears  from 
what  was  just  now  shown.  In  general,  that  every  one  exists 
from  the  harmony  and  conseut  of  several,  see  n.  457. 

9868.  '*  A  chrysoprase,  a  sapphire,  and  a  diamond  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  from  which  are  the 


9866—9868.] 


EXODUS. 


527 


things  which  follow,  appears  from  the  signification  of  those 
6tones,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  of  which  we  shall 
speak  presently  ;  it  is  said  that  from  it  are  the  things  which 
follow,  because  all  the  goods  and  truths  which  follow,  proceed 
in  order  from  those  which  go  before,  for  nothing  unconnected 
with  what  is  prior  to  itself  can  be  given.  The  first  principle  in 
order  is  the  celestial  love  of  good,  the  second  is  the  celestial  love 
of  truth,  the  third  is  the  spiritual  love  of  good,  and  the  fourth 
is  the  spiritual  love  of  truth  ;  this  order  is  what  was  represented 
in  the  orders  of  the  stones  in  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  and 
it  is  the  order  itself  of  goods  and  truths  in  the  heavens.  In 
the  inmost  heaven  is  the  celestial  love  of  good,  and  the  celes- 
tial love  of  truth  ;  the  celestial  love  of  good  is  its  internal,  and 
the  celestial  love  of  truth  is  its  external.  But  in  the  second 
heaven  is  the  spiritual  love  of  good,  which  is  its  internal,  and 
the  spiritual  lo*ve  of  truth,  which  is  its  external  ;  the  one  also 
flows-in  into  the  other  in  the  same  order,  and  they  constitute 
a  one.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  the  expression, 
"  From  which  are  the  things  that  follow."  As  to  what  concerns 
the  stones  of  this  order,  they  derive  their  signification,  like  the 
foregoing  and  also  the  remaining  ones,  from  their  colors. 
That  precious  stones  have  a  signification  according  to  colors, 
see  above,  n.  9865 ;  and  that  colors  in  the  heavens  are  modi- 
fications of  light  and  of  shade  there,  thus  they  are  variegations 
of  intelligence  and  wisdom  appertaining  to  the  angels,  see 
n.  3993,  4530,  4677,  4742,  4922,  9466 ;  for  the  light  of  heaven 
is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord,  whence  comes 
all  intelligence  and  wisdom.  The  stones  of  the  foregoing  order 
derived  from  their  redness  that  they  signified  the  celestial  love 
of  good,  but  the  stones  of  this  order  derive  their  signification 
from  the  blue  which  is  from  red ;  for  there  is  given  a  blue 
derived  from  red,  and  a  blue  derived  from  white;  the  blue 
derived  from  red,  inwardly  glitters  from  a  flaming  principle,  and 
this  blue  is  what  signifies  the  celestial  love  of  truth  ;  but  the 
blue  derived  from  white,  such  as  is  in  the  stones  of  the  follow- 
ing order,  which  signifies  the  spiritual  love  of  good,  does  not 
inwardly  glitter  from  a  flaming  principle,  but  from  what  is 
lucid.  Whether  the  chrysoprase,  which  is  the  first  stone  of  this 
order,  was  of  a  blue  color,  cannot  appear  from  its  derivation 
in  the  original  tongue  ;  but  that  it  signifies  the  celestial  love  of 
truth,  is  evident  from  Ezekiel,  "  Syria  is  tjhy  trader  by  reason 
of  the  multitude  of  thy  works,  with  chrysoprase,  purple,  and 
needle  work,"  xxvii.  16  ;  speaking  of  Tyre,  by  which  is  signi- 
fied wisdom  and  understanding  derived  from  the  knowledges 
of  good  and  truth,  n.  1201.  The  chrysoprase  is  there  joined 
with  purple,  and  since  purple  signifies  the  celestial  love  of  good, 
n.  9467,  it  follows  thjat  the  chrysoprase  signifies  the  celestial 
lo  ve  of  truth,  for  in  the  prophetic  Word,  where  mention  is  made 


528 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


of  good,  mention  is  also  made  of  truth  uf  the  same  genus,  on 
account  of  the  celestial  marriage  in  singular  the  things  therein, 
n.  9263,  9314;  Syria  also,  which  is  the  trader,  signifies  the 
knowledges  of  good,  n.  1232, 1234,  3249,4112  ;  the  knowledges 
of  good  are  the  truths  of  celestial  love.  That  the  sapphire, 
which  is  the  second  stone  of  this  order,  is  of  a  blue  color, 
6uch  as  is  that  of  the  heavens,  is  a  known  thing,  wherefore  it 
is  said  in  the  book  of  Exodus,  "  Seventy  of  the  elders  saw  the 
God  of  Israel,  and  under  His  feet  as  the  work  of  sapphire,  and 
as  the  substance  of  heaven  as  to  cleanness,"  xxiv.  10.  That  that 
stone  signifies  what  is  translucid  from  interior  truths,  which  are 
the  truths  of  celestial  love,  see  n.  9407.  But  the  reason  why 
the  diamond,  which  is  the  third  stone  of  this  order,  denotes  the 
truth  of  celestial  love,  is  grounded  in  its  translucidity,  which 
comes  near  to  interior  blueness,  for  thus  by  [or  through]  it, 
since  it  is  the  last,  the  colors  of  the  stones  of  this  order,  and 
also  of  the  former,  are  translucent,  and  communicate  with 
those  which  are  of  the  following  order.  In  like  manner  as  is 
the  case  with  the  good  and  truths  in  the  inmost  heaven,  and 
with  the  good  and  truths  treated  of  in  what  follows ;  for  these 
latter  derive  their  life  of  charity  and  faith  from  the  former  by 
communication,  as  by  translucence. 

9869.  "  And  the  third  order  " — signifies  also  a  Trine  [or 
threefold  principle],  also  as  One,  as  above,  n.  9S66. 

9870.  "  A  lazure,  an  agate,  and  an  amethyst  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  the  spiritual  love  of  good,  appeal's  in  like  manner 
from  their  color,  for  the  color  of  blue  derived  from  white, 
signifies  spiritual  good,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  the  spiritual 
love  of  good,  see  above,  n.  9S68.  The  spiritual  love  of  good  is 
charity  towards  the  neighbor,  and  the  spiritual  love  of  truth  is 
faith  derived  from  charity  ;  of  that  good  and  of  this  truth  con- 
sists the  second  heaven  ;  its  internal  is  the  good  of  char ify,  and 
its  external  is  the  good  of  faith.  That  the  lazure  is  of  a  blue 
color,  is  a  known  thing,  and  also  that  the  amethyst  is ;  that 
the  agate  is  likewise,  is  not  so  well  known,  for  in  the  original 
tongue  it  is  not  known  of  what  species  this  stone  is,  whether  an 
agate,  or  a  turquoise,  or  whether  some  other. 

9871.  "  And  the  fourth  order" — that  hereby  is  signified  the 
ultimate  Trine  [or  threefold  principle]  as  One,  appears  from 
what  was  adduced  above,  n.  9866. 

9872.  "A  beryl,  and  an  onyx,  and  a  jasper" — that  hereby  is 
signified  the  spiritual  love  of  truth,  into  which  superior  principles 
close,  appeare  from  the  signification  of  those  stones,  which  they 
derived  from  their  colors ;  for  the  color  of  all  of  this  order 
approaches  to  white  derived  from  blue.  That  beryl  signifies  the 
spiritual  love  of  truth,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in  the  "Word 
where  it  is  na«ied,  as  in  Ezekiel,  "  Behold  four  wheels  near  the 
cherubs  ;  the  aspect  of  the  wheels  was  like  the  stone  beryl"  i.  15, 


9869—9873.] 


EXODUS. 


529 


16 ;  chap.  x.  9.  The  wheels  of  the  cherubs  signify  the  like  with 
the  arms  and  the  feet  appertaining  to  man,  namely,  the  power  of 
acting:  and  of  ffoinsr  forward,  which  is  that  of  truth  derived  from 
good,  see  n.  8215.  Hence  it  is  that  their  aspect  was  like  the 
stone  beryl,  for  beryl  is  truth  derived  from  spiritual  good,  which 
has  power.  And  in  Daniel,  "  I  lifted  up  mine  eyes  and  saw, 
behold  a  man  clothed  in  linen,  whose  loins  were  girded  witli 
gold  of  Uphaz,  and  his  body  as  beryl,  his  face  as  of  lightning, 
and  his  eyes  as  torches  of  fire,"  x.  5,  6  ;  where  the  man  clothed 
in  linen  was  an  angel  from  heaven.  Linen  signifies  truths  which 
invest  good,  n.  7601 ;  the  loins  signify  conjugial  love,  which  is  of 
good  and  of  truth,  n.  3021,  4280,  5050  to  5062.  Hence  it  is 
that  the  loins  are  said  to  be  girded  with  gold  of  Uphaz,  for  gold 
is  the  good  of  love,  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  9490,  9510.  "But 
the  body  from  correspondence  signifies  the  good  of  celestial 
love,  and  also  the  good  of  spiritual  love,  n.  6135 ;  and  its  ex 
ternal  signifies  truth  from  that  good ;  hence  it  is  that  his  body 
appeared  as  beryl,  thus  that  beryl  denotes  the  truth  of  spiritual 
love.  That  onyx  which  is  the  second  stone,  in  this  order,  signi- 
fies the  truths  of  faith  derived  from  love,  see  what  was  shown, 
n.  9476,  9S41.  That  the  jasper,  which  is  the  third  stone  of  this 
order  and  the  last,  signifies  the  truth  of  faith,  is  manifest  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "The  luminary  of  the  city  New  Jerusalem  was  like 
to  most  precious  stone,  as  jasper  stone,  like  to  shining  crystal" 
xxi.  11.  By  the  Holy  Jerusalem  is  signified  the  church  about 
to  succeed  to  this  of  ours ;  by  its  luminary  the  truths  of  faith 
and  intelligence  thence  derived,  n.  9548,  9551,  9555,  9558,  9561, 
9684 ;  wherefore  it  is  likened  to  a  jasper  stone  like  sinning 
crystal ;  crystal  also  denotes  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from 
good.  Again,  "  the  building  of  the  wall  of  the  Holy  Jerusa- 
lem was  jasper,  and  the  city  was  pure  gold  like  to  pure  glass," 
xxi.  18  ;  where  the  wall  of  that  city  is  called  jasper,  because  by 
the  wall  is  signified  the  truth  of  faitli  defending  the  church, 
n.  6419  ;  and  since  this  is  signified  by  a  wall,  therefore  the  first 
stone  of  its  foundations  is  said  to  be  jasper,  verse  19  of  the  same 
chapter  ;  for  the  foundation  is  the  truth  of  faith  derived  from 
good,  n.  9643. 

9873.  From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be  manifest, 
what  was  signified  by  the  twelve  precious  stones  in  the  breast- 
plate of  judgment,  namely,  that  they  signified  all  the  goods  and 
truths  of  heaven  in  their  order.  Heaven  is  distinguished  into 
two  kingdoms,  the  celestial  and  spiritual ;  the  good  of  t he- 
celestial  kingdom  was  represented  by  the  two  first  oraers, 
which  were  on  the  right  side  there  ;  and  the  good  of  the  spi 
ritual  kingdom  by  the  two  following  orders,  which  were  on  the 
left  side.  The  internal  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom  is  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  this  good  is  what  is  meant  by  the 
celestial  love  of  good  ;  but  the  external  good  of  the  celestial 
vol.  ix.  34 


530 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii! 


kingdom  is  the  good  of  mutual  love,  this  good  is  what  is  meant 
by  tlie  celestial  love  of  truth.    But  the  internal  good  of  the 
spiritual  kingdom  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neighbor, 
this  good  is  what  is  meant  by  the  spiritual  love  of  good  ;  and 
the  external  good  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  is  the  good  of  faith, 
this  good  is  what  is  meant  by  the  spiritual  love  of  truth  ;  tliac 
goods  and  truths  in  that  order  constitute  the  heavens,  see  n.  9468, 
9473,  9680,  9683,  9780.    Hence  now  it  is  evident  what  was 
represented  by  the  twelve  stones,  which  were  called  Drim  and 
Thummim  ;  but  in  what  manner  Divine  Truths,  which  were 
responses,  were  manifested  by  them,  will  be  said  below,  n.  9905. 
That  the  good  of  love  therein  was  in  the  first  place,  and  the 
truth  of  faith  in  the  last,  is  manifest  from  the  first  which  was  a 
ruby,  and  from  the  last  which  was  a  jasper,  thus  from  the  color 
of  the  first  stone  which  was  red,  and  of  the  last  which  was  white, 
each  transparent ;  that  red  signifies  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  3300 
9467  ;  and  that  white  signifies  the  truth  of  faith,  see  n.  3301, 
3993,  4007,  5319.  The  like  to  what  was  signified  by  the  stones 
in  the  breast-plate,  was  also  signified  by  the  contexture  in  the 
ephod ;  the  ephod  was  woven  together  of  blue,  of  purple,  of 
scar  let  double-dyed,  and  of  fine  linen,  as  is  evident  from  verse  6 
of  this  chapter,  and  by  blue  was  signified  the  truth  of  celestial 
love,  by  purple  the  good  of  celestial  love,  by  scarlet  double-dyed 
the  good  of  spiritual  love,  and  by  fine  linen  the  truth  of  spiritual 
love,  n.  9833.    The  reason  was,  because  the  ephod  signified 
heaven  in  ultimates,  in  like  manner  as  the  breas't-plate,  n.  9824 
but  good  and  truths  are  there  enumerated  in  another  order,  be- 
cause the  ephod  signified  the  spiritual  heaven, whereas  the  breast- 
plate signified  the  whole  heaven  from  first  to  last.    And  since 
the  habitation  with  the  tent  also  represented  heaven,  n.  9457, 
9481,  9485,  9615,  therefore  the  contexture  of  the  curtains  and 
the  veils  were  in  like  manner  of  blue,of  purple,  of  scarlet  double- 
dyed,  and  fine  linen,  see  chap.  xxvi.  1,  31  and  36;  chap,  xxvii. 
16  ;  and  n.  9466,  9467,  9468,  9469.  Moreover,  it  is  to  be  noted, 
that  SAPPHIRE  in  a  general  sense  signifies  the  external  of  the 
celestial  kingdom,  and  ONYX  the  external  of  the  spiritual 
kingdom;  and  since  these  two  stones  have  this  signification, 
therefore  they  were  the  middle  stones  of  the  ultimate  orders, 
namely,  the  sapphire  the  middle  stone  in  the  second  order,  and 
the  onyx  the  middle  stone  in  the  fourth  order  ;  the  stones  of  the 
second  ordersignified  the  external  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom, 
which  is  called  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  and  the  stones  of  the 
fourth  order  signified  the  external  good  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
which  is  called  the  spiritual  love  of  truth,  see  what  was  said 
above  in  this  article  concerning  them.  That  the  sapphire  signi- 
fies the  external  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  is  evident  from  the 
passages  in  the  Word  where  it  is  named,  as  in  the  book  of  Exo- 
dus, "  Seventy  of  the  elders  saw  the  God  of  Israel,  and  beneath 


9874.] 


EXODUS. 


531 


his  fed  ax  the  worh  of  sapphire,  and  as  the  substance  of  heaven 
as  to  cleanness,"  xxiv.  10.  Thus  is  described  the  external  of  the 
celestial  kingdom,  for  it  is  said  beneath  His  feet,  denoting  what 
is  external,  and  where  the  God  of  Israel  is,  that  is,  the  Lord, 
there  is  heaven.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  O  thou  afflicted  and  tossed 
with  tempests,  and  not  comforted,  behold  I  lay  thy  stones  with 
vermilion,  and  I  toill  set  thy  foundations  in  sapphires"  liv.  11. 
The  subject  treated  of  in  that  chapter  is  concerning  the  celestial 
kingdom,  the  foundations  which  were  to  beset  in  sapphires  are 
the  externals  of  that  kingdom,  for  foundations  are  things  un- 
derlaid. And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Her  Nazarites  were  whiter  than 
snow,  they  were  fairer  than  milk,  their  bones  were  redder  than 
pearls,  a  sapphire  was  their  polish"  Lam.  iv.  7.  Nazarites  repre- 
sented the  celestial  man,  therefore  it  is  said  that  a  sapphire  was 
their  polish  ;  polish  denotes  what  is  external.  And  in  Ezekiel, 
"  Above  the  expanse,  which  was  over  the  head  of  the  cherubs, 
was  as  the.  aspect  of  a  sapphire  stone,  the  likeness  of  a  throne, 
and  above  the  likeness  of  the  throne,  as  it  were  the  aspect  of  a 
man  sitting  upon  it,"  i.  26 ;  chap.  x.  1 ;  where  also  the  external 
of  the  celestial  kingdom  is  described  by  a  sapphire,  for  what  is 
above  the  expanse,  or  what  is  round  about,  that  is  without ;  the 
inmost  is  he  that  sitteth  upon  the  throne.  As  a  sapphire  stone 
signifies  the  external  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  so  an  onyx  stone 
the  external  of  the  spiritual  kingdom.  Therefore  also  this  was 
the  stone,  which  was  set  on  the  two  shoulders  of  the  ephod  with 
the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel  engraven,  see  verses  9  to  14  of 
this  chapter  ;  for  by  the  ephod  was  represented  the  external  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom,  n.  9824.  Inasmuch  as  onyx  and  sapphire 
in  the  general  sense  signified  the  externals  of  the  two  heavens, 
therefore  also  they  were  set  in  the  midst  of  the  three  stones  of 
the  second  and  fourth  order,  as  was  said  above ;  for  the  middle 
involves  the  whole  ;  in  like  manner  as  concerning  the  robe,  by 
which  in  a  general  sense  was  represented  the  spiritual  kingdom, 
because  it  was  the  middle,  as  was  shown  above,  n.  9825.  In- 
asmuch as  those  two  stones  involve  every  thing  which  the  rest 
in  those  orders  signified,  therefore  it  is  said  in  Job,  "  Wisdom 
is  not  comparable  to  gold  of  Ophir,  to  the  precious  onyx  and  the 
sapphire"  xxviii.  16. 

9874.  "  They  shall  be  inclosed  in  gold  in  their  fillings  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  that  all  and  singular  things,  in  general 
and  in  particular,  must  proceed  from  the  good  which  is  of  love 
from  the  Lord  to  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
gold,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552, 
5658,  6914,  6917,  8932,  9490,  9510  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  their  being  inclosed  in  their  fillings,  as  denoting  to  pro- 
ceed from  it ;  for  all  and  singular  the  stones  were  encompassed 
and  thereby  inclosed  in  gold,  and  since  gold  signifies  the  good 
of  love  ;  so  the  inclosing  signifies  that  which  is  thence  derived, 


532 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvii; 


or  which  thence  proceeds ;  in  like  manner  as  by  the  sockets  of 
gold,  with  which  the  two  onyx  stones  were  encompassed,  which 
were  set  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  verse  12  of  this  chapter 
The  case  herein  is  this ;  the  breast-plate  with  the  twelve  stones 
represented  every  good  and  truth  in  the  heavens,  thus  the  whole 
heaven,  as  was  shown  above  ;  and  not  only  the  heavens,  but 
also  all  societies  which  are  in  the  heavens,  and  likewise  every 
angel  who  is  in  a  society,  are  encompassed  with  a  Divine  sphere, 
which  is  the  Divine  Good  and  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
see  n.  9490,  9491,  9492,  9498,  9499,  9534 ;  as  the  good  and 
truth  of  that  sphere  is  received  by  the  angels,  so  likewise  all  and 
singular  the  things  appertaining  to  them  proceed  thence,  for 
every  angel  is  a  heaven  in  the  least  form.  The  good  itself  pro- 
ceeding from  the  Lord  is  what  is  represented  by  the  gold  about 
the  stones,  and  enclosing  them.  That  that  good  is  the  good  of 
love  from  the  Lord  to  the  Lord,  maybe  manifest  from  this  con- 
sideration, that  all  good  is  of  love  ;  for  what  a  man  loves,  this 
he  calls  a  good,  and  also  feels  it  to  be  a  good.  Hence  it  is  evi- 
dent that  celestial  good  is  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  for  by 
that  love  an  angel  and  a  man  is  conjoined  to  the  Lord,  and  is 
thereby  brought  to  Him,  and  enjoys  every  good  of  heaven  ;  that 
that  good  is  from  the  Lord,  is  a  thing  known  in  the  church,  for 
its  doctrine  teaches,  that  all  good  is  from  the  Divine  [being  or 
principle],  and  nothing  from  self.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  the 
good  of  love  to  the  Lord  must  be  from  the  Lord,  and  that  good 
from  any  other  source  is  not  good. 

9875.  "  And  the  stones  shall  be  on  the  names  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  " — that  hereby  are  signified  goods  and  truths  distinctly 
as  to  every  quality,  appears  from  the  signification  of  stones,  as 
denoting  distinctly  goods  and  truths,  for  every  stone  distinctly 
signifies  some  good  and  truth,  as  may  be  seen  shown,  n.  9865 
to  9872  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  names  of  the  sons 
of  Israel,  as  denoting  the  same  goods  and  truths  as  to  every 
quality,  see  n.  9842,  9843. 

9876.  "  Twelve  on  their  names  " — that  hereby  are  signified 
all  and  singular  things  in  the  complex,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  twelve,  as  denoting  all,  see  n.  3272,  3858,  3913, 
7973,  and  from  the  signification  of  the  names  of  the  sons  of 
Israel,  as  denoting  goods  and  truths  in  the  complex,  as  to  every 
quality,  6ee  n.  9875. 

9877.  "  With  the  engravings  of  a  seal  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified to  a  heavenly  form,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
engravings  of  a  seal,  as  denoting  a  heavenly  form,  see  n.  9846. 
As  to  what  concerns  a  heavenly  form,  it  is  that  form  according 
to  which  all  the  societies  in  the  heavens  are  arranged,  thus  ac- 
cording to  which  all  truths  from  good  [are  arranged]  ;  for  the 
angels  in  the  heavens  are  receptions  of  truth  from  good;  tho 
Divine  Good  proceeding  from  the  Lord  creates  that  form  ;  ac- 


9875—9880.] 


EXODUS. 


533 


cording  to  that  form  flow  all  the  affections  which  are  of  love, 
and  thence  all  the  thoughts  which  are  of  faith,  since  according 
to  it  they  diffuse  themselves  into  angelic  societies,  and  make 
communion.  Hence  it  is  that  they  who  are  in  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  and  thence  in  the  truths  of  faith,  are  in  the  freest 
state  of  willing  and  thinking ;  but  they  who  are  not  in  that 
good,  and  consequently  not  in  the  truths  thence  derived,  are 
in  a  servile  state,  for  they  will  and  think  from  themselves,  and 
not  from  the  Lord,  from  whom  is  that  form.  But  what  the 
quality  of  that  form  is,  cannot  be  particularly  comprehended, 
by  reason  that  it  transcends  all  intelligence. 

9878.  "  To  every  one  on  his  name  — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied to  each  in  particular,  and  that  they  shall  be  on  the  twelve 
tribes,  signifies  to  all  in  general,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  as  denoting  goods  and 
truths  as  to  every  quality,  see  above,  n.  9842,  9843  ;  and 
whereas  each  stone  had  its  name  from  the  tribes,  therefore  it 
signifies,  that  so  it  shall  be  to  each  in  particular  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  the  twelve  tribes,  as  denoting  all  goods  and 
truths  in  the  complex  ;  by  twelve  are  signified  all,  n.  3272,  3858, 
3913,  7973  ;  and  by  tribes  the  goods  of  love,  and  the  truths  of 
faith  in  all  complex,  n.  3858,  3926,  3939,  4060,  6335,  6397,  7836, 
7891,  7996,  7997  ;  thus  all  in  general. 

9879.  "And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  little 
border-chains  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  the 
whole  heaven  in  the  extremes,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
the  breast-plate,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  see  n.  9823,  thus  also  heaven,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
little  chains,  as  denoting  coherence,  see  above,  n.  9852,  thus 
also  conjunction  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  border,  as  denot- 
ing the  extreme,  as  also  above,  n.  9853.  The  reason  why  the 
breast-plate  also  denotes  heaven  is,  because  all  goods  and  truths 
in  the  complex  were  then  represented  by  the  twelve  stones,  and 
by  the  names  of  the  twelve  tribes,  and  goods  and  truths  in  the 
complex  constitute  heaven,  insomuch  that  whether  we  speak 
of  heaven  or  of  them,  it  is  the  same  thing ;  for  the  angels,  who 
constitute  heaven,  are  receptions  of  good  and  truth  from  the 
Lord  ;  and  since  they  are  receptions  of  those  principles,  they  are 
also  the  forms  of  them,  which  are  forms  of  love  and  charity. 
The  truths  of  faith  constitute  beauty,  but  beauty  according  to 
truths  derived  from  good,  that  is,  according  to  truths  by  [or 
through]  which  good  is  translucent ;  the  forms  of  love  and  cha- 
rity, such  as  are  those  of  the  angels  in  the  heavens,  are  human 
forms  ;  the  reason  is,  because  the  goods  of  truths  which  proceed 
from  the  Lord,  and  of  which  the  angels  are  receptions,  are 
effigies  and  images  of  the  Lord. 

9880.  "  Of  cord-work  " — that  hereby  is  signified  indissoluble. 


534 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


appears  from  the  signification  of  a  cord,  as  denoting  conjunction, 
see  above,  n.  9854.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  indissoluble 
conjunction  is,  because  the  cord  was  of  twined  and  twisted 
work,  as  is  evident  from  the  original  tongue,  in  which  such  a 
cord  is  named  ;  what  is  of  twined  and  twisted  work,  in  the  spi- 
ritual sense,  denotes  what  is  indissoluble. 

9881.  "  Of  pure  gold  " — that  hereby  is  signified  by  celestial 
good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  5658,  6914,  6917,  8932, 
9490,  9510.  And  whereas  it  is  called  pure  gold,  it  is  celestial 
good  which  is  meant,  for  there  is  given  celestial  good  and  spi- 
litual  good,  and  each  internal  and  external ;  celestial  good  is 
the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  and  spiritual  good  is  the  good  of 
love  towards  the  neighbor  ;  all  those  goods  in  the  Word  are 
called  gold,  and  are  distinguished  by  gold  from  Uphaz,  from 
Ophir,  from  Sheba  and  Havilah,  and  also  from  Tarshish  ;  by 
gold  from  Uphaz,  Jer.  x.  9  ;  Dan.  x.  5  ;  which  is  celestial  gold  ; 
by  gold  from  Ophir,  Isaiah  xiii.  12  ;  Psalm  xlv.  9  ;  Job  xxii. 
24 ;  chap,  xxviii.  16,  which  is  spiritual  good  ;  by  gold  from. 
Sheba,  Isaiah  lx.  6  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  22  ;  Psalm  lxxii.  15,  which  is 
the  good  of  knowledges  ;  and  also  by  gold  from,  Havilah,  Gen. 
ii.  .11,  12  ;  likewise  by  silver  and  gold  from  Tarshish,  Isaiah  lx. 
9  ;  which  is  scientific  truth  and  good. 

9882.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  the  breast-plate  two  rings 
of  gold  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good, 
by  which  there  is  conjunction  from  the  superior  part  of  heaven, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  breast-plate,  as  being  re- 
presentative of  heaven,  see  n.  9S79  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  two  rings  of  gold,  as  denoting  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good, 
by  which  is  conjunction,  see  n.  9498,  9501  ;  that  it  denotes 
from  the  superior  part  of  heaven,  is  signified  by  the  rings  being 
from  the  upper  part  of  the  breast-plate,  for  hence  the  little 
chains-were  drawn  to  the  sockets  of  gold  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
ephod. 

9883.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  the  two  rings  on  the  two  ex- 
tremities of  the  breast-plate  " — that  hereby  is  signified  in  the 
extremes,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  two  rings,  as 
denoting  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good  by  which  is  conjunc- 
tion, see  just  above,  n.  9882.  And  from  the  signification  of  the 
two  extremities,  as  denoting  ultimates  or  extremes;  and  from 
the  signification  of  the  breast-plate,  as  being  representative  of 
heaven,  see  above,  n.  9879.  From  which  considerations  it  ia 
evident,  that  by  giving  the  two  rings  on  the  two  extremities  of 
the  breast-plate,  is  signified  the  conjunction  of  the  sphere  of  the 
Divine  Good  in  the  extremes  of  heaven. 

9884.  "  And  thou  shalt  give  two  cords  of  gold  upon  the 
two  rings" — that  hereby  is  signified  a  mode  of  conjunction  in- 
dissoluble, appears  from  the  signification  of  cords,  as  denoting 


9881— 9889.J 


EXODUS. 


535 


indissoluble  conjunction,  see  above,  n.  9880  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  also 
above  n.  9S81 ;  but  the  mode  of  conjunction  is  signified  by 
giving  them  on  the  two  rings.  From  these  considerations  it  is 
evident,  that  by  giving  the  two  cords  of  gold  upon  the  two 
rings,  is  signified  a  moue  of  indissoluble  conjunction  of  good 
with  the  Divine  Sphere. 

9885.  "  At  the  extremities  of  the  breast-plate" — that  hereby 
is  signified  in  the  extremes,  appears  from  what  was  said  above, 
n.  9i>S3. 

9886.  "  And  the  two  extremities  of  the  two  cords  thou  shalt 
give  upon  the  two  sockets" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  mode 
of  conjunction  with  sustaining  principles  in  the  extremes,  ap- 
pears irom  the  signification  of  the  extremity,  as  denoting  ulti- 
mates  or  extremes,  see  above,  n.  9883  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  cords,  as  denoting  indissoluble  conjunction,  see  also  above, 
n.  9S80  ;  the  mode  of  conjunction  is  signified  by  giving  them 
upon  the  sockets  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  sockets  which 
were  upon  the  shoulders,  as  denoting  existence  and  subsistence, 
see  n.  9847,  9851.  The  reason  why  they  denote  also  support 
or  sustenance  is,  because  they  were  upon  the  shoulders,  and  by 
shoulders  are  signified  things  sustaining,  inasmuch  as  they 
sustain  and  carry. 

9887.  And  thou  shalt  give  them  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
cphod" — that  hereby  is  signified  thus  the  support  of  heaven  and 
the  preservation  of  good  and  truth  there  by  every  endeavor  and 
ability,  appears  from  the  signification  of  giving  upon  the  shoul- 
ders of  the  ephod,  as  denoting  support  and  the  preservation  of 
good  and  truth  in  the  heavens.  That  it  denotes  support,  see  just 
above,  n.  9886  ;  and  that  it  denotes  preservation  by  every  en- 
deavor and  ability,  see  n.  9S36.  The  reason  why  it  denotes 
the  support  of  heaven  by  the  Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from 
the  Lord,  and  also  the  preservation  of  good  and  of  truth  there, 
is,  because  by  the  breast-plate,  which  was  tied  by  cords  to  the 
shoulders  of  the  ephod,  and  was  thereby  sustained,  is  signified 
the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord, 
n.  9823,  thus  all  goods  and  truths  in  the  complex  which  consti- 
tute heaven,  n.  9879. 

•J8S8.  "  Over  against  the  faces  of  it  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied for  ever,  appears  from  the  signification  of  over  against  the 
faces,  as  denoting  for  ever ;  for  by  the  breast-plate  is  signified 
heaven,  and  every  good  and  truth  which  constitute  it,  n.  9879  ; 
what  is  over  against  the  faces  there  is  in  the  perpetual  view  of 
the  Lord,  thus  is  preserved  for  ever. 

9889.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold" — that  here- 
by is  signified  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  rings,  as  denoting  the  sphere  of  the  Divine  Good 


536 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


by  which  is  conjunction,  see  n.  9882  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  gold,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  9880. 

9890.  "  And  thou  shalt  set  them  on  the  two  extremities  of 
the  breast-plate" — that  hereby  is  signified  in  the  extremes,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  extremities,  as  denoting  ultimates 
or  extremes  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  breast-plate,  as 
being  representative  of  heaven,  see  n.  9882. 

9891.  "  Upon  its  edge  which  is  on  this  side  the  ephod  in- 
wards " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  conjunction  and  preserva- 
tion of  the  middle  part,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
edge  of  the  breast-plate  which  is  on  this  side  the  ephod  inwards, 
as  denoting  conjunction  with  the  middle  part  of  heaven,  and 
thereby  preservation  ;  for  by  the  ephod  is  signified  the  Divine 
Truth  in  the  spiritual  heaven  in  an  external  form,  n.  9824,  thus 
heaven  in  externals ;  and  the  edge  which  is  on  this  side  the 
ephod  denotes  the  middle  part ;  for  the  subject  treated  of  is  con- 
cerning the  conjunction  of  all  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven 
with  the  ultimates  there,  and  hence  concerning  the  preservation 
of  the  whole  and  of  all  its  parts.  All  goods  and  truths  are  re- 
presented by  the  twelve  stones  of  the  breast-plate,  and  by  the 
names  of  the  twelve  tribes  for  them  there  ;  their  conjunction 
with  the  ultimates  of  heaven  is  represented  by  its  being  tied  to 
the  ephod  in  six  places,  in  two  at  the  shoulders  above,  in  two 
at  the  middle  part,  and  in  two  at  the  shoulders  beneath  above 
the  girdle  ;  hence  is  representatively  exhibited  the  preservation 
of  the  whole,  both  heaven  and  all  things  therein.  The  con- 
junction of  the  breast-plate  to  the  shoulders  above  represents 
the  preservation  of  celestial  goods  and  truths  there ;  but  the 
conjunction  at  the  edge  on  this  side  the  ephod  inwards,  or  at 
the  middle  part,  represents  the  preservation  of  spiritual  goods 
and  truths;  and  the  conjunction  at  the  shoulders  beneath  over 
against  the  coupling  above  the  girdle  represents  the  preserva- 
tion of  natural  goods  and  truths  proceeding  from  the  two  former. 
For  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven  are  in  a  threefold  order ; 
those  which  are  in  the  supremes  are  called  celestial,  those  which 
are  in  the  middles  are  called  spiritual,  and  those  which  are  in 
the  inferiors  are  called  natural  proceeding  from  the  former,  and 
treated  of  beneath. 

9892.  "And  thou  shalt  make  two  rings  of  gold" — signifies 
the  sphere  of  Divine  Good,  as  above,  n.  9882,  9889. 

9893.  "  And  thou  6halt  give  them  on  the  two  shoulders  of 
the  ephod  beneath" — that  hereby  is  signified  the  preservation  ot 
good  and  truth  in  the  lowest  part  of  heaven,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  giving  upon  the  shoulders,  as  denoting  preserva- 
tion by  all  endeavor  and  ability,  as  above,  n.  9887  ;  by  beneath 
is  there  signified  the  lowest  part  of  heaven,  where  good  and 
truth  are  in  a  natural  form,  see  just  above,  n.  9891. 


9890— 9S97.] 


EXODUS. 


537 


9894.  "  Over  against  the  faces  of  it  " — signifies  for  ever,  as 
above,  n.  9887. 

9895.  "  Opposite  to  the  coupling  thereof  above  the  girdle 
of  the  ephod — that  hereby  is  signified  where  there  is  conjunc- 
tion of  all  things  proximately  within  the  external  colligament, 
by  which  all  things  are  kept  together  in  connexion  and  in  form, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  opposite  to  the  coupling  of  the 
ephod,  as  denoting  where  there  is  conjunction  of  all  things  sig- 
nified by  the  ephod,  which  are  goods  and  truths  in  the  spiritual 
kingdom  in  an  external  form,  n.  9824 ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  above  the  girdle  of  the  ephod,  as  denoting  proximately 
within  the  external  colligament,  by  which  all  things  are  kept 
together  in  connexion  and  in  form  ;  for  by  above  is  signified 
within,  since  by  things  superior  are  signified  tilings  interior,  n. 
2148,  3084,  4599,  5146,  8325  ;  and  by  the  girdle  of  the  ephod 
the  external  colligament,  by  which  all  things  are  kept  together 
in  connexion  and  in  form,  n.  9828,  9837.  It  may  be  expedient 
briefly  to  say  how  the  case  herein  is.  That  by  the  tying  of  the 
breast-plate  to  the  shoulders  above,  within  and  beneath,  is  sig- 
nified the  conjunction  of  all  things  of  heaven,  was  shown  above, 
n.  9891  ;  and  that  by  this  last  tying  which  was  above  the  girdkj 
is  signified  their  preservation  on  the  lowest  part,  where  good 
and  truth  is  presented  in  a  natural  form,  n.  9S93.  That  those 
things  which  are  lowest,  or  which  are  ultimate,  contain  superior 
or  interior  things  in  connexion  and  in  form,  see  n.  9828.  This 
lowest,  or  last  principle,  is  represented  by  the  girdle  of  the 
ephod,  n.  9828,  9837  ;  but  what  is  proximately  within  or  above, 
was  represented  by  that  which  is  opposite  to  the  coupling 
above  the  girdle,  where  the  breast-plate  was  tied  to  the  ephod 
beneath. 

9896.  "  And  they  shall  tie  the  breast-plate  from  its  rings  to 
the  rings  of  the  ephod  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  conjunc- 
tion and  preservation  of  all  things  of  heaven  by  the  sphere  of 
the  Divine  Good  in  the  externals  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  tying,  as  denoting  conjunction 
and  preservation,  see  what  was  said  above,  where  the  tying  of 
the  breast-plate  to  the  ephod  was  treated  of ;  and  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  breast-plate,  as  being  representative  of  all 
things  of  heaven,  see  n.  9879,  9882  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  rings,  as  denoting  the  sphere  of  Divine  Good  by  which  is 
conjunction,  see  n.  9498,  9501,  9882  ;  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  ephod,  as  denoting  Divine  Truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom 
in  the  external  form,  into  which  interior  things  close,  see  n.  9824, 
thus  all  the  external  of  that  kingdom. 

9897.  "  In  a  thread  of  blue  — that  hereby  is  signified  by 
the  celestial  love  of  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a 
thread  of  blue,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  see  n. 
9466,  9687,  9833. 


538 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


9898.  "  To  be  upon  the  girdle  of  the  ephod  "—that  hereby 
is  signified  that  it  may  be  preserved  for  ever  in  its  connexion 
and  in  its  form,  appears  from  what  was  said  above,  n.  9895. 

9899.  "Nor  shall  the  breast-plate  recede  from  [being]  upon 
the  ephod  " — that  hereby  are  signified  all  things  of  heaven  inse- 
parable from  the  externals  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  not  receding,  as  denoting  not  to  be 
separated ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  breast-plate,  as  being 
representative  of  all  things  of  heaven,  see  n.  9879,  9882  ;  ana 
from  the  signification  of  the  ephod,  as  denoting  all  the  external 
of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  n.  9S24,  9S96. 

9900.  "  And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  names  of  the  sous  of 
Israel  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  preservation  of  good  and 
truth  as  to  all  quality  by  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  carrying,  when  relating  to  the  breast-plate,  by  which 
are  signified  all  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven,  n.  9879,  98S7, 
as  denoting  to  preserve,  for  what  is  carried  on  the  breast,  this 
is  preserved  [kept  together].  That  to  carry  also,  when  relating 
to  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  denotes  to  keep  together  in 
a  state  of  good  and  truth,  see  n.  9500,  9737.  And  from  the  re- 
presentation of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good, 
see  n.  9S06  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the  names  of  the  sons 
of  Israel,  as  denoting  the  goods  and  truths  of  heaven  and  of  the 
church  as  to  all  quality,  see  n.  9S42. 

9901.  "In  the  breast-plate  of  judgment" — that  hereby  is 
signified  a  representative  of  heaven  as  to  Divine  Truth  shining 
forth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  as  denoting  the 
Divine  Truth  shining  forth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  see 
n.  9857  ;  and  as  being  representative  of  heaven,  u.  9879,  9882. 

9902.  "  Upon  his  heart " — that  hereby  is  signified  from  Di- 
vine Love  to  eternity,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
heart,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  3313,  3635,  3883  to 
3896,  7542,  9050.  Hence  when  it  relates  to  the  Lord,  who  is 
here  represented  by  Aaron,  it  denotes  Divine  Love  ;  hence  to 
carry  on  the  heart  denotes  to  preserve  from  Divine  Love  to 
eternity. 

9903.  "  In  his  entering  in  to  the  holy  [place]  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  in  all  worship,  appears  from  the  signification  of  en- 
tering in  to  the  holy,  as  denoting  worship  ;  for  all  his  adminis- 
tration  at  the  altar,  and  in  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  was  called 
the  holy,  which  administration  was  worship. 

9904.  "  For  remembrance  before  Jehovah  continually  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  from  mercy  to  eternity,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  remembrance,  when  it  relates  to  the  Divine  [bein<> 
or  principle],  as  denoting  to  preserve  or  liberate  from  a  principle 
of  mercy,  see  n.  9849  t  and  from  the  signification  of  continually 
as  denoting  to  eternity. 


9998—9905.] 


EXODUS. 


539 


9905.  "And  thou  slialt  give  to  the  breast-plate  of  judgment 
the  urim  and  thummim  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  shining 
forth  of  Divine  Truth  from  the  Lord  in  ultirnates,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  as  denoting 
Divine  Truth  shining  forth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord, 
see  n.  9S57  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  urim  and  thummim, 
as  denoting  light  and  the  shining  forth  [exple?idescentia]  thence. 
The  reason  why  the  urim  and  thummim  denotes  light  and  ex- 
plendescence  is,  because  by  the  stones  in  the  breast-plate  the 
light  of  heaven  shone  forth  with  variety  according  to  the 
responses  which  were  given  by  them,  therefore  also  they  were 
of  different  colors  ;  for  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  appears  before  the  angels  as  light, 
hence  is  all  the  light  of  heaven.  The  colors  thence  derived, 
which  are  the  modifications  of  that  light  with  the  angels,  are 
variegations  of  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  appertaining  to 
them,  for  all  wisdom  and  intelligence  is  from  that  Divine  Truth 
or  light.  Hence  it  may  be  manifest  that  by  the  shining  forth 
[explendescence]  of  various  colors  from  that  light  are  presented 
Divine  Truths,  which  are  responses  in  the  heavens ;  in  like 
manner  by  the  urim  and  thummim,  when  the  Divine  [being  or 
principle]  was  interrogated.  But  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  when 
the  explendescence  appeared,  then  at  the  same  time  the  response 
to  the  subject  of  inquiry  was  pronounced  in  an  audible  voice 
[viva  voce]  /  which  was  done  by  the  angels,  to  whom  by  such 
explendescence  it  was  revealed  from  the  Lord  ;  for,  as  was  said, 
the  Divine  Truths,  which  are  responses,  so  appear  in  the  hea- 
vens. That  the  light  of  heaven  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  see  n.  1053,  1521  to  1533, 
1619  to  1632,  2776,  3091,  3138,  3167,  3190,  3195,  3222, 
3223,  3337,  3339,  3311,  3636,  3643,  3862,  3993,  1060,  4180, 
4302,  4408,  4414,  4415,  4419,  4527,  4598,  5400,  6032,  6313, 
6315,  6608,  6907,  7174,  8644,  8707,  8861,  9399,  9407,  9570, 
9571.  And  that  colors  appear  in  the  heavens,  and  that  they 
are  modifications  of  that  light  with  the  angels,  thus  variegations 
of  intelligence  and  wisdom  appertaining  to  them,  see  n.  3993, 
4530,  4677,  4742,  4922,  9466,  9467,  9865.  Tfiat  this  is  the 
case,  is  also  manifest  from  the  signification  of  urim  and  thum- 
mim, for  urim  signifies  fire  lucent,  and  thummim  the  explen- 
descence ;  fire  lucent  is  the  Divine  Truth  from  the  Divine  Good 
of  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord,  and  the  explendescence  is  that 
truth  in  ultirnates,  thus  in  effect.  And  it  is  to  be  noted,  that 
thummim  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  denotes  integrity,  but  in  the 
angelic  tongue  explendescence.  It  is  said  in  the  angelic  tongue, 
because  the  angels  discourse  with  each  other  from  the  very  es- 
sence of  a  thing  perceived  inwardly  in  themselves,  thus  accord- 
ing to  its  quality  ;  the  discourse  thence  flows  forth  into  a  con- 
formable sonorous  [expression],  audible  only  to  the  angels  ;  the 


540 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvih. 


explendescence  of  Divine  Truth  and  the  sonorous  [expression] 
is  thummim,  hence  now  is  its  denomination.  The  like  is  per- 
ceived by  the  angels,  when  thum  is  read  in  the  Hebrew  tongue, 
by  which  is  signified  what  is  entire,  or  integrity.  Hence  it  is, 
that  by  entire,  in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  is  signified 
Divine  Truth  in  effect,  which  is  a  life  according  to  the  Divine 
precepts,  as  may  be  manifest  from  several  passages  in  the  Word, 
as  in  Joshua,  chap.  xxiv.  14 ;  in  the  book  of  Judges,  chap.  ix. 
16, 19  ;  and  in  David,  Psalm  xxv.  21 ;  Psalm  xxxvii.  37 ;  Psalm 
lxxxiv.  11 ;  Psalm  ci.  2 ;  Psalm  cxix.  1.  Hence  also  it  is,  that 
the  urim  and  thummim  are  called  the  judgment  of  the  sons  of 
Israel,  also  the  breast-plate  of  judgment,  and  likewise  the  judg- 
ment of  urim,  for  judgment  signifies  Divine  Truth  in  doctrine 
and  life,  see  above,  n.  9857.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
now  be  manifest,  that  the  breast-plate  by  urim  and  thummim, 
that  is,  by  the  explendescence  of  the  light  of  heaven,  revealed 
Divine  Truths  in  a  natural  sphere,  thus  in  ultimates.  A  like 
explendescence  is  also  presented  inwardly  with  those  who  are  in 
truths  derived  from  good,  which  dictates,  and  as  it  were  gives 
responses,  when  truth  is  enquired  after  from  affection  of  heart, 
and  is  loved  as  good.  That  there  is  such  an  explendescence, 
whereby  Divine  Truth  from  heaven  is  revealed  in  the  natural 
man,  with  those  who  are  illustrated  from  the  Word,  is  not  per- 
ceived in  the  world,  by  reason  that  it  is  unknown  that  any  light 
from  heaven  illustrates  the  intellectual  principle  of  man  ;  but 
that  it  is  so,  has  been  given  to  perceive,  and  also  to  see.  It  is 
to  be  noted  further,  that  that  explendescence  appears  in  ulti- 
mates, since  all  things  which  are  of  light  from  the  Divine  [being 
or  principle],  descends  even  to  ultimate  ends  ;  and  because  they 
descend  thither,  they  also  shine  forth  there  and  thence.  Hence 
now  it  is,  that  the  breast-plate  was  set  upon  the  ephod  and  upon 
its  girdle  ;  for  the  ephod  represented  Divine  Truth  in  ultimates, 
i).  9824  ;  and  its  girdle  represented  a  common  bond,  that  things 
might  be  kept  in  connexion,  n.  9828,  9837.  Therefore  it  is 
s&m,And  they  shall  tie  the  breast-plate  from  its  rings  to  the  rinas 
of  the  ephod,  to  be  upon  the  girdle  of  the  ephod,  nor  shall  the 
breast-plate  recede  from  being  upon  the  ephod,  verse  28  of  this 
chapter.  The  reason  why  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel  were 
also  engraven  was,  because  the  twelve  tribes  likewise  represented 
all  things  of  the  Divine  Good  and  truth  in  the  heavens,  conse- 
quently heaven  with  all  the  societies  there,  and  various  things 
according  to  the  order  in  which  they  are  named  in  the  Word, 
see  n.  3858,  3862,  3926,  3939,  4060,  4603,  6335,  6337,  6397, 
6640,  7836,  7891,  7973,  7996,  7997. 

9906.  "  And  they  shall  be  on  the  heart  of  Aaron  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love  of 
the  Lord,  see  above,  n.  9902. 

9907.  "In  his  entering  in  before  Jehovah  " — that  hereby  ia 


9906—9910.] 


EXODUS. 


541 


signified  in  all  worship,  appears  from  the  signification  of  enter- 
ing in  before  Jehovah,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  to  the  Holy 
[place],  as  denoting  worship,  see  above,  n.  9903. 

9908.  "And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  judgment  of  the  sons  of 
Israel  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  Divine  Truth  of  heaven 
and  of  the  church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  judgment, 
as  denoting  Divine  Truth  in  doctrine  and  life,  see  n.  9857. 
Since  they  were  the  urim  and  thuminim  which  are  here  called 
judgment,  therefore  it  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Lord,  and  shining  forth  and  explendescent  in  ultimates,  which 
is  here  meant  by  judgment,  for  the  urim  and  thummim  have 
that  signification,  n.  9905. 

9909.  "Upon  his  heart  before  Jehovah  continually" — that 
hereby  is  signified  perpetually  shining  forth  from  good,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  the  heart,  as  denoting  the  good  of  love, 
see  n.  3313,  3635,  3883  to  3896,  7542,  9050  ;  and  from  the 
signification  of  continually,  as  denoting  perpetually.  The  reason 
why  it  denotes  shining  forth  is,  because  the  breast-plate  was  on 
the  heart,  and  by  the  breast-plate  is  signified  the  Divine  Truth 
shining  forth  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  n.  9823. 

9910.  Yerses  31,  32,  33,  34,  35.  And  thou  shalt  make  the 
robe  of  the  ephod,  the  whole  of  blue.  And  the  mouth  [or  aper- 
ture] of  the  head  thereof  shall  be  in  the  midst  thereof ;  its  brim 
shall  be  to  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  thereof  round  about,  the  work 
of  the  weaver,  as  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  a  coat  of  mail  it 
shall  be  to  it,  lest  it  should  be  rent.  And  thou  shalt  make  upon 
the  borders  thereof  pomegranates  of  blue  and  of  purple,  and  of 
scarlet  double-dyed,  upon  the  borders  thereof  round  about,  and- 
bells  of  gold  in  the  midst  of  them  round  about.  A  bell  of  gold 
and  a  pomegranate,  a  bell  of  gold  and  a  pomegranate  upon  the 
borders  of  the  robe  round  about.  And  it  shall  be  upon  Aaron 
the  minister,  and  his  voice  shall  be  heard  in  his  entering  in  to  the 
Holy  before  Jehovah,  and  in  his  going  out,  lest  he  die.  And 
thou  shalt  make  the  robe  of  the  ephod,  signifies  the  Divine 
Truth  in  the  internal  form  in  the  spiritual  kingdom.  The  whole 
of  blue,  signifies  by  influx  from  the  good  of  the  celestial  king- 
dom. And  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  the  head  thereof  shall 
be  in  the  midst  thereof,  signifies  the  ratio  [rationem]  of  influx 
from  a  superior  principle.  And  a  brim  shall  be  to  the  mouth 
thereof  round  about,  signifies  what  is  on  all  sides  terminated 
and  closed.  The  work  of  a  weaver,  signifies  from  what  is  celes- 
tial. As  the  mouth  of  a  coat  of  mail  it  shall  be,  lest  it  should 
be  rent,  signifies  thus  strong  and  secure  from  hurt.  And  thou 
shalt  make  upon  the  borders  thereof,  signifies  in  the  extremes 
where  the  natural  principle  is.  Pomegranates  signifies  scientifica 
of  good.  Of  blue,  and  of  purple,  and  of  scarlet  double-dyed, 
signifies  from  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith.    Upon  the  bor- 


542 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


ders  thereof  round  about,  signifies  in  the  extremes  where  the 
natural  principle  is  on  all  sides.  And  bells  of  gold,  signifies 
all  things  of  doctrine  and  of  worship  passing  to  those  who  are 
of  the  church.  In  the  midst  of  them  round  about,  signifies 
from  the  interior  of  the  scientifics  of  good  on  all  sides.  A  bell 
of  gold  and  a  pomegranate,  a  bell  of  gold  and  a  pomegranate 
upon  the  borders  of  the  robe  round  about,  signifies  thus  every 
where.  And  it  shall  be  upon  Aaron,  signifies  a  representative 
of  the  Lord.  To  minister,  signifies  whilst  in  worship  and 
evangelization.  And  his  voice  shall  be  heard,  signifies  the  influx 
of  truth  with  those  who  are  in  the  heavens  and  who  are  in  the 
earths.  In  his  entering  in  to  the  holy  before  Jehovah,  sig- 
nifies in  every  state  of  good  and  truth  in  worship.  Lest  he  die, 
signifies  lest  the  representative  perish,  and  thereby  conjunction 
with  the  heavens. 

9911.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  robe  of  the  ephod  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  Divine  Truth  in  the  internal  form  in  the 
spiritual  kingdom,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  robe,  as 
denoting  in  general  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  specifically  the 
Divine  Truth  in  an  internal  form  there,  see  n.  9825. 

9912.  "  The  whole  of  blue  " — that  hereby  is  signified  by  in- 
flux from  the  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  blue,  as  denoting  the  celestial  love  of  truth,  see 
n.  9466,  which  is  the  good  of  mutual  love,  and  the  good  of 
mutual  love  is  the  external  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  for 
goods  in  the  heavens  proceed  in  order  from  inmost  to  outermost, 
and  in  the  order  in  which  they  proceed,  they  also  flow  in,  for 
to  proceed  is  to  flow  in ;  in  what  order  goods  proceed,  6ee 
n.  9873.  This  good  is  what  flows-in  into  the  internal  good  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom,  which  is  signified  by  the  robe :  hence 
exists  its  good,  which  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the 
neighbor  ;  hence  now  it  is  that  the  robe  was  wholly  of  blue. 
With  the  influx  of  goods  the  case  is  this ;  there  is  not  any  good 
given,  which  is  good,  unless  it  has  in  it  an  interior  good  from 
which  [it  is  derived] ;  the  interior  good  from  which  it  is  derived 
constitutes  its  essence,  whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  that  good 
exists  in  the  following,  almost  as  the  soul  in  its  body.  It  is  this 
following  good  concerning  which  it  is  said  that  it  proceeds  from 
another,  which  is  interior.  That  the  good  of  charity  towards 
the  neighbor  proceeds  from  the  good  of  mutual  love,  which  is  a 
prior  or  interior  good,  has  been  occasionally  shown  above.  The 
good  of  mutual  love  is  the  external  good  of  innocence,  and 
unless  the  good  of  charity  has  in  it  the  good  of  innocence,  it 
is  not  the  good  of  charity,  see  n.  2526,  2780,  3183,  4797,  6765, 
7840,  9262,  consequently  unless  it  has  in  it  the  good  of  mutual 
love.  Hence  now  it  is,  that  the  robe  was  to  be  wholly  of  blue ; 
for  blue  is  the  good  of  mutual  love,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing, 


9911—9913.] 


EXODUS.  UZ 


the  external  good  of  innocence ;  and  the  robe  denotes  Divine 
Truth  in  the  internal  form  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  which  is  the 
same  thing  with  the  good  of  charity,  n.  9825. 

9913.  "  And  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  the  head  thereof 
shall  be  in  the  midst  thereof  " — that  hereby  is  signified  the  ratio 
of  influx  from  a  superior  principle,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  the  head  of  the  robe  in  the  midst 
thereof,  as  denoting  where  there  is  influx  from  a  superior 
principle,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  from  an  interior  principle, 
thus  from  the  celestial  kingdom  into  the  spiritual  kingdom. 
That  the  external  good  of -the  celestial  kingdom  flows-in  into  the 
internal  good  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  see  just  above,  n.  9912. 
The  reason  why  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  the  head  of  the  robe 
in  the  midst  thereof  has  this  signification  is,  because  by  the 
robe  is  signified  the  spiritual  kingdom,  and  specifically  its  in- 
ternal principle,  n.  9825  ;  and  by  the  neck,  where  the  mouth  of 
the  head  of  the  robe  was,  is  signified  the  influx,  the  communi- 
cation, and  conjunction,  of  things  celestial  with  things  spiritual, 
n.  3542,  5320,  5328  ;  for  the  head  with  man  corresponds  to  the 
celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  and  the  body  to  His  spiritual 
kingdom,  hence  the  interceding  neck,  which  the  mouth  of  the 
head  of  the  robe  encompasses  and  clothes,  corresponds  to  the 
intermediation  or  influx  of  the  celestial  kingdom  into  the  spi- 
ritual kingdom.  That  such  things  are  signified  by  the  mouth 
of  the  head  of  the  robe  in  the  midst  thereof,  may  appear  as  a 
paradox,  and  will  appear  so  to  those  who  know  nothing  concern- 
ing heaven,  and  concerning  spirits  and  angels  there,  consequent- 
ly nothing  concerning  correspondence.  That  there  is  a  corre- 
spondence of  all  things  appertaining  to  man  with  all  things  in 
the  heavens,  has  been  shown  at  the  close  of  several  chapters, 
see  the  places  cited,  n.  9280 ;  and  that  in  general  the  head 
corresponds  to  celestial  things,  the  body  to  spiritual,  and  the 
feet  to  natural,  n.  493S,  4939.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  the  neck 
from  correspondence  signifies  the  influx,  the  communication  and 
conjunction  of  things  celestial  with  things  spiritual.  Hence  the 
mouth  of  the  head  of  the  robe,  which  was  made  to  encompass 
the  neck,  signifies  the  ratio  of  that  influx  ;  for  by  the  garments 
of  Aaron  were  represented  in  general  those  things  which  are  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  n.  9814.  Hence  it  is  evident 
that  by  the  description  of  the  mouth  or  compass  of  it  is  described 
the  influx  itself.  It  is  moreover  to  be  noted,  that  angels  and 
spirits  appear  clad  in  garments,  and  that  singular  the  parts  of 
their  garments  are  representative  ;  this  is  known  to  all  who  are 
in  the  heavens.    Hence  it  is  that  singular  the  parts  also  of  the 

garments  of  Aaron  are  representative  of  such  things  as  are  in  the 
eavens  ;  for  the  Word  from  he  Lord  is  so  written,  that  by  it 
there  is  conjunction.  The  reason  why  the  man  of  the  church 
does  not  know  this,  although  he  has  such  Word,  is  because  he 


544 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


turns  bis  interiors  to  the  world,  insomucl>  that  he  cannot  be  ele 
vated  towards  heaven,  and  be  instructed,  see  n.  9706,  9707,  9709. 

9914.  "  Its  brim  shall  be  to  the  mouth  thereof  round  about 
— that  hereby  is  signified  on  all  sides  terminated  and  closed, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  brim  or  border,  round 
about  the  mouth  or  upper  aperture  of  the  robe,  as  de- 
noting on  all  sides  terminated  and  closed ;  for  that  brim,  oi 
that  border,  was  what  terminated  and  closed  round  about. 
By  this  and  the  particulars  which  presently  follow,  is  described 
the  ratio  of  the  influx  of  celestial  good  into  spiritual  good.  That 
this  influx  is  in  a  like  ratio  with  the  influx  of  the  powers  from 
the  head  through  the  neck  with  man,  is  manifest  from  what 
was  said  in  the  article  above  concerning  correspondence.  It 
may  be  expedient  briefly  to  say  what  is  the  nature  and  quality 
of  this  influx ;  all  the  first  [principles],  which  are  of  the  head, 
namely,  which  are  of  the  cerebrum  and  the  cerebellum,  collect 
themselves  into  fascicles  of  fibres  and  little  nerves  there,  and 
being  collected  they  are  let  down  through  the  neck  into  the 
body,  and  therein  diffuse  themselves  in  all  directions,  and  move 
the  organical  substances  there  altogether  in  compliance  with 
the  will,  which  commences  in  the  brains.  Similar  also  is  the 
deflux  and  influx  of  the  powers  and  forces  from  the  celestial 
kingdom,  which  is  the  head  in  the  Grand  Man  or  in  heaven 
into  the  spiritual  kingdom,  which  is  as  the  body  there.  This 
influx  also  is  what  is  meant  and  described  by  the  mouth  of  the 
head  of  the  robe  in  the  midst,  and  its  termination  by  the  brim 
round  about.  Hence  now  it  is  that  by  the  brim  of  that  mouth 
is  signified  what  is  terminated  and  closed  on  all  sides.  The  ter- 
mination itself  is  now  described. 

9915.  "The  work  of  the  weaver" — that  hereby  is  signified 
from  the  celestial  principle,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
the  work  of  a  weaver,  as  denoting  from  a  celestial  principle 
by  work  is  signified  that  which  is  done  or  exists,  thus  wha 
is  from  another;  and  a  weaver  is  he  who  causes  it  to  be  or 
exist;  thus  it  denotes  the  celestial  principle,  for  from  this,  and 
by  this,  exists  the  spiritual  principle.  That  the  good  of  the 
celestial  kingdom  nows-in  into  the  good  of  the  spiritual  king- 
dom, and  makes  this  latter  to  exist,  was  shown  above,  n.  9913, 
9914.  Whether  we  speak  of  the  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom, 
or  of  the  celestial  principle,  it  i6  the  same  thing,  for  the  ce- 
lestial principle  is  the  good  of  that  kingdom  ;  the  case  is  similar 
with  respect  to  the  good  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  and  the  spi- 
ritual principle.  AY  hat  the  good  of  the  celestial  kingdom,  or 
the  celestial  principle  is,  and  what  the  good  of  the  spiritua'. 
kingdom  or  the  spiritual  principle,  see  tlie  passages  cited,  n. 
9277.  In  the  heavens  there  are  three  principles  which  succeed 
in  order,  namely,  the  celestial,  the  spiritual,  and  the  natural ; 
'he  celestial  makes  the  inmost  heaven,  the  spiritual  the  middb' 


9915.J 


EXODdS. 


545 


heaven,  and  the  natural  proceeding  from  the  spiritual  the  ulti 
mate  heaven.  These  same  three  principles  are  in  man,  ana 
succeed  in  like  order  in  him  as  in  the  heavens,  for  the  rege- 
nerate man  is  a  heaven  in  the  least  form,  corresponding  to  tlie 
grand  heaven,  n.  9279  ;  but  the  faculties  receiving  those  prin- 
ciples are  called  the  voluntary,  the  intellectual,  and  the  sci- 
entific, from  which  comes  the  cogitative  or  imaginative  of  the 
external  or  natural  man  ;  the  voluntary  receives  the  celestial 
principle  or  good,  the  intellectual  receives  the  spiritual  principle 
or  truth  thence  derived,  and  the  scientific,  which  makes  the 
intellectual  of  the  natural  man,  includes  and  closes  those  princi- 
ples. These  three  are  signified  in  the  Word  by  a  worker  with 
the  needle,  a  contriver,  and  a  weaver ;  that  a  worker  with  a 
needle  or  needle-work  denotes  the  scientific  principle,  see  n. 
9688  ;  and  that  a  contriver  or  contrivance  denotes  the  intel 
lectual  principle,  see  n.  9598,  9688  ;  thus  a  weaver  denotes  the 
voluntary  principle.  The  reason  why  a  weaver  denotes  the 
voluntary  principle  is,  because  the  voluntary  principle  flows-in 
into  the  intellectual  and  weaves  it,  insomuch  that  the  things 
which  are  in  the  intellectual  principle  are  weaviugs  from  the 
voluntary  ;  for  what  the  voluntary  principle  wills,  this  it  forms, 
that  it  may  appear  to  the  sight  in  the  intellectual,  which  sight 
is  thought  [or  contrivance]  and  hence  by  a  contriver  [or  thinker] 
is  signified  the  intellectual  principle.  Inasmuch  as  by  the  gar- 
ments of  Aaron  was  represented  the  spiritual  heaven,  adjoined 
to  the  celestial  kingdom,  n.  9814,  and  the  celestial  kingdom 
corresponds  to  the  voluntary  principle  appertaining  to  man, 
and  the  spiritual  kingdom  to  the  intellectual  principle  apper- 
taining to  him,  n.  9835  ;  therefore,  in  application  to  garments, 
mention  is  made  of  the  work  of  a  worker  with  a  needle,  of  a 
contriver,  and  of  a  weaver,  and  thereby  are  signified  the  things 
which  are  from  the  scientific  principle,  from  the  intellectual, 
and  from  the  voluntary,  or  what  is  the  same  thing,  from  the 
natural,  from  the  spiritiial,  and  from  the  celestial.  That  such 
things  are  signified,  may  be  manifest  to  all  those  who  believe 
tiiat  the  Word  is  Divine,  and  that  thus  it  interiorly  contains 
the  things  which  are  of  the  Lord,  which  are  of  heaven,  and 
which  are  of  the  church,  for  these  are  Divine  things ;  and 
apart  from  these  things,  how  insignificant  is  it  for  Jehovah 
Himself  to  say,  by  whom  and  of  what  work  the  garments  of 
Aaron  should  be  made,  and  which  of  them  should  be  made 
by  the  worker  with  a  needle,  which  by  a  contriver,  and  which 
by  a  weaver,  which  are  distinctly  named  in  what  follows  of 
the  book  of  Exodus  in  these  words,  "These  he  filled  with 
wisdom  of  heart,  to  make  all  work  of  a  workman,  and  of  a  con- 
triver, and  of  a  worker  with  a  needle,  in  blue,  and  in  purple, 
and  in  scarlet  djuble-dyed,  and  of  a  weaver  ;  making  all  work, 
and  contriving  contrivances,"  xxxv.  35.  A  workman  in  this 
vol.  ix.  35 


546 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxviii. 


passage  denotes  Divine  Celestial  Good,  from  which  comes  the 
voluntary  principle  of  a  regenerate  person,  n.  9846 ;  his  work 
is  named  in  the  first  place,  because  immediately  from  the  Di- 
vine [being  or  principle]  ;  and  from  celestial  good  all  things 
are  mediately  born,  and  proceed. 

9916.  "  As  the  mouth  [or  aperture]  of  a  coat  of  mail  shall 
be  to  it  lest  it  should  be  rent " — that  hereby  is  signified  thus 
strong  and  secure  from  hurt,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
a  coat  of  mail,  as  denoting  what  is  strongly  woven  together, 
wherefore  it  is  said,  lest  it  should  be  rent,  that  is,  that  it  may 
be  safe  from  hurt ;  such  a  woven  [substance]  is  signified  by 
that  term  in  the  original  tongue.  The  idea  of  that  woven 
[substance]  may  be  had  from  correspondence ;  for  the  subject 
here  treated  of  in  the  internal  sense  is  concerning  the  influx  of 
celestial  good  into  spiritual  good.  This  influx  is  what  is  sig- 
nified by  the  mouth  of  the  head  of  the  robe,  and  is  described 
bv  the  work  of  a  weaver  and  of  a  coat  of  mail :  and  to  that 

J  7 

influx  from  the  heavens  corresponds  the  influx  of  life  with  man 
from  the  head  through  the  neck  into  the  body,  n.  9913,  9914 ; 
and  since  it  thus  corresponds  to  it,  the  texture  of  the  neck  is 
of  strong  nerves,  and  below  the  texture  is  as  it  were  a  circular 
[assemblage]  of  bones,  by  which  the  influx  is  rendered  secure 
from  all  hurt ;  hence,  as  was  said,  an  idea  may  be  formed  of 
singular  the  things  contained  in  this  verse,  namely,  what  is  sig- 
nified by  the  mouth  of  the  head  in  the  midst,  by  the  brim  which 
is  round  about  it,  by  the  work  of  a  weaver,  and  by  the  mouth 
of  a  coat  of  mail,  which  is  to  it,  lest  it  should  be  rent.  It  is 
to  be  noted,  that  all  representatives  in  nature  have  reference  to 
the  human  form,  and  are  significative  according  to  their  relation 
to  it,  n.  9496  ;  and  that  all  clothing  derives  a  signification  from 
that  part  of  the  body  which  it  covers,  n.  9827;  nence  also  this 
upper  part  of  the  robe  which  encompasses  and  covers  the  neck. 

9917.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  upon  its  borders" — that  here- 
by is  signified  in  the  extremes  where  the  natural  principle  is, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  borders  of  the  robe,  as 
denoting  the  extremes  where  the  natural  principle  is.  For  by 
the  robe  is  specifically  signified  Divine  Truth  in  the  spiritual 
kingdom  in  the  internal  form,  and  in  general  the  spiritual  king- 
dom, n.  9825  ;  and  by  the  borders  which  are  beneath  and  round 
about,  its  extremes  ;  and  the  extremes  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
are  things  natural ;  for  goods  and  truths  in  the  heavens  succeed 
in  this  order,  in  the  supreme  or  inmost  are  celestial  goods  and 
truths,  in  the  middle  are  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  and  in  the 
ultimate  are  natural  goods  and  truths  ;  concerning  which  suc- 
cession in  the  heavens  and  with  man,  see  what  was  said  just 
above,  n.  9915.  And  since  the  scientifics  of  truth  and  of  good 
are  in  the  external  or  natural  man,  therefore  also  pomegranates 
were  set  in  the  border,  for  by  pomegranates  are  signified  the  scien- 


9916,  9917.] 


EXODUS. 


547 


tifics  of  good  ;  and  also  in  the  pomegranates  were  bells  of  gold, 
becaiihe  by  bells  are  signified  such  things  as  are  derived  from 
sci  en  tifics.  That  the  borders  of  the  robe  denote  the  extremes 
where  the  natural  principle  is,  is  manifest  from  the  passages  in 
the  Word,  where  borders  are  named,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  I  saw  the 
Lord  sitting  upon  a  throne  high  and  lofty,  and  the  borders  thereof 
filled  the  temple"  vi.  1,  where  by  the  throne  on  which  the 
Lord  sat  is  signified  heaven,  and  specifically  the  spiritual  heaven, 
n.  5313,  8625 ;  by  borders  are  there  signified  Divine  Truths  in 
ultimates,  or  in  extremes,  such  as  are  the  truths  of  the  "Word 
in  the  sense  of  the  letter ;  which  are  said  to  fill  the  temple, 
when  they  fill  the  church.  The  like  is  signified  by  the  borders 
filling  the  temple,  as  by  the  smoke  and  the  cloud  fiLling  the  ta- 
bernacle and  also  the  temple,  as  occasionally  spoken  of  in  the 
Wo-rd  ;  that  by  smoke  is  there  signified  Divine  Truth  in  ulti- 
mates, such  as  is  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  see  n. 
8916,  8918  ;  and  also  by  a  cloud,  n.  4060,  4391,  5922,  6343. 
That  the  woman  laboring  with  an  issue  of  blood,  when  she 
touched  the  border  of  the  Lord's  garment,  was  healed,  Matt.  ix. 
20,  22 ;  and  in  general,  that  as  many  as  touched  the  border  oj 
His  garment,  were  healed,  Matt.  xiv.  36  ;  Mark  vi.  56,  signified 
that  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  in  the  extremes  or 
ultimates  health  went  forth;  for  that  in  the  ultimates  of  good 
and  truth,  which  are  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle], 
there  is  strength,  and  power,  see  n.  9836,  and  also  that  re- 
sponses are  there,  n.  9905.  And  in  Matthew,  "  Jesus  said  of 
the  Scribes  and  Pharisees,  that  they  do  all  their  works  to  be 
seen  of  men,  that  they  make  broad  their  phylacteries,  and 
magnify  the  borders  of  their  robes,"  xxiii.  5  ;  in  this  passage  it 
is  very  manifest  that  borders  of  a  robe  denote  external  things 
which  are  extant  to  view,  and  that  to  magnify  them  denotes  to 
do  works  in  externals,  that  they  .may  appear  or  be  seen.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  "  Jerusalem  hath  sinned  a  sin,  her  uncleanness 
is  in  her  borders"  Lam.  i.  8,  9  ;  uncleanness  in  the  borders 
denotes  in  the  deeds  and  words,  thus  in  the  extremes  :  for  the 
extremes  derive  their  essence  from  the  interiors,  wherefore 
when  the  interiors  are  unclean,  the  extremes  are  also  unclean, 
although  the  uncleanness  does  not  appear  before  men,  by  reason 
that  men  look  at  the  external  form,  and  thus  do  not  see  the 
interiors  ;  nevertheless  the  uncleanness,  which  is  in  the  interiors, 
appears  before  the  angels,  and  is  also  detected  with  every  one 
in  the  other  life,  for  externals  are  there  removed  ;  hence  it  is 
made  evident  what  has  been  the  quality  of  works  in  their  essence. 
And  in  Nahum,  "  /  will  uncover  thy  borders  upon  thy  faces, 
and  I  will  show  thy  nakedness  to  the  nations,"  iii.  5 ;  to  un- 
cover the  borders  upon  the  faces  denotes  to  remove  externals, 
that  internals  may  appear  ;  for  the  externals,  which  are  of  the 
natural  man,  by  various  methods  conceal  the  internals,  which 


548 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


are  hypocrisies,  deceits,  lies,  hatreds,  revenges,  adulteries  and 
other  like  things,  wherefore  when  externals  are  taken  away, 
internals  appear  in  their  uncleanness  and  filthiness.  And  in 
Jeremiah,  "  If  thou  shalt  say  in  thine  heart,  wherefore  have 
these  things  happened  unto  me  ?  For  the  multitude  of  thine 
iniquity  thy  borders  were  discovered,  thy  heels  were  violated. 
/  will  make  bare  thy  borders  upon  thy  faces,  that  thine  igno- 
minies may  be  seen,  thine  adulteries,"  xiii.  22,  26,  27.  Speaking 
of  the  abominations  of  Jerusalem  ;  to  discover  the  borders,  and 
to  make  them  bare,  denotes  to  take  away  external  things,  which 
cover  aud  hide,  that  the  interiors  may  be  seen  ;  for  man  learns 
to  feign  what  is  good,  what  is  honest  and  sincere,  for  the  sake 
of  reputation,  of  honor,  and  of  gain,  when  yet  inwardly  he 
has  evils  and  falses  of  various  kinds  stored  up  ;  inasmuch  as 
by  borders  are  signified  external  things,  therefore  also  mention 
is  made  of  the  heels,  because  the  heels  denote  the  lowest  things 
of  the  natural  principle,  see  n.  259,  4938,  4940  to  4951.  From 
these  considerations  it  is  now  manifest,  that  by  the  borders  of 
the  robe  are  signified  goods  and  truths  in  ultimates  or  extremes, 
which  are  in  the  natural  world. 

9918.  "  Pomegranates  " — that  hereby  are  signified  the  scien- 
tifics  of  good,  appears  from  the  signification  of  pomegranates,  as 
denoting  the  scientifics  of  good,  see  n.  9552.  The  reason  why 
pomegranates  were  set  in  the  borders  of  the  robe  was,  because 
borders  signified  the  ultimates  or  extremes  of  heaven  and  the 
church,  and  those  ultimates  or  extremes  are  scientifics,  as  is 
manifest  from  what  was  said  above,  n.  9915,  9917,  concerning 
the  successive  order  of  goods  and  of  truths  in  the  heavens  and 
with  man.  The  scientifics  of  good  and  of  truth,  which  are 
signified  by  pomegranates,  are  doctrinals  from  the  "Word,  which 
are  scientifics,  so  far  as  they  are  in  the  memory,  which  is  in  the 
external  or  natural  man.  But  when  they  enter  the  memory, 
which  is  in  the  internal  or  spiritual  man,  as  is  the  case  when 
the  life  is  formed  according  to  them,  then  the  doctrinak  as  to 
truth,  become  [things]  of  faith,  and  as  to  good  become  [things] 
of  charity,  and  are  called  spiritual.  When  this  is  the  case,  they 
nearly  vanish  from  the  external  or  natural  memory,  and  appear 
as  innate,  because  ingrafted  in  the  life  of  man,  like  all  those 
things  which  by  daily  use  are  become  as  it  were  natural, 
ile-nce  it  is  evident  what  scientifics  are,  and  to  what  they  con- 
duce, consequently  to  what  the  doctrinals  of  the  church  conduce 
whilst  they  are  held  only  scientifically  ;  for  when  they  are  held 
only  scientifically,  they  have  then  a  place  beneath  intelligence 
and  wisdom,  nor  do  they  ascend  or  enter  the  life,  until  they  be- 
come of  faith  and  of  charity  in  the  internal  man. 

9919.  "  Of  blue,  and  purple,  and  scarlet  double-dyed  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  from  the  good  of  charity  and  of  faith, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  those  words,  see  D.  9687, 


9918—9922.] 


EXODUS. 


549 


9833.  The  reason  why  fine  linen  was  not  interwoven  as  in  the 
ephod,  is  because  the  waistcoat,  which  was  the  inmost  clothing, 
was  of  fine  linen,  and  this  for  the  reason  because  by  fine  linen  is 
signified  truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  n.  5319,  9169,  which  is 
spiritual  good  itself  proceeding  from  celestial. 

9920.  "  On  the  borders  thereof  round  about  " — that  hereby 
is  signified  in  the  extremes,  where  the  natural  principle  is,  in  all 
directions,  appears  from  the  signification  of  borders,  as  denoting 
extremes,  where  the  natural  principle  is,  see  above,  n.  9917 ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  round  about,  as  denoting  in  all  di- 
rections ;  for  when  borders  signify  extremes,  the  whole  circum- 
ference which  is  from  the  borders  signifies  every  extreme,  con- 
sequently every  where,  or  in  every  direction. 

9921.  "  And  bells  of  gold  " — that  hereby  are  signified  all 
things  of  doctrine  and  of  worship  derived  from  good  passing  to 
those  who  are  of  the  church,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
bells,  as  denoting  all  things  of  doctrine  and  of  worship  passing 
to  those  who  are  of  the  church,  of  which  we  shall  speak  pre- 
sently. That  they  are  derived  from  good,  is  signified  by  their 
being  of  gold,  for  gold  signifies  good,  n.  113,  1551,1552,  5658, 
6914,  6917,  8932,  9490,  9510,  9S74,  9881,  9884.  The  reason 
why  bells  denote  all  things  of  doctrine  and  of  worship  passing 
to  those  who  are  of  the  church  is,  because  by  means  of  the 
cells  the  people  heard  and  perceived  the  presence  of  Aaron  in 
ministering,  for  by  the  people  are  signified  those  who  are  of  the 
church,  and  by  the  ministry  of  Aaron  are  signified  all  things  of 
doctrine  and  worship  ;  wherefore  in  what  follows  it  is  said,  And 
they  shall  be  upon  Aaron  to  minister,  and  his  voice  shall  be  heard 
in  his  entering  in  to  the  Holy  before  Jehovah,  and  in  his  going- 
out,  from  which  considerations  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by 
bells.  The  reason  why  those  bells  were  set  in  the  borders  of  the 
robe  was,  because  the  holy  tilings  of  doctrine  are  in  the  ex- 
tremes, and  also  there  and  thence  is  hearing  and  perception,  see 
n.  9824,  9905. 

9922.  "  In  the  midst  thereof  round  about " — that  hereby  is 
signified  from  the  interior  of  the  scientifics  of  good  in  every 
direction,  appears  from  the  signification  of  "  in  the  midst,"  as 
denoting  what  is  interior,  see  n.  1074,  2940,  2973,  5897.  Thud 
in  the  midst,  when  it  relates  to  the  hearing  and  perception  of 
doctrine  and  of  worship,  which  are  signified  by  bells,  denotes 
from  what  is  interior ;  and  from  the  signification  of  pomegranates, 
in  the  midst  of  which  they  were,  as  denoting  the  scientifics  of 
good,  see  above,  n.  9918  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  round 
about,  as  denoting  in  every  direction,  as  above,  n,  9920.  The 
reason  why  the  bells  were  set  in  the  midst  of  the  pomegranates 
was,  because  the  scientifics,  which  are  signified  by  pome- 
granates, are  recipients,  and  as  vessels  of  truth  and  of  good,  see 
n.  1469,  1496,  3068,  5373,  5489,  7770 ;  and  doctrine  and  wor- 


550 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


ship,  which  are  signified  by  bells,  must  be  derived  from  good 
and  truth,  which  are  inwardly  in  scientifics  as  in  their  ves- 
sels ;  if  they  are  not  derived  from  those  principles,  but  only 
from  scientifics,  they  have  not  any  thing  oT  life.  It  is  said  that 
doctrine  and  worship  must  be  from  goou  and  truth,  which  are 
within  in  scientifics,  but  not  from  scientifics  without  those 
principles.  But  since  few  can  comprehend  how  this  case  is,  it 
may  be  expedient  to  explain  it,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the  appre- 
hension. All.  things  of  the  external  or  natural  memory  are  called 
scientifics,  for  there  is  given  an  external  memory,  which  is  of 
things  in  the  natural  world,  and  there  is  given  an  internal  me- 
morv,  which  is  of  things  in  the  spiritual  world,  see  n.  2469  to 
2494,  2831,  5212,  9394,  9723,  9841.  The  things  which  are 
inscribed  on  the  internal  memory  are  not  called  scientifics  be- 
cause they  are  things  relating  to  the  life  of  man,  but  they  are 
called  truths  which  are  of  faith  and  goods  which  are  of  love; 
these  are  the  things  which  must  be  within  in  scientifics.  For 
there  is  in  man  an  external  principle,  which  is  called  the  exter- 
nal man,  and  an  internal  principle,  which  is  called  the  internal 
man  ;  the  internal  principle  must  be  in  the  external,  as  the  soul 
in  its  body ;  thus  those  things  which  are  in  the  internal  man, 
must  be  in  those  which  are  in  the  external,  for  thereby  there  is 
a  soul  or  life  in  the  latter  ;  wherefore  if  internal  things,  or  those 
which  are  of  the  internal  man,  be  not  in  external  things,  there 
is  no  soul  in  these  latter,  thus  no  life  ;  and  whereas  the  good  of 
love  and  of  faith  constitutes  the  internal  principle,  it  follows 
that  that  good  must  be  in  externals,  thus  in  scientifics  ;  for 
scientifics,  as  was  before  said,  are  recipients  and  as  vessels  of 
internal  principles,  consequently  doctrine  and  worship  must  be 
from  those  things  which  are  in  the  recipients  or  vessels,  since 
doctrine  and  worship  are  not  in  recipients  and  vessels  which  are 
empty  or  void  of  those  principles.  From  these  considerations 
ii  is  evident  how  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  all  things  of  doc- 
trine and  of  worship  must  be  from  the  interiors  of  the  scientifics 
of  good,  which  is  signified  by  the  bells  of  gold  being  in  the 
midst  of  the  pomegranates.  It  is  further  to  be  noted,  that  there 
are  given  scientifics  of  good,  and  scientifics  of  truth,  and  that 
truths  there  are  again  vessels  recipient  of  good,  for  the  truths 
of  faith  are  the  vessels  of  the  good  of  love.  For  the  illustration 
of  this  subject,  see  what  was  said  and  shown  above  concerning 
scientifics,  namely,  That  identifies  are  things  of  the  memory  in 
the  natural  man,  n.  3293,  3309,  3310,  4967,  5212,  5774,  5874, 
:>  -  S6,  .VSS9,  5934.  That  by  seii  ntifics  the  internalman  is  opened, 
n.  1495,  1548,  1563,  1895,  1940,*3085,  3086,  5276,  5871,  5874, 
59i»i.  That  scientifics  are  the  means  of  growing  wise,  and  also 
the  means  of  becoming  insane,  n.  4156,  4760,  8628,  8629.  That 
scientifics  are  the  vessels  of  truth,  and  truths  the  vessels  of  good,, 
u.  1469,  1496,  3068,  3079,  3318,  5489,  58S1,  6023,  6071,  6077 


9923—9925.] 


EXODTJS. 


551 


6750,  7770,  8005,  9394,  9724.  That  scientifics  are  serviceable 
to  the  internal  man,  n.  I486,  1616,  2576,  3019,  3020,  3665, 
5201,  5213,  6052,  6068,  60S4,  9394.  That  scientifics,  which  are 
things  of  the  external  memory,  when  they  become  of  the  life,  van- 
ish out  of  the  external  memory,  but  remain  inscribed  on  the  in- 
ternal memory,  n.  9394,  9723,  9S41.  That  man,  who  is  in  the 
truths  of  faith  derived  from  the  good  of  charity,  is  capable  of 
being  elevated  above  scientifics,  n.  6383,  6384  ;  which  is  the  same 
thing  as  being  elevated  above  sensual  things,  n.  5089,  5094,  6183, 
6313,  6315,  9730.  That  man  carries  along  with  him  scientifics 
or  the  things  of  the  external  memory  into  the  other  life,  when 
he  dies,  but  that  they  are  then  quiescent,  and  how,  n.  2475  to 
2486,  6931. 

9923.  "  A  bell  of  gold  and  a  pomegranate,  a  bell  of  gold  and 
a  pomegranate  on  the  borders  of  the  robe  round  about  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  thus  every  where  and  altogether,  namely, 
that  doctrine  and  worship  must  be  from  the  interior  of  scientifics, 
appears  from  what  was  just  above  shown  concerning  bells  and 
pomegranates;  the  repetition  involves,  that  thus  it  must  be 
every  where. 

9924.  "  And  it  shall  be  upon  Aaron  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
3ed  a  representative  of  the  Lord,  appears  from  the  representa- 
tion of  Aaron,  as  being  a  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  the 
good  of  love,  see  n.  9806,  9809  ;  in  this  case  as  to  those  things 
which  concern  evangelization  and  worship,  since  such  things  are 
signified  by  the  bells  in  the  pomegranates,  and  by  the  voice 
thence  to  be  heard,  when  Aaron  entered  in  to  the  holy  [place]. 

9925.  "  To  minister  " — that  hereby  is  signified  whilst  in 
worship  and  evangelization,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
ministering,  when  concerning  Aaron,  by  whom  is  represented 
the  Lord,  as  denoting  worship  and  evangelization.  By  worship 
is  signified  every  thing  representative  of  worship  derived  from 
the  good  of  love  and  the  truths  of  faith,  for  worship  derived 
from  those  principles  is  truly  worship,  whereas  worship  without 
those  principles  is  as  a  shell  without  a  kernel,  and  as  a  body 
without  a  soul ;  still  such  was  the  worship  amongst  the  Judaic 
and  Israelitish  nation,  for  it  only  represented  internal  things, 
which,  as  was  said,  are  of  love  and  of  faith  ;  nevertheless  the 
Lord  provided  that  such  worship  should  be  perceived  in  the 
heavens,  and  thus  by  it  should  be  effected  the  conjunction  of 
heaven  with  man,  not  by  internal  things,  but  by  correspon- 
dences with  external  things,  on  which  subject  see  what  was 
cited,  n.  9021,  9380.  This  worship  is  what  is  signified  by  the 
ministry  of  Aaron.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  also  evangeliza- 
tion is,  because  by  evangelization  are  meant  all  things  which  in 
the  Word  treat  of  the  Lord,  and  all  things  which  in  worship 
represented  Him  ;  for  evangelization  is  annunciation  concerning 
the  Lord,  concerning  His  coming,  and  concerning  those  thing! 


552 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


which  are  from  Him,  which  relate  to  salvation  and  eternal  life. 
And  whereas  all  things  of  the  Word,  in  its  inmost  sense,  treat  cf 
the  Lord  alone,  and  also  all  things  of  worship  represented  Him, 
therefore  the  whole  Word  is  Evangelium  [Gospel],  in  like  man- 
ner all  worship  which  is  performed  according  to  those  things 
that  are  commanded  in  the  Word.  And  because  priests  presided 
over  worship,  and  likewise  taught,  therefore  by  their  ministry 
was  signified  worship  and  evangelization. 

9926.  "  And  his  voice  shall  be  heard  " — that  hereby  is  signi- 
fied the  influx  of  truth  with  those  who  are  in  the  heavens  ana 
who  are  in  the  earths,  appears  from  the  signification  of  being 
heard,  as  denoting  reception  and  perception,  see  n.  5017,  5471, 
5-475,  7216,  8361,  9311,  hence  also  influx,  for  the  things  which 
are  received  and  perceived  must  flow  in  ;  and  from  the  significa- 
tion of  voice,  when  concerning  Aaron,  by  whom  is  represented 
the  Lord,  as  denoting  the  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  8813  ;  for  voice 
is  its  announcing,  and  because  it  is  announcing,  it  is  with  those 
who  are  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  earths ;  for  the  Divine  Truth 
fills  all  the  things  of  heaven,  and  constitutes  all  things  of  the 
church.  Such  announcing  was  represented  by  the  voice  from 
the  bells  of  gold,  when  Aaron  entered  in  to  the  holy  [place] 
before  Jehovah,  and  when  he  went  out,  as  is  said  in  what  now 
follows  in  this  verse.  That  voice  in  the  Word  signifies  Divine 
Truth,  which  is  heard  and  perceived  in  the  heavens  and  in  the 
earths,  is  manifest  from  the  following  passages,  "  T/te  voice  of 
Jehovah  is  on  the  waters ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  is  in  virtue  ;  the 
voice  of  Jehovah  is  with  honor;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  breaks  the 
cedars  ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  falleth  as  a  flame  of  fire ;  the  voice 
(f  Jehovah  makes  the  wilderness  to  tremble ;  the  voice  of 'Jehovah 
makes  the  hinds  to  bring  forth  young ;  but  in  His  temple  every 
one  6ayeth  glory,"  Psalm  xxix.  4  to  10.  The  subject  treated  of 
in  that  Psalm  is  concerning  the  Divine  Truth,  which  destroys 
falses  and  evils  ;  this  Divine  Truth  is  the  voice  of  Jehovah  ; 
but  the  glory  which  is  6aid  is  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  in 
heaven  and  in  the  church.  That  glory  denotes  the  Divine 
Truth,  see  n.  9429 ;  and  that  temple  denotes  heaven  and  the 
church,  see  n.  3720.  And  in  John,  "  He  who  is  the  shepherd 
of  the  sheep,  to  him  the  porter  openeth,  and  the  sheep  hear  his 
voice  :  the  sheep  follow  him,  because  they  know  his  voice  :  a 
stranger  they  do  not  follow,  because  they  know  not  the  voice  of 
strangers.  And  other  sheep  I  have,  which  are  not  of  this  fold, 
them  also  I  must  bring,  and  they  shall  /tear  My  voice  f  but  ye 
are  not  of  My  sheep,  for  My  sheep  hear  My  voice,  and  I  know 
them  and  they  follow  Me,"  x.  2,  3,4,  5,  16,  26,  27.  That 
voice  in  this  passage  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from 
the  Lord,  time  the  Word,  is  very  evident ;  the  voice  of  strangers 
denotes  what  i6  false.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  The  voice  of  Him  that 
crieth  in  the  wilderness,  prepare  ye  the  way  of  Jehovah,  for  the 


9926.] 


EXODUS. 


553 


glory  of  Jehovah  shall  he  revealed.  The  voice  saith,  cry. 
ascend  upon  a  high  mountain,  O  evangelizing  Zion  !  lift  up 
with  virtue  thy  voice,  O  evangelizing  Jerusalem  !  lift  up  ;  be 
hold  the  Lord  Jehovih  cometh  in  strength,"  xl.  3,  5,  6,  9,  10, 
John  i.  23  ;  voice  in  this  passage  denotes  what  is  announced 
from  the  Word  concerning  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  thus  also  it 
denotes  Divine  Truth,  which  the  Word  announces  ;  wilderness 
denotes  the  state  of  the  church  on  this  occasion,  which  is  as  .n 
a  wilderness,  because  the  Word  is  no  longer  understood ;  the 
glory  which  shall  be  revealed  denotes  the  Word  as  to  its  inte- 
riors. That  this  is  glory,  see  n.  9429.  That  Jehovah,  for 
whom  a  way  wras  to  be  prepared,  and  the  Lord  Jehovih,  who 
was  to  come  in  strength,  denotes  the  Lord,  is  evident,  for  it  is 
clearly  said.  Again,  in  Isaiah,  "  the  voice  of  thy  watchmen,  they 
shall  lift  up  the  voice,  when  they  shall  see  with  eye  to  eye,  that 
Jehovah  is  returned  to  Zion,"  Hi.  8 ;  where  watchmen  denote  those 
who  search  the  Scripture  concerning  the  coming  of  the  Lord  ; 
their  voice  denotes  the  Word,  which  is  the  Divine  Truth  from 
which  [they  speak].  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  The  Maker  of  the  earth 
by  His  intelligence  stretcheth  out  the  heavens,  to  the  voice  which 
He  gives,  there  is  a  multitude  of  waters  in  the  heavens"  x.  12,  13 ; 
chap.  li.  16 ;  voice  denotes  Divine  Truth,  waters  denote  the 
truths  wdiich  are  in  the  heavens  and  from  the  heavens.  That 
waters  in  the  Word  denote  truths,  see  n.  2702,  3058,  3424, 4976, 
5668,  8568,  9323.  As  also  in  the  Apocalypse,  '•''The  voice  of  the 
ISon  of  Man  was  as  the  sound  of  many  waters,"  i.  15.  "I heard 
a  voice  from  heaven  as  the  voice  qf  many  waters"  xi  v.  2.  And  in 
David,  "  The  voice  of  Jehovah  is  on  the  waters,  Jehovah  is  on 
great  waters,"  Psalm  xxix.  3.  And  in  Joel,  "  Jehovah  hath  ut- 
tered His  wi'ce  before  His  army,  because  it  is  innumerable  which 
doeth  His  Word,"  ii.  11 ;  voice  also  in  this  passage  denotes  the 
Divine  Truth,  likewise  the  Word  which  they  do.  Again  in 
the  same  prophet,  "Jehovah  from  Jerusalem  shall  give  His 
voice  that  the  heavens  and  the  earth  shall  tremble,"  iii.  16. 
And  in  David,  "  O  ye  kingdoms  of  the  earth,  sing  to  the  Lord, 
to  Him  that  rideth  upon  the  heaven  of  the  heaven  of  antiquity, 
behold  He  shall  give  in  a  voice  the  voice  of  strength,"  Psalm 
Ixviii.  32,  33.  And  in  John,  "  I  say  unto  you  that  the  hour 
cometh,  when  the  dead  shall  hear  the  voice  of  the  Son  of  Man, 
and  they  who  hear  shall  live,"  v.  25;  that  voice  in  this  passage 
denotes  the  Divine  Truth,  consequently  the  Word  of  the  Lord, 
is  evident.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "The  spirit  lifted  me  up,  and 
I  heard  behind  me  the  voice  of  a  great  earthquake,  blessed  be 
the  glory  of  Jehovah,  and  the  voice  of  the  wings  of  animals, 
and  the  voice  of  wheels,  and  the  voice  of  a  great  earthquake" 
iii.  12,  13.  And  afterwards,  "  The  voice  of  the  wings  of  the 
cherubs  was  heard  even  to  the  outer  court,  as  the  voice  of  Goal 
Schaddai  when  He  speaks,"  x.  5 ;  voice  also  in  these  passages 


554: 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


denotes  Divine  Truth ;  for  cherubs  signify  providence  and  the 
guard  of  the  Lord  to  prevent  access  to  Himself,  and  into  heaven 
except  by  the  good  which  is  of  love,  see  n.  9277,  9509 ;  the 
voice  of  wings  and  the  voice  of  wheels  denote  spiritual  truths. 
In  this  verse,  in  which  Aaron  is  treated  of,  it  is  the  sound  oi 
clangor  from  the  bells  which  is  called  voice.  Also  in  othet 
passages  in  the  Word,  sounds  and  clangors  from  trumpets,  and 
sounds  and  clangors  from  thunders,  are  what  are  called  voices, 
and  by  them  in  like  manner  are  signified  Divine  Truths,  see  n 
7573.  Moreover  also  the  sounds  of  musical  instruments  of 
various  kinds  have  a  like  signification,  but  those  which  gave  a 
grating  and  discrete  sound,  signify  Divine  Truths  spiritual, 
whereas  those  which  give  a  continuous  sound,  signify  Divine 
Truth.-  celestial,  n.  418,  419,  420,  4138,  8337.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  by  the  sounds  or  voices  of  bells  are  signified  Divine 
Truths  spiritual ;  for  the  garments  of  Aaron,  and  specifically 
the  robe,  in  the  borders  of  which  they  were  round  about,  re- 
presented the  spiritual  kingdom  or  heaven  of  the  Lord,  n.  9S14, 
9S25. 

9927.  "  In  his  entering  in  to  the  holy  [place]  before  Jehovah, 
and  in  his  going  out  " — that  hereby  is  signified  in  every  state  of 
good  and  of  truth  in  worship,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
entering  in  to  the  holy  [place],  and  of  entering  in  before  Je- 
hovah, as  denoting  worship,  see  above,  n.  9903,  9907.  The 
lvaM  in  why  a  state  of  good  and  of  truth  in  worship  is  what  is 
signified,  is,  because  all  things  of  worship  with  the  Israelitish 
and  Judaic  nation  were  representative  of  internal  worship,  and 
internal  worship  is  from  good  and  truth,  or  from  the  affection 
of  good  and  from  the  faith  of  truth.  The  reason  why  every  state 
of  those  principles  is  what  is  signified  is,  because  it  is  said  in 
entering  in  and  in  going  out  are  signified  all  things  of  state  ; 
for  the  things  which  relate  to  motion,  as  walking,  going,  ad- 
vancing, signify  a  state  of  life ;  that  walking  has  this  signifi- 
cation, see  n.  519,  1794,  3335,  4882,  5493,  5605,  8417,  8420; 
in  like  manner  advancing  and  journeying,  n.  8103,  8181,  S .'*>;•  7 , 
8557;  and  that  nations  and  progressions  in  the  other  life  are 
states,  n.  1273  to  1277,  1376  to  1381,  2837,  3356,  9440.  Hence 
it  is  evident  that  entering  in  and  going  out  denotes  the  all  of 
the  state  or  thing  treated  of;  and  whereas  the  subject  here  treated 
of  is  concerning  worship  from  good  and  truth,  it  is  every  state 
of  good  and  of  truth  in  worship  which  is  signified  by  entering 
in  and  going  out.  This  signification  of  entering  in  and  going 
out  i6  grounded  in  representatives  in  the  other  life  ;  for  there 
they  go,  walk,  make  progress,  enter  in  and  go  out,  as  in  the 
world,  but  all  those  things  are  performed  according  to  the  state 
of  the  life  of  their  thoughts  and  affections,  see  the  passages 
above  cited ;  that  they  hence  also  derive  their  origin,  and  that 
they  are  correspondences,  and  thereby  real  appearances,  they 


9927.J 


EXODUS. 


555 


do  not  attend  to.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  all  things  which 
are  of  motion  signify  those  things  which  relate  to  states  of  life, 
consequently  that  entering  in  and  going  out  signify  every  state 
of  life,  thus  the  state  of  the  thing  treated  of,  from  beginning 
to  end.  Hence  it  is,  that  amongst  the  ancients  it  was  a  cus- 
tomary form  of  speaking  to  say,  that  they  know  the  entering  in 
and  going  out,  or  the  entrance  and  exit  of  any  one,  when  they 
meant  that  they  knew  every  state  of  his  life.  And  since  this  form 
of  speaking  derives  its  origin  from  correspondences  in  the  other 
lift",  as  was  said,  therefore  also  in  the  Word  it  is  in  like  manner 
adopted,  and  where  it  is  adopted,  the  same  thing  is  signified,  as 
in  the  following  passages,  "  Achish  called  David,  and  said  to 
him,  thou  art  right,  and  thy  going  out  andthine  entering  in  with 
me  in  the  camp  is  good  in  mine  eyes,  because  I  have  not  found 
evil  in  thee,"  1st  Sam.  xxix.  6  ;  where  thy  going  out  and  thine 
entering  in  being  good  in  the  eyes,  denotes  that  he  was  well 
pleased  with  every  state  of  his  life.  And  in  the  second  book  of 
Samuel,  "  Thou  knowest  Abner,  that  became  to  persuade  thee, 
and  that  he  may  know  thine  exit  and  thine  entrance,  and  that  he 
may  know  all  that  thou  doest,"  iii.  25  ;  where  to  know  the 
exit  and  the  entrance  denotes  all  the  thoughts  and  actions  of 
the  life,  wherefore  also  it  is  said,  and  that  he  may  know  all 
thou  doest.  And  in  the  second  book  of  the  Kings,  "  I  know 
thy  sitting,  and  thy  going  out  and  thine  entering  in,  and  that 
thou  movest  thyself  against  Me,"  xix.  27  ;  Isaiah  xxxvii.  28  ; 
speaking  of  Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria,  where  to  know  his 
going  out  and  his  entering  in  denotes  all  things  of  his  counsel. 
And  in  David,  "  Jehovah  shall  keep  thee  from  all  evil,  He  shall 
keep  thy  soul,  Jehovah  shall  keep  thine  exit  and  thine  entrance, 
from  now  and  even  into  an  age,"  Psalm  cxxi.  7,  8  ;  to  keep 
the  exit  and  the  entrance  denotes  every  thing  of  the  life  accord- 
ing to  a  state  of  good  and  of  truth.  And  in  Moses,  "  Jehovah 
God  of  the  spirits  of  all  flesh  shall  set  a  man  over  the  assembly, 
who  may  go  out  before  them,  and  who  may  enter  in  before  them, 
that  the  assembly  of  Jehovah  may  not  be  as  a  flock  which  hath 
no  shepherd,"  Numb,  xxvii.  16,  17  ;  who  may  go  out  before 
them,  and  who  may  enter  in  before  them,  denotes  who  may 
lead  them,  thus  whom  they  may  look  at  and  follow  in  every 
state  of  life.  And  in  John,  "  He  who  entereth  not  in  by  the 
door  into  the  sheepfold,  but  climbs  up  some  other  way,  the 
same  is  a  thief  and  a  robber  ;  but  he  who  entereth  in  by  the 
door  is  the  shepherd  of  the  sheep.  I  am  the  Shepherd  of  the 
sheep,  by  Me  if  any  one  entereth  in,  he  shall  be  saved,  and 
shall  enter  in  and  go  out,  and  find  pasture,"  x.  1,  2,  9  ;  where 
to  enter  in  means  into  heaven,  thus  into  the  good  of  love  and 
of  faith,  for  this  good  makes  heaven.  Wherefore  to  enter  in 
and  to  go  out,  denotes  to  be  led  of  the  Lord  as  to  every  state 
of  lifej  consequently  to  think  and  to  will  what  is  good  from 


556 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


freedom,  that  is,  trom  love  and  faitli  which  are  from  the  Lord, 
for  those  principles  constitute  freedom.  And  in  Luke,  "  Jesus 
sent  the  twelve  disciples  to  preach  the  kingdom  of  God,  and 
said  unto  them,  into  whatsoever  house  ye  enter  in  there  abide, 
and  thence  go  out"  ix.  1,  2,  4.  To  enter-in  into  a  house,  to 
abide  there,  and  thence  to  go  forth,  denotes  to  enjoy  heavenly 
consociation  with  those,  who  receive  the  Lord  in  faith  and  love; 
for  in  heaven,  they  who  are  together  in  one  society,  are  also  in 
one  house,  and  enter  in  there  and  go  out,  for  they  are  in  similar 
good  ;  but  they  who  are  in  dissimilar,  cannot  do  so,  and  if 
they  enter  in,  they  enter  not  through  the  doors,  but  some  other 
way ;  he  who  does  not  know  that  such  things  are  signified, 
cannot  know  what  is  involved  in  the  Lord's  words  to  the  disci- 
ples, that  into  whatsoever  house  they  entered  in,  they  should 
there  abide  and  thence  go  forth.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  When  the 
prince  shall  enter  in,  he  shall  enter  in  by  the  way  of  the  porch 
by  the  gate,  and  shall  go  out  in  the  way  thereof.  When  the 
people  of  the  land  shall  enter  in  before  Jehovah  on  the  stated 
festivals,  he  that  entereth  in  by  the  way  of  the  gate  of  the  north 
to  a  door  shall  go  out  by  the  way  of  the  gate  of  the  south  ;  but 
he  that  entereth  in  by  the  way  of  the  gate  of  the  south,  shall 
gc  out  by  the  way  of  the  gate  towards  the  north,  he  shall  not 
return  by  the  way  of  the  gate  through  which  he  had  entered  in, 
but  shall  go  out  in  the  straight  [way]  before  him.  But.  when 
the  prince  enters-in  in  the  midst  of  them,  they  shall  enter  in. 
and  when  they  go  out,  they  shall  go  out,"  xlvi.  8,  9,  10.  The 
subject  here  treated  of  in  the  internal  sense  is  concerning  a  new 
heaven  and  a  new  church,  and  by  the  prince  is  signified  the 
truth  of  faith  derived  from  the  good  of  love;  in  what  manner 
this  truth  enters  in  with  the  angels  in  the  heavens,  and  with  the 
men  of  the  church  in  the  earths,  and  afterwards  makes  progress, 
when  by  an  external  way  to  interiors,  and  when  by  an  internal 
way  to  exteriors,  is  there  described  by  the  entrance  and  exit  ot 
the  prince  and  of  the  people  of  the  land ;  the  south  denotes  a 
state  of  the  truth  of  faith  in  the  internal  man,  and  the  north 
denotes  the  state  thereof  in  the  external ;  entrance  and  exit 
denote  the  state  of  life  as  to  good  and  truth,  thus  as  to  worship. 
From  the  above  considerations  it  may  be  known  with  sufficient 
evidence,  that  entering  in  and  going  out  denote  such  things  as 
relate  to  states  of  life  derived  from  good  and  truth  ;  for  accord 
ing  to  any  other  view,  to  what  purpose  could  it  be  required, 
that  the  prince  should  enter  in  by  one  way  or  by  another,  and 
also  the  people  of  the  land.  For  by  the  house  or  temple  in  the 
above  passage,  into  which  there  was  entrance,  and  out  of  which 
there  was  exit,  is  signified  heaven  and  the  church,  see  n.  3720. 
By  the  prince,  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  5044.  By  the  people  ot 
the  laud,  those  who  are  in  heaven  or  who  are  of  the  church,  n. 
2928.    By  way,  that  which  leads  to  truth,  n.  627,  2333.  By 


9928,  9929.] 


EXODUS. 


557 


gate,  what  is  of  doctrine,  n.  2851,  3187.  By  the  south,  where 
truth  is  in  the  light,  n.  9642,  thus  truth  in  the  internal  man. 
And  by  the  north,  where  truth  is  in  obscurity,  n.  3708,  thus 
truth  in  the  external  man. 

9928.  "  Lest  lie  die  " — that  hereby  is  signified  lest  the  re- 
presentation perish,  and  thereby  conjunction  with  the  heavens, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  dying,  when  concerning  Aaron 
and  his  office,  as  denoting  a  cessation  of  representatives,  and 
thence  of  conjunction  with  the  heavens  ;  for  by  Aaron  was  re- 
presented the  Lord,  and  by  his  office  all  the  work  of  salvation, 
and  on  the  part  of  man,  worship;  which  worship,  that  it  was 
representative,  and  that  by  representative  worship  there  is  C07i- 
junction  with  the  heavens,  has  been  abundantly  shown  above, 
see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9320  ;  also  what  was  the  representative 
of  a  church  with  the  Israelitish  and  Judaic  nation,  n.  9280, 
9457,  9481,  9576,  9577 ;  and  that  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord 
and  of  heaven  with  man  at  that  time  was  by  representatives, 
n.  94S1.  Hence  also  it  was,  that  Aaron  was  clothed  with  gar- 
ments, which  represented  heavenly  things,  wheu  he  ministered 
in  things  holy  ;  and  that  if  he  had  done  otherwise,  he  would 
die  ;  especially  if  he  should  go  to  such  holy  ministry  whilst  the 
people  were  ignorant  of  it,  for  with  the  people  was  a  represen- 
tative of  the  church,  and  with  Aaron  a  representative  of  the 
Lord,  from  whom  and  to  whom  is  the  all  of  worship. 

9929.  Verses  36,  37,  38.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  plate  of  pure 
gold,  and  shalt  engrave  on  it  with  the  engraving  of  a  seal,  Holi- 
ness to  Jehovah.  And  thou  shalt  set  it  on  a  thread  of  blue,  and 
it  shall  be  upon  the  mitre  /  over  against  the  faces  of  the  mitre  it 
shall  be.  And  it  shall  be  upon  the  forehead  of  Aaron,  and  Aaron 
shall  carry  the  iniquity  of  the  holy  things,  which  the  sons  of 
Israel  shall  sanctify,  as  to  all  the  gifts  of  their  holy  things  ;  and 
it  shall  be  upon  his  forehead  continually,  to  make  them  well- 
vleasing  before  Jehovah.  And  thou  shalt  make  a  plate  of  pure 
gold,  signifies  illustration  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord. 
And  thou  shalt  engrave  upon  it  with  the  engraving  of  a  seal, 
signifies  what  is  perpetual  and  impressed  on  hearts  according  to 
a  heavenly  sphere.  Holiness  to  Jehovah,  signifies  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  and  hence  every  celestial  and 
spiritual  principle.  And  thou  shalt  put  it  on  a  thread  of  blue, 
signifies  influx  into  the  truth  of  celestial  love.  And  it  shall  be 
upon  the  mitre,  signifies  from  infinite  wisdom.  Over  against 
the  faces  of  the  mitre  it  shall  be,  signifies  to  eternity.  And  it 
shall  be  upon  the  forehead  of  Aaron,  signifies  from  the  Divine 
Love  of  the  Lord.  And  Aaron  shall  carry  the  iniquity  of  the 
holy  things,  signifies  hence  the  removal  of  falses  and  of  evils 
with  those  who  are  in  good.  Which  the  sons  of  Israel  shall 
sanctify  as  to  all  the  gifts  of  their  holy  things,  signifies  worship 
representative  of  removal  from  sins.    And  it  shall  be  on  the 


558 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


forehead  of  Aaron  continually,  signifies  a  representative  of  the 
love  of  the  Lord  to  eternity.  To  make  them  well-pleasing  before 
Jehovah,  signifies  the  Divine  principle  of  the  Lord  in  them. 

9930.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  a  plate  of  pure  gold  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  illustration  from  the  Divine  Good  of  tlie 
Lord,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  plate,  as  denoting 
illustration;  and  from  the  signification  of  gold,  as  denoting  the 
good  of  love,  in  this  case  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  because 
there  was  inscribed  on  it  Holiness  to  Jehovah  ;  that  gold  denotes 
the  good  of  love,  see  n.  113,  1551,  1552,  565S,  6914,  6917, 
8932,  9490,  9510,  9874,  9881.  The  reason  why  a  plate  denotes 
illustration,  is  from  splendor,  for  it  was  resplendent  from  the 
gold  on  the  forehead  of  Aaron,  and  all  splendor  signifies  il- 
lustration, such  as  is  in  the  heavens  from  the  Lord  as  a  sun. 
Illustration  in  the  heavens  is  wisdom  and  intelligence  from  the 
Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  thence,  for  this  illus- 
trates their  interiors ;  their  interiors  correspond  to  the  intel- 
lectual principle  with  man,  which  is  illustrated  by  the  Lord  when 
the  truth  and  good  of  the  church  and  of  heaven  is  perceived  ; 
for  the  intellectual  principle  is  the  recipient  subject,  since  with- 
out a  subject  there  is  no  reception.  The  reason  why  this  plate 
denotes  illustration  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  is,  be- 
cause on  it  was  inscribed  holiness  to  Jehovah,  audit  was  set  on 
the  front  of  the  mitre,  which  was  on  the  head  of  Aaron  ;  the 
holiness  which  is  from  Jehovah  is  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  n.  6788,  8302,  8330,  9229, 
9680,  9820.  That  this  might  represent  explendescence  or  illus- 
tration, from  which  is  wisdom  and  intelligence,  it  was  tied  to 
the  front  of  the  mitre.  Inasmuch  as  by  the  plate  was  signified 
illustration  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  therefore  also 
k  was  called  the  plate  of  the  crown  of  holiness,  likewise  the 
crown  of  holiness,  for  a  crown  is  representative  of  Divine  Good, 
and  holiness  is  the  Divine  Truth  thence  proceeding,  as  was  said 
above.  That  it  was  called  the  plate  of  the  crown  of  holiness,  is 
evident  in  what  follows  of  this  book  of  Exodus;  "  At  length 
they  made  the  plate  of  the  crown  of  holiness  of  pure  gold,  and 
wrote  upon  it  with  the  writing  of  the  engravings  of  a  seal, 
Holiness  to  Jehovah,"  xxxix.  30.  That  it  was  also  called  a 
vrown  of  holiness,  is  evident  from  another  passage  in  Exodus, 
"Thou  shalt  set  the  mitre  upon  his  head,  and  Thou  shalt  give 
the  crown  of  holiness  upon  the  mitre,"  xxix.  6.  And  in  Levi- 
ticus, "  He  set  the  mitre  upon  the  head,  and  set  upon  he  mitro 
over  against  the  faces  of  it  tlie  plate  of  gold,  the  rown  of 
holiness"  viii.  9.  That  a  crown  represented  Divine  Good  from 
which  is  Divine  Truth,  is  manifest  from  the  crowns  of  kings, 
for  kings  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  see  n.  2015, 
2009,  3009,  4581,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148,  hence  they  had  a 
Crown  on  tlie  head,  and  a  sceptre  in  the  hand; for  rub- grounded 


9930.] 


EXODtTS. 


553 


in  Divine  Good  was  represented  by  a  crown,  and  rule  grounded 
in  Divine  Truth  by  a  sceptre.  That  a  crown  lias  this  signifi- 
cation, is  manifest  from  the  following  passages,  "  I  will  make 
the  horn  of  David  to  flourish,  I  will  arrange  n  lantern  for  Mino 
anointed,  I  will  clothe  his  enemies  with  shame,  but  upon  him- 
self shall  his  crown  flourish"  Psalm  exxxii.  last  verse.  David 
in  this  passage  denotes  the  Lord,  n.  1888  ;  also  anointed,  n.  3008, 
9954  ;  his  horn  denotes  power,  n.  2832,  9081  ;  lantern  denotes 
the  Divine  Truth  from  which  is  intelligence,  n.  9548,  9783  ; 
crown  denotes  Divine  Good  from  which  is  wisdom  ;  from  which 
also  he  derived  rule.  The  crown,  which  is  wisdom,  is  said  to 
flourish  by  that  which  He  acquired  to  Himself,  as  to  the  Human 
[principle]  in  the  world,  by  combats  against  and  victories  over 
the  hells,  n.  9548*,  9783*,  which  are  the  enemies  which  shall 
be  clothed  with  shame.  Again,  "Thou  exercisest  anger  with 
Thine  anointed,  Thou  hast  damned  even  to  the  earth  his  crown" 
Psalm  lxxxix.  38,  39;  where  also  anointed  denotes  the  Lord  ; 
anger  denotes  a  state  of  temptation,  in  which  he  was  when  in 
combats  with  the  hells  ;  lamentation  on  the  occasion  is  described 
by  anger  and  damnation,  as  the  last  [lamentation]  of  the  Lord 
on  the  cross  that  He  was  forsaken  ;  for  the  cross  was  the  last 
of  temptations  or  of  combats  with  the  hells,  and  after  that  last 
He  put  on  Divine  Good,  and  thereby  united  His  Divine  Human 
[principle]  to  the  Divine  [principle]  Itself  which  was  in  Himself. 
And  in  Isaiah,  "  In  that  day  shall  Jehovah  Sabaoth  be  for  a 
crown  of  ornament,  and  for  a  mitre  of  comeliness  to  the  remains 
of  His  people,"  xxviii.  5 ;  where  a  crown  of  ornament  denotes 
wisdom  which  is  of  good  from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  a 
mitre  of  comeliness,  intelligence  of  truth  from  that  good  ;  it  is 
predicated  of  the  divine  things  appertaining  to  the  people,  the 
people  there  denoting  the  church,  because  it  was  there.  Again 
in  the  same  prophet,  "For  the  sake  of  Zion  I  will  not  be  silent, 
and  for  the  sake  of  Jerusalem  I  will  not  rest,  until  the  justice 
thereof  go  forth  as  brightness,  and  the  salvation  thereof  burn  as 
a  lamp,  and  thou  shalt  be  a  croion  of  comeliness  in  the  hand  of 
Jehovah  ;  and  a  mitre  of  a  kingdom  in  the  hand  of  thy  God," 
Ixii.  1,  3  ;  by  Zion  and  Jerusalem  is  meant  the  church,  by  Zion 
the  Celestial  Church,  and  by  Jerusalem  the  Spiritual  Church 
thence  derived  ;  a  crown  of  comeliness  denotes  the  wisdom  which 
is  of  good,  and  a  mitre  of  a  kingdom  denotes  the  intelligence 
which  is  of  truth  ;  and  since  by  a  crown  is  signified  the  wisdom 
which  is  of  good,  therefore  it  is  said  in  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  and 
6ince  by  a  mitre  is  signified  intelligence  which  is  of  truth,  there- 
fore it  is  said  in  the  hand  of  God  ;  for  where  the  subject  treated 
of  is  concerning  good,  the  term  Jehovah  is  applied,  and  where 
concerning  truth,  the  term  God,  n.  2586,  2769,  6905.  And 
in  Jeremiah,  "  Say  to  the  king  and  to  the  lady,  let  yourselves 
down,  sit  ye,  because  the  ornament  of  your  head  is  come  down, 


560 


EXODUS. 


[Chap.  xxvi:> 


the  crown  of  your  comeliness"  xiii.  18 ;  where  the  crown  of 
comeliness  denotes  the  wisdom  which  is  of  good  from  Divine 
Truth,  for  comeliness  is  the  Divine  Truth  of  the  church,  n. 
9815.  Again,  "The  joy  of  our  heart  hath  ceased,  our  dance  in 
turned  into  mourning,  the  crown  of  our  head  is  fallen"  Lam.  v 
15,  16 ;  the  crown  of  the  head  denotes  the  wisdom  which  they 
who  are  of  the  church  derive  from  Divine  Truth,  by  virtue 
of  which  they  have  excellence  above  the  rest  of  the  people, 
and  hence  as  it  were  rule.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  I  gave  an  or- 
nament upon  thy  nose  and  ear-rings  on  thine  ears,  and  a 
crown  of  ornament  upon  thine  head"  xvi.  12 ;  speaking  of 
the  establishment  of  the  church.  An  ornament  on  the  nose 
denotes  the  perception  of  good ;  ear-rings  on  the  ears  denote 
the  perception  of  truth,  and  obedience  ;  a  crown  on  the  head 
denotes  the  wisdom  thence  derived.  And  in  Job,  "  He  hath 
withdrawn  glory  from  me,  and  hath  removed  the  crown  of  mine 
head"  xix.  9 ;  where  glory  denotes  the  intelligence  which  is  of 
Divine  Truth,  n.  9129  ;  the  crown  of  the  head  denotes  the 
wisdom  thence  derived.  And  in  the  Apocalypse,  "  On  the 
thrones  I  saw  four  and  twenty  elders  clothed  in  white  garments, 
to  ho  had  golden  crowns  on  t/ieir  heads :  they  fell  before  Him 
that  sat  on  the  throne,  anJ  adored  Him  that  livethinto  ages  of 
ages,  and  cast  their  crowns  before  the  throne"  iv.  4,  10 ;  where 
the  four  and  twenty  eiders  signify  all  those  who  are  in  good 
derived  from  truths,  and  in  the  abstract  sense  of  all  goods  de- 
rived from  truths,  n.  6524,  9401 ;  thrones  denote  truths  from 
the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  n.  5313,  6397,  8625,  9039 ; 
golden  crowns  on  their  heads  are  representatives  of  wisdom 
from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle],  and  because  from  the 
Divine  [being  or  principle],  therefore  they  cast  them  before 
Uim  that  sat  on  the  throne.  Inasmuch  as  the  good  of  wisdom 
is  acquired  by  temptation-combats,  which  are  effected  by  the 
truths  of  faith,  hence  to  those  who  fought  against  evils  and 
falses,  and  conquered,  crowns  were  assigned,  on  which  account 
also  the  crowns  of  martyrdom  were  badges  of  rule  from  the 
Lord  over  evils.  That  crowns  are  the  rewards  of  victory  over 
evils,  and  that  on  this  account  they  denote  the  goods  of  wisdom 
because  these  are  rewards,  is  also  manifest  from  the  Apocalypse. 
"  I  saw,  when  behold  a  white  horse,  and  one  that  sat  on  him 
having  a  bow,  to  whom  was  given  a  crown,  lie  went  forth  con 
quering  and  to  conquer  "  vi.  2;  the  white  horse  and  He  thai  -a 
upon  him  is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Word,  n.  2760,  2761,  27t!2 , 
a  bow  denotes  the  doctrine  of  truth,  by  which  combat  is  waged, 
n.  2686,  2709.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  the  crown,  be- 
cause relating  to  the  Lord,  denotes  Divine  Good,  which  is 
the  reward  of  victory.  And  in  another  place,  u  Afterwards  1 
saw,  and  behold  a  white  cloud,  and  on  the  cloud  one  sitting 
like  to  the  Son  of  Man,  having  on  His  head  a  golden  crown 


9930— 9932.J 


EXODUS. 


561 


and  in  His  hand  a  sharp  sickle,"  Apoc.  xiv.  14 ;  where  a  white 
cloud  denotes  the  literal  sense  of  the  Word,  see  n.  4059,  4060, 
4061  *  5922,  6343,  6752,  8281 ;  the  Son  of  Man  denotes  Divine 
Truth  which  is  from  the  Lord,  n.  9807 ;  the  golden  crown 
denotes  Divine  Good  from  which  is  Divine  Truth  ;  the  sharp 
sickle  denotes  the  dispersion  of  evil  and  of  the  false.  And  in 
another  place,  "  Be  faithful  even  unto  death,  and  I  will  give  thee 
a  crown  of  life"  Apoc.  ii.  10.  And  again,  "  Behold  1  come 
quickly,  keep  what  thou  hast,  that  no  one  may  take  away  thy 
crown,"  Apoc.  iii.  11 ;  where  a  crown  denotes  good  derived  from 
truths,  thus  denotes  wisdom,  for  this  is  of  the  good  of  love  de- 
rived from  the  truths  of  faith.  From  these  considerations  it 
may  now  be  manifest  what  is  signified  by  a  crown,  and  hence 
what  by  the  crown  of  holiness,  which  was  the  plate  of  gold  on 
which  was  engraven  Holiness  to  Jehovah. 

9931.  "  And  thou  shalt  engrave  upon  it  with  the  engraving 
of  a  seal  " — that  hereby  is  signified  what  is  perpetual  and  im- 
pressed on  hearts  according  to  a  heavenly  sphere,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  engraving,  as  denoting  to  impress  on  the 
memory,  n.  9841,  9842,  so  likewise  on  the  heart,  for  what  is 
impressed  on  the  interior  memory,  which  is  of  the  life,  is  said 
to  be  impressed  on  the  heart;  and  whereas  this  remains  to  eter- 
nity, it  signifies  also  for  ever  ;  and  from  the  signification  of  the 
engraving  of  a  seal,  as  denoting  a  heavenly  sphere,  see  n.  9846. 
The  reason  why  it  is  said  to  be  impressed  on  hearts,  according 
to  a  heavenly  sphere  is,  because  those  things  which  are  im- 
pressed on  the  memory,  especially  on  the  interior  memory,  which 
is  the  book  of  life,  n.  2474,  are  impressed  according  to  a  hea- 
venly sphere ;  for  man,  who  is  in  the  good  of  love  derived  from 
the  truths  of  faith,  resembles  heaven,  and  also  is  a  heaven  in  the 
least  form,  see  what  was  cited,  n,  9279,  9632,*  thus  also  in  him 
there  is  a  heavenly  form  ;  for  all  the  societies  in  the  heavens  are 
arranged  according  to  a  heavenly  form,  since  all  the  affections 
of  good  and  thence  the  thoughts  of  truth  flow  according  to 
that  form,  n.  9877 ;  that  all  scientifics  likewise  are  arranged 
into  a  heavenly  form,  when  man  is  in  heavenly  love,  and  that  love 
arranges  them,  see  n.  6690. 

9932.  "  Holiness  to  Jehovah" — that  hereby  is  signified  the 
Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  and  thence  all  good 
celestial  and  spiritual,  appears  from  the  signification  of  holiness, 
as  denoting  the  Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
thus  denoting  the  Lord  Himself  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [prin- 
ciple], from  which  is  every  thing  Divine  in  the  heavens.  Hence 
it  is  that  celestial  good,  which  is  tl.e  good  of  love  to  the  Lord 
from  the  Lord,  and  spiritual  good,  which  is  the  good  of  love 
towards  the  neighbor  from  the  Lord,  are  holy ;  for  the  Lord 
alone  is  holy,  and  what  proceeds  from  Him  is  the  only  holy 
[principle]  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  earths,  see  n.  9229,  9680, 

vol.  ix.  36 


562 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


9820 ;  and  that  the  holy  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord 
is  called  the  Holy  Spirit,  n.  9818 ;  and  that  angels,  prophets, 
and  apostles  are  called  holy  from  the  receptionof  Divine  Truth 
from  the  Lord,  n.  9820  ;  also  that  the  sanctuary  denotes  heaven 
from  the  Divine  [being  or  principle]  there,  n.  8330,  9479.  It 
is  said  holiness  to  Jehovah,  because  Jehovah  in  the  Word  is  the 
Lord,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9373.  The  reason  why  holiness 
to  Jehovah  was  engraven  on  the  plate  of  gold,  and  was  set  on 
the  mitre  on  the  forehead  of  Aaron,  was,  because  hereby  it 
was  in  the  view  of  all  the  people,  and  hence  there  was  a  holy 
principle  in  their  minds  when  they  were  in  worship,  and  this 
holy  principle  corresponded  to  the  holy  principle  which  is  in  the 
universal  heaveu,  which  is  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the 
Lord,  for  this,  as  was  said,  makes  heaven.  What  is  in  the 
common  view  of  all  people,  and  thereby  reigns  universally  ia 
minds,  this  enters  into  the  all  of  thought  and  of  affection,  and 
hence  into  the  all  of  worship,  and  affects  it,  see  n.  6159,  6571, 
7648,  8067,  8865 ;  wherefore  when  that  most  holy  [principle] 
was  continually  before  the  eyes,  and  hence  reigned  universally 
in  minds,  it  sanctified  all  things  of  worship. 

9933.  "  And  thou  shalt  set  it  on  a  thread  of  blue"  — that 
hereby  is  signified  influx  into  the  truth  of  celestial  love,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  blue,  as  denoting  the  truth  of  celestial 
love,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently;  influx  into  that  truth 
is  signified  by  the  plate  on  which  was  engraven  holiness  to 
Jehovah,  being  set  on  a  thread  of  blue,  for  thus  it  hung  from 
it,  and  was  tied  to  it,  and  by  being  tied  to  and  hanging  from 
in  the  spiritual  sense  is  signified  to  flow  in,  since  all  conjunc- 
tion in  the  spiritual  world,  of  whatsoever  quality  it  be,  is  effected 
by  influx.  The  reason  why  it  denotes  influx  into  the  truth  ot 
celestial  love  respecting  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the 
Lord,  which  is  signified  by  holiness  to  Jehovah,  is,  because  in 
that  sphere  of  heaven,  where  the  truth  of  celestial  love  is,  no 
other  Divine  [principle]  is  perceived  but  the  Divine  Human  ot 
the  Lord.  For  the  case  herein  is  this.  There  are  three  heavens, 
which  are  distinct  from  each  other  by  degrees  of  good ;  in  the 
inmost  heaven  is  the  good  of  celestial  love,  which  is  the  good 
of  love  to  the  Lord  ;  in  the  second  or  middle  heaven  is  the  good 
of  spiritual  love,  which  is  the  good  of  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bor ;  in  the  first  or  ultimate  heaven  is  the  good  of  natural  love 
derived  from  spiritual  and  celestial,  which  is  the  good  of  faith 
and  of  obedience.  In  each  heaven  there  is  an  internal  and  an 
external ;  the  internal  in  the  inmost  heaven  is  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord,  as  was  said  above,and  the  external  there  is  the  good 
of  mutual  love,  which  is  of  the  love  of  good  for  the  sake  of  good  ; 
this  good  is  what  is  meant  by  the  truth  of  celestial  love,  which 
is  signified  by  the  thread  of  blue.  In  that  sphere  where  this 
truth  is,  the  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord  is  perceived  as  hemp 


9933—9936.] 


EXODUS. 


563 


the  Divine  [principle]  itself  in  the  heavens  ;  wherefore  as  soon 
as  an  angel  is  elevated  into  that  sphere,  he  also  comes  into  that 
light ;  this  perception  flows  in  from  the  Lord,  since  the  Divine 
Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord  makes  heaven;  this  influx  is 
what  is  here  signified.  That  blue  denotes  the  celestial  love  of 
truth,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  the  truth  of  celestial  love,  see 
0.  9466,  9687.  9833. 

9934.  "  And  it  shall  be  upon  the  mitre  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified from  infinite  wisdom,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
mitre,  as  denoting  intelligence,  see  n.  9827,  and  when  it  relates 
to  the  Lord,  who  was  represented  by  Aaron,  the  mitre  denotes 
Divine  or  infinite  wisdom. 

9935.  "  Over  against  the  faces  of  the  mitre  it  shall  be  "— 
that  hereby  is  signified  to  eternity,  appears  from  the  signification 
of  over  against  the  faces  of  the  mitre,  when  concerning  the 
Lord,  who  is  represented  by  Aaron,  as  denoting  to  eternity,  see 
n.  9888. 

9936.  "  And  it  shall  be  on  the  forehead  of  Aaron  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  from  the  Divine  Love  of  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  representation  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to 
Divine  Good,  which  is  the  good  of  Has  Divine  Love,  see  n.  9806  ; 
and  from  the  signification  of  forehead,  when  concerning  the  Lord 
as  denoting  His  Divine  Love  ;  for  by  the  face  of  the  Lord,  or 
what  is  the  same  thing,  by  the  face  of  Jehovah,  are  signified 
all  things  which  are  of  the  Divine  Love,  as  mercy,  peace,  good, 
wisdom,  see  n.  222,  223,  5585,  6848,  6849,  9306,  9545,  9546. 
The  reason  why  the  face  of  Jehovah  or  the  face  of  the  Lord  has 
this  signification  is,  because  by  face  in  general  are  signified  the 
interiors  of  man  which  are  his  affections  and  the  thoughts  thence 
derived,  thus  the  things  which  are  of  his  love  and  faith,  see  what 
was  cited,  n.  9546.  The  reason  why  those  things  are  signified 
by  faces  is,  because  they  shine  forth  from  the  face,  as  in  their 
type,  or  in  their  effigy,  wherefore  also  the  face  is  called  an  effigy 
of  the  mind.  Hence  it  is  that  by  face,  when  relating  to  Jehovah, 
or  the  Lord,  are  signified  those  things  which  are  of  His  Divine 
Love.  The  reason  why  by  the  forehead  is  specifically  signified 
the  Divine  Love  itself  is,  because  the  interiors  have  their  al- 
lotted provinces  in  the  face,  the  interiors  which  are  of  the  love 
being  in  the  province  of  the  forehead,  those  which  are  of  wisdom 
and  intelligence  in  the  province  of  the  eyes,  those  which  are  of 
perception  in  the  province  of  the  nostrils,  those  which  are  of  ut- 
terance in  the  province  of  the  mouth  ;  hence  it  is  evident  why 
by  the  forehead,  when  relating  to  the  Lord,  who  is  represented 
by  Aaron,  is  signified  the  Divine  Love.  Inasmuch  as  the  fore 
head  of  man  corresponds  to  his  love,  therefore  they  who  are 
in  celestial  love,  that  is,  in  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord,  are 
said  to  have  a  sign  [or  mark]  in  their  foreheads,  by  which  is 
signified  that  they  are  in  the  Lord's  protection  because  in  His 


564 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


love,  as  in  Ezekiel,  "  Jehovah  said,  pass  through  the  midst  of 
Jerusalem,  aud  sign  a  sign,  upon  the  foreheads  of  the  men  that 
groan  and  sigh  over  all  the  abominations  done  in  the  midst 
thereof,  and  smite,  let  not  your  eye  spare :  hat  approach  not 
against  any  man  on  whom  is  the  sign"  ix.  4,  6.  And  in  the 
Apocalypse,  "  Behold  a  Lamb  standing  upon  Mount  Zion,  and 
with  Him  an  hundred  forty  and  four  thousand,  having  the  name 
of  His  Father  written  on.  their  foreheads"  xiv.  1.  Again 
"  They  shall  see  the  faces  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb,  and  His  name 
shall  be  in  their  foreheads"  xxii.  4.  Again,  "It  was  said  that 
they  should  not  hurt  the  grass  of  the  earth,  nor  any  green  thing, 
nor  any  tree,  but  only  the  men  who  had  not  the  sign  of  God  on 
their  foreheads"  ix.  4.  To  have  the  sign  of  God  and  the  name 
of  God  on  their  foreheads  denotes  to  be  in  safety  from  the  infes- 
tation of  evils  which  are  from  hell,  because  in  the  Lord  by  love  ; 
the  grass  and  the  green  thing,  which  were  not  to  be  hurt,  denote 
scientific  truth,  by  which  is  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  7571,  7091  ; 
the  tree,  which  also  was  not  to  be  hurt,  denotes  the  perception 
of  truth  from  good,  n.  103,  2163,  2722,  2972,  4552,  7692.  And 
in  Moses,  "  Thou  shalt  love  Jehovah  thy  God  from  thy  whole 
heart,  and  from  thy  whole  soul,  and  from  all  thy  powers :  thou 
shalt  tie  those  words  for  a  sign  upon  thy  hand,  and  let  them  be 
for  frontlets  between  thine  eyes"  Deut.  vi.  4,  5,  8;  for  frontlets 
denotes  for  a  sign  of  love  to  Jehovah  God  ;  it  is  said  between 
the  eyes,  because  the  eyes  signify  the  intelligence  and  wisdom 
which  are  from  that  love,  and  wisdom  from  that  love  is  to  have 
God  continually  before  the  eyes.  That  this  is  the  case,  is  evi- 
dent, because  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  love  to  Jeho- 
vah God.  It  is  said  that  they  should  love  Him  trom  the  whole 
heart,  from  the  whole  soul,  and  from  all  powers,  by  which  is  sig- 
nified from  all  things  appertaining  to  man  ;  from  the  heart  de- 
notes from  the  will,  where  the  good  of  love  is,  n.  7542,  9050, 
9300, 9494 ;  from  the  soul  denotes  from  the  understanding  where 
the  truth  of  faith  is,  thus  from  faith,  n.  9050  ;  which  two  are  of 
the  internal  man  ;  from  all  the  powers  denote  from  those  things 
which  are  of  the  understanding  and  of  the  will  in  the  external 
man  ;  the  powers  and  ability  of  the  love  of  each  man,  both 
external  and  internal,  are  signified  by  hands,  n.  4931  to  4937, 
7518 ;  therefore  it  is  said  that  those  words  should  be  tied  for  a 
sign  upon  the  hands.  Inasmuch  as  the  forehead  from  cor- 
respondence signifies  celestial  love  with  the  good,  so  with  the 
evil  it  signifies  infernal  love,  which  is  opposite  to  celestial ;  the 
forehead  of  these  latter  is  called  a  brazen  forehead  in  Isaiah, 
chap,  xlviii.  4  ;  and  a  stiffened  forehead  in  Ezekiel,  chap.  hi.  7, 
8.  And  concerning  those  who  are  in  infernal  love,  it  is  said 
that  they  had  t/u  character  of  the  beast  upon  their  foreheads, 
Apoc.  chap.  xiii.  16  ;  chap.  xiv.  9  ;  chap.  xx.  4  ;  and  also  tlu 
name  of  Babylon  upon  their  forehead,  Apoc.  chap.  xvii.  5 


9937.] 


EXODUS. 


565 


9937.  "  And  Aaron  shall  cany  the  iniquity  of  the  holy 
things  " — that  hereby  is  signified  hence  the  removal  of  falses  and 
of  evils  with  those  who  are  in  good  from  the  Lord,  appears  from 
the  representation  of  Aaron  as  denoting  the  Lord  as  to  the  good 
of  love,  see  n.  9806;  and  from  the  representation  of  the  priest- 
hood, the  office  of  which  Aaron  exercised,  as  denoting  every 
office  which  the  Lord  fulfilled  as  the  Saviour,  see  n.  9809  ;  and 
from  the  signification  of  carrying  iniquity,  as  denoting  the 
removal  of  falses  and  of  evils  with  those  who  are  in  good,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  presently  ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
holy  things,  as  denoting  the  gifts  which  they  brought  to  Jeho- 
vah or  the  Lord,  that  they  might  be  expiated  from  sins,  which 
[gifts]  were  burnt-offerings,  sacrifices,  and  meat-offerings.  That 
those  things  are  meant  by  holy  things,  is  clear,  for  it  is  said, 
which  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  sanctify  as  to  all  the  gifts  of  their 
holy  things.  The  reason  why  carrying  iniquity  denotes  to  re- 
move falses  and  evils,  or  sins,  with  those  who  are  in  good  is, 
because  it  is  said  of  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  was  represented  by 
Aaron,  and  all  the  work  of  salvation  by  his  office  or  priesthood. 
That  it  is  said  of  the  Lord,  that  He  carried  sins  for  the  human 
race,  is  known  in  the  church,  but  still  it  is  unknown  what  is 
evidently  carrying  iniquities  and  sins.  It  is  believed  by  some 
that  it  denotes,  that  He  took  into  Himself  the  sins  of  the 
human  race,  and  suffered  Himself  to  be  condemned  even  to  the 
death  of  the  cross,  and  that  thus,  because  damnation  for  sins 
was  cast  upon  Him,  mortals  are  liberated  from  damnation  ;  also 
that  damnation  was  taken  away  by  the  Lord  through  the 
fulfilling  of  the  law,  since  the  law  would  have  damned  every 
one,  who  did  not  fulfil  it.  But  by  carrying  iniquity  are  not 
meant  those  things,  since  every  man's  deeds  remain  with  him 
after  death,  and  then  he  is  judged  according  to  their  quality 
either  to  life  or  to  death  ;  and  therefore  they  cannot  be  taken 
away  by  transfer  to  another  who  carries  them.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  by  carrying  iniquities  something  else  is  meant ;  but 
what  is  meant  may  be  manifest  from  the  carrying  itself  of 
iniquities  or  sins  by  the  Lord ;  for  the  Lord  carries  those 
things  when  He  fights  for  man  against  the  hells,  for  man  of 
himself  cannot  fight  against  them,  but  the  Lord  alone  does 
this,  also  continually  for  every  man,  with  a  difference  accord- 
ing to  the  reception  of  Divine  Good  and  Divine  Truth.  The 
Lord  when  He  was  in  the  world  fought  against  all  the  hells, 
and  altogether  subdued  them  ;  hence  also  He  was  made  justice  ; 
thus  He  redeemed  those  from  damnation,  who  receive  Divine 
Good  and  Truth  from  Himself.  Unless  this  had  been  effected 
by  the  Lord,  no  flesh  could  have  been  saved,  for  the  hells  are 
continually  with  man,  and  have  dominion  over  him,  so  far  as 
the  Lord  does  not  remove  them ;  and  He  so  far  removes  them, 
us  man  desists  from  evils  ;  He  who  once  conquers  the  hells,  con- 


566 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


Juers  them  to  eternity,  and  that  this  might  be  effected  by  the 
aord)  He  made  His  Human  [principle]  Divine  ;  He  therefore 
who  alone  fights  for  man  against  the  hells,  or  what  is  the  same 
thing,  against  evils  and  falses,  for  these  are  from  the  hells,  He  is 
said  to  carry  sins,  for  He  alone  sustains  that  burden.  The  reason 
why  by  carrying  6ins  is  also  signified  the  removal  of  evils  and 
falses  from  those  who  are  in  good  is,  because  this  is  a  conse- 
quence, for  so  far  as  the  hells  are  removed  from  man,  so  far  evils 
and  falses  are  removed,  for  the  latter  and  the  former,  as  was  said, 
are  from  the  hells  ;  evils  and  falses  are  sins  and  iniquities.  How 
the  case  herein  is,  see  what  was  shown  above,  n.  9715,  9809, 
where  the  merit  and  justice  of  the  Lord,  and  also  the  subjugation 
of  the  hells  by  Him  are  treated  of.  The  reason  why  it  is  said  of 
Aaron  that  he  should  carry  iniquities  was,  because  he  represent- 
ed the  Lord,  and  his  priesthood  all  the  work  of  the  Lord's  sal 
vation,  see  n.  9806,  9809  ;  and  the  principal  work  of  salvation 
is  to  redeem  and  liberate  man  from  the  hells,  and  thereby  to 
remove  evils  and  falses.  It  is  said  to  remove  evils  and  falses, 
because  liberation  from  sins  or  their  remission  is  nothing  else 
but  removal,  for  they  remain  with  man  ;  but  so  far  as  the  good 
of  love  and  truth  of  faith  is  implanted,  so  far  what  is  evil  and 
false  is  removed.  The  case  herein  is  as  with  heaven  and  hell  ; 
heaven  does  not  extinguish  hell,  but  removes  from  itself  those 
who  are  in  hell,  for  the  good  and  truth  which  are  from  the  Lord, 
are  what  constitute  heaven,  and  these  are  the  things  which 
remove.  The  case  is  the  same  with  man,  who  of  himself  is  hell, 
but  when  he  is  regenerated,  he  becomes  heaven,  and  so  far  as 
he  becomes  heaven,  so  far  hell  is  removed.  It  is  a  common 
opinion  that  evils,  that  is  sins,  are  not  so  removed,  but  that  they 
are  altogether  separated  ;  but  it  is  not  known  that  the  whole 
man  of  himself  is  nothing  but  evil,  and  that  the  evils,  which  are 
hie,  appear  as  it  were  extirpated,  so  far  as  he  is  kept  in  good  by 
the  Lord,  for  when  man  is  kept  in  good,  he  is  withheld  from 
evil  ;  nevertheless  no  one  can  be  withheld  from  evil  and  kept 
in  good,  unless  he  be  in  the  good  of  faith  and  charity  from  the 
Lord,  that  is,  only  so  far  as  he  suffers  himself  to  be  regenerated 
by  the  Lord ;  for  by  regeneration  heaven  is  implanted  with 
man,  and  by  it  the  hells  appertaining  to  him  are  removed,  as  was 
said  above.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  further  mani- 
fest, that  to  carry  iniquities,  when  it  relates  to  the  Lord,  denotes 
to  fight  continually  for  man  against  the  hells,  thus  continually 
to  remove  them,  for  it  is  a  perpetual  removal,  not  only  when 
man  is  in  the  world,  but  also  in  the  other  life  to  eternity.  It  is 
impossible  for  any  man  so  to  remove  evils,  for  man  of  himself 
cannot  remove  the  least  of  evil,  still  less  the  hells,  and  still  less 
to  eternity.  But  see  what  was  shown  on  this  subject  above, 
namely,  that  the  evils  appertaining  to  man  are  not  altogether 
separated,  but  that  they  are  removed  so  far  as  he  is  in  good 


9937.] 


EXODUS. 


567 


from  the  Lord,  n.  8393,  9014,  9333  to  9336,  9444  to  9454. 
That  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  by  temptation- 
combats  conquered  the  hells,  and  thus  arranged  all  things  into 
order ;  also  that  He  did  this  from  Divine  Love,  to  save  the 
human  race  ;  and  that  thus  also  He  made  His  Human  [princi- 
ple] Divine,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9528  to  the  end.  And 
that  the  Lord  lights  for  man  in  temptations,  'yhich  are  spiritual 
combats  against  the  evils  that  are  from  hell,  n.  1692,  6574,  8159, 
8172,  8175,  8176,  8273,  8969.  How  the  Lord  carried  the 
iniquities  of  the  human  race,  that  is,  fought  with  the  hells,  and 
subdued  them,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  and  thereby  acquired 
to  Himself  the  Divine  Power  of  removing  them  with  all  who 
are  in  good,  and  thus  that  He  was  made  merit  and  justice,  is 
described  in  Isaiah,  chap.  lis.  16  to  20;  also  chap,  lxiii.  1  to  9, 
which  may  be  seen  explained,  n.  9715,  9S09.  From  these 
tilings  understood  it  may  be  known  what  all  those  things  sig- 
nify, which  are  said  in  the  same  prophet  concerning  the  Lord, 
chap.  liii.  in  which  from  beginning  to  end  the  subject  treated  of 
is  concerning  that  state  of  His  temptations,  thus  concerning  the 
state  in  which  He  was  when  He  fought  with  the  hells,  for 
temptations  are  nothing  else  but  combats  with  the  hells.  This 
6tate  is  there  described,  That  He  bore  our  diseases,  and  carried 
our  griefs,  that  He  was  thrust  through  for  our  prevarications, 
and  bruised  for  our  iniquities  /  that  Jehovah  caused  to  fall  upon 
Him  the  iniquity  of  us  all ;  and  thus  that  He  gam  the  wicked  to 
the  sepulchre  ;  that  the  will  of  Jehovah  shall  prosper  by  His 
hand  ;  that  He  shall  see  of  the  lobar  of  His  soul  and  shall  be 
satisfied,  and  by  His  wisdom  shall  justify  many,  because  He  hath 
carried  their  iniquities,  and  thus  hath  borne  their  sin.  He  is  also 
called  there  the  Arm  of  Jehovah,  by  which  is  signified  Divine 
Power,  n.  4932,  7205.  That  by  carrying  diseases,  griefs,  and 
iniquities,  and  by  being  thrust  through  and  bruised  by  them,  is 
signified  a  state  of  temptation,  is  evident,  for  on  such  occasion 
there  are  griefs  of  mind,  straitnesses,  and  desperations,  which 
so  torment ;  such  things  are  induced  by  the  hells,  for  in  tempta- 
tions they  assault  the  love  itself  of  him  against  whom  they  fight; 
the  love  of  every  one  is  the  inmost  principle  of  his  life.  The 
Lord's  love  was  the  love  of  saving  the  human  race,  which  love 
was  the  esse  of  His  life,  for  the  Divine  [principle]  in  Himself  was 
that  love.  This  also  is  thus  described  in  Isaiah,  where  the  Lord's 
combats  are  treated  of,  in  these  words,  uHe  said,  Surely  they  are 
My  people,  therefore  He  became  a  Saviour  to  them,  in  all  their 
straitness,  He  had  straitness,  on  account  of  His  love  and  His 
clemency  He  redeemed  them,  and  took  them,  and  carried  them 
all  the  days  of  eternity,"  lxiii.  8,  9.  That  the  Lord,  when  He 
was  in  the  world  endured  such  temptation,  is  briefly  described 
in  the  evangelists,  but  more  fully  in  the  prophets,  and  especially 
in  the  Psalms  of  David.  It  is  only  said  in  the  evangelists,  that 


56S 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


He  was  led  away  into  the  wilderness,  and  afterwards  tempted 
by  the  devil,  and  that  He  was  there  forty  days,  and  with  the 
beasts,  Mark  i.  12,  13 ;  Matt.  iv.  1 ;  but  that  He  was  in 
temptation,  that  is,  in  combats  with  the  hells,  from  first  child- 
hood even  to  the  end  of  His  life  in  the  world,  He  did-  not  reveal, 
according  to  these  words  in  Isaiah,  "  He  sustained  exaction, 
and  was  afflicted,  yet  He  opened  not  His  mouth  ;  He  is  led  as 
a  lamb  to  the  slaughter,  and  as  a  sheep  before  her  shearers  is 
dumb,  He  opened  not  His  mouth"  Ym.  7.  His  last  temptation 
was  in  Gethsemane,  Matt.  xxvi. ;  Mark  xiv. ;  and  afterwards 
the  passion  of  the  cross  ;  that  by  it  He  fully  subdued  the  hells, 
He  Himself  teaches  in  John,  "  Father,  deliver  Me  from  this 
hour,  but  for  this  [cause]  came  I  to  this  hour.  Father,  glorify 
Thy  name.  There  came  forth  a  voice  from  heaven  [saying],  I 
have  both  glorified  and  will  glorify  [it].  Then  said  Jesus,  Mow 
is  thejudyment  of  this  world,  now  shall  the  prince  of  this  world 
be  cast  out  abroad"  xii.  27,  28,  31.  The  prince  of  the  world 
is  the  devil,  thus  the  whole  hell ;  to  glorify  denotes  to  make 
the  Human  [principle]  Divine.  The  reason  why  mention  is 
made  only  of  the  temptation  after  forty  days  in  the  wilderness 
is,  because  forty  days  signify  and  involve  temptations  to  the 
full,  thus  of  several  years,  see  n.  8098,  9437;  the  wilderness 
signifies  hell,  and  the  beasts  with  which  he  fought  there,  the 
diabolical  crew.  The  removal  of  sins  with  those  who  are  in 
good,  or  who  have  done  the  work  of  repentance,  was  repre- 
sented in  the  Jewish  Church  by  the  goat  called  Asasel,  upon  the 
head  of  which  Aaron  was  to  lay  his  hands,  and  to  confess  the 
iniquities  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  all  prevarications  as  to  all 
their  sins,  and  then  to  send  it  into  the  wilderness,  and  that  thus 
the  goat  should  carry  upon  itself  all  their  iniquities  into  the  land 
vf '  separation,  ~Levit.  xvi.  21,  22.  By  Aaron  in  this  passage  is 
represented  the  Lord ;  by  the  goat  [he-goat]  is  signified  faith  ; 
by  the  wilderness  and  land  of  separation  hell;  and  by  carrying 
the  iniquities  of  the  sons  of  Israel  thither,  to  remove  and  cast 
them  into  hell.  That  such  things  were  represented,  no  one  can 
know  except  from  the  internal  sense  ;  for  every  one  can  see  that 
the  iniquities  of  the  whole  congregation  could  not  be  carried 
away  into  the  wilderness  by  any  he-goat,  for  what  had  the  goat 
in  common  with  iniquities ;  but  whereas  all  representatives  at 
that  time  signified  such  things  as  relate  to  the  Lord,  to  heaven 
and  the  church,  so  also  did  these.  The  interna)  sense  therefore 
teaches  what  they  involve,  namely,  that  the  truth  of  faith  is 
that  principle  by  which  man  is  regenerated,  consequently  by 
which  sins  are  removed,  and  whereas  the  faith  of  truth  is  from 
the  Lord,  it  is  the  Lord  Himself  who  does  this,  according  to 
what  was  said  and  shown  in  the  preface  to  Gen.  chap.  xxii.  also 
n.  3332,  3 >T6,  3877,  4738.  That  Aaron  represents  the  Lord, 
see  u.  9800,  9809  ;  that  a  he-goat  of  the  she-goats  denotes  th« 


9937,  9933.] 


EXODUS. 


569 


truth  of  faith,  see  n.  4169,  4769.  The  reason  why  the  wilder- 
ness denotes  hell  is,  because  the  camp,  where  the  sons  of  Israel 
were,  signified  heaven,  n.  4236,  therefore  also  the  wilderness  is 
called  the  land  of  separation,  or  of  excision  ;  thus  by  carrying 
iniquities  into  that  land,  or  into  the  wilderness,  is  signified  to 
cast  evils  and  falses  into  hell  whence  they  are,  and  they  are  cast 
thither  when  they  are  removed  so  as  not  to  appear,  which  is 
effected  when  man  is  withheld  from  them  by  being  kept  in  good 
by  the  Lord,  according  to  what  was  said  above.  The  like  to 
what  was  signified  by  the  casting  out  of  sins  into  the  wilderness, 
is  signified  by  the  casting  forth  of  them  into  the  depths  of  the 
sea,  as  in  Micah,  "  He  will  have  mercy  on  us,  He  will  suppress 
our  iniquities,  and  will  cast  forth  into  the  depths  of  the  sea  all 
their  sins,"  vii.  19 ;  where  the  depth  of  the  sea  also  denotes  hell. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident,  that  by  Aaron 
carrying  the  iniquities  of  the  holy  things,  is  signified  the  removal 
of  sins  from  those  who  are  in  good  from  the  Lord  ;  and  that 
their  removal  is  effected  continually  by  the  Lord,  and  that  this 
it  is  to  carry  iniquities,  as  also  in  another  passage  in  Moses, 
"  Jehovah  said  to  Aaron,  Thou  and  thy  sons  with  thee  shall 
carry  the  iniquity  of  the  sanctuary.  Thou  also  and  thy  sons  with 
thee  shall  carry  the  iniquity  of  your  priesthood.  The  sons  of 
Israel  shall  not  come  any  more  to  the  tent  of  the  assembly  to 
carry  sin,  by  dying.  But  the  Levite  shall  do  the  work  of  the 
tent,  and  they  shall  carry  their  iniquity,"  Numb,  xviii.  1,22,  23. 
In  like  manner  by  carrying  in  Isaiah,  "Attend  to  Me,  O  house 
of  Israel,  carried  from  the  womb,  even  to  old  age  I  am  the  same, 
and  even  to  grey  hairs  I  will  carry  ;  I  have  made,  and  I  wilt 
carry,  and  I  will  bear,  and  I  will  deliver,"  xlvi.  3,  4.  That 
to  carry  iniquity  denotes  to  expiate,  thus  to  remove  sins,  ap- 
pears from  Moses,  "  Moses  was  angry  at  Eleazar  and  Ithamar, 
because  the  he-goat  of  the  sacrifice  of  sin  was  burnt,  saying, 
Wherefore  did  ye  not  eat  it  in  the  place  of  holiness,  when  Je- 
hovah gave  it  to  you  to  carry  the  iniquities  of  the  assembly,  to 
expiate  them  before  Jehovah,"  Levit.  x.  16, 17.  That  expiation 
denotes  cleansing  from  evils,  thus  removal  from  sins,  see  n. 
9506.  And  that  Aaron  was  enjoined  to  expiate  the  people  and 
to  pardon  their  sins,  Levit.  iv.  26,  31,  35;  chap.  v.  6,  10,  13, 
16,  18  ;  chap.  ix.  7  ;  chap.  xv.  15,  30.  That  to  carry  sins,  when 
it  is  not  said  of  the  priesthood,  denotes  to  be  damned,  tlms  to 
die,  see  Levit.  v.  1,  17  ;  vii.  18  ;  chap.  xvii.  16  ;  chap.  xix.  8 ; 
chap.  xx.  17,  19,  20  ;  chap.  xxii.  9  ;  chap.  xxiv.  15  ;  Numb.  ix. 
13  ;  chap,  xviii.  23  ;  Ezek.  xviii.  19,  20;  chap,  xxiii.  49. 

9938.  "  Which  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  sanctify  as  to  all  the 
gifts  of  their  holy  things  " — that  hereby  is  signified  worship 
representative  of  removal  from  sins,  appears  from  the  significa- 
tion of  gifts  or  presents,  which  principally  were  burnt-offerings, 
sacrifices,  and  meat-offerings,  with  the  Israeli  tish  and  Judaic 


570 


EXODUS. 


[Chai.  xxviii. 


nation,  as  denoting  the  interior  things  of  worship,  for  those 
things  were  represented ;  the  interior  things  of  worship  are 
those  which  are  of  love  and  of  faith,  and  hence  the  pardons  of 
sins,  that  is,  removals  from  them,  since  by  faith  and  love  from 
the  Lord  sins  are  removed  ;  for  so  far  as  the  good  of  love  and  of 
faith  enters,  or  what  is  the  same  tiling,  so  far  as  heaven  enters, 
so  far  sins  are  removed,  that  is,  so  far  hell  is  removed ;  as 
well  that  which  is  within  man,  as  that  which  is  out  of 
him ;  hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  the  gifts  which 
they  sanctified,  that  is,  offered.  The  reason  why  the  gifts 
were  called  holy,  and  to  present  or  offer  them  was  called  sanc- 
tifying them,  was,  because  they  represented  holy  things ;  for 
they  were  offered  for  expiation,  thus  for  removals  from  sins, 
which  are  effected  by  faith  and  love  to  the  Lord  from  the  Lord. 
They  are  called  gifts  and  presents  offered  to  Jehovah,  although 
Jehovah,  that  is  the  Lord,  does  not  receive  gifts  or  presents,  but 
gives  to  every  one  gratis  ;  nevertheless  He  wills  that  they 
should  come  from  man  as  from  himself,  if  so  be  he  acknow- 
ledges that  they  are  not  from  himself  but  from  the  Lord,  for  the 
Lord  inspires  the  affection  of  doing  good  from  love,  and  the 
affection  of  speaking  truth  from  faith  ;  but  the  affection  itself 
flows  in  from  the  Lord,  and  appears  as  in  man,  thus  as  from 
man,  for  whatsoever  a  man  does  from  the  affection  which  is  of 
love,  he  does  from  life,  for  love  is  the  life  of  every  one.  Hence 
it  is  evident,  that  what  are  called  gifts  and  presents  offered  to 
the  Lord  by  man,  are  in  their  essence  gifts  and  presents  offered 
to  man  by  the  Lord  ;  and  that  their  being  called  gifts  and  pre- 
sents is  from  the  appearance.  This  appearance  is  seen  by  all 
that  are  wise  in  heart,  but  not  so  by  the  simple,  nevertheless  the 
gifts  and  presents  of  the  latter  are  grateful,  so  far  as  they  are 
offered  from  ignorance  in  which  is  innocence.  Innocence  is  the 
good  of  love  to  God,  and  dwells  in  ignorance,  especially  witli 
the  wise  in  heart,  for  they  who  are  wise  in  heart,  know  and  per- 
ceive that  nothing  of  wisdom  in  themsel*">s  is  from  themselves, 
but  that  all  of  wisdom  is  from  the  Lord,  that  is,  all  of  the  good 
which  is  of  love  and  all  the  truth  which  is  of  faith,  and  thus 
that  it  still  dwells  with  the  wise  in  ignorance;  hence  it  is  evident 
that  the  acknowledgment  of  this  thing,  and  especially  the  per- 
ception of  it,  is  the  innocence  of  wisdom.  The  gifts  which  were 
offered  in  the  Jewish  Church,  which  were  principally  burnt-of- 
ferings, sacrifices,  and  meat-offerings,  were  called  also  expiations 
from  sins,  for  they  were  offered  for  the  sake  of  procuring  the 
pardon  of  sins,  that  is,  a  removal  from  them  ;  they  who  were  of 
that  church  also  believed,  that  6ins  were  herebv  pardoned,  yea 
were  entirely  taken  away,  for  it  is  said,  after  that  the}7  offered 
them,  that  they  should  be  pardoned,  see  Levit.  iv.  26,  31,  35 ; 
chap.  v.  6,  10,  13,  16,  18 ;  chap.  ix.  7 ;  chap.  xv.  15,  30  ;  but 
they  did  not  know  that  these  presents  represented  interior  things, 


9939—9911.] 


EXODUS. 


571 


thus  such  things  as  are  done  by  man  from  love  and  from  faith 
which  are  from  the  Lord,  and  that  these  are  things  which  ex- 
piate, that  is,  remove  sins,  and  when  they  are  removed,  that 
they  appear  as  altogether  removed  or  taken  away,  as  was  shown 
above,  in  this  and  in  the  preceding  article.  For  that  nation  was 
in  representative  worship,  thus  in  external  worship  without 
internal,  by  which  at  that  time  there  was  conjunction  of  heaven 
with  man,  see  what  was  cited,  n.  9320  at  the  end,  93S0. 

9939.  "  And  it  shall  be  upon  the  forehead  of  Aaron  con 
tinually" — that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  love  of 
the  Lord  to  eternity,  appears  from  the  signification  of  forehead, 
as  denoting  love,  see  n.  9936 ;  and  from  the  representation  of 
Aaron,  as  denoting  the  Lord,  see  n.  9S06 ;  and  from  the  signi- 
fication of  continually,  as  denoting  to  eternity.  The  reason  why 
continually  denotes  to  eternity  is,  because  all  things  which  relate 
to  time,  when  applied  to  the  Lord,  signify  eternal  things,  so  also 
continually ;  for  continually,  daily,  and  always,  are  predicated  of 
time  ;  hence  also  it  is  that  yesterday  and  to-day,  when  applied 
to  the  Lord,  signify  likewise  what  is  eternal,  n.  2838. 

9940.  "  To  make  them  well-pleasing  before  Jehovah  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord  in  them, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  what  is  wrell-pleasing,  when 
applied  to  Jehovah,  that  is,  to  the  Lord,  as  denoting  from  His 
Divine  [principle],  for  what  is  well-pleasing  to  the  Lord  is  the 
Divine  [principle]  which  is  from  Him  with  man,  spirit,  and 
angel,  for  it  is  then  in  another,  in  whom  it  is  received,  and  is 
thereby  well-pleasing.  Those  things  which  are  from  the  Lord, 
are  nearer  or  more  remotely  from  Him,  and  are  said  to  be  from 
His  will,  from  what  is  well-pleasing,  from  leave  \or  licence], 
and  from  permission  ;  those  which  are  from  the  will  are  proxi- 
mately from  Him ;  those  which  are  from  good  pleasure  are 
somewhat  more  remotely  from  Him  ;  those  which  are  from  leave 
[or  licence]  are  still  more  remotely  ;  and  those  which  are  from 
permission  are  most  remotely  from  Him.  These  are  the  degrees 
of  the  influx  and  reception  of  what  is  Divine  ;  but  every  degree 
contains  innumerable  things,  which  are  distinct  from  those  that 
are  in  another  degree,  and  those  innumerable  things  are  arcana 
of  heaven,  of  which  only  a  few  fall  into  the  human  understand- 
ing ;  as  in  the  instance  of  those  things  only  which  are  done 
from  permission,  which,  although  they  are  in  the  last  place,  still 
on  account  of  the  innumerable  arcana  contained  in  them,  they 
confound  man,  when  he  views  them  from  the  volutions  [tumb- 
lings or  tossings]  of  things  in  nature,  and  from  appearances, 
and  more  so  when  from  the  fallacies  of  the  senses.  But  the  ar- 
cana of  permission  are  few  in  respect  to  the  arcana  of  the  supe- 
rior degrees,  which  are  the  things  done  from  leave  [or  licence], 
from  what  is  well-pleasing,  and  from  will. 

9941.  Verses  39,  40.    And  thou  shalt  checker  the  waistcoal 


672  EXODUS.  [Chap,  xxviii. 


of  fine  linen,  and  thou  shalt  make  the  mitre  of  fine  linen,andthe 
belt  thou  shalt  make  with  the  work  of  a  worker  with  a  needle. 
And  thou  shalt  make  waistcoats  for  the  sons  of  Aaron,  and  thou 
shalt  make  for  them  belts,  andthou  shalt  make  for them  turbans 
for  glory  and  for  comeliness.  And  thou  shalt  checker  the  waist- 
coat of  linen,  signifies  the  inmost  things  of  the  spiritual  kingdom 
proceeding  from  the  truth  of  celestial  love.  And  thou  shalt 
make  the  mitre  of  fine  linen,  signifies  the  wisdom  there.  And 
the  belt,  signifies  the  bond  and  separation  from  the  externals  ot 
that  kingdom.  Thou  shalt  make  with  the  work  of  a  worker, 
with  a  needle,  signifies  by  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth. 
And  fur  the  sons  of  Aaron,  signifies  Divine  Truths  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  in  the  heavens.  Thou  shalt 
make  waistcoats,  signifies  those  things  which  are  of  faith  there. 
And  thou  shalt  make  for  them  belts,  signifies  the  keeping  them 
together  in  connexion.  And  turbans  thou  shalt  make  for  them, 
signifies  the  intelligence  there.  For  glory  and  for  comeliness, 
signifies  the  truth  of  the  Spiritual  Church. 

9942.  "  And  thou  shalt  checker  the  waistcoat  of  fine  linen  " 
— that  hereby  are  signified  the  inmost  [things  or  principles]  of 
the  spiritual  kingdom  proceeding  from  the  truths  of  celestial 
love,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  garments  of  Aaron 
in  general,  as  denoting  the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the 
celestial  kingdom,  see  n.  9814;  and  whereas  the  waistcoat  was 
the  inmost  of  those  garments,  therefore  by  it  are  signified  the 
inmost  [things  or  principles]  of  that  kingdom.  That  the  waist- 
coat of  Aaron  denotes  the  Divine  Truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom 
immediately  proceeding  from  the  Divine-celestial  [principle], 
see  n.  9826.  And  from  the  signification  of  fine  linen,  as  denot- 
ing truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see  n.  9469.  Concerning  that 
waistcoat,  it  is  said  that  it  should  be  checkered,  and  by  what 
is  checkered  is  meant  the  work  of  a  weaver,  and  by  the  work 
of  a  weaver  is  signified  that  which  is  from  a  celestial  principle, 
n.  9915  ;  by  the  same  term  by  which  checkering  is  expressed  in 
the  original  tongue,  weaving  is  also  signified.  That  that  waist- 
coat  was  woven,  or  of  the  work  of  a  weaver,  is  manifest  from 
what  follows  in  the  book  of  Exodus,  "  They  made  waistcoats  of 
fine  linen,  the  work  of  the  weaver,  for  Aaron  and  his  80ns''  xxxix. 
27.  The  reason  why  it  was  checkered,  or  woven  of  tine  linen, 
was,  that  that  principle  might  be  represented  which  immedi- 
ately proceeds  from  what  is  celestial,  and  which  is  as  continuous 
respectively  ;  for  those  things  which  proceed  from  what  is  celes- 
tial are  as  those  things  which  proceed  from  the  will  principle 
appertaining  to  man  ;  for  all  things  which  are  of  the  understand- 
ing appertaining  to  man  proceed  from  his  will  principle  ;  those 
things  which  proceed  interiorly  from  the  will  principle,  are  as  it 
were  continuous  in  respect  to  those  which  proceed  exteriorly  ; 
wherefore  in  those,  which  proceed  interiorly  from  the  will  pnn 


9942.] 


EXODUS. 


573 


ciple,  there  is  principal  .y  the  affection  of  truth,  for  all  affection 
which  is  of  love  in  the  understanding  flows  in  from  man's 
will  principle.  The  case  is  similar  in  the  heavens,  where  the 
celestial  kingdom  corresponds  to  the  will  principle  of  man,  and 
the  spiritual  kingdom  to  his  intellectual  principle,  seen.  9835  ; 
and  whereas  the  garments  of  Aaron  represented  the  spiritual 
kingdom  of  the  Lord  adjoined  to  His  celestial  kingdom,  n.  9814, 
therefore  the  waistcoat  represented  that  principle  which  is  inmost 
there,  thus  which  proximately  proceeds  from  the  celestial  king- 
dom, for  the  waistcoat  was  the  inmost  garment.  Hence  it  is 
evident  why  it  was  woven  or  checkered,  and  why  it  was  of  fine 
linen ;  for  by  woven  is  signified  that  which  is  from  the  will 
principle  or  from  the  celestial,  n.  9915,  and  by  fine  linen  is 
signified  truth  which  is  from  celestial  love,  n.  946 9.  The  spiritual 
principle  which  is  from  the  celestial  is  also  signified  by  waist- 
coats in  other  parts  of  the  Word,  as  by  the  waistcoats  of  shin, 
which  Jehovah  God  is  said  to  have  made  for  the  man  and  his 
wife,  after  that  they  had  eaten  of  the  tree  of  science,  Gen.  iii. 
21.  That  by  those  waistcoats  is  signified  truth  from  a  celestial 
origin,  cannot  be  known  unless  those  historicals  are  unfolded  as 
to  the  internal  sense,  therefore  they  shall  be  explained.  By  the 
man  and  his  wife  is  there  meant  the  Celestial  Church ;  by  the 
man  himself  as  a  husband,  that  church  as  to  good,  and  by  his 
wife  that  church  as  to  truth  ;  this  truth  and  that  good  was  the 
truth  and  good  of  the  Celestial  Church.  But  when  that  church 
lapsed,  which  was  effected  by  reasonings  from  scientifics  con- 
cerning Divine  Truths,  which,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  signified 
by  the  serpent  which  persuaded,  this  firststate  after  the  lapse  ot 
that  church,  is  what  is  there  described,  and  its  truth  by  waist- 
coats of  skin.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  by  the  creation  of  the 
heaven  and  the  earth  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  in  the  in- 
ternal sense,  is  meant  and  described  the  new  creation  or  regene- 
ration of  the  man  of  the  church  at  that  time,  thus  the  establish- 
ment of  a  Celestial  Church,  and  that  by  Paradise  is  meant  and  de- 
scribed the  wisdom  and  intelligence  of  that  church,  and  by 
eating  of  the  tree  of  science,  its  lapse  in  consequence  of  reason- 
ing from  scientifics  concerning  things  Divine.  That  this  is  the 
case,  see  what  has  been  shown  on  the  subject  in  the  explications 
of  those  chapters ;  for  all  the  things  contained  in  the  first 
chapters  of  Genesis,  are  things  reduced  to  an  historical  form, 
in  the  internal  sense  of  which  are  things  Divine  concerning 
the  new  creation  or  regeneration  of  the  man  of  the  Celestial 
Church,  as  was  said.  This  manner  of  writing  was  customary  in 
the  most  ancient  times,  not  only  with  those  who  were  of  the 
church,  but  also  with  those  who  were  out  of  the  church,  as 
with  the  Arabians,  the  Syrians,  and  the  Grecians,  as  is  evident 
from  the  books  of  those  times,  both  sacred  and  profane.  In 
imitation  of  those  books,  because  derived  from  them,  the  Son 


574 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


of  Songs  was  written  by  Solomon,  which  book  is  not  a  sacred 
book,  since  it  does  not  contain  celestial  and  Divine  things  in  a 
series  within,  like  the  sacred  books.    The  book  of  Job  also  is  a 
book  of  the  Ancient  Church.    Mention  is  likewise  made  of 
sacred  books  of  the  Ancient  Church,  which  are  now  lost,  as  in 
Moses,  Numb.  xxi.  14,  15,  27,  and  following  verses,  th 
historicals  of  which  books  were  called  the  wars  of  Jehovah 
and  the  propheticals  of  which  were  called  enunciations,  see  n, 
2686,  2897.    That  in  the  historicals  of  those  books,  which  were 
called  the  wars  of  Jehovah,  the  style  was  such,  is  evident  from 
what  was  taken  and  quoted  thence  by  Moses ;  thus  their 
historicals  approached  to  a  sort  of  prophetic  style  of  such  a  kind, 
that  the  subjects  might  be  retained  in  the  memory  by  infants 
and  also  by  the  simple.    That  those  books  there  cited  were 
sacred,  is  evident  from  the  things  extant  therein,  verses  28,  29, 
30,  compared  with  those  which  are  extant  in  Jeremiah,  chap, 
xlviii.  45,  46,  where  similar  things  occur.    That  a  style  of  the 
same  kind  was  most  usual  at  that  time,  and  almost  the  only 
style,  with  those  who  were  out  of  the  church,  is  clear  from 
the  fabulous  accounts  of  those  writers  who  were  out  of  the 
church,  in  which  they  involved  things  moral,  or  such  as  relate 
to  the  affections  and  life.    In  the  historicals  not  fictitious  but 
true,  which  are  those  that  occur  in  the  books  of  Moses  after 
those  chap  ters,  also  in  the  books  of  Joshua,  of  Judges,  of  Samuel 
and  the  Kings,  waistcoats  likewise  signified  truth  and  the  spi- 
ritual good  of  truth  proceeding  from  celestial  truth  and  good. 
It  is  to  be  noted,  that  spiritual  truth  and  good  is  such  as  is  the 
truth  and  good  of  the  angels  in  the  middle  or  second  heaven  ; 
but  that  celestial  truth  and  good  is  such  truth  and  good  as  pre- 
vails amongst  the  angels  in  the  third  or  inmost  heaven,  see  the 
passages  cited,  n.  9277.    In  the  books  of  Moses  it  is  recorded 
that  Israel  the  father  gave  to  Joseph  his  son  a  waistcoat  of 
various  colors,  and  that  on  account  of  it  his  brethren  were 
indignant,  and  afterwards  stripped  it  off,  and  dipped  it  in  blood, 
and  thus  sent  it  to  his  father,  Gen.  xxxvii.  3,23,  31,  32,  33; 
these  were  historical  truths,  and  since  in  like  manner  they  con- 
tained within,  or  in  the  internal  sense,  the  holy  things  of  heaven 
and  the  church,  thus  things  Divine,  therefore  by  that  waistcoat 
of  various  colors  was  signified  the  state  of  good  and  of  truth 
which  Joseph  represented,  which  was  a  state  of  spiritual  truth 
and  good  proceeding  from  celestial,  see  n.  3971,  42S6,  4592, 
4963,  5249,  5307,  5584,  5869,  5877,  6417,  6529,  9671 ;  for  all 
the  sons  of  Jacob  represented  such  things  as  are  of  heaven  and 
of  the  church  in  their  order,  n.  3S58,  3926,  4060,  4603,  6335, 
6337,  6397,  6640,  7S36,  7891,  7996,  but  in  the  above  passage 
they  represented  things  opposite.  Inasmuch  as  all  things  which 
are  in  the  books  of  the  Word,  as  well  those  in  the  historical 
books  as  those  in  the  prophetical  books,  are  representative  and 


0942.] 


EXODUS. 


£75 


significative  of  Divine-celestial  and  spiritual  things,  therefore 
the  affection  of  that  truth  is  described  by  the  daughter  of  a 
king,  and  the  truth  itself  by  her  garments,  in  David,  "  Tho 
daughters  of  a  king  are  among  thy  precious  ones,  the  queen 
stands  at  thy  right  hand  in  the  best  gold  of  Ophir.  The  daughter 
of  Tyre  shall  bring  a  present ;  the  rich  of  the  people  shall  de- 
precate thy  faces.  The  daughter  of  the  king  is  wholly  glorious 
within,  thy  raiment  (or  thy  waistcoat)  is  of  the  weavmgs  (or 
checkerings)  of  gold  ;  in  needle-work  she  shall  be  brought  to 
the  king,"  Psalm  xlv.  9,  12,  13,  14,  and  following  verses  ; 
that  daughter  in  general  signifies  the  affection  of  spiritual  truth 
and  good,  thus  also  the  church,  see  n.  2362,  3024,  3963,  9055 ; 
and  that  king,  when  relating  to  the  Lord,  signifies  Divine  Truth, 
(  n.  2015,  2069,  3009,  4581,  4966,  5068,  6148.  Hence  it  is 
evident  that  all  those  things,  which  are  related  in  that  Psalm 
concerning  the  daughter  of  a  king,  signify  such  things  as 
are  of  the  affection  of  truth  and  good  from  the  Lord  in  the 
church  ;  its  being  said  that  the  daughter  of'Tyre  shall  bring  a 
present,  signifies  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth  ;  that  these 
are  signified  by  Tyre,  see  n.  1201 ;  in  like  manner  by  the  rich 
of  the  people,  tor  by  riches  in  the  spiritual  sense  nothing  else  is 
meant  but  the  knowledges  of  good  and  of  truth,  n.  1694,  4508. 
Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  the  daughter  of  the  king 
being  glorious  within,  and  by  her  raiment  being  of  the  weav- 
ings  of  gold  ;  for  by  raiment  is  meant  a  waistcoat,  as  is  evident 
from  the  signification  of  that  expression  in  the  original  tongue, 
for  it  there  signifies  the  garment  next  to  the  body ;  that  it 
denotes  a  waistcoat,  is  manifest  from  John,  chap.  xix.  23,  24, 
where  the  Lord's  waistcoat  is  treated  of,  which  in  David, 
Psalm  xxii.  18,  is  called  by  the  same  term  raiment ;  also  in  the 
second  book  of  Samuel,  chap.  xiii.  18,  where  it  is  said  that  the 
daughters  of  the  king  were  clad  in  waistcoats  of  various  co- 
lors, on  which  subject  we  shall  speak  presently ;  by  the 
weavings  of  gold  in  David  the  like  is  meant  as  by  the  checker- 
ing of  the  waistcoat  of  Aaron,  the  expression  in  the  original 
tongue  being  the  same  ;  what  is  meant  by  the  needle- work,  in 
which  she  was  to  be  brought  to  the  king,  see  n.  96S8.  Inas- 
much as  by  the  daughter  of  a  king,  and  by  her  raiment,  or  by 
her  waistcoat,  such  things  were  represented,  therefore  also 
the  daughters  of  a  king  were  so  clad,  as  is  manifest  in  the  sec- 
ond book  of  Samuel,  There  was  upon  Tamar  a  waistcoat  of 
various  colors,  because  with  such  garments  the  daughters  of  a 
king  were  clad,  xiii.  18.  Inasmuch  now  as  spiritual  goods  and 
truths  were  represented  by  waistcoats,  it  may  be  manifest  what 
is  signified  by  the  waistcoat  of  Aaron,  also  what  by  the  waistcoats 
of  his  sons,  spoken  of  in  the  following  verse  of  this  chapter,  where 
it  io  said,  "  That/w  the  sons  of  Aaron,  they  should  make  vmuir 
wats,  belts  and  turbans,  for  glory  and  fur  comeliness."  And  whew 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvi.; 


as  their  waistcoats  represented  those  holy  things,  therefore  it  was 
said  that  the  sons  of  Aaron,  Nadab  and  Abihu,  who  were  burnt 
by  fire  from  heaven,  because  they  offered  incense  from  strange 
fire,  were  brought  in  waistcoats,  out  of  the  camp,  Levit.  x.  1  to 
5  ;  for  by  strange  fire  is  signified  love  from  another  source 
than  from  what  is  celestial,  for  sacred  fire  in  the  Word  ia 
celestial  or  Divine  Love,  n.  6832,  6834,  6849,  7324,  9434 
Hence  the  spiritual  goods  and  truths,  which  are  signified  bt 
their  waistcoats  were  defiled,  and  on  this  account  they  were 
brought  in  waistcoats  out  of  the  camp.    The  like  also  is  sig 
nified  by  waistcoat  in  Micah,  "  My  people  hath  set  [every  one 
for  an  enemy  by  reason  of  a  garment,  ye  draw  off  the  waistcoai 
from  them  who  pass  securely"  ii.  8.    In  this  passage  waist- 
coat is  expressed  by  another  term  in  the  original  tongue,  which 
yet  signifies  spiritual  truth  and  good.  To  draw  off  the  waistcoat 
from  them  who  pass  securely,  denotes  to  deprive  of  their  spiritual 
truths  those  who  live  in  simple  good  ;  to  account  for  an  enemy 
jy  reason  of  a  garment,  denotes  to  do  evil  to  them  by  reason  of 
the  truth  which  they  think,  when  yet  no  one  ought  to  be  hurt 
on  account  of  what  he  believes  to  be  true,  if  he  be  principled  in 
good,  n.  1798,  1799,  1834,  1S44     From  these  considerations  it 
may  now  be  manifest  what  is  signified  by  a  waistcoat  in  Mat 
thew,  "  Jesus  said,  thou  shalt  n<.t  swear  at  all,  neither  by  the 
neaven,  nor  hy  the  earth,  nor  by  Jerusalem,  nor  by  the  head. 
Let  your  discourse  be  yea  yea,  nay  nay,  what  is  beyond  these  is 
from  evil.    If  any  one  is  willing  to  sue  thee  at  the  law,  and  to 
take  away  thy  waistcoat,  permit  him  also  to  take  away  thy 
cloak,"  v.  34,  35,  36,  40.    He  who  does  not  know  what  is  the 
state  of  the  angels  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  cannot  ic 
any  wise  know  what  those  words  of  the  Lord  involve  ;  for  the 
subject  here  treated  of  is  concerning  the  state  of  good  and  of 
truth  with  those  who  are  in  the  Lord's  celestial  kingdom,  with 
whom  every  truth  is  impressed  on  their  hearts.  For  they  know 
all  truth  from  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord,  insomuch  that  they 
never  reason  about  it  as  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  wherefore 
when  truths  are  treated  of,  they  only  say,  yea  yea,  or  nay  nay, 
neither  do  they  there  name  the  name  of  faith,  concerning  which 
state  of  thei is  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9277."  Hence  now  it 
.8  evident  what  is  signified  by  the  requirement  not  to  swear  at 
all,  for  by  swearing  is  signified  to  confirm  truths,  n.  3375,9166, 
which  is  effected  by  the  rational  principle  and  scientifics  from 
the  Word  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  ;  by  suing  at  law,  and  being 
willing  to  take  away  a  waistcoat  is  signified  to  debate  about 
-'•utlis,  and  to  be  willing  to  persuade  that  it  is  not  true,  a  waist- 
coat denoting  truth  derived  from  what  is  celestial,  for  they  leave 
to  every  one  his  own  truth,  without  further  reasoning.  By  waist- 
eoat  is  signified  truth  derived  from  what  is  celestial  in  anothei 
passage,  also  in  Matthew,  "  Jesus  sent  the  twelve  to  preach  th 


9942.J 


EXODUS. 


577 


kingdom  of  the  heavens,  saying,  that  they  should  not  possess  gold, 
nor  silver,  nor  brass  in  their  girdles,  nor  bag  for  the  way,  nor  two 
waistcoats,  nor  shoes,  nor  staffs,"  x.  9, 10.  By  those  words  was 
represented  that  they  who  are  in  goods  and  truths  from  the 
Lord,  possess  nothing  of  good  and  of  truth  from  themselves, 
but  that  they  have  all  good  and  truth  from  the  Lord  ;  for  by 
the  twelve  disciples  were  represented  all  who  are  in  goods  and 
truths  from  the  Lord,  in  the  abstract  sense  all  the  goods  of  love 
and  the  truths  of  faith  from  the  Lord,  n.  3188,  3858,  6397. 
Goods  and  truths  from  self  and  not  from  the  Lord  are  signified 
by  possessing  gold,  silver,  brass  in  girdles,  and  by  a  bag ;  but 
truths  and  goods  from  the  Lord  are  signified  by  a  waistcoat,  a 
shoe,  and  a  staff ;  by  a  waistcoat  interior  truth  or  truth  from 
what  is  celestial,  by  a  shoe  exterior  truth  or  truth  in  the  natural 
principle,  n.  1748,  6844  ;  by  a  staff  the  power  of  truth,  n.  4876, 
4936,  6947,  7011,  7026  ;  but  by  two  waistcoats,  two  shoes,  and 
two  staffs,  are  signified  truths  and  their  powers  both  from  the 
Lord  and  from  self.  That  they  were  allowed  to  have  one 
waistcoat,  one  pair  of  shoes,  and  a  staff,  is  manifest  from  Mark, 
chap.  vi.  8,  9 ;  and  in  Luke,  chap.  ix.  3.  When  it  is  known 
from  these  considerations  what  is  signified  by  waistcoat,  it  is 
evident  what  is  signified  bv  the  Lord's  waistcoat,  concerning 
which  it  is  thus  written  in  John,  "  They  took  the  garments,  and 
made  four  parts,  to  every  soldier  a  part,  and  the  waistcoat  was 
without  seam,  woven  from  above  throughout.  They  said,  let  us 
not  divide  it,  but  cast  lots  for  it,  whose  it  shall  be,  that  the 
scripture  might  be  fulfilled  which  saith,  they  divided  My  gar- 
ments among  themselves,  and  on  My  waistcoat  cast  lots  j  these 
things  the  soldiers  did,"  xix.  23,  24;  Psalm  xxii.  18.  Who 
cannot  see,  who  thinks  from  reason  at  all  illustrated,  that  the 
above  particulars  signify  Divine  things,  and  that  otherwise  they 
would  not  have  been  prophetically  foretold  in  David ;  but 
what  they  signify  cannot  be  known  without  the  internal  sense, 
thus  not  without  knowledge  thence  derived  of  what  is  signified 
by  garments,  what  by  casting  lots  upon  them  or  dividing  them, 
what  by  a  waistcoat,  and  by  its  being  without  seam  or  woven 
throughout,  and  what  by  soldiers.  From  the  internal  sense  it  is 
evident  that  by  garments  are  signified  truths,  and  by  the  Lord's 
garments  Divine  Truths  ;  by  casting  lots  and  dividing,  to  pull 
them  asunder  and  dissipate  them,  n.  9093  ;  by  waistcoat,  Divine 
Spiritual  Truth  derived  from  Celestial,  the  like  as  by  the 
waistcoat  of  Aaron,  since  Aaron  represented  the  Lord ;  so 
also  by  its  being  without  seam  and  woven  fronfabove  through- 
out, the  like  as  by  what  was  checkered  or  woven  of  the  waist- 
coat of  Aaron.  That  the  waistcoat  was  not  divided,  signified 
that  Divine  Spiritual  Truth  proximately  proceeding  from  Divine 
Celestial  Truth  could  not  be  dissipated,  because  that  truth  is 
the  internal  truth  of  the  Word,  such  as  prevails  with  the  angels 
vol.  ix.  37 


678 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvih 


in  heaven.  Its  being  said  that  the  soldiers  did  this,  signifies 
that  it  was  done  by  those  who  fought  for  truths,  thus  by  the 
Jews  themselves,  with  whom  was  the  Word,  who  nevertheless 
were  of  such  a  quality  that  they  dissipated  it ;  for  they  had  the 
"Word,  and  yet  they  were  not  willing  to  know  thence  that  the 
Lord  was  the  Messiah  and  Son  of  God,  who  was  to  come,  nor 
any  thing  internal  of  the  Word,  but  only  what  was  external, 
which  also  they  wrested  to  their  loves,  which  were  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  thus  to  favor  the  lusts  which  gushed  forth 
thence.  These  things  are  signified  by  the  division  of  the  Lord's 
vestments,  for  whatsoever  they  did  to  the  Lord,  represented  the 
state  of  Divine  Truth  and  Good  at  that  time  amongst  them, 
thus  that  they  treated  Divine  Truths  in  like  manner  as  they 
treated  Himself ;  for  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  was 
the  Divine  Truth  itself,  see  what  was  cited,  n.  9199,  9315  at 
the  end. 

9943.  "  And  thou  shalt  make  the  mitre  of  fine  linen  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  wisdom  there,  appeal's  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  mitre,  as  denoting  intelligence,  and  when  relating  to 
the  Lord,  who  is  here  represented  by  Aaron,  as  denoting  wisdom, 
see  n.  9827 ;  and  from  the  signification  of  fine  linen,  as  denot- 
ing truth  from  a  celestial  origin,  see  n.  9469  ;  for  from  that 
truth  is  the  wisdom  which  is  here  signified  by  the  mitre  ;  for 
all  wisdom  and  intelligence  is  from  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding 
from  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Lord  ;  other  wisdom  and  intelli- 
gence, which  is  wisdom  and  intelligence,  is  not  given,  because 
there  is  none  from  any  other  source.  Intelligence  consists  in 
knowing  and  understanding  Divine  Truths,  and  afterwards  in 
having  faith  in  them,  and  wisdom  consists  in  willing  and  loving 
them,  and  thence  living  according  to  them. 

9944.  "And  the  belt" — that  hereby  is  signified  a  bond  and 
separation  from  the  externals  of  that  kingdom,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  a  belt,  as  denotiug  an  external  bond  con- 
taining all  things  of  love  and  faith  in  connexion  and  form, 
that  the)'  may  look  to  one  end,  see  u.  9341,  9828,  9837.  The 
reason  why  it  denotes  also  separation  from  externals  is,  because 
thus  it  collects  and  contains  internal  things,  and  what  collects 
and  contains  internal  thing6,  this  also  separates  them  from  ex- 
ternal. The  internal  things  of  the  spiritual  kingdom  are  signified 
by  a  waistcoat,  because  it  was  au  inmost  garment,  and  i ts  ex- 
ternal things  by  a  rube  and  an  ephod,  because  they  were  ex- 
terior garments.  That  by  the  garments  of  Aaron  was  repre- 
sented the  Lord's  spiritual  kingdom,  see  u.  9814 ;  by  the  ephod 
its  externals,  n.  9824 ;  by  the  robe  its  interior,  n.  9825 ;  and 
by  the  waistcoat  the  inmost,  n.  9826. 

95*45.  Thou  shalt  make  with  the  work  of  him  that  worketh 
with  a  needle  " — that  hereby  are  signified  the  knowledges  of 
good  and  of  truth,  appears  from  the  signification  of  a  worker 


9943—9949.] 


EXODUS. 


579 


with  the  needle,  as  denoting  what  is  derived  from  scienthics, 
6ee  n.  9688.  The  reason  why  it  is  said  by  the  knowledges  of 
good  and  of  truth  is,  because  by  those  knowledges  are  meant 
interior  scientifics,  such  as  are  those  of  the  church  concerning 
faith  and  love.  The  reason  why  these  scientifics  are  here  signified 
by  the  work  of  a  worker  with  a  needle  is,  because  by  the  belt  of 
a  waistcoat,  which  was  of  the  work  of  a  worker  with  a  needle, 
is  signified  the  inmost  bond  of  the  spiritual  kingdom,  treated  of 
just  above  ;  and  all  things  in  the  spiritual  world  are  kept  to- 

§ ether  in  connexion  by  knowledges  and  the  affections  thence 
erived. 

9946.  "  And  for  the  sons  of  Aaron  " — that  hereby  are  sig- 
nified Divine  Truths  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Lord  in  the  heavens,  appears  from  the  representation  of  the 
sons  of  Aaron,  as  denoting  Divine  Truths  proceeding  from  the 
Divine  Good  of  the  Lord,  see  n.  9807.  The  reason  why  it  sig- 
nifies in  the  heavens  is,  because  the  Divine  [principle]  of  the 
Lord  in  the  heavens  is  what  is  represented  by  the  priesthood  of 
Aaron  and  his  sons  ;  Divine  Good  in  the  heavens  by  the  priest- 
hood of  Aaron,  and  Divine  Truth  from  Divine  Good  there  by 
the  priesthood  of  his  sons  ;  it  is  said  in  the  heavens,  because 
the  Lord  Himself  is  above  the  heavens,  for  he  is  the  sun  of 
heaven,  and  still  his  presence  is  in  the  heavens,  which  is  such 
as  if  Himself  were  there  ;  Himself  in  the  heavens,  that  is,  His 
Divine  Good  and  Divine  Truth  there,  may  be  represented,  but 
not  His  Divine  [being  or  principle]  above  the  heavens ;  by 
reason  that  this  latter  cannot  fall  into  human  minds,  and  not 
even  into  angelic,  for  it  is  infinite  ;  but  the  Divine  [principle] 
in  the  heavens,  which  is  thence  derived,  is  accommodated  to 
reception. 

9947.  "  Thou  shalt  make  waistcoats  " — that  hereby  are  sig 
nified  those  things  which  are  of  faith,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  a  waistcoat,  when  relating  to  Aaron,  as  denoting 
Divine  Truth  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  inmostly,  thus  which 
proceeds  immediately  from  the  celestial  principle,  see  n.  9826, 
9942  ;  but  when  it  relates  to  the  sons  of  Aaron,  a  waistcoat 
denotes  that  which  is  of  faith,  for  it  denotes  the  principle  pro- 
ceeding from  the  spiritual  which  is  from  the  celestial,  w'hich 
proceeding  principle  is  what  is  called  the  faith  of  truth. 

9948.  ''  And  thou  shalt  make  for  them  belts  " — that  hereby 
is  .^ipiified  a  keepiug  together  in  connexion,  appears  from  the 
signi  .ication  of  belts,  as  denoting  external  bonds  keeping 
together  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  and  of  love  in  connexion, 
see  u.  9341  at  the  end,  9S28,  9837,  9944. 

9949.  "  And  turbans  thou  shalt  make  for  them " — that 
hereby  is  signified  intelligence  there,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  a  mitre,  and  in  general  of  a  covering  of  the  head,  as 
denoting  intelligence  and  wisdom,  see  n.  9827,  hence  also  a 


580 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


turban  has  the  same  signification,  for  the  covering  of  the  head 
for  the  sons  of  Aaron  was  called  a  turban. 

9950.  "  For  glory  and  for  comeliness  " — that  hereby  is  sig- 
nified the  truth  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  for  glory  and  for  comeliness,  as  denoting  to  present 
Divine  Truth  such  as,  in  the  spiritual  kingdom  adjoined  to  the 
celestial  kingdom,  is  in  an  internal  and  external  form,  see  above, 
n.  9815,  but  in  this  case  the  truth  of  the  Spiritual  Church  which 
is  thence  derived ;  for  by  Aaron  is  represented  the  Divine  Good 
in  the  heavens,  and  by  his  sons  the  Divine  Truth  thence  derived  ; 
the  Divine  Good  there  is  also  as  a  father,  and  the  Divine  Truth 
thence  derived  as  a  son,  and  this  being  the  case,  by  father  in 
the  Word  is  signified  good,  and  by  sons  truths  ;  these  latter  are 
also  born  from  the  former,  when  man  is  generating  anew,  that 
is,  when  he  is  regenerating. 

9951.  Verse  41.  And  thou  shalt put  them  upon  Aaron  thy 
brother,  and  upon  his  sons  with  him,  and  thou  shalt  anoint  them, 
and  thou  shalt  Jill  their  hand,  and  shalt  sanctif  y  them,  and  t/ut, 
shall  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me.  And  thou  shalt 
put  them  upon  Aaron  thy  brother,  signifies  such  a  state  ot 
Divine  Good  in  the  spiritual  kingdom.  And  upon  his  sons  with 
him,  signifies  such  a  state  there  in  the  externals  thence  pro- 
ceeding. And  thou  shalt  anoint  them,  signifies  a  representative 
of  the  Lord  as  to  the  good  of  love.  And  thou  shalt  fill  their 
hand,  signifies  a  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  the  truth  of 
faith.  And  thou  shalt  sanctify  them,  signifies  thus  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle].  And 
they  shall  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me,  signifies  a 
representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  all  the  work  of  salvation  from 
the  Divine  Human  [principle]. 

9952.  "And  thou  shalt  put  them  upon  Aaron  thy  brother" 
— that  hereby  is  signified  such  a  state  of  Divine  Good  in  the 
spiritual  kingdom,  appears  from  the  signification  of  putting  on 
[garments],  as  denoting  to  induce  a  state  of  the  thing  which  is 
represented  by  the  garments,  in  this  case  a  state  of  Divine  Truth 
in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  for  by  Aaron  is  represented  the  Lord 
as  to  Divine  Good,  thus  also  the  Divine  Good,  which  is  from 
the  Lord,  see  n.  9806;  and  by  his  garments  the  spiritual  king- 
dom of  the  Lord  adjoined  to  His  celestial  kingdom,  n.  9814. 
The  signification  of  putting  on  [garments],  as  denoting  to  in- 
duce the  state  which  is  represented  by  the  garments  which  are 
put  on,  originates  in  representatives  in  the  other  life  ;  the  spirits 
who  are  there  and  the  angels  appear  all  clothed  in  garments, 
every  one  according  to  the  6tate  of  truth  in  which  he  is,  thus 
every  one  according  to  his  intellectual  principle  corresponding 
to  the  will  principle  which  is  in  him.  The  reason  of  this  is,  be- 
cause the  intellectual  principle  appertaining  toman  clothes  his 
will  principle,  and  the  intellectual  principle  is  formed  from 
truths,  and  the  will  principle  from  goods,  and  good  is  the  princi 


9950— 9951.] 


EXODUS. 


581 


pie  which  is  clothed,  n.  5248  ;  hence  it  is  that  garments  in  the 
Word  signify  truths,  see  n.  165,  1073,  4545,  4763,  5954,  6378, 
6914,  6918,  9093,  9814;  and  that  this  originates  in  representa- 
tives in  another  life,  n.  9212,  9216,  9814. 

9953.  "  And  on  his  sons  " — that  hereby  is  signified  such  a 
state  there  in  the  externals  thence  proceeding,  appears  from  the 
signification  of  putting  on  [garments],  as  denoting  to  induce  a 
state  such  as  is  represented  by  the  garments,  see  just  above, 
n.  9952,  in  this  case,  which  is  represented  by  the  garments  of 
the  sons  of  Aaron,  which  is  a  state  of  externals  proceeding  from 
the  Divine  Truth,  in  the  spiritual  kingdom,  for  by  sons  is  signi- 
fied that  which  proceeds,  so  likewise  by  their  garments,  accord- 
ing to  what  was  said  just  above,  n.  9950. 

9954.  "And  thou  shalt  anoint  them" — that  hereby  is  sig> 
nified  a  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  the  good  of  love, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  anointing,  as  denoting  in- 
auguration to  represent,  see  n.  9474.  The  reason  why  it  de 
notes  to  represent  the  Lord  as  to  the  good  of  love,  or  what  is 
alike,  to  represent  the  good  of  love,  which  is  from  the  Lord,  is, 
because  by  the  oil  wherewith  anointing  was  effected,  is  signi- 
fied the  good  of  love,  n.  886,  4582,  4638,  9780.  How  the  case 
herein  is,  it  is  of  concern  to  know,  inasmuch  as  anointing  has 
continued  in  use  from  ancient  time  to  the  present,  for  kings  are 
anointed,  and  anointing  in  like  manner  is  accounted  holy  at  this 
day  as  formerly.  Amongst  the  ancients,  when  all  external 
worship  was  performed  by  representatives,  namely,  by  such 
things  as  represented  the  interior  principles  which  are  of  faith 
and  of  love  from  the  Lord  and  to  Him,  thus  which  are  Divine, 
anointing  was  instituted,  by  reason  that  oil,  by  which  anointing 
was  performed,  signified  the  good  of  love  ;  for  they  knew 
that  the  good  of  love  was  the  essential  principle  itself,  from 
which  all  things  that  are  of  the  church  and  that  are  of  worship 
live,  for  it  is  the  esse  of  life  ;  for  the  Divine  [principle]  flows  in 
b}'  [or  through]  the  good  of  love,  with  man,  and  makes  his 
life,  and  life  celestial  where  truths  are  received  in  the  good. 
Hence  it  is  evident  what  anointing  represented  ;  wherefore  the 
things  which  were  anointed  were  called  holy,  and  were  also 
accounted  holy,  and  served  the  church  to  represent  Divine  and 
celestial  things,  and,  in  the  supreme  sense,  the  Lord  Himself, 
who  is  good  itself,  thus  to  represent  the  good  of  love  which 
is  from  Him,  and  also  the  truth  of  faith,  so  far  as  this  lives 
from  the  good  of  love.  Hence  now  it  is,  that  at  that  time  they 
anointed  stones  erected  into  statues.  Also  weapons  of  war,  as 
bucklers  and  shields  /  and  afterwards  the  altar  and  allots  vessels; 
likewise  the  tent  of  assembly,  and  all  things  therein  ;  and  moreover 
those  w /to  performed  the  office  of  the  priesthood,  and  their  gar- 
ments; and  likewise  prophets;  and  at  length  ki?igs,who  were  the7t.ce 
called  the  anointed  of  Jehovah  /  it  was  also  received  in  common 


582 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


use  to  anoin  t  themselves  and  others,  to  testify  gladness  andbenevo- 
lence  of  mind.  As  to  what  concerns  the  first,  that  they  anointed 
stones  erected  into  statues,  it  is  manifest  in  the  book  of  Genesis, 
"  In  the  morning  Jacob  rose  early,  and  took  the  stone,  which  he 
put  under  his  pillow,  and  set  it for  a  statue,  and  poured  oil  upon 
its  head,"  xxviii.  18.  The  reason  why  they  so  anointed  stones  was, 
because  by  stones  were  signified  truths,  and  truths  without  good 
have  not  in  them  the  life  of  heaven,  that  is,  life  from  the  Divine 
[being  or  principle]  ;  when  therefore  stones  were  anointed  with 
oil,  they  then  represented  truths  from  good,  and,  in  the  supreme 
sense,  the  DivineTruth  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Good  of  the 
Lord,  thus  the  Lord  Himself,  who  was  hence  called  the  stone  of 
Israel,  n.  6426.  That  stones  denote  truths,  see  n.  613,  1298, 
3720,  3769,  3771,  3773,  3789,  3798,  6126,  8911,  9176  ;  in  like 
mariner  statues,  n.  3727,  1580,  9388,  9389  ;  and  that  anointing 
statues  denotes  to  make  truths  to  be  from  good,  thus  to  be  truths 
of  good,  consequently  goods,  n.  372S,  1090,  1582.  That  stones 
erected  into  statues  were  afterwards  accounted  holy,  is  manifest 
from  the  same  chapter  of  Genesis, where  "Jacob  called  the  name 
of  that  place  Bethel ;  and  said,  if  I  shall  return  in  peace  to  the 
house  of  my  father,  this  stone,  which  I  have  set  up  for  a  statue, 
shall  be  the  house  of  God,'''  verses  19,  22.  Bethel  is  the  house 
of  God,  and  the  house  of  God  is  the  church  and  is  heaven,  and 
in  the  supreme  sense  the  Lord  Himself,  n.  3720.  Secondly, 
that  they  anointed  weapons  of  war,  as  bucklers  and  shields,  is 
manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  Arise  ye  princes,  anoint  the  buckler" 
xxi.  5.  And  in  the  second  book  of  Samuel,  "  The  shield  of  the 
heroes  is  polluted,  the  shield  of  Saul  not  anointed  with  oil"  i.  21. 
The  reason  why  weapons  of  war  M  ere  anointed  was,  because 
they  signified  truths  combating  against  falses,  and  truths  de- 
rived from  good  are  what  prevail  against  falses,  but  not  truths 
without  good,  wherefore  weapons  of  war  represented  truths 
proceeding  from  the  good  which  is  from  the  Lord,  thus  truths  by 
whicli  the  Lord  Himself  fights  with  men  for  them  against  falpes 
derived  from  evil,  that  is,  against  the  hells.  That  weapons  of 
war  denote  truths  combating  against  falses,  see  n.  1788,  2686  ; 
for  war  in  the  Word  signifies  spiritual  combat,  n.  1661,  2686, 
8273,  8295  ;  and  enemies  signify  the  hells;  in  general  evils  and 
falses,  n.  2851,  8289,  9311.  Thirdly,  that  they  anointed  the 
altar  and  all  its  vessels  ;  also  the  ten  t  of  assembly,  and  all  things 
which  were  therein,  is  manifest  from  Moses,  "  Thou  shall  anoint 
the  altar  and  sanctify  it,"  Exod.  xxix.  36.  Again,  "Thou  shalt 
make  oil  of  anointing  of  holiness,  with  which  thou  shall  anoint 
the  tent  of  assembly,  and  the  ark  of  the  testimony,  and  the  table, 
and  all  its  vessels,  and  the  candlestick,  and  all  its  vessels,  and  the 
altar  of incense,  and  the  altar  of  burnt-offering, and  all  its  vessels, 
and  the  laver  and  its  base  f  thus  thou  slialt  sanctify  them,  that 
they  may  be  the  holy  of  holies  ;  every  one  who  toucheth  them, 


9954.] 


EXODUS. 


shall  sanctify  himself,"  Exod.  xxx.  25  to  29.  Again,  "Thou 
shalt  take  oil  of  anointing,  and  shalt  anoint  the  habitation,  and 
every  thing  which  is  in  it,  and  shalt  sanctify  it,  and  all  its 
vessels,  that  they  may  be  holy  ;  thou  shalt  anoint  also  the  altar 
of  burnt-offering,  and  all  its  vessels,  and  thou  shalt  sanctify  the 
altar,  that  the  altar  maybe  the  holy  of  holies,  and  thou  shalt 
anoint  the  laver  and  its  base,  and  shalt  sanctify  it,"  Exod.  xl. 
9,  10,  11.  Again,  "  Moses  anointed  the  habitation,  and  ah 
things  which  were  in  it,  afterwards  he  sprinkled  of  the  oil  upon 
the  altar,  and  all  its  vessels,  and  the  laver  and  its  shaft,  to 
sanctify  them,"  Levit.  viii.  10,  11,  12  ;  Numb.  vii.  1.  The 
reason  why  the  altar  and  habitation,  with  all  things  therein, 
were  anointed  was,  that  they  might  represent  the  Divine  and 
holy  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church,  consequently  the  holy 
things  of  worship,  nor  could  they  represent  those  things,  unless 
they  had  been  inaugurated  by  such  [a  ceremony]  as  represented 
the  good  of  love,  for  what  is  Divine  enters  in  by  the  good  of 
love,  and  by  that  good  is  present  in  heaven,  and  in  the  church, 
consequently  also  in  worship ;  and  without  that  good  what  is 
Divine  does  not  enter,  neither  is  it  present,  but  the  proprium  of 
man,  and  with  the  proprium  hell,  and  with  hell  what  is  evil  and 
false,  for  the  proprium  of  man  is  nothing  else.  Hence  it  i3 
evident  why  anointing  was  effected  by  oil,  for  oil,  in  the  repre- 
sentative sense,  denotes  the  good  of  love,  see  n.  886, 1582, 1638, 
97S0. ;  and  the  altar  was  the  chief  representative  of  the  Lord, 
and  hence  of  worship  from  the  good  of  love,  n.  2777,  2811, 
4489,  4541,  8935,  8940,  9388,  9389,  9714;  and  the  habitation 
with  the  ark  was  the  chief  representative  of  heaven  where  the 
Lord  is,  n.  9457,  9481,  9485,  9496,  9632,  9784.  That  the  pro- 
prium of  man  is  nothing  but  evil  and  the  false,  thus  hell,  see  n. 
210,  215,  694,  874,  875,  876,  987,  1047,  3812,  5660,  8480, 
8941,  8944.  That  so  far  as  the  proprium  of  man  is  removed, 
so  far  the  Lord  can  be  present,  n.  1023,  1044,  4007,  at  the  end. 
Fourthly,  that  they  anointed  those  who  were  to  perform  the  office 
of  the  priesthood  and  their  garments,  is  manifest  from  Moses, 
"  Thou  shalt  take  oil  of  anointing,  and  shalt  pour  it  upon  the 
head  of  Aaron,  and  shalt  anoint  him,"  Exod.  xxix.  7  ;  chap.  xxx. 
30.  Again,  "  Thou  shalt  put  on  Aaron  the  garments  of  holi- 
ness, and  shalt  anoint  him,  and  shalt  sanctify  him,  that  he  may 
perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  to  Me,  and  thou  shalt  anoint 
his  sons  as  thou  hast  anointed  the  father,  aud  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  their  anointing  shall  be  to  them  for  the  priesthood  of 
an  age,  to  their  generations," Exod.  xl.  13,14,15.  Again,  "Moses 
poured  out  [some]  of  the  oilupon  the  head  of  Aaron,  andanointed 
him,  to  sanctify  him.  Then  he  took  of  the  oil  of  anointing, 
and  of  the  blood,  which  was  on  the  altar,  and  sprinkled  it  upon 
Aaron,  upon  his  garments,  upon  his  sons,  and  upon  the  garments 
of  his  sons  with  him,  and  sanctified  Aaron,  his  garments,  and 


584 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


his  sons,  and  the  garments  of  his  sons  with  hiin,"  Levit.  viii. 
12,  30.  The  reason  why  Aaron  was  anointed,  and  why  his  sons 
were  anointed,  and  even  their  garments,  was,  that  they  might 
represent  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  and  as  to  Divine  Truth 
thence  derived,  Aaron  the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  and  his  sons 
as  to  Divine  Truth  thence  derived,  and  in  general  that  the 
priesthood  might  represent  the  Lord  as  to  all  the  work  of  salva- 
tion. The  reason  why  they  were  anointed  in  garments,  Exod. 
xxix.  29,  was,  because  the  garments  of  Aaron  represented  the 
spiritual  kingdom  of  the  Lord  adjoined  to  His  celestial  kingdom, 
the  celestial  kingdom  is  where  the  good  of  love  to  the  Lord  from 
the  Lord  reigns,  thus  the  influx  of  the  Divine  [principle]  into 
the  spiritual  kingdom  is  effected  by  the  good  of  love ;  on  this 
account  inauguration  to  represent  was  performed  by  oil,  which, 
in  the  spiritual  sense,  is  the  good  of  love.  That  Aaron  repre- 
sented the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  see  n.  9S06.  That  his  sons 
represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the 
Divine  Good,  n.  9807.  That  the  priesthood  in  general  repre- 
sented the  Lord,  as  to  all  the  work  of  salvation,  n.  9S09.  That 
the  garments  of  Aaron  represented  the  spiritual  kingdom  of  the 
Lord  adjoined  to  His  celestial  kingdom,  n.  9814.  That  the  gar- 
ments of  his  sons  represented  those  things  which  thence  proceed, 
u.  9946,  9950.  That  in  the  celestial  kingdom  the  good  of  love 
to  the  Lord  reigns,  see  what  is  cited,  n.  9277.  Inasmuch  as 
inauguration  to  represent  was  effected  by  anointing,  and  by 
Aaron  and  his  sons  was  represented  the  Lord,  and  what  is  from 
Him,  therefore  to  Aaron  and  his  sons  were  given  the  holy  things 
of  the  sons  of  Israel,  which  were  gifts  given  to  Jehovah,  and 
were  called  heave-offerings,  and  it  is  said  that  they  are  anoint- 
ing, also  for  anointing,  that  is,  that  they  are  a  representation 
or  for  a  representation  of  the  Lord,  and  that  they  are  from  Him, 
as  is  manifest  from  the  following  passage  in  Moses,  "  The  wave- 
breast  and  the  heave-shoulder  I  have  received  from  the  sons  of 
Israel  of  the  sacrifices  of  the  peace-offerings,  and  have  given 
them  to  Aaron  and  to  his  sons  ;  this  anointing  of  Aaron  and 
anointing  of  his  sons  from  the  things  offered  by  fire  to  Jehovah, 
which  I  have  commanded  to  give  them  on  the  day  that  he 
anointed  them,  from  amongst  the  sons  of  Israel,"  Levit.  vii.  34, 
35,  36.  And  again,  M  Jehovah  spake  to  Aaron,  Behold  I  have 
given  to  theo  the  keeping  of  My  heave-offerings,  as  to  all  the 
holy  things  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  I  have  given  them  to  thee  for 
anointing,  and  to  thy  sons,  for  a  statute  of  eternity  ;  every  pre- 
sent of  theirs,  also  every  meat-offering  of  theirs,  as  to  every  sacri- 
fice of  sin  and  of  guilt,  every  agitation  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  all 
the  fat  of  pure  oil,  and  all  the  fat  of  new  wine  and  of  corn,  the 
first-fruits  of  those  things  which  they  shall  give  to  Jehovah,  I 
have  given  them  to  thee  ;  also  every  thing  demoted  in  Israel, 
every  opening  of  tin  womb,  thus  every  heavt-offering  of  holy 


9954.] 


EXODUS. 


585 


things.  In  their  land  thou  shalt  not  have  inheritance,  neither 
shalt  thou  have  a  part  in  the  midst  of  them,  I  am  thy  part  and 
thine  inheritance  in  the  midst  of  the  sans  of  Israel"  Numb,  xviii. 
8  to  20.  From  these  words  it  is  evident,  that  anointing  is  a 
representation,  since  by  anointing  they  were  inaugurated  to 
represent,  and  that  by  it  was  signified  that  all  inauguration  into 
the  holy  [principle]  of  heaven  and  of  the  church  is  by  the  good 
of  love  which  is  from  the  Lord,  and  that  the  good  of  love  is  the 
Lord  with  them  ;  this  being  the  case,  it  is  said,  that  Jehovah  ia 
his  part  and  inheritance.  Fifthly,  that  they  anointed  also  pro- 
phets, is  manifest  from  the  first  book  of  the  Kings,  "  Jehovah 
said  to  Elias,  Anoint  Hazael  for  king  over  the  Syrians,  and 
anoint  Jehu  for  king  over  Israel,  anoint  Elisha  for  a  prophet 
instead  of  thyself"  xix.  15,  16.  And  in  Isaiah,  "  The  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  Jehovah  is  upon  Me,  therefore  Jehovah  hath  anointed 
Me  to  evangelize  to  the  poor,  He  hath  sent  Me  to  bind  up  the 
broken  in  heart,  to  preach  liberty  to  the  captives,"  lxi.  1.  The 
reason  why  prophets  were  anointed  was,  because  prophets 
represented  the  Lord  as  to  the  doctrine  of  Divine  Truth,  conse- 
quently as  to  the  Word,  for  this  is  the  doctrine  of  Divine  Truth  ; 
that  prophets  represented  the  Word,  see  n.  3652,  7269,  speci- 
fically Elias  and  Elijah,  n.  2762,  5217,  9372  ;  and  that  it  is  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  who  is  represented, 
thus  who  is  meant  by  whom  Jehovah  has  anointed,  the  Lord 
Himself  teaches  in  Luke,  chap.  iv.  18,  19,  20,  21.  Sixthly, 
that  they  afterwards  anointed  kings,  and  that  they  were  called 
the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  is  manifest  from  several  passages  in 
the  Word,  as  in  1  Samuel,  x.  1 ;  chap.  xv.  1  ;chap.  xvi.  3,  6, 12  ; 
chap.  xxiv.  6  ;  chap.  xxvi.  9,  11,  16;  2  Samuel,  chap.  i.  16  ; 
chap.  ii.  4,  7 ;  chap.  v.  3  ;  chap.  xix.  21 ;  1  Kings,  i.  34,  35 ; 
ch;,p.  xix.  15,  ]6;  2  Kings,  ix.  3;  chap.  xi.  12;  chap,  xxiii. 
30  ;  Lam.  iv.  20  ;  Habak.  iii.  13  ;  Psalm  ii.  2,  6  ;  Psalm  xx.  6  ; 
Psalm  xxviii.  8  ;  Psalm  xlv.  7  ;  Psalm  lxxxiv.  9  ;  Psalm  lxxxix. 
20,  38,  51  ;  Psalm  exxxii.  17,  and  elsewhere.  The  reason  why 
they  anointed  kings  was,  that  they  might  represent  the  Lord  as 
to  judgment  from  Divine  Truth,  wherefore  in  the  Word  by  kings 
are  signified  Divine  Truths,  see  n.  1672,  2015,  2069,  3009,  3670, 
4575,  4581,  4966,  5044,  5068,  6148.  The  reason  why  kings 
were  called  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  and  that  on  that  account  it 
was  sacrilegious  to  hurt  them,  was,  because  by  the  anointed  of 
Jehovah  is  meant  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle], 
although  as  to  the  sense  of  the  letter  the  term  is  applied  to  the 
king  who  was  anointed  with  oil,  for  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in 
the  world,  was  Divine  Truth  itself  as  to  the  Human  [principle], 
and  was  Divine  Good  itself  as  to  the  very  esse  of  His  life, 
which  [esse]  with  man  is  called  the  soul  derived  from  the 
Father,  for  He  was  conceived  of  Jehovah,  and  Jehovah  in  the 
Word  is  the  Divine  Gc  d  of  the  Divine  Love,  which  is  the  ess« 


586 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


of  the  life  of  all.  Hence  it  is,  that  the  Lord  alone  was  the 
anointed  of  Jehovah  in  very  essence  and  in  very  act,  inasmuch 
as  the  Divine  Good  was  in  Him,  and  the  Divine  Truth  pro- 
ceeding from  that  Good  in  His  Human  [principle]  when  He 
was  in  the  world,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9194,  9315.  But 
the  kings  of  the  earth  were  not  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  but 
represented  the  Lord,  who  alone  is  the  anointed  of  Jehovah  ; 
and  on  this  account  it  was  sacrilegious  to  hurt  the  kings  of  the 
earth  by  reason  of  the  anointing.  But  the  anointing  of  the 
kings  of  the  earth  was  effected  by  oil,  whereas  the  anointing  of 
the  Lord  was  effected  by  the  Divine  Good  itself  of  the  Divine 
Love,  which  the  oil  represented.  Hence  it  is  that  He  was  called 
Messias,  and  Christ,  Messias  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  signifying 
anointed,  in  like  manner  as  Christ  in  the  Greek  tongue,  John 
i.  41 ;  chap.  iv.  25.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be 
manifest,  that  where  mention  is  made  in  the  Word  of  the 
anointed  of  Jehovah,  the  Lord  is  meant,  as  in  Isaiah,  "  The 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  Jehovah  is  upon  Me,  therefore  Jehovah  hath 
anointed  Me  to  evangelize  to  the  poor,  He  hath  sent  Me  to 
bind  up  the  broken  in  heart,  to  preach  liberty  to  the  captives," 
lxi.  i.  That  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  is  He 
whom  Jehovah  anointed,  is  manifest  from  Luke,  where  the 
Lord  declares  this  plainly  in  these  words,  "The  book  of  the 
prophet  Isaiah  was  delivered  to  Jesus ;  and  He  unfolded  the 
book,  and  found  the  place  where  it  was  written,  The  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  is  upon  Me,  became  Fie  hath  anointed  Me  to  evange- 
lize to  the  poor,  He  hath  sent  Me  to  heal  the  bruised  in  heart, 
to  evangelize  remission  to  the  bound,  and  sight  to  the  blind,  to 
send  away  with  remission  tliem  that  are  wounded,  to  preach 
the  acceptable  year  of  the  Lord:  afterwards  folding  up  the 
book  He  gave  it  to  the  minister,  and  sat  down,  but  the  eyes  of 
all  in  the  synagogue  were  fastened  on  Him  ;  and  He  began  to 
say  to  them,  To-day  is  this  Scripture  fulfilled  in  your  ears," 
iv.  17,  18,  19,  20,  21.  And  in  Daniel.  "Know  therefore  and 
perceive  from  the  going  forth  of  the  "Word  to  restore  and  to 
build  Jerusalem,  even  to  Messiah  the  Prince,  are  seven  weeks," 
ix.  25,  where  to  build  Jerusalem  denotes  to  establish  the 
church,  for  Jerusalem  is  the  church,  n.  3654;  Messiah  the 
Prince  or  the  anointed,  is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle].  Again,  il  Seventy  weeks  are  decided  to  6eal  up 
the  vision  and  the  prophet,  and  to  anoint  the  Holy  of  Holies, 
ix.  24,  where  to  seal  up  the  vision  and  the  prophets  denotes  to 
conclude  those  things  which  were  said  in  the  Word  concerning 
the  Lord,  and  to  complete  them ;  to  anoint  the  Holy  of  Holies 
denotes  the  Divine  Human  [principle]  of  the  Lord,  in  which 
was  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love,  or  Jehovah.  By  the 
anointed  of  Jehovah  is  also  meant  the  Lord  in  the  following 
passages,  "The  kings  of  the  earth  stood  up,  and  the  rulers 


S954.] 


EXODUS. 


587 


consulted  together  against  Jehovah  and  against  His  Anointed. 
I  have  anointed  My  king  over.  Zion  the  mountain  of  My 
Holiness"  Psalm  ii.  2,  6  ;  where  the  kings  of  the  earth  denote 
falses,  and  the  rulers  denote  evils,  which  are  from  the  hells, 
against  which  the  Lord,  when  He  was  in  the  world,  fought, 
and  which  He  conquered  and  subdued;  the  Anointed  of 
Jehovah  is  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human  [orinciple],  for 
from  that  He  fought ;  Zion  the  mountain  of  holiness,  over 
which  He  is  said  to  be  anointed  for  a  king,  is  the  celestial  king- 
dom, which  is  in  the  good  of  love,  and  which  is  the  inmost  of 
heaven  and  the  inmost  of  the  church.  Again,  "I  have  found 
David  My  servant,  with  the  oil  of  holiness  J  have  anointed  him" 
Psalm  Ixxxix.  20 ;  where  by  David  is  meant  the  Lord,  as  also 
in  other  places,  see  n.  1888  ;  the  oil  of  holiness,  with  which 
Jehovah  anointed  him,  is  the  Divine  Good  of  the  Divine  Love, 
n.  886,  4582,  4638.  That  it  is  the  Lord  who  is  there  meant 
by  David,  is  evident  from  what  goes  before,  and  from  what 
follows  in  that  Psalm,  for  it  is  said,  "  Thou  spakest  in  vision 
concerning  Thy  Holy  One,  I  will  set  His  hand  in  the  sea,  and 
His  right  hand  in  the  rivers ;  He  shall  call  Me,  My  Father ;  I 
will  also  give  Him  a  first-born,  higher  than  the  kings  of  the 
earth  ;  I  will  set  His  seed  to  eternity,  and  His  throne  as  the 
days  of  the  heavens,"  verses  19,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29  ;  besides 
several  other  things.  Again,  in  like  manner,  "  In  Zion  I  will 
cause  the  horn  of  David  to  bud,  Twill  arrange  a  lanthorn  for 
mine  anointed,  His  enemies  I  will  clothe  with  shame,  and  upon 
Himself  shall  His  crown  flourish,"  Psalm  cxxxii.  17,  18.  That 
the  Lord  is  here  also  meant  by  David,  is  evident  from  what  goes 
before  in  that  Psalm,  where  it  is  said,  "  Lo,  we  heard  of  Him 
in  Ephrata,  we  found  Him  in  the  fields  of  the  forest,  we  will 
enter  into  His  habitations,  we  will  bow  ourselves  at  His  foot- 
stool ;  Thy  priests  shall  be  clothed  with  justice,  and  Thy  saints 
shall  sing  with  joy,  for  the  sake  of  Thy  servant  David,  turn  not 
away  the  faces  of  thine  anointed"  verses  6,  7,  8,  9,  10.  From 
which  it  maybe  manifest,  that  the  Lord  as  to  His  Divine  Human 
[principle]  is  there  meant  by  David,  the  anointed  of  Jehovah. 
And  in  Jeremiah,  "  On  the  mountains  they  have  pursued  us, 
in  the  wilderness  they  have  laid  snares  for  us  ;  the  breath  [or 
spirit]  of  our  nostrils,  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  was  taken  in 
their  pits,  of  whom  we  had  said,  in  His  shadow  we  shall  live 
amongst  the  nations,"  Lam.  iv.  19,  20  ;  where  also  by  the 
anointed  of  Jehovah  is  meant  the  Lord,  for  the  subject  there 
treated  of  is  concerning  the  assault  of  Divine  Truth  by  falses 
and  evils,  which  is  signified  by  being  pursued  upon  the  moun- 
tains, and  being  ensnared  in  the  wilderness ;  the  breath  [or 
spirit]  of  the  nostrils  is  the  celestial  life  itself,  which  is  from  the 
Lord,  see  n.  9818.  From  these  considerations  it  may  now  be 
known,  why  it  was  so  sacrilegious  to  hurt  the  anointed  of  Jeho- 


588 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


rah,  which  is  also  evident  from  the  "Word,  as  in  the  first  book 
of  Samuel,  "  David  said,  Jehpvah  forbid  that  I  should  do  this 
word  unto  my  Lord,  the  anointed  of  Jehovah,  and  should  put 
forth  my  hand  against  him,  because  he  is  the  anointed  of  Jeho- 
vah" xxiv.  6,  10.  And  in  another  place,  "  David  said  to 
Abishai,  destroy  him  not.  for  who  shall  put  forth  a  hand  against 
the  anointed'  of  Jehovah,  and  he  innocent"  xxvi.  9.  And  in  the 
second  book,  of  Samuel,  "  David  said  to  him  who  said  that  he 
had  slain  Saul,  thy  blood  be  upon  thine  head,  because  thou  hast 
said,  /  have  slai~  the  anointed  of  Jehovah"  i.  16.  And  in 
another  place,  "  Abishai  said,  shall  not  Shimei  be  slain  for  this, 
because  he  cursed  the  anointed  of  Jehovah"  xix.  21.  That  Shimei 
was  slain  on  this  account  by  the  order  of  Solomon,  see  1  Kings 
ii.  36  to  the  end.  Seventhly,  that  it  was  received  in  common 
use  to  anoint  themselves  and  others  to  testify  gladness  of  mind 
and  benevolence,  is  manifest  from  the  following  passages,  "  I 
Daniel,  was  mourning  for  three  weeks,  the  bread  of  desires  I 
did  not  eat,  and  flesh  and  wine  came  not  to  my  mouth,  and  in 
anointing  I  was  nut  anointed,  until  the  three  weeks  of  days  were 
fulfilled,"  x.  2,  3.  And  in  Matthew,  "  Thou,  when  thou  fastest, 
anoint  thine  head,  and  wash  thy  face,  that  thou  appear  not  untc 
men  to  fast,  but  to  thy  Father  in  secret,"  vi.  17  ;  where  to  fast 
is  to  be  in  mourning.  And  in  Amos,  "  They  who  drink  out  ot 
cups  of  wine,  and  anoint  themselves  from  the  first-fruits  of  the 
olives,  but  are  not  affected  with  grief  at  the  breach  of  Joseph," 
vi.  6.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  I  washed  thee  with  waters,  and  washed 
away  thy  bloods,  and  anointed  thee  with  oil,"  xvi.  9;  speaking 
of  Jerusalem,  by  which  is  signified  the  church.  And  in  Micah, 
"  Thou  shalt  tread  the  olive,  butsAa^  not  anoint  thee  with  oil," 
vi.  15.  And  in  Moses,  "Thou  shalt  have  olives  in  all  thy 
Dorder,  but  thou  shalt  not  anoint  thyself  with  oil,  because  thine 
olive  shall  be  shaken," Deut.  xxviii.  40.  And  in  Isaiah,  "To 
give  them  a  mitre  instead  of  ashes,  the  oil  of  joy  instead  of 
mourning,"  lxi.  3.  And  in  David,  "  Thy  God  hath  anointed 
thee  with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  thy  companions,"  Psalm 
xlv.  7.  Again,  "Thou  preparest  before  me  a  table  in  the  pre- 
sence of  mine  enemies,  Thou  makest  fat  mine  head  with  oil," 
Psalm  xxiii.  5.  Again,  "Thou  shalt  exalt  my  horn  as  [the 
horn]  of  a  unicorn,  1  shall  grow  old  in  green  oil,"  Psalm  xcii. 

10.  Again,  "  Wine  maketh  glad  the  heart  of  man,  to  exhi- 
larate his  faces  with  oil,"  Psalm  civ.  15.  And  in  Mark,  "The 
disciples  going  forth  onointed  with  oil  many  that  were  infirm,&iid 
healed  them,  vi.  13.  And  in  Luke,  "  .Jesus  said  to  Simon,  I 
entered  into  thy  house,  and  thou  didst  not  anoint  my  head  with 

011,  but  this  woman  hath  anointed  My  feet  with  ointmtnt, '  vii. 
46.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident,  that  it  was  a  re- 
ceived custom  to  anoint  themselves  and  others  with  oil,  not 
with  the  oil  of  holiness,  with  which  the  priests,  the  kings,  the 


9955,  9956.J 


EXODUS. 


589 


altar,  and  the  tabernacle  were  anointed,  but  with  common  oil, 
by  reason  that  this  oil  signified  the  gladness  and  satisfaction 
arising  from  the  love  of  good  ;  but  the  oil  of  holiness  signified 
the  Divine  Good,  concerning  which  it  is  said,  "  On  the  flesh  of 
man  it  shall  not  he  poured,  and  in  its  quality  ye  shall  not  make 
any  as  it,  it  shall  be  holy  to  you.  lie  who  shall  prepare  any  as 
it,  or  who  shall  give  of  it  upon  a  stranger,  shall  be  cut  off from 
his  people;'  Exod.  xxx.  32,  33,  38. 

9955.  "  And  thou  shalt  fill  their  hand  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  the  truth  of  faith, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  filling  the  hand  of  Aaron  and 
the  hand  of  his  sons,  as  denoting  to  inaugurate  to  represent  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Truth  which  is  of  faith  ;  for  by  hand  is  sig- 
nified the  power  which  is  of  truth  derived  from  good,  and  there- 
fore hand  is  predicated  of  truth,  see  n.  3091,  3387,  4931  to  4937, 
7518,  8281,  9025.  Hence  now  it  is,  that  as  anointing  repre- 
sented the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good,  so  filling  of  the  hands  re- 
presented the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Truth,  for  all  things  in  the 
universe  have  reference  to  good  and  to  truth,  and  to  both  that 
they  may  be  somewhat,  therefore  in  the  Word  where  good  is 
treated  of,  truth  is  also  treated  of,  see  the  passages  cited,  n. 
9263,  9314.  In  what  manner  the  filling  of  the  hands  was 
effected,  is  described  in  the  following  chapter,  wherefore,  by 
the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  it  will  be  there  spoken  of. 

9956.  "  And  shalt  sanctify  them  " — that  hereby  is  signified 
thus  a  representative  of  the  Lord,  as  to  the  Divine  Human 
[principle],  appears  from  the  signification  of  sanctifying,  as 
denoting  to  represent  the  holy  [principle]  itself,  which  is  the 
Lord  as  to  the  Divine  Human,  for  this  is  what  alone  is  holy, 
and  from  which  every  thing  holy  is  derived  in  the  heavens  and 
in  the  earths ;  every  one  may  know  that  oil  did  not  sanctity, 
but  that  it  induced  a  representative  of  sanctity.  The  case  herein 
is  this,  the  Lord  Himself  is  above  the  heavens,  for  He  is  the 
sun  of  the  angelic  heavens,  the  Divine  [principle],  which  pro- 
ceeds from  Him  thence  in  the  heavens,  is  what  is  called  holy. 
The  Divine  [principle]  of  the  Lord  above  the  heavens  could  not 
be  represented,  because  it  is  infinite,  but  the  Divine  [principle] 
of  the  Lord  in  the  heavens  [may  be  represented],  for  this  latter 
is  accommodated  to  the  reception  of  the  angels  who  are  there, 
and  who  are  finite.  This  Divine  Principle  is  in  their  perception 
the  Divine  Human  of  the  Lord,  which  alone  is  holy,  which  was 
represented.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  being 
sanctified,  and  why  it  is  said  after  the  anointing,  as  in  Mosts, 
"Thou  shalt  anoint  the  altar,  and  shalt  sanctify  it,"  Exm. 
xxix.  36.  "  Thou  shalt  anoint  the  tent  of  assembly,  and  all 
things  which  are  therein,  and  shalt  sanctify  them"  Exod.  xxx. 
25  to  29.  "  Thou  shalt  anoint  Aaron  and  shalt  sanctify  him" 
Exod.  xl.  13.    "  He  anointed  Aaron  and  li is  garments,  his  soi.s 


590 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


and  their  garments,  and  sanctified  them"  Levit.  viii.  12, 13, 30, 
besides  other  places.  That  the  Lord  alone  is  holy,  and  that 
every  holy  thing  is  from  Him,  and  that  all  sanctification  repre- 
sented Him,  see  n.  9229,  9680.  That  the  Lord  in  the  heavens 
is  the  sanctuary,  thus  also  heaven,  see  n.  9479.  And  that  the 
Holy  Spirit  is  the  Divine  [principle]  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
n.  9818,9820. 

9957.  "  And  they  shall  perform  the  office  of  the  priesthood  " 
— that  hereby  is  signified  a  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  all 
the  work  of  salvation  from  the  Divine  Human  [principle],  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  the  priesthood,  as  being  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  Lord  as  to  all  the  work  of  salvation,  see  n.  9809. 
This  is  said  after  sanctification  by  anointing,  because  the  work 
of  salvation  is  from  the  Divine  Humau  [principle]  of  the  Lord, 
according  to  what  was  shown  just  above,  n.  9950. 

9958.  Verses  42,  43.  And  make  for  them  breeches  of  linen  to 
cover  the  -flish  of  nakedness,  from  the  loins  even  to  the  thighs  they 
shall  be.  And  they  shall  be  upon  Aaron,  and  upon  his  sons,  in 
their  entering  in  to  the  tent  of  the  assembly,  or  in  their  approach- 
ing to  the  altar  to  minister  in  the  holy  [place],  lest  t/tey  carry 
iniquity,  and  die  ;  [it  shall  be]  the  statute  of  an  age  to  him  and 
to  his  seed  after  Mm.  And  make  for  them  breeches  of  linen, 
signifies  the  external  of  conjugial  love.  To  cover  the  flesh  of 
nakedness,  signifies  lest  the  interiors  of  love,  which  are  defiled 
and  infernal,  should  appear.  From  the  loins  even  to  the  thighs 
they  shall  be,  signifies  their  extent.  And  they  shall  be  upon 
Aaron  and  upon  his  sons,  signifies  protection  from  the  hells.  In 
their  entering  in  to  the  tent  of  assembly,  signifies  in  worshii) 
representative  of  all  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church.  Or 
in  their  approaching  to  the  altar  to  minister  in  the  holy  [place], 
signifies  in  worship  representative  of  the  Lord  Himself.  Lest 
they  carry  iniquity  and  die,  signifies  the  annihilation  of  the 
whole  of  worship.  It  shall  be  the  statute  of  an  age  to  him  and 
to  his  seed  after  him,  signifies  the  laws  of  order,  in  the  repre- 
sentative church. 

9959.  "  And  make  for  them  breeches  of  linen  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  the  external  of  conjugial  love,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  breeches,  as  denoting  the  external  of  con- 
jugial love,  of  which  we  shall  speak  presently;  and  from  the 
signification  of  linen,  as  denoting  external  truth,  or  truth  natural, 
of  which  also  we  shall  speak  presently.  The  reason  why  breeches 
signify  the  external  of  conjugial  love  is,  because  garments  or 
coverings  derive  a  signification  from  that  part  of  the  body  which 
they  cover,  n.  9S27,  and  the  loins  with  the  genitals,  which 
breeches  clothe  or  cover,  signify  conjugial  love.  That  the  loina 
have  that  signification,  see  u.  3021,  4280,  4575  ;  and  that  the 
genitals  have  it,  6ee  n.  4462,  5050  to  5062.  What  love  truly 
conjugial  is,  will  be  shown  in  the  article  which  next  follows 


0957-9959.] 


EXODUS. 


591 


The  reason  why  the  hreeches  were  made  of  linen  was,  because 
linen  signifies  external  truth,  or  truth  natural,  n.  7601 ;  and 
the  external  principle  itself  is  truth.  The  reason  why  the  ex- 
ternal principle  is  truth  is,  because  internal  things  close  into 
external,  and  rest  upon  these  latter  as  upon  their  supports,  and 
supports  are  truths  ;  they  are  as  foundations,  on  wbich  a  house 
is  built,  wherefore  the  foundations  of  a  house  signify  the  truths 
of  faith  derived  from  good,  n.  9643;  and  moreover  truths  are 
what  protect  goods  from  evils  and  falses,  and  resist  these  latter, 
and  all  power  which  good  has  is  by  truths,  n.  9643.  Hence 
also  it  is,  that  in  the  ultimate  of  heaven  are  those  who  are  in 
the  truths  of  faith  from  good  ;  therefore  also  the  ultimate  or 
extreme  [covering]  with  man,  which  is  his  external  skin,  cor- 
responds to  those  in  the  heavens  who  are  in  the  truths  of  faith, 
n.  5552  to  5559,  8980  ;  but  not  to  those  who  are  in  faith  sepa- 
rate from  good,  for  these  are  not  in  heaven.  From  these  consi- 
derations it  may  now  be  manifest,  why  the  breeches  were  of 
linen;  but  the  breeches  of  Aaronwhen  he  was  clothed  in  garments 
which  were  for  glory  and  comeliness,  which  have  been  treated 
of  in  this  chapter,  were  of  linen  with  fine  linen  interwoven,  as  is 
evident  from  what  follows,  where  it  is  said,  "  They  made  waist- 
coats of  fine  linen,  the  work  of  the  weaver,  and  a  mitre  of  fine 
linen,  and  ornaments  of  turbans  of  fine  linen,  and  breeehes  of 
linen  with  fine  linen  interwoven"  Exod.  xxxix.  27,  28.  But  the 
breeches  of  Aaron,  when  he  was  clothed  in  garments  of  holiness, 
were  of  linen,  as  is  manifest  from  this  passage  in  Moses,  "  When 
Aaron  shall  enter  in  to  the  holy  [place]  within  the  veil,  he  shall 
put  on  a  waistcoat  of  linen  of  holiness,  and  breeches  of  linen  shall 
be  upon  his  fleshy  and  he  shall  gird  himself  with  a  belt  of  linen, 
and  he  shall  set  a  mitre  oflf  nen  upon  himself  these  are  the  gar- 
ments of  holiness.  He  shall  also  wash  his  flesh  with  waters,  when 
he  puts  them  on.  And  he  shall  then  first  offer  burn t-offe rings  and 
sacrifices,  by  which  he  shall  expiate  what  is  holy  from  unclean- 
nesses,"  Levit.  xvi.  to  the  end.  The  reason  why  Aaron  on  such 
occasion  went  clothed  in  garments  of  linen,  which  were  also 
called  garments  of  holiness,  was,  because  he  then  performed 
the  office  of  expiating  the  tent,  and  also  the  people  and  himself 
from  uncleanness  ;  and  all  expiation,  which  was  effected  by 
washings,  burnt-offerings,  and  sacrifices,  represented  purification 
of  the  heart  from  evils  and  fakes,  thus  regeneration  ;  and  puri- 
fication from  evils  and  falses  or  regeneration  is  effected  by  the 
truths  of  faith  ;  therefore  they  were  garments  of  linen  at  that 
time  upon  Aaron,  for  by  garments  of  linen  were  signified  the 
truths  of  faith,  as  was  said  above.  That  all  purification  from 
evils  and  falses  is  effected  by  the  truths  of  faith,  see  n.  2799 
5954,  704i,  7918,  9089  ;  thus  that  regeneration  is  so  effected, 
n.  1555,  2046,  2063,  2979,  3332,  3665,  3690,  3786,  3876,  3877 
4-096,  4097,  5893,  6247,  8635,  8638,  8639,  S640,  8772,  9088, 


EXODUS 


[Chap,  xxv,  u 


9089,  91QX  For  the  same  reason  also  it  was,  that  "  the  priest 
put  on  clothing  of  linen  and  "breeches  of  linen,  when  lie  took 
away  the  ashes  from  the  altar,"  Levit.  vi.  10,  11.  And  also  that 
the  priests,  the  Levites  of  the  sons  of  Zadok,  [were  to  do  the 
same],  when  they  entered  into  the  sanctuary,  of  whom  it  is  thus 
written  in  Ezekiel,  "The  priests,  the  Levites,  the  sons  of  Zadok, 
shall  enter  into  My  sanctuary,  and  shall  come  to  My  tahle  to 
minister  to  Me  ;  when  they  shall  enter  at  the  gates  of  the  inner 
court,  they  shall  put  on  garments  of  linen,  neither  shall  wool 
come  up  over  them  ;  when  they  shall  enter  at  the  gates  of  the 
inner  court  inwards,  mitres  of  linen  shall  be  upon  their  heads,  and, 
breeches  of  linen  shall  be  ttpon  their  loins,  they  shall  not  gird 
themselves  with  sweat,"  xliv.  15,  16, 17,  18.  The  subject  here 
treated  of  is  concerning  the  New  Temple,  by  which  is  signified 
a  New  Church  ;  by  the  priests  and  Levites  are  signified  those 
who  are  in  truths  derived  from  good ;  by  garments  of  linen  the 
truths  of  faith,  by  which  is  purification  and  regeneration  ;  not  be- 
ing girded  with  sweat,  signifies  that  the  holy  things  of  worship 
were  not  to  be  commixed  with  the  propnum  of  man,  for  sweat 
denotes  the  proprium  of  man,  and  the  proprium  of  man  is  no- 
thing but  evil  and  the  false,  n.  210,  215,  694,  S74,  875,  876, 
987,  1047,  3812,  8480,  8941.  The  reason  why  the  breecties, 
which  Aaron  wore  when  he  wis  clothed  in  garments  for  glory 
and  comeliness,  were  of  linen  «  tth  fine  linen  interwoven,  as  is 
evident  from  the  passage  above  cited,  Exod.  xxxix.  27,  2S, 
was,  because  Aaron  therein  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Good  in  the  heavens,  Aaron  himself  the  Lord  as  to  the  Divino 
Celestial  [principle]  there,  and  by  his  garments  as  to  the  Divine 
Spiritual  [principle]  there  proceeding  from  the  Divine  Celestial, 
n.  9814,  and  fine  linen  denotes  the  Divine  Spiritual  [principle] 
proceeding  from  the  Divine  Celestial,  n.  5319,  9469. 

9960.  "To  cover  the  flesh  of  nakedness  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  lest  the  interiors  of  love,  which  are  defiled  and  infernal, 
hliould  appear,  appears  from  the  signification  of  covering,  as 
denoting  to  cause  not  to  appear ;  and  from  the  signification  of 
the  genitals  and  the  loins,  which  are  here  signified  by  the  flesh 
of  nakedness,  as  denoting  the  iutenorB  of  conjugial  love,  for 
when  by  breeches  are  signified  the  externals  of  that  love,  n. 
9959;  by  the  flesh  which  they  cover  are  signified  its  internals ; 
that  the  loins  signify  conjugial  love,  see  n.  3021,  4280,  4575; 
and  that  the  genitals  also,  n.  4462,  5050  to  5062;  and  that 
flesh  signifies  the  good  of  love,  n.  3813,  7850,  9127;  and 
w  hereas  most  of  the  expressions  in  the  Word  have  also  an 
opposite  6ense,  so  likewise  have  loins,  genitals,  and  flesh,  in 
which  sense  they  signify  the  evil,  filthy  and  infernal  things  of 
that  love,  n.  3813,  5059  ;  that  they  here  signify  things  evil, 
filthy  and  infernal,  is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  it  is 
said  to  cover  the  flesh  of  nakedness  ,  the  flesh  of  nakedness 


§960.] 


EXODUS. 


593 


here  denotes  wheat  is  opposite  to  the  good  of  conjngial  love, 
which  is  the  delight  of  adultery,  thus  what  is  internal,  of 
which  we  shall  speak  presently.  As  to  what  concerns  naked- 
ness, it  derives  a  signification  from  the  parts  of  the  body  which 
appear  naked,  in  like  manner  as  garments  from  the  parts  of  the 
body  which  they  clothe,  n.  9827  ;  therefore  it  has  one  signifi- 
cation when  it  respects  the  head,  which  is  baldness,  another, 
when  it  respects  the  whole  body  ;  and  another  when  it  respects 
*he  loins  and  genitals.  When  nakedness  respects  the  head, 
which  is  baldness,  it  signifies  deprivation  of  the  intelligence  of 
truth  and  the  wisdom  of  good  ■  when  it  respects  the  whole  body, 
it  signifies  deprivation  of  the  truths  which  are  of  faith ;  but 
when  it  respects  the  loins  and  the  genitals,  it  signifies  the  depri- 
vation of  the  good  of  love.  As  to  what  concerns  the  frst,  that 
when  nakedness  respects  the  head,  which  is  baldness,  it  signifies 
deprivation  of  the  intelligence  of  truth,  and  of  the  wisdom  of 
good,  it  is  manifest  from  Isaiah,  "  In  that  day,  the  Lord  shall 
shave  by  the  king  of  Ashur  the  head,  and  the  hairs  of  the  feet, 
and  shall  consume  the  beard,"  vii.  20.  To  shave  the  head 
denotes  to  deprive  of  the  internal  truths  of  the  church  ;  to  shave 
the  hairs  of  the  feet  and  to  consume  the  beard,  denotes  to  de- 
prive of  its  external  truths  ;  by  the  king  of  Ashur  denotes  by 
reasonings  from  falses  ;  it  must  be  evident  to  eveiy  one  that 
neither  the  head,  nor  the  hair  of  the  feet,  nor  the  beard  was  to 
be  shaved  by  the  king  of  Ashur,  and  that  still  they  are  signifi- 
cative. That  the  head  denotes  the  interiors  that  are  of  wisdom 
and  intelligence,  see  n.  6292,  6436,  9166,  9656 ;  that  the  king 
of  Ashur  denotes  reasoning,  n.  119,  1186  ;  that  hair  denotes  the 
external  truth  of  the  church,  n.  3301,  5247,  5569  to  5573  ; 
that  feet  also  denote  things  external  or  natural,  n.  2162,  3147, 
3986,  4280,  4938  to  4952;  that  the  beard  denotes  sensual 
scientifics,  which  are  ultimate  truths,  is  manifest  from  the 
passages  in  the  Word  where  beard  is  named.  Again,  in  the 
same  prophet,  "  On  all  heads  shall  be  baldness,  every  beard 
shall  be  shaven,"  xv.  2  ;  where  the  sense  is  the  same.  And  in 
Jeremiah,  11  Baldness  shall  come  upon  Gaza,  how  long  wilt 
thou  cut  thyself,"  xlvii.  5.  And  in  Ezekiel,  "  On  all  faces 
shall  be  shame,  and  on  all  heads  baldness.  Their  silver  they 
shall  cast  into  the  streets,  and  gold  shall  be  an  abomination," 
vii.  18,  19.  Baldness  on  all  heads  denotes  the  deprivation  of 
the  intelligence  of  truth  and  of  the  wisdom  of  good ;  and 
whereas  this  is  signified,  it  is  also  said,  "  Their  silver  they 
shall  cast  into  the  streets,  and  gold  shall  be  an  abomination, ' 
for  silver  denotes  the  truth  which  is  of  intelligence,  and  gold 
the  good  which  is  of  wisdom,  n.  1551,  5658,  6914,  6917, 
8932  ;  that  baldness  upon  all  heads  is  not  meant,  neither  that 
they  should  cast  silver  into  the  streets,  and  that  gold  should  be 
on  abomination,  is  evident.  And  in  Moses.  "Moses  said  to 
vol.  ix.  38 


5U 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


Aaron,  and  to  Eleazar,  and  to  Ithamar  his  sons,  ye  shall  not 
shave  your  heads,  and  your  garments  ye  shall  not  unsew,  lest 
ye  die,  and  anger  come  upon  the  whole  assembly,"  Levit.  x.  6. 
And  in  Ezekiel,  "  The  priests  the  Levites  shall  not  shave  the 
head,  and  their  hair  they  shall  not  let  down,"  xliv.  20  ;  inas- 
much as  Aaron  and  his  sons  represented  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Good  and  as  to  Divine  Truth,  n.  9S06,  9807  ;  and  since  by  a 
shaven   head   and  by  unsewn  garments  was  signified  the 
deprivation  of  those  principles,  therefore  it  was  forbidden  to 
shave  the  head,  and  to  unsew  the  garments,  and  it  is  said  lest 
ye  die  and  anger  come  upon  the  whole  assembly,  by  which  is 
signified,  that  thus  the  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to  Divine 
Good  and  as  to  Divine  Truth  would  perish,  thus  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  church.    Inasmuch  as  mourning  represented 
spiritual  mourning,  which  is  mourning  for  the  deprivation  of 
the  truth  and  good  of  the  church,  therefore  in  mourning  they 
brought  baldness  on  their  heads,  as  in  Jeremiah,  "  They  shall 
not  bewail  them,  neither  shall  baldness  be  induced  on  their 
account,'"  xvi.  6.    And  in  Amos,  "  I  will  turn  your  feasts  into 
mourning,  and  /  will  cause  baldness  to  come  upon  every  head, 
and  I  will  6et  it  as  the  mourning  of  an  only  begotten  [son]," 
viii.  10.    And  in  Micah,  "  Put  on  baldness  and  shave  thyself 
on  account  of  the  sons  of  thy  delights  /  dilate  thy  baldness  as  an 
eagle,  because  they  are  removed  from  thee,"  i.  16.    The  sons 
of  delights  denote  Divine  Truths,  their  removal  denotes  de- 
privation ;  that  sons  denote  truths,  see  n.  9807.  Secondly, 
When  nakedness  respects  the  whole  body,  that  it  signifies  the  de- 
privation of  the  truths  of  faith,  is  manifest  from  the  Apocalypse, 
"  To  the  angel  of  the  church  of  the  Laodiceans  write,  because 
thou  6ayest  I  am  rich  and  have  need  of  nothing,  wheu  thou 
knowest  not  that  thou  art  wretched  and  miserable,  and  needy 
and  blind,  and  naked.    I  counsel  thee  to  buy  of  me  gold  pun- 
lied  in  the  fire,  and  white  raiment  that  thou  mayest  be  clothed, 
that  the  shame  of  thy  nakedness  may  not  be  manifested"  chap, 
iii.  17,  18.    The  angel  of  the  church  denotes  the  Divine  Truth 
there ;  to  say  that  it  is  rich,  denotes  that  it  is  in  the  know- 
ledges of  truth  and  good  ;  wretched,  needy,  blind  and  naked, 
denote  that  still  it  is  without  truths  implanted  in  the  life,  thus 
without  good  ;  to  buy  gold  purified  in  the  fire  denotes  to  pro- 
cure to  themselves  good ;  white  raiment  denotes  the  genuine 
truths  of  faith  derived  from  good.    Hence  it  is  evident  what  is 
meant  by  the  expression,  "  Lest  the  6kame  of  thy  nakedness  be 
manifested."    Again,  "  Behold  I  come  as  a  thief,  blessed  is  he 
who  watcheth,  and  keepeth  his  raiment,  that  hewalknot  naked, 
and  they  see  his  shame"  Apoc.  xvi.  15  ;  where  the  6ense  is  the 
6ame.    Again,  "  They  shall  hate  the  whore,  and  shall  make-  her 
devastated  and  naked,"  Apoc.  xvii.  16.    The  whore  denotes 
those  who  falsify  Divine  Truths  ;  to  make  her  naked  manifestly 


9960.] 


EXODUS. 


denotes  to  deprive  of  those  truths,  for  it  is  said  devastated  and 
naked,  and  to  devastate  is  to  deprive  of  truths.  By  nakedness 
is  also  signified  ignorance  of  truth,  and  by  clothing  information, 
as  in  Isaiah,  "  When  thou  shalt  see  the  naked,  and  shalt  cover 
him,  thy  light  shall  break  forth  as  the  day  dawn,"  lviii.  7,  8. 
And  in  Matthew,  "  The  king  shall  say  to  those  who  are  on  the 
right  hand,  I  was  naked  and  ye  clothed,  me  ;  and  to  those  on  the 
left  hand,  I  was  naked  and  ye  did  not  clothe  me"  xxv.  36,  38, 
43,  44.  In  this  passage  naked  denotes  those  who  are  not  ii. 
truths,  and  still  desire  truths,  also  who  acknowledge  that  there 
is  nothing  of  good  and  of  truth  in  them,  see  n.  4956,  4958. 
Thirdly,  that  nakedness,  when  it  respects  the  loins  and  genitals, 
signifies  deprivation  of  the  good  of  love,  is  manifest  from  Isaiah, 
"  0  virgin,  daughter  of  Babel,  take  a  mill-stone,  and  grind  flour, 
uncover  thy  hair,  make  hare  thy  feet,  uncover  the  thigh,  pass  over 
the  rivers.  Let  thy  nakedness  be  uncovered,  let  thy  disgrace  also 
be  seen,  xlvii.  2,  3.  The  daughter  of  Babel  denotes  the  church, 
or  what  resembles  the  church,  where  there  is  a  holy  principle 
in  externals,  but  a  profane  principle  in  internals  ;  the  profane 
principle  which  is  in  internals  is  this,  that  they  regard  themselves 
and  the  world  as  an  end,  thus  dominion  and  abundance  of 
wTealth,  and  holy  things  as  means  conducive  to  that  end ;  to  take 
a  mill-stone,  and  to  grind  flour,  denotes  to  trim  out  doctrine  from 
Buch  things  as  are  likely  to  serve  as  means  to  promote  the  end, 
n.  7780  ;  to  uncover  the  hair,  to  make  bare  the  feet,  and  to  un- 
cover the  thigh,  denotes  to  prostitute  holy  things  both  external 
and  internal  without  shame  and  fear  ;  thus  to  uncover  naked- 
ness denotes  to  cause  to  appear  the  filthy  and  infernal  things, 
which  are  ends.  And  in  Jeremiah,  "  Jerusalem  hath  sinned 
a  sin  ;  they  who  honored  her,  think  vilely  of  her,  because  they 
see  her  nakedness,  her  uncleanness  in  her  skirts,"  Lam.  i.  8,  9. 
Jerusalem  denotes  the  church,  in  this  case  the  church  which  is 
in  falses  derived  from  evil ;  to  see  nakedness  denotes  to  see 
filthy  and  infernal  loves  ;  uncleanness  in  the  skirts  denotes  such 
things  in  the  extremes ;  that  skirts  [or  borders  of  garments] 
denote  extremes,  see  n.  9917.  And  in  Hahura,  "  I  will  un- 
cover thy  skirts  [or  borders]  upon  thy  faces,  andwillshow  thy 
nakedness  to  the  nations,  and  thine  ignominy  to  the  king- 
doms,'' iii.  5.  To  uncover  the  skirts  denotes  to  take  away 
externals  that  the  interiors  may  appear;  the  nakedness  which 
shall  be  shown  to  the  nations,  and  the  ignominy  which  shall 
be  shown  to  the  kingdoms,  are  infernal  loves,  which  are  the 
loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  which  defile  the  interiors.  And 
in  Ezekiel,  "  Thou  earnest  to  comelinesses  of  comelinesses,  thy 
paps  became  solid  [solidata  sunt],  and  thy  hair  grew  ;  thou 
wast  naked  and  stripped ;  with  all  thine  abominations  and 
thy  whoredoms ;  thou  rememberedst  not  the  days  of  thy 
youth,  when  thou  wast  naked  and  stripped  ;  trampled  upon  in 


596 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


thy  blood.  Thy  nakedness  was  revealed  by  thy  whoredoms 
upon  thy  lovers,"  xvi.  7,  22,  36.  Again,  "  I  will  give  thee 
into  the  hand  [of  those]  whom  thou  hatest,  that  they  may 
treat  with  thee  from  hatred  ;  and  they  shall  leave  thee  naked 
and  stripped,  and  the  nakedness  of  thy  whoredoms  shall  be 
revealed,"  xxiii.  28,  29.  And  in  Hosea,  "  Contend  with  your 
mother  that  she  may  remove  her  whoredoms  from  her  faces, 
and  her  adulteries  from  between  her  paps,  lest  perchance  1 
strip  her  naked  and  set  her  according  to  the  day  that  she  was 
brought  forth  ;  and  place  her  as  a  wilderness,  and  dispose  her 
as  a  land  of  draught,  and  I  will  slay  her  by  thirst.  I  will 
return  and  receive  my  corn,  my  new  wine,  my  wool,  and  my 
linen,  which  were  to  cover  her  nakedness  ;  and  I  will  reveal 
her  baseness  in  the  eyes  of  her  lovers"  ii.  2,  3,  9,  10.  In 
which  passages  the  subject  treated  of  is  concerning  Jerusalem, 
which  is  also  called  mother,  and  thereby  is  signified  the  church  ; 
her  pejwerseness  is  described  by  whoredoms,  adulteries,  and  by 
the  revealing  of  nakedness,  which  are  nothing  else  but  filthy 
and  infernal  loves,  such  as  are  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world 
when  they  are  ends,  from  which  all  evils  and  falses  take  their 
rise  ;  hence  the  falsifications  of  truth  and  the  adulterations  of 
good  are  described  in  the  Word  by  whoredoms  and  adulteries, 
and  are  also  there  called  whoredoms  and  adulteries,  see  n.  8904 
Hence  it  is  evident  what  is  meant  by  nakedness,  and  by  the 
revealing  of  nakedness.  Inasmuch  as  the  subject  treated  of  is 
concerning  the  truths  of  the  church  falsified,  and  concerning 
the  goods  thereof  adulterated,  therefore  it  is  said,  "I  will  eet 
her  as  the  wilderness,  and  I  will  dispose  her  as  a  land  of  draught, 
and  I  will  slay  her  by  thirst ;"  where  a  wilderness  denotes  what 
is  without  goods,  a  land  of  draught  denotes  what  is  without 
truths,  and  thirst  denotes  the  deprivation  of  all  things  of  faith. 
It  is  said  also  that  he  would  receive  his  corn,  his  new  wine,  his 
wool,  and  his  linen,  with  which  he  had  covered  her  nakedness, 
because  by  corn  is  signified  the  interior  good  of  the  spiritual 
church,  by  new  wine  the  interior  truth  thereof,  by  wool  its  ex- 
terior good,  and  by  linen  its  exterior  truth.  That  linen,  wool, 
new  wine,  and  corn  are  not  meant,  every  one  majT  see  who  reads 
from  reason  at  all  enlightened,  and  who  believes  that  in  the 
Word  there  is  no  expression  without  meaning,  and  that  a  holy 
principle  pervades  the  whole  because  it  is  Divine.  Andin  Jere- 
miah, "  O  daughter  of  Edom,  the  cup  shall  also  pass  from  thee, 
thou  shalt  be  made  drunken  and  naked ,"  Lam.  iv.  21.  And  in 
Ilabakkuk,  "Woe  to  him  that  maketh  his  companion  to  drink, 
making  him  drunken,  and  looking  into  their  nakednesses  :  thou 
shalt  be  tilled  with  ignominy  instead  of  glory,  drink  thou  also, 
that  thy  foreskin  may  be  uncovered,"  ii.  15, 16.  Andin  Ezekiel, 
"  They  poured  forth  blood  in  thee  ;  the  nakedness  of  a  father  fie 
bath  revealed  in  thee"  xxii.  9,  10.    What  the  above  words  sig- 


0960.] 


EXODUS. 


597 


nify,  no  one  can  know,  unless  hie  knows  what  is  meant  by  a  cnp, 
what  by  drinking,  what  by  being  drunken,  what  by  being  made, 
naked,  what  by  looking  into  nakednesses,  and  revealing  them, 
also  what  by  the  foreskin.  That  all  those  expressions  are  to  be 
spiritually  understood,  is  evident ;  to  drink  spiritually  denotes  to 
be  instructed  in  truths,  and  in  the  opposite  sense  in  falses,  thus 
to  imbue  them,  see  n.  3069,  3168,  3772,  8562,  9412,  hence  it  is 
manifest  what  is  meant  by  a  cup,  from  which  drink  is  received, 
n.  5120;  to  be  drunken  denotes  to  become  thence  insane  ;  and 
to  be  made  naked  denotes  to  be  altogether  deprived  of  truths  ; 
to  reveal  nakednesses  denotes  to  reveal  the  evils  of  the  loves  of 
self  and  of  the  world,  which  are  infernal ;  to  reveal  the  naked- 
nesses of  a  father  denotes  those  evils  derived  from  what  is  here- 
ditary and  from  the  will  principle ;  to  reveal  the  foreskin  denotes 
to  defile  celestial  goods  by  those  loves.  That  the  foreskin  has 
this  signification,  see  n.  2056,  3412,  4462,  7045.  Hence  cir- 
cumcision denotes  purification  from  those  loves,  n.  2036,  2632. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  what  is  signified 
by  the  drunkenness  and  consequent  revealing  of  the  nakedness 
of  Noah,  concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Genesis,  "  Noah 
drank  of  the  wine,  and  was  made  drunken,  and  was  uncovered  in 
the  midst  of  his  tent ;  and  Ham,  the  father  of  Canaan,  saw  the 
nakedness  of  his  father,  and  told  it  to  his  two  brethren.  And 
Shem  and  Japheth  took  a  garment,  and  set  it  on  the  shoulder 
both  of  them  and  went  backwards,  and  covered  the  nakedness  of 
their  father,  and  their  faces  were  backwards,  and  the  nakedness 
of  their  father  they  saw  not,"  Gen.  xi.  21,  22,  23.  In  this 
passage  is  described  the  man  of  the  Ancient  Church,  who  is 
Noah  ;  the  wine  which  he  drank,  and  with  which  he  was  made 
drunken,  denotes  the  false  principle  with  which  that  church 
in  the  beginning  was  imbued  ;  his  thence  lying  uncovered  in  the 
midst  of  the  tent,  signifies  evils  resulting  from  a  defect  of 
truth  in  worship  ;  the  garment,  with  which  Shem  and  Japheth 
covered  his  nakedness,  is  the  truth  of  faith,  by  which  those 
evils  were  covered  and  amended  ;  the  implantation  of  the  good 
and  truth  of  faith  in  the  intellectual  part  is  described  by  their 
placing  the  garment  upon  the  shoulder,  going  backwards,  and 
turning  the  face  backwards,  for  this  is  exactly  the  case  with  the 
truths  and  goods  of  faith  appertaining  to  the  man  of  the  Spi- 
ritual Church  ;  Shem  and  Japheth  signify  those  of  the  Spiritual 
Church  who  have  received  the  truths  of  faith  in  good,  which  is 
charity  ;  but  Canaan  those  who  have  not  received  the  truths  of 
faith  in  good  nor  in  charity.  That  Noah  represents  the  man  of 
the  Ancient  Church  in  the  beginning,  and  that  they  were  of  such 
a  quality,  see  n.  736,  773,  788, 1126.  That  Shem  represents  the 
man  of  the  internal  Spiritual  Church,  and  Japheth  of  the  ex- 
ternal, see  n.  1062,  1127,  1140,  1141,  1150.  That  Canaan 
represents  those  who  are  in  faith  separate  from  charity,  or, 


598 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvrii 


what  is  tne  same  thing,  in  external  worship  separate  from  in- 
ternal, thus  specifically  the  Judaic  nation,  n.  1093,  1140,  1141, 
1167.  That  the  truth  and  good  of  faith  are  implanted  in  the 
intellectual  part  with  the  men  of  the  Spiritual  Church,  n.  9596. 
Moreover  the  wine,  with  which  Noah  was  made  drunken,  signi- 
fies what  is  false,  n.  6377.  The  tent  in  which  he  lay  uncovered, 
signifies  the  holy  principle  of  worship,  n.  2145,  2152,  3312, 
3301,  4391.  The  garment,  with  which  they  covered  the  naked- 
ness of  their  father,  signifies  the  truth  of  faith,  n.  5954,  9212, 
9216.  The  nakedness  itself  denotes  his  evil  will  principle, 
which  is  covered  by  the  truths  of  faith,  and  when  it  is  covering 
truths  look  backwards.  That  these  arcana  are  involved  in  the 
above  historicals,  is  evident  from  the  internal  sense ;  and  that 
these  arcana  are  arcana  of  the  church,  may  be  seeu  from  this 
consideration,  that  Shem  and  Japheth  were  blessed,  and  with 
them  all  their  posterity,  merely  because  they  covered  the  naked- 
ness of  their  father,  and  that  Canaan  with  all  his  posterity  was 
cursed,  merely  because  his  father  told  it  to  his  brethren.  Inas- 
much as  with  the  Judaic  and  Israelitish  nation  the  interiors 
were  filthy,  since  they  were  principled  in  the  loves  of  self  and 
of  the  world  above  all  other  nations  ;  and  whereas  the  genitals 
with  the  loins  signify  conjugial  love,  and  this  love  is  the  funda- 
mental [love]  of  all  loves  celestial  and  spiritual,  and  thus  com- 
prehends them,  therefore  a  caution  was  given  to  prevent  the 
nakedness  of  those  parts  appearing  in  any  manner  with  Aaron 
and  with  his  sons,  when  they  were  in  holy  worship  ;  which  is 
the  reason  why  it  is  said,  that  they  should  make  for  them 
breeches  of  linen  to  cover  the  flesh  of  nakedness,  from  the  loins 
even  to  the  thighs  ;  and  in  another  place,  that  they  should  not 
(jo  up  in  steps  upon  the  altar,  lest  nakedness  should  be  revealed 
upon  it"  Exod.  xx.  23.  That  with  the  Judaic  and  Israelitish 
nation  the  interiors  were  filthy,  and  closed  when  they  were  in 
worship,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9320,  9380.  That  the  ge- 
nitals with  the  loins  signify  conjugial  love,  see  n.  3021,  4280, 
4462,  4575,  5050  to  5062  ;  and  that  conjugial  love  is  the  fun- 
damental [love]  of  all  loves  celestial  and  spiritual,  consequently 
that  these  latter  loves  are  also  meant  by  the  former,  n.  686, 
2734,  3021,  4280,  5054.  From  these  considerations  it  is  now 
manifest  what  nakedness  signifies,  especially  the  nakedness  of 
the  parts  allotted  to  generation,  when  the  interiors  are  filthy. 
But  when  the  interiors  are  chaste,  then  nakedness  signifies  inno- 
cence, because  it  signifies  conjugial  love,  by  reason  that  love 
truly  conjugial  in  its  essence  is  innocence.  That  love  truly  con- 
jugial is  of  innocence,  see  n.  2736  ;  consequently  that  nakedness 
in  this  sense  is  innocence,  n.  165,  S375  ;  wherefore  also  tho 
angels  of  the  inmost  heaven,  who  are  called  celestial  angels, 
appear  naked,  n.  165,  2306,  2736.  Inasmuch  as  the  Most  An- 
cient Church,  which  is  described  in  the  first  chapters  of  Genesis, 


9961.] 


EXODUS. 


599 


and  is  meant  in  the  internal  sense  by  man  or  Adam,  and  by 
his  wife,  was  a  Celestial  Church,  therefore  it  is  said  of  them, 
"  Tfiat  they  were  both  naked  and  were  not  ashamed"  Gen.  ii.  25. 
But  when  that  church  lapsed,  which  was  effected  by  eating  of 
the  tree  of  science,  by  which  was  signified  reasoning  from  sci- 
entifics  concerning  Divine  things,  then  it  is  said,  that  they  knew 
that  they  were  naked,  and  sewed  for  themselves  fig  leaves,  and 
made  themselves  girdles,  thus  that  they  covered  their  nakedness ; 
and  also  the  man  said,  when  Jehovah  cried  to  him,  that  he  was 
afraid  because  he  was  naked  /  and  then  that  Jehovah  made  for 
them  waistcoats  of  skin,  and  clothed  them,  Gen.  iii.  6  to  11,  and 
21.  By  fig-leaves,  of  which  they  made  themselves  girdles,  and 
also  by  waistcoats  of  skin,  are  meant  the  truths  and  goods  of 
the  external  man.  The  reason  why  their  state  after  the  fall  is 
thus  described  was,  because  from  internal  men  they  became  ex- 
ternal ;  their  internal  principle  is  signified  by  Paradise,  for  Pa- 
radise denotes  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  of  the  internal  man, 
and  its  being  closed  up  is  signified  by  ejection  out  of  Paradise. 
That  a  leaf  denotes  natural  truth  which  is  scientific,  see  n.  885. 
That  a  fig  denotes  natural  good,  or  good  of  the  external  man,n. 
217,  4231,  5113.  And  that  a  waistcoat  of  skin  also  denotes  the 
truth  and  good  of  the  external  man,  n.  294,  295,  296.  That 
skin  denotes  what  is  external,  see  n.  5544. 

9961.  "  From  the  loins  even  to  the  thighs  they  shall  be  " — 
that  hereby  is  signified  their  extension,  namely,  of  the  exteriors 
of  conjugial  love,  which  are  signified  by  breeches  of  linen,  ap- 
pears from  the  signification  of  loins  and  of  thighs,  as  denoting 
those  things  which  are  of  conjugial  love,  the  loins  those  which 
are  of  its  interiors,  and  the  thighs  those  which  are  of  the  exteriors, 
thus  its  extension  from  interiors  to  exteriors.  The  reason  why 
the  loins  signify  the  interiors  of  that  love  is,  because  they  are 
above,  and  the  reason  why  the  thighs  signify  its  exteriors  is, 
because  they  are  beneath  ;  for  the  things  appertaining  to  man, 
which  are  above,  signify  the  interiors,  and  those  which  are 
beneath,  signify  the  exteriors.  Hence  it  is  that  in  the  Word 
interior  things  are  meant  by  superior,  and  exterior  things  bv 
inferior,  see  n.  3084,  4599,  5196,  8325.  Superior  things  with 
man  correspond  to  celestial  and  spiritual  things,  which  are  in- 
terior, and  inferior  things  correspond  to  natural  things,  which 
are  exterior.  Hence  it  is  that  the  feet  signify  natural  things,  n. 
2162,  3147,  3986,  4382,  4938  to  4952.  And  since  by  the  thighs 
is  meant  the  inferior  part  of  the  loins,  which  looks  to  the  feet, 
therefore  the  exterior  and  inferior  things  of  conjugial  love  are 
signified  by  them,  see  n.  4277,  4280.  But  that  the  loins  in 
general  signify  conjugial  love,  see  n.  3021,  3294,  4575,  5050 
to  5062.  That  the  loins  have  this  signification,  is  from  cor- 
respondence :  concerning  the  correspondence  of  all  things  of 
man  with  heaven,  see  what  has  been  copiously  shown  in  the 


000 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvih 


passages  cited,  n.  9276,  9280.  It  is  said  the  extension  of  con 
jugial  love  from  interiors  to  exteriors  ;  for  in  the  heavens  there 
is  an  extension  of  all  things  of  love  and  of  all  things  of  faith,  or 
what  is  the  same  thing,  of  all  things  of  good  and  of  all  things 
of  truth,  for  all  are  there  conjoined  according  to  affinities  in 
regard  to  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  love  ;  such  exten- 
sion is  in  every  heaven.  This  extension  also  is  into  the  heavens 
which  are  beneath,  since  all  the  heavens  make  one  ;  yea,  they 
also  extend  themselves  even  to  man.  that  he  likewise  may  make 
one  with  the  heavens.  This  extension  is  what  is  meant  by  ex- 
tension from  superior  or  interior  things  to  inferior  or  exterior 
things.  Superior  or  interior  things  are  called  celestial  and  spi- 
ritual, whilst  inferior  or  exterior  things  are  called  natural  or 
worldly.  As  to  what  specifically  concerns  conjugial  love,  the 
extension  of  which  is  here  treated  of,  it  is  the  fundamental  [love] 
of  all  loves  ;  for  it  descends  from  the  marriage  of  good  and  of 
truth  in  the  heavens.  And  whereas  the  marriage  of  good  and 
of  truth  is  in  the  heavens,  and  makes  the  heavens,  therefore 
love  truly  conjugial  is  heaven  itself  with  man.  But  the  mar- 
riage of  good  and  of  truth  in  the  heavens  descends  from  the 
conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the  heavens,  for  what  proceeds 
from  the  Lord,  and  flows-in  into  the  heavens,  is  the  good  of 
love,  and  what  is  received  there  by  the  angels  is  the  truth  thence 
derived,  thus  the  truth  which  is  from  good,  or  in  which  is  good; 
on  this  account  the  Lord  in  the  Word  is  called  the  Bridegroom 
and  Husband,  and  heaven  with  the  church  the  Bride  and  Wife. 
From  these  considerations  it  may  be  manifest  how  holy  mar- 
riages are  in  heaven,  and  how  profane  adulteries  are  there  ;  for 
marriages  in  themselves  are  60  holy,  that  nothing  is  more  holy, 
also  for  this  reason,  because  they  are  the  seminaries  of  the 
human  race,  and  the  human  race  is  the  seminary  of  the  heavens, 
for  thither  come  the  men  who  in  the  world  have  lived  an  angelic 
life  ;  and  vice  versa,  adulteries  are  so  prof ane  that  nothing  can 
be  more  profane,  since  they  are  destructive  of  heaven  and  of 
the  church  with  man.  That  this  is  the  case,  see  what  has  been 
said  and  shown  concerning  marriages  and  concerning  adulteries, 
n.  2727  to  2759.  From  these  considerations  it  may  be  further 
manifest,  why  by  nakedness  are  signified  the  filthy  and  infernal 
things  treated  of  in  the  foregoing  paragraph,  and  why  it  was 
so  severely  enjoined,  that  Aaron  and  his  sons,  when  they  min- 
istered, should  be  clothed  with  breeches,  and  that  otherwise 
they  would  die,  for  it  is  said,  "Make  for  them  breeches  of  linen, 
to  cover  the  jlesh  of  nakedness,  from  the  loins  even  to  tm  thighs 
they  shall  be.  And  they  shall  be  upon  Aaron,  and  upon  his  sons, 
in  th  eir  entering  in  to  the  tent  of  assembly,  or  in  their  approach- 
ing to  the  altar  to  minister  in  the  holy  [place'],  lest  they  carry 
iniquity,  and  die  ;  [it  shall  be]  a  statute  to  him  and  to  his  seed 
trfter  A<W    It  is  therefore  to  be  noted,  that  by  conjugial  love 


9962.] 


EXODUS. 


601 


is  meant  all  love  celestial  and  spiritual,  by  reason  that,  as  was 
shown  above,  love  truly  conjugial  is  the  fundamental  [love]  of 
all  loves.  They  therefore  who  are  in  it,  are  also  in  all  the  other 
loves  of  heaven  and  of  the  church,  for  it  descends,  as  was  said, 
from  the  marriage  of  good  and  truth  in  the  heavens,  which 
marriage  makes  heaven.  Hence  also  it  is,  that  heaven  in  the 
Word  is  compared  to  a  marriage,  and  is  likewise  called  a  mar- 
riage. Hence  also  it  is  evident  why  it  was  cautiously  provided, 
that  the  nakednesses  of  Aaron  and  of  his  sons  in  ministering 
should  not  appear ;  for  their  nakednesses  signified  all  loves  con- 
trary to  celestial  loves,  which  in  general  are  called  loves  of  self 
and  of  the  world,  when  they  are  regarded  as  ends,  and  which 
are  filthy  and  infernal  loves.  That  this  is  the  case,  man  at  this 
day  knows  not,  by  reason  that  he  is  in  those  loves,  and  per- 
ceives no  other  delight  but  what  is  derived  from  them.  Hence 
it  is  that  when  mention  is  made  of  spiritual  and  celestial  love, 
he  hesitates  and  knows  not  what  they  are,  consequently  knows 
not  what  heaven  is  ;  and  possibly  he  will  be  amazed,  when  he 
hears  and  thinks,  that  in  spiritual  and  celestial  love,  separate 
from  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world,  there  is  eternal  felicity, 
which  is  ineffable. 

9962.  "  And  they  shall  be  upon  Aaron  and  upon  his  sons" — 
that  hereby  is  signified  protection  from  the  hells,  appears  from 
the  signification  of  the  breeches,  concerning  which  it  is  said, 
that  they  shall  be  upon  Aaron  and  his  sons,  as  denoting  the 
externals  of  conjugial  love,  see  n.  9959 ;  and  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  the  nakednesses  which  the  breeches  were  to  cover,  as 
denoting  the  interiors  of  that  love,  which  were  filthy  and  in- 
fernal, see  also  above,  n.  9960 ;  and  whereas  nakednesses  have 
this  signification,  therefore  the  breeches,  which  were  to  be  upon 
Aaron  and  upon  his  sons,  were  for  protection  from  the  hells. 
The  case  herein  is  this ;  the  Judaic  and  Israelitish  nation,  as  to 
their  interiors,  were  in  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  world,  thus 
in  infernal  loves  above  all  other  nations,  but  as  to  exteriors  they 
could  be  in  a  holy  principle  also  above  all  other  nations ;  where- 
fore when  they  were  in  a  holy  principle  the  interiors  were  closed, 
for  thus  by  them  external  holy  things  could  be  communicated 
with  the  heavens,  and  hence  conjunction  could  exist.  It  would 
have  been  altogether  otherwise,  if  the  internals,  which,  as  was 
said,  were  filthy  and  infernal,  had  not  been  closed  with  them. 
Hence  it  is,  that  with  that  nation  there  was  not  a  church,  but 
only  the  representative  of  a  church  ;  for  a  church,  which  is  a 
church,  consists  in  the  internal  things  which  are  of  faith  and 
of  love,  but  not  in  external  things  separate  from  them.  The 
external  things  appertaining  to  that  nation  were  all  representa- 
tive. Since  now  by  breeches  are  signified  the  externals  of  con- 
jugial love,  in  general  the  externals  of  all  heavenly  loves  ;  and 


802 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxvih. 


externals  were  what  covered  internals,  and  the  internals  apper- 
taining to  that  nation  were  filthy  and  infernal,  therefore  by  the 
breeches  being  upon  Aaron  and  upon  his  sons,  is  signified  pro- 
tection from  the  hells ;  for  so  long  as  they  were  in  external 
sanctity,  the  internals  being  covered  or  closed,  so  long  also  they 
were  removed  from  the  hells,  and  were  thereby  in  protection. 
That  the  internals  appertaining  to  the  Judaic  and  Israelitish 
nation  were  filthy  and  infernal,  and  that  on  this  account  there 
was  no  church  amongst  them,  but  only  the  representative  of 
a  church,  see  the  passages  cited,  n.  9320,  9380.  That  when 
they  were  in  worship,  they  were  only  in  external  sanctity,  see 
n.  3479,  4293,  4311,  4314,  8588,  9373,  9380;  and  that  the 
interiors  on  such  occasions  were  closed,  n.  8788,  8806. 

9963.  "  In  their  entering-in  to  the  tent  of  assembly  " — that 
hereby  is  signified  in  worship  representative  of  all  things  of 
heaven  and  of  the  church,  appears  from  the  signification  of 
entering-in  to  the  tent  of  assembly,  as  denoting  worship  repre- 
sentative of  all  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church,  for  by  the 
tent  was  represented  heaven  where  the  Lord  is,  n.  9457,  9481 
9185,  9784.  Thus  by  entering  into  it,  when  concerning  Aaron 
and  his  sons,  is  signified  the  worship  of  the  Lord.  All  worship 
also  at  that  time  was  performed  in  the  tent  and  at  the  altar, 
for  in  the  tent  the  breads  of  faces  were  arranged,  the  lamps 
were  lighted,  and  incense  was  burned,  and  at  the  altar  sacri- 
fices were  offered ;  in  those  things  representative  worship  princi- 
pally consisted.  Representative  worship  is  external  worship 
representing  internal  things  which  are  of  love  from  the  Lord  to 
the  Lord,  thus  which  are  all  things  of  heaven  and  of  the  church, 
for  in  heaven  and  in  the  church  all  things  have  reference  to  th« 
good  which  is  of  love  and  to  the  truth  which  is  of  faith  from 
the  Lord  to  the  Lord. 

9964.  "  Or  in  their  approaching  to  the  altar  to  minister  in 
the  holy  [place]" — that  hereby  is  signified  in  worship  repre- 
sentative of  the  Lord  Himself,  appears  from  this  consideration, 
that  the  altar  was  the  principal  representative  of  the  Lord  as  to 
Divine  Good,  see  n.  9714;  thus  to  approach  to  the  altar,  and 
to  minister  in  what  is  holy  there,  denotes  the  worship  of  the 
Lord  Himself.  The  worship  representative  of  the  Lord  consisted 
principally  in  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices  offered  on  the  altar, 
n.  922,  923,  2180,  6905,  8680,  8936;  worship  representative  of 
the  Lord  as  to  Divine  Good  at  the  altar,  and  worship  represen- 
tative of  Him  as  to  Divine  Truth  in  the  tent  of  assembly. 
Therefore  it  is  said,  that  by  entering  into  the  tent  of  assembly 
is  signified  worship  representative  of  all  things  of  heaven  and 
of  the  church,  n.  9963,  and  by  approaching  to  the  altar  worship 
representative  of  the  Lord  Himself;  for  heaven  and  the  church 
are  receptacles  of  the  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord. 


S963— 9965.] 


EXODUS. 


603 


The  Divine  Truth  proceeding  from  the  Lord  is  truth  proceeding 
from  the  good  of  His  iove,  and  it  is  implanted  where  that  good 
also  is  received,  consequently  where  the  Lord  is  received,  from 
whom  that  good  is  derived. 

9965.  "  Lest  they  carry  iniquity  and  die  " — that  hereby  is 
signified  annihilation  of  all  worship,  appears  from  the  signifi- 
cation of  carrying  iniquity,  when  concerning  the  priesthood  of 
Aaron  and  his  sons,  as  denoting  the  removal  of  falses  and  of 
evils  with  those  who  are  in  good  from  the  Lord,  see  above,  n. 
9937.    But  when  it  is  said  of  them,  "  Lest  they  carry  iniquity 
and  die,"  it  signifies  annihilation  of  all  worship,  see  n.  9928  ; 
for  representative  worship  died,  since  nothing  of  it  appeared 
any  longer  in  the  heavens.    How  the  case  herein  is,  may  be 
manifest  from  what  was  said  and  shown  above,  n.  9959,  9960, 
9961.    That  they  also  died,  when  they  acted  not  according  to 
the  statutes,  is  evident  from  the  sons  of  Aaron,  Nadab  and 
Abihu,  who  were  consumed  by  fire  from  heaven  when  they 
burned  incense,  not  from  the  fire  of  the  altar,  but  from  strange 
fire,  Levit.  x.  1,  2,  and  following  verses.    The  fire  of  the  altar 
represented  Divine  Love,  thus  love  from  the  Lord,  whereas 
strange  fire  represented  love  from  hell ;  the  annihilation  of 
worship  was  signified  by  the  burning  of  incense  from  this  latter 
fire,  whence  came  their  death ;  that  fires  signify  loves,  see  n. 
5215,  6832,  7324,  7575,  7852.    It  is  said  in  several  passages 
in  the  Word,  that  they  should  carry  iniquity,  when  they  did 
not  act  according  to  the  statutes,  and  by  it  was  signified  dam 
nation,  because  sins  were  not  removed,  not  that  they  were 
damned  on  that  account,  but  that  they  thereby  annihilated 
representative  worship,  and  thus  represented  the  damned  who 
remain  in  their  sins  ;  for  no  one  is  damned  on  account  of  the 
omission  of  external  rites,  but  on  account  of  evils  of  the  heart, 
thus  on  account  of  the  omission  of  those  rites  from  evil  of  the 
heart.    This  is  signified  by  carrying  iniquity  in  the  following 
passages,  "If  a  soul  shall  sin,  and  shall  do  one  of  all  the  pre- 
cepts of  Jehovah,  which  ought  not  to  be  done,  although  it 
knew  not,  yet  it  shall  be  guilty,  and  shall  carry  its  iniquity" 
Levit.  v.  17,  18 ;  where  by  carrying  iniquity  is  not  meant,  but 
is  signified  the  retaining  of  evils,  and  thereby  damnation  ;  since 
it  had  not  done  it  from  evil  of  heart,  for  it  is  said  although  it 
did  not  know.    Again,  "  If  in  eating,  any  of  the  flesh  of  the 
sacrifice  of  their  peace-offerings  shall  be  eaten  on  the  third  day, 
he  that  offereth  it  shall  not  be  accepted,  it  is  abomination,  and 
the  soul  which  eateth  shall  carry  his  iniquity,  and  shall  bo  cut 
off  from  his  people"  Levit.  vii.  18  ;  chap.  xix.  7,  8  ;  by  carry- 
ing iniquity  is  also  here  signified  to  remain  in  his  sins,  and  thus 
to  be,  in  damnation ;  not  on  this  account  because  he  ate  of  his 
sacrifice  on  the  third  day,  but  because  by  eating  it  on  the  third 


004 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii. 


day  was  represented  what  is  abominable,  which  is  liable  tc 
damnation.  Thus  by  carrying  iniquity,  and  being  cutoff  from 
his  people,  was  represented  the  damnation  of  those,  who  do  the 
abomination  which  is  signified  by  that  deed  ;  nevertheless  there 
was  not  damnation  on  account  of  eating,  for  the  interior  evils, 
which  were  represented,  damn  not  the  exterior  without  them. 
Again,  "  Every  soul  which  hath  eaten  a  carcase  and  what  is 
torn,  and  hath  not  washed  his  garments,  and  purified  his  flesh, 
shall  carry  his  iniquity"  Levit.  xvii.  15,  16  ;  inasmuch  as 
eating  a  carcase  and  what  is  torn,  represented  the  appropriation 
of  evil  and  the  false,  therefore  he  is  said  to  carry  iniquity  also 
representatively.  Again,  "  If  a  man,  who  is  clean,  shall  omit 
to  celebrate  the  passover,  this  soul  shall  be  cut  off  from  his 
peojple,  because  he  did  not  offer  an  offering  to  Jehovah  in  his 
stated  time,  he  shall  carry  his  sin,"  Numb,  ix.  13  ;  the  passover 
represented  deliverance  from  damnation  by  the  Lord,  n.  7093, 
7867,  7995,  9286,  9287  to  9292  ;  and  the  paschal  supper  re- 
presented conjunction  with  the  Lord  by  the  good  of  love,  n. 
7836,  7997,  8001 ;  and  because  those  things  were  represented, 
it  was  ordained,  that  he  should  be  cut  off  from  the  people  who 
did  not  celebrate  the  passover,  and  that  he  should  carry  his  sin  ; 
nevertheless  the  thing  in  itself  was  not  such  an  enormity,  but 
only  represented  those,  who  in  heart  deny  the  Lord,  and 
hence  deliverance  from  sins,  and  who  are  not  willing  to  be 
conjoined  to  Him  by  love,  thus  it  represented  their  damnation. 
Again,  "The  sons  of  Israel  shall  not  come  near  to  the  tent  of 
assembly,  to  carry  iniquity  by  dying  •  the  Levites  6hall  do  the 
work  of  the  tent  of  assembly,  and  they  shall  carry  iniquity" 
Num.  xviii.  22,  23.  The  reason  why  the  people  carried  iniquity 
by  dying,  if  they  came  near  the  tent  of  assembly  to  do  work 
there,  was  because  they  annihilated  thereby  the  representative 
worship  enjoined  to  the  ministry  of  the  priests ;  the  ministry 
of  the  priests,  or  the  priesthood,  represented  all  the  work  of 
the  Lord's  salvation,  n.  9S09.  Therefore  it  is  said  that  the 
Levites,  who  also  were  priests,  should  carry  their  iniquity,  by 
which  was  signified  expiation,  that  is,  removal  from  evils  and 
falses  with  those  who  are  in  good  from  the  Lord  alone,  n.  9937. 
By  carrying  iniquity  is  signified  true  damnation,  when  it  is  said 
of  those  who  do  evils  from  an  evil  heart,  as  it  is  said  of  those 
treated  of  in  Levit.  xx.  17, 19,  20  ;  chap.  xxiv.  15,  16  ;  Ezek. 
xviii.  5J0  ;  chap,  xxiii.  49,  and  elsewhere. 

9966.  "  [It  shall  be]  the  6tatute  of  an  age  to  him  and  to  his 
seed  after  him  " — that  hereby  are  signified  the  laws  of  order  in 
the  representative  church,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the 
statute  of  an  age,  as  denoting  the  laws  of  Divine  Order  in  the 
heavens  and  in  the  church,  see  n.  7884,  7995,  8357.  It  is  6aid 
i»  the  representative  church,  because  the  externals  of  worship 


9966—9968.] 


EXODUS. 


which  represented  internals,  were  called  statutes,  see  n.  9872, 
thus  which  were  representative  of  the  church ;  and  since  the 
internal  things  which  were  represented,  were  Divine,  thus 
eternal,  therefore  it  is  said  the  statute  of  an  age  ;  for  by  an  age 
is  signified  what  is  eternal. 


OF  THE  SECOND  EARTH  SEEN  IN  THE  STARRY  HEAVENS. 

9967.  AFTERWARDS  I  was  led  by  the  Lord  to  an  earth 
in  the  universe,  which  was  distant  from  our  earth  further  than 
the  first  which  has  been  treated  of  at  the  close  of  some  of  the  fore- 
going chapters.  That  it  was  further  distant,  was  given  to  know 
from  this  circumstance,  that  I  was  two  days  in  being  led.  thither, 
as  to  my  spirit.  This  earth  was  to  the  left,  but  the  former  to  the 
right.  Remoteness,  in  the  other  life,  does  not  arise  from  distance 
of  place,  but  from  difference  of  state,  which  nevertheless  appears 
there  like  distance  of  place,  according  to  what  was  said  above, 
n.  9440.  Wherefore  from  the  tediousness  of  progression  thither, 
ivhich,  as  was  said,  was  for  two  days,  I  might  conclude,  that  the 
state  of  the  interiors  with  the  inhabitants  of  that  earth,  which 
is  the  state  of  affections  and  of  thoughts  thence  derived,  differed 
proportionably  from  the  state  of  the  interiors  with  the  spirits 
from  our  earth.  Inasmuch  as  I  was  conveyed  thither,  as  to  the 
spirit,  by  changes  of  the  state  of  the  interiors  ;  therefore  it  was 
given  to  observe  the  successive  changes  themselves  before  I  ar 
rived,  thither.     This  was  done  when  I  was  awake. 

996b.  When  I  arrived  thither,  the  earth  was  not  seen,  bul 
only  the  spirits  from  that  earth ;  for  as  has  been  occasionally 
observed  above,  the  spirits  of  every  earth  appear  about  their  own 
earth,  by  reason  that  they  are  of  a  similar  genius,  inconsequence 
of  a  similar  state  of  life,  and  in  the  other  life  similitude  of  state 
conjoins  ;  and  principally  for  this  reason,  that  they  may  be  with 
the  inhabitants  of  their  own  earth,  who  are  of  a  similar  genius  ; 
for  man  without  spirits  cannot  live,  and  spirits  of  a  like  nature 
to  every  one  are  adjoined  to  him,  see  n.  5846  to  5866,  5976 
to  5993.  Those  spirits  seemed,  at  a  considerable  height  above  the 
head,  and  hence  they  saw  me  coming.  It  is  to  be  noted,,  that 
they  who  are  on.  high  can  view  those  who  are  beneath,  and  so 
much  the  more  extensively,  the  greater  their  height  is  ;  and  that 
they  can  not  only  view  them,  but  also  discourse  with  them.  From 
their  state  of  elevation,  they  ooserved  that  I  was  not  from  their 
earth,  butjrom  a  distance  elsewhere;  wherefore  they  accosted  me 
thence  in  a  variety  of  questions,  to  which  also  it  was  given  me  tc 
reply  ;  and  among  other  things  I  told  them  from  what  ea»-/A 


306 


EXODUS. 


[Chap,  xxviii 


was,  and  what  kind  of  earth  it  was  /  and  afterwards  I  informed 
them  concerning  the  earths  in  our  solar  system,  and  at  the  saint 
time  also  concerning  the  spirits  of  the  earth  or  planet  Mercury , 
to  whom  it  was  granted  to  wander  about  to  several  earths, for  the 
sake  of  procuring  to  themselves  knowledges  of  various  things  with 
which  they  are  delighted,  see  n.  6808  to  6817,  6921  to  6932, 
7069  to  7079.  When  they  heard  this,  they  said  that  they  had 
also  seen  those  spirits  among  them. 

9969.  I  was  told  by  the  angels  from  our  earth,  that  the  in- 
habitants and  spirits  of  that  earth,  in  the  Grand  Man,  have 
relation  to  keenness  of  external  vision,  and  that,  on  this  account 
they  appear  on  high,  and  that  they  also  are  remarkably  keen 
sighted. 

9970.  In  consequence  of  their  having  such  relation  in  the 
Geand  Man,  which  is  heaven,  and  of  their  seeing  clearly  the 
things  which  are  beneath,  in  discoursing  with  them  I  compared 
them  to  eagles,  which  fy  aloft,  and  enjoy  a  clear  and  extensive 
view  of  objects  beneath  ;  but  at  this  they  expressed  indignation, 
supposing  that  I  compared  them  to  eagles  as  to  rapaciousness, 
and  thus  that  they  were  wicked  ;  but  I  replied,  that  I  did  not 
liken  them  to  eagles  as  to  rapaciousness,  but  as  to  quick-sighted- 
ness  /  adding,  that  they  who  are  like  to  eagles  as  to  rapaciousness, 
are  wicked,  but  that  they  who  resemble  them  as  to  snarp  quick- 
sightedness  only,  are  good. 

9971.  Joeing  questioned  concerning  the  God  whom  they  wor- 
shipped, t/tey  replied,  t/iat  they  worshipped  a  God  visible  and  in- 
visible :  a  God  visible  under  a  human  form,  and  an  invisible 
God  not  under  any  form;  and  it  was found  from  their  discourse, 
and  also  from  the  ideas  of  their  thought  communicated  to  me,  that 
the  visible  God  was  our  Lord  Himself,  and  they  also  called  Him 
Lord.  To  these  things  it  was  given  to  reply,  that  also  in  our 
earth  a  visible  and  invisible  God  is  worshipped,  and  that  t/ie  invi- 
sible God  is  called  the  Fatlier,  and  the  visible,  the  Lord  ;  but 
tluit  both  are  one,  as  Himself  has  taught  us,  saying,  Tliat  no  one 
at  any  time  has  seen  the  appearance  of  the  Father,  but  that  the 
Father  and  He  are  One,  and  that  whosoever  seeth  Him,  seeth  the 
Father,  and  that  tlie  Father  is  in  Him  and  He  in  the  Father  ; 
consequently  that  each  Divine  [principle]  is  in  one  person.  Thai 
those  are  the  words  of  the  Lord  Himself,  see  John,  chap.  v.  37 ; 
'hap.  x.  30  ;  chap.  xiv.  7,  9,  10,  11. 

9972.  Presently  I  saio  spirits  from  the  same  earth  in  a  place 
beneath  the  former,  with  whom  also  I  discoursed  :  but  they  were 
idolaters,  for  they  worshipped  an  idol  of  stone,  like  to  «  man,  but 
not  handsome.  It  is  to  be  noted,  that  all  who  come  into  the  otlwr 
'/ife,  in  the  beginning  have  a  worship  like  what  they  practised 
■n  the  world,  but  that  they  are  successively  removed  from  it 
The  reason  of  this  is,  because  all  worship  remains  implanted 
ihe  interior  life  of  man,  from  which  it  cannot  be  removed 


>969— 997c 


EXODrS. 


607 


eradicated  hut  by  degrees.  On  seeing  this,  it  was  given  me  to 
ell  them,  that  they  ought  not  to  adore  what  is  dead.,  but  what  is 
alive  f  to  which  they  replied,  that  they  knew  that  God  lives 
and  not  a  stone,  but  that  they  thought  of  the  living  God  whe 
they  looked  on  a  stone  like  a  man,  and  that  otherwise  the  ideai. 
of  their  thought  could  not  be  fixed'  and  determined  to  the  invis- 
ible God.  It  was  then  given  to  tell  them,  that  the  ideas  of 
thought  mag  be  fixed  and  determined  to  the  invisible 
God,  when  to  the  Lord,  who  is  the  visible  God ;  and  thus 
that  man  may  be  conjoined  to  the  invisible  God  in  thought  and 
affection,  consequently  in  faith  and  love,  when  he  is  conjoined 
to  the  Lord,  but  not  otherwise. 

9973.  The  subject  concerning  this  second  earth  in  the  starry 
heaven,  will  be  continued  at  the  close  of  the  following  chapter. 


END  OF  VOL.  B.